diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 4 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-0.txt | 20251 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-0.zip | bin | 438037 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h.zip | bin | 594360 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/54181-h.htm | 24557 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 78942 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/images/i_0528.jpg | bin | 7985 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/images/i_rule-1.png | bin | 3334 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/images/i_rule-2.png | bin | 2660 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/images/i_rule-3.png | bin | 3422 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/images/i_rule-4.png | bin | 778 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/54181-h/images/titlepage.jpg | bin | 44685 -> 0 bytes |
14 files changed, 17 insertions, 44808 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f11744c --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #54181 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/54181) diff --git a/old/54181-0.txt b/old/54181-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d0ea8eb..0000000 --- a/old/54181-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20251 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile, -Volume II, by James Bruce - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - - -Title: Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile, Volume II - In the years 1769, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772 and 1773 - -Author: James Bruce - -Release Date: February 17, 2017 [EBook #54181] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS VOL. 2 OF 2 *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Wayne Hammond and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - - - - - TRAVELS - TO DISCOVER THE - SOURCE OF THE NILE, - In the Years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773. - - IN FIVE VOLUMES. - - BY JAMES BRUCE OF KINNAIRD, ESQ. F.R.S. - - [Illustration] - - VOL. II. - - _Vixere fortes ante Agamemnona_ - _Multi, sed omnes illachrymabiles_ - _Urgentur ignotique longâ_ - _Nocte, carent quia vate sacro._ - HORAT. - - EDINBURGH: - PRINTED BY J. RUTHVEN, - FOR G. G. J. AND J. ROBINSON, - PATERNOSTER-ROW, LONDON. - - M.DCC.XC. - - - - -CONTENTS - -OF THE - -SECOND VOLUME. - - - BOOK III. - - ANNALS OF ABYSSINIA. - Translated from the Original. - - CONTAINING THE HISTORY OF THE ABYSSINIANS, FROM - THE RESTORATION OF THE LINE OF SOLOMON TO THE - DEATH OF SOCINIOS, AND THE DOWNFALL OF THE ROMISH - RELIGION. - - - ICON AMLAC. - From 1268 to 1283. - - _Line of Solomon restored under this Prince--He continues the Royal - Residence in Shoa--Tecla Haimanout dies--Reasons for the Fabrication - of the supposed Nicene Canon_, P. 1. - - - IGBA SION. - From 1283 to 1312. - - _Quick Succession of Princes--Memoirs of these Reigns - deficient_, 4 - - - AMDA SION. - From 1312 to 1342. - - _Licentious beginning of this King’s Reign--His rigorous Conduct - with the Monks of Debra Libanos--His Mahometan Subjects Rebel--Mara - and Adel declare War--Are defeated in several - Battles, and submit_, 5 - - - SAIF ARAAD. - From 1342 to 1370. - - _This Prince enjoys a peaceable Reign--Protects the Patriarch of - Cophts at Cairo from the Persecution of the Soldan_, 60 - - - WEDEM ASFERI. - From 1370 to 1380. - - _Memoirs of this and the following Reign defective._ 62 - - - DAVID II. - From 1380 to 1409. 63 - - THEODORUS. - From 1409 to 1412. - - _Memoirs of this Reign, though held in great Esteem in Abyssinia, - defective, probably mutilated by the Ecclesiastics_, 64 - - - ISAAC. - From 1412 to 1429. - - _No Annals of this, nor the four following Reigns._ 65 - - ANDREAS I. OR AMDA SION. 66 - - TECLA MARIAM, OR HASEB NANYA. - From 1429 to 1433. 67 - - - SARWE YASOUS. ib. - - - AMDA YASOUS. ib. - - - ZARA JACOB. - From 1434 to 1468. - - _Sends Ambassadors from Jerusalem to the Council of - Florence--First Entry of the Roman Catholics into Abyssinia, - Religion--King persecutes the Remnants of Sabaism and - Idolatry--Mahometan Provinces rebel, and are subdued--The - King dies_, 68 - - - BŒDA MARIAM. - From 1468 to 1478. - - _Revives the Banishment of Princes to the Mountain--War with - Adel--Death of the King--Attempts by Portugal to discover - Abyssinia and the Indies_, 78 - - - ISCANDER, OR, ALEXANDER. - From 1478 to 1495. - - _Iscander declares War with Adel--Good Conduct of the - King--Betrayed and Murdered by Za Saluce_, 114 - - - NAOD. - From 1495 to 1508. - - _Wise Conduct of the King--Prepares for a War with the - Moors--Concludes an Honourable Peace with Adel_, 120 - - - DAVID III. - From 1508 to 1540. - - _David, an Infant, succeeds--Queen sends Matthew Ambassador to - Portugal--David takes the field--Defeat of the Moors--Arrival - of an Embassy from Portugal--Disastrous War with Adel_, 124 - - CLAUDIUS, OR ATZENAF SEGUED. - From 1540 to 1559. - - _Prosperous Beginning of Claudius’s Reign--Christopher de Gama - lands in Abyssinia--Prevented by the Rainy Season from joining - the King--Battle of Ainal--Battle of Offalo--Christopher de Gama - Slain--Battle of Isaacs Bet--Moors defeated, and their General - Slain--Abyssinian Army defeated--Claudius Slain--Remarkable - Behaviour of Nur, Governor of Zeyla General of the - Moors_, 173 - - - MENAS, OR ADAMAS SEGUED. - From 1559 to 1563. - - _Baharnagash rebels, proclaims Tascar King--Defeated by the - King--Cedes Dobarwa to the Turks, and makes a League with the - of Masuab_, 206 - - - SERTZA DENGHEL, OR MELEC SEGUED. - From 1563 to 1595. - - _King crowned at Axum--Abyssinia invaded by the Galla--Account - of that People--The King defeats the Army of Adel--Beats the - Falasha, and kills their King--Battle of the Mareb--Basha slain, - and Turks expelled from Dobarwa--King is poisoned--Names Za - Denghel his Successor_, 214 - - - ZA DENGHEL. - From 1595 to 1604. - - _Za Denghel dethroned--Jacob a Minor succeeds--Za Denghel is - Restored--Banishes Jacob to Narea--Converted to the Romish - Religion--Battle of Bartcho, and Death of the King_, 238 - - - JACOB. - From 1604 to 1605. - - _Makes Proposals to Socinios, which are rejected--Takes the - Field--Bad Conduct and Defeat of Za Selasse--Battle of Debra - Zeit--Jacob defeated and Slain_, 252 - - - SOCINIOS OR MELEC SEGUED. - From 1605 to 1632. - - _Socinios embraces the Romish Religion--War with Sennaar--With - the Shepherds--Violent Conduct of the Romish Patriarch--Lasta - rebels--Defeated at Wainadega--Socinios restores the Alexandrian - Religion--Resigns his Crown to his Eldest Son_, 262 - - - BOOK IV. - - CONTINUATION OF THE ANNALS, FROM THE DEATH OF SOCINIOS, - TILL MY ARRIVAL IN ABYSSINIA. - - - FACILIDAS OR SULTAN SEGUED, - From 1632 to 1665. - - _The Patriarch and Missionaries are Banished--Seek the - Protection of a Rebel--Delivered up to the King, and sent - _Claudius rebels--Sent to Wechné--Death and Character of - the King_, 401 - - - HANNES I. OR ŒLAFESEGUED. - From 1665 to 1680. - - _Bigotry of the King--Disgusts his Son Yasous, who flies - from Gondar_, 423 - - - YASOUS I. - From 1680 to 1704. - - _Brilliant Expedition of the King to Wechné--Various Campaigns - against the Agows and Galla--Comet appears--Expedition against - Zeegam and the Eastern Shangalla--Poncet’s Journey--Murat’s - Embassy--Du Roule’s Embassy--Du Roule murdered at Sennaar--The - King is assassinated_, 425 - - - TECLA HAIMANOUT I. - From 1704 to 1706. - - _Writes in Favour of Du Roule--Defeats the Rebels--Is - Assassinated while Hunting_, 517 - - - TIFILIS. - From 1706 to 1709. - - _Dissembles with his Brother’s Assassins--Execution of the - Regicides--Rebellion and Death of Tigi_, 533 - - - OUSTAS. - From 1709 to 1714. - - _Usurps the Crown--Addicted to Hunting--Account of the - Shangalla--Active and Bloody Reign--Entertains Catholic sick - and dies, but how, uncertain_, 538 - - - DAVID IV. - From 1714 to 1719. - - _Convocation of the Clergy--Catholic Priests executed--A Second - Convocation--Clergy insult the King--His severe Punishment--King - dies of Poison_, 577 - - - BACUFFA. - From 1719 to 1729. - - _Bloody Reign--Exterminates the Conspirators--Counterfeits - Death--Becomes very Popular_, 595 - - - YASOUS II. OR, ADIAM SEGUED. - From 1729 to 1753. - - _Rebellion in the Beginning of this Reign--King addicted to - hunting--To building, and the Arts of Peace--Attacks Sennaar--Loses - his Army--Takes Samayat--Receives Baady King of Sennaar under - his Protection_, 608 - - - JOAS. - From 1753 to 1769. - - _This Prince a favorer of the Galla his Relations--Great - dissentions on bringing them to Court--War of Begemder--Ras - Michael brought to Gondar--Defeats Ayo--Mariam Barea refuses to - be accessary to his Death--King favours Waragna Fasil--Battle of - Azazo--King Assassinated in his Palace_, 660 - - - HANNES II. - 1769. - - _Hannes, Brother to Bacuffa, chosen King--Is brought from - Wechné--Crowned at Gondar--His horrid Behaviour--Refuses to - march against Fasil--Is poisoned by Order of Ras Michael_, 707 - - - TECLA HAIMANOUT II. - 1769. - - _Succeeds his Father Hannes--His Character and prudent - Behaviour--Cultivates Michael’s Friendship--Marches willingly - against Fasil--Defeats him at Fagitta--Description of that - Battle_, 709 - - - TRAVELS - - TO DISCOVER - - THE SOURCE OF THE NILE. - - - - - BOOK III. - - ANNALS OF ABYSSINIA, - - TRANSLATED FROM THE ORIGINAL: - - CONTAINING THE HISTORY OF THE ABYSSINIANS, FROM THE - RESTORATION OF THE LINE OF SOLOMON TO THE DEATH OF - SOCINIOS, AND THE DOWNFALL OF THE ROMISH RELIGION. - -[Illustration] - - -ICON AMLAC. - -From 1268 to 1283. - - _Line of Solomon restored under this Prince--He continues the - Royal Residence in Shoa--Tecla Haimanout dies--Reasons for the - Fabrication of the supposed Nicene Canon_. - - -Although the multiplicity of names assumed by the kings of Abyssinia, -and the confusion occasioned by this custom, has more than once been -complained of in the foregoing sheets, we have here a prince that is -an exception to this practice, otherwise almost general. Icon Amlac -is the only name by which we know this first prince of the race of -Solomon, restored now fully to his dominions, after a long exile his -family had suffered by the treason of Judith. The signification of his -name is, “Let him be made our sovereign,” and is apparently that which -he took upon his inauguration or accession to the throne; and his name -of baptism, and bye-name or popular name given him, are both therefore -lost. - -Although now restored to the complete possession of his ancient -dominions, he was too wise all at once to leave his dutiful kingdom of -Shoa and return to Tigré. He continued to make Tegulat, the capital of -Shoa, his seat of the empire, and there reigned fifteen years. - -In the 14th year of the reign of this prince, his great benefactor, -Abuna Tecla Haimanout, founder of the Order of Monks of Debra Libanos, -and restorer of the Royal family, died at that monastery in great -reputation and very advanced age. He was the last Abyssinian ordained -Abuna; and this sufficiently shews the date of that canon I have -already spoken of, falsely said to be a canon of the council of Nicea. - -Though Le Grande and some others have pretended to be in doubt at what -time, and for what reason, this canon could have been made, I think -the reason very plain, which fixes it to the time of Tecla Haimanout, -as well as shews it to be a forgery of the church of Alexandria, -no doubt with the council and advice of this great statesman Tecla -Haimanout. Egypt was fallen under the dominion of the Saracens; the -Coptic patriarch, and all the Christians of the church of Alexandria, -were their slaves or servants; but the Abyssinians were free and -independent, both in church and state, and a mortal hatred had followed -the conquest from variety of causes, of which the persecution of the -Christians in Egypt was not one of the least. As it was probable that -these reasons would increase daily, the consequence which promised -inevitably to follow was, that the Abyssinians would not apply to -Alexandria, or Cairo, for a metropolitan sent by the Mahometans, but -would choose a head of their own, and so become independent altogether -of the chair of St Mark. As they were cut off from the rest of the -world by seas and deserts almost inaccessible, as they wanted books, -and were every day relaxing in discipline, total ignorance was likely -to follow their separation from their primitive church, and this could -not end but in a relapse into Paganism, or in their embracing the -religion of Mahomet. - -This prohibition of making any of their countrymen Abuna, secured them -always a foreigner, and a man of foreign education and attachments, to -fill the place of Abuna, and by this means assured the dependence of -the Abyssinians upon the patriarch of Alexandria. This is what I judge -probable, for I have already invincibly shewn, that it is impossible -this canon could be one of the first general Council; and its being in -Arabic, and conceived in very barbarous terms, sufficiently evinces -that it was forged at this period. - -[Illustration] - - - - -IGBA SION. - -From 1283 to 1312. - -_Quick Succession of Princes--Memoirs of these Reigns deficient._ - - -To Icon Amlac succeeded Igba Sion, and after him five other princes, -his brothers, Bahar Segued, Tzenaf Segued, Jan Segued, Haseb Araad, -and Kedem Segued, all in five years. So quick a succession in so few -years seems to mark very unsettled times. Whether it was a civil war -among themselves that brought these reigns to so speedy a conclusion, -or whether it was that the Moorish states in Adel had grown in power, -and sought successfully against them, we do not know. One thing only -we are certain of, that no molestation was offered by the late royal -family of Lasta, who continued in peace, and firm in the observation -of their treaty. I therefore am inclined to think, that a civil war -among the brothers was the occasion of the quick succession of so many -princes; and that in the time when the kingdom was weakened by this -calamity, the states of Adel, grown rich and powerful, had improved -the occasion, and seized upon all that territory from Azab to Melinda, -and cut off the Abyssinians entirely from the sea-coast, and from an -opportunity of trading directly with India from the ports situated upon -the ocean. And my reason is, that, in a reign which speedily follows, -we find the kingdom of Adel increased greatly in power, and Moorish -princes from Arabia established in little principalities, exactly -corresponding with the southern limits of Abyssinia, and placed between -them and the ocean; and we see, at the same time, a rancour and hatred -firmly rooted in the breasts of both nations, one of the causes of -which is constantly alledged by the Abyssinian princes to be, that the -Moors of Adel were anciently their subjects and vassals, had withdrawn -themselves from their allegiance, and owed their present independence -to rebellion only. - -To these princes succeeded Wedem Araad, their youngest brother, who -reigned fifteen years, probably in peace, for in this state we find the -kingdom in the days of his successor; but then it is such a peace that -we see it only wanted any sort of provocation from one party to the -other, for both to break out into very cruel, long, and bloody wars. - -[Illustration] - - - - -AMDA SION. - -From 1312 to 1342. - - _Licentious beginning of this King’s Reign--His rigorous - Conduct with the Monks of Debra Libanos--His Mahometan Subjects - rebel--Mara and Adel declare War--Are defeated in several - Battles, and submit._ - - -Amda Sion succeeded his father, Wedem Araad, who was youngest brother -of Icon Amlac, and came to the crown upon the death of his uncles. -He is generally known by this his inauguration name; his Christian -name was Guebra Mascal. His reign began with a scene as disgraceful -to the name of Christian as it was new in the annals of Ethiopia, -and which promised a character very different from what this prince -preserved ever afterwards. He had for a time, it seems, privately loved -a concubine of his father, but had now taken her to live with him -publicly; and, not content with committing this sort of incest, he, in -a very little time after, had seduced his two sisters. - -Tegulat[1] (the capital of Shoa) was then the royal residence; and -near it the monastery of Debra Libanos, founded by Tecla Haimanout -restorer of the line of Solomon. To this monastery many men, eminent -for learning and religion, had retired from the scenes of war that -desolated Palestine and Egypt. Among the number of these was one -Honorius, a Monk of the first character for piety, who, since, has been -canonized as a saint. Honorius thought it his duty first to admonish, -and then publicly excommunicate the king for these crimes. - -It should seem that patience was as little among this prince’s virtues -as chastity, as he immediately ordered Honorius to be apprehended, -stripped naked, and severely whipped through every street of his -capital. That same night the town took fire, and was entirely consumed, -and the clergy lost no time to persuade the people, that it was the -blood of Honorius that turned to fire whenever it had dropt upon the -ground, and so had burnt the city. The king, perhaps better informed, -thought otherwise of this, and supposed the burning of his capital was -owing to the Monks themselves. He therefore banished those of Debra -Libanos out of the province of Shoa. The mountain of Geshen had been -chosen for the prison wherein to guard the princes of the male-line of -the race of Solomon, after the massacre by Esther[2], upon the rock -Damo in Tigré. - -Geshen is a very steep and high rock, in the kingdom of Amhara, -adjoining to, and under the jurisdiction of Shoa. Hither the king -sent Philip the Itchegué, chief of the monastery of Debra Libanos, -and he scattered the rest through Dembea, Tigré, and Begemder, (whose -inhabitants were mostly Pagans and Jews), where they greatly propagated -the knowledge of the Christian religion. - -This instance of severity in the king had the effect to make all ranks -of people return to their duty; and all talk of Honorius and his -miracles was dropt. The town was rebuilt speedily, more magnificently -than ever, and Amda Sion found time to turn his thoughts to correct -those abuses, to efface the unfavourable impression which they had made -upon the minds of his people at home, and which, besides, had gained -considerable ground abroad. - -It has been before mentioned, and will be further inculcated in the -course of this history as a fact, without the remembrance of which -the military expeditions of Abyssinia cannot be well understood, that -two opposite seasons prevail in countries separated by a line almost -imperceptible; that during our European winter months, that is, from -October to March, the winter or rainy season prevails on the coast of -the ocean and Red Sea, but that these rains do not fall in our summer, -(the rainy season in Abyssinia), which was the reason why Amda Sion -said to his mutinous troops, he would lead them to Adel or Aussa, where -it did not rain, as we shall presently observe. - -The different nations that dwell along the coast, both of the Red Sea -and of the ocean, live in fixed huts or houses. We shall begin at the -northmost, or nearest Atbara. The first is Ageeg, so named from a small -island on the coast, opposite to the mountains of the Habab, Agag, or -Agaazi, the principal district of the noble or governing Shepherds, -as is before fully explained, different in colour and hair from the -Shepherds of the Thebaid living to the northward. Then follow the -different tribes of these, Tora, Shiho, Taltal, Azimo, and Azabo, where -the Red Sea turns eastward, towards the Straits, all woolly-headed, -the primitive carriers of Saba, and the perfume and gold country. Then -various nations inhabit along the ocean, all native blacks, remnants of -the Cushite Troglodyte, but who do not change their habitations with -the seasons, but live within land in caves, and some of them now in -houses. - -In Adel and Aussa the inhabitants are tawny, and not black, and have -long hair; they are called Gibbertis, which some French writers of -voyages into this country say, mean Slaves, from Guebra, the Abyssinian -word for slave or servant. But as it would be very particular that a -nation like these, so rich and so powerful, who have made themselves -independent of their ancient masters the Abyssinians, have wrested so -many provinces from them, and, from the difference of their faith, hold -them in such utter contempt, should nevertheless be content to call -themselves their slaves, so nothing is more true, than that this name -of Gibberti has a very different import. Jabber, in Arabic, the word -from which it is derived, signifies the _faith_, or the _true faith_; -and Gibberti consequently means the _faithful_, or the _orthodox_, -by which name of _honour_ these moors, inhabiting the low country of -Abyssinia, call each other, as being constant in their faith amidst -Christians with whom they are at perpetual war. - -There is no current coin in Abyssinia. Gold is paid by weight; all -the revenues are chiefly paid in kind, viz. oxen, sheep, and honey, -which are the greatest necessaries of life. As for luxuries, they are -obtained by a barter of gold, myrrh, coffee, elephants teeth, and a -variety of other articles which are carried over to Arabia; and in -exchange for these is brought back whatever is commissioned. - -Every great man in Abyssinia has one of these Gibbertis for his -factor. The king has many, who are commonly the shrewdest and most -intelligent of their profession. These were the first inhabitants of -Abyssinia, whom commerce connected with the Arabians on the other side -of the Straits of Babelmandeb, with whom they intermarry, or with one -another, which preserves their colour and features, resembling both -the Abyssinians and Arabians. In Arabia, they are under the protection -of some of their own countrymen, who being sold when young as slaves, -are brought up in the Mahometan religion, and enjoy all the principal -posts under the Sherriffe of Mecca and the Arabian princes. These are -the people who at particular times have appeared in Europe, and who -have been straightway taken for, and treated as Ambassadors. - -More southward and westward are the kingdoms of Mara, Worgla, and -Pagoma, small principalities of fixed habitations by the sea, at times -free, at others dependent upon Adel; and, to the south of these, in the -same flat country, is Hadea, whose capital is Harar, and governed by a -prince, who is a Gibberti likewise; and who, by marrying a Sherriffa, -or female descendant of Mahomet, is now reckoned a Sherriffe or noble -of Mahomet’s family, distinguished by his wearing habits, for the most -part green, and above all a grass-green turban, a mark of hatred to -Christianity. - -The Gibbertis, then, are the princes and merchants of this country, -converted to the Mahometan faith soon after the death of Mahomet, when -the Baharnagash (as we have already stated) revolted from the empire -of the Abyssinians, in whose hands all the riches of the country are -centered. The black inhabitants are only their subjects, hewers of wood -and drawers of water, who serve them in their families at home, take -care of their camels when employed in caravans abroad, and who make the -principal part of their forces in the field. - -But there are other inhabitants still besides these Gibbertis and -native blacks, whom we must not confound with the indigenous of this -country, how much soever they may resemble them. The first of these are -by the Portuguese historians called _Moors_, who are merchants from -the west of Africa. Many of these, expelled from Spain by Ferdinand -and Isabella, fixed their residence here, and were afterwards joined -by others of their Moorish brethren, either exiles from Spain, or -inhabitants of Morocco, whom the desire of commerce induced first to -settle in Arabia, till the great oppressions that followed the conquest -of Egypt and Arabia, under Selim and Soliman, interrupted their -trade, and scattered them here along the coast. These are the Moors -that Vasques de Gama[3] met at Mombaza, Magadoxa, and Melinda; at all -places, but the last of which, they endeavoured to betray him. These -also were the Moors that he found in India, having no profession but -trade, in every species of which they excelled. - -The fourth sort are Arabian merchants, who come over occasionally to -recover their debts, and renew correspondences with the merchants of -this country. These are the richest of all, and are the bankers of the -Gibbertis, who furnish them funds and merchandise, with which they -carry on a most lucrative and extensive trade into the heart of Africa, -through all the mountains of Abyssinia to the western sea, and through -countries which are inaccessible to camels, where the ass, the mule, -and, in some places, oxen, are the only beasts used in carriage. - -There is a fifth sort, almost below notice, unless it is for the -mischief they have constantly done their country; they are the -Abyssinian apostates from Christianity, the most inveterate enemies it -has, and who are employed chiefly as soldiers. While in that country -they are not much esteemed, though, when transported to India, they -have constantly turned out men of confidence and trust, and the best -troops those eastern nations have. - -There is a sixth, still less in number than even these, and not -known on this Continent till a few years before. These were the -Turks who came from Greece and Syria, and who were under Selim, and -Soliman his son, the instruments of the conquest of Egypt and Arabia; -small garrisons of whom were everywhere left by the Turks in all -the fortresses and considerable towns they conquered. They are an -hereditary kind of militia, who, marrying each other’s daughters, -or with the women of the country, continue from father to son to -receive from Constantinople the same pay their forefathers had from -Selim. These, though degenerate in figure and manners into an exact -resemblance to the natives of the countries in which they since lived, -do still continue to maintain their superiority by a constant skill -and attention to fire-arms, which were, at the time of their first -appearance here, little known or in use among either Abyssinians or -Arabians, and the means of first establishing this preference. - -It has been already observed, that the Mahometan Moors and Arabs -possessed all the low country on the Indian Ocean, and opposite to -Arabia Felix; and being, by their religion, obliged to go in pilgrimage -to Mecca, as also by their sole profession, which was trade, they -became, by consequence, the only carriers and directors of the commerce -of Abyssinia. All the country to the east and north of Shoa was -possessed and commanded chiefly by Mahometan merchants appointed by -the king; and they had established a variety of marts or fairs from -Ifat, all the way as far as Adel. - -Adel and Mara were two of the most powerful kingdoms which lie on the -Indian Ocean; and, being constantly supported by soldiers from Arabia, -were the first to withdraw themselves from obedience to the king of -Abyssinia, and seldom paid their tribute unless when the prince came -to raise it there with an army. Ifat, Fatigar, and Dawaro, were indeed -originally Christian provinces; but, in weak reigns, having been ceded -to Moorish governors, for sums of money, they, by degrees, renounced -both their religion and allegiance. - -From what has been observed, the reader will conceive, that where it -is said the king, from his capital in Shoa, marched down into Dawaro, -Hadea, or Adel, that he then descended from the highest mountains down -to the flat country on the level with the sea. That this country, from -Hadea to Dawaro, having been the seat of war for ages, was, partly -by the soldier for the use of the camp, partly by the husbandman -for the necessaries of life, cleared of wood, where the water stood -constantly in pools throughout the year; and, being all composed of -fat black earth, which the torrents bring down from the rainy country -of Abyssinia, was sown with millet and different kinds of grain in the -driest ground, while, nearer the mountains, they pastured numerous -herds of cattle. Notwithstanding, however, the country was possessed -of these advantages, the climate was intensely hot, feverish, and -unhealthy, and, for the most part, from these circumstances, fatal to -strangers, and hated by the Abyssinians. - -Again, when it is said that the king had marched to Samhar, it is meant -that he had passed this fruitful country, and is come to that part of -the zone, or belt, (nearest the sea) composed of gravel; which, though -it enjoys neither the water nor the fruitfulness of the black earth, -is in a great measure free from its attendant diseases, and here the -cities and towns are placed, while the crop, oxen, and cattle, are in -the cultivated part near the mountains, which in the language of the -country is called _Mazaga_, signifying _black mould_. - -Lastly, when he hears the army murmuring at being kept during the -rainy season in the Kolla below, he is to remember, that all was -cool, pleasant, and safe in Upper Abyssinia. The soldiers, therefore, -languished for the enjoyment of their own families, without any other -occupation but merriment, festivity, and every species of gratification -that wine, and the free and uncontrouled society of the female-sex, -could produce. - -Having now sufficiently explained and described the various names and -inhabitants, the situation, soil, and climate of those provinces about -to be the theatre of the war, I shall proceed to declare the occasion -of it, which was nothing more than the fruit of those prejudices which, -I have already said, the loose behaviour of the king in the beginning -of his reign had produced among his neighbours, and the calamities -which had enfeebled the kingdom in the preceding reigns. - -It happened that one of those Moorish factors, whom I have already -described, having in charge the commercial interests of the king, -had been assassinated and robbed in the province of Ifat, when the -King was busied with Honorius and his Monks. Without complaining or -expostulating, he suddenly assembled his troops, having ordered them to -rendezvous at Shugura upon the frontiers, and, to shew his impatience -for revenge, with seven[4] horsemen he fell upon the nearest Mahometan -settlements, who were perfectly secure, and put all he found in his way -to the sword without exception. Then placing himself at the head of his -army, he marched, by a long day’s journey, straight to Ifat, burning -Hungura, Jadai, Kubat, Fadise, Calise, and Argai, towns that lye in -the way, full of all sorts of valuable merchandise, and, finding no -where a force assembled to oppose him, he divided his army into small -detachments, sending them different ways, with orders to lay the whole -countries, where they came, waste with fire and sword, while he himself -remained in the camp to guard the spoil, the women, and the baggage. - -The Moors, astonished at this torrent of desolation, which so suddenly -had broken out under a prince whom they had considered as immersed -in pleasure, flew all to arms; and being informed that the king was -alone, and scarcely had soldiers to guard his camp, they assembled -in numbers under the command of Hak-eddin, governor of Ifat, who had -before plundered and murdered the king’s servant. They then determined -to attack Amda Sion early in the morning, but luckily two of his -detachments had returned to the camp to his assistance, and joined him -the very night before. - -It was scarcely day when the Moors presented themselves; but, far from -surprising the Abyssinians buried in sleep, they found the king with -his army ranged in battle, who, without giving them time to recover -from their surprise, attacked them in person with great fury; and -singling out Derdar, brother to Hak-eddin, animating his men before -the ranks, he struck him so violently with his lance that he fell -dead among his horse’s feet, in the sight of both armies; whilst the -Abyssinian troops pressing every where briskly forward, the Moors took -to flight, and were pursued with great slaughter into the woods and -fastnesses. - -After this victory, the king ordered his troops to build huts for -themselves, at least such as could not find houses ready built. He -ordered, likewise, a great tract of land contiguous to be plowed and -sown, meaning to intimate, that his intention was to stay there with -his army all the rainy season. - -The Mahometans, from this measure, if it should be carried into -execution, saw nothing but total extirpation before their eyes; -they, therefore, with one consent, submitted to the tribute imposed -upon them; and the king having removed Hak-eddin, placed his brother -Saber-eddin in his stead, and the rainy season being now begun, -dismissed his army, and returned to Tegulat in Shoa. - -Though the personal gallantry of the king was a quality sufficient of -itself to make him a favourite of the soldiers, his liberality was not -less; all the plunder got by his troops in the field was faithfully -divided among those who had fought for him; nor did he ever pretend to -a share himself, unless on occasions when he was engaged in person, -and then he shared upon an equal footing with the principal officers. - -When returned to the capital, he shewed the same disinterestedness and -generosity which he had done in the field, and he distributed all he -had won for his share among the great men, whom the necessary duties -of government had obliged to remain at home, as also amongst the poor, -and priests for the maintenance of churches; and, as well by this, as -by his zeal and activity against the enemies of Christianity, he became -the greatest favourite of all ranks of the clergy, notwithstanding the -unpromising appearances at the beginning of his reign. - -The rainy season in Abyssinia generally puts an end to the active part -of war, as every one retires then to towns and villages to screen -themselves from the inclemency of the climate, deluged now with daily -rain. The soldier, the husbandman, and, above all, the women, dedicate -this season to continued festivity and riot. These villages and -towns are always placed upon the highest mountains. The valleys that -intervene are soon divided by large and rapid torrents. Every hollow -foot-path becomes a stream, and the valleys between the hills become -so miry as not to bear horse; and the waters, both deep and violent, -are too apt to shift their direction to suffer any one on foot to -pass safely. All this season, and this alone, people sleep in their -houses in safety; their lances and shields are hung up on the sides of -their hall, and their saddles and bridles taken off their horses; for -in Abyssinia, at other times, the horses are always bridled, and are -accustomed to eat and drink with this incumbrance. It is not, indeed, -the same sort of bridle they use in the field, but a small bit of iron -like our hunting-bridles, on purpose merely to preserve them in this -habit. The court, and the principal officers of government, retire to -the capital, and there administer justice, make alliances, and prepare -the necessary funds and armaments, which the present exigencies of the -state require on the return of fair weather. - -Amda Sion was no sooner returned to Tegulat, than the Moors again -entered into a conspiracy against him. The principal were Amano king -of Hadea, Saber-eddin, whom the king had made governor of Fatigar, -and privately, without any open declaration, Gimmel-eddin governor in -Dawaro. But this conspiracy could not be hid from a prince of Amda -Sion’s vigilance and penetration. He concealed, however, any knowledge -of the matter, lest it should urge the Moors to commence hostilities -too early. He continued, therefore, with diligence, and without -ostentation of any particular design, to make the ordinary preparations -to take the field on the approaching season. This, however, did not -impose upon the enemy. Whether from intelligence, or impatience of -being longer inactive, Saber-eddin began the first hostilities, by -surprising some Christian villages, and plundering and setting fire to -the churches before the rains had yet entirely ceased. - -Those that have written accounts of Abyssinia seem to agree in -extolling the people of that country for giving no belief to the -existence or reality of witchcraft or sorcery. Why they have fixed on -this particular nation is hard to determine. But, as for me, I have no -doubt in asserting, that there is not a barbarous or ignorant people -that I ever knew of which this can be truly said; but certainly it -never was less true than when said of Abyssinians. There is scarce a -monk in any lonely monastery, (such as those in the hot and unwholesome -valley of Waldubba), not a hermit of the many upon the mountains, not -an old priest who has lived any time sequestered from society, that -does not pretend to possess charms offensive and defensive, and several -methods by which he can, at will, look into futurity. The Moors are -all, to a man, persuaded of this: their arms and necks are loaded with -amulets against witchcraft. Their women are believed to have all the -mischievous powers of fascination; and both sexes a hundred secrets of -divination. The Falasha are addicted to this in still a greater degree, -if possible. It is always believed by every individual Abyssinian, -that the number of hyænas the smell of carrion brings into the city of -Gondar every night, are the Falasha from the neighbouring mountains, -transformed by the effect and for the purposes of inchantment. Even the -Galla, a barbarous and stranger nation, hostile to the Abyssinians, and -differing in language and religion, still agree with them in a hearty -belief of the possibility of practising witchcraft, so as to occasion -sickness and death at a very great distance, to blast the harvests, -poison the waters, and render people incapable of propagating their -species. - -Amano, king of Hadea, had one of these conjurers, who, by his knowledge -of futurity, was famous among all the Mahometans of the low country. -The king of Hadea himself had gone no further than to determine to -rebel; but whether he was to go up to fight with Amda Sion in Shoa, or -whether greater success would attend his expecting him in Hadea, this -was thought a doubt wholly within the province of the conjurer, who -assured Amano, his master, that if he did remain below, and wait for -Amda Sion, in Hadea, that prince would come down to him, and in one -battle lose his kingdom and his life. - -The king, whose principal view was to prevent the conjunction of the -confederates, and, if possible, to fight them separately, did not stay -till his whole army was assembled, but, as soon as he got together a -body of troops sufficient to make head against any one of the rebels, -he sent that body immediately on the service it was destined for, in -order to disappoint the general combination. - -A large number of horse and foot (whose post was in the van of the -royal army when the king marched at the head of it) was the first -ready, and, without delay, was sent against Amano into Hadea, under -the command of the general of the cavalry. This officer executed the -service on which he was sent with the greatest diligence possible, -having the best horses, and strongest and most active men in the army; -by long marches, he came upon the king of Hadea, surprised him before -his troops were all assembled, gave him an entire defeat, and made him -prisoner. However ill the conjurer had provided for the king’s safety, -he seems to have been more attentive to his own; great search was made -for him by order of Amda Sion, but he was not to be found, having very -early, upon the first sight of the king’s troops, fled and hid himself -in Ifat. - -The next detachment was sent against Saber-eddin in Fatigar. The -governor of Amhara commanded this, with orders to lay the whole -country waste, and by all means provoke Saber-eddin to risk a battle, -either before or after the junction of the troops which were to march -thither from Hadea. But when the king was thus busy with the Moors, -news were brought him that the Falasha had rebelled, and were in arms, -in very great numbers. The king ordered Tzaga Christos, governor of -Begemder, to assemble his troops with those of Gondar, Sacalta, and -Damot, and march against these rebels before they had time to ruin the -country; and having thus made provision against all his enemies, Amda -Sion proceeded with the remainder of his army to Dawaro. - -Hydar was governor in this province for the king, who, though he shewed -outwardly every appearance of duty and fidelity, was, notwithstanding, -deep in the conspiracy with Saber-eddin, and had close correspondence -with the king of Adel, whose capital, Aussa, was not at a great -distance from him. - -The king kept his Easter at Gaza, immediately upon the verge of the -desert; and, being willing to accustom his troops to action and -hardship, he left his tents and baggage behind with the army; and, -secretly taking with him but twenty-six horsemen, he made an incursion -upon Samhar, destroying all before him, and staying all night, tho’ he -had no provisions, in the middle of his enemies, without so much as -lying down to sleep, slacking his belt, or taking off any part of his -armour. - -The king was no sooner gone than the army missed him, and was all in -the greatest uproar. But, having finished his expedition, he joined -them in the morning, and encamped again with them. On his arrival, he -found waiting for him a messenger from Tzaga Christos, with accounts -that he had fought successfully with the Falasha, entirely defeated -them, slain many, and forced the rest to hide themselves in their -inaccessible mountains. Immediately after this intelligence, Tzaga -Christos, with his victorious army, joined the king also. - -These good tidings were followed by others equally prosperous from -Hadea and Fatigar. They were, that the king’s army in those parts had -forced Saber-eddin to a battle, and beaten him, taken and plundered his -house, and brought his wife and children prisoners; and that the troops -had found that country full of merchandise and riches of all kinds; -that they were already laden and incumbered with the quantity to such a -degree, that they were all speaking of disbanding and retiring to their -houses with riches sufficient for the rest of their lives, although a -great part of the country remained as yet untouched, and, therefore, -it was requested of the king in all diligence to enter it on his side -also, and march southward till both armies met. Immediately upon this -message, the king, having refreshed his troops, and informed them of -the good prospects that were before them, decamped with his whole army, -and entered the province of Ifat. - -When Saber-eddin saw the king’s forces were joined, that he had -no allies, and that it was, in the situation of his army, equally -dangerous to stay or to fly, he took a resolution of submitting himself -to the king’s mercy; but, first, he endeavoured to soften his anger, -and obtain some assurances through the mediation of the queen. The -king, however, having publicly reproved the queen for offering to -intermeddle in such matters, and growing more violent and inflexible -upon this application, there remained no alternative but that of -surrendering himself at discretion. Whereupon Saber-eddin threw himself -at the king’s feet. The soldiers and by-standers, far from being moved -at such a sight, with one voice earnestly besought the king, that the -murderer of so many priests, and the profaner and destroyer of so many -Christian churches, should instantly meet the death his crimes had -merited. The king, however, whose mercy seems to have been equal to his -bravery, after having reproved him with great asperity, and upbraided -him with his cruelty, presumption, and ingratitude, ordered him only to -be put in irons, and committed to a close prison. At the same time, he -displaced Hydar, governor of the province of Dawaro, of whose treason -he had been long informed; and he invested Gimmel-eddin, Saber-eddin’s -brother, with the government of the Mahometan provinces, who, as he -pretended, had not been present at the beginning of the war, but had -preserved his allegiance to the king, and dissuaded his brother from -the rebellion. - -While the king was thus settling the government of the rebellious -provinces, he received intelligence that the kings of Adel and Mara had -resolved to march after him into Shoa when he returned, and give him -battle. - -At this time the king was encamped on the river Hawash, at the head -of the whole army, now united. This news of the hostile intentions of -the kings of Adel and Mara, so exasperated him, that he determined -to enlarge his scheme of vengeance beyond the limits he had first -prescribed to it. With this view, he called the principal officers -of his army together, while he himself stood upon an eminence, the -soldiers surrounding him on all sides. Near him, on the same eminence, -was a monk, noted for his holiness, in the habit in which he celebrated -divine service. The king, in a long speech pronounced with unusual -vehemence, described the many offences committed against him by the -Mahometan states on the coast. The ringleaders of these commotions, -he declared, were the kings of Adel and Mara. He enumerated various -instances of cruelty, of murder, and sacrilege, of which they had been -guilty; the number of priests that they had slain, the churches that -they had burned, and the Christian women and children that they had -carried into slavery, which was now become a commerce, and a great -motive of war. They, and they only, had stirred up his Mahometan -subjects to infest the frontiers both in peace and war. He said, that, -considering the immense booty which had been taken, it might seem that -avarice was the motive of his being now in arms, but this, for his -own part, he totally disclaimed. He neither had nor would apply the -smallest portion of the plunder to his own use, but considered it as -unlawful, as being purchased with the blood and liberty of his subjects -and brethren, the meanest of whom he valued more than the blood and -riches of all the infidels in Adel. He, therefore, called them together -to be witnesses that he dedicated himself a soldier to Jesus Christ; -and he did now swear upon the holy eucharist, that, though but twenty -of his army should join with him, he would not turn his back upon Adel -or Mara, till he had either forced them to tribute and submission, or -extirpated them, and annihilated their religion. - -He then entered the tent-door, and took the sacrament from the hands -of the monk, in presence of the whole army. All the principal officers -did the same, and every individual of the army, with repeated shouts, -declared, that they acceded to, and were bound by, the oath the king -then had made. A violent fury spread in this instant through the whole -army; they considered that part of the king’s speech as a reproach, -which mentioned the spoils they had taken to have been bought by the -blood of Christians, their brethren. Every hand laid hold of a torch, -and, whether the plunder was his own or his fellow-soldiers, each -man set fire, without interruption, to the merchandise that was next -him. The whole riches of Ifat and Hadea, Fatigar and Dawaro, were -consumed in an instant by these fanatics, who, satisfied now that they -were purged from the impurity which the king had attributed to their -plunder, returned poor to their standards, but convinced in their own -conscience of having now, by their sacrament and expiation, become the -soldiers of Christ, they thirsted no longer after any thing but the -blood of the inhabitants of Adel and Mara. - -Soon after, Amda Sion heard that the Moors had attacked his army in -Ifat two several nights, and that his troops had suffered greatly, and -with difficulty been able to maintain themselves in their camp. The -king was then upon his march when he heard these disagreeable news; he -hastened, therefore, immediately to their relief, and encamped at night -in an advantageous post, short of his main army, with a view of taking -advantage of this situation, if the Moors, as he expected, renewed -their attack that night for the third time. - -The Abyssinians, to a man, are fearful of the night, unwilling to -travel, and, above all, to fight in that season, when they imagine -the world is in possession of certain genii, averse to intercourse -with men, and very vindictive, if even by accident they are ruffled or -put out of their way by their interference. This, indeed, is carried -to so great a height, that no man will venture to throw water out -of a bason upon the ground, for fear that, in ever so small a space -the water should have to fall, the dignity of some elf, or fairy, -might be violated. The Moors have none of these apprehensions, and -are accustomed in the way of trade to travel at all hours, sometimes -from necessity, but often from choice, to avoid the heat. They laugh, -moreover, at the superstitions of the Abyssinians, and not unfrequently -avail themselves of them. A verse of the Koran, sewed up in leather, -and tied round their neck or their arms, secures them from all -these incorporeal enemies; and, from this known advantage, if other -circumstances are favourable, they never fail to fight the Abyssinians -at or before the dawn of the morning, for in this country there is no -twilight. - -The Moors did not, in this instance, disappoint the king’s expectation; -as they, with all possible secrecy, marched to the attack of the camp, -while the king, having refreshed his troops, put himself in motion -to intercept them; and they were now arrived, and engaged in several -places with very great vigour. The camp was in apparent danger, though -vigorously defended. At this moment the king, with his fresh troops, -fell violently upon their rear; and, it being known to the Moors that -this was the king, they withdrew their army with all possible speed, -carrying with them a very considerable booty. - -The success which had followed these night expeditions, above all, -the small loss that had attended the pursuit, even after they were -defeated, from the perfect knowledge they had of the country, inspired -them with a resolution to avoid pitched battles, but to distress and -harrass the king’s army every night. They accordingly brought their -camp nearer than usual to the king’s quarters. This began to be felt by -the army, which was prevented from foraging at a great distance; but -provisions could not be dispensed with. The king, therefore, detached -a large body of horse and foot that had not been engaged or fatigued. -The greatest part of the foot he ordered to return with the cattle -they should have taken, but the horse, with each a foot-soldier behind -him, he directed to take post in a wood near a pool of water, where -the Moorish troops, after an assault in the night, retired, and took -refreshments and sleep by the time the sun began to be hot. The Moors -again appeared in the night, attacked the camp in several places, and -alarmed the whole army; but, by the bravery and vigour of the king, who -every where animated his troops by his own example, they were obliged -to retreat a little before morning, more fatigued, and more roughly -handled, than they had hitherto been in any such expedition. - -The king, as if equally tired, followed them no further than the -precincts of his camp; and the Moors, scarcely comforted by this -forbearance after so great a loss, retreated to receive succour of -fresh troops as usual, and enjoy their repose in the neighbourhood of -shade and water. They had, however, scarce thrown aside their arms, -disposed of their wounded in proper places, and begun to assuage their -thirst after the toils of the assault, when the Abyssinian horse, -breaking through the covert, came swiftly upon them, unable either to -fight or to fly, and the whole body of them was cut to pieces without -one man escaping. - -The king, upon return of his troops, began to consider, and, by -combining various circumstances in his mind, to suspect strongly, that, -from the Moors attacking him, as they had for some time lately done, -always in the most unfavourable circumstances, there must be some -intelligence between his camp and that of the enemy. Upon examining -more particularly into the grounds of this suspicion, three men of -Harar (who had long attended the army as spies) were discovered, and -being convicted, were carried out, and their heads cut off at the -entrance of the camp; after which the king, who now found himself -without an enemy in these parts, struck his tents, and returned to Gaza -in Dawaro. - -This movement of Amda Sion’s had more the appearance of opening a -campaign than the closing of one, and occasioned great discontent among -the soldiers, who had done their business, and were without an enemy, -just at that time that the rains fall so heavy, and the country becomes -so unwholesome as to make it unadvisable to keep the field. They, -therefore, remonstrated by their officers to the king, that they must -return to their houses for the several months of winter which were to -follow; and that, after the fatigues, dangers, and hardships they had -undergone for so many months, to persist in staying longer at such a -season in this country was equal to the condemning them to death. - -Gimmel-eddin, moreover, the new-appointed governor, insisted with -Amda Sion, that he was able enough himself to keep all the tributary -provinces in peace, and true allegiance to the king; but if, on the -contrary, the king chose to eat them up with a large army living -constantly among them, as well as upon every pretence laying them -waste with the sword in the manner he was now doing, he could not be -answerable for, nor did he believe they would be able to pay him, -the tribute he expected from them. But the king, who saw the motives -both of his officers and of the Moorish governor, continued firm in -his resolutions. He sharply reproved both Gimmel-eddin and his army -for their want of discipline, and desire of idleness, and ordered the -officers to acquaint their men, that, if they were afraid of rains, -he would carry them to _Adel_, where there were _none_; that, for his -part, he made a resolution, which he would keep most steadily, never -to leave his camp and the field while there was one village in his own -dominions that did not acknowledge him for its sovereign. - -Accordingly on the 13th day of June 1316, immediately after this -declaration, he struck his tents, and marched into Samhar, to -disappoint, if possible, the confederacy that some of the principal -Moorish states had entered into against him, which were agreed, one by -one, to harrass his camp by night, and, after having obliged him to -retreat to Shoa in disorder, to give him battle there before he had -time to refresh his troops. The authors of this conspiracy were seven -in number, Adel, Mara, Tico, Agwama, Bakla[5], Murgar, and Gabula, -and they had already collected a considerable army. The king, who saw -they persisted in their nightly attacks, rode out, thinly accompanied, -to choose a post for an encampment that was to give him the greatest -advantage over his enemy; and, whilst thus occupied, he was suddenly -surrounded by a body of troops of Adel lying in ambush for him. A -soldier (in appearance an Abyssinian) came so close to the king as to -strike him with his sword on the back with such violence that it cut -his belt in two, and, having wounded him thro’ his armour, was ready to -repeat the blow, when the king pierced him through the forehead with -his lance, upon which his party fled. - -But the Moors, for five successive nights, did not fail in their -attempts upon his camp, which wearied and greatly contributed to -discontent his men; and the more so, because the enemy declined coming -to any general engagement, though the king frequently offered it to -them. Amda Sion, therefore, decamped the 28th of June, and, leaving -this disadvantageous station, advanced a day’s march nearer Mara, -pointing, as it were, to the very center of that kingdom. But here, -again, he was stopt by the discontent of his soldiers, who absolutely -refused to go farther, or spend the whole season in arms, in this -inclement climate, while the rest of his subjects, in full enjoyment of -health and plenty, were rioting at home. - -This disposition of his army was no sooner known to the king than he -called the principal of them together, and, planting himself on a -rising ground, he began to harangue his soldiers with so much eloquence -and force of reasoning, that they who before had only learned to -admire their king as a soldier, were obliged to confess that, as an -orator, he as much excelled every man in his state, as he did the -lowest man of his kingdom in dignity. He put his soldiers in mind, -“that this was not a common expedition, like those of his predecessors, -marching through the country for the purpose of levying their revenue; -that the intention of the present war was to avenge the blood of so -many innocent Christians slain in security and full peace, from no -provocation but hatred of their religion: that they were instruments -in the hand of God to revenge the death of so many priests and monks -who had been wantonly offered as sacrifices upon their own altars: that -they were not a common army, but one confederated upon oath, having -sworn upon the sacrament, at the passage of the river Hawash, that they -would not return into Abyssinia till they had beat down and ruined the -strength of the Mahometans in those kingdoms; so that now, when every -thing had succeeded to their wishes, when every Mahometan army had -been defeated as soon as it presented itself, and the whole country -lay open to the chastisements they pleased to inflict, to talk of a -retreat or forbearance was to make a mockery at once of their oath, and -the motive of their expedition. He shewed, by invincible reasonings, -the great hardships and danger that would attend his retreat through a -country already wasted and unable to maintain his army; what an alarm -it would occasion in Shoa, to find him returning with an enemy at his -heels, following him to his very capital; that such, however, must be -the consequence; for it was plain, that, though the enemy declined -fighting, yet there was no possibility of hindering them from following -him so near as to give his retreat every appearance of flight, and to -bring an expedition, begun with success, to an ignominious and a fatal -end. - -“He upbraided them with his own example, that early their prophets had -foretold he was a prince fond of luxury and ease, which, in the main, -he did not deny, but confessed that he was so; and that they all should -have an attachment to their pleasures and enjoyments, he thought but -reasonable. He desired, however, in this, they would do as much as he -did, and only suspend their love of ease and rest as long as their duty -to God, to their country, and their murdered brethren, required; for, -till these duties were fulfilled, ease and enjoyment to a Christian, -and especially to them bound by oath to accomplish a certain purpose, -was, in his eyes, little short of apostacy.” A loud acclamation now -followed from the whole army. They declared again, that they renewed -their sacrament taken at the passage of the Hawash, that they were -Christ’s soldiers, and would follow their sovereign unto death. - -Though the great personal merit of the king, and the grace, force, -and dignity with which he spoke, had, of themselves, produced a very -sudden change in the mind of the soldiers, yet, to the increase of this -good disposition it had very much contributed, that a monk, of great -holiness and austerity of manners, living in a cell on the point of -a steep rock, had come down from Shoa to the camp, declaring that he -had found it written in the Revelation of St John, that this year the -religion of Mahomet was to be utterly extirpated throughout the world. -Full of this idea, on the feast of Ras Werk, in the month of July, -the army passed the Yass, a large river of the kingdom of Mara, and -encamped there. The troops were alarmed, the night after their arrival, -by a piece of intelligence which proved a falsehood. - -A woman, whose father had been a Christian, said, that she had very -lately left the Moorish camp; that the enemy were at no great distance, -and only waited a night of storm and rain to make a general attack -upon the king’s army; and the clouds threatening then a night of -foul weather, it was not doubted but the engagement was thereupon -immediately to follow. It blew, then, so violent a storm, that the -king’s tent, and most of those in the camp, were thrown down, and the -soldiers were in very great confusion, imagining, every moment, the -Moors ready to fall on them. But whether the story was a falsehood, or -the storm too great for the Moors to venture out, nothing happened that -night, nor, indeed, during their stay in that station. - -At this time a number of priests and others came out of curiosity to -see their king making conquests of provinces and people till then -unknown to them even by name: several large detachments of fresh troops -from Abyssinia also arrived, and joined the army. Upon this, Amda Sion -advanced a day’s journey farther into Mara, and took a strong post, -resolving to maintain himself there, and, by detachments, lay the whole -country desolate. This place is called _Dassi_. There was neither -river, however, nor spring near it, but only water procured by digging -in the sand, being what comes down from the sides of the mountains in -the rainy season, and, having filtered through the loose earth, has -reached the sand and gravel, where it stagnates, or finds slowly its -level to the sea. Here the king was taken dangerously ill with the -fever of the Kolla. - -The altercations between Amda Sion and his soldiers, and the -resolutions taken in consequence of these, were faithfully carried to -the king of Adel. The march of the king forward at such a season of -the year, the slow pace with which he advanced towards the very heart -of the country, the care he took of providing all necessaries for his -army, and his reinforcing it at such a season, all shewed this was no -partial, sudden incursion, but that it was meant as a decisive blow, -fatal to the independence of these petty sovereigns and states. To this -it may be added, that Gimmel-eddin, whom the king had released from -prison, and set over the Moorish provinces of Abyssinia, conveyed to -them, in the most direct manner, that such were the king’s purposes. He -told them, moreover, this march into their country was not either to -increase their tribute, or for the sake of plunder, or to force them -to be his subjects; that Amda Sion’s main design was against their -religion, which he and his soldiers had vowed they were to destroy; -that it was not their time to think of peace or tribute upon any terms; -for, were they even to sell their wives and children, the price would -not be accepted, unless they forsook the religion of their fathers, -and embraced Christianity. He further added, that _his_ resolution was -already taken, that he would die firm in the faith, a good Mahometan, -as he had lived; not tamely, however, but in the middle of his enemies; -and that he was now making every sort of preparation to resist to the -latest breath. - -No sooner was this intelligence from Gimmel-eddin published, than a -kind of frenzy seized the people of Adel; they ran tumultuously to -arms, and, with shrieks and adjurations, demanded to be led immediately -against the Abyssinians, for they no longer desired to live upon such -terms. - -There was among the leading men of the Moors one Saleh, chief of a -small district called Cassi, by birth a Sherriffe, _i. e._ one of the -race of Mahomet, and who, to the nobility of his birth, joined the -holiness of his character. He was _Imam_, as it is called, or _high -priest_ of the Moors, and, for both these reasons, held in the greatest -estimation among them. This man undertook, by his personal influence, -to unite all the Moorish states in a common league. For it is to be -observed, that, though religion was very powerful in uniting these -Moors against the Christians, yet the love of gain, and jealousies of -commerce, perpetually kept a party alive that favoured the king for -their own interest, in the very heart of the Moorish confederacies and -councils. To overcome this was the object of Saleh, and he succeeded -beyond expectation, as sixteen kings brought 40,000 men into the field -under their several leaders; but the chief command was given to the -king of Adel. - -I MUST put the reader in mind that I am translating an Abyssinian -historian. These, then, whom this chronicle stiles Kings, must be -considered as being only hereditary and independent chiefs, not -tributary to Abyssinia. Their names are Adel, Mara, Bakla, Haggara, -Fadise, Gadai, Nagal, Zuba, Harlar, Hobal, Hangila, Tarshish, Ain, -Ilbiro, Zeyla, and Eftè. Now, when we consider that these sixteen kings -brought only 40,000 men, and that they were commanded under these -sixteen by 2712 leaders, or governors of districts, all which are set -down by name, we must have a very contemptible opinion of the extent -and populousness of these newly-erected kingdoms. - -It appears to me unnecessary to repeat, after my historian, the names -of each of these villages, which probably do not now exist, and are, -perhaps, utterly unknown. I shall only observe in passing, that here -we find Tarshis, or Tarshish, a kingdom on the coast of the ocean, -directly in the way to Sofala; another strong presumption that Sofala -and Ophir were the same, and that this is the Tarshish where Solomon’s -fleet stopt when going to Ophir. - -Amda Sion’s fever hindering him to march forward, and being unwilling -to risk a battle where he was not able himself to command, he continued -close in his strong camp at Dassi, waiting his recovery; but, in the -mean time, he made considerable detachments on all sides to lay the -country waste around him, till he should be able to advance farther -into it. - -Of all the royal army, as it stood upon the establishment, the king had -only with him the troops from the provinces of Amhara, Shoa, Gojam, -and Damot, and these were what composed the rear, when the whole, -called the royal army, was assembled; all his troops were regularly -paid, well armed, and cloathed, and were not only provided with every -necessary, but were become exceedingly rich, and, therefore, the more -careless of discipline, and difficult to manage, on account of the -repeated conquests that had followed one another ever since the king -had crossed the river Hawash, and come into the desert kingdom of -Mara, unfruitful in its soil, but flourishing by trade, and rich in -India commodities. The soldiers had here so loaded themselves with -spoils and merchandise, that they began rather to think of returning -home, and enjoying what they had got, than of pushing their conquests -still farther to the destruction of Adel and Mara. The putrid state of -the water, in this sultry and unwholesome climate, had afflicted the -king with the fever of the country, which he thought not by any means -to remedy or prevent. No consideration could keep him from exposing -himself to the most violent sun-beams, and to the more noxious vapours -of the night; and it was now the seventh day his fever had been -increasing, although he neither ate nor drank. The army expecting, from -the king’s illness, a speedy order to return, conversed of nothing else -within their camp, with that kind of security as if they had already -received orders to return home. - -The Mahometan army had assembled, and no news had been brought of it -to the king. Saleh’s influence had united them all; and the king’s -sickness had made this easier than it otherwise would have been. It -happened, then, that, the king’s fever abating the ninth day, he sent -out to procure himself venison, with which this country abounds, and -which is believed, by people of all ranks in Abyssinia, to be the -only proper food and restorative after sickness. After having killed -sufficiently for the king’s immediate use, the huntsmen returned; two -only remained, who continued the pursuit of the game through the woods, -till they were four days journey distant from their camp, when, being -in search of water for their dogs, they met a Moor engaged in the -same business with themselves, who shewed them his army encamped at -no considerable distance, and in very great numbers. Upon this they -returned in all haste to the king to apprize him of his danger, and -he sent immediately some horse to discover the number, situation, and -designs of the enemy; above all, if possible, to take a prisoner, for -the huntsmen had put theirs to death, that he might be no incumbrance -to them upon their return. - -The king’s fever was now gone, but his strength was not returned; and, -the necessity of the case requiring it, he attempted to rise from his -bed and put on his armour, but, fainting, fell upon his face with -weakness, while his servant was girding his sword. - -The horse now returned, and confirmed the tidings the huntsmen had -brought; they had found the Moorish army in the same place it was -first discovered, by the water-side; but the account of their number -and appearance was such that the whole army was struck with a panic. -The king’s wives (as the historian says, by which it should appear he -had more than one) endeavoured to persuade him not to risk a battle -in the weak state of health he then was, but to retire from this -low, unwholesome country, and occupy the passes that lead into Upper -Abyssinia, so as to make it impossible for the enemy to follow him into -Shoa. - -The king having washed and refreshed himself, with a countenance full -of confidence, sat down at the door of his tent: whilst officers and -soldiers crowded about him, he calmly, in the way of conversation, told -them,--“That, being men of experience as they were, he was surprised -they should be liable, at every instant, to panic and despondency, -totally unworthy the character of a veteran army. You know,” said he, -“that I came against the king of Adel, and to recover that province, -one of the old dependencies of my crown. And though it has happened -that, in our march, you have loaded yourselves with riches, which I -have permitted, as well out of my love to you, as because it distresses -the enemy, yet my object was not to plunder merchants. If in battle -to-morrow I be beaten, for God forbid that I should decline it when -offered, I shall be the first to set you the example how to die like -men in the middle of your enemies. But while I am living, it never -shall be said that I suffered the standard of Christ to fly before -the profane ensigns of infidels. As to what regards our present -circumstances, my sickness, and the number of the Moorish troops, these -make no alteration in my good hopes that I shall tread upon the king -of Adel’s neck to-morrow. For as it was never my opinion that it was -my own strength and valour, or their want of it, which has so often -been the means of preserving me from their hands, so I do not fear at -present that my accidental weakness will give them any advantage over -me, as long as I trust in God’s strength as much as ever I have done.” - -The army, hearing with what confidence and firmness the king spake, -began to look upon his recovery as a miracle. They all, therefore, -with one accord, took to their arms, and desired to be led forward to -the enemy, without waiting till they should come to them. They only -beseeched the king that he would not expose his person as usual, but -trust to the bravery of his troops, eager for action, without being -lavish of that life, the loss of which would be to the Mahometans -a greater victory than the regaining all he had conquered. The king -hereon, bidding his troops to be of good courage, take rest and -refreshment, sent away the women, children, and other incumbrances, to -a small convent on the side of the mountain, called _Debra Martel_[6]; -and, being informed of the situation of the country in general, and -the particular posts where he could get water in greater plenty, he -advanced with his army by a slow march towards the enemy. - -The next day he received intelligence by a Moor, that the Mahometans -had not only thrown poison into all the wells, but had also corrupted -all the water in the front of the army by various spells and -inchantments; that they were not advancing, but were waiting for troops -from some of the small districts of Adel that had not yet joined the -army. Hereupon the king ordered his Fit-Auraris to advance a day -before him, and sent a priest, called _Tecla Sion_, with him, that he -might bless and consecrate the water, and thereby free it from the -inchantments of the Moors. He himself followed with his army, and sat -down by a small river a short way distant from the enemy. - -The Fit-Auraris is an officer that commands a party of men, who go -always advanced before the front of an Abyssinian army, at a greater or -smaller distance, according as circumstances require. His office will -be described more at large in the sequel. - -The king being arrived at the river, the army began to bathe -themselves, their mules, and their horses, in the same manner as is -usual throughout all Abyssinia on the feast of the Epiphany. This -lustration was in honour of Tecla Sion, who had consecrated the water, -broken all the magic spells, and changed its name to that of the river -Jordan. But, while they were thus employed, the Fit-Auraris had come -up with a large party of the enemy, and, with them, a number of women, -provided with drugs to poison and inchant the water; and this numerous -body of fanatics had fallen so rudely on the Fit-Auraris that it beat -him back on the main body, to whom he brought the news of his own -defeat. - -A violent panic immediately seized the whole Abyssinian army, and they -refused to advance a step farther. The tents had been left standing -on the side of the river they first came to, and they then passed to -the other side. But, upon sight of the Fit-Auraris, they returned to -the tents, that, having the river on their front, they might fight the -enemy with more advantage if they came to attack them. They did not -continue long in this resolution; the greatest part of them were for -leaving their tents, and retiring to Abyssinia for assistance, and, -when the numbers should be more upon an equality, return to fight the -enemy. The Moorish army at this instant coming in sight, increased the -number of converts to this opinion. - -The king, in the utmost agony, galloping through the ranks, continued -to use all manner of arguments with his mutinous soldiers. He told -them, that retiring to their camp was to put themselves in prison; -that, being mostly composed of horse, their advantage was in a plain -like that before them; that retreating to join the main body, at such a -distance, was a vain idea, as the enemy was so close at their heels. -Finally, all he desired of them was, that those who would not fight -should only stand as spectators, but not leave their places. As no sign -of content or conviction was returned, the king, seeing that all was -lost if they disbanded, the enemy being just ready to engage, ordered -his master of the horse, and five others, to attack the left wing of -the enemy, while he, with a small part of his servants and household, -did the same on the right. - -The Abyssinian history, seldom just to the memory of individuals, hath -yet, in this instance, (almost a single one), preserved the names of -these brave men. The first was Zana Asferi; the second, Tecla; the -third, Wanag Araad; the fourth, Saif Segued, (one of the king’s sons;) -the fifth, Badel Waliz; and the sixth, Kedami. These, as is supposed -with their attendants and servants, (though history is silent but as to -the six) fell furiously on the left of the Mahometan army. - -The king, at the first onset, killed, with his own hand, the two -leaders of the right wing; and his son, Saif Segued, having also slain -another considerable officer on the left, a panic seized both these -bodies of Moors, and the army apparently began, at one and the same -time, to waver: On which the Abyssinians, now ashamed of their conduct, -and perceiving the king’s danger, with a great shout fell furiously -upon the enemy. The whole Moorish army having, by this time, joined, -the battle was fought with great obstinacy on both sides, till first -the center, then the left wing of the Moors, was broken and dispersed; -but the right, consisting chiefly of strangers from Arabia, kept -together, and, not knowing the country, retired into a narrow deep -valley surrounded by steep perpendicular rocks, covered thick with -wood. - -The Abyssinian army, thinking all at an end by the flight of the -Moors, began, after their usual custom, to plunder, by stripping and -mangling the bodies of the killed and wounded. But the king, who, -from the mistake of the Arabians, saw the destruction of this right -wing certain, if immediately pursued, ordered it every where to be -proclaimed through the field, that the whole army should repair to -the royal standard, which he had set up on an eminence, and give over -plundering, under pain of death. Finding this order, however, slackly -obeyed, he himself, scouring the field at the head of a few horse, -with his own hand slew two of his soldiers whom he found stripping the -dead without regard to his proclamation. This example from a prince, -exceedingly sparing of the blood of his soldiers, had the effect to -recal them all to the royal standard displayed on a rising ground. - -He then separated his army into two divisions; all the foot, and those -of his horse that had principally suffered in the severe engagement of -the day, he led up to the mouth of the valley where the right wing of -the Arabians had shut themselves up; and, having beset all access to -the entrance of it, he ordered the foot to climb up through the woods, -and on every side surround the valley above the heads of those unhappy -people thus devoted to certain destruction. - -While this was doing, the king ordered those of the cavalry that had -suffered least in the fatigue of the day, to refresh themselves and -their horses. He knew no time was lost by this, as the Moorish army -that escaped from the engagement, worn out with fatigue, thirst, and -hunger, would only retire a short day’s march to the water, where, -finding themselves not pursued, and incumbered with the number of their -wounded, they would necessarily rest themselves; and this was precisely -the situation, in which his huntsmen first found them by the side of a -large pool of water. - -The king gave the command of this part of his army to the master of -the horse, with orders to pursue them one day farther; whilst he, -having taken a short refreshment, began to attack the right wing of -the Arabians shut up in the valley. The king, dismounting, led the -attack against the front of the Arabians, who, seeing their situation -now desperate, began to make every effort to get from the valley into -the plain. But they did not know yet upon what disadvantageous ground -they were engaged, till the soldiers from the rocks above, every way -surrounding them, rolled down immense stones which passed through them -in all directions. Pressed, therefore, violently, by the king in their -front, and in the rear destroyed by an enemy they neither could see -nor resist, they fell immediately into confusion, and were, to a man, -slaughtered upon the spot; upon which the king, giving to his troops -orders for a general plunder, retired himself to his camp, and in his -tent received from the master of the horse an account of his expedition. - -This officer had proceeded slowly, spreading his troops as wide as -possible upon the tract of the retreating enemy, to give a smaller -chance for any to escape. All directed their flight towards the pool -of water, and were there destroyed without mercy, till a little after -sun-set. The pursuers had then advanced to the ground where Saleh king -of Mara had gathered the scattered remains of his once powerful army, -but now overcome with heat, dispirited by their defeat, and worn out -by the fatigues of a long and obstinate engagement, all that remained -of these unfortunate troops were strowed upon the ground, lapping -water like beasts, their only comfort that remained, equally incapable -of fighting or flying. The master of the horse, in great vigour and -strength from his late refreshments and recent victory, had no trouble -with these unfortunate people but to direct their execution, and this -was performed by the soldiers with all the rage and cruelty that a -difference of religion could possibly inspire. For, after the king’s -speech of the 9th of June, in which he upbraided them with breach of -their oath, and that they were slow in avenging the blood of their -brethren and priests wantonly slain by the Moors, every man in the army -measured the exactness with which he acquitted himself of the sacrament -at the Hawash, only by the quantity of blood that he could shed. Weary -at last with butchery, a few were taken prisoners, and among these was -Saleh king of Mara. It was evening before the king returned from the -slaughter of the right wing; and it was night when the soldiers, as -fatigued with plundering as with fighting, returned to the camp. - -The next morning, he heard of the success of his cavalry under the -master of the horse, who joined him before mid-day. The unfortunate -Saleh was, in sight of the whole army, brought before the king, -cloathed in the distinguished habit and marks of his dignity in which -he had fought the day before at the head of his troops; gold chains -were about his arms, and a gold collar, enriched with precious stones -about his neck. The king scarcely deigned to speak to him, whilst the -royal prisoner likewise observed a profound silence. When the army had -satisfied their curiosity with the sight of this prince, (once the -object of their fear), the king, by a motion of his hand, ordered him -to be hanged upon a tree at the entrance of the camp, with all the -ornaments he had upon him. After this the queen of Mara, concerning -whom so many surprising stories had been told of her poisoning the -waters by drugs and inchantments, was, notwithstanding the known -partiality of this king for the fair sex, ordered to be hewn in pieces -by the soldiers, and her body given to the dogs. - -Amda Sion then dispatched a messenger with the news of his victory to -the queens his wives, and the rest of the ladies he had left with the -main army at Debra Martel, when the monks of the convent immediately -began a solemn procession and thanksgiving, attended by the exercise of -every sort of work of charity and piety. - -It was now the end of July, when the rains in Abyssinia become both -constant and violent, that the king called a council of the principal -nobility, officers, and priests, to determine whether he should go -straight home, or send their wives, children, and baggage before them -the direct road, when the light and unincumbered army should take a -compass, and lay waste a part of the kingdom of Adel they had already -invaded, and return in another direction. The majority of the army, and -the priests above all, were for the first proposal; but the king and -principal officers thought the advantages gained by so much blood were -to be followed, and not deserted, till they should either have reduced -the Mahometans to a state of weakness that should make them no longer -formidable to Abyssinia, or, if prosperous fortune still attended them -further, extirpate the people and religion together.--This opinion -prevailed. - -The king, therefore, dismissed his baggage, his women, children, -servants, and useless people. He retained an army of veteran soldiers -only, more formidable than six times the number that could be brought -against them; and, trusting now to the country into which he marched -for support, he advanced, and entered a town called Zeyla, and there -took up his quarters. He had scarce taken possession of the town, when -that very night he sent a detachment to surprise a large and rich -village called Taraca, where he put all the men to the sword, making -the women slaves for the service of the army, instead of those whom he -had sent home. - -The king’s views, by such small expeditions, were to accustom his -soldiers to fight out of his presence, and wean them from a persuasion, -now become general, that victory could not be obtained but where he -commanded. - -On the 10th of July, the king continued his march, without opposition, -to Darbè, whence, the next morning, he sent different parties to the -right and left, to burn and destroy the country. They accordingly laid -waste all the province of Gassi, slaying Abdullah the Sherriffe, who -was the governor and son of Saruch the Imam, author of the conspiracy -against him. From thence he fell suddenly upon Abalgé and Talab, a -large district belonging to the king of Adel. - -This prince, hearing that Amda Sion, instead of returning, as was -usual in the rainy season, into Abyssinia, had determined to continue -to ravage his whole country, had not, on his part, been remiss in -preparing means to resist him; and he had assembled, from every -province, all the forces they could raise, to make one last effort -against their common enemy. - -Amda Sion, therefore, had scarcely retired from the destruction of -Talab, when the king of Adel (become now desperate by being so long a -spectator of the ruin of his kingdom) marched hastily to meet him, with -much less precaution than his own situation, and the character of his -enemy, required. Amda Sion, whose whole wish was to bring the Moors to -an engagement as often as occasion presented, left off his plundering -upon the first news that the king of Adel had taken the field, and, -allowing him to choose the ground on which he was to fight, the next -day he marched against him, having (as sure of victory) first detached -bodies of horse to intercept those of the Moors that should fly when -defeated; For no general was more provident than this king for the -destruction of his enemy. He then led his troops against the king of -Adel, and, spurring his horse, was already in the midst of the Moorish -army before the most active of his soldiers had time to follow him. The -Abyssinians, as usual, threw themselves like madmen upon the Moors, -at the sight of the king’s danger. The king of Adel was defeated with -little resistance: that unfortunate prince himself was slain upon the -spot, and the greatest part of his army destroyed (after they thought -themselves safe) by the ambushes of fresh horse the king had placed in -their rear before the battle. - -The three children of the king of Adel, and his brother, who had all -been in the engagement, seeing the great inferiority of their troops, -and terrified at the approaching fate of their country, loading -themselves with the most valuable of their effects, (which, in token -of humility, they carried upon their heads, shoulders, and in their -hands,) came with these presents before the king, who was sitting armed -at the door of his tent, and, without further apology, or assurance -given, threw themselves, as is the custom of Abyssinia, at his feet, -with their foreheads in the dust, intreating pardon for what had -hitherto been done amiss; submitting to him as his subjects, professing -their readiness to obey all his commands, provided only that he would -proceed no further, nor waste and destroy their country, but spare what -still remained, which was, for the most part, the property of Arabian -merchants who had done him no injury. - -But the king seemed little disposed to credit these assurances. He told -them plainly, “That they, and all Ethiopia, knew the time was when they -were under his dominion, paid him the same tribute, and owed him the -same allegiance with the rest of his subjects; that neither he, nor -his predecessors, at that time, had ever oppressed them, but returned -them present for present, gold for gold, apparel for apparel, and -dismissed them contentedly home whenever they came to pay their duty -to them: That lately, from supposed weakness in him, when he was young -in the beginning of his reign, and encouraged by the great addition -of their brethren, who flocked to them from Arabia, they had, without -provocation, thrown off their allegiance to him, upbraiding him as a -eunuch, fit only to take care of the women of their seraglio, with many -such taunting messages, equally unworthy the majesty and memory of a -prince like him: That, could this be passed over, still there was a -crime that all the blood of Adel could not atone for: They had, without -provocation, murdered his priests, burnt their churches, and destroyed -his defenceless people in their villages, merely from a vain belief -that they were too far to be under his protection: That, to punish them -for this, he was now in the midst of their country, and, if his life -was spared, never would he turn his back upon Adel while he had ten men -with him capable of drawing their swords. He, therefore, ordered them -to return, and expect the approach of his army.” - -The two eldest children and the brother were so struck with the fierce -manner and countenance with which the king spoke, that they remained -perfectly silent. But the youngest son (a youth of great spirit, and -who, with the utmost difficulty, had been forced by his parents to fly -after the battle) answered the king with great resolution:-- - -“It is a truth known to the whole kingdom, that Adel has never belonged -to any sovereign on earth but to ourselves. Violence and power, which -destroy and set up kingdoms, have at times done so with ours; but that -you are not otherwise, than by these means, king of our country, our -colour, stature[7], and complexion sufficiently shew. We have been -free, and were conquered; we now have attempted to regain our freedom, -and we have failed: We have not been inferior to you in every kind of -civility, receiving you and your predecessors when you came into our -country, singing before you, and rejoicing, because we knew that you -had always among you men of great worth and bravery. - -“As to the accusation against us, that we robbed the Christians, -you yourself see the riches of our country, which we get by our own -industry and commerce, whilst the Abyssinians were naked shepherds and -robbers. In the days of your predecessors, a handful of us would have -chased an army of them, and it would be so now, were it not for the -personal valour and conduct of you their prince. But you, better than -any one, can be the judge of this; and I can appeal to you, how often -they have been upon the point of deserting you, in return for all the -victories and riches they have shared with you; while there is not a -Moor in Adel but would have willingly died in the presence of such a -prince as you. It is then _you_, not your army, that we fear; we know -perfectly the value of both. You have already enjoyed all the merit -and profit of conquest; but utterly destroying defenceless people is -unworthy of any king, and still more of a prince of your character.” - -The king, without any sign of displeasure at the freedom of this -speech, answered him calmly: “Words and resolutions like these -occasioned your father to lose his life in battle. I come not to argue -with you what you are to do, nor did I send for you to preach to you; -but if the queen your mother, the rest of your father’s family, and the -principal people who, after your father’s death, are now to govern -Adel, do not, by to-morrow evening, surrender themselves to me at my -tent-door, as you have done, I will lay the province of Adel waste, -from the place where I now sit, to the borders of the ocean.” - -This unpromising interview with the king was faithfully communicated by -the young princes to their mother, earnestly desiring her to trust the -king’s mercy, and to throw herself at his feet the next morning without -reserve. But those who had been the persuaders of the war (for the late -king of Adel was but a weak prince) reckoned themselves in much greater -danger with Amda Sion than was the royal family. They, therefore, -agreed to try their fortune again in battle, binding themselves to -live and die with each other, by mutual oaths and promises. They also -sent to the princes this resolution, by an old enemy of Amda Sion, -persuading them to make their escape as soon as possible, and come and -head their forces that were then raised, and ready to conquer or die -together, when the family should be out of the enemy’s hands. - -The king, well informed of what had passed, decamped immediately from -the station where he was, exceedingly irritated; and, having passed -the great river called Aco, he took post in the town of Marmagab; -and the next day, dividing his army, he sent two bodies by different -routes into the enemy’s territories, with a strict command to leave -nothing undestroyed that had the breath of life; he himself, with the -third division, burning and laying waste the whole country before him, -proceeded straight to the place where he heard the chiefs of Adel were -assembling an army. There he found some troops, mostly infantry, who -kept a good countenance, and seemed perfectly prepared and disposed -to engage him. But an immense multitude of useless people covered the -plain, old men, women, and children, with the parents, wives, and -families of those he had already slain; and these were determined, with -the remnant of their countrymen, to conquer this invader, or to perish. - -The king, upon perceiving this strange mixture, halted for a time in -great surprise and astonishment. He could not penetrate into the motive -of assembling such an army; and sending a party of horse, as it were, -to disperse them, he found everywhere a stout resistance; soldiers -well provided with swords and shields, and a multitude of archers, who -rained showers of arrows upon him, while the women, with clubs, poles, -stakes, and stones, damped the ardour of his soldiers, who, when they -first charged, scarcely expected resistance. The king, seeing the -battle every minute become more doubtful, and having but few troops, -began to repent that he had weakened his army by detachments; he -instantly dispatched orders to them to advance, and fall upon the enemy -in the nearest direction possible. At the same time, he himself made an -extraordinary effort with his horse, but all in vain; and he found, on -every side, people who presented themselves willingly to death, but who -would not quit their station while they had power to defend themselves -in it. - -Conspicuous above all these for his dress, his youth, his many acts -of valour, and his graceful figure, was the young king of Wypo, who, -encouraging his troops, presented himself wherever Amda Sion was in -person. The remarkable resistance that this young prince made, soon -drew the attention of the king of Abyssinia; who, sheathing his -sword, took a bow in his hand, and, as my historian says, choosing the -broadest arrow he could find, struck this young hero through the middle -of his neck, so that, half being cut through, his head inclined to one -shoulder, and soon after he fell dead among his horse’s feet. - -This sight was one just calculated to strike such an army as this with -terror. They immediately turned their backs, and, unluckily falling in -with the two detachments marching to the king’s relief, they were all -cut to pieces to the number of 5000; a great proportion of which were -women and aged persons, unskilled in war, further than as they were -prompted by a long sufferance of injuries, accumulated now to a mass, -that made them weary of life. My historian further says, that three -only of the Moorish army escaped. On the king’s side many principal -officers were killed; and there was scarce one horseman that was not -wounded. Amda Sion, therefore, when speaking of this campaign, after -his return, among his nobility at Shoa, used to say, “Deliver me from -fighting with old women;” alluding to this battle, where he was in -the greatest danger. The fate of the unfortunate king of Wypo was -particularly hard. He had lately married the king of Adel’s daughter; -and it was the staying for him, and his marriage, that lost the -favourable opportunity of fighting the Abyssinians, when the army was -in despondency upon the king’s being taken ill of the fever. - -The next campaign the king began, by a march first to Sassogade, where -he assisted at the celebration of the feast of St John the Baptist; and -he gave orders, that day, to raze all the Mahometan mosques to the -ground, to destroy all the grain, burn the villages, and put the people -to the sword, which was executed accordingly. The king then decamped -the fourth of July; and, passing the great river (Zorat) came to the -country of the Oritii, and took up his quarters there. The people of -this province were in the very worst reputation for cruelty, and hatred -of the Christian name. They were perpetually making incursions into the -Christian villages, and those that fell alive into their hands, they -either castrated, cut off their nose or ears, or otherwise mangled them. - -The king, to vindicate the severity he was about to exercise, ordered -all those people, who had suffered in this manner, to be collected and -brought before him. The number appeared very considerable; and, having -inquired in what occupations they had been employed, they answered, -that their business was to cut down wood, draw and fetch water, and -some of them to take care of the Moorish women. Violently affected with -this, he called his principal officers, and commanded them, that, when -he decamped with his army the next day, small parties should remain -in ambush on each side of the town. The king, early in the morning, -marched out with sound of trumpet; and the Moors, thinking the army -gone, returning to their houses, were set upon by the parties, and -destroyed. - -The next place the king came to was Haggara, where he staid eight -days, and celebrated there the feast of the Cross; surrounding his -camp with palisades, as if he was to stay there a considerable time. -Here he made his soldiers deposit all their plunder, leaving it under -the care of a weak guard, and marched out with sound of trumpet, as -if he was going upon some expedition. There was a large body of troops -in ambush, and the Moors, concealed in woods, and hiding-places, -attacked the intrenchment as soon as the king was gone, and had forced -the palisades, when they were every where surrounded by the parties -left behind, and were all cut to pieces, excepting the old men and -women, whose noses and lips the king ordered to be cut off, by way of -retaliation, and then dismissed them. Great store of bows, good arms -and cloathing, were taken here, lately brought from Arabia for the use -of the confederates. - -The king now turned his face homewards, marched off in seven days to -Begul in the Sahara, and thence sent a message to the governor of Ifat, -commanding him to send to him all those Christians who had apostatized -from their faith in his or his brother’s time; with notice, that, if -he did not comply, he would put him and all his family to death, and -give his command to another family. The king ordered these apostates, -when delivered, to be severely whipped, and, fettering them with heavy -irons, imprisoned them. - -From Begul the army marched to Waz, thence to Gett, and from Gett to -Harla, still laying waste the country. From Harla they marched five -days to Delhoya, being determined to make a severe example of this -place, because the inhabitants had killed the governor the king had -left with them, and, making large fires for the purpose, had burnt and -tormented the Christians residing there. He came, therefore, upon this -town, and surrounded it in the night; and, after putting men, women, -and children to the sword, he razed it to the ground. - -From Delhoya he proceeded to Degwa, from thence to Warga, which he -treated in the same manner as Delhoya, and then entered the province -of Dawaro, where he understood that Hydar, governor of that province, -with Saber-eddin, and a very valuable convoy coming to him, under their -conduct, from Shoa, were intercepted by Hydar’s people, and their -guard cut to pieces. Instead, therefore, of proceeding to Shoa, as -his intention was, he encamped at Bahalla, and there kept the feast -of Christmas, laying the whole province, by parties, under military -execution; and hearing there that Joseph, governor of Serca, was in -understanding with those of Dawaro, he put him in prison, carrying -off all his horses, asses, mules, and a prodigious quantity of other -cattle, which he drove before him, and ended his expedition by his -entry into Shoa. - -This is the Abyssinian account of the reign of their prince Amda Sion, -a little abridged, and made more conformable to the manner of writing -English history. The historian, contrary to the usual practice, gives -no account of himself; but he seems to have lived in the time of Zara -Jacob, the third reign after this. Though he wrote in Shoa, his book is -in pure Geez, there being scarcely an Amharic word in it. - -There are three things which I would now observe; not because they are -single instances, but, on the contrary, because, though first mentioned -here, they are uniformly confirmed throughout the whole Abyssinian -history. - -The first is, that the king of Abyssinia is, in all matters -ecclesiastical and civil, supreme; that he punishes all offences -committed by the clergy in as absolute and direct a manner as if these -offences were committed by a layman. Of this the treatment of Honorius -is an example, who made use only of spiritual weapons against offences, -that surely deserved the censure of all churches. - -With whatever propriety this sentence might have been inflicted upon -individuals, and, perhaps, without any bad consequence to the public in -general, the law of the land, in Abyssinia, could not suffer this to be -inflicted on their king, because very bad effects must have followed it -towards the common-weal; for excommunication there is really a capital -punishment if executed with rigour. It is a kind of _interdictio aquæ -et ignis_, for you yourself are expressly prohibited from kindling a -fire, and every body else is laid under a prohibition from supplying -either fire or water. No one can speak, eat, or drink with you, enter -your house, or suffer you to enter theirs. You cannot buy nor sell, nor -recover debts. If under this situation you should be violently slain by -robbers, no inquisition is made into the cause of your death, and your -body is not suffered to be buried. - -I would submit now to the judgment of any one, what sort of government -there would be in Abyssinia, if a priest was suffered to lay the king -under such interdict or restriction. The kings of that country do -not pretend to be saints; indeed, it may be said, they are the very -contrary, leading very free lives. Pretences are never wanting, and it -is only necessary to find a fanatic priest (which, God knows, is not a -rarity in that country) to unhinge government perpetually, and throw -all into anarchy and confusion. But nothing of this kind occurs in -their history, though the bigotted Le Grande, and some of the Jesuits, -less bigotted than him, have asserted, that such a practice prevailed -in the Abyssinian church, to shew its conformity with the church -of Rome; which we shall see, however, contradicted almost in every -prince’s reign. - -The second thing I shall observe is, that there is no ground for that -prejudice, so common in the writers concerning this country, who say -that these people are Nomades, perpetually roving about in tents. If -they had ever so little reflected upon it, there is not a country in -the world where this is less possible than in Abyssinia, a country -abounding with mountains, where every flat piece of ground is, once -a-day, during six months rain, cut through by a number of torrents, -sweeping cattle, trees, and every thing irresistibly before them; where -no field, unless it has some declivity, can be sown, nor even passed -over by a traveller, without some danger of being swept away, during -the hours of the day when the rain is most violent; in such a country -it would be impossible for 30 or 40,000 men to encamp from place to -place, and to subsist without some permanent retreat. Accordingly they -have towns and villages perched upon the pinnacles of sharp hills and -rocks, and which are never thought safe if commanded by any ground -above them; in these they remain, as we do in cities, all the rainy -season: Nor is there a private person (not a soldier) who hath a tent -more than in Britain. In the fair season, the military encamp in all -directions cross the country, either to levy taxes, or in search of -their enemy; but nothing in this is particular to Abyssinia; in most -parts of Africa and Asia they do the same. - -The third particular to be observed here is, that, in this prince’s -reign, the king’s sons were not imprisoned in the mountain. For Saif -Araad was present with his father at the defeat of Saleh king of Mara, -and yet the mountain of Geshen was then set apart as a prison. For -the Itchegué of Debra Libanos was banished there; from which I infer, -that after the massacre of the royal family by Judith, on the mountain -of Damo, and the flight of the prince Del Naad, to Shoa, the king’s -children were not confined, nor yet till long after their restoration -and return to Tigré, as will appear in the sequel. - -Amda Sion died of a natural death at Tegulat in Shoa, after a reign of -30 years, which were but a continued series of victories, no instance -being recorded of his having been once defeated. - -[Illustration] - - - - -SAIF ARAAD. - -From 1342 to 1370. - -_This Prince enjoys a peaceable Reign--Protects the Patriarch of Cophts -at Cairo from the Persecution of the Soldan._ - - -Saif Araad succeeded his father Amda Sion; and it should seem that, -in his time, all was peaceable on the side of Adel, as nothing is -mentioned relative to that war. Indeed, if the increase of trade and -power in that corner of Abyssinia arose from the troubles and want of -security which the merchants laboured under in Arabia, we cannot but -suspect, from a parity of reasoning, that the violent manner in which -war had been carried on by Amda Sion, must have occasioned a great many -inhabitants to repass the Straits, and return to their own homes. - -At this time, news were brought from Cairo, that the Soldan had thrown -the Coptic patriarch, Marcus, into prison. There was then a constant -trade carried on between Cairo and Abyssinia, through the desert; and -also from Cairo and Suakem on the Red Sea. Besides, great caravans, -formerly composed of Pagans, now of Mahometans, passed from west to -east, in the same manner as in ancient times, to buy and disperse India -goods through Africa. Saif Araad, not having it in his power to give -the patriarch other assistance, seized all the merchants from Cairo, -and sent horse to interrupt and terrify the caravans. As the cause of -this was well known, and that the patriarch was in prison for the sake -only of extorting money from him, people on all sides cried out upon -the bad policy of the Soldan, who thereupon ordered Abuna Marcus to be -set at liberty, without any other condition, than that he should make -peace with Saif Araad on the part of Egypt, which was done through the -mediation of that prelate. - -[Illustration] - - - - -WEDEM ASFERI. - -From 1370 to 1380. - -_Memoirs of this and the following Reign defective._ - - -We know nothing of this prince, only that he succeeded his father Saif -Araad, and reigned ten years; yet his name, which signifies _lover -of war_, seems to indicate an active reign. It is remarkable, that -in this reign is first mentioned an æra of Abyssinian chronology, -which has very much puzzled several learned writers, and the origin -of which is not, perhaps, yet fully known. This is that epoch, called -that of Maharat, or Mercy, which Scaliger and Ludolf have called the -æra of grace. Scaliger says, he has toiled much before he found out -what it was; and I doubt his toil has not been blessed with all the -success we could wish. That it is not the æra of redemption, is plain -upon a hundred trials, nor of the conversion, nor of Dioclesian. What -it alludes to we know not, but it is first quoted in the Abyssinian -history in this reign, and answers to the year 1348 of Christ; but -from what event it had its origin we cannot positively say, nor -further, than that all which Scaliger has said concerning it is merely -visionary. - -[Illustration] - - - - -DAVID II. - -From 1380 to 1409. - - -Wedem Asferi was succeeded by his brother David, Saif Araad’s second -son. This prince’s reign is remarkable in the annals of the church of -Abyssinia, because, at this time, a piece of the true cross, on which -our Saviour died, was brought hither from Jerusalem; and, in memory of -this great event, the king ordered the sacerdotal vest, or capa, which -was before plain, to be embroidered with flowers. - -This king, after reigning twenty-nine years, one day viewing a -favourite, but vicious horse, received so violent a kick upon his head -that it fractured his skull, so that he died upon the spot, and was -buried in the great island of Dek in the lake Dembea, or Tzana. - -[Illustration] - - - - -THEODORUS. - -From 1409 to 1412. - -_Memoirs of this Reign, though held in great Esteem in Abyssinia, -defective; probably mutilated by the Ecclesiastics._ - - -David was succeeded by his eldest son Theodorus. He is called Son of -the Lion, by the poet, in the Ethiopic encomium upon him, still extant -in the liturgy. A miracle is mentioned to have happened, (which would -lead us to suspect that he was a saint), during the celebration of -his festival, by his mother, who is called Mogessa[8]. This lady had -contented herself with providing great quantity of flesh for the feast; -but, to make it more complete, the heavens in a shower supplied it with -store of fine fish, ready roasted. - -He was buried in the church of Tedba Mariam in Amhara, after having -reigned three years. There must have been something very brilliant -that happened under this prince, for though the reign is so short, -it is before all others the most favourite epoch in Abyssinia. It is -even confidently believed, that he is to rise again, and to reign in -Abyssinia for a thousand years, and in this period all war is to cease, -and every one, in fulness, to enjoy happiness, plenty, and peace. -Foolish as these legends are, and distant the time, this one was the -source of great trouble and personal danger to me, as will be seen in -the sequel. What we know certain in this prince’s history is, that he -abrogated the treaty of partition made by Icon Amlac in favour of the -Abuna Tecla Haimanout and his successors, by which one third of the -kingdom of Abyssinia was for ever to be set apart as a revenue for the -Abuna. This wise prince modified so excessive a provision, reserving to -the Abuna for his maintenance a sufficient territory in every province -of the kingdom. It is still judged immoderate, and has suffered many -defalcations under later princes, who, perhaps, not acting upon the -principles of Theodorus, have not been commended by posterity in the -manner he has been. - -[Illustration] - - - - -ISAAC. - -From 1412 to 1429. - -_No Annals of this nor the four following Reigns._ - - -Theodorus was succeeded by Isaac his brother, second son of David. -In his reign the Falasha, who, since their overthrow in the time of -Amda Sion, had been quiet, broke out into rebellion. We do not know -the particulars, but apprehend some injustice was at that time done, -or attempted, against the Jews; for 24 Judges, 12 from Shoa and 12 -from Tigré, (the number having been doubled when there were two kings -reigning[9]), were of a different opinion, and would not comply with -the king’s will, who thereupon deprived them all of their office. The -king, coming upon the army of the Falasha in Woggora, entirely defeated -them at Kossogué, and, in memory thereof, built a church on the place, -and called it Debra Isaac, which remains there to this day. - -Isaac reigned near 17 years, was a prince of great piety and courage. -The annals of his reign, probably during the troublesome time that -followed, have been lost, and with them great part of his atchievements. - -[Illustration] - - - - -ANDREAS I. OR AMDA SION. - - -Isaac was succeeded by his son Andreas, who reigned only seven months, -and they were both buried at Tedba Mariam. - -[Illustration] - - - - -TECLA MARIAM, OR HASEB NANYA. - -From 1429 to 1433. - - -This prince was third son of David, and succeeded his nephew. He -reigned four years, and took for his inauguration name, Haseb Nanya. - -[Illustration] - - - - -SARWE YASOUS. - - -This prince was son of Tecla Mariam, he reigned only four months; his -inauguration name was Maharak Nanya. He has been omitted in some of the -lists of kings. - -[Illustration] - - - - -AMDA YASOUS. - - -Sarwe Yasous was succeeded by his brother Amda Yasous, whose -inauguration name was Badel Nanya. He was second son of Tecla Mariam, -and reigned nine months. - -[Illustration] - - - - -ZARA JACOB. - -From 1434 to 1468. - - _Sends Ambassadors from Jerusalem to the Council of - Florence--First Entry of the Roman Catholics into Abyssinia, - and Dispute about Religion--King persecutes the Remnants of - Sabaism and Idolatry--Mahometan Provinces rebel, and are - subdued--The King dies._ - - -These very short reigns were followed by one of an extraordinary -length. Zara Jacob, fourth son of David II. succeeded his nephew, -and reigned 34 years, and, at his inauguration, took the name of -Constantine. He is looked upon in Abyssinia to have been another -Solomon; and a model of what the best of sovereigns should be. From -what we know of him, he seems to have been a prince who had the best -opportunity, and with that the greatest inclination to be instructed in -the politics, manners, and religion of other countries. - -A convent had been long before this established at Jerusalem for the -Abyssinians, which he in part endowed, as appears by his letters still -extant[10], written to monks of that convent. He also obtained from -the Pope[11] a convent for the Abyssinians at Rome, which to this day -is appropriated to them, though it is very seldom that either there, -or even at Jerusalem, there are now any Abyssinians. By his desire, -and in his name, ambassadors (_i. e._ priests from Jerusalem) were -sent by Abba Nicodemus, the then Superior, who assisted at the council -of Florence, where, however, they adhered to the opinion of the Greek -church about the proceeding of the Holy Ghost, which created a schism -between the Greek and Latin churches. This embassy was thought of -consequence enough to be the subject of a painting in the Vatican, and -to this picture we owe the knowledge of such an embassy having been -sent. - -The mild reign of the last Soldan of Egypt seems greatly to have -favoured the disposition of Zara Jacob, in maintaining an intercourse -with Europe and Asia. And it is for the first time now in this reign -that we read of a dispute upon religion with the Franks, or Frangi, -a name which afterwards became more odious and fatal to whomsoever -it was applied. Abba George is said to have disputed before the king -upon some point of his religion, and to have confuted his opponent -even to conviction. We are not informed of the name of Abba George’s -antagonist, but he is thought to have been a Venetian painter[12], who -lived many years after in Abyssinia, and, it is believed, died there. -From this time, however, in almost every reign, there appear marks of -a party formed in favour of the church of Rome, which probably had its -first rise from the Abyssinian embassy to the council of Florence. - -Although the established religion in Abyssinia was that of the Greek -church of Alexandria, yet many different superstitions prevailed in -every part of the country. On the coast of the Red Sea, as well as -the Ocean, that is in the low provinces adjoining to the kingdom of -Adel, the greatest part of the inhabitants were Mahometans; and the -conveniencies of trade had occasioned these to disperse themselves -through many villages in the high country, especially in Woggora, and -in the neighbourhood of Gondar. Dembea on the south, and the rugged -district of Samen on the east, were crowded with many deformed sects, -while the people of the low valleys, towards Nubia, the Agows at the -head of the Nile, and those of the same name, though of a different -nation and language, at the head of the Tacazzé, in Lasta, were, for -the greatest part, Pagans, _i. e._ of the old religion of Sabeans, -worshipping the planets, stars, the wind, trees, and such like. But a -more abominable worship than this seemed especially predominant among -some of the Agows at the source of the Nile, and the people bordering -upon Nubia, as they adored the cow and serpents for their gods, and -supposed that, by the latter, they could divine all that was to happen -to them in futurity. - -Whether it was that a long war had thrown a veil over these abuses, -or whether (which is more probable) a spirit of toleration had still -prevailed in this country, which had at first been converted to -Christianity without blood-shed, it is not easy at this time to say. -Only their history does not mention, that, before the reign of this -prince, idolatry had been considered as a capital crime, or judicially -inquired into, and tried as such. An accusation, however, at this time, -being brought against some families for worshipping the cow and the -serpent, they were, by the king’s orders, seized and brought before -himself sitting in judgment, with the principal of his clergy, and -with his officers of state, with whom he associated some strangers, -lately come from Jerusalem; a custom which prevails to this day. These -criminals were all capitally convicted, and executed. A proclamation -from the king followed, declaring, That any person who did not, upon -his right hand, carry an amulet, with these words, _I renounce the -devil for Christ our Lord_, should forfeit his personal estate, and be -liable to corporal punishment. - -It has been the custom of all Pagan nations to wear amulets upon their -arms, and different parts of their bodies. From the Gentiles this usage -was probably first learned by the Jews. Amulets were adopted by the -Mahometans, but, till now, not worn in Abyssinia by any Christians. - -These executions, which at first consisted of seven people only, began -to be repeated in different places, and at different times. The person -employed as inquisitor, and the manner this examination was made, -tended to make it still more odious. Amda Sion, the Acab Saat, was the -man to whom this persecution was committed. He was the king’s principal -confident; of very austere manners: he neither shaved his head nor -changed his cloaths; had no connection with women, nor with any great -man in court; never saw the king but alone, and, when he appeared -abroad, was constantly attended by a number of soldiers, with drums and -trumpets, and other equipage, not at all common for a clergyman. He -had under him a number of spies, who brought him intelligence of any -steps taken in idolatry or treason; and, after being, as he supposed, -well informed, he went to the house of the delinquent, where he -first refreshed himself and his attendants, then ordered those of the -house he came for, and all that were with them, to be executed in his -presence. - -Among those that suffered were the king’s two sons-in-law, married to -his daughters Medehan Zamidu, and Berhan Zamidu, having been accused -by their wives, the one of adultery, the other of incest: they were -both put to death in their own houses, in a very private and suspicious -manner. This execution being afterwards declared by the king in an -assembly of the clergy and states, certain priests, or others, from -Jerusalem, in public, condemned this procedure of the king, as contrary -to law, sound policy, and the first principles of justice, which seems -to have had such an effect that we hear no more of these persecutions, -nor of Amda Sion the persecutor, during the whole of this reign. - -The king now turned his thoughts upon a nobler object, which was that -of dividing his country into separate governments, assigning to each -the tax it should pay, at what time, and in what manner, according to -the situation and capacity of each province. The prosperity of the -Moorish states, from the extensive trade constantly carried on there, -the bad use they made of their riches by employing them in continual -rebellions, made it necessary that the king should see and inquire into -each person’s circumstances, which he proposed to do, as was usual, -before the time of their several investitures. - -The chief of the rich district of Gadai, was the first called on by the -king, as it is on this occasion that considerable presents (seldom -less than two years rent of the province) are given, about one half to -the king, the other among his courtiers. There was, at this period, a -Moorish woman of quality in court, called the queen of Zeyla. She had -been brought to the palace with a view that the king should marry her, -but he disliking her for the length, as is said, or some other defect, -in her foreteeth, had married her to a nobleman. - -This injury had sunk very deep in the breast of the queen of Zeyla, -though she was only nominally so, having been expelled from her kingdom -before her coming into Abyssinia. But it happened that she was sister -to Mihico son of Mahomet, chief of Gadai, whom she earnestly persuaded -to stay at home, and she succeeded so far, as not only to prevail -upon him to be absent, but also to withdraw himself entirely from his -allegiance. - -At this very time, the king was informed by a faithful servant, a -nobleman of Hadea, that the chief of Gadai had long been meditating -mischief, and endeavouring to prevail with the king of Adel to march -with his army, while great part of the principal people of Hadea, whom -he had seduced, were to fall, on the opposite side, upon Dawaro and -Bali. - -The king, however, received certain accounts from Adel, that all was -quiet there; and inquiring who of his Moorish servants were of the -conspiracy in Hadea, he found them to be Goodalu, Alarea, Ditho, Hybo, -Ganzè, Saag, Gidibo, Kibben, Gugulé, and Haleb. As there were still -forces enough in the province to resist this confederacy, the king, -instead of levying an army against them, thought the proper way was -to send them a governor, who should divide the interest and strength -of the enemy. There was then an uncle of Mihico remaining in exile at -Dejan[13], whither he had been sent formerly into banishment at the -instance of his nephew, but he still preserved the command of a small -district called Bomo, as well as the good inclinations of his own -subjects of Gadai, who held his memory in great veneration. The king, -therefore, sent for this governor of Bomo, and, setting before him the -behaviour of his nephew, he gave him the investiture of his government, -with many presents both useful and honourable; and, having ordered some -troops from Amhara to attend him, he dismissed him, to punish and expel -his nephew from the province of Gadai. - -The fair of Adel was nigh, and thither all the inhabitants of Bali -and Dawaro go. It was at this time the conspirators of Hadea had -agreed to fall upon the provinces; while, probably, those at the fair -had been likewise destined to cut off the inhabitants which might be -found there. To counteract these designs, the king, by proclamation, -expressly forbade any of the inhabitants of Bali or Dawaro to go to the -fair, but all to join the governor of Bomo, who no sooner presented -himself in his district, than the people of all ranks flocked to him -and submitted. - -Mihico saw himself undone by this address of the king, of which he was -quite uninformed. He fled immediately with his family, endeavouring, -if possible, to reach Adel; and having come the length of Bawa Amba, -a high mountain, where is one of the narrowest and most difficult -passes between the high country and the Kolla, here he strowed about, -in different places, all the riches that he had brought along with -him, in hopes that his pursuers, wearied by the time they came there, -should, by the difficulty of the ground, and the booty everywhere to -be found, be induced to proceed no further. But this stratagem did -not succeed; for he was so closely followed that he was overtaken and -slain, his head, hands, and feet were cut off, and immediately sent -to the king, who, after public rejoicings, gave the government of -Gadai to the person who first informed him of Mihico’s conspiracy, and -confirmed the governor of Bomo in the province of Hadea likewise, which -he made hereditary in his family. In order also to be more in readiness -to suppress such insurrections for the future, he gave his Christian -soldiers lands adjacent to each other, forming a line all along the -frontiers of the Mahometan provinces of Bali, Fatigar, Wadge, and -Hadea, that they might be ready at an instant to suppress any tumult in -the provinces themselves, or resist any incursions from the kingdom of -Adel. - -The king now set about fulfilling another duty of his reign, that of -repairing the several churches in Abyssinia which had been destroyed -in the late war by the Mahometans, and of building new ones, which it -is their constant custom to vow and to erect where victories had been -obtained over an infidel enemy. While thus employed, news were sent him -from the patriarch of Alexandria, that the church of the Virgin had -been destroyed at that city by fire. Full, therefore, of grief for this -misfortune, he immediately founded another in Abyssinia, to repair -that loss which Christianity had suffered in Egypt. - -Being now advanced in life, he would willingly have dedicated the -remainder of it to these purposes, when he was awakened from his -religious employments by an alarm of war. The rebels of Hadea, by -changing their chief, had not altered their dispositions to rebel, -and, seeing the king given to other pursuits, they began to associate -and to arm. The governor, whom the king had created after the death of -Mihico, gave the king a very late notice of this, which he dissembled, -as he was the queen Helena’s father: but having, under pretence of -consecrating the church of St Cyriacos, assembled a sufficient number -of men whom he could trust, he made a sudden irruption into the rebel -provinces before they had united their forces. The first that the king -met to oppose him was an officer of the rebel governor of Fatigar, -who imagined he was engaging only the van of a separate body of Zara -Jacob’s troops, not believing him to be yet come up in person with -so small a number: But being undeceived, he bestirred himself so -courageously, that he reached the king’s person, and broke his lance -upon him; but, in return, received a blow from the lance of the king -which threw him to the ground; at the sight of which his whole party -took flight, but were overtaken and put to the sword almost to a man; -nor was the king’s loss considerable, his number being so small. - -Upon this defeat, Hiradin, the governor’s brother, declared his revolt, -and advanced to fight the king at the passage of the river Hawash. Zara -Jacob, much offended at this fresh delinquency, sent an officer, called -Han Degna, who found him at the watering-place unsuspecting an enemy; -and, before he could put his army in order, he was surrounded, slain, -and his head sent to the king, who rejoiced much at the sight, it being -brought him on Christmas day. - -After this the king collected his dead, and buried them with great -honour and shew of grief. He then summoned the governor of Hadea, -who professed himself willing to submit his loyalty and conduct to -the strictest inquiry. Above all the reasons which hindered him from -attending the king, one was known to be, that the queen was not without -reason suspected to favour the Mahometans, being originally of that -faith herself, and, therefore, for fear of revealing his secret to the -enemy, the king did not choose to make her father, the governor of -Hadea, partaker in his expedition, but, from jealousy to the queen, -ordered him to stay at home. Notwithstanding which it was found, that -all in his government were in their allegiance, and ready to march upon -the shortest notice had the king required it; therefore he extended his -command over the conquered provinces, in room of the rebel governors -whom he had removed. - -[Illustration] - - - - -BÆDA MARIAM. - -From 1468 to 1478. - - _Revives the Banishment of Princes to the Mountain--War with - Adel--Death of the King--Attempts by Portugal to discover - Abyssinia and the Indies._ - - -Bæda Mariam succeeded to the throne (as his historian says) against his -father’s inclination, after having received much ill usage during the -earlier part of his life, of which this was the occasion. His mother -took so violent and irregular a longing to see her son king, that -she formed a scheme, by the strength of a party of her relations and -friends, trusting to the weakness of an old man, to force him into a -partnership with his father. Examples of two kings, at the same time, -and even in this degree of relation, were more than once to be found -in the Abyssinian annals, but those times were now no more. A strong -jealousy had succeeded to an unreasonable confidence, and had thrown -both the person and pretensions of the heirs-apparent of this age to as -great a distance as was possible. - -The queen, whose name was Sion Magass, or the Grace of Sion, first -began to tamper with the clergy, who, though they did not absolutely -join her in her views, shewed her, however, more encouragement than was -strictly consistent with their allegiance. From these she applied to -some of the principal officers of state, and to those about the king, -the best affected to her son and his succession. These, aware of the -evil tendency of her scheme, first advised her, by every means, to lay -it aside; and afterwards, seeing she still persisted, and afraid of a -discovery that would involve her accomplices in it, they disclosed the -matter to the king himself, who resented the intention so heinously, -that he ordered the queen to be beaten with rods till she expired. -Her body afterwards was privately buried in a church dedicated to the -Virgin Mary, not far from Debra Berhan[14]. - -Nothing had hitherto appeared to criminate the young prince. But it -was soon told the king, that, after the death of the queen, her son -Bæda Mariam had taken frankincense and wax-tapers from the churches, -which he employed, at stated times, in the observation of the usual -solemnities over his mother’s grave. The king, having called his son -before him, began to question him about what he had heard; while -the prince, without hesitation, gave him a full account of every -circumstance, glorying in what, he said, was his duty, and denying that -he was accountable to any man on earth for the marks of affection which -he shewed to his mother. - -The king, considering his son’s justification as a reproach made to -himself for cruelty, ordered the prince, and, with him, his principal -friend Meherata Christos, to be loaded with irons, and banished to -the top of a mountain; and it is hard to say where this punishment -would have ended, had not the monks of Debra Kosso and Debra Libanos, -and all those of the desert, (who thought themselves in some measure -accomplices with his mother), by exhortations, pretended prophecies, -dreams and visions, convinced the king, that Providence had decreed -unalterably, that none but his son, Bæda Mariam, should succeed him. -To this ordinance the old king bowed, as it gave him a prospect of the -long continuance of his family on the throne of Abyssinia. - -Zara Jacob was no sooner dead, than his son, Bæda Mariam, who succeeded -him, began to apply himself seriously to the affairs of government. -From the reign of Judith, (in the tenth century), when so many of the -princes of the royal family were massacred, the custom of sending -the royal children to confinement on the top of a mountain had been -discontinued. These children all lived at home with their respective -fathers and mothers, like private persons; and the kings seemed to -connive at abolishing their former practice, for no mountain had been -yet chosen as a substitute to the unfortunate Damo. The disagreement -between Zara Jacob and his queen, with the cause of it, and the -prince’s frankness and resolution, seemed to point out the necessity of -reviving the salutary severity of the ancient laws. Bæda Mariam gave -orders, therefore, to arrest all his brethren, and send them prisoners -for life to the high mountain of _Geshen_, on the confines of Amhara -and Begemder, which ever after continued the state-prison for the royal -children, till a slaughter, like to that made upon mount Damo, was the -occasion, as we shall see, of deserting Geshen likewise. - -The king applied himself next to measures for the better government -of his country. He ordered a general pardon to be proclaimed to all -who, by the severity of the late reign, lay under sentence of death, -banishment, or any other punishment; and, convoking the states of the -kingdom, he met them with a chearfulness and openness which inspired -confidence into every rank, while, at the same time, he filled all the -places he found vacant, or that he thought proper to change, with men -of the greatest integrity. He then reviewed the whole cavalry that were -in his service, which he distributed into bodies, and stationed them in -places where they could be readiest called, to execute those designs he -had then in contemplation. - -The next year the king went to Debra Libanos in Shoa. It was, however, -observed, that his preparations were not such as were usual in these -short journies, nor such as were made in peaceable times. On the -contrary, orders were sent to the borders of Tigré to receive the -royal army, which was soon to arrive in those parts. The rumour of -this was quickly spread abroad, and affected all the neighbouring -states, according to their several interests. Mahomet king of Adel was -the first that took the alarm. Tho’ a kind of peace had subsisted for -several years between Adel and Abyssinia, yet inroads had been made -from each country into the other; and these might have served them as -pretexts for war, had that been the inclination of the times. Yet, as -both countries happened to be disposed for peace, these outrages passed -unnoticed. - -But, to prevent surprise upon this last movement of the troops, the -king of Adel thought he had a right to be informed of Bæda Mariam’s -intentions, and, with this view, he sent some of the principal people -of his country as ambassadors, under pretext of congratulating the king -upon his accession to the throne. They met the king in Shoa, and had -carried with them very considerable presents. They were received in a -very distinguished manner; and the presents which Bæda Mariam returned -to the king of Adel were nothing inferior to those he accepted. After -having entertained the ambassadors several days with feasting and -diversions, he confirmed a peace under the same duties upon trade that -had formerly subsisted. - -The king of Dancali also, old, infirm, yet constant in his attachment -to the Abyssinians, was not without his inquietudes, though he was -not afraid they intended to attack his poor territory with an army. -He dreaded lest the army in its march should drink up that little -quantity of water which remained to him in summer, and, without which, -his kingdom would become uninhabited. It is a low, sandy district, -lying on the Red Sea, just where the coast, after bearing a little to -the east of north from Suez to Dancali, makes an elbow, and stretches -nearly east, as far as the Straits of Babelmandeb. It has the mines of -fossile-salt immediately on the north and north-west, a desert part of -the province of Dawaro to the south, and the sea on the north. But it -has no port, excepting a spacious bay, with tolerable anchorage, called -_the Bay of Bilur_[15], in lat. 13° 3´, and, corruptly in vulgar maps -and writings, the Bay of Bayloul. - -The kingdom of Dancali is bounded on the east at Azab by part of the -kingdom of Adel, and the myrrh country. The king is a Mahometan, as -are all his subjects. They are called Taltal, are all black, and only -some of them woolly-headed; a circumstance which probably arises from -a mixture with the Abyssinians, whose hair is long. There are but two -small rivers of fresh water in the whole kingdom; and even these are -not visible above ground in the hot season, but are swallowed up in the -sand, so as to be dug for when water is wanted. In the rainy season, -these are swollen by rain falling from the sides of the mountains and -from the high lands of Abyssinia, and then only they run with a current -into the sea. All the rest of the water in this country is salt, or -brackish, and not fit for use, unless in absolute necessity and dry -years. Even these sometimes fail, and they are obliged to seek, far off -in the rainy frontiers of Abyssinia, water for themselves, and pasture -for their miserable goats and sheep. - -When the Indian trade flourished, this prince’s revenue arose chiefly -from furnishing camels for the transport of merchandise to all parts -of Africa. Their commerce is now confined to the carrying bricks of -solid, or fossile salt, dug from pits in their own country, which, -in Abyssinia, pass instead of silver currency; these they deliver at -the nearest market in the high lands at a very moderate profit, after -having carried them from the sea-side through the dry and burning -deserts of their own country, at the great risk of being murdered by -Galla. - -The presents sent to Bæda Mariam from Dancali did not make a great -figure when compared with those of Adel. They consisted of one horse, -a mule, a shield of elephant’s hide, a poisoned lance, two swords, and -some dates. Poor as these presents were, they were much more respected -than those of Adel, because they came from a loyal heart; while the -others were from a nation distinguished every year by some premeditated -action of treachery and bloodshed. The king, having first sent for -the Abuna, Imaranha Christos, and called the ambassadors of Dancali -and Adel into his presence, declared to them, that neither of these -states was to be the scene of war, but that he was instantly to march -against the Dobas[16], whose constant inroads into his country, and -repeated cruelties, he was resolved no longer to suffer. He required -the ambassadors to warn their masters to keep a strict neutrality, -otherwise they would be infallibly involved in the same calamities with -that nation. - -Lent being now near, the king returned to Ifras, there to keep his -fast, and distributed his horse on the side of Ambasanet, having sent -orders to the governor of Amhara to join him immediately, who was -then at Salamat besieging a party of rebels upon Mount Gehud, which -signifies the _Mountain of Manifestation_. It was the intention of the -king, that the troops of Amhara, Angot, and Tigré should press upon -the enemy from the high country, while he with his own troops (chiefly -horse) should cut off their retreat to the plains of salt; and it was -here that the king of Dancali was afraid that they would interfere with -his fresh water. - -This prince kept strictly his promise of secrecy made to Bæda Mariam, -while the king of Adel observed a very different line of conduct; for -he not only discovered the king’s intention, but he invited the Dobas -to send their wives, children, and effects into Adel, while his troops -should cut off the king’s provision, and fight him wherever they saw -that it could be done with advantage. The plan was speedily embraced. -Twelve clans of Dobas marched with their cattle, as privately as -possible, for Adel; but the king’s intelligence was too good, and his -motions too rapid, to allow their schemes to be carried into execution. -With a large body of horse, he took possession of a strong pass, called -Fendera; and when that unhappy people, fatigued with their march, and -incumbered with baggage, arrived at this spot, they were cut to pieces -without resistance, and without distinction of age or sex. - -The king, at the beginning of this campaign, declared, that his -intention was not to carry on war with the Dobas as with an ordinary -enemy, but totally to extirpate them as a nuisance; and, to shew -himself in earnest in the declaration, he now made a vow never to -depart from the country till he had plowed and sown the fields, and ate -the crop on the spot with his army. He, therefore, called the peasants -of two small neighbouring districts, Wadge and Ganz, and ordered them -to plow and sow that part; which having seen done, the king went to -Axum, but returned again to the Dobas, by the feast of the Epiphany. -That cruel, restless nation, saw now the king’s real intent was their -utter destruction, and that there was no possibility of avoiding it -but by submission. This prudent conduct they immediately adopted; and, -great part of them renouncing the Pagan religion, they so satisfied -Bæda Mariam that he decamped from their country, after having, at his -own expence, restored to them a number of cattle equal to that which -he had taken away, having also given up, untouched, the crop which had -been sown, and recompensed the peasants of Wadge and Ganz for their -corn and labour. - -Having resolved to chastise the king of Adel for his treacherous -conduct, he retired southward into the provinces Dawaro and Ifat; and, -as if he had had no other views but those of peace, he crossed over -to Begemder, where he directed the Abuna to meet him with his young -son Iscander, of whom his queen, Romana Werk[17], had been lately -delivered. From this he proceeded to Gojam, everywhere leaving orders -with the proper officers to have their troops in readiness against his -return; and having delivered the young prince to Ambasa David, governor -of that province, he proceeded to Gimbota, a town lying on the banks -of the Nile, which, in honour of his son’s governor, he changed to -David Harasa[18]. Having thus settled the prince to his mind, he sent -orders to the army in Tigré and Dawaro to advance into the southernmost -frontier of Adel. He himself returned by the way he went to Gojam, and -collecting the troops, and the nobility who flocked to him on that -occasion, he marched straight for the same country. - -Whilst the king was occupied in these warlike preparations, a violent -commotion arose among his clergy at home. In the reign of Zara Jacob, -a number of strangers, after the council of Florence, had come into -Abyssinia with the Abuna Imaranha Christos. Among these were some monks -from Syria, or Egypt, who had propagated a heresy which had found many -disciples. They denied the consubstantiality of Christ, whom they -admitted to be perfect God and likewise perfect man, but maintained -that what we call his _humanity_ was a precious substance, or nature, -not composed of flesh, blood, and arteries, (like ours), but infinitely -more noble, perfect, peculiar to, and only existing in himself. An -assembly of the clergy was called, this heresy condemned, and those -who had denied the perfect manhood of our Saviour were put to death by -different kinds of torture. Some were sent to die in the Kolla, others -exposed, without the necessaries of life, to perish with cold on the -tops of the highest mountains. - -There was another motive of discontent which appeared in that assembly, -and which affected the king himself. A Venetian, whose name was -Branca Leon, was one of the strangers that arrived in Ethiopia at the -time above mentioned. He was a limner by profession, and exceedingly -favoured by the late king, for whom he had painted, with great -applause, the pictures of Abyssinian saints for the decoration of the -churches. It happened that this man was employed for an altar-piece of -Atronsa Mariam; the subject was a common one in Italy, Christ in his -mother’s arms; where the child, according to the Italian mode, is held -in his mother’s left arm. This is directly contrary to the usage of -the East, where the left hand is reserved for the purpose of washing -the body when needful, and is therefore looked upon with dishonour, so -much, indeed, that at table the right hand only is put into the plate. - -The fanatic and ignorant monks, heated with the last dispute, were -fired with rage at the indignity which they supposed was offered to -our Saviour. But the king, struck with the beauty of the picture, and -thinking blood enough had been already shed upon religious scruples, -was resolved to humour the spirit of persecution no farther. Some of -the ringleaders of these disturbances privately disappearing, the -rest saw the necessity of returning to their duty; and the picture -was placed on the altar of Atronsa Mariam, and there preserved, -notwithstanding the devastation of the country by the Moors under the -reigns of David III. and Claudius, till many years afterwards, together -with the church, it was destroyed by an inroad of the Galla. - -In the mean time, the army from Dawaro had entered the kingdom of Adel -under Betwudet[19] Adber Yasous, and, expecting to find the Moors quite -unprepared, they had begun to waste every thing with fire and sword. -But it was not long before they found the inhabitants of Adel ready to -receive them, and perfectly instructed of the king’s intentions, from -the moment he left Dawaro, to go to meet his son in Gojam. Indeed, -it could not be otherwise, from the multitude of Moors constantly in -his army, who, though they put on the appearance of loyalty, never -ceased to have a warm heart towards their own religion and countrymen. -Advanced parties appeared as soon as the Abyssinian army entered the -frontiers; and these were followed by the main body in good order, -determined to fight their enemy before they had time to ravage the -country. - -A battle immediately followed, very bloody, as might be expected from -the mutual hatred of the soldiers, from the equality in numbers, and -the long experience each had in the other’s manner of fighting. The -battle, often on the point of being lost, was as often retrieved by -the personal exertion of the Moorish officers, upon whom the loss -principally fell. Sidi Hamet, the king’s son, the chiefs of Arar, -Nagal, Telga, Adega, Hargai, Gadai, and Kumo, were slain, with -several other principal men, who had either revolted from the king of -Abyssinia, or whom friendship to the king of Adel had brought from the -opposite coast of Arabia. - -The king was still advancing with diligence, when he was overtaken -by an express, informing him that his queen Romana was delivered of -another prince, christened by the name of Anquo Israel. Upon which -good tidings he halted at once to rest and feast his army; and, in -the middle of the festivity, an express from Adber Yasous brought him -news of the complete victory over the Moors, and that there was now -no army in Adel of consequence enough to keep the field. Hereupon the -king detached a sufficient number of troops to reinforce Adber Yasous -in Adel, and continued himself recruiting his army, and making greater -preparations than before, that, during the first of the season, he -might utterly lay waste the whole Moorish country, or so disable them -that they might, for many years, be content to enjoy peace under the -condition of becoming his tributaries. - -While planning these great enterprises, the king was seized with a pain -in his bowels, whether from poison or otherwise is not known, which -occasioned his death. Having, a few moments before he died, recollected -that his face was turned on a different side from the kingdom of Adel, -he ordered himself to be shifted in his bed, and placed so as to look -directly towards it, (a token how much his heart was set upon its -destruction) and in that posture he expired. - -He was a prince of great bravery and conduct; very moderate in all his -pleasures; of great devotion; zealous for the established church, but -steady in resisting the monks and other clergy in all their attempts -towards persecution, innovation, and independency. Many stories have -been propagated of his inclination to the Catholic religion, and of his -aversion to having an Abuna from Egypt; and it is said, that, during -his whole reign, he obstinately persisted in refusing to suffer any -Abuna in his kingdom. But these are fables invented by the Portuguese -priests, who came into Abyssinia some time afterwards, and forged -anecdotes to serve their own purposes; for, unless we except the -story of the Venetian, Branca Leon, there is not a word said of any -connection Bæda Mariam ever had with the few Catholics that then were -in his country, and even that was a connection of his father’s. And -as to the other story, we find in history, that the Abuna had been in -the country ever since his father Zara Jacob’s time; and that, at his -desire, the Abuna, Imaranha Christos, came and received, in the field -of battle, large donations in gold, almost as often as the king gained -a victory. Bæda Mariam died at the age of forty, after reigning ten -years, which were spent in continual war; during the whole course of -which he was successful, and might (if he had lived) have very much -weakened the Moorish states, and prevented the terrible retaliation -that fell afterwards from that quarter upon his country.--It will be -proper now to look back into the transactions in Europe, which are -partly connected with the history of this kingdom. - -The conquest of the north part of Africa followed the reduction of -Egypt, and the whole coast of Barbary was crowded with Mahometans, from -Alexandria to the western ocean, and from the Mediterranean to the edge -of the desert. Even the desert itself was filled with them; and trade, -security, and good faith, were now everywhere disseminated in regions, -a few years before the seat of murder and pillage. - -Tarik and his Moors had invaded Spain; Musa followed him, and conquered -it. The history of Count Julian is in every one’s hand; unfortunate -in having had the provocation, still more so in having had the power -to revenge it, by sacrificing at once his sovereign, his country, -religion, and life, to the private injuries done to his daughter. As -often as I have read the history of this catastrophe, so often have I -regretted to see with how little ceremony this young lady hath been -treated by authors of all languages and nations. They call her _Caaba_, -with the same ease and indifference as they would have called her Anne, -or Margaret. This must be from mere ignorance. Caaba could not be -the name of the daughter of Count Julian before her seduction. Caaba -means _Harlot_, in the broadest way possible to express the term, and -very cruelly and improperly, it seems to be given her, even after her -misfortune; for she was a daughter of the first family in Spain, of -unexceptionable virtue. She was not seduced, but _forced_ by the king, -while in the palace, and under protection of the queen. - -A great influx of trade followed the conquest; and the religion, that -contained little restraint and great indulgence, was every where -embraced by the vanquished, who long had been Christians in name only. -On the other side, the conquerors were now no longer that brutish set -of madmen, such as they were under the Khalifat of the fanatic Omar. -They were now men eminent for their rank and attainments in every -species of learning. This was a dangerous crisis for Christianity, -and nothing else was threatened than its total subversion. The whole -world, without the help of England, had not virtue enough to withstand -this torrent. That nation, the favourite weapon in the hand of Heaven -for chastising tyranny and extirpating false religion, now lent its -assistance, and the scale was quickly turned. - -At that time Europe saw with surprise an inconsiderable number of -fishermen, very inconveniently placed at the farthest end of the -Adriatic Gulf, applying themselves with unwearied care and patience to -cultivate, gather together, and improve the remnants and gleanings of -the Indian trade by Alexandria, under all the cruelties and oppressions -of those ignorant and barbarous conquerors the Turks, whom no prospect -of gain, no change of place, no frequency of commerce, could ever -civilize or subject to the rules of justice. Venice became at once -the great market for spices and perfumes, and consequently the most -considerable maritime power that had appeared in Europe for ages. - -Genoa followed, but sunk, after great efforts, under the power of her -rival; while Venice remained mistress of the sea, of a large dominion -upon the continent, and of the Indian spice trade, the origin and -support of all her greatness. - -Rhodes, and the ships of the Military Order of St John of Jerusalem, to -whom that island belonged, greatly harrassed the maritime trade carried -on by the Moors in their own vessels from Alexandria, who were every -day more discouraged by the unexpected progress of these _once petty_ -Christian states. Trade again began to be carried on by caravans in the -desert. Large companies of merchants from Arabia, passed in safety to -the western ocean, and were joined by other traders from the different -parts of Barbary while passing to the southward of them, and that with -such security and expedition, that the Moors began to set little value -on their manner of trading by sea, content now again with the labours -and conveniencies of their ancient, faithful friend, and servant, the -camel. - -Ormus, a small island in the Persian Gulf, had, by its convenient -situation, become the market for the spice trade, after the -discouragements it had received in the Mediterranean. All Asia was -supplied from thence, and vessels, entering the Straits of Babelmandeb, -had renewed the old resort to the temple of Mecca. From hence all -Africa, too, was served by caravans, that never since have forsaken -that trade, but continue to this day, and cross the continent, in -various directions. - -John I. king of Portugal, after many successful battles with the Moors, -had at last forced them to cross the sea, and return vanquished to -their native country. By this he had changed his former dishonourable -name of _bastard_ to the more noble and much more popular one of John -the _avenger_. This did not satisfy him. Assisted by some English -navigators, he passed over to Barbary, laid siege to Ceuta, and -speedily after made himself master of the city. This early connection -with the English arose by his having married Philipina of Lancaster, -sister of Henry IV. king of England, by whom he had five sons, all -of them heroes, and, at the taking of Ceuta, capable of commanding -armies. Henry, the youngest, scarce twenty years of age, was the first -that mounted the walls of that city in his father’s presence, and was -thereupon created Master of the Order of Christ, a new institution, -whose sole end and view was the extirpation of the Mahometan religion. - -Although every thing promised fair to John in the war of Africa, yet -it early occurred to prince Henry, that a small kingdom like Portugal -never could promise to do any thing effectual against the enormous -power of the Mahometans, then in possession of extensive dominions in -the richest parts of the globe. The sudden rise of Venice was before -his eyes, and almost happened in his own time. By applying to trade -alone, she had acquired a power sufficient to cope with the stoutest of -her enemies. Portugal, small as it was, merited quite another degree of -respect; but poverty, ignorance, pride, and idleness prevailed among -the poor people; even agriculture itself was in a manner abandoned -since the expulsion of the Moors. - -Prince Henry, from his early years, had been passionately addicted to -the study of what is generally known by the name of _mathematics_, -that is, geometry, astronomy, and consequently arithmetic. He was of a -liberal turn of mind, devoid of superstition, haughtiness, or passion; -the Arab and the Jew were admitted to him with great freedom, as the -only masters who were capable of instructing him in those sciences. -It was in vain to attempt to rival Venice in possession of the -Mediterranean trade: no other way remained but to open the commerce to -India by the Atlantic Ocean, by sailing round the point of Africa to -the market of spices in India. Full of this thought, he retired to a -country palace, and there dedicated the whole of his time to deliberate -inquiry. The ignorance and prejudices of the age were altogether -against him. The only geography then known was that of the poets. It -was the opinion of the Portuguese, that the regions within the tropics -were totally uninhabited, scorched by eternal sun-beams, while boiling -oceans wasted these burning coasts; and, therefore, they concluded, -that every attempt to explore them was little better than downright -madness, and a braving, or tempting, of Providence. - -But, on the other hand, he found great materials to comfort him, and -to make him persist in his resolution. For Greek history, to which he -then had access, had recorded two instances, which shewed that the -voyage was not only possible, but that it had been actually performed, -first by the Phœnicians, under Necho king of Egypt, then by Eudoxus, -during the time of Ptolemy Lathyrus, who, after doubling the southern -Cape of Africa, arrived in safety at Cadiz. Hanno, too, had sailed from -Carthage through the Straits, and reached to 25° of north latitude -in the Atlantic Ocean. In more modern times, even in the preceding -century, Macham, an Englishman, returning from a voyage on the west -coast of Africa, was shipwrecked on the island of Madeira, together -with a woman whom he tenderly loved. After her death he became weary -of solitude; and having constructed a bark, or canoe, with which he -paddled over to the opposite coast, he was taken by the natives, and -presented to the Caliph as a curiosity. And the Normans of Dieppe had, -as a company, traded in 1364, not fourscore years from prince Henry’s -time, as far as Sierra de Leona, only 7° from the Line. - -The prince’s humanity to his Moorish prisoners had likewise been -rewarded by substantial information; they reported that some of their -countrymen of the kingdom of Sus had advanced far into the desert, -carrying their water and provisions along with them on camels; that, -after many days travel, they came to mines of salt, and, having loaded -their cargoes, they proceeded till they came within the limits of the -rains; there they found large and populous towns, inhabited by a people -totally black and woolly-headed, who reported that there were many -countries even beyond them, occupied by numerous and warlike tribes. -To complete all, Don Pedro, Henry’s brother, returning from Venice, -brought along with him from that city a map, on which the whole coast -of the Atlantic Ocean was distinctly traced, and the southern extremity -of Africa was represented to be a cape surrounded with the sea, which -joined with the Indian Ocean. - -No sooner was the prince thus satisfied of the possibility of a passage -to India round Africa, than he set about constructing the necessary -instruments for navigation. He corrected the solar tables of the Arabs, -and made some alterations in the astrolabe: For, strange to tell! -the quadrant was not then known in Portugal, though, a hundred years -before, Ulughbeg had measured the sun’s height at Samarcand in Persia, -with a quadrant of about 400 feet radius, the largest ever constructed, -if, indeed, the size of this be not exaggerated. - -Henry, who, by his liberality and affability, had drawn together the -most learned mathematicians and ablest pilots of the age, now proposed -to reduce his speculations to practice. Many ships had sailed in the -course of his disquisitions, and ten years had now elapsed before -the prince, after all his encouragement, could induce the captains -to proceed farther than Cape Non, or, thirty leagues further, to -Cape Bojador. To this their courage held good; after which, the fear -of fiery oceans reviving in their minds, they returned exceedingly -satisfied with their own perseverance and abilities. Henry, though -greatly hurt at this behaviour, dissembled the low opinion which -he had formed of both. He contented himself with proposing to them -different reasons and rewards; and urged them to repeat their voyages, -which, however, constantly ended in the same disappointment. And -it is probable a much longer time might have been spent in these -miscarriages, had not accident, or rather providence, stept in to his -assistance. - -John Gonsalez, and Tristan Vaz, two gentlemen of his bed-chamber, -seeing the impression this behaviour had made on the prince, and having -obtained a small ship from him, resolved to double Cape Bojador, and -discover the coast beyond it. Whether the fiery oceans might not have -presented themselves to these gentlemen, I know not; but a violent -storm forced them to sea. After being tossed about in perpetual fear -of shipwreck for several days, they at last landed on a small island, -which they called Port Santo. These two navigators possessed the true -spirit of discovery. Far from giving themselves up for lost in a new -world, or content with what they had already done, they set about -making the most diligent observation of every thing remarkable in this -small spot. The island itself was barren; but, examining the horizon -all around, they observed a black fixed spot there, which never either -changed its place or dimensions. Satisfied, therefore, that this -was land, they returned to the Infant with the news of this double -discovery. - -Three vessels were speedily equipped by the prince; two of them given -to Vaz and Arco, and the third to Bartholomew Perestrello, gentleman -of the bed-chamber to Don John his brother. These adventurers were -far from disappointing his expectations; they arrived at Port Santo, -and proceeded to the fixed spot, which they found to be the island of -Madeira, wholly covered with wood; an island that has ever since been -of the greatest use to the trade of both Indies, and which has remained -to the crown of Portugal, after the greatest part of their other -conquests in the east are lost. John I. was now dead, and Edward had -succeeded him. The infant Henry, however, still continued the pursuit -of his discoveries with the greatest ardour. - -Giles D’Anez, stimulated by the success of the last adventures, put -to sea with a resolution to double Cape Bojador close in shore, so as -to make his voyage a foundation for pushing farther the discovery; -and, being lucky in good weather, he fairly doubled the Cape; and, -continuing some leagues farther into the bay to the south of it, he -returned with the same good fortune to Portugal, after having found -the ocean equally as navigable on the other side as on this; and that -there was no foundation for those monstrous appearances or difficulties -mariners till now had expected to find there. - -The successful expedition round Cape Bojador being soon spread abroad -through Europe, excited a spirit of adventure in all foreigners; -the most capable of whom resorted immediately to prince Henry, from -their different countries, which further increased the spirit of the -Portuguese, already raised to a very great height. But there still -was a party of men, who, not susceptible of great actions themselves, -dedicated their time with some success to criticising the enterprises -of others. These blamed prince Henry, because, when Portugal was -exhausted both of men and money by a necessary war in Africa, he -should have chosen that very time to launch out into expences and vain -discoveries of countries, in an immense ocean, which must be useless, -because incapable of cultivation. And though they did not advance, -as formerly, that the ocean was boiling among burning sands, they -still thought themselves authorised to assert, that these countries -must, from their situation under the sun, be so hot as to turn all -the discoverers black, and also to destroy all vegetation. Futile as -these reasons were, at another time they would have been sufficient to -have blasted all the designs of prince Henry, had they made half the -impression upon the king that they did upon the minds of the people. -Portugal was then only _growing_ to the pitch of heroism to which it -soon after arrived, their spirit being continually fostered by a long -succession of wise, brave, and well-informed princes. - -Edward, the reigning prince, disdained to give any answer to such -objections, otherwise than by doubling his respect and attention for -his uncle Henry. To encourage him still further, he conferred upon -him for life the sovereignty of Madeira, Port Santo, and all the -discoveries he should make on the coast of Africa; and the spiritual -jurisdiction of the island of Madeira, upon his new Order of Christ, -for ever. - -These voyages of discovery were constantly persevered in. Nugno Tristan -doubled Cape Blanco, and came to a small river, which, from their -finding gold in the hands of the natives, was afterwards called _Rio -del Oro_; and here a fort was afterwards built by the Portuguese, -called _Arguim_. I would not, however, have it supposed, that gold is -the produce of any place in the latitude of Cape Blanco. It was brought -here from the black nations, far to the southward, to purchase salt -from the mines which are in this desert near the Cape. The sight of -gold, better than any argument, served to calm the fears, and overcome -the scruples, of those who hitherto had been adversaries to these -discoveries. - -In the year 1445, Denis Fernandes first discovered the great river -Senega, the northern banks of which are inhabited by Asenagi Moors, -whose colour is tawny, while the southern, or opposite banks, belong -to the Jaloffes, or Negro nation, the chief market for the gum-arabic. -Passing this river he discovered Cape Verde; and, to his inexpressible -satisfaction, though now in the midst of the torrid zone, he found -the country abounded with large rivers, and with the most luxuriant -verdure. He found a civil war in the nation of Jaloffes. Bemoy, a -prince of that nation, had, in a minority, intruded himself into -the throne of his brothers, (to whom he was but half blood), by the -address of his mother. The eldest of the three brothers preserved the -shadow of government, and seemed to favour the usurpation. Bemoy had -improved that interval by cultivating the Portuguese friendship to the -uttermost. He promised every thing; a place to build their city on the -continent, which the king very much desired; and to be a convert to -Christianity, the only thing the king wished still more. His eldest -brother dying, the king was briskly pressed by the two younger, and -steadily supported by the Portuguese, from whom he had borrowed large -sums; but still appearing to trifle with the day of his conversion, and -the day of his payment, the king ordered the Portuguese to withdraw -from his country, and leave him to his fortune. The loss of a battle -with his brothers soon reduced him to the necessity of flying across -the deserts to Arguim, and thence to Portugal, with a number of his -followers. He was received by the king of Portugal with all the honours -due to a sovereign prince, and baptised at Lisbon, the king and queen -being his sponsors. - -Great festivals and illuminations were made at this acquisition to -Christianity; and Bemoy appeared at those festivals as the greatest -ornament of them, performing feats of horsemanship never before -practised in Portugal. The modesty and propriety of his conversation -and behaviour in private, and the great dignity and eloquence which he -displayed in public, began to give the Portuguese a very different idea -of his clan from that which they had formerly entertained. - -In the mean time the king went rapidly on with the preparations -that were to establish Bemoy in his kingdom; and the festivals -were no sooner terminated, than Bemoy found a large army and fleet -ready to sail with him, the command of which, unhappily for him -and the expedition, was given to Tristan d’Acugna, a soldier of -great experience and courage, but proud, passionate, and cruel; the -disagreeable name of Bisagudo[20] had already been fixed upon him by -his countrymen. - -The fleet performed the voyage, and the troops landed happily. -They were, by their number and valour, far from any apprehension -of opposition. The general began immediately to lay the foundation -of a fort, without having sufficiently attended to its unhealthy -situation. The spot which was chosen being low and marshy, fevers began -early to make havock among his men, and the work of course went on -proportionably slower. The murmurs of the army against his obstinacy -in adhering to the choice of this place, and his fear that he himself -should be left alone governor of it, made D’Acugna desperate; when one -day, taking his pleasure on board a ship, and having had some words -with Bemoy, he stabbed him with his dagger to the heart, so that he -fell dead without uttering a word. The fort was abandoned, and the army -returned to Portugal, after having cost little less than all prince -Henry’s discoveries together had done. - -But Heaven rewarded the wisdom of the king by a discovery, the -consequences of which more than overpaid him, in his mind, for his -loss. Prince Henry’s principal view was to discover the way to India -by the southern Cape of Africa; but this as yet was not known to be -possible. In order to remedy a disappointment, if any such happened -in this sea-voyage, another was attempted by land. We have seen that -the common track for the Indian trade was from the east to the west -sea, through the desert, the whole breadth of Africa. Prince Henry -had projected a route parallel to this to the southward, through a -Christian country: For it had been long reported by the Christians -from Jerusalem, that a number of monks resorted thither, subjects of -a Christian prince in the very heart of Africa, whose dominions were -said to reach from the east to the west sea. Several of these monks had -been met at Alexandria, whose patriarch had the sole right to send a -metropolitan into that country. These facts, though often known, had -been as often forgot by the western Christians. Marco Paulo[21], a -Venetian traveller, had much confused the story, by saying he had met, -in his travels through Tartary, with this prince, who they all agreed -was a priest, and was called Joannes Presbyter Prete Janni, or Prester -John. - -The king of Portugal, therefore, chose Peter Covillan and Alphonso -de Paiva for his ambassadors. Covillan was a man qualified for the -undertaking. He had several times been employed by the late king in -very delicate affairs, out of which he extricated himself with great -credit by his address and secrecy. He was, besides this, in the -vigour of his age, bold, active, and perfectly master of all sorts of -arms; modest and chearful in conversation, and, what crowned all, had -happily a great readiness in acquiring languages, which enabled him to -explain himself wherever he went, without an interpreter; an advantage -to which, above all others, we are to ascribe the success of such a -journey. - -It was at the court of Bemoy that the first certain account of the -existence of this Christian prince was procured. This people, on the -west coast of Africa, reported, that, inland to the eastward, were many -powerful nations and cities, governed by princes totally independent -of each other; that the eastermost of these princes was called prince -of the Mosaical people, who were neither Pagans nor Idolaters, but -professed a religion compounded of the Christian and Jewish. - -It seems plain that this intelligence must have been brought by the -caravans; or, indeed, the case may have been that the language of the -Negroes had, of old, been a dialect of Abyssinian. The black Ethiopians -above Thebes are reported to have bestowed much care upon letters; and -they certainly reformed the hieroglyphics, and probably invented the -Syllabic alphabet, which we know is used in Abyssinia to this day, -and which was probably the first among the nations. Be that as it -will, the various names which the Senega went by were all Abyssinian -words. Senega comes from Asenagi, which is Abyssinian, and signifies -_carriers_, or _caravans_; Dengui, _a stone_, or _rock_; Angueah, a -tree of that name; Anzo, _a crocodile_; and, at the same time, all -these are names of Abyssinian rivers. - -It was at Benin, another Negro country, that the king again received -a confirmation of the existence of a Christian prince, who was said -to inhabit the heart of Africa to the south-east of this state. The -people of Benin reported him to be a prince exceedingly powerful; that -his name was Ogané, and his kingdom about 250 leagues to the eastward. -They added, that the kings of Benin received from him a brass cross and -a staff as their investiture. It should seem that this Ogané is but a -corruption of Jan, or Janhoi, which title the eastern Christians had -given to the king of Abyssinia. But it is very difficult to account for -the knowledge of Abyssinia in the kingdom of Benin, not only on account -of the distance, but likewise, because several of the most savage -nations of the world, the Galla and Shangalla, occupy the intervening -space. - -The court of Abyssinia, as we shall see afterwards, did, indeed, -then reside in Shoa, the south-east extremity of the kingdom, and, -by its power and influence, probably might have pushed its dominion -through these barbarians, down to the neighbourhood of Benin on the -western ocean. But all this I must confess to be a simple conjecture -of mine, of which, in the country itself, I never found the smallest -confirmation. - -Amha Yasous (prince of Shoa) being at court, on a visit to the king -at Gondar, in the years 1770 and 1771, and the strictest friendship -subsisting between us, every endeavour possible was used on my part to -examine this affair to the bottom. A number of letters were written, -and messengers sent; and, at this prince’s desire, his father directed, -that all the records of government should be consulted to satisfy me. -But never any thing occurred which gave room to imagine the prince of -Shoa had ever been sovereign of Benin, nor was the western ocean, or -that state, known to them in my time. Yet the country alluded to could -be no other than Abyssinia; and, indeed, the crooked staff, as well as -the cross, corroborate this opinion, unless the whole was an invention -of the Negroes, to flatter the king of Portugal. - -That prince was resolved no longer to delay the discovery of the -markets of the spice-trade in India, and the passage over land, -through Abyssinia, to the eastern ocean. He, therefore, as has been -before said, dispatched Covillan and de Paiva to Alexandria, with the -necessary letters and credit. They had likewise a map, or chart, given -them, made under the direction of prince Henry, which they were to -correct, or to confirm, according as it needed. They were to enquire -what were the principal markets for the spice, and particularly the -pepper-trade in India; and what were the different channels by which -this was conveyed to Europe; whence came the gold and silver, the -medium of this trade; and, above all, they were to inform themselves -distinctly, whether it was possible to arrive in India by sailing round -the southern promontory of Africa. - -From Alexandria these two travellers proceeded to Cairo, thence to -Suez, the port on the bottom of the Red Sea, where joining a caravan -of western Moors, they continued their route to Aden, a rich trading -town, without the Straits of Babelmandeb. Here they separated: -Covillan set sail for India, De Paiva for Suakem, a small trading -town and island in Barbaria, or Barabra of the ancients. What other -circumstances occurred we know not, only that De Paiva, attempting his -journey this way, lost his life, and was never more heard of. - -Covillan, more fortunate, passed over to Calicut and Goa in India; -then crossed the Indian Ocean to Sofala, to inspect the mines; then -he returned to Aden, and so to Cairo, where he expected to meet his -companion De Paiva; but here he heard of his death. However, he was -there met by two Jews with letters from the king of Abyssinia, the one -called Abraham, the other Joseph. Abraham he sent back with letters, -but took Joseph along with him again to Aden, and thence they both -proceeded to Ormus in the Persian Gulf. Here they separated, and the -Jew returned home by the caravans that pass along the desert to Aleppo. -Covillan, now solely intent upon the discovery of Abyssinia, returned -to Aden, and, crossing the Straits of Babelmandeb, landed in the -dominions of that prince, whose name was Alexander, and whom he found -at the head of his army, levying contributions upon his rebellious -subjects. Alexander received him kindly, but rather from motives of -curiosity than from any expectation of advantage which would result -from his embassy. He took Covillan along with him to Shoa, where the -court then resided. - -Covillan returned no more to Europe. A cruel policy of Abyssinia -makes this a favour constantly denied to strangers. He married, and -obtained large possessions; continued greatly in the favour of several -succeeding princes, and was preferred to the principal offices, in -which, there is no doubt, he appeared with all the advantage a polished -and instructed mind has over an ignorant and barbarous one. Frequent -dispatches from him came to the king of Portugal, who, on his part, -spared no expence to keep open the correspondence. In his journal, -Covillan described the several ports in India which he had seen; the -temper and disposition of the princes; the situation and riches of the -mines of Sofala: He reported that the country was very populous, full -of cities both powerful and rich; and he exhorted the king to pursue, -with unremitting vigour, the passage round Africa, which he declared -to be attended with very little danger; and that the Cape itself was -well known in India. He accompanied this description with a chart, or -map, which he had received from the hands of a Moor in India, where the -Cape, and cities all around the coast, were exactly represented. - -Upon this intelligence the king fitted out three ships under -Bartholomew Dias, who had orders to inquire after the king of Abyssinia -on the western ocean. Dias passed on to lat. 24½ deg. south, and there -set up the arms of the king of Portugal in token of possession. He then -sailed for the harbour of the Herdsmen, so called from the multitude -of cows seen on land; and, as it should seem, not knowing whither he -was going, came to a river which he called _Del Infante_, from the -captain’s name that first discovered it, having, without dreaming of -it, passed that formidable Cape, the object so much desired by the -Portuguese. Here he was tossed for many days by violent storms as he -came near land, being more and more in the course of variable winds, -but, obstinately persisting to discover the coast, he at last came -within sight of the Cape, which he called the _Cape of Tempests_, from -the rough treatment his vessel had met in her passage round it. - -The great end was now obtained. Dias and his companions had really -suffered much, and, upon their return, they did not fail to do ample -justice to their own bravery and perseverance; in doing this, they had -conjured up so many storms and dreadful sights, that, all the remaining -life of king John, there was no more talk but of this Cape: Only the -king, to hinder a bad omen, instead of the Cape of Tempests, ordered it -to be called the Cape of Good Hope. - -Although the discovery now was made, there were not wanting a -considerable number of people of the greatest consequence who were for -abandoning it altogether; one of their reasons was curious, and what, -if their behaviour afterwards had not been beyond all instance heroic, -would have led us to imagine their spirit of religion and conquest -had both cooled since the days of prince Henry. They were afraid, -lest, after having discovered a passage to India, the depriving the -Moorish states of their revenues from the spice-trade, should unite -these powers to their destruction. Now, to destroy their revenues -effectually, and thereby ruin their power, was the very motive which -set prince Henry upon the discovery, as worthy the Grand Master of the -Order of Christ; an order founded in the blood of unbelievers, and -devoted particularly to the extirpation of the Mahometan religion. - -Don Emmanuel, then king, having no such apprehensions, resolved to -abide the consequences of a measure the most arduous ever undertaken -by any nation, and which, though it had cost a great deal of time and -expence, had yet succeeded beyond their utmost expectations. It was not -till after long deliberation that he fixed upon Vasques de Gama, a man -of the first distinction, remarkable for courage and great presence of -mind. Before his departure, the king put into his hands the journal -of Peter Covillan, with his chart, and letters of credit to all the -princes in India of whom he had obtained any knowledge. - -The behaviour of Vasques de Gama, at parting, was far from being -characteristic of the soldier or great man: his processions and -tapers favoured much more of the ostentatious devotion of a bigotted -little-minded priest, and was much more calculated to depress the -spirits of his soldiers, than to encourage them to the service they -were then about to do for their country. It served only to revive in -their minds the hardships that Dias had met off the Terrible Cape, -and persuade them there was in their expedition much more danger than -glory. I would not be understood as meaning to condemn all acts of -devotion before military expeditions, but would have them always short, -ordinary, and uniform. Every thing further inspires in weak minds a -sense of danger, and makes them despond upon any serious appearance of -difficulty. - -July 4th, 1497, Vasques, with his small fleet, sailed from Lisbon; and, -as the art of navigation was considerably improved, he stood out to sea -till he made the Canary Islands, and then those of Cape de Verde, where -he anchored, took in water and other refreshments. After which he was -four months struggling with contrary winds and blowing weather, and at -last obliged, through perfect fatigue, to run into a large bay called -_St Helena_[22], in lat. 32° 32´ south. The inhabitants of this bay -were black, of low stature, and their language not understood, though -it afterwards was found to be the same with that of the Cape. They were -cloathed with skins of antelopes, which abounded in the country, since -known to be that of the Hottentots; their arms were the horns and bones -of beasts and fishes, for they had no knowledge of iron. - -The Portuguese were unacquainted with the trade-winds in those southern -latitudes; and Vasques had departed for India, in a most unfavourable -season of the year. The 16th of November they sailed for the Cape with -a south-west wind; but that very day, the weather changing, a violent -storm came on, which continued increasing; so, although on the 18th -they discovered their long-desired Cape, they did not dare or attempt -to pass it. Then it was seen how much stronger the impressions were -that Dias had left imprinted in their minds, than those of duty, -obedience, and resignation, which they had so pompously vowed at the -chapel, or hermitage. All the crew mutinied, and refused to pass -farther; and it was not the common sailors only; the pilots and masters -were at their head. Vasques, satisfied in his mind that there was -nothing extraordinary in the danger, persevered to pass the Cape in -spite of all difficulties; and the officers, animated with the same -ardour, seized the most mutinous of their masters and pilots, and -confined them close below in heavy irons. - -Vasques himself, taking hold of the rudder, continued to steer the ship -with his own hand, and stood out to sea, to the astonishment of the -bravest seaman on board. The storm lasted two days, without having in -the least shaken the resolution of the admiral, who, on the 20th of -November, saw his constancy rewarded by doubling that Cape, which he -did, as it were, in triumph, sounding his trumpets, beating his drums, -and permitting to his people all sorts of pastimes which might banish -from their minds former apprehensions, and induce them to agree with -him, that the point had very aptly been called the Cape of Good Hope. - -On the 25th they anchored in a creek called _Angra de Saint Blaze_. -Soon after their arrival there appeared a number of the inhabitants on -the mountains, and on the shore. The general, fearing some surprise, -landed his men armed. But, first, he ordered small brass bells, and -other trinkets, to be thrown out of the boats on shore, which the -blacks greedily took up, and ventured so near as to take one of them -out of the general’s own hand. Upon his landing, he was welcomed with -the sound of flutes and singing. Vasques, on his part, ordered his -trumpets to sound, and his men to dance round them. - -ALL along from St Blaze, for more than sixty leagues, they found the -coast remarkably pleasant, full of high and fair trees. On Christmas -day they made land, and entered a river which they called _the river of -the kings_; and all the distance between this and St Blaze they named -_Terra de Natal_. The weather being mild, they took to their boats -to row along the shore, on which were observed both men and women of -a large stature, but who seemed to be of quiet and civil behaviour. -The general ordered Martin Alonzo, who spoke several languages of -the Negroes, to land; and he was so well received by the chief, or -king, that the admiral sent him several trifles, with which he was -wonderfully pleased, and offered, in return, any thing he wanted of the -produce of his country. - -On the 15th of January, in the year 1498, having taken in plenty of -water, which the Negroes, of their own accord, helped them to put on -board, they left this civil nation, steering past a length of coast -terminated by a Cape called the _Cape of Currents_. There the coast of -Natal ends, and that of Sofala begins, to the northward of the Cape. At -this place, Gama from the south joined Covillan’s track from the north, -and these two Portuguese had completely made the circuit of Africa. - -[Illustration] - -[Illustration] - - - - -ISCANDER, OR ALEXANDER. - -From 1478 to 1495. - -_Iscander declares War with Adel--Good Conduct of the King--Betrayed -and murdered by Za Saluce._ - - -As soon as the king Bæda Mariam was dead, the history of Abyssinia -informs us, that a tumultuous meeting of the nobles brought from the -mountain of Geshen the queen Romana, with her son Iscander, who upon -his arrival was crowned without any opposition. - -It is to be observed in the Abyssinian annals, that very frequent -minorities happen. A queen-mother, or regent, with two or three of the -greatest interest at court, are, during the minority, in possession of -the king’s person, and govern in his name. The transactions of this -minority, too, are as carefully inserted in the annals of the kingdom -as any other part of the subsequent government, but as the whole of -these minorities are but one continued chain of quarrels, plots, and -treachery, as soon as the king comes of age, the greatest part of this -reign of his ministers is cancelled, as being the acts of subjects, -and not worthy to be inserted in their histories; which they entitle -_Kebra Za Negust_, the greatness or atchievements of their kings. -This, however political in itself, is a great disadvantage to history, -by concealing from posterity the first cause of the most important -transactions. - -For several years after Iscander ascended the throne, the queen his -mother, together with the Acab Saat, Tesfo Georgis, and Betwudet Amdu, -governed the kingdom despotically under the name of the young king. -Accordingly, after some years sufferance, a conspiracy was formed, -at the head of which were two men of great power, Abba Amdu and Abba -Hasabo, but the conspirators proving unsuccessful, some of them were -imprisoned, some put to death, and others banished to unwholesome -places, there to perish with hunger and fevers. - -The king from his early age had shewn a passionate desire for a war -with Adel, and that prince, whose country had been so often desolated -by the Abyssinian armies, omitted no opportunity of creating an -interest at that court, that should keep things in a quiet state. In -this, however, he was much interrupted at present by a neighbouring -chief of Arar, named Maffudi. This man, exceedingly brave, capable -of enduring the greatest hardships, and a very great bigot to the -Mahometan religion, had made a vow, that, every Lent, he would spend -the whole forty days in some part of the Abyssinian kingdom; and -to this purpose he had raised, at his own expence, a small body of -veteran troops, whom he inspired with the same spirit and resolution. -Sometimes he fell on one part of the frontier, sometimes upon another; -slaying, without mercy, all that made resistance, and driving off -whole villages of men, women, and children, whom he sent into Arabia, -or India, to be sold as slaves. - -It was a matter of great difficulty for the king of Adel to persuade -the Abyssinians that Maffudi acted without his instigation. The young -king was one who could not distinguish Adel from Arar, or Mahomet’s -army from Maffudi’s. He bore with very great impatience the excesses -every year committed by the latter; but he was over-ruled by his -nobility at home, and his thoughts turned as much as possible to -hunting, to which he willingly gave himself up; and, tho’ but fifteen -years of age, was the person, in all Abyssinia, most dexterous at -managing his arms. At last, being arrived at the age of seventeen, -and returning from having observed a very successful expedition made -by Maffudi against his territories, he ordered Za Saluce, his first -minister, commander in chief, and governor of Amhara, to raise the -whole forces to the southward, while he himself collected the nobility -in Angot and Tigré. With those, as soon as the rainy season was over, -he descended into the kingdom of Adel. - -The king of Adel had been forced into this war, yet, like a wise -prince, he was not unprepared for it. He had advanced directly towards -the king, but had not passed his frontiers. Some inhabitants of a -village called _Arno_, all Mahometans, but tributary to the king of -Abyssinia, had murdered the governor the king had set over them. -Iscander marched directly to destroy it, which he had no sooner -accomplished, than the Moorish army presented itself. The battle was -maintained obstinately on both sides, till the troops under Za Saluce -withdrew in the heat of the engagement, leaving the king in the midst -of his enemies. This treason, however, seemed to have inspired the -small army that remained with new courage, so that the day was as yet -dubious, when Iscander, being engaged in a narrow pass, and seeing -himself close pressed by a Moor who bore in his hand the green standard -of Mahomet, turned suddenly upon him, and slew him with a javelin; and, -having wrested the colours from him as he was falling, he, with the -point of the spear that bore the ensign, struck the king of Adel’s son -dead to the ground, which immediately caused the Moors to retreat. - -The young prince was too prudent to follow this victory in the state -the army then was; for that of Adel, though it had retreated, did not -disperse. Za Saluce was returning by long marches to Amhara, exciting -all those in his way to revolt; and it was high time, therefore, for -the king to follow him. But, unequal as he was in strength to the -Moors, he could not reconcile it with his own honour to leave their -army masters of the field. He, therefore, first consulted the principal -officers of his troops, then harangued his men, which, the historian -says, he did in the most pathetic and masterly manner; so that, with -one voice, they desired instantly to be led to the Moors. The king -is said to have ranged his little army in a manner that astonished -the oldest officers. He then sent a defiance to the Moors, by several -prisoners whom he released. They, however, more desirous to keep him -from ravaging the country than to fight another battle, continued -quiet in their tents; and the king, after remaining on the field till -near noon, drew off his troops in the presence of his enemy, making a -retreat which would not have been unworthy of the hero whose name he -bore. - -The king, in his return to Shoa, left his troops, which was the -northern army, in the northern provinces, as he passed; so that he -came to Shoa with a very small retinue, hearing that Za Saluce had -gone to Amhara. This traitor, however, had left his creatures behind -him, after instructing them what they were to do. Accordingly, the -second day after Iscander’s arrival in Tegulat, the capital of Shoa, -they set upon him, during the night, in a small house in Aylo Meidan, -and murdered him while he was sleeping. They concealed his body for -some days in a mill, but Taka Christos, and some others of the king’s -friends, took up the corpse and exposed it to the people, who, with one -accord, proclaimed Andreas, son of Iscander, king; and Za Saluce and -his adherents, traitors. - -In the mean time, Za Saluce, far from finding the encouragement he -expected in Amhara, was, upon his first appearance, set upon by the -nobility of that province; and, being deserted by his troops, he was -taken prisoner; his eyes were put out, and, being mounted on an ass, he -was carried amidst the curses of the people through the provinces of -Amhara and Shoa. - -Iscander was succeeded by his son Andreas, or Amda Sion, an infant, who -reigned seven months only. - -A wonderful confusion seems to be introduced at this time into history, -by the Portuguese writers. Iscander is said to die in the 1490. He -began, as they say, to reign in 1475, and this is confirmed by Ludolf; -and, on all hands, it is allowed he reigned 17 years, which would -have brought the last year of his reign to 1492. It seems also to be -agreed by the generality of them, that Covillan saw and conversed with -this prince, Iscander, some time before his death: this he very well -might have done, if that prince lived to the 1492, and Peter Covillan -came into Abyssinia in 1490, as Galvan says in his father’s memoirs. -But then Tellez informs us expressly, that Iscander was dead 6 months -before the arrival of Peter Covillan in that country: If Peter Covillan -arrived 6 months after the death of Iscander, it must have been in the -end of his son’s reign, Amda Sion, who was an infant, and reigned only -7 months. - -Alvarez omits this king, Amda Sion, altogether, and so does Tellez; and -there is a heap of mistakes here that shew these Portuguese historians -paid very little attention to the chronology of these reigns. They -call Alexander the father of Naod, when he was really but his brother; -and Helena, they say, was David’s mother, when, in fact, she was his -grandmother, or rather his grandfather’s wife; for Helena, who was -Iteghé in the time of David the III. had never either son or daughter. -So that if I differ, as in fact I do, 4 years, or thereabout, in this -account, I do not think in those remote times, when the language and -manner of accounting was so little known to these strangers, that I, -therefore, should reject my own account and servilely adopt theirs, -and the more so, because, as we shall see in its proper place, by the -examination and comparison made by help of an eclipse of the sun in -the 13th year of Claudius’ reign in the 1553, and counting from that -downwards to my arrival in Abyssinia, and backwards to Iscander, that -that prince must have begun his reign in 1478, and reigning 17 years, -did not die till the year 1495, and therefore must have seen Peter -Covillan, and conversed with him, if he had arrived in Abyssinia so -early as the 1490. - -[Illustration] - - - - -NAOD. - -From 1495 to 1508. - -_Wise Conduct of the King--Prepares far a War with the Moors--Concludes -an honourable Peace with Adel._ - - -After the unfortunate death of the young king Alexander, the people -in general, wearied of minorities, unanimously chose Naod for their -king. He was Alexander’s younger brother, the difference of ages -being but one year, though he was not by the same mother, but by the -king’s second wife Calliope. He was born at a town called Gabargué, -the day the royal army was cut off in his father’s time, when both the -Betwudets perished. From this circumstance, the Empress Helena and her -party had used some underhand means to set him aside as unfortunate, -and in his place to put Anquo Israel, Bæda Mariam’s youngest son, that -they might govern him and the kingdom during his non-age. But Taka -Christos, their man of confidence, being, on his first declaration of -such intentions, cut off by the army in Dawaro, Naod was immediately -proclaimed, and brought from the mountain of Geshen. - -Although Naod was in the prime of life, and vigorous both in body and -mind, yet such were the circumstances of the kingdom at his accession, -that it seemed a task too arduous for any one man. The continual -intrigues of the empress, the quantity of Mahometan gold which was -circulating on every occasion throughout the court, the little success -the army had in Adel, as also the treachery of Za Saluce, and the -untimely end of the young prince, who seemed to promise a remedy to the -misfortunes, had so disunited the principal people in the government, -that there did not seem a sufficient number of men worthy of trust -to assist the king with their councils, or fill, with any degree of -dignity, the places that were vacant. - -Naod was no sooner seated on the throne than he published a very -general and comprehensive amnesty. By proclamation he declared, “That -any person who should upbraid another with being a party in the -misfortunes of past times, or say that he had been privy to this or to -that conspiracy, or had been a favourite of the empress, or a partizan -of Za Saluce, or had received bribes from the Moors, should, without -delay, be put to death.” This proclamation had the very best effect, as -it quieted the mind of every guilty person when he saw the king, from -whom he feared an inquiry, cutting off all possible means by which it -could be procured against him. Andreas a monk, a man of quality, and of -very great consequence in that country, a relation of the king by his -mother, having affected to talk lightly of the proclamation, the king -sent for him, and ordered the tip of his tongue to be cut off in his -presence. This man, whose fault seems only to have been in his tongue, -and of whom a very great character is given, lived in the succeeding -reign to give the king a very distinguished proof of his attachment to -his family, and love of his country. - -Naod having thus prudently quieted disturbances at home, turned his -thoughts to the war with Maffudi; for the king of Adel himself had -made his peace through mediation of the empress Helena; and this king, -more politic than Alexander his brother, was willing to dissemble with -the king of Adel, that he might fight his two adversaries singly: He, -therefore, prepared a smaller army than was usual for the king to head, -without suffering a Moor of any kind to serve in it. - -It was known to a day when Maffudi was to enter upon his expeditions -against Abyssinia. For near thirty years he had begun to burn the -churches, and drive off the people and cattle on the first day of -Lent; and, as Lent advanced, he with his army penetrated farther up -the country. The Abyssinians are the strictest people in the world in -keeping fasts. They are so austere that they taste no sort of animal -food, nor butter, eggs, oil, or wine. They will not, though ever so -thirsty, drink a cup of water till six o’clock in the evening, and then -are contented, perhaps, with dry or sour leaven bread, the best of them -only making use of honey; by which means they become so weak as to be -unable to bear any fatigue. This was Maffudi’s reason for invading the -country in Lent, at which time scarce a Christian, through fasting, was -able to bear arms. - -Naod, like a wise prince who had gained the confidence of his army, -would not carry with him any man who did not, for that time, live -in the same free and full manner he was used to do in festivals. He -himself set the example; and Andreas the monk, after taking upon -himself a vow of a whole year’s fasting for the success of the army, -declared to them, that there was more merit in saving one Christian -village from slavery, and turning Mahometan, than in fasting their -whole lives. - -The king then marched against Maffudi; and having taken very strong -ground, as if afraid of his army’s weakness, the Moors, contrary to -advice of their leader, attacked the king’s camp in the most careless -and presumptuous manner. They had no sooner entered, however, by ways -left open on purpose for them, than they found the king’s army in -order to receive them, and were so rudely attacked, that most of those -who had penetrated into the camp were left dead upon the spot. The -king continued the pursuit with his troops, retook all the prisoners -and cattle which Maffudi was driving away, and advanced towards the -frontiers of Adel, where ambassadors met him, hoping, on the part of -the king, that his intention was not to violate the treaty of peace. - -To this the king answered, That, so far from it, he would confirm the -peace with them, but with this condition, that they must deliver up to -him all the Abyssinians that were to be found in their country taken by -Maffudi in his last expedition, adding, that he would stay fifteen days -there to expect his answer. The king of Adel, desirous of peace, and -not a little terrified at the disaster of Maffudi, hitherto reckoned -invincible, gathered together all the slaves as soon as possible, and -returned them to the king. - -Naod having now, by his courage and prudence, freed himself from fear -of a foreign war, returned home, and set himself like a wise prince to -the reforming of the abuses that prevailed everywhere among his people, -and to the cultivation of the arts of peace. He died a natural death, -after having reigned 13 years. - -[Illustration] - - - - -DAVID III. - -From 1508 to 1540. - - _David, an Infant, Succeeds--Queen sends Matthew Ambassador to - Portugal--David takes the Field--Defeat of the Moors--Arrival - of an Embassy from Portugal--Disastrous War with Adel._ - - -The vigorous reign of Naod had at least suspended the fate of the whole -empire; and, had it not been that they still persisted in that ruinous -and dangerous measure of following minority with minority, by the -election of children to the throne, it is probable this kingdom would -have escaped the greatest part of those dismal calamities that fell -upon it in the sequel. But the Iteghé Helena, and the Abuna Marcos, -(now become her creature) had interest enough, notwithstanding the -apparent necessities of the times, to place David son of Naod upon -the throne, a child of eleven years old, that they might take upon -themselves the government of the kingdom; whereas Anquo Israel (third -son of Bæda Mariam) was of an age proper to govern, and whom they would -have preferred to Naod for the same reason, merely because he was then -a child. - -Besides the desire of governing, another motive operated, which, -however good in itself, was very criminal from the present -circumstances. A peace with Adel was what the empress Helena constantly -desired; for she could not see with indifference the destruction of -her own country, far less contribute to it. She was herself by origin -a Moor, daughter of Mahomet, governor for the king in Dawaro; had been -suspected, so early as her husband’s time, of preferring the welfare of -her own country to that of the kingdom of Abyssinia. - -This princess, perfectly informed of the interests of both nations, -seems, in her whole conduct, to have acted upon the most judicious and -sensible principles. She knew the country of Adel to be, by situation -and interest, perfectly commercial; that part of Africa, the opposite -Arabia, and the peninsula of the Indies, were but three partners -joined in one trade; they mutually consumed each other’s produce; they -mutually contributed to export the joint produce of the three countries -to distant parts of Europe, Asia, and Africa; which three continents -then constituted the whole known world. When Adel was at peace with -Abyssinia, then the latter became rich, from the gold, ivory, coffee, -cattle, hides, and all manner of provision, procured by the former -from every part of the mountainous tract above it. Trade flourished -and plenty followed it. The merchants carried every species of goods -to the most distant provinces in safety, equally to the advantage of -Abyssinia and Adel. These advantages, so sensibly felt, were maintained -by bribery, and a constant circulation of Mahometan gold in the court -of Abyssinia; the kingdom, however, thus prospered. A war with Adel, on -the contrary, had its origin in a violent desire of a barbarous people, -such as the Abyssinians were, to put themselves in possession of riches -which their neighbours had gained by trade and industry. - -She saw that, even in this the worst of cases, nothing utterly -destructive could possibly happen to the Abyssinians; in their inroads -into that country, they plundered the markets and got, at the risk of -their lives, India stuffs of every kind, for which else they would have -paid money. On the other hand, the people of Adel, when conquerors, -acquired no stuffs, no manufactures, but the persons of the Abyssinians -themselves, whom they carried into slavery, and sold in Arabia, and -all parts of Asia, at immense profits. Next to gold they are the most -agreeable and valuable merchandise in every part of the east; and -these again, being chiefly the idle people who delighted in war, their -absence promoted the more desirable event of peace. - -In this state we see that war was but another species of commerce -between the two countries, though peace was the most eligible state -for them both; and this the empress Helena had constantly endeavoured -to maintain, but could not succeed among a people fond of war, by any -other means, but by giving them a minor for their king, who was by the -law of the land under her direction, as the country was, during his -minority, under her regency. - -Although this, the ordinary state of the empress’s politics, had -hitherto answered well between the kingdoms, when no other parties -were engaged, the introduction of a third power, and its influence, -totally changed that system. The Turks, an enemy not yet known in any -formidable line by the southern part of Africa, or Asia, now appeared -under a form that made all those southern states tremble. - -Selim, emperor of Constantinople, had defeated Canso el Gauri, Soldan -of Egypt, and slain him in the field. After a second battle he had -taken Cairo, the capital of that country; and, under the specious -pretence of a violation of the law of nations, by Tomum Bey, the -successor, who was said to have put his ambassadors to death, he had -hanged that prince upon one of the principal gates of his own capital; -and, by this execution, had totally destroyed the succession of the -Mamalukes. Sinan Basha, the great general and minister of Selim, in a -very few months over-ran all the peninsula of Arabia, to the verge of -the Indian Ocean. - -These people, trained to war, Mahomet had inspired with enthusiasm, -and led them to the conquest of the East. Trade and luxury had, after -that, disarmed and reduced them to much the same situation as, in a -former age, they had been found by Augustus Cæsar. Sinan Basha, with -a troop of veterans, had, by degrees extirpated the native princes of -the country; those that resisted, by force; and those that submitted -to him, by treachery; and in their place, in every principal town, he -had substituted Turkish officers of confidence, strongly supported by -troops of Janizaries, who knew no other government but martial law. - -War had now changed its form entirely under these new conquerors. -Muskets, and large trains of artillery, were introduced against -javelins, lances, and arrows, the only arms then known in Arabia, and -in the opposite continent of Abyssinia. A large fleet, crowded with -soldiers, and filled with military stores, the very name of which, as -well as their destructive qualities, were till now unknown in these -southern regions, were employed by the Turks to extend their conquest -to India, where, though by the superior valour of the Portuguese -they were constantly disappointed in their principal object, they -nevertheless, in their passage outward and homeward, reinforced their -several posts in Arabia, from which they looked for assistance and -protection, had any enemy placed himself in their way, or a storm, or -other unexpected misfortune, overtaken them in their return. - -These Janizaries lived upon the very bowels of commerce. They had, -indeed, for a shew of protecting it, established customhouses in their -various ports; but they soon made it appear, that the end proposed -by these was only to give them a more distinct knowledge who were -the subjects from whom they could levy the most enormous extortions. -Jidda, Zibid, and Mocha, the places of consequence nearest to Abyssinia -on the Arabian shore, Suakem, a sea-port town on the very barriers -of Abyssinia, in the immediate way of their caravan to Cairo, on the -African side, were each under the command of a Turkish basha, and -garrisoned by Turkish troops sent thither from Constantinople by the -emperors Selim and Soliman, his successors. - -The peaceable Arabian merchants, full of that good faith which -successful commerce inspires, fled everywhere from the violence and -injustice of these Turkish tyrants, and landed in safety their riches -and persons on the opposite shore of the kingdom of Adel. The trade -from India, flying from the same enemy, took refuge in Adel among -its own correspondents, the Moorish merchants, during the violent -and impolitic tyranny that everywhere took place under this Turkish -oppression. - -Zeyla is a small island, on the very coast of Adel, opposite to Arabia -Felix without the Straits of Babelmandeb, upon the entrance of the -Indian Ocean. The Turks of Arabia, though they were blind to the cause, -were sensible of the great influx of trade into the opposite kingdom. -They took possession, therefore, of Zeyla, where they established what -they called a Customhouse, and by means of that post, and gallies -cruising in the narrow Straits, they laid the Indian trade to Adel -under heavy contributions, that might, in some measure, indemnify them -for the great desertion their violence and injustice had occasioned in -Arabia. - -This step threatened the very existence both of Adel and Abyssinia; and -considering the vigorous government of the one, and the weak politics -and prejudices of the other, it is more than probable the Turks would -have subdued both Adel and Abyssinia, had they not, in India their -chief object, met the Portuguese, strongly established, and governed -by a succession of kings who had not in any age their equals, and -seconded by officers and soldiers who, for discipline, courage, love to -their country, and affection to their sovereign were, perhaps, superior -to any troops, or any set of individuals, that, as far as we can judge -from history, have ever yet appeared in the world. - -It was not now a time for a woman to reign, nor, which was the same -thing, to place a child upon the throne. The empress Helena saw this -distinctly; but her ambition made her prefer the love of reigning -to the visible necessities and welfare of her country. She knew the -progress and extent of the Portuguese power in India; and saw plainly -there was no prospect, but in their assistance, at once to save both -Abyssinia and Adel. - -Peter Covillan, sent thither as ambassador by John king of Portugal, -had, for two reigns, been detained in Abyssinia, with a constant -refusal of leave to return. He was now become an object of curiosity -rather than use. However, except his liberty, he had wanted nothing. -The empress had married him nobly in the country; had given him large -appointments, both as to profit and dignity. She now began to be -sensible of the consequence of having with her a man of his abilities, -who could open to her the method of corresponding effectually both with -India and Portugal in their own language, to which, as well as to the -persons to whom her letters were to be addressed, she was then an utter -stranger. - -She had about her court an Armenian merchant named Matthew, a person -of great trust and discretion, who had been long accustomed to go -to the several kingdoms of the East upon mercantile commissions for -the king and for his nobles. He had been at Cairo, Jerusalem, Ormus, -Ispahan, and in the East Indies on the coast of Malabar; both in places -conquered by the Portuguese, and in those that yet held out under -their native Pagan princes. He was one of those factors which, as I -have already said, are employed by the king and great men in Abyssinia -to sell or barter, in the places above mentioned, such part of their -revenue as are paid them in kind. - -These men are chiefly Greeks, or Armenians, but the preference is -always given to the latter. Both nations pay caratch, or capitation, -to the Grand Signior, (whose subjects they are) and both have, in -consequence, passports, protections, and liberty to trade wherever they -please throughout the empire, without being liable to those insults and -extortions from the Turkish officers that other strangers are. - -The Armenians, of all the people in the East, are those most remarkable -for their patience and sobriety. They are generally masters of most -of the eastern languages; are of strong, robust constitutions; of all -people, the most attentive to the beasts and merchandise they have in -charge; exceedingly faithful, and content with little. This Matthew, -queen Helena chose for her ambassador to Portugal, and joined a young -Abyssinian with him, who died in the voyage. He was charged with -letters to the king, which, with the other dispatches, as they are -long, and abound with fiction and bombast rather than truth and facts, -I have not troubled myself to transcribe; they are, besides, in many -printed collections[23]. - -It appears clearly from these letters, that they were the joint -compositions of Covillan, who knew perfectly the manner of -corresponding with his court upon dangerous subjects, and of the simple -Abyssinian confidents of the empress Helena, who, unacquainted with -embassies or correspondence with princes, or the ill consequence that -these letters would be of to their ambassador and his errand, if they -happened to be intercepted by an enemy, told plainly all they desired -and wished to execute by the assistance of the Portuguese. Thus, in the -first part of the letter, (which we shall suppose dictated by Covillan) -the empress remits the description of her wants, and what is the -subject of the embassy, to Matthew her ambassador, whom she qualifies -as her confidential servant, instructed in her most secret intentions; -desiring the king of Portugal to believe what he shall report from her -to him in private, as if they were her own words uttered immediately -from her to him in person. So far was prudent; such a conduct as we -should expect from a man like Covillan, long accustomed to be trusted -with the secret negociations of his sovereign. - -But the latter end of his dispatches (the work, we suppose, of -Abyssinian statesmen) divulges the whole secret. It explains the -motives of this embassy in the clearest manner, desiring the king of -Portugal to send a sufficient force to destroy Mecca and Medina; to -assist them with a sufficient number of ships, and to annihilate the -Turkish power by sea; while they, by land, should extirpate all the -Mahometans on their borders; and it stigmatizes these Mahometans, both -Turks and Moors, with the most opprobrious names it was possible to -devise. - -With the first part of these dispatches, it is plain, Matthew, as -an envoy, might have passed unmolested; he had only to give to the -secret wishes of the empress, with which he was charged, what kind -of mercantile colour he pleased. But the last part of the letter -brought home to him a charge of the deepest dye, both of sacrilege -and high-treason, that he meditated against the Ottoman empire, whose -Raya[24] he was; and, there can be no doubt, had these letters been -intercepted and read, Matthew’s embassy and life would have ended -together under some exquisite species of torture. This, indeed, -he seems to have apprehended; as, after his arrival in India, he -constantly refused to shew his dispatches, even to the Portuguese -viceroy himself, from whom, in the instant, he had received very -singular favour and protection. - -The king, when of age, never could be brought to acknowledge this -embassy by Matthew; but, as we shall see, did constantly deny it. If -we believe the Portuguese, the despair of the empress was so great, -that she offered one-third of the kingdom to the king of Portugal if he -relieved her. Nothing of this kind appears in the letters; but, if this -offer was part of Matthew’s private dispatches, we may see a reason why -David did not wish to own the commission and offer as his. - -Matthew had a safe passage to Dabul in India, but here his misfortunes -began. The governor, taking him for a spy, confined him in close -prison. But Albuquerque, then viceroy of India, residing at Goa, who -had himself a design upon Abyssinia, hearing that such a person, in -such a character, was arrived, sent and took him out of the hands -of the governor of Dabul, where his sufferings else would not have -so quickly ended. All the Portuguese cried out upon seeing such an -ambassador as Matthew sent to their master; sometimes they pretended -that he was a spy of the Sultan, at other times he was an impostor, a -cook, or some other menial servant. - -Albuquerque treated with him privately before he landed, to make his -commissions known to him; but he expressly refused shewing any letter -unless to the king himself in Portugal. This behaviour hurt him in the -eyes of the viceroy, who was therefore disposed, with the rest of his -officers, to slight him when he should come ashore. But Matthew, now -out of danger, and knowing his person to be sacred, would no longer -be treated like a private person. He sent to let the viceroy, bishop, -and clergy know, that, besides his consequence as an ambassador, which -demanded their respect, he was the bearer of a piece of wood of the -true cross, which he carried as a present to the king of Portugal; -and, therefore, he required them, as they would avoid an imputation -of sacrilege, to shew to that precious relict the utmost respect, and -celebrate its arrival as a festival. No more was necessary after this. -The whole streets of Goa were filled with processions; the troops -were all under arms; the viceroy, and the principal officers, met -Matthew at his landing, and conveyed him to the palace, where he was -magnificently lodged and feasted. But nothing could long overcome the -prejudices the Portuguese had imbibed upon the first sight of him; and, -notwithstanding he carried a piece of the true cross, both he and it -soon fell into perfect oblivion: Nor was it till 1513, after he had -staid three years in India, that he got leave to proceed to Portugal by -a fleet returning home loaded with spices. - -Damianus Goez the historian, though apparently a man of good sense and -candour, cannot conjecture why this Armenian was sent as an ambassador, -and wishes to be resolved why not an Abyssinian nobleman. But it is -obvious from the character I have already given of him, there could -be nobody in the empress’s power that had half his qualifications; -and, besides, an Abyssinian nobleman would not have ventured to go, as -knowing very well that everywhere beyond the limits of his own country -he would have been without protection, and the first Turk in whose -power he might have fallen would have sold him for a slave. In no other -character is any of his nation seen, either in Arabia or India, and -his master has no treaty with any state whatever. Add to this, that an -Abyssinian speaks no language but his own, which is not understood out -of his own country; and is absolutely ignorant even of the existence of -other far distant nations. - -But, besides, there was an Abyssinian sent with Matthew, who died; and -here Damianus Goez’s wonder should cease. - -The same ill-fortune, which had attended Matthew in India, followed -him in his voyage to Portugal. The Captains of the ships contended -with each other who should behave worst to him; and, in the midst of -all this ill-treatment, the ship which he was on board of arrived at -Lisbon. The king, upon hearing the particulars of this ill usage, -immediately put the offenders in irons, where they had, probably, lain -during their lives, had they not been freed by the intercession of -Matthew. - -David (as I have before observed) was only eleven years old[25] when -he was placed upon the throne; and, at his inauguration, took the name -of Lebna Denghel, or the Virgin’s Frankincense; then that of Etana -Denghel, or the Myrrh of the Virgin; and after that, of Wanag Segued, -which signifies Reverenced, or Feared, among the Lions, with whom, -towards the last of his reign, he resided in wilds and mountains more -than with men. - -During this minority, there was peace with Mahomet king of Adel. -Maffudi still continued his depredations; and, by his liberality, had -formed strong connections with the Turks in Arabia. In return for the -number of slaves whom he had sent to Mecca, a green silk standard, -(that of Mahomet and of the Faith), and a tent of black velvet, -embroidered with gold, were sent him by the Sherriffe, the greatest -honour a Mahometan could possibly receive, and he was also made Shekh -of the island of Zeyla, which was delivering the key of Abyssinia to -him. - -It was not till David had arrived at sixteen years of age that the -constant success of Maffudi, the honours bestowed upon him, and the -gain which accrued from all his expeditions, had at last determined -the king of Adel to break the peace with Abyssinia, and join him. -These princes, with the whole Mahometan force, had fallen together -upon Dawaro, Ifat, and Fatigar; and, in one year, had driven away, -and slain, above nineteen thousand Christians, subjects to the king. -A terror was now spread over the whole kingdom, and great blame laid -both upon the empress and the king, for sitting and looking timidly on, -while the Turks and Moors, year after year, ravaged whole provinces -without resistance. - -These murmurs at last roused David, who, for his own part, had not -suffered them willingly so long. He determined immediately to raise an -army, and to command it in person: In vain the empress admonished him -of his danger, and his absolute want of experience in matters of war; -in vain she advised him to employ some of the old officers against the -veteran Moorish troops. - -The king answered, That every officer of merit had been tried already, -and baffled from beginning to end, so that the army had no confidence -in them; that he was resolved to take his trial as the others had done, -and leave the event where it ought to be left. Though the diviners all -prophesied ill from this resolution of the king, the generality of the -kingdom, and young nobility, flocked to his standard, rejoicing in a -leader so near their own age. The middle-aged had great hopes of the -vigour of that youth; and the old were not more backward, satisfied of -the weight their years and experience must give them in the councils of -a young king. - -Seldom a better army took the field; and the empress, from her own -treasures, furnished every thing, even to superfluity, engaging all -the people of consequence by giving them in the most affable manner, -presents in hand, and magnificent promises of recompence hereafter. -Great as these preparations were, they had not made much impression -among the confederates in Adel; and already the king had put himself at -the head of his army, before the Moors seemed to think it worth their -while to follow him. They were, indeed, at that very time, laying waste -a part of the kingdom of Abyssinia. The king, then, by quick marches, -advanced through Fatigar, as if he was going to Aussa, the capital of -Adel. - -Between Fatigar and the plain country of Adel there is a deep large -valley, through which it was necessary the army should pass. Very steep -mountains bound it on every side, whilst two openings (each of them -very narrow) were the only passages by which it was possible to enter -or go out. The king divided his army into two; he kept the best troops -and largest body with himself, and sent Betwudet with the rest, as if -they intended to fight the enemy before they gained the defiles. The -Moors, on the other hand, terrified at what must happen if the king -with his army marched into their defenceless country, accounted it a -great escape to get into these very defiles before they were forced -to an engagement. Betwudet, who desired no more, gave them their way, -and, entering the valley behind them, encamped there. The king, at the -other end, had done the same, unseen by the enemy, who thought he was -advanced on his march to Aussa. The Moors were thus completely hemmed -in, and the king’s army vastly superior. He had ordered his tents to -be left standing, with a body of troops in them, and these completely -covered the only outlet to the valley, whilst Betwudet and his party -had advanced considerably, and made much the same disposition. - -The king drew up his troops early in the morning, and offered the -enemy battle, when the whole Abyssinian army was surprised to discover -a backwardness in the Moors so unlike their behaviour at former -times; well they might, when they were informed from whom that panic -among the Moors came. Maffudi, a fanatic from the beginning, whether -really deceived by such a prophecy, or raised to a pitch of pride -and enthusiasm by the honours he had received, and desirous, by a -remarkable death, to deserve the rank of martyr among those of his own -religion, or from whatever cause it arose, came to the king of Adel, -and told him, that his time was now come; that it had been prophesied -to him long ago, that if, that year, he fought the king of Abyssinia in -person, he was there to lose his life: That he knew, for certain, David -was then present, having, with his own eyes, seen the scarlet tent, -(a colour which is only used by the king); he desired, therefore, the -king of Adel to make the best of his way through a less steep part of -the mountain, which he shewed him; to take his family and favourites -along with him, and leave under his command the army to try their -fortune with David. Mahomet, at no time very fond of fighting, never -found himself less so than upon this advice of Maffudi’s. He resolved, -therefore, to follow his council; and, before the battle began, -withdrew himself through the place that was shewn him, and was followed -by a few of his friends. - -It was now 9 o’clock, and the sun began to be hot, before which the -Abyssinians never choose to engage, when Maffudi, judging the king of -Adel was beyond danger, sent a trumpet to the Abyssinian camp, with a -challenge to any man of rank in the army to fight him in single combat, -under condition that the victory should be accounted to belong to that -army whose champion was victorious, and that, thereupon, both parties -should withdraw their troops without further bloodshed. It does not -appear whether the conditions were agreed to, but the challenge was -accepted as soon as offered. Gabriel Andreas the monk, who, in the -reign of Naod, had, by the king’s order, lost a part of his tongue -for giving it too much licence, offered himself first to the king, -beseeching him to trust to him that day, his own honour, and the -fortune of the army. The king consented without hesitation, with the -general applause of all the nobility; for Andreas, though a monk, was -a man of great family and distinction; the most learned of the court; -liberal, rich, affable, and remarkable for facetious conversation; -he was, besides, a good soldier, of tried skill and valour, and, in -strength and activity, surpassed by no man in the army. - -Maffudi was not backward to present himself; nor was the combat longer -than might be expected from two such willing champions. Gabriel -Andreas, seeing his opportunity, with a two-handed sword struck Maffudi -between the lower part of the neck and the shoulder, so violently, that -he nearly divided his body into two, and felled him dead to the ground. -He then cut his head off, and threw it at the king’s feet, saying, -“There is the Goliath of the Infidels.” - -This expression became instantly the word of battle, or signal to -charge. The king, at the head of his troops, rushed upon the Moorish -army, and, throwing them into disorder, drove them back upon Betwudet, -who, with his fresh troops, forced them again back to the king. -Seeing no hopes of relief, they dispersed to the mountains, and were -slaughtered, and hunted like wild beasts by the peasants, or driven -to perish with thirst and hunger. About 12,000 of the Mahometan army -are said to have been slain upon the field, with no very considerable -loss on the side of the conquerors. The green standard of Mahomet was -taken, as also the black velvet tent embroidered with gold; which -last, we shall see, the king gave to the Portuguese ambassador some -time afterwards, to consecrate and say mass in. A vast number of -cattle was taken, and with them much rich merchandise of the Indies. -Nor did the king content himself with what he had got in battle. He -advanced and encamped at a place where was held the first market of -Adel[26]. The next day he proceeded to a town where was a house of the -king, and, going up to the door, and finding it locked, he struck the -door with his lance, and nobody answering, he prohibited the soldiers -from plundering it, and retired with his army home, leaving his lance -sticking in the door as a sign of his having been there, and having had -it in his power. - -Though the king was received on his return amidst the greatest -acclamations of his subjects, as the saviour of his country, the eyes -of the whole nation and army were first fixed on Andreas, whose bravery -had at last delivered them from that constant and inveterate scourge, -Maffudi. Every body pressed forward to throw flowers and green branches -in his way; the women celebrating him with songs, putting garlands on -his head, and holding out the young children to see him as he passed. -The battle was fought in the month of July 1516; and, the same day, -the island of Zeyla, in the mouth of the Red Sea, was taken, and its -town burned by the Portuguese armament, under Lopez Suarez Alberguiera. - -Neither the suspicions transmitted from India, nor the mean person of -Matthew the ambassador, seem to have made any impression upon the king -of Portugal. He received him with every sort of honour, and testified -the most profound respect for his master, and attention to the errand -he came upon. Matthew was lodged and maintained with the utmost -splendour; and, considering the great use of so powerful a friend on -the African coast of the Red Sea, where his fleets would meet with -all sort of provision and protection, while they pursued the Turkish -squadrons, he prepared an embassy on his part, and sent Matthew home on -board the fleet commanded by Lopez Suarez for India. - -Edward Galvan, a man of capacity and experience, who had filled the -offices of secretary of state and ambassador in Spain, France, and -Germany, arrived at that time of life when he might reasonably expect -to pass the rest of his days in ease, wealth, and honour, found himself -unexpectedly chosen, at the age of eighty-six, to go ambassador from -his sovereign to Abyssinia. Goez had much more reason to wonder at the -ambassador fixed upon by his master, than at that of Abyssinia sent by -the empress Helena to Portugal. The fleet under Suarez entered the Red -Sea, and anchored at the flat island of Camaran, close on the coast of -Arabia Felix, one of the most unwholesome places he could have chosen. -Here Edward Galvan died; and here Suarez, most ignorantly, resolved to -pass the winter, which he did, suffering much for want of every sort -of provision but water; whereas twenty-four hours of any wind would -have carried him to Masuah, to his journey’s end; where, if he had lost -the monsoon, he would still have had great abundance of necessaries, -and been in the way every moment of promoting the wishes of his master. - -Lopez de Segueyra succeeded the ignorant Suarez, who had returned to -India. He fitted out a strong fleet at Goa, with which he entered the -Red Sea, and sailed for the island of Masuah, where he arrived the 16th -of April 1520, having Matthew along with him. Upon the first approach -of the fleet, the inhabitants, both of the island and town, abandoned -them, and fled to Arkeeko on the main land. Segueyra having remained -before Masuah a few days without committing any hostilities, there came -at last to him a Christian and a Moor from the continent; who informed -him that the main-land, then before him, was part of the kingdom of -Abyssinia, governed by an officer called Baharnagash: they added, -that the reason of their flying at the sight of the fleet was, that -the Turks frequently made descents, and ravaged the island; but that -all the inhabitants of the continent were Christians. The Portuguese -general was very joyful on this intelligence, and began to treat -Matthew more humanely, finding how truly and exactly he had described -these places. He gave, both to the Christian and Moor that came off to -him, a rich vest; commended them for having fled to Arkeeko rather than -expose themselves to an attack from the Turks, but directed them to -assure the people on the continent, that they too were all Christians, -and under the command of the king of Abyssinia; being arrived there -purposely for his service, so that they might return, whenever they -should please, in perfect safety. - -The next day, came down to the shore the governor of Arkeeko, -accompanied with thirty horsemen, and above two hundred foot. He was -mounted on a fine horse, and dressed in a kind of shirt resembling -that of the Moors. The governor brought down four oxen, and received -in return certain pieces of silk, with which he was well pleased. A -very familiar conversation followed; the governor kindly inviting the -Portuguese general ashore, assuring him that the Baharnagash, under -whose command he was, had already intelligence of his arrival. - -In answer to his inquiries about the religion of the country, the -governor told him, that in a mountain, then in sight, twenty-four miles -distant, there was a convent called _the Monastery of Bisan_, (which -Matthew had often described in the voyage) whose monks, being informed -of his arrival, had deputed seven of their number to wait upon him, -whom the Portuguese general went to meet accordingly, and received them -in the kindest manner. - -These monks, as soon as they saw Matthew, broke out into the warmest -expressions of friendship and esteem, congratulating him with tears in -their eyes upon his long voyage and absence. The Portuguese general -then invited the monks on board his vessel, where he regaled them, and -gave to each presents that were most suitable to their austere life. On -his side, Segueyra chose seven Portuguese, with Peter Gomez Tessera, -auditor of the East Indies, who understood Arabic very well, to return -the visit of the monks, and see the monastery of Bisan. This short -journey they very happily performed. Tessera brought back a parchment -manuscript, which he received as a present from the monks, to be sent -to the king of Portugal. - -It was on the 24th of April that the Baharnagash arrived at Arkeeko, -having before sent information of his intended visit. The Portuguese -general, who never doubted but that he would come to the sea-side, -pitched his tents, and spread his carpets and cushions on the ground to -receive him. But it was signified to him from the Baharnagash, who was -probably afraid of putting himself under the guns of the fleet, that -he did not intend to advance so far, and that the governor should meet -him half way. This being agreed to on both sides, they sat down on the -grass. - -The Baharnagash began the conversation, by telling the Portuguese, -they had, in virtue of certain prophecies, been long expected in this -country; and that he, and all the officers of Abyssinia, were ready to -do them every service and kindness. After the Portuguese general had -returned a proper answer, the priests and monks concluded the interview -with certain religious services. Segueyra then made the Baharnagash -a present of a very fine suit of complete armour with some pieces of -silk; while the Baharnagash, on his side, made the return with a very -fine horse and mule. - -All doubt concerning Matthew was removed at this interview; he was -acknowledged as a genuine ambassador. The Portuguese now flocked to -Segueyra, beseeching him to choose from among his men, who should -accompany him to the court. The first step was to name Roderigo de -Lima ambassador from the king of Portugal, instead of Galvan, who was -dead; and, for his suite, George de Breu, Lopez de Gama, John Scolare -secretary to the ambassador, John Gonsalvez his factor and interpreter, -Emmanuel de Mare organist, Peter Lopez, Master John his physician, -Gaspar Pereira, and Lazarus d’Andrad a painter. The three chaplains -were John Fernandes, Peter Alphonso Mendez, and Francisco Alvarez. In -this company also went Matthew, the Abyssinian ambassador returned from -Portugal, and with him three Portuguese, one called Magailanes, the -other Alvaremgo, and the third Diego Fernandes. - -It seemed probable, the severe blow which David had given to the king -of Adel, by the total destruction of his army on the death of his -general Maffudi, would have procured a cessation of hostilities to -the Abyssinian frontiers, which they had not experienced during the -life of that general; but it appeared afterwards, that, increased in -riches and population by the great accession of power which followed -the interruption of the Indian trade in Arabia by the Turkish conquest, -far from entertaining thoughts of peace, they were rather meditating a -more formidable manner of attack, by training themselves to the use of -fire-arms and artillery, of which they had provided a quantity, and to -which the Abyssinians were as yet strangers. - -The king was encamped in Shoa, covering and keeping in awe his -Mahometan provinces, Fatigar and Dawaro; besides which he seemed to -have no object but the conquest of the Dobas, that bordered equally -upon the Moorish and Christian frontiers, and who (though generally -gained by the Mahometans) were, when occasion offered, enemies to -both. The Shum[27] of Giannamora, a small district belonging to -Abyssinia, full of brave soldiers, and considerably reinforced by David -for the very purpose, had the charge of bringing these barbarians to -subjection, as being their immediate neighbour. - -The king had afterwards advanced eastward to the frontiers of Fatigar, -but was still in the southern part of his dominions. The ambassador -and his retinue were landed on the north. They were to cross the -whole extent of the empire through woods and over mountains, the -like of which are not known in Europe, full of savage beasts, and -men more savage than the beasts themselves; intersected by large -rivers, and what was the worst circumstance, swelling every day by the -tropical rains. Frequently deserts of no considerable length, indeed, -intervened, where no sustenance was to be found for man or beast, nor -relief for accidental misfortunes. Yet such was the bravery of that -small company, that they hesitated not a moment to undertake this -enterprise. Every thing was thought easy which contributed to the glory -of their king, and the honour of their country. - -It was not long before this gallant company found need of all their -constancy and courage; for in their short journey to the convent of St -Michael (the first they attempted) they found the wood so thick that -there was scarcely passage for either man or beast. Briers and thorns, -too, of a variety of species, which they had never before seen, added -greatly to the fatigue which the thickness of the woods had occasioned. -Mountains presented themselves over mountains, broken into terrible -precipices and ravines, by violent torrents and constant storms; their -black and bare tops seemed as it were calcined by the rays of a burning -sun, and by incessant lightnings and thunder. Great numbers of wild -beasts also presented themselves everywhere in these dark forests, -and seemed only to be hindered from devouring them by their wonder -at seeing so many men in so lonely a situation. At last the woods -began to grow thinner, and some fields appeared where the people were -sitting armed, guarding their small flocks of half-starved goats and -kine, and crops of millet, of which they saw a considerable quantity -sown. The men were black, their hair very gracefully plaited, and were -altogether naked, excepting a small piece of leather that covered their -middle. At this place they were met by twelve monks, four of whom were -distinguished by their advanced years and the respect paid to them by -the others. - -Having rested their mules and camels a short time, they again began -their journey by the side of a great lake, near which was a very high -mountain, and this they were too weary to attempt to pass. Full of -discontent and despondency, they halted at the foot of this mountain, -where they passed the night, having received a cow for supper, a -present from the convent. Here Matthew (the ambassador) separated -his baggage from that of the caravan, and left it to the care of -the monks. He had probably made some little money in Portugal; and, -distrusting his reception with the king, wisely determined to place it -out of danger. The precaution, however, proved superfluous; for, a -few days after, an epidemical fever began to manifest itself, which, -in eight-and-forty hours, carried off Matthew, and soon after Pereira, -the servant of Don Roderigo; so that no opportunity now offered for an -explanation with the king about his or the empress’s promise of ceding -one-third of the kingdom to the Portuguese in case the king would send -them succour. Terrified by the fever, and the bad prospect of the -weather, they resumed their journey. - -The monastery of Bisan (to which they were now going) is so called from -the great quantity of water which is everywhere found about it. The -similitude of sound has made Poncet[28], and several other travellers, -call it the Monastery of the Vision; but Bisan (water) is its true -name, being plentifully supplied with that most valuable element. A -number of lakes and rivers are interspersed through its plains; while -abundant springs, that are never dry, flow from the top of each rock, -dashing their rills against the rugged projections of the cliffs below. - -The monastery of Bisan, properly so called, is the head of six others -in the compass of 26 miles; each convent placed like a tower on the top -of its own rock. That upon which Bisan is situated is very high, and -almost perpendicular; and from this rises another still higher than it, -which, unless to its inhabitants, is perfectly inaccessible. It is, on -every side, surrounded with wood, interspersed with fruit-trees of many -different kinds, as well of those known as of those unknown in Europe. -Oranges, citrons, and limes are in great abundance; wild peaches and -small figs of a very indifferent quality; black grapes, on loaded -branches, hang down from the barren timber round which they are twined, -and afford plentiful supply to man and beast: The fields are covered -with myrtles and many species of jessamin; with roses too of various -colours; but fragrance is denied to them all, except one sort, which is -the white one, single-leafed[29]. - -The monks of these convents were said once to be about a thousand -in number. They have a large territory, and pay a tribute in cows -and horses to the Baharnagash, who is their superior. Their horses -are esteemed good, as coming from the neighbourhood of the Arabs. -However, though I had the absolute choice of them all during the time -I commanded the king’s guard, I never could draw from that part of the -country above a score of sufficient strength and size to bear a man in -complete armour. - -I shall now leave Don Roderigo to pursue his journey towards the king -at Shoa. The history of it, and of his embassy, published at large -by Alvarez his chaplain, has not met, from the historians of his -own country, with a reception which favours the authenticity of its -narrative. There are, indeed, in the whole of it, and especially where -religion is concerned, many things very difficult of belief, which seem -to be the work of the Jesuits some years posterior to the time in which -Alvarez was in Abyssinia. Tellez condemns him, though a writer of those -times; and Damianus Goez, one of the first historians, says, that he -had seen a journal written in Alvarez’s own name, very different from -the journal that is gone forth to the public. For my part, I can only -say, that what is related of the first audience with the king, and many -of the following pages, seem to me to be fabrications of people that -never have been in Abyssinia; and, if this is the case, no imputation -can be laid against Francisco Alvarez, as, perhaps, he is not the -author of the misrepresentation in question. But, as to the cordiality -with which the Catholic religion was received by the monks and people -in general, during the long stay and bad reception Don Roderigo met -with, I have no sort of doubt that this is a falsehood, and this must -be charged directly to his account. - -We have already seen that, early as Zara Jacob’s time, the religion -of the Franks was held in the utmost detestation, and that in Bæda -Mariam’s reign the whole country was in rebellion, because the king had -directed the Virgin Mary to be painted by one Branca Leon, a Venetian -painter, then alive, and in court, when Don Roderigo de Lima was with -the king in Shoa. Iscander and Naod were both strict in the tenets of -the church of Alexandria; and two Abunas, Imaranha Christos, who lived -till Iscander’s time, and Abuna Marcus, alive in Alvarez’s, had given -no allowance for strange or foreign worship to be introduced. How the -Catholic could be so favourably and generally received in the time of -Alvarez is what I cannot conceive. Blood enough was spilt immediately -afterwards, to shew that this affection to the Roman Catholic religion, -if any such there was in Alvarez’s time, must have been merely -transitory. When, therefore, I find any thing in this journal plainly -misunderstood, I explain and vindicate it; where I see there is a fact -deliberately misrepresented, such as the celebration of the Epiphany, -I refute it from ocular demonstration. The rest of the journal I -leave _in medio_ to the judgment of my reader, who will find it at -his bookseller’s; only observing, that there can be no doubt that the -journey itself was made by Don Roderigo, and the persons named with him. - -I have preserved the several stations of these travellers in my map, -though a great part of the countries through which they passed is now -in the hands of the Galla, and is as inaccessible to Abyssinians as it -is to strangers. - -There are two particulars in Alvarez’s account of this journey which -very much surprise me. The first is, the daily and constant danger this -company was in from tigers, so daring as to present themselves within -pike-length. Of this I have taken notice in the appendix when speaking -of the hyæna. - -The other particular relates to the field of beans through which they -passed. I never yet saw this sort of grain, or pulse, in Abyssinia. -The lupine, a wild plant, somewhat similar, chiefly infects those -provinces from which the honey comes, and is regarded there with the -utmost aversion. The reason of which will be seen in the sequel. But -as these Mahometans, through whose country Don Roderigo passed, are -not indigenous, and never had any connection with the ancient state -of manners or religion of this country, it is more than probable the -cultivation of the bean is no older than the settlement of these -Mahometans here, long after the Pythagorean prejudices against that -plant were forgotten. - -It was on the 16th of April 1520 that Don Roderigo de Lima landed -in Abyssinia; and it was the 16th of October of the same year when -he arrived within sight of the king’s camp, distant about three -miles. The king had advanced, as hath been said, into Fatigar, about -twenty-five miles from the first fair in the kingdom of Adel, and -something less than two hundred from the port of Zeyla. The ambassador, -after so painful a journey, expected an immediate admission into the -king’s presence. Instead of which, a great officer, called _the Hadug -Ras_[30], which is chief or commander of the asses, was sent to carry -him three miles farther distant, where they ordered him to pitch -his tent, and five years passed in the embassy afterwards before he -procured his dismission. - -Alvarez accounts very lamely for this prodigious interval of time; and, -excepting the celebration of the Epiphany, he does not mention one -remarkable occurrence in the whole of this period. One would imagine -their stay had not been above a month, and that one conversation only -passed upon business, which I shall here set down as a specimen of the -humour the parties were in the one with the other. - -The king carried the ambassador to see the church Mecana Selassé, the -church of the Trinity, which was then repairing, where many of the -kings had been buried while the Royal family resided in Shoa. All the -churches in Abyssinia are thatched. Some of Roderigo’s own retinue, who -bore him ill-will, had put it into the king’s head how elegant this -church would be if covered with lead, a thing he certainly could have -no idea of. He asked Don Roderigo, whether the king of Portugal could -not send him as much sheet-lead as would serve to cover that church? -To which the ambassador replied, That the king of Portugal, upon bare -mentioning the thing, would send him as much sheet-lead[31] as would -cover not only that church, but all the other churches he should ever -build in Abyssinia; and, after all, the present would be but a trifling -one. - -Immediately upon this the king changed his discourse; and observed to -the ambassador, in a very serious tone of voice, “That, since they -were now upon the subject of presents, he could not help letting the -king of Portugal know, that, if ever he sent an ambassador again into -that country, he should take care to accompany him with presents of -value, for otherwise stranger ambassadors that ventured to come before -him without these were very ill received.” To which the ambassador -returned warmly, “That it was very far from being the custom of the -king of Portugal to send presents to any king upon earth; that, having -no superior, it was usual for him, only to receive them from others, -and to accept them or not, according to his royal pleasure; for it was -infinitely below him to consider what was the value of the present -itself. He then desired the king of Abyssinia might be informed, that -he, Don Roderigo, came ambassador from the general of the Indies, and -not from the king of Portugal; nevertheless, when the king of Portugal -had lately dispatched Galvan, who had died upon the road, ambassador -to his highness, he had sent with him presents to the value of 100,000 -ducats, consulting his own greatness, but not considering himself as -under any obligation to send any presents at all; and as to the many -scandalous aspersions that had been thrown upon him by mean people, -which the king had given credit to, and were made constantly part of -his discourse, he wished his highness, from the perusal of the letters -which he had brought from the general of the Indies, to learn, that the -Portuguese were not accustomed to use lying and dissimulation in their -conversations, but to tell the naked truth; to which he the ambassador -had strictly confined himself in every circumstance he had related to -his highness, if he pleased to believe him; if not, that he was very -welcome to do just whatever he thought better in his own eyes. Yet -he would, once for all, have his highness to know, that, though he -came only as ambassador from the general of the Indies, he could, as -such, have presented himself before the greatest sovereign upon earth, -without being subjected to hear such conversation as he had been daily -exposed to from his highness, which he, as a Portuguese nobleman and -a soldier, though he had been no ambassador at all, was not any way -disposed to suffer, and therefore he desired his immediate dismission.” - -Upon this the king said, “That the distinction he had shewn him was -such as he would never have met with from any of his predecessors, -having brought no present of any value.” To which the ambassador -replied in great warmth, “That he had received no distinction in this -country whatever, but only injuries and wrongs; that he should think he -became a martyr if he died in this country where he had been robbed -of every thing, except the clothes upon his back; that Matthew, who -was but a pretended ambassador, had been much otherwise treated by -the king of Portugal; but for himself he desired nothing but a speedy -dismission, having delivered his letters and done his errand: Till that -time, he should expect to be treated like a man of honour, above lying -or falsehood.” To this the king answered, “That he believed him to be -a man of honour, worth, and veracity, but that Matthew was a liar: at -the same time he wished Don Roderigo to know, that he was perfectly -informed what degree of respect and good usage Matthew had met with -from the king of Portugal’s officers and captains, but that he did not -impute this to Don Roderigo.” - -There was a rumour at court which very much alarmed the ambassador; it -was, that the king intended to detain him according to the invariable -custom and practice of his country. Two Venetians, Nicholas Branca Leon -and Thomas Gradinego, had been forcibly detained since the reign of -Bæda Mariam. But what terrified Don Roderigo still more, as a case most -similar to his, was the sight of Peter Covillan then in court, who had -been sent ambassador by John king of Portugal to Iscander, and ever -since was detained without being able to get leave to return, but was -obliged to marry and settle in the country. - -What was the emperor’s real intention is impossible now to know; -but, having resolved to send an Abyssinian ambassador to the king of -Portugal, it was necessary to dismiss Don Roderigo likewise. However, -he did not entirely abandon the whole of his design, but forcibly -detained Master John the secretary, and Lazarus d’Andrad the painter, -and obliged Don Roderigo to depart without them. Zaga Zaab, an -Abyssinian monk, who had learned the Portuguese language by waiting on -Don Roderigo during his stay in Abyssinia, was chosen for the function; -and they set out together for Masuah, plentifully furnished with every -thing necessary for the journey, and arrived safely there without -any remarkable occurrence, where they found Don Hector de Silveyra, -governor of the Indies, with his fleet, waiting to carry Don Roderigo -de Lima home. Whether the king had changed his mind or not is doubtful; -but, on the 27th of April 1526, arrived four messengers from court -with orders for Don Roderigo to return, and also to bring Don Hector -along with him. This was immediately and directly refused; but it was -left in the power of Zaga Zaab to return if he pleased, who however -declared, that, if he staid behind, he should be thrown to the lions. -He, therefore, went on board with great readiness, and they all sailed -from Masuah on the 28th of April of the year just mentioned, in their -return to India. - -These frequent intercourses with the Portuguese had given great alarm -to the Mahometan powers, though neither the king of Abyssinia, nor the -Portuguese themselves, had reaped any profit from them, or the several -fleets that had arrived at Masuah, which had really no end but to seek -the ambassador Don Roderigo. The six years spent in wrangling and -childish behaviour, both on the part of the king and the ambassador, -had an appearance of something serious between the two powers; and -what still alarmed the Moors more was, that no part of the secret had -transpired, because no scheme had really been concerted, only mere -proposals of vain and idle enterprises, without either power or will -to put them in execution. Such were the plans of a joint army, to -attack Arabia, and to conquer it down to Jerusalem. The Turks[32] were -on their progress southward in great force; they had conquered Arabia -in less than half the time Don Roderigo had spent quarrelling with -the king about pepper and mules; and a storm was ready to break in a -quarter least expected. - -In the gentle reigns of the Mamalukes, before the conquest of Egypt -and Arabia by Selim[33], a caravan constantly set out from Abyssinia -directly for Jerusalem. They had then a treaty with the Arabs. This -caravan rendezvoused at Hamazen, a small territory abounding in -provisions, about two days journey from Dobarwa, and nearly the same -from Masuah; it amounted sometimes in number to a thousand pilgrims, -ecclesiastics as well as laymen. They travelled by very easy journies, -not above six miles a-day, halting to perform divine service, and -setting up their tents early, and never beginning to travel till -towards nine in the morning. They had, hitherto, passed in perfect -safety, with drums beating and colours flying, and, in this way, -traversed the desert by the road of Suakem. - -The year after Selim had taken possession of Cairo, Abba Azerata -Christos, a monk famous for holiness, had conducted fifteen hundred -of these pilgrims with him to Jerusalem, and they had arrived without -accident; but, on their return, they had fallen in with a body of -Selim’s troops, who slew a great part of them, and forced others to -take refuge in the desert, where they perished with hunger and thirst. -In the year 1525, another caravan assembled at Hamazen, consisting of -336 friars and priests, and fifteen nuns. They set out from Hamazen on -the 12th day after leaving this place, travelling slowly; and, being -loaded with provisions and water, they were attacked by the Moors of -that district, and utterly defeated and robbed. Of the pilgrims taken -prisoners, all the old men were put to the sword, and the young were -sold for slaves; so that of 336 persons fifteen only escaped, but -three of which lived to return to Shoa at the time the ambassador was -there. This was the first vengeance the Moors to the northward had -yet taken for the alliance made with the Portuguese; and, from this -time, the communication with Cairo through the desert ceased as to the -Christians, and was carried on by Mahometans only. - -Since the time of Peter Covillan’s arrival in Abyssinia, the views of -all parties had very much changed. The Portuguese at first coveted -the friendship of Abyssinia, for the sake of obtaining through it a -communication with India. But they now became indifferent about that -intercourse, since they had settled in India itself, and found the -convenience of the passage of the Cape of Good Hope. David, freed -from his fears of the Moors of Adel, whom he had defeated, and seeing -the great power of the Turks, so much apprehended after the conquest -of Egypt, disappointed in India in all their attempts against the -Portuguese settlements there; being, moreover, displeased with the -abrupt behaviour of the ambassador Don Roderigo, and the promises the -empress Helena had made by Matthew without his knowledge, he wished -no further connection with the Portuguese, for whose assistance, he -thought, he should have no use. - -Selim, whose first object was the conquest of India, had met there so -rude a reception that he began to despair of further success in his -undertaking; but, having conquered Arabia on one side of the Red Sea, -he was desirous of extending his dominions to the other also, and -for three reasons: The first was, that the safety of the holy place -of Mecca would be much endangered should a Portuguese army and fleet -rendezvous in Abyssinia, and be joined by an army there. The second, -that his ships and gallies could not be in security at the bottom of -the Gulf, should the Portuguese obtain leave to fortify any island -or harbour belonging to the Abyssinians. The third, that the king of -Abyssinia being, as he was taught to believe, the prince whom the -prophet Mahomet had honoured with his correspondence, he thought it -a duty incumbent upon him to convert this prince and kingdom to the -Mahometan religion by the sword, a method allowable in no religion but -that of Mahomet and of Rome. - -The ancient and feeble arms of lances and bows, carried by half-naked -peasants assembled in haste and at random for an occasion, were now -laid aside. In place of these, Selim had left garrisons of veteran -troops in all the sea-coast towns of Arabia, exercised in fire-arms, -and furnished with large trains of artillery, supported by a large -fleet which, though destined against the Portuguese in India, and -constantly beat by them, never failed, both going and coming, to -reinforce their posts in Arabia with stores and fresh soldiers. - -The empress Helena died in 1525, the year before the Portuguese embassy -ended, after having brought about an interview between the two nations, -which, by the continual disavowal of Matthew’s embassy, it is plain -that David knew not how to turn to his advantage. Soon after her death, -the king prepared to renew the war with the Moors, without having -received the least advantage from the Portuguese. But very differently -had the people of Adel employed this interval of peace. They had -strengthened themselves by the strictest friendship with the Turkish -officers in Arabia, especially with the basha of Zibit, a large trading -port nearly opposite to Masuah. A Turkish garrison was put into Zeyla; -and a Turk, with a large train of artillery, commanded in it. All was -ready against the first invasion the king was to make, and he was now -marching directly towards their country. - -The first retaliation, for the Portuguese friendship, (as we have -already observed) had been the cutting off the caravan for Jerusalem. -In revenge for this, the king had marched into Dawaro, and sent a body -of troops from that province to see what was the state of the Moorish -forces in Adel. These were no sooner arrived on the frontiers of that -kingdom, than they were met by a number of the enemy appointed to -guard those confines, and, coming to blows, the Abyssinians defeated, -and drove them into the desert parts of their own country. The king -still advanced till he met the Mahometan army, and a battle was fought -at Shimbra Coré, where the Abyssinian army was totally defeated; the -Betwudet, Hadug Ras, the governor of Amhara, Robel, governor of the -mountain of Geshen, with the greatest part of the nobility, and four -thousand men, were all slain. - -Mahomet, called Gragnè, (which signifies _left-handed_) commanded this -army. He was governor of Zeyla, and had promoted the league with the -Turkish bashas on the coast of Arabia; and, having now given the king -a check in his first enterprise, he resolved to carry on the war with -him in a way that should produce something decisive. He remained then -quiet two years at home, sent all the prisoners he had made in the -last expedition to Mecca, and to the Turkish powers on the coast, and -required from them in return the number of troops stipulated, with a -train of portable artillery, which was punctually furnished, while a -large body of janizaries crossed over and joined the Moorish army. -Mahomet led these troops straight into Fatigar, which he over-ran, as -he did the two other neighbouring provinces Ifat and Dawaro, burning -and laying waste the whole country, and driving, as was his usual -manner, immense numbers of the inhabitants, whom the sword had spared, -back with him to Adel. - -The next year, Mahomet marched from Adel directly into Dawaro, -committing the same excesses. The king, who saw in despair that total -ruin threatened his whole country, and that there were no hopes but in -a battle, met the Moorish army at Ifras, very much inferior to them in -every sort of appointment. The battle was fought 1st May 1528; the king -was defeated, and Islam Segued, his first minister, who commanded the -army that day, with many of his principal officers, were slain upon the -spot, and the Moorish army took possession of Shoa. David retreated -with his broken army into Amhara, and encamped at Hegu, thinking to -procure reinforcements during the bad weather, but Gragnè was too near -to give him time for this. He entered Amhara, destroying all before -him. The second of November he burnt the church of Mecana Selassé of -the holy sepulchre, and Atronsa Mariam; and, on the 8th of the same -month, Ganeta Georgis; on the 2d of December, Debra Agezia-beher; the -6th of the same month, St Stephen’s church; after which he returned to -Adel with his booty. - -The following year Gragnè returned in April, plundered and burnt -Warwar, and wintered there. In the year 1530 Gragnè invaded the -province of Tigré in the month of October, while the king, who had -wintered in Dembea, marched up to Woggora; thence, in December, he went -to Tsalamet, and returned to Tigré to keep the feast of the Epiphany. - -The king, next year, marched through Tzegadé, and Gragnè close followed -him, as if he had been hunting a wild beast rather than making war. -The 2d of January he burnt Abba Samuel, then went down into Mazaga -the borders of Sennaar to a conference with Muchtar, one of his -confederates, when it was resolved that they should fight the king -wherever they could meet him, and attach themselves to his person -alone. Gragnè by forced marches overtook the king upon the Nile at -Delakus, the 6th of February, and offered him battle, knowing the -proud spirit of David, that he would not refuse, however great the -disproportion was. - -The event was such as might be expected. Fortune again declared against -the king. Negadé Yasous, Acab Saat, and many others of the nobility -perished, fighting to the last, in the sight of their sovereign. In -this battle the brave monk, Andreas[34], much advanced in years, was -slain, behaving with the greatest gallantry, unwilling to survive the -ruin of his country. - -The Moors now found it unnecessary to keep together an army. They -divided into small parties, that they might more effectually and -speedily ruin the country. Part of Gragnè’s army was detached to burn -Axum; the other under Simeon continued in Amhara to watch the king’s -motions; and, while he attempted to relieve Axum, dispersed his army, -on which the town was burnt, and with it many of the richest churches -in Abyssinia, Hallelujah, Banquol, Gaso, Debra Kerbé, and many others. -And, on the 7th of April, Saul, son of Tesfo Yasous, fought another -detachment of the Moorish army, and was cut to pieces. - -The 28th year of his reign, 1536, the king crossed the Tacazzé, and had -many disastrous encounters with the people of Siré and Serawé. Tesfo -l’Oul, who commanded in this latter province for the king, surprised -a Turkish party under Adli, whom he slew, and met with the same fate -himself from Abbas, Moorish governor of Serawé, when a great many of -the principal people of that province were there slain. Galila, a large -island in the lake Tzana, was plundered, and the convent upon it burnt. -It was one of the principal places where the Abyssinians hid their -treasure, and a great booty was found there. - -In the following year, Gragnè, in a message represented to him, that -he might see he was fighting against God, exhorting him to be wise, -and make his peace in time, which he should have upon the condition of -giving him his daughter in marriage, and he would then withdraw his -army, otherwise he would never leave Abyssinia till he had reduced -it to a condition of producing nothing but grass. But the king, -nothing daunted, returned him for answer, That he was an infidel, and -a blasphemer, used as an instrument to chastise him and his people -for their many sins; that it was his duty to bear the correction -patiently; but that it would soon happen, when this just purpose was -answered, that he would be destroyed, and all those with him, as such -wicked instruments had always been; that he the king, and Abyssinia -his kingdom, would be preserved as a monument of the mercy of God, who -never entirely forsook his people, though he might chastise them. - -Indeed, the condition of the country was now such that a total -destruction seemed to be at hand; for a famine and plague, its constant -companion, raged in Abyssinia, carrying off those that the sword had -spared. - -Gideon and Judith, king and queen of the Jews, in the high country of -Samen, after having suffered much from Gragnè, had at last rebelled and -joined him; and the king, who it seems continued to shew an inclination -to the Catholic church, which he had imbibed during the embassy of Don -Roderigo, by this had occasioned many to fall off from him, he and the -court observing Easter according to the Roman kalendar, while the rest -of the clergy and kingdom continued firm to that of Alexandria. - -At this time Osman of Dawaro, Jonadab, Kefla, Yousef, and other rebel -Abyssinians, part of Ammer’s army, one of Gragnè’s generals, surprised -the king’s eldest son, Victor, going to join his father the 7th day of -March; slew him, and dispersed his army. Three days after, the king -himself came to action, with Ammer at Zaat in Waag, but he was there -again beaten, and his youngest son Menas was taken prisoner. The king -had scarce now an attendant, and, being almost alone, he took refuge -among the rocks and bushes in a high mountain called _Tsalem_, in the -district of Tsalamet. But he had not remained above a day there, when -he was followed by Joram, (rebel-master of that district) and narrowly -escaped being taken as he was crossing the Tacazzé on foot and alone; -whence he took refuge on mount Tabor, a very high mountain in Siré, and -there he passed the winter. - -The amazing spirit and constancy of the king, who alone seemed not to -forsake the cause of his kingdom, who now, without children or army, -still singly, made war for the liberty of his country, astonished all -Abyssinia as well friends as enemies. Every veteran soldier, therefore, -that could escape the small parties of the Moors which surrounded the -king, joined him at Tabor, and he was again at the head of a very -small, but brave body of troops, though it was scarcely known in what -part of the kingdom he was hid. When Achmet-eddin, lieutenant of Ammer, -passed through Siré, loaded with the spoils of the churches and towns -he had plundered, the king, finding him within his reach, descended -from the mountain, and, by a sudden march, surprised and slew him with -his own hand, leaving the greatest part of his army dead on the field. -After which he distributed the booty among his small army. - -Ammer, the king’s mortal enemy, who had taken upon himself the -destruction of the royal family, descended into the province of Siré, -and neighbourhood of Tabor, and there indulged himself in the most -wanton cruelties, torturing and murdering the priests, burning churches -and villages, hoping by this the king would lose his temper, and leave -his strong-hold in the mountain. But hearing at the same time, that a -large quantity of plate, and other treasure, belonging to the church -Debra Kerbé, had been carried into an island in the lake Tzana for -safety, he left the king, and seized his booty in the lake to a very -great amount. - -However, he there fell ill of a fever; but, on his return, was so -far advanced in his recovery as to resume his schemes of destroying -the king; when, the night of the 10th of February 1538, while he was -sleeping in bed in his tent, a common soldier, from what quarrel or -cause is not known, went secretly and stabbed him several times in the -belly with a two-edged knife, so that he died instantly, to David’s -great relief, and much to the safety of the whole kingdom. - -It was now 12 years since Don Roderigo de Lima had sailed from Masuah, -carrying with him Zaga Zaab ambassador from the king of Abyssinia. -This embassy arrived safe in Lisbon, and was received with great -magnificence by king John; but, as the circumstances of the kingdom -when he left Masuah were really flourishing, and as the treatment he -met in Portugal was better than he had, probably, ever experienced at -home, he seems to have been in no haste to put an end to this embassy. -On the other side, the king of Portugal’s affairs in India were arrived -at that degree of prosperity and power, that little use remained for -such an ally as the king of Abyssinia. - -The Moorish trade and navigation to India had already received a fatal -blow, as well from the Portuguese themselves, as from the fall of the -Mamalukes in Egypt; and Soliman, and his servant Sinan Basha, by their -conquest, and introducing soldiers who had not any idea or talent for -trade, but only plunder and rapine, had given a finishing stroke to -what the discovery of the Cape of Good Hope began. The filling Arabia -with fire-arms and Turks was now of consequence to none but to David; -and of such a consequence it had been, that, as we have seen, in the -course of 12 years it had left him nothing in Abyssinia but the bare -name of king, and a life so precarious that it could not be counted -upon from one day’s end to the other. - -David had detained in Abyssinia two Portuguese, one called Master John, -the other Lazarus d’Andrad a painter, being two of Don Roderigo’s train -that came from the Indies with him. The Abuna (Mark) was become old and -incapable, and, since the Turkish conquest of Egypt, very indifferent -to, and unconnected with, what passed at Cairo. Before he died, at the -king’s desire he had appointed John his successor, and accordingly -ordained him Abuna, as well as having first given him all the inferior -orders at once; for John was a layman and student in physic; a very -simple creature, but a great bigot; and we shall from henceforward call -him John Bermudes. - -John very willingly consented to his ordination, provided the pope -approved of it; and he set out for Rome, not by the usual way of -India, but through Arabia and Egypt; and, arriving there without -accident, was confirmed by Paul III. the then pope, not only as -patriarch of Abyssinia, but of Alexandria likewise; to which he added, -as Bermudes says, the most unintelligible and incomprehensible title -of Patriarch of the Sea. Bermudes, to this variety of charges, had -this other added to him, of ambassador from King David to the court -of Portugal; and for this he was certainly very fit, however he might -be for his ecclesiastical dignities; for he had been now 12 years in -Abyssinia, knew the country well, and had been witness of the variety -of distresses which, following close one upon another, had brought this -country to its then state of ruin. - -While these things passed in the north of Abyssinia, a terrible -catastrophe happened in the south. A Mahometan chief, called Vizir -Mudgid, governor of Arar, having an opportunity from his situation to -hear of the riches which were daily carried from churches, and other -places, for safety into the mountain of Geshen, took a resolution to -attempt that natural fortress, though in itself almost impregnable, and -strengthened by an army constantly encamped at the foot of it. - -When Mudgid arrived near the mountain he found it was forsaken by the -troops destined to guard it; and led by a Mahometan, who was a menial -servant to the princes above, he ascended with his troops without -opposition, putting all the royal family that were prisoners, and -indeed every individual of either sex resident there, indiscriminately -to the sword. - -The measure of David’s misfortunes seems to have been now full, and he -died accordingly this very year 1540. - -It will be necessary here to remind the reader, that Alvarez, the -chaplain and historian of the first Portuguese embassy, was (as he -said) on his return appointed by king David to make his submission -to the pope. Leaving Zaga Zaab, therefore, in Portugal, he proceeded -to Bologna, where the emperor Charles V. was then in person, before -whom and the pope himself he delivered his credentials framed by Peter -Covillan, and afterwards, in a long speech, the reasons of his embassy. - -The pope received this submission of David with infinite pleasure, -at a time when so many kingdoms in the west were revolting from his -supremacy. He considered it as a thing of the greatest moment to be -courted before the emperor by so powerful a prince in Africa. But as -for the emperor himself, though he was then preparing for an expedition -against the Mahometans, and though it was his favourite war, he seems -to have been perfectly indifferent either to the embassy itself, or -to the person that sent it; a great proof that he believed there was -nothing real in it. - -Many other people have doubted whether this embassy, or that of -John Bermudes, actually came from the Abyssinian court, as the king -would scarcely have abandoned the form of the Alexandrian church in -which he had been brought up by Abuna Mark, then alive. Abuna Mark, -moreover, could scarcely be believed to have promoted embassies which -were intended to strike at the root of his own religion, and the -patriarchal power with which he was endowed. - -But to this it is easily answered, That the Abyssinian historian of -David’s reign, through the whole course of it, readily admits his -constant attachment to the see of Rome. He gives a striking example -of it during the war with Gragnè, when the king celebrated Easter -after the manner of the Roman Catholics, though it was to have this -certain effect of dividing his kingdom, and alienating the minds of -his subjects, of whose assistance he was then in the utmost need. -And as for the Abuna, we are to consider that Cairo had been taken, -and the government, which Abuna Mark owned for the lawful one, had -been overturned by the Turks who then possessed it, and were actually -persecuting the Alexandrian church. - -The Abuna, then, and the king also, had the same reason for not -applying to Cairo, the seat of the Turks their enemies; and, therefore, -they more readily accommodated matters with a people from whom only -their assistance could come; and without whom, it was probable, that -both the Christian religion and civil government of Abyssinia would -fall together. - -It has been said of this king by the European writers who have touched -upon the history of his reign, that he was a prince who had began it in -the most promising manner, but after the death of the empress Helena, -he had abandoned himself to all sort of debauchery, and especially that -of women; insomuch, as Mr Ludolf says, he suffered his concubines to -have idols in his palace. This I take to be a calumny copied from the -Portuguese priests, who never forgave him the denial of his writing -the letters by Matthew, in which it was said he gave the Portuguese, -or rather king of Portugal, one-third of the kingdom; for he succeeded -to the crown at 11 years of age, defeated and slew Maffudi when he -was about sixteen; and, when Don Roderigo and the Portuguese embassy -were with him, he was then something more than twenty, a very devout, -prudent prince, according to the account Alvarez, an eye-witness, gives -of him; and all this time empress Helena was alive. - -Again, the very year after the Portuguese embassy left Abyssinia, -that is, in the year 1526, the king was defeated by the Moors, and, -from that time to his death, was hunted about the country like a wild -beast, from rock to rock, very often alone, and at all times slenderly -attended, till he died, in 1540, at the age of 46; so there is no -period during his life in which this calumny can be justly fixed upon -him. - -As for the idolatry he is accused of suffering in his palace among his -Pagan mistresses, I cannot recollect any place in the adjoining nations -from which he could have brought these idolatrous rites or mistresses. -The Pagan countries around him profess a remnant of ill-understood -Sabaism, worshipping the stars, the moon, and the wind; but I do not, -as I say, recollect any of these bordering on Abyssinia who worship -idols. - -[Illustration] - - - - -CLAUDIUS, OR ATZENAF SEGUED. - -From 1540 to 1559. - - _Prosperous Beginning of Claudius’s Reign--Christopher de Gama - lands in Abyssinia--Prevented by the rainy Season from joining - the King--Battle of Ainal--Battle of Offalo--Christopher - de Gama slain--Battle of Isaac’s Bet--Moors defeated, and - their General slain--Abyssinian Army defeated--Claudius - slain--Remarkable Behaviour of Nur, Governor of Zeyla, General - of the Moors._ - - -Claudius succeeded his father David III. being yet young, and found the -empire in circumstances that would have required an old and experienced -prince. But, though young, he possessed those graceful and affable -manners which, at first sight, attached people of all sorts to him. -He had been tutored with great care by the empress Helena, was expert -in all warlike exercises, and brave beyond his years.--So say the -Abyssinian annals; and though I have not thought myself warranted to -depart from the letter of the context, yet it is my duty to the reader -to shew him how this could not be. - -Claudius was born about the 1522; the empress Helena died in 1525. From -this it is plain, the first three years of his life was all that he -could be under the tutelege of the empress Helena; and, at so early -a period, it is not possible he could receive much advantage. The -princess, to whom he was indebted for his education, was Sabel Wenghel, -celebrated in the Abyssinian history for wisdom and courage equal to -the empress Helena herself. She was relict of David. We shall hereafter -see her called Helena likewise upon another occasion; but the reader is -desired to have in mind, that this confusion of persons is owing only -to that of names to be met with almost in every reign in the Abyssinian -history. - -Claudius is said likewise in these annals to have been a child at -the time of his accession; but, having been born in the 1522, and -succeeding to the throne in 1540, he must have been eighteen years of -age; and this cannot be called childhood, especially in Abyssinia, -unless, as I have before said, this observation of age was relative to -the arduous task he had in hand, by succeeding to a kingdom arrived at -the very eve of perdition. - -The Moors, notwithstanding the constant success they had against David, -still feared the consequences of his long experience and undaunted -resolution in the most adverse fortune. They were happy, therefore, -in the change of such an enemy, however unfortunate, for a young man -scarcely yet out of the influence of female government, which had -always been favourable to them, and their religion. - -A general league was formed without delay among all the Mahometan -chiefs to surround Claudius, and fall upon him before he was in a -situation to defend himself, and by one stroke to put an end to the -war. They accordingly set about collecting troops from all quarters, -but with a degree of inattention and presumption that sufficiently -shewed they thought themselves in no danger. But the young king having -good intelligence that vizir Asa, Osman, Debra Yasous, and Joram, -(who had so nearly taken his father prisoner in the mountain Tsalem) -had their quarters near him, and neglected a good look-out, fell upon -them, without their knowing what his force was, entirely defeated them, -dispersed their army, and struck a panic into the whole confederacy by -the manner this victory was followed up; the king himself on horseback -continued the pursuit all that day and night, as also the next day, and -did not return to his camp till the second evening after his victory, -having slain without mercy every one that had fallen into his hands, -either in the flight, or in the field of battle. - -Claudius’s behaviour, on this first occasion, raised the soldiers -confidence to a degree of enthusiasm. Every man that had served under -his father repaired to him with the greatest alacrity. Above all, the -Agows of Lasta came down to him in great troops from their rugged and -inaccessible mountains, the chief of that warlike nation being related -to him by his mother. - -The king in person at the head of his army became now an object of -such consideration as to make the Mahometan chiefs no longer retire -as usual to winter in Adel, but canton themselves in the several -districts they had conquered in Abyssinia, and lay aside the thoughts -of farther wasting the country, to defend themselves against so active -and spirited an assailant. They agreed then to join their whole forces -together, and march to force the king to a battle. Osman of Ganzé, -vizir Mudgid who had settled in Amhara, Saber-eddin[35], and all the -lesser rebel officers of Siré and Serawé, effected a junction about -the same time without opposition. Jonathan alone, a rebel of great -experience, had not yet appeared with his troops. The king, on the -other hand, did not seem over anxious to come to an engagement, though -his army was every day ready for battle; and his ground was always -taken with advantage, so that it was almost desperate to pretend to -force him. - -Jonathan at last was on his way to join the confederates; but the king -had as early intelligence of his motions as his friends: and, while -he was yet two days march distant from the camp, the king, leaving -his tents standing and his fires lighted, by a forced march in the -night came upon him, (while he thought him blocked up by his rebel -associates at a distance) and, finding Jonathan without preparation or -defence, cut his whole army to pieces, slew him, and then returned to -his own tents as rapidly as he went, having ordered small detachments -to continue in the way between him and his camp, patroling lest some -ambush should be laid for him by the enemy, who, if they had been -informed of his march, though they were too late to prevent the success -of it, might still have attempted to revenge it. - -But intelligence was now given to the Moors with much less punctuality -and alacrity than formerly. So generally did the king possess the -affections of the country-people, that no information came to the -confederate army till the next day after his return, when, early in the -morning, he dispatched one of the Moorish prisoners that he had taken -three days before, and spared for the purpose, carrying with him the -head of Jonathan, and a full account of the havock to which he had been -a witness. - -This messenger bore also the king’s defiance to the Moors, whom he -challenged, under the odious epithets they deserved, to meet him; and -then actually to shew he was in earnest, marched towards them with his -army, which he formed in order of battle. But tho’ they stood under -arms for a considerable time, whilst several invitations to single -combat were sent from the Christian horsemen, as their custom is, -before they engage, or when their camps are near each other, yet the -Moors were so astonished at what had happened, and what they saw now -before them, that not one officer would advise the risking a battle, -nor any one soldier accept of the challenge offered. The king then -returned to his camp, distributed the whole booty among his soldiers, -and refreshed them, preserving a proper station to cover the wounded, -whom he sent off to places of security. - -The king was in the country of Samen in the neighbourhood of Lasta. -He then decamped and passed the river Tacazzé, that he might be -nearer those districts of which the Turks had possessed themselves. -In this march all sorts of people joined the victorious army. Those -that had revolted, and many that had apostatized, came without fear -and surrendered themselves, trusting to the clemency of the prince. -Many of the Moors, natives of Abyssinia, did the same, after having -experienced the difference between the mild Christian government, and -that of their new masters, the Moors and Turks of Adel. - -The king encamped at Sard, there to pass his Easter; and, as is usual -in the great festivals, many of the nobility obtained leave to attend -the religious offices of the season at home with their families. Ammer, -governor of Ganzé, who knew the custom of the country, thought this -was the time to surprise the king thinly attended; and it might have -succeeded, if intelligence of the enemy’s designs had not been received -almost as soon as they were formed. Claudius, therefore, drawing -together some of the best of his forces, placed himself in ambush in -Ammer’s, way, who, not suspecting, fell into it with his army, which -was totally destroyed on the 24th of April 1541. After which the king -left his own quarter at Sard and came to Shume. - -While things were taking this favourable turn in Abyssinia, the -ambassador, John Bermudes, had passed from Rome to Lisbon, where he -was acknowledged by the king as patriarch of Alexandria, Abyssinia, -and, as he will have it, of the Sea. The first thing he did was to give -the Portuguese a sample of Abyssinian discipline, by putting Zaga Zaab -in irons for having wasted so much time without effecting any of the -purposes of his embassy; but, by the interposition of the king, he was -set at liberty in a few days. Bermudes then fell roundly to the subject -of his embassy, and drew such a picture of the distresses of Abyssinia, -and insisted in his own blunt way so violently with the king of -Portugal, and the nobility in general, that he procured an order from -the king for Don Garcia de Noronha, who was then going out viceroy of -the Indies, to send 400 Portuguese musqueteers from India to the relief -of Abyssinia, and to land them at Masuah. - -John Bermudes, to secure the assistance promised, resolved to embark -in the same fleet with Don Garcia; but he fell sick, from poison given -him, as he apprehends, by Zaga Zaab, and this delayed his embarkation a -year. The next year, being recovered of his illness, he arrived safely -at India. In the interim Don Garcia died, and Don Stephen de Gama, who -succeeded him, did not embrace the scheme of the intended succour with -such eagerness as Bermudes could have wished. - -After some delay, however, it was resolved that Don Stephen should -himself undertake an expedition from India, to burn the Turkish gallies -that were at Suez. In this, however, Don Stephen was disappointed. -Upon intelligence of the intended visit, the Turkish gallies had been -all drawn ashore. He came after this to the port of Masuah, where -the fleet intended to water; and, for that purpose, their boats were -sent to Arkeeko, a small town and fortress upon the main-land, where -good water may be found. But the Moors and Turks from Zeyla and Adel -were now masters there, who took the 1000 webs of cotton-cloth the -captain had sent to exchange for water and provisions, and sent him -word back, that his master, the king of Adel, was now king of all -Ethiopia, and would not suffer any further trade to be carried on, but -through his subjects; if, therefore, the captain of the fleet would -make peace with him, he should restore the cotton-webs which had been -taken, supply him plentifully with provisions, and make amends for the -sixty Portuguese slain on the coast near Zeyla: For, upon the fleet’s -entering the Red Sea, this number of Portuguese had run away with a -boat; and, landing in the kingdom of Adel, where they could procure -no water, they were decoyed to give up their arms, and were then all -massacred. - -The captain, Don Stephen, saw the trap laid for him by the Moors, and, -resolving to pay them in their own coin, he returned this answer to -their message, “That he was very willing to trade with the Moorish -officer, but did not demand restitution of the clothes, as they were -taken in fair war. As for the sixty Portuguese, they had met the death -they deserved, as being traitors and deserters: That he now sent a -thousand more clothes, desiring water and provisions, especially live -cattle; and that, as it was now the time of their festival, he would -treat with them for peace, and bring his goods ashore as soon as the -holidays were over.” - -This being agreed to on both sides, with equal bad faith and intention -towards each other, and Don Stephen having obtained his refreshments, -he strictly forbade any further communication with the shore. He then -selected a body of six hundred men, the command of whom he gave to -Martin Correa, who, in light boats, without shewing any fire, landed -undiscovered below Arkeeko, and took possession of the entrances to -the town, putting all that they met to the sword. Nur, governor of -the province for the king of Adel, fled as soon as he had heard the -Portuguese were in the town: He was already in the fields, when Martin -Correa shot him with a musquet, and cut off his head, which was -sent before them to the queen, Sabel Wenghel, then in a strong-hold -of the province of Tigré, and with her Degdeasmati (which, in common -discourse, is called _Kasmati_) Robel. This was the person of that name -who had met Don Roderigo in his journey to find the king, and who was -now governor of the province. The queen received the Moorish general’s -head with great demonstrations of joy, considering it as an early -pledge of future victories. - -In the mean time, Don Stephen de Gama, captain of the fleet, began to -inrol the men destined to march to join Claudius. Four hundred and -fifty musqueteers was the number granted by the king to Bermudes; but -an ardent desire of glory had seized all the Portuguese, and every -one strove to be in the nomination for that enterprise. All that Don -Stephen could do was to choose men of the first rank for the officers; -and these, of necessity, having many servants whom they carried with -them, greatly, by this means, encreased the number beyond the 450. Don -Christopher de Gama, Don Stephen’s youngest brother, a nobleman of -great hopes, was chosen to command this small army of heroes. - -A very great murmuring, nevertheless, prevailed among those that -were refused, which was scarcely kept in due bounds by the presence -and authority of the governor Don Stephen himself. And from this -honourable emulation, and the discontent these brave soldiers who were -left behind shewed, the bay where the galley rode in the harbour of -Masuah, on board which this council was held, is called to this day -_Bahia dos Agravados_, the Bay of Wronged, or Injured People, sometimes -misinterpreted the Bay _of the Sick_. - -The army under Don Christopher marched to Arkeeko, where the next day -came the governor Don Stephen, and the principal officers of the fleet, -and took leave of their countrymen; and, after receiving the blessing -of Don John Bermudes, _Patriarch of the Sea_, the governor and rest of -the Portuguese embarked, and returned to India. - -Don Christopher, with the greatest intrepidity, began his march towards -Dobarwa, the easiest entrance into Abyssinia, though still over rugged -and almost inaccessible mountains. The Baharnagash had orders to attend -him, and furnish this little army with cattle both for their provision -and carriages; and this he actually performed. But the carriages of the -small train of artillery giving way in this bad road, and there being -nobody at hand to assist them with fresh ones in case the old failed, -Gama made certain carriages of wood after the pattern of those they -had brought from Portugal; and, as iron was a very scarce commodity in -Abyssinia, he made them split in pieces some barrels of old and useless -firelocks for the wheels with which they were to draw their artillery. - -The queen, without delay, came forward to join Don Christopher; -who, hearing she was at hand, went to meet her a league from the -city with drums beating and colours flying, and saluted her with a -general discharge of fire-arms, which terrified her much. Her two -sisters accompanied her, and a number of attendants of both sexes. Don -Christopher, at the head of his soldiers, paid his compliments with -equal gallantry and respect. The queen was covered from head to foot, -but lifted up her veil, so that her face could be seen by him; and he, -on the other hand, appointed a hundred musqueteers for her guard; and -thus they returned to Dobarwa mutually satisfied with this their first -interview. - -Don Christopher marched from Dobarwa eight days through a very rugged -country, endeavouring, if possible, to bring about a junction with the -king. And it was in this place, while he was encamped, that he received -a message from the Moorish general, full of opprobrious expressions, -which was answered in much the same manner. Don Christopher continued -his march as much as he could on account of the rains; and Gragnè, -whose greatest desire was to prevent the junction, followed him into -Tigré. Neither army desired to avoid the other, and they were both -marching to the same point; so that on the 25th of March 1542, they -came in sight of each other at Ainal, a small village in the country of -the Baharnagash. - -The Moorish army consisted of 1000 horsemen, 5000 foot, 50 Turkish -musqueteers, and a few pieces of artillery. Don Christopher, besides -his 450 musqueteers, had about 12,000 Abyssinians, mostly foot, with -a few bad horse commanded by the Baharnagash, and Robel governor of -Tigré. Don Christopher, whose principal view was a junction with the -king, though he did not decline fighting, yet, like a good officer, he -chose to do it as much as possible upon his own terms; and, therefore, -as the enemy exceeded greatly in the number of horse, he posted himself -so as to make the best of his fire-arms and artillery. And well it was -that he did so, for the Abyssinians shewed the utmost terror when the -firing began on both sides. - -Gragne, mounted on a bay horse, advancing too near Don Christopher’s -line that he might see if in any part it was accessible to his cavalry, -and being known by his dress to be an officer of distinction, he was -shot at by Peter de Sa, a Portuguese marksman, who killed his horse, -and wounded the rider in the leg. This occasioned a great confusion, -and would probably have ended in a defeat of the Moors, had not the -Portuguese general also been wounded immediately after by a shot. -Don Christopher, to shew his confidence of victory, ordered his men -forthwith to pitch their tents, upon which the Moors retired with -Gragnè (whom they had mounted on another horse) without being pursued, -the Abyssinians having contented themselves with being spectators of -the battle. - -Don Christopher, with his army and the empress, now entered into -winter-quarters at Affalo; nor did Gragnè depart to any distance from -him, but took up his quarters at Zabul, in hopes always to fight the -Portuguese before it was possible for them to effect a junction with -the king. The winter passed in a mutual intercourse of correspondence -and confidence between the king and Don Christopher, and in determining -upon the best scheme to pursue the war with success. Don Christopher -and the queen were both of opinion, that, considering the small number -of Portuguese first landed, and their diminution by fighting, and a -strange climate, it was risking every thing to defer a junction till -the winter was over. - -The Moorish general was perfectly of the same opinion; therefore, -as soon as the king began his march from Dembea, Gragnè advanced to -Don Christopher’s camp, and placed himself between the Portuguese -army and that of the king, drawing up his troops before the camp, and -defying the Portuguese to march out, and fight, in the most opprobrious -language. Don Christopher, in a long catalogue of virtues which he -possessed to a very eminent degree, had not the smallest claim to -that of patience, so very necessary to those that command armies. He -was brave to a fault; rash and vehement; jealous of what he thought -military honour; and obstinate in his resolutions, which he formed in -consequence. The defiance of this barbarian, at which an old general -would have laughed, made him utterly forget the reasons he himself -frequently alledged, and the arguments used by the queen, which the -king’s approach daily strengthened, that it was risking every thing to -come to a battle till the two armies had joined. He had, however, from -no other motive but Gragnè’s insolence, formed his resolution to fight, -without waiting a junction; and accordingly the 30th of August, early -in the morning, having chosen his ground to the best advantage, he -offered battle to the Moorish army. - -Gragne, by presents sent to the basha of Zibid, had doubled his number -of horse, which now consisted of 2000. He had got likewise 100 Turkish -musqueteers, an infinite number of foot, and a train of artillery more -numerous and complete than ever had been seen before in Abyssinia. The -queen, frightened at the preparation for the battle, fled, taking with -her the Portuguese patriarch, who seemed to have as little inclination -as she had to see the issue of the day. But Don Christopher, who knew -well the bad effects this example would have, both on Abyssinians and -Portuguese, sent twenty horse, and brought them both back; telling -the patriarch it was a breach of duty he would not suffer, for him -to withdraw until he had confessed him, and given the army absolution -before the action with the Infidels. - -The battle was fought on the 30th of August with great fury and -obstinacy on both sides. The Portuguese had strewed, early in the -morning, all the front of their line with gun-powder, to which, on -the approach of the Turks, they set fire by trains, which burnt -and disabled, a great many of them; and things bore a prosperous -appearance, till the Moorish general ordered some artillery to be -pointed against the Abyssinians, who, upon hearing the first explosion, -and seeing the effect of some balls that had lighted among them, fled, -and left the Portuguese to the number only of 400, who were immediately -surrounded by the Moorish army. Nor did Gragnè pursue the fugitives, -his affair being with the Portuguese, the smallness of whose number -promised they would fall an easy and certain sacrifice. He therefore, -attacked their camp upon every side with very little success, having -lost most of his best officers, till, unfortunately, Don Christopher, -fighting and exposing himself everywhere, was singled out by a Turkish -soldier, and shot through the arm. Upon this all his men turned their -thoughts from their own preservation to that of their general, who -obstinately refused to fly, till he was by force put upon a litter, and -sent off, together with the patriarch and queen. - -Night now coming on, Don Christopher had got into a wood in which there -was a cave. There he ordered himself to be set down to have his wounds -dressed; which, being done, he was urged by the queen and patriarch to -continue his flight. But he had formed his resolution, and, without -deigning to give his reasons, he obstinately refused to retreat a step -farther. In vain the queen, and those that knew the country, told him -he was just in the tract of the Moorish horsemen, who would not fail -soon to surround him. He repeated his resolution of staying there -with such a degree of firmness, that the queen and patriarch, who had -no great desire for martyrdom, left him to his fate, which presently -overtook him. - -In one of Don Christopher’s expeditions to the mountains, he had taken -a very beautiful woman, wife to a Turkish officer, whom he had slain. -This lady had made a shew of conversion to Christianity; lived with him -afterwards, and was treated by him with the utmost tenderness. It was -said, that, after he was wounded and began to fly, this woman had given -him his route, and promised to overtake him with friends that would -carry him to a place of safety. Accordingly, some servants left by -the queen, hidden among the rocks, to watch what might befal him, and -assist him if possible, saw a woman, in the dawn of the morning, come -to the cave, and return into the wood immediately, whence there rushed -out a body of Moorish horse, who went straight to the cave and found -Don Christopher lying upon the ground sorely wounded. Upon the first -question that was asked him, he declared his name, which so overjoyed -the Moors, that they gave over further pursuit, and returned with the -prisoner they had taken. Don Christopher was brought into the presence -of the Moorish general, Gragnè, who loaded him with reproaches; to -which he replied with such a share of invectives, that the Moor, in the -violence of his passion, drew his sword and cut off his head with his -own hand. His head was sent to Constantinople, and parts of his body to -Zibid and other quarters of Arabia. - -The Portuguese camp was now taken, and all the wounded found in it -were put to death. The women, from their fear, having retired all into -Don Christopher’s tent, the Turks began to indulge themselves in their -usual excesses towards their captives, when a noble Abyssinian woman, -who had been married to a Portuguese, seeing the shocking treatment -that was awaiting them, set fire to several barrels of gun-powder that -were in the tent, and at once destroyed herself, her companions, and -those that were about to abuse them. - -The queen and the patriarch, after travelling through most difficult -ways, and being hospitably entertained whereever they passed, at last -took up their residence in the Jews mountain, a place inaccessible in -point of strength, having but one entrance, and that very difficult, -being also defended by a multitude of inhabitants who dwell on a large -plain on the top of that mountain, where there is plenty of space to -plow and sow, and a large stream of water that runs through the whole -of it. Here they staid two months, as well to repose themselves as -to give the king time to relieve them. After hearing that he was in -motion, they left the mountain of the Jews, and met him on his march -towards them. - -Claudius shewed great signs of sorrow for the death of Don Christopher, -and mourned three days. He then sent 3000 ounces of gold to be divided -among the Portuguese, who, in the place of Don Christopher, had elected -Alphonso Caldeyra for their captain. These all flocked about the king, -demanding that he would lead them to battle, that they might revenge -the death of Don Christopher. Soon after which, Alphonso Caldeyra, -exercising a horse in the field, was thrown off and died of the fall. -In his place was elected Arius Dias, a Portuguese, born at Coimbra, -whose mother was a black; he was very much favoured by the king, who -now began to cultivate particular parties among the Portuguese, in -order to divide them, and loosen their attachment for their patriarch, -religion, and country. - -The king marched from Samen to Shawada, where the Moorish army came -in full force to meet him. They were not, however, those formidable -troops that had defeated and taken Don Christopher: For the Turkish -soldiers, who were the strength of the army, expecting to have shared -a great sum each for Don Christopher’s ransom, thought themselves -exceedingly injured by the manner in which he was put to death; and -they had accordingly all to a man returned into Arabia, leaving Gragnè -to fight his own battles for his own profit. Nor was Claudius ignorant -of this; and having collected all his army he gave the Moors battle on -the 15th of November in a plain called Woggora, on the top of Lamalmon, -in which the Moors, notwithstanding their recent victory, were not long -in yielding to the superiority of the king’s troops. - -The loss of the day was not inconsiderable. Mahomet, Osman, and Talil, -three Moorish leaders, famous for their successes against David the -king’s father, were this day slain in the field. - -Claudius now descended into the low country of Derseguè, a very -plentiful province, to which the Moors always retreated to strengthen -themselves after any misfortune. This the king utterly destroyed; -while Gragnè did the same with those countries in Dembea that had been -recovered by the king. Claudius then returned to Shawada, and Gragnè to -Derseguè. After that the king marched to Wainadega, and Gragnè, leaving -Derseguè, advanced so near the king’s army, that the outposts were -nearly in sight of each other. In such a position of two such armies a -battle became inevitable. - -Accordingly, on the 10th of Feb. 1543, in the morning, the king, whose -quarters were at Isaac’s Bet, having well refreshed his army, marched -out of his camp, and offered the enemy battle. The Portuguese, ever -mindful of Don Christopher, fought with a bravery like to desperation, -and the presence of the king keeping the Abyssinians in their duty, -the van of Gragnè’s army was pushed back upon the center, and much -confusion was like to follow, till Gragnè advanced alone before them, -waving and beckoning with his hands to his men that they should follow; -and he was already come so near the Portuguese line as to be easily -known and distinguished by them. - -Peter Lyon, a man of low stature, but very active and valiant, who had -been valet-de-chambre to Don Christopher, having crept unseen along -the course of a river a considerable space nearer, to make his aim -more certain, shot Gragnè with his musquet, so that the ball went -through his body in the moment that both armies joined. Gragnè, finding -that his wound was mortal, rode aside from the pressure of the troops -towards a small thicket, and was closely followed by Peter Lyon, who -saw him fall dead from his horse; and, desirous still to do further -service in the battle, he would not incumber himself with his head, -but, cutting off one of the ears, he put it in his pocket, and returned -to the action. The Moorish army no sooner missed the presence of their -general, than concluding all lost, they fell into confusion, and were -pursued by the Portuguese and Abyssinians, with a great slaughter, till -the evening. - -The next morning, in surveying the dead, the body of Gragnè was found -by an Abyssinian officer, who cut his head off, and brought it to the -king, who received him with great honour and promise of reward. Peter -Lyon stood a silent spectator of the impudence of his competitor; but -Arius Dias, who knew the fact, desired the king’s attention; saying, at -the same time, “That he believed his majesty knew Gragnè well enough to -suppose that he would not suffer any man to cut off his ear, without -having it in his power to sever his head also; and consequently, that -the ear must be in possession of a better man than he that had brought -his head to the camp.” Upon this, Peter Lyon pulled the ear out of his -pocket, and laid it at the king’s feet, amidst the acclamations of all -present, for his bravery in revenging his old master’s death, and his -modesty in being content with having done so, without pretending to any -other reward. - -In this battle, a son of Gragnè was taken prisoner, with many other -considerable officers; and Del Wumbarea, wife of Gragnè, with Nur son -of Mudgid, and a few troops, were obliged to throw themselves, for -safety, among the wilds and woods of Atbara, thereby escaping with -great difficulty. - -The king had now ample revenge of all the Moorish leaders who had -reduced his father to such extremities, excepting Joram, who had driven -the king from his hiding-place on mount Tsalem, and forced him to cross -the Tacazzé on foot, with equal danger of being drowned or taken. This -leader had, much against his will, been detained from the last battle, -but, hoping to be still in time, was advancing by forced marches. The -king, informed of his route, detached a party of his army to meet him -before the news of the battle could reach him. They having placed them -selves in ambush, he fell into it with his army, and was cut to pieces: -this completed Claudius’s account with his father’s enemies. - -During the late war with Gragnè, the provinces of Tigré and Siré had -been the principal seat of the war. They were immediately in the way -between Dembea, Masuah, and the other Moorish posts upon the Red Sea; -the enemy had crossed them in all directions, and a proportionable -devastation had been the consequence. Gragnè had burnt Axum, and -destroyed all the churches and convents in Tigré. The king, now -delivered from this enemy, had applied seriously to repair the ravages -which had been made in the country. For this purpose he marched with a -small army towards Axum, intending afterwards an expedition against the -Galla. - -It was in the 13th year of the reign of Claudius, while he was at -Siré, that there happened a very remarkable eclipse of the sun, which -threw both court and army into great consternation. The prophets and -diviners, ignorant monks of the desert, did not let slip so favourable -an opportunity of increasing their consequence by augmenting this -panic, and declaring this eclipse to portend nothing less than the -renewal of the Moorish war. The year, however, passed in tranquillity -and peace. Two old women, relations of the king, are said to have died; -and it was in this great calamity that these diviners were to look for -the completion of their prophecies. It is from this, however, that -I have taken an opportunity to compare and rectify the dates of the -principal transactions in the Abyssinian history. Siré, where the king -then resided, was a point very favourable for this application; for, -in my journey from Masuah to Gondar, I had settled the latitude and -longitude of that town by many observations. - -On the 22d of January 1770, at night, by a medium of different passages -of stars over the meridian, and by an observation of the sun the noon -of the following day, I found the latitude to be 14° 4´ 35´´ north, and -the evening of the 23d, I observed an emersion of the first satellite -of Jupiter, and by this I concluded the longitude of Siré to be 38° 0´ -15´´ east of the meridian of Greenwich. - -The 13th year of the reign of Claudius falls to be in the 1553, and I -find that there was a remarkable eclipse of the sun that did happen -that same year on the 24th of January N. S. which answers to the 18th -of the Ethiopic month Teir. The circumstances of this eclipse were as -follow: - - _H._ _M._ _S._ - Beginning, 7 21 0 A. M. - Middle, 8 40 0 - End 10 1 0 - -The quantity of the sun’s disk obscured was 10 digits; so that this -was so near to a total eclipse, it must have made an impression on -the spectators minds that sufficiently accounts for the alarm and -apprehensions it occasioned. - -In the month of January, nothing can be more beautiful than the sky in -Siré; not a cloud appears; the sky is all of a pale azure, the colour -lighter than an European sky, and of inexpressible beauty. The manner -of applying this eclipse I shall mention hereafter. - -Eclipses of the moon do not seem to be attended to in Abyssinia. The -people are very little out in the night, insomuch that I do not find -one of these recorded throughout their history. The circumstances of -the season make even those of the sun seldomer visible than in other -climates, for in the rainy season, from April to September, the heavens -are constantly overcast with clouds, so that it is mere accident if -they can catch the moment it happens. But in the month of Teir, that -is December and January, the sky is perfectly serene and clear, and at -this time our eclipse above mentioned happened. - -The king now took into his consideration the state of the church. He -had sent for an Abuna from Cairo to succeed Abuna Marcus, and he was -now in his way to Abyssinia, while Bermudes, not able to bear this -slight, on the other hand, publicly declared to the king, that, having -been ambassador from his father, and made his submission to the Roman -pontiff, for himself and for his kingdom, he now expected that Claudius -would make good his father’s engagements, embrace the Roman Catholic -religion himself, and, without delay, proclaim it as the established -religion in Abyssinia. This the king positively refused to do, and -a conversation ensued, which is repeated by Bermudes himself, and -sufficiently shews the moderation of the young king, and the fiery, -brutal zeal of that ignorant, bigotted, ill-mannered priest. Hitherto -the Abyssinians heard the Portuguese mass with reverence and attention; -and the Portuguese frequented the Abyssinian churches with complacency. -They intermarried with each other, and the children seem to have been -christened indifferently by the priests of either church. And this -might have long continued, had it not been for the impatience of -Bermudes. - -The king, seeing the danger of connecting himself with such a man, -kept up every appearance of attachment to the Alexandrian church. Yet, -says the Abyssinian historian who writes his life, it was well known -that Claudius, in his heart, was a private, but perfect convert, to -the Romish faith, and kept only from embracing it by his hatred to -Bermudes, the constant persuasion of the empress Sabel Wenghel, and -the recollection of the misfortunes of his father. Upon being required -publicly to submit himself to the See of Rome, he declared that he had -made no such promise; that he considered Bermudes as no patriarch, -or, at best, only patriarch of the Franks; and that the Abuna of -Abyssinia was the chief priest acknowledged by him. Bermudes told him, -that he was accursed and excommunicated. Claudius answered, that he, -Bermudes, was a nestorian heretic, and worshipped four gods. Bermudes -answered plainly, that he lied; that he would take every Portuguese -from him, and return to India whence he came. The king’s answer was, -that he wished he would return to India; but as for the Portuguese, -neither they, nor any other person, should leave his kingdom without -his permission. Accordingly, having perfectly gained Arius Dias, he -gave him the name of Marcus, with the command of the Portuguese, and -sent him a standard with his own arms, to use instead of the king of -Portugal’s. But the Abyssinian page being met, on his return, with the -Portuguese standard in his hand, by James Brito, he wrested it from -him, felling him to the ground with a blow of his sword on the head. - -From expostulations with the king, the matter of religion turned into -disputes among the priests, at which the king always assisted in -person. If we suppose they were no better sustained on the part of -the Abyssinians than they were by the patriarch Bermudes, who we know -was no great divine, we cannot expect much that was edifying from the -arguments that either of them used. The Portuguese priests say[36], -that the king, struck with the ignorance of his own clergy, frequently -took the discussion upon himself, which he managed with such force -of reasoning as often to put the patriarch to a stand. From verbal -disputes, which terminated in nothing, Bermudes was resolved to appeal -to arguments in writing; and, with the help of those that were with -him of the same faith, a fair state of the differences in question was -made in a small book, and presented to the king, who read it with so -much pleasure that he kept it constantly by him. This gave very great -offence to the Abyssinian clergy; and the Abuna being now arrived, -the king desired of him liberty to read that book, which he refusing, -put the young king into so violent a passion that he called the Abuna -Mahometan and Infidel to his face. - -Things growing worse and worse between the Portuguese and Abyssinians, -by the incendiary spirit of the brutish Bermudes, from reproaches they -came to blows; and this proceeded so far, that the Portuguese one night -assaulted the king’s tent, where they slew some, and grievously wounded -others. Upon this, the king, desirous to estrange him a little from the -Portuguese, sent Bermudes to the country of the Gafats, where he gave -him large appointments, in hopes that the natural turbulence of his -temper would involve him in some difficulties. And there he staid seven -months, oppressing the poor ignorant people, and frightening them with -the noise of his fire-arms. During this period, the king went on an -expedition against the Galla; Bermudes then returned to court, where he -found that Arius Dias was dead, and a great many of the Portuguese very -well attached to the king. But he began his old work of dissention, -insomuch that the king determined to banish him to a mountain for life. - -Gaspar de Suza now commanded the Portuguese instead of Arius Dias, a -man equally beloved by his own nation and the king. By his persuasions, -and that of Kasmati Robel, the banishment to the mountain was laid -aside; but Bermudes was privately persuaded to embark for India while -it was yet time; and accordingly he repaired to Dobarwa, where he -remained two years, as it should seem, perfectly quiet, neglected, and -forlorn; saying daily mass to ten Portuguese who had settled in that -town after the defeat of Don Christopher. He then went to Masuah, and -the monsoon being favourable, he embarked on board a Portuguese vessel, -carrying with him the ten Portuguese that were settled at Dobarwa, who -all arrived safely at Goa. - -St Ignatius, founder of the Order of Jesuits, was then at Rome in -the dawn of his holiness. The conversion of Abyssinia seemed of such -consequence to him, that he resolved himself to go and be the apostle -of the kingdom. But the pope, who had conceived other hopes of him and -his Order more important and nearer at hand, absolutely refused this -offer. One of his society, Nugnez Baretto, was, however, fixed upon -for patriarch, without any notice being taken of Don John Bermudes. By -him Ignatius sent a letter addressed to Claudius, which is to be found -in the collections[37]. It does not, I think, give us any idea of the -ingenuity or invention of that great saint. It seems mostly to beg the -question, and to contain little else than texts of scripture for his -future missionaries to preach and write on, relative to the difference -of tenets of the two churches. - -With this letter, and a number of priests, Baretto came to Goa. But -news being arrived there of king Claudius’s steady aversion to the -Catholic church, it was then thought better, rather than risk the -patriarchal dignity, to send Andrew Oviedo bishop of Hierapolis, -and Melchior Carneyro bishop of Nice, with several other priests, -as ambassadors from the governor of India to Claudius, with proper -credentials. They arrived safely at Masuah in 1558, five days before -the Turkish basha came with his fleet and army, and took possession of -Masuah and Arkeeko, though these places had been occupied by the Turks -two years before. - -When the arrival of these Portuguese was intimated to Claudius, he was -exceedingly glad, as he considered them as an accession of strength. -But when, on opening the letter, he saw they were priests, he was -very much troubled, and said, that he wondered the king of Portugal -should meddle so much with his affairs; that he and his predecessors -knew no obedience due but to the chair of St Mark, or acknowledged -any other patriarch but that of Alexandria; nevertheless, continued -he with his usual goodness and moderation, since they are come so -far out of an honest concern for me, I shall not fail to send proper -persons to receive and conduct them. This he did, and the two bishops -and their companions were immediately brought to court. It was at this -time that the dispute about the two natures began, in which the king -took so considerable a part. He was strenuous, eloquent, and vehement -in the discussion; when that was ended, he still preserved his usual -moderation and kindness for the Portuguese priests. - -Nugnez died in India, and Oviedo succeeded him as patriarch to -Abyssinia, it having been so appointed by the pope from the beginning -of their mission. - -Claudius had no children; a treaty was therefore set on foot, at the -instance of the empress Sabel Wenghel, for ransoming the prince Menas -who had been taken prisoner in his father David’s time, and ever since -kept in confinement among the Moors, upon a high mountain in Adel. -The same had happened to a son of Gragnè likewise, made prisoner at -the battle of Wainadega, when his father was slain by Claudius. The -Moors settled in Abyssinia, as well as all the Abyssinian rebels who -had forsaken their allegiance or religion during the war, were to a man -violently against setting Menas at liberty, for he was the only brother -Claudius had, and a disputed succession was otherwise probable, which -was what the Moors longed for. Besides this, Menas was exceedingly -brave, of a severe and cruel temper, a mortal enemy to the Mahometans, -and at this time in the flower of his age, and perfectly fit to govern. -It was not, then, by any means, an eligible measure for those who were -naturally the objects of his hatred, to provide such an assistant and -successor to Claudius. - -Del Wumbarea thought, that, having lost her husband, to be deprived of -her son likewise, was more than fell to her share in the common cause. -She, too, had therefore applied to the basha of Masuah, who looked no -farther than to a ransom, and cared very little what prince reigned in -Abyssinia. He, therefore, undertook the management of the matter, and -declared that he would send Menas to the Grand Signior, as soon as an -answer should come from Constantinople, while Claudius protested, that -he would give up Gragnè’s son to the Portuguese, if the ransom for his -brother was not immediately agreed on. This resolution, on both sides, -quickly removed all objections. Four thousand ounces of gold were -paid to the Moors and the basha; Menas was released and sent home to -Claudius, who thereupon, in his turn, set Ali Gerad, son of Gragnè by -Del Wumbarea, at liberty, and with him Waraba Guta brother of the king -of Adel, and this finished the transaction. - -I must here observe, that what Bermudes[38] says, that Del Wumbarea was -taken prisoner and given in marriage to Arius Dias, was but a fable, -as appears both from the beginning and sequel of the narrative. Del -Wumbarea having thus obtained her son, took a very early opportunity -of shewing she had not yet forgot the father. Nur, governor of Zeyla, -son of Mudgid, who had slain the princes imprisoned upon the mountain -of Geshen, was deeply in love with this lady, and had deserved well -of her, for he had assisted her in making her escape into Atbara that -day her husband was slain. But this heroine had constantly refused -to listen to any proposals; nay, had vowed she never would give her -hand in marriage to any man till he should first bring her the head -of Claudius who had slain her husband. Nur willingly accepted the -condition, which gave him few rivals, but rather seemed to be reserved -for him, and out of the power of every one else. - -Claudius, before this, had marched towards Adel, when he received a -message from Nur, that, though Gragnè was dead, there still remained a -governor of Zeyla, whose family was chosen as a particular instrument -for shedding the blood of the Abyssinian princes; and desired him, -therefore, to be prepared, for he was speedily to set out to come to -him. Claudius had been employed in various journies through different -parts of his kingdom, repairing the churches which Gragnè and the other -Moors had burnt; and he was then rebuilding that of Debra Werk[39] -when this message of Nur was brought to him. This prince was of a -temper never to avoid a challenge; and if he did not march against Nur -immediately, he staid no longer than to complete his army as far as -possible. He then began his march for Adel, very much, as it is said, -against the advice of his friends. - -That such advice should be given, at this particular time, appears -strange; for till now he had been constantly victorious, and his -kingdom was perfectly obedient, which was not the case when any one of -the former battles had been fought. But many prophecies were current -in the camp, that the king was to be unfortunate this campaign, and -was to lose his life in it. These unfortunate rumours tended much -to discourage the army, at the same time that they seemed to have a -contrary effect on the king, and to confirm him in his resolution to -fight. The truth is, the clergy, who had seen the country delivered -by him from the Mahometans in a manner almost miraculous, and the -constancy with which he withstood the Romish patriarch, and frustrated -the designs of his father against the Alexandrian church, and who had -experienced his extreme liberality in rebuilding the churches, had -wrought his young mind to such a degree of enthusiasm that he was -often heard to say, he preferred a death in the middle of an army of -Infidels to the longest and most prosperous life that ever fell to the -lot of man. It needed not a prophet to have foretold the likely issue -of a battle in these circumstances, where the king, careless of life, -rather sought death than victory; where the number of Portuguese was so -small as to be incapable, of themselves, to effect any thing; where, -even of that number, those that were attached to the king were looked -upon as traitors by those of the party of the patriarch; and where the -Abyssinians, from their repeated quarrels and disputes, heartily hated -them all. - -The armies were drawn up and ready to engage, when the chief priest of -Debra Libanos came to the king to tell him a dream, or vision, which -warned him not to fight; but the Moors were then advancing, and the -king on horseback made no reply, but marched briskly forward to the -enemy. The cowardly Abyssinians, upon the first fire, fled, leaving the -king engaged in the middle of the Moorish army with twenty horse and -eighteen Portuguese musqueteers, who were all slain around his person; -and he himself fell, after fighting manfully, and receiving twenty -wounds. His head was cut off, and by Nur delivered to Del Wumbarea, -who directed it to be tied by the hair to the branch of a tree before -her door, that she might keep it constantly in sight. Here it remained -three years, till it was purchased from her by an Armenian merchant, -her first grief, having, it is probable, subsided upon the acquisition -of a new husband. The merchant carried the head to Antioch, and buried -it there in the sepulchre of a saint of the same name. - -Thus died king Claudius in the 19th year of his reign, who, by his -virtues and capacity, might hold a first place among any series of -kings we have known, victorious in every action he fought, except -in that one only in which he died. A great slaughter was made after -this among the routed, and many of the first nobility were slain in -endeavouring to escape; among the rest, the dreamer from Debra Libanos, -his vision, by which he knew the king’s death, not having extended so -far as to reveal his own. The Abyssinians immediately transferred the -name of this prince into their catalogue of Saints, and he is called St -Claudius in that country to this day. Though endowed with every other -virtue that entitled him to his place in the kalendar, he seems to have -wanted one--that of dying in charity with his enemies. - -This battle was fought on the 22d March 1559; and the victory gained -by Nur was a complete one. The king and most of his principal officers -were slain; great part of the army taken prisoners, the rest dispersed, -and the camp plundered; so that no Moorish general had ever returned -home with the glory that he did. But afterwards, in his behaviour, he -exhibited a spectacle more memorable, and that did him more honour -than the victory itself; for, when he drew near to Adel, he clothed -himself in poor attire like a common soldier, and bare-headed, mounted -on an ordinary mule, with an old saddle and tattered accoutrements, he -forbade the songs and praise with which it is usual to meet conquerors -in that country when returning with victory from the field. He declined -also all share in the success of that day, declaring that the whole of -it was due to God alone, to whose mercy and immediate interposition he -owed the destruction of the Christian army. - -The unworthy and unfortunate John Bermudes having arrived in Portugal -from India, continued there till his death; and, in the inscription -over his tomb, is called only _Patriarch of Alexandria_. Yet it is -clear, from the history of these times, that he was first ordained by -the old patriarch Marcus; and that the pope, Paul III. only confirmed -the ordination of this heretical schismatical prelate, though we -have stated that he was ordained by the pope, according to his own -assertion, to be patriarch of Alexandria, Abyssinia, and the Sea. -Bermudes lived many years after this, and never resigned any of his -charges. - -However, on his arrival in Europe, several supposed well-meaning -persons at Rome began to discourse among themselves, as if the -conversion of Abyssinia had not had a fair trial when trusted in the -hands of such a man as Bermudes. Scandalous stories as to his moral -character were propagated at Rome to strengthen this. He was said to -have stolen a golden cup in Abyssinia[40]; but this does not appear -to me in any shape probable, or like the manners of the man. He was -a simple, ill-bred zealot, exceedingly vain, but in no-wise coveting -riches or gain of any sort. Sebastian king of Portugal, hearing the -bad posture of the Catholic religion in Abyssinia, and the small hopes -of the conversion of that country, besought the pope to send all the -missionaries that were in that kingdom to preach the gospel in Japan: -but Oviedo stated such strong reasons in his letter to Rome, that he -was confirmed in the mission of Ethiopia. - -[Illustration] - -[Illustration] - - - - -MENAS, or ADAMAS SEGUED. - -From 1559 to 1563. - - _Baharnagash rebels, proclaims Tascar King--Defeated by the - King--Cedes Dobarwa to the Turks, and makes a League with the - Basha of Masuah._ - - -MENAS succeeded his brother Claudius, and found his kingdom in almost -as great confusion as it had been left by his father David. His first -campaign was against Radaet the Jew. The king attacked him at his -strongest post in Samen, where he fought him with various success; and -the enterprise did not seem much advanced, when a hermit, residing -in these mountains, probably tired with the neighbourhood of such -troublesome people, came and told the king, it had been revealed to him -that the conquest of the Jews was not allotted to him, nor was their -time yet come. - -While the king seemed disposed to avail himself of the hermit’s -warning, as a decent excuse to get rid of an affair that did not -succeed to his mind, an accident happened which determined him to quit -his present undertaking. Two men, shepherds of Ebenaat in Belessen, -from what injury is not known, engaged two of the king’s servants, -who were their relations, to introduce them into Menas’s tent while -sleeping, with a design to murder him in his bed. While they were -preparing to execute their intention, one of them stumbled over the -lamp that was burning, and threw it down. The king awakening, and -challenging him with a loud voice, the assassin struck at him with his -knife, but so feebly, from the fright, that he dropt the weapon upon -the king’s cloak without hurting him. They sled immediately out of -the tent, but were taken at Ebenaat the next day, and brought back to -the king, who gave orders to the judges to try them: they were both -condemned, the one to be thrust through with lances, the other to be -stoned to death; after which, both their bodies were thrown to the dogs -and to the beasts of the field, as is practised constantly in all cases -of high-treason. - -The second year of the reign of Menas was ushered in by a conspiracy -among the principal men of his court, at the head of which was Isaac -Baharnagash, an old and tried servant of his brother Claudius. This -officer had been treated ill by Menas in the beginning of his reign; -and, knowing the prince’s violent and cruel disposition, he could not -persuade himself that he was yet in safety. - -Menas, to suppress this rebellion in its infancy, sent Zara Johannes, -an old officer, before him, with what forces he could collect in -the instant; but Isaac, informed of the bad state of that army, and -consequently of his own superiority, left him no time to strengthen -himself, but fell furiously upon him, and, with little resistance, -dispersed his army. This loss did not discourage the king; he had -assembled a very considerable force, and, desirous still to encrease -it, he was advancing slowly that he might collect the scattered remains -of the army that had been defeated. The Baharnagash, though victorious, -saw with some concern that he could not avoid the king, whose courage -and capacity, both as a soldier and a general, left him every thing to -fear for his success. - -Ever since the massacre of the princes upon mount Geshen by vizir -Mudgid, in the reign of David III. none of the remains of the royal -family had been confined as heretofore. Tascar, Menas’s nephew, was -then at liberty, and, to strengthen his cause, was proclaimed king -by the Baharnagash, soon after the defeat of Menas’s army under Zara -Johannes. He was a prince very mild and affable in his manners, in all -respects very unlike his uncle then reigning. - -It was on the 1st of July 1561, that the king attacked the Baharnagash -in the plain of Woggora; and, having entirely routed his army, Tascar -was taken prisoner, and ordered by the king his uncle to be carried -to the brink of the high rock of Lamalmon, and, having been thrown -over the steep precipice, he was dashed to pieces. Isaac himself -escaped very narrowly, flying to the frontier of his government in -the neighbourhood of Masuah. The Baharnagash comprehended distinctly -to what a dangerous situation he was now reduced. No hopes of safety -remained but in a peace with the basha. This at first appeared not -easily obtained; for, while Isaac remained in his duty in the reign of -Claudius, he had fought with the basha, and lost his brother in the -engagement. But present necessity overcame the memory of past injuries. - -Samur Basha was a man of capacity and temper; he had been in possession -of Masuah ever since the year 1558. He saw his own evident interest -in the measure, and appeared full as forward as the Baharnagash to -complete it. Isaac ceded Dobarwa to the basha, and put him into -immediate possession of it, and all the low country between that -and Masuah. By this acquisition, the Turks, before masters of -the sea-coast, became possessed of the whole of the flat country -corresponding thereto, as far as the mountains. Dobarwa is a large -trading town, situated in a country abounding with provisions of all -kinds which Masuah wanted, and it was the key of the province of Tigré -and the high land of Abyssinia. - -Menas, at his accession, had received kindly the compliments of -congratulation made by the Portuguese patriarch, Oviedo. But hearing -that he still continued to preach, and that the effect of this was -frequent divisions and animosities among the people, he called him into -his presence, and strictly commanded him to desist, which the patriarch -positively refusing, the king lost all patience, and fell violently -upon him, beating him without mercy, tearing his clothes and beard, -and taking his chalice from him, that he might prevent him from saying -mass. He then banished him to a desert mountain, together with Francis -Lopez, where for seven months he endured all manner of hardships. - -The king, in the mean time, published many rigorous proclamations -against the Portuguese. He would not permit them to marry with -Abyssinians. Those that were already married he forbade to go to the -Catholic churches with their husbands; and, having again called the -patriarch into his presence, he ordered him forthwith to leave his -kingdom upon pain of death. But Oviedo, who seems to have had an -ambition to be the proto-martyr, refused absolutely to obey these -commands. He declared that the orders of God were those he obeyed, not -the sinful ordinances of man; and, letting slip his cloak from his -shoulders, he offered his bare neck to the king to strike. This answer -and gesture so incensed Menas, that, drawing his sword, he would have -very soon put the patriarch in possession of the martyrdom he coveted, -had it not been for the interposition of the queen and officers that -stood round him. - -Oviedo, after having been again soundly beaten, was banished a second -time to the mountain; and in this sentence were included all the rest -of the Portuguese priests, as well as others. But the bishop would not -submit to this punishment, but with the Portuguese, his countrymen, -joined the Baharnagash, who had already completed his treaty with Samur -Basha. - -Isaac, before the Portuguese priests, had shewn a desire of becoming -Catholic, and of protecting, or even embracing, their religion; and -they, on their part, had assured him of a powerful and speedy succour -from India, which was just what he wanted; and with this view he had -placed himself to the greatest advantage, avoiding a battle, and -awaiting those auxiliaries, of the arrival of which the king was very -apprehensive. But the season of ships coming from India had passed -without any appearance of Portuguese, and the king was resolved to try -his fortune without expecting what another season might produce. On the -other hand, Isaac, strengthened by his league with the basha, thought -himself in a condition to take the field, rather than to lessen his -reputation by constantly declining battle. - -In these dispositions both armies met, and the confederates were again -beaten by the king, with very little loss or resistance. This battle -was fought on the 20th of April 1562. Immediately after this victory -the king marched to Shoa, and sent several detachments of his army -before him to surprise the robbers called Dobas, and drive off their -cattle. What he intended by retiring so far from his enemies, the -Baharnagash and Basha, is what we do not know. Both of them were yet -alive, but probably so weakened by their last defeat as to leave no -apprehensions of being able to molest the country by any incursions. - -The king, being advanced into the province of Ogge, was taken ill of -the Kolla, or low-country fever, and, after a few days illness, he died -there on the 13th of January 1563, leaving three sons, Sertza Denghel, -who succeeded him, Tascar, and Lesana Christos. - -Some European historians[41] have advanced that Menas was defeated and -slain in this last engagement just now mentioned. This, however, is -expressly contradicted in the annals of these times, which mention the -death of the king in the terms I have here related; nor were either of -the chiefs of the rebels, the Basha or Baharnagash, slain that day. The -rebellion still continued, Isaac having proclaimed a prince of the name -of John to be king in place of Tascar, his deceased brother. - -Menas was a prince of a very morose and violent disposition, but very -well adapted to the time in which he lived; brave in his person, active -and attentive to the affairs of government. He was sober, and an enemy -to all sorts of pleasure; frugal, and, in his dress or stile of living, -little different from any soldier in his army. - -These qualities made him feared by the great, without being beloved -by the common soldiers accustomed to the liberality and magnificence -of Claudius; and this want of popularity gave the Romish priests -an opportunity to blacken his character beyond what in truth he -deserved. Thus, they say, that he had changed his religion during his -imprisonment, and turned Mahometan, and that it was from the Moors he -learned that ferocity of manners. But to this the answer is easy, That -the manners of his own countrymen, that is of mountaineers without any -profession but war and blood, in which they had been exercised for -centuries, were, probably of themselves, much more fierce and barbarous -than any he could learn among the people of Adel, occupied from time -immemorial in commerce and the pursuit of riches, and necessarily -engaged in an honest intercourse, and practice of hospitality, with -all the various nations that traded with them. Besides, were this -otherwise, he never had any society with these Moors. Banishment to -the top of a mountain[42] would have been his fate in Abyssinia, had -he lived a few years earlier or later than he did. Yet the mountain -upon which the royal family was confined had not yet produced one of -such savage manners; and it is not probable that he was more strictly -guarded in Adel than he would have been in his own country. - -As to his religion, we can only say that he abhorred the Romish -faith, from the behaviour of those that professed it; and, that he -had abundant reason so to do, we need only appeal to their conduct in -the preceding reign, according to the accounts given by the Catholics -themselves. Let any man consider a king such as Claudius was; seated -on his throne in the midst of his courtiers and captains; cursed and -excommunicated; called heretic and liar to his face by an ignorant -peasant and stranger, such as John Bermudes; attacked in the night, and -forced to fly for his life by a body of strangers who depended upon him -for their daily bread: Next consider Menas, at his first accession, -desiring their patriarch to desist from preaching a religion that was -fatal to the quiet of his kingdom by sowing dissentions among it as it -had done in the two preceding reigns; and then figure a fanatic priest, -declaring that he would neither depart nor obey these orders; then say -what would have been done to strangers in France, Spain, or Portugal, -that had behaved in this manner to the sovereign or ministers of these -countries. Add to this, that all the Portuguese to a man appeared in -the army of a rebel subject in the last battle, supporting the cause -of a pretender to his crown. If, upon a fair review of all this, it -is any matter of surprise that he should be averse to such people and -behaviour, I am no judge of the fair feelings of man, and the duty a -prince owes to himself or posterity, his country or dignity. - -As to his inclination to the Mahometan religion, the fact is, that -he opposed it even with his sword during his whole reign, and never -swerved from his attachment to the church of Alexandria, or his -friendship and respect to the Abuna Yousef, to the end of his life, -as far as we can learn from history. And least, of all people in the -world, does it become the Roman Catholics to accuse him of being -Mahometan, because a letter is still extant to Menas from pope Paul -III[43], wherein the pope stiles him beloved _son in Christ_, and the -_most holy of priests_. - -[Illustration] - - - - -SERTZA DENGHEL, OR MELEC SEGUED. - -From 1563 to 1595. - - _King crowned at Axum--Abyssinia invaded by the Galla--Account - of that People--The king defeats the Army of Adel--Beats the - Falasha, and kills their King--Battle of the Mareb--Basha - slain, and Turks expelled from Dobarwa--King is poisoned--Names - Za Denghel his Successor._ - - -MENAS was succeeded by his son, Sertza Denghel, who took the name of -Melec Segued. He was only twelve years old when he came to the throne, -and was crowned at Axum with all the ancient ceremonies. The beginning -of his reign was marked by a mutiny of his soldiers, who, joining -themselves to some Mahometans, plundered the town, and then disbanded. -A misunderstanding also happened with Ayto Hamelmal, son to Romana -Werk, daughter of Hatzé Naod, which threatened many misfortunes in its -consequences. - -Tecla Asfadin, governor of Tigré, was ordered by the king to march -against him; and the armies fought with equal advantage. But Hamelmal -dying soon after, his party dispersed without further trouble. Fasil, -too, his cousin, who had been appointed governor of Damot, rebelled -soon after, and was defeated by the king, who this year (the fourth of -his reign) commanded his army for the first time in person, and greatly -contributed to the victory, though he was but then sixteen years of age. - -The sixth year of his reign he marched against a clan of Galla, called -Azé, whom he often beat, staying in the country two whole years. Upon -his return, he found the Baharnagash, Isaac and Harla, and other -malcontents, when a sort of a pacification followed; and having -received from the rebels considerable presents, he sat down at Dobit, a -small town in Dembea, where he passed the winter. - -All this time Oviedo and the Portuguese did not appear at court. -The king, however, did not molest the priests in their baptisms, -preachings, or any of their functions. He often spake favourably of -their moral characters, their sobriety, patience, and decency of -their lives; but he condemned decisively the whole of their religious -tenets, which he pronounced to be full of danger and contradiction, and -destructive of civil order and monarchical government. At this period -the Galla again made an irruption into Gojam. - -It is now time we should speak of this nation, which has contributed -more to weakening and reducing the Abyssinian empire, than all their -civil wars, and all the foreign enemies put together. When I spoke of -the languages of the several nations in Abyssinia, I took occasion -merely to mention the origin of these Galla, and their progress -northward, till their first hostile appearance in Abyssinia. I shall -now proceed to lay before the reader what further I have collected -concerning them. Many of them were in the king’s service while I was in -Abyssinia; and, from a multitude of conversations I had with all kinds -of them, I flatter myself I have gathered the best accounts regarding -these tribes. - -The Galla are a very numerous nation of Shepherds, who probably lived -under or beyond the Line. What the cause of their emigration was we -do not pretend to say with certainty, but they have, for many years, -been in an uniform progress northward. They were at first all infantry, -and said the country they came from would not permit horses to breed -in it, as is the case in 13° north of the Line round Sennaar. Upon -coming northward, and conquering the Abyssinian provinces, and the -small Mahometan districts bordering on them, they have acquired a breed -of horses, which they have multiplied so industriously that they are -become a nation of cavalry, and now hold their infantry in very little -esteem. - -As under the Line, to the south of Abyssinia, the land is exceedingly -high, and the sun seldom makes its appearance on account of the -continual rains, the Galla are consequently of a brown complexion, -with long black hair. Some, indeed, who live in the valleys of the -low country, are perfectly black. Although the principal food of this -people at first was milk and butter, yet, when they advanced into -drier climates, they learned of the Abyssinians to plow and sow the -fields, and to make bread. They seem to affect the number seven, and -have divided their immense multitude threefold by that number. They -all agree, that, when the nation advanced to the Abyssinian frontiers, -they were then in the centre of the continent. The ground beginning to -rise before them, seven of their tribes or nations filed off to the -east towards the Indian Ocean; and, after making settlements there, and -multiplying exceedingly, they marched forward due south into Bali and -Dawaro, which they first wasted by constant incursions, then conquered -and settled there in the reign of David III. in 1537. - -Another division of seven tribes went off to the west about the same -time, and spread themselves in another semicircle round the south side -of the Nile, and all along its banks round Gojam, and to the east -behind the country of the Agows, (which are on the east side of the -Nile) to that of the Gongas and Gafats. The high woody banks of this -river have hitherto been their barrier to the southward; not but that -they have often fought for, and often conquered, and still oftener -plundered, the countries on the Abyssinian side of that river; and, -from this reign downwards, the scene of action with the Abyssinians has -constantly been on the east side of the river. All I mean is, they have -never made a settlement on the Abyssinian side of the Nile, except -such tribes of them as, from wars among themselves, have gone over to -the king of Abyssinia and obtained lands on the banks of that river, -opposite to the nation they have revolted from, against which they have -ever after been the securest bulwark. - -A third division of seven tribes remained in the center, due south -of the low country of Shoa; and these are the least known, as having -made, the fewest incursions. They have, indeed, possessed Walaka, a -small province between Amhara and Shoa; but this has been permitted -politically by the governor of Shoa, as a barrier between him and -Abyssinia, on whose sovereign he scarcely acknowledges any dependence -but for form’s sake, his province being at present an hereditary -government descending from father to son. - -All these tribes of Galla gird Abyssinia round at all points from east -to west, making inroads, and burning and murdering all that fall into -their hands. The privities of the men they cut off, dry, and hang -them up in their houses. They are so merciless as to spare not even -women with child, whom they rip up in hopes of destroying a male. The -western part of these Galla, which surrounds the peninsula of Gojam and -Damot, are called the Boren Galla; and those that are to the east are -named Bertuma Galla, though this last word is seldom used in history, -where the Galla to the westward are called Boren; and the others Galla -merely, without any other addition. All these tribes, though the most -cruel that ever appeared in any country, are yet governed by the -strictest discipline at home, where the smallest broil or quarrel among -individuals is taken cognizance of, and receives immediate punishment. - -Each of the three divisions of Galla elect a king, that is, there is -a king for every seven tribes. There is also a kind of nobility among -them, from whose families alone the sovereign can be chosen. But there -are certain degrees of merit (all warlike) that raise, from time to -time, their plebeian families to nobility, and the right of suffrage. -No one of these nobles can be elected till past forty years of age, -unless he has slain with his own hand a number of men which, added to -his years, makes up forty. - -The council of each of the seven tribes first meets separately in its -own district: Here it determines how many are necessary to be left -behind for the governing, guarding, and cultivating the territory, -while those fixed upon by most votes go as delegates to meet the -representatives of the other nations at the domicil, or head-quarters -of the king, among the tribe from which the sovereign of the last -seven years was taken. Here they sit down under a tree which seems to -be sacred, and the god of all the nations. It is called Wanzey[44]; -has a white flower, and great quantity of foliage, and is very common -in Abyssinia. After a variety of votes, the number of candidates is -reduced to four, and the suffrage of six of these nations go then no -farther; but the seventh, whose turn it is to have a king out of their -tribe, choose, from among the four, one, whom they crown with a garland -of Wanzey, and put a sceptre, or bludgeon, of that wood in his hands, -which they call Buco. - -The king of the western Galla is stiled Lubo, the other Mooty. At this -assembly, the king allots to each their scene of murder and rapine; but -limits them always to speedy returns in case the body of the nation -should have occasion for them. The Galla are reputed very good soldiers -for surprise, and in the first attack, but have not constancy or -perseverance. They accomplish incredible marches; swim rivers holding -by the horses tail, (an exercise to which both they and their horses -are perfectly trained;) do the utmost mischief possible in the shortest -time; and rarely return by the same way they came. They are excellent -light horse for a regular army in an enemy’s country. - -Iron is very scarce among them, so that their principal arms are poles -sharpened at the end, and hardened in the fire, which they use like -lances. Their shields are made of bulls hides of a single fold, so -that they are very subject to warp in heat, or become too pliable and -soft in wet weather. Notwithstanding these disadvantages, the report -of their cruelty made such an impression upon the Abyssinians, that, -on their first engagements they rarely stood firmly the Galla’s first -onset. Besides this, the shrill and very barbarous noise they are -always used to make at the moment they charge, used to terrify the -horses and riders, so that a flight generally followed the attack made -by Galla horse. - -These melancholy and frantic howls I had occasion to hear often in -those engagements that happened while I was in Abyssinia. The Edjow, a -body of Galla who had been in the late king Joas’s service, and were -relations to him by his mother, who was of that clan of southern Galla, -were constantly in the rebel army, and always in the most disaffected -part, who, with the troops of Begemder and Lasta, attacked the king’s -household, where he was in person; and, though they behaved with a -bravery even to rashness, most of them lost their lives, upon the -long pikes of the king’s black horse, without ever doing any notable -execution, as these horses were too-well trained to be at all moved -with their shrieks, when they charged, though their bravery and -fidelity merited a better fate. - -The women are said to be very fruitful. They do not confine themselves -even a day after labour, but wash and return to their work immediately. -They plow, sow, and reap. The cattle tread out the corn, but the men -are the herdsmen, and take charge of the cattle in the fields. - -Both sexes are something less than the middle size, exceedingly light -and agile. Both, but especially the men, plait their hair with the -bowels and guts of oxen, which they wear likewise, like belts, twisted -round their middle; and these, as they putrify, occasion a terrible -stench. Both copiously anoint their heads and bodies with butter, -or melted grease, which is continually raining from them, and which -indicates that they came from a country hotter than that which they -now possess. They greatly resemble the Hottentots in this filthy taste -of dress. The rest of their body is naked; a piece of skin only covers -them before; and they wear a goat’s skin on their shoulders, in shape -of a woman’s handkerchief, or tippet. - -It has been said[45], that no religion was ever discovered among them. -I imagine that the facts upon which this opinion is founded have never -been sufficiently investigated. The Wanzey-tree, under which their -kings are crowned, is avowedly worshipped for a god in every tribe. -They have certain stones also, for an object of their devotion, which -I never could sufficiently understand to give further description of -them. But they certainly pay adoration to the moon, especially the -new moon, for of this I have frequently been a witness. They likewise -worship certain stars in particular positions, and at different times -of the year, and are, in my opinion, still in the ancient religion of -Sabaism. All of them believe that, after death, they are to live again; -that they are to rise with their body, as they were on earth, to enter -into another life they know not where, but they are to be in a state of -body infinitely more perfect than the present, and are to die no more, -nor suffer grief, sickness, or trouble of any kind. They have very -obscure, or no ideas at all of future punishment; but their reward is -to be a moderate state of enjoyment with the same family and persons -with which they lived on earth. And this is very nearly the same belief -with the other Pagan nations in Africa with which I have conversed -intimately; and this is what writers generally call a belief of the -immortality of the soul. Nor did I ever know one savage that had a more -distinct idea of it, or ever separated it from the immortality of the -body. - -The Galla to the south are mostly Mahometans; on the east and west -chiefly Pagans. They intermarry with each other, but suffer no -strangers to live among them. The Moors, however, by courage, patience, -and attention, have found out the means of trading with them in a -tolerable degree of safety. The goods they carry are coarse Surat -blue cloaths, called _marowty_; also myrrh and salt. This last is the -principal and most valuable article. - -The Galla sometimes marry the Abyssinian women, but the issue of those -marriages are incapable of all employment. Their form of marriage is -the following: The bridegroom, standing before the parents of the -bride, holds grass in his right hand and the dung of a cow in his left. -He then says, “May this never enter, nor this ever come out, if he does -not do what he promises;” that is, may the grass never enter the cow’s -mouth to feed it, or may she die before it is discharged. Matrimonial -vows, moreover, are very simple; he swears to his bride that he shall -give her meat and drink while living, and bury her when dead. - -Polygamy is allowed among them, but the men are commonly content with -one wife. Such, indeed, is their moderation in this respect, that it -is the women that solicit the men to increase the number of their -wives. The love of their children seems to get a speedy ascendency over -passion and pleasure, and is a noble part of the character of these -savages that ought not to be forgot. A young woman, having a child -or two by her husband, intreats and solicits him that he would take -another wife, when she names to him all the beautiful girls of her -acquaintance, especially those that she thinks likeliest to have large -families. After the husband has made his choice, she goes to the tent -of the young woman, and sits behind it in a supplicant posture, till -she has excited the attention of the family within. She then, with an -audible voice, declares who she is; that she is daughter of such a one; -that her husband has all the qualifications for making a woman happy; -that she has only two children by him; and, as her family is so small, -she comes to solicit their daughter for her husband’s wife, that their -families may be joined together, and be strong; and that her children, -from their being few in number, may not fall a prey to their enemies -in the day of battle; for the Galla always fight in families, whether -against one another, or against other enemies. - -When she has thus obtained a wife for her husband, she carries her -home, puts her to bed with her husband, where, having left her, she -feasts with the bride’s relations. There the children of the first -marriage are produced, and the men of the bride’s family put each their -hands upon these children’s heads, and afterwards take the oath in the -usual manner, to live and die with them as their own offspring. The -children, then, after this species of adoption, go to their relations, -and visit them for the space of seven days. All that time the husband -remains at home in possession of his new bride; at the end of which -he gives a feast, when the first wife is seated by her husband, and -the young one serves the whole company. The first wife from this day -keeps her precedence; and the second is treated by the first wife like -a grown up-daughter. I believe it would be very long before the love -of their families would introduce this custom among the young women of -Britain. - -When a father dies and leaves many children, the eldest succeeds to the -whole inheritance without division; nor is he obliged, at any time, or -by any circumstance, to give his brothers a part afterwards. If the -father is alive when the son first begins to shave his head, which is -a declaration of manhood, he gives two or three milk-cows, or more, -according to his rank and fortune. These, and all their produce, remain -the property of the child to whom they were given by his father; and -these the brother is obliged to pay to him upon his father’s death, in -the same number and kinds. The eldest brother, is moreover, obliged to -give the sister, whenever she is marriageable, whatever other provision -the father may have made in his lifetime for her, with all its increase -from the day of the donation. - -When the father becomes old and unfit for war, he is obliged to -surrender his whole effects to his eldest son, who is bound to give him -aliment, and nothing else; and, when the eldest brother dies, leaving -younger brothers behind him, and a widow young enough to bear children, -the youngest brother of all is obliged to marry her; but the children -of the marriage are always accounted as if they were the eldest -brother’s; nor does this marriage of the youngest brother to the widow -entitle him to any part of the deceased’s fortune. - -The southern Galla are called Elma Kilelloo, Elma Gooderoo, Elma -Robali, Elma Doolo, Elma Bodena, Elma Horreta, and Elma Michaeli; these -are the seven southern nations which the Mahometan traders pass through -in their way to Narea, the southernmost country the Abyssinians ever -conquered. - -The western Galla for their principal clans have the Djawi, Edjow -or Ayzo, and Toluma, and these were the clans we principally fought -with when I was in Abyssinia. They are chiefly Pagans. Some of their -children, who were left young in court, when their fathers fled, after -the murder of the late king their master, were better Christians and -better soldiers than any Abyssinians we had. - -It is not a matter of small curiosity to know what is their food, that -is so easy of carriage as to enable them to traverse immense deserts, -that they may, without warning, fall upon the towns and villages in the -cultivated country of Abyssinia. This is nothing but coffee roasted, -till it can be pulverised, and then mixed with butter to a consistency -that will suffer it to be rolled up in balls, and put in a leather bag. -A ball of this composition, between the circumference of a shilling -and half-a-crown, about the size of a billiard-ball, keeps them, they -say, in strength and spirits during a whole day’s fatigue, better than -a loaf of bread, or a meal of meat. Its name in Arabia and Abyssinia -is Bun, but I apprehend its true name is Caffé, from Caffa the south -province of Narea, whence it is first said to have come; it is white -in the bean. The coffee-tree is the wood of the country, produced -spontaneously everywhere in great abundance, from Caffa to the banks of -the Nile. - -Thus much for this remarkable nation, whose language is perfectly -different from any in Abyssinia, and is the same throughout all the -tribes, with very little variation of dialect. This is a nation that -has conquered some of the finest provinces of Abyssinia, and of whose -inroads we shall hereafter have occasion to speak continually; and it -is very difficult to say how far they might not have accomplished the -conquest of the whole, had not providence interposed in a manner little -expected, but more efficacious than a thousand armies, and all the -inventions of man. - -The Galla, before their inroads into Abyssinia, had never in their own -country seen or heard of the small-pox. This disease met them in the -Abyssinian villages. It raged among them with such violence, that whole -provinces conquered by them became half-desert; and, in many places, -they were forced to become tributary to those whom before they kept in -continual fear. But this did not happen till the reign of Yasous the -Great, at the beginning of the present century, where we shall take -fresh notice of it, and now proceed with what remains of the reign -of Sertza Denghel, whom we left with his army in the 9th year of his -reign, residing at Dobit, a small town in Dembea, watching the motion -of the rebels, Isaac Baharnagash, and others, his confederates. - -The tenth year of his reign, as soon as the weather permitted him, the -king went into Gojam to oppose the inroads of the Djawi, a clan of the -western or Boren Galla, who then were in possession of the Buco, or -royal dignity, among the seven nations. But they had repassed the Nile -upon the first news of the king’s march, without having time to waste -the country. The king then went to winter in Bizamo, which is south of -the Nile, the native country of these Galla, the Djawi. - -If this nation, the Galla, has deserved ill of the Abyssinians by the -frequent inroads made into their country, they must, however, confess -one obligation, that in the end they entirely ruined their ancient -enemy, the Mahometan king of Adel, and reduced him to a state of -perfect insignificance. - -Sertza Denghel then returned with his army into Dembea, where, finding -the militia of that province much disaffected by communication with the -Moorish soldiers settled among them from Gragnè’s time to this day, and -that most of them had in their hearts forsaken the Christian religion, -and were all ready to fail in their allegiance, he assembled the -greatest part of them without their arms, and, surrounding them with -his soldiers, cut them to pieces, to the number of 3000 men. - -In the 13th year of his reign, Mahomet king of Adel marched out of his -own country with the view of joining the Basha and Baharnagash. But -the king, ever watchful over the motions of his enemies, surprised -the Baharnagash before his junction either with Mahomet or the basha, -and defeated or dispersed his army, obliging him to fly in disguise, -with the utmost danger of being taken prisoner, to hide himself with -the basha at Dobarwa. He then appointed Darguta, governor of Tigré, an -old and experienced officer, giving him the charge of the province, -and to watch the basha; and, leaving with him his wounded, (and in -their place taking some fresh soldiers from Darguta) he, by forced -marches, endeavoured to meet Mahomet, who had not heard of his victory -over Isaac; and being informed that the king of Adel was encamped on -the hither side of the river Wali, having passed it to join Isaac, -the king, by a sudden movement, crossed the river, and came opposite -to Mahomet’s quarters, who was then striking his tents, having just -heard of the fate of the Baharnagash. Mahomet and his whole army were -struck with a panic at this unexpected appearance of the king on the -opposite side of the river, which had cut off his retreat to Adel. -Fearing, however, there might still be an enemy behind him, and that -he should be hemmed in between both, he resolved to pass, but did it -in so tumultuous a manner that the king’s army had no trouble but to -slaughter those who arrived at the opposite bank. Great part of the -cavalry, seeing the fate of their companions at the ford, attempted to -pass above and below by swimming: but, though the river was deep and -smooth, the banks were high, and many were drowned, not being able to -scramble up on the other side. Many were also destroyed by stones, and -the lances of Sertza Denghel’s men, from the banks above; some passed, -however, joining Mahomet, and leaving the rest of the army to attempt a -passage at the ford, crossed with the utmost speed lower down the river -without being pursued, and carried the news of their own defeat to Adel. - -The whole Moorish army perished this day except the horse, either by -the sword or in the river; nor had the Moors received so severe a -blow since the defeat of Gragnè by Claudius. The king then decamped, -and took post at Zarroder, on the frontiers of Adel, with a design to -winter there and lay waste the country, into which he intended to march -as soon as the fair weather returned. But it was the misfortune of this -great prince, that his enemies were situated at the two most distant -extremities of the kingdom. For the Galla attacked Gojam on the west, -at the very time he prepared to enter Adel on the east. Without loss of -time, however, he traversed the whole kingdom of Abyssinia, and came up -with the Boren Galla upon the river Madge, but no action of consequence -followed. The Galla, attempting the king’s camp in the night, and -finding themselves too weak to carry it, retreated immediately into -their own country. While returning to Dembea, he met a party of the -Falasha, called Abati, at Wainadega, and entirely destroyed them, so -that not one escaped. - -The king was now so formidable that no army of the enemy dared to face -him, and he obliged the Falasha to give up their king Radaet, whom he -banished to Wadge; and the four following years he spent in ravaging -the country of his enemies the Galla, in Shat and Bed, and that of the -Falasha in Samen and Serkè, where he beat Caliph king of the Falasha, -who had succeeded Radaet. - -The Galla, in advancing towards Gojam and Damot, had over-run the -whole low country between the mountains of Narea and the Nile. The -king, desirous to open a communication with a country where there was -a great trade, especially for gold, crossed the Nile in his way to -that province, the Galla flying everywhere before him. He was received -with very great joy by the prince of that country, who looked upon him -as his deliverer from those cruel enemies. Here he received many rich -presents; more particularly a large quantity of gold, and he wintered -at Cutheny in that province, where Abba Hedar his brother died, having -been blown up with gun-powder, with his wife and children. The Nareans -desired, this year, to be admitted to the Christian faith; and they -were converted and baptised by a mission of priests sent by the king -for that purpose. - -At the time he was rescuing the kingdom of Narea, Cadward Basha, a -young officer of merit and reputation, lately come from Constantinople -to Dawaro as basha of Masuah, had begun his command with making inroads -into Tigré, and driving off a number of the inhabitants into slavery. -The king, necessarily engaged at a distance, suffered these injuries -with a degree of impatience; and, after having provided for the -security of the several countries immediately near him, he marched with -his army directly for Woggora, committing every degree of excess in his -march, in order to provoke the Falasha to descend from their heights -and offer him battle. - -A frugal œconomical people, such as the Jews are, could not bear to -see their cattle and crops destroyed in so wanton a manner before -their very faces. They came, therefore, down in immense numbers to -attack the king, one of the most excellent generals Abyssinia ever -had, at the head of a small, but veteran army. Geshen, brother of the -famous Gideon, was then king of the Jews, and commanded the army of -his countrymen. The battle was fought on the plain of Woggora on the -19th of January 1594, with the success that was to be expected. Four -thousand of the Jewish army were slain upon the spot; and, among them, -Geshen, their unfortunate king and leader. - -After this victory, Sertza Denghel marched his army into Kuara, -through the country where the Jews had many strong-holds, and received -everywhere their submission. Then turning to the left, he came through -the country of the Shangalla, called Woombarea, and so to that of the -Agows. There he heard that new troubles were meditating in Damot; but -the inhabitants of that province were not yet ripe enough to break out -into open rebellion. - -That he might not, therefore, have two enemies at such a distance from -each other upon his hands at once, this year, as soon as the rains -were over, he determined to march and attack the basha. The basha was -very soon informed of his designs, and as soon prepared to meet them; -so that the king found him already in the field, encamped on his own -side of the Mareb, but without having committed, till then, any act -of hostility. He marched out of his camp, and formed, upon seeing the -royal army approach; leaving a sufficient field for the king to draw up -in, if he should incline to cross the river, and attack him. - -This confident, rather than prudent conduct of the basha, did not -intimidate the king, who being used to improve every advantage coolly, -and without bravado, embraced this very opportunity his enemy chose -to give him. He formed, therefore, on his own side of the Mareb, and -passed it in as good order as possible, considering it is a swift -stream, and very deep at that season of the year. He halted several -times while his men were in the water, to put them again in order, as -if he had expected to be attacked the moment he landed on the other -side. The basha, a man of knowledge in his profession, who saw this -cautious conduct of the king, is said to have cried out, “How unlike he -is to what I have heard of his father!” alluding to the general rash -behaviour of the late king Menas whilst at the head of his army. - -Sertza Denghel having left all his baggage on the other side, and -passed the river, drew up his army in the same deliberate manner in -which he had crossed the Mareb, and formed opposite to the basha; as if -he had been acting under him, and by his orders, availing himself with -great attention of all the advantages the ground could afford him. The -basha, confident in the superior valour of his troops, thought, now he -had got the king between him and the river, that he would easily that -day finish Sertza Denghel’s life and reign. - -The battle began with the most determined resolution and vigour on -both sides. The Abyssinian foot drove back the Turkish infantry; and -the king, dismounting from his horse, with his lance and shield in -his hand, and charging at their head, animated them to preserve that -advantage. On the other hand, the basha, who had soon put to flight -part of the Abyssinian horse with whom he had engaged, fell furiously -upon the foot commanded by the king, the Turks making a great carnage -among them with their sabres, and the affair became but doubtful, when -Robel, gentleman of the bed-chamber to the king, who commanded the -pike-men on horseback, part of the king’s household troops, seeing his -master’s danger, charged the Turkish horse where he saw the basha in -person, and, clearing his way, broke his pike upon an officer of the -basha who carried the standard immediately before him, and threw him -dead at his feet. Being without other arms, he then drew the short -crooked knife which the Abyssinians always carry in their girdle, and, -pushing up his horse close before the basha could recover from his -surprise, he plunged it in his throat, so that he expired instantly. So -unlooked-for a spectacle struck a panic into the troops. The Turkish -horse first turned their backs, and a general rout followed. - -The basha’s body was carried upon a mule out of the field, and struck a -terror into all the Mahometans wherever it passed. It no sooner entered -Dobarwa than it was obliged to be carried out at the other end of the -town. Sertza Denghel was not one that slumbered upon a victory. He -entered Dobarwa sword in hand, putting all the Pagans and Mahometans -that fell in his way to death, and, in this manner, pursued them to -the frontiers of Masuah, leaving many to die for want of water in that -desert. - -The king, in honour of this brave action performed by Robel, ordered -what follows to be writ in letters of gold, and inserted in the -records of the kingdom: “Robel, servant to Sertza Denghel, and son to -Menetcheli, slew a Turkish basha on horseback with a common knife.” - -Sertza Denghel, having thus delivered himself from the most formidable -of his enemies, marched through Gojam again into Narea, extirpating, -all the way he went, the Galla that obstructed his way to that state. -He left an additional number of priests and monks to instruct them in -the Christian religion; though there are some historians of this reign -who pretend that it was not till this second visit that Narea was -converted. - -However this may be, victory had everywhere attended his steps, and -he was now preparing to chastise the malcontents at Damot, when he -was accosted by a priest, famous for his holiness and talent for -divination, who warned him not to undertake that war. But the king, -expressing his contempt of both the message and messenger, declared his -fixed resolution to invade Damot without delay. The priest is said -to have limited his advice still further, and to have only begged him -to remember not to eat the fish of a certain river in the territory -of Giba in the province of Shat. The king, however, flushed with his -victory over the Boren Galla, forgot the name of the river and the -injunction; and, having ate fish out of this river, was immediately -after taken dangerously ill, and died on his return. - -The writer of his life says, that the fatal effects of this river were -afterwards experienced in the reign of Yasous the Great, at the time -in which he wrote, when the king’s whole army, encamped along the -sides of this river, were taken with violent sickness after eating -the fish caught in it, and that many of the soldiers died. Whether -this be really fact or not, I will not take upon me to decide. Whether -fish, or any other animal, living in water impregnated with poisonous -minerals, can preserve its own life, and yet imbibe a quantity of -poison sufficient to destroy the men that should eat it, seems to me -very doubtful. Something like this is said to happen in oysters, which -are found on copperas beds, or have preparations of copperas thrown -upon them to tinge a part of them with green. I do not, however, think -it likely, that the creature would live after this metallic dose, or -preserve a taste that would make it food for man till he accumulated a -quantity sufficient to destroy him. - -Sertza Denghel was of a very humane affable disposition, very different -from his father Menas. He was stedfast in his adherence to the church -of Alexandria, and seemed perfectly indifferent as to the Romish church -and clergy. In conversation, he frequently condemned their tenets, but -always commended the sobriety and sanctity of their lives. He left -no legitimate sons, but many daughters by his wife Mariam Sena; and -two natural sons, Za Mariam and Jacob. He had also a nephew called _Za -Denghel_, son of his brother Lesana Christos. - -It is absolutely contrary to truth, what is said by Tellez and others, -that the illegitimate sons have no right to succeed to the crown. There -is, indeed, no sort of difference, as may be seen by many examples in -the course of this history. - -Sertza Denghel at first seemed to have intended his nephew, Za Denghel, -to succeed him, a prince who had every good quality; was arrived at an -age fit for governing, and had attended him and distinguished himself -in great part of his wars. But, being upon his death-bed, he changed -his mind, probably at the instigation of the queen and the ambitious -nobles, who desired to have the government in their own hands during a -long minority. His son Jacob, a boy of seven years old, was now brought -into court, and treated as heir-apparent, which everybody thought was -but natural and pardonable from the affection of a father. - -At last when he found that he was sick to death, the interest and love -of his country seemed to overcome even the ties of blood; so that, -calling his council together around his bed, he designed his successor -in this last speech: ‘As I am sensible I am at the point of death, next -to the care of my soul, I am anxious for the welfare of my kingdom. -My first idea was to appoint Jacob my son to be successor; and I had -done so unless for his youth, and it is probable neither you nor I -could have cause to repent it. Considering, however, the state of -my kingdom, I prefer its interest to the private affection I bear my -son; and do, therefore, hereby appoint Za Denghel my nephew to succeed -me, and be your king; and recommend him to you as fit for war, ripe -in years, exemplary in the practice of every virtue, and as deserving -of the crown by his good qualities, as he is by his near relation to -the royal family.’ And with these words the king expired in the end of -August 1595, and was buried in the island Roma. - -As soon as Sertza Denghel died, the nobility resumed their former -resolutions. The very reasons the dying king had given them, why -Za Denghel was fitted to reign, were those for the which they were -determined to reject him; as they, after so long a reign as the last, -were perfectly weary at being kept in their duty, and desired nothing -more than an infant king and a long minority: this they found in Jacob. - -[Illustration] - -[Illustration] - - - - -ZA DENGHEL. - -From 1595 to 1604. - - _Za Denghel dethroned--Jacob a Minor succeeds--Za Denghel is - restored--Banishes Jacob to Narea--Converted to the Romish - Religion--Battle of Bartcho, and Death of the King._ - - -SERTZA DENGHEL had several daughters, one of whom was married to Kefla -Wahad, governor of the province of Tigré, and another to Athanasius, -governor of Amhara. These two were the most powerful men then in -the kingdom. The empress and her two sons-in-law saw plainly, that -the succession of Za Denghel, a man of ripe years, possessed of -every requisite for reigning, was to exclude them from any share in -government but a subaltern one, for which they were to stand candidates -upon their own merits, in common with the rest of the nobility. - -Accordingly, no sooner was Sertza Denghel dead, perhaps some time -before, but a conspiracy was formed to change the order of succession, -and this was immediately executed by order of this triumvirate, who -sent a body of soldiers and seized Za Denghel, and carried him close -prisoner to Dek, a large island in the lake Tzana, belonging to the -queen, where he was kept for some time, till he escaped and hid himself -in the wild inaccessible mountains of Gojam, which there form the -banks of the Nile. They carried their precautions still further; and -subsequent events after shewed, that these were well-grounded. They -sent a party of men at the same time to surprise Socinios, but he, -sufficiently upon his guard, no sooner saw the fate of his cousin, Za -Denghel, than he withdrew himself, but in such a manner that shewed -plainly he knew the value of his own pretensions, and was not to be an -unconcerned spectator if a revolution was to happen. - -In order to understand perfectly the claims of those princes, who were -by turns placed on the throne in the bloody war that followed, it will -be necessary to know that the emperor David III. had three sons: The -eldest was Claudius, who succeeded him in the empire; the history of -whose reign we have already given: The second was Jacob, who died a -minor before his brother, but left two sons, Tascar and Facilidas: The -third son was Menas, called Adamas Segued, who succeeded Claudius his -brother in the empire; whose reign we have likewise given in its proper -place. - -Menas had four sons; Sertza Denghel, called Melec Segued, who succeeded -his father in the empire, and whose history we have just now finished; -the second Aquieter; the third Abatè; and the fourth, Lesana Christos; -whose son was that Za Denghel of whom we were last speaking, appointed -to succeed to the throne by his uncle Sertza Denghel, when on his -death-bed. - -Tascar, the son of Jacob, died a minor; he rebelled against his uncle -Menas, in confederacy with the Baharnagash, as we have already seen; -and his army being beat by his uncle and sovereign, he was, by his -order, thrown over the steep precipice of Lamalmon, and dashed to -pieces. Facilidas, the second remaining son of the same minor Jacob, -lived many years, possessed great estates in Gojam, and died afterwards -in battle, fighting against the Galla, in defence of these possessions. - -This Facilidas had a natural son named Socinios, who inherited his -father’s possessions; was nephew to Sertza Denghel, and cousin-german -to Za Denghel appointed to succeed to the throne; so that Za Denghel -being once removed, as Jacob had been postponed, there could be no -doubt of Socinios’s claim as the nearest heir-male to David III. -commonly called Wanag Segued. - -Socinios, from his infancy, had been trained to arms, and had undergone -a number of hardships in his uncle’s wars. Part of his estate had -been seized, after his father’s death, by men in power, favourites of -Sertza Denghel; and he hoped for a complete restitution of them from Za -Denghel his cousin, when he should succeed, for these two were as much -connected with each other by friendship and affection, as they were by -blood. Nor would any step, says the historian, have ever been taken -by Socinios towards mounting the throne, had Za Denghel his cousin -succeeded, as by right he ought. - -In the mean time, he was at the head of a considerable band of -soldiers; had assisted Fasa Christos, governor of Gojam, in defeating -the Galla, who had over-run that province; and, by his courage and -conduct that day, had left a strong impression upon the minds of the -troops that he would soon become the most capable and active soldier of -his time. - -The queen and her two sons-in-law being disappointed in their attempt -upon Socinios, were obliged to take the only step that remained in -their choice, which was to appoint the infant Jacob[46] king, a child -of seven years old, and put him under the tutelage of Ras Athanasius. - -The empress Mariam Sena, and her two sons-in-law, had gained to their -party Za Selassé, a person of low birth, native of an obscure nation -of Pagans, called Guraguè, a man esteemed for bravery and conduct, and -beloved by the soldiers; but turbulent and seditious, without honour, -gratitude, or regard, either to his word, to his sovereign, or the -interests of his country. - -Jacob had suffered patiently the direction of those that governed him, -so long as the excuse of his minority was a good one. But being now -arrived at the age of 17, he began to put in, by degrees, for his share -in the direction of affairs; and observing some steps that tended to -prolong the government of his tutors, by his own power he banished Za -Selassé, the author of them, into the distant kingdom of Narea. - -This vigorous proceeding alarmed the empress and her party. They saw -that the measure taken by Jacob would presently lead all good men -and lovers of their country to support him, and to annihilate their -power. They resolved not to wait till this took place, but instantly to -restore Za Denghel, whom, with great difficulty, they found hid in the -mountains between Gojam and Damot. And, to remove every suspicion in Za -Denghel’s breast, Ras Athanasius repaired to the palace, giving Jacob -publicly, even on the throne, the most abusive and scurrilous language, -calling him an obstinate, stubborn, foolish boy; declaring him degraded -from being king, and announcing to his face the coming of Za Denghel to -supplant him. Jacob’s behaviour on so unexpected an occasion was not -such as Athanasius’s rash speech led to expect. He gave a cool and mild -reply to these invectives; but, finding himself entirely in his enemy’s -power, without losing a moment, he left his palace in the night, taking -the road to Samen, not doubting of safety and protection if he could -reach his mother’s relations among those high, rocky mountains. - -Fortune at first seemed to favour his endeavours. He arrived at a small -village immediately in the neighbourhood of the country to which he was -going; but there he was discovered and made prisoner; carried back and -delivered to Za Denghel his rival, whom he found placed on his throne. - -In all these cases, it is the invariable, though barbarous practice of -Abyssinia, to mutilate any such pretender to the throne, by cutting off -his nose, ear, hand, or foot, as they shall be inclined the patient -should die or live after the operation, it being an established law, -that no person can succeed to the throne, as to the priesthood, without -being perfect in all his limbs. Za Denghel, as he could not adopt so -inhuman a procedure even with a rival, contented himself with only -banishing Jacob to Narea. - -Ever since that period of Menas’s reign, when Samur, basha of Masuah, -had been put in possession of Dobarwa in virtue of a treaty with -Isaac Baharnagash, then in rebellion, the Catholic religion was left -destitute of all support, the fathers that had remained in Abyssinia -being dead, and the entry into that kingdom shut up by the violent -animosity of the Turks, and the cruelties they exercised upon all -missionaries that fell into their hands. The few Catholics that -remained were absolutely deprived of all assistance, when Melchior -Sylvanus, an Indian vicar of the church of St Anne at Goa, was pitched -upon as a proper person to be sent to their relief. His language, -colour, eastern air and manners, seemed to promise that he would -succeed, and baffle the vigilance of the Turks. - -He arrived at Masuah in 1597, and entered Abyssinia unsuspected; but -the power of the Turk being much lessened by the great defeat given -them by Sertza Denghel, who slew Cadward Basha, and retook Dobarwa -and all its dependencies, as has been already mentioned, a very -considerable part of their former dangers, the missionaries might -now hope to escape. But there still remained others obstructing the -communication with India, which, however, were surmountable, and gave -way, as most of the kind do, to prudence, courage, and perseverance. - -Accordingly, in the year 1600, Peter Paez, the most capable, as well -as most successful missionary that ever entered Ethiopia, arrived at -Masuah, after having suffered a long imprisonment, and many other -hardships, on his way to that island; and, taking upon him the charge -of the Portuguese, relieved Melchior Sylvanus, who returned to India. - -Paez, however, did not press on to court as his predecessors, and even -his successors constantly did, but, confining himself to the convent of -Fremona in Tigré, he first set himself by an invincible application to -attain the knowledge of the Geez written language, in which he arrived -to a degree of knowledge superior to that of the natives themselves. -He then applied to the instruction of youth, keeping a school, where -he taught equally the children of the Portuguese, and those of the -Abyssinians. The great progress made by the scholars speedily spread -abroad the reputation of the master. First of all, John Gabriel, one of -the most distinguished officers of the Portuguese, spoke of him in the -warmest terms of commendation to Jacob, then upon the throne, who sent -to Paez, and ordered his attendance as soon as the rainy season should -be over. - -In the month of April 1604, Peter, attended only by two of his young -disciples, presented himself to the king, who then held his court at -Dancaz, where he was received with the same honours as are bestowed -upon men of the first rank, to the great discontent of the Abyssinian -monks, who easily foresaw that their humiliation would certainly -follow this exaltation of Petros; nor were they mistaken. In a dispute -held before the king next day, Peter produced the two boys, as more -than sufficient to silence all the theologians in Abyssinia. Nor can -it ever be doubted, by any who know the ignorance of these brutish -priests, but that the victory, in these scholastic disputes, would be -fairly, easily, and completely on the side of the children. - -Mass was then said according to the usage of the church of Rome, which -was followed by a sermon (among the first ever preached in Abyssinia,) -but so far surpassing, in elegance and purity of diction, any thing yet -extant in the learned language, Geez, that all the hearers began to -look upon this as the first miracle on the part of the preacher. - -Za Denghel was so taken with it, that, from that instant, he not only -resolved to embrace the Catholic religion, but declared this his -resolution to several friends, and soon after to Paez himself, under -an oath of secrecy that he should conceal it for a time. This oath, -prudently exacted from Peter, was as imprudently rendered useless by -the zeal of the king himself, who being of too sanguine a disposition -to temporize after he was convinced, published a proclamation, -forbidding the religious observation of Saturday, or the Jewish -sabbath, for ever after. He likewise ordered letters to be wrote to -the pope Clement VIII. and to Philip III. king of Spain and Portugal, -wherein he offered them his friendship, whilst he requested mechanics -to assist, and Jesuits to instruct his people. - -These sudden and violent measures were presently known; and every -wretch that had, from other causes, the seeds of rebellion sown in his -heart, began now to pretend they were only nourished there by a love -and attachment to the true religion. - -Many of the courtiers followed the king’s example; some as courtiers -for the sake of the king’s favour, and meaning to adhere to the -religion of Rome no longer than it was a fashion at court, promoted -their interest, and exposed them to no danger; others, from their -firm attachment to the king, the resolution to support him as their -rightful sovereign, and a confidence in his superior judgment, and -that he best knew what was most for the kingdom’s advantage in its -present distracted state, and for the confirmation of his own power, -so intimately connected with the welfare of his people. Few, very few -it is believed, adopted the Catholic faith, from that one discourse -only, however pure the language, however eloquent the preacher. A -hundred years and more had passed without convincing the Abyssinians in -general, or without any material proof that they were prepared to be so. - -However, the Jesuits have quoted an instance of this instantaneous -conversion by the sermon, which, for their credit, I will not omit, -though no notice is taken of it in the annals of those times, where it -is not indeed to be expected, nor do I mean that it is less credible on -this account. - -An Abyssinian monk, of very advanced years, came forward to Peter -Paez, and said in a loud voice before the king, “Although I have lived -to a very great age, without a doubt of the Alexandrian faith, I -bless God that he has spared me to this day, and thereby given me an -opportunity of choosing a better. The things we knew before, you have -so well explained, that they become still more intelligible; and we are -thereby confirmed in our belief. Those things that were difficult, and -which we could hardly understand, you have made so clear, that we now -wonder at our own blindness in not having seen them plainly before. -For these benefits which I now confess to have received, I here make -my declaration, that it is my stedfast purpose, with the assistance of -Almighty God, to live and die in the faith you profess, and have now -preached.” - -Among those of the court most attached to the king was Laeca Mariam, -the inseparable companion of his good and bad fortune, who had followed -his master from principles of duty and affection, without designing to -throw away a consideration upon what were likely to be the consequences -to himself. He was reputed, in his character and abilities as a -soldier, to be equal to Za Selassé, but a very different man, compared -to him in his qualities of civil life; for he was sober in his general -behaviour, sparing in discourse, and much more ready to do a good -office than to promise one; very affable and courteous in his manner, -and of so humble and unassuming a deportment, that it was thought -impossible to be real in a man, who had so often proved his superiority -over others upon trial. - -This man, a true royalist, was one of those that embraced the Catholic -religion that day, probably following the example of the king; and -this, in the hands of wicked men their enemies, became very soon a -pretence for the murder of both; for Za Selassé, impatient of a rival -in any thing, more especially in military knowledge, began to hold -seditious assemblies, and especially with the monks, whom he taught to -believe what the king’s conduct daily confirmed, that the Alexandrian -faith was totally reprobated, and no religion would be tolerated but -that of the church of Rome. - -Gojam, a province always inveterate against any thing that bore the -smallest inclination to the church of Rome, declared against the king; -and, before he went to join his associates, the traitor, Za Selassé, in -a conference he had with the Abuna Petros, proposed to him to absolve -Za Denghel’s subjects and soldiers from their oaths of allegiance to -their sovereign. The Abuna, a man of very corrupt and bad life, very -hearty in the cause, and an enemy to the king, was staggered at this -proposal; not that he was averse to it, because it might do mischief, -but because he doubted whether any such effect would follow it as Za -Selassé expected; and he, therefore, asked what good he expected from -such a novelty? when this traitor assured him, that it would be most -efficacious for that very reason, because it was then first introduced: -the Abuna forthwith absolved the soldiers and subjects of Za Denghel -from their allegiance, declaring the king excommunicated and accursed, -together with all those that should support him, or favour his cause. - -I must here observe, that, though we are now writing the history of the -17th century, this was the first example of any priest excommunicating -his sovereign in Abyssinia, except that of Honorius, who excommunicated -Amda Sion for the repeated commission of incest. And the doubt the -zealot Abuna Petros had of its effect as being a novelty, which fact -the Jesuits themselves attest, shews it was a practice that had not its -origin in the church of Alexandria. Neither had these curses of the -Abuna any visible effect, till Za Selassé had put himself at the head -of an army raised in Gojam. The king was prepared to meet him, and -ready to march from Dancaz. - -Za Denghel immediately marched out into the plain of Bartcho, and -in the way was deserted, first by Ras Athanasius, then by many of -his troops; and, by this great desertion in his army, found the -first effects of the Abuna’s curses, insomuch, that John Gabriel, a -Portuguese officer of the first distinction, advised the king to retire -in time, and avoid a battle, by flying to strong-holds for a season, -till the present delusion among his subjects should cease. But the -king, thinking himself dishonoured by avoiding the defiance of a rebel, -resolved upon giving Za Selassé battle, who, being an able general, -knew well the danger he would incur by delay. - -It was October 13th 1704 that the king, after drawing up his army in -order of battle, placing 200 Portuguese, with a number of Abyssinian -troops, on the right, took to himself the charge of the left, and -called for Peter Paez to give him absolution; but that Jesuit was -occupied at a convenient distance in Tigré, by his exorcisms destroying -ants, butterflies, mice, locusts, and various other enemies, of much -more importance, in his opinion, than the life of a king who had -been blindly, but directly conducted to slaughter by his fanatical -preachings. - -The battle began with great appearance of success. On the right, the -Portuguese, led by old and veteran officers, destroyed and overturned -every thing before them with their fire-arms: but on the left, where -the king commanded, things went otherwise, for the whole of this -division fled, excepting a body of nobility, his own officers and -companions, who remained with him, and fought manfully in his defence. -Above all, the king himself, trained to a degree of excellence in the -use of arms, strong and agile in body, in the flower of his age, and -an excellent horseman, performed feats of valour that seemed above the -power of man: but he and his attendants being surrounded by the whole -army of Za Selassé, and decreasing in number, were unable to support -any longer such disadvantage. - -Laeca Mariam, solicitous only for the king’s safety, charging furiously -every one that approached, was thrust through with a lance by a common -soldier who had approached him unobserved. The king, desirous only -to avenge his death, threw himself like lightning into the opposite -squadron, and received a stroke with a lance in his breast, which -threw him from his horse on the ground. Grievous as the wound was, -he instantly recovered himself, and, drawing his sword, continued to -fight with as much vigour as ever. He was now hemmed in by a ring of -soldiers, part of whom, afraid of encountering him, remained at a -distance, throwing missile weapons without good direction or strength, -as if they had been hunting some fierce wild beast. Others, wishing to -take him prisoner, abstained from striking him, out of regard to his -character and dignity; but the traitor, Za Selassé, coming up at that -instant, and seeing the king almost fainting with fatigue, and covered -with wounds, pointed his lance, and, spurring his horse, furiously -struck him in the middle of the forehead, which blow threw the king -senseless to the ground, where he was afterwards slain with many -wounds. - -The battle ended with the death of Za Denghel; many saw him fall, and -more his body after the defeat; but no one chose to be the first that -should in any way dispose of it, or care to own that they knew it. It -lay in this abject state for three days, till it was buried by three -peasants in a corner of the plain, in a little building like a chapel -(which I have seen) not above six feet high, under the shade of a very -fine tree, in Abyssinia called _sassa_: there it lay till ten years -after, when Socinios removed it from that humble mausoleum, and buried -it in a monastery called Daga, in the lake Dembea, with great pomp and -magnificence. - -The grief which the death of Za Denghel occasioned was so universal, -and the odium it brought upon the authors of it so great, that neither -Za Selassé nor Ras Athanasius dared for a time take one step towards -naming a successor, which the fear of Za Denghel, and the uncertainty -of victory, had prevented them from doing by common consent before the -battle. There was no doubt but that the election would fall upon Jacob, -but he was far off, confined in the mountainous country of Caffa in -Narea. The distance was great; the particular place uncertain; the way -to it lay through deserts, always dangerous on account of the Galla, -and often impassable. - -[Illustration] - - - - -JACOB. - -From 1604 to 1605. - - _Makes Proposals to Socinios, which are rejected--Takes the - Field--Bad Conduct and Defeat of Za Selassé--Battle of Debra - Zeit--Jacob defeated and slain._ - - -During the interim, Socinios appeared in Amhara, not as one -offering himself as a candidate to be supported by the strength and -interest of others, but like a conqueror at the head of a small but -well-disciplined army of veteran troops, ready to compel by force those -who should refuse to swear allegiance to him from conviction of his -right. - -The first step he took was to send Bela Christos, a nobleman of known -worth, to Ras Athanasius then in Gojam, stating to him his pretensions -to succeed Za Denghel in the kingdom, desiring his assistance with his -army, and declaring that he would acknowledge the service done him as -soon as it was in his power. Without waiting for an answer, at the head -of his little army he passed the Nile, and entered Gojam. He then sent -a second message to Ras Athanasius, acquainting him that he was at -hand, and ordering him to prepare to receive him as his sovereign. - -This abrupt and confident conduct of Socinios very much disconcerted -Ras Athanasius. He had as yet concerted nothing with his friend Za -Selassé, and it was now late to do it. There was no person then within -the bounds of the empire that solicited the crown but Socinios, and -he was now at hand, and very much favoured by the soldiers. For these -reasons, he thought it best to put a good face upon the matter in his -present situation. He, therefore, met Socinios as required, and joined -his army, as if it had been his free choice, and saluted him king in -the midst of repeated chearful congratulations of both armies now -united. - -Having succeeded in this to his wish, Socinios lost no time to try the -same experiment with Za Selassé, who was then in Dembea, the province -of which he was governor. To him he sent this message, “That God by -his grace having called him to the throne of his ancestors, he was now -on his march to Dembea, where he requested him to prepare his troops -to receive him, and dispose them to deserve the favours that he was -ready to confer upon all of them.” Za Selassé remained for a while as -if thunder-struck by so peremptory an intimation. Of all masters he -most wished for Jacob, because, from experience, he thought he could -govern him. Of all masters he most feared Socinios, because he knew he -possessed capacity and qualities that would naturally determine him to -govern alone. After having concerted with his friends, he sent Socinios -answer, “That not having till now known any thing of his claims or -intentions, he had sent an invitation to Jacob into Narea, whose answer -he expected; but that, in case Jacob did not appear, he then would -receive Socinios with every mark of duty and affection, and hoped he -would grant him the short delay to which he had inadvertently, though -innocently, engaged himself.” - -This answer did in no shape please Socinios, who dispatched the -messenger immediately with this declaration, “That he was already king, -and would never cede his right to Jacob, who was deposed and judged -unworthy to reign; no nor even to his father Melec Segued, though he -should rise again from the grave, and claim the throne he had so long -sat upon.” - -Za Selasse, easily penetrating that there was no peace in Socinios’s -intentions, first imprisoned the messenger, and, instead of another -answer, marched instantly with his whole army to surprise him before he -had time to take his measures. And in this he succeeded. For Socinios -being at that instant overtaken by sickness, and not knowing what trust -to put in Athanasius’s army, retired in haste to the mountains of -Amhara; while Athanasius also withdrew his troops till he should know -upon what terms he stood both with Za Selassé and the king. - -Still no return came from Jacob. The winter was nearly past, and not -only the soldiers, but people of all ranks began to be weary of this -interregnum, and heartily wished for their ancient form of government. -They said, That since Jacob did not appear, there could be no reason -for excluding Socinios, whose title was undoubted, and who had all the -qualities necessary to make a good king. - -Za Selasse, seeing this opinion gained ground among his troops, and -fearing they might mutiny and leave him alone, made a virtue of -necessity: he dispatched an ambassador to acknowledge Socinios as his -sovereign, and declare that he was ready to swear allegiance to him. -Socinios received this embassy with great apparent complacency. He -sent in return a monk, in whom he confided, a person of great worth -and dignity, to be his representative, and receive the homage of Za -Selassé and his army. On the news of this monk’s approach, Za Selassé -sent on his part ten men, the most respectable in his camp, to meet -this representative of the king, and conduct him into the camp, where -Za Selassé, and all his troops, did homage, and swore allegiance -to Socinios. Feasts and presents were now given in the camp, as is -usual at the accession of a new king to the throne, and all the army -abandoned themselves to joy. - -These good tidings were immediately communicated both to Socinios and -Ras Athanasius. But, in the midst of this rejoicing, a messenger came -from Jacob, informing Za Selassé that he was then in Dembea; that he -had conferred upon him the title of Ras and Betwudet, that is, had -made him the king’s lieutenant-general throughout the whole empire. Za -Selassé, in possession of the height of his wishes, and making an ample -distribution among his troops, determined immediately to march and join -Jacob in Dembea; but first he wrote privately to the ten men that had -accompanied the monk to Socinios, that they should withdraw themselves -as suddenly and privately as possible before the coming of Jacob was -known. Eight of these were lucky enough to do so; two of them were -overtaken in the flight and brought back to Socinios, who ordered them -to immediate execution. - -Ras Athanasius, seeing the prosperous turn that Jacob’s affairs had -taken, renounced his oath to Socinios, and repaired to Jacob at Coga, -while Socinios retired into Amhara at the head of a very respectable -army, waiting an opportunity to repay Jacob for his ambition, and -Athanasius and Za Selassé for their treason and perjury towards him. - -Although Jacob was now again seated on the throne, surrounded by the -army and great officers of the empire, his mind was always disturbed -with the apprehension of Socinios. In order to free himself from this -anxiety, he employed Socinios’s mother in an application to her son, -with an offer of peace and friendship; promising, besides, that he -would give him in property the kingdoms of Amhara, Walaka, and Shoa, -and all the lands which his father had ever possessed in any other part -of Abyssinia. Socinios shortly answered, “That what God had given him, -no man could take from him; that the whole kingdom belonged to him, nor -would he ever relinquish any part of it but with his life. He advised -Jacob to consider this, and peaceably resign a crown which did not -belong to him; and the attempting to keep which, would involve him and -his country in a speedy destruction.” - -Upon this defiance, seeing Socinios implacable, Jacob took the field, -and was followed by Za Selassé. But this proud and insolent traitor, -who never could confine himself within the line of his duty, even under -a king of his own choosing, would not join his forces with Jacob, but -vain-gloriously led a separate army, subject to his orders alone. In -this manner, having separate camps, choosing different ground, and -sometimes at a considerable distance from each other, they came up -with Socinios in Begemder. Jacob advanced so near him that his tent -could be distinctly seen from that of Socinios, and, on the morrow, -Jacob and Za Selassé, drawing up their armies, offered Socinios battle. - -That wise prince saw too well that he was overmatched; and, though -he desired a battle as much as Jacob, it was not upon such terms as -the present. He declined it, and kept hovering about them as near as -possible on the heights and uneven ground, where he could not be forced -to fight till it perfectly suited his own interest. - -This refusal on the part of Socinios did but increase Za Selassé’s -pride. He despised Jacob as a general, and thought that Socinios -declining battle was owing only to the apprehension he had of his -presence, courage, and abilities. He continued parading with the -separate army, perfectly intoxicated with confidence and an imaginary -superiority, neglecting all the wholesome rules of war rigidly adhered -to by great generals for the sake of discipline, however distant they -may be from their enemy. - -It was not long before this was told Socinios, who soon saw his -advantage in it, and thereupon resolved to fight Za Selassé singly, -and watch attentively till he should find him as far as possible -from Jacob. Nor did he long wait for the occasion; for Za Selassé, -attempting to lead his army through very uneven and stony ground, -called _the Pass of Mount Defer_, and at a considerable distance from -Jacob, Socinios attacked him while in the pass so rudely, that his -army, entangled in broken and unknown ground, was surrounded and almost -cut to pieces. Za Selassé, with a few followers, saved themselves by -the goodness of their horses, and joined the king, being the first -messengers of their own defeat. - -Jacob received the news of this misfortune without any apparent -concern. On the contrary, he took Za Selassé roundly to task for -having lost such an army by his misconduct; and from that time put on -a coolness of carriage towards him that could not be bruiked by such -a character. He made direct proposals to Socinios to join him, if he -could be assured that his services would be well received. Socinios, -though he reposed no confidence in one that had changed sides so often, -was yet, for his own sake, desirous to deprive his rival of an officer -of such credit and reputation with the soldiers. He therefore promised -him a favourable reception; and, a treaty being concluded, Socinios -marched into Gojam, followed by Jacob, and there was joined by Za -Selassé whom Jacob had made governor of that province. - -Jacob, not knowing how far this desertion might extend, and to shew -Socinios the little value he set upon his new acquisition, immediately -advanced towards him, and offered him battle. This was what Socinios -very earnestly wished for; but, as his army was much inferior to -Jacob’s, he seemed to decline it from motives of fear, till he had -found ground proper for his army to engage in with advantage. - -Jacob, sensible of the great superiority he had, (historians say it -was nearly thirty to one) grew every day more impatient to bring -Socinios to an engagement, fearing he might retreat, and thereby -prolong the war, which he had no doubt would be finished by the first -action. Therefore he was anxious to keep him always in sight, without -regarding the ground through which his eagerness led him. Several days -the two armies marched side by side in sight of each other, till they -came to Debra Tzait, or the Mountain of Olives. There Jacob halted; he -then advanced a little further, and seeing Socinios encamped, he did -the same in a low and very disadvantageous post on the banks of the -river Lebart. - -Socinios having now obtained his desire, early in the morning of the -10th of March 1607 fell suddenly upon Jacob cooped up in a low and -narrow place, which gave him no opportunity of availing himself of his -numbers. Jacob soon found that he was over-reached by the superior -generalship of his enemy. Socinios’s troops were so strongly posted, -that Jacob’s soldiers found themselves in a number of ambushes they -had not foreseen, so that, fighting or flying being equally dangerous -to them, his whole army was nearly destroyed in the field, or in the -flight, which was most ardently and vigorously followed till night, -with little loss on the part of Socinios. - -This battle, decisive enough by the route and dispersion of the enemy, -became still more so from two circumstances attending it: The first was -the death of his competitor, who fell unknown among a herd of common -soldiers in the beginning of the action, without having performed, in -his own person, any thing worthy of the character he had to sustain, -or that could enable any spectator to give an account in what place -he fell; the consequence of which was, that he was thought to be -alive many years afterwards. The second was the death of the Abuna -Petros. This priest had distinguished himself in Za Denghel’s reign, -by absolving the king’s subjects and soldiers from their oaths of -allegiance, which was followed by the unfortunate death of Za Denghel -in the plain of Bartcho. Vain of the importance he had acquired by the -success of his treason, he had pursued the same conduct with regard -to Socinios, and followed Jacob to battle, where, trusting to his -character and habit for the safety of his person, he neglected the -danger that he ran amidst a flying army. While occupied in uttering -vain curses and excommunications against the conquerors, he was known, -by the crucifix he held in his hand, by a Moorish soldier of Socinios, -who thrust him through with a lance, then cut his head off, and carried -it to the king. - -The Abyssinian annals state, that, immediately after seeing the head -of Abuna Peter, Socinios ordered a retreat to be sounded, and that no -more of his enemies should be slain. On the contrary, the Jesuits have -said, that the pursuit was continued even after night; for that a body -of horse, among whom were many Portuguese belonging to the army of -Jacob, flying from Socinios’s troops, fell over a very high precipice, -it being so dark that they did not discover it; and that one soldier, -called Manuel Gonsalez, finding his horse leave him, as it were flying, -lighted luckily on a tree, where, in the utmost trepidation, he sat -all night, not knowing where he was. This fear was greatly encreased -in the morning, when he beheld the horses, and the men who were his -companions, lying dead and dashed to pieces in the plain below. - -Ras Athanasius, who had followed the party of Jacob, narrowly escaped -by the swiftness of his horse, and hid himself in the monastery of -Dima, at no great distance from the field of battle; and Peter Paez, -from remembrance of his former good offices, having recommended him -to Sela Christos, Socinios’s brother-in-law, he was pardoned; but -losing favour every day, his effects and lands having been taken -from him on different occasions, he is said at last to have died for -want, justly despised by all men for unsteadiness in allegiance to -his sovereigns, by which he had been the occasion of the death of two -excellent princes, had frequently endangered the life and state of -the third, and had been the means of the slaughter of many thousands -of their subjects, worthier men than himself, as they fell in the -discharge of their duty. But before his death he had still this further -mortification, that his wife, daughter of Sertza Denghel, called Melec -Segued, voluntarily forsook his bed and retired to a single life. - -[Illustration] - -[Illustration] - - - - -SOCINIOS, OR MELEC SEGUED. - -From 1605 to 1632. - - _Socinios embraces the Romish Religion--War with Sennaar--With - the Shepherds--Violent Conduct of the Romish Patriarch--Lasta - rebels--Defeated at Wainadega--Socinios restores the - Alexandrian Religion--Resigns his Crown to his eldest Son._ - - -Socinios, now universally acknowledged as king, began his reign with a -degree of moderation which there was no reason to expect of him. Often -as he had been betrayed, many and inveterate as his enemies were, now -he had them in his power, he sought no vengeance for injuries which -he had suffered, but freely pardoned every one, receiving all men -graciously without reproach or reflections, or even depriving them of -their employments. - -Being informed, however, that one Mahardin, a Moor, had been the first -to break through that respect due to a king, by wounding Za Denghel at -the battle of Bartcho, he ordered him to be brought at noon-day before -the gate of his palace, and his head to be there struck off with an -ax, as a just atonement for violated majesty. - -The king, now retired to Coga, gave his whole attention to regulate -those abuses, and repair those losses, which this long and bloody -war had occasioned. He had two brothers by the mother’s side, men of -great merit, Sela Christos, and Emana Christos, destined to share the -principal part in the king’s confidence and councils. - -Bela Christos, a man of great family, who had been attached to him -since he formed his first pretensions to the crown, was called to -court to take his share in the glory and dangers of this reign, which -it was easy to see would be a very active one; for every province -around was full of rebels and independents, who had shaken off the -yoke of government, paid no taxes, nor shewed other respect to the -king than just what at the moment consisted with their own interest or -inclination. - -The Portuguese soldiers, remnants of the army which came into Abyssinia -under Christopher de Gama, had multiplied exceedingly, and their -children had been trained by their parents in the use of fire-arms. -They were at this time incorporated in one body under John Gabriel a -veteran officer, who seems to have constantly remained with the king, -while his soldiers (at least great part of them) had followed the -fortune they thought most likely to prevail ever since the time of -Claudius. - -Menas did not esteem them enough to keep them in his army at the -expence of enduring the seditious conversations of their priests -reviling and undervaluing his religion and government. He therefore -banished them the kingdom; but, instead of obeying, they joined the -Baharnagash, then confederated with the Turks and in rebellion against -his sovereign, as we have already mentioned. Sertza Denghel seems to -have scarcely set any value upon them after this, and made very little -use of them during his long reign. Upon the infant Jacob’s being put -upon the throne they all adhered to him; and, after Jacob’s banishment, -part of them had attached themselves to Za Denghel, and behaved with -great spirit in the battle of Bartcho. - -Upon Jacob’s restoration they had joined him, and with him were -defeated at the decisive battle of Lebart, being all united against -Socinios; so that, on whatever side they declared themselves, they -were constantly beaten by the cowardice of the Abyssinians with whom -they were joined. Yet, tho’ they had been so often on the side that -was unfortunate, their particular loss had been always inconsiderable; -because, whatever was the fate of the rest of the army, none of the -country troops would ever stand before them, and they made their -retreat from amidst a routed army in nearly the same safety as if they -had been conquerors; because it was not, for several reasons, the -interest of the conquerors to attack them, nor was the experiment ever -likely to be an eligible one to the assailants. - -Socinios followed a conduct opposite to that of Menas. He determined to -attach the Portuguese wholly to himself, and to make them depend upon -him entirely. For this reason he made great advances to their priests, -and sent for Peter Paez to court, where, after the usual disputes upon -the pope’s supremacy, and the two natures in Christ, mass was said, -and a sermon preached, much with the same success as it had been in the -time of Za Denghel, and with full as great offence to the Abyssinian -clergy. - -The province of Dembea, lying round the lake Tzana, is the most fertile -and the most cultivated country in Abyssinia. It is entirely flat, -and seems to have been produced by the decrease of water in the lake, -which, from very visible marks, appears to have formerly been of four -times the extent of what it is at present. Dembea, however fruitful, -has one inconvenience to which all level countries in this climate are -subject: A mortal fever rages in the whole extent of it, from March to -Heder Michael, the eighth day of November, when there are always gentle -showers. This dangerous fever stops immediately upon the falling of -these rains, as suddenly as the plague does upon the first falling of -the nucta, or dew, in Egypt. - -On the south side of this lake the country rises into a rocky -promontory, which forms a peninsula and runs far into the lake. Nothing -can be more beautiful than this small territory, elevated, but not -to an inconvenient height, above the water which surrounds it on all -sides, except the south. The climate is delightful, and no fevers -or other diseases rage here. The prospect of the lake and distant -mountains is magnificent beyond European conception, and Nature seems -to have pointed this place out for pleasure, health, and retirement. -Paez had asked and obtained this territory from the king, who, he says, -gave him a grant of it in perpetuity. The manner of this he describes: -“A civil officer is sent on the part of the king, who calls together -all the proprietors of the neighbouring lands, and visits the bounds -with them; they kill a goat at particular distances, and bury the heads -under ground upon the boundary line of this regality; which heads, Paez -says, it is felony to dig up or remove; and this is a mark or gift of -land in perpetuity.” - -Without contradicting the form of burying the goats heads, I shall only -say, I never saw or heard of it, nor is there such a thing as a gift -of land in _perpetuum_ known in Abyssinia. All the land is the king’s; -he gives it to whom he pleases during pleasure, and resumes it when it -is his will. As soon as he dies the whole land in the kingdom (that of -the Abuna excepted) is in the disposal of the crown; and not only so, -but, by the death of every present owner, his possessions, however long -enjoyed, revert to the king, and do not fall to the eldest son. It is -by proclamation the possession and property is reconveyed to the heir, -who thereby becomes absolute master of the land for his own life or -pleasure of the king, under obligation of military and other services; -and that exception, on the part of the Abuna, is not in respect to -the sanctity of his person, or charge, but because it is founded upon -treaty[47], and is become part of the constitution. - -The Abyssinians saw, with the utmost astonishment, the erection of a -convent strongly built with stone and lime, of which before they had no -knowledge, and their wonder was still increased, when, at desire of the -king, Paez undertook, of the same materials, to build a palace for him -at the southmost end of this peninsula, which is called Gorgora. It was -with amazement mixed with terror that they saw a house rise upon house, -for so they call the different storeys. - -Paez here displayed his whole ingenuity, and the extent of his -abilities. He alone was architect, mason, smith, and carpenter, -and with equal dexterity managed all the instruments used by each -profession in the several stages of the work. The palace was what -we shall call wainscoted with cedar, divided into state-rooms, and -private apartments likewise for the queen and nobility of both sexes -that formed the court, with accommodations and lodgings for guards and -servants. - -As the king had at that time a view to attack the rebels, the Agows -and Damots, and to check the inroads of the Galla into Gojam, he -saw with pleasure a work going on that provided the most commodious -residence where his occupation in all probability was chiefly to lie. -His principal aim was to bring into his kingdom a number of Portuguese -troops, which, joined to those already there, and the converts he -proposed to make after embracing the Catholic religion, might enable -him to extirpate that rebellious spirit which seemed now universally -to have taken possession of the hearts of his subjects, and especially -of the clergy, of late taught, he did not seem to know how, that most -dangerous privilege of cursing and excommunicating kings. He had not -seen in Peter Paez and his fellow-priests any thing but submission, and -a love of monarchy; their lives and manners were truly apostolical; and -he never thought, till he came afterwards to be convinced upon proof, -that the patriarch from Rome, and the Abuna from Cairo, tho’ they -differed in their opinion as to the two natures in Christ, did both -heartily agree in the desire of erecting ecclesiastical dominion and -tyranny upon the ruins of monarchy and civil power, and of effecting a -total subordination of the civil government, either to the chairs of St -Mark or St Peter. - -In the winter, during the cessation from work, Socinios called Paez -from Gorgora to Coga, where he enlarged the territory the Jesuits -then had at Fremona. After which he declared to him his resolution -to embrace the Catholic religion; and, as Paez says, presented him -with two letters, one to the king of Portugal, the other to the pope: -the first dated the 10th of December 1607, the latter the 14th of -October of the same year. These letters say not a word of his intended -conversion, nor of submission to the see of Rome; but complain only of -the disorderly state of his kingdom, and the constant inroads of the -Galla, earnestly requesting a number of Portuguese soldiers to free -them from their yoke, as formerly, under the conduct of Christopher de -Gama, they had delivered Abyssinia from that of the Moors. - -While these things passed at Coga, two pieces of intelligence were -brought to the king, both very material in themselves, but which -affected him very differently. The first was, that the traitor Za -Selassé, while making one of his incursions into Gojam, had fallen into -an ambush laid for him by the Toluma Galla, guardians of that province -on the banks of the Nile, and that these Pagans had slain him and cut -off his head, which they then presented to the king, who ordered it to -be exposed on the lance whereon it was fixed, in the most conspicuous -place in the front of his palace. - -This was the end of Ras Za Selassé, a name held in detestation to -this day throughout all Abyssinia. Though his death was just such as -it ought to have been, yet, as it was in an advanced time of life, he -still became a hurtful example, by shewing that it was possible for a -man to live to old age in the continual practice of murder and treason. - -He was of low birth, as I have already observed, of a Pagan nation -of Troglodytes, of the lowest esteem in Abyssinia, employed always -in the meanest and most servile occupations, in which capacity he -served first in a private family. Being observed to have an active, -quick turn of mind, he was preferred to the service of Melec Segued, -upon whose death he was so much esteemed by his son Jacob, for the -expertness and capacity he shewed in business, that he gave him large -possessions, and appointed him afterwards to several ranks in the army; -having regularly advanced through the subordinate degrees of military -command, always with great success, he was made at last general; and -being now of importance sufficient to be able to ruin his benefactor, -he joined Ras Athanasius, who had rebelled against Jacob, by whom he -was taken prisoner, and, being mercifully dealt with, only banished -to Narea. From this disgraceful situation he was freed by Za Denghel, -who conferred upon him the most lucrative important employment in -the state. In return, he rebelled against Za Denghel; and at Bartcho -deprived him of his kingdom and life. Upon Jacob’s accession he was -appointed Betwudet, the first place in Ethiopia, after the king, -and governor of Gojam, one of the largest and richest provinces in -Abyssinia. But he soon after again forsook Jacob, swore allegiance to -Socinios, and joined him. - -Not content with all this, he began to form some new designs while -with the court at Coga; and, having said to some of the king’s -servants, over wine, that it was prophesied to him he should kill -three kings, which he had verified in two, and was waiting for the -third, this speech was repeated to Socinios, who ordered Za Selassé to -be apprehended; and, though he most justly deserved death, the king -mercifully commuted his punishment to banishment to the top of Oureé -Amba, which signifies the Great Mountain upon the high ridge, called -_Gusman_, near the banks of the Nile; and, though close confined in -the caves on the top of that mountain, after a year’s imprisonment he -escaped to Walaka, and there declared himself captain of a band of -robbers, with which he infested the province of Gojam, when he was -slain by a peasant, and his head cut off and sent to Socinios, who very -much rejoiced in the present, and disposed of it as we have mentioned. - -The second piece of intelligence the emperor received was that in the -mountains of Habab, contiguous to Masuah, where is the famous monastery -of the monks of St Eustathius, called _Bisan_; a person appeared -calling himself Jacob, son of Sertza Denghel, and pretending to have -escaped from the battle of Lebart; thus, taking advantage of the -circumstance of Jacob’s body not having been found in the field among -the dead after that engagement, he pretended he had been so grievously -wounded in the teeth and face that it was not possible to suffer the -deformity to appear; for which reason, as he said, but, as it appeared -afterwards, to conceal the little resemblance he bore to Jacob, he -wrapped about his head the corner of his upper cloth, and so concealed -one side of his face entirely. - -All Tigré hastened to join this impostor as their true sovereign; -who, finding himself now at the head of an army, came down from the -mountains of Bisan, and encamped in the neighbourhood of Dobarwa upon -the Mareb, where he had a new accession of strength. - -The shape of the crown in Abyssinia is that of the hood, or capa, which -the priests wear when saying mass. It is composed of silver, sometimes -of gold, sometimes of both metals, mixed and lined with blue silk. It -is made to cover part of the forehead, both cheeks, and the hind-part -of the neck likewise to the joining of the shoulders. A crown of this -shape could not but be of great service in hiding the terrible scars -with which the impostor’s face was supposed to be deformed. He had -accordingly got one made at Masuah, beat very thin out of a few ounces -of gold which he had taken from a caravan that he had robbed. He wore -it constantly upon his head as a token that he was not a candidate for -the crown, but real sovereign, who had worn that mark of power from his -infancy. - -The news of this impostor, with the usual exaggeration of followers, -soon came to Sela Christos, governor of Tigré, who, seeing that the -affair became more serious every day, resolved to attempt to check it. -He conceived, however, he had little trust to put in the troops of -his province, who all of them were wavering whether they should not -join the rebel. His sole dependence, then, was upon the troops of his -own household, veteran soldiers, well paid and cloathed, and firmly -attached to his person, and likewise upon the Portuguese. Above all, -being himself a man of consummate courage and prudence, he was far from -judging of the power of his enemy by the multitude of rabble which -composed it. - -As soon as the armies came in presence of each other, Jacob offered -the governor battle. But no sooner did the impostor’s troops see the -eagerness with which the small but chosen band rushed upon them, than -they fled and dispersed; and though Sela Christos had taken every -precaution to cut off the pretended Jacob from his usual sculking -places, it was not possible to overtake or apprehend him; for he -arrived in safety in one of the highest and most inaccessible mountains -of the district, whence he looked down on Sela Christos and his army -without apprehension, having behind him a retreat to the more distant -and less known mountains of Hamazen, should his enemies press him -further. - -As long as Sela Christos remained with his little army in that country, -the impostor Jacob continued on the highest part of the mountains, -accompanied only by two or three of his most intimate friends, who -being people whose families dwelt in the plain below, brought him -constant intelligence of what passed there. - -Sela Christos, wishing by all means to engage the enemy, marched into -a considerable plain called _Mai-aquel_; but, seeing on every side the -top of each mountain guarded by troops of soldiers, he was afraid he -had advanced too far; and, apprehensive lest he should be inclosed in -the midst of a multitude so posted, he began to think how he could best -make his retreat before he was surrounded by so numerous enemies. But -they no sooner saw his intention by the movement of his army, than, -leaving their leader as a spectator above, they fell on all sides upon -Sela Christos’s troops, who, having no longer any safety but in their -arms, began to attack the hill that was next them, which they stormed -as they would do a castle. Finding the small resistance that each of -these posts made, the governor divided his small army into so many -separate bodies, leaving his cavalry in the plain below, who, without -fighting, were only employed in slaughtering those his troops had -dislodged from their separate posts. - -The day after, the impostor assembling his scattered troops, retreated -towards the sea into the territory of Hamazen, between the country of -the Baharnagash and the mountains of the Habab. - -Sela Christos, finding that, while he pursued his victory in these -distant parts, the spirit of rebellion increased nearer home, resolved -to inform the king his brother of the unpromising state of his affairs -in Tigré, and the great necessity there was of his presence there. -Nor did Socinios lose a moment after receiving this intelligence from -Sela Christos, although it had found him, in one respect, very ill -prepared for such an undertaking; for he had sent all his horse from -Coga upon an expedition against the Shangalla and Gongas, nations on -the north-west border of this kingdom; so that, when he marched from -Wainadega, his cavalry amounted to 530 men only, besides a small -reinforcement brought by Emana Christos, governor of Amhara. - -It was at Aibo the king turned off the road to Tigré towards Begemder, -and that day encamped at Wainadega. From Wainadega he advanced to -Davada; and, crossing the Reb, he turned off by the way of Zang, and -encamped at Kattamè. He then proceeded to Tzamè, and arrived at Hader. -At this place some spies informed him that an advanced party of the -Galla Marawa were strongly lodged in a hill not far off. Upon receiving -this notice, Socinios ordered his army to refresh themselves, to -extinguish all lights, and march with as little noise as possible. - -While it was scarce dawn of day, a strong detachment of the king’s -army surrounded the hill where the Galla were, and found there a small -number of these savages placed like piquets to give the alarm and -prevent surprise. Eleven Galla were slain, and their heads cut off and -carried to the king, the first fruits of his expedition. - -Resolving to profit by this early advantage, Socinios followed with all -diligence, and came in sight of the army of the enemy, without their -having taken the smallest alarm. They were lying closely and securely -in their huts that they had made. A large ravine full of trees and -stumps divided the two armies, and in part concealed them from each -other. The king ordered Emana Christos, and Abeton Welleta Christos, -to pass the ravine with the horse, and fall upon the Galla suddenly, -throwing the heads of those of the advanced guard they had cut off on -the ground towards them. - -Before the king’s horse had passed the ravine, the Galla were alarmed, -and mounted on horseback. As they never fight in order, it required no -time to form; but they received the king’s cavalry so rudely, that, -though Emana Christos and the young prince behaved with the utmost -courage, they were beat back, and obliged to fly with considerable -loss, being entangled in the bushes. No sooner did the king observe -that his horse were engaged, than he ordered his troops to pass -the ravine to support them, and was desirous to bring on a general -engagement. But a panic had seized his troops. They would not stir, but -seemed benumbed and overcome by the cold of the morning, spectators of -the ruin of the cavalry. - -Emana Christos, and those of the cavalry that had escaped the massacre, -had repassed the ravine, and dispersed themselves in the front of the -foot; while the victorious Marawa, like ignorant savages, pushed their -victory to the very front of the king’s line. Socinios, ordering all -the drums of the army to beat and trumpets to sound, to excite some -spirit in his troops, advanced himself before any of his soldiers, and -slew the first Galla within his reach with his own hands. The example -and danger the king exposed himself to, raised the indignation of -the troops. They poured in crowds, without regarding order, upon the -Marawa, great part of whom had already passed the ravine, and all that -had passed it were cut to pieces. - -The Galla, unable to stand this loss, fled from the field, and -immediately after left Begemder. The want of horse on the king’s part -saved their whole army from the destruction which would infallibly have -been the consequence of a vigorous pursuit, through a country where -every inhabitant was an enemy. The king after this returned to his -palace at Coga to finish the business he had in hand. - -In the mean time, a report was spread through all Tigré, that the king -had been defeated by the Galla, and that Ras Sela Christos had repaired -to Gondar in consequence of that disaster. The impostor Jacob lost no -time in taking advantage of this report. He descended from his natural -fortress, and, in conjunction with the governor of Axum, slew several -people, and committed many ravages in Siré. The Ras no sooner learned -that he was encamped on plain ground, than he presented himself with -the little army he had before; and, though the odds against him were -excessive, yet by his presence and conduct, the rebels, though they -fought this time with more than ordinary obstinacy, were defeated with -great loss, and their leader, the supposed Jacob, forced again to his -inaccessible mountains. - -Socinios having now finished the affairs which detained him at Coga, -and being informed that the southern Galla, resenting the defeat of -the Marawa, had entered into a league to invade Abyssinia with united -forces, and a complete army to burn and lay waste the whole country -between the Tacazzé and Tzana, and to attack the emperor in his capital -of Coga, which they were determined to destroy, sent orders to Kasmati -Julius, his son-in-law, to join him immediately with what forces -he had, as also to Kesla Christos; and, being joined by both these -officers and their troops, he marched and took post at Ebenaat in the -district of Belessen, in the way by which the Galla intended to pass to -the capital, and he resolved to await them there. - -The Galla advanced in their usual manner, burning and destroying -churches and villages, and murdering without mercy all that were so -unfortunate as to fall into their hands. The king bore these excesses -of his enemy with the patience of a good general, who saw they -contributed to his advantage. He therefore did not offer to check any -of their disorders, but by not resisting rather hoped to encourage -them. He had an army in number superior, and this was seldom the case; -but in quality there was no comparison, five of the king’s troops being -equal to twenty of the enemy, and this was the general proportion in -which they fought. He, therefore, contented himself with choosing -proper ground to engage, and improving it by ambushes such as the -nature of the field permitted or suggested. - -It was the 7th of January 1608, early in the morning, that the Galla -presented themselves to Socinios in battle, in a plain below Ebenaat, -surrounded with small hills covered with wood. The Galla filled the -whole plain, as if voluntarily devoting themselves to destruction, and -from the hills and bushes were destroyed by fire-arms from enemies -they did not see, who with a strong body took possession of the place -through which they entered, and by which they were to return no more. - -Socinios that day, for what particular reason does not appear, -distinguished himself among the midst of the Galla, by fighting like a -common soldier. It is thought by the historians of those times, that he -had received advice while at Coga, that his son-in-law Julius intended -to rebel, and therefore he meant to discourage him by comparison of -their personal abilities. This, however, is not probable; the king’s -character was established, and nothing more could be added to it. -However that may be, all turned to the disadvantage of the Galla. No -general or other officer thought himself entitled to spare his person -more than the king; all fought like common soldiers; and, being the -men best armed and mounted, and most experienced in the field, they -contributed in proportion to the slaughter of the day. About 12,000 men -on the part of the Galla were killed upon the spot; the very few that -remained were destroyed by the peasants, whilst 400 men only fell on -the part of the king, so it was a massacre rather than a battle. - -Socinios now resolved to try his fortune against the impostor Jacob, -and with that resolution he crossed Lamalmon, descending to the Tacazzé -in his way to Siré. Here, as on the frontiers of his province, he was -met by Sela Christos, who brought Peter Paez along with them. Both were -kindly received by the king, who encamped in the large plain before -Axum, in consequence of a resolution he had long taken of being crowned -with all the ancient ceremonies used on this occasion by former kings, -while the royal residence was in the province of Tigré. - -It was on the 18th of March, according to their account, the day of -our Saviour’s first coming to Jerusalem, that this festival began. His -army consisted of about 30,000 men. All the great officers, all the -officers of state, and the court then present, were every man dressed -in the richest and gayest manner. Nor was the other sex behind-hand in -the splendour of their appearance. The king, dressed in crimson damask, -with a great chain of gold round his neck, his head bare, mounted upon -a horse richly caparisoned, advanced at the head of his nobility, -passed the outer court, and came to the paved way before the church. -Here he was met by a number of young girls, daughters of the umbares, -or supreme judges, together with many noble virgins standing on the -right and left of the court. - -Two of the noblest of these held in their hands a crimson cord of -silk, somewhat thicker than common whip-cord, but of a looser texture, -stretched across from one company to another, as if to shut up the -road by which the king was approaching the church. When this cord was -prepared and drawn tight about breast-high by the girls, the king -entered, advancing at a moderate pace, curvetting and shewing the -management of his horse. He was stopped by the tension of this string, -while the damsels on each side asking who he was, were answered, “I am -your king, the king of Ethiopia.” To which they replied with one voice, -“You shall not pass; you are not our king.” - -The king then retires some paces, and then presents himself as to -pass, and the cord is again drawn across his way by the young women -so as to prevent him, and the question repeated, “Who are you?” The -king answered, “I am your king, the king of Israel.” But the damsels -resolved, even on this second attack, not to surrender but upon their -own terms; they again answer, “You shall not pass; you are not our -king.” - -The third time, after retiring, the king advances with a pace and air -more determined; and the cruel virgins, again presenting the cord and -asking who he is, he answers, “I am your king, the king of Sion;” and, -drawing his sword, cuts the silk cord asunder. Immediately upon this -the young women cry, “It is a truth, you are our king; truly you are -the king of Sion.” Upon which they begin to sing Hallelujah, and in -this they are joined by the court and army upon the plain; fire-arms -are discharged, drums and trumpets sound; and the king, amidst these -acclamations and rejoicings, advances to the foot of the stair of the -church, where he dismounts, and there sits down upon a stone, which, by -its remains, apparently was an altar of Anubis, or the dog-star: At his -feet there is a large slab of free-stone, on which is the inscription -mentioned by Poncet, and which shall be quoted hereafter, when I come -to speak of the ruins of Axum. - -After the king comes the nebrit, or keeper of the book of the law in -Axum, supposed to represent Azarias the son of Zadock; then the twelve -umbares, or supreme judges, who with Azarias accompanied Menilek, the -son of Solomon, when he brought the book of the law from Jerusalem, and -these are supposed to represent the twelve tribes. After these follow -the Abuna at the head of the priests, and the Itchegué at the head of -the monks; then the court, who all pass through the aperture made by -the division of the silk cord, which remains still upon the ground. - -The king is first anointed, then crowned, and is accompanied half up -the steps by the singing priests, called Depteras, chanting psalms -and hymns. Here he stops at a hole made for the purpose in one of the -steps, and is there fumigated with incense and myrrh, aloes and cassia. -Divine service is then celebrated; and, after receiving the sacrament, -he returns to the camp, where fourteen days should regularly be spent -in feasting, and all manner of rejoicing and military exercise. - -The king is, by the old custom, obliged to give a number of presents, -the particulars of which are stated in the deftar, or treasury-book, -the value, the person to whom they are due, and the time of giving; but -a great part of these are gone into desuetude since the removal of the -court from Tigré, as also many of the offices are now suppressed, and -with them the presents due to them. - -The nobles and the court were likewise obliged to give presents to the -king upon that occasion. The present from the governor of Axum is two -lions and a fillet of silk, upon which is wrote, “_Mo Anbasa am Nizilet -Solomon am Negadé Jude_--The lion of the tribe of Judah and race of -Solomon hath overcome;” this serves as a form of investiture of lands -that the king grants, a ribband bearing this inscription being tied -round the head of the person to whom the lands are given. - -This governor was then in rebellion, so did not assist at the ceremony. -Notwithstanding the difference of expence which I have mentioned, by -suppressing places, presents, and dues, the king Tecla Haimanout told -me at Gondar, that when he was in Tigré, driven there by the late -rebellion, Ras Michael had some thoughts of having him crowned there -in contempt of his enemies; but, by the most moderate calculation that -could be made, not to turn the ceremony into ridicule by parsimony, -it would have cost 20,000 ounces of gold, or L. 50,000 Sterling; upon -which he laid aside the thoughts of it, saying to the king, “Sir, -trust to me, 20,000 ounces of Tigré iron shall crown you better; if -more is wanted, I will bestow it upon your enemies with pleasure till -they are satisfied;” meaning the iron balls with which his soldiers -loaded their musquets. - -After the coronation was over, the king passed the Mareb, desiring to -finish his campaign by the death of his competitor Jacob; but that -impostor knew too well the superiority of his rival, and hid himself -in the inmost recesses, without other attendants than a few goats, who -furnished him with their milk, as well as their society. - -Socinios left the affair of the rebel Jacob to be ended by Amsala -Christos, an officer of great prudence, whom he made governor of Tigré; -and, taking his brother Ras Sela Christos along with him, returned -to Coga[48]. Amsala Christos being seized with a grievous sickness, -saw how vain it was for him to pursue the suppression of a rebellion -conducted by such a head as this impostor Jacob, and therefore secretly -applied to two young men, Zara Johannes and Amha Georgis, brothers, and -sons of the Shum Welled Georgis, who had committed murder, and were -outlawed by Socinios, and, keeping hid in the mountains, had joined in -fellowship with the impostor Jacob. - -These, gained by the promise of pardon given them by Amsala Christos, -chose an opportunity which their intimacy gave them, and, falling upon -Jacob unawares in his retirement, they slew him, cut his head off, -and sent it to the king at Coga, who received it very thankfully, and -returned it to Tigré to Amsala Christos, to be exposed publicly in all -the province to undeceive the people; for it now appeared, that he had -neither scars in his face, broken jaw, nor loss of teeth, but that the -covering was intended only to conceal the little resemblance he bore to -king Jacob, slain, as we have seen, at the battle of Lebart; and he was -now found to have been a herdsman, in those very mountains of Bisan to -which he had so often fled for refuge while his rebellion lasted. - -The king, in his return from Tigré, passing by Fremona, sent to the -Jesuits there thirty ounces of gold, about L. 75 Sterling, for their -immediate exigency; testifying, in the most gracious manner, his -regret, “That the many affairs in which he was engaged had prevented -him from hearing mass in their convent, as he very sincerely wished to -do; but he left with them the Abuna Simon, to whom he had recommended -to study their religion, and be a friend to it.” - -In this he shewed his want of penetration and experience; for though he -had seen wars between soldier and soldier, who, after having been in -the most violent state of enmity, had died in defence of each other as -friends, he was not aware of that degree of enmity which reigns upon -difference of opinion, not to say religion, between priest and priest. -It was not long, however, before he saw it, and the example was in the -person of his present friend the Abuna Simon. - -While Socinios was yet in Tigré, news were brought to Coga from Woggora -to Sanuda Tzef Leham[49] of Dembea, who could not accompany the king -to Tigré on account of sickness, but was left with the charge of the -capital and palace during the king’s absence, that Melchizedec, one -of the meanest and lowest servants of the late king Melec Segued, had -rebelled, and was collecting troops, consisting of soldiers, servants, -and dependents of that prince, and had slain some of Socinios’s -servants. Sanuda was a brave and active officer; but, being without -troops, (the king having carried the whole army to Tigré) immediately -set out from Maitsha to the town of Tchelga, one of the frontiers of -Abyssinia, possessed by Wed Ageeb prince of the Arabs. - -It is here to be observed, that though the territorial right of Tchelga -did then, and does still appertain to the kingdom of Abyssinia, -yet the possession of it is ceded by agreement to Wed Ageeb, under -whose protection the caravans from Egypt and Sennaar, and those from -Abyssinia to Sennaar and Egypt, were understood to be ever since they -were cut off in the last century by the basha of Suakem, for this -purpose, that a customhouse might be erected, and the duties divided -between the two kingdoms equally. The same is the case with Serké, a -town belonging to Sennaar, ceded for the same purpose to the king of -Abyssinia. - -It happened that Abdelcader[50], son of Ounsa, late king of Sennaar, or -of Funge, as he is called in the Abyssinian annals, had been deposed -by his subjects in the 4th year of his reign, and remained at Tchelga -under the mutual protection of Wed Ageeb and the emperor of Abyssinia, -a kind of prisoner to them both; and had brought with him a number of -soldiers and dependents, the partakers of his former good fortune, who, -finding safety and good usage at Tchelga, were naturally well-affected -to the king. These, ready mounted and armed, joined Sanuda immediately -upon his declaring the exigency; and with these he marched straight to -Coga, to the defence of the palace with which he had been intrusted. - -Melchizedec, whose design was against Coga, no sooner heard Sanuda was -arrived there than he marched to surprise him, and a very bloody and -obstinate engagement followed. The Funge, piqued in honour to render -this service to their protector, fought so obstinately that they were -all slain, and Sanuda, mounted that day upon a fleet horse belonging to -Socinios, escaped with difficulty, much wounded. - -As soon as Socinios heard of this misfortune, he sent Ras Emana -Christos, who marched straight to Woggora, creating Zenobius, son of -Imael, governor of that district; and there he found Sanuda Zenobius -and Ligaba Za Denghel together, in a place called Deberasso. - -As soon as the rebel Melchizedec heard Emana Christos was come, and -with him the fore-mentioned noblemen, he set himself to exert the -utmost of his power to draw together forces of all kinds from every -part he could get them, and his army was soon increased to such a -degree as, notwithstanding the presence of Emana Christos, to strike -terror into all the territory and towns of Dembea. Nothing was wanted -but a king of the royal race for whom to fight. Without a chief of this -kind, it was evident that the army, however often successful, would -at last disperse. They, therefore, brought one Arzo, a prince of the -royal blood, from his hiding-place in Begemder. Arzo, in return for a -throne, conferred the place of Ras upon Melchizedec. Za Christos, son -of Hatzir Abib, was appointed to the command of the army under him; -and, having finished this and many such necessary preparatives, they -marched straight to meet Emana Christos, with a better countenance than -rebel armies generally bear. - -It was the 9th of March 1611, at 9 in the morning, when the two armies -were first in sight of each other, nor did they long delay coming to -an engagement. The battle was very obstinate and bloody; Melchizedec -re-established his character for worth, at least as a soldier; the same -did Za Christos. Of the competitor Arzo, history makes no mention; his -blood, probably, was too precious to risk the spilling of it, being so -far-fetched as from king Solomon. After a most obstinate resistance, -part of Za Christos’s army was broken and put to flight; but it rallied -so often, and sold the ground it yielded so dear, that it gave time to -Emana Christos to come up to his army’s assistance. - -The Ras, who was as brave a soldier as he was a wise and prudent -general, saw it was a time when all should be risked, and threw himself -into the midst of his enemies; and he was now arrived near the place -where Melchizedec fought, when that rebel, seeing him advancing so fast -among his slaughtered followers, guessing his intention, declined the -combat, turned his horse and fled, while affairs even yet appeared in -his favour. This panic of the general had the effect it ordinarily has -in barbarous armies. Nobody considered how the prospect of the general -issue stood; they fled with Melchizedec, and lost more men than would -have secured them victory had they stood in their ranks. - -A body of troops, joined by some peasants of Begemder, pursued -Melchizedec so closely that they came up with him and took him -prisoner, together with Tensa Christos, a very active partizan, and -enemy to Emana Christos. Having brought them to the camp, before -the Ras returned to Coga, they were tried and condemned to die for -rebellion, as traitors, and the sentence immediately executed, after -which their heads were sent to the king. Very soon after this, Arzo, -and his general Za Christos, were taken and sent to the king, who -ordered them to be tried by the judges in common form, and they -underwent the same fate. - -The king was employed in the winter season while he resided at Coga, -in building a new church, called St Gabriel. But the season of taking -the field being come, he marched out with his army and halted at -Gogora, sending Emana Christos and Sela Christos against the rebels; -these were not in a particular clan, or province, for all the country -was in rebellion, from the head of the Nile round, eastward, to the -frontiers of Tigré. Part of them indeed were not in arms, but refused -to pay their quota of the revenue; part of them were in arms, and would -neither pay, nor admit a governor from the king among them; others -willingly submitted to Socinios, and were armed, only thereby to -exempt themselves from payment. - -Sela Christos fell upon the inhabitants of the mountainous district -of Gusman, on the Nile, whose principal strong-hold, Oureé Amba, he -forced, killing many, and carrying away their children as slaves, -which, upon the intercession of Peter Paez, were given to the Jesuits -to be educated as Catholics. - -The next attempt was upon the Gongas, a black Pagan nation, with which -he had the same success; the rest were the Agows, a very numerous -people, all confederates and in arms, and not willing to hear of any -composition. The king ordered one of these tribes, the Zalabassa, to -be extirpated as far as possible, and their country laid waste. But -notwithstanding this example, which met with great interruption in -the execution, the Agows continued in rebellion for several years -afterwards, but much impoverished and lessened in number by variety of -victories obtained over them. - -The two next years were spent in unimportant skirmishes with the Agows -of Damot, and with the Galla, invaders of Gojam. In 1615, the year -after, Tecla Georgis made governor of Samen, and Welled Hawaryar, -shum of Tsalemat[51], were both sent against a rebel who declared -himself competitor for the crown. His name was Amdo. He pretended to -be the late king Jacob, son of Melec Segued; and this character he -gave himself, without the smallest communication with the relations -or connections of that prince. As soon as Assera Christos and Tecla -Garima, servants of Welled Hawaryat, heard of this adventurer, they -surprised him in Tsalemat, and, putting him in irons, confined him in -the house of Assera Christos. - -Gideon, king of the Jews, whose residence was on the high mountain of -Samen, upon hearing that Amdo was prisoner, sent a body of armed men -who surprised Assera Christos in his own house in the night, and killed -him, bringing with them his prisoner Amdo to Samen, and delivered him -to Gideon there; who not only took him into protection, but assisted -him in raising an army by every means in his power. There were not -wanting there idle vagabonds and lawless people enough, who fled to -the standard of a prince whose sole view seemed to be murder, robbery, -and all sort of licentiousness. It was not long till Amdo, by the -assistance of Gideon, found himself at the head of an army, strong -enough to leave the mountain, and try his fortune in the plain below, -where he laid waste Shawada, Tsalemat, and all the countries about -Samen which persevered in their duty to the king. - -Socinios, upon this, appointed Julius his son-in-law governor of -Woggora, Samen, Waag, and Abbergalé, that is, of all the low countries -from the borders of the Tacazzé to Dembea. Abram, an old officer of -the king, desirous to stop the progress of the rebel, marched towards -him, and offered him battle; but that brave officer had not the success -his intention deserved, for he was defeated and slain; which had such -an effect upon Julius, that, without hazarding his fortune farther, -he sent to beseech the king to march against Amdo with all possible -expedition, as his affairs were become desperate in that part of his -dominions. - -The king hereupon marched straight to Woggora, and joined Julius at -Shimbra-Zuggan; thence he descended from Samen, and encamped upon -Tocur-Ohha, (the black river) thence he proceeded to Debil, and then -to Sobra; and from this last station he sent a detachment of his army -to attack a strong mountain called Messiraba, one of the natural -fortresses of Gideon, which was forced by the king’s troops after some -resistance, and the whole inhabitants, without distinction of age or -sex, put to the sword, for such were the orders of the king. - -This first success very much disheartened the rebels, for Messiraba -was, by nature, one of the strongest mountains, and it, besides, had -been fortified by art, furnished with plenty of provisions, and a -number of good troops. The next mountain Socinios attacked was Hotchi, -and the third Amba Za Hancassé, where he had the like success, and -treated the inhabitants in the same manner; thence he removed his -army to Seganat, where he met with a very stout resistance; but this -mountain, too, was at last taken, Gideon himself escaping narrowly by -the bravery of his principal general, who, fighting desperately, was -slain by a musqueteer. - -The constant success of the king, and the bloody manner in which he -pursued his victory, began to alarm Gideon, lest the end should be the -extirpation of his whole nation. He, therefore, made an overture to -the king, that, if he would pardon him and grant him peace, he would -deliver the rebel Amdo bound into his hands. - -The king assented to this, and Amdo was accordingly delivered up; and, -being convicted of rebellion and murder, he was sentenced to be nailed -to a cross, and to remain there till he died. But the terrible cries -and groans which he made while they were fixing him to the cross, so -much shocked the ears of the king, that he ordered him to be taken -down, and his head struck off with an ax, which was executed in the -midst of the camp. - -Socinios after this retired to Dancaz, and ordered Kefla governor of -Gojam, and Jonael his master of the household, to march suddenly and -surprise Belaya, a country belonging to the Gongas and Guba, Pagan -nations, on whom, every year, he made war for the sake of taking slaves -for the use of the palace. These two officers, with a large body, -mostly horse, fell unawares upon the savages at Belaya, slaying part, -and bringing away their children. But not content with doing this, they -likewise attacked the two districts of Agows, Dengui and Sankara, then -in peace with the king, and drove away an immense number of cattle, -which the king no sooner heard, than he ordered a strict search to -be made, and the whole cattle belonging to the Agows to be gathered -together, and restored to their respective owners; a piece of justice -which softened the hearts of this people more than all the severities -that had been hitherto used; and the good effects of which were soon -after seen upon the Agows, though it produced something very different -in the conduct of Jonael. - -The king this year, 1616, left his capital at the usual time, in the -month of November, and ordered his whole household to attend him. His -intention was against the Galla on the west of Gojam, especially the -tribe called Libo. But this campaign was rendered fruitless by the -death of the king’s eldest son, Kennaffer Christos, a young prince -of great hopes, esteemed both by the king and the people. He had -an excellent understanding, and the most affable manners possible, -to those even whom he did not like; was very fond of the soldiers; -merciful, generous, and liberal; and was thought to be the favourite of -the king his father, who buried him with great pomp in the church of -Debra Roma, built by king Isaac, in the lake Tzana. - -In the midst of this mourning, there came a very bloody order[52] from -the king. History barely tells us the fact, but does not assign any -other reason than the wanton manner in which Gideon king of the Jews -had endeavoured to disturb his reign and kingdom, which was thought a -sufficient excuse for it. However this may be, the king gave orders -to Kasmati Julius, Kasmati Welled Hawaryat, Billetana Gueta Jonael, -and Fit-Auraris Hosannah, to extirpate all the Falasha that were in -Foggora, Janfakara, and Bagenarwè, to the borders of Samen; also all -that were in Bagla, and in all the districts under their command, -wherever they could find them; and very few of them escaped, excepting -some who fled with Phineas. - -In this massacre, which was a very general one, and executed very -suddenly, fell Gideon king of that people; a man of great reputation, -not only among his subjects, but throughout all Abyssinia, reputed -also immensely rich. His treasures, supposed to be concealed in the -mountains, are the objects of the search of the Abyssinians to this day. - -The children of those that were slain were sold for slaves by the king; -and all the Falasha in Dembea, in the low countries immediately in -the king’s power, were ordered upon pain of death to renounce their -religion, and be baptised. To this they consented, seeing there was -no remedy; and the king unwisely imagined, that he had extinguished, -by one blow, the religion which was that of his country long before -Christianity, by the unwarrantable butchery of a number of people whom -he had surprised living in security under the assurance of peace. Many -of them were baptised accordingly, and they were all ordered to plow -and harrow upon the sabbath-day. - -The king next sent orders to Sela Christos, and Kefla governor of -Gojam, that, assembling their troops, they should transfer the war into -Bizamo, a province on the south side of the Nile, called also in the -books a kingdom. Through this lies the road of the merchants leading to -Narea. It is inhabited by several clans of Pagans, which together make -the great division of these nations into Boren, and Bertuma Galla[53]. - -The army passed the Nile, laying waste the whole country, driving off -the cattle, collecting the women and children as slaves, and putting -all the men to the sword; without these people, though they make -constant inroads into Gojam, appearing anywhere in force to stop the -desolation of their country. The whole tract between Narea and the Nile -was now cleared of enemies, and a number of priests at that time sent -to revive drooping Christianity in those parts. - -In the year 1617, a league was again made among the Boren Galla, that -part of them should invade Gojam, while the others (namely the Marawa) -should enter Begemder. Upon hearing this, the king in haste marched -to Begemder, that he might be ready in case of need to assist Tigré. -He then fixed his head-quarters at Shima, but from this he speedily -removed; and, passing Emfras, came to Dobit, a favourite residence of -the emperor Jacob, where he held a council to determine which of the -two provinces he should first assist. - -It was the general opinion of his officers, that to march at that -time of the year into Tigré by Begemder, was to destroy the army, -and distress both provinces; that an army, well provided with horse, -was necessary for acting with success against the Galla, and that, -in effect, though the royal army at present was so appointed, yet -there was no grass at that time of the year in all that march for the -subsistence of the cavalry, and very little water for the use of man -or beast, an inconvenience the Galla themselves must experience if -they attempted an invasion that way. It was, moreover, urged, that, -if the king should march through Woggora and Lamalmon, they might get -more food for their beasts, and water too; but then they would throw -themselves far from the place where the Galla had entered, and would be -obliged to fall into the former road, with the inconveniencies already -stated. The consequence of this deliberation was, that it was with -very great regret the good of the common-weal obliged them to leave -Tigré to the protection of Providence alone for a time, and hasten to -meet the enemy that were then laying Gojam waste. - -With this view the king left Dobit, and came to the river Gomara in -Foggora. He then passed the Nile near Dara, and came to Selalo, where -he heard that the Djawi had passed the Nile from Bizamo, and entered -Gojam at the opposite side to where he then was. He there left his -baggage, and, by a forced march, advancing three days journey in one, -he came to Bed, upon the river Sadi; but, instead of finding the enemy -there, he received intelligence from Sela Christos, that he had met -the Galla immediately after their passing the Nile; had fought them, -and cut their army to pieces, without allowing them time to ravage the -country. - -Upon this good news the king turned off on the road to Tchegal and -Wainadassa, and ordered Bela Christos to assemble as great an army as -he could, and fall upon the Djawi and Galla in Walaka and Shoa, as also -Ras Sela Christos, to pass the Nile and join him there. - -That general lost no time, but marched straight to Amca Ohha, or -the river Amca, where he found the Edjow, who fled upon his coming, -without giving him any opportunity of bringing them to an engagement, -abandoning their wives, children, and substance, to the mercy of the -enemy. Sela Christos, having finished this expedition as he intended, -returned to join the king, whom he found encamped upon the river Suqua, -near Debra Werk, guarding those provinces in the absence of Sela -Christos. From this the king, retreating towards Dembea, passed the -Nile near Dara, and encamped at Zinzenam, whence he marched round the -lake into Dembea to his palace at Gorgora. - -This village, whose name signifies _rain upon rain_, affords us a proof -of what I have said in speaking of the cause of the overflowing of the -Nile, in contradiction to the Adulitic inscription, that no snow falls -in Abyssinia, or rather, that though snow may have fallen in the course -of centuries, it is a phænomenon so rare as not to have a name or word -to express it in the whole language, and is entirely unknown to the -people in general, at least to the west of the Tacazzé. - -The Abyssinian historian, from whom these memoirs are composed, says, -“That this village, called Zinzenam, has its name from an extraordinary -circumstance that once happened in these parts, for a shower of rain -fell, which was not properly of the nature of rain, as it did not run -upon the ground, but remained very light, having scarce the weight of -feathers, of a beautiful white colour like flour; it fell in showers, -and occasioned a darkness in the air more than rain, and liker to mist. -It covered the face of the whole country for several days, retaining -its whiteness the whole time, then went away like dew, without leaving -any smell or unwholesome effect behind it.” - -This was certainly the accidental phænomenon of a day; for, -notwithstanding the height of the mountains Taranta and Lamalmon, snow -never was seen there, at least for ages past; and Lasta, in whose -mountains armies have perished by cold, as far as a very particular -inquiry could go, never yet had snow upon them; and Zinzenam is not in -these mountains, or in any elevated situation. On the contrary, it is -adjoining to the plain country of Foggora, near where it borders upon -Begemder, not above 20 miles from the second cataract, or 40 miles from -Gondar; so that this must have been a short and accidental change of -the atmosphere, of which there are examples of many different kinds, in -the histories of all countries. - -As soon as the weather permitted, the king left his palace at Gorgora -in the way to Tocussa, where he staid several days; removed thence to -Tenkel, where he continued also four days, and proceeded to Gunkè, -where he halted. From his head-quarters at Gunkè, the king, meditating -an expedition against Atbara, sent a messenger to Nile Wed Ageeb, -prince of the Arabs, desiring a meeting with him before he attacked -the Funge, for so they call the subjects of the new monarchy, lately -established at Sennaar by the conquest of the Arabs, under Wed Ageeb, a -very considerable part of whose territory they had taken by force, and -now enjoyed as their own possessions. - -Abdelcader, son of Ounsa, was the ninth prince of the race of Funge -then reigning; a weak, and ill-inclined man, but with whom Socinios -had hitherto lived in friendship, and, in a late treaty, had sent him -as a present, a nagareet, or kettle-drum, richly ornamented with gold, -with a gold chain to hang it by. Abdelcader, on his part, returned to -Socinios a trained falcon, of an excellent kind, very much esteemed -among the Arabs. - -Soon after this, Abdelcader was deposed by his brother Adelan, son of -Ounsa, and fled to Tchelga, under protection of the king of Abyssinia, -who allowed him an honourable maintenance; a custom always observed in -such cases in the East, by princes towards their unfortunate neighbours. - -Baady, son of Abdelcader, an active and violent young prince, although -he deposed his uncle Adelan, took this protection of his father in -bad part. It was likewise suggested to him, that the present sent -by Socinios, a nagareet, or kettle-drum, imported, that Socinios -considered him as his vassal, the drum being the sign of investiture -sent by the king to any one of his subjects whom he appoints to -govern a province, and that the return of the falcon was likely to -be considered as the acknowledgement of a vassal to his superior. -Baady, upon his accession to the throne, was resolved to rectify this -too great respect shewn on the part of his father, by an affront he -resolved to offer. With this view, he sent to Socinios two old, blind, -and lame horses. - -Socinios took this amiss, as it was intended he should, and the slight -was immediately followed by the troops of Atbara, under Nile Wed Ageeb, -sent by Baady to make an inroad into Abyssinia, to lay waste the -country, and drive off the people, with orders to sell them as slaves. - -Among the most active in this expedition, were those of the town of -Serké. When Baady complained that his father and rival was protected -in his own town of Tchelga, it had been answered, That true it was, -Tchelga had been ceded and did belong to Sennaar, for every purpose of -revenue, but that the sovereignty of the place had never been alienated -or surrendered to the king of Sennaar, but remained now, as ever, -vested in the king of Abyssinia. Serkè stood precisely in the same -situation with respect to Abyssinia, as Tchelga did to Sennaar, when -Socinios demanded satisfaction for the violence committed against him -by his own town of Serkè. The same answer was given him, That for all -fiscal purposes Serkè was his, but owed him no allegiance; for, being -part of the kingdom of Sennaar, it was bound to assist its sovereign in -all wars against his enemies. - -Socinios, deeply engaged in the troubles that attended the beginning of -his reign, passed over for a time both the affront and injury, but sent -into Atbara to Nile Wed Ageeb, proposing a treaty with him independent -of the king of Sennaar. - -There were, at this time, three sorts of people that inhabited the -whole country from lat. 13° (the mountains of Abyssinia) to the tropic -of Cancer (the frontiers of Egypt.) The first was the Funge, or -negroes, established in Atbara since the year 1504, by conquest. The -second, the old inhabitants of that country, known in very early ages -by the name of _Shepherds_, which continues with them to this day; -and these lived under a female government. The third, the Arabs, who -came hither after the conquest of Egypt, in an army under Caled Ibn el -Waalid, or Saif Ullah, _the Sword of God_, during the Khalifat of Omar, -destined to subdue Nubia, and, still later, in the time of Salidan and -his brother. - -These Arabs had associated with the first inhabitants, the Shepherds, -from a similarity of life and manners, and, by treaty, the Funge had -established a tribute to be paid them from both; after which, these -were to enjoy their former habitations without further molestation. - -This prince of the Arabs, Nile Wed Ageeb, embraced the offer of the -king of Abyssinia very readily; and a treaty was accordingly made -between Socinios and him, and a territory in Abyssinia granted him on -the frontiers, to which he could retire in safety, as often as his -affairs were embroiled with the state of Sennaar. - -It happened soon after this, that Alico, a Mahometan, governor of the -Mazaga for Socinios, that is, of Nara and Ras el Feel, a low country, -as the name imports, of black earth, revolted from his master, and fled -to Sennaar, carrying with him a number of the king’s horses. Socinios -made his complaint to the king of Sennaar, who took no notice of it, -neither returned any answer, which exasperated Socinios so much that it -produced the present expedition, and was a cause of much bloodshed, and -of a war which, at least in intention, lasts to this day between the -two kingdoms. - -Wed Ageeb, upon Socinios’s first summons, came to Gunkè, his -head-quarters, attended by a number of troops, and some of the best -horse in Atbara. Upon his entering the king’s tent, he prostrated -himself, (as is the Abyssinian custom) acknowledged himself the king’s -vassal, and brought presents with him to a very considerable value. -Socinios received him with great marks of distinction and kindness. He -decorated him with a chain and bracelets of gold, and gave him a dagger -of exquisite workmanship, mounted with the same metal; clothed him in -silk and damask after the Abyssinian fashion, and confirmed the ancient -treaty with him. The fruit of all this was presently seen; the king and -his new ally fell suddenly upon Serké, put all the male inhabitants to -the sword, sold the women and children as slaves, and burned the town -to the ground. The same they did to every inhabited place on that side -of the frontier, west to Fazuclo. After which, the king, having sent -a sarcastic compliment to Baady, returned to Dancaz, taking Wed Ageeb -with him. - -Socinios had only ravaged the frontier of the kingdom of Sennaar to -the westward, from Serkè towards Fazuclo. This was but a part of the -large scheme of vengeance he had resolved to execute progressively from -Serkè, in reparation of the affront he had received from the king of -the Funge. But he delegated what remained to the two princes his sons, -and to the governor of Tigré. - -Welled Hawaryat, at the head of the Koccob horse, and another body of -cavalry reckoned equal in valour, called _Maia_, and the greatest part -of the king’s household troops, were ordered to fall upon that part of -the frontier of Sennaar which the king had left from Serké eastward. -Melca Christos, with the horse of Siré and Samen, was appointed to -attack the frontier still farther east, opposite to the province of -Siré. Tecla Georgis, governor of Tigré, was directed to lay waste that -part of the kingdom of Sennaar bordering upon the frontiers of his -province. - -The whole of this expedition succeeded to a wish; only Melea Christos, -in passing through the country of Shangalla, was met by a large army of -that people, who, thinking the expedition intended against them, had -attacked him in his passage, with some appearance of advantage; but by -his own exertions, and those of his troops alarmed at their prince’s -danger, he not only extricated himself from the bad situation he was -in, but gave the Shangalla so entire an overthrow, that one of their -tribes was nearly exterminated by that day’s slaughter, and crowds of -women and children sent slaves to the king at Dancaz. - -The delay that this occasioned had no bad effect upon the expedition. -The victorious troops poured immediately into Atbara under Melca -Christos, and completed the destruction made by Welled Hawaryat, and -the governor of Tigré. All Sennaar was filled with people flying from -the conquerors, and an immense number of cattle was driven away by the -three armies. Baady seems to have been an idle spectator of this havock -made in his kingdom; and the armies returned without loss to Dancaz, -loaded with plunder. - -Still the vengeance of Socinios was not satisfied. The Baharnagash, -Guebra Mariam, was commanded to march against Fatima queen of the -Shepherds, called at that time Negusta Errum, queen of the Greeks. This -was a princess who governed the remnant of that ancient race of people, -once the sovereigns of the whole country, who, for several dynasties, -were masters of Egypt, and who still, among their ancient customs, -preserved that known one, of always placing a woman upon the throne. -Her residence was at Mendera[54], on the N. E. of Atbara, one of the -largest and most populous towns in it; a town, indeed, built like the -rest, of clay, straw, and reeds, but not less populous or flourishing -on that account. It was in the way of the caravans from Suakem, both -to Abyssinia and Sennaar, as also of those large caravans to and from -Sudan, the Negro country upon the Niger, which then came, and still use -that road in their way to Mecca. Its female sovereign was considered -as guardian of that communication, and the caravans passing it. - -The Baharnagash had in orders from Socinios to pursue this queen till -he had taken her prisoner, and to bring her in that condition into his -presence. The enterprise was by no means an easy one. Great part of -the road was without water; but Guebra Mariam, the Baharnagash, was an -active and prudent officer, and perfectly acquainted with the several -parts of the country. With a small, but veteran army, he marched down -the Mareb, between that river and the mountains, destroying all the -places through which he passed, putting the inhabitants unmercifully -to the sword, that no one might approach him, nor any report be made -of his numbers, which were everywhere magnified by those that escaped, -and who computed them from the greatness of the desolation they had -occasioned. - -On the 13th day he came before Mendera, and sent a summons to the queen -Fatima to surrender. Being told that she had fled on his approach, -he answered, That he cared not where she was; but that, unless she -surrendered herself prisoner before he entered Mendera, he would first -set the town on fire, and then quench the flames by the blood of its -inhabitants. - -Fatima, though old and infirm, was too great a lover of her people -to risk the fulfilling this threat from any consideration of what -might happen to her. She surrendered herself to Guebra Mariam, with -two attendants; and he, without loss of time, marched back to his own -country, abstaining from every sort of violence or excess in his way, -from respect to his female prisoner, whom he brought in triumph before -Socinios to Dancaz, and was the first messenger of his own victory. - -Socinios received this queen of the Greeks on his throne; but, in -consideration of her infirmities, dispensed with the ceremony of -prostration, constantly observed in Abyssinia on being introduced to -the presence of the king: seeing that she was unable to stand during -the time of her interrogation, he ordered a low stool to be set for -her on the ground; a piece of consideration very rarely shewn to any -stranger in Abyssinia, however great their dignity and quality. - -Socinios sternly demanded of his prisoner, “Why she and her -predecessors, being vassals to the crown of Abyssinia, had not only -omitted the payment of their tribute, but had not even sent the -customary presents to him upon his accession to the throne?” - -To this the queen answered with great frankness and candour, “That it -was true, such tributes and presents were due, and were also punctually -paid from old times by her ancestors to his, as long as protection -was afforded them and their people, and this was the principal cause -of paying that tribute; but the Abyssinians having first suffered the -country to be in great part conquered by the Arabs, and then again by -the Funge, without ever interfering, she had concluded a peace with the -Funge of Sennaar, and paid the tribute to them, in consequence of which -they defended her from the Arabs: That she had had no soldiers but such -as were employed in keeping a strict watch over the road through the -desert to Suakem, which was anciently trusted to her; that the other -part of her subjects was occupied in keeping and rearing great herds of -cattle for the markets of Sennaar and other towns, as well as camels -for the caravans of Mecca, Cairo, and Sudan, both employments being -of public benefit; and, therefore, as she did harm to none, she had a -greater reason to wonder what could be his motive of sending so far -from home to seek her, and her harmless subjects, in the desert, with -such effusion of innocent blood.” - -The king hearing this sagacious answer, which was followed by many -others of the kind, was extremely pleased; but assured her, “That he -intended to maintain his ancient right both over her subjects, and the -Arabs under Wed Ageeb, who was now his vassal, in all the country from -Fazuclo to Suakem; that he considered the Funge as usurpers, and would -certainly treat them as such.” After this Socinios dismissed the queen, -and gave her assurances of protection, having first cloathed her as -his vassal in silk and damask, after the fashion of women in her own -country. - -But it was not long before this train of success met with a -considerable check. Very soon afterwards, the king being in Gojam, -a message was brought to him from the principal people of Narea, -informing him plainly, “That Benero, having become cruel and -avaricious, put many people to death wantonly, and many more for -the sake of their money; having taken from them their wives and -daughters, either for his own pleasure, or to sell them as slaves to -the Galla--they had at last murdered him, and chosen a man in his room -distinguished for his virtue and goodness.” - -The king was very much exasperated at this message. He told them, -however bad Benero might have been, he considered his murder as an -insult done to himself, and had, therefore, dispatched Mustapha Basha -with some troops, and given command to all the Mahometans in Narea to -assist him, and to inquire into the death of Benero, and the merit of -his successor. - -At the same time, the Galla made an inroad into Begemder; and Welled -Hawaryat, assembling what troops he could, in haste, to stop the -desolation of that province, and having come in sight of the enemy, -he was forsaken by his army, and slain, together with the Cantiba of -Dembea, Amdo, and Nile Wed Ageeb prince of the Arabs, after fighting -manfully for the king. Socinios, upon the arrival of this news, gave -himself up to immoderate sorrow; not so much for the loss of his army -which had misbehaved, as for the death of Welled Hawaryat his favourite -son, and Amdo and Nile, the two best officers in his army. - -It will now be necessary that we look back a little to the state of -religious affairs in Abyssinia, which began from this time to have -influence in every measure, and greatly to promote the troubles of -that empire; though they were by no means their only cause, as some -have said, with a view to throw greater odium upon the Jesuits, who -surely have enough to answer for, without inflaming the account by any -exaggeration. - -Paez, in the course of building the palace at Gorgora, had deservedly -astonished the whole kingdom by a display of his universal genius and -capacity. If he was assiduous and diligent in raising this fabric, he -had not neglected the advancing of another, the conversion of Abyssinia -to the obedience of the see of Rome. - -Ras Sela Christos (if we believe these missionaries) had converted -himself, by reading with attention the Abyssinian books only. Being -about to depart from Gojam to fight against the Galla, he wanted very -much to have made his renunciation and confession in the presence of -Peter Paez. But, as he was busied at Gorgora building a convent and -palace there, he contented himself with another Jesuit, Francisco -Antonio d’Angelis; and, being victorious in his expedition, he gave -the fathers ground and a sum of money to build a monastery at Collela, -which was now the third in Abyssinia belonging to the Jesuits. - -As for the king, though probably already determined in his own mind, he -had not taken any step so decisive as could induce the compliance of -others. Disputes were constantly maintained, for the most part in his -presence, between the missionaries and the Abyssinian monks, chiefly -concerning the long-agitated question, the two natures in Christ, in -which, although the victory declared always in favour of the Jesuits, -if we may credit their representations, no conviction followed on the -part of the adversaries. At last Abuna Simon complained to the king, -that unusual and irregular things had been permitted without his -knowledge; that disputes upon articles of faith had been held without -calling him, or his being permitted to give his clergy the advantage of -his support in these controversies. - -The king, who did not believe that the Abuna’s eloquence or learning -would make any great alteration, ordered the disputations to be held -a-new in the Abuna’s presence. That priest’s ignorance made the matter -worse; and the king, holding this point as now settled, made his first -public declaration, that there were two natures in Christ, perfect God -and perfect man, really distinct between themselves, but united in one -divine person, which is the Christ. - -At this time, letters came by way of India, both from the king of -Spain, Philip II. dated in Madrid the 15th of March 1609, and from the -pope Paul V. of the 4th of January 1611. These letters contain nothing -but general declamatory exhortations to Socinios to persevere in the -Christian faith, assuring him of the assistance of the Holy Spirit, -instead of those Portuguese regiments which he had solicited. However, -the affair of the conversion being altogether settled between the -king and Paez, it was thought proper to make the renunciation first, -and then depend upon the king of Spain and the pope for sending the -soldiers, if their prayers were not effectual. - -It was necessary that Socinios should write to the pope, notifying -his submission to the see of Rome. But letters on such a subject were -thought of too great consequence to be sent, as former dispatches to -Europe had been, without being accompanied by proper persons, who, -upon occasion, might assume the character of ambassadors, and give any -assurance or explanation needful. - -It was at the same time considered, that the way by Masuah was so -liable to accidents, the intermediate province of Tigré being still as -it were in a state of rebellion, that it would be easy for the enemies -of the Catholic faith to intercept these messengers and letters by -the way, so that their contents might be published amongst the king’s -enemies in Abyssinia, without ever being made known in Europe. Some -proposed the longer, but, as they apprehended, the more secure way, by -passing Narea and the provinces south of the frontiers of that kingdom, -partly inhabited by Gentiles, partly by Mahometans, to Melinda, on the -Indian Ocean, where they might embark for Goa. - -Lots were cast among the missionaries who of their number should -undertake this long and dangerous journey. The lot fell upon Antonio -Fernandes, a man of great prudence, much esteemed by the king, and by -the general voice allowed to be the properest of all the society for -this undertaking. He, on his part, named Fecur Egzie (_beloved of the -Lord_) as his companion, to be ambassador to the king of Spain and the -pope. This man had been one of the first of the Abyssinians converted -to the Catholic faith by the Jesuits, and he continued in it steadily -to his death. He was a person of tried courage and prudence, and of a -pleasant and agreeable conversation. - -It was the beginning of March 1613 Antonio Fernandes[55] set out for -Gojam, where was Ras Sela Christos. Fecur Egzie had set out before, -that he might adjust his family affairs, and took with him ten -Portuguese, six of whom were to go no farther than Narea, and return, -the other four to embark with him for India. - -The governor detained the small company till he procured guides from -among the Shats and Gallas, barbarous nations near Narea, and eastward -of it, from whom he took hostages for properly protecting this caravan -in their way, paying them well, as an encouragement for behaving -honestly and faithfully. - -On the 15th of April they had set out from Umbarma, then the -head-quarters of Sela Christos, who gave them for guards forty -men armed with shields and javelins. Nor was it long before their -difficulties began. Travelling about two days to the west, they came -to Senaffé, the principal village or habitation of the Pagan Gongas, -very recently in rebellion, and nearly destroyed, rather than subdued. -To the first demand of safe conduct, they answered in a manner which -shewed that, far from defending the travellers from others, they were -resolved themselves to fall upon them, and rob or murder them in -the way. One Portuguese offered himself to return with Fernandes to -complain of these savages to Sela Christos; who, upon their arrival, -dispatched three officers with troops to chastise these Pagans, and -convey the ambassador and his attendants out of their territory and -reach. - -The Gongas, being informed that a complaint was sent to Sela Christos, -which would infallibly be followed by a detachment of troops, gave -the ambassador the safeguard he demanded, which carried him in three -days to Minè[56]. This is the name of some miserable villages, often -rebuilt, and as often destroyed, upon a ford of the Nile, over which is -the ordinary passage for the Mahometan merchants into Bizamo, the way -to the mountainous country of Narea and Caffa. As the rains had begun -to fall here with violence, when Fernandes and his companions arrived, -they were obliged to pass the river on skins blown full of wind. - -The distance from Minè to Narea is 50 leagues due south, with little -inclination to west. The road to it, and the places through which you -pass, are very distinctly set down in my map, and, I believe, without -any material error; it is the only place where the reader can find this -route, which, till now, has never been published. - -The next day our travellers entered the kingdom of Bizamo, inhabited -by Pagan Galla. These people came in crowds with arms in their hands, -insisting upon being paid for liberty of passing through their country; -but, seeing the company of the ambassador take to their arms likewise, -they compounded for a few bricks of salt and coarse cotton cloaths, and -thereupon suffered them to pass. The same day, the guide, sent from -Narea to conduct them by crooked and unfrequented paths out of the way -of the Pagan Galla, made them to enter into a large thicket through -which they could scarcely force themselves; after which they came to -a river called _Maleg_, when it was nearly night. Next day they could -find no ford where they could pass. They now entertained a suspicion, -that the guard from Narea had betrayed them, and intended to leave them -in these woods to meet their death from the Galla. - -The day after, they found the ford, and passed it without difficulty; -and, being on the other side, they began to be a little more composed, -as being far from the Pagans, and now near entering the territory of -Narea. After ascending a high mountain, they came to Gonea, where they -found a garrison under one of the principal officers of that kingdom, -who received them with great marks of honour and joy, on account of the -warm recommendation Sela Christos had given them, and perhaps as much -for a considerable present they had brought along with them. - -Narea, the southmost province of the Abyssinian empire, is still -governed by its native princes, who are called _the Beneros_; its -territory reached formerly to Bizamo. - -The Galla have quite surrounded them, especially on the south-east and -north. What is to the west is a part of Africa, the most unknown. The -people of Narea have a small trade with Melinda on the Indian Ocean, -and with Angola on the western, by means of intermediate nations. Narea -is abundantly supplied with gold from the Negro country that is nearest -them. Some have, indeed, said there is gold in Narea; but, after a -very diligent investigation, I find it comes chiefly from towards the -Atlantic. - -The kingdom of Narea stands like a fortified place in the middle of a -plain. Many rivers, rising in the fourth and fifth degrees of latitude, -spread themselves, for want of level, over this flat country, and -stagnate in very extensive marshes from south by east, to the point of -north, or north-west. - -The foot of the mountains, or edge of these marshes nearest Narea, -is thick overgrown with coffee-trees, which, if not the _only_, is -the _largest_ tree known there. Then comes the mountainous country of -Narea Proper, which is interspersed with small, unwholesome, but very -fertile valleys. Immediately adjoining is the more mountainous country -of Caffa, without any level ground whatever. It is said to be governed -by a separate prince: they were converted to Christianity in the time -of Melec Segued, some time after the conversion of Narea. The Galla, -having settled themselves in all the flat ground to the very edge of -the marshes, have, in great measure, cut off the communication with -Abyssinia for many years together; so that their continuance in the -Christian faith seems very precarious and uncertain, for want of books -and priests to instruct them. - -The Nareans of the high country are the lightest in colour of any -people in Abyssinia; but those that live by the borders of the marshes -below are perfect blacks, and have the features and wool of negroes: -whereas all those in the high country of Narea, and still more so in -the stupendous mountains of Caffa, are not so dark as Neopolitans or -Sicilians. Indeed it is said that snow has been seen to lie on the -mountains of Caffa, as also in that high ridge called Dyre and Tegla; -but this I do not believe. Hail has probably been seen to lie there; -but I doubt much whether this can be said of a substance of so loose a -texture as snow. - -There is great abundance both of cattle, grain, and all sorts of -provisions in Narea, as well in the high as in the low country. Gold, -which they sell by weight, is the medium of commerce within the country -itself; but coarse cotton cloths, stibium, beads, and incense, are the -articles with which their foreign trade to Angola, and the kingdoms on -the Atlantic, is carried on. - -The Nareans are exceedingly brave. Though they have been conquered, and -driven out of the low country, it has been by multitudes--nation after -nation pouring in upon them with a number of horse to which they are -perfect strangers: But now, confined to the mountains, and surrounded -by their marshes and woods, they despise all further attempts of the -Galla, and drive them from their frontiers whenever they approach too -near. - -In these skirmishes, or in small robbing parties, those Nareans are -taken, whom the Mahometan merchants sell at Gondar. At Constantinople, -India, or Cairo, the women are more esteemed as slaves than those -of any other part of the world, and the men are reckoned faithful, -active, and intelligent. Both sexes are remarkable for a chearful, -kind disposition, and, if properly treated, soon attach themselves -inviolably to their masters. The language of Narea and Caffa is -peculiar to that country, and is not a dialect of any neighbouring -nation. - -Antonio Fernandes in this journey, seeking to go to India by Melinda in -company with Fecur Egzie ambassador, passed through this country; but -none of the Jesuits ever went to Narea with a view of converting the -people, at which I have been often surprised. There was enough of gold -and ignorance to have allured them. That softness and simplicity of -manners for which the Nareans are remarkable, their affection for their -masters and superiors, and firm attachment to them, would have been -great advantages in the hands of the fathers. Every Abyssinian would -have encouraged them at the beginning of this mission; and, if once -they had firmly established themselves in a country of so difficult -access, they might have bid defiance to prince Facilidas, and the -persecution that destroyed the progress of the Catholic faith in that -reign. - -From Gonea, in six days they came to the residence of Benero, the -sovereign of the country; since the conquest and conversion under Melec -Segued, he is called Shum. The ambassador and Fernandes were received -by the Benero with an air of constraint and coolness, though with -civility. They found afterwards the cause of this was the insinuation -of a schismatic Abyssinian monk, then at the court of that prince, who -had told him that the errand of the ambassador and missionary to India -was to bring Portuguese troops that way into Abyssinia, which would end -in the destruction of Narea, if it did not begin with it. - -Terrified at a danger so near, the Benero called a council, in which -it was resolved that the ambassador should be turned from the direct -road into the kingdom of Bali, to a much more inconvenient, longer, and -dangerous one; and, the ambassador hesitating a little when this was -proposed, the Benero told him plainly, that he would not suffer him to -pass further by any other way than that of Bali. - -Bali was once a province belonging to Abyssinia, and was the first -taken from them by the Galla. It is to the north-east of Narea, to the -west of the kingdom of Adel, which separates it from the sea; of which -ample mention has been already made in the beginning of this history. - -This was to turn them to Cape Gardefan, the longest journey they could -possibly make by land, and in the middle of their enemies; whereas -the direction of the coast of the Indian Ocean running greatly to the -westward, and towards Melinda, was the shortest journey they could make -by land. Melinda, too, had many rich merchants, who, though Moors, did -yet traffic in the Portuguese settlements on the coast of Malabar, and -had little intelligence or concern with the religious disputes which -raged in Abyssinia. - -However, I very much doubt whether this nearest route could be -accomplished, at least by travellers, such as Fecur Egzie, Fernandes, -and their companions, all ignorant of the language, and, therefore, -constantly at the discretion of interpreters, and the malice or private -views of different people through whose hands they must have passed. - -The Benero, having thus provided against the dangers with which his -state was threatened, if our travellers went by Melinda, made them -a present of fifty crusades of gold for the necessaries of their -journey; and, as their way lay through the small state of Gingiro, and -an ambassador from the sovereign of that state was then at Narea, he -dispatched that minister in great haste, recommending the Portuguese to -his protection so long as they should be in his territory. - -Fecur Egzie and his company set out with the ambassador of Gingiro in a -direction due east; and the first day they arrived at a post of Narea, -where was the officer who was to give them a guard to the frontiers; -and who, after some delay, in order to see what he could extort from -them, at last gave them a party of eighty soldiers to conduct them to -the frontiers. - -After four long days journey through countries totally laid waste by -the Galla, keeping scouts constantly before them to give advice of -the first appearance of any enemy, that they might hide themselves in -thickets and bushes; at mid-day they began to descend a very steep -craggy ridge of mountains, when the ambassador of Gingiro, now their -conductor, warned them, that, before they got to the foot of the -mountain, they should enter into a very thick wood to hide themselves -till night, that they might not be discovered by the Galla shepherds -feeding their flocks in the plain below; for only at night, when they -had retired, could those plains be passed in safety. - -At four o’clock in the afternoon they began to enter the wood, and were -lucky in getting a violent shower of rain, which dislodged the Galla -sooner than ordinary, and sent them, and their cattle home to their -huts. But it was, at the same time, very disagreeable to our travellers -on account of its excessive coldness. Next day, in the evening, -descending another very rugged chain of mountains, they came to the -banks of the large river Zebeé, as the Portuguese call it; but its true -name is Kibbeé, a name given it by the Mahometan merchants, (the only -travellers in this country) from its whiteness, approaching to the -colour of melted butter, which that word signifies. - -The river Zebeé, or Kibbeé, surrounds a great part of the kingdom of -Gingiro. It has been mistaken for the river El Aice, which runs into -Egypt in a course parallel to the Nile, but to the west of it. - -Narea seems to be the highest land in the peninsula of Africa, so that -here the rivers begin to run alternately towards the Cape of Good Hope -and Mediterranean; but the descent at first is very small on either -side. In the adjoining latitudes, that is 4° on each side of the Line, -it rains perpetually, so that these rivers, though not rapid, are yet -kept continually full. - -This of Zebeé, is universally allowed by the merchants of this country -to be the head of the river Quilimancy, which, passing through such -a tract of land from Narea to near Melinda, must have opened a very -considerable communication with the inland country. - -This territory, called Zindero, or Gingiro, is a very small one. The -father and Fecur Egzie rested the sixth day from their setting out -from Narea. The river Zebeé, by the description of Fernandes, seems to -incline from its source in a greater angle than any river on the north -of that partition. He says it carries more water with it than the Nile, -and is infinitely more rapid, so that it would be absolutely impassable -in the season of rains, were it not for large rocks which abound in its -channel. - -The passage was truly tremendous; trees were laid from the shore to the -next immediate rock; from that rock to the next another tree was laid; -then another that reached to the shore. These trees were so elastic as -to bend with the weight of a single person. At a great distance below -ran the foaming current of the river, so deep an abyss that it turned -the heads of those who were passing on the moveable elastic support or -bridge above. - -Yet upon this seeming inconvenience the existence of that country -depended. The Galla that surrounded it would have over-run it in a -month, but for this river, always rapid and always full, whose ordinary -communication by a bridge could be destroyed in a moment; and which, -though it had one ford, yet this was useless, unless passengers had -assistance from both sides of the river, and consequently could never -be of service to an enemy. - -The terrible appearance of this tottering bridge for a time stopped -the ambassador and missionary. They looked upon the passing upon these -trembling beams as certainly incurring inevitable destruction. But the -reflection of dangers that pressed them behind overcame these fears, -and they preferred the resolution to run the risk of being drowned in -the river Zebeé, rather than, by staying on the other side all night, -to stand the chance of being murdered by the Galla. But, after all the -men only could pass the bridge, they were obliged to leave the mules -on the other side till the next morning, with instructions to their -people, that, upon the first appearance of the Galla, they should leave -them, and make their best way over the bridge, throwing down one of the -trees after them. The next morning, two peasants, subjects of Gingiro, -shewed them the ford, where their beasts passed over with great -difficulty and danger, but without loss. - -It was necessary now to acquaint the king of Gingiro of their arrival -in his kingdom, and to beg to be honoured with an audience. But he -happened at that time to be employed in the more important business of -conjuration and witchcraft, without which this sovereign does nothing. - -This kingdom of Gingiro may be fixed upon as the first on this side -of Africa where we meet with the strange practice of divining from -the apparition of spirits, and from a direct communication with the -devil: A superstition this which likewise reaches down all along the -western side of this continent on the Atlantic Ocean, in the countries -of Congo, Angola, and Benin. In spite of the firmest foundation in -true philosophy, a traveller, who decides from the information and -investigation of facts, will find it very difficult to treat these -appearances as absolute fiction, or as owing to a superiority of -cunning of one man in over-reaching another. For my own part, I confess -I am equally at a loss to assign reasons for disbelieving the fiction -on which their pretensions to some preternatural information are -founded, as to account for them by the operation of ordinary causes. -The king of Gingiro found eight days necessary before he could admit -the ambassador and Fernandes into his presence. On the ninth, they -received a permission to go to court, and they arrived there the same -day. - -When they came into the presence of the king he was seated in a large -gallery, open before, like what we call a balcony, which had steps from -below on the outside, by which he ascended and descended at pleasure. -When the letter which the ambassador carried was intimated to him, he -came down from the gallery to receive it, a piece of respect which he -shewed to the king of Abyssinia, though he was neither his subject nor -vassal. He inquired much after the king’s health, and stood a little by -the ambassador and Fernandes, speaking by an interpreter. Afterwards -he again returned to his balcony, sat down there, read his letter, and -then corresponded with the ambassador by messages sent from above to -them below. - -It is impossible to conceive from this, or any thing that Fernandes -says, whether the language of Gingiro is peculiar to that country or -not. The king of Gingiro read Socinios’s letter, which was either in -the Tigré or Arabic language. Fernandes understood the Arabic, and -Fecur Egzie the Tigré and Amharic. It is not possible, then, to know -what was the language of the king of Gingiro, who read and understood -Socinios’s letter, but spoke to Fecur Egzie by an interpreter. - -At last the king of Gingiro told them, that all contained in the king -of Abyssinia’s letter was, that he should use them well, give them good -guard and protection while they were in his country, and further them -on their journey; which he said he would execute with the greatest -pleasure and punctuality. - -The next day, as is usual, the ambassador and missionary carried the -king’s present, chints, calicoe, and other manufactures of India, -things that the king esteemed most. In return to Fernandes he sent a -young girl, whom the father returned, it not being customary, as he -said, for a Christian priest to have girls in his company. In exchange -for the girl, the good-natured king of Gingiro sent him a slave of the -other sex, and a beautiful mule. With all respect to the scruples of -the father, I think it would have been fair to have kept the beautiful -mule, and given the young female Gingerite to his companion in the -journey, Fecur Egzie, who could have had no scruples. - -Fernandes says he received the boy from the only view of saving his -soul by baptism. I wonder, since Providence had thrown the girl first -in his way, by what rule of charity it was he consigned her soul to -perdition by returning her, as he was not certain at the time that he -might not have got a mule or camel in exchange for the girl; and then, -upon his own principles, he certainly was author of the perdition of -that soul which Providence seemed to have conducted by an extraordinary -way to the enjoyment of all the advantages of Christianity; surely the -care of Neophytes of the female sex was not a new charge to the Jesuits -in Abyssinia. - -It seems to be ridiculous for Fernandes to imagine that the sovereign -of this little state called himself Gingiro, knowing that this word -signified a monkey. His enemies might give him that name; but it is -not likely he would adopt it himself. And the reason of that name is -still more ridiculous; for he says it is because the gallery is like -a monkey’s cage. If that was the case, all the princes in Congo and -Angola give their audiences in such places. Indeed, it seems to me that -it is here the customs, used in these last-mentioned parts of Africa, -begin, although Gingiro is nearer the coast of the Indian Ocean than -that of the Atlantic. The colour of the people at Gingiro is nearly -black, still it is not the black of a negro; the features are small -and straight as in Europe or Abyssinia. - -All matters in this state are conduced by magic; and we may see to -what point the human understanding is debased in the distance of a -few leagues. Let no man say that ignorance is the cause, or heat -of climate, which is the unintelligible observation generally made -on these occasions. For why should heat of climate addict a people -to magic more than cold? or, why should ignorance enlarge a man’s -powers, so that, overleaping the bounds of common intelligence, it -should extend his faculty of conversing with a new set of beings in -another world? The Ethiopians, who nearly surround Abyssinia, are -blacker than those of Gingiro, their country hotter, and are, like -them, an indigenous people that have been, from the beginning, in the -same part where they now inhabit. Yet the former neither adore the -devil, nor pretend to have a communication with him: they have no -human sacrifices, nor are there any traces of such enormities having -prevailed among them. A communication with the sea has been always -open, and the slave-trade prevalent from the earliest times; while the -king of Gingiro, shut up in the heart of the continent, sacrifices -those slaves to the devil which he has no opportunity to sell to man. -For at Gingiro begins that accursed custom of making the shedding -of human blood a necessary part in all solemnities. How far to the -southward this reaches I do not know; but I look upon this to be the -geographical bounds of the reign of the devil on the north side of the -equator in the peninsula of Africa. - -This kingdom is hereditary in one family, but does not descend in -course to the eldest son, the election of the particular prince being -in the nobles; and thus far, indeed, it seems to resemble that of their -neighbours in Abyssinia. - -When the king of Gingiro dies, the body of the deceased is wrapped in -a fine cloth, and a cow is killed. They then put the body so wrapped -up into the cow’s skin. As soon as this is over, all the princes -of the royal family fly and hide themselves in the bushes; while -others, intrusted with the election, enter into the thickets, beating -everywhere about as if looking for game. At last a bird of prey, called -in their country Liber, appears, and hovers over the person destined to -be king, crying and making a great noise without quitting his station. -By this means the person destined to be elected is found, surrounded, -as is reported, by tigers, lions, panthers, and suchlike wild beasts. -This is imagined to be done by magic, or the devil, else there are -everywhere enough of these beasts lying in the cover to furnish -materials for such a tale, without having recourse to the power of -magic to assemble them. - -As they find their king, then, like a wild beast, so his behaviour -continues the same after he is found. He flies upon them with great -rage, resisting to the last, wounding and killing all he can reach -without any consideration, till, overcome by force, he is dragged to -a throne, which he fills in a manner perfectly corresponding to the -rationality of the ceremonies of his instalment. - -Although there are many that have a right to seek after this king, yet, -when he is discovered, it does not follow, that the same person who -finds him should carry him to his coronation; for there is a family -who have a right to dispute this honour with the first possessor; and, -therefore, in his way from the wood, they set upon the people in whose -hands he is, and a battle ensues, where several are killed or wounded; -and if these last, by force, can take him out of the hands of the first -finder, they enjoy all the honours due to him that made him king. - -Before he enters his palace two men are to be slain; one at the foot -of the tree by which his house is chiefly supported; the other at -the threshold of his door, which is besmeared with the blood of the -victim. And, it is said, (I have heard this often in Abyssinia from -people coming from that country) that the particular family, whose -priviledge it is to be slaughtered, so far from avoiding it, glory in -the occasion, and offer themselves willingly to meet it.--To return to -our travellers-- - -The father and the ambassador, leaving the kingdom of Gingiro, -proceeded in a direction due east, and entered the kingdom of Cambat, -depending still on the empire of Abyssinia, and there halted at -Sangara, which seems to be the principal place of the province, -governed at that time by a Moor called _Amelmal_. - -On the left of Cambat are the Guragués, who live in some beggarly -villages, but mostly in caves and holes in the mountains. The father -was detained two days at Sangara, at the persuasion of the inhabitants -there, who told him there was a fair in the neighbourhood, and people -would pass in numbers to accompany him, so that there would be no -danger. But, after staying that time at Sangara, he found that the -intention of this delay was only to give time to some horsemen of the -Guragués to assemble, in order to attack the caravan on the road, which -they did soon after; and, though they were repulsed, yet it was with -loss of one of the company, a young man related to Socinios, who, being -wounded with a poisoned arrow, died some days after. - -In the mean time, an Abyssinian, called _Manquer_, overtook their -caravan. As he was a schismatic, his intention was very well known -to be that of disappointing their journey; and he prevailed with -Amelmal so far as to make him suspect that the recommendations which -the ambassador brought were false. He, therefore, insisted on the -ambassador’s staying there till he should get news from court. Amelmal, -Manquer, and the ambassador, each dispatched a messenger, who tarried -three months on the road, and at last brought orders from the king to -dispatch them immediately. - -As Amelmal now saw the bad inclination of Manquer, he detained him -at Cambat that he might occasion no more difficulties in their way. -He gave the ambassador likewise seven horses, which were said to be -the best presents to the princes or governors that were in his road, -and dispatched the travellers with another companion, Baharo, who had -brought the letters from the king. - -From Cambat they entered the small territory of Alaba, independent of -the king of Abyssinia, whose governor was called _Aliko_, a Moor. This -man, already prejudiced against the missionary and the ambassador, -was still hesitating whether to allow them to proceed, when Manquer, -who fled from Amelmal, arrived. Aliko, hearing from this incendiary, -that the father’s errand was to bring Portuguese that way from India -to destroy the Mahometan faith, as in former times, burst into such -violent rage as to threaten the father, and all with him, with death, -which nothing but the reality of the king’s letters, of which he had -got assurance from Baharo, and some regard to the law of nations, -on account of the ambassador Fecur Egzie, could have prevented. In -the mean time, he put them all in close prison, where several of the -Portuguese died. At last, after a council held, in which Manquer gave -his voice for putting them to death, a man of superior character in -that country advised the sending them back to Amelmal, the way that -they came; and this measure was accordingly adopted. - -They returned, therefore, from Cambat, and thence to Gorgora, without -any sort of advantage to themselves or to us, only what arises -from that opportunity of rectifying the geography of the country -through which they passed; and even for this they have furnished but -very scanty materials, in comparison of what we might reasonably -have expected, without having occasioned any additional fatigue to -themselves. - -We have already said, that though Socinios had not openly declared his -resolution of embracing the Catholic faith, yet he had gone so far as -to declare, upon the dispute held between the Catholic and schismatic -clergy, in his own presence and that of the Abuna, that the Abyssinian -disputants were vanquished, and ought to have been convinced from the -authority of their own books, especially that of Haimanout Abou, the -faith of the ancient fathers and doctors of their church received -by them from the beginning as the undoubted rule of faith: That the -doctrine of the Catholic church being only what was taught in the -Haimanout Abou concerning the two natures in Christ, this point was to -all intents and purposes settled; and, therefore, he signified it as -his will, that, for the future, no one should deny that there are two -natures in Christ, distinct in themselves, but divinely united in one -person, which was Christ; declaring at the same time, that in case any -person should hereafter deny, or call this in doubt, he would chastise -him for seven years. - -The Abuna, on the contrary, supported by the half-brother of the king, -Emana Christos, (brother to Ras Sela Christos) published a sentence -of excommunication, by affixing it to the door of one of the churches -belonging to the palace, in which he declared all persons accursed who -should maintain two natures in Christ, or embrace or vindicate any of -the errors of the church of Rome. - -The king had received various complaints of the Agows, who had abused -his officers, and refused payment of tribute. He had set out upon an -expedition against them, intending to winter in that country; but, -hearing of the rash conduct of the Abuna, and the leagues that were in -consequence everywhere forming against him, he returned to Gorgora, -and sent to the Abuna, that unless, without delay, he recalled the -excommunication he had published, he should be forthwith punished with -loss of his head. This language was too clear and explicit to admit a -doubt of its meaning; and the Abuna, giving way for the time, recalled -his excommunication. - -A conspiracy was next formed by Emana Christos, the eunuch Kefla Wahad -master of the household to the king, and Julius governor of Tigré, -to murder Socinios in his palace; for which purpose they desired an -audience upon weighty affairs, which being granted by the king, the -three conspirators were admitted into his presence. - -It was concerted that Julius should present a petition of such a nature -as probably to produce a refusal; and, in the time of the altercation -that would ensue, when the king might be off his guard, the other two -were to stab him. - -Just before the conversation began, he was advised of his danger -by a page, and Julius presenting his petition, the king granted it -immediately, before Emana Christos could come up to assist in the -dispute which they expected; and this conspirator appearing in the -instant, the king, who had got up to walk, invited them all three up -to the terrace. This was the most favourable opportunity they could -have wished. They, therefore, deferred assaulting him till they should -have got up to the terrace: The king entered the door of the private -stair, and drew it hastily after him. It had a spring-lock made by -Peter Paez, which was fixed in the inside, and could not be opened from -without, so that the king was left secure upon the terrace. Upon this -the conspirators, fearing themselves discovered, retired, and from that -time resolved to keep out of the king’s power. - -At that period, Socinios had determined upon an expedition against the -Funge, that is, against the blacks of Sennaar, who had entered his -country in a violent manner, destroying his people, and carrying them -off as slaves. It was, therefore, concerted, that while the king was -busied far off with the Funge, Emana Christos, Julius, and the eunuch -Kefla, at once should attack Sela Christos, at whom, next to the king, -the conspirators chiefly aimed; and the cause was, that the king had -taken the posts of Ras and the government of Gojam from Emana Christos, -who was a schismatic, and had given them to his younger brother, Sela -Christos, a violent Catholic. - -Julius began by a proclamation in Woggora, in which he commanded, that -those who believed two natures in Christ should immediately leave the -province, and that all those who were friends to the Alexandrian faith -should forthwith repair to him, and fight in defence of it. He then -ordered the goods of all the Catholics in Tigré to be confiscated, and -straightway marched to surprise Sela Christos then in Gojam. But the -king received intelligence of his designs, and returned into Dembea -before it was well known that he had left it. This, at first, very much -disconcerted Julius; and the rather, that Emana Christos and Kefla -Wahad kept aloof, nor had they declared themselves openly yet, nor did -they seem inclined to do it till Julius had first tried his fortune -with the king. - -This rebel, now full of presumption, advanced with his army to where -the Nile issues out of the great lake Tzana; and there he found the -Abuna Simon, who had staid for some weeks in one of the islands upon -pretence of devotion. Simon, after having confirmed Julius in his -resolution of murdering the king, his father-in-law, or of dying in -defence of the Alexandrian faith, if necessary, persuaded him to -lay aside his design of marching against Sela Christos, but rather -immediately to return back and surprise the king before these two -joined. - -Julius readily adopted this advice of the Abuna; while that priest, to -shew he was sincere, offered to accompany him in person, and share his -fortune. This was accepted with pleasure by Julius, who next morning -received the Abuna’s benediction at the head of his army, and assisted -at a solemn excommunication pronounced against the king, Sela Christos, -the fathers, and all the Catholics at court. - -The king’s first thought, upon hearing these proceedings, was to send -some troops to the assistance of Sela Christos, warning him of his -danger; but, upon hearing measures were changed, and that the first -design was against himself, he marched to meet Julius, and sent a -message to Sela Christos to join him with all possible speed; and, as -he was an excellent general, he took his post so judiciously that he -could not be forced to fight against his will till succour was brought -him, without great disadvantage to the enemy. - -Julius, fearing the junction of Sela Christos, endeavoured to fight -the two armies separately. For which purpose he advanced and pitched -his camp close within sight of that of Socinios, resolving to force -him to an engagement. This was thought a very dangerous measure, and -was contrary to the advice of all his friends, who saw how judiciously -Socinios had chosen his ground; and it was known to the meanest -soldier on both sides, how consummate the king was in the art of war. - -But the Abuna having persuaded him, that, as soon as the soldiers -should see him, they would abandon the king and join his colours, early -in the morning he put on his coat of mail, and, mounted on a strong -and fiery horse, was proceeding to the king’s camp, when Malacotawit, -his wife, (daughter to Socinios) persuaded him at least to take some -food to enable him to bear the fatigues of the day. But disdaining such -advice, he only answered furiously, “That he had sworn not to taste -meat till he had brought her her father’s head;” and, without longer -waiting for the rest of his troops, he leaped over the enemy’s lines in -a quarter where the Abuna had promised he should be well received. - -Indeed, on his first appearance, no one there opposed his passage, but -seemed rather inclined to favour him as the Abuna had promised: And he -had now advanced near to a body of Tigré soldiers that were the guard -of the king’s tent, loudly crying, “Where is your emperor?” when one -of these with a stone struck him so rudely upon the forehead that it -felled him to the ground; and, being now known, another soldier (called -Amda) thrust him through with a sword, and thereafter killed him with -many wounds. His head was cut off and carried to Socinios. - -The few that attended him perished likewise among the soldiers. Nor did -any of Julius’s army think of a battle, but all sought their safety -by a flight. The king’s troops being all fresh, pursued the scattered -rebels with great vigour, and many were slain, without any loss on the -part of the royalists. - -The Abuna Simon had, for a considerable time, stood as an ecclesiastic, -unhurt and unheeded, among the flying troops. Being at last -distinguished by his violent vociferation, and repeated imprecations -upon the king and the conquerors, he was slain by a common soldier, who -cut his head off and carried it to Socinios, who ordered it, with the -body, to be taken from the field of battle and buried in a church-yard. - -Socinios gave the spoil of the camp to his soldiers. It was said, -that no time, since the Turks were defeated under Mahomet Gragnè, -was there ever so much treasure found in a camp. The pride of Julius -induced him to carry all his riches with him. They were the fruits -of avarice and oppression in all the principal posts of the empire, -and which in their turn he had enjoyed. They were likewise the spoils -of the Catholics, newly acquired by the confiscations made since his -rebellion. A great number of cattle was likewise taken, which the king -distributed among the priests of the several churches, the judges, and -other lay-officers. Very great rejoicings were made everywhere, in the -midst of which arrived Ras Sela Christos with his army from Gojam, and -was struck with astonishment on seeing the small number of troops with -which the king had been exposed to fight Julius, and how complete a -victory he had gained with them. - -In the mean time, Emana Christos had retired to a high mountain in -Gojam, called _Melca Amba_, where he continued to excite the people -of that province to rebel and join Julius, whose arrival he daily -expected, that, together, they might fight Sela Christos. But the -rashness of Julius, and the march of Sela Christos to the king’s -assistance, had very much disconcerted their whole scheme. - -Af Christos, who commanded in Gojam after the departure of Ras Sela -Christos, sent to Melca Amba, “reproaching Emana Christos with -seditious practices; upbraiding him with the unnatural part he acted, -being a brother-german to Sela Christos, and brother to Socinios by -the same mother, while Julius was married to his daughter, and had -constantly enjoyed the great places of the empire. He asked him, What -they could be more? Kings they could not be, neither he nor Julius. -Ras, the next place in the empire, they both had enjoyed; and, if the -king had taken that office lately from Emana Christos, he had not given -it to a stranger, but to his brother Sela Christos, who, it was but -fair, should have his turn; and that the importance of his family was -not the less increased by it. Lastly, he represented the danger he ran, -if Julius made his peace, of falling a sacrifice as the adviser of the -rebellion.” - -Emana Christos answered, “That though he rebelled with Julius, and at -the same time, yet it was not as a follower of Julius, nor against -the king; but that he took up arms in defence of the ancient faith -of his country, which was now, without reason, trodden under foot in -favour of a religion, which was a false one if they understood it, and -an useless one if they did not. He said he was satisfied of his own -danger; but neither his connection with the king, nor his being related -to Sela Christos, could weigh with him against his duty to God and -his country. The king and his brother might be right in embracing the -Romish religion, because they were convinced of the truth of it: he had -used, however, the same means, and the same application, had heard the -arguments of the same fathers, which, unluckily for him, had convinced -him their religion was not a true, but a false one. For the same -reasons he continued to be an Alexandrian, which his brother alledged -had made him a Roman. He, therefore, begged Af Christos to consider, -by a review of things since David III.‘s time, how much blood the -change would cost to the kingdom by the attempt, whether it succeeded -or not; and whether, after that consideration, it was worth trying the -experiment.” - -This artful and sensible message, sent by a man of the capacity and -experience of Emana Christos, easily convinced Af Christos that it was -not by argument Emana Christos was to be brought to his duty; but, like -a good officer, he kept up correspondence with him, that he might be -master of the intelligence to what place he retired. - -Soon after Sela Christos had left Gojam to join the king, by forced -marches he surrounded Melca Amba, where Emana Christos was, and had -assembled a number of troops to descend into the plain and create a -diversion in favour of Julius. The mountain had neither water in it nor -food for such a number of men, nor had Emana Christos forces enough to -risk a battle with an officer of the known experience of Af Christos, -who had chosen the ground at his full leisure, and with complete -knowledge of it. - -Three days the army within the mountain held out without complaining; -but, in the evening of the third day, some monks and hermits -(_holy men_, the abettors of this rebellion) came to Af Christos -to remonstrate, that there were several convents and villages in -the mountain, also small springs, and barley enough to answer the -necessities of the ordinary inhabitants, but were not enough for such -an additional number which had taken forcible possession of the wells, -and drank up all the water, to the immediate danger of the whole -inhabitants perishing with thirst. - -To this Af Christos answered, That the reducing the mountain, and the -taking Emana Christos, was what was given him in commission by the -king, to attain which end he would carefully improve all the means in -his power. He was sorry, indeed, for the distress of the convents in -the mountain, but could not help it; nor would he suffer one of them to -remove or come down into the plain, nor would he discontinue blockading -the mountain while Emana Christos was there and alive. No other -alternative, therefore, remained but the delivering up Emana Christos. -His army would have fought for him against a common enemy, but against -thirst their shields and swords were useless. - -Af Christos, with his prisoner, forthwith proceeded to join the king, -and passed the Nile into Begemder. At crossing the river Bashilo, they -were informed of the defeat and death of Julius and the Abuna. The -messenger had also letters for Emana Christos, whom the king did not -know to be yet prisoner: among these was one from Sela Christos, in -which he upbraided his brother with his unnatural treason, and assured -him speedily of a fate like that of Julius. Emana Christos received -this intelligence almost dead with fear, for never was a prophecy made -which seemed to have needed less time to accomplish than this of his -brother’s. - -Af Christos surrendered his prisoner to the king at Dancaz, who -immediately assembled a full convocation of judges of all degrees; -and the prisoner being ordered to answer to his charge concerning the -rebellion of Julius and his conspiracy against the king’s life, he took -the part he had been advised, and palliated the whole of his actions, -without positively denying any one of them, and submitted to the -king’s mercy. The judges, considering the defence, unanimously found -him guilty of death; but the king, whose last vote, when sitting in -judgment, supersedes and overturns all the rest, reprieved, and sent -him prisoner to Amhara. - -Hitherto the king had contented himself with fixing two points in -favour of the Roman church, in contradiction to that of Alexandria. -The first denounced punishment to every one who did not believe that -there are two natures in Christ, and that he is perfect God and perfect -man, without confusion of persons. The second was rather a point of -discipline than of faith; yet it was urged as such, by declaring it to -be unlawful to observe Saturday, the ancient Jewish sabbath. The first -of these, if it was not the cause, had been assumed as the pretext for -the rebellion of Julius. The second produced that of Jonael governor of -Begemder, of which we are now to speak. But thus far only the king had -gone. He had not openly joined the church of Rome, nor as yet renounced -that of Alexandria, nor forced any one else to do so. - -The first prelude to Jonael’s rebellion was an anonymous letter -written to the king, in which all the stale and lame arguments of -the Alexandrians were raked together, and stated with a degree of -presumption worthy of the ignorance and obstinacy of those from -whom they came. This, though ridiculous, and below notice in point -of argument, offended greatly both the king and the Jesuits, by the -asperity of its terms, and the personal applications contained in it. -The king was treated as another Dioclesian, thirsting after Christian -blood, and for this devoted to hell; as were also the Jesuits, whom -they called relations of Pilate, in allusion to their origin from Rome. - -The king, grievously offended, added this injunction to the former -proclamation, “That all out-door work, such as plowing and sowing, -should be publicly followed by the husbandman on the Saturday, under -penalty of paying a web of cotton cloth, for the first omission, which -cloth was to be of five shillings value; and the second offence, was -to be punished by a confiscation of moveables, and the crime not to be -pardoned for seven years;”--the greatest punishment for misdemeanors in -Abyssinia. To this Socinios added, _vivâ-voce_, from his throne, that -he never _abolished_, but _explained_ and established their religion, -which always taught, as their own books could testify, that Christ -was perfect God and perfect man, two distinct natures united in one -hypostasis of the eternal word; neither was it in compliance with the -Jesuits that he abrogated the observation of the Jewish sabbath, but -in obedience to the council of Chalcedon, which was founded in the -holy scriptures, for which he was ready at all times to lose his life, -though he should endeavour first to inflict that punishment on such as -were its enemies. - -In order to shew that he did not mean to trifle, he ordered the tongue -of a monk (called Abba Af Christos) to be cut out, for denying the -two natures in Christ; and Buco, one of the principal generals of his -court (who afterwards died a zealous Catholic) he ordered to be beaten -with rods, and degraded from his employment, for observing the Jewish -sabbath. - -The king, having given these public, unequivocal testimonies of his -resolution, put himself at the head of his army, and marched against -Jonael; but that rebel, not daring to meet his offended sovereign, -retired into the mountains; whereupon the king laid waste the country -of the Galla, who had protected him. This occasioned a division among -the Galla themselves. One party declaring for the king, apprehended -Jonael with intention to deliver him up; but he was soon rescued out of -their hands by the contrary party, enemies to Socinios. His protectors -being once known, the manner of working his destruction was soon -known likewise. The king’s presents made their way to that faithless -people, the only barbarians with whom the right of hospitality is not -established. Upon receiving the king’s bribe, they murdered Jonael, cut -his head off, and sent it to the king. - -The rebellion in Damot was not so easily quelled. Sela Christos, -a zealous Catholic, was sent against the rebels to inforce the -proclamation with regard to the sabbath. But as his connections -were very considerable among them, he chose first to endeavour, by -fair means, to induce the ignorant savages to return to reason and -obedience. With this view, he sent to expostulate with them; and to -beg that, in articles of faith, they would suffer themselves to be -examined and instructed by men of learning and good life; not by those -monks, ignorant like themselves, from whom they only could learn vice, -blasphemy, and rebellion. To this the Damots answered, as one man, -That, if his friendship for them and good intentions were real, he -should give them, for proof, the immediate burning of all the Latin -books which had been translated into the Ethiopian language, and that, -then, he should hang those Jesuits who were with him upon a high tree. - -We are not, however, to consider this was really from a conviction or -persuasion of the Damots, who inhabit a province bordering upon the -Agows and Gongas, and their Christianity much upon a par with that -of either of these nations. But the fact was, that the fanatics and -zealots for the Alexandrian faith had retired in great numbers to -Damot, as to a province the worst affected to the king, from the recent -violence of Julius, who, in an expedition against the Shangalla, by -order of the king had driven off the cattle of the peaceable Damots, -who had been then guilty of no offence. And as these were ready -to rebel for a quarrel merely their own, it was very easy for the -schismatical monks to add this religious grievance to the sum of the -preceding. - -Sela Christos had with him about 7000 men, most of them Catholics and -veteran soldiers; and among these 40 Portuguese, partly on foot, armed -with musquets, the others on horseback, clad in coats of mail. Very -different was the army of Damots. They were superior in number for they -exceeded 12000 men, and among these were 400 monks, well armed with -swords, lances, and shields, earnestly bent upon the obtaining a crown -of martyrdom in defence of their religion, from the innovation proposed -by Socinios. At the head of these was a fanatical monk (one Batacu) who -promised them armies of angels, with flaming swords, who should slay -their enemies, but render them invulnerable, as he declared himself to -be, either by sword or lance. - -The battle was fought at the foot of the mountains of Amid Amid, on the -6th of October 1620. Sela Christos, sure of victory, and unwilling to -slaughter a people he had been used to protect, began first to shew his -superiority in slight skirmishes. After which, desiring a parley, he -sent messengers to them, begging them to consider their own danger, and -offering them a general amnesty upon their submission. These messengers -were not allowed to approach, for showers of arrows that were poured -upon them; so the battle began with great animosity on both sides. The -Damots were soon broken and put to flight by the superiority of Sela -Christos’s soldiers. But the 400 monks, already mentioned, fought most -desperately in defiance of numbers, nor did they seek their safety -by a flight. One hundred and eighty of them were killed on the place -they occupied, valiantly fighting to the very last. A rare example, -and seldom found in history, that fanatics like these, always ready to -rebel, should persist and sacrifice their lives to the follies of their -own preaching. - -As for their celestial auxiliaries, whose assistance they were promised -as far as could be discovered, they neither did harm nor good. We may -suppose they stood neuter. But Batacu the hermit, ringleader of this -sedition, whose body was so miraculously armed, that neither sword -nor spear could make any impression upon it, was unfortunately thrust -through with a lance in the very beginning of the engagement, which -greatly served to discredit these supernatural aids. - -It was in this year 1620, that Socinios marched into Begemder against -Jonael. At which time Peter Paez was employed at Gorgora in building -the church there. The king returned immediately to Dancaz after the -defeat of Jonael, and passed his winter at that place. - -It was on the 16th of January 1621, that the dedication of the church -of Gorgora was made by Peter Paez; and at that time the king was in -Begemder. Upon his return to Dancaz he met Paez at Gorgora for the -first time. He remained at Gorgora till the 3d of October of that year, -when the news of the defeat of the Damots by Sela Christos arrived, -which he received in presence of that priest at Gorgora. In this, both -the Jesuits and Abyssinian annals agree. It is not then possible that -Peter Paez could have been with the king at Sacala, or Geesh, in the -country of the Agows on the 21st of March 1621[57]; for both Peter Paez -and Socinios were at that time in Gorgora. - -At this time the Ethiopic memoirs of Socinios’s reign interrupted their -continual topics of rebellion and bloodshed, to record a very trifling -anecdote; which, however, I insert, as it serves to give some idea of -the simplicity and ignorance of those times. - -The historian says, that this year there was brought into Abyssinia, -a bird called _Para_, which was about the bigness of a hen, and spoke -all languages; Indian, Portuguese, and Arabic. It named the king’s -name: although its voice was that of a man, it could likewise neigh -like a horse, and mew like a cat, but did not sing like a bird. It was -produced before the assembly of judges, of the priests, and the azages -of court, and there it spoke with great gravity. The assembly, after -considering circumstances well, were unanimously of opinion, that the -evil spirit had no part in endowing it with these talents. But to be -certain of this, it was thought most prudent to take the advice of Ras -Sela Christos, then in Gojam, who might, if he thought fit, consult the -superior of Mahebar Selassé; to them it was sent, but it died on the -road. The historian closes his narrative by this wise reflection on the -parrot’s death; “Such is the lot of all flesh.” - -The king, immediately after his victory over Jonael, had resolved to -throw off the mask, and openly to profess the Catholic religion. The -success of Sela Christos against the Damots had confirmed him. He had -passed the rainy season, as I have before observed, between Gorgora -and Dancaz; and, in the usual time, in the month of November, marched -to Foggora, a narrow stripe of plain country, reaching from Emfras to -Dara, bounded on one side by the lake Dembea, and on the other by the -mountains of Begemder. - -For this purpose he sent to Peter Paez, his ordinary confessor, to -come to him; and, having told him his resolution, he declared, that, -in proof of the sincerity of his conversion, he had put away all his -wives (of whom he had several of the first quality, and many children -by them) and retained only his first, by whom he had the eldest of his -sons, destined to succeed him in the empire. - -Paez, having received his confession, and public renunciation of the -Alexandrian faith, returned to Gorgora singing his _nunc dimittis_, -as if the great end of his mission was now completed; nor was he -deceived in his prognostication. For, having too much heated himself -with zeal in travelling, he was, upon his arrival, taken with a violent -fever; and, tho’ every sort of remedy was administered to him by -Antonio Fernandes, yet he died on the third of May 1623, with great -demonstrations of piety and resignation, and firm conviction, that he -had done his duty in an active, innocent, and well-spent life. - -He had been seven years a captive in Arabia in the hands of the Moors, -and nineteen years missionary in Abyssinia, in the worst of times, and -had always extricated himself from the most perilous situations, with -honour to himself and advantage to his religion. In person, he was very -tall and strong; but lean from continual labour and abstinence. He was -red faced; which, Tellez says, proceeded from the religious _warmth_ of -his heart. He had a very good understanding, which he had cultivated, -every hour of his life, by study or practice. - -Besides possessing universal knowledge in scholastic divinity, and the -books belonging to his profession, he understood Greek, Latin, and -Arabic well, was a good mathematician, an excellent mechanic, wrought -always with his own hands, and in building was at once a careful, -active labourer, and an architect of refined taste and judgment. He -was, by his own study and industry, painter, mason, carver, carpenter, -smith, farrier, quarrier, and was able to build convents and palaces, -and furnish them without calling one workman to his assistance; and in -this manner he is said to have furnished the convent at Collela, as -also the palace and convent at Gorgora. - -With all these accomplishments, he was so affable, compassionate, and -humble in his nature, that he never had opportunity of conversing, even -with heretics, without leaving them his friends. He was remarkably -chearful in his temper; and the most forward always in promoting -innocent mirth, of that puerile species which we in England call _fun_, -in great request among the young men in Abyssinia, who spend much -of their time in this sort of conversation, whether in the city or -the camp. Above all, he was a patient, diligent instructor of youth; -and the greatest part of his disciples died in the persecution that -soon followed, resolutely maintaining the truths of that religion -their preceptor first had taught them. In a word, he was the hinge -upon which the Catholic religion turned. He had found the seeds of it -sown in the country for a hundred years before his time, which had -borne little fruit, and was then apparently on the decline. Nineteen -years of this most active missionary, and the death of three kings, -had advanced it only so far as to be embraced publicly by one of -them; after Paez’s death, in six years it fell, though supported most -strenuously by a king prodigal of the blood of his subjects in this -cause, by a patriarch sent from Rome, and by above 20 very zealous and -active missionaries; and, as far as my foresight can carry me, it is -so entirely fallen, that, unless by a special miracle of Providence -wrought for that purpose, it never will rise again. - -The king’s renunciation of the Alexandrian faith was followed by a -very strong, or rather violent manifesto, and we need not be at a loss -to guess whom he employed to draw it up. It begins by asserting the -supremacy of the church of Rome, as the see of St Peter; it mentions -the three first general councils, which condemned Arius, Macedonius, -and Nestorius; next quotes the council of Chalcedon, as the fourth -general council, as having justly condemned Dioscurus; but says not -a word of the council of Ephesus, which the Abyssinians receive -instead of that of Chalcedon; insists largely upon the two natures in -Christ; then, leaving the patriarchs of Alexandria, it attacks not -the doctrine, but the morals of the Abunas, sent from Alexandria into -Abyssinia, accuses the ecclesiastics in general of simony and paying -money to the Abuna for their ordination, (a well-founded part of the -charge) which I fear continues to this day. - -The Abuna Marcus was, it is there said, convicted by Socinios, or -Melec Segued, of a crime of such turpitude that the name of it should -never stain paper. He was degraded and banished to the island of Dek. -His successor Christodulus had many concubines. Abuna Petros, who -succeeded, took the wife of a poor Egyptian, and lived with her; he -then excommunicated his sovereign Jacob, after he had reigned seven -years, and died in battle in the actual commission of treason, fighting -against the prince. - -Simon, the last Abuna, besides living in adultery with the wife of an -Egyptian called Matti, kept several young women with him as concubines; -and being detected in having a daughter by one of them, with a view to -conceal it, he caused the child to be exposed to be devoured by the -hyæna. After living in constant disobedience to God’s law, he joined -the crime of rebellion to the repeated breach of every command in the -decalogue; and appearing in battle, and excommunicating his sovereign, -God (says the manifesto) delivered him into our victorious hands, and -he was slain by a common soldier in the very commission of his crime. - -It must be owned, we cannot have a worse picture of any Christian -church than that here given of the bishop’s church of Alexandria. -Charity should induce us to hope some exaggeration had crept into it. -Yet when we consider that the facts mentioned were all within the space -of forty years, and consequently must have been within the knowledge, -not only of Socinios, but of many people then alive and at court, we -cannot, with the impartiality of an historian, deny our apprehensions, -that these charges were but too-well founded. - -However this may be, neither the king’s example, nor his manifesto, -had the effect he desired. A rebel, whom the annals call the son of -Gabriel, declared himself against the king in Amhara, just at the time -that Socinios, misled by the enemies of Sela Christos, had begun -to entertain suspicion of his loyalty, and had deprived him of the -government of Gojam and the Agows. Finding, after an examination, there -was no person that was qualified to bring this affair to a happy issue -but Sela Christos, he replaced him in his government of Gojam, giving -him, at the same time, orders to march against the son of Gabriel, into -Amhara. - -This command of the king, Ras Sela Christos soon complied with, and, -upon his first appearance in that province, the rebel retired to a -high mountain which he made his place of arms, the top producing both -provisions and water sufficient to maintain a large garrison. - -The Ras, seeing that force availed nothing, had recourse to the usual -trap these rebels fall into. Weary of confinement on the mountain, -sensible that he was by himself too weak to leave it, while such -an enemy expected him below, he accepted the friendship of the -neighbouring Galla, who offered to join him in such numbers as to -enable him to descend from the mountain, and try his fortune in a -battle. The treaty was concluded, and the junction no sooner effected, -than the faithless Galla, before gained by the Ras, fell upon the son -of Gabriel with their clubs, and killed him on the spot, having so -mangled his body that scarce a piece was reserved to send to his enemy. - -The joy this victory occasioned at court met with a great addition -by the arrival of the Romish patriarch. It has been before observed, -that the king had himself wrote letters to the pope and king of -Spain, declaring his intentions to turn Catholic. Peter Paez, Antonio -Fernandes, and the other priests, had given a much more favourable -prospect of religious affairs than had as yet been conveyed to Rome; -the wiser part of the conclave, however, had doubted. But now, the king -had voluntarily made his recantation, it was no longer thought time for -delay, and accordingly Alphonso Mendez, a Jesuit doctor of divinity, a -man of great learning, by birth a Portuguese, was ordained at Lisbon -the 25th of May 1624. - -From thence he proceeded to India by the way of Goa, attended by -several fresh missionaries; and finding there letters from Socinios, -and a passport from the king of Dancali, a Mahometan prince in alliance -with the Abyssinians, he arrived at Bilur, an open bay in the small and -barren state of Dancali, on the second of May 1625, and was received, -by the brother of the reigning prince, with every token of friendship -that so poor a state and sovereign could afford; the king of Dancali -himself was at the distance of six days journey, in a place where there -was greater plenty of water and provisions. The following day the king -sent four mules for the fathers to join him, and received them in a -room of a round figure, surrounded and covered with bundles of straw, -but so low they scarce could raise themselves after having made their -bows. - -In this miserable kingdom, which I shall not describe, as, since that -period, it has been conquered by the Galla, the patriarch and fathers -staid almost in want of necessaries for sixteen days. At last they -set out, having, with much difficulty, mustered sufficient beasts of -burden to carry their baggage. The road lay through part of the country -wherein are the mines of fossile-salt, hot, barren, and absolutely -without water, and exposed greatly to the incursions of the Galla. -After two days journey, they arrived in the morning of the third, at -the foot of Senaffé, where there was water. It is the frontier (as the -name imports) of the province of Enderta, now united to the government -of Tigré. It is part of that ridge of mountains which separates the -seasons, occasioning summer on the one side, while rain and cold -prevail on the other. - -On the night before they came to the mountain, while dubious of -their way, a star of more than ordinary magnitude, and of surprising -brightness, appeared over the patriarch, giving so strong a light -that it illuminated the heavens down to the horizon. It was not, -in its place or manner of appearing, like a common star, but stood -stationary, in the way leading to Senaffé, for above six minutes, and -disappeared[58]. This star, the patriarch and his followers modestly -say, was probably the same that conducted the Magi to the cradle of -Christ, and was now sent to shew them the way into Abyssinia. - -While they were at the foot of this mountain, the Muleteers, all -Mahometans, thought the occasion a proper one to plunder them, by -obliging them to pay an additional hire for their beasts, which they -pretended were not able to ascend so steep a mountain. The camels -certainly could not pass; but mules and asses have a more practicable -road, for the sake of carrying the salt. They insisted to leave the -company till they should bring them fresh mules. The caravan consisted -of the patriarch and six ecclesiastics, priests, and friars, and -thirteen laymen, three of whom were musicians. It was very probably -their intention to have sent to them people who would very soon have -put a fatal period to the mission, had not Emanuel Baradas, with -a number of Abyssinians, and officers, and plenty of all things -necessary, joined the patriarch on the 16th of June 1625; while their -late conductors, conscious of misbehaviour, fled without seeking their -hire. - -In five days they came to Fremona, where they staid till November; and, -in December, arrived at Gorgora, where they were introduced to the -king in his palace. Socinios ordered the patriarch to be placed on a -seat equal in height to his own, on his right hand; and at that very -audience, which was on the 11th of February 1626, it was settled that -the king should take an oath of submission to the see of Rome. - -This useless, vain, ridiculous ceremony, was accordingly celebrated -on the 11th of February, with all the pageantry of a heathen festival -or triumph. The palace was adorned with all the pomp and vanity that -the church of Rome, and especially that part of it, the Order of -the Jesuits, had solemnly abjured. The patriarch, as a mark of his -superiority over the Abunas, preached a sermon in the Portuguese -language upon the primacy of the chair of St Peter, full of Latin -quotations, which is said to have had a wonderful effect upon the king -and Sela Christos, neither of whom understood one word either of Latin -or Portuguese. - -That part of the patriarch’s discourse, which was applicable to -Socinios’s conversion, was answered by Melca Christos, governor -of Samen, (himself a schismatic) in the language of Amhara, which -neither the patriarch nor his retinue understood, and concluded with -these words, “That as the king thought himself obliged to fulfil -those promises of submitting himself to the see of Rome which his -predecessors had made, the time was now come in which he should do -that, if such was his pleasure. These last words of the orator seem not -to have satisfied the zeal of Socinios. He interrupted Melca Christos -by saying, that it was not now, but a long time since, that he had -submitted to the church of Rome, as true successor of St Peter; and -the present occasion was only a confirmation of what he had formerly -professed.” - -The patriarch answered by a few words, prudently and sensibly, I -suppose to save time, seeing that, short or long, his discourse would -not be understood. But proceeding to facts, he opened a new testament, -while Socinios, upon his knees, took the following oath: “We, sultan -Segued, emperor of Ethiopia, do believe and confess that St Peter, -prince of the apostles, was constituted, by Christ our Lord, head of -the whole Christian church, and that he gave him the principality and -dominion over the whole world, by saying to him, _You are Peter, and -upon this rock will I build my church; and I will give you the keys of -the kingdom of heaven_. And again when he said, _Keep my sheep_. Also -we believe and confess, that the pope of Rome, lawfully elected, is the -true successor of St Peter the apostle, in government; that he holdeth -the same power, dignity, and primacy, in the whole Christian church: -and to the holy father Urban VIII. of that name, by the mercy of God, -pope, and our lord, and to his successor in the government of the -church, we do promise, offer, and swear true obedience, and subject, -with humility at his feet, our person and empire: so help us God and -these holy gospels before us.”--After this, each man swore personal -obedience, officers, priests, and monks, according to their several -orders or conditions. - -The prince royal Facilidas, purely and simply in the form prescribed, -took this oath, without any addition or alteration. But Ras Sela -Christos, heated with zeal, after repeating the formula, drawing his -sword in violent passion, uttered these words, “What has passed let it -be past; but, from this day forward, he that falls from his duty this -shall be his judge[59].” - -This hasty speech, not well understood, was thought by some to reflect -on those he had discovered to be in the confederacy with the rebel son -of Gabriel. As the court was full of parties and discontent, every one -applied the threat to himself, and all joined in a league to undo Sela -Christos, who had so wantonly declared himself the leader and champion -of persecution. - -To this oath of obedience to the pope, he likewise added one to the -king, and to the prince his successor, Facilidas, with a strange -clause, or qualification, which made what he said formerly still -worse:--“I likewise swear to the prince, as heir of his father in this -empire, as long as he shall hold favour, and defend the holy Catholic -faith; and if he shall fail in this, I hereby swear to be his greatest -enemy.” This extravagant addition he insisted should be imposed -upon all the officers of state, and of the army then at court, and -therefore did most deservedly seal his own condemnation and punishment, -which overtook him in the end, though it did not follow till long -afterwards. - -To these violent proceedings were added others still more violent. A -solemn excommunication was pronounced against all such as did not keep -that oath, and a proclamation was forthwith made, “That all people, in -the line of being ordained priests, should first embrace the Catholic -religion upon pain of death; that all should observe the form of the -church of Rome in the celebration of Easter and Lent, under the same -penalty; and with that the ceremonies of the day ended.” - - _Tempus erit cum magno optaverit emptum,_ - _Intactum Pallanta._ - -It was a day ever to be marked with black, not only in the annals of -Ethiopia, but in those of Rome. - -Although the arrival of the patriarch at Bilur had been happily -effected, both as to himself and those that attended him, it was not -so with some of his brethren sent to assist him in that mission. Two -Jesuits, Francisco Machado and Bernard Pereira, had received the king’s -letters in India for their safe conduct to Bilur in Dancali. Whether by -malice, or inadvertency, the king’s secretary, instead of Bilur, had -mentioned Zeyla in the letter. - -Zeyla, an island belonging to the king of Adel, was of all other -places that where the people were most inveterate against the Catholic -religion. No sooner did the Shekh know the quality and errand of these -missionaries, than he confined them to close prison, where, after -great suffering, they were both put to death; and, to aggravate this, -a letter was written to Socinios stigmatizing him with the name of -apostate from the religion of his forefathers, and applying to him many -opprobrious names. - -This letter, at another time, would not have failed to have been -followed by the chastisement it deserved. But Adel, formerly a -flourishing and commercial kingdom, was now fallen, and reduced to -a multitude of banditti. Trade had left it. A garrison of nominal -janizaries, since the reign of Sultan Selim, had kept the little island -of Zeyla for the pretended purpose of a customhouse; but, in fact, it -was a post of robbers, who only maintained themselves there for the -sake of plundering merchants who came by sea; while the Galla poured in -numbers upon the prince from the continent, and of the ancient kingdom -of Adel, had left him nothing but Aussa the capital, a town situated -upon a rock, on the banks of the river Hawash, Azab, and Raheeta, and -a few other miserable villages upon the sea; and even part of these -were daily falling into the hands of that enemy, destined very soon to -over-run them all. This abject state to which they had been reduced, we -may suppose, was the only reason that protected them from the vengeance -of a high-spirited prince, such as Socinios certainly was. - -This violent conduct of Socinios in his abjuration was followed by that -of the patriarch Alphonso Mendes, perfectly in the same spirit. The -clergy were re-ordained, their churches consecrated anew, grown men -as well as children again baptised, the moveable feasts and festivals -reduced to the forms and times of the church of Rome; circumcision, -polygamy, and divorce were abrogated for ever; and the many questions -that thereupon arose, and which were understood to belong to the civil -judge, the patriarch called to his own tribunal exclusively. - -All the tenets of the church of Alexandria, whether of faith or -discipline, were rejected; and it was not known how far the patriarch -intended to subject the civil jurisdiction of the judges to the -ecclesiastical power. Two steps that he took, the one immediately after -the other, seemed to give great reason of fear upon this head. - -In order to understand the first of these cases, it will be necessary -to know, that it is a fundamental constitution of the monarchy of -Ethiopia, that all lands belong to the king; and that there is no such -thing as church-lands in this country. Those that the king has given -for the maintenance of churches or monasteries are resumed every day, -at the instance of, and for the convenience of individuals, and new -ones granted in their stead sometimes of a greater value, sometimes of -a less. Nor have the priests or monks any property in these lands. A -lay-officer, appointed by the king, divides to each monk or priest, his -quota of the revenue, applying any overplus to other uses, which is, we -may suppose, often putting it into his own pocket. - -There was a nobleman of great distinction for his family and rank at -court, for his age, and the merit of his service; he had occupied some -of the lands belonging to a monk who happened to be a Catholic. This -man, had he been an Alexandrian, could have had no recourse to the -Abuna his patriarch, and the cause must have been tried before the -civil judge. But Mendes was of another opinion. He ordered the nobleman -to make his defence before the ecclesiastical tribunal; and, upon his -refusing this as a novelty to which he was not bound, he condemned him -immediately to restore the lands to the monk. This, too, was refused on -the part of the present possessor, who being one day attending the king -at church, the patriarch, without preamble, pronounced against him a -formal sentence of excommunication, by which he gave him over, soul and -body, to the devil. - -Such procedure was, till then, unknown in Abyssinia. The nobleman, -though otherwise brave, was so much affected with the terms of his -sentence as to faint, imagining himself already in the clutches of -Satan, and it was with difficulty he was recovered, the king making -intercession with the patriarch to take off this censure, or rather -this curse. - -Sudden as it was, however, in the inflicting, and easy in the removal, -it made very lasting and serious impressions on the minds of men of all -ranks, greatly to the disadvantage of the patriarch and the professors -of his new religion, in the exercise of which they did not discover -that degree of charity, meekness, mercy, and long-suffering, that they -had been taught were the very essentials of it. - -The next instance was this: There had been an Itchegué, that is, the -superior of the monks of Debra Libanos, an Order instituted by Abba -Tecla Haimanout, the last Abyssinian Abuna, not more celebrated by the -church than the state, as being the restorer of the line of Solomon, -for many years banished to Shoa; and this superior, besides the dignity -of his office, was remarkable for an innocent, pious, and holy life. -It happened that a Catholic monk officiated in a church where this -Itchegué had been buried under the altar; the patriarch declared the -church defiled by the burial of that heretic and schismatic, and -suspended the celebration of divine service till the body was raised -and thrown out of the church in a most indecent manner. Universal -discontent seized the minds of all men; and, from that time, it seemed -the friends of the old religion began again to recover strength, and -the Catholics to be looked upon, if not with hatred, yet with terror. -And every trifle now contributed towards the one or the other. - -The Jesuits, following practices or customs of their own, had thought -fit to exhibit a kind of religious plays or farces. The devil in these -pieces is always the buffoon; he plays harlequin and slight-of-hand -tricks, fires squibs and gun-powder, very little consistent with the -decency of the other persons who compose the drama. This continued -to be practised in several Catholic countries in Europe, while that -learned company existed[60]. It happened to be necessary to introduce -figures of this kind blacked all over, and in masks, with cloven feet, -&c. The first exhibition of these figures so surprised and terrified -the Abyssinian audience, that they fled immediately upon their -appearance, crying out, Alas! alas! these Franks have brought devils -into our country with them! - -This great extension of civil jurisdiction, and the large strides it -took to annihilate the civil power, the encroachments it made upon the -prerogative of the king, till now supreme in all causes ecclesiastical -and civil, the more than regal, the more, if possible, than papal -pride of the patriarch, began to be felt universally, and it was seen -to be intended to lessen every order of government, from the king to -the lowest officer in the province. From this time, therefore, we date -the decline of the Catholic interest in Abyssinia. The first blow was -given it by the king himself, not with a view to destroy it, for he -was a sincere Catholic upon principle, but to controul and keep it -within some bounds, as he found there was no order could otherwise be -maintained. - -He desired the patriarch to permit the use of the ancient liturgies of -Ethiopia, altered by himself in every thing where they did not agree -with that of the church of Rome. With this the patriarch was obliged to -comply, because there was in it an appearance of reason that men should -pray to God in a language that they understood, and which was their -own, rather than a foreign tongue of which they did not understand -one word. This was thought so obvious in Ethiopia as not to admit -any doubt. But the order and practice of the church of Rome was just -the contrary; and this wound was a mortal one; for no sooner was the -permission given to use their own liturgies, than all the Abyssinians -embraced them to a man, and went on in their old prayers and services -without any of the patriarch’s alterations. - -To these events, not important in themselves, but only from the effect -they had upon the minds of mankind, succeeded tragedies of a more -serious nature. I have already observed, in speaking of the Galla, -that they were divided into three principal divisions, those on the -east of Abyssinia were called Bertuma Galla, those on the south called -Toluma, and those on the west Boren Galla; each of these were divided -into seven, and these again subdivided into a number of tribes. Each -of these seven nations choose a king once in seven years called Lubo; -and it is usually the first act of the new king’s reign to over-run the -neighbouring provinces of Abyssinia, laying every thing waste with fire -and sword for this year, even if they had no provocation, but had been -at peace for several years before. - -The Abyssinians remained long in ignorance of this cause of these -invasions, and, while that was the case, they could take no measures to -be prepared against, and resist them. But after, when the customs of -the Galla were better known, their periodical invasions were watched -and provided against, so that though they were still continued, they -were generally repelled with the slaughter and defeat of the invaders. - -It happened that the present year, 1627, was the season of electing -the king, and of the invasion. Though the time of the expedition -was known, no intelligence had been given of the manner in which it -was to be executed. In past times, the nations, or tribes of Galla, -assaulted each the opposite province in whose frontiers they were -settled; but this year it was agreed among them to choose one province, -Gojam, which, by uniting their whole force, they were to devote to -destruction, or, if possible, keep possession of it. - -Buco was governor of Gojam; the king had sent Sela Christos to his -assistance, and was intending to follow with another army himself. In -the mean time, the passes through which the Galla used to enter were -all lined with men, and every preparation made to receive them. - -These barbarians advanced to the Nile in multitudes never seen before; -and, finding the province perfectly on its guard, they feigned a panic, -or disagreement among themselves, retired in seeming confusion, and -dispersed, some, as it was said, to their own homes, and some to an -expedition against Narea. This in reality had often happened; but now -it was only a stratagem; for they all assembled in their own country -Bizamo, of which the Abyssinians had no intelligence. Buco, thinking he -was free of them for that year, disbanded his troops, or detached them -to other services; Sela Christos did the same; neither did Socinios -advance with his army. - -In that interval of weakness, news were sent to Buco that the Galla had -passed the Nile. Upon which he advanced with 1000 foot and 200 horse, -believing that it was some small part of that army which he thought -had some time before been dispersed. After hearing mass with great -devotion, and receiving the sacrament, in passing through a thick wood -he was assaulted by the Galla. Being a man, brave in his own person, -and exceedingly well-trained to arms, he fought so successfully, and -so encouraged his men by his example, that he cut that body of Galla -entirely to pieces; and, as he thought the whole matter then at an -end, he ordered his drums to beat, and his trumpets to sound, in token -of victory. - -The rest of the Galla, who were now dispersed through the province, -but at no great distance, burning and destroying, as their custom is, -and who left this body behind them only to secure their retreat across -the river, returned all to their colours, upon hearing the drums and -trumpets of Kasmati Buco, whom they did not know to be so near; and, as -soon as he came in sight, despising his small number, they surrounded -them on every side. Buco immediately saw that he was a lost man; but, -considering the multitude of the enemy, and the unprepared state of the -province, he thought his own life and those of his followers could not -be better employed than by obstinately fighting to disable the enemy, -so as to put it out of their power to pursue the ruin of the country -further; throwing himself furiously into the thickest of the Galla, he, -at first onset, killed four of the most forward of their leaders, and -made himself a lane through the troops opposing him; and he was now got -without their circle, when some of his officers seeing him, cried to -him to make the best of his way, as affairs were desperate, and not to -add by his death to the misfortunes of that day. - -Upon this he paused, as recollecting himself for a moment; but, -disdaining to survive the loss of his army, he threw himself again -among the Galla, where his men were still fighting, carrying victory -wherever he went. His horse was at last wounded, and, being otherwise -young and untrained, became ungovernable. It was necessary to quit him, -when, drawing his sword, and leaping upon the ground, he continued the -fight with the same degree of courage, till the Galla, who did not dare -to approach him near, killed him by a number of javelins thrown at a -distance. - -The news of the defeat and death of Buco reached Sela Christos, then in -march to join him; nor did the misfortune that had already happened, -nor the bad prospect of his own situation, alter his resolution of -attacking the enemy: But he first wrote to the king his brother, -telling him his situation, and the probable consequences of doing his -duty as he had determined, laying all the blame upon the malice of -his enemies, who, to gratify their own private malice, had left him -without assistance, and occasioned misfortunes so detrimental to the -common-weal. - -Sela Christos passed this night upon a rising ground, and in the -morning early descended into the plain, with a view of attacking the -Galla, when, to his great surprise, that barbarous people, content with -the slaughter of Kasmati Buco and his army, and not willing to risk a -large quantity of plunder with which their whole army was loaded, had -repassed the Nile, and returned home. - -Tecla Georgis was son-in-law to Socinios, and then governor of Tigré, -but at variance with his father-in-law upon some quarrel with his wife. -Determined on this account to rebel, he associated with some noblemen -of the first rank and power in Tigré, particularly Guebra Mariam and -John Akayo, declaring to them, that he would no longer suffer the Roman -religion, but defend the ancient church of Alexandria to the utmost -of his power. And, to convince all the Abyssinians of his sincerity, -he tore off the figures of crucifixes, and all church-ornaments and -images of saints that were in relief, and burned them publicly, to make -his reconciliation with the king impossible. He then called before -him Abba Jacob his Catholic chaplain, and, having stripped him of his -pontificals, killed him with his own hand. There was no method he could -devise of bringing his quarrel sooner to an issue than this which he -had adopted. But he did not seem to have taken equal pains to provide -for his defence, as he had done to give provocation. - -Socinios, upon the first intelligence of this murder and treason, -ordered Keba Christos to march against him with the troops that he had -at hand. This general, equally a good soldier, subject, and Catholic, -being convinced of the necessity of punishing speedily so monstrous -a crime, passed by forced marches through Siré to Axum, thence to -Fremona; and, having appointed Gaspar Paez to meet him there, he -confessed himself, and received the sacrament from that Jesuit’s hands. -From Fremona he continued with the same speed, making three ordinary -days marches in one, being desirous of preventing the possibility of -Tecla Georgis’s collecting troops, and taking refuge on a mountain -called _Masba_, which he heard to be his design. - -It was the 12th of December 1628 that news were brought him of the -situation of the enemy; upon which he ordered his baggage to be left -behind, and every soldier to carry two loaves, and to march without -resting till he came up with Tecla Georgis. - -In the morning of the day following, two horsemen, on the scout before -him, discovered five of the rebel soldiers upon the look-out likewise. -These, upon seeing Keba Christos’s horsemen, returned immediately to -their master, and told him that they had seen armed men, and conceived -them to be the soldiers of Keba Christos. To this intelligence Tecla -Georgis answered, That Keba Christos was in the king’s palace at Dancaz -the 15th of November, and that it was impossible he then could be so -near with an army, if he had even wings to fly; but that the men they -had seen were probably reinforcements that he expected. - -Keba Christos, on the contrary, hearing that the enemy was at hand, -drew up his army in three divisions. The first consisted of his own -household, the second of a body of horse of the king’s household, -called _the Koccob Horse_, or _Star Cavalry_, from a silver star which -each of them wears on the front of his helmet; and the third, of the -people of Tigré who had joined him. In this order he came in sight -of his enemy posted upon a small height, divided only from him by a -narrow plain. Tecla Georgis, convinced now that it was Keba Christos, -formed his army into two divisions; the one composed of a body called -_Tcheraguas_, the other of a body called _Sultan ba Christos_; with -these was a large corps of Galla which had lately joined them. - -Keba Christos, now turning to his troops, briefly said, “My children, -I will not waste my time nor yours in discourse, or in telling you -what you are to do. You have all arms in your hands; you are good -Christians; and I can positively assure you there is not before you one -of your enemies that is not also an enemy to Christ.” Then, placing -himself before the Koccob horse, he pulled off his helmet and gave it -to his servant, saying, “By my naked face you shall know me to-day, -that I am not going in the midst of you as general or commander, but -foot for foot along with you like a common soldier.” - -Upon having uncovered his head, he was quickly known by Tecla Georgis, -from whose troops a number of muskets was fired at him. But this had -so little effect upon this gallant officer, that, changing his place, -(which then was at the head of the second division) he placed himself -still nearer the enemy in the front of his own household troops, which -were the first; and the Galla charging them in that instant, he slew -their leader with his own hand. Upon the death of their commander, -these barbarians immediately fled, as is their custom, while Keba -Christos endeavoured to make his way to where Tecla Georgis was -employed keeping his troops from following so bad an example. But so -soon as that rebel saw his enemy approach him, he and his whole army -joined the Galla in their flight; tho’ he narrowly escaped, by the -swiftness of his horse, a light javelin, thrown by Keba Christos, which -struck him behind, but so feebly, by reason of the distance, that it -did not pierce his armour. - -The king’s troops pursued vigorously, and soon brought to their general -the mule, the sword, and helmet of Tecla Georgis, with the heads of -300 slain in the battle, most of them Gallas, and with them 12 heads -of the most turbulent rebellious monks of Tigré. With these they also -brought Adera, sister to Tecla Georgis, wounded in the throat, who -had instigated him very strongly to commit the violences against the -professors of the Catholic religion. Tafa, too, his master of the -household, was taken prisoner; and it being made known to Keba Christos -that this man had assisted at the murder of Abba Jacob, he ordered him -directly to be put to death. - -Tecla Georgis, aided by the strength of his horse and knowledge of -the country, escaped and concealed himself from his pursuers for four -days; but, on the Saturday that followed the victory, he was found in a -cavern with his great confidents, Woldo Mariam, and a schismatic monk -whose name was Sebo Amlac. Tecla Georgis was carried alive to Keba -Christos, who sent him to the king, his two companions being slain as -soon as found, and their heads accompanied their living master, which, -on their arrival at Dancaz, the king ordered to be hung upon a tree. - -Tecla Georgis being convicted of sacrilege as well as murder, having -burnt the crucifixes and images of the saints, was condemned to be -burnt alive, and a lime-kiln was immediately prepared in which he was -to suffer. Upon hearing this, he desired a Catholic confessor, as -wishing to be reconciled to the church of Rome, and for this purpose -he sent a request to the patriarch, who was at three leagues distance, -and who dispatched Antonio Fernandes with full powers to absolve from -all manner of sins, and at the same time gave him orders to intercede -strongly with the king to pardon the criminal. Tecla Georgis confessed -publicly at the door of the church, and abjured the errors of the -church of Alexandria. - -After this, the father Fernandes applied to the king, pleading strongly -for his pardon. To which the king answered, “Many reasons there are why -I should desire to pardon Tecla Georgis. To say no more, he has been -married to two of my daughters, and he has by them two sons, both good -soldiers and horsemen, who actually ride before me, and accompany me -in battle. I have therefore pardoned him all the affronts and injuries -he has done to me. But, were I to take upon myself to pardon the -affronts and insults he has offered the Divine Majesty, I should turn -the punishment of his sins upon myself, my family, and kingdom; and, -therefore, I refuse your petition, and order you to return forthwith to -Gorgora.” - -After the departure of the father, in consideration that Tecla Georgis -had again embraced the Catholic religion, the king altered his sentence -of being burnt, into that of being hanged privately in the house where -he was then in prison; and, for that purpose, the executioner had -brought with him the cord with which Tecla had ordered the feet of Abba -Jacob to be tied. No sooner did he perceive that there were no hopes of -pardon, by their beginning to tie his hands, than he again, with a loud -voice, renounced his confession, declaring that he died an Alexandrian, -and that there was but one nature in Christ. The executioner -endeavoured to stop his further blasphemies, by drawing him up on the -beam in the room; but he resisted so strongly, that there was time to -inform Socinios of his abjuration: upon which the king ordered that -he should be hanged publicly upon a pine-tree; and he was accordingly -taken down, half-strangled, from the beam in the house, and hung upon -the tree before the palace. - -Adera, his sister, was next examined; and it being clearly proved -that she had been a very active agent in the murder of Abba Jacob, -she likewise was condemned to be hanged upon the same tree with her -brother, fifteen days afterwards. - -All that interval, the queen and ladies at court employed their utmost -interest with the king to pardon Adera, for they looked upon it as a -disgraceful thing, both to their sex and quality, that a woman of her -family should be thus publicly executed. All the ladies of the court -having joined, therefore, in a public petition to the king while on -his throne, he is said to have answered them by the following short -parable:-- - -“There was once an old woman, who being told of the death of an infant, -said, with great indifference, Children are but tender; it is no wonder -that they die, for any thing will kill a child. Being told of a youth -dying, she observed, Young people are forward and rash; they are always -in the way of some disaster; no wonder they die; it is impossible it -should be otherwise. But being told an old woman was dead, she began to -tear her hair, and lament, crying, Now the world is at an end if old -women begin to die, fearing that her turn might be the next. In this -manner all of you have seen Tecla Georgis die, and also several of his -companions, and you have not said a word. But now it is come to the -hanging of one woman, you are all alarmed, and the world is at an end. -Do not then deceive yourselves, but be assured that the same cord which -tied the feet of Abba Jacob, still remains sufficient to hang that sow -Adera, and all those that shall be so wicked as to behave like her, to -the disgrace of your sex, and their own rank and quality.” - -The effects of these ostentatious acts of reformation soon produced -consequences which troubled their joy. The Agows of Lasta, called -Tcheratz Agow, who live at the head of the Tacazzé, rebelled. The -country they occupy is not extensive, but exceedingly populous, and was -supposed at that time to be able to bring into the field above 50,000 -fighting men, besides leaving behind a sufficient number to defend -the passes and strong-holds of their country, which are by much the -most difficult and inaccessible of any in Abyssinia. They are divided -into five clans, Waag, Tettera, Dehaanah, Gouliou, and Louta, each -having an independent chief. They are exceedingly warlike; and, though -the country be so rude and rocky, they have a considerable number of -good horses; and are in general reckoned among the bravest and most -barbarous soldiers in Abyssinia. Their province abounds with all sorts -of provisions, and they rarely can be forced to pay any thing to -government in the name of tax, or tribute. - -Tecla Georgis was now dead, but the cause of the rebellion still -subsisted. While governor of Begemder, he had connived at many abuses -of his officers who occupied the posts nearest to Lasta. These being -young men, from wantonness only, without provocation, had made many -different inroads, driving away cattle, and committing many other -excesses. The Agows carried their complaints to the governor, who, far -from hearing or redressing their wrongs, justified the conduct of his -officers, by making inroads himself immediately after; but coming to an -action in person with that people, he was shamefully beat, and a great -part of his army left dead upon the field. - -This misfortune very much affected Socinios. Nor did the Agows -themselves doubt, but that a speedy chastisement was to follow this -victory over Tecla Georgis. - -There was a youth descended of the royal family, who, to preserve the -freedom of his person, lived among the Galla, in expectation of better -times. His name was Melca Christos. To him the Agows applied, that, -with this prince of the house of Solomon at their head, they might wipe -off the odium of being reputed rebels, and appear as fighting under a -lawful sovereign for reformation of abuses. The renunciation of the -Alexandrian faith, forcibly obtruded upon them by Socinios, served -as cause of complaint. The Roman Catholic writers in the history of -this mission, say this was but a pretext, in which I conceive they are -right. I have lived among the Agows of Lasta, and in intimacy with -many of them, who are not, to this day, so anxious about Christianity -as to ascend one of their hills for the difference between that and -Paganism; and I am satisfied, for these 300 years last past there has -been scarcely a common layman in Lasta that has known the distinction -between the Alexandrian and the Roman church. - -In the beginning of February 1629 the king marched from Dancaz -towards Gojam, where he collected an army of 30,000 men, which, with -the baggage, servants, and attendants, at that time very great and -numerous, amounted to above 80,000 men. - -Socinios detached a number of small parties to enter Lasta at different -places. On the other hand, Melca Christos assembled his troops on the -most inaccessible rocks; whence, when he spied occasion, he came -suddenly down and surprised the enemy below. Among all the rude, high, -and tremendous mountains of which this country consists, there is one -especially, called by the name of _Lasta_. It is in the territory of -Waag, strongly surrounded with inaccessible precipices, having a large -plain on the top, abounding with every thing necessary, and watered by -a fine stream that never fails. - -The manner in which the Agows remained secure in this strong post was -misconstrued into fear by the king’s army, which, in two divisions, -advanced to the attack of the mountain. That on the right had with some -difficulty scrambled up without opposition; but, being now arrived to -the steep part of the rock, such a number of large stones was rolled -down upon them from above, that this division of the army was entirely -destroyed. The number of stones on the brink of the precipices was -inexhaustible; and, once put in motion, pursued the scattered troops -with unavoidable speed, even down to the plains below. Among the slain -was Guebra Christos, the king’s son-in-law, dashed to pieces by the -fragment of a rock. The left division was upon the point of suffering -the same misfortune, had not Keba Christos come to their relief and -drawn them off, just before the enemy had begun to discharge this -irresistible artillery against them. - -The king, thus shamefully beaten, retired to Dancaz, leaving the -entrances from Lasta strongly defended, lest these mountaineers should, -by way of retaliation, fall upon the province of Begemder. But the -late ill-fortune had dispirited the troops, and caused an indifference -about duty, a want of obedience, and a relaxation in discipline in the -whole army. Each of the detachments, therefore, one after the other, -left their post from different excuses, and returned home. The bad -consequence of this was now experienced. The Agows entered Begemder -spreading desolation everywhere. Melca Christos, no longer sculking -among the rocks of Lasta, planted his standard upon the plain, within -five days march of the capital where the king was residing. - -The jealousies that had arisen between Socinios and his brother-in-law -Sela Christos, had been so much aggravated since the oath administered -by the patriarch, that the king had again deprived him of Gojam, -suffering him to live in obscurity in Damot, and among the Agows, -occupied, as the Jesuits say, in the conversion of that Pagan people, -by destroying their idols, which they represent to be a species of -cane or bamboo[61], and in forbidding the ceremonies of adoration and -devotion, which at stated times they paid to the river. - -No remedy could be proposed, but the presence of Sela Christos, who, -upon the first warning, joined the king, and coming suddenly upon the -army of Lasta occupied in laying waste the low country of Begemder, -gave them such an overthrow that sufficiently compensated the first -loss of the king, and forced them again to take refuge among their -strong-holds in Lasta. - -A misfortune of another kind followed this victory: Laeca Mariam, a -near relation to the king, was appointed governor of Begemder; but -no sooner did he see himself vested with that government, than he -meditated shaking off his allegiance to Socinios. - -The king, after his last battle with the Agows, had named his son -Facilidas commander in chief of his forces; and, to secure him a -powerful and able assistant, he had first restored Sela Christos to his -government of Gojam, then sent him with an army to join Facilidas, and -command under him. - -The success was answerable to the prudence of the measure; for, -immediately upon their arrival, they obliged Laeca Mariam to seek for -refuge in the mountains of Amhara, and, without giving him time to -recollect himself there, forced their way to the mountain to which he -had retired, and from which he and his followers had no way to escape, -but by venturing down a steep precipice; in attempting this, Laeca -Mariam fell, and was dashed to pieces, as were many others of his -followers; the rest were slain by the army that pursued them. - -At this time, Facilidas began to attract the eyes of the nation in -general. Besides personal bravery, he had shewn great military talents -in the former campaign of Lasta. Though young, he was in capacity and -resolution equal to his father, but less warm, more reserved in his -temper and discourse. He was thought to be an enemy to the Catholic -religion, because he did not promote it, and neither exceeded nor fell -short of what his father commanded him. Yet, he lived with the Jesuits -on such an even footing, that they confess they did not know whether he -was their friend or enemy: he kept one of their number, called Father -Angelis, constantly in his household, where he was much favoured, and -constantly in his presence. He was thought to be an enemy to Sela -Christos, though he never had shewn it. - -Facilidas received a flattering message from Urban VIII. but did not -answer it; nor does it appear his father ever desired him; for, through -the whole course of the life of Socinios, as his enemies are forced to -confess, he paid to his father’s will, the most passive obedience in -every thing. The tyranny, however, of church-government began to appear -unmasked; and it is probable that the king, though resolved to die a -Roman Catholic from principles of conscience, was indifferent about -forging for his son the chains he had himself worn with pain. - -However this may be, the last step of placing Facilidas at the head -of the army was construed as another stroke of humiliation to the -Catholics, especially as it was followed with the removal of Keba -Christos (the support of that religion) from court, where he had been -appointed Billetana Gueta. It is true he was removed by what, in other -times, would have been called preferment; but things had now changed -their qualities, and places were not estimated, as formerly, by the -consequence they gave in the empire, but by the opportunities they -afforded of constant access to the king, and occasion of joining in -councils with him, and defeating those of their enemies. - -Keba Christos being sent governor to Tigré, was to enter Lasta from -that quarter on the N. E. He is said to have received his appointment -with a great degree of concern, and to have told his friends, that he -foresaw he never was to return from that expedition, which he did not -regret, because he was convinced, by living much longer, it would be -made his duty to assist at the fall of the Catholic religion. - -After having performed his devotions at Fremona, this general advanced -through Gouliou, a territory mostly inhabited by Galla, and destitute -of any sort of provisions; after which he took possession of the -mountains of Lasta, with a view to cover the march of the young prince -Facilidas, whom he every day expected. But that prince not appearing in -time, and provisions becoming scarce, no measure remained but making -his retreat to Tigré; and, although he formed the best disposition for -that purpose, the people of Lasta observing his intention in time, on -his first movement attacked his rear-guard while he was descending the -mountain, and put it to flight; being thereby masters of the higher -ground, they had the command of the cowardly soldiers below them, who -could not insure their destruction more certainly than by the indecent -manner in which they were flying. - -Keba Christos, deserted by all except a few servants, continued -courageously fighting; and, although it was very possible for him to -have escaped, he disdained to survive the loss of his army. Receiving -at that time a wound from a javelin, which passed through his belly, -and judging the stroke to be mortal, he gave up all further resistance, -fell upon his knees to prayer, and was again wounded by a stone, which -struck him to the ground. Two of the mountaineers immediately came -up to him, one of whom did not know him, and contented himself with -stripping the body; but the other remembering his face, cut his head -off, and carried it to the rebel Melca Christos. - -The misfortune was followed by another in Gojam, great to the nation -in general, and greater still to the Catholic cause in particular. At -the time that Sela Christos was in Begemder with prince Facilidas, the -Galla from Bizamo, supposing the province of Damot without defence, -passed the Nile, laying the whole province waste before them. Fecur -Egzie, lieutenant-general under Sela Christos, although he had with him -only a small number of troops, did not hesitate to march against those -savages, to endeavour, if possible, to stop their ravages. The Galla, -surprised at this, thought it was Sela Christos, and fled before him. -He had now pursued them almost alone, and lighted in a low meadow to -give grass to his horse, when he was surrounded and slain by a number -of the enemy that lay hid among the bushes, and discovered how ill he -was attended. - -He was reputed a man of the best understanding, and the most liberal -sentiments of any in Ethiopia; a great orator, excelling both in the -gracefulness of manner and copiousness and purity of his language. He -was among the first that embraced the Catholic religion, even before -the king or Sela Christos, and was the principal promoter of the -translations of the Portuguese books into Ethiopic, assisted by the -Jesuit Antonio de Angelis. We have seen, in the year 1613, the great -efforts he made in the embassy to India by the coast of Melinda. He was -an excellent horseman, but more violent and rash in battle than could -have been expelled from a man of such mild manners. - -There happened at this time another novelty. The king brought the -patriarch from Gorgora to Dancaz this year, at Easter, to hear that -feast celebrated, with the Ethiopic service amended, of which we have -already spoken abundantly. This countenance, so unnecessarily given -to an innovation that produced every day such very bad effects to the -Catholic interest, joined to many other circumstances, seemed clearly -to indicate a change in that prince’s mind. - -The patriarch having made but a short stay at Dancaz, it was currently -reported a disagreement had happened, and that the king had sent -him prisoner to Gorgora; and this false report affected greatly the -weight the Catholics were supposed before to have had at court. But -the transaction that followed was of a nature to promise much more -consequences. - -Socinios had a daughter called _Ozoro Wengelawit_, which means the -Evangelical, a name she certainly deserved not from her manners. This -lady was first married to Bela Christos, a man of rank at court, from -whom she had been divorced. She was next married to another, and then -(her two former husbands being still alive) to Tecla Georgis, who had -before married her sister, another of the king’s daughters. During this -marriage she had openly lived in adultery with Za Christos, who had -been married to her sister, a third daughter of the king. Za Christos -had been happy enough in preserving this lady’s esteem longer than -any other of her husbands, and nothing would content her now but a -marriage with her lover solemnly and publicly. For which purpose she -applied to the patriarch to dispense with the affinity between her and -Za Christos, arising from his having been married before to her sister. - -It is not to be supposed that the patriarch would have resisted, -if nothing had stood in the way except the affinity: but weighty -impediments presented themselves besides; for either the first marriage -was valid, or it was not. If it was valid, then Wengelawit could not -marry Za Christos or any one else, because her husband was alive; nor -could she marry her second, nor Tecla Georgis, her third. If the first -marriage was not valid, then the second was, which husband was still -alive; and, in this case, a licence to marry was giving her liberty of -having three husbands at one time. The patriarch, for these reasons, -refused his authority to this manifold adultery and incest; nor could -he, notwithstanding the intercession of the whole court, ever be -brought to comply. His firmness (however commendable) greatly increased -the hatred to his person, and aversion to the church of Rome. - -One day when the king was sitting in his apartment, a monk entered the -room, crying with a loud voice, “Hear the ambassador of God and of the -Virgin Mary!” The king, upon first sight of the man, expecting some -improper liberty might be taken, ordered his attendants to turn him out -at the door, and, being removed from his presence, to bring word what -he had to say, which was to this effect: “It is three days since I rose -from the dead. One day when I was standing in paradise, God called me, -and sent me with this message to you:--O emperor! says God, it is now -many years that I hoped you would amend of the great sin, the having -forsaken the faith of your ancestors. All this time the Virgin Mary was -kneeling before her blessed Son, beseeching him to pardon you; and, -upon the whole, it was agreed, that, unless you repent in a fortnight’s -time, you should be punished in such a manner that you will not forget -it presently.” - -Socinios desired them to ask the man, “How it was possible that, -having so lately left the grave, his body should have so little of -the emaciated appearance of one long buried, and be now in such good -case, fat and fair?” To this he answered, “That, in paradise, he -thanked God there was abundance of every thing; and people were very -well used there, for he had lived upon good bread, and plenty of good -wine, biskets, and sweetmeats.” To which Socinios answered, “Tell him, -after the pains he had taken, it would be wrong in me to keep him long -from so good a place as this his paradise. Let him go and acquaint the -person who sent him, I shall live and die in the Roman Catholic faith; -and, in order that he may deliver the message quickly in the other -world, speed him instantly out of this, by hanging him upon the tree -before the palace-gate.” - -The love of the wine, sweetmeats, and other celestial food, seemed to -have forsaken the ambassador. Upon hearing this message he recanted, -and was pardoned at the joint petition of those of the court that were -present, who concurred with the monk in thinking, that the message of -the emperor was an indecent one, and ought not to be delivered; that -having been in paradise once, was as much as fell to the lot of any -one man, and that he should therefore remain upon earth. The intended -catastrophe, then, of this singular ambassador was remitted; but the -truth of his mission was believed by the populace, and raised great -scruples in every weak mind. - -The many misfortunes that had lately befallen the troops of the -king were accounted as so much increase of power to the rebel Melca -Christos, who, encouraged by the correspondence he held with the chiefs -of the Alexandrian religion, began now to take upon him the state and -office of a king. His first essay was to send, as governor to the -province of Tigré, a son of that great rebel Za Selassé, whose manifold -treasons, we have already seen, occasioned the death of two kings, Za -Denghel and Jacob. - -Asca Georgis was then governor of Tigré for Socinios, a man of merit -and valour, but poor, and though related to the king himself, had very -few soldiers to be depended on, excepting his own servants, and two -bodies of troops which the king had sent him to maintain his authority, -and to keep his province in order. - -The new governor, sent by the rebel Melca Christos, had with him a -considerable army; and, knowing the weakness of Asca Georgis, he -paraded through the province in the utmost security. - -One Saturday which, in defiance of the king’s edict, he was to -solemnize as a festival equal to Sunday, he had resolved on a party -of pleasure in a valley, where, much at his ease, he was preparing an -entertainment for his troops and friends, and such of the province as -came to offer their obedience. Intelligence of this party came to -three Shum’s, commanders of small districts, two of them sons-in-law -of the king, the third a very loyal subject. These three sent to Asca -Georgis, to propose that, at a stated time, they should, each with his -own men, fall separately upon the son of Za Selassé, and interrupt his -entertainment. - -This was executed with great order and punctuality. In the height of -the festival, the rebels were surrounded by an unexpected enemy. To -think of fighting was too late, nor was there time for flight. The -greatest part of the army was cut to pieces with little resistance. -The new governor saved himself among the rest by the goodness of his -horse, leaving Billetana Gueta, or chief master of the household of the -rebel Melca Christos, dead upon the spot, with about 4000 of his men. -Among the plunder were taken 32 kettle-drums, which alone were evidence -sufficient of the greatness of the slaughter. - -Although the happy turn Socinios’s affairs had taken had given him -leisure to pass this winter at home, and in greater quiet than he had -done in former ones, yet the calm which it had produced was of very -short duration. The people of Lasta, perceiving some of the prince’s -army busy in destroying their harvest when almost ripe, came down -suddenly upon them from the mountain, and put them to flight with -very great slaughter. The blame of this was laid upon Sela Christos, -who might have prevented the calamity; and this accusation, with many -others, were brought against him to the king by Lesana Christos. - -This man had been condemned to die for an offence, some time before, by -Ras Sela Christos; but having fled to the king, who heard his cause, -the sentence was reversed. Some time after this he fell into the hands -of the Ras, who put him to death upon his former sentence, without -regarding the late pardon of the king. This violent act became the -foundation upon which his enemies built many accusations, mostly void -of truth. - -The king upon this took from him the government of Gojam, and gave -it to a young nobleman whose name was Serca Christos, supposed to be -a friend and dependent upon the prince Facilidas. Serca Christos was -no sooner arrived in his government than he resolved to rebel, and -privately solicited the young prince Facilidas to take up arms and -make a common cause against the king his father, in favour of the -Alexandrian church. At the time that the young man departed to his -government, Socinios had earnestly recommended to him, and he had most -solemnly promised, to protect the Catholic religion in his province, -and seemingly for this purpose he had taken with him a Jesuit named -Francisco de Carvalho. - -Another affair which the king particularly charged him with was, the -care of a caravan which once a-year came from Narea. This, besides many -other valuable articles for the merchant, brought 1000 wakeas of gold -as tribute to the king, equal to about 10,000 dollars, or crowns of -our money: its whole way was through barbarous and lawless nations of -Galla till they arrived at the Nile; then through Gafats and Gongas, -immediately after having passed it. - -Serca Christos, in his march, was come to a settlement of those -last-mentioned savages, where Gafats, Agows, and Damots, all in peace, -pastured immense flocks of cattle together. There are no where, I -believe, in the world, cattle so beautiful as those of the Gafats, nor -in such numbers. Large plains, for many days journey, are filled so -full of these that they appear as one market. - -Serca Christos halted here to give grass to his horses; and, while this -was doing, it entered into his young head, that making prize of the -cattle was of much greater consequence than protecting the caravan of -Narea. Assembling then his cavalry, he fell upon the poor Gafats and -Damots, who feared no harm; and, having soon put them all to flight, he -drove off their cattle in such numbers, that, at Dancaz, it was said, -above 100,000 had reached that market. - -The king, much shocked at this violent robbery, ordered Serca Christos -to give up the cattle, and surrender himself as prisoner. This message -of the king he answered in terms of duty and obedience; but, in the -mean time, went to the prince, and proposed to him to declare himself -king and champion of the church of Alexandria. Facilidas received him -with sharp reproofs, and he returned home much discontented. However, -as he had now declared himself, he resolved to put the best face upon -the matter; and, in order to make it generally believed that the prince -and he understood each other, he sent him publicly word, “I have -done what your highness ordered me; come and take possession of your -kingdom.” Upon which the prince ordered his messenger to be put in -irons, and sent to Dancaz to the king his father. - -After this, Serca Christos ordered proclamation to be made that prince -Facilidas was king, at the palace of the governor of Gojam, which Sela -Christos had built near the convent of Collela. As one article of it -was the abolishing the Roman faith, the fathers ran precipitately into -the convent, and shut the doors upon themselves, fearing they should be -insulted by the army of schismatics: but a number of the Portuguese, -who lived in the neighbourhood, being brought into the church with -them, and there having been loop-holes made in the walls, and abundance -of fire-arms left there in deposit by Sela Christos, the rebel governor -did not choose to attempt any thing against them at that time. On the -contrary, he sent them word that he was in his heart a Roman Catholic, -and only, for the present, obliged to dissemble; but he would protect -them to the utmost, desiring them to send him the fire-arms left there -by Sela Christos, which they absolutely refused to do. - -Serca Christos, apprehending that his army (if not acting under some -chief of the royal family) would forsake him on the first appearance of -the prince, had recourse to a child of the blood-royal, then living in -obscurity among his female relations, and this infant he made king, in -hopes, if he succeeded, to govern during his minority. There were many -who expected the prince would reconcile him to the king, especially -as he had yet preserved a shadow of respect for the Jesuits, and this -he imagined was one cause why the schismatics had not joined him in -the numbers necessary. In order to shew them that he designed no -reconciliation with the king, and to make such agreement impossible, he -adopted the same sacrilegious example that had so ill succeeded with -Tecla Georgis. - -Za Selasse, a priest of Selalo, had been heard to say, when Serca -Christos was appointed to the government of Gojam, “There is an end -of the Catholic faith in this province.” Being now called before the -governor, he was forbid to say mass according to the forms of the -church of Rome. This the priest submitted to; but, being ordered to -deny the two natures in Christ, he declared this was a point of faith -which he would never give up, but always confess Christ was perfect God -and perfect man. Upon this Serca Christos ordered him to be slain; and -he was accordingly thrust through with many lances, repeating these -words, God and man! God and man! till his last breath. - -Serca Christos had now drawn the sword, and thrown away the scabbard. -Upon receiving the news, the king ordered the prince, who waited -but his command, to march against him. The murder of Za Selassé had -procured an accession of fanatics and monks, but very few soldiers; so -that as soon as he heard with what diligence the prince was advancing, -he left his whole baggage, and fled into those high and craggy -mountains that form the banks of the Nile in Damot. - -The prince pressed closely upon him, notwithstanding the difficulty of -the ground; so that no safety remained for him but to pass the Nile -into the country of the Galla, where he thought himself in safety. In -this, however, he was mistaken. He had to do with a general of the most -active kind, in the person of Facilidas, who crossed the Nile after -him, and, the third day, forced him to a battle on such ground as the -prince had chosen, who was likewise much his superior in number of -troops. But there was no longer any remedy; Serca Christos made the -best that he could of this necessity, and fought with great obstinacy, -till his men being for the most part slain, he was forced, with the few -that remained, to take refuge on a high hill, whence the prince obliged -him to deliver himself up to his mercy without condition. - -Facilidas immediately dispatched news of his victory to court, and -fifteen days after, he followed himself, bringing Serca Christos, -with six of his principal officers and counsellors, loaded with heavy -chains. Being interrogated by the judges, What he had to answer for -his treasons? the prisoner denied that he had any occasion to answer, -because he had already received pardon from the prince. This excuse -was not admitted, the prince having disowned it absolutely. Upon which -he was sentenced to death; and, though he appealed to the king, his -sentence was confirmed. - -It was too late to execute the sentence that night, but next morning -the seven prisoners were put to death. One of the principal servants -of Serca Christos being asked to confess and turn Catholic, abandoned -himself to great rage, uttering many curses and blasphemies against the -king, who, therefore, ordered him to be fastened upon a hook of iron, -where he continued his curses till at last he was slain by lances. - -Serca Christos, cousin to Socinios, was treated with more respect. He, -with seeming candour, declared, that he would die a Catholic; and the -king, very desirous of this, gave orders to Diego de Mattos, a priest, -to attend him constantly in prison. After which, one night he sent five -of his confidential servants, who killed him privately, to prevent his -recantation. - -Socinios had again taken Gojam from Sela Christos; which last disgrace -so affected him, that he desired to retire and live as a private man in -that province. - -The king, having now no other enemy, all his attention was employed in -preparing for a campaign against Melca Christos of Lasta. But, as he -found his army full of disaffection, it was proposed to him, before he -took the field, to content them so far as to indulge the Alexandrians -in some rites of the old church; and a proclamation was accordingly -made by the king, “That those who chose to observe the Wednesday -as a fast, instead of Saturday, might do it;” and some other such -indulgences as these were granted, which were understood to affect the -faith. - -As soon as this came to the ears of the patriarch, he wrote a very -sharp letter to the king, reproving him for the proclamation that -he had made; adding, that it was an encroachment upon the office of -the priesthood, that he, a layman, should take upon him to direct in -matters merely ecclesiastical. He warned the king, moreover, that God -would call him to the very strictest account for this presumption, -and reminded him of the words of Azarias the chief priest to king -Uzziah, and of the punishment of leprosy that followed the king’s -encroachment on the ecclesiastical function; and insisted upon Socinios -contradicting his proclamation by another. - -Socinios so far complied, that the alteration made by the last -proclamation was confined to three articles. First, that no liturgy, -unless amended by the patriarch, was to be used in divine service. -Secondly, that all feasts, excepting Easter and those that depended -upon it, should be kept according to the ancient computation of time. -And, thirdly, that, whoever chose, might fast on Wednesday, rather than -on the Saturday. - -At the same time, the king expressed himself as greatly offended at -the freedom of the application of the story of Azarias and Uzziah to -him. He told the patriarch plainly, that it was not by his sermons, -nor those of the fathers, nor by the miracles they wrought, nor by the -desire of the people, but by his edicts alone, that the Roman religion -was introduced into Ethiopia; and, therefore, that the patriarch had -not the least reason to complain of any thing being altered by the -authority that first established it. But, from this time, it plainly -appears, that Socinios began to entertain ideas, at least of the church -discipline and government, very opposite to those he had when he first -embraced the Romish religion. - -The king now set out in his campaign for Lasta with a large army, which -he commanded himself, and under him his son, the prince Facilidas. Upon -entering the mountain, he divided his army into three divisions. The -first commanded by the prince, and under him Za Mariam Adebo his master -of the household, was ordered to attack, scale, and lodge themselves -on the highest part of the mountain. The second he gave to Guebra -Christos, governor of Begemder; and in this he placed the regiment, or -body of troops, called Inaches, veteran soldiers of Sela Christos, and -a small, but brave body of troops containing the sons of Portuguese: -These he directed to occupy the valleys and low ground. In the center -the king commanded in person. - -The rebel chief and his mountaineers remained in a state of security; -for they neither thought to be so speedily attacked, nor that Socinios -could have raised so large an army. They abandoned, therefore, the -lower ground, and all took posts upon the heights. The prince advanced -to the first entrance, and ordered Damo, his Billetana Gueta, to force -it with four companies of good soldiers, who ascended the mountain with -great perseverance; and, notwithstanding the obstinate defence of the -rebels, made themselves master of that post, having killed two of the -bravest officers Melca Christos had, the one named Billene, the other -Tecla Mariam, sirnamed _defender of the faith_, because he was the -first that brought Galla to the assistance of Melca Christos. - -There were likewise slain, at the same time, four priests and five -monks, after a desperate resistance; one of whom, calling the king’s -troops Moors, forbade them to approach for fear of defiling him, and -then, with a book in his hand, threw himself over the rock, and was -dashed to pieces in the plain below. Here the prince met with an enemy -he did not expect: The cold was so excessive, that above fifty persons -were frozen to death. - -The top of the mountain, which was the second entry into Lasta, was -occupied by a still larger body of rebels, and, therefore, necessary -to be immediately stormed, else those below were in imminent danger -of being dashed to pieces by the large stones rolled down upon them. -The prince divided his army into two parties, exhorting them, without -loss of time, to attack that post; but the rebels, seeing the good -countenance with which they ascended, forsook their station and fled; -so that this second mountain was gained with much less loss and -difficulty than the first. - -Behind this, and higher than all the rest, appeared the third, which -struck the assailants at first with terror and despair. This was -carried with still less loss on the part of the prince, because he was -assisted by the Inaches and Portuguese, who cut off the communication -below, and hindered one mountain from succouring the other. Here they -found great store of arms, offensive and defensive; coats of mail, -mules, and kettle drums; and they penetrated to the head-quarters -of Melca Christos, which was a small mountain, but very strong in -situation, where a Portuguese captain seized the seat which served as a -throne to the rebel; and, had not they lost time by falling to plunder, -they would have taken Melca Christos himself, who with difficulty -escaped, accompanied by ten horse. - -To this last mountain Socinios repaired with the prince, and they were -joined by the governors of Amhara and Tigré, who had forced their way -in from the opposite side. - -Hitherto all had gone well with the king; but when he had detached -Guebra Christos, governor of Begemder, with the Inaches and Portuguese, -who were at some distance, to destroy the crop, the mountaineers, again -assembled on a high hill above them, saw their opportunity, and fell -suddenly upon the spoilers, and cut all the soldiers of Begemder to -pieces. A considerable part of the Inaches fell also; but the rest, -joining themselves with the Portuguese in one body, made good their -retreat to the head-quarters. - -The destruction of the corn everywhere around them, and the -impossibility of bringing provisions there, as they were situated in -the midst of their enemies, obliged the king to think of returning -before the rebels should collect themselves, and cut off his retreat. -And it was with great difficulty, and still greater loss, he -accomplished this, and retired to Dancaz, abandoning Lasta as soon as -he had subdued it, but leaving Begemder almost a prey to the rebels -whom he had conquered in Lasta. - -Socinios being now determined upon another campaign against Lasta, -and for the relief of Begemder, ordered his troops to hold themselves -in readiness to march as soon as the weather should permit. But an -universal discontent had seized the whole army. They saw no end to this -war, nor any repose from its victories obtained with great bloodshed, -without spoil, riches, or reward; no territory acquired to the king, -nor nation subdued; but the time, when they were not actually in the -field, filled up with executions and the constant effusion of civil -blood, that seemed to be more horrid than war itself. They, therefore, -positively refused to march against Lasta; and the prince was deputed -by them to inform the king, that they did not say the Roman faith was -a bad one, as they did not understand it, nor desire to be instructed; -that this was an affair which entirely regarded themselves, and no one -would pretend to say there was any merit in professing a religion -they did not understand or believe: that they were ready, however, to -march and lay down their lives for the king and common-weal, provided -he restored them their ancient religion, without which they would have -no concern in the quarrel, nor even wish to be conquerors. Whether -the king was really in the secret or not, I shall not say; but it is -expressly mentioned in the annals of his reign, that Socinios did -promise by his son to the army, that he would restore the Alexandrian -faith if he should return victorious over Lasta; and the sudden manner -in which he executed this must convince every other person that it was -so. - -The army now marched from Dancaz, upon intelligence arriving that the -rebels had left their strong-holds in Lasta, and were in their way to -the capital to give the king battle there. It was the 26th of July -1631 the king discovered, by his scouts, that the rebel Melca Christos -was at hand, having with him an army of about 25,000 men. Upon this -intelligence he ordered his troops to halt, and hear mass from Diego de -Mattos; and, having chosen his ground, he halted again at mid-day, and -confessed, according to the rite of the church of Rome, and then formed -his troops in order of battle. - -It was not long till the enemy came in sight, but without shewing that -alacrity and desire of engaging they used to do when in their native -mountains. The king, at the head of the cavalry, fell so suddenly and -so violently upon them, that he broke through the van-guard commanded -by Melca Christos, and put them to flight before his foot could come -up. The rest of the army followed the example of the leader, and the -enemy were everywhere trodden down and destroyed by the victorious -horse, till night put an end to the pursuit. - -Melca Christos, in the beginning of the engagement, saved himself by -the swiftness of his horse; but 8000 of the mountaineers were slain -upon the spot, among whom was Bicané, general to Melca Christos, an -excellent officer both for council and the field, and several other -considerable persons, as well inhabitants of Lasta as others, who had -taken that side from dislike to the king and his measures. - -Next morning the king went out with his son to see the field of battle, -where the prince Facilidas is said to have spoke to this effect in name -of the army: “These men, whom you see slaughtered on the ground, were -neither Pagans nor Mahometans at whose death we should rejoice--they -were Christians, lately your subjects and your countrymen, some of them -your relations. This is not victory which is gained over ourselves. In -killing these you drive the sword into your own entrails. How many men -have you slaughtered? How many more have you to kill? We are become a -proverb even among the Pagans and Moors for carrying on this war, and -for apostatizing, as they say, from the faith of our ancestors.”--The -king heard this speech without reply, and returned manifestly -disconsolate to Dancaz; though many times before he had feasted and -triumphed for the gaining of a lesser victory. - -After his arrival at Dancaz, he had a conference with the patriarch -Alphonso Mendes, who, in a long speech, upbraided him with having -deserted the Catholic faith at the time when the victory obtained by -their prayers gave him an opportunity of establishing it. The king -answered, with seeming indifference, that he had done every thing -for the Catholic faith in his power; that he had shed the blood of -thousands, and as much more was to be shed; and still he was uncertain -if it would produce any effect; but that he should think of it, and -send him his resolutions to-morrow. - -The next day Socinios made a declaration by Za Mariam to the patriarch, -to this purport: “When we embraced the faith of Rome, we laboured for -it with great diligence, but the people shewed no affection for it. -Julius rebelled out of hatred against Sela Christos, under pretence of -being defender of the ancient faith, and was slain, together with many -of his followers. Gabriel did the same. Tecla Georgis, likewise, made a -league to die for the Alexandrian faith, which he did, and many people -with him. The same did Serca Christos the preceding year; and those -peasants of Lasta fight for the same cause at this day. The faith of -Rome is not a bad one; but the men of this country do not understand -it. Let those that like it remain in that faith, in the same way as the -Portuguese did in the time of Atzenaf Segued; let them eat and drink -together, and let them marry the daughters of Abyssinians. As for those -that are not inclined to the Roman faith, let them follow their ancient -one as received from the church of Alexandria.” - -Upon this declaration, delivered by Za Mariam, the patriarch inquired -if it came from the king. Being answered that it did; after a little -pause, he returned this answer by Emanuel Almeyda, “That the patriarch -understood that both religions should be permitted in the kingdom, and -that the Alexandrians were to have every indulgence that could be -wished by them, without violating the purity of the Catholic faith; -that, therefore, he had no difficulty of allowing the people of Lasta -to live in the faith of their ancestors without alteration, as they had -never embraced any other; but as for those that had sworn to persist -in the Catholic faith, and had received the communion in that church, -by no means, without a grievous sin, could it be granted to them to -renounce that faith in which they had deliberately sworn to live and -die.” - -The king, upon this answer, which he understood well, and expected, -only replied, “What is to be done? I have no longer the power of -government in my own kingdom;”--and immediately ordered a herald to -make the following proclamation:-- - -“Hear us! hear us! hear us! First of all we gave you the Roman Catholic -faith, as thinking it a good one; but many people have died fighting -against it, as Julius, Gabriel, Tecla Georgis, Serca Christos, and, -lastly, these rude peasants of Lasta. Now, therefore, we restore to -you the faith of your ancestors; let your own priests say their mass -in their own churches; let the people have their own altars for the -sacrament, and their own liturgy, and be happy. As for myself, I am now -old and worn out with war and infirmities, and no longer capable of -governing; I name my son Facilidas to reign in my place.” - -Thus, in one day, fell the whole fabric of the Roman Catholic faith, -and hierarchy of the church of Rome, in Abyssinia; first regularly -established, as I must always think, by Peter Paez, in moderation, -charity, perseverance, long-suffering, and peace; extended and -maintained afterwards by blood and violence beyond what could be -expected from heathens, and thrown down by an exertion of the civil -power in its own defence, against the encroachments of priesthood -and ecclesiastical tyranny, which plainly had no other view than, -by annihilating the constitution under its native prince, to reduce -Abyssinia to a Portuguese government, as had been the case with so many -independent states in India already. - -This proclamation was made on the 14th of June 1632. After this -Socinios took no care of public affairs. He had been for a long time -afflicted with various complaints, especially since the last campaign -in Lasta; and affairs were now managed by prince Facilidas in his -father’s place, though he did not take upon him the title of King. -Emana Christos, brother of Sela Christos, a steady Alexandrian, and -Guebra Christos, were then made governors of Lasta and Begemder; but no -steps were taken in this interval against the Jesuits. - -On the 7th of September the king died, and was buried with great -pomp, by his son Facilidas, in the church of Ganeta Jesus, which he -himself had built, professing himself a Roman Catholic to the last. -The Portuguese historians deny both his resignation of the crown, and -his perseverance in the Roman Catholic faith to his death, but this -apparently for their own purposes. - -He was a prince remarkable for his strength of body; of great courage -and elevation of mind; had early learned the exercise of arms, -patience, perseverance, and every military virtue that could be -acquired; and had passed the first of his life as a private person, in -the midst of hardships and dangers. - -He is celebrated to this day in Abyssinia for a talent, which seems to -be the gift of nature, that of choosing upon the first view the proper -ground for the camp or battle, and embracing, in his own mind in a -moment, all the advantages and disadvantages that could result from any -particular part of it. This talent is particularly recorded in several -short proverbs, or military adages, such as the following: “Blind him -first, or you shall never beat him.” This most material qualification -seemed to have been in part transmitted to Ras Michael, the great -general in my time, descended from Socinios by his mother; and, by this -superiority alone over the other commanders opposed to him, he is said -to have been victorious in forty-three pitched battles. - -Socinios embraced the Catholic religion from conviction, and studied it -with great application, as far as his narrow means of instruction would -allow him; and there can be no doubt that, under the moderate conduct -of Peter Paez, who converted him, he would have died a martyr for that -religion; and there seems as little reason to doubt, conscientious as -he was, if he had been a young man he would have quitted it for the -good of his country, and from his inability to suffer the tyranny of -the patriarch Alphonso Mendes, and his continual encroachment upon -civil government. Being, in the last years of his life, left without -one soldier to draw his sword for the Catholic cause, he kept his -religion, and abandoned his crown; and having been, it should seem, for -some time convinced that the government of the church of Rome, in such -hands as he left it, was incompatible with monarchy, he took no pains -to change Facilidas’s known sentiments, or to render him favourable to -the Roman faith, or to name another of his sons to succeed him whom he -found to be more so. - -The Jesuits, considering only the catastrophe, and unmindful of the -strenuous efforts made to establish their religion during his whole -reign, have traduced his character as that of an apostate, for giving -way to the universal demand of his people to have their ancient form -of worship restored when his army had deserted him, and he himself was -dying of old age. But every impartial man will admit, that the step he -took, of abdicating his sovereignty over a people who had abjured the -religion he had introduced among them, was, in his circumstances, the -noblest action of his life, and just the reverse of apostacy. - -This resignation of the crown, and his tenacious persevering in the -Catholic faith, together with the moderation of his son, the prince -Facilidas, in appointing a regency to govern, rather than to mount -the throne himself during his father’s life, are three facts which we -know to be true from the Abyssinian annals, and which the Jesuits have -endeavoured to suppress, that they might the more easily blacken the -character both of the father and the son. - -They have pretended that it was the queen, and other ladies at court, -who by their influence seduced the king from the Catholic religion. -But Socinios was then past seventy, and the queen near sixty, and he -had no other wives or mistresses. To judge, moreover, by his behaviour -in the affair of Adera, sister to Tecla Georgis, the voice of the -women at court seems to have had no extraordinary weight with him. In a -word, he never varied in his religion after he embraced that of Rome, -but stedfastly adhered to it, when the pride and bad conduct of the -Jesuits, its professors, had scarcely left another friend to it in the -whole kingdom; and, therefore, the charge of apostacy is certainly an -unmerited falsehood. - -As it is plain the Portuguese, from the beginning, believed their -religion could only be established by force, and were persuaded such -means were lawful, the blame of so much bloodshed for so many years, -and the total miscarriage of the whole scheme at last, lay at the -door of their sovereign, the king of Spain and Portugal; who, having -succeeded to his wish in his conquest of India, seems not to have had -the same anxiety the patriarch had for the conversion of Abyssinia, -nor even to have thought further of sending a body of troops with -his priests to the succour of Socinios, whom he left to the prayers -of Urban VIII. the merit of Ignatius Loyola, and the labours of his -furious and fanatic disciples. - - - - - TRAVELS - - TO DISCOVER - - THE SOURCE OF THE NILE. - - - BOOK IV. - - ANNALS OF ABYSSINIA, - TRANSLATED FROM THE ORIGINAL. - - CONTINUATION OF THE ANNALS, FROM THE DEATH OF SOCINIOS - TILL MY ARRIVAL IN ABYSSINIA. - -[Illustration] - - - - -FACILIDAS, OR SULTAN SEGUED. - -From 1632 to 1665. - - _The Patriarch and Missionaries are banished--Seek the - Protection of a Rebel--Delivered up to the King, and sent to - Masuah--Prince Claudius rebels--Sent to Wechné--Death and - Character of the King._ - - -As soon as the prince Facilidas had paid the last honours to his -father, he set about composing those disorders which had so long -distracted the kingdom by reason of the difference of religion. -Accordingly he wrote to the patriarch, that, the Alexandrian faith -being now restored, his leaving the kingdom had become indispensible: -that he had lately understood, that an Abuna, sent for by his -predecessor and by himself, was now actually on the way, and only -deferred his arrival from a resolution not to enter the kingdom -till the Romish patriarch and his priests should have left it; and, -therefore, he commanded the patriarch and fathers, assembled from their -several convents in Gojam and Dembea, to retire immediately to Fremona, -there to wait his further pleasure. - -The patriarch endeavoured to parry this, with offering new concessions -and indulgencies; but the king informed him that he was too late; and -that he wished him to be advised, and fly, while it was time, from -greater harm that would otherwise fall upon him. - -It was not long before the patriarch had revenge of Facilidas for this -intimation of the expectation of a successor in the person of the -Abuna. For on that very Easter there did arrive one, whose name was -Sela Christos, calling himself Abuna, who performed all the functions -of his office, dedicated churches, administered the sacrament, and -ordained priests. After continuing in office some months, he was -detected by a former companion of his, and found to be a man of very -bad character, from Nara, the frontier of Abyssinia, and that by -profession he had been a dealer in horses. - -Facilidas then ordered his uncle, Sela Christos, to be brought before -him, received him kindly, and offered him again his riches and -employments. That brave man, Christian in every thing but in his hatred -and jealousy against his sovereign and nephew, refused absolutely to -barter his faith to obtain the greatest good, or avoid the greatest -punishment, it was in the power of the king to inflict. After repeated -trials, all to no purpose, the king, overcome by the instigation of -his enemies, banished him to Anabra in Shawada, a low, unwholesome -district amidst the mountains of Samen. But hearing that he still kept -correspondence with the Jesuits, and that their common resolution was -to solicit Portuguese troops from India, and remembering his former -oath, he sent orders to his place of exile to put him to death, and he -was in consequence hanged upon a cedar-tree. - -Tellez, the Portuguese historian, in his collection of martyrs that -died for the faith in Abyssinia, has deservedly inserted the name -of Sela Christos; but professes that he is ignorant of the time of -his death, and under what species of torment he suffered. The only -information that I can give is what I have just now written. It was in -the beginning of the year 1634 he was carried to Shawada in chains, and -confined upon the mountain Anabra; but no mention is made of any other -hardship being put upon him than his being in irons, nor is more usual -in that kind of banishment. It was at the end of that year, however, -that he was executed in the manner above mentioned, being suspected of -having corresponded with the patriarch and Jesuits, and afterwards of -inciting his nephew Claudius to rebel, as, it appears, he had meditated -long before, and actually did very soon after. - -The 9th of March 1633, the king ordered the patriarch to leave Dancaz, -and, with the rest of the fathers, to proceed immediately to Fremona, -under the conduct of four people of the first consideration, Tecla -Georgis, brother of Keba Christos, Tecla Saluce, one of the principal -persons in Tigré, and two Azages, men of great dignity at court. These -were joined by a party of soldiers belonging to Claudius, brother of -the king, supposed to have been in the conspiracy with Sela Christos -his uncle, to supplant his brother Facilidas by the help of the Jesuits -and Portuguese troops from India. But as soon as the patriarch had -fallen into disgrace, and Sela Christos lost his life, that prince -returned to the church of Alexandria, as did all the other sons of -Socinios; after which, Claudius seized to his own use all the lands and -effects that he found in Gojam, and was now by the king made governor -of Begemder. Under this escort the patriarch and his company arrived -at Fremona in the end of April 1633, after having been often robbed -and ill-treated by the way, the guards that were given to defend them -conniving with the banditti that came to rob them. - -However strictly the fathers observed the precepts of scripture on -other occasions, in this they did not follow the line of conduct -prescribed by our Saviour--“And whosoever shall not receive you, nor -hear your words, when you depart out of that house or city, shake off -the dust of your feet.” They were not sheep that went patiently and -dumb to the slaughter; and, if their hearts, as they say, were full of -love and charity to Abyssinia, it was strangely accompanied with the -resolution they had taken to send Jerome Lobo, the most famous, because -the most bigotted Jesuit of the whole band, first to the viceroy of -India, and then to Spain, to solicit an army and fleet which were to -lay all this kingdom in blood. - -The king was perfectly advised of all that passed. As he saw that the -patriarch endeavoured to gain time, and knew the reason of it; and, as -the fathers among them had a considerable quantity of fire-arms, he -sent an officer to the patriarch at Fremona, commanding him to deliver -up the whole of these, with gun-powder and other ammunition, and to -prepare, at the same time, to set out for Masuah. This at first the -patriarch refused to do. Nor did Facilidas punish this disobedience by -any harsher method than convincing him mildly of the imprudence and -inutility of such refusal, and the bad consequences to themselves. -Upon which the patriarch at last surrendered the articles required -to the officer sent by the king, but he resolved very differently as -to the other injunction of carrying all his brethren to Masuah. On -the contrary, he determined by every means to scatter them about the -kingdom of Abyssinia, and leave them behind if he was forced to embark -at Masuah, which he, however, resolved to avoid and resist to the -utmost of his power. - -In order to do this, it was resolved that he should solicit the -Baharnagash (John Akay, then in rebellion) to take them under his -protection, and for that purpose to send a number of armed men, on a -night appointed, to meet them near Fremona, and carry them in safety -from any pursuit of the governor of Tigré. This project, extraordinary -as it was, succeeded. Akay promised them his protection. The patriarch -and priests, deceiving the guard the king had set upon them, escaped -in the night, and joined the soldiers of John Akay, commanded by Tecla -Emanuel, who was ready to receive them: They took refuge at Addicota, -the soldiers of the guard, though alarmed, not daring to pursue them in -the night, as not knowing the number and power of their protectors, -and fearing they might fall into some ambush. - -It may not be amiss here to take notice, that this John Akay was the -very man with whom Tecla Georgis had associated for the murder of -Abba Jacob. He was a shrewd man, and had great power by living in -the neighbourhood of Sennaar, to which country he could retreat when -occasion required. He received the patriarch with great kindness. - -Addicota is an inaccessible rock, perpendicular on all sides, excepting -where there is a narrow path by which was the entrance. Here the -patriarch thought he could continue in Abyssinia, in defiance of -Facilidas, till he should procure succours from India. - -It was not, however, long before he found how little dependence there -was upon this new protector; for, in the midst of all his schemes, he -received orders to remove from Addicota, under pretence that they were -not there enough in safety; and Akay transferred them vexatiously from -place to place, into hot and unwholesome situations, always under the -same pretence, till he had destroyed their healths, and exhausted their -strength and patience. - -There is but one way of disposing such people to grant a favour, and -it was surprising the patriarch did not find this out sooner. Jerome -Lobo was sent with a small present in gold, desiring they might have -leave to continue in their old habitation, Addicota. Lobo found John -Akay very much taken up in a pursuit that some ignorant monks had put -into his head. They had made him believe that there was a treasure hid -under a certain mountain which they had shewn him, but that the devil -who guarded it had constantly hindered his predecessors from acquiring -it. At present they had found out, that this devil had gone a journey -far off, was become blind and lame, and was, besides, in very great -affliction for the death of a son, the only hopes of his devilship’s -family, having now only a daughter remaining, very ugly, lame, -squinting, and sickly, and that all these reasons would hinder him from -being very anxious about his treasure. But, even supposing he did come, -they had an old monk that would exorcise him, a man as eminent for -wisdom as for sanctity. - -In short, they produced a monk, one of their brethren, above a hundred -years old, whom they mounted upon a horse, then tied him to the animal, -wrapping him round with black wool, which, it seems, was the conjuring -habit. He was followed by a black cow and some monks, who carried beer, -hydromel, and roasted wheat, which was necessary, it seemed, to refresh -the devil after his long journey and great affliction, and put him in -good humour, if he should appear. - -The old monk sung without ceasing, the workmen wrought vigorously, and -much earth and stones were removed; at last they discovered some rat, -mice, or mole-holes, at the sight of which a cry of joy was heard from -all the parties present. - -The old monk sings again; the cow is brought in great hurry, and -sacrificed, and pieces of it thrown to the rats and mice: again they -fall to work with double keenness, the mole-holes vanish, and a hard -rock appears. This being the last obstacle, they fall keenly upon the -rock, and the old monk chants till he is hoarse with singing; the heat -of the sun is excessive; no gold appears; John Akay loses his patience, -and asks when it may be seen? The monks lay the whole blame upon him, -because, they say, he had not enough of faith. They give over work; -with one consent fall to eating the cow, and then disperse. - -Father Jerome, takes the opportunity of this disappointment to abuse -the monks. He presents the Baharnagash with two ounces of gold, and -some other trifles, instead of the treasure which he was to get in the -mountain: he obtains the request he came to solicit, and the patriarch -and fathers return to Addicota. - -Facilidas, informed of the asylum afforded to the Jesuits who had fled -from Fremona, applied to John Akay, promising him forgivenness of what -was past if he would deliver the priests under his protection. This -John Akay declined to do from motives of delicacy. It was breaking his -word to deliver his guests into the hands of the king; but, by a very -strange refinement, he agreed to sell them to the Turks. Accordingly -they were delivered for a sum to the basha of Masuah, who received them -with much greater kindness than they had experienced in the Christian -country from which they fled. - -Two Jesuits were purposely left behind, with the consent of John -Akay, unknown to Facilidas, in fervent hopes that some occasion would -soon offer of suffering martyrdom for the true faith; and in this -expectation they were not long disappointed, all those who were left in -Abyssinia having lost their lives by violent deaths, most of them on a -gibbet, by order of Facilidas, the last of whom was Bernard Nogeyra. - -Facilidas, weary of the obstinacy of these missionaries, uneasy also -at the suspicions they created, that a number of Portuguese troops -would be poured in upon his country by the viceroy of India, concluded -a treaty with the bashas of Masuah and Suakem, for preventing any -Portuguese passing into Abyssinia, by shutting these ports against -them. Not above eight years before, that is, in the year 1624, Socinios -had sent a zebra, and several other curious articles, as presents -to the basha of Suakem, with a request to him not to obstruct, as -the Turks had used to do, the entrance of any Portuguese into his -dominions. But those times were now so changed, that both nations, -Turks and Abyssinians, had resolved, with one consent, to exclude them -all, for their mutual safety, peace, and advantage. - -This treaty with the Turks, made by Facilidas, probably gave rise -to that calumny of the Jesuits, that, for fear of a return of the -Portuguese, that prince had embraced the Mahometan religion, and sent -for preceptors from Mocha to instruct him in their tenets. This, I say, -if not founded upon the treaty I mention, was destitute of the least -shadow of truth; but, like other calumnies then propagated in great -number, arose solely from the rage, malice, and heated imaginations of -desperate fanatics. - -Amidst the general regret this revolution in the church of Ethiopia -occasioned at Rome, there were some who thought the pride, obstinacy, -and violence of the Jesuits, the hardness and cruelty of their hearts -in instigating Socinios to that perpetual effusion of blood, and -their independence, their encroachments upon, and resistance of the -civil power, were faults resulting from the institutions of that -particular society, and that these occasioned the miscarriage; that a -well-grounded aversion to the teachers had created a repugnance to the -doctrines preached, and was the reason of the expulsion of the fathers, -and the relapse of Abyssinia to the Alexandrian faith. From this -persuasion, six capuchins, all of them Frenchmen of the reformed Order -of St Francis, were sent from Rome after the death of Nogeyra, by the -congregation _De Propagandâ Fide_, and these had protections from the -grand signior. - -Two attempted the entering Abyssinia by way of the Indian Ocean, that -is, from Magadoxa, and were slain by the Galla, after advancing a very -short way into the country. Two of them penetrated into Abyssinia, and -were stoned to death. The remaining two, hearing the fate of their -companions at Masuah, and not being so violently bent upon a crown of -martyrdom as were the Portuguese missionaries, prudently returned home, -carrying with them the account of this bad success. - -Three other capuchins were sent after this. It is impossible to judge -from their conduct what idea they had formed; for they themselves -gave the first information of their intended coming to Facilidas, who -thereupon recommended it to the basha to receive them according to -their merits; and thereupon, on their arrival at Suakem, their heads -were cut off by his order; the skins of their heads and faces stripped -off and sent to the king of Abyssinia, that, by their colour, he might -know them to be franks, and by their tonsure to be priests. Nor was -it possible afterwards to introduce any Catholic missionaries, either -during this or the following reign. - -Facilidas having thus provided against being further disturbed by -missionaries, and having reduced all his subjects to the obedience of -the Alexandrian church, sent again messengers to bring an Abuna from -Cairo, while he took the field against Melca Christos his rival, who -continued in arms at the head of the peasants of Lasta, though there -was now no longer any pretence that the Alexandrian faith was in -danger. Both armies met in Libo, a country of the Galla, where a panic -seized the king’s troops, his horse flying at the first onset. The -royal army being entirely dispersed, Melca Christos pursued his good -fortune, and entered the king’s palace, took possession of the throne, -and was crowned; he appointed to all the great places in government, -and distributed a largess, or bounty, to his soldiers. - -The Portuguese historians say, that this happened at Dancaz, not at -Libo. But they should have remembered what they before have said, that -an epidemic fever raged in all Dembea, so that the king was not at -Dancaz that year. He passed the winter of the preceding one at Dobit, -near Begemder. - -The memoirs of these missionaries, even when they were in the country, -are to be read with great caution, being full of misrepresentations of -the manners and characters of men, magnifying some actions, slighting -others, and attributing to their favourites services that were really -performed by their adversaries; and, from the coming of Alphonso -Mendes, till they were banished to Masuah, great part of their account -is untrue, and the rest very suspicious. After their retiring to India, -which is the time we are now speaking of, the whole that they have -published is one continued tissue of falsehood and calumny, either -hear-say stories communicated to them, as they say, by the remnants -of zealots still alive in Abyssinia, or fabrications of their own, -invented for particular purposes. In continuing this history, I shall -take notice of some of these, though for facts I rely entirely upon the -annals of the country, treating, however, the Abyssinian account of the -Jesuits’ doctrines and behaviour with the same degree of caution. - -This forwardness of his rival Melca Christos did not discourage -Facilidas. Without losing a moment, he sent expresses to Kasmati Dimmo, -governor of Samen, to Ras Sela Christos, of Damot, and to his brother -Claudius, governor of Begemder, ordering them to march and attack Melca -Christos, then acting as sovereign in the king’s palace at Libo. - -These three generals were not slack in obeying the commands of -Facilidas. They surrounded Melca Christos before he expected them, and -forced him to a battle, in which he was defeated and lost his whole -army. He himself, fighting manfully at the head of his troops, was -slain hand to hand by Cosmas, a soldier of Kasmati Claudius, the king’s -brother. - -Jerome Lobo mentions Facilidas’s bad success against the Gallas and -Agows as an instance of divine vengeance which pursued him. But if the -approbation or disapprobation of heaven is to be appealed to in this -reign as a proof of the justness of the measures taken, we must be -obliged to say the cause of the Jesuits was not the cause of heaven. -If we except the temporary advantage gained over Facilidas, and the -accident that happened to his army at Lasta, perpetual victory had -attended the wars in which this prince was engaged; for so far was he -from being unfortunate this campaign against the Agows, that, on the -9th of February 1636, he marched from Libo into Gojam, and totally -defeated the two great tribes Azena and Zeegam. After which he sent his -army with Kasmati Melca Bahar, who coming up with the Galla, a great -body of whom had made an incursion into Gojam, he totally overthrew -them, and passing the Nile into their country, laid it waste, and -returned with a great number of cattle, and multitudes of women and -children to be sold as slaves. - -The king then returned to Begemder, and took up his head-quarters -at Gonsala; but, soon hearing that the Abuna Marcus was arrived, he -quitted that place, and came to meet him in Gondar. - -The next year, which was the fifth of his reign, and the first of the -coming of Abuna Marcus, he again fought with the Agows, and beat the -Denguis, Hancasha, and the Zeegam, and passed that winter in Gafat; -nor was he ever unfortunate with the Agows or Galla. But a misfortune -happened this year (the 6th of his reign) which very much affected the -whole kingdom. The people of Lasta seemed to grow more inveterate -after the defeat they had received under Melca Christos. In the stead -of that prince slain in battle, they appointed his son, a young man of -good hopes. - -Facilidas, trusting to his former reputation acquired in these -mountains in his father’s time, on the 3d of March 1638 advanced with -a large army into Lasta, with a design to bring these peasants to a -battle. But the rebels, growing wise by their losses, no longer chose -to trust themselves on the plain, but, retiring to the strongest -posts, fortified them so judiciously, that, without risking any loss -themselves, they cut off all supplies or provisions coming to the -king’s army. - -It happened at that time the cold was so excessive that almost the -whole army perished amidst the mountains; great part from famine, but -a greater still from cold, a very remarkable circumstance in these -latitudes. Lasta is barely 12° from the Line, and it was now the -equinox in March, so that the sun was but 12° from being in the zenith -of Lasta, and there was in the day twelve hours of sun. Yet here is -an example of an army, not of foreigners, but natives, perishing with -cold in their own country, when the sun is no farther than 12° from -being vertical, or from being directly over their heads; a strong proof -this, as I have often remarked, that there is no way of judging by the -degrees of heat in the thermometer, what effect that degree of heat or -cold is to have upon the human body. - -The eighth year of the reign of Facilidas, Claudius, governor of -Begemder, his brother, revolted and joined the rebels of Lasta. It -seems, that this prince had been long encouraged by the Jesuits, and -his uncle Sela Christos, in expectation of succeeding his father -Socinios, and supplanting Facilidas, his brother, in the kingdom. But, -after the banishment of the Jesuits, and the death of Sela Christos, -Facilidas thinking, these bad counsellors being removed, he would -continue firm in his duty, and willing to disbelieve the whole that had -been reported of his designs, made him governor of Begemder. - -It happened, however, that this very year two Abunas arrived from -Egypt, one by way of Sennaar, the other by Dancali. Upon inquiry it was -found, that Abba Michael, the latter of these Abunas, had been sent for -by Kasmati Claudius, in expectation that he was to be on the throne by -the time of his Abuna’s arrival. This implied clearly that the king’s -death was agreed on. Claudius, without attempting a vindication, or -awaiting the discussion of this step, fled to Lasta, and joined Laeca, -son of Melca Christos, a youth then at the head of the rebels. - -Facilidas banished Abba Michael to Serké, a Mahometan town in the way -to Sennaar, and admitted Abba Johannes, whom he himself had sent for -from Cairo, into the office of Abuna. - -Soon after this, Claudius was surprised and taken prisoner, and brought -to the king, and, though stained in a high degree with ingratitude, -treason, and intended fratricide, he could not be brought to order his -execution, but, like a wise and merciful prince, reflecting on the -ancient usages of the empire, and how much royal blood might be daily -saved by sequestering the descendents of the imperial family upon the -mountain, he chose that of Wechné in Belessen, which served ever after -for this purpose. - -This is the third mountain within the reach of written history, first -chosen, and then reprobated, as a state-prison for all the males of the -royal family, excepting the one seated upon the throne. - -This interruption of the imprisonment of the princes for a time, and -the resuming it again for another period, have led the Portuguese -writers, very little acquainted with the history or constitution of -this country, into various disputes and difficulties, which I shall -fully explain and reconcile in their proper place. It is sufficient -for the present to observe, that Claudius was sent into exile to the -mountain of Wechné, and that he was the first prince banished thither, -where he lived for many years. - -The king, finding that nothing material pressed at home, marched into -Gojam to Enzagedem, whence he sent Ras Bela Christos against the -Shangalla, N. W. of the country of the Agows. These people being put -upon their guard by their neighbours, all disaffected to the king, -contrived to place themselves in ambush so judiciously, that Bela -Christos, marching in security into their country, was surrounded by -the Shangalla, whom he thought yet at a distance. Great part of his -troops was slain by the arrows of the enemy, who, from their caves and -holes in the mountain, poured their missile weapons, stones, and arrows -on the troops, at so small a distance that every one took place, though -above the reach of swords, and lances, or such common weapons; others -were overpowered by large bodies of men sallying from the thickets, and -fighting them firmly foot to foot. Many officers were that day slain, -among the rest Alzaguè and Petros, two persons of great distinction -in the palace. But the king, however afflicted for the loss of his -men, well knew that this defeat would have no other consequences; so -returned to his capital, with resolution to make another vigorous -effort against Lasta. - -The manner in which this expedition was prevented cannot but give us -a high idea of Facilidas: Laeca, at the head of an army of veteran -troops, whose affection he never had occasion to doubt, thought it -safer to trust to the generosity of a king, who had slain his father in -battle, than to the acquiring a crown that was not his, by persevering -any longer in rebellion. Accordingly he surrendered himself, without -condition, to Facilidas, who immediately committed him to prison, which -seeming severity, however, meant nothing further, than to shew him -the lenity which followed was entirely his own, and not suggested to -him by the officiousness of courtiers; for no sooner was he arrived -at Gondar, than he sent for Laeca from prison, received him not only -kindly, but with great marks of distinction; and, instead of banishing -him to Wechné, as he did his own brother Claudius, and which, as being -of the blood-royal, should have been his destination likewise, the king -entered into a kind of treaty with Laeca, by which he gave him large -possessions in Begemder near Lasta, and married him to his daughter -Theoclea, by whom, however, he had no children, but lived long in -constant friendship and confidence with Facilidas. - -Except the events which I have already recorded, there is nothing -farther in this long reign worthy of being insisted upon; the early -inroads of the Galla, in plundering parties, and the seditions and -revolts of the Agows from the oppression and extortion of their -governors, were such as we find in every reign; and in all these -Facilidas was victorious, whilst the Hancasha and Zeegam were greatly -weakened in these campaigns. - -Facilidas was taken ill at Gondar, in the end of October, of a disease -which, from its first appearance, he thought would prove mortal. He, -therefore, sent to his eldest son Hannes, whom he had constantly kept -with him, and who was now of age to govern, and recommended to him -his kingdom, and the persevering in the ancient religion. He died the -30th of September 1665, in great peace and composure of mind, and they -buried him at Azazo. - -If we are obliged to give his father the preference, from the greater -variety of trials which he underwent, we must in justice allow, that, -after his father, Facilidas was the greatest king that ever sat -upon the Abyssinian throne. He had every good quality necessary to -constitute a great prince, without any alloy or mixture, that, upon so -much provocation as he had, might have misled him to be a bad one. He -was calm, dispassionate, and courteous in his behaviour. In the very -difficult part he had to act between his father and the nation, the -necessities of the times had taught him a degree of reserve, which, if -it was not natural, was not therefore the less useful to him. He was -in his own person the bravest soldier of his time, and always exposed -himself in proportion as the occasion was important. - -To this were added all the qualities of a good general, in which -character he seems to have equalled his father Socinios, who else was -universally allowed to be the first of his time. Fierce and violent in -battle, he was backward in shedding blood after it. Though an enemy -to the Catholic religion, yet, from duty to his father, he lived -with the patriarch and Jesuits upon so familiar a footing, that they -confess themselves it was not from any part of his behaviour to them -they ever could judge him an enemy. He was most remarkable for an -implicit submission to his father’s commands; and, upon this principle, -fought in favour of the Catholic religion against his own friends and -persuasion, because such were the orders of his sovereign. He was of a -very mild and pleasant temper, as appeared by his behaviour to Melca -Christos, to his brother Claudius, to his uncle Sela Christos, and to -the patriarch and Jesuits. - -It is true, that, of these last, Sela Christos, and many of the -Jesuits, were put to death in his reign; but this was not till they had -experienced repeated acts of mercy and forgivenness; still, persisting -in constant rebellion against government, they were justly cut off -as traitors and rebels by the civil power, in the very act of their -conspiracy against the life of the king and constitution of the country. - -There is published by Tellez a letter of Alphonso Mendes, written, as -is falsely said, from Masuah, where it is dated, but truly from Goa. -If, as the patriarch pretends, he wrote it from Masuah, it is another -proof of this prince’s clemency, that he ever suffered the author of -such an indecent libel to return to India in peace. It is well known, -that, on the first requisition of Facilidas, the Turks would have -delivered the patriarch into his hands; and, every one that reads it -must allow, such language from a low-born priest to a king, deserved -every exemplary punishment offended royalty could inflict: It would not -have been mild, had such liberty been taken by a stranger in his native -country, Portugal. - -The patriarch accuses Facilidas with the crime committed by Absalom, -which is, I suppose, debauching his father’s wives and concubines. -But, unluckily for the truth of this story, we have the Jesuit’s own -testimony, that Socinios had put away his wives and concubines before -he embraced the Catholic religion, so at his father’s death this was -impossible, unless he could commit incest with his own mother, who -was at that time a woman near sixty. But we shall suppose that they -existed, were never married, and, at the time of their being put away, -they were 18 years of age at an average. The king put them away in the -year 1621; and, therefore, in the year 1634, they would be 30 years of -age; and any body that has seen the effects that number of years has -upon Abyssinian beauty, must confess they could be no great temptation -to a prince. - -The next calumny mentioned in this libel is, the murder of his brother -Claudius, nay, of all his brothers. Now we have seen, in the history of -his reign, that Claudius had fairly forfeited his life by a meditated -fratricide, and by an overt act of rebellion in which he was taken -prisoner. Yet so mild and placable was Facilidas, that he refused to -put him to death, but sent him prisoner to the mountain of Wechné, and -mercifully revived the ancient usage of banishing the princes of the -blood-royal to the mountain, instead of executing them, which had been -the practice to his time, and had occasioned the death of above sixty -of these unfortunate princes within the last hundred years. - -To mount Wechné he also sent his own son David, and with him all his -brothers; and, so far from being murdered, we shall find them mostly -alive attending an extraordinary festival made for their sakes by -Facilidas’s grandson; an accident so rare, that it seems Providence had -permitted it in favour and vindication of truth and innocence, and to -stamp the lie upon the patriarch’s scandalous aspersions. - -The third falsehood is, that Facilidas turned Mahometan, and got -doctors from Mocha to instruct him in the Koran. We have already seen -what gave rise to this, if it indeed had any foundation at all; but -it is a well-known fact, that, though he governed the church, during -a whole reign, mildly and judiciously, without any mark of bigotry, -never were two princes better affected to the Alexandrian church than -Facilidas and his son; and never were two that had better reason, -having both seen the disorders that other religions had occasioned. - -We see throughout all this piece of the patriarchs, a self-sufficient -mind, gratifying itself by disgorging its passion and malice. If -Alphonso Mendes had no regard, as it seems indeed he had not; if he -had no reverence to higher powers, such as scripture had taught him -to have; if he was too enlightened, or too infatuated, to take our -Saviour’s precepts for his rule, and, shaking the dust of Abyssinia -from his feet, remit them to a Judge who will, at his own time, -separate good from evil, still he should have had, at least, a -brotherly love and charity for those unfortunate people who were to -fall into Facilidas’s hands; and we cannot reasonably suppose but that -the constant butcheries committed by the Turks afterwards upon the -Catholic priests, wild enough to enter at Masuah and Suakem, were the -fruits of the calumnious, intemperate libel of the patriarch. - -After the death of the last missionary, Bernard Nogeyra, no -intelligence arrived of what was doing in Abyssinia, excepting from the -Dutch settlements of Batavia, where Abyssinian factors, or merchants, -had arrived; and where the industrious Mr Ludolf, very much engaged -in the history of this country, and who spared no pains, maintained -a correspondence, and thence he was informed that Facilidas had died -after a long and prosperous reign, and had left his kingdom in peace to -his son. - -This intelligence alarmed the zeal of two great champions of the -Jesuits; the one M. le Grande, late secretary to the French embassy to -Portugal; and the other M. Piques, a member of the Sorbonne, a very -confused, dull disputant upon the difference of religion. - -These two worthies, without any proof or intelligence but their own -warm and weak imaginations, fell violently upon poor Ludolf, accusing -him of falsehood, partiality, and prevarication; and, right or wrong, -they would have Facilidas plunged up to the neck in troubles, wading -through labyrinths of misfortunes, conspiracies, and defeats, certainly -dead, or about to die some terrible death by the vengeance of heaven; -and this ridiculous report is unjustly spread abroad by all the zealots -of those times. _Fata obstant_;--truth will out. The annals of the -country, written without a regard to either party, state, that, in the -long reign of Facilidas, notwithstanding the calamitous state in which -his father left him the empire, very few misfortunes only are reported -to have happened either to himself or lieutenants. - -[Illustration] - - - - -HANNES I. OR ŒLAFE SEGUED. - -From 1665 to 1680. - -_Bigotry of the King--Disgusts his Son Yasous, who flies from Gondar._ - - -If this prince succeeded to his kingdom in peace, he had the address -still to keep it so. He was not in his nature averse to war, though, -besides two feeble attempts he made upon Lasta, and one against the -Shangalla, all without material consequences, no military expedition -was undertaken in his time; and no rebellion or competitor (so frequent -in other reigns) at all disturbed his. - -Hannes seems to have had the seeds of bigotry in his temper; from the -beginning of his reign he commanded the Mahometans to eat no other -flesh but what had been killed by Christians; and gathered together -the Catholic books, which the Jesuits had translated into the Ethiopic -language, and burned them in a heap. Much of his attention was given -to church matters, and, in regulating these, he seems to have employed -most of his time. He deposed the Abuna Christadulus, appointed by his -father, and in his place put the Abuna Sanuda. - -This last measure seems to have displeased his eldest son Yasous, who -fled from the palace one night, and passed the Nile; and, though he was -followed by Kasmati Aserata Christos, he was not overtaken, but staid -some time in his sister’s house, and then returned to Gondar at the -request of his father. - -A convocation of the clergy, the second in this reign, was now held, -and great heats and divisions followed among two orders of monks, -those of Eustathius and those of Debra Libanos. The king seems to have -assisted at all these debates, and to have contented himself with -holding the balance in his hands without declaring for either party. -But these altercations and disputes could not satisfy the active spirit -of the prince his son, who again fled from his father and from Gondar, -but was overtaken at the river Bashilo, and brought back to the palace, -where he found his father ill. - -Hannes died the 19th of July, and was buried at Tedda, after having -reigned 15 years. He seems, from the scanty memorials of his long -reign, to have been a weak prince; but, perhaps, if the circumstances -of the times were fully known, he may have been a wise one. - -[Illustration] - - - - -YASOUS I. - -From 1680 to 1704. - - _Brilliant Expedition of the King to Wechné--Various Campaigns - against the Agows and Galla--Comet appears--Expedition against - Zeegam and the Eastern Shangalla--Poncet’s Journey--Murat’s - Embassy--Du Roule’s Embassy--Du Roule assassinated at - Sennaar--The King is assassinated._ - - -Yasous succeeded his father Hannes with the approbation of the whole -kingdom. He had, as we have seen, twice in Hannes’s life-time absconded -from the palace; and this was interpreted as implying an impatience to -reign. But I rather think the cause was a difference of manners, his -father being extremely bigotted, sordid, and covetous; for he never, in -those elopements, pretended to make a party contrary to his father’s -interest, nor shewed the least inclination to give either the army or -the people a favourable impression of himself, to the disadvantage of -the king. There was, besides, a difference in religious principles. -Yasous had a great predilection for the monks of Debra Libanos, or -the high church; while Hannes, his father, had done every thing in his -power to instil into his son a prepossession in favour of those of Abba -Eustathius. - -To these opinions, therefore, so widely different, as well in -religion as the things of the world, I attribute the young prince’s -disinclination to live with his father. This seems confirmed by the -first step he took upon his mounting the throne, which was to make an -alteration in the church government from what his father had left it at -his death. - -It was on the 7th of July 1680 he was proclaimed king; the next day -he deposed the Acab Saat Constantius, and gave his place to Asera -Christos. He then called a council of the clergy on the 27th of -September, when he deposed Itchegué Tzaga Christos, and in his room -named Cyriacus. - -It was now the time that, according to custom, he was to make his -profession in regard to the difference I have formerly mentioned that -subsisted between the two parties about the incarnation of Christ. -But this he refused to do in the present state of the church, as -there was then no certain Abuna in Abyssinia. For Hannes, before he -died, had written to the patriarch of Alexandria to depose both Abuna -Christodulus and Marcus, who, in case of death, was to have succeeded -him, and this under pretence that he had varied in his faith between -the two contending parties. - -Hannes, therefore, desired the patriarch to appoint Abuna Sanuda, -a man known to be devoted to the monks of St Eustathius and their -tenets; whereas the other two priests were supposed to be inclined to -the monks of Debra Libanos. Yasous told his clergy that he would not -suffer Sanuda to be elected; and the assembly, with little opposition, -conformed to the sentiments of the king, who sent immediately thereupon -to Cairo, demanding peremptorily that Marcus might be appointed Abuna, -and declaring his resolution to admit no other. He then ordered the -church of Tecla Haimanout to be consecrated with great solemnity; he -repaired and adorned it with much magnificence, and endowed it with -lands, which increased its revenue very considerably. - -These two circumstances (especially the last) shewed distinctly to the -whole kingdom his affection for the high church, as explicitly as any -proclamation could have done. And in this he continued steady during -his whole life, notwithstanding the many provocations he met with from -that restless body of men. - -Having thus settled the affairs of the church, he proceeded to those -of the state, and appointed Anastasius (then governor of Amhara) to be -Ras, or lieutenant-general, in his whole kingdom, allowing him also to -keep his province of Amhara. In this he shewed a wisdom and penetration -that gained him the good opinion of every one; for Anastasius was a -man advanced in years, of great capacity and experience, and of a most -unblemished character among his neighbours, who, in all their own -affairs, had recourse to, and were determined by, his counsels. - -The king then took a journey of a very extraordinary nature, and such -as Abyssinia had never before seen. Attended only by his nobility, of -whom a great number had flocked to him, he sat down at the foot of the -mountain of Wechné, and ordered all the princes of the royal family who -were banished, and confined there, to be brought to him. - -During the last reign, the mountain of Wechné, and those forlorn -princes that lived upon it, had been, as it were, totally forgotten. -Hannes having sons of an age fit to govern, and his eldest son Yasous -living below with his father, no room seemed to remain for attempting -a revolution, by the young candidates escaping from the mountain. This -oblivion to which they were consigned, melancholy as it was, proved -the best state these unhappy prisoners could have wished; for to be -much known for either good or bad qualities, did always at some period -become fatal to the individuals. Punishment always followed inquiries -after a particular prince; and all messages, questions, or visits, at -the instance of the king, were constantly fore-runners of the loss of -life, or amputation of limbs, to these unhappy exiles. To be forgotten, -then, was to be safe; but this safety carried very heavy distress along -with it. Their revenues were embezzled by their officers or keepers, -and ill paid by the king; and the sordid temper of Hannes had often -reduced them all to the danger of perishing with hunger and cold. - -Yasous, as he was well acquainted with all these circumstances, so he -was, in his nature and disposition, as perfectly willing to repair -the injuries that were past, and prevent the like in future. Nothing -tended so much to conciliate the minds of the people to their sovereign -as this behaviour of Yasous. - -In the midst of his relations there now appeared (as risen from the -dead) Claudius, son of Socinios, the first exile who was sent to the -mountain of Wechné by his brother Facilidas, grandfather of Yasous. -This was the prince who, as we have already stated, was fixed upon -by the Jesuits to succeed his father, and govern that country when -converted to the Romish religion by their intrigues, and conquered by -the arms of the Portuguese: This was the prince who, to make their -enemies appear more odious, these Jesuits have asserted was slain -by his brother Facilidas, one instance by which we may judge of the -justice of the other charges laid against that humane, wise, and -virtuous prince, whose only crime was an inviolable attachment to the -religion and constitution of his country, and the just abhorrence -he most reasonably had, as an independent prince, to submit the -prerogatives of his crown, and the rights of his people to the blind -controul of a foreign prelate. - -There came from the mountain also the sons of Facilidas, with their -families; and likewise his own brothers, Ayto Theophilus, and Ayto -Claudius, sons of his father Hatzè Hannes. The sight of so many noble -relations, some advanced in years, some in the flower of their youth, -and some yet children; all, however, in tatters, and almost naked, -made such an impression on the young king that he burst into tears. -Nor was his behaviour to the respective degrees of them less proper or -engaging. To the old he paid that reverence and respect due to parents; -to those about his own age, a kind and liberal familiarity; while he -bestowed upon the young ones caresses and commendations, sweetened with -the hopes that they might see better times. - -His first care was to provide them all plentifully with apparel and -every necessary. His brothers he dressed like himself, and his uncles -still more richly. He then divided a large sum of money among them all. - -In the month of December, which is the pleasantest season of the whole -year, the sun being moderately hot, the sky constantly clear and -without a cloud, all the court was encamped under the mountain, and the -inferior sort strewed along the grass. All were treated at the expence -of the king, passing the day and night in continual festivals. It is -but right, said the king, that I should pay for a pleasure so great -that none of my predecessors ever dared to taste it; and of all that -noble assembly none seemed to enjoy it more sincerely than the king. -All pardons solicited for criminals at this time were granted. In this -manner having spent a whole month, before his departure the king called -for the deftar, (_i. e._ the treasury book) in which the account of -the sum allowed for the maintenance of these prisoners is stated; and -having inquired strictly into the expenditure, and cancelled all grants -that had been made of any part of that sum to others, and provided -in future for the full, as well as yearly payment of it, he, for his -last act, gave to the governor of the mountain a large accession of -territory, to make him ample amends for the loss of the dues he was -understood to be intitled to from that revenue. After this, he embraced -them all, assuring them of his constant protection; and, mounting his -horse, he took the keeper along with him, leaving all the royal family -at their liberty at the foot of the mountain. - -This last mark of confidence, more than all the rest, touched the minds -of that noble troop, who hurried every man with his utmost speed to -restore themselves voluntarily to their melancholy prison, imputing -every moment of delay as a step towards treason and ingratitude to -their munificent, compassionate, and magnanimous benefactor. All their -way was moistened with tears flowing from sensible and thankful hearts; -and all the mountain resounded with prayers for the long life and -prosperity o£ the king, and that the crown might never leave the lineal -descendents of his family. It was very remarkable, that, during this -long reign, though he was constantly involved in war, no competitor -from the mountain ever appeared in breach of those vows they had so -voluntarily undertaken. - -There was another great advantage the king reaped by this generous -conduct. All the most powerful and considerable people in the kingdom -had an opportunity, at one view, to see each individual of the royal -family that was capable of wearing the crown, and all with one voice -agreed, upon the comparison made, that, if they had been then assembled -to elect a king, the choice would not have fallen upon any but the -present. - -Though the country of the Agows of Damot is generally plain and laid -out in pasture, each tribe has some mountain to which, upon the -alarm of an enemy, they retire with their flocks. The Galla, being -their neighbours on the other side of the Nile to the south, and the -Shangalla in the low country immediately to the west, these natural -fortresses are frequently of the greatest use during the incursions of -both. - -They alone, of all the nations of Abyssinia, have found it their -interest so far to cultivate their neighbours the Shangalla, that there -are places set apart in which both nations can trade with each other in -safety; where the Agows sell copper, iron, beads, skins, or hides, and -receive an immense profit in gold; for, below these to the south and -west, is the gold country nearest Abyssinia, none of that metal being -anywhere found in Abyssinia itself. - -Yasous, from this country of the Agows, descended into that of the -Shangalla; where, conforming to the ancient custom of Abyssinia, he -hunted the elephant and rhinoceros, the ordinary first expedition in -the kings his predecessors reigns, but the second in his; the first -having been (as before stated) spent in charity and mercy, much more -nobly, at the foot of the mountain of Wechné. - -Yasous is reported to have been the most graceful and dexterous -horseman of his time. He distinguished himself in this hunting as much -for his address and courage against the beasts, as he had, for a short -while before, done by his affability, generosity, and benevolence, -amidst his own family. All was praise, all was enthusiasm, wherever the -young king presented himself; the ill-boding monks and hermits had not -yet dared to foretel evil, but every common mouth predicted this was to -be an active, vigorous, and glorious reign, without being thought by -this to have laid any pretension to the gift of prophecy. - -It was now the second year of his reign when the king took the field -with a small, but very well chosen army. The Edjow and Woolo, two of -the most powerful tribes of southern Galla, taking advantage of the -absence of Ras Anastasius, had entered Amhara by a pass, on the side -of which is situated Melec Shimfa, one of the principal towns of the -province. - -The king, leaving old Anastasius to the government of Gondar, took -upon himself the relief of Amhara; and, being joined by all the -troops in his way, he arrived at Melec Shimfa before the Galla had -any intelligence of him. The Galla always chose for their residence -a very level country, because they are now become all horsemen. The -country of Amhara, on the contrary, is full of high mountains, and -only accessible by certain narrow passes. The king, therefore, instead -of marching directly to the enemy, passed above them, and left them -still advancing, burning the villages and churches in the country -below. He then took possession of the pass (through which he knew they -must retreat) with a strong body of troops; and filled the entrance -of the defile, which was very rugged ground, with fusileers, and his -best foot armed with lances: after this, he separated his horse into -two divisions, and, reserving one half to himself, gave the other to -Kasmati Demetrius. He then placed the troops conducted by himself in -a wood, about half a mile from the entrance of the pass, and ordered -Demetrius to fall upon the Galla briskly on the plain, but to retreat -as if terrified by their numbers, and to make the best of his way then -to the pass in the mountains. - -Demetrius, finding the enemy’s parties scattered wide wasting the -country, fell upon them, and slew many, till he had arrived near the -middle of their body, when the Galla, used to such expeditions, poured -in from all sides, and presently united. Demetrius, surrounded on every -side, was slain, fighting to the last in the most desperate manner, and -his party, much diminished in number, fled in a manner that could not -be mistaken for stratagem. They were closely pursued, and followed into -the pass by the Galla, who thought they had thus entirely cut them off -from Amhara. But they were soon received by a close fire from the foot -among the bushes, and by the lances that mingled with them from every -side of the mountain. - -The king, upon the first noise of the musquetry, advanced quickly with -his horse, and met the Galla, in the height of their confusion, flying -back again into the plain. Here they fell an easy sacrifice to the -fresh troops led by Yasous, and to the peasants, exasperated by the -havoc they before had made in the country. Of the enemy, about 6000 -men fell this day on the field; a few were brought to Gondar, and, in -contempt, sold for slaves. Few on the king’s side were slain, excepting -those that fell with Demetrius, the account of whose death the king -heard without any signs of regret:--“I told the man (says the king) -that he should shew himself and retire; if I wanted a victory I would -have led the army in person; I march against the Galla, not as a king, -but as an executioner, because my aim is to extirpate them.” - -Although Yasous was stedfast in his own opinion as to his religion, or, -as it may be more properly called, the disputes and quibbles with the -monks concerning it, yet he suffered each sect to enjoy its own, and, -probably, in his heart he perfectly despised both. - -The monks, however, were far from possessing any such spirit of -toleration. They considered the deposing of Acab Saat, Constantius, -and the Itchegué Tzaga Christos, as a declaration of dislike the king -entertained towards their party. They bore with great impatience and -indignation, that Abuna Sanuda, who was once their zealous partizan -in the time of Hannes, should now suddenly change his sentiments, and -declare implicitly for those of the king, and thereby increase both the -number and the consequence of their adversaries. They declared that -they would suffer every thing rather than live under a king who shewed -himself so openly a favourer of Debra Libanos, though it was now but -their turn, having in the last reign had a king more partial, and more -attached to St Eustathius, than ever Yasous was to any set of monks -whatever. - -The ringleaders in all these seditious declarations were Abba Tebedin, -superior of the monastery of Gondga, and Kasmati Wali of Damot, by -origin a Galla. These two turbulent men, having first drawn over to -their party the Agows and province of Damot, passed over the Nile -to Goodero and Basso, whom they joined, and then proclaimed king -one Isaac, grandson of Socinios a prince, who was never sent to the -mountain, but whose predecessors, being at liberty when Facilidas -first banished his brothers and children to Wechné, had fled to the -Galla, and there remained in obscurity, waiting the juncture which now -happened to declare his royal descent, and offer himself for king. - -The Galla, who sought but a pretence for invading Abyssinia, readily -embraced this opportunity, and swarmed to him on all sides. His army, -in a very short time, was exceedingly numerous, and the Agows and all -Damot were ready to join him when he should repass the Nile. This -revolt was indeed likely to have proved general, but for the activity -and diligence of the king, who, on the first intelligence, put himself -so suddenly in motion that he was on the banks of the Nile before -the Galla on the one side were ready for their junction with the -confederates on the other. - -The king’s presence imposed upon the Agows and the rebels of Damot, -so that they let him pass quietly over the Nile into the country of -the Galla, hoping that, as their designs were not discovered, he might -again return through their country in peace if victorious over the -Galla; but, if he was beaten, they then were ready to intercept him. - -But the Galla, who expected that they would have had to fight with an -army already fatigued and half-ruined by an action with the Agows on -the other side of the river, no sooner saw it pass the Nile unmolested -in full force, than they began to think how far it was from their -interest to make their country a seat of war, when so little profit was -to be expected. On the approach, therefore, of the king’s army, many -of them deserted to it, and made their peace with him. The few that -remained faithful to Isaac were dispersed after very little resistance; -and he himself being taken prisoner, and brought before the king, was -given up to the soldiers, who put him to death in his presence. On the -king’s side, no person of consideration was slain but Kasmati Maziré, -and very few on the part of the enemy. - -This year 1685, the 5th of Yasous’s reign, there was no military -expedition. He had pardoned Abba Tebedin, and Kasmati Wali, and the -monks again desired an assembly of the clergy, which was granted. But -the king seeing, at its first meeting, that it was to produce nothing -but wrangling and invectives; with great calmness and resolution told -the assembly, “That their disputes were of a nature so confused and -unedifying, that he questioned much their being really founded in -scripture; and the rather so, because the patriarch of Alexandria -seemed neither to know, nor concern himself about them, nor was the -Abuna, at his first coming, ever instructed on any one of these -points. If they were, however, founded in scripture, one of them was -confessedly in the wrong; and, if so, he doubted it might be the case -with both; that he had, therefore, come to a resolution to name several -of the best-qualified persons of both parties, who, in the presence of -the Itchegué and Abuna, might inspect the books, and from them settle -some premises that might be hereafter accepted and admitted as _data_ -by both.” - -This being assented to, the very next year he ordered two of the -priests of Debra Libanos then at Gondar, together with Abba Tebedin, -Cosmas of Aruana, the Abuna Sanuda, and the Itchegué, forthwith to -repair to Debra Mariam, an island in the lake Tzana, where, sequestered -from the world, they might discuss their several opinions, and settle -some points admissible by both sides. After which, without giving any -opportunity for reply, he dissolved the assembly, and took the field -with his army. - -The king, though perfectly informed of the part that the whole province -of Damot had taken in the rebellion of Isaac, as also great part of -the Agows, but most of all that tribe called Zeegam, yet had so well -dissembled, that most of them believed he was ignorant of their fault, -and all of them, that he had no thoughts of punishing them, for he had -returned through Damot, after the defeat of Isaac, without shewing -any mark of anger, or suffering his troops to commit the smallest -hostility. He now passed in the same peaceable manner through the -country of Zeegam, intending to attack the Shangalla of Geesa and -Wumbarea. - -These two tribes are little known. Like the other Shangalla they are -Pagans, but worship the Nile and a certain tree, and have a language -peculiar to themselves. They are woolly-headed, and of the deepest -black; very tall and strong, straighter and better-made about the -legs and joints than the other blacks; their foreheads narrow, their -cheekbones high, their noses flat, with wide mouths, and very small -eyes. With all this they have an air of chearfulness and gaiety which -renders them more agreeable than other blacks. Their women are very -amorous, and sell at a much greater price than other blacks of the sex. - -This country is bounded on the south by Metchakel; on the west by the -Nile; the east by Serako, part of Guesgué and Kuara; and, on the north, -by Belay, Guba, and the Hamidge[62] of Sennaar. They make very frequent -inroads, and surprise the Agows, whose children they sell at Guba to -the Mahometans, who traffic there for gold and slaves, and get iron and -coarse cotton-cloths in return. Their country is full of woods, and -their manner of life the same as has been already described in speaking -of the other tribes. - -The Geesa live close upon the Nile, to which river they give their -own name. It is also called Geesa by the Agows, in the small district -of Geesh, where it rises from its source. They never have yet made -peace with Abyssinia, are governed by the heads of families, and live -separately for the sake of hunting, and, for this reason, are easily -conquered. The men are naked, having a cotton rag only about their -middle. The nights are very cold, and they lie round great fires; but -the fly is not so dangerous here as to the eastward, so that goats, in -a small number, live here. Their arms are bows, lances, and arrows; -large wooden clubs, with knobs, nearly as big as a man’s head, at the -end of them; their shields are oval. They worship the Nile, but no -other river, as I have said before; it is called Geesa, which, in their -language, signifies the first Maker, or Creator. They imagine its water -is a cure for most diseases. - -East of the Geesa is Wumbarea, which reaches to Belay. The king fell -first on the Geesa, part of whom he took, and the rest he dispersed. He -then turned to the right through Wumbarea, and met with some resistance -in the narrow passes in the mountains, in one of which Kasmati Kosté, -(one of his principal officers) a man of low birth, but raised by his -merit to his present rank, was slain by an arrow. - -The king then repassed the Agows of Zeegam, in the same peaceable -manner in which he came, and then marched on without giving any cause -of suspicion, taking up his quarters at Ibaba. It was here he had -appointed an assembly of the clergy to meet, before whom the several -delegates, chosen to consider the controverted points, and find some -ground for a reconciliation, were to make their report. The Abuna, -Itchegué, and all those who, for this purpose, were shut up in Debra -Mariam, appeared before the king. But, however amicably things had been -carried on while they were shut up in the island, the usual warmth and -violence prevailed before the assembly. Ayto Christos, Abba Welled -Christos of Debra Libanos, on one side, and Tebedin and Cosmas on the -other, fell roundly, and without preface, upon a dispute about the -incarnation, so that the affair from argument was likely to turn to -sedition. - -The turbulent Tebedin, leaving the matter of religion wholly apart, -inveighed vehemently against the retirement to Debra Mariam, which he -loudly complained of as banishment. Ras Anastasius and Abuna Sanuda -reproved him sharply for the freedom with which he taxed this measure -of the king, and in this they were followed by many of the wiser sort -on both sides. Immediately after the assembly, the king ordered Tebedin -to be put in irons, and sent to a mountainous prison. He then returned -to Gondar. - -This year, the 9th of Yasous reign, there appeared a comet, remarkable -for its size and fiery brightness of its body, and for the prodigious -length and distinctness of its tail. It was first taken notice of -at Gondar, two days before the feast of St Michael, on which day the -army takes the field. A sight so uncommon alarmed all sorts of people; -and the prophets, who had kept themselves within very moderate bounds -during this whole reign, now thought that it was incumbent upon them -to distinguish themselves, and be silent no longer. Accordingly they -foretold, from this phenomenon, and published everywhere as a truth -infallibly and immutably pre-ordained, that the present campaign was -to exhibit a scene of carnage and bloodshed, more terrible and more -extensive than any thing that ever had appeared in the annals of -Ethiopia. That these torrents of blood, which were everywhere to follow -the footsteps of the king, were to be stopped by his death, which was -to happen before he ever returned again to Gondar; and, as the object -of the king’s expedition was still a secret, these alarming presages -gained a great deal of credit. - -But it was not so with Yasous, who, notwithstanding he was importuned, -by learned men of all sorts, to put off his departure for some days, -absolutely refused, answering always such requests by irony and -derision: “Pho! Pho! says he, you are not in the right; we must give -the comet fair play; use him well, or he will never appear again, and -then idle people and old women will have nothing to amuse themselves -with.” - -He accordingly left Gondar at the time he had appointed; and he was -already arrived at Amdaber, a few day’s distance from the capital, -when an express brought him word of his mother’s death, on which he -immediately marched back to Gondar, and buried her in the island of -Mitraha with all possible magnificence, and with every mark of sincere -grief. - -Though the prophets had not just succeeded in what they foretold, they -kept nevertheless a good countenance. It is true that no blood was -shed, nor did the king die before he returned to Gondar; but his mother -died when he was away, and that was much the same thing, for they -contended that it was not a great mistake, from the bare authority of -a comet, to err only in the sex of the person that was to die; a queen -for a king was very near calculation. As for the bloody story, and the -king’s death, they said they had mistaken the year in computing, but -that it still was to happen (when it pleased God) _some other time_. - -Every body agreed that these explanations were the best possible, -excepting the king, who perceived a degree of malice in the foretelling -his death and certain loss of his army just at the instant he was -taking the field. But he disguised his resentment under strong irony, -with which he attacked these diviners incessantly. He had inquired -accurately the day of his mother’s death: “How is it, says he to his -chaplain, (or kees hatzé) that this comet should come to _foretel_ -my mother’s death, when she was dead four days before it appeared?” -Another day, to the same person he said, “I fear you do my mother -too much honour at the expence of religion. Is it decent to suppose -that such a star, the most remarkable appearance at the birth of -Christ, should now be employed on no greater errand than to foretel -the death of the daughter of Guebra Mascal?” These, and many more -such railleries, accounted by these visionaries, as little short of -impiety, so mortified Kostè (the kees hatzé,) a great believer in, and -protector of the dreamers, that he resigned all his employments, and -retired among the hermits into the desert of Werk-leva towards Sennaar, -to study the aspects of the stars more accurately, and more at leisure. - -Though we neither pay this comet the superstitious reverence the idle -fanatics of Abyssinia shewed it, nor yet treat it with that contempt -which this great king’s good sense prompted him to do, we shall make -some use of it, acknowledging our gratitude to the historian who has -recorded it. We shall hereby endeavour to establish our chronology -in opposition to that of the catholic writers, relating to the date -of some transactions with which they were not cotemporaries, and -only relate from hearsay, as happening before the arrival of the -missionaries in this country. - -Yasous the Great, of whom we are now writing, came to the throne upon -the death of his father Hannes in 1680; the 9th year of this reign then -was 1689. - -Hedar is the 3d month of the Abyssinians, and answers to part of our -November; and the 12th of that month, Hedar, is the feast of St Michael -the archangel, or 8th day of our month November, N. S. - -Gondar is in lat. 12° 34´ 30´´ N. and in long. 37° 33´ 0´´ E. from the -meridian of Greenwich. By the fiery appearance of the nucleus, or body -of the comet, it certainly then was very near the sun, and either was -going down upon it to its perihelion, or had already passed it, and -was receding to its aphelion; but by its increasing tail, already at -a great length, we may conjecture it was only then going down to its -conjunction, and was then near approaching to the sun. - -From this we should conclude that this comet must have been seen, -however rapidly it did move, some time before the 6th of November, -or two days before the feast of St Michael. But this depends on the -circumstances of the climate; for though the tropical rains cease the -first of September, the cloudy weather continues all the month of -October; at the end of these fall the latter rains in gentle showers, -which allay the fevers in Dembea, and make the country wholesome for -the march of the army, and these rains fall mostly in the night. From -this it is probable that the comet, having at first little light and no -tail, as yet at a distance from the sun, was not very apparent to the -naked eye, till by its increased motion and heat it had acquired both -tail and brightness, as it approached its perihelion. - -Now we find by our European accounts[63], that, in the year 1689, there -did appear a comet, the orbit of which was calculated by M. Pingrè. And -this comet arrived at its perihelion on the 1st day of December 1689, -so was going down much inflamed, and with a violent motion to the sun, -the 6th of November, when it was observed at Gondar, being but 25 days -then from its perihelion. - -As these circumstances are more than sufficient to constitute the -identity of the comet, a phænomenon too rare to risk being confounded -with another, we may hardly conclude the 9th year of Yasous the First -to be the year 1689 of Christ, such as our chronology, drawn from the -Abyssinian annals, states it to be; or, at least, if there is any -error, it must be so small as to be of no sort of consequence to any -sort of readers, or influence upon the narrative of any transactions. - -The 10th year began with a sudden and violent alarm, which spread -itself in an instant all over the kingdom without any certain -authority. The Galla with an innumerable army were said to have entered -Gojam, at several places, and laid waste the whole province, and this -was the more extraordinary, as the Nile was now in the height of its -inundation. On his march, the king learned that this story arose merely -from a panic; and this formidable army turned out no more than a small -band of robbers of that nation, who had passed the river in their usual -way, part on horseback, while the foot were dragged over, hanging at -the horses tails, or riding on goats skins blown up with wind. This -small party had surprised some weak villages, killed the inhabitants, -and immediately returned across the river. But the alarm continued, -and there were people at Gondar who were ready to swear they saw the -villages and churches on fire, and a large army of Galla in their march -to Ibaba, at the same time that there was not one Galla on the Gojam -side of the river. - -The king, however, either considering this small body of Galla coming -at this unseasonable time, and the panic that was so artificially -spread, as a feint to throw him off his guard when a real invasion -might be intended, or with a view to cover his own designs, summoned -all the men of the province of Gojam to meet him in arms at Ibaba the -7th day of January, being the proper season for preparing an expedition -into the country of the Galla. He himself in the mean time retired to -Dek, an island in the lake Tzana, there to stay till his army should be -collected. - -While the king was in the island, a number of the malcontents among the -monks, who had, in the several assemblies, been banished for sedition -with Tebedin, came to him there, desiring to be heard before an -assembly; and they brought with them Arca Denghel, of Debra Samayat, to -support their petition. The king answered, that he was ready to call an -assembly, provided the Abuna desired, or would promise to be present; -but that the Abuna was then at Debra Mariam, where they might go and -know his mind. - -The Abuna, who foresaw little good could be expected from such -meetings, and knew how disagreeable they were to the king, absolutely -refused to attend. On this they returned again to the king, desiring -that, of his own mere prerogative, he would call their assembly without -consulting further the Abuna. To this the king answered boldly, That -he knew it was his right to call his subjects together, without any -other reason for so doing but his will; yet, when the avowed cause of -the meeting was to canvass matters of faith, he had made it a rule to -himself, that the Abuna should always be present, or at least consent -to the meeting. And with this answer he ordered them all to depart -immediately. - -Many of the principal people about the king advised him to put these -turbulent people in irons, for daring to come into his presence without -leave. But Yasous was contented to remand each to the place of his -banishment from whence he came. He then removed from Dek to Ibaba, on -the 10th of January, the journey being no more than two easy days; -but, whether it was that the Galla did not intend another invasion, or -whether they were overawed by the king’s preparations and presence, and -did not think themselves safe even in their own country, none of them -this year passed the Nile, or gave any uneasiness either to Gojam or -Damot. - -Though the whole nation believed that the king’s attention was entirely -engaged in the various expeditions against the Galla and Shangalla, -which he executed with so much diligence and success, yet there was -still a principal object superior to all these, which remained a secret -in his own breast, after the parties concerned had absolutely forgot -it. All his campaigns against the Shangalla were only designed to lull -asleep those he considered as his principal enemies, that he might make -the blow he aimed at them more certain and effectual. - -Six years had now passed since the Agows, and particularly the most -powerful tribe of them, the Zeegam, had, with those of Damot and the -Galla, conspired to put the crown upon the head of the rebel prince -Isaac, who had lost his life in the engagement which followed on the -other side of the Nile. It will be remembered also, that the country -of the Agows is in general open, full of rich plains, abundantly -watered by variety of fine streams; in other parts, gentle risings -and descents, but without mountains, saving that, almost in every -tribe, Nature had placed one rugged mountain to which these people -retired upon the approach of their neighbouring enemies the Galla and -Shangalla. This description does, in a more extensive manner, belong to -the country of the Zeegam, the most powerful, rich, and trading tribe -of the whole nation. - -Not one single mountain, but a considerable ridge, divides the country -nearly in the middle, the bottom of which, and nearly one-third up, -is covered with brush-wood, full of stiff bamboos and canes, bearing -prickly fruit, with aloes, acacia very thorny, and of several dwarf -shrubby kinds, interspersed with the kantuffa[64], a beautiful thorn, -which alone is considered, where it grows thick and in abundance, as -a sufficient impediment for the march of a royal army. Through these -are paths known only to the inhabitants themselves, which lead you to -the middle of the mountain, where are large caves, probably begun by -Nature, and afterwards enlarged by the industry of man. The mouths of -these are covered with bushes, canes, and wild oats, that grow so as to -conceal both man and horse, while the tops of these mountains are flat -and well-watered, and there they sow their grain out of the reach of -the enemy. Upon the first alarm they drive the cattle to the top, lodge -their wives and children in the caves, and, when the enemy approaches -near, they hide the cattle in the caves likewise, some of which -cavities are so large as to hold 500 oxen, and all the people to which -they belong. The men then go down to the lowest part of the mountain, -from whose thickets they sally, upon every opportunity that presents -itself, to attack the enemy whom they find marauding in the plains. - -The king had often assembled his army at Ibaba, only four days march -from Zeegam. He had done more; he had passed below the country, -and returned by the other side of it, in his attack upon Geesa and -Wumbarea; but he had never committed any act of hostility, nor shewn -himself discontented with them. To deceive them still farther, he -ordered now his army to meet him at Esté in Begemder; and sent to -Kasmati Claudius, governor of Tigré, to join him with all his forces as -soon as he should hear he was arrived at Lama, a large plain before we -descend the steep mountain of Lamalmon, which stands not far from the -banks of the river Tacazzé. He privately gave orders also to Kasmati -Claudius, Kasmati Dimmo Christos of Tigré, and to Adera and Quaquera -Za Menfus Kedus, to inform themselves where the water lay below, and -whether there was enough for his army in Betcoom, for so they call the -territory of the eastern branch of Shangalla adjoining to Siré and -Tigré. By this manœuvre the enemy was deceived, as the most intelligent -thought he was to attack Lasta, and the others, that knew the secret of -the water, were sure his march was against the Shangalla. - -The king began his march from Ibaba, and crossed the Nile at the second -cataract below Dara, where there is a bridge; and, entering Begemder, -he joined his army at Esté, which was going in a route directly from -Agow and Damot towards Lasta. But no sooner was he arrived at Esté, -than, that very night, he suddenly turned back the way he came, and, -marching through Maitsha, he crossed the Nile, for the second time, at -Goutto, above the first cataract. - -The morning of the 3d of May, the sixth day of forced marches, without -having encamped the whole way, he entered Zeegam at the head of his -army. He found the country in perfect security, both people and -cattle below on the plains and in the villages; and having put all -to the sword who first offered themselves, and the principal of the -conspirators being taken prisoners, he sold their wives and children -at a public auction for slaves to the highest bidder. He then took the -principal men among them along with him for security for paying six -years tribute which they were in arrears, fined them 6000 oxen, which -he ordered to be delivered upon the spot; and then collecting his army, -he sent to the chiefs of Damot to meet him before he entered their -territory, and to bring security with them for the fine he intended to -lay upon them, otherwise he would destroy their country with fire and -sword; and he advanced the same day to Assoa, south of the sources of -the Nile, divided only from Damot by the ridge of mountains of Amid -Amid. - -The people of Damot, inhabiting an open level country without defence, -had no choice but to throw themselves on the king’s mercy, who fined -them 500 ounces of gold and 100 oxen, and took the principal people -with him in irons as hostages. - -He then returned, leaving the sources of the Nile on his right, through -Dengui, Fagitta, and Aroosi; crossed the river Kelti, having the Agow -and Atchesser on his left, and returned to Gondar by Dingleber. He -then gave 2000 cattle to the churches of Tecla Haimanout and Yasous, -being neared the king’s palace, to the Itchegué Hannes, the judges and -principal servants of his household, to all a share, without reserving -one to himself. And the rains being now very constant, (for it was the -25th of June) he resolved to continue the rest of the winter in Gondar -to regulate the affairs of the church. - -This year the king resumed his expedition against the Shangalla, -towards which he had taken several preparatory steps, while he was -projecting the surprise of the Zeegam. These are the Troglodytes on -the eastern part of Abyssinia, towards the Red Sea, south of Walkayt, -Siré, Tigré, and Baharnagash, till they are there cut off by the -mountains of the Habab. These, the most powerful of all their tribes, -are comprehended under the general name of _Dobenah_; the tribe Baasa, -which we have already spoken of as occupying the banks of the Tacazzé, -are the only partners they have in the peninsula formed by that river -and the Mareb. Their country and manner of life have been already -abundantly described. It is all called Kolla, in opposition to Daga, -which is the general name of the mountainous parts of Abyssinia. - -The king, being informed by Kasmati Claudius that there was water in -great plenty at Betcoom, marched from Gondar the 29th of October to -Deba, thence to Kossoguè, after to Tamama. He then turned to the left -to a village called Sidrè, nearer to the Shangalla. From this station -he forbade the lighting fires in the camp, and took the road leading to -the Mareb; then turning to the left, the 1st of December he surprised a -village called Kunya. The king was the first who began the attack, and -was in great danger, as Mazmur, captain of his guard, was killed by a -lance at his side. But the soldiers rushing in upon sight of the king’s -situation, who had already slain two with his own hand, the village was -carried, and the inhabitants put to the sword, refusing all to fly, and -fighting obstinately to the last gasp. - -From Kunya the king proceeded rapidly to Tzaada Amba[65], the largest -and most powerful settlement of these savages. They have no water -but what they get from the river Mareb, which, as I have elsewhere -observed, rises above Dobarwa, and, after making the circle of that -town, loses itself soon after in the sand for a space, then appears -again, and, after a short course, hides itself a second time to the N. -E. near the Taka, whose wells it supplies with fresh water. But in the -rainy months it runs with a full-stream, in a wide and deep bed, and -unites itself to the Tacazzé, with it making the northmost point of the -ancient island of Meroë. - -The king met the same success at Tzaada Amba that he had before -experienced at Kunya, at which last village he passed the feast of the -epiphany and benediction of the waters; a ceremony annually observed -both by the Greek and Abyssinian church, the intent of which has been -strangely mistaken by foreigners. - -From Kunya, his head-quarters, Yasous attacked the several nations -of which this is, as it were, the capital, Zacoba, Fadè, Qualquou, -and Sahalé, and he returned again to Tzaada Amba, resolving to -complete their destruction. The remains of these miserable people, -finding resistance vain, had hid themselves in inaccessible caves in -the mountains, and the thickest parts of the woods, where they lay -perfectly concealed in the day-time, and only stole out when thirst -obliged them at night. The king, who knew this, and that they had no -other water but what they brought from the Mareb, formed a strong line -of troops along the banks of that river, till the greatest part of the -Shangalla of Tzaada Amba died with thirst, or were taken or slain by -the army. - -His next enterprize was to attempt Betcoom, a large habitation of -Shangalla east of the Mareb, whose number, strength, and reputation for -courage, had hitherto prevented the Abyssinians from molesting them, -never having touched, unless the farthest skirts of their country. The -names of their tribes inhabiting Betcoom are, Baigada, Dadé, Ketfè, -Kicklada, Moleraga, Megaerbé, Gana, Selé, Hamta, Shalada, Elmsi, and -Lentè. The small river of Lidda falling from a high precipice, when -swelled with the winter rains, hollows out deep and large reservoirs -below, which it leaves full of water when the rains cease, so that -these people are here as well supplied with water as those that dwell -on the large rivers the Mareb and Tacazzé. This was a circumstance -unknown, till this sagacious and provident king ordered the place to -be reconnoitred by Kasmati Claudius, then marched and encamped on the -river Lidda, which, after a short but violent course, falls into the -Mareb. - -The Shangalla of Betcoom did nothing worthy of their reputation or -numbers. They had already procured intelligence of the fate of great -part of their nation, and had dispersed themselves in unknown and -desolate places. The king, however, made a considerable number of -slaves of the younger sort, and killed as many of the rest as fell into -his hands. - -Leaving Betcoom, the army proceeded still eastward; passed through the -mountains of the Habab, into the low level country which runs parallel -to the Red Sea, at the base of these mountains, where he spent several -days hunting the elephant, some of which he slew with his own hand, and -turned then to the left to Amba Tchou[66] and Taka. - -The Taka are a nation of Shepherds living near the extremity of the -rains. They are not Arabs, but live in villages, and were part formerly -of the Bagla, or Habab; they speak the language of Tigré, and are now -reputed part of the kingdom of Sennaar. - -While the king was at Taka, he received the disagreeable news, that, -after he had left the Shangalla on the Mareb, Mustapha Gibberti, a -Mahometan soldier in the service of Kasmati Fasa Christos of Dedgin, -had, with a small number of men, ventured down, thinking that he should -surprise the Shangalla of Tzaada Amba, before they recovered from -their late misfortune. This Mustapha had slain two or three Shangalla -with fire-arms; and at first they stood aloof as fearing the king. But -finding soon that it was no part of his army, and only a small body -of adventurers, the Shangalla ‘now collected in numbers, surrounded -Mustapha and his party, whom they cut off to a man; and, pursuing their -advantage, they entered and took Dedgin, wounded Kasmati Fasa Christos, -and put the inhabitants of the town to the sword’. - -News of this misfortune were carried speedily to Kasmati Claudius, -governor of Tigré: Cassem, a Mahometan, led the Gibbertis, the people -of that religion in the province; and, as he was an advanced party, -came speedily to blows with the Shangalla, and was closely engaged, -with great appearance of success, when Claudius came up with an army -that would soon have put an end to the contest. But no sooner was -his army engaged with the Shangalla, than a panic seized him, and he -sounded a retreat; which, in an instant, became a most shameful flight. -Cassem and his gibbertis fell, fighting to the last man in the middle -of their enemies. The Shangalla followed their advantage, and great -part of the Abyssinian army perished in the flight; Claudius, tho’ he -escaped, left his standard, kettle-drums, and his whole province in -possession of the enemy. - -The king, upon hearing this, returned hastily into Siré; and his -presence established order and tranquillity in that province, already -half abandoned for fear of the Shangalla. From Siré the king proceeded -to Axum, where he celebrated his victories over the Shangalla, by -several days of feasting and thanksgiving. - -In the midst of this rejoicing, news were brought that Murat, a servant -of the king, whom he had dispatched to India with merchandise, to -bring such commissions as he stood in need of, was arrived at Masuah, -where Musa the Naybe, or Turkish governor of the island, had detained -him, and seized his goods, under some vexatious pretences. There is -not indeed a more merciless, thievish set of miscreants, than in that -government of Masuah. But the king knew too well the few resources that -island had, to be long in applying a remedy, without moving from Axum; -after being fully informed of the affair, in all its circumstances, -by Murat, he sent to Abba Saluce, Guebra Christos, and Zarabrook of -Hamazen, the governors of the districts, that as it were surround -Masuah, prohibiting all, upon pain of death, to suffer any provisions -to be carried by any person whatever into the island of Masuah. - -A severe famine instantly followed, which was to terminate in certain -death, before any relief could come to them, unless from Abyssinia. -The Naybe Musa, therefore, found into what a terrible scrape he had -got; but hunger did not leave him a moment to deliberate. No third -way remained, but either he must see the king, or die; and without -hesitation he chose the former. He, therefore, set out for Axum, -bringing with him Murat and all the merchandises he had seized, as also -several very considerable presents for Yasous himself, who accepted -them, received his submission, and ordered the communication with -Abyssinia to be open as before. This done, he dismissed the Naybe, who -returned to Masuah in peace. - -The next affair that came before the king was that of Kasmati Claudius, -(governor of Tigré) who was accused and found guilty of having fled -while the battle with the Shangalla was yet undecided, leaving his -standard and kettle-drums in the power of the enemy. Besides his -present misbehaviour, strong prejudice existed against him, drawn from -his former character; for it was averred, from very credible authority, -that on one occasion, upon a very slender appearance of sedition, -he ordered his troops to fire upon several priests of Axum, some of -whom were killed on the spot. Besides which, in the reign of Hatzè -Hannes, he was found guilty of capital crimes committed at Emfras, -condemned to die, and was already hanging upon the tree, when a very -seasonable reprieve arrived from the king, and he was thereupon cut -down whilst yet alive. Yasous contented himself with depriving him of -his employment, and afterwards sending him to perpetual banishment. - -The next brought to their trial were Za Woldo, and Adera and his sons. -These last were very near relations to the king, for they were sons of -Ozoro Keduset Christos, daughter of Facilidas. They were accused of -having deserted their country and left it waste to be over-run by wild -beasts, and a rendezvous for the Shangalla, who thence extended their -incursions as far as Waldubba. Of this there was ample proof against -them, and they were therefore sentenced to die, but the king commuted -their punishment into that of being imprisoned for life in a cave in -the island of Dek. - -As for the province of Siré itself, he declared all the inhabitants and -nobility, degraded from their rank, and all lands, whether feus from -the king, or held by any other tenure, were confiscated, resumed by, -and re-united to the crown. He then reduced the whole province from a -royal government to a private one, and annexed it to the province of -Tigré, whose governor was to place over it a shum, or petty officer, -without any ensigns of power. And, last of all, he gave the government -of Tigré to the Ras Feres, or master of the horse, in room of Kasmati -Claudius degraded and banished. - -The many striking examples which the king had lately given, one close -upon the other, of his own personal bravery, his impartial justice, his -secrecy in his expeditions, and the certain vengeance that followed -where it was deserved, his punishment of the Zeegam, his expedition -against the Shangalla, his affair with the Naybe Musa, and his -behaviour to the cowardly Claudius and dastardly nobility of Siré, -fully convinced his subjects of all degrees, that neither family, nor -being related to the crown, nor the strength of their country, nor -length of time since they offended, nor indeed any thing but a return -to and continuance in their duty, could give them security under such -a prince. Thus ended the campaign of the Dobenah, spoke of to this -day in Abyssinia as the greatest warlike atchievement of any of their -kings. Twenty-six thousand men are said to have perished by thirst -when the king took possession of the water at Tzaada Amba. And yet, -notwithstanding the small-pox which, in some places, exterminated -whole tribes, the Dobenah have not lost an inch of territory, but seem -rather to be gaining upon Siré. - -Yasous arrived at Dancaz on the 8th of March 1692, having dismissed his -army as he passed Gondar. From Dancaz he went to Lasta, and after a -short stay there, came to Arringo in Begemder. At this place the king -received accounts that far exceeded his expectations, and gratified his -warmest wishes. He had long endeavoured to gain a party among the Galla -to divide them; and, though no marks of success had yet followed, he -still had continued to use his endeavours. - -On his arrival at Arringo, he was met by a chief of the southern -Galla, called Kal-kend, who brought him advice that, while he was -busy with the Shangalla, an irruption had been made into Amhara by -the Galla tribes of Liban and Toluma; that they, the king’s friends, -had come up with them at Halka, fought with them, and beat them, and -freed Amhara entirely from all apprehension. The king, exceedingly -rejoiced to see his most inveterate enemies become the defenders of his -country, ordered the governor of Amhara to pay the Kal-kend 500 webs -of cotton-cloth, 500 loads of corn, and escort both the men and the -present till they were safely delivered in their own country. - -The 30th of June the king arrived at Gondar from Arringo, and -immediately summoned an assembly of the clergy to meet and receive -a letter from the patriarch of Alexandria, brought by Abba Masmur -of Agde, and Abba Dioscuros of Maguena, who were formerly sent to -Egypt to ask the patriarch why he displaced Abuna Christodulus, and -appointed Abba Sanuda in his room, and desiring that Abba Marcus should -be made Abuna, and Sanuda deposed. The clergy met very punctually, and -the patriarch’s letter was produced in the assembly, the seal examined, -and declared to be the patriarch’s, and unbroken. The letter being -opened by the king’s order, it contained the patriarch’s mandate to -depose Abba Sanuda, and to put Marcus Abuna in his place, which was -immediately done by command of the king. - -While Yasous was thus busied in directing the affairs of his kingdom -with great wisdom and success, both in church and state, a matter was -in agitation, unknown to him, at a distance from his dominions, which -had a tendency to throw them again into confusion. - -Towards the end of the last century, there was settled at Cairo a -number of Italian missionaries of the reformed Order of St Francis, -who, though they lived in the same convent, and were maintained at the -expence of the fathers of the Holy Land, yet did they still pretend -to be independent of the guardian of Jerusalem, the superior of these -latter. - -The expence of their maintenance, joined with their pretensions to -independence, gave great offence to those religious of the Holy Land, -who thereupon carried their complaints to Rome, offering to be at the -whole charge of the mission of Egypt, and to furnish from their own -society subjects capable of attending to, and extending the Christian -faith. This offer met with the desired success at Rome. The mission of -Egypt, to the exclusion of every other Order, was given to the fathers -of Jerusalem, or the Holy Land, whom we shall henceforth call Capuchin -friars. These capuchins lost no time, but immediately dismissed the -reformed Franciscans, whom we shall hereafter distinguish by the name -of Franciscans, suffering only two of that Order to remain at Cairo. - -The Franciscans, thus banished, returned all to Rome, and there, for -several years together, openly defended their own cause, insisting upon -the justice of their being replaced in the exercise of their ancient -functions. This, however, they found absolutely impossible. They were a -poor Order, and the interest of the capuchins had stopped every avenue -of the sacred college against them. Finding, therefore, that fair and -direct means could not accomplish their ends, they had recourse to -others not so commendable, and by these they succeeded, and obtained -their purpose. They pretended that, when the Jesuits were chased out of -Abyssinia, a great number of Catholics, avoiding the persecution, had -fled into the neighbouring countries of Sennaar and Nubia; that they -still remained, most meritoriously preserving their faith amidst the -very great hardships inflicted upon them by the infidels; but that, -under these hardships, they must soon turn Mahometans, unless spiritual -assistance was speedily sent them. - -This representation, as totally void of truth as ever fable was, was -confirmed by the two Franciscans, who still remained at Cairo by -permission of the capuchins, or fathers of the Holy Land; and, when -afterwards published at Rome, it excited the zeal of every bigot -in Italy. All interested themselves in behalf of these imaginary -Christians of Nubia; and pope Innocent XII. was so convinced of the -truth of the story, as to establish a considerable fund to support the -expence of this, now called the Ethiopic mission, the sole conduct of -which remains still with the reformed Franciscans. - -To take care of these fugitive Christians of Nubia, though it was the -principal, yet it was not the only charge committed to the fathers of -his mission. They were to penetrate into Abyssinia, and keep the seeds -of the Romish faith alive there until a proper time should present -itself for converting the whole kingdom. - -In order to this, a large convent was bought for them at Achmim, the -ancient Panopolis in Upper Egypt, that here they might be able to -afford a refreshment to such of their brethren as should return weary -and exhausted by their preaching among the Nubian confessors; and, for -further assistance, they had permission to settle two of their Order at -Cairo, independent of the fathers of the Holy Land, notwithstanding the -former exclusion. - -Such is the state of this mission at the present time. No Nubian -Christians ever existed at the time of their establishment, nor is -there one in being at this day. But if their proselytes have not -increased, their convents have. Achmim, Furshout, Badjoura, and Negadè -are all religious houses belonging to this mission, although I never -yet was able to learn, that either Heretic, or Pagan, or Mahometan, -was so converted as to die in the Christian faith at any one of these -places; nor have they been much troubled with relieving their brethren, -worn out with the toils of Abyssinian journies, none of them, as far -as I know, having ever made one step towards that country; nor is this -indeed to be regretted by the republic of letters, because, besides -a poor stock of scholastic divinity, not one of them that I saw had -either learning or abilities to be of the smallest use either in -religion or discovery. - -It was now the most brilliant period of the reign of Louis XIV. almost -an Augustan age, and generally allowed so, both in France and among -foreigners. Men of merit, of all countries and professions, felt -the effects of the liberality of this great encourager of learning; -public works were undertaken, and executed superior to the boasted -ones of Greece or Rome, and a great number and variety of noble events -constituted a magnificent history of his reign, in a series of medals. -Religion alone had yet afforded no hint for these. His conduct in this -matter, instead of that of a hero, shewed him to be a blind, bloody, -merciless tyrant, madly throwing down in a moment, with one hand, what -he had, with the assistance of great ministers, been an age in building -with the other. The Jesuits, zealous for the honour of the king, their -great protector, thought this a time to step in and wipe away the -stain. With this view they set upon forwarding a scheme, which might -have furnished a medal superior to all the rest, had its inscription -been, “The Kings of Arabia and Saba shall bring gifts.” - -Father Fleuriau, a friend of father de la Chaise, the king’s confessor, -was employed to direct the consul of Cairo, that he should, in -co-operation with the Jesuits privately, send a fit person into -Abyssinia, who might inspire the king of that country with a desire -of sending an embassy into France, and, upon the management of this -political affair, they founded their hopes of getting themselves -replaced in the mission they formerly enjoyed, and of again superseding -their rivals the Franciscans, in directing all the measures to be taken -for that country’s conversion. But this required the utmost delicacy, -for it was well known, that the court of Rome was very much indisposed -towards them, imputing to their haughtiness, implacability, and -imprudence, the loss of Abyssinia. Their conduct in China, where they -tolerated idolatrous rites to be blended with Christian worship, began -also now to be known, and to give the greatest scandal to the whole -church. It was, therefore, necessary to make the king declare first in -their favour before they began to attempt to conciliate the pope. - -Louis took upon him the protection of this mission with all the -readiness the Jesuits desired; and the Jesuit Verseau was sent -immediately to Rome, with strong letters to cardinal Jansen, protector -of France, who introduced him to the pope. - -Verseau knew well the consequence of the protection with which he was -honoured. At his first audience he declared, in a very firm voice and -manner, to the pope, that the king had resolved to take upon himself -the conduct of the Ethiopic mission, and that he had cast his eyes upon -them (the Jesuits) as the fittest persons to be entrusted with the -care of it, for _reasons best known to himself_. The pope dissembled; -he extolled, in the most magnificent terms, the king’s great zeal for -the advancement of religion, approved of the choice he had made of the -Jesuits, and praised their resolution as highly acceptable to him, -immediately consenting that Verseau, and five other Jesuits, should -without delay pass into Abyssinia. - -But it very soon appeared, that, however this might be the language -of the pope, nothing could be more remote from his intentions; for, -without the knowledge of the Jesuits, or any way consulting them, he -appointed the superior of the Franciscans to be his legate a latere to -the king of Abyssinia, and provided him with presents to that prince, -and the chief noblemen of his court. - -Some time afterwards, when, to prevent strife or concurrence, the -Jesuits applied to the pope to receive his directions which of the two -should first attempt to enter Abyssinia, the Franciscans, or their own -Order, the pope answered shortly, That it should be those who were most -expert. Whether this apparent indisposition of his Holiness intimidated -Verseau is not known; but, instead of going to Cairo, he went to -Constantinople, thence to Syria, to a convent of his Order of which -he was superior, and there he staid. So that the Ethiopic mission at -Cairo remained in the hands of two persons of different Orders, the one -Paschal, an Italian Franciscan friar, the other a Jesuit and Frenchman, -whose name was Brevedent. - -Brevedent was a person of the most distinguished piety and probity, -zealous in promoting his religion, but neither imprudent nor rash in -his demonstrations of it; affable in his carriage, chearful in his -disposition, of the most profound humility and exemplary patience. -Besides this, he was reputed a man of good taste and knowledge in -profane learning, and, what crowned all, an excellent mathematician. -He seems indeed to me to have been a copy of the famous Peter Paez, who -first gave an appearance of stability to the Portuguese conversion of -Abyssinia; like him he was a Jesuit, but of a better nation, and born -in a better age. - -I must here likewise take notice of what I have already hinted, that -in Abyssinia the character of ambassador is not known. They have no -treaties of peace or commerce with any nation in the world: But, for -purposes already mentioned, factors are employed; and, Abyssinia -being everywhere surrounded by Mahometans, these of course have the -preference; and, as they carry letters from their masters, the custom -of the East obliges them to accompany these with presents to the -sovereigns of the respective kingdoms through which they pass, and -this circumstance dignifies them with the title of ambassador in the -several courts at which they have business. Such was Musa, a factor of -the king, whom we have seen detained, and afterwards delivered by the -Naybe of Masuah, not many years before, in this king’s reign; and such -also was Hagi Ali, then upon his master’s business at Cairo, when M. de -Maillet was consul there, and had received his instructions from father -Fleuriau at Paris, to bring about this embassy from Abyssinia. - -Besides his other business, Hagi Ali had orders to bring with him a -physician, if possible, from Cairo; for Yasous and his eldest son were -both of a scorbutic habit, which threatened to turn into a leprosy. -Hagi Ali, in former voyages, had been acquainted with a capuchin friar -Paschal; and, having received medicines from him before, he now applied -to Paschal to return with him into Abyssinia, and undertake the cure -of the king. Paschal very readily complied with this, upon condition -that he should be allowed to take for his companion a monk of his own -Order, friar Anthony; to which Hagi Ali readily consented, happy in -being enabled to carry two physicians to his master instead of one. - -The French consul was soon informed of this treaty with the friar -Paschal; and, having very easy means to bring Hagi Ali to his house, -he informed him, that neither Paschal nor Anthony were physicians, but -that he himself had a man of his own nation, whose merit he extolled -beyond any thing that had hitherto been said of Hippocrates or Galen. -Hagi Ali very willingly accepted of the condition, and it was agreed -that, as Verseau had not appeared, Brevedent above mentioned should -attend the physician as his servant. - -This physician was Charles Poncet, a Frenchman, settled in Cairo, who -was (as Mr Maillet says) bred a chymist and apothecary, and, if so, -was necessarily better skilled in the effects and nature of medicine -than those are who call themselves physicians, and practise in the -east. Nothing against his private character was intimated by the -consul at this time; and, with all deference to better judgment, I -must still think, that if Poncet did deserve the epithets of drunkard, -liar, babbler, and thief, which Maillet abundantly bestows upon him -towards the end of this adventure, the consul could not have chosen a -more improper person as the representative of his master, nor a more -probable one to make the design he had in hand miscarry; nor could he, -in this case, ever vindicate the preventing Paschal’s journey, who must -have been much fitter for all the employments intended than such a man -as Poncet was, if one half is true of that which the consul said of him -afterwards. - -Maillet, having so far succeeded, prevailed upon one Ibrahim Hanna, -a Syrian, to write five letters, according to his own ideas, in the -Arabic language, one of which was to the king, the four others to -the principal officers at the court of Abyssinia: doubting, however, -whether Ibrahim’s expressions were equal to the sublimity of his -sentiments, he directed him to submit the letters to the consideration -of one Francis, a monk, capuchin, or friar of the Holy Land. Ibrahim -knew not this capuchin; but he was intimate with another Francis of the -reformed Franciscan Order, and to him by mistake he carried the letters. - -These Franciscans were the very men from whom Mr de Maillet would have -wished to conceal the sending Poncet with the Jesuit Brevedent; but -the secret being now revealed, Ibrahim Hanna was discharged the French -service for this mistake; and Hagi Ali departing immediately after with -Poncet and Brevedent, no time remained for the Franciscans to take the -steps they afterwards did to bring about the tragedy in the person of -Poncet, which they completely effected in that of Mr Noir du Roule. - -Mr Poncet, furnished with a chest of medicines at the expence of the -factory, accompanied by father Brevedent, who, in quality of his -servant, now took the name of Joseph, joined Hagi Ali, and the caravan -destined in the first place, to Sennaar the capital of Nubia. - -Poncet set out from Cairo on the 10th of June of the year 1698, and, -fifteen days after, they came to Monfalout, a considerable town upon -the banks of the Nile, the rendezvous of the caravan being at Ibnah, -half a league above Monfalout. Here they tarried for above three -months, waiting the coming of the merchants from the neighbouring towns. - -In the afternoon of the 24th of September, they advanced above a league -and a half distance, and took up their lodging at Elcantara, or the -bridge, on the eastern bank of the Nile. A large calish, or cut, from -the Nile stretches here to the east, and, at that season, was full of -water, the inundation being at its height. - -Poncet believes he was on the eastern banks of the Nile; but this is a -mistake. Siout and Monfalout, the cities he speaks of, are both on the -western banks of that river; nor had the caravan any thing to do with -the eastern banks, when their course was for many days to the west, and -to the southward of west. Nor was the bridge he passed a bridge over -the Nile. There are no bridges upon that river from the Mediterranean -till we arrive at the second cataract near the lake Tzana in Abyssinia. -The amphitheatre and ruins he speaks of are the remains of the ancient -city Isiu; and what he took for the Nile was a calish from the river to -supply that city with water. - -The 2d of October the caravan set out in earnest, and passed, as he -says, into a frightful desert of sand, having first gone through a -narrow passage, which he does not mention, amidst those barren, bare, -and stony mountains which border the valley of Egypt on the west. - -The 6th of October they came to El-Vah, a large village, or town, -thick-planted with palm-trees, the Oasis Parva of the ancients, the -last inhabited place to the west that is under the jurisdiction of -Egypt. By softening the original name, Poncet calls this Helaoue, -which, as he says, signifies _sweetness_. But surely this was never -given it from the productions he mentions to abound there, _viz._ senna -and coloquintida. The Arabs call El-Vah a shrub or tree, not unlike -our hawthorn either in form or flower. It was of this wood, they say, -Moses’s rod was made when he sweetened the waters of Marah. With a -rod of this wood, too, Khalid Ibn el Waalid, the great destroyer of -Christians, sweetened these waters at El-Vah, once very bitter, and -gave it the name from this miracle. A number of very fine springs burst -from the earth at El-Vah, which renders this small spot verdant and -beautiful, though surrounded with dreary deserts on every quarter; it -is situated like an island in the midst of the ocean. - -The caravan rested four days at El-Vah to procure water and provisions -for the continuation of the journey thro’ the desert. Poncet’s -description of the unpleasantness of this, is perfectly exact, and -without exaggeration. In two days they came to Cheb, where there -is water, but strongly impregnated with alum, as the name itself -signifies; and, three days after, they reached Selima, where they found -the water good, rising from an excellent spring, which gives its name -to a large desert extending westward forty-five days journey to Dar -Fowr, Dar Selè, and Bagirma, three small principalities of Negroes -that live within the reach of the tropical rains. - -At Selima they provided water for five days; and, on the 26th of -October, having turned their course a little to the eastward, came to -Moscho, or Machou, a large village on the western banks of the Nile, -which Poncet still mistakes for the eastern, and which is the only -inhabited place since the leaving El-Vah, and the frontiers of the -kingdom of Dongola, dependent upon that of Sennaar. The Nile here takes -the farthest turn to the westward, and is rightly delineated in the -French maps. - -Poncet very rightly says, this is the beginning of the country of the -Barabra, or Berberians, (I suppose it is a mistake of the printer -when called in the narrative Barauras). The true signification of the -term is _the land of the Shepherds_, a name more common and better -known in the first dynasties of Egypt than in more modern histories. -The Erbab (or governor) of this province received him hospitably, and -kindly invited him to Argos, his place of residence, on the eastern or -opposite side of the Nile, and entertained him there, upon hearing from -Poncet that he was sent for by the king of Abyssinia. - -After refreshing themselves eight days at Moscho, they left it on the -4th of November 1698, and arrived at Dongola on the 13th of the same -month. The country which he passed along the Nile is very pleasant, and -is described by him very properly. It does not owe its fertility to the -overflowing of the Nile, the banks of that river being considerably too -high. It is watered, however, by the industry of the inhabitants, who, -by different machines, raise water from the stream. - -We are not to attribute to Poncet, but to those who published, the -story here put into father Brevedent’s mouth about the fugitive -Christians in Nubia, which fable gave rise to the first institution of -the Ethiopic mission. “It drew tears, says he, from the eyes of father -Brevedent, my dear companion, when he reflected that it was not long -since this was a Christian country; and that it had not lost the faith -but only for want of some person who had zeal enough to consecrate -himself to the instruction of this abandoned nation.” He adds, that -upon their way they found a great number of hermitages and churches -half ruined; a fiction derived from the same source. - -Dongola was taken, and apostatized early, and the stones of hermitages -and churches had long before this been carried off, and applied to the -building of mosques. Father Brevedent, therefore, if he wept for any -society of Christians at Dongola, must have wept for those that had -perished there 500 years before. - -Poncet was much caressed at Dongola for the cures he made there. The -Mek, or king, of that city wished him much to stay and settle there; -but desisted out of respect, when he heard he was going to the emperor -of Ethiopia. Dongola, Poncet has placed rightly on the eastern bank of -the Nile, about lat. 20° 22´. - -The caravan departed from Dongola on the 6th of January 1699; four days -after which they entered into the kingdom of Sennaar, where they met -Erbab Ibrahim, brother of the prime minister, and were received civilly -by him. He defrayed their expences also as far as Korti, where they -arrived the 13th of January. - -Our travellers from Korti were obliged to enter the great desert of -Bahiouda, and cross it in a S. E. direction till they came to Derreira, -where they rested two days, which, Poncet says, was done to avoid the -Arabs upon the Nile. These Arabs are called Chaigie; they inhabit the -banks of that river to the N. E. of Korti, and never pay the king his -revenue without being compelled and very ill-treated. - -The country about Derreira is called Belled Ullah, from the cause of -its plenty rather than the plenty itself. This small district is upon -the very edge of the tropical rains, which it enjoys in part; and, by -that, is more fruitful than those countries which are watered only by -the industry of man. The Arabs of these deserts figuratively call rain -Rahamet Ullah, ‘the mercy of God’, and Belled Ullah, ‘the country which -enjoys that mercy.’ - -Some days after the caravan came to Gerri. Poncet says, the use of this -station was to examine caravans coming from the northward, whether they -had the small-pox or not. This usage is now discontinued by the decay -of trade. It must always have served little purpose, as the infection -oftener comes in merchandise than by passengers. At Gerri great respect -was shewn to Poncet, as going to Ethiopia. - -I cannot conceive why Poncet says, that, to avoid the great windings -of the Nile, he should have been obliged to travel to the north-east. -This would have plainly carried him back to the desert of Bahiouda, and -the Arabs: his course must have been S. W. to avoid the windings of the -Nile, because he came to Herbagi, which he describes very properly as a -delicious situation. The next day they came to Sennaar. - -The reader, I hope, will easily perceive that my intention is not -to criticise Mr Poncet’s journey. That has been done already so -illiberally and unjustly that it has nearly brought it into disrepute -and oblivion. My intention is to illustrate it; to examine the facts, -the places, and distances it contains; to correct the mistakes where it -has any, and restore it to the place it ought to hold in geography and -discovery. It was the first intelligible itinerary made through these -deserts; and I conceive it will be long before we have another; at any -rate, to restore and establish the old one will, in all sensible minds, -be the next thing to having made a second experiment. - -He surely is in some degree of mistake about the situation of Sennaar -when he says it is upon an eminence. It is on a plain close on the -western banks of the Nile. A small error, too, has been made about its -latitude. By an observation said to have been made by father Brevedent, -the 21st of March 1699, he found the latitude of Sennaar to be 13° 4´ -north. The French maps, the most correct we have in all that regards -the east, place this capital of Nubia in lat. 15° and a few minutes. -But the public may rest assured, that the correct latitude of Sennaar, -by a mean of very small differences of near fifty observations, made -with a three-feet brass quadrant, in the course of several months I -staid in that town, is lat 13° 34´ 36´´ north. - -What I have to say further concerning Sennaar will come more naturally -in my own travels; and I shall only so far consider the rest of -Poncet’s route, as to explain and clear it from mistakes, Sennaar being -the only point in which our two tracts unite. - -I shall beg the reader to remark, that, from the time of Poncet’s -setting out of Egypt till his arrival at Sennaar, so far was he from -being ill-looked upon, or any bad construction being put upon his -errand, that he was, on the contrary, respected everywhere, as going to -the king of Abyssinia. It never was then imagined he was to dry up the -Nile, nor that he was a conjurer to change its course, nor that he was -to teach the Abyssinians to cast cannon and make war, nor that he was -loaded with immense sums of money. These were all _piæ fraudes_, lies -invented by the priests and friars to incite these ignorant barbarians -to a crime which, though it passed unrevenged, will justly make these -brethren in iniquity the detestation of men of every religion in all -ages. - -Poncet left Sennaar the 12th of May 1699, and crossed the Nile at -Basboch, about four miles above the town, where he stopped for three -days. This he calls a fair village; but it is a very miserable one, -consisting of scarce 100 huts, built of mud and reeds. - -He departed the 15th in the evening, and travelled all the night as -far as Bacras, and arrived the day after at Abec; then at Baha, a long -day’s journey of about ten hours. He is mistaken, however, when he says -Baha is situated upon the banks of the Nile, for it is upon a small -river that runs into it. But, at the season he passed it, most of those -rivers were dried up. - -On the 19th he came to Dodar, a place as inconsiderable as Baha; then -to Abra, a large village; then to Debarke and Enbulbul. On the 25th -they came to Giesim. Giesim is a large village situated upon the banks -of the Nile, in the middle of a forest of trees of a prodigious height -and size, all of which are loaded with fruit or flowers, and crowded -with paroquets, and variety of other birds, of a thousand different -colours. They made a long stay at this place, not less than nineteen -days. - -In this interval, father Brevedent is said to have made an observation -of the latitude of the place, which, if admitted, would throw all the -geography of this journey into confusion. Poncet says, that Giesim -is half-way between Sennaar and the frontiers of Ethiopia, and that -a small brook, a little beyond Serké, is the boundary between those -states. Now, from Sennaar to Giesim are nine stages, and one of them we -may call a double one, but between Giesim and Serkè, only four; Giesim -then cannot be half way between Sennaar and Serkè.--Again, the latitude -of Sennaar is 13° 4´ north, according to Brevedent, or rather 13° -34´. Now, if the latitude of Giesim be 10°, then the distance between -Sennaar and it must be about 250 miles which they had travelled in -eight days, or more than thirty miles a-day, which, in that country, is -absolutely impossible. - -But what must make this evident is, that we know certainly that Gondar, -the metropolis to which they were then going, is in lat. 12° 34´ north. -Giesim then would be south of Gondar, and the caravan must have passed -it when the observation was made. But they were not yet arrived at the -confines of Sennaar, much less to the capital of Abyssinia, to which -they were indeed advancing, but were still far to the northward of it. -There is a mistake then in this observation which is very pardonable, -Brevedent being then ill of a mortal dysentery, which terminated in -death soon after. We shall, therefore, correct this error, making the -latitude of Giesim 14° 12´ north, about 110 English miles from Sennaar, -and 203 from Gondar. - -The 11th of June they set out from Giesim for Deleb, then to Chow, and -next to Abotkna. They rested all night, the 14th, in the delightful -valley of Sonnone, and, two days after, they came to Serkè, a large -town of trade, where there are many cotton weavers. Here ends the -kingdom of Sennaar, the brook without this town being the boundary of -the two states. - -Arrived now in Abyssinia, they halted at Tambisso, a village which -belongs to the Abuna; next at Abiad, a village upon the mountain. On -the 23d they stopped in a valley full of canes and ebony-trees, where -a lion carried away one of their camels. On the 24th they passed the -Gandova, a large, violent, and dangerous river. The country being -prodigiously woody, one of their beasts of carriage, straggling from -the caravan, was bit on the hip by a bear, as Mr Poncet apprehends. -But we are now in the country corresponding to that inhabited by -the Shangalla, that is one of the hottest in the world, where the -thermometer rises to 100° in the shade. Bears are not found in climates -like this; and most assuredly there are none even in the higher and -colder mountains above. Poncet does not say he saw the bear, but judged -only by the bite, which might have been that of a lion, leopard, or -many other animals, but more probably that of the hyæna. - -The 27th they arrived at Girana, a village on the top of a mountain. -Here they left their camels, and began to ascend from the Kolla into -the more temperate climate in the mountains of Abyssinia. From Girana -they came to Barangoa, and the next day to Tchelga, where anciently was -the customhouse of Sennaar while peace and commerce subsisted between -the two kingdoms. The 3d of July they arrived at Barcos, or Bartcho, -about half a day’s journey from Gondar; and on the 9th of August father -Brevedent died. Poncet was himself detained by indisposition at this -village of Barcos till the 21st of July, on which day he set out for -Gondar and arrived in the evening, where he succeeded to his wishes, -performing a complete cure upon his royal patient in a very short time; -and so fulfilled this part of his mission as perfectly as the ablest -physician could have done. - -As for the other part with which he was charged, I doubt very much if -it was in his power to perform it in another manner than he did. It -required a mind full of ignorance and presumption, such as was that of -Mr de Maillet and all the missionaries at the head of whom he was, -to believe that it was possible for a private man, such as Poncet, -without language, without funds, without presents, or without power -or possibility of giving them any sort of protection in the way, to -prevail upon 26 or 28 persons, on the word of an adventurer only, to -attempt the traversing countries where they ran a very great risk of -falling into slavery--to do what? why, to go to France, a nation of -Franks whose very name they abhorred, that they might be instructed in -a religion they equally abhorred, to meet with certain death if ever -they returned to their own country; and, unless they did return, they -were of no sort of utility whatever. - -M. de Maillet should have informed himself well in the beginning, if it -was possible that the nobility in Abyssinia could be so contemptible as -to suffer twelve of their children to go to countries unknown, upon the -word of a stranger, at least of such a doubtful character as Poncet. I -say doubtful, because, if he was such a man as M. de Maillet represents -him, a drunkard, a liar, a thief, a man without religion, a perpetual -talker, and a superficial practitioner of what he called his own trade, -surely the Abyssinians must have been very fond of emigration, to have -left their homes under the care of such a patron as this. When did M. -de Maillet ever hear of an Abyssinian who was willing to leave his own -country and travel to Cairo, unless the very few priests who go for -duty’s sake, for penances or vows, to Jerusalem? When did he ever hear -of an Abyssinian layman, noble, or plebeian, attending even the Abuna -though the first dignitary of the church? We shall see presently a poor -slave, a Christian Abyssinian boy, immediately under the protection of -M. de Maillet, and going directly from him into the presence of his -king, taken forcibly from the chancellor of the nation[67], and made a -Mahometan before their eyes. - -The Abyssinian embassy then demanded from France, and recommended to M. -de Maillet, was a presumptuous, vain, impracticable chimera, which must -have ended in disappointment, and which never could have closed more -innocently than it did. - -I shall pass over all that happened during Poncet’s stay at Gondar, as -he did not understand the language, and must therefore have been very -liable to mistake. But as for what he says of armies of 300,000 men; -of the king’s dress at his audience; of his mourning in purple; of -the quantity of jewels he had, and wore; of his having but one wife; -and of large stone-crosses being erected on the corners of the palace -at Gondar; these, and several other things, seem to me to have been -superadded afterwards. Nor do I think what is said of the churches and -Christians remaining in the kingdom of Dongola, nor the monstrous lie -about the golden rod suspended in the air in the convent of Bisan[68], -is at all the narrative of Poncet, but of some fanatic, lying friar, -into whose possession Poncet’s manuscript might have fallen. The -journey itself, such as I have restored it, is certainly genuine; and, -as I believe it describes the best and safest way into Abyssinia, I -have rectified some of the few errors it had, and now recommend it to -all future travellers, and to the public. - -This is to be understood of his travels to Abyssinia, his journey in -returning being much more inaccurate and incomplete, the reason of -which we have in his own words: “I have not, says he, exactly noted -down the places through which we passed, the great weakness I then lay -under not permitting me to write as I could have wished.” I shall, -therefore, say little upon his return, as the deficiency will be -carefully supplied by the history of my own journey from Masuah, the -road by which he left the country being very nearly the same as that by -which I entered. - -It was on the 2d of May of the year 1700 that Poncet left Gondar and -took his journey to the town of Emfras. Here there is a mistake in the -very beginning. Emfras[69], at which place I staid for several weeks, -is in lat. 12° 12´ 38´´, and long. 37° 38´ 30´´, consequently about 22 -miles from Gondar, almost under the same meridian, or south from it; -so that, as he was going to the east, and northward of east, this must -have been so many miles out of his way; for, going towards Masuah, his -first station must have been upon the river Angrab. - -The same may be said of his next to Coga. It was a royal residence -indeed, but very much out of his way. He has forgot likewise, when -he says, that, in the way from Gondar to Emfras, you must go over a -very high mountain. The way from Gondar to Emfras is the beaten way to -Begemder, Foggora, and Dara, and so on to the second cataract of the -Nile. It is on that plain the armies were encamped before the battle -of Serbraxos[70], whence the road passes by Correva, which is indeed -upon a rising ground, sloping gently to the lake Tzana, but is not -either mountain or hill. - -Seven or eight days are a space of time just enough for the passing -through Woggora, where he justly remarks the heats are not so excessive -as in the places he came from. He takes no notice of the passage of -Lamalmon, which ought to have been very sensible to a man in a decayed -state of health, the less so as he was only descending it. Every thing -which relates to the passage of the Tacazzé is just and proper, only -he calls the river itself the Tekesel, instead of the true name, the -_Tacazzé_. It was the Siris of the ancients; and it is doing justice -to both countries, when he compares the province of Siré with the most -delicious parts of his own country of France. This province is that -also where he might very probably receive the young elephant, which he -says awaited him there as a present to the king of France, and which -died a few days after. - -He passed afterwards to Adowa. It is the capital of Tigré, is still the -seat of its governor, and was that of Ras Michael in my time. All that -he says of the intermediate country and its productions, shew plainly -that his work is genuine, and his remarks to be those of an eye-witness. - -From this province of Tigré he enters the country of the Baharnagash, -and arrives at Dobarwa, which he erroneously calls Duvarna, and -says it is the capital of the province of Tigré, whereas it is that -of the Baharnagash. Isaac Baharnagash, when in rebellion against his -sovereign, surrendered this town to the Turks in the year 1558, as may -be seen at large in my history of the transactions of those times. - -As the authenticity of this journey, and the reality of Poncet’s -having been in Abyssinia, has been questioned by a set of vain, -ignorant, fanatic people, and that from malice only, not from spirit -of investigation, of which they were incapable, I have examined every -part of it, and compared it with what I myself saw, and shall now give -one other instance to prove it genuine, from an observation Poncet has -made, and which has escaped all the missionaries, though it was entire -and visible in my time. - -Among the ruins of Axum[71] there is a very high obelisk, flat on both -sides, and fronting the south. It has upon it no hieroglyphic, but -several decorations, or ornaments, the fancy of the architect. Upon a -large block of granite, into which the bottom of it is fixed, and which -stands before it like a table, is the figure of a Greek patera, and on -one side of the obelisk, fronting the south, is the representation of -a wooden door, lock, and a latch to it, which first seems designed to -draw back and then lift up, exactly in the manner those kind of locks -are fashioned in Egypt at this very day. Poncet observed very justly, -there are no such locks made use of in Abyssinia, and wonders how they -should have represented a thing they had never seen, and, having done -so, remained still incapable to make or use it. Poncet was no man of -reading out of his own profession; he nowhere pretends it; he recorded -this fact because he saw it, as a traveller should do, and left others -to give the reason which he could not. Poncet calls this place Heleni, -from a small village of that name in the neighbourhood. Had he been a -scholar he would have known that the ruins he was observing were those -of the city of Axum, the ancient metropolis of this part of Ethiopia. - -Ptolemy Evergetes, the third Grecian king of Egypt, conquered this -city and the neighbouring kingdom; resided some time there; and, being -absolutely ignorant of hieroglyphics, then long disused, he left the -obelisk he had erected for ascertaining his latitudes ornamented with -figures of his own choosing, and the inventions of his subjects the -Egyptians, and particularly the door for a convenience of private life, -to be imitated by his new-acquired subjects the Ethiopians, to whom it -had hitherto been unknown. - -From Dobarwa he arrived at Arcouva, which, he says, geographers -miscall Arequies. M. Poncet might have spared this criticism upon -geographers till he himself had been better informed, for both are -equally miscalled, whether Arcouva or Arequies. The true and only name -of the place, known either to Mahometans or Christians, is Arkeeko, as -the island to which he passed, crossing an arm of the sea, is called -Masuah, not Messoua, as he everywhere spells it. - -From Masuah, Poncet crossed the Red Sea to Jidda, passing the island -Dahalac and Kotumbal, a high rock, the name of which is not known to -many navigators. - -Had old Murat, Musa, and Hagi Ali, happened at that time to have been -upon some mercantile errand to Cairo, there is no doubt but they would -have been preferred and become ambassadors to France. They would have -gone there, perplexed the minister and the consul with a thousand -lies and contrivances, which the French never would have been able to -unravel; they would have promised every thing; obtained from the king -some considerable sum of money, on which they would have undertaken -to send the embassy in any form that was prescribed, and, after their -return home, never been heard of more. But those worthies were, -probably, all employed at this time; therefore the only thing Poncet -could do was to bring Murat, since he was to procure at all events an -ambassador. - -He had been a cook to a French merchant at Aleppo; was a maker of -brandy at Masuah; and probably his uncle old Murat’s servant at the -time. But he was not the worse ambassador for this. Old Murat, Hagi -Ali, and Musa, had perhaps been also cooks and servants in their -time. Prudence, sobriety, and good conduct, skill in languages, and -acquaintance, with countries recommended them afterwards to higher -trusts. Old Murat probably meant that his nephew should begin his -apprenticeship with that embassy to France; and M. Poncet, to increase -his consequence, and fulfil the commission the consul gave him, allowed -him to invent all the rest. - -Poncet, from Jidda, went to Tor, and thence to Mount Sinai, where, -after some stay, being overtaken by Murat, they both made their entry -into Cairo. - -M. de Maillet, the consul, was an old Norman gentleman, exceedingly -fond of nobility, consequently very haughty and overbearing to those -he reckoned his inferiors, among which he accounted those of his own -nation established at Cairo, though a very amiable and valuable set -of men. He was exceedingly testy, choleric, obstinate, and covetous, -though sagacious enough in every thing concerning his own interest. He -lived for the most part in his closet, seldom went out of his house, -and, as far as I could learn, never out of the city. There, however, he -wrote a description of all Egypt, which since has had a considerable -degree of reputation[72]. - -Maillet had received advice of the miserable state of this embassy from -Jidda, that the Sherriffe of Mecca had taken from Poncet, by force, -two female Abyssinian slaves, and that the elephant was dead; which -particulars being written to France, he was advised in a letter from -father Fleuriau by no means to promote any embassy to the court of -Versailles; that a proper place for it was Rome; but that in France -they looked upon it in the same light as they did upon an embassy from -Algiers or Tunis, which did no honour to those who sent it, and as -little to those that received it; this, however, was a new light. - -M. de Maillet, by this letter, becoming master of the ambassador’s -destiny, began first to quarrel with him upon etiquette, or who should -pay the first visit; and, after a variety of ill-usage, insisted upon -seeing his dispatches. This Murat refused to permit, upon which the -consul sent privately to the basha, desiring him to take the dispatches -or letters from Murat, sending him at the same time a considerable -present. - -The basha on this did not fail to extort a letter from Murat by threats -of death. He then opened it. It was in Arabic, in very general and -indifferent terms, probably the performance of some Moor at Masuah, -written at Murat’s instance. And well was it for all concerned that it -was so; for had the letter been a genuine Abyssinian letter, like those -of the empress Helena and king David III. proposing the destruction -of Mecca, Medina, and the Turkish ships on the Red Sea, the whole -French nation at Cairo would have been massacred, and the consul and -ambassador probably impaled. - -The Jesuits, ignorant of this manœvure of M. de Maillet, but alarmed -and scandalized at this breach of the law of nations, for such the -basha’s having opened a letter, addressed to the king of France, was -justly considered, complained to M. Feriol the French ambassador at -Constantinople, who thereupon sent a capigi from the port, to inquire -of the basha what he meant by thus violating the law of nations, and -affronting a friendly power of such consequence as France. - -These capigis are very unwelcome guests to people in office to whom -they are sent. They are always paid by those they are sent to. Besides -this, the report they carry back very often costs that person his -life. The basha, accused by the capigi at the instance of the French -ambassador at Constantinople, answered like an innocent man, That he -had done it by desire of the French consul, from a wish to serve him -and the nation, otherwise he should never have meddled in the matter. -The consequence was, M. de Maillet was obliged to pay the basha the -expence of the capigi; and, having some time afterwards brought it in -account with the merchants, the French nation at Cairo, by deliberation -of the 6th of July of the year 1702, refused to pay 1515 livres, the -demand of the basha, and 518 livres for those of his officers. - -The consul, however, had gained a complete victory over Murat, and -thereupon determined to send Monhenaut, chancellor of France at Cairo, -with letters, which, though written and invented by himself, he -pretended to be translations from the Ethiopian original. - -But father Verseau, the Jesuit, now returned to Cairo, who had entered -into a great distrust of the consul since the discovery of his intrigue -with the basha about Murat’s letter, resolved to be of the party. -Poncet, who was likewise on bad terms with the consul, neither inclined -to lose the merits of his travels into Abyssinia, nor trust the recital -of it to Monhenaut, or to the manner in which it might be represented -in the consul’s letters. These three, Monhenaut, Poncet, and Verseau, -set out therefore for Paris with very different views and designs. They -embarked at Bulac, the shipping-place of Cairo upon the Nile, taking -with them the ears of the dead elephant. - -The remaining part of the present brought for the king of France by -this illustrious embassy, was an Abyssinian boy, a slave bought by -Murat, and who had been hid from the search of the Sherriffe, when he -forcibly took from him the two Abyssinian girls, part of the intended -present also. This boy no sooner embarked on board the vessel at Bulac -than a great tumult arose. The janizaries took the boy out of the -vessel by force, and delivered him to Mustapha Cazdagli, their kaya; -nor could all the interest of M. de Maillet and the French nation, or -all the manœuvres of the Jesuits, ever recover him. - -As for Monhenaut, Poncet, and Verseau, his protectors, they were -obliged to hide themselves from the violence of the mob, nor dared -they again to appear till the vessel sailed. And happy was it for them -that this fell out at Cairo, for, had they offered to embark him at -Alexandria, in all probability it would have cost all of them their -lives. - -I must beg leave here to suggest to the reader, how dangerous, as -well as how absurd, was the plan of this embassy. It was to consist -of twenty-eight Abyssinians, twelve of whom were to be sons of noble -families, all to be embarked to France. What a pleasant day would the -embarkation have been to M. de Maillet! What an honourable appearance -for his king, in the eyes of other Christian princes, to have seen -twenty-eight Christians under his immediate protection, twelve of -whom we might say were princes, (as all the nobility in Abyssinia are -directly of the family of the king), from motives of vanity only, by -the pride of the Jesuits, and the ignorance of the consul, hurried in -one day into apostacy and slavery! Whatever Maillet thought of Poncet’s -conduct, his bringing Murat, and him only, cook as he was, was the very -luckiest accident of his life. - -I know French flatterers will say this would not have happened, or, -if it had, a vengeance would have followed, worthy the occasion and -the resentment of so great a king, and would have prevented all such -violations of the law of nations for the future. To this I answer, The -mischief would have been irreparable, and the revenge taken, however -complete, would not have restored them their religion, and, without -their religion, they themselves would not have returned into their own -country, but would have remained necessary sacrifices, which the pride -and rashness of the Jesuits had made to the faith of Mahomet. - -Besides, where is the threatened revenge for the assassination of M. -du Roule, then actual ambassador from the king of France, of which I -am now to speak? Was not the law of nations violated in the strongest -manner possible by his murder, and without the smallest provocation? -What vengeance was taken for this?--Just the same as would have been -for the other injury; for the Jesuits and consul would have concealed -the one, as tenderness for the Franciscan Friars had made them cover -the other, left their abominable wickedness should be exposed. If the -court of France did not, their consul in Cairo should have known what -the consequence would be of decoying twenty-eight Abyssinians from -their own country, to be perverted from their own religion, and remain -slaves and Mahometans at Cairo, a nuisance to all European nations -established there. - -Upon the arrival of the triumvirate at Paris, Monhenaut immediately -repaired to the minister; Verseau was introduced to the king, and -Poncet, soon after, had the same honour. He was then led as a kind -of show, through all Paris, cloathed in the Abyssinian dress, and -decorated with his gold chain. But while he was vainly amusing himself -with this silly pageantry, the consul’s letters, and the comments made -upon them by Monhenaut, went directly to destroy the credit of his ever -having been in Abyssinia, and of the reality of Murat’s embassy. - -The Franciscan friars, authors of the murder of M. du Roule, enemies to -the mission, as being the work of the Jesuits; M. Piques, member of the -Sorbonne, a body never much distinguished for promoting discoveries, -or encouraging liberal and free inquiry; Abbé Renaudot, M. le Grande, -and some ancient linguists, who, with great difficulty, by the industry -of M. Ludolf, had attained to a very superficial knowledge of the -Abyssinian tongue, all fell furiously upon Poncet’s narrative of his -journey. One found fault with the account he gave of the religion of -the country, because it was not so conformable to the rites of the -church of Rome, as they had from their own imagination and prejudice, -and for their own ends conceived it to be. Others attacked the truth -of the travels, from improbabilities found, or supposed to be found, -in the description of the countries through which he had passed; while -others discovered the forgery of his letters, by faults found in the -orthography of that language, not one book of which, at that day, they -had ever seen. - -All these empty criticisms have been kept alive by the merit of the -book, by this alone they have any further chance of reaching posterity; -while, by all candid readers, this itinerary, short and incomplete as -it is, will not fail to be received as a valuable acquisition to the -geography of these unknown countries of which it treats. - -I think it but a piece of duty to the memory of a fellow-traveller, to -the lovers of truth and the public in general, to state the principal -objections upon which this outcry against Poncet was raised; that, by -the answers they admit of, the world may judge whether they are or are -not founded in candour, and that before they are utterly swallowed up -in oblivion. - -The first is, that of the learned Renaudot, who says he does not -conceive how an Ethiopian could be called by the name of Murat. To -this I answer, Poncet, de Maillet, and the Turkish Basha, say Murat -was an Armenian, a hundred times over; but M. Renaudot, upon his own -authority, makes him an Ethiopian, and then lays the blame upon others, -who are not so ignorant as himself. - -Secondly, Poncet asserts Gondar was the capital of Ethiopia; whereas -the Jesuits have made no mention of it, and this is supposed a strong -proof of Poncet’s forgery. I answer, The Jesuits were banished in -the end of Socinios’s reign, and the beginning of that of his son -Facilidas, that is about the year 1632; they were finally extirpated in -the end of this last prince’s reign, that is before the year 1666, by -his ordering the last Jesuit Bernard Nogueyra, to be publicly hanged. -Now Gondar was not built till the end of the reign of Hannes I. who was -grandson to Socinios, that is about the year 1680. Unless, then, these -holy Jesuits, who, if we believe the missionaries, had all of them a -sight into futurity before their martyrdom, had, from these their _last -visions_, described Gondar as capital of Abyssinia, it does not occur -to me how they should be historians of a fact that had not existence -till 50 years after they were dead. - -Thirdly, Poncet speaks of towns and villages in Ethiopia; whereas -it is known there are no towns, villages, or cities, but Axum.--I -believe that if the Abyssinians, who built the large and magnificent -city of Axum, never had other cities, towns, and villages, they were -in this the most singular people upon earth; or, if places where -6000 inhabitants live together in contiguous houses, separated with -broad streets where there are churches and markets, be not towns and -villages, I do not know the meaning of the term; but if these are -towns, Poncet hath said truth; and many more such towns, which he never -did see nor describe, are in Abyssinia at this day. - -Fourthly, The Abyssinians live, and always have lived, in tents, not in -houses.--It would have been a very extraordinary idea in people living -in tents to have built such a city as Axum, whose ruins are as large -as those of Alexandria; and it would be still more extraordinary, that -people, in such a climate as Abyssinia, in the whole of which there -is scorching weather for six months, deluges of rain, storms of wind, -thunder, lightning, and hurricanes, such as are unknown in Europe, -for the other six, should choose to live in tents, after knowing how -to build such cities as Axum. I wonder a man’s understanding does not -revolt against such absurdities in the moment he is stating them. - -The Abyssinians, while at war, use tents and encampments, to secure the -liberty of movements and changing of ground, and defend themselves, -when stationary, from the inclemency of the weather. But no tent has, -I believe, yet been invented that could stand in the fields in that -country from June to September; and they have not yet formed an idea of -Abyssinia who can suppose this. - -I conceive it is _ignorance_ of the language which has led these -_learned_ men into this mistake. The Abyssinians call a house, standing -by itself, allotted to any particular purpose, Bet. So Bet Negus is a -palace, or the house of a king; Bet Christian is a church, or a house -for Christian worship; whilst Bet Mocha is a prison, or house under -ground. But houses in towns or villages are called Taintes, from the -Abyssinian word Tain, to sleep, lie down, rest, or repose. I suppose -the similitude of this word to tents has drawn these _learned_ critics -to believe, that, instead of towns, these were only collections of -tents. But still I think, no one acquainted with the Abyssinian -language, or without being so, would be so void of understanding as to -believe, a people that had built Axum of stone, should endure, for ages -after, a tropical winter in bare tents. - -The fifth thing that fixes falsehood upon Poncet is, that he describes -delicious valleys beyond European ideas; beautiful plains, covered -with odoriferous trees and shrubs, to be everywhere in his way on the -entrance of Abyssinia; whereas, when Salidan’s brother conquered -this country, the Arabian books say they found it destitute of all -this fruitfulness. But, with all submission to the Arabian books, to -Abbé Renaudot and his immense reading, I will maintain, that neither -Salidan, nor his brother, nor any of his tribe, ever conquered the -country Poncet describes, nor were in it, or ever saw it at a distance. - -The province where Poncet found these beautiful scenes lies between -lat. 12 and 13°. The soil is rich, black mould, which six months -tropical rain are needed to water sufficiently, where the sun is -vertical to it twice a-year, and stationary, with respect to it, for -several days, at the distance of 10°, and at a lesser distance still -for several months; where the sun, though so near, is never seen, but -a thick screen of watery clouds is constantly interposed, and yet the -heat is such, that Fahrenheit’s thermometer rises to 100° in the shade. -Can any one be so ignorant in natural history, as to doubt that, under -these circumstances, a luxuriant, florid, odoriferous vegetation must -be the consequence? Is not this the case in every continent or island -within these limits all round the globe? - -But Poncet contradicts the Arabian books, and all travellers, modern -and ancient; for they unanimously agree that this country is a dreary -miserable desert, producing nothing but Dora, which is millet, and such -like things of little or no value. I wish sincerely that M. Renaudot, -when he was attacking a man’s reputation, had been so good as to name -the author whose authority he relied on. I shall take upon me to deny -there ever was an Arabian book which treated of this country. And with -regard to the ancient and modern travellers, his quotations from -them are, if possible, still more visionary and ridiculous. The only -ancient travellers, who, as I believe, ever visited that country, were -Cambyses’s ambassadors; who, probably, passed this part of Poncet’s -track when they went to the Macrobii, and the most modern authors (if -they can be called modern) that came nearest to it, were the men sent -by Nero[73] to discover the country, whose journey is very doubtful; -and they, when they approached the parts described by Poncet, say “the -country began to be green and beautiful.” Now I wish M. Renaudot had -named any traveller more modern than these messengers of Nero, or more -ancient than those ambassadors of Cambyses, who have travelled through -and described the country of the Shangalla. - -I, that have lived months in that province, and am the only traveller -that ever did so, must corroborate every word Poncet has said upon this -occasion. To dwell on landscapes and picturesque views, is a matter -more proper for a poet than a historian. Those countries which are -described by Poncet, merit a pen much more able to do them justice, -than either his or mine. - -It will be remembered when I say this, it is of the country of the -Shangalla, between lat. 12° and 13° north, that this is the people who -inhabit a hot woody stripe called Kolla, about 40 or 50 miles broad, -that is from north to south, bounded by the mountainous country of -Abyssinia, till they join the Nile at Fazuclo, on the West. - -I have also said, that, for the sake of commerce, these Shangalla have -been extirpated in two places, which are like two gaps, or chasms, -in which are built towns and villages, and through which caravans -pass between Sennaar and Abyssinia. All the rest of this country is -impervious and inaccessible, unless by an armed force. Many armies have -perished here. It is a tract totally unknown, unless from the small -detail that I have entered into concerning it in my travels. - -And here I must set the critic right also, as to what he says of the -produce of these parts. There is no grain called Dara, at least that I -know of. If he meant millet, he should have called it Dora. It is not a -mark of barrenness in the ground where this grows: part of the finest -land in Egypt is sown with it. The banks of the Nile which produce -Dora would also produce wheat; but the inhabitants of the desert like -this better; it goes farther, and does not subject them to the violent -labour of the plough, to which all inhabitants of extreme hot countries -are averse. - -The same I say of what he remarks with regard to cotton. The finest -valleys in Syria, watered by the cool refreshing springs that fall from -Mount Libanus, are planted with this shrub; and, in the same grounds -alternately, the tree which produces its sister in manufactures, silk, -whose value is greatly inhanced by the addition. Cotton clothes all -Ethiopia; cotton is the basis of its commerce with India, and of the -commerce between England, France, and the Levant; and, were it not for -some such ignorant, superficial reasoners as Abbé Renaudot, cotton, -after wool, should be the favourite manufacture of Britain. It will in -time take place of that ungrateful culture, flax; will employ more -hands, and be a more ample field for distinguishing the ingenuity of -our manufacturers. - -We see, then, how the least consideration possible destroys these -ill-founded objections, upon which these very ignorant enemies of -Poncet attempted to destroy his credit, and rob him of the merit of -his journey. At last they ventured to throw off the mask entirely, by -producing a letter supposed to be written from Nubia by an Italian -friar, who asserts roundly, that he hears Poncet was never at the -capital of Ethiopia, nor ever had audience of Yasous; but stole the -clothes and money of father Brevedent, then married, and soon after -forsook his wife and Ethiopia together. - -Maillet could have easily contradicted this, had he acted honestly; for -Hagi Ali had brought him the king of Abyssinia’s letter, who thanked -him for his having sent Poncet, and signified to him his recovery. -But without appealing to M. Maillet upon the subject, I conceive -nobody will doubt, that Hagi Ali had a commission to bring a physician -from Cairo to cure his master, and that Poncet was proposed as that -physician, with consent of the consul. Now, after having carried Poncet -the length of Bartcho, where it is agreed he was when Brevedent died, -(for he was supposed there to have robbed that father of his money) -what could be Hagi Ali’s reason for not permitting him to proceed half -a day’s journey farther to the capital, and presenting him to the king, -who had been at the pains and expence of sending for him from Egypt? -What excuse could Hagi Ali make for not producing him, when he must -have delivered the consul’s letters, telling him that Poncet was come -with the caravan for the purpose of curing him? - -Besides this, M. de Maillet saw Hagi Ali afterwards at Cairo, where -he reproached him with his cruel behaviour, both to Poncet and to -friar Justin, another monk that had come along with him from Ethiopia. -Maillet then must have been fully instructed of Poncet’s whole life -and conversation in Ethiopia, and needed not the Italian’s supposed -communication to know whether or not he had been in Ethiopia. Besides, -Maillet makes use of him as the forerunner of the other embassy he was -then preparing to Gondar, and to that same king Yasous, which would -have been a very strange step had he doubted of his having been there -before. - -Supposing all this not enough, still we know he returned by Jidda, -and the consul corresponded with him there. Now, how did he get from -Bartcho to the Red Sea without passing the capital, and without -the king’s orders or knowledge? Who franked him at those number of -dangerous barriers at Woggora, Lamalmon, the Tacazzé, Kella, and Adowa, -where, though I had the authority of the king, I could not sometimes -pass without calling force to my assistance? Who freed him from the -avarice of the Baharnagash, and the much more formidable rapacity of -that murderer the Naybe, who, we have seen in the history of this -reign, attempted to plunder the king’s own factor Musa, though his -master was within three days journey at the head of an army that in a -few hours could have effaced every vestige of where Masuah had stood? -All this, then, is a ridiculous fabrication of lies; the work, as I -have before said, of those who were concerned in the affair of the -unhappy Du Roule. - -Poncet, having lost all credit, retired from Paris in disgrace, without -any further gratification than that which he at first received. He -carried to Cairo with him, however, a gold watch and a mirror, which he -was to deliver to the consul as a present to his companion Murat, whose -subsistence was immediately stopped, and liberty given him to return to -Ethiopia. - -Nor did Maillet’s folly stop here. After giving poor Murat all the -ill-usage a man could possibly suffer, he entrusted him with a -Jesuit[74] whom he was to introduce into Ethiopia, where he would -certainly have lost his life had not the bad-treatment he received by -the way made him return before he arrived at Masuah. - -This first miscarriage seemed only to have confirmed the Jesuits more -in their resolution of producing an embassy. But it now took another -form. Politicians and statesmen became the actors in it, without a -thought having been bestowed to diminish the enemies of the scheme, or -render their endeavours useless, by a superior knowledge of the manners -and customs of the country through which this embassy was to pass. - -No adventurer, or vagrant physician, (like Poncet) was to be employed -in this second embassy. A minister versed in languages, negociations, -and treaties, accompanied with proper drugomans and officers, was to -be sent to Abyssinia to cement a perpetual friendship and commerce -between two nations that had not a national article to exchange with -each other, nor way to communicate by sea or land. The minister, who -must have known this, very wisely, at giving his fiat, pitched upon the -consul M. de Maillet to be the ambassador, as a man who was acquainted -with the causes of Poncet’s failure, and, by following an opposite -course, could bring this embassy to a happy conclusion for both nations. - -Maillet considered himself as a general whose business was to direct -and not to execute. A tedious and troublesome journey through dangerous -deserts was out of the sphere of his closet, beyond the limits of which -he did not choose to go. Beyond the limits of this, all was desert to -him. He excused himself from the embassy, but gave in a memorial to -serve as a rule for the conduct of his successor in the nomination in -a country he had never seen; but this, being afterwards adopted as a -well-considered regulation, proved one of the principal causes of the -miscarriage and tragedy that followed. - -M. Noir du Roule, vice-consul at Damiata, was pitched upon as the -ambassador to go to Abyssinia. He was a young man of some merit, had -a considerable degree of ambition, and a moderate skill in the common -languages spoken in the east, but was absolutely ignorant of that of -the country to which he was going, and, what was worse, of the customs -and prejudices of the nations through which he was to pass. Like most -of his countrymen, he had a violent predilection for the dress, -carriage, and manners of France, and a hearty contempt for those of -all other nations; this he had not address enough to disguise, and -this endangered his life. The whole French nation at Cairo were very -ill-disposed towards him, in consequence of some personal slight, or -imprudences, he had been guilty of; as also towards any repetition of -projects which brought them, their commerce, and even their lives into -danger, as the last had done. - -The merchants, therefore, were averse to this embassy; but the Jesuits -and Maillet were the avowed supporters of it, and they had with them -the authority of the king. But each aimed to be principal, and had very -little confidence or communication with his associate. - -As for the capuchins and Franciscans, they were mortally offended with -M. de Maillet for having, by the introduction of the Jesuits, and the -power of the king of France, forcibly wrested the Ethiopic mission from -them which the pope had granted, and which the sacred congregation of -cardinals had confirmed. These, by their continual communication with -the Cophts, the Christians of Egypt, had so far brought them to adopt -their designs as, one and all, to regard the miscarriage of du Roule -and his embassy, as what they were bound to procure from honour and -mutual interest. - -Things being in these circumstances, M. du Roule arrived at Cairo, and -took upon him the charge of this embassy, and from that moment the -intrigues began. - -The consul had persuaded du Roule, that the proper presents he should -take with him to Sennaar were prints of the king and queen of France, -with crowns upon their heads; mirrors, magnifying and multiplying -objects, and deforming them; when brocade, sattin, and trinkets of gold -or silver, iron or steel, would have been infinitely more acceptable. - -Elias, an Armenian, a confidential servant of the French nation, was -first sent by way of the Red Sea into Abyssinia, by Masuah, to proceed -to Gondar, and prepare Yasous for the reception of that ambassador, -to whom he, Elias, was to be the interpreter. So far it was well -concerted; but, in preparing for the end, the middle was neglected. A -number of friars were already at Sennaar, and had poisoned the minds -of that people, naturally barbarous, brutal, and jealous. Money, in -presents, had gained the great; while lies, calculated to terrify and -enrage the lower class of people, had been told so openly and avowedly, -and gained such root, that the ambassador, when he arrived at Sennaar, -found it, in the first place, necessary to make a _procez verbal_, or -what we call a precognition, in which the names of the authors, and -substance of these reports, were mentioned, and of this he gave advice -to M. de Maillet, but the names and these papers perished with him. - -It was on the 9th of July 1704 that M. du Roule set out from Cairo, -attended by a number of people who, with tears in their eyes, foresaw -the pit into which he was falling. He embarked on the Nile; and, in -his passage to Siout, he found at every halting-place some new and -dangerous lie propagated, which could have no other end but his -destruction. - -Belac, a Moor, and factor for the king of Sennaar, was chief of the -caravan which he then joined. Du Roule had employed, while at Cairo, -all the usual means to gain this man to his interest, and had every -reason to suppose he had succeeded. But, on his meeting him at Siout, -he had the mortification to find that he was so far changed that it -cost him 250 dollars to prevent his declaring himself an abettor of -his enemies. And this, perhaps, would not have sufficed, had it not -been for the arrival of Fornetti, drugoman to the French nation at -Cairo, at Siout, and with him a capigi and chiaoux from Ismael Bey, the -port of janizaries, and from the basha of Cairo, expressly commanding -the governor of Siout, and Belac chief of the caravan, to look to the -safety of du Roule, and protect him at the hazard of their lives, and -as they should answer to them. - -All the parties concerned were then called together; and the fedtah, -or prayer of peace, used in long and dangerous journies, was solemnly -recited and assented to by them all; in consequence of which, every -individual became bound to stand by his companion even to death, and -not separate himself from him, nor see him wronged, though it was for -his own gain or safety. This test brought all the secret to light; -for Ali Chelebi, governor of Siout, informed the ambassador, that the -Christian merchants and Franciscan friars were in a conspiracy, and -had sworn to defeat and disappoint his embassy even by the loss of his -life, and that, by presents, they had gained him to be a partner in -that conspiracy. - -Belac, moreover, told him, that the patriarch of the Cophts had assured -the principal people of which that caravan consisted, that the Franks -then travelling with him were not merchants, but sorcerers, who were -going to Ethiopia, to obstruct, or cut off the course of the Nile, that -it might no longer flow into Egypt, and that the general resolution was -to drive the Franks from the caravan at some place in the desert which -suited their designs, which were to reduce them to perish by hunger or -thirst, or else to be otherwise slain, and no more heard of. - -The caravan left Siout the 12th of September. In twelve days they -passed the lesser desert, and came to Khargué, where they were detained -six days by a young man, governor of that place, who obliged M. du -Roule to pay him 120 dollars, before he would suffer him to pass -further; and at the same time forced him to sign a certificate, that he -had been permitted to pass without paying any thing. This was the first -sample of the usage he was to expect in the further prosecution of his -journey. - -On the 3d of October they entered the great desert of Selima, and on -the 18th of same month they arrived at Machou, or Moscho, on the Nile, -where their caravan staid a considerable time, till the merchants had -transacted their business. It was at this place the ambassador learned, -that several Franciscan friars had passed the caravan while it remained -at Siout, and advanced to Sennaar, where they had staid some time, but -had lately left that capital upon news of the caravan’s approaching, -and had retired, nobody knew whether. - -A report was soon after spread abroad at Cairo, but no one could -ever learn whence it came, that the ambassador, arriving at Dongola, -had been assassinated there. This, indeed, proved false, but was, in -the mean time, a mournful presage of the melancholy catastrophe that -happened soon afterwards. - -M. du Roule arrived at Sennaar towards the end of May, and wrote at -that time; but a packet of letters was after brought to the consul at -Cairo, bearing date the 18th of June. The ambassador there mentions, -that he had been well received by the king of Sennaar, who was a young -man, fond of strangers; that particular attention had been shewn -him by Sid Achmet-el-coom; or, as he should have called him, Achmet -Sid-el-coom, i.e. Achmet master of the household. This officer, sent -by the king to visit the baggage of the ambassador, could not help -testifying his surprise to find it so inconsiderable, both in bulk and -value. - -He said the king had received letters from Cairo, informing him that he -had twenty chests of silver along with him. Achmet likewise told him, -that he himself had received information, by a letter under the hand -and seal of the most respectable people of Cairo, warning him not to -let M. du Roule pass; for the intention of his journey into Abyssinia -was to prevail on Yasous to attack Masuah and Suakem, and take them -from the Turks. Achmet would not suffer the bales intended for the king -of Abyssinia to be opened or visited, but left them in the hands of the -ambassador. - -M. du Roule, however, in writing this account to the consul, intimated -to him that he thought himself in danger, and declares that he did -not believe there was on earth so barbarous, brutal, and treacherous a -people, as were the Nubians. - -It happened that the king’s troops had gained some advantage over the -rebellious Arabs, on which account there was a festival at court, -and M. du Roule thought himself obliged to exert himself in every -thing which could add to the magnificence of the occasion. With this -intention he shaved his beard, and drest himself like a European, and -in this manner he received the visit of the minister Achmet. M. Macé, -in a letter to the consul of the above date, complains of this novelty. -He says it shocked every body; and that the[75]mirrors which multiplied -and deformed the objects, made the lower sorts of the people look upon -the ambassador and his company as sorcerers. - -Upon great festivals, in most Mahometan kingdoms, the king’s wives have -a privilege to go out of their apartments, and visit any thing new that -is to be seen. These of the king of Sennaar are very ignorant, brutish, -fantastic, and easily offended. Had M. du Roule known the manners of -the country, he would have treated these black majesties with strong -spirits, sweetmeats, or scented waters; and he might then have shewed -them with impunity any thing that he pleased. - -But being terrified with the glasses, and disgusted by his inattention, -they joined in the common cry, that the ambassador was a magician, -and contributed all in their power to ruin him with the king; which, -after all, they did not accomplish, without the utmost repugnance and -difficulty. The farthest length at first they could get this prince to -go was, to demand 3000 dollars of the ambassador. This was expressly -refused, and private disgust followed. - -M. du Roule being now alarmed for his own safety, insisted upon liberty -to set out forthwith for Abyssinia. Leave was accordingly granted him, -and after his baggage was loaded, and every thing prepared, he was -countermanded by the king, and ordered to return to his own house. A -few days after this he again procured leave to depart; which a short -time after was again countermanded. At last, on the 10th of November, -a messenger from the king brought him final leave to depart, which, -having every thing ready for that purpose, he immediately did. - -The ambassador walked on foot, with two country Christians on one hand, -and Gentil his French servant on the other. He refused to mount on -horseback, but gave his horse to a Nubian servant to lead. M. Lipi, -and M. Macé, the two drugomans, were both on horseback. The whole -company being now arrived in the middle of the large square before the -king’s house, the common place of execution for criminals, four blacks -attacked the ambassador, and murdered him with four strokes of sabres. -Gentil fell next by the same hands, at his master’s side. After him M. -Lipi and the two Christians; the two latter protesting that they did -not belong to the ambassador’s family. - -M. du Roule died with the greatest magnanimity, fortitude, and -resignation. Knowing his person was sacred by the law of nations, he -disdained to defend it by any other means, remitting his revenge to the -guardians of that law, and he exhorted all his attendants to do the -same. But M. Macé the Drugoman, young and brave, and a good horseman, -was not of the sheep kind, to go quietly to the slaughter. With his -pistols he shot two of the assassins that attacked him, one after the -other, dead upon the spot; and was continuing to defend himself with -his sword, when a horseman, coming behind him, thrust him through the -back with a lance, and threw him dead upon the ground. - -Thus ended the second attempt of converting Abyssinia by an embassy. -A scheme, if we believe M. de Maillet, which had cost government a -considerable expence, for in a memorial, of the 1st of October 1706, -concerning the death of M. du Roule, he makes the money and effects -which he had along with him, when murdered, to amount to 200 purses, or -L.25,000 Sterling. This, however, is not probable; because, in another -place he speaks of M. du Roule’s having demanded of him a small supply -of money while at Sennaar, which friar Joseph, a capuchin, refused -to carry for him. Such a supply would not have been necessary if the -ambassador had with him such a sum as that already mentioned; therefore -I imagine it was exaggerated, with a view to make the Turkish basha of -Suakem quarrel with the king of Sennaar about the recovering it. - -The friars, who were in numbers at Sennaar, left it immediately before -the coming of M. du Roule. This they might have done without any bad -intention towards him; they returned, however, immediately after his -murder. This, I think, very clearly constitutes them the authors of -it. For had they not been privy and promoters of the assassination, -they would have fled with fear and abhorrence from a place where six of -their brethren had been lately so treacherously slain, and were not yet -buried, but their carcases abandoned to the fowls of the air, and the -beasts of the field, and where they themselves, therefore, could have -no assurance of safety. - -They however pretended, first to lay the blame upon the king of -Abyssinia, then upon the king of Sennaar, and then they divided it -between them both. But Elias, arrived at Gondar, vindicated that -prince, as we shall presently see, and the list of names taken at -Sennaar; and a long series of correspondence, which afterwards came -out, and a chain of evidence which was made public, incontestibly prove -that the king of Sennaar was but an agent, and indeed an unwilling one, -who two several times repented of his bloody design, and made M. du -Roule return to his own house, to evade the execution of it. - -The blood then of this gallant and unfortunate gentleman undoubtedly -lies upon the heads of the reformed Franciscan friars, and their -brethren, the friars of the Holy Land. The interest of these two -bodies, and a bigotted prince, such as Louis XIV then was, was more -than sufficient to stop all inquiry, and hinder any vengeance to -be taken on those holy assassins. But he who, unperceived, follows -deliberate murther through all its concealments and darkness of its -ways, in a few years required satisfaction for the blood of du Roule, -at a time and place unforeseen, and unexpected. - -We shall now return to Gondar to king Yasous, who being recovered of -his disease, and having dismissed his physician, was preparing to set -out on a campaign against the Galla. - -Yasous, for his first wife, had married Ozoro Malacotawit, a lady of -great family and connections in the province of Gojam. By her he had -a son, Tecla Haimanout, who was grown to manhood, and had hitherto -lived in the most dutiful affection and submission to his father, -who, on his part, seemed to place unlimited confidence in his son. He -now gave a proof of this, not very common in the annals of Abyssinia, -by leaving Tecla Haimanout behind him, at an age when he was fit to -reign, appointing him Betwudet, with absolute power to govern in his -absence. Yasous had a mistress whom he tenderly loved, a woman of great -quality likewise, whose name was Ozoro Kedustè. She was sister to his -Fit-Auraris, Agné, a very distinguished and capable officer, and by her -he had three children, David, Hannes, and Jonathan. - -It happened, while he was watching the motions of the Galla, news were -brought that Ozoro Kedustè had been taken ill of a fever; and though, -upon this intelligence, he disposed his affairs so as to return with -all possible expedition, yet when he came to Bercanté, the lady’s -house, he found that she was not only dead, but had been for some -time buried. All his presence of mind now left him; he fell into the -most violent transport of wild despair, and, ordering her tomb to be -opened, he went down into it, taking his three sons along with him, -and became so frantic at the sight of the corpse, that it was with the -utmost difficulty he could be forced again to leave the sepulchre. -He returned first to Gondar, then he retired to an island in the lake -Tzana, there to mourn his lost mistress. - -But before this, Elias, ignorant of what had passed at Sennaar, -presented M. de Maillet’s letter to him, beseeching his leave for -M. du Roule to enter Abyssinia, and come into his presence. This he -easily procured: Yasous was fond of strangers; and not only granted the -request, but sent a man of his own to Sennaar with letters to the king -to protect and defray the expences of the ambassador to Gondar. This -man, who had affairs of his own, loitered away a great deal of time in -the journey, so that Elias, upon first hearing of the arrival of the -ambassador, set out himself to meet him at Sennaar. The king, in the -mean time, having finished his mourning, dispatched Badjerund Oustas -to his son the Betwudet, at Gondar, ordering him forthwith to send him -a body of his household troops to rendezvous on the banks of the lake, -opposite to the island Tchekla Wunze, where he then had his residence. - -It has been said, contrary to all truth, by those who have wrote -travels into this country, that sons born in marriage had the same -preference in succession as they have in other countries. But this, as -I have said, is entirely without foundation: For, in the first place, -there is no such thing as a regular marriage in Abyssinia; all consists -in mere consent of parties. But, allowing this to be regular, not only -natural children, that is, those born in concubinage where no marriage -was in contemplation; and adulterous bastards, that is, the sons of -unmarried women by married men; and all manner of sons whatever, -succeed equally as well to the crown as to private inheritance; and -there cannot be a more clear example of this than in the present -king, who, although he had a son, Tecla Haimanout, born of the queen -Malacotawit in wedlock, was yet succeeded by three bastard brothers, -all sons of Yasous, born in adultery, that is, in the life of the -queen. David and Hannes were sons of the king by his favourite Ozoro -Kedustè; Bacuffa, by another lady of quality. - -Although the queen, Malacotawit, had passed over with seeming -indifference the preference the king had given his mistress, Ozoro -Kedustè, during her lifetime, yet, from a very unaccountable kind of -jealousy, she could not forgive those violent tokens of affection -the king had shewn after her death, by going down with his sons and -remaining with the body in the grave. Full of resentment for this, she -had persuaded her son, Tecla Haimanout, that Yasous had determined to -deprive him of his succession, to send him and her, his mother, both -to Wechné, and place his bastard brother, David, son of Ozoro Kedustè, -upon the throne. - -The queen had been very diligent in attaching to her the principal -people about the court. By her own friends, and the assistance of the -discontented and banished monks, she had raised a great army in Gojam -under her brothers, Dermin and Paulus. Tecla Haimanout had shewn great -signs of wisdom and talents for governing, and very much attached to -himself some of his father’s oldest and ablest servants. - -It was, therefore, agreed, in return to Yasous’s message by Oustas, -to answer, That, after so long a reign, and so much bloodshed, the -king would do well to retire to some convent for the rest of his -life, and atone for the many great sins he had committed; and that he -should leave the kingdom in the hands of his son Tecla Haimanout, as -the ancient king Caleb had resigned his crown into the hands of St -Pantaleon in favour of his son Guebra Mascal. As it was not very safe -to deliver such a message to a king such as Yasous, it was therefore -sent to him, by a common foot-soldier, who could not be an object of -resentment. - -The king received it at Tchekla Wunze, the island in the lake Tzana, -where he was then residing. He answered with great sharpness, by the -same messenger, “That he had been long informed who these were that had -seduced his son, Tecla Haimanout, at once from his duty to him as his -father, and his allegiance as his sovereign; that though he did not -hold them to be equal in sanctity to St Pantaleon, yet, such as they -were, he proposed immediately to meet them at Gondar, and settle there -his son’s coronation.” - -This ironical message was perfectly understood. Those of the court -that were with Tecla Haimanout, and the inhabitants of the capital, -met together, and bound themselves by a solemn oath to live and die -with their king Tecla Haimanout. The severity of Yasous was well known; -his provocation now was a just one; and the measure of vengeance that -awaited them, every one concerned knew to be such that there was no -alternative but death or victory. - -Neither party were slack in preparations. Kasmati Honorius, governor of -Damot, a veteran officer and old servant of Yasous, collected a large -body of troops and marched them down the west side of the lake. Yasous -having there joined them, and putting himself at the head of his army, -began his march, rounding the lake on its south side towards Dingleber. - -Neither did Tecla Haimanout delay a moment after hearing his father was -in motion, but marched with his army from Gondar, attended with all the -ensigns of royalty. He encamped at Bartcho, in that very field where -Za Denghel was defeated and slain by his rebellious subjects. Thinking -this a post ominous to kings, he resolved to wait for his father there, -and give him battle. - -The king, in his march through the low country of Dembea, was attacked -by a putrid fever, very common in those parts, which so increased upon -him that he was obliged to be carried back to Tchekla Wunze. This -accident discouraged his whole party. His army, with Honorius, took the -road to Gojam, but did not disperse, awaiting the recovery of the king. - -But the queen, Malacotawit, no sooner heard that Yasous her husband -was sick at Tchekla Wunze, than she sent to her son Tecla Haimanout -to leave his unwholesome station, and march back immediately to -Gondar; and, as soon as he was returned, she dispatched her two -brothers, Dermin and Paulus, with a body of soldiers and two Mahometan -musqueteers, who, entering the island Tchekla Wunze by surprise, -shot and disabled the king while sitting on a couch; immediately -after which, Dermin thrust him through with a sword. They attempted -afterwards to burn the body, in order to avoid the ill-will the -sight of it must occasion: In this, however, they were prevented by -the priests of the island and the neighbouring nobility, who took -possession of the body, washed it, and performed all the rites of -sepulture, then carried it in a kind of triumph, with every mark of -magnificence due to the burial of a king, interring it in the small -island of Mitraha, where lay the body of all his ancestors, and where I -have seen the body of this king still entire. - -Nor did the prince his son, Tecla Haimanout, now king, discourage the -people in the respect they voluntarily paid to his father. On the -contrary, that parricide himself shewed every outward mark of duty, to -the which inwardly his heart had been long a stranger. - -Poncet, who saw this king, gives this character of him: He says he -was a man very fond of war, but averse to the shedding of blood. -However this may appear a contradiction, or said for the sake of the -antithesis, it really was the true character of this prince, who, fond -of war, and in the perpetual career of victory, did, by pushing his -conquests as far as they could go, inevitably occasion the spilling of -much blood. Yet, when his army was not in the field, though he detected -a multitude of conspiracies among priests and other people at home, -whose lives in consequence were forfeited to the law, he very rarely, -either from his own motives, or the persuasion of others, could be -induced to inflict capital punishments though often strongly provoked -to it. - -Upon his death the people unanimously gave to him the name of Tallac, -which signifies _the Great_, a name he has ever since enjoyed -unimpeached in the Abyssinian annals, or history of his country, from -the which this his reign is taken. - -[Illustration] - - - - -TECLA HAIMANOUT I. - -From 1704 to 1706. - -_Writes in Favour of Du Roule--Defeats the Rebels--Is assassinated -while hunting._ - - -Elias the Armenian, of whom we have already spoken, and who was -charged with letters of protection from Yasous to meet M. du Roule at -Sennaar, had reached within three days journey of that capital when -he heard that king Yasous was assassinated. Terrified at the news, he -returned in the utmost haste to Gondar, and presented the letters, -which had been written by Yasous, to be renewed by his son, king Tecla -Haimanout. Tecla Haimanout read his father’s letters, and approved of -their contents, ordering them to be copied in his own name; and Elias -without delay set out with them. I have inserted a translation of these -letters, which were originally written in Arabic, and seem to me to -be of the few that are authentic among those many which have been -published as coming from Abyssinia. - -“The king Tecla Haimanout, son of the king of the church of Ethiopia, -king of a thousand churches. - -[Illustration: JESUS son of MARY -Race of Solomon Son of David, Israel, Edom, Isaac.[76]] - -“On the part of the powerful august king, arbiter of nations, shadow -of God upon earth, the guide of kings who profess the religion of the -Messiah, the most powerful of Christian kings, he that maintains order -between Mahometans and Christians, protector of the boundaries of -Alexandria, observer of the commandments of the gospel, descended of -the line of the prophets David and Solomon,--may the blessing of Israel -be upon our prophet and upon them.--To the king Baady, son of the king -Ounsa, may his reign be full of happiness, being a prince endowed with -these rare qualities that deserve the highest praises as governing his -kingdom with distinguished wisdom, and by an order full of equity.--The -king of France, who is a Christian, wrote a letter seven or eight -years ago, by which he signified to me, that he wished to open a trade -for the advantage of his subjects and of mine, which request we have -granted. We come at present to understand, that he has sent us presents -by a man whose name is du Roule, who has likewise several others along -with him, and that these people have been arrested at your town of -Sennaar. We require of you, therefore, to set them immediately at -liberty, and to suffer them to come to us with all the marks of honour, -and that you should pay regard to the ancient friendship which has -always subsisted between our predecessors, since the time of the _king -of Sedgid_ and the _king of Kim_, to the present day. We also demand -of you to suffer all the subjects of the king of France to pass, and -all those that come with letters of his consul who is at Cairo, as all -such Frenchmen come for trade only, being of the same religion with -us. We likewise recommend to you, that you permit to pass freely, all -French Christians, Cophts, and Syrians who follow our rites, observing -our religion, and who intend coming into our country; and that you do -not suffer any of those who are contrary to our religion to pass, such -as the monk Joseph, and his companions, whom you may keep at Sennaar, -it being in no shape our intention to suffer them to come into our -dominions, where they would occasion troubles, as being enemies to our -faith. God grant you your desires.”--Wrote the 10th of Zulkadé, Anno -1118, _i. e._ the 21st of January 1706. - - ☞The direction is--“To king Baady, son of king Ounsa, may God - favour him with his grace.” - -The first thing I remark upon this letter is, the mention of the -ancient peace and friendship which subsisted between the predecessors -of these two princes now corresponding. It was a friendship, he says, -that had endured from the time of the king of _Sedgid_, and the king of -_Kim_, to the present day. - -The kingdom of Sennaar, as we shall see, was but a modern one, and -recently established by conquest over the Arabs. Therefore the kingdoms -of _Sedgid_ and of _Kim_ were before that conquest, places whence this -black nation came that had established their sovereignty at Sennaar by -conquest: from which, therefore, I again infer, there never was any -war, conquest, or tribute between Abyssinia and that state. - -The Arabs, who fed their flocks near the frontiers of the two -countries, were often plundered by the kings of Abyssinia making -descents into Atbara; but this was never reckoned a violation of peace -between the two sovereigns. On the contrary, as the motive of the -Arabs, for coming south into the frontiers of Abyssinia, was to keep -themselves independent, and out of the reach of Sennaar, when the king -of Abyssinia fell upon them there, he was understood to do that monarch -service, by driving them down farther within his reach. The Baharnagash -has been always at war with them; they are tributary to him for eating -his grass and drinking his water, and nothing that he ever does to -them gives any trouble or inquietude to Sennaar. It is interpreted as -maintaining his ancient dominion over the Shepherds, those of Sennaar -being a new power, and accounted as usurpers. - -M. de Maillet, nor M. le Grande his historian, have not thought fit -to explain who the monk Joseph was mentioned in this letter. Now it -is certain, that, when Murat and Poncet were returned from Abyssinia, -there was a missionary of the minor friars, who arrived in Ethiopia, -had an audience of the king, and wrote a letter in his name to the -pope, wherein he has foisted many improbabilities and falsehoods; -and concludes with declaring on the part of Yasous, that he submits -to the see of Rome in the same manner the kings his predecessors had -submitted. He makes Yasous speak Latin, too; and it is perfectly -plain from the[77]whole letter, that, though he writes it himself, he -cannot conceal that the king Yasous wanted him very much away, and -was very uneasy at his stay at Gondar. Who this was we know not, but -suppose it was one of those assassins of M. du Roule, carrying on a -private intrigue without participation of the consul, some of whom were -afterwards detected in Walkayt in the reign of David IV. - -As for Elias, the forerunner of the French embassy, now become the only -remains of it, he continued in Abyssinia (to judge by his letter) in -great poverty, till the year 1718, immediately after which he went over -to Arabia Felix, and first wrote from Mocha to M. de Maillet consul -at Cairo, as it will appear in the reign of David IV. where I have -inserted his letter; that written to M. du Roule in the name of Yafous, -that of Tecla Haimanout to the Basha and Divan of Cairo, I have now -here inserted, because I have advanced facts founded upon them. - - -TRANSLATION _of an_ ARABIC LETTER _from the_ KING _of_ ABYSSINIA _to_ -M. DU ROULE. - -“The king Tecla Haimanout, king of the established church, son of the -king of a thousand churches. - -“This letter cometh forth from the venerable, august king, who is the -shadow of God, guide of Christian princes that are in the world, the -most powerful of the Nazarean kings, observer of the commandments -of the gospel, protector of the confines of Alexandria, he that -maintaineth order between Mahometans and Christians, descended from the -family of the prophets David and Solomon, upon whom being the blessings -of Israel, may God make his happiness eternal, and his power perpetual, -and protect his arms--So be it.--To his excellence the most virtuous -and most prudent man du Roule, a Frenchman sent to us, may God preserve -him, and make him arrive at a degree of eminence--So be it.--Elias, -your interpreter whom you sent before you, being arrived here, has been -well received. We have understood that you are sent to us on the part -of the king of France our brother, and are surprised that you have been -detained at Sennaar. We send to you at present a letter for king Baady, -in order that he may set you at liberty, and not do you any injury, -nor to those that are with you, but may behave in a manner that is -proper both for you and to us, according to the religion of Elias that -you sent, who is a Syrian; and all those that may come after you from -the king of France our brother, or his consul at Cairo, shall be well -received, whether they be ambassadors or private merchants, because -we love those that are of our religion. We receive with pleasure those -who do not oppose our laws, and we send away those that do oppose them. -For this reason we did not receive immediately Joseph[78] with all his -companions, not choosing that such sort of people should appear in our -presence, nor intending that they should pass Sennaar, in order to -avoid troubles which may occasion the death of many; but with respect -to you, have nothing to fear, you may come in all safety, and you shall -be received with honour.”--Written the 10th of the month Zulkadé, Anno -1118, _i. e._ the 21st of January of the year 1706. - - ☞ The address is--“Let the present be delivered to M. du Roule - at the town of Sennaar.” - -I shall only observe upon this letter, that all the priests, who had -flocked to Sennaar before M. du Roule arrived there, disappeared upon -his near approach to that city, after having prepared the mischief -which directly followed. And, no sooner was the murder, which they -before concerted, committed, than they all flocked back again as if -invited to a festival. M. de Maillet speaks of several of them in his -letters, where he complains of the murder of du Roule, and says that -they were then on their way to enter Abyssinia. Of these probably was -this Joseph, whom Tecla Haimanout strictly prohibits to come farther -than Sennaar, having seen what his father had written concerning him in -the first letters Elias was charged with. - -Others are mentioned in Elias’s letter to the consul as having been in -Abyssinia. He calls them those of the league of Michael and Samuel, -of whom we shall speak afterwards. But, even though the French consul -had ordered his nation to drive all the subjects of Sennaar from their -houses and service, none of these missionaries were afraid to return -and abide at Sennaar, because they knew the murder of the ambassador -was the work of their own hands, and, without their instigation, would -never have been committed. - -The unlucky messenger, Elias, was again about to enter Sennaar, when -he received information that du Roule was assassinated. If he had -fled hastily from this inauspicious place upon the murder of Yasous, -his haste was now ten-fold, as he considered himself engaged in the -same circumstances that had involved M. du Roule’s attendants in his -misfortunes. - -The king, upon hearing the account given by Elias of the melancholy -fate of the ambassador at Sennaar, was so exasperated, that he gave -immediate orders for recalling such of his troops as he had permitted -to go to any considerable distance; and, in a council held for that -purpose, he declared, that he considered the death of M. du Roule as -an affront that immediately affected his crown and dignity. He was, -therefore, determined not to pass it over, but to make the king of -Sennaar sensible that he, as well as all the other kings upon earth, -knew the necessity of observing the law of nations, and the bad -consequence of perpetual retaliations that must follow the violation of -it. In the mean time, thinking that the basha of Cairo was the cause of -this, he wrote the following letter to him. - - -TRANSLATION _of an_ ARABIC LETTER _from the_ KING _of_ ABYSSINIA _to -the_ BASHA _and_ DIVAN _of_ CAIRO. - -“To the Pacha, and Lords of the Militia of Cairo. - -“On the part of the king of Abyssinia, the king Tecla Haimanout, son of -the king of the church of Abyssinia. - -“On the part of the august king, the powerful arbiter of nations, -shadow of God upon earth, the guide of kings who profess the religion -of the Messiah, the most powerful of all Christian kings, he who -maintains order between Mahometans and Christians, protector of the -confines of Alexandria, observer of the commandments of the gospel, -heir from father to son of a most powerful kingdom, descended of the -family of David and Solomon,--may the blessing of Israel be upon our -prophet, and upon them may his happiness be durable, and his greatness -lasting, and may his powerful, army be always feared.--To the most -powerful lord, elevated by his dignity, venerable by his merits, -distinguished by his strength and riches among all Mahometans, the -refuge of all those that reverence him, who by his prudence governs -and directs the armies of the noble empire, and commands his confines; -victorious viceroy of Egypt, the four corners of which shall be always -respected and defended:--so be it.--And to all the distinguished -princes, judges, men of learning, and other officers whose business -it is to maintain order and good government and to all commanders -in general, may God preserve them all in their dignities, in the -nobleness of their health. You are to know that our ancestors never -bore any envy to other kings, nor did they ever occasion them any -trouble, or shew them any mark of hatred. On the contrary, they have, -upon all occasions, given them proofs of their friendships, assisting -them generously, relieving them in their necessities, as well in what -concerns the caravan and pilgrims of Mecca in Arabia Felix, as in the -Indies, in _Persia_, and other distant and out-of-the-way places, also -by protecting distinguished persons in every urgent necessity. - -“Nevertheless, the king of France our brother, who professes our -religion and our law, having been induced thereto, by some advances of -friendship on our part such as are proper, sent an ambassador to us; -I understand that you caused arrest him at Sennaar, and also another -by name Murat, the Syrian, whom you did put in prison also, though he -was sent to that ambassador on our part, and by thus doing, you have -violated the law of nations, as ambassadors of kings ought to be at -liberty to go wherever they will; and it is a general obligation to -treat them with honour, and not to molest or detain them, nor should -they be subject to pay customs, or any sort of presents. We could very -soon repay you in kind, if we were inclined to revenge the insult -you have offered to the man Murat sent on our part; the Nile would -be sufficient to punish you, since God hath put into our power his -fountain, his outlet, and his increase, and that we can dispose of the -same to do you harm; for the present we demand of, and exhort you to -desist from any future vexations towards our envoys, and not disturb -us by detaining those who shall be sent towards you, but you shall let -them pass and continue their route without delay, coming and going -wherever they will freely for their own advantage, whether they are our -subjects or Frenchmen, and whatever you shall do to or for them, we -shall regard as done to or for ourselves.” - - ☞ The address is--“To the basha, princes, and lords governing - the town of great Cairo, may God favour them with his goodness.” - -There are several things very remarkable in this letter. The king of -Abyssinia values himself, and his predecessors, upon never having -molested or troubled any of his neighbours who were kings, nor borne -any envy towards them. We are not then to believe what we see often in -history, that there was frequent war between Sennaar and Abyssinia, -or that Sennaar was tributary to Abyssinia. That stripe of country, -inhabited by the Shangalla, would, in this case, have been first -conquered. But it is more probable, that the great difference of -climate which immediately takes place between the two kingdoms, the -great want of water on the frontiers, barriers placed there by the hand -of Nature, have been the means of keeping these kingdoms from having -any mutual concerns; and so, indeed, we may guess by the utter silence -of the books, which never mention any war at Sennaar till the beginning -of the reign of Socinios. - -I apprehend, that protecting distinguished persons upon great -occasions, alludes to the children of the king of Sennaar, who -frequently fly after the death of their father to Abyssinia[79] for -protection, it being the custom of that state to murder all the -brothers of the prince that succeeds, instead of sending them to a -mountain, as they do in Abyssinia. - -The next thing remarkable is his protection of the pilgrims who go to -Mecca, and the merchants that go to India. Several caravans of both -set out yearly from his kingdom, all Mahometans, some of whom go to -Mecca for religion, the others to India, by Mocha, to trade. But it is -not possible to understand how he is to protect the trade in Persia, -with which country he certainly has had no sort of concern these 800 -years, nor has it been in that time possible for him either to molest -or protect a Persian. What, therefore, I would suppose, is, that the -king has made use of the common phrase which universally obtains here -both in writing and conversation, calling Ber el Ajam the West, and Ber -el Arab the East coast of the Red Sea.--Ber el Ajam, in the language of -the country, is the coast where there is water or rain, in opposition -to the Tehama, or opposite shore of Arabia, where there is no water. -The Greeks and Latins translated this word into their own language, but -did not understand it; only from the sound they called it Azamia, from -Ajam. Now Ajam, or Ber el Ajam, is the name of Persia also; and the -French interpreter says, the king of Abyssinia protects the caravans of -Persia; when he should say, the caravans, going through Ber el Ajam, -the Azamia of the ancients, to embark at the two ports Suakem and -Masuah, both in the country of that name. - -The next thing to remark here is, that the king acknowledges Murat to -be his ambassador; and it is the arresting him, which we have seen -was done at the instance of M. de Maillet collusively, that the king -says was a violation of the law of nations; and it was this insult, -done to Murat his ambassador, that he all along complains of, not that -offered to du Roule, which he leaves to the king of France; for he -says expressly, if he was to starve, or destroy them all, by stopping -the Nile from coming into Egypt, it would be on account of the insult -offered to Murat, the envoy, or man, sent on his part to France. It is -plain, therefore, that M. de Maillet persecuted the poor Syrian very -wrongfully, and that in no one instance, from first to last, was he -ever in the right concerning that embassy. - -This step, which justice dictated, was not without its reward; for -Tecla Haimanout, who had assembled his army on this account sooner than -he otherwise intended, found immediately after, that a rival and rebel -prince, Amda Sion, was set up against him by the friends of his father -Yasous, and that he had been privately collecting troops, intending to -take him by surprise, when he was, however, at the head of his army -ready to give him battle. - -The first thing the king did was to dispatch a large body of troops to -reinforce Dermin, governor of Gojam, and to him he sent positive orders -to force Amda Sion to fight wherever he should find him, while he, with -the royal army, came forward with all expedition to keep the people in -awe, and prevent them from joining his rival. - -Amda Sion, on the other hand, lost no time. From Ibaba, through -Maitsha, he marched straight to Gondar. Being arrived at the king’s -house at Dingleber, he sat down on the throne with the ensigns of -royalty about him, and there appointed several officers that were most -needed, in the army, the provinces, and about his person. During his -stay here, news were brought that Dermin had followed him step by step -in the very track he had marched, and laid the whole country waste that -had shewn him any countenance or favour. Amda Sion’s heart seemed to -fail him upon this; for he left Dingleber, crossed the ford at Delakus, -and endeavoured to pass Dermin, by keeping on the west side of the -Nile, and on the low road by which he returned to Ibaba. - -Dermin, well-informed as to his motions, and perfectly instructed in -the situation of the country, instead of passing him, turned short -upon his front, crossing the Nile at Fagitta, and forced him to an -engagement in the plain country of Maitsha. The battle, though it was -obstinately fought by the rebels, ended in a complete victory in favour -of the king. Those among the rebels who most distinguished themselves -were the banished monks, the greatest part of whom were slain fighting -desperately. Among these, were Abba Welleta Christos, Tobias and his -brother Abba Nicolaus, who had been ringleaders in the late religious -disputes in the time of Yasous, and were now chiefs of the rebellion -against his son. - -The greatest part of the loss fell upon the common men of Gojam, of -the clans Elmana and Densa. No man of note among them was lost; only -Amda Sion, who fell at their head in the beginning of the engagement, -fighting with all the bravery that could be expected from a man in his -circumstances. The rebel army was entirely dispersed. On the king’s -side no man of consideration was slain, but Anastè, son of Ozoro Sabel -Wenghel. - -After having reinforced Dermin, the first thing the king did was -to send three of his brothers, David, Hannes, and Jonathan, to be -imprisoned on the mountain of Wechné. He then marched with his army -from Gondar; and, being ignorant of what had happened, he dispatched -his master of the horse, by way of Dingleber, to join Kasmati Dermin, -in case he had not still been strong enough to fight the rebels. With -his main army he took the road to Tedda, intending to proceed to Gojam; -but, by the way, was informed that Dermin had defeated and slain his -rival Amda Sion: and he had scarce crossed the Nile at Dara, when -another messenger arrived with news that Dermin had also come up with -Kasmati Honorius and his army on the banks of the Nile, at Goutto, had -entirely defeated and slain him, together with his principal officers, -and dispersed the whole army. Upon this the king marched towards Ibaba, -and was there joined by Dermin, when great rejoicing and feasting -ensued for several days. - -On this occasion the king crowned his mother Malacotawit, conferring -upon her the dignity and title of Iteghè; the consequence of which -station I have often described. Having now no longer enemies to -fear, he was persuaded, by some of his favourites, first to dismiss -Dermin and his army, then all the troops that had joined him, and go -with a few of his attendants, or court, to hunt the buffalo in the -neighbouring country, Idi; which council the young prince too rashly -adopted, suspecting no treason. - -While the hunting-match lasted, a conspiracy was formed by Gueber Mo, -his two brothers, Palambaras, Hannes, and several others, old officers -belonging to the late king Yasous, who saw that he intended, one by -one, to weed them out of the way as soon as safely he could, and that -the whole power and favour was at last to fall into the hands of the -Iteghé, and her brothers Dermin and Paulus. Accordingly one morning, -the conspirators having surrounded him while riding, one of them thrust -him through the body with a sword, and threw him from his mule upon the -earth. They then laid his body upon a horse, and, with all possible -expedition, carried him to the house of Azena Michael, where he arrived -yet alive, but died immediately upon being taken from the horse. -Badjerund Oustas, and some others of his father’s old officers, who had -attached themselves to him after his father’s death, took the body of -the king and buried it in Quebran. - -As soon as this assassination was known, the master of the horse, with -the few troops that he could gather together, came to the palace, and -took a young son of Tecla Haimanout, aged only four years, whom he -proclaimed king, and the Iteghé, Malacotawit, regent of the kingdom. -But Badjerund Oustas, and those who had not been concerned in the -murder of either king, went straight to the mountain of Wechné, and -brought thence Tisilis, that is Theophilus, son to Hannes, and brother -to the late king Yasous, whom they crowned at Emfras, and called him, -by his inauguration name, Atserar Segued. - -[Illustration] - - - - -TIFILIS. - -From 1706 to 1709. - -_Dissembles with his Brother’s Assassins--Execution of the -Regicides--Rebellion and Death of Tigi._ - - -Theophilus, a few days after his coronation, having called the whole -court and clergy together, declared to them, that his faith upon the -disputable point concerning our Saviour’s incarnation was different -from that of his brother Yasous, or that of his nephew Tecla Haimanout, -but in every respect conformable to that of the monks of Gojam, -followers of Abba Eustathius, and that of the Iteghè, Malacotawit, -Dermin, and Paulus. A violent clamour was instantly raised against the -king by the priests of Debra Libanos, as having forsaken the religious -principles of his predecessors. But the king was inflexible; and this -ingratiated him more with the inhabitants of Gojam. Not many days -after, the king arrested the master of the horse, Johannes Palambaras, -the Betwudet Tigi, and several others, all supposed to be concerned in -the murder of the late king, and confined them in several places and -prisons. - -This last action of the king entirely relieved the minds of all the -friends of Tecla Haimanout from any further fear of being called to -account for the murder of Yasous; and, in consequence of this, the -queen Malocotawit, with her brothers Dermin and Paulus, and all the -murderers of the late king Yasous, came to Gondar that same winter to -do homage to Theophilus, whom they now thought their greatest protector. - -But the wise and sagacious king had kept his secret in his own bosom. -All his behaviour hitherto had been only dissimulation, to induce his -brother’s murderers to come within his power. And no sooner did he see -that he had succeeded in this, than the very first day, while they were -yet at audience, he ordered an officer, in his own presence, to arrest -first the queen, and then her two brothers Dermin and Paulus. He gave -the same directions concerning the rest of the conspirators, who were -all scattered about Gondar, eating, drinking, and fearing nothing, but -rejoicing at the happy days they had promised themselves, and were now -to see: he ordered the whole of them, amounting to 37 persons, many of -these of the first rank, to be all executed that same forenoon. - -He began with the queen, who was taken immediately from his presence -and hanged by the common hangman on the tree before the palace gate; -the first of her rank, it is believed, that ever died so vile a death, -either in Abyssinia or any other country, the history of which has come -down to our hands. Dermin and Paulus were first carried to the tree -to see their sister’s execution; after which, one after the other, -they were thrust through with swords, the weapon with which they had -wounded the late king Yasous. But the two Mahometans were shot with -muskets, it having been in that manner they had ended the late king’s -life, after Dermin had wounded him with a sword. As they had committed -high treason, none of the bodies of these traitors were allowed to be -buried; they were hewn in small pieces with knives, and strewed about -the streets, to be eat by the hyænas and dogs; a most barbarous and -offensive custom, to which they strictly adhere to this very day. - -After having thus taken ample vengeance for the murder of his brother -Yasous, Theophilus did not stop here. Tecla Haimanout was, it is true, -a parricide, but he was likewise a king, and his nephew; nor did it -seem just to Theophilus that it should be left in the will of private -subjects, after having acknowledged Tecla Haimanout as their sovereign, -to choose a time afterwards, in which they were to cut him off for -a crime which, however great, had not hindered them from swearing -allegiance to him at his accession, and entering into his service at -the time when it was recently committed. He, therefore, ordered all the -regicides in custody to be put to death; and sent circular letters to -the several governors, that they should observe the same rule as to all -those directly concerned in the murder of his nephew Tecla Haimanout, -who should be found in places under their command. - -Tigi, formerly Betwudet, had been imprisoned in Hamazen, a small -district near the Red Sea, under the government of Abba Saluce. -This man, by birth a Galla, had escaped from Hamazen, and collected -a considerable army of the different tribes of his nation, Liban, -Kalkend, and Basso; and, having found one that pretended to be of the -royal blood, he proclaimed him king, and put his army in motion. - -Upon the first news of this revolt, the king, though attended with few -troops, immediately left Gondar, ordering all those whose duty it was -to join him at Ibaba. Having there collected a little army, he marched -immediately for the country of the Basso, destroying every thing with -fire and sword. Tigi, in the mean time, by forced marches came to -Ibaba, where he committed all sorts of cruelties without distinction -of age or sex. The cries of the sufferers reached the king, who turned -immediately back to the relief of Ibaba; and, not discouraged by his -enemy’s great superiority of number, offered battle to them as soon as -he arrived. Nor did Tigi and his Galla refuse it; but, on the 28th day -of March 1709, a very obstinate engagement ensued; where, though the -king was inferior in forces, yet being himself warlike and active, he -was so well seconded by his troops that Basso and Liban were almost -entirely cut off. - -In the field of battle there was a church, built by the late king -Yasous after a victory gained there over the Pagans, whence it had the -name it then bore, Debra Mawea, or the _Mountain of Victory_. A large -body of these Galla, seeing that all went against them in the field, -fled to the church for a sanctuary, trusting to be protected from the -fury of the soldiers by the holiness of the place, and they so far -judged well; for the king’s troops, though they surrounded the church -on every side, did not offer to break into it, or molest the enemy that -had sheltered themselves within. Theophilus, informed of this scruple -of his soldiers, immediately rode up to them, crying out, “That the -church was defiled by the entrance of so many Pagans, and no longer -fit for Christian worship, that they should therefore immediately put -fire to it, and he would build a nobler one in its place.” The soldiers -obeyed without further hesitation; and, with cotton wads wrapt about -the balls of their guns, they set fire to the thatch, with which every -church in Abyssinia is covered. The whole was instantly consumed, and -every creature within it perished. Many principal officers and men of -the best families on the king’s side, Billetana Gueta, Sana Denghel, -and Billetana Gueta Kirubel, Ayto Stephenous, son of Ozoro Salla of -Nara, all men of great consideration, were slain that day. What came of -the rebel prince was never known. Tigi, with his two sons, fled from -the field; but they were met by a peasant, who took them prisoners -first; and, after discovering who they were, put them all three to -death, and brought their heads to the king. - -After so severe a rebuke, the Galla, on both sides of the Nile, seemed -disposed to be quiet, and the king thereupon returned to Gondar amidst -the acclamations of his soldiers and subjects; but scarce had he -arrived in the capital when he was taken ill of a fever, and died on -the 2d of September, and was buried at Tedda, after a reign of three -years and three months. - -[Illustration] - - - - -OUSTAS. - -From 1709 to 1714. - - _Usurps the Crown--Addicted to hunting--Account of the - Shangalla--Active and bloody Reign--Entertains Catholic Priests - privately--Falls sick and dies; but how, uncertain._ - - -It has been already observed in the course of this history, that the -Abyssinians, from a very ancient tradition, attribute the foundation -of their monarchy to Menilek son of Solomon, by the queen of Saba, or -Azab, rendered in the Vulgate, the Queen of the south. The annals of -this country mention but two interruptions to have happened, in the -lineal succession of the heirs-male of Solomon. The first about the -year 960, in the reign of Del Naad, by Judith queen of the Falasha, -of which revolution we have already spoken sufficiently. The second -interruption happened at the period to which we have now arrived in -this history, and owed its origin, not to any misfortune that befel the -royal family as in the massacre of Judith, but seemed to be brought -about by the peculiar circumstances of the times, from a well-founded -attention to self-preservation. - -Yasous the Great, after a long and glorious reign, had been murdered by -his son Tecla Haimanout. Two years after, this parricide fell in the -same manner. The assassination of two princes, so nearly related, and -in so short a time, had involved, from different motives, the greatest -part of the noble families of the kingdom, either in the crime itself, -or in the suspicion of aiding and abetting it. - -Upon the death of Tecla Haimanout, Tifilis, or Theophilus, brother of -Yasous, had been brought from the mountain, and placed on the throne -as successor to his nephew; this prince was scarcely crowned when he -made some very severe examples of the murderers of his brother, and he -seemed privately taking informations that would have reached the whole -of them, had not death put an end to his inquiries and to his justice. - -The family of king Yasous was very numerous on the mountain. It was -the favourite store whence both the soldiery and the citizens chose -to bring their princes. There were, at the very instant, many of his -sons princes of great hopes and of proper ages. Nothing then was more -probable than that the prince, now to succeed, would be of that family, -and, as such, interested in pursuing the same measures of vengeance -on the murderers of his father and of his brother as the late king -Theophilus had done; and how far, or to whom this might extend, was -neither certain nor safe to trust to. - -The time was now past when the nobles vied with each other who should -be the first to steal away privately, or go with open force, to take -the new king from the mountain, and bring him to Gondar, his capital: -A backwardness was visible in the behaviour of each of them, because in -each one’s breast the fear was the same. - -In so uncommon a conjuncture and disposition of men’s minds, a subject -had the ambition and boldness to offer himself for king, and he was -accordingly elected. This was Oustas[80], son of Delba Yasous, by a -daughter of the late king of that name; and Abyssinia now saw, for the -second time, a stranger seated on the throne of Solomon. Oustas was a -man of undisputed merit, and had filled the greatest offices in the -state. He had been Badjerund, or master of the household, to the late -king Yasous. Tecla Haimanout, who succeeded, had made him governor of -Samen; and though, in the next reign, he had fallen into disgrace with -Theophilus, this served but to aggrandize him more, as he was very soon -after restored to favour, and by this very prince raised to the dignity -of Ras, the first place under the king, and invested at once with the -government of two provinces, Samen and Tigré. He was, at the death of -Theophilus, the greatest subject in Abyssinia; one step higher set him -on the throne, and the circumstances of the time invited him to take -it. He had every quality of body and mind requisite for a king; but the -constitution of his country had made it unlawful for him to reign. He -took, upon his inauguration, the name of Tzai Segued. - -Oustas, though a new king, followed the customs of the ancient monarchs -of Abyssinia; for that very reason was unwilling to add novelty to -novelty, and it has been a constant practice with these to make a -public hunting-match the first expedition of their reign. On these -occasions the king, attended by all the great officers of state, -whose merit and capacity are already acknowledged, reviews his young -nobility, who all appear to the best advantage as to arms, horses, and -equipage, with the greatest number of servants and attendants. The -scene of this hunting is always in the Kolla, crowded with an immense -number of the largest and fiercest wild beasts, elephants, rhinoceros, -lions, leopards, panthers, and buffaloes fiercer than them all, wild -boars, wild asses, and many varieties of the deer kind. - -As soon as the game is roused, and forced out of the wood by the -footmen and dogs, they all singly, or several together, according to -the size of the beast, or as strength and ability in managing their -horses admit, attack the animal upon the plain with long pikes or -spears, or two javelins in their hands. The king, unless very young, -sits on horseback on a rising ground, surrounded by the graver sort, -who point out to him the names of those of the nobility that are happy -enough to distinguish themselves in his sight. The merit of others is -known by report. - -Each young man brings before the king’s tent, as a trophy, a part of -the beast he has slain; the head and skin of a lion or leopard; the -scalp or horns of a deer; the private parts of an elephant; the tail -of a buffalo, or the horn of a rhinoceros. The great trouble, force, -and time necessary to take out the teeth of the elephant, seldom make -them ready to be presented with the rest of the spoils; fire, too, is -necessary for loosing them from the jaw. The head of a boar is brought -stuck upon a lance; but is not touched, as being unclean. - -The elephant’s teeth are the king’s perquisites. Of these round ivory -rings are turned for bracelets, and a quantity of them always brought -by him to be distributed among the most deserving in the field, and -kept ever after as certificates of gallant behaviour. Nor is this -mark attended with honour alone. Any man who shall from the king, -queen-regent, or governor of a province, receive so many of these rings -as shall cover his arm down to his wrist, appears before the twelve -judges on a certain day, and there, laying down his arm with these -rings upon it, the king’s cook breaks every one in its turn with a kind -of kitchen-cleaver, whereupon the judges give him a certificate, which -proves that he is entitled to a territory, whose revenue must exceed -20 ounces of gold, and this is never either refused or delayed. All -the different species of game, however, are not equally rated. He that -slays a Galla, or Shangalla, man to man, is entitled to two rings; he -that slays an elephant to two; a rhinoceros, two; a giraffa, on account -of its speed, and to encourage horsemanship, two; a buffalo, two; a -lion, two; a leopard, one; two boars, whose tusks are grown, one; and -one for every four of the deer kind. - -Great disputes constantly arise about the killing of these beasts; to -determine which, and prevent feuds and quarrels, a council sits every -evening, in which is an officer called _Dimshasha_, or _Red Cap_, from -a piece of red silk he wears upon his forehead, leaving the top of his -head bare, for no person is allowed to cover his head entirely except -the king, the twelve judges, and dignified priests. This officer -regulates the precedence of one nobleman over another, and is possessed -of the history of all pedigrees, the noblest of which are always -accounted those nearest to the king reigning. - -Every man pleads his own cause before the council, and receives -immediate sentence. It is a settled rule, that those who strike the -animal first, if the lance remain upright, or in the same direction -in which it enters the beast, are understood to be the slayers of -the beast, whatever number combat with him afterwards. There is one -exception, however, that if the beast, after receiving the first wound, -tho’ the lance is in him, should lay hold of a horse or man, so that -it is evident he would prevail against them; a buffalo, for example, -that should toss a man with his horns, or an elephant that should take -a horse with his trunk, the man who shall then slay the beast, and -prevent or revenge the death of the man or horse attacked, shall be -accounted the slayer of the beast, and entitled to the premium. - -This was the ancient employment of these councils. In my time they kept -up this custom in point of form; the council sat late upon most serious -affairs of the nation; and the death, banishment, and degradation of -the first men in the kingdom were agitated and determined here under -the pretence of sitting to judge the prizes of pastimes. This hunting -is seldom prolonged beyond a fortnight. - -The king, from ocular inspection, is presumed to be able to choose -among the young nobility those that are ready for taking the necessary -charges in the army; and it is from his judgment in this that the -priests foretel whether his reign is to be a successful one, or to end -in misfortune and disappointment. - -Oustas, having taken a view of his nobility, and attached such to -him as were most necessary for his support, set out for this hunting -with great preparations. The high country of Abyssinia is destitute -of wood; the whole lower part of the mountains is sown with different -sorts of grain; the upper part perfectly covered with grass and all -sorts of verdure. There are no plains, or very small ones. Such a -country, therefore, is unfit for hunting, as it is incapable of either -sheltering or nourishing any number of wild beasts. - -The lower country, however, called Kolla, is full of wood, consequently -thinly inhabited. The mountains, not joined in chains or ridges, run -in one upon the other, but, standing each upon its particular base, -are accessible all round, and interspersed with plains. Great rivers -falling from the high country with prodigious violence, during the -tropical rains, have in the plains washed away the soil down to the -solid rock, and formed large basons of great capacity, where, though -the water becomes stagnant in pools when the currents fail above, -yet, from their great depth and quantity, they resist being consumed -by evaporation, being also thick covered with large shady trees whose -leaves never fall. These large trees, which, in their growth, and -vegetation of their branches, exceed any thing that our imagination -can figure, are as necessary for food, as the pools of water are for -cisterns to contain drink for those monstrous beasts, such as the -elephant and rhinoceros, who there make their constant residence, -and who would die with hunger and with thirst unless they were thus -copiously supplied both with food and water. - -This country, flat as the deserts on which it borders, has fat black -earth for its soil. It is generally about 40 miles broad, though in -many places broader and narrower. It reaches from the mountains of the -Habab, or Bagla, which run in a ridge, as I have already said, from -the south of Abyssinia[81] north down into Egypt, parallel to the Red -Sea, dividing the rainy seasons, and it stretches like a belt from east -to west to the banks of the Nile, encircling all the mountainous, or -high land part of Abyssinia; which latter country is, at all times, -temperate, and often cold, while the other is unwholesome, hazy, close, -and intolerably hot. - -Many nations of perfect blacks inhabit this low country, all Pagans, -and mortal enemies to the Abyssinian government. Hunting these -miserable wretches is the next expedition undertaken by a new king. The -season of this is just before the rains, while the poor savage is yet -lodged under the trees preparing his food for the approaching winter, -before he retires into his caves in the mountain, where he passes that -inclement season in constant confinement, but as constant security; for -these nations are all Troglodytes, and by the Abyssinians are called -Shangalla. - -However Oustas succeeded in attaching to him those of the nobility that -partook of his sports, his good fortune in the capital was not equal -to it. A dangerous conspiracy was already forming at Gondar by those -very people who had persuaded him to mount the throne, and whom he had -left at home, from a persuasion that they only were to be trusted with -the support of his interest and the government in his absence. - -Upon the first intelligence, the king, with a chosen body of troops, -entered Gondar in the night, and surprised the conspirators while -actually sitting in council. Ras Hezekias, his prime minister, and -Heraclides, master of his household, and five others of the principal -confederates, lost their ears and noses, and were thrown into prison in -such circumstances that they could not live. Benaia Basilé, one of the -principal traitors, and the most obnoxious to the king, escaped for a -time, having had already intelligence of Oustas’s coming. - -The king having quieted every thing at Gondar, being at peace with all -his neighbours, and having no other way to amuse his troops and keep -them employed, set out to join the remainder of his young nobility whom -he had left in the Kolla to attack the Shangalla. - -The Shangalla were formerly a very numerous people, divided into -distinct tribes, or, as it is called, different nations, living each -separately in distinct territories, each under the government of -the chief of its own name, and each family of that name under the -jurisdiction of its own chief, or head. - -These Shangalla, during the fair half of the year, live under the shade -of trees, the lowest branches of which they cut near the stem on the -upper part, and then bend, or break them down, planting the ends of the -branches in the earth. These branches they cover with the skins of wild -beasts. After this they cut away all the small or superfluous branches -in the inside, and so form a spacious pavilion, which at a distance -appears like a tent, the tree serving for the pole in the middle of it, -and the large top overshadowing it so as to make a very picturesque -appearance. - -Every tree then is a house, under which live a multitude of black -inhabitants until the tropical rains begin. It is then they hunt the -elephant, which they kill by many various devices, as they do the -rhinoceros and the other large creatures. Those who reside where water -abounds, with the same industry kill the hippopotami, or river-horses, -which are exceedingly numerous in the pools of the stagnant rivers. -Where this flat belt, or country, is broadest, the trees thickest, and -the water in the largest pools, there the most powerful nations live, -who have often defeated the royal army of Abyssinia, and constantly -laid waste, and sometimes nearly conquered, the provinces of Tigré and -Siré, the most warlike and most populous part in Abyssinia. - -The most considerable settlement of this nation is at Amba Tzaada, -between the Mareb and Tacazzé, but nearer by one-third to the Mareb, -and almost N. W. from Dobarwa. These people, who have a variety of -venison, kill it in the fair months, and hang it up, cut into thongs as -thick as a man’s thumb, like so many ropes, on the trees around them. -The sun dries and hardens it to a consistence almost like leather, or -the hardest fish sent from Newfoundland. This is their provision for -the winter months: They first beat it with a wooden mallet, then boil -it, after which they roast it upon the embers; and it is hard enough -after it has undergone all those operations. - -The Dobenah, the most powerful of all the Shangalla, who have a -species of supremacy or command over all the rest of the nations, live -altogether upon the elephant or rhinoceros. In other countries, where -there is less water, fewer trees, and more grass, the Shangalla feed -chiefly upon more promiscuous kinds of food, as buffaloes, deer, boars, -lions, and serpents. These are the nations nearer the Tacazzé, Ras el -Feel, and the plains of Siré in Abyssinia, the chief of which nations -is called Baasa. And still farther west of the Tacazzé, and the valley -of Waldubba, is a tribe of these, who live chiefly upon the crocodile, -hippopotamus, and other fish; and, in the summer, upon locusts, which -they boil first, and afterwards keep dry in baskets, most curiously -made with split branches of trees, so closely woven together as to -contain water almost as well as a wooden vessel. - -This nation borders nearly upon the Abyssinian hunting-ground; but, -not venturing to extend themselves in the chace of wild beasts, they -are confined to the neighbourhood of the Tacazzé, and rivers falling -into it, where they fish in safety: the banks of that river are -deep, interrupted by steep precipices inaccessible to cavalry, and, -from the thickness of the woods, full of thorny trees of innumerable -species, almost as impervious to foot. These streams, possessed only by -themselves, afford the Baasa the most excellent kinds of fish in the -most prodigious plenty. - -In that part of the Shangalla country more to the eastward, about N. -N. E. of Amba Tzaada, in the northern extremities of the woody part, -where the river Mareb, leaving Dobarwa, flows through thick bushes till -it loses itself in the sands, there is a nation of these blacks, who -being near the country of the Baharnagash, an officer whose province -produces a number of horse, dare not, for that reason, venture to make -an extensive use of the variety of wild beasts which throng in the -woods to the southward, for fear of being intercepted by their enemy, -constantly upon the watch for them, part of his tribute being paid in -black slaves. These, therefore, confine themselves to the southern part -of their territory, near the Barabra. - -The extraordinary course of this river under the sand, allures to it -multitudes of ostriches, which, too, are the food of the Shangalla, -as is a beautiful lizard, never, that I know, yet described. These -are the food of the eastern Shangalla; and I must here observe, that -this country and people were much better known to the ancients than -to us. The Egyptians traded with them, and caravans of these people -were constantly in Alexandria in the reigns of the first Ptolemies. -Most of the productions of these parts, and the people themselves, are -mentioned in the remarkable procession made by Ptolemy Philadelphus on -his accession to the throne of Egypt, as already observed, though a -confusion often arises therein by this country being called by the name -of India. - -Ptolemy, the geographer, classes these people exactly enough, -and distinguishes them very accurately by their particular food, -or dietetique regimen, though he errs, indeed, a little in the -particular situation he gives to the different nations. His Rhizophagi, -Elephantophagi, Acridophagi, Struthiophagi, and Agriophagi, are all the -clans I have just described, existing under the same habits to this day. - -This soil, called by the Abyssinians _Mazaga_, when wet by the tropical -rains, and dissolving into mire, forces these savages to seek for -winter-quarters. Their tents under the trees being no longer tenable, -they retire with their respective foods, all dried in the sun, into -caves dug into the heart of the mountains, which are not in this -country basaltes, marble, or alabaster, as is all that ridge which -runs down into Egypt along the side of the Red Sea, but are of a -soft, gritty, sandy stone, easily excavated and formed into different -apartments. Into these, made generally in the steepest part of the -mountain, do these savages retire to shun the rains, living upon the -flesh they have already prepared in the fair weather. - -I cannot give over the account of the Shangalla without delivering -them again out of their caves, because this return includes the -history of an operation never heard of perhaps in Europe, and by which -considerable light is thrown upon ancient history. No sooner does the -sun pass the zenith, going southward, than the rains instantly cease; -and the thick canopy of clouds, which had obscured the sky during their -continuance, being removed, the sun appears in a beautiful sky of pale -blue, dappled with small thin clouds, which soon after disappear, and -leave the heavens of a most beautiful azure. A very few days of the -intense heat then dries the ground so perfectly, that it gapes in -chasms; the grass, struck at the roots by the rays, supports itself no -more, but droops and becomes parched. To clear this away, the Shangalla -set fire to it, which runs with incredible violence the whole breadth -of Africa, passing under the trees, and following the dry grass among -the branches with such velocity as not to hurt the trees, but to -occasion every leaf to fall. - -A proper distance is preserved between each habitation, and round the -principal watering-places; and here the Shangalla again fix their tents -in the manner before described. Nothing can be more beautiful than -these shady habitations; but they have this fatal effect, that they -are discernible from the high grounds, and guide their enemies to the -places inhabited. - -The country now cleared, the hunting begins, and, with the hunting, -the danger of the Shangalla. All the governors bordering upon the -country, from the Baharnagash to the Nile on the west, are obliged to -pay a certain number of slaves. Ras el Feel (my government) was alone -excepted, for a reason which, had I staid much longer in the country, -would probably have been found more advantageous to Abyssinia than -all the slaves they procure by the barbarous and prodigal effusion of -the blood of these unhappy savages; for, when a settlement of these -is surprised, the men are all slaughtered; the women, also, are many -of them slain, many throw themselves down precipices, run mad, hang -themselves, or starve, obstinately refusing food. - -The boys and girls under 17 and 18 years of age, (the younger the -better) are taken and educated by the king, and are servants in -all the great houses of Abyssinia. They are instructed early in the -Christian religion, and the tallest, handsomest, and best inclined, -are the only servants that attend the royal person in his palace. -The number of the men was 300 that had horses in my time. They were -once 280, and, before my time, less than 200. These are all cloathed -in coats of mail, and mounted on black horses; always commanded by -foreigners devoted entirely to the king’s will. By strict attention -to their morals, removing all bad examples from among them, giving -premiums to those that read most and best, (for they had all time -enough upon their hands, especially in winter) and, above all, by -the great delight and pleasure the king used to take in conversing -with them while alone, countenancing and rewarding them in the line -he knew I followed, this body became, as to firmness and coolness in -action, equal perhaps to any of the same number in the world; and the -greatest difficulty was keeping them together, for all the great men -used to wish one of them for the charge of his door, which is a very -great trust among the Abyssinians. The king’s easiness was constantly -prevailed upon to promise such, and great inconvenience always followed -this, till Ras Michael discharged this practice by proclamation, and -set the example, by returning four that he himself had kept for the -purpose before mentioned. - -While what I have said is still in memory, I must apply a part of -it to explain a passage in Hanno’s Periplus. We saw, says that bold -navigator, when rowing close along the coast of Africa, rivers of fire, -which ran down from the highest mountains, and poured themselves into -the sea; this alarmed him so much, that he ordered his gallies to keep -a considerable offing. - -After the fire has consumed all the dry grass on the plain, and, from -it, done the same up to the top of the highest mountain, the large -ravines, or gullies, made by the torrents falling from the higher -ground, being shaded by their depth, and their being in possession of -the last water that runs, are the latest to take fire, though full of -every sort of herbage. The large bamboos, hollow canes, and such like -plants, growing as thick as they can stand, retain their greenness, and -are not dried enough for burning till the fire has cleared the grass -from all the rest of the country. At last, when no other fuel remains, -the herdsmen on the top of the mountains set fire to these, and the -fire runs down in the very path in which, some months before, the water -ran, filling the whole gully with flame, which does not end till it -is checked by the ocean below where the torrent of water entered, and -where the fuel of course ceases. This I have often seen myself, and -been often nearly inclosed in it, and can bear witness, that, at a -distance, and by a stranger ignorant of the cause, it would very hardly -be distinguished from a river of fire. - -The Shangalla go all naked; they have several wives, and these very -prolific. They bring forth children with the utmost ease, and never -rest or confine themselves after delivery, but washing themselves and -the child with cold water, they wrap it up in a soft cloth made of the -bark of trees, and hang it upon a branch, that the large ants, with -which they are infested, and the serpents, may not devour it. After a -few days, when it has gathered strength, the mother carries it in the -same cloth upon her back, and gives it suck with the breast, which she -throws over her shoulder, this part being of such a length as, in some, -to reach almost to their knees. - -The Shangalla have but one language, and of a very guttural -pronunciation. They worship various trees, serpents, the moon, planets, -and stars in certain positions, which I never could so perfectly -understand as to give any account of them. A star passing near the -horns of the moon denotes the coming of an enemy. They have priests, -or rather diviners; but it should seem that these were looked upon as -servants of the evil-being, rather than of the good. They prophecy bad -events, and think they can afflict their enemies with sickness, even at -a distance. They generally wear copper bracelets upon their wrists and -arms. - -I have said the Shangalla have each several wives. This, however, -is not owing to any inordinate propensity of the men to this -gratification, but to a much nobler cause, which should make European -writers, who object this to them, ashamed at the injustice they do -the savage, who all his life, quite the reverse of what is supposed, -shews an example of continence and chastity, which the purest and most -refined European, with all the advantages of education, cannot pretend -to imitate. - -It is not the men that seek to avail themselves of the liberty they -have by their usages of marrying as often and as many wives as they -please. Hemmed in on every side by active and powerful enemies, who -consider them as a species of wild beasts, and hunt them precisely as -they do the elephant and rhinoceros, placed in a small territory, -where they never are removed above 20 miles from these powerful -invaders furnished with horses and fire-arms, to both of which they -are strangers, they live for part of the fair season in continual -apprehension. The other part of the season, when the Abyssinian armies -are all collected and abroad with the king, these unhappy savages are -constantly employed in a most laborious hunting of large animals, such -as the rhinoceros, the elephant, and giraffa; and afterwards, in the no -less laborious preparation of the flesh of these quadrupeds, which is -to serve them for food during the six months rains, when each family -retires to its separate cave in the mountain, and has no intercourse -with any of its neighbours, but leaves the country below immersed in a -continual deluge of rain. In none of these circumstances, one should -imagine, the savage, full of apprehension and care, could have much -desire to multiply a race of such wretched beings as he feels himself -to be. It is the wife, not the man, that is the cause of this polygamy; -and this is surely a strong presumption against what is commonly said -of the violence of their inclinations. - -Although the Shangalla live in separate tribes, or nations, yet -these nations are again subdivided into families, who are governed -by their own head, or chief, and of a number of these the nation is -composed, who concur in all that regards the measures of defence and -offence against their common enemy the Abyssinian and Arab. Whenever -an expedition is undertaken by a nation of Shangalla, either against -their enemies, the Arabs on the north, or those who are equally their -enemies, the Abyssinians on the south, suppose the nation or tribe to -be the Baasa, each family attacks and defends by itself, and theirs is -the spoil or plunder who take it. - -The mothers, sensible of the disadvantage of a small family, therefore -seek to multiply and increase it by the only means in their power; -and it is by their importunity that the husband suffers himself to be -overcome. A second wife is courted for him by the first, in nearly the -same manner as among the Galla. - -I will not fear to aver, as far as concerns these Shangalla, or -negroes, of Abyssinia, (and, I believe, most others of the same -complexion, though of different nations), that the various accounts -we have of them are very unfairly stated. To describe them justly, we -should see them in their native purity of manners, among their native -woods, living on the produce of their own daily labours, without other -liquor than that of their own pools and springs, the drinking of which -is followed by no intoxication or other pleasure than that of assuaging -thirst. After having been torn from their own country and connections, -reduced to the condition of brutes, to labour for a being they never -before knew; after lying, stealing, and all the long list of European -crimes, have been made, as it were, necessary to them, and the delusion -occasioned by drinking spirits is found, however short, to be the only -remedy that relieves them from reflecting on their present wretched -situation, to which, for that reason, they most naturally attach -themselves; then, after we have made them monsters, we describe them as -such, forgetful that they are now not as their Maker created them, but -such as, by teaching them our vices, we have transformed them into, for -ends which, I fear, one day will not be found a sufficient excuse for -the enormities they have occasioned. - -I would not, by any means, have my readers so far mistake what I have -now said as to think it contains either censure upon, or disapprobation -of, the slave-trade. I would be understood to mean just the contrary; -that the abuses and neglect of manners, so frequent in our plantations, -is what the legislature should direct their coercion against, not -against the trade in general, which last measure, executed so suddenly, -cannot but contain a degree of injustice towards individuals. It is -a shame for any government to say, that enormous cruelties towards -any set of men are so evident, and have arrived to such excess, -without once having been under consideration of the legislature to -correct them. It is a greater shame still for that government to say, -that these crimes and abuses are now grown to such a height that -wholesome severity cannot eradicate them; and it cannot be any thing -but an indication of effeminacy and weakness at once to fall to the -destruction of an object of that importance, without having first tried -a reformation of those abuses which alone, in the minds of sober men, -can make the trade exceptionable. - -The incontinence of these people has been a favourite topic with which -blacks have been branded; but, throughout the whole of this history, -I have set down only what I have observed, without consulting or -troubling myself with the systems or authorities of others, only so -far, as having these relations in my recollection, I have compared them -with the fact, and found them erroneous. As late as two centuries ago, -Christian priests were the only historians of heathen manners. - -In the number of these Shangalla, or negroes, of which every department -of Gondar was full, I never saw any proof of unbridled desires in -either sex, but very much the contrary; and I must remark, that every -reason in physics strongly militates against the presumption. - -The Shangalla of both sexes, while single, go entirely naked: the -married men, indeed, have a very slender covering about their waist, -and married women the same. Young men and young women, till long past -the age of puberty, are totally uncovered, and in constant conversation -and habits with each other, in woods and solitudes, free from -constraint, and without any punishment annexed to the transgression. -Yet criminal commerce is much less frequent among them than in the same -number chosen among Christian nations, where the powerful prejudices of -education give great advantage to one sex in subduing their passions, -and where the consequences of gratification, which always involve some -kind of punishment, keep within bounds the desires of the other. - -No one can doubt, but that the constant habit of seeing people of all -ages naked at all times, in the ordinary transactions and necessities -of life, must greatly check unchaste propensities. But there are still -further reasons why, in the nature of things an extraordinary vehemence -of passion should not fall to be a distinguishing characteristic -among the Shangalla. Fahrenheit’s thermometer rises there beyond -100°. A violent relaxation from profuse perspiration must greatly -debilitate the savage. In Arabia and Turkey, where the whole business -of man’s life is the devoting himself to domestic pleasure, men remain -constantly in a sedentary life, eat heartily, avoiding every manner -of exercise, or expence of animal spirits by sweats. Their countries, -too, are colder than that of the Shangalla, who, living sparingly -under a burning sun, and obliged to procure food by laborious hunting, -of consequence deprive themselves of that quantity of animal spirits -necessary to lead them to any extreme of voluptuousness. And that this -is the case is seen in the constitution of the Shangalla women, even -though they are without fatigue. - -A woman, upon bearing a child or two, at 10 or 11 years old, sees her -breast fall immediately down to near her knees[82]. Her common manner -of suckling her children is by carrying them upon her back, as our -beggars do, and giving the infant the breast over her shoulders. They -rarely are mothers after 22, or begin child-bearing before they are -10; so that the time of child-bearing is but 12 years. In Europe, very -many examples there are of women bearing children at 14, the civil law -fixes puberty at 12, but by an inuendo[83] seems to allow it may be -something earlier. Women sometimes in Europe bear children at 50. The -scale of years of child-bearing between the savage and the European is, -therefore, as 12 is to 38. There can be little doubt but their desires -are equal to their strength and constitution; but a Shangalla at 22 is -more wrinkled and deformed, apparently by old age, than is a European -woman of 60. - -To come still nearer; it is a fact known to naturalists, and which -the application of the thermometer sufficiently indicates, that there -is a great and sensible difference in the degree of animal heat in -both sexes of different nations at the same ages or time of life. The -voluptuous Turk estranges himself from the fairest and finest of his -Circassian and Georgian women in his seraglio, and, during the warm -months in summer, addicts himself only to negro slaves brought from -the very latitudes we are now speaking of; the sensible difference of -the coolness of their skins leading him to give them the preference at -that season. On the other hand, one brown Abyssinian girl, a companion -for the winter months, is sold at ten times the price of the fairest -Georgian or Circassian beauty, for opposite reasons. - -The very great regard I shall constantly pay my fair readers has made -me, as they may perceive, enter as tenderly as possible into these -discussions, which, as a philosopher and a historian, I could not, -however, wholly omit: the most useful study of mankind is man; and not -the least interesting view of him is when, stripped of his vain-glory -and the pageantry of palaces, he wanders naked and uncorrupted among -his native woods and rivers. - -I must mention, greatly to the credit of two of the first geniuses -of this age, M. de Buffon and Lord Kaimes, that they were both so -convinced by the arguments above mentioned, stated in greater detail -and with more freedom, that they immediately ordered their bookseller -to strike out from the subsequent editions of their work all that had -been advanced against the negroes on this head, which they had before -drawn from the herd of prejudiced and ignorant compilers, strangers to -the manners and language of the people they were dishonouring by their -descriptions, after having before abused them by their tyranny. - -The Shangalla have no bread: No grain or pulse will grow in the -country. Some of the Arabs, settled at Ras el Feel, have attempted to -make bread of the feed of the Guinea grass; but it is very tasteless -and bad, of the colour of cow-dung, and quickly producing worms. - -They are all archers from their infancy. Their bows are all made of -wild fennel, thicker than the common proportion, and about seven feet -long, and very elastic. The children use the same bow in their infancy -that they do when grown up; and are, by reason of its length, for the -first years, obliged to hold it parallel, instead of perpendicular -to the horizon. Their arrows are full a yard and a half long, with -large heads of very bad iron rudely shaped. They are, indeed, the only -savages I ever knew that take no pains in the make or ornament of this -weapon. A branch of a palm, stript from the tree and made straight, -becomes an arrow; and none of them have wings to them. They have this -remarkable custom, which is a religious one, that they fix upon their -bows a ring, or thong, of the skin of every beast slain by it, while -it is yet raw, from the lizard and serpent up to the elephant. This -gradually stiffens the bow, till, being all covered over, it can be no -longer bent even by its master. That bow is then hung upon a tree, -and a new one is made in its place, till the same circumstance again -happens; and one of these bows, that which its master liked best, is -buried with him in the hopes of its rising again materially with his -body, when he shall be endowed with a greater degree of strength, -without fear of death, or being subjected to pain, with a capacity -to enjoy in excess every human pleasure. There is nothing, however, -spiritual in this resurrection, nor what concerns the soul, but it -is wholly corporeal and material; although some writers have plumed -themselves upon their fancied discovery of what they call the savages -belief of the immortality of the soul. - -Before I take leave of this subject, I must again explain, from -what I have already said, a difficult passage in classical history. -Herodotus[84] says, that, in the country we have been just now -describing, there was a nation called Macrobii, which was certainly not -the real name of the Shangalla, but one the Greeks had given them, from -a supposed circumstance of their being remarkable long livers, as that -name imports. These were the western Shangalla, situated below Guba and -Nuba, the gold country, on both sides of the Nile north of Fazuclo. - -The Guba and the Nuba, and various black nations that inhabits the -foot of that large chain of mountains called Dyre and Tegla[85], are -those in whose countries the finest gold is found, which is washed from -the mountains in the time of violent rains, and lodged in holes, and -roots of trees and grass, by the torrents, and there picked up by the -natives; it is called Tibbar, or, corruptly, gold-dust. The greatest -part finds its way to Sennaar by the different merchants, Pagan and -Mahometan, from Fazuclo and Sudan. The Agows and Gibbertis also bring -a small quantity of it to Gondar, mostly debased by alloy; but there -is no gold in Abyssinia, nor even in Nubia, west of Tchelga, among the -Shangalla themselves. - -Cambyses marched from Egypt expressly with a view of conquering the -gold country, and sent messengers before him to the king, or chief of -it, requiring his immediate submission. I omit romantic and fabulous -circumstances; but the answer of the king of Macrobii to Cambyses was, -Take this bow, and till you can bring me a man that can bend it, you -are not to talk to us of submission. The bow was accordingly carried -back with the defiance, but none of the Persian army could bend it. Yet -it was their own weapon with which they practised from their infancy; -and we are not to think, had it been possible to bend this bow, but -that some of their numerous archers would have done it, for there is no -such disproportion in the strength of men. But it was a bow which had -lost its elastic force from the circumstance above mentioned, and had -been long given up as impossible to be bent by the Macrobii themselves, -and was now taken down from the tree where it had probably some time -hung, and grown so much the less flexible, and intended to be buried, -as these bows are, in the grave with their master, who is to use it, -after his resurrection, in another world, where he is to be endowed -with strength infinitely more than human: it is probable this bow -would have broke, rather than have bent. - -If the situation of these Macrobii in Ptolemy did not put it past -dispute that they were Shangalla, we should hesitate much at the -characteristic of the nation; that they were long livers; none of these -nations are so; I scarcely remember an example fairly vouched of a -man past sixty. But there is one circumstance that I think might have -fairly led Herodotus into this mistake; some of the Shangalla kill -their sick, weak, and aged people; there are others that honour old -age, and protect it. The Macrobii, I suppose, were of this last kind, -who certainly, therefore, had many old men, more than the others. - -I shall now just mention one other observation tending to illustrate a -passage of ancient history. - -Hanno, in his Periplus, remarks, that, while sailing along the coast of -Africa, close by the shore, and probably near the low country called -Kolla, inhabited by the kind of people we have been just describing, -he found an universal silence to prevail the whole day, without any -appearance of man or beast: on the contrary, at night, he saw a -number of fires, and heard the sound of music and dancing. This has -been laughed at as a fairy tale by people who affect to treat Hanno’s -fragment as spurious; for my own part, I will not enter into the -controversy. - -A very great genius, (in some matters, perhaps, the greatest that ever -wrote, and in every thing that he writes highly respectable) M. de -Montesqieu, is perfectly satisfied that this Periplus[86] of Hanno is -genuine; and it is a great pleasure again to endeavour to obviate any -doubt concerning the authenticity of the work in this second passage, -as I have before done in another. - -In countries, such as those that we have been now describing, and -such as Hanno was then sailing by, when he made the remark, there is -no twilight. The stars, in their full brightness, are in possession -of the whole heavens, when in an instant the sun appears without a -harbinger, and they all disappear together. We shall say, at sun-rising -the thermometer is from 48° to 60°; at 3 o’clock in the afternoon it -is from 100° to 115°; an universal relaxation, a kind of irresistible -languor and aversion to all action takes possession both man and beast; -the appetite fails, and sleep and quiet are the only things the mind is -capable of desiring, or the body of enduring: cattle, birds, and beasts -all flock to the shade, and to the neighbourhood of running streams, or -deep stagnant pools, and there, avoiding the effects of the scorching -sun, pant in quiet and inaction. From the same motive, the wild beast -stirs not from his cave; and for this, too, he has an additional -reason, because the cattle he depends upon for his prey do not stroll -abroad to feed; they are asleep and in safety, for with them are their -dogs and their shepherds. - -But no sooner does the sun set, than a cold night instantly succeeds -a burning day; the appetite immediately returns; the cattle spread -themselves abroad to feed, and pass quickly out of the shepherds sight -into the reach of a multitude of beasts seeking for their prey. Fires, -the only remedy, are everywhere lighted by the shepherds to keep these -at a respectful distance; and dancing, singing, and music at once -exhilarate the mind, and contribute, by alarming the beasts of prey, -to keep their flocks in safety, and prevent the bad effects of severe -cold[87]. This was the cause of the observation Hanno made in sailing -along the coast, and it was true when he made it: just the same may be -observed still, and will be, so long as the climate and inhabitants are -the same. - -I have been more particular in the history of this extraordinary -nation, because I had, by mere accident, an opportunity of informing -myself fully and with certainty concerning it; and, as it is very -improbable that such an opportunity will occur again to any European, I -hope it will not be ungratefully received. - -I shall only add an answer to a very obvious question which may occur. -Why is it that, in this country, nothing that would make bread will -grow? Is it from the ignorance of the inhabitants in not choosing -the proper seasons, or is it the imperfection of the soil? To this I -answer, Certainly the latter. For the inhabitants of Ras el Feel were -used to plow and sow, and did constantly eat bread; but the grain was -produced ten or fifteen miles off upon the sides of the mountains -of Abyssinia, where every certain number of soldiers had small farms -allowed them for that purpose by government; but still they could never -bring up a crop in the Mazaga; and the progress of the miscarriage -was this: Before the month of May all that black earth was rent into -great chasms, trode into dust, and ventilated with hot winds, so as -to be a perfect _caput mortuum_, incapable of any vegetation. Upon -the first sprinkling of rain the chasms are filled up, and the whole -country resembles dry garden-mould newly dug up. As the sun advances -the rains increase; there is no time to be lost now; this is the -season for sowing; let us suppose wheat. In one night’s time, while -the wheat is swelling in the ground, up grows an immense quantity of -indigenous natural grass, that, having sowed itself last year, has lain -ever since in a natural matrix, ready to start at the most convenient -season. Before the wheat, or any grain soever can appear, this grass -has shot up so high and so thick as absolutely to choke it. Suppose -it was possible to hoe or weed it, the grass will again overtop the -grain before it is an inch from the ground. Say it could be again hoed -or cleared, by this time the rains are so continual, the black earth -becomes a perfect mire. The rain increases, and the grain rots without -producing any crop. - -The same happens to millet, or Indian corn; the rain rots the plant -which is thrown down by the wind. It is equally destroyed if sown -at the end of the rains; the grass grows up, wherever the ground is -cleared, in a greater proportion, if possible, than in the beginning of -the year; and the rain ceasing abruptly, and the sun beginning to be -intensely hot the very day it passes the zenith, the earth is reduced -to an impalpable powder, whilst the grain and plant die without ever -shewing a tendency to germinate. - -We left the king, Oustas, after detecting a conspiracy, ready to fall -upon some settlement of Shangalla. This he executed with great success, -and surrounded a large part of the nation called Baasa, encamped under -the trees suspecting no danger. He put the grown people to the sword, -and took a prodigious number of children of both sexes captive. He -was intending also to push his conquest farther among these savages, -when he was called to Gondar by the death of his prime minister and -confident, Ras Fasa Christos. - -Besides his attention to hunting and government, the king had a very -great taste for architecture, which, in Abyssinia, is a very popular -one, though scarcely any thing is built but churches. In the season -that did not permit him to be in the field, he bestowed a great deal of -leisure and money this way; and he was, at this time, busy erecting a -magnificent church to the Nativity, about a mile below Gondar, on the -small river Kahha. - -But the season of hunting returning before he had finished it, he left -it to repair to Bet Malo, a place in the Kolla, where he had built a -hunting-seat, not far distant from the Shangalla, called Baasa. Here -he had a most successful hunting-match of the buffalo, rhinoceros, -and elephant, in which he often put himself in great danger, and -distinguished himself in dexterity and horsemanship greatly above any -of his court. He returned upon news, that persons, whom he had secretly -employed, had apprehended Betwudet Basilé, and his son Claudius, who -had escaped when the last conspirators were seized. Both these he -sentenced immediately to lose their eyes. - -These hunting-matches, so punctually observed, and so eagerly followed -by a man already past the flower of his youth, had, in their first -appearance, nothing but sound policy. The king’s title was avowedly a -faulty one; and the many conspiracies that had been formed had shewn -him the nobility were not all of them disposed to bear his yoke; -nothing then was more political than to keep a considerable number of -them employed in field-exercises, to be informed of their inclinations, -and to attach them to his person by favours. At the head of this -little, but very active army, he was ready in a moment to fall upon -the disaffected, before they could collect strength sufficient for -resistance. Time, however, shewed this was not entirely the reason of -these continual intervals of absence for so long a time in the Kolla. - -Notwithstanding the misfortune that had befallen the French ambassador, -M. du Roule, at Sennaar, in the reign of Yasous I. and Tecla Haimanout -his son, under Baady el Ahmer, there had still remained below, in -Atbara, some of those missionaries who had courage and address enough -to attempt the journey into Abyssinia, and they succeeded in it. Oustas -had probably been privy to their arrival in Yasous’s time, and had, -equally with him, a favourable opinion of the Romish religion. - -These missionaries, though Yasous was now dead, were perfectly well -received by Oustas; he had given them in charge to Ain Egzie, an old -and loyal servant of Yasous, and governor of Walkayt. He had placed -also with them an Abyssinian priest, who had been in Jerusalem, and -was well-affected to the Romish faith, to be their interpreter, stay -with them always, and manage their interests, while he himself, -stealing frequently from the hunting-matches, heard mass, and received -the communion, returning back to his camp, as he flattered himself, -unperceived. These meetings with the priests were not, however, so well -concealed but that they came to the knowledge of many people about -court, both seculars and clergy. But the king’s character, for severity -and vigilance, made everybody confine their thoughts, whatever they -were, within their own breasts. - -The employment of this year was a short journey to Ibaba, a large -market-town, where there is a royal residence, below Maitsha, on the -west, or Gojam side of the Nile, from which it is about three days -distance. From this he returned again, and went to Tcherkin, a small -village in Kolla, beyond Ras el Feel, in the way to Sennaar, the -principal abode of the elephant. But, in the first day’s hunting, -Yared, master of his household, and a considerable favourite, being -torn to pieces by one of these quadrupeds, he gave over the sport, and -returned very sorrowful to bury him at Gondar, leaving three of his -servants to execute a design he had formed against the Baasa in that -neighbourhood. - -From the constant interruptions Oustas had met with in all these -hunting-matches, and his success, notwithstanding, whenever he had -himself attended, the divining monks had prophesied his reign was to -be short, and attended with much bloodshed; nor were they for once -distant from the truth; for, in the month of January 1714, while he -was over-looking the workmen building the church of Abba Antonius at -Gondar, he was taken suddenly ill, and, suspecting some unwholesomeness -or _witchcraft_ in his palace, he ordered his tent to be pitched -without the town till the apartments should be smoaked with gunpowder. -But this was done so carelessly by his servants, that his house was -burnt to the ground, which was looked upon as a very bad omen, and made -a great impression upon the minds of the people. - -The 27th of January it was generally understood that the king was -dangerously ill, and that his complaint was every day increasing. Upon -this the principal officers went, according to the usual custom, to -condole with and comfort him. This was at least what they pretended. -Their true errand, however, was pretty well known to be an endeavour to -ascertain whether the sickness was of the kind likely to continue, till -measures could be adopted with a degree of certainty to take the reins -of government out of his hand. - -The king easily divined the reason of their coming. Having had a good -night, he used the strength that he had thereby acquired to rouse -himself for a moment, to put on the appearance of health, and shew -himself, as usual, engaged in his ordinary dispatch of business. The -seeming good countenance of the king made their condolence premature. -Some excuse, however, for so formal a visit, was necessary; but -every apology was not safe. They adopted this, which they thought -unexceptionable, that hearing he was sick, which they happily found he -was not, they came to propose to him a thing equally proper whether he -was sick or well; that he would, in time, settle the succession upon -his son Fasil, then in the mountain of Wechné, as a means of quieting -the minds of his friends, preventing bloodshed, and securing the crown -to his family. - -Oustas did the utmost to command himself upon this occasion, and to -give them an answer such as suited a man in health who hoped to live -many years. But it was now too late to play such a part; and, in spite -of his utmost dissimulation, evident signs of decay appeared upon him, -which his visitors conjectured would soon be past dissembling, and they -agreed to stay with the king till the evening. - -But the soldiers on guard, who heard the proposal of sending for -Oustas’s son, and who really believed that these men spoke from their -heart, and were in earnest, were violently discontented and angry at -this proposal. They began to be weary of novelty, and longed for a -king of the ancient royal family. As soon, therefore, as it was dark -they entered Gondar, and called together the several regiments, or -bodies of soldiers, which composed the king’s household. Having came -to a resolution how they were to act, they returned to their quarters -where they were upon guard, and meeting the great officers coming out -of Oustas’s tent, where they, too, had probably agreed upon the same -measure, though it was not known, the soldiers drew their swords, -and slew them all, being seven in number. Among these were Betwudet -Tamerté, and the Acab Saat; the one the principal lay-officer, the -other the chief ecclesiastic in the king’s house. - -This massacre seemed to be the signal for a general insurrection, -in the course of which, part of the town was set on fire. But the -soldiers, at their first meeting in the palace[88], had shut up the -coronation-chamber, and the other royal apartments, and possessed -themselves of the kettle-drum by which all proclamations were made at -the gate, driving away, and rudely treating the multitude on every -side. At last they brought out the drum, though it was yet night, and -made this proclamation:--“David, son of our late king Yasous, is our -king.” The tumult and disorder, nevertheless, still continued; during -all which, it was very remarkable no one ever thought of offering an -injury to Oustas. - -While these things were passing at Gondar, a violent alarm had seized -all the princes upon the mountain of Wechné. They had been treated -with severity during Oustas’s whole reign. Their revenues had been -with-held, or at least not regularly paid, and they had been reduced -nearly to perish for want of the necessaries of life. When, therefore, -the accounts of Oustas’s illness arrived, and that the principal -people had proposed to name Fasil his son, then their fellow-prisoner, -to succeed him, their fears no longer reminded them of the hardships -of his father’s reign, as they expected utter extirpation as the only -measure by which he could provide for his own security. Full of these -fears, they agreed, with one consent, to let down from the mountain -fifty princes of the greatest hopes, all in the prime of life, and -therefore most capable of defending their own right, and securing -the lives of those that remained upon the mountain, from the cruel -treatment they must obviously expect if they fell into the hand of an -usurper or stranger. - -The brother of Betwudet Tamerté, who, with the six others, had been -murdered before Oustas’s tent, was, at this time, guardian of the -mountain of Wechné. His brother’s death, however, and the unsettled -state of government, had so much weakened both his authority and -attention, that he either did not choose, or was not able, to prevent -the escape of these princes, all flying for their lives, and for the -sake of preserving the ancient constitution of their country. And that -this, and no other was their object, appeared the instant the danger -was removed; for, as soon as the news that David was proclaimed at -Gondar arrived at the mountain, all the princes returned of their own -accord, excepting Bacuffa, younger brother to the king, who fled to the -Galla, and lay concealed among them for a time. - -On David’s arrival at Gondar, all the old misfortunes seemed to be -forgotten. The joy of having the ancient royal line restored, got the -better of those fears which first occasioned the interruption. The -prisons were thrown open, and David was crowned the 30th of January -1714, amidst the acclamations of all ranks of people, and every -demonstration of festivity and joy. - -David was son of Yasous the Great, and consequently brother to the -parricide Tecla Haimanout, but by another mother. At his coronation he -was just twenty-one years of age, and took for his inauguration name -Adebar Segued. - -In all this time, however, Oustas was alive. Oustas was, indeed, sick, -but still he was king; and yet it is surprising that David had been now -nine days at Gondar, and no injury had been offered to Oustas, nor any -escape attempted for him by his friends. - -It was the 6th of February, the day before Lent, when, the king -sent the Abuna Marcus, Itchegué Za Michael, with some of the great -officers of state, to interrogate Oustas judicially, for form’s sake, -as to his title to the crown. The questions proposed are very short -and simple--“Who are you? What brought you here?” To these plain -interrogatories, Oustas, then struggling with death, answered, however, -as plainly, and without equivocation, “Tell my king David, that true it -is I have made myself king, as much as one can be that is not of the -royal family; for I am but a private man, son of a subject, Kasmati -Delba Yasous: all I beg of the king is to give me a little time, and -let me die with sickness, as I shortly shall, without putting me to -torment or pain.” - -On the 10th day of February, that is four days after the interrogation, -Oustas died, but whether of a violent or natural death is not known. -The historian of his reign, a cotemporary writer, says, some reported -that he died of an amputation of his leg by order of the king; others, -that he was strangled; but that most people were of opinion that he -died of sickness; and this I think the most probable, for had the king -been earnestly set upon his death, he would not have allowed so much -time to pass, after his coronation, before his rival was interrogated; -nor was there any reason to allow him four days after his confession. -David’s moderation after the death, moreover, seems to render this -still more credible; for he ordered his body to be buried in the church -of the Nativity, which he had himself built, with all the honours and -public ceremonies due to his rank as a nobleman and subject, who had -been guilty of no crime, instead of ordering his body to be hewn in -pieces, and scattered along the ground without burial, to be eat by -the dogs; the invariable punishment, unless in this one instance, of -high-treason in this country. - -Posterity, regarding his merit more than his title, have, however, kept -his name still among the list of kings; and tradition, doing him more -justice still than history, has ranked him among the best that ever -reigned in Abyssinia. - -[Illustration] - - - - -DAVID IV. - -From 1714 to 1719. - - _Convocation of the Clergy--Catholic Priests executed--A - second Convocation--Clergy insult the King--His severe - Punishment--King dies of Poison._ - - -The moderation of the king, both before and after the death of Oustas, -and perhaps some other favourable appearances now unknown to us, set -the monks, the constant pryers into futurity, upon prophecying that the -reign of this prince was to be equal in length to that of his father -Yasous the Great, and that it was to be peaceable, full of justice and -moderation, without execution, or effusion of civil blood. - -David, immediately upon his accession, appointed Fit-Auraris Agnè, -Ozoro Keduste’s brother[89], his Betwudet, and Abra Hezekias his -matter of the household; and was proceeding to fill up the inferior -posts of government, when he was interrupted by the clamours of a -multitude of monks demanding a convocation of the clergy. - -These assemblies, however often solicited, are never called in -the reign of vigorous princes, but by the special order of the -sovereign, who grants or refuses them purely from his own free-will. -They are, however, particularly expected at the accession of a new -prince, upon any apprehension of heresy, or any novelty or abuse in -church-government. - -The arrival of a new-Abuna from Egypt is also a very principal reason -for the convocation. These assemblies are very numerous. Many of the -most discreet members of the church absent themselves purposely. On -the other hand, the monks, who, by vows, have bound themselves to the -most painful austerities and sufferings; those that devote themselves -to pass their lives in the deep and unwholesome valleys of the country; -hermits that starve on the points of cold rocks; others that live in -deserts surrounded with, and perpetually exposed to wild beasts; in -a word, the whole tribe of fanatics, false prophets, diviners, and -dreamers, people who affect to see and foreknow what is in future -to happen, by living in perfect ignorance of what is passing at the -present; people in constant habits of dirt and nastiness, naked, or -covered with hair; in short, a collection of monsters, scarcely to -be described or conceived, compose an ecclesiastical assembly in -Abyssinia, and are the leaders of an ignorant and furious populace, -who adore them as saints, and are always ready to support them in some -violation of the laws of the country, or of humanity, to which, by -their customs and manner of life, their very first appearance shews -they have been long strangers. - -David, however averse to these assemblies, could not decently refuse -them, now a new prince was set on the throne, a new Abuna was come -from Egypt, and a complaint was ready to be brought that the church -was in danger. The assembly met in the usual place before the palace. -The Itchegué, or head of the monks of Debra Libanos, was ready with a -complaint, which he preferred to the king. He stated it was notorious, -but offered to prove it if denied, that three Romish priests, with an -Abyssinian for their interpreter, were then established in Walkayt, -and, for several years, had been there maintained, protected, and -consulted by the late king Oustas, who had often assisted at the -celebration of mass as solemnized by the church of Rome. - -David was a rigid adherent to the church of Alexandria, and educated -by his mother in the tenets of the monks of Saint Eustathius, that is, -the most declared enemies of every thing approaching to the tenets of -the church of Rome. He was consequently, not by inclination, neither -was he by duty, obliged to undertake the defence of measures adopted by -Oustas, of which he was besides ignorant, having been confined in the -mountain of Wechné. He ordered, therefore, the missionaries, and their -interpreter, whose name was Abba Gregorius, to be apprehended. - -These unfortunate people were accordingly produced before the most -prejudiced and partial of all tribunals. Abba Masmarè and Adug Tesfo -were adduced to interrogate and to interpret to them, as they -understood the Arabic, having been at Cairo and Jerusalem. The trial -neither was, nor was intended to be long. The first question put was -a very direct one; Do you, or do you not, receive the council of -Chalcedon as a rule of faith? and, Do you believe that Leo the pope -lawfully and regularly presided at it, and conducted it? To this the -prisoners plainly answered, That they looked upon the council of -Chalcedon as the fourth general council, and received it as such, -and as a rule of faith: that they did believe pope Leo lawfully and -regularly presided at it, as being head of the Catholic church, -successor to St Peter, and Christ’s vicar upon earth. Upon this a -general shout was heard from the whole assembly; and the fatal cry, -“Stone them.”--“Whoever throws not three stones, he is accursed, and an -enemy to Mary,” immediately followed. - -One priest only, distinguished for piety and learning among his -countrymen, and one of the chief men in the assembly, with great -vehemence declared, they were tried partially and unfairly, and -condemned unjustly. But his voice was not heard amidst the clamours -of such a multitude; and the monks were accordingly by the judges -condemned to die. Ropes were instantly thrown about their necks, and -they were dragged to a place behind the church of Abbo, in the way to -Tedda, where they were, according to their sentence, stoned to death, -suffering with a patience and resignation equal to the first martyrs. - -The justice, however, which we owe to the memory of the deceased M. du -Roule, must always leave a fear in every Christian mind, that, spotted -as these missionaries were with the horrid crime of the premeditated, -unprovoked murder of that ambassador, the indifference they testified -at the approach, and in the immediate suffering of death, had its -origin rather in hardness of heart than in the quietness of their -consciences. Many fanatics have been known to die, glorying in having -perpetrated the most horrid crimes to which the sentence of eternal -damnation is certainly annexed in the book before them. - -I have often, both on purpose and by accident, passed by this place, -where three large, and one small pile of stones, cover the bodies of -these unfortunate sufferers; and, with many heavy reflections, upon -my own danger, I have often wondered how these three priests, of -whatever nation they were, passed unnoticed among the number of their -fraternity, whose memory is honoured with long panegyrics by the Romish -writers of those times, as destined one day to appear in the kalendar. -Though those that compose the long list of Tellez died with piety -and resignation, they were surely guilty in the way they almost all -were engaged, contrary to the laws and constitution of the country, -in actions and designs that can be fairly qualified by no other name -than that of treason, while no such political meddling out of their -profession ever was reproached to these three, even by their enemies. - -Tellez says not a word of them; Le Grande, a zealous Catholic writer -of these times, but little; though he publishes an Arabic letter to -consul Maillet, which mentions their names, their sufferings, and other -circumstances attending them. I shall, therefore, take the liberty of -offering my conjecture, as I think this silence, or the suppression of -a fact, gives me a title to do; but shall first produce the letter of -Elias Enoch, upon which I found my judgment. - - -TRANSLATION _of an_ ARABIC LETTER _wrote to_ M. DE MAILLET. - -“After having assured M. de Maillet, the consul, of my respects, and -of the continuation of my prayers for his health, as being a gentleman -venerable for his merits, distinguished by his knowledge and great -penetration, of a noble birth, always beneficent, and addicted to -pious actions, (may God preserve his life to that degree of honour due -to so respectable a person), I now write you from the town of Mocha. -I left Abyssinia in the year 1718, and came to this town of Mocha in -extreme poverty, or rather absolutely destitute. God has assisted me: -I give praise to him for his bounty, and always remain much obliged to -you. What follows is all that I can inform you as touching the news of -Abyssinia. King Yasous is long since dead: his son, Tecla Haimanout, -having seized upon the kingdom by force, caused his father to be -assassinated. This king Yasous, having given me leave to go to Sennaar, -furnished me with a letter addressed to the king there, in which he -desired him to put no obstacles in the way of du Roule the French -ambassador’s journey, but to suffer him to enter Ethiopia. He also gave -me another letter addressed to the basha and officers of Grand Cairo; -and another letter to the ambassador himself, by which he signified -to him that he might enter into Ethiopia without fear. Accordingly I -had departed with these letters for Sennaar; but king Tecla Haimanout, -son of king Yasous, having taken possession of the kingdom while I was -yet in Abyssinia, I returned and delivered to him the letters which -had been given me by his father. It was now three months since Tecla -Haimanout had been upon the throne; he approved of the letters, and -caused them to be transcribed in his own name; and ordered me to go and -join du Roule the ambassador, and accompany him back again to Gondar. -King Yasous had already sent an officer to meet the ambassador at -Sennaar; and he had been gone six months without my knowledge; but that -officer, having trifled away his time in trading, did not enter Sennaar -till that king had caused the ambassador to be murdered, together with -those that were with him. As for me, not knowing what had happened, -I was advancing with the orders of Tecla Haimanout, when, being now -within three days journey of Sennaar, I heard of the ambassador’s -death, and that of his companions; and being terrified at this, I -returned into Abyssinia to let Tecla Haimanout know what the king of -Sennaar had done. Immediately upon hearing of this, Tecla Haimanout -formed a resolution to declare war against the king of Sennaar, but was -soon after slain in a mutiny of the soldiers. He reigned two years. -Tifilis, brother of Yasous, succeeded him, and reigned three years and -three months. Oustas, nephew of king Yasous, succeeded Tifilis, and -usurped the kingdom, of which he was actually prime minister, being -son of a sister of Yasous. Oustas was dethroned, and died soon after. -David, son of Yasous, succeeded him, and reigned five years and five -months. The _friars_, who arrived in Ethiopia in the reign of Oustas, -were stoned to death, upon the succession of David to the throne, by -those that were of the party of David. A son of _Michael_, whom he -had by a slave, aged only six years, was stoned with him. It was the -_fourth_ son he had. I made Yasous believe that the religion of the -French was the same with that of Ethiopia,” &c. &c. - -From this letter, we see a boy of six years old, son of one of these -priests or friars, was stoned to death with them; and his heap of -stones appears with those of the others. It was, indeed, a common -test of the people suspected to be priests, who stole into Abyssinia, -to offer them women, their vows being known, and that they could not -marry. I apprehend, to avoid detection, one at least of them had -broken his vow of celibacy and chastity, and that this child was the -consequence, but not the only one, as Enoch says, in his letter, he had -three others; and this probably was the reason why the Catholics of -those times had consigned their merit to oblivion, rather than record -it with their failings. - -For although we know that there were friars who had been in Ethiopia -since the time of Oustas, we should not have been informed who they -were, had it not been for a small sheet, published at Rome in the year -1774, by a capuchin priest called Theodosius Volpi, sent to me by my -learned and worthy friend the honourable Daines Barrington. From this -we find, that these three were, Liberato de Wies, apostolical prefect -in Austria; Michael Pius of Zerbe, in the province of Padua; and Samuel -de Beumo, of the Milanese. The account of their death is the same as -already given, though the publisher suppresses the stoning of the -child, and the existence of the three other, fruits of the seraphic -mission, through the endeavours of father Michael Pius of Zerbe, of the -province of Milan. The child, too, stoned to death with his father, -was six years old, and was, as Elias says, fourth son of Michael; -and it was in 1714 this catastrophe happened, so that this will bring -these fathers entrance into Nubia about the time of the murder of M. du -Roule: so consistent with every crime is fanaticism and false religion. - -The barbarous monks, gratified in the first instance, would not be -contented without extending their vengeance to Abba Gregorius, the -Abyssinian priest, the interpreter. But David, who found upon trial -that, in going to attend the priests in Walkayt, he had only obeyed the -express command of Oustas, then his sovereign, absolutely refused to -suffer him to be either tried or punished, but dismissed him, without -further censure or question, to his native country. - -While David was thus employed at Gondar, news were brought to him -that his brother Bacuffa had left the Galla, and was then in a small -town in Begemder, called Wetan. It was this prince who, together with -fifty others of the royal family, were let down from the mountain of -Wechné, upon Oustas’s son being proposed, and he alone refused to -return upon his brother’s accession to the throne. David sent Azaleffi, -Guebra Mehedin, and Badjerund Welled de l’Oul, to Wetan, where they -apprehended Bacuffa by surprise, and lodged him in the mountain of -Wechné, after having cut off a very small part of the tip of his nose, -which was scarcely discernible when he came to the throne. - -Kasmati Georgis, had been banished to the mountain in the reign of the -late king, where he had contracted an intimate friendship with David. -He had also married a sister of Ozoro Mamet, by whom Yasous had several -children, particularly one Welleta Georgis, a prince then of years -to govern, and confined to the mountain. David, on his coming to the -throne, did not forget his old friendship on the mountain; and, passing -by Emfras, he sent to Wechné to bring down Kasmati Georgis to Arringo, -one of the king’s palaces in Begemder, where he intended to pass the -summer. On his return he gave him the government of Gojam; and his -favourite Agné, his uncle, dying at this time, very much regretted, -Georgis was also created Betwudet in his place. - -This year Abuna Marcus died; and his successor, Abuna Christodulus, -arriving the third day of November, this made the calling of another -assembly of the clergy absolutely necessary, although, from the humour -the last was in, the whole time of their meeting, the king was very -little inclined to it. - -The monks in Abyssinia, as I have often said, are divided into two -bodies, those of Debra Libanos and those of Abba Eustathius. Some have -imagined that the difference between these two bodies arises from a -dispute about two natures in Christ. But this is from misinformation; -for, were a dispute to arise about the two natures in Christ, each -party would declare the other a heretic; but at present a few equivocal -words, used to define the mode and moment of our Saviour’s incarnation, -though neither opinion is thought heretical[90], have the effect to -make these two sects enemies all their lives. - -The Abuna is the head of the Abyssinian church; yet, as he is known to -be a slave of the Mahometans, upon his first arrival, and permission -obtained from the king, the assembly meets in a large outer court, -or square, before the palace, where he is interrogated, and where he -declares which of the two opinions he adopts. If he has been properly -advised, he declares for the ruling and strongest party; though -sometimes he is determined, by the address of those about him, to side -with the weakest; and very often, if he has had no instruction on his -arrival, he does not know what this reference means; for no trace of -such dispute exists among his brethren in Cairo, from whence he came. -He is, moreover, a stranger to the language, and the words containing -either opinion, which, for shortness sake, are made to mean a great -deal more than they at first seem to import; and, whether freely or -literally translated, are equally unintelligible to a foreigner. After -the Abuna has declared his choice, this is announced by beat of drum to -the people, and is called _Nagar Haimanout_, or, the Proclamation of -the Faith. The only ordinary effect this declaration has, is to make -the person who is at the head of one party an adversary to him who is -the head of the other, all his life after. - -The king at his accession makes his declaration also. The clergy -maintain, that he should do this in an assembly called for that -purpose, though the king denies that there is any necessity for -the clergy to be present; but he considers it as his privilege to -choose his own time and place, and announces it to the people, by -proclamation, at what time, and in what manner, he thinks most -convenient. - -Although David had given his permission to assemble the clergy to hear -the Abuna’s declaration, he did not think himself bound to assist at -it, and, therefore, he sent to the monks of Debra Libanos, and those of -Abba Eustathius, to go to the Abuna with Betwudet Georgis, who should -interrogate the Abuna, and report the answer to the king, who thereupon -would order it to be proclaimed to the people. The monks of Debra -Libanos refused this, as they did not consider Georgis as indifferent, -being known to be a staunch Eustathian. They declared, therefore, they -would neither hear nor regard what the Abuna said, unless it was in -the king’s presence; and this was just what David was resolved not to -humour them in. - -Betwudet Georgis, the great officers of state, and most of the people -of consideration about Gondar, waited upon the Abuna as the king had -commanded; and the Betwudet having desired him to make his profession, -he would only give this evasive answer, That his faith was in all -respects the same as that of Abba Marcos and Abba Sanuda, the ancient -and orthodox Abunas. - -This answer left every party at liberty to imagine that the Abuna was -their own. But this evasion did not content the king, who therefore -ordered the Betwudet, without taking further notice of the Abuna, to -make proclamation in terms of the profession of the monks of Abba -Eustathius. This occasioned great heats among the monks of Debra -Libanos. They ran all with one accord to the Itchegué’s house, for he -is their general, or chief of their convent, and here they came to -the most violent resolutions, declaring that they would die either -together, or man by man, in support of their privileges and the -freedom of their assemblies. From the Itchegué’s house they ran to -the Abuna’s, without soliciting or receiving any permission from the -king; and, upon interrogation, they succeeded with the Abuna to the -height of their wishes; for he answered in the precise words of their -profession--“One God, of the Father alone, united to a body perfectly -human, consubstantial with ours, and by that union becoming the -Messiah;” in direct opposition to what was proclaimed by the king’s -order at the gate of the palace the day before--Perfect God and perfect -man, by the union one Christ, whose body is composed of a precious -substance, called _Bahery_, not consubstantial with ours, or derived -from his mother. - -Had they stopt here it had been well; but the victory was too great, -too unexpected, and complete, to admit of their sitting quietly down -without a triumph. They returned, therefore, from the Abuna’s, frantic -with joy, shouting, and singing, and more peculiarly one kind of song, -or hallelujah, used always upon victories obtained over infidels. As -they passed the door of the king’s palace, some of the officers of -the household, Azage Zakery, Azage Tecla Haimanout, and Badjerund -Welleta David, moderate men, lovers of peace, and inclined to no party, -endeavoured to persuade them to content themselves with what they -had done, to disperse, and each go to his home, before some mischief -overtook them. But they were too high-minded. They redoubled their -songs; and, in this manner, again assembled in the Itchegué’s house to -deliberate on what further they were to attempt; when one of the monks, -a prophet, or dreamer, declared, “That God had opened his eyes, and -that he then saw a cherub with a flaming sword guarding the Itchegué’s -gate:” with such a centinel they concluded that they were perfectly -safe from any attempts of man. - -In the mean time, however, the king was violently affected at the -seditious behaviour of the monks; nor did he hesitate a moment in -what manner he was to punish it. As they had employed the song which -was sung only for victories obtained over infidels, by which they -meant to allude particularly to the king, he detached a body of Pagan -Galla to punish them; having surrounded the Itchegué’s house, where -the monks were assembled, they forced open the gate, (and the cherub -with the flaming sword not interfering) they fell, sword in hand, upon -the unarmed priests, and in an instant laid above a hundred of the -principal of them dead upon the floor. They then sallied out with their -bloody weapons into the street, and hewed to pieces those that attended -the procession, and who were still diverting themselves with their -song. Gondar now appeared like a town taken by storm; every street was -covered with the dead, and dying; and this massacre continued till next -day at noon, when, by proclamation, the king ordered it to cease. - -David, now satisfied as to the priests, thought he owed to the Abuna -a mortification for his double-dealing. He sent, therefore, the -soldiers to take him out of his house, and bring him to the gate of -the palace, where the poor wretch, half dead with fear, expected every -moment to fall by the bloody hands of the Djawi. Having enjoyed his -panic some time, the king ordered him to be placed close beside the -kettle-drum, and a profession of faith was made in the royal presence, -and announced by beat of drum to the people, agreeing in every respect -to that published the first day by Betwudet Georgis, and directly -contradicting what he had said with his own mouth to the monks of Debra -Libanos, which was the occasion of the riot. - -This bloody, indiscriminate massacre had comprehended too many men -of worth and distinction not to occasion great discontent among the -principal people both within and without the palace. Conspiracies -against the king were now everywhere openly talked of, the fruits of -which soon appeared. David fell sick, and those about him endeavoured -to persuade him that it was the remains of an injury which he had -lately received from a fall off his horse. But, upon the meeting of a -council on the 9th of March 1719, it was discovered and proved, that -Kasmati Laté and Ras Georgis had employed Kutcho, keeper of the palace, -to give a strong poison to the king, which he had taken that morning -from the hands of a Mahometan. Ras Georgis was then brought before the -council, and scarcely denied the fact; upon which his only son was -ordered to be hewn to pieces before his face, and immediately after the -father’s eyes were pulled out. Kutcho, keeper of the palace, and the -Mahometan who gave the poison, were hewn to pieces with swords before -the gate of the palace, and their mangled bodies thrown to the dogs. -The king died that evening in great agony. - -The king’s favourite, Betwudet Georgis, found himself now in a most -dangerous situation. David his protector was dead, and he was left now -alone to answer for those bloody measures of which he was universally -believed to be the adviser. It was absolutely necessary, therefore, if -possible, to secure a successor of David’s own family, who might stop -the prosecutions against him for steps the king had adopted as his own, -and as such had carried into execution. - -We have already observed, that, when banished to the mountain of Wechné -by Oustas, he had contracted there, first a friendship with David, -and, at the same time, with another prince, Ayto Welled Georgis, who -was son to Yasous by Ozoro Mamet, whose sister Georgis had married, -and consequently was uncle to Ayto Welleta Georgis, as having married -his aunt, sister to Ozoro Mamet. When this prince now arrived at -manhood, he knew himself perfectly secure; and, therefore, a number -of the men in power being then assembled at his house, he lost no -time, but surrounded it with a body of soldiers. He proposed to them -Welled Georgis as immediate successor to David. The people present, -seeing themselves in the soldiers hands, and convinced from the -recent examples, that Georgis was not very tender in the use of them, -in appearance chearfully, and without hesitation, approved of the -Betwudet’s choice; and Lika Jonathan, one of the chief civil judges, -performed the office of crier, proclaiming with an audible voice, -“Ayto Welled Georgis, brother to our late king David, son of our great -king Yasous, he is now our king. Mourn for the king that is dead, but -rejoice with the king that is alive.” This is the ordinary stile of -the proclamation. Mutual congratulations and promises passed among the -members of the meeting, but with very different resolutions. - -All the company, escorted by a body of archers, and another of -fuzileers, with Betwudet Georgis at their head, repaired to the great -place before the palace to make the same proclamation by beat of drum -that they had done in the Betwudet’s house. They found the drum ready, -and the whole body of the king’s household troops under arms, and -drawn up before it. Upon the sight of their companions, the soldiers -left the Betwudet, and fell into a proper place reserved vacant for -them by their brethren. Without loss of time the drum was beat, and a -proclamation made, “Bacuffa, son of Yasous, is our king! Mourn for the -dead, and rejoice with the living.” Loud acclamations from the people -were echoed back again by the soldiers, and Bacuffa’s name was received -with universal acclamations. Some of the principal people then went -to the council-chamber, and sent proper officers, with a good body of -troops, to escort the king from Wechné. - -Upon their arrival they found the sentiments of the princes upon the -election were widely different from those testified by the people. -They all to a man declared their dissent from that election. They -upbraided Bacuffa for his brutal manners; for his violent, unsociable, -unrelenting temper, from the which, they said, they had the cruelest -consequences to apprehend; and, indeed, it was not without great reason -that they made these remonstrances; for Bacuffa, when he escaped from -the mountain, fled for refuge among the Galla, and received there -a very strong tincture of the savage manners of that nation, which -neither those of Gondar nor the army could have an opportunity to judge -of. Resolute, active, and politic, he was very well formed to hold -the reins of government in unsettled times; but his temper of itself -exceedingly suspicious, and the little regard he had for the life of -man, made his whole reign (as it was feared) one continued tragedy. So -that, notwithstanding the goodness of his understanding, and many acts -of wisdom and justice, he is considered as a bloody, merciless tyrant, -and his memory regarded with the greatest detestation. - -On the first news of the insurrection of the princes on Wechné, Kasmati -Amha Yasous, governor of Begemder, marched with his whole force and -encamped under the mountain. He then received Bacuffa, as king, having -rescued him from the hands of his relations; and, in order to obviate, -as much as possible, any future trouble, he obliged the different -branches of the royal family to a reconciliation with each other, -making Bacuffa, on the one side, swear that he was not to remember nor -revenge any injury or affront received upon the mountain; and them on -the mountain swear also, that they would forget all old disagreements, -consider Bacuffa as their king, and not create him any trouble in his -reign by escapes, or other rebellious practices. - -As it was then night, Bacuffa staid in the house of Azage Assarat, -and the next morning came to Serbraxos, whence he sent to the monks -of Tedda to meet him there. From Tedda he proceeded to Gondar, where -he was met by the Abuna and Itchegué amidst the acclamations of a -prodigious number of people. - -[Illustration] - - - - -BACUFFA. - -From 1719 to 1729. - - _Bloody Reign--Exterminates the Conspirators--Counterfeits - Death--Becomes very popular._ - - -Honest men, who loved their country, saw the dangerous situation it was -then in. Every day had produced instances of a growing indifference to -that form of government which, from the earliest times, they had looked -upon as sacred; and upon every slight and unreasonable disgust a person -of consequence thought he had met with, a party was immediately formed, -and nothing less was agreed on than directly imbruing their hands in -the blood of their sovereign. - -A prince was necessary who had qualities of mind proper to enable him -to put a stop to these enormities before they involved the state in -one scene of anarchy and ruin. Bacuffa was thought to answer these -expectations; and, in the end, he was found to exceed them. Silent, -secret, and unfathomable in his designs, surrounded by soldiers -who were his own slaves, and by new men of his own creation, he -removed those tyrants who opposed their sovereigns upon the smallest -provocation. Conspiracy followed conspiracy, and rebellion; but all -were defeated, as soon as they had birth, by the superior activity and -address of the king. - -I have said he was called Bacuffa by the Galla; but, in compliance -with the custom of Abyssinia, already mentioned, he had assumed still -two other names, which were, Atzham Georgis, his name of baptism, and -Adebar Segued, which means “reverenced by the towns or inhabited places -of the country,” given him at his inauguration. As for that of Bacuffa, -which meant the _inexorable_, it was the less dishonourable from having -been given him by impartial strangers from their own observation while -he was yet in private life; his whole conduct afterwards shewed how -justly. - -The king has near his person an officer who is meant to be his -historiographer. He is also keeper of his seal, and is obliged to make -a journal of the king’s actions, good or bad, without comment of his -own upon them. This, when the king dies, or at least soon after, is -delivered to the council, who read it over, and erase every thing false -in it; whilst they supply any material fact that may have been omitted, -whether purposely or not. This would have been a very dangerous book -to have been kept in Bacuffa’s time; and, accordingly, no person chose -ever to run that risk; and the king’s particular behaviour afterwards -had still the further effect, that nobody would supply this deficiency -after his death, a general belief prevailing in Abyssinia that he is -alive to this day, and will appear again in all his terrors. It is -owing to this circumstance that we have nothing complete of this king’s -reign; only a few anecdotes are preserved, some of them very odd ones. -I shall only, for the present, choose such of those as lead me to the -subject I have in hand. - -Bacuffa was exceedingly fond of divinations, dreams, and prophecies, -so are all the Abyssinians; but he imbibed an additional propensity -to these, among the Pagans to whom he had fled. One day, when walking -alone, he perceived a priest exceedingly attentive in observing the -forms that little pieces of straw, cut to certain lengths, made upon a -pool of water into which ran a small stream. From the combination of -these in letters, or figures, as they chanced to fall, an answer is -procured to the doubt proposed, which, if you believe these idlers, is -perfectly infallible. - -Bacuffa in disguise, dressed like a poor man, is said to have asked the -priest after what he was inquiring. The priest answered, He was trying -whether the king would have a son, and who should govern the kingdom -after him. The king abode the investigation patiently; and the answer -was, That he should have a son; but that a Welleta Georgis should -govern the kingdom after him for thirty years, though that Welleta -Georgis should be neither his son nor any descendant of his. Full of -thought at this untoward prediction, he harboured it in his breast -without communicating it to any one, and resolved to blast the hopes -of every Welleta Georgis that should be so unfortunate as to stand -within the possibility of reigning after him. Many innocent people of -different parts disappeared from this unknown crime; and eleven princes -on the mountain of Wechné, some say more, lost their lives for a name -that is very common in Abyssinia, without one overt act of treason, -or even a suspicion of what they were accused. A panic now struck all -ranks of people, without terminating in any scheme of resistance; -which sufficiently shewed that the king had succeeded in dissolving -all confederacies among his subjects, and destroying radically that -rebellious spirit which had operated so fatally in the last reigns. - -It is a custom among the kings of Abyssinia, especially in intervals -of peace, to disappear for a time, without any warning. Sometimes, -indeed, one or two confidential servants, pretending to be busied in -other affairs, attend at a distance, and keep their eye upon him, -while, disguised in different manners, he goes like a stranger to those -parts he intends to visit. In one of these private journeys, passing -into Kuara, a province on the N. E. of Abyssinia, near the confines of -Sennaar, Bacuffa happened, or counterfeited, to be seized by a fever, -a common disease of that unwholesome country. He was then in a poor -village belonging to servants of a man of distinction, whose house was -on the top of the hill immediately above, in temperate and wholesome -air. The hospitable landlord, upon the first hearing of the distress -of a stranger, immediately removed him up to his house, where every -attention that could be suggested by a charitable mind was bestowed -upon his diseased guest, who presently recovered his former state of -health, but not till the kind assistance and unwearied diligence of the -beautiful daughter of the house had made the deepest impression upon -him, and laid him under the greatest obligations. - -The family consisted of five young men in the flower of their youth, -and one daughter, whose name was Berhan Magass, _the Glory of -Grace_, exceedingly beautiful, gentle, mild, and affable; of great -understanding and prudence beyond her age; the darling, not only of her -own family, but of all the neighbourhood. - -Bacuffa recovering his health, returned speedily to the palace, which -he entered privately at night, and appeared early next morning sitting -in judgment, and hearing causes, which, with these princes, is the -first public occupation of the day. - -A messenger, with guards and attendants, was immediately sent to -Kuara, and Berhan Magass hurried from her father’s house, she knew not -why, but her surprise was carried to the utmost, by being presented -and married to the king, no reply, condition, or stipulation being -suffered. She gained, however, and preserved his confidence as long -as he lived: not that Bacuffa valued himself upon constancy to one -wife, more than the rest of his predecessors had done. He had, indeed, -many mistresses, but with these he observed a very singular rule; he -never took to his bed any one woman whatever, the fair Berhan Magass -excepted, without her having been first so far intoxicated with wine or -spirits as not to remember any thing that passed in conversation. - -While Bacuffa was on his concealed journey to Kuara, a very dangerous -conspiracy was forming at Gondar, under the immediate conduct of Ozoro -Welleta Raphael, the king’s sister, a very ambitious woman, and of -an unquiet, enterprising temper. Disgusted by her brother’s refusal -of a gift of some crown lands which were then vacant, and without -any owners, she thought no vengeance adequate to the affront, but -dethroning Bacuffa. With this view she engaged several men of power in -her interest, and particularly the black servants of the palace who -attend immediately upon the king’s person, and were to seize upon, or -destroy him, the moment he returned. This plot, in all its particulars, -was conveyed to the king. - -There was an old, abandoned house of king Yasous, at Bartcho, about a -day’s journey south of Gondar; it stands on a very extensive plain. -The king intending, as he said, to repair, or rather clean and prepare -this house for his immediate reception, ordered all the black slaves -from Gondar thither for that purpose, together with some of their -ringleaders. Kasmati Waragna, in the mean time, was ordered to bring a -thousand horsemen of his Galla Djawi. He arrived at Bartcho nearly at -the same time with the black servants, who being unarmed, as suspecting -nothing, and on foot, after a sharp reproof from the king, were all -surrounded and cut to pieces by the hands of Waragna, and orders were -immediately sent to Gondar to extirpate the remainder there; and this -execution laid a foundation for a feud that endures to this day between -the Galla troops and the black horse, who were then abolished, as the -Galla have been since, though both were part of the king’s household -formerly, before David’s or Bacuffa’s time. As for Welleta Raphael, -she was seized that same night, and was conveyed to Walkayt, to be -confined there, with private instructions, however, to put her to death -speedily, which were executed accordingly. - -The queen had a son within the year, whom the council named Yasous, -after his grandfather, whose memory will ever be dear in Abyssinia; and -this again revived the old apprehensions that Welleta Georgis was to -govern the country (as the prophet said) for thirty years. Tormented -with this idea, rather than the havoc it had occasioned, he devised -with himself a scheme which he thought would certainly detect this -future usurper of his crown and dethroner of his child. But first he -directed that the queen should be crowned, a ceremony that carries -great consequences along with it when solemnized properly, as at that -time she is made regent, or Iteghè, in all minorities that may happen -afterwards. - -After he had created his wife Iteghè, Bacuffa pretended to be sick: -several days passed without hopes of recovery; but at last the news -of the king’s death were published in Gondar. The joy was so great, -and so universal, that nobody attempted to conceal it. Every one found -himself eased of a load of fear which had become insupportable. Several -princes escaped from the mountain of Wechné to put themselves in the -way of being chosen; some were sent to by those great men who thought -themselves capable of effecting the nomination, and a speedy day was -appointed for the burial of the king’s corpse, when Bacuffa appeared, -in the ordinary seat of justice, early in the morning of that day, -with the Iteghè, and the infant Yasous, his son, sitting in a chair -below him. - -There was no occasion to accuse the guilty. The whole court, and all -strangers attending there upon business, fled, and spread an universal -terror through the whole streets of Gondar. All ranks of people were -driven to despair, for all had rejoiced; and much less crimes had been -before punished with death. What this sedition would have ended in, it -is hard to know, had it not been for the immediate resolution of the -king, who ordered a general pardon and amnesty to be proclaimed at the -door of the palace. - -There are two kettle-drums of a large size placed one on each side of -the outer gate of the king’s house. They are called the _lion_ and -the _lamb_. The lion is beat at the proclamations which regard war, -attainders for conspiracies and rebellions, promotions to supreme -commands, and suchlike high matters. The lamb[91] is heard only on -beneficent, pacific occasions, of gifts from the crown, of general -amnesties, of private pardons, and reversals of penal ordinances. The -whole town was in expectation of some sanguinary decree, when, to -their utter surprise, they heard the voice of the lamb, a certain sign -of peace and forgivenness; and speedily followed by a proclamation, -forbidding people of all degrees to leave their houses, that the king’s -word was pledged for every one’s security; and that all the principal -men should immediately attend him within the palace, in a public place -which is called the Ashoa, and that upon pain of rebellion. - -The king appeared cloathed all in white, being the habit of peace; his -head was bare, dressed, anointed, and perfumed, and his face uncovered. -He thus advanced to the rail of the gallery, about 10 feet above the -heads of the audience, and, in a very graceful, composed, but resolute -manner, began a short oration to the people. “He put them in mind of -their wantonness in having made Oustas, a man not of the royal line -of Solomon, king of Abyssinia; of their having incited his brother, -Tecla Haimanout, to assassinate their father Yasous; that they had -afterwards murdered Tecla Haimanout himself, one brother, and lately -his other brother David, his own immediate predecessor: That he had -taken due vengeance upon all the ringleaders of those crimes, as -was the duty of his place, and, if much blood had been shed, it was -because many enormities had been committed; but that knowing now that -order was established, and conspiracies extinguished among them, he -had counterfeited death, to signify an end was put to Bacuffa and his -bloody measures; that he now was risen again, and appeared to them by -the name of Atzham Georgis, son of Yasous the Great; and ordered every -man home to his house to rejoice at the accession of a new king, under -whom they should have justice, and live without fear, as long as they -respected the king that God had anointed over them.” - -This speech was followed by the loudest acclamations, “Long live -Bacuffa! Long live Atzham Georgis!” It was well known that this king -never failed in his word, or any way prevaricated in his promises. -Every one, therefore, went home in as perfect peace as if war had never -been among them; and Bacuffa’s delicacy in this respect was seen a few -days after; for Hannes his brother having been brought clandestinely -from Wechné by Kasmati Georgis, a nobleman of great consequence, -they were both taken by the governor of Wechné and sent in chains to -the king. The ordinary process would have been to put them instantly -to death, as being apprehended in the very highest act of treason; -nor would this have alarmed any person whatever, or been thought an -infraction of the king’s late promise. Bacuffa, however, was of another -mind. He sent the criminal judges, who ordinarily sit upon capital -crimes, to meet the two prisoners in their way to Gondar, and carried -them back to the foot of the mountain of Wechné to have their crimes -proved, and to be tried there out of his presence and influence, where -they were both condemned, Hannes to have an arm cut off, Georgis to be -sent to prison to the governor of Walkayt, with private orders to put -him to death; both which sentences were executed, though Hannes so far -recovered that he was king of Abyssinia in my time, notwithstanding -this mutilation; but it was a direct violation of the laws of the land. - -It is said that a discovery, which happened in the king’s feigned -illness, promoted this sudden revolution of manners. In one of his -secret tours through Begemder, (after Tigré, the most powerful province -in Abyssinia, and by much the most plentiful) being disguised like a -poor man, dirty and fatigued with the length of the way and heat of -the weather, he came to the house of a private person, not very rich, -indeed, but of noble manners and carriage, and who, by the justice and -mildness of his behaviour and customs, had acquired a great degree of -influence among his neighbours. The father was old and feeble, but the -son in the vigour of his age, who was then standing in a large pool of -water, at his father’s door, washing his own cotton cloak, or wrapper, -which is their upper garment; an occupation below no young man in -Abyssinia. - -Bacuffa, as overcome with heat, threw himself down under the shade of -a tree, and, in a faint voice and foreign dialect, intreated the young -man to wash his cloak likewise, after having finished his own. The -young man consented most willingly; and, throwing by his own garment, -fell to washing the stranger’s with great diligence and attention. -In the mean time, Bacuffa began questioning him about the king, and -what his opinion was of him. The young man answered, he had never -formed any. Bacuffa, however, still plied him with questions, while he -continued washing the cloak, without giving him any answer at all; at -last, being able to hold out no longer, he gathered Bacuffa’s cloak in -his arms, wet as it was, and threw it to him: “I thought, says he, when -you prayed me to take your cloak, that I was doing a charitable action -to some poor Galla fainting with fatigue, and perhaps with hunger; -but, since I have had it in my hands, I have found you an instructor -of kings and nobles, a leader of armies and maker of laws. Take your -cloak, therefore, and wash it yourself, which is what Providence has -ordained to be your business; it is a safer trade, and you will have -less time to censure your superiors, which can never be a proper or -useful occupation to a fellow like you.” - -The king took his wet cloak, and the rebuke along with it, and, on his -return, he sent for the man to Gondar, and raised him in a short time -to the first offices in the state. He possessed his entire confidence; -and he deserved it. He was the only man to whom the king had confided -his fears of the usurper Welleta Georgis. While Bacuffa was supposed -to be ill, the queen and this officer only present, he mentioned, for -the first time, some surprise that no such person as Welleta Georgis -had appeared during so long and so many inquiries, and could not help -dropping some words as if he doubted the truth of this prophecy. - -Badjerund Waragna, for that was the name of the king’s friend, -maintained modestly that it might be a temptation of the devil to -mislead him to his destruction. He told the king, that, by his own -account of it, this Welleta Georgis was to have no power over _him_, as -he was only to appear in his son’s time. He begged him, therefore, to -lay aside all further thoughts of his prophecy, whilst he trusted his -son’s succession to God’s mercy, and to the prayers, the charity, and -prudence of the queen. The Iteghé all this time was lost in silence. -She desired the king to repeat to her the whole circumstances of the -prophecy, which he distinctly did. “I wish,” says she laughing, “this -Welleta Georgis may not be now nearer us than we imagine; perhaps in -the palace.” “In the palace!” says the king, with great emotion. “I -doubt so,” says the queen; “suppose it should be me your own wife; for -Welleta Georgis was the name given to me in baptism; and your late -coronation of me, should a minority happen in the person of your son, -or even a grandson, undoubtedly leaves me regent of the kingdom by -your own intentions when you made me Iteghè.” - -Whether the king was convinced or not, is not known; but he, from this -time, desisted from his persecution of Welleta Georgis; and this the -queen often told me among several anecdotes of that singular reign. -She was my great patroness while at Gondar, and from her I received -constant protection in the most disastrous times. To the credit of the -prophet, she continued regent full thirty years; till the folly and -ambition of her own family gave her a master that put an end to all her -influence, except what she enjoyed from exemplary piety, and the most -extensive works of charity and mercy. - -The king died after a vigorous reign, and after having cut off the -greatest part of the ancient nobility near Gondar, who were of age -to have been concerned in the transactions of the last reigns. This -has rendered his memory odious, though it is universally confessed he -saved his country from an aristocratical or democratical usurpation; -both equally unconstitutional, as they equally struck at the root of -monarchy. - -The queen, with very great prudence, concealed the day of the king’s -death; nor did any one, after the last experiment, affect rashly to -believe that his death was real. Thus all were upon their guard against -another resurrection. In that interval, she called her brothers from -Kuara, and strengthened her son’s and her own government, by putting -the principal offices of state into the hands of persons attached to -her family, so that, though her son Yasous was an infant, no attempt -was at that time made towards any resolution. Even after the king’s -death was known to be real, for many years afterwards there were people -of credit at different times found, who said they had met him at sundry -places alive; whether by instigation, for any particular purpose, or -not, is difficult to say. - -[Illustration] - - - - -YASOUS II. OR, ADIAM SEGUED. - -From 1729 to 1753. - - _Rebellion in the beginning of this Reign--King addicted - to hunting--To building, and the Arts of Peace--Attacks - Sennaar--Loses his Army--Takes Samayat--Receives Baady King of - Sennaar under his Protection._ - - -Besides the queen, mother of Yasous, Bacuffa had several other wives -and divers children by them; none of them, however, had any degree -of interest, or many followers, owing to the very singular practice -of Bacuffa, already mentioned, in not admitting to his bed, from the -time of his coming to the crown, any women except the queen, mother of -Yasous, without having first so far intoxicated them with liquor as to -produce an oblivion of all that passed at the interview. Some say this -arose from his own jealous ideas; but the most general opinion was, -that it was a kind of covenant with the queen, by which she pardoned -him this temporary alienation of his person, for this security, that -he was to give her no rival in his confidence. Indeed, his own temper -led him naturally to estrange himself from every intimate connection, -that could pretend to any lawful share with him in government. And this -had gone so far, that he sent his wife, favourite as she was, and his -son Yasous, to the low, hot, and unwholesome province of Walkayt, the -ordinary place to which state criminals were banished, in order that -they might be under the eye of Ain Egzie, a confidential servant of -his, and governor of that province. It is true this was done without -any mark of disgust; and the queen returned immediately by his own -command; but Yasous staid at Walkayt with Ain Egzie, till he was four -years old, without the king his father having shewn any anxiety for his -return. - -The queen’s first care was to call her brothers to court. The eldest, -Welled de l’Oul, had been a favourite of the late king, and occupied -under him a very considerable post in the palace. Geta, her second -brother, was a man of slow parts, but esteemed a good soldier; being -covetous, he was not a favourite of the people, and less so of the -king. The third was Eshtè, (pronounced in that country Shitti); he was -amiable, liberal, affable, and brave, but rather given to indolence -and pleasure, which alone hindered him from being a good statesman -and general. He was a kind friend to strangers, a good master, and -placable enemy; stedfast to his promise, and on all occasions a lover -of truth; a quality so very rare in Abyssinia, that it was said there -had not been one in this respect like him since the time of Yasous the -Great. Notwithstanding this, Bacuffa liked him not, as being too great -a favourite of the people, and, for that reason, never gave him any -employment. - -The next brother was Eusebius, a very brave and skilful soldier, but -rash, avaricious, passionate, and treacherous, and as great an enemy -to truth as his brother Eshtè was a friend to it. Bacuffa, upon some -slight complaint, had resolved to put him to death; and, though he was -dissuaded from this, he could never be so far reconciled to him as ever -to release him from prison. The fifth brother was Netcho, whom the -desire of living at home, or, perhaps, a want of money to defray his -expences at court, kept low and in obscurity all his life-time. Yet he -was a tried, gallant, and skilful soldier; and in later years, when -I was at Gondar, was often praised as such by Ras Michael, the best -judge, because the greatest general of his time, though, by reason of -Netcho’s private life, and absence from court, he never charged him -with any important commission. Another brother was dead, and had left a -son called Mammo, a good horseman, the only quality, as far as I know, -that he possessed to which could justly be annexed the epithet of Good. - -Of these brothers, Geta and Netcho were alive in my time. Eshtè was -dead, but had left two sons, Ayto Engedan and Ayto Aylo, who were -among the most intimate of my friends, from my entering Ethiopia till -my leaving it; both were brave and good, and endowed with excellent -qualities. Engedan, without any allowance for his country, and want of -education, was, I think, by very much, the most amiable and complete -man that I have ever yet seen. - -Sanuda, son of Welled de l’Oul, played a very considerable part in the -revolution that happened in my time; was of a figure more than ordinary -graceful; was brave, and did not want good dispositions; but these -were obscured by debauchery in wine and women, to which there were no -bounds. Eusebius left two sons, both more worthless and profligate than -himself, and both came to untimely ends: Guebra Mehedin, the eldest, -was slain in a private quarrel at Lebec by a near relation, Kasmati -Ayabdar, after having robbed my servants and plundered my baggage, in -Foggora, near the village Dara; and the second, Ayto Confu, was killed -in rebellion at the battle of Serbraxos, among the Begemder horse, -fighting against his sovereign. - -Mammo we shall find acting insignificant parts at times, never -trusted, nor of consequence to any one. As for the queen herself, -she was reputed the handsomest woman of her time. She was descended -from Victor, eldest brother to Menas, and son of David, who died -without coming to the crown. This daughter was married to Robel, -governor of Tigré, whose mother was a Portuguese, and the queen -inherited the colour of her European ancestors; indeed was whiter than -most Portuguese. She was very vain of this her descent; had a warm -attachment to the Catholic religion in her heart, as far as she could -ever learn it; nor did she value herself less upon her beauty, as we -may judge by the several names she took at different times. The first -was Iteghè Mantuab, or _the beautiful queen_; the second was Berhan -Magwass, or _the glory of grace_; though her christened name was -Welleta Georgis, as we have already observed. - -After the death of her husband, Bacuffa, she is said to have descended -to a variety of attachments of short duration. She married a man of -quality, Kasmati Netcho of Kuara, by whom she had three daughters. The -first was Ozoro Esther, of whom I shall often speak, being, next to her -mother, the greatest friend I had in Abyssinia, and one who had the -most frequent opportunities of being so. She was married, in very early -life, to Kasmati Netcho of Tcherkin, a man of great personal qualities, -and who had a very large territory, reaching down to the Pagan blacks, -or Troglodytes, called Shangalla. - -This marriage was of very short duration. Netcho left one son, Ayto -Confu, my very great and firm, though young friend, who likewise -inherited his father’s fortune and virtues. She was afterwards married -to Ayo Mariam Barea, (excepting Ras Michael) reputed the best general -in Abyssinia, but who died before I came into the country. By him she -had one son and a daughter, infants. Lastly, she was married to Ras -Michael, by whom she had two sons, the favourites of Michael’s old -age. Rustic and cruel as that old tyrant was, bred up in blood, and -delighting in it, she governed him despotically, from the day of her -marriage, yet so prudently, as to excite the envy of no one, excepting -the murderers of her husband Mariam Barea, who, luckily, were also the -constitutional enemies of her country. - -The second daughter of the Iteghé was Ozoro Welleta Israel, the most -beautiful woman in Abyssinia, with whom I had very little acquaintance, -she being at constant war with Ras Michael. She had married a nobleman -of the first consideration, to whom half of the large and rich province -of Gojam belonged, by whom she had Aylo, one of the largest men that I -ever saw, the only particular remarkable in him. - -The third was Ozoro Altash, married to Welled Hawaryat, Ras Michael’s -son, by whom she had three children, two sons and one daughter. One of -them died of the small-pox soon after my arrival at Gondar, as did his -father also; the other son and daughter happily recovered. - -Bacuffa had provided sufficiently for the security of his provinces, by -placing tried and veteran officers in his governments. Elias, indeed, -was Ras and Betwudet at Gondar, and he was suspected of wishes contrary -to his allegiance; but far before any, in the confidence of the late -king, was Waragna Shalaka, that is, colonel of a regiment of Djawi -Galla, with which he defended the provinces of Damot and Agow against -his countrymen on the other side of the Nile; for he was a Galla of -that nation himself, and his name was Usho, which signifies _a dog_. -But it was more by his interest, which he preserved with those people, -than by his arms, that he kept those barbarians from wasting that -country. - -The reader will easily remember the first occasion of his coming to -Gondar was when Bacuffa saw him washing his clothes in a pool of water; -and from the reproof, and his behaviour to the king on that occasion, -as well as the duty and implicit obedience he paid to his commands -afterwards, he was called Waragna, by way of contradiction, that word -signifying a sturdy rebel, or one that stands up in defiance of the -king. That name became much more famous afterwards in the person of -his son, Waragna Fasil, to the very great detriment of the country in -general. - -The first thing the queen did was to send Shalaka Waragna, and -Billetana Gueta David, with a large body of Mahometan fusileers, Djawi -and Toluma Galla, to guard the mountain of Wechné, where the males of -the royal family were imprisoned, that no competitor might be released -from thence. The next step was to marry Ozoro Welleta Tecla Haimanout -to Ras Elias, to confirm him, if possible, in his much suspected -allegiance. After which, the Ras, judges, and soldiers of the king’s -household, made this proclamation--“Bacuffa, king of kings, is dead! -Yasous, king of kings, liveth! Mourn for those that are dead, and -rejoice with those that are alive!” Orders were then given for burying -Bacuffa with all magnificence possible. - -The first thing that seemed the beginning of trouble in the new -regency, and likely to destroy the calm that had hitherto subsisted, -was an information given by Azage Georgis against Tecla Saluce, a great -officer at court. Georgis accused him before the king and council, that -he had been heard to say that king Yasous was dangerously ill. Tecla -Saluce absolutely denied this charge, and said it was an invention -of his enemy Georgis, and challenged him to prove it. Evidence being -called, he was convicted in the most direct and satisfactory manner; -was therefore condemned to death, and hewn to pieces at the king’s gate -that same day by the common soldiers. - -Here is a species of treason without any overt act. The imagining the -king’s death, which seems much to resemble the law of England, may -be defended from the importance of the case, but scarcely from any -principle of justice or reason. - -It soon appeared that a conspiracy had been on foot; several great -men fled from court, among these Johannes, who had the charge of the -king’s horses. But Shalaka Waragna and Billetana Gueta David, being -sent immediately after him, this conspiracy was soon stifled, and -the ringleaders dispersed, mostly into Amhara, where they were taken -prisoners by Woodage governor of the province, and sent to the king. -Johannes, finding it impossible to escape, took to one of those papyrus -boats used in navigating the lake Tzana; and, being driven by the wind, -landed in an island[92] belonging to the queen, where he was taken -prisoner, with his wife and family, and delivered up, on condition that -he should not be put to death. - -Kasmati Cambi, returning from Damot, fell accidentally upon Palambaras -Masmari and several others, and brought them prisoners to Gondar. A -council was thereupon held, and the conspirators put upon their trial. -Palambaras Masmari, and Abou Barea who was one of the judges, were -condemned to be hanged on the tree before the palace-gate. Johannes and -the rest were committed to close prison, in the hands of the Betwudet. - -It was thought a proper expedient to check these disorders, to hasten -the coronation of the king, though very young. The judges and all the -officers being assembled in the presence-chamber, where the king sits -on his throne, (for in the council-chamber he sits in a kind of cage, -or close balcony) where no part of him is discovered, Sarach Masseri -Mammo, whose office it was, stood up with the Kees Hatzé, or king’s -almoner; when this last had anointed him with oil, Mammo placed the -crown upon his head; upon which the whole assembly, his mother only -excepted, fell down and paid him homage; and at his inauguration he -took the name of Adiam Segued. - -On a separate throne, on his right hand, sat the queen-mother. She, -too, was crowned, though not anointed; but the same homage was -performed to her that had been done to the king, who sat on the throne -with his head covered; nor did the Abuna interfere, nor was his -attendance judged any part of the ceremony. - -The first seeds of discontent had been sown in Damot, where a party of -rebels had attacked Kasmati Cambi in the night, cut most of his army to -pieces, and obliged Shalaka Job to fly into Gojam, and then return in -haste to Gondar. - -The king found no better remedy against this rebellion than to appoint -Kasmati Waragna governor of Damot, and Sanuda guardian of Wechné, with -orders to take with him a son of the late Oustas the usurper, and -confine him with the king’s sons upon that mountain. At the same time -he appointed Ayo governor of Begemder; both these preferments being -much to the satisfaction of the whole nation. Waragna, knowing the -necessities of his province, marched from Gondar with what forces he -could collect, and took up his head-quarters at Samseen, where, on -the very night after his arrival, he was set upon by Tensa Mammo at -the head of the Agows. However unexpected this was, Waragna, a good -soldier, was not to be taken by surprise. He knew the country, and -had not a great opinion either of the force or courage of the enemy, -or capacity of their general. Presenting, therefore, only one half of -his troops, which could not be easily discovered in the dark, he sent -Fit-Auraris Tamba to make a small compass, and fall upon their rear -with the other half. Mammo’s troops, thinking this to be a fresh and -separate army, immediately took to flight, and were many of them slain, -after leaving behind them their tents, baggage, and the greatest part -of their fire-arms, which had been of very little service to them in -the dark. - -Waragna, who knew the consequence of his province was the riches of -it, and the dependence the capital had upon it for constant supplies -of provisions, was loath to pursue his victory farther, if any means -could be fallen upon to bring about a pacification. To effect this, -he dispatched messengers to his friends, the Galla, on the other side -of the Nile, ordering them to be ready to pass the river on the day -he should appoint, and to lay waste the country of the Agow with fire -and sword. He then decamped with his army from Samseen, and marched to -Sacala, and took up his head-quarters in St Michael’s church, where -he found the Agows in the utmost terror from apprehension of being -over-run with barbarians. But he soon eased them of their fears by a -proclamation, in which he told them plainly, that it was owing to the -goodness of the country, and not any merit in the people, that the -king’s palace and capital was so plentifully supplied with provisions -from thence; that all his pursuit was peace, but that he was resolved -to effect that end by every possible means; therefore the time was now -come that they were to make a resolution, and abide by it, to submit -and behave peaceably as good citizens ought; or, when his army of Galla -joined him, he would extirpate them to the last man. In the mean time, -he published an amnesty of all that had passed. - -The Agows knew well that they were in the hands of one who was no -trifler, nor in his heart much their friend. They ran to him, ready to -make that composition which he should raise from them for their past -transgressions and his future protection. The tribute laid upon them, -for both was moderate beyond all expectation, 2000 oxen for the king -and queen, and 500 for himself; upon which he left Sacala, and entered -Goutto, a very fertile country, between Maitsha and the Agows, where he -used the same moderation, and by these means quieted and reconciled his -whole province. - -Nothing could have been more advantageous to the king’s affairs than -the prudent conduct of this wise officer, which left him at liberty to -afford him his assistance; for in the mean time a conspiracy was formed -at Gondar, which had taken deep root, and had a powerful faction, -Elias, late Ras and Betwudet, Tensa Mammo, Guebra l’Oul, Matteos and -Agnè, all principal men in Gondar, and possessed of great riches and -dependencies throughout the whole kingdom. - -On the 8th of December 1734, being joined by their followers from -without, they all rendezvoused upon the river Kahha, below the -town. After holding council in the king’s house which is there, they -resolved to proclaim one of the princes upon the mountain Wechné, named -Hezekias, king. For this purpose, furnished with a kettle-drum, they -marched in three divisions, by three different ways, to the palace, -avowedly with an intention to force the gates and murder the king and -queen. But Fit-Auraris Ephraim, having intelligence of this tumult, -first shut up and obstructed all the entrances to the king’s house, -then gave advice to Billetana Gueta, Welled de l’Oul, of the rebellion -of Tensa Mammo, their design to murder the king, and their having -proclaimed Hezekias. - -These immediately repaired to the king’s house to take council together -what was to be done, and to defend the place if it was necessary. The -rebels were now drawn up, and were beating their kettle-drum to make -their proclamation, “Hezekias was king!” while Shalaka Tchinsho, a -young nobleman of great hopes, who commanded the troops in the court -where was the outer gate, impatient to hear an usurper proclaimed in -the very face of his sovereign, directed the outer-court gate to be -opened, and, with two bodies of Galla, Djawi and Toluma, and several -corps of lances, which compose the king’s household, however inferior -in number, he rushed upon the rebels so suddenly, that they were soon -obliged to think of other occupation. - -The first that fell was Asalessi Lensa, who stood by the drum, and was -slain by Shalaka Tchinsho with his own hand; his drum taken and sent to -the king as the first fruits of the day. The soldiers, encouraged by -the example of their leader, fell fiercely upon the rebels, dispersed -and broke through them wherever they saw the greatest number together; -a great slaughter was made, and Tensa Mammo, with difficulty, escaped. -The victory indeed would have been complete, had not an accidental -shot from a distance wounded Shalaka Tchinsho mortally. His own people -carried him within the gate of the palace, where he gloriously expired -at the feet of his sovereign. - -The rebels, notwithstanding this check, increased every day in number -and resolution, when the news arrived that Waragna had composed all the -differences in Damot, Agow, and Goutto, and, at the head of a numerous -army, was waiting the king’s orders. This intelligence first had the -effect to disconcert the rebels, who suddenly left the capital in their -way to Wechné. - -The king, now master of Gondar, ordered a proclamation to be made for -all persons whatever holding fiefs of the crown, as also all others, -to assemble before him on a short day, where the Itchegué and Abuna, -holding the picture of our Saviour, with the crown of thorns[93], up -before the people, did administer to them a solemn oath, to live and -die with the king and Iteghé; a feeble experiment, often tried by a -weak government. The only consequence of this was present expence to -the crown in a distribution of beef, honey, butter, wheat, and all -kinds of provisions; after which each man returned to his house, ready -to repeat the perjury ten times a day for the same emolument, and same -sincerity. - -Messengers were next dispatched to Kasmati Waragna, ordering him to -come to Gondar with the greatest force he could raise. The same day -Azage Kyrillos, whom the king had made governor of Wechné, and Azage -Newaia Selassé, went to the mountain, pretending that king Yasous was -dead, and that the choice of the principal members of government had -fallen upon Hezekias, who thereupon was delivered to him, and saluted -king; and, without losing time, they marched to Kahha, and encamped on -that river below Gondar. - -In the mean while, the great men and officers of the court, and in -particular those who had estates and houses in Gondar, began to -consider the danger of the town at the so near approach of the rebels. -Several districts, or streets, situated on eminences, by shutting up -access to them, were made tenable posts, and, having filled them with -good soldiers, they set about the defence of the town and annoying the -enemy. Hezekias had removed to the house of Basha Arkillidas; and it -was agreed to send their whole forces to see if they could succeed in -forcing the king’s house. But before this another stratagem was tried -to alienate the minds of the people of Gondar from their sovereign. It -was said that certain Roman Catholic priests had arrived at Gondar; -that they were shut up privately in the palace with the king and queen; -and, upon the Abuna and Itchegué coming to Hezekias to ask him how he -happened to be proclaimed king, without making to them some confession -of his faith, (a question they put to all young or weak princes), -Hezekias answered, It was because he had heard the Itchegué, and the -rest of the clergy, seemed to be careless about the true faith, by -suffering Catholic priests to live with the king in the palace. A -great ferment immediately followed; all the monks, priests, and madmen -that could be assembled, (and on these occasions they gather quickly), -with the Itchegué and Abuna at their heads, went to Dippabye, the open -place before the palace, and pronounced the Iteghè, Yasous, and all -their abettors, accursed and given up to burn with Dathan and Abiram. - -For several days and nights attempts were made to set fire to, and -break open the gate. But the loyalists charged them so vigorously upon -all these occasions, especially Billetana Gueta Welled de l’Oul, and -the walls of the palace were so exceedingly thick and strong, that -little progress was made in proportion to the men these attempts cost -daily. However, on that side of the palace called Adenaga, the rebels -had lodged themselves so near as to set part of it on fire. - -The king’s house in Gondar stands in the middle of a square court, -which may be full an English mile in circumference. In the midst of -it is a square tower, in which there are many noble apartments. A -strong double wall surrounds it, and this is joined by a platform roof; -loop-holes, and conveniences for discharging missile weapons, are -disposed all around it. The whole tower and wall is built of stone and -lime; but part of the tower being demolished and laid in ruins, and -part of it let fall for want of repair, small apartments, or houses of -one storey, have been built in different parts of the area, or square, -according to the fancy of the prince then reigning, and these go now -by the names of the ancient apartments in the palace, which are fallen -down. - -These houses are composed of the frail materials of the country, wood -and clay, thatched with straw, though, in the inside, they are all -magnificently lined, or furnished. They have likewise magnificent -names, which we have mentioned already. These people, barbarous as they -are, have always had a great taste for magnificence and expence. All -around them was silver, gold, and brocade, before the Adelan war, in -which they lost the commerce of that country, by losing their connexion -with India. - -The next night the soldiers of Elias made their lodgments so near the -walls, that, with fiery arrows, they set one of these houses, called -“Werk Sacala,” within the square, in flames; but Welled de l’Oul, with -the Toluma Galla, sallying at that instant, surprised Elias’s soldiers, -not expecting such interruption, and put the greatest part of them to -the sword, setting on fire the houses that were near the palace, till -part was entirely burnt to the ground. The next night, an attempt was -made upon the gate to blow it up with gunpowder; but, before it was -completed, the two rebels employed in the work were shot dead from the -wall, and their train miscarried. - -On the 25th of December they burned a new house in the town built by -the king, called Riggobee Bet. These frequent fires had turned the -minds of people in general very much against Hezekias the rebel. The -night after, there was another great fire in the king’s house; Zeffan -Bet, and another large building, were destroyed by the rebels, as was -the church of St Raphael. Gondar looked like a town that had been taken -by an enemy, and battles were every day fought in the streets, with no -decisive advantage to either party. Some part of the town was on fire -every night; nobody knew for what reason, nor what was the quarter that -was next to be burnt. - -In the mean time, Azage Georgis arrived in the country of the Agows -at Basil Bet, where Waragna was, and delivered him the king’s order, -that he should make all possible haste to his assistance at Gondar, -with as large an army as he could suddenly bring; and these dispatches -conferred upon him at the same time, as a mark of favour, the post of -Ibaba Azage, or governor of Ibaba, together with Elmana and Densa, two -districts inhabited by Galla, subjects to the king, which posts were -then held by Tensa Mammo, and forfeited by his rebellion. - -The next morning Waragna left his head-quarters at Basil Bet; thence he -marched to Gumbali, and thence to Sima. At Sima he heard, that, the day -before, it had been proclaimed at Ibaba, by orders of Tensa Mammo, that -Yasous was dead, and Hezekias was now king; upon this intelligence he -marched from Sima, and, while it was yet early in the day, he came to -Ibaba. - -The first inquiry was concerning the Shum (or chief of the town) left -there by Tensa Mammo; and this man, coming readily to him to receive -his commands, and offer him any service in his power, was asked by -whose orders the proclamation of Hezekias was made? Being answered, -by Tensa Mammo’s, he directed the Shum and his two sons to be hanged -on three separate trees in the middle of the town; the Shum with -the nagareet round his neck which had served in the proclamation -of Hezekias; he then declared Tensa Mammo a rebel and outlaw, and -confiscated his estate to the king’s use. - -At Ibaba he met Fit-Auraris Tamba, with a large body of Damots and -Djawi; then he decamped from Ibaba, and, at the bridge over the -Nile, was met by Azage Georgis, with all Maitsha, Elmana, and Densa -following, and thence proceeded to Waira, where he set Arkillidas at -liberty. This officer, after distinguishing himself before all others -in the king’s defence, had been taken prisoner by Tensa Mammo, and -sent thither. Advancing into Foggora, with a large army, he halted -at Gilda, and sent some soldiers on the road to Gondar, to see if he -could apprehend any travellers, especially those going or coming to or -from market. But, after three days waiting on the road, the soldiers -returned without any person or intelligence, by which he judged the -town was already in great straits. In two days after, he advanced to -Wainarab, and thence he sent his Fit-Auraris forward to set a house -at Tedda on fire, to shew to the king at Gondar that he was thus -far advanced to his assistance. This barbarous custom of burning a -house wherever an army encamps, though but for an hour, is invariably -practised, as a signal by armies, throughout all Abyssinia. - -At this time there was a treaty begun between the king and Tensa Mammo. -The rebels, weary of the little advantage they had gained, and hearing -Waragna was about to march against them, offered the queen her own -terms, provided she published a general amnesty, and that each man -should be allowed to keep the posts he had before the rebellion. The -queen, weary and terrified with war, readily agreed to this proposal; -and this facility, instead of accelerating the treaty, gave the rebels -an opportunity of asking further terms, and a settlement was spoken of -for the king Hezekias, in some of the low provinces near Walkayt. - -Welled de l’Oul, the queen’s brother, a man in whom the rebels had -trust, seconded his sister’s desire, and carried on the treaty, but -from different motives; it was his opinion, that, to make peace with -the rebels, leaving their party unbroken, was to spread the infection -of rebellion all over the kingdom; and to let them keep their posts, -was leaving a sword in their hands to enable them to defend themselves -on any future occasion. He therefore thought, that, as the king had -Waragna now at his command, they should make use of him to pluck up -this rebellion by the roots, cut off all the ringleaders, and disperse -the faction; but, in the mean time, in order to be able to effect this, -they should keep up the appearance of being anxious for agreeing, in -order to lull the enemy asleep, till Waragna made his instructions and -designs known to the king. - -From Wainarab, Waragna sent a messenger to let the king and queen know -of his arrival; and with him came Arkillidas, that no doubt might -remain of the truth of the message. This officer told the king, that -Waragna should advance to Tedda, and offer the rebels battle there; but -if they retired (as he heard they intended) to Abra, he would follow -them thither. He desired the king also to issue his orders to the -several Shums to guard the roads, that as few of the ringleaders of the -rebels might escape as possible. - -Hezekias, with his army, decamped, taking the road to Woggora; and -Waragna, following him, came up with him at Fenter, on January 20th -1735. The rebels, inferior in number, though they did not wish an -engagement at that time, were too high-minded to avoid it when offered. -Both armies fought a long time with equal fortune; and though Waragna -at the first onset had slain two men with his own hands, and taken -two prisoners, the battle was supported with great firmness till the -evening, when Waragna ordered all his Galla, the men of Maitsha, -Elmana, and Densa, to leave their horses, and charge the enemy on foot. -This confident step, unknown and unpractised by Galla before, had the -desired effect. The Galla now fought desperately for life, not for -victory, being deprived of their only means of saving themselves by -flight. - -Most of the principal officers among the rebels being killed or -wounded, their army at last was broken, and took to flight. Hezekias -was surrounded and taken, fighting bravely; being first hurt in -the leg, and then beat off his horse with a stone. The pursuit was -presently stayed. Tensa Mammo escaped safely through Woggora, a -disaffected province; and had now passed the Tacazzé, when he was taken -by the men of Siré, and brought to the king for the reward that had -been offered for his head by Waragna. - -Hezekias was brought to his trial before the king, nor did he presume -to deny his guilt. He was therefore sentenced to die, and committed to -close prison. Tensa Mammo was arraigned, and, although he confessed -the treason, he pleaded the peace he had made with the king before -the arrival of Waragna at Gondar. This plea was unanimously over-ruled -by the judges, because the treaty had not been completed. He was, -therefore, sentenced to die, and immediately carried out to the -daroo-tree before the palace, and hanged between two of his most -confidential counsellors. - -The Abuna and Itchegué were next ordered to appear, and answer for the -crime of high treason in excommunicating the king; they declared they -proceeded on no other grounds than an information, that the king and -queen were turned Franks, and had two Catholic priests with them in -the palace. The men complained of were produced, and proved to be two -Greeks; Petros, a native of Rhodes, and Demetrius. This explanation -being given, the Abuna and Itchegué thereupon asked pardon of the king -and queen, and were ordered to make their recantation at Dippabye, -which they immediately did, declaring they were wrong, and had -proceeded on false information. - -It was on the 28th of January that Sanuda and Adero were ordered to -carry king Hezekias to Wechné, which they did, and left him there -without disfiguring him in any part of his body, as is the cruel, but -usual custom in such cases. But both the Iteghè and her son were of the -most merciful disposition; and the general reputation they had for this -was often the cause of tumults and rebellions that would not have had -birth in severer reigns. - -It was not long after this when there appeared a pretender to the -crown, very little expected. He said he was the old king Bacuffa; that -he had given it out that he was dead, for political reasons, and was -come again to claim his crown and kingdom. Never was resurrection -so little wished for as this; a violent fear fell upon part of the -multitude for some time; but his name making no party, whether true or -false, he was seized upon without bloodshed, tried, and condemned to -die. This punishment was changed into one of a _supposed_ gentler kind, -the cutting off his leg, and sending him to Wechné. The operation, -always performed in the grossest manner by an ax, high up the leg, and -near the knee, is generally fatal; for there is no one, having either -skill or care, to take up the ends of the veins and arteries separated -by the amputation; they only apply useless stiptics and bandages, of -no effect, till the patient bleeds to death. This is the common case, -so that the pretended Bacuffa died, in consequence of the operation, -before he came to Wechné, though he was by his sentence reprieved from -death. - -The king, now arrived at the seventh year of his reign, proclaimed a -general hunt, which is a declaration of his near approach to manhood; -but he pursued it no length, and again returned to Gondar. - -At that time, a great party of the queen’s relations was made against -Ayo governor of Begemder, It began by a competition between Kasmati -Geta the queen’s brother, and Ayo, who should have that province. The -common voice was for Ayo, not only as a man of the greatest interest -in the province, but in all respects unexceptionable throughout the -kingdom. Welled de l’Oul, (brother to Geta) however, being now Ras -and Betwudet, Geta governor of Samen, Eusebius, and all the rest of -them in high places at court, Geta was preferred to the government -of Begemder. Ayo, though avowedly a good subject of the king, was -determined not to be made a sacrifice to a party. He therefore refused -to resign his government, and prepared to defend himself. - -Upon this, Adero, governor of Gojam, with the whole forces of that -province, passed the Nile, and entered Begemder; Geta on the side of -Samen, and last of all Welled de l’Oul marched with a royal army to -join the forces that had already begun to lay waste the country, where -unusual excesses were committed. Ayo’s house was burned to the ground, -so were all those of his party, and their lands destroyed, greatly to -the general damage of the province and capital. Ayo was now obliged to -save himself by flight. It was said, that the king (though his army was -ready) refused to march against Ayo; but with a party of his own set -out for Aden, on the frontiers of Sennaar, to hunt there; nor did he -return till the executions were over in Begemder. - -Adero fell back to Gojam, and Welled de l’Oul to Gondar soon after. -The king himself appeared very much contented with his own expedition, -in which he had shown great dexterity and bravery, having killed -two young elephants, and a gomari, or hippopotamus, with his own -hands. Nor did he stay any time at Gondar, or make any preferments, -the usual consequences of victories, but prepared again for another -hunting-expedition, or an attack upon the Shangalla. The queen and -Welled de l’Oul opposed strongly his resolution. But Yasous seemed to -be weary of being governed. He was fast advancing to manhood, and of -a disposition rather forward for his age. His expedition against the -Shangalla was attended with no accident; and he returned to Gondar on -the 3d of June, with a number of slaves, much better pleased that he -had neglected, rather than taken, his mother’s advice. - -It was on the 23d day of December that Yasous again set out on another -hunting-party, and killed two elephants and a rhinoceros. He then -proceeded to Tchelga, and from Tchelga to Waldubba; thence he went -to the rivers Gandova and Shimfa. These are two rivers we shall have -occasion frequently to speak of in our return through Sennaar, in which -kingdom the one is called Dender, the other Rahad. Here he exercised -himself at a very violent species of hunting, that of forcing the -gieratacachin, which means long-tail; it is otherwise called giraffa in -Arabic. It is the tallest of beasts; I never saw it dead, nor, I think, -more than twice alive, and then at a distance. It is, however, often -killed by the elephant-hunters. Its skin is beautifully variegated when -young, but turns brown when arrived at any age. It is, I apprehend, the -camelopardalis, and is the only animal, they say, that, in swiftness, -will beat a horse in the fair field. - -It was not with a view to hunt only, that Yasous made these frequent -excursions towards the frontiers of Sennaar. His resolution was formed -(as it appeared soon after) in imitation of his forefather Socinios, -to revive his right over the country of the _Shepherds_, his ancient -vassals, who, since the accession of strength by uniting with the -Arabs, had forgot their ancient tribute and subjection, as we have -already observed. - -The king in five days marching from Gidara came to a station of the -Daveina, which is a tribe of shepherds, by much the strongest of any -in Atbara. He fell into their encampments a little before the dawn of -day. The first shew they made was that of resistance, till they had got -their horses and camels saddled; they then all fled, after the king -had killed three of them with his own hand. Ras Woodage signalized -himself likewise by having slain the same number with the king. The -cattle, women, and provisions fell all into the king’s hand, and were -driven off to Gondar. Their arrival gave the town an entertainment to -which they had a long time been strangers. Many thousand camels were -assembled in the plain, where stands the palace of Kahha, (upon a river -of that name) large flocks of horned cattle, of extraordinary beauty, -were also brought from Atbara, which the king ordered to be distributed -among his soldiers, and the priests of Gondar, and such of the officers -of state as had been necessarily detained on account of the police, and -had not followed the army. - -This year, 1736, there happened a total eclipse of the sun which very -much affected the minds of the weaker sort of people. The dreamers and -the prophets were everywhere let loose, full of the lying spirit which -possessed them, to foretel that the death of the king, and the downfal -of his government were at hand, and deluges of civil blood were then -speedily to be spilt both in the capital and provinces. There was not, -indeed, at the time any circumstance that warranted such a prediction, -or any thing likely to be more fatal to the state, than the expenditure -of the large sums of money that the turn the king had taken subjected -him to. - -He had built a large and very costly church at Koscam, and he was -still engaged in a more expensive work in the building of a palace at -Gondar. He was also rebuilding his house at Riggobee-ber, (the north -end of the town) which had been demolished by the rebels; and had begun -a very large and expensive villa at Azazo, with extensive groves, or -gardens, planted thick with orange and lemon trees, upon the banks of -a beautiful and clear river which divides the palace from the church -of Tecla Haimanout, a large edifice which, some time before, he had -also built and endowed. Besides all these occupations, he was deeply -engaged in ornamenting his palace at Gondar. A rebellion, massacre, -or some such misfortune, had happened among the Christians of Smyrna; -who, coming to Cairo, and finding that city in a still less peaceable -state than the one which they had left, they repaired to Jidda in their -way to India; but missing the monsoon, and being destitute of money -and necessaries, they crossed over the Red Sea for Masuah, and came -to Gondar. There were twelve of them silver-smiths, very excellent in -that fine work called filligrane, who were all received very readily by -the king, liberally furnished both with necessaries and luxuries, and -employed in his palace as their own taste directed them. - -By the hands of these, and several Abyssinians whom they had taught, -sons of Greek artists whose fathers were dead, he finished his -presence-chamber in a manner truly admirable. The skirting, which in -our country is generally of wood, was finished with ivory four feet -from the ground. Over this were three rows of mirrors from Venice, all -joined together, and fixed in frames of copper, or cornices gilt with -gold. The roof, in gaiety and taste, corresponded perfectly with the -magnificent finishing of the room; it was the work of the Falasha, and -consisted of painted cane, split and disposed in Mosaic figures, which -produces a gayer effect than it is possible to conceive. This chamber, -indeed, was never perfectly finished, from a want of mirrors. The king -died; taste decayed; the artists were neglected, or employed themselves -in ornamenting saddles, bridles, swords, and other military ornaments, -for which they were very ill paid; part of the mirrors fell down; part -remained till my time; and I was present when the last of them were -destroyed, on a particular occasion, after the battle of Serbraxos, as -will be hereafter mentioned. - -The king had begun another chamber of equal expence, consisting of -plates of ivory, with stars of all colours stained in each plate at -proper distances. This, too, was going to ruin; little had been done in -it but the alcove in which he sat, and little of it was seen, as the -throne and person of the king concealed it. - -Yasous was charmed with this multiplicity of works and workmen. He -gave up himself to it entirely; he even wrought with his own hand, -and rejoiced at seeing the facility with which, by the use of a -compass and a few straight lines, he could produce the figure of a -star equally exact with any of his Greeks. Bounty followed bounty. The -best villages, and those near the town, were given in property to the -Greeks that they might recreate themselves, but at a distance, always -liable to his call, and with as little loss of time as possible. He -now renounced his favourite hunting-matches and incursions upon the -Shangalla and Shepherds of Atbara. - -The extraordinary manner in which the king employed his time soon made -him the object of public censure. Pasquinades began to be circulated -throughout the capital; one in particular, a large roll of parchment, -intituled, “The expeditions of _Yasous the Little_.” The king in -reality was a man of short stature. The Ethiopic word Tannush, joined -to the king’s name Yasous el Tannush, applied both to his stature and -actions. So Tallac, the name given to another Yasous, his predecessor, -signified great in capacity and atchievement, as well as that he was of -a large and masculine person. - -These expeditions, though enumerated in a large sheet of parchment, -were confined to a very few miles; from Gondar to Kahha, from Kahha -to Koscam, from Koscam to Azazo, from Azazo to Gondar, from Gondar to -Koscam, from Koscam to Azazo, and so on. It was a similar piece of -ridicule upon his father Philip, as we are informed, that, in the last -century, cost Don Carlos, prince of Spain, his life. - -This satire nettled Yasous exceedingly; and, to wipe off the imputation -of inactivity and want of ambition, he prepared for an expedition -against Sennaar. It was not, however, one of those inroads into Atbara -upon the Arabs and Shepherds, whom the Funge had conquered and made -tributary to them; but was a regular campaign with a royal army, aimed -directly at the very vitals of the monarchy of Sennaar, the capital -of the Funge, and at the conquest or extirpation of those strangers -entirely from Atbara. - -We have seen, in the course of our history, that these two kingdoms, -Abyssinia and Funge, had been on very bad terms during several of the -last reigns; and that personal affronts and slights had passed between -the cotemporary princes themselves. Baady, son of L’Oul, who succeeded -his father in the year 1733, had been distinguished by no exploits -worthy of a king, but every day had been stained with acts of treachery -and cruelty unworthy of a man. No intercourse had passed between Yasous -and Baady during their respective reigns; there was no war declared, -nor peace established, nor any sort of treaty subsisting between them. - -Yasous, without any previous declaration, and without any provocation, -at least as far as is known, raised a very numerous and formidable -army, and gave the command of it to Ras Welled de l’Oul; and Kasmati -Waragna was appointed his Fit-Auraris. The king commanded a chosen -body of troops, separate from the rest of the army, which was to act -as a reserve, or as occasion should require, in the pitched battle. -This he ardently wished for, and had figured to himself that he was -to fight against Baady in person. Yasous, from the moment he entered -the territory of Sennaar, gave his soldiers the accustomed licence -he always had indulged them with, when marching through an enemy’s -country. He knew not, in these circumstances, what was meant by mercy; -all that had the breath of life was sacrificed by the sword, and the -fire consumed the rest. - -An universal terror spread around him down to the heart of Atbara. The -Shepherds and Arabs, as many as could fly, dispersed themselves in -the woods, which, all the way from the frontiers of Abyssinia to the -river Dender, are very thick, and in some places almost impenetrable. -Some of the Arabs, either from affection or fear, joined Yasous in -his march; among these was Nile Wed Ageeb, prince of the Arabs; others -taking courage, gathered, and made a stand at the Dender, to try their -fortune, and give their cattle time to pass the Nile, and then, if -defeated, they were to follow them. Kasmati Waragna, (as Fit-Auraris) -joined by the king, no sooner came up with these Arabs on the banks -of the Dender, than he fell furiously upon them, broke and dispersed -them with a considerable slaughter; then leaving Ras Welled de l’Oul -with the king, and the main body to encamp, taking advantage of the -confusion the defeat of the Arabs had occasioned, he advanced by a -forced march to the Nile, to take a view of the town of Sennaar. - -Baady had assembled a very large army on the other side of the river, -and was preparing to march out of Sennaar; but, terrified at the king’s -approach, the defeat of the Arabs, and the velocity with which the -Abyssinians advanced, he was about to change his resolution, abandon -Sennaar, and retire north into Atbara. - -There is a small kingdom, or principality, called Dar Fowr, all -inhabited by negroes, far in the desert west of Sennaar, joining with -two other petty negro states like itself, still farther westward, -called Selé and Bagirma, while to the eastward it joins with Kordofan, -formerly a province of Dar Fowr, but conquered from it by the Funge. - -Hamis, prince of Dar Fowr, had been banished from his country in a late -revolution occasioned by an unsuccessful war against Selé and Bagirma, -and had fled to Sennaar, where he had been received kindly by Baady, -and it was by his assistance the Funge had subdued Kordofan. This -prince, a gallant soldier, could not bruik to see the green standard -of his prophet Mahomet flying before an army of Christians; and, being -informed of the king’s march and separation from the main body nearly -as soon as it happened, he proposed to Baady, that, as an allurement -to Yasous to pass the river with only the troops he had with him, he -should do from prudence what he resolved to do from fear, and fall -back behind Sennaar, leaving it to Yasous to enter; but, in the mean -time, that, he should dispatch him with 4000 of his best horse, armed -with coats of mail, to pass the Nile at a known place below, on the -right of Welled de l’Oul, on whom he should fall by surprise, and, if -lucky enough to defeat him, as was probable, he would then close upon -Yasous’s rear, which would of necessity either oblige him to surrender, -or lose his life and army in attempting to repass the river between -the two Nubian armies. This counsel, for many reasons was perfectly -agreeable to Baady, who instantly fell back from covering Sennaar, and -then detached Hamis to make a circuit out of sight, and cross the Nile -as proposed. - -In the mean time, Yasous advanced to Basboch, where he found -the current too rapid, and the river too deep for his infantry. -He dispatched, therefore, a messenger to Welled de l’Oul for a -reinforcement of horse, and gave his infantry orders to retire to -the main body upon the arrival of the reinforcement of cavalry. This -resolution he had taken upon advancing higher up the river from -Basboch, till opposite to the town of Sennaar, and when divided only -from it by the Nile. He there saw the confusion that reigned in that -large town. No preparation for resistance being visible, the cries -of women at the sight of an enemy so near them, and the hurry of -the men deserting their habitation loaded with the most valuable of -their effects, all increased the king’s impatience to put himself in -possession of this capital of his enemy. - -It happened that an Arab, belonging to Nile Wed Ageeb, had seen the -manœuvre of Hamis and his cavalry. This man, crossing the Nile at the -nearest ford, came and told his master, Wed Ageeb, what he had seen, -who informed the king of his danger. Upon interrogating the Arab, it -was found that the affair of Welled de l’Oul would certainly be over -before the king could possibly join him; and in that case he must -fall in the midst of a victorious army, and his destruction must then -be inevitable, if he attempted it. It was, therefore, agreed, as the -only means possible to save the king and that part of the army he had -with him, to retreat in the route Shekh Nile should indicate to them, -marching up with the river Nile close on their right hand, and leaving -the desert between that and the Dender, which is absolutely without -water, to cover their left. This was executed as soon as resolved. - -In the mean time, Hamis had crossed the Nile, and continued his march -with the utmost diligence, and, in the close of the evening, had fallen -upon Welled de l’Oul as unexpectedly as he could have wished. The -Abyssinians were everywhere slaughtered and trodden down before they -could prepare themselves for the least resistance. All that could fly -sheltered themselves in the woods: but this refuge was as certain death -as the sword of the Funge; for, after leaving the river Dender, all the -country behind them was perfectly destitute of water. Ras Welled de -l’Oul, and some other principal officers, under the direction of some -faithful Arabs, escaped, and, with much difficulty, two days after, -joined the king. - -Besides these, the army, consisting of 18,000 men, either perished -by the sword, by thirst, or were taken prisoners; all the sacred -reliques, which the Abyssinians carry about with their armies to ensure -victory, and avert misfortune; the picture of the crown of thorns, -called _sele quarat rasou_; pieces of the true cross; a crucifix -that had on many occasions spoke, (which should ever after be dumb -since it spoke not that day); all these treasures of priestcraft were -taken by the Funge, and carried in triumph to Sennaar. Great part of -those Arabs, who had joined the king in his march northward, had now -quitted him and attached themselves to the pursuit of the fugitive -remains of Welled de l’Oul’s army. As these Arabs were those that lived -nearest the Abyssinian frontier, and to whom the king had done no -harm, because they had mostly joined him, no sooner was he informed of -their treachery, but just arrived in their country, and scarcely out -of danger from the pursuit of the Funge, Yasous turned short to the -left, destroying with fire and sword all the families of those that had -forsaken him, and so continued to do till arrived on the banks of the -Tacazzé. - -The Arabs and Shepherds there, many of whom had just returned from -the destruction of Welled de l’Oul’s army at Sennaar, and were now -rejoicing their families with the news of so complete a victory, and -that all danger from the Christian army was over, were astonished -to see Yasous at the head of a fresh and vigorous army, burning and -destroying their country, and committing all sort of devastation, when -they thought him long ago dead, or fugitive, and skulking half-famished -on the banks of the Dender. - -The king returned in this manner to Gondar, carrying more the -appearance of a conqueror than one who had suffered the loss of a -whole army, his soldiers being loaded with the spoils of the Arabs, -and multitudes of cattle driven before them. It was but too visible, -however, by the countenances of many, how wide a difference there was -between the loss and the acquisition. - -It was, indeed, not from the presence or behaviour of the king, nor yet -from his discourse, that it could be learned any such misfortune had -befallen him. On the contrary, he affected greater gaiety than usual, -when talking of the expedition; and said publicly, and laughing, one -day, as he arose from council, “Let all those who were not pleased -with the song of Koscam sing that of Sennaar.” From this many were -of opinion, that he enjoyed a kind of malevolent pleasure from the -misfortune which had befallen his army, who, not content with seeing -him cultivate and enjoy the arts of peace, had urged him to undertake a -war of which there was no need, and for which there was no provocation -given, though in it there was every sort of danger to be expected. - -Although Yasous gave no consolation to his people, the priests and -fanatics soon endeavoured to prepare them one. Tensa Mammo arrived from -Sennaar with the crown of thorns, the true cross, and all the rest of -that precious merchandise, safe and entire, only a little profaned by -the bloody hands of the Moors. Ras Welled de l’OuL’s army, consisting -of 18,000 of their fellow-citizens, was lying dead upon the Dender. -It was no matter; they had got the speaking crucifix, but had paid -8000 ounces of gold for it. Still it was no matter; they had got the -crown of thorns. The priests made processions from church to church, -singing hallelujahs and songs of thanksgiving, when they should have -been in sackcloth and ashes, upon their knees deprecating any further -chastisement upon their pride, cruelty, and profaneness. All Gondar was -drunk with joy; and Yasous himself was astonished to see them singing -the song of Sennaar much more willingly than that of Koscam. - -At this time died Abuna Christodulus; and it was customary for the king -to advance the money to defray the expence of bringing a successor. But -Yasous’s money was all gone to Venice for mirrors; and, to defray the -expence of bringing a new Abuna, as well as of redeeming of the sacred -reliques, he laid a small tax upon the churches, saying merrily, “that -the Abuna and the crosses were to be maintained, and repaired by the -public; but it was incumbent upon the church to purchase new ones when -they were worn out.” - -Theodorus, priest of Debra Selalo, Likianos of Azazo, and Georgis -called Kipti, were consigned to the care of three Mahometan merchants -and brokers at court, whose names were Hamet Ali, Abdulla, and -Abdelcader, to go to Cairo and fetch a successor for Christodulus. They -arrived at Hamazen on April 29th 1743, where the Mahometan guides chose -rather to pass the winter-season than at Masuah, as at that place they -were apprehensive they would suffer extortions and ill-usage of every -sort. We know not what came of Georgis Kipti; but, as soon as the rainy -season was over, Theodorus and Likianos came straight to Masuah. - -As soon as the Naybe got the whole convoy of priests and Mahometans -into his hands, he demanded of them half of the money the king had -given them to defray the expences of fetching the Abuna. He pretended -also, that both Mahometans and Christians should have passed the rainy -season at Masuah. He declared that this was his perquisite, and that -he had prepared great and exquisite provisions for them, which, being -spoiled and become useless, it was but reasonable they should pay as if -they had consumed them: till this was settled, he declared that none of -them should embark or stir one step from Masuah. - -The news of this detention soon arrived at Gondar; and Yasous gave -orders that Michael Suhul, governor of Tigré, (afterwards Ras) and -the Baharnagash, should with an army blockade Masuah, so as to starve -the Naybe into a more reasonable behaviour. But, before this could be -executed, the Naybe had called the priests before him, and declared, -if they did not surrender the money that instant, he would put them to -death; and, in place of giving them time to resolve, he gave them a -very plain hint to obey, by ordering the executioner to strike off the -heads of two criminals condemned for other crimes, after having brought -them into their presence. The poor wretches, Theodorus and Likianos, -did not resemble Portuguese, who would have braved these threats in the -pursuit of martyrdom. The sight of blood was the most convincing of -all arguments the Naybe could use. They gave up the money, leaving the -division of it to his own discretion. He then hurried them on board a -vessel, giving Michael and the Baharnagash notice that they were gone -in safety, and that he had obeyed the king’s orders in all respects. -Michael was at that time in the strictest friendship with the Naybe, -who was his principal instrument in collecting fire-arms in Arabia -to strengthen him in the quarrel he was then meditating against his -sovereign. - -On the 8th of February 1744 the priests and their guides sailed from -Masuah; and they did not arrive at Jidda till the 14th of April. There -they found that the ships for Cairo were gone, and that they had lost -the monsoon; and, as no misfortune comes single, the Sherriffe of Mecca -made a demand upon them for as much money as they had paid the Naybe; -and, upon refusal, he put Abdelcader in prison, nor was he released for -a twelvemonth after, when the money was sent from Abyssinia; and it -was then agreed, that 75 ounces of gold[94] should in all future times -be paid for leave of passage to those who went to Cairo to fetch the -Abuna; and 90 ounces a piece to the Sherriffe, and to the Naybe, for -allowing him to pass when chosen, and furnishing him with necessaries -during his stay in their respective government; and this is the -agreement that subsists, to this day. - -In this interim, Likianos of Azazo, one of the priests, weary of the -journey and of his religion, and having quarrelled with Abdulla, -renounced the Christian faith, and embraced that of Mahomet; and -Theodorus, Abdulla, and Hamet Ali, being the only three remaining, -hired a vessel at Jidda to carry them to the port of Suez, the bottom -of the Arabic Gulf. Before they had been a month at sea, Abdulla died, -as did Hamet Ali seven days after they arrived at Suez. They had been -on sea three months and six days from Jidda to that port, because they -sailed against the monsoon. - -It was the 25th of June that Theodorus arrived at Cairo, delivered the -king’s present, the account of the Abuna’s death, and the king’s desire -of having speedily a successor. The patriarch, having called together -all his bishops, priests, and deacons, conferred the dignity on a -monk of the Order of St Anthony, the only Order of monks the Coptic -church acknowledges. These pass a very austere life in two convents -in a dreary desert, never tasting flesh, but living on olives, salt -sardines[95], wild herbs, and the worst of vegetables. Yet so attached -are they to this solitude, that, when they are called to be ordained to -this prelature of Abyssinia, a warrant from the basha, and a party of -Turks, is necessary to bring this elect one to Cairo in chains, where -he is kept in prison till he is ordained; guarded afterwards, and then -forced on board a vessel which carries him to Abyssinia, whence he is -certain never to return. - -The Abuna departed from Suez the 20th of September; the beginning of -November he arrived at Jidda; in February 1745 he sailed from Jidda, -taking with him Abdelcader, now freed from prison; he arrived at Masuah -the 7th of March, and immediately sent an express to notify his arrival -to the king and queen, and to Ras Welled de l’Oul. Congratulations -upon the event were returned from each of them; they requested he would -immediately come to court; but this the Naybe refused to permit, till -he had first received his dues; and Yasous seemed inclined to pay no -more for him than what he had cost already. - -The priests, and devout people in Tigré, were very desirous to free -the Abuna from his confinement in Masuah. They saw that the king was -not inclined to advance money, and all of them knew perfectly, that, -whatever face he put upon the matter, the Ras would not give an ounce -of gold to prevent the Abuna from staying there all his life. In this -exigency they applied to Janni, a Greek, living at Adowa, (of whom -I shall hereafter speak), a confidential servant and favourite of -Michael, and also well acquainted at Masuah, to see if he could get him -released by stratagem. Janni concerted the affair with the monks of -the monastery of Bizan, two of whom conducted the Abuna by night out -of the island of Masuah, and landed him safely in their monastery in -the wilderness, with the _myron_, or consecrated oil, in one hand, and -his missal, or liturgy, in the other. So far the escape was complete; -but unluckily no orders had been given for Theodorus, who accordingly -remained behind at Masuah. - -The Naybe, exasperated at the Abuna’s flight, wrecked his vengeance on -poor Theodorus; he put him in irons, and threw him into close prison, -where he remained for two months. There was no remedy but paying -80 ounces of gold to the Naybe for his release; he might else have -remained there for ever. - -The king, not a little surprised at these frequent insolences on the -part of the Naybe, began to inquire what could be the reason; for -he perfectly knew, not only Suhul Michael, the governor of Tigré, -but even the Baharnagash could reduce Masuah to nothing with their -little finger; and he was informed, that a strong friendship subsisted -between the Naybe and Suhul Michael, and that it was by relying on his -friendship that the Naybe adventured to treat the king’s servants, at -different times, in the manner he had done. - -Yasous, desirous to verify this himself, and to dissolve the bands of -so unnatural a friendship, marched into Tigré with a considerable army. -Passing by Adowa, the residence of Suhul Michael, he was pleased with -the warlike appearance of this his feat of government, and the perfect -order and subordination that reigned there. Certain disorders and -tumults were said to prevail in the neighbouring province of Enderta -where Kasmati Woldo commanded. The savage people, called Azabo, living -at Azab, the low country below Enderta and the Dobas, (a nation of -_Shepherds_ near them, still more savage, if possible, than them) had -laid waste the districts that were next to their frontier, burning the -churches, and slaying the priests in the daily inroads which they made -into Abyssinia. All these things, bad enough indeed, were at this time -aggravated, as was thought, for two reasons; the first was to cast -an odium upon Kasmati Woldo, Michael’s great enemy, as incapable of -governing his province; the second, to prevent the king in his progress -to Masuah, as he openly professed his fixed intention was to punish the -Naybe with the utmost severity. - -The protection of his subjects, therefore, from the savages, was -represented to the king as the most pressing service; and, marching -with his usual diligence straight to Enderta, he was met there by -Kasmati Woldo, an old experienced officer, who aiming at no preferment, -paying his tribute punctually, and having been constantly occupied in -repelling the incursions of the Pagans on the frontier, had not been at -court since the reign of Theophilus. - -After receiving the necessary information about the country he intended -to enter, and taking Kasmati Woldo’s two sons with him, the king -descended into the low country of Dancali, once a petty Mahometan -kingdom, and friendly to Abyssinia, now a mixture of Galla and the -natives called Taltal. Without delay he pushed on to Azab, spreading -desolation through that little province, always desert enough from its -nature, though formerly, from its trade, one of the richest spots in -the world. - -The king then turned to the right upon the Dobas, who, not expecting -an army of that strength, fled and left their whole cattle a prey to -Yasous and his soldiers; a greater number was scarce ever seen in -Abyssinia. The king now returned to Enderta, where he confirmed Kasmati -Woldo in his government with distinguished marks of favour; and he this -year again came back victorious to Gondar, leaving his campaign against -the Naybe for another season. - -In passing by Adowa, a fray happened among the king’s troops and those -of Michael; several were killed on both sides; and, as the dispute -was between Tigré and Amhara, the two great divisions of the country, -it threatened to create a party-quarrel between the soldiers of one -division and those of the other. No notice was taken of this when -Yasous marched eastward; but, on his return, Michael begged the king -to interfere, and make peace between the two parties. To this Yasous -answered, That he did not think it worth his while, for they would make -peace themselves when they were tired of quarrelling. - -Whether this was the motive of sending for Michael to Gondar, or -whether it was the story of the Naybe, or what else was the king’s -motive, we do not know; but, so soon as he was arrived in the capital, -he sent Kasmati Ephraim, and Shalaka Kefla, into Tigré, commanding -Michael’s attendance at Gondar. This Michael absolutely refused; he -pretended Kasmati Woldo had estranged the king’s affection from him, -and that Yasous had called him to Gondar now to put him to death, -upon a pretence of his soldiers quarrel with the king’s troops. This -refusal was repeated to Yasous, without any palliation whatever; and -he instantly marched from Gondar, and encamped upon the river Waar, -where he was reinforced a few days afterwards by Ras Welled de l’Oul, -whose intention was to persuade Michael to submission; for he had been -advised not to trust the king’s oath of forgivenness unless he had -likewise that of Welled de l’Oul. - -The king’s readiness disconcerted Suhul Michael. Tho’ well armed and -appointed himself, as also an excellent general, he did not risk the -presenting himself against the king on a plain; for Yasous was much -beloved by the soldiers, and always very kind and liberal to them. - -The mountain Samayat, though not the most inaccessible in Tigré, was a -place of great consequence and strength, when possessed by an army and -officer such as Michael. To this natural fortress he carried all his -valuable effects, occupied and obstructed all the avenues to it, and -resolved there to abide his fortune. The king, with his army, sat down -at the foot of the mountain; and, encircling it with troops, he ordered -it to be assaulted on four sides at once; on one, by Kasmati Ayo, -governor of Begemder; on the second, by Kasmati Waragna; the third, by -Kasmati Woldo; and the fourth, by Ras Welled de l’Oul. The king himself -went round about to every place, giving his orders, encouraging his -men, and fighting himself in the foremost ranks like a common soldier. -The mountain was at length carried, with much bloodshed on both sides, -and Michael was beat from every part of it but one, which, though not -strong enough to hold out against the king’s army, if well defended -could not be carried without great loss of men. - -Here Michael desired to capitulate. But, before he left the mountain -and surrendered to the king, he desired that an officer of trust -might be sent to him, because he had then upon the mountain a large -collection of treasure, which he desired to keep for the king’s use, -otherwise it would be dissipated and lost in the hands of the common -soldiers. The Ras sent two confidential officers, who took from the -hands of Michael a prodigious sum of gold, the precise amount of which -is not named. He then descended the mountain, carrying, as is the -custom of the country for vanquished rebels, a stone upon his head, as -confessing himself guilty of a capital crime. A violent storm of rain -and wind prevented, for that day, his coming into the presence of the -king; and the devil, as the Abyssinians believe, began in that storm a -correspondence with him which continued many years; I myself have often -heard him vaunt of his having maintained, ever since that time, an -intercourse with St Michael the archangel. - -On the morning of the 27th of December, Ras Welled de l’Oul ordered -Michael to attend him in the habit of a penitent; and, followed by his -companions in misfortune, (that part of his troops which was taken -on the mountain) and surrounded by a number of soldiers, with drums -beating and colours flying, he was carried into the king’s presence. - -Ras Welled de l’Oul had, with difficulty, engaged the king’s promise -that he was not to put him to death. The good genius of Yasous and his -family was labouring by one last effort to save him. On seeing Michael -upon the ground, Yasous fell into a violent transport of rage, spurned -him with his foot, declaring he retracted his promise, and ordered him -to be carried out, and put to death before the door of his tent. Ras -Welled de l’Oul, Kasmati Waragna, Kasmati Woldo, and all the officers -of consideration, either of the court or army, now fell with their -faces upon the ground, crying to the king for mercy and forgivenness. -Yasous, if in his heart he did not relent, still was obliged to pardon -on such universal solicitation; and this he did, after making the -following observation, which soon after was looked on as a prophecy: -“I have pardoned that traitor at your instance, because I at all times -reward merit more willingly than I punish crimes; but I call you all to -witness, that I wash my hands before God to-day of all that innocent -blood Michael shall shed before he brings about the destruction of his -country, which I know in his heart he has been long meditating.” - -I cannot help mentioning it as an extraordinary circumstance, that -at the time I was at Gondar, in the very height of Suhul Michael’s -tyranny, a man quarrelled with another who was a scribe, and accused -him before Michael of having recorded this speech of the king, as I -have now stated it, in a history that he had written of Yasous’s reign. -The book was produced, the passage was found and read; and I certainly -expected to have seen it torn to pieces, or hung upon a tree about -the author’s neck. On the contrary, all the Ras said was, “If what he -writes is true, wherein is the man to blame?” And turning with a grin -to Tecla Haimanout, one of the judges, he said, “Do you remember? I -do believe Yasous did say so.” The book was restored to the author, -and no more said of the matter, not even an order was given to erase -the passage. He had no objection to Yasous and to his whole race being -prophets; he had only taken a resolution that they should not be kings. - -A general silence followed this speech of Yasous, instead of the -acclamations of joy usual in such cases. The king then ordered Ras -Welled de l’Oul to lead the army on to Gondar, which he did with -great pomp and military parade, while the king, who could not forget -his forebodings, retired to an island, there to fast some days in -consequence of a vow that he had made. This being finished, Yasous -returned to Gondar; and, as he was now in perfect peace throughout his -kingdom, he began again to decorate the apartments of his palace. A -large number of mirrors had arrived at this time, a present from the -Naybe of Masuah, who, after what had happened to his friend Michael, -began to feel a little uneasy about the fate of his island. - -While Yasous was thus employed, news were sent him from Kasmati Ayo, -governor of Begemder, that he had beat the people of Lasta in a pitched -battle in their own country, had forced their strong-holds, dispersed -their troops, and received the general submission of the province, -which had been in rebellion since the time of Hatzè Socinios, that is, -above 100 years. Immediately after these news, came Ayo himself to -parade and throw his _unclean_ trophies of victory before the king, -and brought with him many of the principal people of Lasta to take the -oaths of allegiance to the king. - -Yasous received the accounts of the success with great pleasure, and -still more so the oaths and submissions made to him. He then added -Lasta to the province of Begemder, and cloathed Ayo magnificently, as -well as all those noblemen that came with him from Lasta. The end of -this year was not marked with good fortune like the beginning. A plague -of locusts fell upon the country, and consumed every green thing, so -that a famine seemed to be inevitable, because, contrary to their -custom, they had attached themselves chiefly to the grain. This plague -is not so frequent in Abyssinia as the Jesuits have reported it to be. -These good fathers indeed bring the locusts upon the country, that, by -their pretended miracles, they may chace them away. - -Michael had continued some time in prison, in the custody of Ras Welled -de l’Oul. But he was afterwards set at full liberty; and it was now -the 17th year of Yasous’s reign, when, on the 17th of September 1746, -at a great promotion of officers of state, Michael, by the nomination -of the king himself, was restored to his government of Tigré; and, -a few days after, he returned to that province. All his ancient -friends and troops flocked to him as soon as he appeared, to welcome -him upon an event looked upon by all as nearly miraculous. Nor did -Michael discourage that idea himself, but gave it to be understood, -among his most intimate friends, that a vision had allured him that -he was thenceforward under the immediate protection of St Michael the -archangel, with whom he was to consult on every emergency. - -As soon as he had got a sufficient army together, the first thing he -did was to attack Kasmati Woldo, without any provocation whatever; -and, after beating him in two battles, he drove him from his province, -and forced him to take refuge among the Galla, where, soon after, by -employing small presents, he procured him to be murdered; the ordinary -fate of those who seek protection among those faithless barbarians. - -It will seem extraordinary that the king, who had such recent -experience of both, the one distinguished for his duty, the other for -his obstinate rebellion, should yet tamely suffer his old and faithful -servant to fall before a man whom in his heart he so much mistrusted. -But the truth is, all Michael’s danger was past the moment he got -free access to the king and queen, though he was deservedly esteemed -to be the ablest soldier in Abyssinia of his time, he was infinitely -more capable in intrigues, and private negociations at court, than -he was in the field, being a pleasant and agreeable speaker in common -conversation; a powerful and copious orator at council; his language, -whether Amharic or Tigré, (but above all the latter) correct and -elegant above any man’s at court; steady to the measures he adopted, -but often appearing to give them up easily, and without passion, when -he saw, by the circumstances of the times, he could not prevail: though -violent in the pursuit of riches, when in his own province, where he -spared no means nor man to procure them, no sooner had he come to -Gondar than he was lavish of his money to extreme; and indeed he set no -value upon it farther than as it served to corrupt men to his ends. - -When he surrendered his treasure at the mountain Samayat, he is said to -have divided it into several parcels with his own hand. The greatest -share fell to the king, who thought he had got the whole; but the -officers who received it, and saw different quantities destined for the -Iteghé and Ras Welled de l’Oul, took care to convey them their share, -for fear of making powerful enemies. Kasmati Waragna had his part; -and even Kasmati Woldo, though Michael soon after plundered and slew -him. All Gondar were his friends, because all that capital was bribed -on this occasion. It was gold he only lent them, to resume it, (as he -afterwards did) with great interest, at a proper time. - -It still remained in the king’s breast to wipe off his defeat at -Sennaar, as he had, upon every other occasion, been victorious; and -even in this, he still flattered himself he had not been beat in -person. He set out again upon another expedition to Atbara; instead -of coasting along the Dender, he descended along the Tacazzé into -Atbara, where, finding no resistance among the Shepherds, he attached -himself in particular to the tribe called Daveina, which, in the former -expedition, had joined Welled de l’Oul’s army. Upon the first news of -his approach they had submitted; but, notwithstanding all promises and -pretences of peace, he fell upon them unawares, and almost extirpated -the tribe. - -Suhul Michael, while the king was thus occupied in the frontier of his -province, did every thing that a faithful, active subject could do. -He furnished him constantly with the best intelligence, supplied him -with the provisions he wanted, and made, from time to time, strong -detachments of troops to reinforce him, and to secure such posts as -were most commodious and important in case of a retreat becoming -necessary. - -Yasous, who had succeeded to his wish, was fully sensible of the value -of such services, and sent, therefore, for Michael, commanding his -attendance at Gondar. There was no fear, no hesitation now, as before -in the affair of Samayat. He decamped upon the first notice, even -before the rainy season was over, and arrived at Gondar on August 30th -1747, bringing with him plenty of gold; few soldiers, indeed, but those -picked men, and in better order, than the king had ever yet seen troops. - -It was plain now to everybody, that nothing could stop Michael’s -growing fortune. He alone seemed not sensible of this. He was humbler -and less assuming than before. Those whom he had first bribed he -continued still to bribe, and added as many new friends to that list -as he thought could serve him. He pretended to no precedency or -pre-eminence at court, not even such as was due to the rank of his -place, but behaved as a stranger that had no fixed abode among them. - -One day, dining with Kasmati Geta, the queen’s brother, who was -governor of Samen, and drinking out of a common-glass decanter called -Brulhé, when it is the privilege and custom of the governor of Tigré -to use a gold cup, being asked, Why he did not claim his privilege? he -said, All the gold he had was in heaven, alluding to the name of the -mountain Samayat, where his gold was surrendered, which word signifies -Heaven. The king, who liked this kind of jests, of which Michael was -full, on hearing this, sent him a gold cup, with a note written and -placed within it, “Happy are they who place their riches in heaven;” -which Michael directed immediately to be engraved by one of the Greeks -upon the cup itself. What became of it I know not; I often wished -to have found it out, and purchased it. I saw it the first day he -dined, after coming from council, at his return from Tigré, after the -execution of Abba Salama; but I never observed it at Serbraxos, nor -since. I heard, indeed, a Greek say he had sent it by Ozoro Esther, as -a present to a church of St Michael in Tigré. - -Enderta was now given him in addition to the province of Tigré, and, -soon after, Siré and all the provinces between the Tacazzé and the Red -Sea; so he was now master of near half of Abyssinia. - -The rest of this king’s reign was spent at home in his usual amusements -and occupations. Several small expeditions were made by his command, -under Palambaras Selassé, and other officers, to harrass the Shepherds, -whom he conquered almost down to Suakem. His ravages, however, had -been confined to the peninsula of Atbara, and had not ever passed to -the eastward of the Tacazzé, but he had impoverished all that country. -After this, by his orders, the Baharnagash, and other officers, entered -that division called Derkin, between the Mareb and the Atbara, and, -still further, between the Mareb and the mountains, in a part of it -called Ajam. In this country Hassine Wed Ageeb was defeated by the -Baharnagash with great slaughter; and the Shekh of Jibbel Musa, one of -the most powerful of the Shepherds, was taken prisoner by Palambaras -Selassé, without resistance, and carried, with his wife, his family, -and cattle, in triumph to Gondar, where, having sworn allegiance to the -king, he was kindly treated, and sent home with presents, and every -thing that had been taken from him. - -This year, being the 24th of Yasous’s reign, he was taken ill, and died -on the 21st day of June 1753, after a very short illness. As he was but -a young man, and of a strong constitution, there was some suspicion he -died by poison given him by the queen’s relations, who were desirous to -secure another minority rather than serve under a king, who, by every -action, shewed he was no longer to be led or governed by any, but least -of all by them. - -Yasous was married very young to a lady of noble family in Amhara, -by whom he had two sons, Adigo and Aylo. But their mother pretending -to a share of her husband’s government, and to introduce her friends -at court, so hurt Welleta Georgis the Iteghé, or queen-regent, that -she prevailed on the king to banish both the mother and sons to the -mountain of Wechné. - -In order to prevent such interference for the future, the Iteghé -took a step, the like of which had never before been attempted in -Abyssinia. It was to bring a wife to Yasous from a race of Galla. Her -name was Wobit, daughter of Amitzo, to whom Bacuffa had once fled when -he escaped from the mountain before he was king, and had been kindly -entertained there. Her family was of the tribe of Edjow, and the -division of Toluma, that is, of the southern Galla upon the frontiers -of Amhara. They were esteemed the politest, that is, the least -barbarous of the name. But it was no matter, they were Galla, and that -was enough. Between them and Abyssinia, oceans of blood had been shed, -and strong prejudices imbibed against them, never to be effaced by -marriages. She was, however, brought to Gondar, christened by the name -of Bessabéc, and married to Yasous: By her he had a son, named Joas, -who succeeded his father. - -[Illustration] - - - - -JOAS. - -From 1753 to 1768. - - _This Prince a Favourer of the Galla his Relations--Great - Dissentions on bringing them to Court--War of Begemder--Ras - Michael brought to Gondar--Defeats Ayo--Mariam Barea refuses to - be accessary to his Death--King favours Waragna Fasil--Battle - of Azazo--King Assassinated in his Palace._ - - -UPON the first news of the death of king Yasous, the old officers and -servants of the crown, remembering the tumults and confusion that -happened in Gondar at his accession, repaired to the palace from their -different governments, each with a small well-regulated body of troops, -sufficient to keep order, and strengthen the hands of Ras Welled de -l’Oul, whom they all looked upon as the father of his country. The -first who arrived was Kasmati Waragna of Damot; then Ayo of Begemder, -and very soon after, though at much the greatest distance, Suhul -Michael, governor of Tigré. These three entered the palace, with -Welled de l’Oul at their head, and received the young king Joas from -the hands of the Iteghé his grandmother, and proclaimed him king, with -the usual formalities, without any opposition or tumult whatever. - -A number of promotions immediately followed; but it was observed with -great discontent by many, that the Iteghé’s family and relations were -grown now so numerous, that they were sufficient to occupy all the -great offices of state without the participation of any of the old -families, which were the strength of the crown in former reigns; and -that now no preferment was to be expected unless through some relation -to the queen-mother. - -Welled Hawarayat, son to Michael governor of Tigré, had married Ozoro -Altash, the queen’s third daughter, almost a child; and long before -that, Netcho of Tcherkin had married Ozoro Esther, likewise very -young; and Ras Michael, old as he was, had made known his pretensions -to Ozoro Welleta Israel, the queen’s second daughter, immediately -younger than Ozoro Esther. These proposals, from an old man, had been -received with great contempt and derision by Welleta Israel, and she -persevered so long in the derision of Michael’s courtship, that it left -strong impressions on the hard heart of that old warrior, which shewed -themselves after in very disagreeable consequences to that lady all the -time Michael was in power. - -The first that broke the peace of this new reign was Nanna Georgis, -chief of one of the clans of Agows of Damot. Engaged in old feuds with -the Galla on the other side of the Nile, the natural enemies of his -country, he could not see, but with great displeasure, a Galla such -as Kasmati Waragna, however worthy, governor of Damot, and capable, -therefore, of over-running the whole province in a moment, by calling -his Pagan countrymen from the other side. - -Waragna, though this was in his power, knew the measure was unpopular. -Kasmati Eshté was the queen’s brother, and governor of Ibaba, a royal -residence, which has a large territory and salary annexed to it. When, -therefore, at council, he had complained of the injury done to him by -Nanna Georgis, he refused the taking upon him the redressing these -injuries, and punishing the Agows, unless Kasmati Eshté was joined in -the commission with him. - -The reason of this was, as I have often before observed, that, as the -Agows are those that pay the greatest tribute in gold to the king, -and furnish the capital with all sorts of provisions, any calamity -happening in their country is severely felt by the inhabitants of -Gondar; and the knowledge of this occasions a degree of presumption and -confidence in the Agows, of which they have been very often the dupes. -This, indeed, happened at this very instant. For Waragna and Eshtè -marched from Gondar, and with them a number of veteran troops of the -king’s household of Maitsha, depending on Ibaba; and this army, without -bringing one Galla from the other side of the Nile, gave Nanna Georgis -and his Agows such an overthrow that his clan was nearly extirpated, -and many of the principal of that nation slain. - -Nanna Georgis, who chiefly was aimed at as the author of this revolt, -escaped, with great difficulty, wounded, from the field; and the feud -which had long subsisted between Waragna’s family and the race of -the Agows, received great addition that day, and came down to their -posterity, as we shall soon see by what happened in Waragna’s son’s -time at the bloody and fatal battle of Banja. - -The next affair that called the attention of government, was a -complaint brought by the monks of Magwena, a ridge of rocks of but -small extent not far from Tcherkin, the estate of Kasmati Netcho. -These mountains, for a great part of the year, almost calcined under a -burning sun, have, in several months, violent and copious showers of -rain, which, received in vast caves and hollows of the mountain, and -out of the reach of evaporation, are means of creating and maintaining -all sorts of verdure and all scenes of pleasure, in the hot season of -the year, when the rains do not fall elsewhere; and as the rocks have -a considerable elevation above the level of the plain, they are at no -season infected with those feverish disorders that lay the low country -waste. - -Netcho was a man of pleasure, and he thought, since the monks, by -retiring to rocks and deserts, meant thereby to subject themselves to -hardship and mortification, that these delightful and flowery scenes, -the groves of Magwena, were much more suited to the enjoyment of -happiness with the young and beautiful Ozoro Esther, than for any set -of men, who by their austerities were at constant war with the flesh. -Upon these principles, which it would be very difficult for the monks -themselves to refute, he took possession of the mountain Magwena, and -of those bowers that, though in possession of saints, did not seem to -have been made for the solitary pleasures of one sex only. This piece -of violence was, by the whole body of monks, called Sacrilege. Violent -excommunications, and denunciations of divine vengeance, were thundered -out against Kasmati Netcho. An army was sent against him; he was -defeated and taken prisoner, and confined upon a mountain in Walkayt, -where soon after he died, but not before the Iteghè had shewn her -particular mark of displeasure, by taking her daughter Ozoro Esther, -his wife, from him, that she, too, and her only son Confu, might not -be involved in the monk’s excommunications, and the imputed crime of -sacrilege. - -At this time died Kasmati Waragna, full of years and glory, having, -though a stranger, preserved his allegiance to the last, and more than -once saved the state by his wisdom, bravery, and activity. He is almost -a single example in their history, of a great officer, governor of a -province, that never was in rebellion, and a remarkable instance of -Bacuffa’s penetration, who, from a single conversation with him, while -engaged in the vilest employment, chose him as capable of the greatest -offices, in which he usefully served both his son and grandson. - -Soon after, Ayo governor of Begemder, an older officer still than -Waragna, arrived in Gondar, and resigned his government into the -queen’s hands. This resignation was received, because it was understood -that it was directly to be conferred upon his son Mariam Barea, by far -the most hopeful young Abyssinian nobleman of his time. Another mark -of favour, soon followed, perhaps was the occasion of this. Ozoro -Esther, the very young widow of Netcho, was married, very much against -her own consent, to the young governor of Begemder, and this marriage -was crowned with the universal applause of court, town, and country; -for Mariam Barea possessed every virtue that could make a great man -popular; and it was impossible to see Ozoro Esther, and hear her speak, -without being attached to her for ever after. - -Still the complaint remained, that there was no promotion, no -distinction of merit, but through some relation to the queen-mother; -and the truth of this was soon so apparent, and the discontent it -occasioned so universal, that nothing but the great authority Ras -Welled de l’Oul, the Iteghé’s brother, possessed, could hinder this -concealed fire from breaking out into a flame. - -The queen, mother to Joas, was Ozoro Wobit, a Galla. Upon Joas’s -accession to the throne, therefore, a large body of Galla, said to be -1200 horse, were sent as a present to the young king as the portion -of his mother. A number of private persons had accompanied these; -part from curiosity, part from desire of preferment, and part from -attachment to those that were already gone before them. These last were -formed into a body of infantry of 600 men, and the command given to a -Galla, whose name was Woosheka; so that the regency, in the person of -the queen, seemed to have gained fresh force from the minority of the -young king Joas, as yet perfectly subject to his mother. - -There were four bodies of household troops absolutely devoted to the -king’s will. One of these, the Koccob horse, was commanded by a young -Armenian not 30 years of age. He had been left in Abyssinia by his -father in Yasous’s time, and care had been taken of him by the Greeks. -Yasous had distinguished him by several places while a mere youth, and -employed him in errands to Masuah and Arabia, by which he became known -to Ras Michael. Upon the death of Yasous, the Iteghè put him about her -grandson Joas, as Baalomal, which is, _gentleman of the bed-chamber_, -or, _companion to the king_. He then became Asaleffa el Camisha, which -means _groom of the stole_, but at last was promoted to the great -place of Billetana Gueta Dakakin, _chamberlain_, or _master of the -household_, the third post in government, by which he took place of all -the governors of provinces while in Gondar. - -There is no doubt Joas would have made him Ras, if he had reigned as -long as his father. Besides his own language, he understood Turkish, -Arabic, and Malabar, and was perfect master of the Tigré. But his -great excellence was his knowledge of Amharic, which he was thought to -speak as chastely and elegantly as Ras Michael himself. He is reported -likewise to have possessed a species of jurisprudence, whence derived -I never knew, which so pleased the Abyssinians, that the judges often -requested his attendance on the king; at which time he sat at the head -of the table, where it is supposed the king would place himself did he -appear personally in judgment, (which, as it may be learned from divers -places in this history, he never does); certain mornings in the week, -therefore, he sat publicly in the market-place, and gave judgment soon -after the break of day. - -I saw this young man with his father at Loheia. He understood no -European language; was just then returned from India, and had a -considerable quantity of diamonds, and other precious stones, to -sell. He spoke with tears in his eyes of Abyssinia, from which he was -banished, and urged that I should take him there with me. But I had -too much at stake to charge myself with the consequences of anybody’s -behaviour but my own, and therefore refused it. - -The great favour the Galla were in at court encouraged many of their -countrymen to follow them; and, by the king’s desire, two of his uncles -were sent for, and they not only came, but brought with them a thousand -horse. These were two young men, brothers of the queen Wobit, just now -dead. The eldest was named Brulhé, the younger Lubo. In an instant, -nothing was heard in the palace but Galla. The king himself affected to -speak nothing else. He had entirely intrusted the care of his person -to his two uncles; and, both being men of intrigue, they thought -themselves sufficiently capable to make a party, support it, and place -the king at the head of it; and this they effected as soon as it was -conceived, whilst the Abyssinians saw, with the utmost detestation and -abhorrence, a Gallan and inimical government erected in the very heart -or metropolis of their country. - -Woodage had been long governor of Amhara. He had succeeded Palambaras -Duré in Bacuffa’s time, when he had been promoted to the dignity of -Ras. - -These two were heads of the only great families in Amhara, who took -that government as it were by rotation. Woodage, in one of the -excursions into Atbara, had made an Arab’s, or a Shepherd’s daughter, -prisoner, baptized her, and lived with her as his mistress. The -passion Woodage bore to this fair slave was not, however, reciprocal. -She had fixed her affections upon his eldest son, and their frequent -familiarities at last brought about the discovery. This very much -shocked Woodage; but, instead of having recourse to public justice, he -called his brothers, and some other heads of his family before him, and -examined into the fact with them, desiring his son to defend himself. -The crime was clearly proved in all its circumstances. Upon which -Woodage, by his own authority, condemned his son to death; and not only -so, but caused his sentence to be put in execution, by hanging the -young man over a beam in his own house. As for the slave, he released -her, as not being bound to any return of affection to him, from whom -she had only received evil, and been deprived of her natural liberty. - -It seems this claim of _patria potestas_ was new in Abyssinia; and -Bacuffa took it so ill, that he deprived Woodage of his office, and -banished him to Amhara, then governed by Palambaras Duré. To this loss -of influence another circumstance contributed. He was a relation of -Yasous’s first wife, who, by the Iteghé’s intrigues, had been sent -with her two sons to the mountain of Wechné, and Joas, a young son of -Yasous, preferred in their places. - -It happened that Palambaras Duré died; and as the succession fell -regularly upon the unpopular Woodage, the king’s uncle, Lubo obtained -a promise of the government of Amhara for himself. All Gondar was -shocked at this strange choice: Amitzo and his Edjow were already upon -the southern frontiers of that province, domiciled there; and there -was no doubt but this nomination would put Amhara into his possession -for ever. All the inhabitants of Gondar were ready to run to their -arms to oppose this appointment of the king; and it was thought that, -underhand, the Iteghè fomented this dissatisfaction. The king, however, -terrified by the violent resentment of the populace, at the instance of -Ras Welled de l’Oul, recalled his nomination. - -At this time Michael, who saw the consequence of these disputes, but -abstained from taking any share, because he knew that both parties were -promoting his interest by their mutual animosity, came to Gondar in -great pomp, upon an honourable errand. - -Baady, son of l’Oul, king of Funge, or, as they are called in the -Abyssinian annals, Noba[96], who had defeated Yasous at Sennaar, after -a tyrannical and bloody reign of thirty-three years, was deposed in -1764 by Nasser his son, whom his minister Shekh Adelan, with his -brother Abou Kalec, governor of Kordofan, had put in his place; and -Baady had fled to Suhul Michael, whose fame was extended all over -Atbara. Michael received him kindly, promised him his best services -with Joas, and that he would march in person to Sennaar, and reinstate -him with an army, if the king should so command. - -Michael conducted him into the presence of the king, where, in a -manner unbecoming a sovereign, and which Joas’s successor would not -have permitted, he kissed the ground, and declared himself a vassal -of Abyssinia. The king assigned him a large revenue, and put him in -possession of the government of Ras el Feel upon the frontier of -Sennaar, where Ras Welled de l’Oul advised him to wait patiently till -the dissensions that then prevailed at court were quieted, when Michael -should have orders to reinstate him in his kingdom. This was a wise -counsel, but he to whom it was given was not wise, and therefore did -not follow it. After some short stay at Ras el Feel he was decoyed from -this place of refuge by the intrigues of Adelan, and brought to trust -himself in Atbara, where he was betrayed and taken prisoner by Welled -Hassen, Shekh of Teawa, and murdered by him in Teawa privately, as we -shall hereafter see, two years after his flight from Gondar. - -At this time, Ras Welled de l’Oul’s death was a signal for all parties -to engage. Nothing had withheld them but his prudence and authority; -and from that time began a scene of civil blood, which has continued -ever since, was in its full vigour at the time when I was in Abyssinia, -and without any prospect that it would ever have an end. - -The great degree of power to which the brothers and their Galla -arrived; the great affection the king shewed to them, owing to their -having early infected him with their bloody and faithless principles, -gave great alarm to the queen and her relations, whose influence they -were every day diminishing. The last stroke, the death of Welled -de l’Oul, seemed to be a fatal one, and to threaten the entire -dissolution of her power. In order to counterbalance this, they -associated to their party and council Mariam Barea, who had lately -married Ozoro Esther, and was in possession of the second province -in the state for riches and for power, and greatly increased in its -importance by the officer that commanded it. Upon the death of Welled -de l’Oul, the principal fear the party of the Galla had was, that -Mariam Barea should be brought to Gondar as Ras. The union between him -and Kasmati Eshtè, formerly as strong by inclination as now it was by -blood, put them in terror for their very existence, and a stroke was to -be struck at all hazards that was to separate these interests for ever. - -Eshte, upon taking possession of the province of Damot, found the -Djawi, established upon the frontiers of the province, very much -inclined to revolt. Notwithstanding peace had been established among -the Agows ever since Nanna Georgis had been defeated at the last -battle, the Galla had still continued to rob and distress them, -contrary to the public faith that had been pledged to them. - -Eshte was too honest a man to suffer this; but the truth was, the Djawi -had felt the advantage of having a man like the late Waragna governor -of Damot; and they wanted, by all means, to reduce the ministers to the -necessity of making that command hereditary in his family, by Fasil his -son being preferred to succeed him. - -This Fasil, whom I shall hereafter call Waragna Fasil, a name which -was given to distinguish him from many other Fasils in the army, was a -man then about twenty-two, whom Eshté had kept about him in a private -station, and had lately given him a subaltern command among his own -countrymen, the Djawi of Damot. From the services that he had then -rendered, it was expected a greater preferment was to follow. - -The insolence of the Djawi had come to such a pitch that they had -offered Eshté battle; but they had fled with very little resistance, -and been driven over the Nile to their countrymen whence they came. -Eshté, roused from his indolence, now shewed himself the gallant -soldier that he really was. He crossed the Nile at a place never -attempted before; and though he lost a considerable number of men -in the passage, yet that disadvantage was more than compensated by -the advantage it gave him of falling upon the Galla unexpectedly. He -therefore destroyed, or dispersed several tribes of them, possessed -himself of their crops, drove off their cattle, wives, and children, -and obliged them to sue for peace on his own terms; and then repassed -the Nile, re-establishing the Djawi, after submission, in their ancient -possessions. - -Upon news of Welled de l’Oul’s death, and the known intention of the -queen that Eshté should succeed him in the office of Ras, he was -mustering his soldiers to march to Gondar: Damot, the Agows, Goutto, -and Maitsha, all readily joined him from every quarter; and Waragna -Fasil had been sent to bring in the Djawi with the rest. Eshtè had -marched by slow journies from Buré, slenderly attended, to arrive at -Goutto the place of rendezvous; and, being come to Fagitta, in his -way thither, he encamped upon a plain there, near to the church of St -George. - -It was in the evening, when news were brought him that the whole Djawi -had come out, to a man, from goodwill, to attend him to Gondar. This -mark of kindness had very much pleased him; and he looked upon it -as a grateful return for his mild treatment of them after they were -vanquished. A stool was set in the shade, without a small house where -he then was lodged, that he might see the troops pass; when Hubna -Fasil, a Galla, who commanded them, availing himself of the privilege -of approaching near, always customary upon these occasions, run him -through the body with a lance, and threw him dead upon the ground. The -rest of the Galla fell immediately upon all his attendants, put them to -flight, and proclaimed Waragna Fasil governor of Damot and the Agows. - -This intelligence was immediately sent to their countrymen, Brulhé and -Lubo, at Gondar, who prevailed upon the king to confirm Waragna Fasil -in his command, though purchased with the murder of the worthiest man -in his dominions, who was his own uncle, brother to the Iteghè; and -this was thought to more than counterbalance the accession of strength -the queen’s party had received from the marriage of Ozoro Esther with -Mariam Barea. - -In critical times like these, the greatest events are produced from the -smallest accidents. Ayo, father to Mariam Barea, had always been upon -bad terms with Michael. It was at first emulation between two great -men; but, after Ayo had assisted the king in taking Michael prisoner -at the mountain Samayat, this emulation had degenerated into perfect -hatred on the part of Michael. - -Just before Kasmati Ayo had resigned Begemder to his son, and retired -to private life, two servants of Michael had fled with two swords, -which they used to carry before him, claiming the protection of Kasmati -Ayo. Michael had claimed them before the king, who, loath to determine -between the two, not being at that time instigated by Galla, had -accepted the proposal of Michael to have the matter of right tried -before the judges; but, upon his resignation of the province, and -retiring, the thing had blown over and been forgotten. - -Soon after this accession of Mariam Barea, Michael intimated to him -the order the king had given that the judges should try the matter -of difference between them. Mariam Barea refused this, and upbraided -Michael with meanness and prostitution of the dignity he bore, to -consent to submit himself to the venal judgment of weak old men, whose -consciences were hackneyed in prejudice or partiality, and always -known to be under the influence of party. He put Suhul Michael in -mind also, that, being both of them the king’s lieutenant-generals, -representatives of his person in the provinces they governed, noble by -birth, and soldiers by profession, they had no superior but God and -their sovereign, therefore it was below them to acknowledge or receive -any judgment between them unless from God, by an appeal to the sword, -or from the king, by a sentence intimated to them by a proper officer; -that Suhul Michael might choose either of these manners of deciding the -difference as should seem best unto him; and if he chose the latter, -of abiding by the sentence of the king, he would then restore him the -swords upon the king’s first command, but he despised the judges, and -disowned their jurisdiction. - -This spirited answer was magnified into the crime of disobedience and -rebellion. Michael pursued it no further. He knew it was in good hands, -which, when once the matter was set agoing, would never let it drop. -Accordingly, to every one’s surprise but Michael’s, a proclamation -was made, that the king had deprived Mariam Barea of his government -for disobedience, and had given it to Kasmati Brulhé his uncle, now -governor of Begemder. - -All Abyssinia was in a ferment at this promotion. The number, power, -and vicinity of that race of Galla being considered, this was but -another way of giving the richest and strongest barrier of Abyssinia -into the hands of his hereditary and bloody enemy. There could be no -doubt, indeed, but that, as soon as Brulhé should have taken possession -of his government, it would be instantly over-run by the united force -of that savage and Pagan nation; and there was nothing afterwards to -avert danger from the metropolis, for the boundaries of Begemder reach -within a very short day’s journey of Gondar. - -Mariam Barea, one of the noblest in point of birth in the country where -he lived, setting every private consideration aside, was too good a -citizen to suffer a measure so pernicious to take place quietly in his -time, while the province was under his command. But, besides this, -he considered himself as degraded and materially hurt both in honour -and in interest, and very sensibly felt the affront of being, himself -and his kindred, subjected to a race of Pagans whom he had so often -overthrown in the field. - -The king’s army marched, under the command of his uncle Brulhé, to take -possession of his government; it was with much difficulty, indeed, that -Joas could be kept from appearing in person, but he was left under the -inspection and tuition of his uncle Lubo, at Gondar. Brulhé made very -slow advances; his army several times assembled, as often disbanded -of itself; and near a year was spent before he could move from his -camp on the lake Tzana, with a force capable of shewing or maintaining -itself in Begemder, from the frontiers of which he was not half a day’s -journey. - -Mariam Barea remained all this time inactive in Begemder, attending to -the ordinary duties of his office, with a perfect contempt of Brulhé -and his proceedings. But, in the interim, he left no means untried -to pacify the king, and dissuade him from a measure he saw would be -ruinous to the state in general. - -Mariam Barea, though young, had the prudence and behaviour of a man -of advanced years. He was esteemed, without comparison, the bravest -soldier and best general in the kingdom, except old Suhul Michael, his -hereditary rival and enemy. But his manners were altogether different -from those of Michael. He was open, chearful, and unreserved; liberal, -even to excess, but not from any particular view of gaining reputation -by it; as moderate in the use of victory as indefatigable to obtain it; -temperate in all his pleasures; easily brought to forgive, and that -forgivenness always sincere; a steady observer of his word, even in -trifles; and distinguished for two things very uncommon in Abyssinia, -regularity in his devotions, and constancy to one wife, which never was -impeached. In his last remonstrance, after many professions of his -duty and obedience, he put the king in mind, that, at his investiture, -“The laws of the country imposed upon him an oath which he took in -presence of his majesty, and, after receiving the holy sacrament, that -he was not to suffer any Galla in Begemder, but rather, if needful, die -with sword in hand to prevent it; that he considered the contravening -that oath as a deliberate breach of the allegiance which he owed to God -and to his sovereign, and of the trust reposed in him by his country; -that the safety of the princes of the royal family, sequestered upon -the mountain of Wechné, depended upon the observance of this oath; -that otherwise they would be in constant danger of being extirpated -by Pagans, as they had already nearly been in former ages, at two -different times, upon the rocks Damo and Geshen; he begged the king, -if, unfortunately, he could not be reconciled to him, to give his -command to Kasmati Geta, Kasmati Eusebius, or any Abyssinian nobleman, -in which case he would immediately resign, and retire to private life -with his old father.” - -He concluded by saying, that, “As he had formed a resolution, he -thought it his duty to submit it to the king; that, if his majesty -was resolved to march and lead the army himself, he would retire till -he was stopt by the frontiers of the Galla, and the farthest limits -of Begemder; and, so far from molesting the army in their route, the -king might be assured, that, though his own men should be straitened, -abundance of every kind of provision and refreshment should be left in -his majesty’s route. But if, contrary to his wish, troops of Galla, -commanded by a Galla, should come to take possession of his province, -he would fight them at the well of Fernay[97], before one Galla should -drink there, or advance a pike-length into Begemder.” - -This declaration was, by orders of Ras Michael, entered into the -Deftar, and written in letters of gold, after Mariam Barea’s death, no -doubt at the instigation of Ozoro Esther, jealous for the reputation -of her dead husband. It is intitled, _the dutiful declaration of the -governor of Begemder_; and is signed by two Umbares, or judges. Whether -the original was so or not, I cannot say. - -The return made to this by the king was of the harshest kind, full of -taunts and scoffs, and presumptuous confidence; announcing the speedy -arrival of _Brulhé_, as to a certain victory; and, to shew what further -assistance he trusted in, he ordered Ras Michael to be proclaimed -governor of Samen, the province on the Gondar side of the Tacazzé, that -no obstacle might be left in the way of that general from Tigré, if it -should be resolved upon to call him. - -In Abyssinia there is a kind of glass bottle, very light, and of the -size, shape, and strength of a Florence wine-flask; only the neck is -wider, like that of our glass decanters, twisted for ornament sake, -and the lips of it folded back, such as we call cannon-mouthed. These -are made at Trieste on the Adriatic; and thousands of packages of -these are brought from Arabia to Gondar, where they are in use for -all liquors, which are clear enough to bear the glass, such as wine -and spirits. They are very thin and fragil, and are called _brulhé_. -Mariam Barea, provoked at being so undervalued as he was in the king’s -message, returned only for answer, “Still the king had better take my -advice, and not send his _brulhé’s_ here; they are but weak, and the -rocks about Begemder hard; at any rate, they do right to move slowly, -otherwise they might break by the way.” - -As soon as this defiance was reported to the king and his counsellors -all was in a flame, and orders given to march immediately. The whole -of the king’s household, consisting of 8000 veteran troops, were -ordered to join the army of Brulhé. This, tho’ it added to the display -of the army, contributed nothing to the real strength of it; for all, -excepting the Galla, were resolved neither to shed their own blood nor -that of their brethren, under the banners of so detested a leader. - -This was not unknown to Mariam Barea; but neither the advantage -of the ground, the knowledge of Brulhé’s weakness, nor any other -consideration, could induce him to take one step, or harrass his enemy, -out of his own province; nor did he suffer a musket to be fired, or a -horse to charge, till Brulhé’s van was drawn up on the brink of the -well Fernay. After he had placed the horse of the province of Lasta -opposite to the Edjow Galla, against whom his design was, the armies -joined, and the king’s troops immediately gave way. The Edjow, however, -engaged fiercely and in great earnest with the horse of Lasta, an enemy -fully as cruel and savage as themselves, but much better horsemen, -better armed, and better soldiers. The moment the king’s troops turned -their backs, the trumpets from Mariam Barea’s army forbade the pursuit; -while the rest of the Begemder horse, who knew the intention of their -general, surrounded the Edjow, and cut them to pieces, though valiantly -fighting to the last man. - -Brulhé fell, among the herd of his countrymen, not distinguished by any -action of valour. Mariam Barea had given the most express orders to -take him alive; or, if that could not be, to let him escape; but by no -means to kill him. But a menial servant of his, more willing to revenge -his master’s wrongs than adopt his moderation, forced his way through -the crowd of Galla, where he saw Brulhé fighting; and, giving him two -wounds through his body with a lance, left him dead upon the field, -bringing away his horse along with him to his master as a token of his -victory. Mariam Barea, upon hearing that Brulhé was dead, foresaw in a -moment what would infallibly be the consequence, and exclaimed in great -agitation, “Michael and all the army of Tigré will march against me -before autumn.” - -He was not in this a false prophet; for no sooner was Brulhé’s defeat -and death known, than the king, from resentment, fear the fatal ruler -of weak minds, the constant instigation of Lubo, and the remnant of -Brulhé’s party, declared there was no safety but in Ras Michael. -An express was therefore immediately sent to him, commanding his -attendance, and conferring upon him the office of Ras, by which he -became invested with supreme power, both civil and military. This was -an event Michael had long wished for. He had nearly as long foreseen -that it must happen, and would involve both king and queen, and their -respective parties, equally in destruction; but he had not spent his -time merely in reflection, he had made every preparation possible, -and was ready. So soon then as he received the king’s orders, he -prepared to march from Adowa with 26,000 men, all the best soldiers in -Abyssinia, about 10,000 of whom were armed with firelocks. - -It happened that two Azages, and several other great officers, were -sent to him into Tigré with these orders, and to invest him with the -government of Samen. Upon their mentioning the present situation of -affairs, Michael sharply reflected upon the king’s conduct, and that -of those who had counselled him, which must end in the ruin of his -family and the state in general. He highly extolled Mariam Barea as the -only man in Abyssinia that knew his duty, and had courage to persevere -in it. As for himself, being the king’s servant, he would obey his -commands, whatever they were, faithfully, and to the letter; but, as -holding now the first place in council, he must plainly tell him the -ruin of Mariam Barea would be speedily and infallibly followed by that -of his country. - -After this declaration, Michael decamped with his army encumbered by no -baggage, not even provisions, women, or tents, nor useless beasts of -burden. His soldiers, attentive only to the care of their arms, lived -freely and licentiously upon the miserable countries through which they -passed, and which they laid wholly waste as if belonging to an enemy. - -He advanced, by equal, steady, and convenient marches, in diligence, -but not in haste. Not content with the subsistence of his troops, -he laid a composition of money upon all those districts within a -day’s march of the place through which he passed; and, upon this not -being readily complied with, he burnt the houses to the ground, and -slaughtered the inhabitants. Woggora, the granary of Gondar, full of -rich large towns and villages, was all on fire before him; and that -capital was filled with the miserable inhabitants, stript of every -thing, flying before Ras Michael as before an army of Pagans. The -king’s understanding was now restored to him for an instant; he saw -clearly the mischief his warmth had occasioned, and was truly sensible -of the rash step he had taken by introducing Michael. But the dye was -cast; repentance was no longer in season; his all was at stake, and he -was tied to abide the issue. - -Michael, with his army in order of battle, approached Gondar with a -very warlike appearance. He descended from the high lands of Woggora -into the valleys which surround the capital, and took possession of the -rivers Kahha and Angrab, which run through these valleys, and which -alone supply Gondar with water. He took post at every entrance into the -town, and every place commanding those entrances, as if he intended to -besiege it. This conduct struck all degrees of people with terror, from -the king and queen down to the lowest inhabitant. All Gondar passed -an anxious night, fearing a general massacre in the morning; or that -the town would be plundered, or laid under some exorbitant ransom, -capitation, or tribute. - -But this was not the real design of Michael; he intended to terrify, -but to do no more. He entered Gondar early in the morning, and did -homage to the king in the most respectful manner. He was invested with -the charge of Ras by Joas himself; and from the palace, attended -by two hundred soldiers, and all the people of note in the town, he -went straight to take possession of the house which is particularly -appropriated to his office, and sat down in judgment with the doors -open. - -Marauding parties of soldiers had entered at several parts of the town, -and begun to use that licence they had been accustomed to on their -march, pilfering and plundering houses, or persons that seemed without -protection. Upon the first complaints, as he rode through the town, he -caused twelve of the delinquents to be apprehended, and hanged upon -trees in the streets, sitting upon his mule till he saw the execution -performed. After he had arrived at his house, and was seated, these -executions were followed by above fifty others in different quarters of -Gondar. That same day he established four excellent officers in four -quarters of the town. The first was Kefla Yasous, a man of the greatest -worth, whom I shall frequently mention as a friend in the course of my -history; the second, Billetana Gueta Welleta Michael, that is, first -master of the household to the king. He had given that old officer that -office, upon superseding Lubo the king’s uncle, without any consent -asked or given. He was a man of a very morose turn, with whom I was -never connected. The third was Billetana Gueta Tecla, his sister’s -son, a man of very great worth and merit, who had the soft and gentle -manners of Amhara joined to the determined courage of the Tigran. - -Michael took upon himself the charge of the fourth district. He did -not pretend by this to erect a military government in Gondar; on the -contrary, these officers were only appointed to give force to the -sentences and proceedings of the civil judges, and had not deliberation -in any cause out of the camp. But two Umbares, or judges, of the twelve -were obliged to attend each of the three districts; two were left in -the king’s house, and four had their chamber of judicature in his. - -The citizens, upon this fair aspect of government, where justice -and power united to protect them, dismissed all their fears, became -calm and reconciled to Michael the second day after his arrival, and -only regretted that they had been in anarchy, and strangers to his -government so long. - -The third day after his arrival he held a full council in presence of -the king. He sharply rebuked both parties in a speech of considerable -length, in which he expressed much surprise, that both king and queen, -after the experience of so many years, had not discovered that they -were equally unfit to govern a kingdom, and that it was impossible to -keep distant provinces in order, when they paid such inattention to -the police of the metropolis. Great part of this speech applied to the -king, who, with the Iteghè and Galla, were in a balcony as usual, in -the same room, though at some distance, and above the table where the -council sat, but within convenient hearing. - -The troubled state, the destruction of Woggora, and the insecurity of -the roads from Damot, had made a famine in Gondar. The army possessed -both the rivers, and suffered no supply of water to be brought into the -town, but allowed two jars for each family twice a-day, and broke them -when they returned for more[98]. - -Ras Michael, at his rising from council, ordered a loaf of bread, a -brulhé of water, and an ounce of gold, all articles portable enough to -be exposed in the market-place, upon the head of a drum, without any -apparent watching. But tho’ the Abyssinians are thieves of the first -rate, tho’ meat and drink were very scarce in the town, and gold still -scarcer, though a number of strangers came into it with the army, and -the nights were almost constantly twelve hours long, nobody ventured to -attempt the removing any of the three articles that, from the Monday -to the Friday, had been exposed night and day in the market-place -unguarded. - -All the citizens, now surrounded with an army, found the security and -peace they before had been strangers to, and every one deprecated -the time when the government should pass out of such powerful -hands. All violent oppressors, all those that valued themselves as -leaders of parties, saw, with an indignation which they durst not -suffer to appear, that they were now at last dwindled into absolute -insignificance. - -Having settled things upon this basis, Ras Michael next prepared to -march out for the war of Begemder; and he summoned, under the severest -penalties, all the great officers to attend him with all the forces -they could raise. He insisted likewise that the king himself should -march, and refused to let a single soldier stay behind him in Gondar; -not that he wanted the assistance of those troops, or trusted to them, -but he saw the destruction of Mariam Barea was resolved on, and he -wished to throw the odium of it on the king. He affected to say of -himself, that he was but the instrument of the king and his party, and -had no end of his own to attain. He expatiated, upon all occasions, -upon the civil and military virtues of Mariam Barea; said, that he -himself was old, and that the king should walk coolly and cautiously, -and consider the value that officer would be of to his posterity and to -the nation when he should be no more. - -Upon the first news of the king’s marching, Mariam Barea, who was -encamped upon the frontiers near where he defeated Brulhé, fell back -to Garraggara the middle of Begemder. The king followed with apparent -intention of coming to a battle without loss of time; and Mariam Barea, -by his behaviour, shewed in what different lights he viewed an army, at -the head of which was his sovereign, and one commanded by a Galla. - -No such moderation was shewn on the king’s part. His army burnt and -destroyed the whole country through which they passed. It was plain -that it was Joas’s intention to revenge the death of Brulhé upon the -province itself, as well as upon Mariam Barea. As for Ras Michael, -the behaviour of the king’s army had nothing in it new, or that could -either surprise or displease him. Friend as he was to peace and good -order at home, his invariable rule was to indulge his soldiers in -every licence that the most profligate mind could wish to commit when -marching against an enemy. - -It was known the armies were to engage at Nefas Musa, because Mariam -Barea had said he would fight Brulhé, to prevent him entering the -province, but retreat before the king till he could no longer avoid -going out of it. The king then marched upon the tract of Mariam Barea, -burning and destroying on each side of him, as wide as possible, by -detachments and scouring parties. Allo Fasil, an officer of the king’s -household, a man of low birth, of very moderate parts, and one who used -to divert the king as a kind of buffoon, otherwise a good soldier, had, -as a favour, obtained a small party of horse, with which he ravaged the -low country of Begemder. - -The reader will remember, in the beginning of this history, that a -singular revolution happened, in as singular a manner, the usurper -of the house of Zaguè having voluntarily resigned the throne to the -kings of the line of Solomon, who for several hundred years had been -banished to Shoa. Tecla Haimanout, founder of the monastery of Debra -Libanos, a saint, and the last Abyssinian that enjoyed the dignity of -Abuna, had the address and influence to bring about this revolution, -or resignation, and to restore the ancient line of kings. A treaty -was made under guarantee of the Abuna, that large portions of Lasta -should be given to this prince of the house of Zaguè, free from all -tribute, tax, or service whatever, and that he should be regarded as -an independent prince. The treaty being concluded, the prince of Zaguè -was put in possession of his lands, and was called Y’Lasta Hatzè, which -signifies, not the king of Lasta, but _the king_ at or in Lasta[99]. -He resigned the throne, and Icon Amlac of the line of Solomon, by the -queen of Saba, continued the succession of princes of that house. - -That treaty, greatly to the honour of the contracting parties, made -towards the end of the 13th century, had remained inviolate till the -middle of the 18th; no affront or injustice had been offered to the -prince of Zaguè, and in the number of rebellions which had happened, by -princes setting up their claims to the crown, none had ever proceeded, -or in any shape been abetted, by the house of Zaguè, even though Lasta -had been so frequently in rebellion. - -As Joas was a young prince, now for the first time in the province of -Begemder and passing not far from his domains, the prince of Zaguè -thought it a proper civility and duty to salute the king in his -passage, and congratulate him upon his accession to the throne of -his father. He accordingly presented himself to Joas in the habit of -peace, while, according to treaty, his kettle-drums, or nagareets, were -silver, and the points of his guard’s spears of that metal also. The -king received him with great cordiality and kindness; treated him with -the utmost respect and magnificence; refused to allow him to prostrate -himself on the ground, and forced him to sit in his presence. Michael -went still farther; upon his entering his tent he uncovered himself -to his waist, in the same manner as he would have done in presence of -Joas. He received him standing, obliged him to sit in his own chair, -and excused himself for using the same liberty of sitting, only on -account of his own lameness. - -The king halted one entire day to feast this royal guest. He was an old -man of few words, but those very inoffensive, lively, and pleasant; -in short, Ras Michael, not often accustomed to fix on favourites at -first sight, was very much taken with this Lasta sovereign. Magnificent -presents were made on all sides; the prince of Zaguè took his leave and -returned; and the whole army was very much pleased and entertained at -this specimen of the good faith and integrity of their kings. - -He had now considerably advanced through his own country, Lasta, which -was in the rear, when he was met by Allo Fasil returning from his -plundering the low country, who, without provocation, from motives -of pride or avarice, fell unawares upon the innocent, old man, whose -attendants, secure, as they thought, under public faith, and accoutred -for parade and not for defence, became an easy sacrifice, the prince -being the first killed by Allo Fasil’s own hand. - -Fasil continued his march to join the king, beating his silver -kettle-drums as in triumph. The day after, Ras Michael, uninformed of -what had passed, inquired who that was marching with a nagareet in -his rear? as it is not allowed to any other person but governors of -provinces to use that instrument; and they had already reached the -camp. The truth was presently told; at which the Ras shewed the deepest -compunction. The tents were already pitched when Fasil arrived, who, -riding into Michael’s tent, as is usual with officers returning from -an expedition, began to brag of his own deeds, and upbraided Michael, -in a strain of mockery, that he was old, lame, and impotent. - -This raillery, though very common on such occasions, was not then -in season; and the last part of the charge against him was the most -offensive, for there was no man more fond of the sex than Michael was. -The Ras, therefore, ordered his attendants to pull Fasil off his horse, -who, seeing that he was fallen into a scrape, fled to the king’s tent -for refuge, with violent complaints against Michael. The king undertook -to reconcile him to the Ras, and sent the young Armenian, commander -of the black horse, to desire Michael to forgive Allo Fasil. This he -absolutely refused to do, alledging, that the passing over Fasil’s -insolence to himself would be of no use, as his life was forfeited for -the death of the prince of Zaguè. - -The king renewed his request by another messenger; for the Armenian -excused himself from going, by saying boldly to the king, That, by the -law of all nations, the murderer should die. To the second request the -king added, that he required only his forgivenness of his insolence -to him, not of the death of the prince of Zaguè, as he would direct -what should be done when the nearest of kin claimed the satisfaction -of retaliation. To this Ras Michael shortly replied, “I am here to -do justice to every one, and will do it without any consideration or -respect of persons.” And it was now, for the first time, Abyssinia ever -saw a king solicit the life of a subject of his own from one of his -servants, and be refused. - -The king, upon this, ordered Allo Fasil to defend himself; and things -were upon this footing, the affair likely to end in oblivion, though -not by forgivenness. But, a very short time after, the prince of -Zaguè’s eldest son came privately to Michael’s tent in the night; and, -the next morning, when the judges were in his tent, Michael sent his -door-keeper (Hagos) reckoned the bravest and most fortunate in combat -of any private man in the army, and to whom he trusted the keeping of -his tent-door, to order Allo Fasil to answer at the instance of the -prince of Zaguè, then waiting him in court, Why he had murdered the -prince his father? Fasil was astonished, and refused to come: being -again cited in a regular manner by Hagos, he seemed desirous to avail -himself of the king’s permission to defend himself, and call together -his friends. Hagos, without giving him time, thrust him through with -a lance; then cut off his head, and carried it to Michael’s tent, -repeating what passed, and the reason of his killing him. - -As a refusal in all such instances is rebellion, this had passed -according to rule: a party of Tigrans was ordered to plunder his -tent; and all the ill-got spoils which he had gained from the poor -inhabitants of Begemder were abandoned to the soldiers. Fasil’s head -was given to the prince of Zaguè, as a reparation for the treaty being -violated; the silver nagareet and spears were returned; and, highly -as this affair had been carried by Ras Michael, the king never after -mentioned a word of it. But this was universally allowed to be the -first cause of their disagreement. - -Mariam Barea, seeing no other way to save his province from ruin but by -bringing the affair to a short issue, resolved likewise to keep his -promise. He retired to Nefas Musa, and encamped in the farthest limits -of his province: behind this are the Woollo Galla, relations of Amitzo -the king’s parents. Joas and Ras Michael followed him without delay, -and, having called in all the out-posts, both sides prepared for an -engagement. - -About nine in the morning, Mariam Barea presented his army in order -of battle. Michael had given orders to Kefla Yasous and Welleta -Michael how to form his. He then mounted his mule, and with some of -his officers rode out to view Mariam Barea’s disposition. The king, -anxious about the fortune of the day, and terrified at some reports -that had been made him, by timid, or unskilful people, of the warlike -countenance of Mariam Barea’s army, sent to the Ras, whom he saw -reconnoitring, to know his opinion of what was likely to happen. “Tell -the king,” says the veteran, “that a young man like him, fighting with -a subject so infinitely below him, with an army double his number, -should give him fair play for his life and reputation. He should send -to Mariam Barea to encrease the strength of his center by placing the -troops of Lasta there, or we shall beat him in half an hour, without -either honour to him or to ourselves.” The king, however, did not -understand that sort of gallantry; he thought half an hour in suspence -was long enough, and he ordered immediately a large body of musquetry -to reinforce Fasil, who commanded the center, and thereby he weakened -his own right wing. - -Michael, who commanded the right of the royal army, had placed himself -and his fire-arms in very rough ground, where cavalry could not -approach him, and where he fired as from a citadel, and soon obliged -the left wing of the rebels to retreat. But the king, Kefla Yasous, -and Lubo on the right, were roughly handled by the horse of Lasta, and -would have been totally defeated, the king and Lubo having already left -the field, had not Kefla Yasous brought up a reinforcement of the men -of Siré and Temben, and retrieved the day, at least brought things upon -an equal footing. - -Fasil, with the horse of Foggora and Damot, and a prodigious body -of the Djawi and Pagan Galla, desirous to shew his consequence, and -confirm himself in his ill-got government by his personal behaviour, -attacked the Begemder horse in the center so irresistibly, that -he not only broke through them in several places, but threw the -whole body into a shameful flight. Mariam Barea himself was wounded -in endeavouring to stop them, and hurried away, in spite of his -inclination, crying out in great agony, “Is there not one in my army -that will stay and see me die like the son of Kasmati Ayo?” It was all -in vain; Powussen, and a number of his own officers, surrounding him, -dragged him as it were by force out of the field. The country behind -Nefas Musa is wild, and cut with deep gullies, and the woods almost -impenetrable; they were therefore quickly out of the enemy’s pursuit, -and safe, as they thought, under the protection of the Woollo Galla. -The whole army of Begemder was dispersed, and Michael early forbade -further pursuit. - -The account of this battle, and what preceded it, from the murder of -the prince of Zaguè, is not in the annals or history of Abyssinia, -which I have hitherto followed; at least it has not appeared yet, -probably out of delicacy to Ozoro Esther, fear of Ras Michael, and -respect to the character of Mariam Barea, whose memory is still dear to -his country. But the whole was often, at my desire, repeated to me by -Kefla Yasous, and his officers who were there, whom he used to question -about any circumstance he did not himself remember, or was absent from; -for he was a scrupulous lover of truth; and nothing pleased him so much -as the thought that I was writing his history to be read in my country, -although he had not the smallest idea of England or its situation. - -As for the conversation before the battle, it was often told me by Ayto -Aylo and Ayto Engedan, sons of Kasmati Eshté, who were with the Ras -when he delivered the message to the king, and were kept by him from -engaging that day in respect to Mariam Barea, who was married to their -aunt Ozoro Esther. - -The king and Lubo sent Woosheka to their friends among the Woollo, who -delivered up the unfortunate Mariam Barea, with twelve of his officers -who had taken refuge with him. Mariam Barea was brought before the king -in his tent, covered with blood that had flowed from his wound; his -hands tied behind his back, and thus thrown violently with his face to -the ground. A general murmur which followed shewed the sentiments of -the spectators at so woful a sight; and the horror of it seemed to have -seized the king so entirely as to deprive him of all other sentiments. - -I have often said, the Mosaical law, or law of retaliation, is -constantly observed over all Abyssinia as the criminal law of the -country, so that, when any person is slain wrongfully by another, it -does not belong to the king to punish that offence, but the judges -deliver the offender to the nearest relation of the party murdered, who -has the full power of putting him to death, selling him to slavery, or -pardoning him without any satisfaction. - -Lubo saw the king relenting, and that the greatest crime, that of -rebellion, was already forgiven. He stood up, therefore, and, in -violent rage, laid claim to Mariam Barea as the murderer of his -brother: the king still saying nothing, he and his other Galla hurried -Mariam Barea to his tent, where he was killed, according to report, -with sundry circumstances of private cruelty, afterwards looked upon -as great aggravations. Lubo, with his own hand, is said to have cut -his throat in the manner they kill sheep. His body was afterwards -disfigured with many wounds, and his head severed and carried to -Michael, who forbade uncovering it in his tent. It was then sent to -Brulhé’s family in their own country, as a proof of the satisfaction -his friends had obtained; and this gave more universal umbrage than did -even the cruelty of the execution. - -Several officers of the king’s army, seeing the bloody intentions of -the Galla, advised Powussen, and the eleven other officers that were -taken prisoners, to make the best use of the present opportunity, and -fly to the tent of Michael and implore his protection. This they most -willingly did, with this connivance of Woosheka, who had been intrusted -with the care of them, and Lubo having finished Mariam Barea, came -to the king’s tent to seek the unhappy prisoners, whom he intended -as victims to the memory of Brulhé likewise. Hearing, however, that -they were fled to Michael’s tent, he sent Woosheka to demand them; -but that officer had scarce opened his errand, in the gentlest manner -possible, when Michael, in a fury, cried out, Cut him in pieces before -the tent-door. Woosheka was indeed lucky enough to escape; but we shall -find this was not forgot, for his punishment was more than doubled soon -afterwards. - -At seeing Mariam Barea’s head in the hands of a Galla, after -forbidding him to expose it in his tent, Michael is said to have made -the following observation: “Weak and cowardly people are always in -proportion cruel and unmerciful. If Brulhé’s wife had done this, I -could have forgiven her; but for Joas, a young man and a king, whose -heart should be opened and elated with a first victory, to be partaker -with the Galla, the enemies of his country, in the murder of a nobleman -such as Mariam Barea, it is a prodigy, and can be followed by no good -to himself or the state; and I am much deceived if the day is not at -hand when he shall curse the moment that ever Galla crossed the Nile, -and look for a man such as Mariam Barea, but he shall not find him.” -And, indeed, Michael was very well entitled to make this prophecy, -for he knew his own heart, and the designs he had now ready to put in -execution. - -It is no wonder that these free communications gave the king reason to -distrust Michael. And it was observed that Waragna Fasil had insinuated -himself far into his favour: his late behaviour at the battle of -Nefas Musa had greatly increased his importance with the king; and -the number of troops he had now with him made Joas think himself -independent of the Ras. Fasil had brought with him near 30,000 men, -about 20,000 of whom were horsemen, wild Pagan Galla, from Bizamo and -other nations south of the Nile. The terror the savages occasioned -in the countries through which they passed, and the great disorders -they committed, gave Ras Michael a pretence to insist that all those -wild Galla should be sent back to their own country. I say this was -a pretence, because Michael’s soldiers were really more cruel and -licentious, because more confident and better countenanced than these -strangers were. But the war was over, the armies to be disbanded, these -Pagans were consequently to return home; and they were all sent back -accordingly, excepting 12,000 Djawi, men of Fasil’s own tribe, and some -of the best horse of Maitsha, Agow, and Damot. - -This was the first appearance of quarrel between Fasil and Ras Michael. -But other accidents followed fast that blew up the flame betwixt them; -of which the following was by much the most remarkable, and the most -unexpected. - -At Nefas Musa, near to the field of battle, was a house of Mariam -Barea, which he used to remove to when he was busy in wars with -the neighbouring Galla. It was surrounded with meadows perfectly -well-watered, and full of luxuriant grass. Fasil, for the sake of his -cavalry, had encamped in these meadows; or, if he had other views, they -are not known; and though all the doors and entrances of the house -were shut, yet within was the unfortunate Ozoro Esther, by this time -informed of her husband’s death, and with her was Ayto Aylo, a nobleman -of great credit, riches, and influence. He had been at the campaign of -Sennaar, and was so terrified at the defeat, that, on his return, he -had renounced the world, and turned monk. He was a man of no party, and -refused all posts or employments; but was so eminent for wisdom, that -all sides consulted him, and were in some measure governed by him. - -This person, a relation of the Iteghé’s, had, at her desire, attended -Ozoro Esther to Nefas Musa, but, adhering to his vow, went not to -battle with her husband. Hearing, however, of the bad disposition of -the king, the cruelty of the Galla, and the power and ambition of -Fasil, whose soldiers were encamped round the house, he told her that -there was only one resolution which she could take to avoid sudden -ruin, and being made a sacrifice to one of the murderers of her husband. - -This princess, under the fairest form, had the courage and decision of -a Roman matron, worthy the wife of Mariam Barea, to whom she had born -two sons. Instructed by Aylo, early in the morning, all covered from -head to foot, accompanied by himself, and many attendants and friends, -their heads bare, and without appearance of disguise, they presented -themselves at the door of Michael’s tent, and were immediately -admitted. Aylo announced the princess to the Ras, and she immediately -threw herself at his feet on the ground. - -As Michael was lame, tho’ in all other respects healthy and vigorous, -and unprepared for so extraordinary an interview, it was some time -before he could get upon his feet and uncover himself before his -superior. This being at last accomplished, and Ozoro Esther refusing to -rise, Aylo, in a few words, told the Ras her resolution was to give him -instantly her hand, and throw herself under his protection, as that of -the only man not guilty of Mariam Barea’s death, who could save her and -her children from the bloody cruelty and insolence of the Galla that -surrounded her. Michael, sanguine as he was in his expectations of the -fruit he was to reap from his victory, did not expect so soon so fair a -sample of what was to follow. - -To decide well, instantly upon the first view of things, was a talent -Michael possessed superior to any man in the kingdom. Tho’ Ozoro Esther -had never been part of his schemes, he immediately saw the great -advantage which would accrue to him by making her so, and he seized -it; and he was certain also that the king, in his present disposition, -would soon interfere. He lifted Ozoro Esther, and placed her upon his -seat; sent for Kefla Yasous and his other officers, and ordered them, -with the utmost expedition, to draw up his army in order of battle, as -if for a review to ascertain his loss. At the same time he sent for -a priest, and ordered separate tents to be pitched for Ozoro Esther -and her household. All this was performed quickly; then meeting her -with the priest, he was married to her at the door of his own tent in -midst of the acclamations of his whole army. The occasion of these loud -shouts was soon carried to the king, and was the first account he had -of this marriage. He received the information with violent displeasure, -which he could not stifle, or refrain from expressing it in the -severest terms, all of which were carried to Ras Michael by officious -persons, almost as soon as they were uttered, nothing softened. - -The consequences of the marriage of Ozoro Esther were very soon seen -in the inveterate and determined hatred against the Galla. Esther, -who could not save Mariam Barea, sacrificed herself that she might -avenge his death, and live to see the loss of her husband expiated by -numberless hecatombs of his enemies and murderers. Mild, gentle, and -compassionate as, from my own knowledge, she certainly was, her nature -was totally changed when she cast back her eyes upon the sufferings of -her husband; nor could she be ever satiated with vengeance for those -sufferings, but constantly stimulated Ras Michael, of himself much -inclined to bloodshed, to extirpate, by every possible means, that -odious nation of Galla, by whom she had fallen from all her hopes of -happiness. - -Fasil, as being a Galla, the first man that broke thro’ the horse of -Begemder, and wounded and put to flight her husband Mariam Barea, was -in consequence among the black list of her enemies. Fasil, too, had -murdered Kasmati Eshté, who was her favourite uncle, fast friend to -Mariam Barea, and the man that had promoted her marriage with him. - -The great credit of Fasil with the king had now given Ras Michael -violent jealousy. These causes of hatred accumulated every day, so that -Michael had already formed a resolution to destroy Fasil, even though -the king should perish with him. In these sentiments, too, was Gusho of -Amhara, a man of great personal merit, of whose father, Ras Woodage, we -have already spoken, who had filled successively all the great offices -in the last reign. He was immensely rich; had married a daughter of Ras -Michael, and afterwards six or seven other women, being much addicted -to the fair sex, and was lately married to Ozoro Welleta Israel, the -Iteghé’s daughter. Nor was he in any shape an enemy to wine; but very -engaging, and plausible in discourse and behaviour; in many respects -a good officer, careful of his men, but said to be little solicitous -about his word or promise to men of any other profession but that of a -soldier. - -An accident of the most trifling kind brought about an open breach -between the king and the Ras, which never after was healed. The weather -was very hot while the army was marching. One day, a little before -their arrival at Gondar, in passing over the vast plain between the -mountains and the lake Tzana, (afterwards the scene of much bloodshed) -Ras Michael, being a little indisposed with the heat, and the sun at -the same time affecting his eyes, which were weak, without other design -than that of shading them, had thrown a white cloth or handkerchief -over his head. This was told the king, then with Fasil in the center, -who immediately sent to the Ras to inquire what was the meaning of that -novelty, and upon what account he presumed to cover his head in his -presence? The white handkerchief was immediately taken off, but the -affront was thought so heinous as never after to admit of atonement. - -It must be here observed, that, when the army is in the field, it is a -distinction the king uses, to bind a broad fillet of fine muslin round -his head, which is tied in a double knot, and hangs in two long ends -behind. This, too, is worn by the governor of a province when he is -first introduced into it; and, in absence of the king, is the mark of -supreme power, either direct or delegated, in the person that wears it. - -Unless on such occasions, no one covers his head in presence of the -king, nor in sight of the house or palace where the king resides: But -it was not thought, that, being at such a distance in the rear, he was -in the king’s presence, nor that what was caused by infirmity was to -be construed into presumption, or weighed by the nice scale of jealous -prerogative. - -The armies returned to the valleys below Gondar, and encamped -separately there, Fasil upon the river Kahha, and Ras Michael on the -Angrab. Gusho was on the right of Michael and left of Fasil, a little -higher up the Kahha, near Koscam, the Iteghè’s palace; but he was on -the opposite side of the river from Fasil, where he had a house of -his own, and several large meadows adjoining. Gusho’s servants and -soldiers now began cutting their master’s grass, and were soon joined -by a number of Fasil’s people, who fell, without ceremony, to the same -employment. An interruption was immediately attempted, a fray ensued, -and several were killed or wounded on both sides, but at last Fasil’s -people were beat back to their quarters. - -Gusho complained to Ras Michael of this violation of his property; and -he being now in Gondar, and holding the office of Ras, was, without -doubt, the superior and regular judge of both, as they were both out -of their provinces, and immediately in Michael’s. Upon citation, Fasil -declared that he would submit to no such jurisdiction; and, the -case being referred to the judges next day, it was found unanimously -in council, that Ras Michael was in the right, and that Fasil was -guilty of rebellion. A proclamation in consequence was made at the -palace-gate, superseding Fasil in his government of Damot, and in every -other office which he held under the king, and appointing Boro de Gago -in his place, a man of great interest in Damot and Gojam, and with the -Galla on both sides of the Nile, and married to a sister of Kasmati -Eshté’s, by another mother, otherwise a man of small capacity. - -Fasil, after a long and private audience of the king in the night, -decamped early in the morning with his army, and sat down at Azazo, the -high road between Damot and Gondar, and there he intercepted all the -provisions coming from the southward to the capital. - -It happened that the house in Gondar, where Ras Michael lived, was but -a small distance from the palace, a window of which opened so directly -into it, that Michael, when sitting in judgment, could be distinctly -seen from thence. One day, when most of his servants had left him, a -shot was fired into the room from this window of the palace, which, -though it missed Michael, wounded a dwarf, who was standing before -him fanning the flies from off his face, so grievously, that the page -fell and expired at the foot of his master. This was considered as the -beginning of the hostilities. Nobody knew from whose hand the shot -came; but the window from which it was aimed sufficiently shewed, that -if it was not by direction, it must at least have been fired with the -knowledge of the king. - -Joas lost no time, but removed and encamped at Tedda, and sent Woosheka -to Michael with orders to return to Tigré, and not to see his face; -and, at the same time, declared Lubo governor of Begemder and Amhara. -The Ras scarcely could be brought to see Woosheka; but did not deign -to give any further answer than this, “That the king should know, that -the proper persons to correspond with him as Ras, upon the affairs of -the kingdom, were the judges of the town, or of the palace; not a slave -like Woosheka, whose life, as well as that of all the Gallas in the -king’s presence, was forfeited by the laws of the land. He cautioned -him from appearing again in his presence, for if he did, that he should -surely die.” - -The next day a message came from the king, by four judges, forbidding -the Ras again to drink of either the Angrab or the Kahha, but to strike -his tents and return to Tigré upon pain of incurring his highest -displeasure.--To this Michael answered, “That, true it was, his -province was Tigré, but that he was now governor of the whole realm; -that he was an extraordinary officer, called to prevent the ruin of -the country, because, confessedly, the king could not do it; that the -reason of his coming existed to that day; and he was very willing to -submit it to the judges for their solemn opinion, whether the kingdom, -at present in the hands of the Galla, was not in more danger from the -power of those Galla than it was from the constitutional influence of -Mariam Barea. He added, that he expected the king should be ready to -march against Fasil, for which purpose he was to decamp on the morrow.” -The king returned an absolute refusal to march: The Ras thereupon made -proclamation for all the Galla, of every denomination to leave the -capital, the next day, upon pain of death, declaring them outlawed, and -liable to be slain by the first that met them, if, after twenty-four -hours, they were found in Gondar or its neighbourhood, or, after ten -days, in any part of the kingdom. After this, accompanied by Gusho, he -decamped to dislodge Fasil from the strong post which he held at Azazo. - -By the king’s refusal to march with Ras Michael in person, it was -supposed that his household troops would not join, but remain with him -to garrison his palace. Joas, however, was too far decided in favour -of Fasil to remain neuter. Michael had encamped the 21st of April in -the evening, on the side of the hill above Azazo, in very rough and -rocky ground, as unfavourable for Fasil’s horse as the slope it had was -favourable for Michael’s musquetry. - -The battle was fought on the 22d in the morning, and there was much -blood shed for the time that it lasted. A nephew of Michael, and -his old Fit-Auraris, Netcho, were both slain, and Fasil was totally -defeated. The Galla, who had come from the other side of the Nile, were -very much terrified at Michael’s fire-arms, which contained what they -called the zibib, or grape, meaning thereby the ball. Fasil retired -quickly to Damot, to increase and collect another army again, and to -try his fortune after the rains. - -It happened, unfortunately, that among the prisoners taken at Azazo -were some of the king’s black horse. These being his slaves, and -subject only to his commands, sufficiently shewed by whose authority -they came there. They were, therefore, all called before Michael; -two of them were first interrogated, whether the king had sent them -or not? and, upon their denying or refusing to give an answer, their -throats were cut before their companions. The next questioned was -a page of the king, who seeing, from the fate of his friends, what -was to follow his denial, frankly told the Ras, that it was by the -king’s special orders they, and a considerable body of the household -troops, had joined Fasil the night before; and further, that it was the -Armenian, who, by the king’s order, had fired at him, and killed the -dwarf who was fanning the flies from him. - -Upon this information all the prisoners were dismissed. The army -returned the same night to Gondar, and, though they had been fasting -all day, a council was held, which sat till very late, at the rising of -which a messenger was dispatched to Wechné for Hatzé Hannes, who was -brought to the foot of the mountain the next day. In the same night -Shalaka Becro, Nebrit Tecla and his two sons, Lika Netcho and his two -sons, and a monk of Tigré, called Welleta Christos, were sent to the -palace to murder the king, which they easily accomplished, having found -him alone. They buried him in the church of St Raphael, as we shall -find from the regicide’s own confession, when he was apprehended, when -we shall relate the particulars. - -At the same time Michael exhibited a strange contrast in his behaviour -to the Armenian, who had fled to the house of the Abuna for refuge. -He sent and took him thence, and banished him from Abyssinia, but so -considerately, that he dispatched a servant with him to Masuah to -furnish him with necessaries, to see him embark, and save him from the -cruelty and extortions of the Naybe. - -[Illustration] - - - - -HANNES II. - -1769. - - _Hannes, Brother to Bacuffa, chosen King--Is brought from - Wechné--Crowned at Gondar--Refuses to march against Fasil--Is - poisoned by Order of Ras Michael._ - - -HANNES, a man past seventy years of age, made his entry into Gondar -the 3d of May 1769. He was brother to Bacuffa, and having in his time -escaped from the mountain, and being afterwards taken, his hand was cut -off by order of the king his brother, and he was sent back to the place -of his confinement. - -It is a law of Abyssinia, as we have already observed, derived from -that of Moses, that no man can be capable either of the throne or -priesthood, unless he be perfect in all his limbs; the want of a hand, -therefore, certainly disqualified Hannes, and it was with that intent -it had been cut off. When this was objected to him in council, Michael -laughed violently, and turned it into ridicule; “What is it that a king -has to do with his hands? Are you afraid he shall not be able to saddle -his own mule, or load his own baggage? Never fear that; when he is -under any such difficulty, he has only to call upon me[100], and I will -help him.” - -Hannes, besides his age, was very feeble in body; and having had no -conversation but with monks and priests, this had debilitated his mind -as much as age had done his body. He could not be persuaded to take any -share in government. The whole day was spent in psalms and prayers; -but Ras Michael had brought from the mountain with him two sons, -Tecla Haimanout the eldest, a prince of fifteen years of age, and the -younger, called George, about thirteen. - -Guebra Denghel, a nobleman of the first family in Tigré had married -a daughter of Michael by one of his wives in that province. By her -he had one daughter, Welleta Selassé, whom Michael in the beginning, -while Joas and he were yet friends, had destined to be queen, and to -be married to him. Hannes was of the age only to need a Shunnamite; -and Welleta Selassé, young and beautiful, and who merited to be -something more, was destined as this sacrifice to the ambition of her -grandfather. A kind of marriage, I believe, was therefore made, but -never consummated. She lived with Hannes some months in the palace, -but never took any state upon her. She was a wife and a queen merely -in name and idea. Love had in that frozen composition as little share -as ambition, and those two great temptations, a crown and a beautiful -mistress, could not animate Hatzé Hannes to take the field to defend -them. Every possible method was taken by Michael to overcome his -reluctance, and do away his fears. All was vain; he wept, hid himself, -turned monk, demanded to be sent again to Wechné, but absolutely -refused marching with the army. - -Michael, who had already seen the danger of leaving a king behind him -while he was in the field, and finding Hannes inexorable, had recourse -to poison, which was given him in his breakfast; and the Ras, by this -means, in less than six months became the deliberate murderer of two -kings. - -[Illustration] - - - - -TECLA HAIMANOUT II. - -1769. - - _Succeeds his Father Hannes--His Character and prudent - Behaviour--Cultivates Michael’s Friendship--Marches willingly - against Fasil--Defeats him at Fagitta--Description of that - Battle._ - - -TECLA HAIMANOUT succeeded his father. He was a prince of a most -graceful figure, tall for his age, rather thin, and of the whitest -shade of Abyssinian colour, such are all those princes that are born -in the mountain. He was not so dark in complexion as a Neapolitan or -Portugueze, had a remarkably fine forehead, large black eyes, but -which had something very stern in them, a straight nose, rather of -the largest, thin lips, and small mouth, very white teeth and long -hair. His features, even in Europe, would have been thought fine. He -was particularly careful of his hair, which he dressed in a hundred -different ways. Though he had been absent but a very few months from -his native mountain, his manners and carriage were those of a prince, -that from his infancy had sat upon an hereditary throne. He had an -excellent understanding, and prudence beyond his years. He was said -to be naturally of a very warm temper, but this he had so perfectly -subdued as scarcely ever to have given an instance of it in public. He -entered into Ras Michael’s views entirely, and was as forward to march -out against Fasil, as his father had been averse to it. - -From the time of Hannes’s accession to the throne, Tecla Haimanout -called Michael by the name of Father, and during the few slight -sicknesses the Ras had, he laid by all his state, and attended him -with an anxiety well becoming a son. At this time I entered Abyssinia, -and arrived in Masuah, where there was a rumour only of Hatzé Hannes’s -illness. - -The army marched out of Gondar on the 10th of November 1769, taking -the route of Azazo and Dingleber. Fasil was at Buré, and had assembled -a large army from Damot, Agow, and Maitsha. But Welleta Yasous, his -principal officer, had brought together a still larger one, from the -wild nations of Galla beyond the Nile, and this not without some -difficulty. The zibib, or bullet, which had destroyed so many of them -at Azazo, had made an impression on their minds, and been reported to -their countrymen as a circumstance very unpleasing. These wild Pagans, -therefore, had, for the first time, found a reluctance to invade their -ancient enemies the Abyssinians. - -Fasil, to overcome this fear of the zibib, had loaded some guns with -powder, and fired them very near at some of his friends, which of -course had hurt nobody. Again he had put ball in his gun, and fired at -cattle afar off; and these being for the most part slightly wounded, -he inferred from thence that the zibib was fatal only at a distance, -but that if they galloped resolutely to the mouth of the gun, the grape -could do no more than the first gun he fired with powder had done to -those he had aimed at. - -As soon as Fasil heard that Michael was on his march, he left Buré and -advanced to meet him, his wish being to fight him if possible, before -he should enter into those rich provinces of the Agows, from whence -he drew the maintenance of his army, and expected tribute. Michael’s -conduct warranted this precaution. For no sooner had he entered Fasil’s -government, than he laid waste all Maitsha, destroying every thing with -fire and sword. The old general indeed being perfectly acquainted with -the country, and with the enemy he was to engage, had already fixed -upon his field of battle, and measured the stations that would conduct -him thither. - -Instead of taking up the time with spreading the desolation he had -begun, after the first two days, by forced marches he came to Fagitta, -considerably earlier than Fasil expected. This field that Michael had -chosen, was rocky, uneven, and full of ravines in one part, and of -plain smooth turf on the other, which divisions were separated by a -brook full of large stones. - -The Nile was on Ras Michael’s left, and in this rugged ground he -stationed his lances and musquetry; for he never made great account -of his horse. Two large churches, St Michael and St George, planted -thick with cedars, and about half a mile distant from each other, were -on his right and left flanks, or rather advanced farther before his -front. A deep valley communicated with the most level of these plains, -descending gently all the way from the celebrated sources of the Nile, -which were not more than half a day’s journey distant. Michael drew up -his army behind the two churches, which were advanced on his right and -left flanks, and among the cedars of these he planted 500 musqueteers -before each church, whom the trees perfectly concealed; he formed his -horse in front, knowing them to be an object the Galla did not fear, -and likely to lead them on to charge rashly. These he gave the command -of to a very active and capable officer, Powussen of Begemder, one of -those eleven servants of Mariam Barea, whose lives Michael saved, by -protecting them in his tent after the battle of Nefas Musa. He had -directed this officer, with a few horse, to scour the small plain, as -soon as he saw the Galla advancing into it from the valley. - -As soon as the sun became hot, Fasil’s wild Galla poured into the -plain, and they had now occupied the greatest part of it, which was not -large enough to contain his whole army, when their skirmishing began -by their driving Powussen before them, who fled apparently in great -confusion, crossed the brook, and joined the horse, and formed nearly -between the churches. The Galla, desirous to pursue, were impeded by -the great stones, so that they were in a crowd at the passage of the -brook. - -Ayto Welleta Gabriel, factor to Ozoro Esther, was intoxicated with -liquor, but he was a brave man, very active and strong, and of a good -understanding, though, according to a custom among them, he, at times, -to divert the Ras, played the part of a buffoon. In this character, -with his musquet only in his hand, he, though on foot, skirmished in -the middle of a party of Powussen’s horse. When they turned to fly, -Welleta Gabriel found it convenient to do so likewise, and he crossed -the brook without looking behind him. Upon turning round, he saw the -Galla halt, as if in council, in the bed of the rivulet, and taking up -his gun as a bravado, he levelled at the crowd, and had the fortune to -hit the principal man among them, who fell dead among the feet of the -horses. - -A small pause ensued; the cry of the Zibib! the Zibib! immediately -began, and a downright confusion and flight followed. The Galla, -already upon the plain, turned upon those coming out of the valley, -and these again upon their companions behind them. The cry of Zibib -Ali[101]! Zibib Ali! was repeated through the whole, spreading terror -and dismay wherever it was heard. Nobody knew what was the misfortune -that had befallen them. Welleta Yasous, who commanded the van, was -carried away by the multitude flying: Fasil, who was at the head of the -Damot and Agows, had not entered the valley, nor could any one tell him -what was the accident in the plain. - -Even Michael himself, (as I have heard him say) when, sitting upon -his mule on a small eminence, he saw this extraordinary confusion -and retreat, was not able to assign any cause for it. Though no man -on these occasions had more presence of mind, he remained for a time -motionless, without giving any orders. The troops, however, that lay -hid in the groves of cedars before the churches, who had been silent -and attentive, and Powussen, who commanded the horse which had been -skirmishing, saw distinctly the operation of Welleta Gabriel, and the -confusion that had followed it; without loss of time they attacked the -Galla in the valley, and were soon joined by Gusho and the rest of the -army. - -Fasil, in despair at a defeat of which he knew not the cause, came down -among the Galla, fighting very bravely, often facing about upon those -that pressed them, and endeavouring at least to retreat in some sort -of order; but the musqueteers from the church, commanded by Hezekias, -instead of entering the valley, had advanced and ascended the hills, so -that from the sides of them, in the utmost security, they poured down -shot upon the fliers beneath them. - -Fasil here lost a great part of his army; but seeing a place in one of -the hills accessible, he left the valley, and ascended the side of the -mountain, leading a large body of his own troops; and, having gained -the smooth ground behind the musqueteers, he came up with them, whilst -intent only upon annoying the Galla, and cut 300 to pieces. Content -with this advantage, and finding his army entirely dispersed, he passed -the sources of the Nile at Geesh, descended into the plain of Assoa, -and encamped near Gooderoo, a small lake there, intending to pass the -night, and collect his scattered forces. - -Michael’s army had given over pursuit, but Powussen, with some chosen -horse of Lasta and Begemder, followed Fasil upon his track, and came up -with him a little before the dusk of the evening, on the side of the -lake. Here a great slaughter of wounded and weary men ensued: Fasil -fled, and no resistance was attempted, and the soldiers, satiated with -blood, at last returned, and pursued the enemy no further. - -It was the next day in the evening before Powussen joined the camp, -having put to the sword, without mercy, all the stragglers that fell in -the way upon his return. The appearance of this man and his behaviour -made Michael’s joy complete, who already had begun to entertain fears -that some untoward accident had befallen him. - -This was the battle of Fagitta, fought on the 9th of December 1769, on -the very ground in which Fasil, just five years before, had murdered -Kasmati Eshté. Those philosophers, who disclaim the direction of a -divine Providence, will calculate how many chances there were, that, -in a kingdom as big as Great Britain, the commission of a crime and its -punishment should both happen in one place, on one day, in the short -space of five years, and in the life of one man. - -The extraordinary severity exercised upon the army of the Galla, -after the battle, was still as apparent as it had been in the flight. -Woosheka, of whom we have had already occasion to speak, fell in -among the horse of Powussen and Gusho, and being known, his life was -spared. He was cousin-german to Lubo, but a better man and soldier -than his relation, and, in all the intrigues of the Galla at Gondar, -was considered as an undesigning man, of harmless and inoffensive -manners. He had been companion of Gusho, and many of the principal -commanders in the army, and, after the defeat at Nefas Musa, had the -guard of Powussen and the eleven officers, whom he suffered to escape -into Michael’s tent, as I have already said, while Lubo was murdering -Mariam Barea. He had been, for a time, well known and well esteemed -by Ras Michael, nor was he ever supposed personally to have offended -him, or given umbrage to any one. As he was a man of some fortune and -substance, it was thought the forfeiture of all that he had might more -than atone for any fault that he had ever committed. - -It was therefore agreed on the morning after Powussen’s return from the -pursuit, that Gusho and he, when they surrendered this prisoner, should -ask his life and pardon from the Ras, and this they did, prostrating -themselves in the humblest manner with their foreheads on the earth. -Ras Michael, at once forgetting his own interest, and the quality -and consequence of the officers before him, fell into a violent and -outrageous passion against the supplicants, and, after a very short -reproof, ordered each of them to their tents in a kind of disgrace. - -He then sternly interrogated Woosheka, whether he did not remember -that, at Tedda, he had ordered him out of the country in ten days? -then, in his own language of Tigré, he asked, if there was any one -among the soldiers that could make a leather bottle? and being answered -in the affirmative, he ordered one to be made of Woosheka’s skin, but -first to carry him to the king. The soldiers understood the command, -though the miserable victim did not, and he was brought to the king, -who would not suffer him to speak, but waved with his hand to remove -him; and they accordingly carried him to the river side, where they -flayed him alive, and brought his skin stuffed with straw to Ras -Michael. - -It was not doubted that Ozoro Esther, then in the camp, had sealed the -fate of this wretched victim. She appeared that night in the king’s -tent dressed in the habit of a bride, which she had never before done -since the death of Mariam Barea. Two days after, having obtained her -end, she returned triumphant to Gondar, where Providence visited her -with distress in her own family, for the hardness of her heart to the -sufferings of others. - -During this time I was at Masuah, where, by reason of the great -distance and interruption in the roads, these transactions were not -yet known. Hatzé Hannes was still supposed alive, and my errand from -Metical Aga that of being his Physician. I shall now begin an account -of what passed at Masuah, and thence continue my journey to Gondar till -my meeting with the king there. - - -_END OF THE SECOND VOLUME._ - - - - -FOOTNOTES: - - -[Footnote 1: The city of Wolves, or Hyænas.] - -[Footnote 2: She had several names, as I have before said, _Judith_ in -Tigré, and in Amhara _Esther_.] - -[Footnote 3: Conquetes de Portugais par Lafitan, vol. I. liv. ii. p. -90. Id. ibid. p. 144.] - -[Footnote 4: It has been imagined that this number should be increased -to seventy, but I have, followed the text; there would be little -difference in the rashness of the action.] - -[Footnote 5: A tribe of the Shepherds; all the rest, but the two first, -unknown in Abyssinia at this day.] - -[Footnote 6: Mountain of the Testimony.] - -[Footnote 7: The Moors in general are much squarer, stouter-made men, -than the Abyssinians.] - -[Footnote 8: Probably Magwas, or Berhan Magwass, the Glory of Grace; -a name often used by queens; for Mogessa has no signification, that I -know, in any of the languages of Ethiopia.] - -[Footnote 9: That is, while the family of Zaguè reigned, in Tigré, and -that of Solomon in Shoa, before the restoration.] - -[Footnote 10: Vid. Ludolf, lib. 3. No. 29. I have this letter at length -prefixed to the large volume of Canons and Councils, a copy of which -was sent by Zara Jacob to the monks in Jerusalem.] - -[Footnote 11: St. Stefano in Rotondis.] - -[Footnote 12: Francisco de Branca Leon.] - -[Footnote 13: One of the steep mountains used for prisons.] - -[Footnote 14: Another church on a hill, one of the quarters of Gondar. -It signifies the Hill of Glory, or Brightness.] - -[Footnote 15: Bilur, in the language of Samhar, signifies _fossile -salt_; if it is coloured with any mineral, so as to be either red or -green, it is, in this latter case, applied often to emeralds, and -green-rock crystal.] - -[Footnote 16: A race of very barbarous people, all shepherds, having -great substance, and much resembling the nations of Galla. They are -Pagans.] - -[Footnote 17: The pomegranate of gold.] - -[Footnote 18: The station of David.] - -[Footnote 19: Betwudet is an officer that has nearly the same power as -Ras; there were two of these, and both being slain at one battle, as we -shall see in the sequel, the office grew into disuse as unfortunate.] - -[Footnote 20: The literal translation of this is, _doubly sharp_, or -_sharp to a fault_; a character he had gained in Portugal.] - -[Footnote 21: See Marco Paulo’s Travels into Tartary.] - -[Footnote 22: On the west side of the peninsula on the Atlantic.] - -[Footnote 23: Vide Marmol, vol. i. cap. 37.] - -[Footnote 24: Is a subject paying Capitation.] - -[Footnote 25: Vid. David’s letter to Emanuel, king of Portugal 1524.] - -[Footnote 26: Vide Map of Shoa.] - -[Footnote 27: Or Governor.] - -[Footnote 28: Vide Poncet’s travels, in his return through Tigré, p. -116. London edit. 12mo. 1709.] - -[Footnote 29: In Barbary called _Mishta_, in Abyssinia, _Kagga_.] - -[Footnote 30: This is a name of humility. He is a great officer, and -has no care or charge of asses.] - -[Footnote 31: Alvarez Histoire d’Ethiopic, p. 157.] - -[Footnote 32: Canso el Gauri, and Tomum Bey.] - -[Footnote 33: Selim I. emperor of the Ottomans.] - -[Footnote 34: It was he who, as we have seen, slew the Moor Maffudi in -single combat in the beginning of this reign.] - -[Footnote 35: Constant in the faith.] - -[Footnote 36: Tellez, lib. 2. cap. 27.] - -[Footnote 37: Dated at Rome 16th Feb. 1555. See Tellez, lib. 2. cap. -22.] - -[Footnote 38: See Bermudes’s account of these times, printed at Lisbon -by Francis Correa, A. D. 1565.] - -[Footnote 39: The Mountain of Gold.] - -[Footnote 40: Purch. vol. 2.] - -[Footnote 41: Ludolf, lib. 2. cap. 6.] - -[Footnote 42: To Geshen or Wechné.] - -[Footnote 43: See Le Grande’s History of Abyssinia.] - -[Footnote 44: See the article Wanzey in the Appendix.] - -[Footnote 45: Jerome Lobo Hist. of Abyssinia ap. Le Grande.] - -[Footnote 46: The name of infant-king seems to have been given as a -nick-name in Abyssinia, and is preserved to this day.] - -[Footnote 47: We have mentioned this treaty in the reign of Icon Amlac.] - -[Footnote 48: Then the metropolis upon the Lake Tzana.] - -[Footnote 49: Register of the cattle; so the governor of Dembea is -called.] - -[Footnote 50: See the History of the rise of this monarchy in my return -through Sennaar.] - -[Footnote 51: A low territory at the foot of Lamalmon.] - -[Footnote 52: It was probably part of the fruits of the new religion, -and the work of his new religious advisers.] - -[Footnote 53: The words, Boren, and Bertuma Galla, have no meaning in -the Ethiopic.] - -[Footnote 54: See the Map.] - -[Footnote 55: See the provincial letters of the Jesuits in Tellez, lib. -iv. cap. 5.] - -[Footnote 56: Which signifies the Passage.] - -[Footnote 57: This will be more enlarged upon hereafter.] - -[Footnote 58: Tellez, lib. iv. cap. 38.] - -[Footnote 59: It is apparently a speech in a passion, for this Sela -Christos was one of the most learned of the Abyssinians; yet the words -themselves, if literally translated, are scarcely intelligible.] - -[Footnote 60: I have seen them often at Madrid.] - -[Footnote 61: Called by the Agows, Krihaha.] - -[Footnote 62: A name of the black Pagans bordering on Sennaar to the -south-west.] - -[Footnote 63: Astronom. de M. de La Lande, liv. 19. p. 366.] - -[Footnote 64: See the article _kantuffa_ in the Appendix.] - -[Footnote 65: The white mountain.] - -[Footnote 66: The mountain of salt.] - -[Footnote 67: By Chancellor of the Nation is meant the officer -immediately next the consul, who keeps the records, and has a -department absolutely independent of the Consul.] - -[Footnote 68: Vid. Poncet.] - -[Footnote 69: It is plain Poncet had no instruments for observation -with him, nor was he probably acquainted with the use of them.] - -[Footnote 70: To be described hereafter.] - -[Footnote 71: See an elevation of this in my account of Axum.] - -[Footnote 72: And there he wrote his Teliamede which supposes men -were first created fishes, for which he was excommunicated. It was an -opinion perfectly worthy of alarming the Sorbonne.] - -[Footnote 73: Plin. vol. 1. lib. 6. cap. 30. p. 376.] - -[Footnote 74: Father Bernat, a Frenchman.] - -[Footnote 75: We have seen these were recommended by M. Maillet, the -consul.] - -[Footnote 76: This is not the king’s seal. It is the invention of some -Mahometan employed to write the letters.] - -[Footnote 77: See the letter itself, it is the last in Le Grande’s -book, and in Latin, if I remember rightly.] - -[Footnote 78: Vid. the letter as quoted above.] - -[Footnote 79: Abdelcader, son of Ounsa, retired here.] - -[Footnote 80: It signifies Justus.] - -[Footnote 81: Vid general map.] - -[Footnote 82: Juvenal, sat. 13. l. 163.] - -[Footnote 83: Nisi malitia suppleat ætatem.] - -[Footnote 84: Herod. lib. 3, par. 17, & seq.] - -[Footnote 85: Supposed to be the Garamantica Vallis of Ptolemy.] - -[Footnote 86: Dodswell’s dissertation of Hanno’s Periplus--Montesquieu, -tom. I. lib. 21. cap. 11.] - -[Footnote 87: This sensation of the savage in the heart of Africa seems -to be unknown to the enemies of the slave-trade; they talk much of -heat, without knowing the material suffering of the negro is from cold.] - -[Footnote 88: There seems here some contradiction which needs -explanation. It is said that the palace was burnt before Oustas went to -his tent. How then could the soldiers assemble in it afterwards? The -palace consists of a number of separate houses at no great distance, -but detached from one another with one room in each. That where the -coronation is performed is called Anbasa Bet; another, where the king -sits in festivals, is called Zeffan Bet; another is called Werk Sacala, -the gold-house; another Gimja Bet, or the brocade-house, where the -wardrobe and the gold stuffs used for presents, or received as such, -are laid. Now, we suppose Oustas in any one of these apartments, say -Zeffan Bet, which he left to go to his tent, and it was then burnt; -still there remained the coronation-house where the regalia was kept, -which the soldiers locked up that it might not be used to crown Fasil, -Oustas’s son, whom they thought the seven great men they had murdered -conspired to place upon the throne after his father.] - -[Footnote 89: Mistress to Yasous, and mother to David.] - -[Footnote 90: But there can be no doubt both opinions are absolute -heresy, in the most liberal sense of that word, as expressly denying -our Saviour’s consubstantiality.] - -[Footnote 91: This drum is of beaten silver; the Abyssinians say, that -this metal alone is capable of conveying the sweet sound contained in -a proclamation of peace. It was carried off by the rebels after the -retreat of Serbraxos.] - -[Footnote 92: Dek.] - -[Footnote 93: A relict of the most precious kind, believed to have come -from Jerusalem, and been painted by St Luke.] - -[Footnote 94: About one hundred and eighty-six pounds, an ounce of gold -at a medium being 10 crowns.] - -[Footnote 95: This is a fish common in the Mediterranean, of the kind -of anchovies, the common food of the galley-slaves, and lower sort of -people.] - -[Footnote 96: Noba, in the language of Sennaar, signifies Soldier; it -is probably from this the ancient name of Nubia first came.] - -[Footnote 97: A well near Karoota, immediately on the frontiers of -Begemder.] - -[Footnote 98: This is commonly done in times of trouble, to keep the -townsmen in awe, as if fire was intended, which would not be in their -power to quench.] - -[Footnote 99: Nearly the same distinction as the silly one made in -Britain between the French king and king of France.] - -[Footnote 100: What made the ridicule here was, Michael was older than -the king, and could not stand alone.] - -[Footnote 101: They have the grape along with them.] - - -[Transcriber's Note: - -Inconsistent double quotes and capitalization are as in the original. - -Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation are as in the original.] - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Travels to Discover the Source of the -Nile, Volume II, by James Bruce - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS VOL. 2 OF 2 *** - -***** This file should be named 54181-0.txt or 54181-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/1/8/54181/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Wayne Hammond and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/54181-0.zip b/old/54181-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 50e2f2e..0000000 --- a/old/54181-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h.zip b/old/54181-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3d0e268..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h/54181-h.htm b/old/54181-h/54181-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index abc6546..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/54181-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24557 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile. Volume 2, by James Bruce.--a Project Gutenberg eBook - </title> - <style type="text/css"> - -a { - text-decoration: none} - -small { - font-style: normal; - font-size: small} - -#coverpage { - text-align: center; - margin: 2em auto} - -body { - padding: 4px; - margin: auto 10%} - -p { - text-align: justify} - -.medium { - font-size: medium} - -.large { - font-size: large} - -.x-large { - font-size: x-large} - -h1, h2, .ph1 { - page-break-before: always} - -h1, h2, h3 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - font-weight: normal; - clear: both; - margin: 2em auto 1em auto} - -.ph1 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; - font-weight: normal; - font-size: xx-large; - margin: 2em auto 1em auto} - -.ph2 { - text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ - clear: both; - font-weight: normal; - font-size: x-large; - margin: 2em auto 1em auto} - -.author { - display: block; - text-align: right; - margin: 0px} - -.hang { - text-indent: -2em; - padding-left: 2em} - -p.drop:first-letter { - float: left; - clear: left; - font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif; - font-size: 270%; - line-height: 70%; - padding: 8px 2px 0 0} - -.uppercase { - text-transform: uppercase} - -/* Tables */ -.table { - display: table; - margin: auto} - -table { - margin: 2em auto} - -th { - padding: 25px 5px 5px 5px} - -td { - text-indent: -2em; - padding-left: 2.5em; - padding-right: 0.5em} - -.tdr { - vertical-align: bottom; - text-align: right} - -.tdc { - text-indent: 0; - padding: 0; - text-align: center} -/* End Tables */ - -.copy { - font-size: small; - text-align: center} - -.smcap { - font-style: normal; - font-variant: small-caps} - -.caption { - text-align: center} - -/* Images */ -img { - border: none; - max-width: 100%} - -.figcenter { - clear: both; - display: block; - margin: 2em auto; - text-align: center; - max-width: 600px} - -/* Footnotes */ -.footnotes { - margin: 2em auto; - border: 4px double #004200} - -.fnanchor { - vertical-align: super; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-size: x-small; - line-height: .1em; - text-decoration: none; - white-space: nowrap /* keeps footnote on same line as referenced text */} - -.footnote p:first-child { - text-indent: -2.5em} - -.footnote p { - margin: 1em; - padding-left: 2.5em} - -.label { - width: 2em; - display: inline-block; - text-align: right; - text-decoration: none} - -.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ - /* visibility: hidden; */ - color: #004200; - position: absolute; - right: 5px; - font-style: normal; - font-weight: normal; - font-size: small; - text-align: right; -} /* page numbers */ - -/* Transcriber's notes */ -.transnote { - background-color: #E6E6FA; - border: #004200 double 4px; - color: black; - margin: 2em auto; - padding: 1em} - -@media handheld { -p.drop:first-letter { - float: left; - clear: left} -} - -/* Poetry */ - -.poetry { - margin: auto; - text-align: center} - -.poem { - font-size: medium; - margin: auto; - display: inline-block; - text-align: left} - -.poem .stanza { - margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em} - .poem span.i0 {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;} - - </style> - </head> -<body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile, -Volume II, by James Bruce - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - - -Title: Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile, Volume II - In the years 1769, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772 and 1773 - -Author: James Bruce - -Release Date: February 17, 2017 [EBook #54181] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS VOL. 2 OF 2 *** - - - - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Wayne Hammond and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - - - - - -</pre> - - -<div class="figcenter"> -<img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h1> -TRAVELS<br /> -<small>TO DISCOVER THE</small><br /> -<span class="x-large">SOURCE OF THE NILE,</span><br /> -<small>In the Years 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, and 1773.</small><br /> - -<small>IN FIVE VOLUMES.</small><br /> - -<span class="large">BY JAMES BRUCE OF KINNAIRD, ESQ. F.R.S.</span><br /> -<img class="table" src="images/titlepage.jpg" alt="" /> -<span class="large">VOL. II.</span><br /> - -<span class="poetry"> -<span class="poem"><span class="stanza"> -<span class="i0"><i>Vixere fortes ante Agamemnona</i><br /></span> -<span class="i0"><i>Multi, sed omnes illachrymabiles</i><br /></span> -<span class="i0"><i>Urgentur ignotique longâ</i><br /></span> -<span class="i0"><i>Nocte, carent quia vate sacro.</i><br /></span> -<span class="author"><span class="smcap">Horat.</span><br /></span> -</span></span></span> -<br /><br /> -<span class="copy table"> -EDINBURGH:<br /> -PRINTED BY J. RUTHVEN,<br /> -FOR G. G. J. AND J. ROBINSON, PATERNOSTER-ROW,<br /> -LONDON.<br /> -<br /> -M.DCC.XC.</span> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_i">i</span></h1> - -<h2 id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS<br /> - -<small>OF THE</small><br /> - -<span class="x-large">SECOND VOLUME.</span></h2> - -<table> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#BOOK_III">BOOK III.</a><br /> - ANNALS OF ABYSSINIA.<br /> - Translated from the Original.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td colspan="2" class="hang">CONTAINING THE HISTORY OF THE ABYSSINIANS, FROM - THE RESTORATION OF THE LINE OF SOLOMON TO THE - DEATH OF SOCINIOS, AND THE DOWNFALL OF THE ROMISH - RELIGION.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#ICON_AMLAC">ICON AMLAC.</a><br /> - From 1268 to 1283.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Line of Solomon restored under this Prince—He continues the Royal - Residence in Shoa—Tecla Haimanout dies—Reasons for the Fabrication - of the supposed Nicene Canon</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">P. 1.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#IGBA_SION">IGBA SION.</a><br /> - From 1283 to 1312.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><i>Quick Succession of Princes—Memoirs of these Reigns deficient</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">4<span class="pagenum" id="Page_ii">ii</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#AMDA_SION">AMDA SION.</a><br /> - From 1312 to 1342.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><i>Licentious beginning of this King’s Reign—His rigorous Conduct with the Monks of Debra Libanos—His Mahometan Subjects Rebel—Mara and Adel declare War—Are defeated in several Battles, and submit</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">5</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#SAIF_ARAAD">SAIF ARAAD.</a>SAIF ARAAD.<br /> - From 1342 to 1370.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td><i>This Prince enjoys a peaceable Reign—Protects the Patriarch of Cophts at Cairo from the Persecution of the Soldan</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">60</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#WEDEM_ASFERI">WEDEM ASFERI.</a><br /> - From 1370 to 1380.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Memoirs of this and the following Reign defective.</i></td> - <td class="tdr">62</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#DAVID_II">DAVID II.</a><br /> - From 1380 to 1409.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td /> - <td class="tdr">63</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#THEODORUS">THEODORUS.</a><br /> - From 1409 to 1412.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Memoirs of this Reign, though held in great Esteem in Abyssinia, defective, probably mutilated by the Ecclesiastics</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">64</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#ISAAC">ISAAC.</a><br /> - From 1412 to 1429.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>No Annals of this, nor the four following Reigns.</i></td> - <td class="tdr">65<span class="pagenum" id="Page_iii">iii</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#ANDREAS_I_or_AMDA_SION"><span class="smcap">ANDREAS I. or AMDA SION.</span></a></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td /> - <td class="tdr">66</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#TECLA_MARIAM_or_HASEB_NANYA"><span class="smcap">TECLA MARIAM, or HASEB NANYA.</span></a><br /> - From 1429 to 1433.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td /> - <td class="tdr">67</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#SARWE_YASOUS">SARWE YASOUS.</a></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td /> - <td class="tdr">ib.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#AMDA_YASOUS">AMDA YASOUS.</a></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td /> - <td class="tdr">ib.</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#ZARA_JACOB">ZARA JACOB.</a><br /> - From 1434 to 1468.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Sends Ambassadors from Jerusalem to the Council of Florence—First Entry of the Roman Catholics into Abyssinia, and Dispute about Religion—King persecutes the Remnants of Sabaism and Idolatry—Mahometan Provinces rebel, and are subdued—The King dies</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">68</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#BAEDA_MARIAM">BÆDA MARIAM.</a><br /> - From 1468 to 1478.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Revives the Banishment of Princes to the Mountain—War with Adel—Death of the King—Attempts by Portugal to discover Abyssinia and the Indies</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">78</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#ISCANDER_or_ALEXANDER"><span class="smcap">ISCANDER, or ALEXANDER.</span></a><br /> - From 1478 to 1495.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Iscander declares War with Adel—Good Conduct of the King—Betrayed and Murdered by Za Saluce</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">114</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#NAOD">NAOD.</a><br /> - From 1495 to 1508.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Wise Conduct of the King—Prepares for a War with the Moors—Concludes an Honourable Peace with Adel</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">120<span class="pagenum" id="Page_iv">iv</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#DAVID_III">DAVID III.</a><br /> - From 1508 to 1540.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>David, an Infant, succeeds—Queen sends Matthew Ambassador to Portugal—David takes the field—Defeat of the Moors—Arrival of an Embassy from Portugal—Disastrous War with Adel</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">124</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#CLAUDIUS_or_ATZENAF_SEGUED"><span class="smcap">CLAUDIUS, or ATZENAF SEGUED.</span></a><br /> - From 1540 to 1559.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Prosperous Beginning of Claudius’s Reign—Christopher de Gama - lands in Abyssinia—Prevented by the Rainy Season from joining - the King—Battle of Ainal—Battle of Offalo—Christopher de Gama - Slain—Battle of Isaacs Bet—Moors defeated, and their General - Slain—Abyssinian Army defeated—Claudius Slain—Remarkable - Behaviour of Nur, Governor of Zeyla General of the - Moors</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">173</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#MENAS_or_ADAMAS_SEGUED">MENAS, or ADAMAS SEGUED.</a><br /> - From 1559 to 1563.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Baharnagash rebels, proclaims Tascar King—Defeated by the King—Cedes Dobarwa to the Turks, and makes a League with the Basha of Masuab</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">206</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#SERTZA_DENGHEL_or_MELEC_SEGUED"><span class="smcap">SERTZA DENGHEL, or MELEC SEGUED.</span></a><br /> - From 1563 to 1595.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>King crowned at Axum—Abyssinia invaded by the Galla—Account of that People—The King defeats the Army of Adel—Beats the Falasha, and kills their King—Battle of the Mareb—Basha slain, and Turks expelled from Dobarwa—King is poisoned—Names Za Denghel his Successor</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">214 <span class="pagenum" id="Page_v">v</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#ZA_DENGHEL">ZA DENGHEL.</a><br /> - From 1595 to 1604.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Za Denghel dethroned—Jacob a Minor succeeds—Za Denghel is Restored—Banishes Jacob to Narea—Converted to the Romish Religion—Battle of Bartcho, and Death of the King</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">238</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#JACOB">JACOB.</a><br /> - From 1604 to 1605.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Makes Proposals to Socinios, which are rejected—Takes the Field—Bad Conduct and Defeat of Za Selasse—Battle of Debra Zeit—Jacob defeated and Slain</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">252</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#SOCINIOS_or_MELEC_SEGUED"><span class="smcap">SOCINIOS, or MELEC SEGUED.</span></a><br /> - From 1605 to 1632.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Socinios embraces the Romish Religion—War with Sennaar—With the Shepherds—Violent Conduct of the Romish Patriarch—Lasta rebels—Defeated at Wainadega—Socinios restores the Alexandrian Religion—Resigns his Crown to his Eldest Son</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">262</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#BOOK_IV">BOOK IV.</a></th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang">CONTINUATION OF THE ANNALS, FROM THE DEATH OF SOCINIOS, TILL MY ARRIVAL IN ABYSSINIA.</td> - <td /> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#FACILIDAS_or_SULTAN_SEGUED"><span class="smcap">FACILIDAS, or SULTAN SEGUED.</span></a><br /> - From 1632 to 1665.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>The Patriarch and Missionaries are Banished—Seek the Protection of a Rebel—Delivered up to the King, and sent to Masuah—Prince</i> - <span class="pagenum" id="Page_vi">vi</span> - <i>Claudius rebels—Sent to Wechné—Death and Character of the King</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">401</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#HANNES_I_or_OELAFE_SEGUED"><span class="smcap">HANNES I. or ŒLAFE SEGUED.</span></a><br /> - From 1665 to 1680.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Bigotry of the King—Disgusts his Son Yasous, who flies from Gondar</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">423</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#YASOUS_I">YASOUS I.</a><br /> - From 1680 to 1704.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Brilliant Expedition of the King to Wechné—Various Campaigns against the Agows and Galla—Comet appears—Expedition against Zeegam and the Eastern Shangalla—Poncet’s Journey—Murat’s Embassy—Du Roule’s Embassy—Du Roule murdered at Sennaar—The King is assassinated</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">425</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#TECLA_HAIMANOUT_I">TECLA HAIMANOUT I.</a><br /> - From 1704 to 1706.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Writes in Favour of Du Roule—Defeats the Rebels—Is Assassinated while Hunting</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">517</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#TIFILIS">TIFILIS.</a><br /> - From 1706 to 1709.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Dissembles with his Brother’s Assassins—Execution of the Regicides—Rebellion and Death of Tigi</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">533</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#OUSTAS">OUSTAS.</a><br /> - From 1709 to 1714.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Usurps the Crown—Addicted to Hunting—Account of the Shangalla—Active and Bloody Reign—Entertains Catholic Priests privately—Falls sick and dies, but how, uncertain</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">538 - <span class="pagenum" id="Page_vii">vii</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#DAVID_IV">DAVID IV.</a><br /> - From 1714 to 1719.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Convocation of the Clergy—Catholic Priests executed—A Second Convocation—Clergy insult the King—His severe Punishment—King dies of Poison</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">577</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#BACUFFA">BACUFFA.</a><br /> - From 1719 to 1729.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Bloody Reign—Exterminates the Conspirators—Counterfeits Death—Becomes very Popular</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">595</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#YASOUS_II_or_ADIAM_SEGUED"><span class="smcap">YASOUS II. or, ADIAM SEGUED.</span></a><br /> - From 1729 to 1753.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Rebellion in the Beginning of this Reign—King addicted to hunting—To building, and the Arts of Peace—Attacks Sennaar—Loses his Army—Takes Samayat—Receives Baady King of Sennaar under his Protection</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">608</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#JOAS">JOAS.</a><br /> - From 1753 to 1769.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>This Prince a favorer of the Galla his Relations—Great dissentions on bringing them to Court—War of Begemder—Ras Michael brought to Gondar—Defeats Ayo—Mariam Barea refuses to be accessary to his Death—King favours Waragna Fasil—Battle of Azazo—King Assassinated in his Palace</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">660</td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#HANNES_II">HANNES II.</a><br /> - 1769.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Hannes, Brother to Bacuffa, chosen King—Is brought from Wechné—Crowned at Gondar—His horrid Behaviour—Refuses to march against Fasil—Is poisoned by Order of Ras Michael</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">707 - <span class="pagenum" id="Page_viii">viii</span></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <th colspan="2"><a href="#TECLA_HAIMANOUT_II">TECLA HAIMANOUT II.</a><br /> - 1769.</th> - </tr> - <tr> - <td class="hang"><i>Succeeds his Father Hannes—His Character and prudent Behaviour—Cultivates Michael’s Friendship—Marches willingly against Fasil—Defeats him at Fagitta—Description of that Battle</i>,</td> - <td class="tdr">709 - <span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">1</span></td> - </tr> -</table> - -<p class="ph1"> -TRAVELS<br /> - -<small>TO DISCOVER</small><br /> - -<span class="x-large">THE SOURCE OF THE NILE.</span><br /> - -<span class="large" id="BOOK_III">BOOK III.</span><br /> - -<span class="large">ANNALS OF ABYSSINIA,</span><br /> -<small>TRANSLATED FROM THE ORIGINAL:</small> - -<span class="hang table medium">CONTAINING THE HISTORY OF THE ABYSSINIANS, FROM THE -RESTORATION OF THE LINE OF SOLOMON TO THE DEATH OF -SOCINIOS, AND THE DOWNFALL OF THE ROMISH RELIGION.</span></p> - -<h2 id="ICON_AMLAC"><img src="images/i_rule-4.png" alt="" /><br /> - -ICON AMLAC.<br /> - -<small>From 1268 to 1283.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Line of Solomon restored under this Prince—He continues the Royal Residence -in Shoa—Tecla Haimanout dies—Reasons for the Fabrication -of the supposed Nicene Canon</i>.</p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Although</span> the multiplicity of names assumed by the -kings of Abyssinia, and the confusion occasioned by -this custom, has more than once been complained of in the -foregoing sheets, we have here a prince that is an exception -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">2</span> -to this practice, otherwise almost general. Icon Amlac is the -only name by which we know this first prince of the race -of Solomon, restored now fully to his dominions, after a -long exile his family had suffered by the treason of Judith. -The signification of his name is, “Let him be made our sovereign,” -and is apparently that which he took upon his -inauguration or accession to the throne; and his name of -baptism, and bye-name or popular name given him, are -both therefore lost.</p> - -<p>Although now restored to the complete possession of his -ancient dominions, he was too wise all at once to leave his -dutiful kingdom of Shoa and return to Tigré. He continued -to make Tegulat, the capital of Shoa, his seat of the empire, -and there reigned fifteen years.</p> - -<p>In the 14th year of the reign of this prince, his great benefactor, -Abuna Tecla Haimanout, founder of the Order of -Monks of Debra Libanos, and restorer of the Royal family, -died at that monastery in great reputation and very advanced -age. He was the last Abyssinian ordained Abuna; and -this sufficiently shews the date of that canon I have already -spoken of, falsely said to be a canon of the council of -Nicea.</p> - -<p>Though Le Grande and some others have pretended to -be in doubt at what time, and for what reason, this canon -could have been made, I think the reason very plain, which -fixes it to the time of Tecla Haimanout, as well as shews -it to be a forgery of the church of Alexandria, no doubt -with the council and advice of this great statesman Tecla -Haimanout. Egypt was fallen under the dominion of the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">3</span> -Saracens; the Coptic patriarch, and all the Christians of the -church of Alexandria, were their slaves or servants; but the -Abyssinians were free and independent, both in church and -state, and a mortal hatred had followed the conquest from -variety of causes, of which the persecution of the Christians -in Egypt was not one of the least. As it was probable that -these reasons would increase daily, the consequence which -promised inevitably to follow was, that the Abyssinians -would not apply to Alexandria, or Cairo, for a metropolitan -sent by the Mahometans, but would choose a head of their -own, and so become independent altogether of the chair of -St Mark. As they were cut off from the rest of the world -by seas and deserts almost inaccessible, as they wanted books, -and were every day relaxing in discipline, total ignorance -was likely to follow their separation from their primitive -church, and this could not end but in a relapse into Paganism, -or in their embracing the religion of Mahomet.</p> - -<p>This prohibition of making any of their countrymen -Abuna, secured them always a foreigner, and a man of foreign -education and attachments, to fill the place of Abuna, -and by this means assured the dependence of the Abyssinians -upon the patriarch of Alexandria. This is what I judge -probable, for I have already invincibly shewn, that it is impossible -this canon could be one of the first general Council; -and its being in Arabic, and conceived in very barbarous -terms, sufficiently evinces that it was forged at this period. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">4</span></p> - -<h2 id="IGBA_SION"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -IGBA SION.<br /> - -<small>From 1283 to 1312.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Quick Succession of Princes—Memoirs of these Reigns deficient.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">To</span> Icon Amlac succeeded Igba Sion, and after him five -other princes, his brothers, Bahar Segued, Tzenaf Segued, -Jan Segued, Haseb Araad, and Kedem Segued, all in -five years. So quick a succession in so few years seems to -mark very unsettled times. Whether it was a civil war -among themselves that brought these reigns to so speedy a -conclusion, or whether it was that the Moorish states in -Adel had grown in power, and sought successfully against -them, we do not know. One thing only we are certain of, -that no molestation was offered by the late royal family of -Lasta, who continued in peace, and firm in the observation -of their treaty. I therefore am inclined to think, that a civil -war among the brothers was the occasion of the quick -succession of so many princes; and that in the time when -the kingdom was weakened by this calamity, the states of -Adel, grown rich and powerful, had improved the occasion, -and seized upon all that territory from Azab to Melinda, -and cut off the Abyssinians entirely from the sea-coast, and -from an opportunity of trading directly with India from -the ports situated upon the ocean. And my reason is, that, -in a reign which speedily follows, we find the kingdom of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">5</span> -Adel increased greatly in power, and Moorish princes from -Arabia established in little principalities, exactly corresponding -with the southern limits of Abyssinia, and placed between -them and the ocean; and we see, at the same time, a -rancour and hatred firmly rooted in the breasts of both nations, -one of the causes of which is constantly alledged by -the Abyssinian princes to be, that the Moors of Adel were -anciently their subjects and vassals, had withdrawn themselves -from their allegiance, and owed their present independence -to rebellion only.</p> - -<p>To these princes succeeded Wedem Araad, their youngest -brother, who reigned fifteen years, probably in peace, for -in this state we find the kingdom in the days of his successor; -but then it is such a peace that we see it only wanted -any sort of provocation from one party to the other, for -both to break out into very cruel, long, and bloody wars.</p> - -<h2 id="AMDA_SION"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -AMDA SION.<br /> - -<small>From 1312 to 1342.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Licentious beginning of this King’s Reign—His rigorous Conduct with the -Monks of Debra Libanos—His Mahometan Subjects rebel—Mara and -Adel declare War—Are defeated in several Battles, and submit.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Amda</span> Sion succeeded his father, Wedem Araad, who -was youngest brother of Icon Amlac, and came to the -crown upon the death of his uncles. He is generally known -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">6</span> -by this his inauguration name; his Christian name was -Guebra Mascal. His reign began with a scene as disgraceful -to the name of Christian as it was new in the annals of -Ethiopia, and which promised a character very different -from what this prince preserved ever afterwards. He had -for a time, it seems, privately loved a concubine of his father, -but had now taken her to live with him publicly; -and, not content with committing this sort of incest, he, in -a very little time after, had seduced his two sisters.</p> - -<p>Tegulat<a id="FNanchor_1" href="#Footnote_1" class="fnanchor">1</a> (the capital of Shoa) was then the royal residence; -and near it the monastery of Debra Libanos, founded -by Tecla Haimanout restorer of the line of Solomon. To -this monastery many men, eminent for learning and religion, -had retired from the scenes of war that desolated Palestine -and Egypt. Among the number of these was one Honorius, -a Monk of the first character for piety, who, since, has -been canonized as a saint. Honorius thought it his duty -first to admonish, and then publicly excommunicate the -king for these crimes.</p> - -<p>It should seem that patience was as little among this -prince’s virtues as chastity, as he immediately ordered Honorius -to be apprehended, stripped naked, and severely -whipped through every street of his capital. That same -night the town took fire, and was entirely consumed, and -the clergy lost no time to persuade the people, that it was -the blood of Honorius that turned to fire whenever it had -dropt upon the ground, and so had burnt the city. The -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">7</span> -king, perhaps better informed, thought otherwise of this, -and supposed the burning of his capital was owing to the -Monks themselves. He therefore banished those of Debra -Libanos out of the province of Shoa. The mountain of -Geshen had been chosen for the prison wherein to guard -the princes of the male-line of the race of Solomon, after -the massacre by Esther<a id="FNanchor_2" href="#Footnote_2" class="fnanchor">2</a>, upon the rock Damo in Tigré.</p> - -<p>Geshen is a very steep and high rock, in the kingdom of -Amhara, adjoining to, and under the jurisdiction of Shoa. -Hither the king sent Philip the Itchegué, chief of the monastery -of Debra Libanos, and he scattered the rest through -Dembea, Tigré, and Begemder, (whose inhabitants were mostly -Pagans and Jews), where they greatly propagated the -knowledge of the Christian religion.</p> - -<p>This instance of severity in the king had the effect to -make all ranks of people return to their duty; and all talk -of Honorius and his miracles was dropt. The town was rebuilt -speedily, more magnificently than ever, and Amda Sion -found time to turn his thoughts to correct those abuses, to -efface the unfavourable impression which they had made upon -the minds of his people at home, and which, besides, had -gained considerable ground abroad.</p> - -<p>It has been before mentioned, and will be further inculcated -in the course of this history as a fact, without the -remembrance of which the military expeditions of Abyssinia -cannot be well understood, that two opposite seasons -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">8</span> -prevail in countries separated by a line almost imperceptible; -that during our European winter months, that is, from -October to March, the winter or rainy season prevails on -the coast of the ocean and Red Sea, but that these rains do not -fall in our summer, (the rainy season in Abyssinia), which -was the reason why Amda Sion said to his mutinous troops, -he would lead them to Adel or Aussa, where it did not rain, -as we shall presently observe.</p> - -<p>The different nations that dwell along the coast, both of -the Red Sea and of the ocean, live in fixed huts or houses. -We shall begin at the northmost, or nearest Atbara. The -first is Ageeg, so named from a small island on the coast, opposite -to the mountains of the Habab, Agag, or Agaazi, the -principal district of the noble or governing Shepherds, as is -before fully explained, different in colour and hair from the -Shepherds of the Thebaid living to the northward. Then -follow the different tribes of these, Tora, Shiho, Taltal, Azimo, -and Azabo, where the Red Sea turns eastward, towards the -Straits, all woolly-headed, the primitive carriers of Saba, and -the perfume and gold country. Then various nations inhabit -along the ocean, all native blacks, remnants of the Cushite -Troglodyte, but who do not change their habitations -with the seasons, but live within land in caves, and some of -them now in houses.</p> - -<p>In Adel and Aussa the inhabitants are tawny, and not black, -and have long hair; they are called Gibbertis, which some -French writers of voyages into this country say, mean -Slaves, from Guebra, the Abyssinian word for slave or servant. -But as it would be very particular that a nation like -these, so rich and so powerful, who have made themselves -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">9</span> -independent of their ancient masters the Abyssinians, have -wrested so many provinces from them, and, from the difference -of their faith, hold them in such utter contempt, -should nevertheless be content to call themselves their slaves, -so nothing is more true, than that this name of Gibberti -has a very different import. Jabber, in Arabic, the word -from which it is derived, signifies the <i>faith</i>, or the <i>true faith</i>; -and Gibberti consequently means the <i>faithful</i>, or the <i>orthodox</i>, -by which name of <i>honour</i> these moors, inhabiting the low -country of Abyssinia, call each other, as being constant in -their faith amidst Christians with whom they are at perpetual -war.</p> - -<p>There is no current coin in Abyssinia. Gold is paid by -weight; all the revenues are chiefly paid in kind, viz. oxen, -sheep, and honey, which are the greatest necessaries of life. -As for luxuries, they are obtained by a barter of gold, -myrrh, coffee, elephants teeth, and a variety of other articles -which are carried over to Arabia; and in exchange for these -is brought back whatever is commissioned.</p> - -<p>Every great man in Abyssinia has one of these Gibbertis -for his factor. The king has many, who are commonly the -shrewdest and most intelligent of their profession. These -were the first inhabitants of Abyssinia, whom commerce -connected with the Arabians on the other side of the Straits -of Babelmandeb, with whom they intermarry, or with one -another, which preserves their colour and features, resembling -both the Abyssinians and Arabians. In Arabia, they -are under the protection of some of their own countrymen, -who being sold when young as slaves, are brought up in -the Mahometan religion, and enjoy all the principal posts -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">10</span> -under the Sherriffe of Mecca and the Arabian princes. These -are the people who at particular times have appeared in Europe, -and who have been straightway taken for, and treated -as Ambassadors.</p> - -<p>More southward and westward are the kingdoms of Mara, -Worgla, and Pagoma, small principalities of fixed habitations -by the sea, at times free, at others dependent upon -Adel; and, to the south of these, in the same flat country, is -Hadea, whose capital is Harar, and governed by a prince, -who is a Gibberti likewise; and who, by marrying a Sherriffa, -or female descendant of Mahomet, is now reckoned a -Sherriffe or noble of Mahomet’s family, distinguished by -his wearing habits, for the most part green, and above all -a grass-green turban, a mark of hatred to Christianity.</p> - -<p>The Gibbertis, then, are the princes and merchants of -this country, converted to the Mahometan faith soon after -the death of Mahomet, when the Baharnagash (as we have already -stated) revolted from the empire of the Abyssinians, -in whose hands all the riches of the country are centered. -The black inhabitants are only their subjects, hewers of -wood and drawers of water, who serve them in their families -at home, take care of their camels when employed in -caravans abroad, and who make the principal part of their -forces in the field.</p> - -<p>But there are other inhabitants still besides these Gibbertis -and native blacks, whom we must not confound with -the indigenous of this country, how much soever they may -resemble them. The first of these are by the Portuguese -historians called <i>Moors</i>, who are merchants from the west of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">11</span> -Africa. Many of these, expelled from Spain by Ferdinand -and Isabella, fixed their residence here, and were afterwards -joined by others of their Moorish brethren, either exiles -from Spain, or inhabitants of Morocco, whom the desire of -commerce induced first to settle in Arabia, till the great oppressions -that followed the conquest of Egypt and Arabia, -under Selim and Soliman, interrupted their trade, and scattered -them here along the coast. These are the Moors that -Vasques de Gama<a id="FNanchor_3" href="#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">3</a> met at Mombaza, Magadoxa, and Melinda; -at all places, but the last of which, they endeavoured -to betray him. These also were the Moors that he found -in India, having no profession but trade, in every species of -which they excelled.</p> - -<p>The fourth sort are Arabian merchants, who come over -occasionally to recover their debts, and renew correspondences -with the merchants of this country. These are the -richest of all, and are the bankers of the Gibbertis, who -furnish them funds and merchandise, with which they carry -on a most lucrative and extensive trade into the heart of -Africa, through all the mountains of Abyssinia to the western -sea, and through countries which are inaccessible to -camels, where the ass, the mule, and, in some places, oxen, -are the only beasts used in carriage.</p> - -<p>There is a fifth sort, almost below notice, unless it is for -the mischief they have constantly done their country; they -are the Abyssinian apostates from Christianity, the most inveterate -enemies it has, and who are employed chiefly as -soldiers. While in that country they are not much esteemed, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">12</span> -though, when transported to India, they have constantly -turned out men of confidence and trust, and the best troops -those eastern nations have.</p> - -<p>There is a sixth, still less in number than even these, and -not known on this Continent till a few years before. These -were the Turks who came from Greece and Syria, and who -were under Selim, and Soliman his son, the instruments of -the conquest of Egypt and Arabia; small garrisons of whom -were everywhere left by the Turks in all the fortresses and -considerable towns they conquered. They are an hereditary -kind of militia, who, marrying each other’s daughters, -or with the women of the country, continue from father -to son to receive from Constantinople the same pay their -forefathers had from Selim. These, though degenerate in -figure and manners into an exact resemblance to the natives -of the countries in which they since lived, do still continue -to maintain their superiority by a constant skill and -attention to fire-arms, which were, at the time of their first -appearance here, little known or in use among either Abyssinians -or Arabians, and the means of first establishing this -preference.</p> - -<p>It has been already observed, that the Mahometan Moors -and Arabs possessed all the low country on the Indian Ocean, -and opposite to Arabia Felix; and being, by their religion, -obliged to go in pilgrimage to Mecca, as also by their sole -profession, which was trade, they became, by consequence, -the only carriers and directors of the commerce of Abyssinia. -All the country to the east and north of Shoa was -possessed and commanded chiefly by Mahometan merchants -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">13</span> -appointed by the king; and they had established a variety -of marts or fairs from Ifat, all the way as far as Adel.</p> - -<p>Adel and Mara were two of the most powerful kingdoms -which lie on the Indian Ocean; and, being constantly -supported by soldiers from Arabia, were the first to withdraw -themselves from obedience to the king of Abyssinia, -and seldom paid their tribute unless when the prince came -to raise it there with an army. Ifat, Fatigar, and Dawaro, -were indeed originally Christian provinces; but, in weak -reigns, having been ceded to Moorish governors, for sums -of money, they, by degrees, renounced both their religion -and allegiance.</p> - -<p>From what has been observed, the reader will conceive, -that where it is said the king, from his capital in Shoa, -marched down into Dawaro, Hadea, or Adel, that he then -descended from the highest mountains down to the flat -country on the level with the sea. That this country, from -Hadea to Dawaro, having been the seat of war for ages, -was, partly by the soldier for the use of the camp, partly by -the husbandman for the necessaries of life, cleared of wood, -where the water stood constantly in pools throughout the -year; and, being all composed of fat black earth, which -the torrents bring down from the rainy country of Abyssinia, -was sown with millet and different kinds of grain in -the driest ground, while, nearer the mountains, they pastured -numerous herds of cattle. Notwithstanding, however, the -country was possessed of these advantages, the climate was -intensely hot, feverish, and unhealthy, and, for the most -part, from these circumstances, fatal to strangers, and hated -by the Abyssinians. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">14</span></p> - -<p>Again, when it is said that the king had marched to -Samhar, it is meant that he had passed this fruitful country, -and is come to that part of the zone, or belt, (nearest the -sea) composed of gravel; which, though it enjoys neither -the water nor the fruitfulness of the black earth, is in a great -measure free from its attendant diseases, and here the cities -and towns are placed, while the crop, oxen, and cattle, are -in the cultivated part near the mountains, which in the -language of the country is called <i>Mazaga</i>, signifying <i>black -mould</i>.</p> - -<p>Lastly, when he hears the army murmuring at being -kept during the rainy season in the Kolla below, he is to -remember, that all was cool, pleasant, and safe in Upper Abyssinia. -The soldiers, therefore, languished for the enjoyment -of their own families, without any other occupation -but merriment, festivity, and every species of gratification -that wine, and the free and uncontrouled society of the female-sex, -could produce.</p> - -<p>Having now sufficiently explained and described the -various names and inhabitants, the situation, soil, and climate -of those provinces about to be the theatre of the war, -I shall proceed to declare the occasion of it, which was nothing -more than the fruit of those prejudices which, I -have already said, the loose behaviour of the king in the -beginning of his reign had produced among his neighbours, -and the calamities which had enfeebled the kingdom -in the preceding reigns.</p> - -<p>It happened that one of those Moorish factors, whom I -have already described, having in charge the commercial -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">15</span> -interests of the king, had been assassinated and robbed in -the province of Ifat, when the King was busied with Honorius -and his Monks. Without complaining or expostulating, -he suddenly assembled his troops, having ordered them -to rendezvous at Shugura upon the frontiers, and, to shew -his impatience for revenge, with seven<a id="FNanchor_4" href="#Footnote_4" class="fnanchor">4</a> horsemen he fell -upon the nearest Mahometan settlements, who were perfectly -secure, and put all he found in his way to the sword without -exception. Then placing himself at the head of his -army, he marched, by a long day’s journey, straight to Ifat, -burning Hungura, Jadai, Kubat, Fadise, Calise, and Argai, -towns that lye in the way, full of all sorts of valuable merchandise, -and, finding no where a force assembled to oppose -him, he divided his army into small detachments, sending -them different ways, with orders to lay the whole -countries, where they came, waste with fire and sword, -while he himself remained in the camp to guard the spoil, -the women, and the baggage.</p> - -<p>The Moors, astonished at this torrent of desolation, which -so suddenly had broken out under a prince whom they -had considered as immersed in pleasure, flew all to arms; -and being informed that the king was alone, and scarcely -had soldiers to guard his camp, they assembled in numbers -under the command of Hak-eddin, governor of Ifat, who had -before plundered and murdered the king’s servant. They -then determined to attack Amda Sion early in the morning, -but luckily two of his detachments had returned to the -camp to his assistance, and joined him the very night before. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">16</span></p> - -<p>It was scarcely day when the Moors presented themselves; -but, far from surprising the Abyssinians buried in sleep, they -found the king with his army ranged in battle, who, without -giving them time to recover from their surprise, attacked -them in person with great fury; and singling out Derdar, -brother to Hak-eddin, animating his men before the -ranks, he struck him so violently with his lance that he -fell dead among his horse’s feet, in the sight of both armies; -whilst the Abyssinian troops pressing every where briskly -forward, the Moors took to flight, and were pursued with -great slaughter into the woods and fastnesses.</p> - -<p>After this victory, the king ordered his troops to build -huts for themselves, at least such as could not find houses -ready built. He ordered, likewise, a great tract of land -contiguous to be plowed and sown, meaning to intimate, -that his intention was to stay there with his army all the -rainy season.</p> - -<p>The Mahometans, from this measure, if it should be carried -into execution, saw nothing but total extirpation before -their eyes; they, therefore, with one consent, submitted -to the tribute imposed upon them; and the king having -removed Hak-eddin, placed his brother Saber-eddin in his -stead, and the rainy season being now begun, dismissed -his army, and returned to Tegulat in Shoa.</p> - -<p>Though the personal gallantry of the king was a quality -sufficient of itself to make him a favourite of the soldiers, his -liberality was not less; all the plunder got by his troops in -the field was faithfully divided among those who had -fought for him; nor did he ever pretend to a share himself, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">17</span> -unless on occasions when he was engaged in person, -and then he shared upon an equal footing with the principal -officers.</p> - -<p>When returned to the capital, he shewed the same disinterestedness -and generosity which he had done in the field, -and he distributed all he had won for his share among the -great men, whom the necessary duties of government had -obliged to remain at home, as also amongst the poor, and -priests for the maintenance of churches; and, as well by -this, as by his zeal and activity against the enemies of Christianity, -he became the greatest favourite of all ranks of the -clergy, notwithstanding the unpromising appearances at -the beginning of his reign.</p> - -<p>The rainy season in Abyssinia generally puts an end to -the active part of war, as every one retires then to towns -and villages to screen themselves from the inclemency of -the climate, deluged now with daily rain. The soldier, the -husbandman, and, above all, the women, dedicate this season -to continued festivity and riot. These villages and towns -are always placed upon the highest mountains. The valleys -that intervene are soon divided by large and rapid torrents. -Every hollow foot-path becomes a stream, and the -valleys between the hills become so miry as not to bear -horse; and the waters, both deep and violent, are too apt to -shift their direction to suffer any one on foot to pass safely. -All this season, and this alone, people sleep in their houses -in safety; their lances and shields are hung up on the sides -of their hall, and their saddles and bridles taken off their -horses; for in Abyssinia, at other times, the horses are always -bridled, and are accustomed to eat and drink with this -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">18</span> -incumbrance. It is not, indeed, the same sort of bridle they use -in the field, but a small bit of iron like our hunting-bridles, on -purpose merely to preserve them in this habit. The court, -and the principal officers of government, retire to the capital, -and there administer justice, make alliances, and prepare -the necessary funds and armaments, which the present exigencies -of the state require on the return of fair weather.</p> - -<p>Amda Sion was no sooner returned to Tegulat, than the -Moors again entered into a conspiracy against him. The -principal were Amano king of Hadea, Saber-eddin, whom -the king had made governor of Fatigar, and privately, without -any open declaration, Gimmel-eddin governor in Dawaro. -But this conspiracy could not be hid from a prince of -Amda Sion’s vigilance and penetration. He concealed, however, -any knowledge of the matter, lest it should urge the -Moors to commence hostilities too early. He continued, -therefore, with diligence, and without ostentation of any -particular design, to make the ordinary preparations to take -the field on the approaching season. This, however, did not -impose upon the enemy. Whether from intelligence, or -impatience of being longer inactive, Saber-eddin began the -first hostilities, by surprising some Christian villages, and -plundering and setting fire to the churches before the rains -had yet entirely ceased.</p> - -<p>Those that have written accounts of Abyssinia seem to -agree in extolling the people of that country for giving no -belief to the existence or reality of witchcraft or sorcery. Why -they have fixed on this particular nation is hard to determine. -But, as for me, I have no doubt in asserting, that there is not -a barbarous or ignorant people that I ever knew of which -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">19</span> -this can be truly said; but certainly it never was less true -than when said of Abyssinians. There is scarce a monk in -any lonely monastery, (such as those in the hot and unwholesome -valley of Waldubba), not a hermit of the many -upon the mountains, not an old priest who has lived any -time sequestered from society, that does not pretend to possess -charms offensive and defensive, and several methods by -which he can, at will, look into futurity. The Moors are -all, to a man, persuaded of this: their arms and necks are -loaded with amulets against witchcraft. Their women -are believed to have all the mischievous powers of fascination; -and both sexes a hundred secrets of divination. -The Falasha are addicted to this in still a greater -degree, if possible. It is always believed by every individual -Abyssinian, that the number of hyænas the smell -of carrion brings into the city of Gondar every night, are -the Falasha from the neighbouring mountains, transformed -by the effect and for the purposes of inchantment. Even the -Galla, a barbarous and stranger nation, hostile to the Abyssinians, -and differing in language and religion, still agree -with them in a hearty belief of the possibility of practising -witchcraft, so as to occasion sickness and death at a very -great distance, to blast the harvests, poison the waters, and -render people incapable of propagating their species.</p> - -<p>Amano, king of Hadea, had one of these conjurers, who, -by his knowledge of futurity, was famous among all the -Mahometans of the low country. The king of Hadea himself -had gone no further than to determine to rebel; but -whether he was to go up to fight with Amda Sion in -Shoa, or whether greater success would attend his expecting -him in Hadea, this was thought a doubt wholly within -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">20</span> -the province of the conjurer, who assured Amano, his -master, that if he did remain below, and wait for Amda Sion, -in Hadea, that prince would come down to him, and in one -battle lose his kingdom and his life.</p> - -<p>The king, whose principal view was to prevent the conjunction -of the confederates, and, if possible, to fight them -separately, did not stay till his whole army was assembled, -but, as soon as he got together a body of troops sufficient -to make head against any one of the rebels, he sent that body -immediately on the service it was destined for, in order to -disappoint the general combination.</p> - -<p>A large number of horse and foot (whose post was in -the van of the royal army when the king marched at the -head of it) was the first ready, and, without delay, was sent -against Amano into Hadea, under the command of the -general of the cavalry. This officer executed the service -on which he was sent with the greatest diligence possible, -having the best horses, and strongest and most active men -in the army; by long marches, he came upon the king -of Hadea, surprised him before his troops were all assembled, -gave him an entire defeat, and made him prisoner. -However ill the conjurer had provided for the king’s safety, -he seems to have been more attentive to his own; great search -was made for him by order of Amda Sion, but he was not to -be found, having very early, upon the first sight of the king’s -troops, fled and hid himself in Ifat.</p> - -<p>The next detachment was sent against Saber-eddin in -Fatigar. The governor of Amhara commanded this, with -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">21</span> -orders to lay the whole country waste, and by all means -provoke Saber-eddin to risk a battle, either before or after -the junction of the troops which were to march thither -from Hadea. But when the king was thus busy with the -Moors, news were brought him that the Falasha had rebelled, -and were in arms, in very great numbers. The king -ordered Tzaga Christos, governor of Begemder, to assemble his -troops with those of Gondar, Sacalta, and Damot, and march -against these rebels before they had time to ruin the country; -and having thus made provision against all his enemies, Amda -Sion proceeded with the remainder of his army to Dawaro.</p> - -<p>Hydar was governor in this province for the king, who, -though he shewed outwardly every appearance of duty and -fidelity, was, notwithstanding, deep in the conspiracy with -Saber-eddin, and had close correspondence with the king of -Adel, whose capital, Aussa, was not at a great distance from -him.</p> - -<p>The king kept his Easter at Gaza, immediately upon the -verge of the desert; and, being willing to accustom his troops -to action and hardship, he left his tents and baggage behind -with the army; and, secretly taking with him but twenty-six -horsemen, he made an incursion upon Samhar, destroying all -before him, and staying all night, tho’ he had no provisions, in -the middle of his enemies, without so much as lying down to -sleep, slacking his belt, or taking off any part of his armour.</p> - -<p>The king was no sooner gone than the army missed him, -and was all in the greatest uproar. But, having finished -his expedition, he joined them in the morning, and encamped -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">22</span> -again with them. On his arrival, he found waiting -for him a messenger from Tzaga Christos, with accounts -that he had fought successfully with the Falasha, entirely -defeated them, slain many, and forced the rest to hide themselves -in their inaccessible mountains. Immediately after -this intelligence, Tzaga Christos, with his victorious army, -joined the king also.</p> - -<p>These good tidings were followed by others equally -prosperous from Hadea and Fatigar. They were, that the -king’s army in those parts had forced Saber-eddin to a battle, -and beaten him, taken and plundered his house, and -brought his wife and children prisoners; and that the -troops had found that country full of merchandise and -riches of all kinds; that they were already laden and incumbered -with the quantity to such a degree, that they -were all speaking of disbanding and retiring to their houses -with riches sufficient for the rest of their lives, although a -great part of the country remained as yet untouched, and, -therefore, it was requested of the king in all diligence to enter -it on his side also, and march southward till both armies -met. Immediately upon this message, the king, having refreshed -his troops, and informed them of the good prospects -that were before them, decamped with his whole army, and -entered the province of Ifat.</p> - -<p>When Saber-eddin saw the king’s forces were joined, -that he had no allies, and that it was, in the situation of his -army, equally dangerous to stay or to fly, he took a resolution -of submitting himself to the king’s mercy; but, first, -he endeavoured to soften his anger, and obtain some assurances -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">23</span> -through the mediation of the queen. The king, however, -having publicly reproved the queen for offering to intermeddle -in such matters, and growing more violent and -inflexible upon this application, there remained no alternative -but that of surrendering himself at discretion. Whereupon -Saber-eddin threw himself at the king’s feet. The -soldiers and by-standers, far from being moved at such a -sight, with one voice earnestly besought the king, that the -murderer of so many priests, and the profaner and destroyer -of so many Christian churches, should instantly meet the -death his crimes had merited. The king, however, whose -mercy seems to have been equal to his bravery, after having -reproved him with great asperity, and upbraided him -with his cruelty, presumption, and ingratitude, ordered him -only to be put in irons, and committed to a close prison. -At the same time, he displaced Hydar, governor of the province -of Dawaro, of whose treason he had been long informed; -and he invested Gimmel-eddin, Saber-eddin’s brother, -with the government of the Mahometan provinces, who, as -he pretended, had not been present at the beginning of the -war, but had preserved his allegiance to the king, and dissuaded -his brother from the rebellion.</p> - -<p>While the king was thus settling the government of the -rebellious provinces, he received intelligence that the kings -of Adel and Mara had resolved to march after him into -Shoa when he returned, and give him battle.</p> - -<p>At this time the king was encamped on the river Hawash, -at the head of the whole army, now united. This news of the -hostile intentions of the kings of Adel and Mara, so exasperated -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">24</span> -him, that he determined to enlarge his scheme of vengeance -beyond the limits he had first prescribed to it. With -this view, he called the principal officers of his army together, -while he himself stood upon an eminence, the soldiers -surrounding him on all sides. Near him, on the same eminence, -was a monk, noted for his holiness, in the habit in -which he celebrated divine service. The king, in a long -speech pronounced with unusual vehemence, described the -many offences committed against him by the Mahometan -states on the coast. The ringleaders of these commotions, he -declared, were the kings of Adel and Mara. He enumerated -various instances of cruelty, of murder, and sacrilege, of -which they had been guilty; the number of priests that they -had slain, the churches that they had burned, and the Christian -women and children that they had carried into slavery, -which was now become a commerce, and a great motive of -war. They, and they only, had stirred up his Mahometan subjects -to infest the frontiers both in peace and war. He said, -that, considering the immense booty which had been taken, -it might seem that avarice was the motive of his being -now in arms, but this, for his own part, he totally disclaimed. -He neither had nor would apply the smallest portion -of the plunder to his own use, but considered it as unlawful, -as being purchased with the blood and liberty of his -subjects and brethren, the meanest of whom he valued more -than the blood and riches of all the infidels in Adel. He, therefore, -called them together to be witnesses that he dedicated -himself a soldier to Jesus Christ; and he did now swear upon -the holy eucharist, that, though but twenty of his army -should join with him, he would not turn his back upon Adel -or Mara, till he had either forced them to tribute and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">25</span> -submission, or extirpated them, and annihilated their religion.</p> - -<p>He then entered the tent-door, and took the sacrament -from the hands of the monk, in presence of the whole army. -All the principal officers did the same, and every individual -of the army, with repeated shouts, declared, that they acceded -to, and were bound by, the oath the king then had made. -A violent fury spread in this instant through the whole -army; they considered that part of the king’s speech as a reproach, -which mentioned the spoils they had taken to have -been bought by the blood of Christians, their brethren. Every -hand laid hold of a torch, and, whether the plunder was -his own or his fellow-soldiers, each man set fire, without -interruption, to the merchandise that was next him. The -whole riches of Ifat and Hadea, Fatigar and Dawaro, were -consumed in an instant by these fanatics, who, satisfied now -that they were purged from the impurity which the king -had attributed to their plunder, returned poor to their standards, -but convinced in their own conscience of having now, -by their sacrament and expiation, become the soldiers of -Christ, they thirsted no longer after any thing but the blood -of the inhabitants of Adel and Mara.</p> - -<p>Soon after, Amda Sion heard that the Moors had attacked -his army in Ifat two several nights, and that his troops had -suffered greatly, and with difficulty been able to maintain -themselves in their camp. The king was then upon his -march when he heard these disagreeable news; he hastened, -therefore, immediately to their relief, and encamped at -night in an advantageous post, short of his main army, with -a view of taking advantage of this situation, if the Moors, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">26</span> -as he expected, renewed their attack that night for the third -time.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinians, to a man, are fearful of the night, unwilling -to travel, and, above all, to fight in that season, when -they imagine the world is in possession of certain genii, -averse to intercourse with men, and very vindictive, if even -by accident they are ruffled or put out of their way by their -interference. This, indeed, is carried to so great a height, -that no man will venture to throw water out of a bason -upon the ground, for fear that, in ever so small a space the -water should have to fall, the dignity of some elf, or fairy, -might be violated. The Moors have none of these apprehensions, -and are accustomed in the way of trade to travel -at all hours, sometimes from necessity, but often from choice, -to avoid the heat. They laugh, moreover, at the superstitions -of the Abyssinians, and not unfrequently avail themselves -of them. A verse of the Koran, sewed up in leather, -and tied round their neck or their arms, secures them from -all these incorporeal enemies; and, from this known advantage, -if other circumstances are favourable, they never -fail to fight the Abyssinians at or before the dawn of the -morning, for in this country there is no twilight.</p> - -<p>The Moors did not, in this instance, disappoint the king’s -expectation; as they, with all possible secrecy, marched to -the attack of the camp, while the king, having refreshed -his troops, put himself in motion to intercept them; and -they were now arrived, and engaged in several places with -very great vigour. The camp was in apparent danger, -though vigorously defended. At this moment the king, -with his fresh troops, fell violently upon their rear; and, it -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">27</span> -being known to the Moors that this was the king, they -withdrew their army with all possible speed, carrying with -them a very considerable booty.</p> - -<p>The success which had followed these night expeditions, -above all, the small loss that had attended the pursuit, even -after they were defeated, from the perfect knowledge they -had of the country, inspired them with a resolution to avoid -pitched battles, but to distress and harrass the king’s army -every night. They accordingly brought their camp nearer -than usual to the king’s quarters. This began to be felt by -the army, which was prevented from foraging at a great distance; -but provisions could not be dispensed with. The king, -therefore, detached a large body of horse and foot that had -not been engaged or fatigued. The greatest part of the foot -he ordered to return with the cattle they should have taken, -but the horse, with each a foot-soldier behind him, he directed -to take post in a wood near a pool of water, where the Moorish -troops, after an assault in the night, retired, and took refreshments -and sleep by the time the sun began to be hot. -The Moors again appeared in the night, attacked the camp in -several places, and alarmed the whole army; but, by the -bravery and vigour of the king, who every where animated -his troops by his own example, they were obliged to retreat -a little before morning, more fatigued, and more roughly -handled, than they had hitherto been in any such expedition.</p> - -<p>The king, as if equally tired, followed them no further -than the precincts of his camp; and the Moors, scarcely comforted -by this forbearance after so great a loss, retreated to receive -succour of fresh troops as usual, and enjoy their repose in -the neighbourhood of shade and water. They had, however, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">28</span> -scarce thrown aside their arms, disposed of their wounded -in proper places, and begun to assuage their thirst after -the toils of the assault, when the Abyssinian horse, breaking -through the covert, came swiftly upon them, unable either -to fight or to fly, and the whole body of them was cut to -pieces without one man escaping.</p> - -<p>The king, upon return of his troops, began to consider, -and, by combining various circumstances in his mind, to -suspect strongly, that, from the Moors attacking him, as -they had for some time lately done, always in the most unfavourable -circumstances, there must be some intelligence -between his camp and that of the enemy. Upon examining -more particularly into the grounds of this suspicion, -three men of Harar (who had long attended the army as spies) -were discovered, and being convicted, were carried out, and -their heads cut off at the entrance of the camp; after which -the king, who now found himself without an enemy in -these parts, struck his tents, and returned to Gaza in Dawaro.</p> - -<p>This movement of Amda Sion’s had more the appearance -of opening a campaign than the closing of one, and occasioned -great discontent among the soldiers, who had done -their business, and were without an enemy, just at that time -that the rains fall so heavy, and the country becomes so unwholesome -as to make it unadvisable to keep the field. -They, therefore, remonstrated by their officers to the king, -that they must return to their houses for the several months -of winter which were to follow; and that, after the fatigues, -dangers, and hardships they had undergone for so many -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">29</span> -months, to persist in staying longer at such a season in this -country was equal to the condemning them to death.</p> - -<p>Gimmel-eddin, moreover, the new-appointed governor, -insisted with Amda Sion, that he was able enough himself -to keep all the tributary provinces in peace, and true allegiance -to the king; but if, on the contrary, the king chose -to eat them up with a large army living constantly among -them, as well as upon every pretence laying them waste with -the sword in the manner he was now doing, he could not be -answerable for, nor did he believe they would be able to pay -him, the tribute he expected from them. But the king, who -saw the motives both of his officers and of the Moorish governor, -continued firm in his resolutions. He sharply reproved -both Gimmel-eddin and his army for their want of -discipline, and desire of idleness, and ordered the officers to acquaint -their men, that, if they were afraid of rains, he would -carry them to <i>Adel</i>, where there were <i>none</i>; that, for his part, -he made a resolution, which he would keep most steadily, -never to leave his camp and the field while there was one -village in his own dominions that did not acknowledge him -for its sovereign.</p> - -<p>Accordingly on the 13th day of June 1316, immediately -after this declaration, he struck his tents, and marched into -Samhar, to disappoint, if possible, the confederacy that some -of the principal Moorish states had entered into against him, -which were agreed, one by one, to harrass his camp by night, -and, after having obliged him to retreat to Shoa in disorder, to -give him battle there before he had time to refresh his troops. -The authors of this conspiracy were seven in number, Adel, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">30</span> -Mara, Tico, Agwama, Bakla<a id="FNanchor_5" href="#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">5</a>, Murgar, and Gabula, and they -had already collected a considerable army. The king, who -saw they persisted in their nightly attacks, rode out, thinly -accompanied, to choose a post for an encampment that was -to give him the greatest advantage over his enemy; and, -whilst thus occupied, he was suddenly surrounded by a -body of troops of Adel lying in ambush for him. A soldier -(in appearance an Abyssinian) came so close to the king as -to strike him with his sword on the back with such violence -that it cut his belt in two, and, having wounded him thro’ -his armour, was ready to repeat the blow, when the king -pierced him through the forehead with his lance, upon -which his party fled.</p> - -<p>But the Moors, for five successive nights, did not fail in -their attempts upon his camp, which wearied and greatly -contributed to discontent his men; and the more so, because -the enemy declined coming to any general engagement, -though the king frequently offered it to them. Amda Sion, -therefore, decamped the 28th of June, and, leaving this disadvantageous -station, advanced a day’s march nearer Mara, -pointing, as it were, to the very center of that kingdom. -But here, again, he was stopt by the discontent of his soldiers, -who absolutely refused to go farther, or spend the -whole season in arms, in this inclement climate, while -the rest of his subjects, in full enjoyment of health and -plenty, were rioting at home.</p> - -<p>This disposition of his army was no sooner known to -the king than he called the principal of them together, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">31</span> -and, planting himself on a rising ground, he began to harangue -his soldiers with so much eloquence and force of -reasoning, that they who before had only learned to admire -their king as a soldier, were obliged to confess that, as an -orator, he as much excelled every man in his state, as he -did the lowest man of his kingdom in dignity. He put his -soldiers in mind, “that this was not a common expedition, -like those of his predecessors, marching through the country -for the purpose of levying their revenue; that the intention -of the present war was to avenge the blood of so -many innocent Christians slain in security and full peace, -from no provocation but hatred of their religion: that they -were instruments in the hand of God to revenge the -death of so many priests and monks who had been wantonly -offered as sacrifices upon their own altars: that -they were not a common army, but one confederated upon -oath, having sworn upon the sacrament, at the passage -of the river Hawash, that they would not return into -Abyssinia till they had beat down and ruined the -strength of the Mahometans in those kingdoms; so that -now, when every thing had succeeded to their wishes, -when every Mahometan army had been defeated as soon -as it presented itself, and the whole country lay open to -the chastisements they pleased to inflict, to talk of a retreat -or forbearance was to make a mockery at once of -their oath, and the motive of their expedition. He shewed, -by invincible reasonings, the great hardships and danger -that would attend his retreat through a country already -wasted and unable to maintain his army; what -an alarm it would occasion in Shoa, to find him returning -with an enemy at his heels, following him to his -very capital; that such, however, must be the consequence; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">32</span> -for it was plain, that, though the enemy declined -fighting, yet there was no possibility of hindering them -from following him so near as to give his retreat every -appearance of flight, and to bring an expedition, begun -with success, to an ignominious and a fatal end.</p> - -<p>“He upbraided them with his own example, that early -their prophets had foretold he was a prince fond of luxury -and ease, which, in the main, he did not deny, but -confessed that he was so; and that they all should have -an attachment to their pleasures and enjoyments, he -thought but reasonable. He desired, however, in this, -they would do as much as he did, and only suspend their -love of ease and rest as long as their duty to God, to their -country, and their murdered brethren, required; for, till -these duties were fulfilled, ease and enjoyment to a Christian, -and especially to them bound by oath to accomplish -a certain purpose, was, in his eyes, little short of apostacy.” -A loud acclamation now followed from the whole -army. They declared again, that they renewed their sacrament -taken at the passage of the Hawash, that they were -Christ’s soldiers, and would follow their sovereign unto death.</p> - -<p>Though the great personal merit of the king, and -the grace, force, and dignity with which he spoke, had, of -themselves, produced a very sudden change in the mind -of the soldiers, yet, to the increase of this good disposition -it had very much contributed, that a monk, of great holiness -and austerity of manners, living in a cell on the point of a -steep rock, had come down from Shoa to the camp, declaring -that he had found it written in the Revelation of -St John, that this year the religion of Mahomet was to be -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">33</span> -utterly extirpated throughout the world. Full of this idea, -on the feast of Ras Werk, in the month of July, the army -passed the Yass, a large river of the kingdom of Mara, and -encamped there. The troops were alarmed, the night after -their arrival, by a piece of intelligence which proved a -falsehood.</p> - -<p>A woman, whose father had been a Christian, said, that -she had very lately left the Moorish camp; that the enemy -were at no great distance, and only waited a night of storm and -rain to make a general attack upon the king’s army; and -the clouds threatening then a night of foul weather, it was -not doubted but the engagement was thereupon immediately -to follow. It blew, then, so violent a storm, that -the king’s tent, and most of those in the camp, were thrown -down, and the soldiers were in very great confusion, imagining, -every moment, the Moors ready to fall on them. But -whether the story was a falsehood, or the storm too great -for the Moors to venture out, nothing happened that night, -nor, indeed, during their stay in that station.</p> - -<p>At this time a number of priests and others came out -of curiosity to see their king making conquests of provinces -and people till then unknown to them even by name: several -large detachments of fresh troops from Abyssinia also -arrived, and joined the army. Upon this, Amda Sion advanced -a day’s journey farther into Mara, and took a strong -post, resolving to maintain himself there, and, by detachments, -lay the whole country desolate. This place is called -<i>Dassi</i>. There was neither river, however, nor spring near it, -but only water procured by digging in the sand, being what -comes down from the sides of the mountains in the rainy -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">34</span> -season, and, having filtered through the loose earth, has -reached the sand and gravel, where it stagnates, or finds -slowly its level to the sea. Here the king was taken dangerously -ill with the fever of the Kolla.</p> - -<p>The altercations between Amda Sion and his soldiers, -and the resolutions taken in consequence of these, were -faithfully carried to the king of Adel. The march of the -king forward at such a season of the year, the slow pace -with which he advanced towards the very heart of the -country, the care he took of providing all necessaries for -his army, and his reinforcing it at such a season, all shewed -this was no partial, sudden incursion, but that it was -meant as a decisive blow, fatal to the independence of these -petty sovereigns and states. To this it may be added, that -Gimmel-eddin, whom the king had released from prison, -and set over the Moorish provinces of Abyssinia, conveyed to -them, in the most direct manner, that such were the king’s -purposes. He told them, moreover, this march into their -country was not either to increase their tribute, or for the -sake of plunder, or to force them to be his subjects; that -Amda Sion’s main design was against their religion, which -he and his soldiers had vowed they were to destroy; that -it was not their time to think of peace or tribute upon any -terms; for, were they even to sell their wives and children, -the price would not be accepted, unless they forsook the -religion of their fathers, and embraced Christianity. He -further added, that <i>his</i> resolution was already taken, that he -would die firm in the faith, a good Mahometan, as he had -lived; not tamely, however, but in the middle of his enemies; -and that he was now making every sort of preparation -to resist to the latest breath. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">35</span></p> - -<p>No sooner was this intelligence from Gimmel-eddin -published, than a kind of frenzy seized the people of -Adel; they ran tumultuously to arms, and, with shrieks -and adjurations, demanded to be led immediately against -the Abyssinians, for they no longer desired to live -upon such terms.</p> - -<p>There was among the leading men of the Moors one -Saleh, chief of a small district called Cassi, by birth a Sherriffe, -<i>i. e.</i> one of the race of Mahomet, and who, to the nobility -of his birth, joined the holiness of his character. He was -<i>Imam</i>, as it is called, or <i>high priest</i> of the Moors, and, for both -these reasons, held in the greatest estimation among them. -This man undertook, by his personal influence, to unite all -the Moorish states in a common league. For it is to be observed, -that, though religion was very powerful in uniting -these Moors against the Christians, yet the love of gain, and -jealousies of commerce, perpetually kept a party alive that -favoured the king for their own interest, in the very heart of -the Moorish confederacies and councils. To overcome this -was the object of Saleh, and he succeeded beyond expectation, -as sixteen kings brought 40,000 men into the field under -their several leaders; but the chief command was given -to the king of Adel.</p> - -<p>I MUST put the reader in mind that I am translating an -Abyssinian historian. These, then, whom this chronicle -stiles Kings, must be considered as being only hereditary and -independent chiefs, not tributary to Abyssinia. Their names -are Adel, Mara, Bakla, Haggara, Fadise, Gadai, Nagal, Zuba, -Harlar, Hobal, Hangila, Tarshish, Ain, Ilbiro, Zeyla, and Eftè. -Now, when we consider that these sixteen kings brought -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">36</span> -only 40,000 men, and that they were commanded under -these sixteen by 2712 leaders, or governors of districts, all -which are set down by name, we must have a very contemptible -opinion of the extent and populousness of these newly-erected -kingdoms.</p> - -<p>It appears to me unnecessary to repeat, after my historian, -the names of each of these villages, which probably -do not now exist, and are, perhaps, utterly unknown. I shall -only observe in passing, that here we find Tarshis, or Tarshish, -a kingdom on the coast of the ocean, directly in the -way to Sofala; another strong presumption that Sofala and -Ophir were the same, and that this is the Tarshish where -Solomon’s fleet stopt when going to Ophir.</p> - -<p>Amda Sion’s fever hindering him to march forward, and -being unwilling to risk a battle where he was not able himself -to command, he continued close in his strong camp at -Dassi, waiting his recovery; but, in the mean time, he made -considerable detachments on all sides to lay the country -waste around him, till he should be able to advance farther -into it.</p> - -<p>Of all the royal army, as it stood upon the establishment, -the king had only with him the troops from the provinces -of Amhara, Shoa, Gojam, and Damot, and these were what -composed the rear, when the whole, called the royal army, -was assembled; all his troops were regularly paid, well -armed, and cloathed, and were not only provided with every -necessary, but were become exceedingly rich, and, therefore, -the more careless of discipline, and difficult to manage, -on account of the repeated conquests that had followed one -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">37</span> -another ever since the king had crossed the river Hawash, -and come into the desert kingdom of Mara, unfruitful in -its soil, but flourishing by trade, and rich in India commodities. -The soldiers had here so loaded themselves with -spoils and merchandise, that they began rather to think of -returning home, and enjoying what they had got, than of -pushing their conquests still farther to the destruction of -Adel and Mara. The putrid state of the water, in this sultry -and unwholesome climate, had afflicted the king with the -fever of the country, which he thought not by any means -to remedy or prevent. No consideration could keep him -from exposing himself to the most violent sun-beams, and -to the more noxious vapours of the night; and it was now -the seventh day his fever had been increasing, although he -neither ate nor drank. The army expecting, from the king’s -illness, a speedy order to return, conversed of nothing else -within their camp, with that kind of security as if they had -already received orders to return home.</p> - -<p>The Mahometan army had assembled, and no news had -been brought of it to the king. Saleh’s influence had united -them all; and the king’s sickness had made this easier -than it otherwise would have been. It happened, then, that, -the king’s fever abating the ninth day, he sent out to procure -himself venison, with which this country abounds, -and which is believed, by people of all ranks in Abyssinia, -to be the only proper food and restorative after sickness. After -having killed sufficiently for the king’s immediate use, -the huntsmen returned; two only remained, who continued -the pursuit of the game through the woods, till they -were four days journey distant from their camp, when, being -in search of water for their dogs, they met a Moor engaged -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">38</span> -in the same business with themselves, who shewed them his -army encamped at no considerable distance, and in very -great numbers. Upon this they returned in all haste to the -king to apprize him of his danger, and he sent immediately -some horse to discover the number, situation, and designs of -the enemy; above all, if possible, to take a prisoner, for the -huntsmen had put theirs to death, that he might be no incumbrance -to them upon their return.</p> - -<p>The king’s fever was now gone, but his strength was -not returned; and, the necessity of the case requiring it, he -attempted to rise from his bed and put on his armour, but, -fainting, fell upon his face with weakness, while his servant -was girding his sword.</p> - -<p>The horse now returned, and confirmed the tidings the -huntsmen had brought; they had found the Moorish army -in the same place it was first discovered, by the water-side; -but the account of their number and appearance was such -that the whole army was struck with a panic. The king’s -wives (as the historian says, by which it should appear he -had more than one) endeavoured to persuade him not to -risk a battle in the weak state of health he then was, but to -retire from this low, unwholesome country, and occupy the -passes that lead into Upper Abyssinia, so as to make it impossible -for the enemy to follow him into Shoa.</p> - -<p>The king having washed and refreshed himself, with a -countenance full of confidence, sat down at the door of his -tent: whilst officers and soldiers crowded about him, he calmly, -in the way of conversation, told them,—“That, being -men of experience as they were, he was surprised they -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">39</span> -should be liable, at every instant, to panic and despondency, -totally unworthy the character of a veteran army. -You know,” said he, “that I came against the king of Adel, -and to recover that province, one of the old dependencies -of my crown. And though it has happened that, in -our march, you have loaded yourselves with riches, which -I have permitted, as well out of my love to you, as because -it distresses the enemy, yet my object was not to plunder -merchants. If in battle to-morrow I be beaten, for God -forbid that I should decline it when offered, I shall be the -first to set you the example how to die like men in the -middle of your enemies. But while I am living, it never -shall be said that I suffered the standard of Christ to fly -before the profane ensigns of infidels. As to what regards -our present circumstances, my sickness, and the number -of the Moorish troops, these make no alteration in my good -hopes that I shall tread upon the king of Adel’s neck to-morrow. -For as it was never my opinion that it was my -own strength and valour, or their want of it, which has so -often been the means of preserving me from their hands, -so I do not fear at present that my accidental weakness -will give them any advantage over me, as long as I trust -in God’s strength as much as ever I have done.”</p> - -<p>The army, hearing with what confidence and firmness -the king spake, began to look upon his recovery as a miracle. -They all, therefore, with one accord, took to their -arms, and desired to be led forward to the enemy, without -waiting till they should come to them. They only beseeched -the king that he would not expose his person as usual, -but trust to the bravery of his troops, eager for action, without -being lavish of that life, the loss of which would be to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">40</span> -the Mahometans a greater victory than the regaining all he -had conquered. The king hereon, bidding his troops to be of -good courage, take rest and refreshment, sent away the women, -children, and other incumbrances, to a small convent -on the side of the mountain, called <i>Debra Martel</i><a id="FNanchor_6" href="#Footnote_6" class="fnanchor">6</a>; and, being -informed of the situation of the country in general, and the -particular posts where he could get water in greater plenty, he -advanced with his army by a slow march towards the enemy.</p> - -<p>The next day he received intelligence by a Moor, that the -Mahometans had not only thrown poison into all the wells, -but had also corrupted all the water in the front of the army -by various spells and inchantments; that they were not advancing, -but were waiting for troops from some of the small -districts of Adel that had not yet joined the army. Hereupon -the king ordered his Fit-Auraris to advance a day before -him, and sent a priest, called <i>Tecla Sion</i>, with him, that he might -bless and consecrate the water, and thereby free it from the -inchantments of the Moors. He himself followed with his -army, and sat down by a small river a short way distant from -the enemy.</p> - -<p>The Fit-Auraris is an officer that commands a party of -men, who go always advanced before the front of an Abyssinian -army, at a greater or smaller distance, according as -circumstances require. His office will be described more at -large in the sequel.</p> - -<p>The king being arrived at the river, the army began to -bathe themselves, their mules, and their horses, in the same -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">41</span> -manner as is usual throughout all Abyssinia on the feast of -the Epiphany. This lustration was in honour of Tecla Sion, -who had consecrated the water, broken all the magic spells, -and changed its name to that of the river Jordan. But, while -they were thus employed, the Fit-Auraris had come up with -a large party of the enemy, and, with them, a number of -women, provided with drugs to poison and inchant the water; -and this numerous body of fanatics had fallen so -rudely on the Fit-Auraris that it beat him back on the main -body, to whom he brought the news of his own defeat.</p> - -<p>A violent panic immediately seized the whole Abyssinian -army, and they refused to advance a step farther. The tents -had been left standing on the side of the river they first -came to, and they then passed to the other side. But, -upon sight of the Fit-Auraris, they returned to the tents, -that, having the river on their front, they might fight the -enemy with more advantage if they came to attack them. -They did not continue long in this resolution; the greatest -part of them were for leaving their tents, and retiring to Abyssinia -for assistance, and, when the numbers should be -more upon an equality, return to fight the enemy. The -Moorish army at this instant coming in sight, increased the -number of converts to this opinion.</p> - -<p>The king, in the utmost agony, galloping through the -ranks, continued to use all manner of arguments with his -mutinous soldiers. He told them, that retiring to their -camp was to put themselves in prison; that, being mostly -composed of horse, their advantage was in a plain like that before -them; that retreating to join the main body, at such a -distance, was a vain idea, as the enemy was so close at their -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">42</span> -heels. Finally, all he desired of them was, that those who -would not fight should only stand as spectators, but not -leave their places. As no sign of content or conviction was -returned, the king, seeing that all was lost if they disbanded, -the enemy being just ready to engage, ordered his master -of the horse, and five others, to attack the left wing of the -enemy, while he, with a small part of his servants and household, -did the same on the right.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinian history, seldom just to the memory of individuals, -hath yet, in this instance, (almost a single one), preserved -the names of these brave men. The first was Zana Asferi; -the second, Tecla; the third, Wanag Araad; the fourth, -Saif Segued, (one of the king’s sons;) the fifth, Badel Waliz; -and the sixth, Kedami. These, as is supposed with their attendants -and servants, (though history is silent but as to the -six) fell furiously on the left of the Mahometan army.</p> - -<p>The king, at the first onset, killed, with his own hand, -the two leaders of the right wing; and his son, Saif Segued, -having also slain another considerable officer on the left, a -panic seized both these bodies of Moors, and the army apparently -began, at one and the same time, to waver: On -which the Abyssinians, now ashamed of their conduct, and -perceiving the king’s danger, with a great shout fell furiously -upon the enemy. The whole Moorish army having, by -this time, joined, the battle was fought with great obstinacy -on both sides, till first the center, then the left wing of the -Moors, was broken and dispersed; but the right, consisting -chiefly of strangers from Arabia, kept together, and, not -knowing the country, retired into a narrow deep valley -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">43</span> -surrounded by steep perpendicular rocks, covered thick with -wood.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinian army, thinking all at an end by the -flight of the Moors, began, after their usual custom, to -plunder, by stripping and mangling the bodies of the killed -and wounded. But the king, who, from the mistake of the -Arabians, saw the destruction of this right wing certain, if -immediately pursued, ordered it every where to be proclaimed -through the field, that the whole army should repair -to the royal standard, which he had set up on an eminence, -and give over plundering, under pain of death. Finding -this order, however, slackly obeyed, he himself, scouring -the field at the head of a few horse, with his own hand slew -two of his soldiers whom he found stripping the dead without -regard to his proclamation. This example from a -prince, exceedingly sparing of the blood of his soldiers, had -the effect to recal them all to the royal standard displayed -on a rising ground.</p> - -<p>He then separated his army into two divisions; all the -foot, and those of his horse that had principally suffered in -the severe engagement of the day, he led up to the mouth -of the valley where the right wing of the Arabians had shut -themselves up; and, having beset all access to the entrance -of it, he ordered the foot to climb up through the woods, -and on every side surround the valley above the heads of -those unhappy people thus devoted to certain destruction.</p> - -<p>While this was doing, the king ordered those of the -cavalry that had suffered least in the fatigue of the day, to refresh -themselves and their horses. He knew no time was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">44</span> -lost by this, as the Moorish army that escaped from the engagement, -worn out with fatigue, thirst, and hunger, would -only retire a short day’s march to the water, where, finding -themselves not pursued, and incumbered with the number -of their wounded, they would necessarily rest themselves; -and this was precisely the situation, in which his huntsmen -first found them by the side of a large pool of water.</p> - -<p>The king gave the command of this part of his army to -the master of the horse, with orders to pursue them one -day farther; whilst he, having taken a short refreshment, -began to attack the right wing of the Arabians shut up -in the valley. The king, dismounting, led the attack against -the front of the Arabians, who, seeing their situation -now desperate, began to make every effort to get from the -valley into the plain. But they did not know yet upon what -disadvantageous ground they were engaged, till the soldiers -from the rocks above, every way surrounding them, rolled -down immense stones which passed through them in all directions. -Pressed, therefore, violently, by the king in their -front, and in the rear destroyed by an enemy they neither -could see nor resist, they fell immediately into confusion, -and were, to a man, slaughtered upon the spot; upon which -the king, giving to his troops orders for a general plunder, -retired himself to his camp, and in his tent received from -the master of the horse an account of his expedition.</p> - -<p>This officer had proceeded slowly, spreading his troops as -wide as possible upon the tract of the retreating enemy, to -give a smaller chance for any to escape. All directed their -flight towards the pool of water, and were there destroyed -without mercy, till a little after sun-set. The pursuers had then -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">45</span> -advanced to the ground where Saleh king of Mara had gathered -the scattered remains of his once powerful army, but -now overcome with heat, dispirited by their defeat, and -worn out by the fatigues of a long and obstinate engagement, -all that remained of these unfortunate troops were -strowed upon the ground, lapping water like beasts, their -only comfort that remained, equally incapable of fighting -or flying. The master of the horse, in great vigour and -strength from his late refreshments and recent victory, had -no trouble with these unfortunate people but to direct their -execution, and this was performed by the soldiers with all -the rage and cruelty that a difference of religion could possibly -inspire. For, after the king’s speech of the 9th of -June, in which he upbraided them with breach of their -oath, and that they were slow in avenging the blood of -their brethren and priests wantonly slain by the Moors, every -man in the army measured the exactness with which he -acquitted himself of the sacrament at the Hawash, only by -the quantity of blood that he could shed. Weary at last -with butchery, a few were taken prisoners, and among -these was Saleh king of Mara. It was evening before the -king returned from the slaughter of the right wing; and it -was night when the soldiers, as fatigued with plundering -as with fighting, returned to the camp.</p> - -<p>The next morning, he heard of the success of his cavalry -under the master of the horse, who joined him before mid-day. -The unfortunate Saleh was, in sight of the whole -army, brought before the king, cloathed in the distinguished -habit and marks of his dignity in which he had fought -the day before at the head of his troops; gold chains were -about his arms, and a gold collar, enriched with precious -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">46</span> -stones about his neck. The king scarcely deigned to speak to -him, whilst the royal prisoner likewise observed a profound -silence. When the army had satisfied their curiosity with -the sight of this prince, (once the object of their fear), the -king, by a motion of his hand, ordered him to be hanged -upon a tree at the entrance of the camp, with all the ornaments -he had upon him. After this the queen of Mara, -concerning whom so many surprising stories had been told -of her poisoning the waters by drugs and inchantments, -was, notwithstanding the known partiality of this king for -the fair sex, ordered to be hewn in pieces by the soldiers, -and her body given to the dogs.</p> - -<p>Amda Sion then dispatched a messenger with the news -of his victory to the queens his wives, and the rest of the -ladies he had left with the main army at Debra Martel, when -the monks of the convent immediately began a solemn -procession and thanksgiving, attended by the exercise of every -sort of work of charity and piety.</p> - -<p>It was now the end of July, when the rains in Abyssinia -become both constant and violent, that the king called a -council of the principal nobility, officers, and priests, to determine -whether he should go straight home, or send their -wives, children, and baggage before them the direct road, -when the light and unincumbered army should take a compass, -and lay waste a part of the kingdom of Adel they had -already invaded, and return in another direction. The majority -of the army, and the priests above all, were for the -first proposal; but the king and principal officers thought -the advantages gained by so much blood were to be followed, -and not deserted, till they should either have reduced the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">47</span> -Mahometans to a state of weakness that should make them -no longer formidable to Abyssinia, or, if prosperous fortune -still attended them further, extirpate the people and religion -together.—This opinion prevailed.</p> - -<p>The king, therefore, dismissed his baggage, his women, -children, servants, and useless people. He retained an army -of veteran soldiers only, more formidable than six times the -number that could be brought against them; and, trusting -now to the country into which he marched for support, -he advanced, and entered a town called Zeyla, and there -took up his quarters. He had scarce taken possession of -the town, when that very night he sent a detachment to surprise -a large and rich village called Taraca, where he put -all the men to the sword, making the women slaves for -the service of the army, instead of those whom he had sent -home.</p> - -<p>The king’s views, by such small expeditions, were to accustom -his soldiers to fight out of his presence, and wean -them from a persuasion, now become general, that victory -could not be obtained but where he commanded.</p> - -<p>On the 10th of July, the king continued his march, without -opposition, to Darbè, whence, the next morning, he sent -different parties to the right and left, to burn and destroy -the country. They accordingly laid waste all the province of -Gassi, slaying Abdullah the Sherriffe, who was the governor -and son of Saruch the Imam, author of the conspiracy against -him. From thence he fell suddenly upon Abalgé and Talab, -a large district belonging to the king of Adel. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">48</span></p> - -<p>This prince, hearing that Amda Sion, instead of returning, -as was usual in the rainy season, into Abyssinia, had determined -to continue to ravage his whole country, had not, -on his part, been remiss in preparing means to resist him; -and he had assembled, from every province, all the forces -they could raise, to make one last effort against their common -enemy.</p> - -<p>Amda Sion, therefore, had scarcely retired from the destruction -of Talab, when the king of Adel (become now desperate -by being so long a spectator of the ruin of his kingdom) -marched hastily to meet him, with much less precaution than -his own situation, and the character of his enemy, required. -Amda Sion, whose whole wish was to bring the Moors to an -engagement as often as occasion presented, left off his plundering -upon the first news that the king of Adel had taken -the field, and, allowing him to choose the ground on which -he was to fight, the next day he marched against him, having -(as sure of victory) first detached bodies of horse to intercept -those of the Moors that should fly when defeated; For no -general was more provident than this king for the destruction -of his enemy. He then led his troops against the king -of Adel, and, spurring his horse, was already in the midst of -the Moorish army before the most active of his soldiers had -time to follow him. The Abyssinians, as usual, threw themselves -like madmen upon the Moors, at the sight of the -king’s danger. The king of Adel was defeated with little -resistance: that unfortunate prince himself was slain upon -the spot, and the greatest part of his army destroyed (after -they thought themselves safe) by the ambushes of fresh horse -the king had placed in their rear before the battle. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">49</span></p> - -<p>The three children of the king of Adel, and his brother, -who had all been in the engagement, seeing the great inferiority -of their troops, and terrified at the approaching -fate of their country, loading themselves with the most valuable -of their effects, (which, in token of humility, they -carried upon their heads, shoulders, and in their hands,) came -with these presents before the king, who was sitting armed at -the door of his tent, and, without further apology, or assurance -given, threw themselves, as is the custom of Abyssinia, -at his feet, with their foreheads in the dust, intreating -pardon for what had hitherto been done amiss; submitting -to him as his subjects, professing their readiness to obey -all his commands, provided only that he would proceed no -further, nor waste and destroy their country, but spare what -still remained, which was, for the most part, the property of -Arabian merchants who had done him no injury.</p> - -<p>But the king seemed little disposed to credit these assurances. -He told them plainly, “That they, and all Ethiopia, -knew the time was when they were under his dominion, -paid him the same tribute, and owed him the same allegiance -with the rest of his subjects; that neither he, nor -his predecessors, at that time, had ever oppressed them, -but returned them present for present, gold for gold, apparel -for apparel, and dismissed them contentedly home -whenever they came to pay their duty to them: That lately, -from supposed weakness in him, when he was young in -the beginning of his reign, and encouraged by the great -addition of their brethren, who flocked to them from Arabia, -they had, without provocation, thrown off their allegiance -to him, upbraiding him as a eunuch, fit only to -take care of the women of their seraglio, with many such -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">50</span> -taunting messages, equally unworthy the majesty and memory -of a prince like him: That, could this be passed over, -still there was a crime that all the blood of Adel could not atone -for: They had, without provocation, murdered his -priests, burnt their churches, and destroyed his defenceless -people in their villages, merely from a vain belief that they -were too far to be under his protection: That, to punish them -for this, he was now in the midst of their country, and, if -his life was spared, never would he turn his back upon Adel -while he had ten men with him capable of drawing their -swords. He, therefore, ordered them to return, and expect -the approach of his army.”</p> - -<p>The two eldest children and the brother were so struck -with the fierce manner and countenance with which the -king spoke, that they remained perfectly silent. But the -youngest son (a youth of great spirit, and who, with -the utmost difficulty, had been forced by his parents to -fly after the battle) answered the king with great resolution:—</p> - -<p>“It is a truth known to the whole kingdom, that Adel -has never belonged to any sovereign on earth but to ourselves. -Violence and power, which destroy and set up -kingdoms, have at times done so with ours; but that you -are not otherwise, than by these means, king of our country, -our colour, stature<a id="FNanchor_7" href="#Footnote_7" class="fnanchor">7</a>, and complexion sufficiently shew. -We have been free, and were conquered; we now have -attempted to regain our freedom, and we have failed: We -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">51</span> -have not been inferior to you in every kind of civility, receiving -you and your predecessors when you came into -our country, singing before you, and rejoicing, because -we knew that you had always among you men of great -worth and bravery.</p> - -<p>“As to the accusation against us, that we robbed the -Christians, you yourself see the riches of our country, -which we get by our own industry and commerce, -whilst the Abyssinians were naked shepherds and robbers. -In the days of your predecessors, a handful of us would -have chased an army of them, and it would be so now, -were it not for the personal valour and conduct of you -their prince. But you, better than any one, can be the -judge of this; and I can appeal to you, how often they -have been upon the point of deserting you, in return for -all the victories and riches they have shared with you; -while there is not a Moor in Adel but would have willingly -died in the presence of such a prince as you. It is then -<i>you</i>, not your army, that we fear; we know perfectly the -value of both. You have already enjoyed all the merit -and profit of conquest; but utterly destroying defenceless -people is unworthy of any king, and still more of a prince -of your character.”</p> - -<p>The king, without any sign of displeasure at the freedom -of this speech, answered him calmly: “Words and resolutions -like these occasioned your father to lose his life in -battle. I come not to argue with you what you are to do, -nor did I send for you to preach to you; but if the queen -your mother, the rest of your father’s family, and the -principal people who, after your father’s death, are now -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">52</span> -to govern Adel, do not, by to-morrow evening, surrender -themselves to me at my tent-door, as you have done, I will -lay the province of Adel waste, from the place where I -now sit, to the borders of the ocean.”</p> - -<p>This unpromising interview with the king was faithfully -communicated by the young princes to their mother, earnestly -desiring her to trust the king’s mercy, and to throw -herself at his feet the next morning without reserve. But -those who had been the persuaders of the war (for the -late king of Adel was but a weak prince) reckoned themselves -in much greater danger with Amda Sion than was -the royal family. They, therefore, agreed to try their fortune -again in battle, binding themselves to live and die with -each other, by mutual oaths and promises. They also sent -to the princes this resolution, by an old enemy of Amda -Sion, persuading them to make their escape as soon as possible, -and come and head their forces that were then raised, -and ready to conquer or die together, when the family -should be out of the enemy’s hands.</p> - -<p>The king, well informed of what had passed, decamped -immediately from the station where he was, exceedingly -irritated; and, having passed the great river called Aco, he -took post in the town of Marmagab; and the next day, dividing -his army, he sent two bodies by different routes into -the enemy’s territories, with a strict command to leave nothing -undestroyed that had the breath of life; he himself, -with the third division, burning and laying waste the whole -country before him, proceeded straight to the place where -he heard the chiefs of Adel were assembling an army. -There he found some troops, mostly infantry, who kept a -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">53</span> -good countenance, and seemed perfectly prepared and disposed -to engage him. But an immense multitude of useless -people covered the plain, old men, women, and children, -with the parents, wives, and families of those he had already -slain; and these were determined, with the remnant -of their countrymen, to conquer this invader, or to perish.</p> - -<p>The king, upon perceiving this strange mixture, halted -for a time in great surprise and astonishment. He could not -penetrate into the motive of assembling such an army; and -sending a party of horse, as it were, to disperse them, he -found everywhere a stout resistance; soldiers well provided -with swords and shields, and a multitude of archers, who -rained showers of arrows upon him, while the women, with -clubs, poles, stakes, and stones, damped the ardour of his -soldiers, who, when they first charged, scarcely expected resistance. -The king, seeing the battle every minute become -more doubtful, and having but few troops, began to repent -that he had weakened his army by detachments; he instantly -dispatched orders to them to advance, and fall upon the -enemy in the nearest direction possible. At the same time, -he himself made an extraordinary effort with his horse, but -all in vain; and he found, on every side, people who presented -themselves willingly to death, but who would not quit -their station while they had power to defend themselves -in it.</p> - -<p>Conspicuous above all these for his dress, his youth, his -many acts of valour, and his graceful figure, was the young -king of Wypo, who, encouraging his troops, presented himself -wherever Amda Sion was in person. The remarkable -resistance that this young prince made, soon drew the attention -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">54</span> -of the king of Abyssinia; who, sheathing his sword, -took a bow in his hand, and, as my historian says, choosing -the broadest arrow he could find, struck this young hero -through the middle of his neck, so that, half being cut -through, his head inclined to one shoulder, and soon after -he fell dead among his horse’s feet.</p> - -<p>This sight was one just calculated to strike such an army -as this with terror. They immediately turned their backs, -and, unluckily falling in with the two detachments marching -to the king’s relief, they were all cut to pieces to the -number of 5000; a great proportion of which were women -and aged persons, unskilled in war, further than as they -were prompted by a long sufferance of injuries, accumulated -now to a mass, that made them weary of life. My historian -further says, that three only of the Moorish army -escaped. On the king’s side many principal officers were -killed; and there was scarce one horseman that was not -wounded. Amda Sion, therefore, when speaking of this -campaign, after his return, among his nobility at Shoa, used -to say, “Deliver me from fighting with old women;” alluding -to this battle, where he was in the greatest danger. The -fate of the unfortunate king of Wypo was particularly hard. -He had lately married the king of Adel’s daughter; and it -was the staying for him, and his marriage, that lost the favourable -opportunity of fighting the Abyssinians, when the -army was in despondency upon the king’s being taken ill -of the fever.</p> - -<p>The next campaign the king began, by a march first to -Sassogade, where he assisted at the celebration of the feast of -St John the Baptist; and he gave orders, that day, to raze all -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">55</span> -the Mahometan mosques to the ground, to destroy all the -grain, burn the villages, and put the people to the sword, which -was executed accordingly. The king then decamped the -fourth of July; and, passing the great river (Zorat) came to -the country of the Oritii, and took up his quarters there. -The people of this province were in the very worst reputation -for cruelty, and hatred of the Christian name. They -were perpetually making incursions into the Christian villages, -and those that fell alive into their hands, they either -castrated, cut off their nose or ears, or otherwise mangled -them.</p> - -<p>The king, to vindicate the severity he was about to -exercise, ordered all those people, who had suffered in this -manner, to be collected and brought before him. The -number appeared very considerable; and, having inquired -in what occupations they had been employed, they answered, -that their business was to cut down wood, draw and -fetch water, and some of them to take care of the Moorish -women. Violently affected with this, he called his principal -officers, and commanded them, that, when he decamped -with his army the next day, small parties should remain -in ambush on each side of the town. The king, early in -the morning, marched out with sound of trumpet; and the -Moors, thinking the army gone, returning to their houses, -were set upon by the parties, and destroyed.</p> - -<p>The next place the king came to was Haggara, where he -staid eight days, and celebrated there the feast of the Cross; -surrounding his camp with palisades, as if he was to stay -there a considerable time. Here he made his soldiers deposit -all their plunder, leaving it under the care of a weak -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">56</span> -guard, and marched out with sound of trumpet, as if he was -going upon some expedition. There was a large body of -troops in ambush, and the Moors, concealed in woods, and -hiding-places, attacked the intrenchment as soon as the king -was gone, and had forced the palisades, when they were every -where surrounded by the parties left behind, and were all -cut to pieces, excepting the old men and women, whose -noses and lips the king ordered to be cut off, by way of retaliation, -and then dismissed them. Great store of bows, -good arms and cloathing, were taken here, lately brought -from Arabia for the use of the confederates.</p> - -<p>The king now turned his face homewards, marched off -in seven days to Begul in the Sahara, and thence sent a message -to the governor of Ifat, commanding him to send to him -all those Christians who had apostatized from their faith -in his or his brother’s time; with notice, that, if he did not -comply, he would put him and all his family to death, and -give his command to another family. The king ordered -these apostates, when delivered, to be severely whipped, and, -fettering them with heavy irons, imprisoned them.</p> - -<p>From Begul the army marched to Waz, thence to Gett, -and from Gett to Harla, still laying waste the country. From -Harla they marched five days to Delhoya, being determined -to make a severe example of this place, because the inhabitants -had killed the governor the king had left with them, -and, making large fires for the purpose, had burnt and tormented -the Christians residing there. He came, therefore, -upon this town, and surrounded it in the night; and, after -putting men, women, and children to the sword, he razed -it to the ground. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">57</span></p> - -<p>From Delhoya he proceeded to Degwa, from thence to -Warga, which he treated in the same manner as Delhoya, -and then entered the province of Dawaro, where he understood -that Hydar, governor of that province, with Saber-eddin, -and a very valuable convoy coming to him, under -their conduct, from Shoa, were intercepted by Hydar’s people, -and their guard cut to pieces. Instead, therefore, of -proceeding to Shoa, as his intention was, he encamped at -Bahalla, and there kept the feast of Christmas, laying the -whole province, by parties, under military execution; and -hearing there that Joseph, governor of Serca, was in understanding -with those of Dawaro, he put him in prison, -carrying off all his horses, asses, mules, and a prodigious -quantity of other cattle, which he drove before him, and -ended his expedition by his entry into Shoa.</p> - -<p>This is the Abyssinian account of the reign of their prince -Amda Sion, a little abridged, and made more conformable to -the manner of writing English history. The historian, contrary -to the usual practice, gives no account of himself; but he -seems to have lived in the time of Zara Jacob, the third reign -after this. Though he wrote in Shoa, his book is in pure -Geez, there being scarcely an Amharic word in it.</p> - -<p>There are three things which I would now observe; not -because they are single instances, but, on the contrary, because, -though first mentioned here, they are uniformly confirmed -throughout the whole Abyssinian history.</p> - -<p>The first is, that the king of Abyssinia is, in all matters -ecclesiastical and civil, supreme; that he punishes all offences -committed by the clergy in as absolute and direct a manner as -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">58</span> -if these offences were committed by a layman. Of this the -treatment of Honorius is an example, who made use only -of spiritual weapons against offences, that surely deserved the -censure of all churches.</p> - -<p>With whatever propriety this sentence might have -been inflicted upon individuals, and, perhaps, without any -bad consequence to the public in general, the law of -the land, in Abyssinia, could not suffer this to be inflicted -on their king, because very bad effects must have -followed it towards the common-weal; for excommunication -there is really a capital punishment if executed -with rigour. It is a kind of <i>interdictio aquæ et ignis</i>, for you -yourself are expressly prohibited from kindling a fire, and -every body else is laid under a prohibition from supplying -either fire or water. No one can speak, eat, or drink with -you, enter your house, or suffer you to enter theirs. You -cannot buy nor sell, nor recover debts. If under this situation -you should be violently slain by robbers, no inquisition -is made into the cause of your death, and your body is -not suffered to be buried.</p> - -<p>I would submit now to the judgment of any one, what -sort of government there would be in Abyssinia, if a priest -was suffered to lay the king under such interdict or restriction. -The kings of that country do not pretend to be saints; -indeed, it may be said, they are the very contrary, leading -very free lives. Pretences are never wanting, and it is only -necessary to find a fanatic priest (which, God knows, is not -a rarity in that country) to unhinge government perpetually, -and throw all into anarchy and confusion. But nothing of -this kind occurs in their history, though the bigotted Le -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">59</span> -Grande, and some of the Jesuits, less bigotted than him, have -asserted, that such a practice prevailed in the Abyssinian -church, to shew its conformity with the church of Rome; -which we shall see, however, contradicted almost in every -prince’s reign.</p> - -<p>The second thing I shall observe is, that there is no ground -for that prejudice, so common in the writers concerning -this country, who say that these people are Nomades, perpetually -roving about in tents. If they had ever so little -reflected upon it, there is not a country in the world where -this is less possible than in Abyssinia, a country abounding -with mountains, where every flat piece of ground is, once -a-day, during six months rain, cut through by a number of -torrents, sweeping cattle, trees, and every thing irresistibly -before them; where no field, unless it has some declivity, -can be sown, nor even passed over by a traveller, without -some danger of being swept away, during the hours of the -day when the rain is most violent; in such a country it would -be impossible for 30 or 40,000 men to encamp from place to -place, and to subsist without some permanent retreat. Accordingly -they have towns and villages perched upon the -pinnacles of sharp hills and rocks, and which are never -thought safe if commanded by any ground above them; -in these they remain, as we do in cities, all the rainy season: -Nor is there a private person (not a soldier) who hath a tent -more than in Britain. In the fair season, the military encamp -in all directions cross the country, either to levy taxes, -or in search of their enemy; but nothing in this is particular -to Abyssinia; in most parts of Africa and Asia they do -the same. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">60</span></p> - -<p>The third particular to be observed here is, that, in this -prince’s reign, the king’s sons were not imprisoned in the -mountain. For Saif Araad was present with his father at -the defeat of Saleh king of Mara, and yet the mountain of -Geshen was then set apart as a prison. For the Itchegué of -Debra Libanos was banished there; from which I infer, that -after the massacre of the royal family by Judith, on the -mountain of Damo, and the flight of the prince Del Naad, -to Shoa, the king’s children were not confined, nor yet till -long after their restoration and return to Tigré, as will appear -in the sequel.</p> - -<p>Amda Sion died of a natural death at Tegulat in Shoa, after -a reign of 30 years, which were but a continued series of -victories, no instance being recorded of his having been -once defeated.</p> - -<h2 id="SAIF_ARAAD"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -SAIF ARAAD.<br /> - -<small>From 1342 to 1370.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>This Prince enjoys a peaceable Reign—Protects the Patriarch of Cophts at -Cairo from the Persecution of the Soldan.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Saif</span> Araad succeeded his father Amda Sion; and it -should seem that, in his time, all was peaceable on the -side of Adel, as nothing is mentioned relative to that war. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">61</span> -Indeed, if the increase of trade and power in that corner of -Abyssinia arose from the troubles and want of security -which the merchants laboured under in Arabia, we cannot -but suspect, from a parity of reasoning, that the violent manner -in which war had been carried on by Amda Sion, must -have occasioned a great many inhabitants to repass the -Straits, and return to their own homes.</p> - -<p>At this time, news were brought from Cairo, that the -Soldan had thrown the Coptic patriarch, Marcus, into prison. -There was then a constant trade carried on between Cairo -and Abyssinia, through the desert; and also from Cairo and -Suakem on the Red Sea. Besides, great caravans, formerly -composed of Pagans, now of Mahometans, passed from west -to east, in the same manner as in ancient times, to buy and -disperse India goods through Africa. Saif Araad, not having -it in his power to give the patriarch other assistance, seized -all the merchants from Cairo, and sent horse to interrupt -and terrify the caravans. As the cause of this was well -known, and that the patriarch was in prison for the sake -only of extorting money from him, people on all sides cried -out upon the bad policy of the Soldan, who thereupon -ordered Abuna Marcus to be set at liberty, without any -other condition, than that he should make peace with Saif -Araad on the part of Egypt, which was done through the -mediation of that prelate. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">62</span></p> - -<h2 id="WEDEM_ASFERI"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -WEDEM ASFERI.<br /> - -<small>From 1370 to 1380.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Memoirs of this and the following Reign defective.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">We</span> know nothing of this prince, only that he succeeded -his father Saif Araad, and reigned ten years; yet -his name, which signifies <i>lover of war</i>, seems to indicate an active -reign. It is remarkable, that in this reign is first mentioned -an æra of Abyssinian chronology, which has very -much puzzled several learned writers, and the origin of -which is not, perhaps, yet fully known. This is that epoch, -called that of Maharat, or Mercy, which Scaliger and Ludolf -have called the æra of grace. Scaliger says, he has toiled -much before he found out what it was; and I doubt his -toil has not been blessed with all the success we could wish. -That it is not the æra of redemption, is plain upon a hundred -trials, nor of the conversion, nor of Dioclesian. What -it alludes to we know not, but it is first quoted in the Abyssinian -history in this reign, and answers to the year 1348 -of Christ; but from what event it had its origin we cannot -positively say, nor further, than that all which Scaliger has -said concerning it is merely visionary. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">63</span></p> - -<h2 id="DAVID_II"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -DAVID II.<br /> - -<small>From 1380 to 1409.</small></h2> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Wedem</span> Asferi was succeeded by his brother David, -Saif Araad’s second son. This prince’s reign is remarkable -in the annals of the church of Abyssinia, because, -at this time, a piece of the true cross, on which our Saviour -died, was brought hither from Jerusalem; and, in memory -of this great event, the king ordered the sacerdotal vest, or -capa, which was before plain, to be embroidered with -flowers.</p> - -<p>This king, after reigning twenty-nine years, one day viewing -a favourite, but vicious horse, received so violent a kick -upon his head that it fractured his skull, so that he died upon -the spot, and was buried in the great island of Dek in -the lake Dembea, or Tzana. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">64</span></p> - -<h2 id="THEODORUS"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -THEODORUS.<br /> - -<small>From 1409 to 1412.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Memoirs of this Reign, though held in great Esteem in Abyssinia, defective; -probably mutilated by the Ecclesiastics.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">David</span> was succeeded by his eldest son Theodorus. He -is called Son of the Lion, by the poet, in the Ethiopic -encomium upon him, still extant in the liturgy. A miracle -is mentioned to have happened, (which would lead us -to suspect that he was a saint), during the celebration of his -festival, by his mother, who is called Mogessa<a id="FNanchor_8" href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">8</a>. This lady -had contented herself with providing great quantity of flesh -for the feast; but, to make it more complete, the heavens -in a shower supplied it with store of fine fish, ready roasted.</p> - -<p>He was buried in the church of Tedba Mariam in Amhara, -after having reigned three years. There must have -been something very brilliant that happened under this -prince, for though the reign is so short, it is before all others -the most favourite epoch in Abyssinia. It is even confidently -believed, that he is to rise again, and to reign in -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">65</span> -Abyssinia for a thousand years, and in this period all war -is to cease, and every one, in fulness, to enjoy happiness, -plenty, and peace. Foolish as these legends are, and distant -the time, this one was the source of great trouble -and personal danger to me, as will be seen in the sequel. -What we know certain in this prince’s history is, that he -abrogated the treaty of partition made by Icon Amlac in favour -of the Abuna Tecla Haimanout and his successors, by -which one third of the kingdom of Abyssinia was for ever -to be set apart as a revenue for the Abuna. This wise prince -modified so excessive a provision, reserving to the Abuna -for his maintenance a sufficient territory in every province -of the kingdom. It is still judged immoderate, and has suffered -many defalcations under later princes, who, perhaps, -not acting upon the principles of Theodorus, have not been -commended by posterity in the manner he has been.</p> - -<h2 id="ISAAC"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -ISAAC.<br /> - -<small>From 1412 to 1429.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>No Annals of this nor the four following Reigns.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Theodorus</span> was succeeded by Isaac his brother, second -son of David. In his reign the Falasha, who, since their -overthrow in the time of Amda Sion, had been quiet, broke -out into rebellion. We do not know the particulars, but -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">66</span> -apprehend some injustice was at that time done, or attempted, -against the Jews; for 24 Judges, 12 from Shoa and 12 -from Tigré, (the number having been doubled when there -were two kings reigning<a id="FNanchor_9" href="#Footnote_9" class="fnanchor">9</a>), were of a different opinion, and -would not comply with the king’s will, who thereupon deprived -them all of their office. The king, coming upon the -army of the Falasha in Woggora, entirely defeated them at -Kossogué, and, in memory thereof, built a church on the -place, and called it Debra Isaac, which remains there to this -day.</p> - -<p>Isaac reigned near 17 years, was a prince of great piety -and courage. The annals of his reign, probably during the -troublesome time that followed, have been lost, and with -them great part of his atchievements.</p> - -<p class="ph2" id="ANDREAS_I_or_AMDA_SION"><img src="images/i_rule-3.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">ANDREAS I. or AMDA SION.</span></p> - -<p>Isaac was succeeded by his son Andreas, who reigned -only seven months, and they were both buried at Tedba -Mariam. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">67</span></p> - -<p class="ph2" id="TECLA_MARIAM_or_HASEB_NANYA"><img src="images/i_rule-3.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">TECLA MARIAM, or HASEB NANYA.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1429 to 1433.</small></p> - -<p>This prince was third son of David, and succeeded his -nephew. He reigned four years, and took for his inauguration -name, Haseb Nanya.</p> - -<p class="ph2" id="SARWE_YASOUS"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -SARWE YASOUS.</p> - -<p>This prince was son of Tecla Mariam, he reigned only -four months; his inauguration name was Maharak Nanya. -He has been omitted in some of the lists of kings.</p> - -<p class="ph2" id="AMDA_YASOUS"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -AMDA YASOUS.</p> - -<p>Sarwe Yasous was succeeded by his brother Amda Yasous, -whose inauguration name was Badel Nanya. He was -second son of Tecla Mariam, and reigned nine months. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">68</span></p> - -<h2 id="ZARA_JACOB"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -ZARA JACOB.<br /> - -<small>From 1434 to 1468.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Sends Ambassadors from Jerusalem to the Council of Florence—First Entry -of the Roman Catholics into Abyssinia, and Dispute about Religion—King -persecutes the Remnants of Sabaism and Idolatry—Mahometan -Provinces rebel, and are subdued—The King dies.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">These</span> very short reigns were followed by one of an extraordinary -length. Zara Jacob, fourth son of David -II. succeeded his nephew, and reigned 34 years, and, at his -inauguration, took the name of Constantine. He is looked -upon in Abyssinia to have been another Solomon; and a -model of what the best of sovereigns should be. From what -we know of him, he seems to have been a prince who had -the best opportunity, and with that the greatest inclination -to be instructed in the politics, manners, and religion of other -countries.</p> - -<p>A convent had been long before this established at Jerusalem -for the Abyssinians, which he in part endowed, as appears -by his letters still extant<a id="FNanchor_10" href="#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">10</a>, written to monks of that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">69</span> -convent. He also obtained from the Pope<a id="FNanchor_11" href="#Footnote_11" class="fnanchor">11</a> a convent for -the Abyssinians at Rome, which to this day is appropriated -to them, though it is very seldom that either there, or -even at Jerusalem, there are now any Abyssinians. By his -desire, and in his name, ambassadors (<i>i. e.</i> priests from Jerusalem) -were sent by Abba Nicodemus, the then Superior, -who assisted at the council of Florence, where, however, -they adhered to the opinion of the Greek church about the -proceeding of the Holy Ghost, which created a schism between -the Greek and Latin churches. This embassy was -thought of consequence enough to be the subject of a -painting in the Vatican, and to this picture we owe the -knowledge of such an embassy having been sent.</p> - -<p>The mild reign of the last Soldan of Egypt seems greatly -to have favoured the disposition of Zara Jacob, in maintaining -an intercourse with Europe and Asia. And it is for -the first time now in this reign that we read of a dispute -upon religion with the Franks, or Frangi, a name which -afterwards became more odious and fatal to whomsoever -it was applied. Abba George is said to have disputed before -the king upon some point of his religion, and to have -confuted his opponent even to conviction. We are not informed -of the name of Abba George’s antagonist, but he is -thought to have been a Venetian painter<a id="FNanchor_12" href="#Footnote_12" class="fnanchor">12</a>, who lived many -years after in Abyssinia, and, it is believed, died there. From -this time, however, in almost every reign, there appear -marks of a party formed in favour of the church of Rome, -which probably had its first rise from the Abyssinian embassy -to the council of Florence. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">70</span></p> - -<p>Although the established religion in Abyssinia was that -of the Greek church of Alexandria, yet many different superstitions -prevailed in every part of the country. On the -coast of the Red Sea, as well as the Ocean, that is in the low -provinces adjoining to the kingdom of Adel, the greatest -part of the inhabitants were Mahometans; and the conveniencies -of trade had occasioned these to disperse themselves -through many villages in the high country, especially in -Woggora, and in the neighbourhood of Gondar. Dembea -on the south, and the rugged district of Samen on the east, -were crowded with many deformed sects, while the people -of the low valleys, towards Nubia, the Agows at the head of -the Nile, and those of the same name, though of a different -nation and language, at the head of the Tacazzé, in Lasta, -were, for the greatest part, Pagans, <i>i. e.</i> of the old religion of -Sabeans, worshipping the planets, stars, the wind, trees, and -such like. But a more abominable worship than this seemed -especially predominant among some of the Agows at the -source of the Nile, and the people bordering upon Nubia, as -they adored the cow and serpents for their gods, and supposed -that, by the latter, they could divine all that was to happen -to them in futurity.</p> - -<p>Whether it was that a long war had thrown a veil over -these abuses, or whether (which is more probable) a spirit -of toleration had still prevailed in this country, which had -at first been converted to Christianity without blood-shed, it -is not easy at this time to say. Only their history does not -mention, that, before the reign of this prince, idolatry had -been considered as a capital crime, or judicially inquired into, -and tried as such. An accusation, however, at this time, -being brought against some families for worshipping the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">71</span> -cow and the serpent, they were, by the king’s orders, seized -and brought before himself sitting in judgment, with the -principal of his clergy, and with his officers of state, with -whom he associated some strangers, lately come from Jerusalem; -a custom which prevails to this day. These criminals -were all capitally convicted, and executed. A proclamation -from the king followed, declaring, That any person -who did not, upon his right hand, carry an amulet, with -these words, <i>I renounce the devil for Christ our Lord</i>, should forfeit -his personal estate, and be liable to corporal punishment.</p> - -<p>It has been the custom of all Pagan nations to wear -amulets upon their arms, and different parts of their bodies. -From the Gentiles this usage was probably first learned by -the Jews. Amulets were adopted by the Mahometans, but, -till now, not worn in Abyssinia by any Christians.</p> - -<p>These executions, which at first consisted of seven people -only, began to be repeated in different places, and -at different times. The person employed as inquisitor, and -the manner this examination was made, tended to make it -still more odious. Amda Sion, the Acab Saat, was the man -to whom this persecution was committed. He was the king’s -principal confident; of very austere manners: he neither -shaved his head nor changed his cloaths; had no connection -with women, nor with any great man in court; never saw -the king but alone, and, when he appeared abroad, was -constantly attended by a number of soldiers, with drums and -trumpets, and other equipage, not at all common for a -clergyman. He had under him a number of spies, who -brought him intelligence of any steps taken in idolatry or -treason; and, after being, as he supposed, well informed, he -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">72</span> -went to the house of the delinquent, where he first refreshed -himself and his attendants, then ordered those of the -house he came for, and all that were with them, to be executed -in his presence.</p> - -<p>Among those that suffered were the king’s two sons-in-law, -married to his daughters Medehan Zamidu, and Berhan -Zamidu, having been accused by their wives, the one -of adultery, the other of incest: they were both put to death -in their own houses, in a very private and suspicious manner. -This execution being afterwards declared by the king -in an assembly of the clergy and states, certain priests, or others, -from Jerusalem, in public, condemned this procedure -of the king, as contrary to law, sound policy, and the first -principles of justice, which seems to have had such an effect -that we hear no more of these persecutions, nor of Amda -Sion the persecutor, during the whole of this reign.</p> - -<p>The king now turned his thoughts upon a nobler object, -which was that of dividing his country into separate governments, -assigning to each the tax it should pay, at what -time, and in what manner, according to the situation and -capacity of each province. The prosperity of the Moorish -states, from the extensive trade constantly carried on there, -the bad use they made of their riches by employing them -in continual rebellions, made it necessary that the king -should see and inquire into each person’s circumstances, -which he proposed to do, as was usual, before the time of -their several investitures.</p> - -<p>The chief of the rich district of Gadai, was the first called -on by the king, as it is on this occasion that considerable -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">73</span> -presents (seldom less than two years rent of the province) -are given, about one half to the king, the other among his -courtiers. There was, at this period, a Moorish woman of -quality in court, called the queen of Zeyla. She had been -brought to the palace with a view that the king should marry -her, but he disliking her for the length, as is said, or some -other defect, in her foreteeth, had married her to a nobleman.</p> - -<p>This injury had sunk very deep in the breast of the -queen of Zeyla, though she was only nominally so, having -been expelled from her kingdom before her coming into -Abyssinia. But it happened that she was sister to Mihico -son of Mahomet, chief of Gadai, whom she earnestly persuaded -to stay at home, and she succeeded so far, as not only -to prevail upon him to be absent, but also to withdraw -himself entirely from his allegiance.</p> - -<p>At this very time, the king was informed by a faithful -servant, a nobleman of Hadea, that the chief of Gadai had -long been meditating mischief, and endeavouring to prevail -with the king of Adel to march with his army, while great -part of the principal people of Hadea, whom he had seduced, -were to fall, on the opposite side, upon Dawaro and -Bali.</p> - -<p>The king, however, received certain accounts from Adel, -that all was quiet there; and inquiring who of his Moorish -servants were of the conspiracy in Hadea, he found -them to be Goodalu, Alarea, Ditho, Hybo, Ganzè, Saag, Gidibo, -Kibben, Gugulé, and Haleb. As there were still forces -enough in the province to resist this confederacy, the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">74</span> -king, instead of levying an army against them, thought the -proper way was to send them a governor, who should divide -the interest and strength of the enemy. There was -then an uncle of Mihico remaining in exile at Dejan<a id="FNanchor_13" href="#Footnote_13" class="fnanchor">13</a>, -whither he had been sent formerly into banishment at the -instance of his nephew, but he still preserved the command -of a small district called Bomo, as well as the good inclinations -of his own subjects of Gadai, who held his memory -in great veneration. The king, therefore, sent for this governor -of Bomo, and, setting before him the behaviour of -his nephew, he gave him the investiture of his government, -with many presents both useful and honourable; and, having -ordered some troops from Amhara to attend him, he -dismissed him, to punish and expel his nephew from the -province of Gadai.</p> - -<p>The fair of Adel was nigh, and thither all the inhabitants -of Bali and Dawaro go. It was at this time the conspirators -of Hadea had agreed to fall upon the provinces; while, -probably, those at the fair had been likewise destined to cut -off the inhabitants which might be found there. To counteract -these designs, the king, by proclamation, expressly -forbade any of the inhabitants of Bali or Dawaro to go to -the fair, but all to join the governor of Bomo, who no -sooner presented himself in his district, than the people of -all ranks flocked to him and submitted.</p> - -<p>Mihico saw himself undone by this address of the king, -of which he was quite uninformed. He fled immediately -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">75</span> -with his family, endeavouring, if possible, to reach Adel; -and having come the length of Bawa Amba, a high mountain, -where is one of the narrowest and most difficult passes -between the high country and the Kolla, here he strowed -about, in different places, all the riches that he had brought -along with him, in hopes that his pursuers, wearied by the -time they came there, should, by the difficulty of the ground, -and the booty everywhere to be found, be induced to proceed -no further. But this stratagem did not succeed; for -he was so closely followed that he was overtaken and slain, -his head, hands, and feet were cut off, and immediately sent -to the king, who, after public rejoicings, gave the government -of Gadai to the person who first informed him of Mihico’s -conspiracy, and confirmed the governor of Bomo in -the province of Hadea likewise, which he made hereditary -in his family. In order also to be more in readiness to suppress -such insurrections for the future, he gave his Christian -soldiers lands adjacent to each other, forming a line -all along the frontiers of the Mahometan provinces of Bali, -Fatigar, Wadge, and Hadea, that they might be ready -at an instant to suppress any tumult in the provinces themselves, -or resist any incursions from the kingdom of Adel.</p> - -<p>The king now set about fulfilling another duty of his -reign, that of repairing the several churches in Abyssinia -which had been destroyed in the late war by the Mahometans, -and of building new ones, which it is their constant -custom to vow and to erect where victories had been obtained -over an infidel enemy. While thus employed, news -were sent him from the patriarch of Alexandria, that the -church of the Virgin had been destroyed at that city by -fire. Full, therefore, of grief for this misfortune, he immediately -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">76</span> -founded another in Abyssinia, to repair that loss -which Christianity had suffered in Egypt.</p> - -<p>Being now advanced in life, he would willingly have -dedicated the remainder of it to these purposes, when he -was awakened from his religious employments by an alarm -of war. The rebels of Hadea, by changing their -chief, had not altered their dispositions to rebel, and, seeing -the king given to other pursuits, they began to associate -and to arm. The governor, whom the king had created -after the death of Mihico, gave the king a very late notice -of this, which he dissembled, as he was the queen Helena’s -father: but having, under pretence of consecrating the -church of St Cyriacos, assembled a sufficient number of -men whom he could trust, he made a sudden irruption into -the rebel provinces before they had united their forces. -The first that the king met to oppose him was an officer of -the rebel governor of Fatigar, who imagined he was engaging -only the van of a separate body of Zara Jacob’s troops, -not believing him to be yet come up in person with so small -a number: But being undeceived, he bestirred himself so -courageously, that he reached the king’s person, and broke -his lance upon him; but, in return, received a blow from -the lance of the king which threw him to the ground; at -the sight of which his whole party took flight, but were overtaken -and put to the sword almost to a man; nor was -the king’s loss considerable, his number being so small.</p> - -<p>Upon this defeat, Hiradin, the governor’s brother, declared -his revolt, and advanced to fight the king at the passage -of the river Hawash. Zara Jacob, much offended at this -fresh delinquency, sent an officer, called Han Degna, who -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">77</span> -found him at the watering-place unsuspecting an enemy; -and, before he could put his army in order, he was surrounded, -slain, and his head sent to the king, who rejoiced much -at the sight, it being brought him on Christmas day.</p> - -<p>After this the king collected his dead, and buried -them with great honour and shew of grief. He then summoned -the governor of Hadea, who professed himself willing -to submit his loyalty and conduct to the strictest inquiry. -Above all the reasons which hindered him from attending -the king, one was known to be, that the queen was -not without reason suspected to favour the Mahometans, -being originally of that faith herself, and, therefore, for fear -of revealing his secret to the enemy, the king did not choose -to make her father, the governor of Hadea, partaker in his -expedition, but, from jealousy to the queen, ordered him to -stay at home. Notwithstanding which it was found, that -all in his government were in their allegiance, and ready to -march upon the shortest notice had the king required it; -therefore he extended his command over the conquered provinces, -in room of the rebel governors whom he had removed. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">78</span></p> - -<h2 id="BAEDA_MARIAM"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -BÆDA MARIAM.<br /> - -<small>From 1468 to 1478.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Revives the Banishment of Princes to the Mountain—War with Adel—Death -of the King—Attempts by Portugal to discover Abyssinia and -the Indies.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Bæda</span> Mariam succeeded to the throne (as his historian -says) against his father’s inclination, after having received -much ill usage during the earlier part of his life, of -which this was the occasion. His mother took so violent -and irregular a longing to see her son king, that she formed -a scheme, by the strength of a party of her relations and -friends, trusting to the weakness of an old man, to force -him into a partnership with his father. Examples of two -kings, at the same time, and even in this degree of relation, -were more than once to be found in the Abyssinian annals, -but those times were now no more. A strong jealousy had -succeeded to an unreasonable confidence, and had thrown -both the person and pretensions of the heirs-apparent of this -age to as great a distance as was possible.</p> - -<p>The queen, whose name was Sion Magass, or the Grace -of Sion, first began to tamper with the clergy, who, though -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">79</span> -they did not absolutely join her in her views, shewed her, -however, more encouragement than was strictly consistent -with their allegiance. From these she applied to some of -the principal officers of state, and to those about the king, -the best affected to her son and his succession. These, aware -of the evil tendency of her scheme, first advised her, by -every means, to lay it aside; and afterwards, seeing she still -persisted, and afraid of a discovery that would involve her -accomplices in it, they disclosed the matter to the king himself, -who resented the intention so heinously, that he ordered -the queen to be beaten with rods till she expired. Her -body afterwards was privately buried in a church dedicated -to the Virgin Mary, not far from Debra Berhan<a id="FNanchor_14" href="#Footnote_14" class="fnanchor">14</a>.</p> - -<p>Nothing had hitherto appeared to criminate the young -prince. But it was soon told the king, that, after the death -of the queen, her son Bæda Mariam had taken frankincense -and wax-tapers from the churches, which he employed, at -stated times, in the observation of the usual solemnities over -his mother’s grave. The king, having called his son before -him, began to question him about what he had heard; -while the prince, without hesitation, gave him a full account -of every circumstance, glorying in what, he said, was his -duty, and denying that he was accountable to any man on -earth for the marks of affection which he shewed to his -mother.</p> - -<p>The king, considering his son’s justification as a reproach -made to himself for cruelty, ordered the prince, and, with -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">80</span> -him, his principal friend Meherata Christos, to be loaded -with irons, and banished to the top of a mountain; -and it is hard to say where this punishment would have -ended, had not the monks of Debra Kosso and Debra Libanos, -and all those of the desert, (who thought themselves -in some measure accomplices with his mother), by exhortations, -pretended prophecies, dreams and visions, convinced -the king, that Providence had decreed unalterably, that -none but his son, Bæda Mariam, should succeed him. To -this ordinance the old king bowed, as it gave him a prospect -of the long continuance of his family on the throne of -Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>Zara Jacob was no sooner dead, than his son, Bæda Mariam, -who succeeded him, began to apply himself seriously -to the affairs of government. From the reign of Judith, (in -the tenth century), when so many of the princes of the royal -family were massacred, the custom of sending the royal -children to confinement on the top of a mountain had been -discontinued. These children all lived at home with their -respective fathers and mothers, like private persons; and -the kings seemed to connive at abolishing their former practice, -for no mountain had been yet chosen as a substitute -to the unfortunate Damo. The disagreement between Zara -Jacob and his queen, with the cause of it, and the prince’s -frankness and resolution, seemed to point out the necessity -of reviving the salutary severity of the ancient laws. Bæda -Mariam gave orders, therefore, to arrest all his brethren, and -send them prisoners for life to the high mountain of <i>Geshen</i>, -on the confines of Amhara and Begemder, which ever after -continued the state-prison for the royal children, till a -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">81</span> -slaughter, like to that made upon mount Damo, was the -occasion, as we shall see, of deserting Geshen likewise.</p> - -<p>The king applied himself next to measures for the better -government of his country. He ordered a general pardon -to be proclaimed to all who, by the severity of the late reign, -lay under sentence of death, banishment, or any other -punishment; and, convoking the states of the kingdom, he -met them with a chearfulness and openness which inspired -confidence into every rank, while, at the same time, he filled -all the places he found vacant, or that he thought proper -to change, with men of the greatest integrity. He then -reviewed the whole cavalry that were in his service, which -he distributed into bodies, and stationed them in places -where they could be readiest called, to execute those designs -he had then in contemplation.</p> - -<p>The next year the king went to Debra Libanos in Shoa. -It was, however, observed, that his preparations were not -such as were usual in these short journies, nor such as were -made in peaceable times. On the contrary, orders were -sent to the borders of Tigré to receive the royal army, which -was soon to arrive in those parts. The rumour of this was -quickly spread abroad, and affected all the neighbouring -states, according to their several interests. Mahomet king of -Adel was the first that took the alarm. Tho’ a kind of peace -had subsisted for several years between Adel and Abyssinia, -yet inroads had been made from each country into the -other; and these might have served them as pretexts for -war, had that been the inclination of the times. Yet, as -both countries happened to be disposed for peace, these outrages -passed unnoticed. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">82</span></p> - -<p>But, to prevent surprise upon this last movement of the -troops, the king of Adel thought he had a right to be informed -of Bæda Mariam’s intentions, and, with this view, -he sent some of the principal people of his country as ambassadors, -under pretext of congratulating the king upon -his accession to the throne. They met the king in Shoa, -and had carried with them very considerable presents. They -were received in a very distinguished manner; and the presents -which Bæda Mariam returned to the king of Adel -were nothing inferior to those he accepted. After having -entertained the ambassadors several days with feasting and -diversions, he confirmed a peace under the same duties upon -trade that had formerly subsisted.</p> - -<p>The king of Dancali also, old, infirm, yet constant in his -attachment to the Abyssinians, was not without his inquietudes, -though he was not afraid they intended to attack -his poor territory with an army. He dreaded lest the -army in its march should drink up that little quantity of -water which remained to him in summer, and, without -which, his kingdom would become uninhabited. It is a -low, sandy district, lying on the Red Sea, just where the coast, -after bearing a little to the east of north from Suez to Dancali, -makes an elbow, and stretches nearly east, as far as -the Straits of Babelmandeb. It has the mines of fossile-salt -immediately on the north and north-west, a desert part -of the province of Dawaro to the south, and the sea on the -north. But it has no port, excepting a spacious bay, with -tolerable anchorage, called <i>the Bay of Bilur</i><a id="FNanchor_15" href="#Footnote_15" class="fnanchor">15</a>, in lat. 13° 3´, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">83</span> -and, corruptly in vulgar maps and writings, the Bay of -Bayloul.</p> - -<p>The kingdom of Dancali is bounded on the east at Azab -by part of the kingdom of Adel, and the myrrh country. -The king is a Mahometan, as are all his subjects. They are -called Taltal, are all black, and only some of them woolly-headed; -a circumstance which probably arises from a mixture -with the Abyssinians, whose hair is long. There are but -two small rivers of fresh water in the whole kingdom; and -even these are not visible above ground in the hot season, but -are swallowed up in the sand, so as to be dug for when -water is wanted. In the rainy season, these are swollen by -rain falling from the sides of the mountains and from the -high lands of Abyssinia, and then only they run with a current -into the sea. All the rest of the water in this country -is salt, or brackish, and not fit for use, unless in absolute necessity -and dry years. Even these sometimes fail, and they -are obliged to seek, far off in the rainy frontiers of Abyssinia, -water for themselves, and pasture for their miserable -goats and sheep.</p> - -<p>When the Indian trade flourished, this prince’s revenue -arose chiefly from furnishing camels for the transport of -merchandise to all parts of Africa. Their commerce is now -confined to the carrying bricks of solid, or fossile salt, dug -from pits in their own country, which, in Abyssinia, pass instead -of silver currency; these they deliver at the nearest -market in the high lands at a very moderate profit, after having -carried them from the sea-side through the dry and -burning deserts of their own country, at the great risk of -being murdered by Galla. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">84</span></p> - -<p>The presents sent to Bæda Mariam from Dancali did not -make a great figure when compared with those of Adel. -They consisted of one horse, a mule, a shield of elephant’s -hide, a poisoned lance, two swords, and some dates. Poor -as these presents were, they were much more respected than -those of Adel, because they came from a loyal heart; while -the others were from a nation distinguished every year by -some premeditated action of treachery and bloodshed. The -king, having first sent for the Abuna, Imaranha Christos, -and called the ambassadors of Dancali and Adel into his presence, -declared to them, that neither of these states was -to be the scene of war, but that he was instantly to march -against the Dobas<a id="FNanchor_16" href="#Footnote_16" class="fnanchor">16</a>, whose constant inroads into his country, -and repeated cruelties, he was resolved no longer to suffer. -He required the ambassadors to warn their masters to keep -a strict neutrality, otherwise they would be infallibly involved -in the same calamities with that nation.</p> - -<p>Lent being now near, the king returned to Ifras, there to -keep his fast, and distributed his horse on the side of Ambasanet, -having sent orders to the governor of Amhara to join -him immediately, who was then at Salamat besieging a -party of rebels upon Mount Gehud, which signifies the -<i>Mountain of Manifestation</i>. It was the intention of the king, -that the troops of Amhara, Angot, and Tigré should press -upon the enemy from the high country, while he with his -own troops (chiefly horse) should cut off their retreat to the -plains of salt; and it was here that the king of Dancali was -afraid that they would interfere with his fresh water. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">85</span></p> - -<p>This prince kept strictly his promise of secrecy made to -Bæda Mariam, while the king of Adel observed a very different -line of conduct; for he not only discovered the -king’s intention, but he invited the Dobas to send their -wives, children, and effects into Adel, while his troops -should cut off the king’s provision, and fight him wherever -they saw that it could be done with advantage. The plan -was speedily embraced. Twelve clans of Dobas marched -with their cattle, as privately as possible, for Adel; but the -king’s intelligence was too good, and his motions too rapid, -to allow their schemes to be carried into execution. -With a large body of horse, he took possession of a strong -pass, called Fendera; and when that unhappy people, fatigued -with their march, and incumbered with baggage, -arrived at this spot, they were cut to pieces without resistance, -and without distinction of age or sex.</p> - -<p>The king, at the beginning of this campaign, declared, -that his intention was not to carry on war with the Dobas -as with an ordinary enemy, but totally to extirpate them as -a nuisance; and, to shew himself in earnest in the declaration, -he now made a vow never to depart from the country -till he had plowed and sown the fields, and ate the crop on -the spot with his army. He, therefore, called the peasants -of two small neighbouring districts, Wadge and Ganz, and -ordered them to plow and sow that part; which having -seen done, the king went to Axum, but returned again to -the Dobas, by the feast of the Epiphany. That cruel, restless -nation, saw now the king’s real intent was their utter -destruction, and that there was no possibility of avoiding it -but by submission. This prudent conduct they immediately -adopted; and, great part of them renouncing the Pagan -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">86</span> -religion, they so satisfied Bæda Mariam that he decamped -from their country, after having, at his own expence, restored -to them a number of cattle equal to that which he -had taken away, having also given up, untouched, the crop -which had been sown, and recompensed the peasants of -Wadge and Ganz for their corn and labour.</p> - -<p>Having resolved to chastise the king of Adel for his -treacherous conduct, he retired southward into the provinces -Dawaro and Ifat; and, as if he had had no other views -but those of peace, he crossed over to Begemder, where he -directed the Abuna to meet him with his young son Iscander, -of whom his queen, Romana Werk<a id="FNanchor_17" href="#Footnote_17" class="fnanchor">17</a>, had been lately -delivered. From this he proceeded to Gojam, everywhere -leaving orders with the proper officers to have their troops -in readiness against his return; and having delivered the -young prince to Ambasa David, governor of that province, -he proceeded to Gimbota, a town lying on the banks of the -Nile, which, in honour of his son’s governor, he changed -to David Harasa<a id="FNanchor_18" href="#Footnote_18" class="fnanchor">18</a>. Having thus settled the prince to his -mind, he sent orders to the army in Tigré and Dawaro to -advance into the southernmost frontier of Adel. He himself -returned by the way he went to Gojam, and collecting -the troops, and the nobility who flocked to him on that -occasion, he marched straight for the same country.</p> - -<p>Whilst the king was occupied in these warlike preparations, -a violent commotion arose among his clergy at home. -In the reign of Zara Jacob, a number of strangers, after the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">87</span> -council of Florence, had come into Abyssinia with the Abuna -Imaranha Christos. Among these were some monks -from Syria, or Egypt, who had propagated a heresy which -had found many disciples. They denied the consubstantiality -of Christ, whom they admitted to be perfect God and -likewise perfect man, but maintained that what we call his -<i>humanity</i> was a precious substance, or nature, not composed -of flesh, blood, and arteries, (like ours), but infinitely more -noble, perfect, peculiar to, and only existing in himself. An -assembly of the clergy was called, this heresy condemned, -and those who had denied the perfect manhood of our Saviour -were put to death by different kinds of torture. Some -were sent to die in the Kolla, others exposed, without the -necessaries of life, to perish with cold on the tops of the -highest mountains.</p> - -<p>There was another motive of discontent which appeared -in that assembly, and which affected the king himself. -A Venetian, whose name was Branca Leon, was one of the -strangers that arrived in Ethiopia at the time above mentioned. -He was a limner by profession, and exceedingly -favoured by the late king, for whom he had painted, with -great applause, the pictures of Abyssinian saints for the decoration -of the churches. It happened that this man was -employed for an altar-piece of Atronsa Mariam; the subject -was a common one in Italy, Christ in his mother’s arms; -where the child, according to the Italian mode, is held in -his mother’s left arm. This is directly contrary to the usage -of the East, where the left hand is reserved for the purpose -of washing the body when needful, and is therefore -looked upon with dishonour, so much, indeed, that at table -the right hand only is put into the plate. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">88</span></p> - -<p>The fanatic and ignorant monks, heated with the last -dispute, were fired with rage at the indignity which they supposed -was offered to our Saviour. But the king, struck with -the beauty of the picture, and thinking blood enough had -been already shed upon religious scruples, was resolved to humour -the spirit of persecution no farther. Some of the ringleaders -of these disturbances privately disappearing, the rest -saw the necessity of returning to their duty; and the picture -was placed on the altar of Atronsa Mariam, and there -preserved, notwithstanding the devastation of the country -by the Moors under the reigns of David III. and Claudius, -till many years afterwards, together with the church, it was -destroyed by an inroad of the Galla.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, the army from Dawaro had entered -the kingdom of Adel under Betwudet<a id="FNanchor_19" href="#Footnote_19" class="fnanchor">19</a> Adber Yasous, and, -expecting to find the Moors quite unprepared, they had begun -to waste every thing with fire and sword. But it was -not long before they found the inhabitants of Adel ready -to receive them, and perfectly instructed of the king’s intentions, -from the moment he left Dawaro, to go to meet -his son in Gojam. Indeed, it could not be otherwise, from -the multitude of Moors constantly in his army, who, though -they put on the appearance of loyalty, never ceased to have -a warm heart towards their own religion and countrymen. -Advanced parties appeared as soon as the Abyssinian army -entered the frontiers; and these were followed by the main -body in good order, determined to fight their enemy before -they had time to ravage the country. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">89</span></p> - -<p>A battle immediately followed, very bloody, as might -be expected from the mutual hatred of the soldiers, from the -equality in numbers, and the long experience each had in -the other’s manner of fighting. The battle, often on the -point of being lost, was as often retrieved by the personal -exertion of the Moorish officers, upon whom the loss principally -fell. Sidi Hamet, the king’s son, the chiefs of Arar, -Nagal, Telga, Adega, Hargai, Gadai, and Kumo, were slain, -with several other principal men, who had either revolted -from the king of Abyssinia, or whom friendship to the -king of Adel had brought from the opposite coast of Arabia.</p> - -<p>The king was still advancing with diligence, when he -was overtaken by an express, informing him that his queen -Romana was delivered of another prince, christened by the -name of Anquo Israel. Upon which good tidings he halted -at once to rest and feast his army; and, in the middle of -the festivity, an express from Adber Yasous brought him -news of the complete victory over the Moors, and that there -was now no army in Adel of consequence enough to keep -the field. Hereupon the king detached a sufficient number -of troops to reinforce Adber Yasous in Adel, and continued -himself recruiting his army, and making greater preparations -than before, that, during the first of the season, -he might utterly lay waste the whole Moorish country, or so -disable them that they might, for many years, be content -to enjoy peace under the condition of becoming his tributaries.</p> - -<p>While planning these great enterprises, the king was seized -with a pain in his bowels, whether from poison or otherwise -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">90</span> -is not known, which occasioned his death. Having, a -few moments before he died, recollected that his face was -turned on a different side from the kingdom of Adel, he ordered -himself to be shifted in his bed, and placed so as to -look directly towards it, (a token how much his heart was -set upon its destruction) and in that posture he expired.</p> - -<p>He was a prince of great bravery and conduct; very moderate -in all his pleasures; of great devotion; zealous for -the established church, but steady in resisting the monks and -other clergy in all their attempts towards persecution, innovation, -and independency. Many stories have been propagated -of his inclination to the Catholic religion, and of -his aversion to having an Abuna from Egypt; and it is said, -that, during his whole reign, he obstinately persisted in refusing -to suffer any Abuna in his kingdom. But these are -fables invented by the Portuguese priests, who came into -Abyssinia some time afterwards, and forged anecdotes to -serve their own purposes; for, unless we except the story of -the Venetian, Branca Leon, there is not a word said of any -connection Bæda Mariam ever had with the few Catholics -that then were in his country, and even that was a connection -of his father’s. And as to the other story, we find in -history, that the Abuna had been in the country ever since -his father Zara Jacob’s time; and that, at his desire, the -Abuna, Imaranha Christos, came and received, in the field -of battle, large donations in gold, almost as often as the -king gained a victory. Bæda Mariam died at the age of -forty, after reigning ten years, which were spent in continual -war; during the whole course of which he was successful, -and might (if he had lived) have very much weakened -the Moorish states, and prevented the terrible retaliation -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">91</span> -that fell afterwards from that quarter upon his country.—It -will be proper now to look back into the transactions -in Europe, which are partly connected with the history of -this kingdom.</p> - -<p>The conquest of the north part of Africa followed the -reduction of Egypt, and the whole coast of Barbary was -crowded with Mahometans, from Alexandria to the western -ocean, and from the Mediterranean to the edge of the desert. -Even the desert itself was filled with them; and trade, -security, and good faith, were now everywhere disseminated -in regions, a few years before the seat of murder and -pillage.</p> - -<p>Tarik and his Moors had invaded Spain; Musa followed -him, and conquered it. The history of Count Julian is in -every one’s hand; unfortunate in having had the provocation, -still more so in having had the power to revenge it, -by sacrificing at once his sovereign, his country, religion, -and life, to the private injuries done to his daughter. As -often as I have read the history of this catastrophe, so often -have I regretted to see with how little ceremony this young -lady hath been treated by authors of all languages and nations. -They call her <i>Caaba</i>, with the same ease and indifference -as they would have called her Anne, or Margaret. This -must be from mere ignorance. Caaba could not be the -name of the daughter of Count Julian before her seduction. -Caaba means <i>Harlot</i>, in the broadest way possible to express -the term, and very cruelly and improperly, it seems to be -given her, even after her misfortune; for she was a daughter -of the first family in Spain, of unexceptionable virtue. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">92</span> -She was not seduced, but <i>forced</i> by the king, while in the -palace, and under protection of the queen.</p> - -<p>A great influx of trade followed the conquest; and the -religion, that contained little restraint and great indulgence, -was every where embraced by the vanquished, who long -had been Christians in name only. On the other side, the -conquerors were now no longer that brutish set of madmen, -such as they were under the Khalifat of the fanatic -Omar. They were now men eminent for their rank and -attainments in every species of learning. This was a dangerous -crisis for Christianity, and nothing else was threatened -than its total subversion. The whole world, without the -help of England, had not virtue enough to withstand this -torrent. That nation, the favourite weapon in the hand of -Heaven for chastising tyranny and extirpating false religion, -now lent its assistance, and the scale was quickly turned.</p> - -<p>At that time Europe saw with surprise an inconsiderable -number of fishermen, very inconveniently placed at the -farthest end of the Adriatic Gulf, applying themselves with -unwearied care and patience to cultivate, gather together, -and improve the remnants and gleanings of the Indian trade -by Alexandria, under all the cruelties and oppressions of -those ignorant and barbarous conquerors the Turks, whom -no prospect of gain, no change of place, no frequency of -commerce, could ever civilize or subject to the rules of justice. -Venice became at once the great market for spices -and perfumes, and consequently the most considerable maritime -power that had appeared in Europe for ages. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">93</span></p> - -<p>Genoa followed, but sunk, after great efforts, under the -power of her rival; while Venice remained mistress of the -sea, of a large dominion upon the continent, and of the -Indian spice trade, the origin and support of all her greatness.</p> - -<p>Rhodes, and the ships of the Military Order of St John of -Jerusalem, to whom that island belonged, greatly harrassed -the maritime trade carried on by the Moors in their own -vessels from Alexandria, who were every day more discouraged -by the unexpected progress of these <i>once petty</i> Christian -states. Trade again began to be carried on by caravans in -the desert. Large companies of merchants from Arabia, -passed in safety to the western ocean, and were joined by -other traders from the different parts of Barbary while -passing to the southward of them, and that with such security -and expedition, that the Moors began to set little value -on their manner of trading by sea, content now again -with the labours and conveniencies of their ancient, faithful -friend, and servant, the camel.</p> - -<p>Ormus, a small island in the Persian Gulf, had, by its convenient -situation, become the market for the spice trade, after -the discouragements it had received in the Mediterranean. -All Asia was supplied from thence, and vessels, entering -the Straits of Babelmandeb, had renewed the old resort -to the temple of Mecca. From hence all Africa, too, was -served by caravans, that never since have forsaken that trade, -but continue to this day, and cross the continent, in various -directions. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">94</span></p> - -<p>John I. king of Portugal, after many successful battles -with the Moors, had at last forced them to cross the sea, and -return vanquished to their native country. By this he had -changed his former dishonourable name of <i>bastard</i> to the -more noble and much more popular one of John the <i>avenger</i>. -This did not satisfy him. Assisted by some English navigators, -he passed over to Barbary, laid siege to Ceuta, and -speedily after made himself master of the city. This early -connection with the English arose by his having married -Philipina of Lancaster, sister of Henry IV. king of England, -by whom he had five sons, all of them heroes, and, at the -taking of Ceuta, capable of commanding armies. Henry, -the youngest, scarce twenty years of age, was the first that -mounted the walls of that city in his father’s presence, and -was thereupon created Master of the Order of Christ, a new -institution, whose sole end and view was the extirpation of -the Mahometan religion.</p> - -<p>Although every thing promised fair to John in the war -of Africa, yet it early occurred to prince Henry, that a small -kingdom like Portugal never could promise to do any thing -effectual against the enormous power of the Mahometans, -then in possession of extensive dominions in the richest parts -of the globe. The sudden rise of Venice was before his -eyes, and almost happened in his own time. By applying -to trade alone, she had acquired a power sufficient to cope -with the stoutest of her enemies. Portugal, small as it was, -merited quite another degree of respect; but poverty, ignorance, -pride, and idleness prevailed among the poor people; -even agriculture itself was in a manner abandoned -since the expulsion of the Moors. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">95</span></p> - -<p>Prince Henry, from his early years, had been passionately -addicted to the study of what is generally known by -the name of <i>mathematics</i>, that is, geometry, astronomy, and -consequently arithmetic. He was of a liberal turn of mind, -devoid of superstition, haughtiness, or passion; the Arab -and the Jew were admitted to him with great freedom, as -the only masters who were capable of instructing him in -those sciences. It was in vain to attempt to rival Venice in -possession of the Mediterranean trade: no other way remained -but to open the commerce to India by the Atlantic -Ocean, by sailing round the point of Africa to the market -of spices in India. Full of this thought, he retired to a -country palace, and there dedicated the whole of his time -to deliberate inquiry. The ignorance and prejudices of the -age were altogether against him. The only geography then -known was that of the poets. It was the opinion of the -Portuguese, that the regions within the tropics were totally -uninhabited, scorched by eternal sun-beams, while boiling -oceans wasted these burning coasts; and, therefore, they -concluded, that every attempt to explore them was little -better than downright madness, and a braving, or tempting, -of Providence.</p> - -<p>But, on the other hand, he found great materials to comfort -him, and to make him persist in his resolution. For -Greek history, to which he then had access, had recorded -two instances, which shewed that the voyage was not only -possible, but that it had been actually performed, first by the -Phœnicians, under Necho king of Egypt, then by Eudoxus, -during the time of Ptolemy Lathyrus, who, after doubling -the southern Cape of Africa, arrived in safety at Cadiz. Hanno, -too, had sailed from Carthage through the Straits, and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">96</span> -reached to 25° of north latitude in the Atlantic Ocean. In -more modern times, even in the preceding century, Macham, -an Englishman, returning from a voyage on the west coast -of Africa, was shipwrecked on the island of Madeira, together -with a woman whom he tenderly loved. After her -death he became weary of solitude; and having constructed -a bark, or canoe, with which he paddled over to the opposite -coast, he was taken by the natives, and presented to the Caliph -as a curiosity. And the Normans of Dieppe had, as a -company, traded in 1364, not fourscore years from prince -Henry’s time, as far as Sierra de Leona, only 7° from the Line.</p> - -<p>The prince’s humanity to his Moorish prisoners had likewise -been rewarded by substantial information; they reported -that some of their countrymen of the kingdom of Sus had -advanced far into the desert, carrying their water and provisions -along with them on camels; that, after many days -travel, they came to mines of salt, and, having loaded their -cargoes, they proceeded till they came within the limits of -the rains; there they found large and populous towns, inhabited -by a people totally black and woolly-headed, who reported -that there were many countries even beyond them, -occupied by numerous and warlike tribes. To complete all, -Don Pedro, Henry’s brother, returning from Venice, brought -along with him from that city a map, on which the whole -coast of the Atlantic Ocean was distinctly traced, and the -southern extremity of Africa was represented to be a cape -surrounded with the sea, which joined with the Indian -Ocean.</p> - -<p>No sooner was the prince thus satisfied of the possibility -of a passage to India round Africa, than he set about constructing -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">97</span> -the necessary instruments for navigation. He corrected -the solar tables of the Arabs, and made some alterations -in the astrolabe: For, strange to tell! the quadrant -was not then known in Portugal, though, a hundred years -before, Ulughbeg had measured the sun’s height at Samarcand -in Persia, with a quadrant of about 400 feet radius, -the largest ever constructed, if, indeed, the size of this -be not exaggerated.</p> - -<p>Henry, who, by his liberality and affability, had drawn -together the most learned mathematicians and ablest pilots -of the age, now proposed to reduce his speculations to practice. -Many ships had sailed in the course of his disquisitions, -and ten years had now elapsed before the prince, after -all his encouragement, could induce the captains to proceed -farther than Cape Non, or, thirty leagues further, to -Cape Bojador. To this their courage held good; after which, -the fear of fiery oceans reviving in their minds, they returned -exceedingly satisfied with their own perseverance and abilities. -Henry, though greatly hurt at this behaviour, dissembled -the low opinion which he had formed of both. He -contented himself with proposing to them different reasons -and rewards; and urged them to repeat their voyages, -which, however, constantly ended in the same disappointment. -And it is probable a much longer time might have -been spent in these miscarriages, had not accident, or rather -providence, stept in to his assistance.</p> - -<p>John Gonsalez, and Tristan Vaz, two gentlemen of his -bed-chamber, seeing the impression this behaviour had -made on the prince, and having obtained a small ship from -him, resolved to double Cape Bojador, and discover the coast -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">98</span> -beyond it. Whether the fiery oceans might not have presented -themselves to these gentlemen, I know not; but a violent -storm forced them to sea. After being tossed about in perpetual -fear of shipwreck for several days, they at last landed on -a small island, which they called Port Santo. These two navigators -possessed the true spirit of discovery. Far from giving -themselves up for lost in a new world, or content with what -they had already done, they set about making the most diligent -observation of every thing remarkable in this small -spot. The island itself was barren; but, examining the horizon -all around, they observed a black fixed spot there, -which never either changed its place or dimensions. Satisfied, -therefore, that this was land, they returned to the Infant -with the news of this double discovery.</p> - -<p>Three vessels were speedily equipped by the prince; two -of them given to Vaz and Arco, and the third to Bartholomew -Perestrello, gentleman of the bed-chamber to Don John -his brother. These adventurers were far from disappointing -his expectations; they arrived at Port Santo, and proceeded -to the fixed spot, which they found to be the island -of Madeira, wholly covered with wood; an island that has -ever since been of the greatest use to the trade of both Indies, -and which has remained to the crown of Portugal, -after the greatest part of their other conquests in the east -are lost. John I. was now dead, and Edward had succeeded -him. The infant Henry, however, still continued the pursuit -of his discoveries with the greatest ardour.</p> - -<p>Giles D’Anez, stimulated by the success of the last adventures, -put to sea with a resolution to double Cape Bojador -close in shore, so as to make his voyage a foundation -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">99</span> -for pushing farther the discovery; and, being lucky in good -weather, he fairly doubled the Cape; and, continuing some -leagues farther into the bay to the south of it, he returned -with the same good fortune to Portugal, after having found -the ocean equally as navigable on the other side as on this; -and that there was no foundation for those monstrous appearances -or difficulties mariners till now had expected to -find there.</p> - -<p>The successful expedition round Cape Bojador being soon -spread abroad through Europe, excited a spirit of adventure -in all foreigners; the most capable of whom resorted immediately -to prince Henry, from their different countries, -which further increased the spirit of the Portuguese, already -raised to a very great height. But there still was a party of -men, who, not susceptible of great actions themselves, dedicated -their time with some success to criticising the enterprises -of others. These blamed prince Henry, because, -when Portugal was exhausted both of men and money by -a necessary war in Africa, he should have chosen that very -time to launch out into expences and vain discoveries of -countries, in an immense ocean, which must be useless, because -incapable of cultivation. And though they did not advance, -as formerly, that the ocean was boiling among burning -sands, they still thought themselves authorised to assert, -that these countries must, from their situation under the -sun, be so hot as to turn all the discoverers black, and also -to destroy all vegetation. Futile as these reasons were, at -another time they would have been sufficient to have -blasted all the designs of prince Henry, had they made half -the impression upon the king that they did upon the minds -of the people. Portugal was then only <i>growing</i> to the pitch -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">100</span> -of heroism to which it soon after arrived, their spirit being -continually fostered by a long succession of wise, brave, and -well-informed princes.</p> - -<p>Edward, the reigning prince, disdained to give any answer -to such objections, otherwise than by doubling his respect -and attention for his uncle Henry. To encourage -him still further, he conferred upon him for life the sovereignty -of Madeira, Port Santo, and all the discoveries he -should make on the coast of Africa; and the spiritual jurisdiction -of the island of Madeira, upon his new Order of Christ, -for ever.</p> - -<p>These voyages of discovery were constantly persevered in. -Nugno Tristan doubled Cape Blanco, and came to a small -river, which, from their finding gold in the hands of the natives, -was afterwards called <i>Rio del Oro</i>; and here a fort was afterwards -built by the Portuguese, called <i>Arguim</i>. I would not, -however, have it supposed, that gold is the produce of any -place in the latitude of Cape Blanco. It was brought here -from the black nations, far to the southward, to purchase salt -from the mines which are in this desert near the Cape. The -sight of gold, better than any argument, served to calm the -fears, and overcome the scruples, of those who hitherto had -been adversaries to these discoveries.</p> - -<p>In the year 1445, Denis Fernandes first discovered the -great river Senega, the northern banks of which are inhabited -by Asenagi Moors, whose colour is tawny, while the -southern, or opposite banks, belong to the Jaloffes, or Negro -nation, the chief market for the gum-arabic. Passing this -river he discovered Cape Verde; and, to his inexpressible -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">101</span> -satisfaction, though now in the midst of the torrid zone, he -found the country abounded with large rivers, and with the -most luxuriant verdure. He found a civil war in the nation -of Jaloffes. Bemoy, a prince of that nation, had, in a minority, -intruded himself into the throne of his brothers, -(to whom he was but half blood), by the address of his -mother. The eldest of the three brothers preserved the -shadow of government, and seemed to favour the usurpation. -Bemoy had improved that interval by cultivating the -Portuguese friendship to the uttermost. He promised every -thing; a place to build their city on the continent, which -the king very much desired; and to be a convert to Christianity, -the only thing the king wished still more. His eldest -brother dying, the king was briskly pressed by the two -younger, and steadily supported by the Portuguese, from -whom he had borrowed large sums; but still appearing to -trifle with the day of his conversion, and the day of his payment, -the king ordered the Portuguese to withdraw from -his country, and leave him to his fortune. The loss of a -battle with his brothers soon reduced him to the necessity -of flying across the deserts to Arguim, and thence to Portugal, -with a number of his followers. He was received by -the king of Portugal with all the honours due to a sovereign -prince, and baptised at Lisbon, the king and queen being -his sponsors.</p> - -<p>Great festivals and illuminations were made at this acquisition -to Christianity; and Bemoy appeared at those festivals -as the greatest ornament of them, performing feats -of horsemanship never before practised in Portugal. The -modesty and propriety of his conversation and behaviour -in private, and the great dignity and eloquence which he -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">102</span> -displayed in public, began to give the Portuguese a very -different idea of his clan from that which they had formerly -entertained.</p> - -<p>In the mean time the king went rapidly on with the preparations -that were to establish Bemoy in his kingdom; -and the festivals were no sooner terminated, than Bemoy -found a large army and fleet ready to sail with him, the -command of which, unhappily for him and the expedition, -was given to Tristan d’Acugna, a soldier of great experience -and courage, but proud, passionate, and cruel; the disagreeable -name of Bisagudo<a id="FNanchor_20" href="#Footnote_20" class="fnanchor">20</a> had already been fixed upon -him by his countrymen.</p> - -<p>The fleet performed the voyage, and the troops landed -happily. They were, by their number and valour, far from -any apprehension of opposition. The general began immediately -to lay the foundation of a fort, without having sufficiently -attended to its unhealthy situation. The spot which -was chosen being low and marshy, fevers began early to -make havock among his men, and the work of course -went on proportionably slower. The murmurs of the -army against his obstinacy in adhering to the choice of this -place, and his fear that he himself should be left alone governor -of it, made D’Acugna desperate; when one day, -taking his pleasure on board a ship, and having had some -words with Bemoy, he stabbed him with his dagger to the -heart, so that he fell dead without uttering a word. The -fort was abandoned, and the army returned to Portugal, after -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">103</span> -having cost little less than all prince Henry’s discoveries -together had done.</p> - -<p>But Heaven rewarded the wisdom of the king by a discovery, -the consequences of which more than overpaid him, -in his mind, for his loss. Prince Henry’s principal view was -to discover the way to India by the southern Cape of Africa; -but this as yet was not known to be possible. In order to -remedy a disappointment, if any such happened in this -sea-voyage, another was attempted by land. We have seen -that the common track for the Indian trade was from the -east to the west sea, through the desert, the whole breadth -of Africa. Prince Henry had projected a route parallel to -this to the southward, through a Christian country: For it -had been long reported by the Christians from Jerusalem, -that a number of monks resorted thither, subjects of a -Christian prince in the very heart of Africa, whose dominions -were said to reach from the east to the west sea. Several -of these monks had been met at Alexandria, whose -patriarch had the sole right to send a metropolitan into that -country. These facts, though often known, had been as -often forgot by the western Christians. Marco Paulo<a id="FNanchor_21" href="#Footnote_21" class="fnanchor">21</a>, a Venetian -traveller, had much confused the story, by saying he -had met, in his travels through Tartary, with this prince, -who they all agreed was a priest, and was called Joannes -Presbyter Prete Janni, or Prester John.</p> - -<p>The king of Portugal, therefore, chose Peter Covillan and -Alphonso de Paiva for his ambassadors. Covillan was a man -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">104</span> -qualified for the undertaking. He had several times been -employed by the late king in very delicate affairs, out of -which he extricated himself with great credit by his address -and secrecy. He was, besides this, in the vigour of his age, -bold, active, and perfectly master of all sorts of arms; modest -and chearful in conversation, and, what crowned all, had -happily a great readiness in acquiring languages, which -enabled him to explain himself wherever he went, without -an interpreter; an advantage to which, above all others, -we are to ascribe the success of such a journey.</p> - -<p>It was at the court of Bemoy that the first certain account -of the existence of this Christian prince was procured. -This people, on the west coast of Africa, reported, that, inland -to the eastward, were many powerful nations and -cities, governed by princes totally independent of each other; -that the eastermost of these princes was called prince -of the Mosaical people, who were neither Pagans nor Idolaters, -but professed a religion compounded of the Christian -and Jewish.</p> - -<p>It seems plain that this intelligence must have been -brought by the caravans; or, indeed, the case may have -been that the language of the Negroes had, of old, been a -dialect of Abyssinian. The black Ethiopians above Thebes -are reported to have bestowed much care upon letters; and -they certainly reformed the hieroglyphics, and probably invented -the Syllabic alphabet, which we know is used in Abyssinia -to this day, and which was probably the first among -the nations. Be that as it will, the various names which -the Senega went by were all Abyssinian words. Senega -comes from Asenagi, which is Abyssinian, and signifies <i>carriers</i>, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">105</span> -or <i>caravans</i>; Dengui, <i>a stone</i>, or <i>rock</i>; Angueah, a tree of -that name; Anzo, <i>a crocodile</i>; and, at the same time, all these -are names of Abyssinian rivers.</p> - -<p>It was at Benin, another Negro country, that the king -again received a confirmation of the existence of a Christian -prince, who was said to inhabit the heart of Africa to the -south-east of this state. The people of Benin reported him -to be a prince exceedingly powerful; that his name was -Ogané, and his kingdom about 250 leagues to the eastward. -They added, that the kings of Benin received from him a -brass cross and a staff as their investiture. It should seem -that this Ogané is but a corruption of Jan, or Janhoi, which -title the eastern Christians had given to the king of Abyssinia. -But it is very difficult to account for the knowledge -of Abyssinia in the kingdom of Benin, not only on account -of the distance, but likewise, because several of the most savage -nations of the world, the Galla and Shangalla, occupy -the intervening space.</p> - -<p>The court of Abyssinia, as we shall see afterwards, did, -indeed, then reside in Shoa, the south-east extremity of the -kingdom, and, by its power and influence, probably might -have pushed its dominion through these barbarians, down -to the neighbourhood of Benin on the western ocean. But -all this I must confess to be a simple conjecture of mine, -of which, in the country itself, I never found the smallest -confirmation.</p> - -<p>Amha Yasous (prince of Shoa) being at court, on a visit -to the king at Gondar, in the years 1770 and 1771, and the -strictest friendship subsisting between us, every endeavour -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">106</span> -possible was used on my part to examine this affair to the -bottom. A number of letters were written, and messengers -sent; and, at this prince’s desire, his father directed, that all -the records of government should be consulted to satisfy -me. But never any thing occurred which gave room to -imagine the prince of Shoa had ever been sovereign of Benin, -nor was the western ocean, or that state, known to them -in my time. Yet the country alluded to could be no other -than Abyssinia; and, indeed, the crooked staff, as well as -the cross, corroborate this opinion, unless the whole was -an invention of the Negroes, to flatter the king of Portugal.</p> - -<p>That prince was resolved no longer to delay the discovery -of the markets of the spice-trade in India, and the passage -over land, through Abyssinia, to the eastern ocean. He, -therefore, as has been before said, dispatched Covillan and -de Paiva to Alexandria, with the necessary letters and credit. -They had likewise a map, or chart, given them, made -under the direction of prince Henry, which they were to -correct, or to confirm, according as it needed. They were -to enquire what were the principal markets for the spice, -and particularly the pepper-trade in India; and what were -the different channels by which this was conveyed to Europe; -whence came the gold and silver, the medium of this -trade; and, above all, they were to inform themselves distinctly, -whether it was possible to arrive in India by sailing -round the southern promontory of Africa.</p> - -<p>From Alexandria these two travellers proceeded to Cairo, -thence to Suez, the port on the bottom of the Red Sea, where -joining a caravan of western Moors, they continued their -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">107</span> -route to Aden, a rich trading town, without the Straits of -Babelmandeb. Here they separated: Covillan set sail for -India, De Paiva for Suakem, a small trading town and island -in Barbaria, or Barabra of the ancients. What other circumstances -occurred we know not, only that De Paiva, attempting -his journey this way, lost his life, and was never more -heard of.</p> - -<p>Covillan, more fortunate, passed over to Calicut and -Goa in India; then crossed the Indian Ocean to Sofala, to inspect -the mines; then he returned to Aden, and so to Cairo, -where he expected to meet his companion De Paiva; but -here he heard of his death. However, he was there met by -two Jews with letters from the king of Abyssinia, the one -called Abraham, the other Joseph. Abraham he sent back -with letters, but took Joseph along with him again to Aden, -and thence they both proceeded to Ormus in the Persian -Gulf. Here they separated, and the Jew returned home by -the caravans that pass along the desert to Aleppo. Covillan, -now solely intent upon the discovery of Abyssinia, returned -to Aden, and, crossing the Straits of Babelmandeb, landed -in the dominions of that prince, whose name was Alexander, -and whom he found at the head of his army, levying -contributions upon his rebellious subjects. Alexander received -him kindly, but rather from motives of curiosity -than from any expectation of advantage which would result -from his embassy. He took Covillan along with him -to Shoa, where the court then resided.</p> - -<p>Covillan returned no more to Europe. A cruel policy -of Abyssinia makes this a favour constantly denied to strangers. -He married, and obtained large possessions; continued -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">108</span> -greatly in the favour of several succeeding princes, -and was preferred to the principal offices, in which, there -is no doubt, he appeared with all the advantage a polished -and instructed mind has over an ignorant and barbarous -one. Frequent dispatches from him came to the king of -Portugal, who, on his part, spared no expence to keep open -the correspondence. In his journal, Covillan described the -several ports in India which he had seen; the temper and -disposition of the princes; the situation and riches of the -mines of Sofala: He reported that the country was very -populous, full of cities both powerful and rich; and he exhorted -the king to pursue, with unremitting vigour, the passage -round Africa, which he declared to be attended with very -little danger; and that the Cape itself was well known in -India. He accompanied this description with a chart, or -map, which he had received from the hands of a Moor in -India, where the Cape, and cities all around the coast, were -exactly represented.</p> - -<p>Upon this intelligence the king fitted out three ships -under Bartholomew Dias, who had orders to inquire after -the king of Abyssinia on the western ocean. Dias passed on -to lat. 24½ deg. south, and there set up the arms of the king of -Portugal in token of possession. He then sailed for the harbour -of the Herdsmen, so called from the multitude of cows -seen on land; and, as it should seem, not knowing whither -he was going, came to a river which he called <i>Del Infante</i>, -from the captain’s name that first discovered it, having, without -dreaming of it, passed that formidable Cape, the object -so much desired by the Portuguese. Here he was tossed for -many days by violent storms as he came near land, being -more and more in the course of variable winds, but, obstinately -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">109</span> -persisting to discover the coast, he at last came within -sight of the Cape, which he called the <i>Cape of Tempests</i>, from -the rough treatment his vessel had met in her passage -round it.</p> - -<p>The great end was now obtained. Dias and his companions -had really suffered much, and, upon their return, -they did not fail to do ample justice to their own bravery and -perseverance; in doing this, they had conjured up so many -storms and dreadful sights, that, all the remaining life of -king John, there was no more talk but of this Cape: Only -the king, to hinder a bad omen, instead of the Cape of Tempests, -ordered it to be called the Cape of Good Hope.</p> - -<p>Although the discovery now was made, there were not -wanting a considerable number of people of the greatest -consequence who were for abandoning it altogether; one -of their reasons was curious, and what, if their behaviour -afterwards had not been beyond all instance heroic, would -have led us to imagine their spirit of religion and conquest -had both cooled since the days of prince Henry. They were -afraid, lest, after having discovered a passage to India, the depriving -the Moorish states of their revenues from the spice-trade, -should unite these powers to their destruction. Now, -to destroy their revenues effectually, and thereby ruin their -power, was the very motive which set prince Henry upon -the discovery, as worthy the Grand Master of the Order of -Christ; an order founded in the blood of unbelievers, and -devoted particularly to the extirpation of the Mahometan -religion. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">110</span></p> - -<p>Don Emmanuel, then king, having no such apprehensions, -resolved to abide the consequences of a measure the -most arduous ever undertaken by any nation, and which, -though it had cost a great deal of time and expence, had yet -succeeded beyond their utmost expectations. It was not till -after long deliberation that he fixed upon Vasques de Gama, -a man of the first distinction, remarkable for courage and -great presence of mind. Before his departure, the king put -into his hands the journal of Peter Covillan, with his chart, -and letters of credit to all the princes in India of whom he -had obtained any knowledge.</p> - -<p>The behaviour of Vasques de Gama, at parting, was far -from being characteristic of the soldier or great man: his -processions and tapers favoured much more of the ostentatious -devotion of a bigotted little-minded priest, and was -much more calculated to depress the spirits of his soldiers, -than to encourage them to the service they were then about -to do for their country. It served only to revive in their -minds the hardships that Dias had met off the Terrible Cape, -and persuade them there was in their expedition much -more danger than glory. I would not be understood as -meaning to condemn all acts of devotion before military -expeditions, but would have them always short, ordinary, -and uniform. Every thing further inspires in weak minds -a sense of danger, and makes them despond upon any serious -appearance of difficulty.</p> - -<p>July 4th, 1497, Vasques, with his small fleet, sailed from -Lisbon; and, as the art of navigation was considerably improved, -he stood out to sea till he made the Canary Islands, -and then those of Cape de Verde, where he anchored, took -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">111</span> -in water and other refreshments. After which he was four -months struggling with contrary winds and blowing weather, -and at last obliged, through perfect fatigue, to run into -a large bay called <i>St Helena</i><a id="FNanchor_22" href="#Footnote_22" class="fnanchor">22</a>, in lat. 32° 32´ south. The -inhabitants of this bay were black, of low stature, and their -language not understood, though it afterwards was found -to be the same with that of the Cape. They were cloathed -with skins of antelopes, which abounded in the country, -since known to be that of the Hottentots; their arms were -the horns and bones of beasts and fishes, for they had no -knowledge of iron.</p> - -<p>The Portuguese were unacquainted with the trade-winds -in those southern latitudes; and Vasques had departed for -India, in a most unfavourable season of the year. The 16th -of November they sailed for the Cape with a south-west -wind; but that very day, the weather changing, a violent -storm came on, which continued increasing; so, although -on the 18th they discovered their long-desired Cape, they did -not dare or attempt to pass it. Then it was seen how much -stronger the impressions were that Dias had left imprinted -in their minds, than those of duty, obedience, and resignation, -which they had so pompously vowed at the chapel, or -hermitage. All the crew mutinied, and refused to pass -farther; and it was not the common sailors only; the -pilots and masters were at their head. Vasques, satisfied in -his mind that there was nothing extraordinary in the danger, -persevered to pass the Cape in spite of all difficulties; -and the officers, animated with the same ardour, seized the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">112</span> -most mutinous of their masters and pilots, and confined -them close below in heavy irons.</p> - -<p>Vasques himself, taking hold of the rudder, continued -to steer the ship with his own hand, and stood out to sea, -to the astonishment of the bravest seaman on board. The -storm lasted two days, without having in the least shaken -the resolution of the admiral, who, on the 20th of November, -saw his constancy rewarded by doubling that Cape, -which he did, as it were, in triumph, sounding his trumpets, -beating his drums, and permitting to his people all sorts -of pastimes which might banish from their minds former -apprehensions, and induce them to agree with him, that -the point had very aptly been called the Cape of Good -Hope.</p> - -<p>On the 25th they anchored in a creek called <i>Angra de -Saint Blaze</i>. Soon after their arrival there appeared a number -of the inhabitants on the mountains, and on the shore. -The general, fearing some surprise, landed his men armed. -But, first, he ordered small brass bells, and other trinkets, to -be thrown out of the boats on shore, which the blacks greedily -took up, and ventured so near as to take one of them -out of the general’s own hand. Upon his landing, he was -welcomed with the sound of flutes and singing. Vasques, -on his part, ordered his trumpets to sound, and his men to -dance round them.</p> - -<p>ALL along from St Blaze, for more than sixty leagues, -they found the coast remarkably pleasant, full of high and -fair trees. On Christmas day they made land, and entered -a river which they called <i>the river of the kings</i>; and all the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">113</span> -distance between this and St Blaze they named <i>Terra de Natal</i>. -The weather being mild, they took to their boats to -row along the shore, on which were observed both men and -women of a large stature, but who seemed to be of quiet -and civil behaviour. The general ordered Martin Alonzo, -who spoke several languages of the Negroes, to land; and -he was so well received by the chief, or king, that the admiral -sent him several trifles, with which he was wonderfully -pleased, and offered, in return, any thing he wanted of -the produce of his country.</p> - -<p>On the 15th of January, in the year 1498, having taken -in plenty of water, which the Negroes, of their own accord, -helped them to put on board, they left this civil nation, -steering past a length of coast terminated by a Cape called -the <i>Cape of Currents</i>. There the coast of Natal ends, and that -of Sofala begins, to the northward of the Cape. At this -place, Gama from the south joined Covillan’s track from -the north, and these two Portuguese had completely made -the circuit of Africa.</p> - -<p class="table"> -<img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">114</span></p> - -<h2 id="ISCANDER_or_ALEXANDER"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">ISCANDER, or ALEXANDER.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1478 to 1495.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Iscander declares War with Adel—Good Conduct of the King—Betrayed -and murdered by Za Saluce.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">As</span> soon as the king Bæda Mariam was dead, the history -of Abyssinia informs us, that a tumultuous meeting of -the nobles brought from the mountain of Geshen the queen -Romana, with her son Iscander, who upon his arrival was -crowned without any opposition.</p> - -<p>It is to be observed in the Abyssinian annals, that very -frequent minorities happen. A queen-mother, or regent, -with two or three of the greatest interest at court, are, during -the minority, in possession of the king’s person, and govern -in his name. The transactions of this minority, too, -are as carefully inserted in the annals of the kingdom as -any other part of the subsequent government, but as the -whole of these minorities are but one continued chain of -quarrels, plots, and treachery, as soon as the king comes of -age, the greatest part of this reign of his ministers is cancelled, -as being the acts of subjects, and not worthy to be -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">115</span> -inserted in their histories; which they entitle <i>Kebra Za Negust</i>, -the greatness or atchievements of their kings. This, -however political in itself, is a great disadvantage to history, -by concealing from posterity the first cause of the most important -transactions.</p> - -<p>For several years after Iscander ascended the throne, the -queen his mother, together with the Acab Saat, Tesfo Georgis, -and Betwudet Amdu, governed the kingdom despotically -under the name of the young king. Accordingly, after -some years sufferance, a conspiracy was formed, at the head -of which were two men of great power, Abba Amdu and -Abba Hasabo, but the conspirators proving unsuccessful, -some of them were imprisoned, some put to death, and -others banished to unwholesome places, there to perish with -hunger and fevers.</p> - -<p>The king from his early age had shewn a passionate desire -for a war with Adel, and that prince, whose country had -been so often desolated by the Abyssinian armies, omitted -no opportunity of creating an interest at that court, that -should keep things in a quiet state. In this, however, he -was much interrupted at present by a neighbouring chief -of Arar, named Maffudi. This man, exceedingly brave, capable -of enduring the greatest hardships, and a very great -bigot to the Mahometan religion, had made a vow, that, -every Lent, he would spend the whole forty days in some -part of the Abyssinian kingdom; and to this purpose he -had raised, at his own expence, a small body of veteran -troops, whom he inspired with the same spirit and resolution. -Sometimes he fell on one part of the frontier, sometimes -upon another; slaying, without mercy, all that made -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">116</span> -resistance, and driving off whole villages of men, women, -and children, whom he sent into Arabia, or India, to be sold -as slaves.</p> - -<p>It was a matter of great difficulty for the king of Adel -to persuade the Abyssinians that Maffudi acted without his -instigation. The young king was one who could not distinguish -Adel from Arar, or Mahomet’s army from Maffudi’s. -He bore with very great impatience the excesses every year -committed by the latter; but he was over-ruled by his nobility -at home, and his thoughts turned as much as possible -to hunting, to which he willingly gave himself up; and, -tho’ but fifteen years of age, was the person, in all Abyssinia, -most dexterous at managing his arms. At last, being -arrived at the age of seventeen, and returning from having -observed a very successful expedition made by Maffudi against -his territories, he ordered Za Saluce, his first minister, -commander in chief, and governor of Amhara, to raise the -whole forces to the southward, while he himself collected -the nobility in Angot and Tigré. With those, as soon as the -rainy season was over, he descended into the kingdom of -Adel.</p> - -<p>The king of Adel had been forced into this war, yet, like a -wise prince, he was not unprepared for it. He had advanced -directly towards the king, but had not passed his frontiers. -Some inhabitants of a village called <i>Arno</i>, all Mahometans, -but tributary to the king of Abyssinia, had murdered the -governor the king had set over them. Iscander marched -directly to destroy it, which he had no sooner accomplished, -than the Moorish army presented itself. The battle was -maintained obstinately on both sides, till the troops under -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">117</span> -Za Saluce withdrew in the heat of the engagement, leaving -the king in the midst of his enemies. This treason, however, -seemed to have inspired the small army that remained -with new courage, so that the day was as yet dubious, when -Iscander, being engaged in a narrow pass, and seeing himself -close pressed by a Moor who bore in his hand the green -standard of Mahomet, turned suddenly upon him, and slew -him with a javelin; and, having wrested the colours from -him as he was falling, he, with the point of the spear that -bore the ensign, struck the king of Adel’s son dead to the -ground, which immediately caused the Moors to retreat.</p> - -<p>The young prince was too prudent to follow this victory -in the state the army then was; for that of Adel, though it -had retreated, did not disperse. Za Saluce was returning -by long marches to Amhara, exciting all those in his way -to revolt; and it was high time, therefore, for the king to -follow him. But, unequal as he was in strength to the -Moors, he could not reconcile it with his own honour to -leave their army masters of the field. He, therefore, first -consulted the principal officers of his troops, then harangued -his men, which, the historian says, he did in the most pathetic -and masterly manner; so that, with one voice, they -desired instantly to be led to the Moors. The king is said -to have ranged his little army in a manner that astonished -the oldest officers. He then sent a defiance to the Moors, -by several prisoners whom he released. They, however, -more desirous to keep him from ravaging the country than -to fight another battle, continued quiet in their tents; and -the king, after remaining on the field till near noon, drew -off his troops in the presence of his enemy, making a retreat -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">118</span> -which would not have been unworthy of the hero -whose name he bore.</p> - -<p>The king, in his return to Shoa, left his troops, which -was the northern army, in the northern provinces, as he -passed; so that he came to Shoa with a very small retinue, -hearing that Za Saluce had gone to Amhara. This traitor, -however, had left his creatures behind him, after instructing -them what they were to do. Accordingly, the second -day after Iscander’s arrival in Tegulat, the capital of Shoa, -they set upon him, during the night, in a small house in -Aylo Meidan, and murdered him while he was sleeping. -They concealed his body for some days in a mill, but Taka -Christos, and some others of the king’s friends, took up the -corpse and exposed it to the people, who, with one accord, -proclaimed Andreas, son of Iscander, king; and Za Saluce -and his adherents, traitors.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, Za Saluce, far from finding the encouragement -he expected in Amhara, was, upon his first appearance, -set upon by the nobility of that province; and, -being deserted by his troops, he was taken prisoner; his -eyes were put out, and, being mounted on an ass, he was -carried amidst the curses of the people through the provinces -of Amhara and Shoa.</p> - -<p>Iscander was succeeded by his son Andreas, or Amda -Sion, an infant, who reigned seven months only.</p> - -<p>A wonderful confusion seems to be introduced at this -time into history, by the Portuguese writers. Iscander -is said to die in the 1490. He began, as they say, to reign -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">119</span> -in 1475, and this is confirmed by Ludolf; and, on all hands, -it is allowed he reigned 17 years, which would have brought -the last year of his reign to 1492. It seems also to be agreed -by the generality of them, that Covillan saw and conversed -with this prince, Iscander, some time before his death: this -he very well might have done, if that prince lived to the -1492, and Peter Covillan came into Abyssinia in 1490, as -Galvan says in his father’s memoirs. But then Tellez informs -us expressly, that Iscander was dead 6 months before -the arrival of Peter Covillan in that country: If Peter Covillan -arrived 6 months after the death of Iscander, it must -have been in the end of his son’s reign, Amda Sion, who -was an infant, and reigned only 7 months.</p> - -<p>Alvarez omits this king, Amda Sion, altogether, and so -does Tellez; and there is a heap of mistakes here that shew -these Portuguese historians paid very little attention to the -chronology of these reigns. They call Alexander the father -of Naod, when he was really but his brother; and Helena, -they say, was David’s mother, when, in fact, she was his -grandmother, or rather his grandfather’s wife; for Helena, -who was Iteghé in the time of David the III. had never either -son or daughter. So that if I differ, as in fact I do, 4 years, -or thereabout, in this account, I do not think in those remote -times, when the language and manner of accounting -was so little known to these strangers, that I, therefore, -should reject my own account and servilely adopt theirs, and -the more so, because, as we shall see in its proper place, by -the examination and comparison made by help of an eclipse -of the sun in the 13th year of Claudius’ reign in the 1553, and -counting from that downwards to my arrival in Abyssinia, -and backwards to Iscander, that that prince must have begun -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">120</span> -his reign in 1478, and reigning 17 years, did not die -till the year 1495, and therefore must have seen Peter Covillan, -and conversed with him, if he had arrived in Abyssinia -so early as the 1490.</p> - -<h2 id="NAOD"><img src="images/i_rule-3.png" alt="" /><br /> - -NAOD.<br /> - -<small>From 1495 to 1508.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Wise Conduct of the King—Prepares far a War with the Moors—Concludes -an honourable Peace with Adel.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">After</span> the unfortunate death of the young king Alexander, -the people in general, wearied of minorities, -unanimously chose Naod for their king. He was Alexander’s -younger brother, the difference of ages being but one -year, though he was not by the same mother, but by the -king’s second wife Calliope. He was born at a town -called Gabargué, the day the royal army was cut off in his -father’s time, when both the Betwudets perished. From -this circumstance, the Empress Helena and her party had -used some underhand means to set him aside as unfortunate, -and in his place to put Anquo Israel, Bæda Mariam’s -youngest son, that they might govern him and the kingdom -during his non-age. But Taka Christos, their man of -confidence, being, on his first declaration of such intentions, -cut off by the army in Dawaro, Naod was immediately -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">121</span> -proclaimed, and brought from the mountain of Geshen.</p> - -<p>Although Naod was in the prime of life, and vigorous -both in body and mind, yet such were the circumstances of -the kingdom at his accession, that it seemed a task too arduous -for any one man. The continual intrigues of the -empress, the quantity of Mahometan gold which was circulating -on every occasion throughout the court, the little -success the army had in Adel, as also the treachery of Za -Saluce, and the untimely end of the young prince, who -seemed to promise a remedy to the misfortunes, had so disunited -the principal people in the government, that there -did not seem a sufficient number of men worthy of trust to -assist the king with their councils, or fill, with any degree -of dignity, the places that were vacant.</p> - -<p>Naod was no sooner seated on the throne than he published -a very general and comprehensive amnesty. By proclamation -he declared, “That any person who should upbraid -another with being a party in the misfortunes of -past times, or say that he had been privy to this or to that -conspiracy, or had been a favourite of the empress, or a -partizan of Za Saluce, or had received bribes from the -Moors, should, without delay, be put to death.” This -proclamation had the very best effect, as it quieted the mind -of every guilty person when he saw the king, from whom -he feared an inquiry, cutting off all possible means by -which it could be procured against him. Andreas a monk, -a man of quality, and of very great consequence in that -country, a relation of the king by his mother, having affected -to talk lightly of the proclamation, the king sent for -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">122</span> -him, and ordered the tip of his tongue to be cut off in his -presence. This man, whose fault seems only to have been -in his tongue, and of whom a very great character is given, -lived in the succeeding reign to give the king a very distinguished -proof of his attachment to his family, and love of -his country.</p> - -<p>Naod having thus prudently quieted disturbances at -home, turned his thoughts to the war with Maffudi; for -the king of Adel himself had made his peace through mediation -of the empress Helena; and this king, more politic -than Alexander his brother, was willing to dissemble with -the king of Adel, that he might fight his two adversaries -singly: He, therefore, prepared a smaller army than was usual -for the king to head, without suffering a Moor of any -kind to serve in it.</p> - -<p>It was known to a day when Maffudi was to enter upon -his expeditions against Abyssinia. For near thirty years he -had begun to burn the churches, and drive off the people -and cattle on the first day of Lent; and, as Lent advanced, -he with his army penetrated farther up the country. The -Abyssinians are the strictest people in the world in keeping -fasts. They are so austere that they taste no sort of animal -food, nor butter, eggs, oil, or wine. They will not, though -ever so thirsty, drink a cup of water till six o’clock in the -evening, and then are contented, perhaps, with dry or sour -leaven bread, the best of them only making use of honey; -by which means they become so weak as to be unable to -bear any fatigue. This was Maffudi’s reason for invading -the country in Lent, at which time scarce a Christian, -through fasting, was able to bear arms. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">123</span></p> - -<p>Naod, like a wise prince who had gained the confidence -of his army, would not carry with him any man who did -not, for that time, live in the same free and full manner he -was used to do in festivals. He himself set the example; -and Andreas the monk, after taking upon himself a vow of -a whole year’s fasting for the success of the army, declared -to them, that there was more merit in saving one Christian -village from slavery, and turning Mahometan, than in fasting -their whole lives.</p> - -<p>The king then marched against Maffudi; and having -taken very strong ground, as if afraid of his army’s weakness, -the Moors, contrary to advice of their leader, attacked -the king’s camp in the most careless and presumptuous -manner. They had no sooner entered, however, by ways -left open on purpose for them, than they found the king’s -army in order to receive them, and were so rudely attacked, -that most of those who had penetrated into the camp -were left dead upon the spot. The king continued the pursuit -with his troops, retook all the prisoners and cattle -which Maffudi was driving away, and advanced towards -the frontiers of Adel, where ambassadors met him, hoping, -on the part of the king, that his intention was not to violate -the treaty of peace.</p> - -<p>To this the king answered, That, so far from it, he would -confirm the peace with them, but with this condition, that -they must deliver up to him all the Abyssinians that were -to be found in their country taken by Maffudi in his last -expedition, adding, that he would stay fifteen days there to -expect his answer. The king of Adel, desirous of peace, and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">124</span> -not a little terrified at the disaster of Maffudi, hitherto reckoned -invincible, gathered together all the slaves as soon as -possible, and returned them to the king.</p> - -<p>Naod having now, by his courage and prudence, freed -himself from fear of a foreign war, returned home, and set -himself like a wise prince to the reforming of the abuses -that prevailed everywhere among his people, and to the -cultivation of the arts of peace. He died a natural death, -after having reigned 13 years.</p> - -<h2 id="DAVID_III"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -DAVID III.<br /> - -<small>From 1508 to 1540.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>David, an Infant, Succeeds—Queen sends Matthew Ambassador to Portugal—David -takes the Field—Defeat of the Moors—Arrival of an -Embassy from Portugal—Disastrous War with Adel.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">The</span> vigorous reign of Naod had at least suspended the -fate of the whole empire; and, had it not been that -they still persisted in that ruinous and dangerous measure -of following minority with minority, by the election of -children to the throne, it is probable this kingdom would -have escaped the greatest part of those dismal calamities -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">125</span> -that fell upon it in the sequel. But the Iteghé Helena, and -the Abuna Marcos, (now become her creature) had interest -enough, notwithstanding the apparent necessities of the -times, to place David son of Naod upon the throne, a child -of eleven years old, that they might take upon themselves -the government of the kingdom; whereas Anquo Israel -(third son of Bæda Mariam) was of an age proper to govern, -and whom they would have preferred to Naod for the same -reason, merely because he was then a child.</p> - -<p>Besides the desire of governing, another motive operated, -which, however good in itself, was very criminal from -the present circumstances. A peace with Adel was what -the empress Helena constantly desired; for she could not -see with indifference the destruction of her own country, -far less contribute to it. She was herself by origin a Moor, -daughter of Mahomet, governor for the king in Dawaro; -had been suspected, so early as her husband’s time, of preferring -the welfare of her own country to that of the kingdom -of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>This princess, perfectly informed of the interests of both -nations, seems, in her whole conduct, to have acted upon -the most judicious and sensible principles. She knew the -country of Adel to be, by situation and interest, perfectly -commercial; that part of Africa, the opposite Arabia, and -the peninsula of the Indies, were but three partners joined -in one trade; they mutually consumed each other’s produce; -they mutually contributed to export the joint produce -of the three countries to distant parts of Europe, Asia, and -Africa; which three continents then constituted the whole -known world. When Adel was at peace with Abyssinia, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">126</span> -then the latter became rich, from the gold, ivory, coffee, -cattle, hides, and all manner of provision, procured by the -former from every part of the mountainous tract above it. -Trade flourished and plenty followed it. The merchants -carried every species of goods to the most distant provinces -in safety, equally to the advantage of Abyssinia and Adel. -These advantages, so sensibly felt, were maintained by bribery, -and a constant circulation of Mahometan gold in the -court of Abyssinia; the kingdom, however, thus prospered. -A war with Adel, on the contrary, had its origin in a violent -desire of a barbarous people, such as the Abyssinians were, -to put themselves in possession of riches which their neighbours -had gained by trade and industry.</p> - -<p>She saw that, even in this the worst of cases, nothing utterly -destructive could possibly happen to the Abyssinians; -in their inroads into that country, they plundered the markets -and got, at the risk of their lives, India stuffs of every -kind, for which else they would have paid money. On the -other hand, the people of Adel, when conquerors, acquired -no stuffs, no manufactures, but the persons of the Abyssinians -themselves, whom they carried into slavery, and sold -in Arabia, and all parts of Asia, at immense profits. Next to -gold they are the most agreeable and valuable merchandise -in every part of the east; and these again, being chiefly the -idle people who delighted in war, their absence promoted -the more desirable event of peace.</p> - -<p>In this state we see that war was but another species of -commerce between the two countries, though peace was -the most eligible state for them both; and this the empress -Helena had constantly endeavoured to maintain, but could -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">127</span> -not succeed among a people fond of war, by any other -means, but by giving them a minor for their king, who -was by the law of the land under her direction, as the country -was, during his minority, under her regency.</p> - -<p>Although this, the ordinary state of the empress’s politics, -had hitherto answered well between the kingdoms, -when no other parties were engaged, the introduction of a -third power, and its influence, totally changed that system. -The Turks, an enemy not yet known in any formidable -line by the southern part of Africa, or Asia, now appeared -under a form that made all those southern states tremble.</p> - -<p>Selim, emperor of Constantinople, had defeated Canso el -Gauri, Soldan of Egypt, and slain him in the field. After a -second battle he had taken Cairo, the capital of that country; -and, under the specious pretence of a violation of the law -of nations, by Tomum Bey, the successor, who was said to -have put his ambassadors to death, he had hanged that -prince upon one of the principal gates of his own capital; -and, by this execution, had totally destroyed the succession of -the Mamalukes. Sinan Basha, the great general and minister -of Selim, in a very few months over-ran all the peninsula -of Arabia, to the verge of the Indian Ocean.</p> - -<p>These people, trained to war, Mahomet had inspired with -enthusiasm, and led them to the conquest of the East. Trade -and luxury had, after that, disarmed and reduced them to -much the same situation as, in a former age, they had been -found by Augustus Cæsar. Sinan Basha, with a troop of -veterans, had, by degrees extirpated the native princes of -the country; those that resisted, by force; and those that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">128</span> -submitted to him, by treachery; and in their place, in every -principal town, he had substituted Turkish officers of confidence, -strongly supported by troops of Janizaries, who -knew no other government but martial law.</p> - -<p>War had now changed its form entirely under these new -conquerors. Muskets, and large trains of artillery, were -introduced against javelins, lances, and arrows, the only -arms then known in Arabia, and in the opposite continent -of Abyssinia. A large fleet, crowded with soldiers, and filled -with military stores, the very name of which, as well as -their destructive qualities, were till now unknown in these -southern regions, were employed by the Turks to extend -their conquest to India, where, though by the superior valour -of the Portuguese they were constantly disappointed in -their principal object, they nevertheless, in their passage outward -and homeward, reinforced their several posts in Arabia, -from which they looked for assistance and protection, -had any enemy placed himself in their way, or a storm, or -other unexpected misfortune, overtaken them in their return.</p> - -<p>These Janizaries lived upon the very bowels of commerce. -They had, indeed, for a shew of protecting it, established -customhouses in their various ports; but they soon -made it appear, that the end proposed by these was only to -give them a more distinct knowledge who were the subjects -from whom they could levy the most enormous extortions. -Jidda, Zibid, and Mocha, the places of consequence nearest -to Abyssinia on the Arabian shore, Suakem, a sea-port town -on the very barriers of Abyssinia, in the immediate way of -their caravan to Cairo, on the African side, were each under -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">129</span> -the command of a Turkish basha, and garrisoned by -Turkish troops sent thither from Constantinople by the emperors -Selim and Soliman, his successors.</p> - -<p>The peaceable Arabian merchants, full of that good -faith which successful commerce inspires, fled everywhere -from the violence and injustice of these Turkish tyrants, -and landed in safety their riches and persons on the opposite -shore of the kingdom of Adel. The trade from India, -flying from the same enemy, took refuge in Adel among -its own correspondents, the Moorish merchants, during the -violent and impolitic tyranny that everywhere took place -under this Turkish oppression.</p> - -<p>Zeyla is a small island, on the very coast of Adel, opposite -to Arabia Felix without the Straits of Babelmandeb, upon -the entrance of the Indian Ocean. The Turks of Arabia, -though they were blind to the cause, were sensible of -the great influx of trade into the opposite kingdom. They -took possession, therefore, of Zeyla, where they established -what they called a Customhouse, and by means of that post, -and gallies cruising in the narrow Straits, they laid the Indian -trade to Adel under heavy contributions, that might, -in some measure, indemnify them for the great desertion -their violence and injustice had occasioned in Arabia.</p> - -<p>This step threatened the very existence both of Adel and -Abyssinia; and considering the vigorous government of the -one, and the weak politics and prejudices of the other, it is -more than probable the Turks would have subdued both -Adel and Abyssinia, had they not, in India their chief object, -met the Portuguese, strongly established, and governed -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">130</span> -by a succession of kings who had not in any age their -equals, and seconded by officers and soldiers who, for discipline, -courage, love to their country, and affection to their -sovereign were, perhaps, superior to any troops, or any set -of individuals, that, as far as we can judge from history, -have ever yet appeared in the world.</p> - -<p>It was not now a time for a woman to reign, nor, which -was the same thing, to place a child upon the throne. The -empress Helena saw this distinctly; but her ambition -made her prefer the love of reigning to the visible necessities -and welfare of her country. She knew the progress -and extent of the Portuguese power in India; and saw plainly -there was no prospect, but in their assistance, at once to -save both Abyssinia and Adel.</p> - -<p>Peter Covillan, sent thither as ambassador by John -king of Portugal, had, for two reigns, been detained in Abyssinia, -with a constant refusal of leave to return. He was -now become an object of curiosity rather than use. However, -except his liberty, he had wanted nothing. The empress -had married him nobly in the country; had given -him large appointments, both as to profit and dignity. She -now began to be sensible of the consequence of having with -her a man of his abilities, who could open to her the method -of corresponding effectually both with India and Portugal -in their own language, to which, as well as to the persons -to whom her letters were to be addressed, she was then an -utter stranger.</p> - -<p>She had about her court an Armenian merchant named -Matthew, a person of great trust and discretion, who had -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">131</span> -been long accustomed to go to the several kingdoms of the -East upon mercantile commissions for the king and for -his nobles. He had been at Cairo, Jerusalem, Ormus, Ispahan, -and in the East Indies on the coast of Malabar; both -in places conquered by the Portuguese, and in those that -yet held out under their native Pagan princes. He was -one of those factors which, as I have already said, are employed -by the king and great men in Abyssinia to sell or barter, -in the places above mentioned, such part of their revenue -as are paid them in kind.</p> - -<p>These men are chiefly Greeks, or Armenians, but the -preference is always given to the latter. Both nations pay -caratch, or capitation, to the Grand Signior, (whose subjects -they are) and both have, in consequence, passports, protections, -and liberty to trade wherever they please throughout -the empire, without being liable to those insults and -extortions from the Turkish officers that other strangers are.</p> - -<p>The Armenians, of all the people in the East, are those -most remarkable for their patience and sobriety. They are -generally masters of most of the eastern languages; are of -strong, robust constitutions; of all people, the most attentive -to the beasts and merchandise they have in charge; exceedingly -faithful, and content with little. This Matthew, queen -Helena chose for her ambassador to Portugal, and joined a -young Abyssinian with him, who died in the voyage. He was -charged with letters to the king, which, with the other dispatches, -as they are long, and abound with fiction and bombast -rather than truth and facts, I have not troubled myself to -transcribe; they are, besides, in many printed collections<a id="FNanchor_23" href="#Footnote_23" class="fnanchor">23</a>. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">132</span></p> - -<p>It appears clearly from these letters, that they were the -joint compositions of Covillan, who knew perfectly the manner -of corresponding with his court upon dangerous subjects, -and of the simple Abyssinian confidents of the empress -Helena, who, unacquainted with embassies or correspondence -with princes, or the ill consequence that these letters -would be of to their ambassador and his errand, if they happened -to be intercepted by an enemy, told plainly all they -desired and wished to execute by the assistance of the Portuguese. -Thus, in the first part of the letter, (which we shall -suppose dictated by Covillan) the empress remits the description -of her wants, and what is the subject of the embassy, -to Matthew her ambassador, whom she qualifies as her confidential -servant, instructed in her most secret intentions; -desiring the king of Portugal to believe what he shall report -from her to him in private, as if they were her own -words uttered immediately from her to him in person. So -far was prudent; such a conduct as we should expect from -a man like Covillan, long accustomed to be trusted with the -secret negociations of his sovereign.</p> - -<p>But the latter end of his dispatches (the work, we suppose, -of Abyssinian statesmen) divulges the whole secret. It -explains the motives of this embassy in the clearest manner, -desiring the king of Portugal to send a sufficient force to destroy -Mecca and Medina; to assist them with a sufficient -number of ships, and to annihilate the Turkish power by -sea; while they, by land, should extirpate all the Mahometans -on their borders; and it stigmatizes these Mahometans, -both Turks and Moors, with the most opprobrious names it -was possible to devise. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">133</span></p> - -<p>With the first part of these dispatches, it is plain, Matthew, -as an envoy, might have passed unmolested; he had -only to give to the secret wishes of the empress, with which -he was charged, what kind of mercantile colour he pleased. -But the last part of the letter brought home to him a charge -of the deepest dye, both of sacrilege and high-treason, that -he meditated against the Ottoman empire, whose Raya<a id="FNanchor_24" href="#Footnote_24" class="fnanchor">24</a> he -was; and, there can be no doubt, had these letters been intercepted -and read, Matthew’s embassy and life would have -ended together under some exquisite species of torture. This, -indeed, he seems to have apprehended; as, after his arrival -in India, he constantly refused to shew his dispatches, even -to the Portuguese viceroy himself, from whom, in the instant, -he had received very singular favour and protection.</p> - -<p>The king, when of age, never could be brought to acknowledge -this embassy by Matthew; but, as we shall see, -did constantly deny it. If we believe the Portuguese, the -despair of the empress was so great, that she offered one-third -of the kingdom to the king of Portugal if he relieved -her. Nothing of this kind appears in the letters; but, if -this offer was part of Matthew’s private dispatches, we may -see a reason why David did not wish to own the commission -and offer as his.</p> - -<p>Matthew had a safe passage to Dabul in India, but here -his misfortunes began. The governor, taking him for a -spy, confined him in close prison. But Albuquerque, then -viceroy of India, residing at Goa, who had himself a design -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">134</span> -upon Abyssinia, hearing that such a person, in such a character, -was arrived, sent and took him out of the hands of -the governor of Dabul, where his sufferings else would not -have so quickly ended. All the Portuguese cried out upon -seeing such an ambassador as Matthew sent to their master; -sometimes they pretended that he was a spy of the Sultan, -at other times he was an impostor, a cook, or some other -menial servant.</p> - -<p>Albuquerque treated with him privately before he landed, -to make his commissions known to him; but he expressly -refused shewing any letter unless to the king himself in -Portugal. This behaviour hurt him in the eyes of the viceroy, -who was therefore disposed, with the rest of his officers, -to slight him when he should come ashore. But Matthew, -now out of danger, and knowing his person to be sacred, -would no longer be treated like a private person. He sent -to let the viceroy, bishop, and clergy know, that, besides his -consequence as an ambassador, which demanded their respect, -he was the bearer of a piece of wood of the true cross, -which he carried as a present to the king of Portugal; and, -therefore, he required them, as they would avoid an imputation -of sacrilege, to shew to that precious relict the utmost -respect, and celebrate its arrival as a festival. No more -was necessary after this. The whole streets of Goa were -filled with processions; the troops were all under arms; the -viceroy, and the principal officers, met Matthew at his landing, -and conveyed him to the palace, where he was magnificently -lodged and feasted. But nothing could long -overcome the prejudices the Portuguese had imbibed upon -the first sight of him; and, notwithstanding he carried a piece -of the true cross, both he and it soon fell into perfect oblivion: -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">135</span> -Nor was it till 1513, after he had staid three years in -India, that he got leave to proceed to Portugal by a fleet -returning home loaded with spices.</p> - -<p>Damianus Goez the historian, though apparently a man -of good sense and candour, cannot conjecture why this Armenian -was sent as an ambassador, and wishes to be resolved -why not an Abyssinian nobleman. But it is obvious -from the character I have already given of him, there could -be nobody in the empress’s power that had half his qualifications; -and, besides, an Abyssinian nobleman would not -have ventured to go, as knowing very well that everywhere -beyond the limits of his own country he would have been -without protection, and the first Turk in whose power he -might have fallen would have sold him for a slave. In no -other character is any of his nation seen, either in Arabia -or India, and his master has no treaty with any state whatever. -Add to this, that an Abyssinian speaks no language -but his own, which is not understood out of his own country; -and is absolutely ignorant even of the existence of other far -distant nations.</p> - -<p>But, besides, there was an Abyssinian sent with Matthew, -who died; and here Damianus Goez’s wonder should cease.</p> - -<p>The same ill-fortune, which had attended Matthew in -India, followed him in his voyage to Portugal. The Captains -of the ships contended with each other who should -behave worst to him; and, in the midst of all this ill-treatment, -the ship which he was on board of arrived at Lisbon. -The king, upon hearing the particulars of this ill usage, -immediately put the offenders in irons, where they had, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">136</span> -probably, lain during their lives, had they not been freed by -the intercession of Matthew.</p> - -<p>David (as I have before observed) was only eleven years -old<a id="FNanchor_25" href="#Footnote_25" class="fnanchor">25</a> when he was placed upon the throne; and, at his inauguration, -took the name of Lebna Denghel, or the Virgin’s -Frankincense; then that of Etana Denghel, or the -Myrrh of the Virgin; and after that, of Wanag Segued, -which signifies Reverenced, or Feared, among the Lions, with -whom, towards the last of his reign, he resided in wilds and -mountains more than with men.</p> - -<p>During this minority, there was peace with Mahomet -king of Adel. Maffudi still continued his depredations; -and, by his liberality, had formed strong connections with -the Turks in Arabia. In return for the number of slaves -whom he had sent to Mecca, a green silk standard, (that of -Mahomet and of the Faith), and a tent of black velvet, embroidered -with gold, were sent him by the Sherriffe, the -greatest honour a Mahometan could possibly receive, and -he was also made Shekh of the island of Zeyla, which was -delivering the key of Abyssinia to him.</p> - -<p>It was not till David had arrived at sixteen years of age -that the constant success of Maffudi, the honours bestowed -upon him, and the gain which accrued from all his expeditions, -had at last determined the king of Adel to break -the peace with Abyssinia, and join him. These princes, -with the whole Mahometan force, had fallen together upon -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">137</span> -Dawaro, Ifat, and Fatigar; and, in one year, had driven away, -and slain, above nineteen thousand Christians, subjects -to the king. A terror was now spread over the whole kingdom, -and great blame laid both upon the empress and the -king, for sitting and looking timidly on, while the Turks -and Moors, year after year, ravaged whole provinces without -resistance.</p> - -<p>These murmurs at last roused David, who, for his own -part, had not suffered them willingly so long. He determined -immediately to raise an army, and to command it -in person: In vain the empress admonished him of his -danger, and his absolute want of experience in matters of -war; in vain she advised him to employ some of the old -officers against the veteran Moorish troops.</p> - -<p>The king answered, That every officer of merit had been -tried already, and baffled from beginning to end, so that the -army had no confidence in them; that he was resolved to -take his trial as the others had done, and leave the event -where it ought to be left. Though the diviners all prophesied -ill from this resolution of the king, the generality of -the kingdom, and young nobility, flocked to his standard, -rejoicing in a leader so near their own age. The middle-aged -had great hopes of the vigour of that youth; and the -old were not more backward, satisfied of the weight their -years and experience must give them in the councils of a -young king.</p> - -<p>Seldom a better army took the field; and the empress, from -her own treasures, furnished every thing, even to superfluity, -engaging all the people of consequence by giving them -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">138</span> -in the most affable manner, presents in hand, and magnificent -promises of recompence hereafter. Great as these preparations -were, they had not made much impression among the confederates -in Adel; and already the king had put himself at -the head of his army, before the Moors seemed to think it -worth their while to follow him. They were, indeed, -at that very time, laying waste a part of the kingdom of Abyssinia. -The king, then, by quick marches, advanced -through Fatigar, as if he was going to Aussa, the capital of -Adel.</p> - -<p>Between Fatigar and the plain country of Adel there is -a deep large valley, through which it was necessary the -army should pass. Very steep mountains bound it on every -side, whilst two openings (each of them very narrow) were -the only passages by which it was possible to enter or go -out. The king divided his army into two; he kept the -best troops and largest body with himself, and sent Betwudet -with the rest, as if they intended to fight the enemy before -they gained the defiles. The Moors, on the other -hand, terrified at what must happen if the king with his -army marched into their defenceless country, accounted it -a great escape to get into these very defiles before they were -forced to an engagement. Betwudet, who desired no more, -gave them their way, and, entering the valley behind them, -encamped there. The king, at the other end, had done the -same, unseen by the enemy, who thought he was advanced -on his march to Aussa. The Moors were thus completely -hemmed in, and the king’s army vastly superior. He had -ordered his tents to be left standing, with a body of troops in -them, and these completely covered the only outlet to the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">139</span> -valley, whilst Betwudet and his party had advanced considerably, -and made much the same disposition.</p> - -<p>The king drew up his troops early in the morning, and -offered the enemy battle, when the whole Abyssinian army -was surprised to discover a backwardness in the Moors so -unlike their behaviour at former times; well they might, -when they were informed from whom that panic among -the Moors came. Maffudi, a fanatic from the beginning, -whether really deceived by such a prophecy, or raised to a -pitch of pride and enthusiasm by the honours he had received, -and desirous, by a remarkable death, to deserve the -rank of martyr among those of his own religion, or from -whatever cause it arose, came to the king of Adel, and told -him, that his time was now come; that it had been prophesied -to him long ago, that if, that year, he fought the -king of Abyssinia in person, he was there to lose his life: -That he knew, for certain, David was then present, having, -with his own eyes, seen the scarlet tent, (a colour which is -only used by the king); he desired, therefore, the king of -Adel to make the best of his way through a less steep part -of the mountain, which he shewed him; to take his family -and favourites along with him, and leave under his command -the army to try their fortune with David. Mahomet, -at no time very fond of fighting, never found himself -less so than upon this advice of Maffudi’s. He resolved, -therefore, to follow his council; and, before the battle began, -withdrew himself through the place that was shewn -him, and was followed by a few of his friends.</p> - -<p>It was now 9 o’clock, and the sun began to be hot, before -which the Abyssinians never choose to engage, when -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">140</span> -Maffudi, judging the king of Adel was beyond danger, sent -a trumpet to the Abyssinian camp, with a challenge to any -man of rank in the army to fight him in single combat, -under condition that the victory should be accounted to -belong to that army whose champion was victorious, and -that, thereupon, both parties should withdraw their troops -without further bloodshed. It does not appear whether the -conditions were agreed to, but the challenge was accepted -as soon as offered. Gabriel Andreas the monk, who, in the -reign of Naod, had, by the king’s order, lost a part of his -tongue for giving it too much licence, offered himself first -to the king, beseeching him to trust to him that day, his -own honour, and the fortune of the army. The king consented -without hesitation, with the general applause of all -the nobility; for Andreas, though a monk, was a man of -great family and distinction; the most learned of the court; -liberal, rich, affable, and remarkable for facetious conversation; -he was, besides, a good soldier, of tried skill and valour, -and, in strength and activity, surpassed by no man in -the army.</p> - -<p>Maffudi was not backward to present himself; nor was -the combat longer than might be expected from two such -willing champions. Gabriel Andreas, seeing his opportunity, -with a two-handed sword struck Maffudi between the -lower part of the neck and the shoulder, so violently, that -he nearly divided his body into two, and felled him dead to -the ground. He then cut his head off, and threw it at the -king’s feet, saying, “There is the Goliath of the Infidels.”</p> - -<p>This expression became instantly the word of battle, or signal -to charge. The king, at the head of his troops, rushed -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">141</span> -upon the Moorish army, and, throwing them into disorder, -drove them back upon Betwudet, who, with his fresh troops, -forced them again back to the king. Seeing no hopes of -relief, they dispersed to the mountains, and were slaughtered, -and hunted like wild beasts by the peasants, or driven -to perish with thirst and hunger. About 12,000 of the Mahometan -army are said to have been slain upon the field, -with no very considerable loss on the side of the conquerors. -The green standard of Mahomet was taken, as also -the black velvet tent embroidered with gold; which last, we -shall see, the king gave to the Portuguese ambassador some -time afterwards, to consecrate and say mass in. A vast number -of cattle was taken, and with them much rich merchandise -of the Indies. Nor did the king content himself -with what he had got in battle. He advanced and encamped -at a place where was held the first market of Adel<a id="FNanchor_26" href="#Footnote_26" class="fnanchor">26</a>. The -next day he proceeded to a town where was a house of the -king, and, going up to the door, and finding it locked, he -struck the door with his lance, and nobody answering, he -prohibited the soldiers from plundering it, and retired with -his army home, leaving his lance sticking in the door as a -sign of his having been there, and having had it in his power.</p> - -<p>Though the king was received on his return amidst the -greatest acclamations of his subjects, as the saviour of his -country, the eyes of the whole nation and army were first -fixed on Andreas, whose bravery had at last delivered them -from that constant and inveterate scourge, Maffudi. Every -body pressed forward to throw flowers and green branches -in his way; the women celebrating him with songs, putting -garlands on his head, and holding out the young children -to see him as he passed. The battle was fought in the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">142</span> -month of July 1516; and, the same day, the island of Zeyla, -in the mouth of the Red Sea, was taken, and its town burned -by the Portuguese armament, under Lopez Suarez Alberguiera.</p> - -<p>Neither the suspicions transmitted from India, nor the -mean person of Matthew the ambassador, seem to have made -any impression upon the king of Portugal. He received him -with every sort of honour, and testified the most profound -respect for his master, and attention to the errand he came -upon. Matthew was lodged and maintained with the utmost -splendour; and, considering the great use of so powerful -a friend on the African coast of the Red Sea, where his -fleets would meet with all sort of provision and protection, -while they pursued the Turkish squadrons, he prepared an -embassy on his part, and sent Matthew home on board the -fleet commanded by Lopez Suarez for India.</p> - -<p>Edward Galvan, a man of capacity and experience, who -had filled the offices of secretary of state and ambassador -in Spain, France, and Germany, arrived at that time of life -when he might reasonably expect to pass the rest of his days -in ease, wealth, and honour, found himself unexpectedly -chosen, at the age of eighty-six, to go ambassador from his -sovereign to Abyssinia. Goez had much more reason to -wonder at the ambassador fixed upon by his master, than at -that of Abyssinia sent by the empress Helena to Portugal. -The fleet under Suarez entered the Red Sea, and anchored -at the flat island of Camaran, close on the coast of Arabia -Felix, one of the most unwholesome places he could have -chosen. Here Edward Galvan died; and here Suarez, most -ignorantly, resolved to pass the winter, which he did, suffering -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">143</span> -much for want of every sort of provision but water; -whereas twenty-four hours of any wind would have carried -him to Masuah, to his journey’s end; where, if he had -lost the monsoon, he would still have had great abundance -of necessaries, and been in the way every moment of promoting -the wishes of his master.</p> - -<p>Lopez de Segueyra succeeded the ignorant Suarez, who -had returned to India. He fitted out a strong fleet at Goa, -with which he entered the Red Sea, and sailed for the island -of Masuah, where he arrived the 16th of April 1520, having -Matthew along with him. Upon the first approach of the -fleet, the inhabitants, both of the island and town, abandoned -them, and fled to Arkeeko on the main land. Segueyra -having remained before Masuah a few days without committing -any hostilities, there came at last to him a Christian -and a Moor from the continent; who informed him that -the main-land, then before him, was part of the kingdom of -Abyssinia, governed by an officer called Baharnagash: they -added, that the reason of their flying at the sight of the fleet -was, that the Turks frequently made descents, and ravaged -the island; but that all the inhabitants of the continent -were Christians. The Portuguese general was very joyful -on this intelligence, and began to treat Matthew more humanely, -finding how truly and exactly he had described -these places. He gave, both to the Christian and Moor that -came off to him, a rich vest; commended them for having -fled to Arkeeko rather than expose themselves to an attack -from the Turks, but directed them to assure the people on -the continent, that they too were all Christians, and under -the command of the king of Abyssinia; being arrived -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">144</span> -there purposely for his service, so that they might return, -whenever they should please, in perfect safety.</p> - -<p>The next day, came down to the shore the governor of -Arkeeko, accompanied with thirty horsemen, and above -two hundred foot. He was mounted on a fine horse, and -dressed in a kind of shirt resembling that of the Moors. -The governor brought down four oxen, and received in return -certain pieces of silk, with which he was well pleased. -A very familiar conversation followed; the governor kindly -inviting the Portuguese general ashore, assuring him that -the Baharnagash, under whose command he was, had already -intelligence of his arrival.</p> - -<p>In answer to his inquiries about the religion of the country, -the governor told him, that in a mountain, then in sight, -twenty-four miles distant, there was a convent called <i>the -Monastery of Bisan</i>, (which Matthew had often described in -the voyage) whose monks, being informed of his arrival, -had deputed seven of their number to wait upon him, whom -the Portuguese general went to meet accordingly, and received -them in the kindest manner.</p> - -<p>These monks, as soon as they saw Matthew, broke out -into the warmest expressions of friendship and esteem, congratulating -him with tears in their eyes upon his long voyage -and absence. The Portuguese general then invited the -monks on board his vessel, where he regaled them, and gave -to each presents that were most suitable to their austere life. On -his side, Segueyra chose seven Portuguese, with Peter Gomez -Tessera, auditor of the East Indies, who understood Arabic -very well, to return the visit of the monks, and see the monastery -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">145</span> -of Bisan. This short journey they very happily performed. -Tessera brought back a parchment manuscript, -which he received as a present from the monks, to be sent -to the king of Portugal.</p> - -<p>It was on the 24th of April that the Baharnagash arrived -at Arkeeko, having before sent information of his intended -visit. The Portuguese general, who never doubted but that -he would come to the sea-side, pitched his tents, and spread his -carpets and cushions on the ground to receive him. But it -was signified to him from the Baharnagash, who was probably -afraid of putting himself under the guns of the fleet, -that he did not intend to advance so far, and that the governor -should meet him half way. This being agreed to on -both sides, they sat down on the grass.</p> - -<p>The Baharnagash began the conversation, by telling the -Portuguese, they had, in virtue of certain prophecies, been -long expected in this country; and that he, and all the officers -of Abyssinia, were ready to do them every service and -kindness. After the Portuguese general had returned a -proper answer, the priests and monks concluded the interview -with certain religious services. Segueyra then made -the Baharnagash a present of a very fine suit of complete -armour with some pieces of silk; while the Baharnagash, -on his side, made the return with a very fine horse and -mule.</p> - -<p>All doubt concerning Matthew was removed at this -interview; he was acknowledged as a genuine ambassador. -The Portuguese now flocked to Segueyra, beseeching -him to choose from among his men, who should accompany -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">146</span> -him to the court. The first step was to name Roderigo -de Lima ambassador from the king of Portugal, instead -of Galvan, who was dead; and, for his suite, George de -Breu, Lopez de Gama, John Scolare secretary to the ambassador, -John Gonsalvez his factor and interpreter, Emmanuel -de Mare organist, Peter Lopez, Master John his physician, -Gaspar Pereira, and Lazarus d’Andrad a painter. The -three chaplains were John Fernandes, Peter Alphonso Mendez, -and Francisco Alvarez. In this company also went -Matthew, the Abyssinian ambassador returned from Portugal, -and with him three Portuguese, one called Magailanes, -the other Alvaremgo, and the third Diego Fernandes.</p> - -<p>It seemed probable, the severe blow which David had given -to the king of Adel, by the total destruction of his army on -the death of his general Maffudi, would have procured a -cessation of hostilities to the Abyssinian frontiers, which they -had not experienced during the life of that general; but it -appeared afterwards, that, increased in riches and population -by the great accession of power which followed the interruption -of the Indian trade in Arabia by the Turkish -conquest, far from entertaining thoughts of peace, they were -rather meditating a more formidable manner of attack, by -training themselves to the use of fire-arms and artillery, of -which they had provided a quantity, and to which the Abyssinians -were as yet strangers.</p> - -<p>The king was encamped in Shoa, covering and keeping -in awe his Mahometan provinces, Fatigar and Dawaro; besides -which he seemed to have no object but the conquest -of the Dobas, that bordered equally upon the Moorish and -Christian frontiers, and who (though generally gained by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">147</span> -the Mahometans) were, when occasion offered, enemies to -both. The Shum<a id="FNanchor_27" href="#Footnote_27" class="fnanchor">27</a> of Giannamora, a small district belonging -to Abyssinia, full of brave soldiers, and considerably reinforced -by David for the very purpose, had the charge of -bringing these barbarians to subjection, as being their immediate -neighbour.</p> - -<p>The king had afterwards advanced eastward to the frontiers -of Fatigar, but was still in the southern part of his dominions. -The ambassador and his retinue were landed on -the north. They were to cross the whole extent of the empire -through woods and over mountains, the like of which -are not known in Europe, full of savage beasts, and men -more savage than the beasts themselves; intersected by large -rivers, and what was the worst circumstance, swelling every -day by the tropical rains. Frequently deserts of no considerable -length, indeed, intervened, where no sustenance -was to be found for man or beast, nor relief for accidental -misfortunes. Yet such was the bravery of that small company, -that they hesitated not a moment to undertake this -enterprise. Every thing was thought easy which contributed -to the glory of their king, and the honour of their country.</p> - -<p>It was not long before this gallant company found need -of all their constancy and courage; for in their short journey -to the convent of St Michael (the first they attempted) -they found the wood so thick that there was scarcely passage -for either man or beast. Briers and thorns, too, of a -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">148</span> -variety of species, which they had never before seen, added -greatly to the fatigue which the thickness of the woods had -occasioned. Mountains presented themselves over mountains, -broken into terrible precipices and ravines, by violent -torrents and constant storms; their black and bare tops -seemed as it were calcined by the rays of a burning sun, -and by incessant lightnings and thunder. Great numbers of -wild beasts also presented themselves everywhere in these -dark forests, and seemed only to be hindered from devouring -them by their wonder at seeing so many men in so -lonely a situation. At last the woods began to grow thinner, -and some fields appeared where the people were sitting armed, -guarding their small flocks of half-starved goats and -kine, and crops of millet, of which they saw a considerable -quantity sown. The men were black, their hair very gracefully -plaited, and were altogether naked, excepting a small -piece of leather that covered their middle. At this place -they were met by twelve monks, four of whom were distinguished -by their advanced years and the respect paid to -them by the others.</p> - -<p>Having rested their mules and camels a short time, they -again began their journey by the side of a great lake, near -which was a very high mountain, and this they were too -weary to attempt to pass. Full of discontent and despondency, -they halted at the foot of this mountain, where they -passed the night, having received a cow for supper, a present -from the convent. Here Matthew (the ambassador) separated -his baggage from that of the caravan, and left it to -the care of the monks. He had probably made some little -money in Portugal; and, distrusting his reception with the -king, wisely determined to place it out of danger. The precaution, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">149</span> -however, proved superfluous; for, a few days after, -an epidemical fever began to manifest itself, which, in eight-and-forty -hours, carried off Matthew, and soon after Pereira, -the servant of Don Roderigo; so that no opportunity now -offered for an explanation with the king about his or the -empress’s promise of ceding one-third of the kingdom to -the Portuguese in case the king would send them succour. -Terrified by the fever, and the bad prospect of the weather, -they resumed their journey.</p> - -<p>The monastery of Bisan (to which they were now going) -is so called from the great quantity of water which is everywhere -found about it. The similitude of sound has made -Poncet<a id="FNanchor_28" href="#Footnote_28" class="fnanchor">28</a>, and several other travellers, call it the Monastery -of the Vision; but Bisan (water) is its true name, being -plentifully supplied with that most valuable element. A -number of lakes and rivers are interspersed through its -plains; while abundant springs, that are never dry, flow -from the top of each rock, dashing their rills against the -rugged projections of the cliffs below.</p> - -<p>The monastery of Bisan, properly so called, is the head of -six others in the compass of 26 miles; each convent placed -like a tower on the top of its own rock. That upon which -Bisan is situated is very high, and almost perpendicular; -and from this rises another still higher than it, which, unless -to its inhabitants, is perfectly inaccessible. It is, on every -side, surrounded with wood, interspersed with fruit-trees of -many different kinds, as well of those known as of those -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">150</span> -unknown in Europe. Oranges, citrons, and limes are in -great abundance; wild peaches and small figs of a very indifferent -quality; black grapes, on loaded branches, hang -down from the barren timber round which they are twined, -and afford plentiful supply to man and beast: The fields -are covered with myrtles and many species of jessamin; with -roses too of various colours; but fragrance is denied to them -all, except one sort, which is the white one, single-leafed<a id="FNanchor_29" href="#Footnote_29" class="fnanchor">29</a>.</p> - -<p>The monks of these convents were said once to be about -a thousand in number. They have a large territory, and -pay a tribute in cows and horses to the Baharnagash, who -is their superior. Their horses are esteemed good, as coming -from the neighbourhood of the Arabs. However, though -I had the absolute choice of them all during the time I -commanded the king’s guard, I never could draw from that -part of the country above a score of sufficient strength and -size to bear a man in complete armour.</p> - -<p>I shall now leave Don Roderigo to pursue his journey -towards the king at Shoa. The history of it, and of his embassy, -published at large by Alvarez his chaplain, has not -met, from the historians of his own country, with a reception -which favours the authenticity of its narrative. There -are, indeed, in the whole of it, and especially where religion -is concerned, many things very difficult of belief, which -seem to be the work of the Jesuits some years posterior to -the time in which Alvarez was in Abyssinia. Tellez condemns -him, though a writer of those times; and Damianus -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">151</span> -Goez, one of the first historians, says, that he had seen a journal -written in Alvarez’s own name, very different from the -journal that is gone forth to the public. For my part, I -can only say, that what is related of the first audience with -the king, and many of the following pages, seem to me to -be fabrications of people that never have been in Abyssinia; -and, if this is the case, no imputation can be laid against -Francisco Alvarez, as, perhaps, he is not the author of the -misrepresentation in question. But, as to the cordiality with -which the Catholic religion was received by the monks -and people in general, during the long stay and bad reception -Don Roderigo met with, I have no sort of doubt that -this is a falsehood, and this must be charged directly to his -account.</p> - -<p>We have already seen that, early as Zara Jacob’s time, the -religion of the Franks was held in the utmost detestation, -and that in Bæda Mariam’s reign the whole country was in -rebellion, because the king had directed the Virgin Mary to -be painted by one Branca Leon, a Venetian painter, then -alive, and in court, when Don Roderigo de Lima was with -the king in Shoa. Iscander and Naod were both strict in the -tenets of the church of Alexandria; and two Abunas, Imaranha -Christos, who lived till Iscander’s time, and Abuna -Marcus, alive in Alvarez’s, had given no allowance for -strange or foreign worship to be introduced. How the Catholic -could be so favourably and generally received in the -time of Alvarez is what I cannot conceive. Blood enough -was spilt immediately afterwards, to shew that this affection -to the Roman Catholic religion, if any such there was in -Alvarez’s time, must have been merely transitory. When, -therefore, I find any thing in this journal plainly misunderstood, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">152</span> -I explain and vindicate it; where I see there is a fact -deliberately misrepresented, such as the celebration of the -Epiphany, I refute it from ocular demonstration. The rest -of the journal I leave <i>in medio</i> to the judgment of my reader, -who will find it at his bookseller’s; only observing, that -there can be no doubt that the journey itself was made by -Don Roderigo, and the persons named with him.</p> - -<p>I have preserved the several stations of these travellers in -my map, though a great part of the countries through which -they passed is now in the hands of the Galla, and is as inaccessible -to Abyssinians as it is to strangers.</p> - -<p>There are two particulars in Alvarez’s account of this -journey which very much surprise me. The first is, the -daily and constant danger this company was in from tigers, -so daring as to present themselves within pike-length. Of -this I have taken notice in the appendix when speaking of -the hyæna.</p> - -<p>The other particular relates to the field of beans through -which they passed. I never yet saw this sort of grain, or -pulse, in Abyssinia. The lupine, a wild plant, somewhat -similar, chiefly infects those provinces from which the honey -comes, and is regarded there with the utmost aversion. The -reason of which will be seen in the sequel. But as these -Mahometans, through whose country Don Roderigo passed, -are not indigenous, and never had any connection with the -ancient state of manners or religion of this country, it is -more than probable the cultivation of the bean is no older -than the settlement of these Mahometans here, long after -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">153</span> -the Pythagorean prejudices against that plant were forgotten.</p> - -<p>It was on the 16th of April 1520 that Don Roderigo de -Lima landed in Abyssinia; and it was the 16th of October -of the same year when he arrived within sight of the king’s -camp, distant about three miles. The king had advanced, -as hath been said, into Fatigar, about twenty-five miles from -the first fair in the kingdom of Adel, and something less -than two hundred from the port of Zeyla. The ambassador, -after so painful a journey, expected an immediate admission -into the king’s presence. Instead of which, a great officer, -called <i>the Hadug Ras</i><a id="FNanchor_30" href="#Footnote_30" class="fnanchor">30</a>, which is chief or commander of the -asses, was sent to carry him three miles farther distant, -where they ordered him to pitch his tent, and five years passed -in the embassy afterwards before he procured his dismission.</p> - -<p>Alvarez accounts very lamely for this prodigious interval -of time; and, excepting the celebration of the Epiphany, -he does not mention one remarkable occurrence in the -whole of this period. One would imagine their stay had -not been above a month, and that one conversation only -passed upon business, which I shall here set down as a specimen -of the humour the parties were in the one with the -other.</p> - -<p>The king carried the ambassador to see the church -Mecana Selassé, the church of the Trinity, which was then -repairing, where many of the kings had been buried while -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">154</span> -the Royal family resided in Shoa. All the churches in Abyssinia -are thatched. Some of Roderigo’s own retinue, who -bore him ill-will, had put it into the king’s head how elegant -this church would be if covered with lead, a thing -he certainly could have no idea of. He asked Don Roderigo, -whether the king of Portugal could not send him as much -sheet-lead as would serve to cover that church? To which -the ambassador replied, That the king of Portugal, upon bare -mentioning the thing, would send him as much sheet-lead<a id="FNanchor_31" href="#Footnote_31" class="fnanchor">31</a> -as would cover not only that church, but all the other -churches he should ever build in Abyssinia; and, after all, -the present would be but a trifling one.</p> - -<p>Immediately upon this the king changed his discourse; -and observed to the ambassador, in a very serious tone of voice, -“That, since they were now upon the subject of presents, he -could not help letting the king of Portugal know, that, if -ever he sent an ambassador again into that country, he -should take care to accompany him with presents of value, -for otherwise stranger ambassadors that ventured to come -before him without these were very ill received.” To which -the ambassador returned warmly, “That it was very far from -being the custom of the king of Portugal to send presents to -any king upon earth; that, having no superior, it was usual -for him, only to receive them from others, and to accept them -or not, according to his royal pleasure; for it was infinitely -below him to consider what was the value of the present itself. -He then desired the king of Abyssinia might be informed, -that he, Don Roderigo, came ambassador from the -general of the Indies, and not from the king of Portugal; -nevertheless, when the king of Portugal had lately dispatched -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">155</span> -Galvan, who had died upon the road, ambassador to his -highness, he had sent with him presents to the value of -100,000 ducats, consulting his own greatness, but not -considering himself as under any obligation to send any -presents at all; and as to the many scandalous aspersions -that had been thrown upon him by mean people, which the -king had given credit to, and were made constantly part of -his discourse, he wished his highness, from the perusal of -the letters which he had brought from the general of the -Indies, to learn, that the Portuguese were not accustomed to -use lying and dissimulation in their conversations, but to tell -the naked truth; to which he the ambassador had strictly confined -himself in every circumstance he had related to his -highness, if he pleased to believe him; if not, that he was -very welcome to do just whatever he thought better in his -own eyes. Yet he would, once for all, have his highness to -know, that, though he came only as ambassador from the -general of the Indies, he could, as such, have presented himself -before the greatest sovereign upon earth, without being -subjected to hear such conversation as he had been daily -exposed to from his highness, which he, as a Portuguese -nobleman and a soldier, though he had been no ambassador -at all, was not any way disposed to suffer, and therefore he -desired his immediate dismission.”</p> - -<p>Upon this the king said, “That the distinction he had -shewn him was such as he would never have met with -from any of his predecessors, having brought no present of -any value.” To which the ambassador replied in great -warmth, “That he had received no distinction in this country -whatever, but only injuries and wrongs; that he should -think he became a martyr if he died in this country where -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">156</span> -he had been robbed of every thing, except the clothes upon -his back; that Matthew, who was but a pretended ambassador, -had been much otherwise treated by the king of -Portugal; but for himself he desired nothing but a speedy -dismission, having delivered his letters and done his errand: -Till that time, he should expect to be treated like a man of -honour, above lying or falsehood.” To this the king answered, -“That he believed him to be a man of honour, worth, -and veracity, but that Matthew was a liar: at the same time -he wished Don Roderigo to know, that he was perfectly informed -what degree of respect and good usage Matthew had -met with from the king of Portugal’s officers and captains, -but that he did not impute this to Don Roderigo.”</p> - -<p>There was a rumour at court which very much alarmed -the ambassador; it was, that the king intended to detain -him according to the invariable custom and practice of his -country. Two Venetians, Nicholas Branca Leon and Thomas -Gradinego, had been forcibly detained since the reign -of Bæda Mariam. But what terrified Don Roderigo still -more, as a case most similar to his, was the sight of Peter -Covillan then in court, who had been sent ambassador by -John king of Portugal to Iscander, and ever since was detained -without being able to get leave to return, but was -obliged to marry and settle in the country.</p> - -<p>What was the emperor’s real intention is impossible now -to know; but, having resolved to send an Abyssinian ambassador -to the king of Portugal, it was necessary to dismiss -Don Roderigo likewise. However, he did not entirely abandon -the whole of his design, but forcibly detained Master -John the secretary, and Lazarus d’Andrad the painter, and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">157</span> -obliged Don Roderigo to depart without them. Zaga Zaab, -an Abyssinian monk, who had learned the Portuguese language -by waiting on Don Roderigo during his stay in Abyssinia, -was chosen for the function; and they set out together -for Masuah, plentifully furnished with every thing -necessary for the journey, and arrived safely there without -any remarkable occurrence, where they found Don Hector -de Silveyra, governor of the Indies, with his fleet, waiting -to carry Don Roderigo de Lima home. Whether the king -had changed his mind or not is doubtful; but, on the 27th -of April 1526, arrived four messengers from court with orders -for Don Roderigo to return, and also to bring Don Hector -along with him. This was immediately and directly -refused; but it was left in the power of Zaga Zaab to return -if he pleased, who however declared, that, if he staid behind, -he should be thrown to the lions. He, therefore, -went on board with great readiness, and they all sailed from -Masuah on the 28th of April of the year just mentioned, in -their return to India.</p> - -<p>These frequent intercourses with the Portuguese had -given great alarm to the Mahometan powers, though neither -the king of Abyssinia, nor the Portuguese themselves, -had reaped any profit from them, or the several fleets that -had arrived at Masuah, which had really no end but to seek -the ambassador Don Roderigo. The six years spent in wrangling -and childish behaviour, both on the part of the king -and the ambassador, had an appearance of something serious -between the two powers; and what still alarmed the -Moors more was, that no part of the secret had transpired, -because no scheme had really been concerted, only mere proposals -of vain and idle enterprises, without either power or -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">158</span> -will to put them in execution. Such were the plans of a -joint army, to attack Arabia, and to conquer it down to Jerusalem. -The Turks<a id="FNanchor_32" href="#Footnote_32" class="fnanchor">32</a> were on their progress southward -in great force; they had conquered Arabia in less than half -the time Don Roderigo had spent quarrelling with the king -about pepper and mules; and a storm was ready to break -in a quarter least expected.</p> - -<p>In the gentle reigns of the Mamalukes, before the conquest -of Egypt and Arabia by Selim<a id="FNanchor_33" href="#Footnote_33" class="fnanchor">33</a>, a caravan constantly -set out from Abyssinia directly for Jerusalem. They had -then a treaty with the Arabs. This caravan rendezvoused -at Hamazen, a small territory abounding in provisions, about -two days journey from Dobarwa, and nearly the same -from Masuah; it amounted sometimes in number to a thousand -pilgrims, ecclesiastics as well as laymen. They travelled -by very easy journies, not above six miles a-day, halting -to perform divine service, and setting up their tents -early, and never beginning to travel till towards nine in the -morning. They had, hitherto, passed in perfect safety, with -drums beating and colours flying, and, in this way, traversed -the desert by the road of Suakem.</p> - -<p>The year after Selim had taken possession of Cairo, Abba -Azerata Christos, a monk famous for holiness, had conducted -fifteen hundred of these pilgrims with him to Jerusalem, -and they had arrived without accident; but, on their -return, they had fallen in with a body of Selim’s troops, -who slew a great part of them, and forced others to take -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">159</span> -refuge in the desert, where they perished with hunger and -thirst. In the year 1525, another caravan assembled at Hamazen, -consisting of 336 friars and priests, and fifteen nuns. -They set out from Hamazen on the 12th day after leaving -this place, travelling slowly; and, being loaded with provisions -and water, they were attacked by the Moors of that -district, and utterly defeated and robbed. Of the pilgrims -taken prisoners, all the old men were put to the sword, and -the young were sold for slaves; so that of 336 persons fifteen -only escaped, but three of which lived to return to Shoa -at the time the ambassador was there. This was the first -vengeance the Moors to the northward had yet taken for -the alliance made with the Portuguese; and, from this time, -the communication with Cairo through the desert ceased as -to the Christians, and was carried on by Mahometans only.</p> - -<p>Since the time of Peter Covillan’s arrival in Abyssinia, -the views of all parties had very much changed. The Portuguese -at first coveted the friendship of Abyssinia, for the -sake of obtaining through it a communication with India. -But they now became indifferent about that intercourse, -since they had settled in India itself, and found the convenience -of the passage of the Cape of Good Hope. David, -freed from his fears of the Moors of Adel, whom he had -defeated, and seeing the great power of the Turks, so much -apprehended after the conquest of Egypt, disappointed in India -in all their attempts against the Portuguese settlements -there; being, moreover, displeased with the abrupt behaviour -of the ambassador Don Roderigo, and the promises the empress -Helena had made by Matthew without his knowledge, -he wished no further connection with the Portuguese, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">160</span> -for whose assistance, he thought, he should have no -use.</p> - -<p>Selim, whose first object was the conquest of India, had -met there so rude a reception that he began to despair of -further success in his undertaking; but, having conquered Arabia -on one side of the Red Sea, he was desirous of extending -his dominions to the other also, and for three reasons: The -first was, that the safety of the holy place of Mecca would -be much endangered should a Portuguese army and fleet -rendezvous in Abyssinia, and be joined by an army there. -The second, that his ships and gallies could not be in security -at the bottom of the Gulf, should the Portuguese obtain -leave to fortify any island or harbour belonging to the -Abyssinians. The third, that the king of Abyssinia being, -as he was taught to believe, the prince whom the prophet -Mahomet had honoured with his correspondence, he thought -it a duty incumbent upon him to convert this prince and -kingdom to the Mahometan religion by the sword, a -method allowable in no religion but that of Mahomet and -of Rome.</p> - -<p>The ancient and feeble arms of lances and bows, carried -by half-naked peasants assembled in haste and at random -for an occasion, were now laid aside. In place of these, Selim -had left garrisons of veteran troops in all the sea-coast -towns of Arabia, exercised in fire-arms, and furnished with -large trains of artillery, supported by a large fleet which, -though destined against the Portuguese in India, and constantly -beat by them, never failed, both going and coming, -to reinforce their posts in Arabia with stores and fresh soldiers. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">161</span></p> - -<p>The empress Helena died in 1525, the year before the -Portuguese embassy ended, after having brought about an -interview between the two nations, which, by the continual -disavowal of Matthew’s embassy, it is plain that David knew -not how to turn to his advantage. Soon after her death, -the king prepared to renew the war with the Moors, without -having received the least advantage from the Portuguese. -But very differently had the people of Adel employed this -interval of peace. They had strengthened themselves by -the strictest friendship with the Turkish officers in Arabia, -especially with the basha of Zibit, a large trading port nearly -opposite to Masuah. A Turkish garrison was put into -Zeyla; and a Turk, with a large train of artillery, commanded -in it. All was ready against the first invasion the king -was to make, and he was now marching directly towards -their country.</p> - -<p>The first retaliation, for the Portuguese friendship, (as we -have already observed) had been the cutting off the caravan -for Jerusalem. In revenge for this, the king had marched -into Dawaro, and sent a body of troops from that province -to see what was the state of the Moorish forces in Adel. -These were no sooner arrived on the frontiers of that kingdom, -than they were met by a number of the enemy appointed -to guard those confines, and, coming to blows, the Abyssinians -defeated, and drove them into the desert parts of their -own country. The king still advanced till he met the Mahometan -army, and a battle was fought at Shimbra Coré, -where the Abyssinian army was totally defeated; the Betwudet, -Hadug Ras, the governor of Amhara, Robel, governor -of the mountain of Geshen, with the greatest part of -the nobility, and four thousand men, were all slain. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">162</span></p> - -<p>Mahomet, called Gragnè, (which signifies <i>left-handed</i>) commanded -this army. He was governor of Zeyla, and had -promoted the league with the Turkish bashas on the coast -of Arabia; and, having now given the king a check in his -first enterprise, he resolved to carry on the war with him in -a way that should produce something decisive. He remained -then quiet two years at home, sent all the prisoners he -had made in the last expedition to Mecca, and to the Turkish -powers on the coast, and required from them in return -the number of troops stipulated, with a train of portable artillery, -which was punctually furnished, while a large body -of janizaries crossed over and joined the Moorish army. -Mahomet led these troops straight into Fatigar, which he -over-ran, as he did the two other neighbouring provinces -Ifat and Dawaro, burning and laying waste the whole country, -and driving, as was his usual manner, immense numbers -of the inhabitants, whom the sword had spared, back -with him to Adel.</p> - -<p>The next year, Mahomet marched from Adel directly into -Dawaro, committing the same excesses. The king, who -saw in despair that total ruin threatened his whole country, -and that there were no hopes but in a battle, met the Moorish -army at Ifras, very much inferior to them in every sort -of appointment. The battle was fought 1st May 1528; the -king was defeated, and Islam Segued, his first minister, who -commanded the army that day, with many of his principal -officers, were slain upon the spot, and the Moorish army -took possession of Shoa. David retreated with his broken -army into Amhara, and encamped at Hegu, thinking to -procure reinforcements during the bad weather, but Gragnè -was too near to give him time for this. He entered Amhara, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">163</span> -destroying all before him. The second of November he -burnt the church of Mecana Selassé of the holy sepulchre, -and Atronsa Mariam; and, on the 8th of the same month, -Ganeta Georgis; on the 2d of December, Debra Agezia-beher; -the 6th of the same month, St Stephen’s church; after -which he returned to Adel with his booty.</p> - -<p>The following year Gragnè returned in April, plundered -and burnt Warwar, and wintered there. In the year 1530 -Gragnè invaded the province of Tigré in the month of October, -while the king, who had wintered in Dembea, marched -up to Woggora; thence, in December, he went to Tsalamet, -and returned to Tigré to keep the feast of the Epiphany.</p> - -<p>The king, next year, marched through Tzegadé, and -Gragnè close followed him, as if he had been hunting a -wild beast rather than making war. The 2d of January he -burnt Abba Samuel, then went down into Mazaga the borders -of Sennaar to a conference with Muchtar, one of his -confederates, when it was resolved that they should fight -the king wherever they could meet him, and attach themselves -to his person alone. Gragnè by forced marches overtook -the king upon the Nile at Delakus, the 6th of February, -and offered him battle, knowing the proud spirit of -David, that he would not refuse, however great the disproportion -was.</p> - -<p>The event was such as might be expected. Fortune -again declared against the king. Negadé Yasous, Acab -Saat, and many others of the nobility perished, fighting -to the last, in the sight of their sovereign. In this battle -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">164</span> -the brave monk, Andreas<a id="FNanchor_34" href="#Footnote_34" class="fnanchor">34</a>, much advanced in years, was -slain, behaving with the greatest gallantry, unwilling to survive -the ruin of his country.</p> - -<p>The Moors now found it unnecessary to keep together -an army. They divided into small parties, that they might -more effectually and speedily ruin the country. Part of -Gragnè’s army was detached to burn Axum; the other under -Simeon continued in Amhara to watch the king’s motions; -and, while he attempted to relieve Axum, dispersed -his army, on which the town was burnt, and with it many -of the richest churches in Abyssinia, Hallelujah, Banquol, -Gaso, Debra Kerbé, and many others. And, on the 7th of -April, Saul, son of Tesfo Yasous, fought another detachment -of the Moorish army, and was cut to pieces.</p> - -<p>The 28th year of his reign, 1536, the king crossed the -Tacazzé, and had many disastrous encounters with the people -of Siré and Serawé. Tesfo l’Oul, who commanded in -this latter province for the king, surprised a Turkish party -under Adli, whom he slew, and met with the same fate -himself from Abbas, Moorish governor of Serawé, when a -great many of the principal people of that province were there -slain. Galila, a large island in the lake Tzana, was plundered, -and the convent upon it burnt. It was one of the principal -places where the Abyssinians hid their treasure, and a great -booty was found there.</p> - -<p>In the following year, Gragnè, in a message represented -to him, that he might see he was fighting against God, exhorting -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">165</span> -him to be wise, and make his peace in time, which -he should have upon the condition of giving him his daughter -in marriage, and he would then withdraw his army, -otherwise he would never leave Abyssinia till he had reduced -it to a condition of producing nothing but grass. But -the king, nothing daunted, returned him for answer, That -he was an infidel, and a blasphemer, used as an instrument -to chastise him and his people for their many sins; that it -was his duty to bear the correction patiently; but that it -would soon happen, when this just purpose was answered, -that he would be destroyed, and all those with him, as such -wicked instruments had always been; that he the king, and -Abyssinia his kingdom, would be preserved as a monument -of the mercy of God, who never entirely forsook his people, -though he might chastise them.</p> - -<p>Indeed, the condition of the country was now such that -a total destruction seemed to be at hand; for a famine and -plague, its constant companion, raged in Abyssinia, carrying -off those that the sword had spared.</p> - -<p>Gideon and Judith, king and queen of the Jews, in the -high country of Samen, after having suffered much from -Gragnè, had at last rebelled and joined him; and the king, -who it seems continued to shew an inclination to the Catholic -church, which he had imbibed during the embassy of -Don Roderigo, by this had occasioned many to fall off from -him, he and the court observing Easter according to the -Roman kalendar, while the rest of the clergy and kingdom -continued firm to that of Alexandria. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">166</span></p> - -<p>At this time Osman of Dawaro, Jonadab, Kefla, Yousef, -and other rebel Abyssinians, part of Ammer’s army, one of -Gragnè’s generals, surprised the king’s eldest son, Victor, going -to join his father the 7th day of March; slew him, and -dispersed his army. Three days after, the king himself came -to action, with Ammer at Zaat in Waag, but he was there -again beaten, and his youngest son Menas was taken prisoner. -The king had scarce now an attendant, and, being -almost alone, he took refuge among the rocks and bushes -in a high mountain called <i>Tsalem</i>, in the district of Tsalamet. -But he had not remained above a day there, when he was -followed by Joram, (rebel-master of that district) and narrowly -escaped being taken as he was crossing the Tacazzé on -foot and alone; whence he took refuge on mount Tabor, a -very high mountain in Siré, and there he passed the winter.</p> - -<p>The amazing spirit and constancy of the king, who alone -seemed not to forsake the cause of his kingdom, who -now, without children or army, still singly, made war for -the liberty of his country, astonished all Abyssinia as well -friends as enemies. Every veteran soldier, therefore, that -could escape the small parties of the Moors which surrounded -the king, joined him at Tabor, and he was again at the -head of a very small, but brave body of troops, though it -was scarcely known in what part of the kingdom he was -hid. When Achmet-eddin, lieutenant of Ammer, passed -through Siré, loaded with the spoils of the churches and -towns he had plundered, the king, finding him within his -reach, descended from the mountain, and, by a sudden -march, surprised and slew him with his own hand, leaving -the greatest part of his army dead on the field. After which -he distributed the booty among his small army. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">167</span></p> - -<p>Ammer, the king’s mortal enemy, who had taken upon -himself the destruction of the royal family, descended into -the province of Siré, and neighbourhood of Tabor, and there -indulged himself in the most wanton cruelties, torturing -and murdering the priests, burning churches and villages, -hoping by this the king would lose his temper, and leave -his strong-hold in the mountain. But hearing at the same -time, that a large quantity of plate, and other treasure, belonging -to the church Debra Kerbé, had been carried into -an island in the lake Tzana for safety, he left the king, and -seized his booty in the lake to a very great amount.</p> - -<p>However, he there fell ill of a fever; but, on his return, -was so far advanced in his recovery as to resume his schemes -of destroying the king; when, the night of the 10th of February -1538, while he was sleeping in bed in his tent, a common -soldier, from what quarrel or cause is not known, -went secretly and stabbed him several times in the belly -with a two-edged knife, so that he died instantly, to David’s -great relief, and much to the safety of the whole kingdom.</p> - -<p>It was now 12 years since Don Roderigo de Lima had -sailed from Masuah, carrying with him Zaga Zaab ambassador -from the king of Abyssinia. This embassy arrived -safe in Lisbon, and was received with great magnificence -by king John; but, as the circumstances of the kingdom -when he left Masuah were really flourishing, and as the -treatment he met in Portugal was better than he had, probably, -ever experienced at home, he seems to have been in -no haste to put an end to this embassy. On the other side, -the king of Portugal’s affairs in India were arrived at that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">168</span> -degree of prosperity and power, that little use remained for -such an ally as the king of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>The Moorish trade and navigation to India had already -received a fatal blow, as well from the Portuguese themselves, -as from the fall of the Mamalukes in Egypt; and Soliman, -and his servant Sinan Basha, by their conquest, and -introducing soldiers who had not any idea or talent for trade, -but only plunder and rapine, had given a finishing stroke -to what the discovery of the Cape of Good Hope began. The -filling Arabia with fire-arms and Turks was now of consequence -to none but to David; and of such a consequence it -had been, that, as we have seen, in the course of 12 years it -had left him nothing in Abyssinia but the bare name of -king, and a life so precarious that it could not be counted -upon from one day’s end to the other.</p> - -<p>David had detained in Abyssinia two Portuguese, one called -Master John, the other Lazarus d’Andrad a painter, being -two of Don Roderigo’s train that came from the Indies with -him. The Abuna (Mark) was become old and incapable, -and, since the Turkish conquest of Egypt, very indifferent -to, and unconnected with, what passed at Cairo. Before he -died, at the king’s desire he had appointed John his successor, -and accordingly ordained him Abuna, as well as having -first given him all the inferior orders at once; for John was -a layman and student in physic; a very simple creature, but -a great bigot; and we shall from henceforward call him -John Bermudes.</p> - -<p>John very willingly consented to his ordination, provided -the pope approved of it; and he set out for Rome, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">169</span> -not by the usual way of India, but through Arabia and Egypt; -and, arriving there without accident, was confirmed -by Paul III. the then pope, not only as patriarch of Abyssinia, -but of Alexandria likewise; to which he added, as Bermudes -says, the most unintelligible and incomprehensible title -of Patriarch of the Sea. Bermudes, to this variety of charges, -had this other added to him, of ambassador from King -David to the court of Portugal; and for this he was certainly -very fit, however he might be for his ecclesiastical dignities; -for he had been now 12 years in Abyssinia, knew the -country well, and had been witness of the variety of distresses -which, following close one upon another, had brought -this country to its then state of ruin.</p> - -<p>While these things passed in the north of Abyssinia, a -terrible catastrophe happened in the south. A Mahometan -chief, called Vizir Mudgid, governor of Arar, having an opportunity -from his situation to hear of the riches which were -daily carried from churches, and other places, for safety into -the mountain of Geshen, took a resolution to attempt -that natural fortress, though in itself almost impregnable, -and strengthened by an army constantly encamped at the -foot of it.</p> - -<p>When Mudgid arrived near the mountain he found it -was forsaken by the troops destined to guard it; and led by -a Mahometan, who was a menial servant to the princes above, -he ascended with his troops without opposition, putting -all the royal family that were prisoners, and indeed every -individual of either sex resident there, indiscriminately -to the sword. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">170</span></p> - -<p>The measure of David’s misfortunes seems to have been -now full, and he died accordingly this very year 1540.</p> - -<p>It will be necessary here to remind the reader, that Alvarez, -the chaplain and historian of the first Portuguese embassy, -was (as he said) on his return appointed by king David -to make his submission to the pope. Leaving Zaga -Zaab, therefore, in Portugal, he proceeded to Bologna, where -the emperor Charles V. was then in person, before whom -and the pope himself he delivered his credentials framed -by Peter Covillan, and afterwards, in a long speech, the reasons -of his embassy.</p> - -<p>The pope received this submission of David with infinite -pleasure, at a time when so many kingdoms in the west -were revolting from his supremacy. He considered it as a -thing of the greatest moment to be courted before the emperor -by so powerful a prince in Africa. But as for the -emperor himself, though he was then preparing for an expedition -against the Mahometans, and though it was his favourite -war, he seems to have been perfectly indifferent -either to the embassy itself, or to the person that sent it; -a great proof that he believed there was nothing real in -it.</p> - -<p>Many other people have doubted whether this embassy, -or that of John Bermudes, actually came from the Abyssinian -court, as the king would scarcely have abandoned the -form of the Alexandrian church in which he had been -brought up by Abuna Mark, then alive. Abuna Mark, -moreover, could scarcely be believed to have promoted embassies -which were intended to strike at the root of his own -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">171</span> -religion, and the patriarchal power with which he was endowed.</p> - -<p>But to this it is easily answered, That the Abyssinian historian -of David’s reign, through the whole course of it, readily -admits his constant attachment to the see of Rome. He -gives a striking example of it during the war with Gragnè, -when the king celebrated Easter after the manner of the -Roman Catholics, though it was to have this certain effect -of dividing his kingdom, and alienating the minds of his -subjects, of whose assistance he was then in the utmost need. -And as for the Abuna, we are to consider that Cairo had -been taken, and the government, which Abuna Mark owned -for the lawful one, had been overturned by the Turks who -then possessed it, and were actually persecuting the Alexandrian -church.</p> - -<p>The Abuna, then, and the king also, had the same reason -for not applying to Cairo, the seat of the Turks their enemies; -and, therefore, they more readily accommodated matters -with a people from whom only their assistance could -come; and without whom, it was probable, that both the -Christian religion and civil government of Abyssinia would -fall together.</p> - -<p>It has been said of this king by the European writers -who have touched upon the history of his reign, that he -was a prince who had began it in the most promising manner, -but after the death of the empress Helena, he had abandoned -himself to all sort of debauchery, and especially -that of women; insomuch, as Mr Ludolf says, he suffered -his concubines to have idols in his palace. This I take -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">172</span> -to be a calumny copied from the Portuguese priests, who -never forgave him the denial of his writing the letters -by Matthew, in which it was said he gave the Portuguese, -or rather king of Portugal, one-third of the kingdom; -for he succeeded to the crown at 11 years of age, defeated -and slew Maffudi when he was about sixteen; and, when -Don Roderigo and the Portuguese embassy were with him, -he was then something more than twenty, a very devout, prudent -prince, according to the account Alvarez, an eye-witness, -gives of him; and all this time empress Helena was -alive.</p> - -<p>Again, the very year after the Portuguese embassy left -Abyssinia, that is, in the year 1526, the king was defeated -by the Moors, and, from that time to his death, was -hunted about the country like a wild beast, from rock to -rock, very often alone, and at all times slenderly attended, -till he died, in 1540, at the age of 46; so there is no period -during his life in which this calumny can be justly fixed -upon him.</p> - -<p>As for the idolatry he is accused of suffering in his palace -among his Pagan mistresses, I cannot recollect any place -in the adjoining nations from which he could have brought -these idolatrous rites or mistresses. The Pagan countries around -him profess a remnant of ill-understood Sabaism, -worshipping the stars, the moon, and the wind; but I do -not, as I say, recollect any of these bordering on Abyssinia -who worship idols. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">173</span></p> - -<h2 id="CLAUDIUS_or_ATZENAF_SEGUED"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">CLAUDIUS, or ATZENAF SEGUED.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1540 to 1559.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Prosperous Beginning of Claudius’s Reign—Christopher de Gama lands -in Abyssinia—Prevented by the rainy Season from joining the King—Battle -of Ainal—Battle of Offalo—Christopher de Gama slain—Battle -of Isaac’s Bet—Moors defeated, and their General slain—Abyssinian -Army defeated—Claudius slain—Remarkable Behaviour of Nur, Governor -of Zeyla, General of the Moors.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Claudius</span> succeeded his father David III. being yet -young, and found the empire in circumstances that -would have required an old and experienced prince. But, -though young, he possessed those graceful and affable manners -which, at first sight, attached people of all sorts to him. -He had been tutored with great care by the empress Helena, -was expert in all warlike exercises, and brave beyond his -years.—So say the Abyssinian annals; and though I have not -thought myself warranted to depart from the letter of the -context, yet it is my duty to the reader to shew him how -this could not be.</p> - -<p>Claudius was born about the 1522; the empress Helena -died in 1525. From this it is plain, the first three years of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">174</span> -his life was all that he could be under the tutelege of the -empress Helena; and, at so early a period, it is not possible -he could receive much advantage. The princess, to whom -he was indebted for his education, was Sabel Wenghel, celebrated -in the Abyssinian history for wisdom and courage -equal to the empress Helena herself. She was relict of -David. We shall hereafter see her called Helena likewise -upon another occasion; but the reader is desired to have in -mind, that this confusion of persons is owing only to that -of names to be met with almost in every reign in the Abyssinian -history.</p> - -<p>Claudius is said likewise in these annals to have been -a child at the time of his accession; but, having been born -in the 1522, and succeeding to the throne in 1540, he must -have been eighteen years of age; and this cannot be called -childhood, especially in Abyssinia, unless, as I have before -said, this observation of age was relative to the arduous task -he had in hand, by succeeding to a kingdom arrived at the -very eve of perdition.</p> - -<p>The Moors, notwithstanding the constant success they -had against David, still feared the consequences of his long -experience and undaunted resolution in the most adverse -fortune. They were happy, therefore, in the change of -such an enemy, however unfortunate, for a young man -scarcely yet out of the influence of female government, -which had always been favourable to them, and their religion.</p> - -<p>A general league was formed without delay among all -the Mahometan chiefs to surround Claudius, and fall upon -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">175</span> -him before he was in a situation to defend himself, and -by one stroke to put an end to the war. They accordingly -set about collecting troops from all quarters, but with a -degree of inattention and presumption that sufficiently -shewed they thought themselves in no danger. But the -young king having good intelligence that vizir Asa, Osman, -Debra Yasous, and Joram, (who had so nearly taken his father -prisoner in the mountain Tsalem) had their quarters -near him, and neglected a good look-out, fell upon them, -without their knowing what his force was, entirely defeated -them, dispersed their army, and struck a panic into the -whole confederacy by the manner this victory was followed -up; the king himself on horseback continued the pursuit -all that day and night, as also the next day, and did -not return to his camp till the second evening after his -victory, having slain without mercy every one that had -fallen into his hands, either in the flight, or in the field of -battle.</p> - -<p>Claudius’s behaviour, on this first occasion, raised the -soldiers confidence to a degree of enthusiasm. Every man -that had served under his father repaired to him with the -greatest alacrity. Above all, the Agows of Lasta came down -to him in great troops from their rugged and inaccessible -mountains, the chief of that warlike nation being related -to him by his mother.</p> - -<p>The king in person at the head of his army became now -an object of such consideration as to make the Mahometan -chiefs no longer retire as usual to winter in Adel, but canton -themselves in the several districts they had conquered in -Abyssinia, and lay aside the thoughts of farther wasting the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">176</span> -country, to defend themselves against so active and spirited -an assailant. They agreed then to join their whole forces -together, and march to force the king to a battle. Osman -of Ganzé, vizir Mudgid who had settled in Amhara, Saber-eddin<a id="FNanchor_35" href="#Footnote_35" class="fnanchor">35</a>, -and all the lesser rebel officers of Siré and Serawé, -effected a junction about the same time without opposition. -Jonathan alone, a rebel of great experience, had not yet appeared -with his troops. The king, on the other hand, did -not seem over anxious to come to an engagement, though -his army was every day ready for battle; and his ground -was always taken with advantage, so that it was almost desperate -to pretend to force him.</p> - -<p>Jonathan at last was on his way to join the confederates; -but the king had as early intelligence of his motions -as his friends: and, while he was yet two days march distant -from the camp, the king, leaving his tents standing -and his fires lighted, by a forced march in the night came -upon him, (while he thought him blocked up by his rebel -associates at a distance) and, finding Jonathan without preparation -or defence, cut his whole army to pieces, slew him, -and then returned to his own tents as rapidly as he went, -having ordered small detachments to continue in the way -between him and his camp, patroling lest some ambush -should be laid for him by the enemy, who, if they had -been informed of his march, though they were too late to -prevent the success of it, might still have attempted to revenge -it. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">177</span></p> - -<p>But intelligence was now given to the Moors with much -less punctuality and alacrity than formerly. So generally -did the king possess the affections of the country-people, -that no information came to the confederate army till the -next day after his return, when, early in the morning, he -dispatched one of the Moorish prisoners that he had taken -three days before, and spared for the purpose, carrying with -him the head of Jonathan, and a full account of the havock -to which he had been a witness.</p> - -<p>This messenger bore also the king’s defiance to the Moors, -whom he challenged, under the odious epithets they deserved, -to meet him; and then actually to shew he was in -earnest, marched towards them with his army, which he -formed in order of battle. But tho’ they stood under arms -for a considerable time, whilst several invitations to single -combat were sent from the Christian horsemen, as their custom -is, before they engage, or when their camps are near -each other, yet the Moors were so astonished at what had happened, -and what they saw now before them, that not one officer -would advise the risking a battle, nor any one soldier accept -of the challenge offered. The king then returned to -his camp, distributed the whole booty among his soldiers, -and refreshed them, preserving a proper station to cover the -wounded, whom he sent off to places of security.</p> - -<p>The king was in the country of Samen in the neighbourhood -of Lasta. He then decamped and passed the river Tacazzé, -that he might be nearer those districts of which the -Turks had possessed themselves. In this march all sorts of -people joined the victorious army. Those that had revolted, -and many that had apostatized, came without fear and surrendered -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">178</span> -themselves, trusting to the clemency of the prince. -Many of the Moors, natives of Abyssinia, did the same, after -having experienced the difference between the mild Christian -government, and that of their new masters, the Moors -and Turks of Adel.</p> - -<p>The king encamped at Sard, there to pass his Easter; and, -as is usual in the great festivals, many of the nobility obtained -leave to attend the religious offices of the season at -home with their families. Ammer, governor of Ganzé, -who knew the custom of the country, thought this was the -time to surprise the king thinly attended; and it might have -succeeded, if intelligence of the enemy’s designs had not -been received almost as soon as they were formed. Claudius, -therefore, drawing together some of the best of his forces, -placed himself in ambush in Ammer’s, way, who, not -suspecting, fell into it with his army, which was totally destroyed -on the 24th of April 1541. After which the king -left his own quarter at Sard and came to Shume.</p> - -<p>While things were taking this favourable turn in Abyssinia, -the ambassador, John Bermudes, had passed from Rome -to Lisbon, where he was acknowledged by the king as patriarch -of Alexandria, Abyssinia, and, as he will have it, of -the Sea. The first thing he did was to give the Portuguese -a sample of Abyssinian discipline, by putting Zaga Zaab -in irons for having wasted so much time without effecting -any of the purposes of his embassy; but, by the interposition -of the king, he was set at liberty in a few days. -Bermudes then fell roundly to the subject of his embassy, -and drew such a picture of the distresses of Abyssinia, and -insisted in his own blunt way so violently with the king of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">179</span> -Portugal, and the nobility in general, that he procured an -order from the king for Don Garcia de Noronha, who was -then going out viceroy of the Indies, to send 400 Portuguese -musqueteers from India to the relief of Abyssinia, and to -land them at Masuah.</p> - -<p>John Bermudes, to secure the assistance promised, resolved -to embark in the same fleet with Don Garcia; but he -fell sick, from poison given him, as he apprehends, by -Zaga Zaab, and this delayed his embarkation a year. The -next year, being recovered of his illness, he arrived safely at -India. In the interim Don Garcia died, and Don Stephen -de Gama, who succeeded him, did not embrace the scheme -of the intended succour with such eagerness as Bermudes -could have wished.</p> - -<p>After some delay, however, it was resolved that Don -Stephen should himself undertake an expedition from India, -to burn the Turkish gallies that were at Suez. In this, -however, Don Stephen was disappointed. Upon intelligence -of the intended visit, the Turkish gallies had been all drawn -ashore. He came after this to the port of Masuah, where the -fleet intended to water; and, for that purpose, their boats -were sent to Arkeeko, a small town and fortress upon the -main-land, where good water may be found. But the Moors -and Turks from Zeyla and Adel were now masters there, who -took the 1000 webs of cotton-cloth the captain had sent to exchange -for water and provisions, and sent him word back, that -his master, the king of Adel, was now king of all Ethiopia, -and would not suffer any further trade to be carried on, but -through his subjects; if, therefore, the captain of the fleet -would make peace with him, he should restore the cotton-webs -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">180</span> -which had been taken, supply him plentifully with -provisions, and make amends for the sixty Portuguese slain -on the coast near Zeyla: For, upon the fleet’s entering the -Red Sea, this number of Portuguese had run away with a -boat; and, landing in the kingdom of Adel, where they could -procure no water, they were decoyed to give up their arms, -and were then all massacred.</p> - -<p>The captain, Don Stephen, saw the trap laid for him by -the Moors, and, resolving to pay them in their own coin, -he returned this answer to their message, “That he was very -willing to trade with the Moorish officer, but did not demand -restitution of the clothes, as they were taken in fair -war. As for the sixty Portuguese, they had met the death they -deserved, as being traitors and deserters: That he now sent -a thousand more clothes, desiring water and provisions, especially -live cattle; and that, as it was now the time of -their festival, he would treat with them for peace, and -bring his goods ashore as soon as the holidays were over.”</p> - -<p>This being agreed to on both sides, with equal bad faith -and intention towards each other, and Don Stephen having -obtained his refreshments, he strictly forbade any further -communication with the shore. He then selected a body -of six hundred men, the command of whom he gave to -Martin Correa, who, in light boats, without shewing any -fire, landed undiscovered below Arkeeko, and took possession -of the entrances to the town, putting all that they met -to the sword. Nur, governor of the province for the king -of Adel, fled as soon as he had heard the Portuguese were -in the town: He was already in the fields, when Martin -Correa shot him with a musquet, and cut off his head, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">181</span> -which was sent before them to the queen, Sabel Wenghel, -then in a strong-hold of the province of Tigré, and with her -Degdeasmati (which, in common discourse, is called <i>Kasmati</i>) -Robel. This was the person of that name who had met -Don Roderigo in his journey to find the king, and who was -now governor of the province. The queen received the -Moorish general’s head with great demonstrations of joy, -considering it as an early pledge of future victories.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, Don Stephen de Gama, captain of -the fleet, began to inrol the men destined to march to join -Claudius. Four hundred and fifty musqueteers was the -number granted by the king to Bermudes; but an ardent -desire of glory had seized all the Portuguese, and every -one strove to be in the nomination for that enterprise. -All that Don Stephen could do was to choose men of the -first rank for the officers; and these, of necessity, having -many servants whom they carried with them, greatly, by -this means, encreased the number beyond the 450. Don -Christopher de Gama, Don Stephen’s youngest brother, a -nobleman of great hopes, was chosen to command this -small army of heroes.</p> - -<p>A very great murmuring, nevertheless, prevailed among -those that were refused, which was scarcely kept in due -bounds by the presence and authority of the governor Don -Stephen himself. And from this honourable emulation, and -the discontent these brave soldiers who were left behind shewed, -the bay where the galley rode in the harbour of Masuah, -on board which this council was held, is called to this day -<i>Bahia dos Agravados</i>, the Bay of Wronged, or Injured People, -sometimes misinterpreted the Bay <i>of the Sick</i>. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">182</span></p> - -<p>The army under Don Christopher marched to Arkeeko, -where the next day came the governor Don Stephen, and -the principal officers of the fleet, and took leave of their -countrymen; and, after receiving the blessing of Don John -Bermudes, <i>Patriarch of the Sea</i>, the governor and rest of the -Portuguese embarked, and returned to India.</p> - -<p>Don Christopher, with the greatest intrepidity, began his -march towards Dobarwa, the easiest entrance into Abyssinia, -though still over rugged and almost inaccessible mountains. -The Baharnagash had orders to attend him, and -furnish this little army with cattle both for their provision -and carriages; and this he actually performed. But the carriages -of the small train of artillery giving way in this bad -road, and there being nobody at hand to assist them with fresh -ones in case the old failed, Gama made certain carriages of -wood after the pattern of those they had brought from Portugal; -and, as iron was a very scarce commodity in Abyssinia, -he made them split in pieces some barrels of old and -useless firelocks for the wheels with which they were to -draw their artillery.</p> - -<p>The queen, without delay, came forward to join Don -Christopher; who, hearing she was at hand, went to meet -her a league from the city with drums beating and colours -flying, and saluted her with a general discharge of fire-arms, -which terrified her much. Her two sisters accompanied her, -and a number of attendants of both sexes. Don Christopher, -at the head of his soldiers, paid his compliments with equal -gallantry and respect. The queen was covered from head -to foot, but lifted up her veil, so that her face could be seen -by him; and he, on the other hand, appointed a hundred -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">183</span> -musqueteers for her guard; and thus they returned to Dobarwa -mutually satisfied with this their first interview.</p> - -<p>Don Christopher marched from Dobarwa eight days -through a very rugged country, endeavouring, if possible, -to bring about a junction with the king. And it was in -this place, while he was encamped, that he received a message -from the Moorish general, full of opprobrious expressions, -which was answered in much the same manner. Don -Christopher continued his march as much as he could on account -of the rains; and Gragnè, whose greatest desire was -to prevent the junction, followed him into Tigré. Neither -army desired to avoid the other, and they were both marching -to the same point; so that on the 25th of March 1542, -they came in sight of each other at Ainal, a small village in -the country of the Baharnagash.</p> - -<p>The Moorish army consisted of 1000 horsemen, 5000 foot, -50 Turkish musqueteers, and a few pieces of artillery. Don -Christopher, besides his 450 musqueteers, had about 12,000 -Abyssinians, mostly foot, with a few bad horse commanded -by the Baharnagash, and Robel governor of Tigré. Don -Christopher, whose principal view was a junction with the -king, though he did not decline fighting, yet, like a good -officer, he chose to do it as much as possible upon his own -terms; and, therefore, as the enemy exceeded greatly in the -number of horse, he posted himself so as to make the best -of his fire-arms and artillery. And well it was that he did -so, for the Abyssinians shewed the utmost terror when the -firing began on both sides. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">184</span></p> - -<p>Gragne, mounted on a bay horse, advancing too near -Don Christopher’s line that he might see if in any part it -was accessible to his cavalry, and being known by his dress to -be an officer of distinction, he was shot at by Peter de Sa, a -Portuguese marksman, who killed his horse, and wounded -the rider in the leg. This occasioned a great confusion, and -would probably have ended in a defeat of the Moors, had -not the Portuguese general also been wounded immediately -after by a shot. Don Christopher, to shew his confidence of -victory, ordered his men forthwith to pitch their tents, upon -which the Moors retired with Gragnè (whom they had -mounted on another horse) without being pursued, the Abyssinians -having contented themselves with being spectators -of the battle.</p> - -<p>Don Christopher, with his army and the empress, now -entered into winter-quarters at Affalo; nor did Gragnè depart -to any distance from him, but took up his quarters at -Zabul, in hopes always to fight the Portuguese before it was -possible for them to effect a junction with the king. The -winter passed in a mutual intercourse of correspondence and -confidence between the king and Don Christopher, and in -determining upon the best scheme to pursue the war with -success. Don Christopher and the queen were both of opinion, -that, considering the small number of Portuguese first -landed, and their diminution by fighting, and a strange climate, -it was risking every thing to defer a junction till the -winter was over.</p> - -<p>The Moorish general was perfectly of the same opinion; -therefore, as soon as the king began his march from Dembea, -Gragnè advanced to Don Christopher’s camp, and placed himself -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">185</span> -between the Portuguese army and that of the king, -drawing up his troops before the camp, and defying the -Portuguese to march out, and fight, in the most opprobrious -language. Don Christopher, in a long catalogue of virtues -which he possessed to a very eminent degree, had not the -smallest claim to that of patience, so very necessary to -those that command armies. He was brave to a fault; -rash and vehement; jealous of what he thought military -honour; and obstinate in his resolutions, which he formed -in consequence. The defiance of this barbarian, at which -an old general would have laughed, made him utterly forget -the reasons he himself frequently alledged, and the arguments -used by the queen, which the king’s approach -daily strengthened, that it was risking every thing to come -to a battle till the two armies had joined. He had, however, -from no other motive but Gragnè’s insolence, formed his -resolution to fight, without waiting a junction; and accordingly -the 30th of August, early in the morning, having -chosen his ground to the best advantage, he offered battle -to the Moorish army.</p> - -<p>Gragne, by presents sent to the basha of Zibid, had -doubled his number of horse, which now consisted of 2000. -He had got likewise 100 Turkish musqueteers, an infinite -number of foot, and a train of artillery more numerous -and complete than ever had been seen before in Abyssinia. -The queen, frightened at the preparation for the battle, fled, -taking with her the Portuguese patriarch, who seemed to -have as little inclination as she had to see the issue of the -day. But Don Christopher, who knew well the bad effects -this example would have, both on Abyssinians and Portuguese, -sent twenty horse, and brought them both back; telling -the patriarch it was a breach of duty he would not suffer, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">186</span> -for him to withdraw until he had confessed him, and -given the army absolution before the action with the Infidels.</p> - -<p>The battle was fought on the 30th of August with great -fury and obstinacy on both sides. The Portuguese had strewed, -early in the morning, all the front of their line with -gun-powder, to which, on the approach of the Turks, they -set fire by trains, which burnt and disabled, a great many of -them; and things bore a prosperous appearance, till the Moorish -general ordered some artillery to be pointed against the -Abyssinians, who, upon hearing the first explosion, and seeing -the effect of some balls that had lighted among them, -fled, and left the Portuguese to the number only of 400, -who were immediately surrounded by the Moorish army. -Nor did Gragnè pursue the fugitives, his affair being with -the Portuguese, the smallness of whose number promised -they would fall an easy and certain sacrifice. He therefore, -attacked their camp upon every side with very little -success, having lost most of his best officers, till, unfortunately, -Don Christopher, fighting and exposing himself everywhere, -was singled out by a Turkish soldier, and shot -through the arm. Upon this all his men turned their -thoughts from their own preservation to that of their general, -who obstinately refused to fly, till he was by force -put upon a litter, and sent off, together with the patriarch -and queen.</p> - -<p>Night now coming on, Don Christopher had got into a -wood in which there was a cave. There he ordered himself -to be set down to have his wounds dressed; which, being -done, he was urged by the queen and patriarch to continue -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">187</span> -his flight. But he had formed his resolution, and, without -deigning to give his reasons, he obstinately refused to retreat -a step farther. In vain the queen, and those that knew -the country, told him he was just in the tract of the Moorish -horsemen, who would not fail soon to surround him. -He repeated his resolution of staying there with such a degree -of firmness, that the queen and patriarch, who had no -great desire for martyrdom, left him to his fate, which presently -overtook him.</p> - -<p>In one of Don Christopher’s expeditions to the mountains, -he had taken a very beautiful woman, wife to a -Turkish officer, whom he had slain. This lady had made -a shew of conversion to Christianity; lived with him afterwards, -and was treated by him with the utmost tenderness. -It was said, that, after he was wounded and began to fly, -this woman had given him his route, and promised to overtake -him with friends that would carry him to a place of -safety. Accordingly, some servants left by the queen, hidden -among the rocks, to watch what might befal him, and -assist him if possible, saw a woman, in the dawn of the -morning, come to the cave, and return into the wood immediately, -whence there rushed out a body of Moorish -horse, who went straight to the cave and found Don Christopher -lying upon the ground sorely wounded. Upon the -first question that was asked him, he declared his name, -which so overjoyed the Moors, that they gave over further -pursuit, and returned with the prisoner they had taken. -Don Christopher was brought into the presence of the Moorish -general, Gragnè, who loaded him with reproaches; to -which he replied with such a share of invectives, that the -Moor, in the violence of his passion, drew his sword and cut -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">188</span> -off his head with his own hand. His head was sent to Constantinople, -and parts of his body to Zibid and other quarters of Arabia.</p> - -<p>The Portuguese camp was now taken, and all the wounded -found in it were put to death. The women, from their -fear, having retired all into Don Christopher’s tent, the Turks -began to indulge themselves in their usual excesses towards -their captives, when a noble Abyssinian woman, who had -been married to a Portuguese, seeing the shocking treatment -that was awaiting them, set fire to several barrels of gun-powder -that were in the tent, and at once destroyed herself, -her companions, and those that were about to abuse them.</p> - -<p>The queen and the patriarch, after travelling through -most difficult ways, and being hospitably entertained whereever -they passed, at last took up their residence in the Jews -mountain, a place inaccessible in point of strength, having -but one entrance, and that very difficult, being also defended -by a multitude of inhabitants who dwell on a large -plain on the top of that mountain, where there is plenty of -space to plow and sow, and a large stream of water that -runs through the whole of it. Here they staid two months, -as well to repose themselves as to give the king time to relieve -them. After hearing that he was in motion, they left -the mountain of the Jews, and met him on his march towards -them.</p> - -<p>Claudius shewed great signs of sorrow for the death of -Don Christopher, and mourned three days. He then sent -3000 ounces of gold to be divided among the Portuguese, -who, in the place of Don Christopher, had elected Alphonso -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">189</span> -Caldeyra for their captain. These all flocked about the -king, demanding that he would lead them to battle, that -they might revenge the death of Don Christopher. Soon after -which, Alphonso Caldeyra, exercising a horse in the field, -was thrown off and died of the fall. In his place was -elected Arius Dias, a Portuguese, born at Coimbra, whose -mother was a black; he was very much favoured by the -king, who now began to cultivate particular parties among -the Portuguese, in order to divide them, and loosen -their attachment for their patriarch, religion, and -country.</p> - -<p>The king marched from Samen to Shawada, where the -Moorish army came in full force to meet him. They were -not, however, those formidable troops that had defeated and -taken Don Christopher: For the Turkish soldiers, who were -the strength of the army, expecting to have shared a great -sum each for Don Christopher’s ransom, thought themselves -exceedingly injured by the manner in which he was put to -death; and they had accordingly all to a man returned -into Arabia, leaving Gragnè to fight his own battles for -his own profit. Nor was Claudius ignorant of this; and -having collected all his army he gave the Moors battle on -the 15th of November in a plain called Woggora, on the top -of Lamalmon, in which the Moors, notwithstanding their -recent victory, were not long in yielding to the superiority -of the king’s troops.</p> - -<p>The loss of the day was not inconsiderable. Mahomet, -Osman, and Talil, three Moorish leaders, famous for their -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">190</span> -successes against David the king’s father, were this day slain -in the field.</p> - -<p>Claudius now descended into the low country of Derseguè, -a very plentiful province, to which the Moors always -retreated to strengthen themselves after any misfortune. -This the king utterly destroyed; while Gragnè -did the same with those countries in Dembea that had -been recovered by the king. Claudius then returned to Shawada, -and Gragnè to Derseguè. After that the king marched -to Wainadega, and Gragnè, leaving Derseguè, advanced -so near the king’s army, that the outposts were nearly in -sight of each other. In such a position of two such armies -a battle became inevitable.</p> - -<p>Accordingly, on the 10th of Feb. 1543, in the morning, -the king, whose quarters were at Isaac’s Bet, having well refreshed -his army, marched out of his camp, and offered the -enemy battle. The Portuguese, ever mindful of Don Christopher, -fought with a bravery like to desperation, and the -presence of the king keeping the Abyssinians in their duty, -the van of Gragnè’s army was pushed back upon the center, -and much confusion was like to follow, till Gragnè advanced -alone before them, waving and beckoning with his -hands to his men that they should follow; and he was already -come so near the Portuguese line as to be easily -known and distinguished by them.</p> - -<p>Peter Lyon, a man of low stature, but very active and -valiant, who had been valet-de-chambre to Don Christopher, -having crept unseen along the course of a river a considerable -space nearer, to make his aim more certain, shot Gragnè -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">191</span> -with his musquet, so that the ball went through his body -in the moment that both armies joined. Gragnè, finding -that his wound was mortal, rode aside from the pressure -of the troops towards a small thicket, and was closely followed -by Peter Lyon, who saw him fall dead from his horse; -and, desirous still to do further service in the battle, he -would not incumber himself with his head, but, cutting -off one of the ears, he put it in his pocket, and returned to -the action. The Moorish army no sooner missed the presence -of their general, than concluding all lost, they fell into confusion, -and were pursued by the Portuguese and Abyssinians, -with a great slaughter, till the evening.</p> - -<p>The next morning, in surveying the dead, the body of -Gragnè was found by an Abyssinian officer, who cut his -head off, and brought it to the king, who received him with -great honour and promise of reward. Peter Lyon stood a -silent spectator of the impudence of his competitor; but Arius -Dias, who knew the fact, desired the king’s attention; -saying, at the same time, “That he believed his majesty -knew Gragnè well enough to suppose that he would not -suffer any man to cut off his ear, without having it in his -power to sever his head also; and consequently, that the ear -must be in possession of a better man than he that had -brought his head to the camp.” Upon this, Peter Lyon pulled -the ear out of his pocket, and laid it at the king’s feet, -amidst the acclamations of all present, for his bravery in -revenging his old master’s death, and his modesty in being -content with having done so, without pretending to any -other reward. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">192</span></p> - -<p>In this battle, a son of Gragnè was taken prisoner, with -many other considerable officers; and Del Wumbarea, wife -of Gragnè, with Nur son of Mudgid, and a few troops, were -obliged to throw themselves, for safety, among the wilds -and woods of Atbara, thereby escaping with great difficulty.</p> - -<p>The king had now ample revenge of all the Moorish leaders -who had reduced his father to such extremities, excepting -Joram, who had driven the king from his hiding-place on -mount Tsalem, and forced him to cross the Tacazzé on foot, -with equal danger of being drowned or taken. This leader -had, much against his will, been detained from the last -battle, but, hoping to be still in time, was advancing by -forced marches. The king, informed of his route, detached -a party of his army to meet him before the news -of the battle could reach him. They having placed them -selves in ambush, he fell into it with his army, and was cut -to pieces: this completed Claudius’s account with his father’s -enemies.</p> - -<p>During the late war with Gragnè, the provinces of Tigré -and Siré had been the principal seat of the war. They -were immediately in the way between Dembea, Masuah, -and the other Moorish posts upon the Red Sea; the enemy -had crossed them in all directions, and a proportionable devastation -had been the consequence. Gragnè had burnt -Axum, and destroyed all the churches and convents in Tigré. -The king, now delivered from this enemy, had applied -seriously to repair the ravages which had been made in -the country. For this purpose he marched with a small army -towards Axum, intending afterwards an expedition against -the Galla. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">193</span></p> - -<p>It was in the 13th year of the reign of Claudius, while -he was at Siré, that there happened a very remarkable eclipse -of the sun, which threw both court and army into great -consternation. The prophets and diviners, ignorant monks -of the desert, did not let slip so favourable an opportunity of -increasing their consequence by augmenting this panic, and -declaring this eclipse to portend nothing less than the renewal -of the Moorish war. The year, however, passed in -tranquillity and peace. Two old women, relations of the -king, are said to have died; and it was in this great calamity -that these diviners were to look for the completion of -their prophecies. It is from this, however, that I have taken -an opportunity to compare and rectify the dates of the -principal transactions in the Abyssinian history. Siré, where -the king then resided, was a point very favourable for this -application; for, in my journey from Masuah to Gondar, -I had settled the latitude and longitude of that town by many -observations.</p> - -<p>On the 22d of January 1770, at night, by a medium of -different passages of stars over the meridian, and by an observation -of the sun the noon of the following day, I found -the latitude to be 14° 4´ 35´´ north, and the evening of the -23d, I observed an emersion of the first satellite of Jupiter, -and by this I concluded the longitude of Siré to be 38° 0´ 15´´ -east of the meridian of Greenwich.</p> - -<p>The 13th year of the reign of Claudius falls to be in the -1553, and I find that there was a remarkable eclipse of the -sun that did happen that same year on the 24th of January -N. S. which answers to the 18th of the Ethiopic month Teir. -The circumstances of this eclipse were as follow: -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">194</span></p> - -<table> - <tr> - <td /> - <td class="tdc"><i>H.</i></td> - <td class="tdc"><i>M.</i></td> - <td class="tdc"><i>S.</i></td> - <td /> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>Beginning,</td> - <td class="tdr">7</td> - <td class="tdr">21</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td class="tdr"><small>A. M.</small></td> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>Middle,</td> - <td class="tdr">8</td> - <td class="tdr">40</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td /> - </tr> - <tr> - <td>End</td> - <td class="tdr">10</td> - <td class="tdr">1</td> - <td class="tdr">0</td> - <td /> - </tr> -</table> - -<p>The quantity of the sun’s disk obscured was 10 digits; so that -this was so near to a total eclipse, it must have made an impression -on the spectators minds that sufficiently accounts -for the alarm and apprehensions it occasioned.</p> - -<p>In the month of January, nothing can be more beautiful -than the sky in Siré; not a cloud appears; the sky is all of a -pale azure, the colour lighter than an European sky, and of -inexpressible beauty. The manner of applying this eclipse -I shall mention hereafter.</p> - -<p>Eclipses of the moon do not seem to be attended to in Abyssinia. -The people are very little out in the night, insomuch -that I do not find one of these recorded throughout their history. -The circumstances of the season make even those of -the sun seldomer visible than in other climates, for in the -rainy season, from April to September, the heavens are constantly -overcast with clouds, so that it is mere accident if -they can catch the moment it happens. But in the month of -Teir, that is December and January, the sky is perfectly serene -and clear, and at this time our eclipse above mentioned -happened.</p> - -<p>The king now took into his consideration the state of the -church. He had sent for an Abuna from Cairo to succeed -Abuna Marcus, and he was now in his way to Abyssinia, -while Bermudes, not able to bear this slight, on the other -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">195</span> -hand, publicly declared to the king, that, having been ambassador -from his father, and made his submission to the -Roman pontiff, for himself and for his kingdom, he now -expected that Claudius would make good his father’s engagements, -embrace the Roman Catholic religion himself, -and, without delay, proclaim it as the established religion -in Abyssinia. This the king positively refused to do, -and a conversation ensued, which is repeated by Bermudes -himself, and sufficiently shews the moderation of the young -king, and the fiery, brutal zeal of that ignorant, bigotted, -ill-mannered priest. Hitherto the Abyssinians heard the -Portuguese mass with reverence and attention; and the -Portuguese frequented the Abyssinian churches with complacency. -They intermarried with each other, and the children -seem to have been christened indifferently by the -priests of either church. And this might have long continued, -had it not been for the impatience of Bermudes.</p> - -<p>The king, seeing the danger of connecting himself with -such a man, kept up every appearance of attachment to the -Alexandrian church. Yet, says the Abyssinian historian who -writes his life, it was well known that Claudius, in his heart, -was a private, but perfect convert, to the Romish faith, and -kept only from embracing it by his hatred to Bermudes, the -constant persuasion of the empress Sabel Wenghel, and the -recollection of the misfortunes of his father. Upon being -required publicly to submit himself to the See of Rome, he -declared that he had made no such promise; that he considered -Bermudes as no patriarch, or, at best, only patriarch of the -Franks; and that the Abuna of Abyssinia was the chief -priest acknowledged by him. Bermudes told him, that he -was accursed and excommunicated. Claudius answered, that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">196</span> -he, Bermudes, was a nestorian heretic, and worshipped four -gods. Bermudes answered plainly, that he lied; that he -would take every Portuguese from him, and return to India -whence he came. The king’s answer was, that he wished -he would return to India; but as for the Portuguese, neither -they, nor any other person, should leave his kingdom -without his permission. Accordingly, having perfectly -gained Arius Dias, he gave him the name of Marcus, with -the command of the Portuguese, and sent him a standard -with his own arms, to use instead of the king of Portugal’s. -But the Abyssinian page being met, on his return, with the -Portuguese standard in his hand, by James Brito, he wrested -it from him, felling him to the ground with a blow of -his sword on the head.</p> - -<p>From expostulations with the king, the matter of religion -turned into disputes among the priests, at which the king -always assisted in person. If we suppose they were no better -sustained on the part of the Abyssinians than they were -by the patriarch Bermudes, who we know was no great -divine, we cannot expect much that was edifying from the -arguments that either of them used. The Portuguese priests -say<a id="FNanchor_36" href="#Footnote_36" class="fnanchor">36</a>, that the king, struck with the ignorance of his own -clergy, frequently took the discussion upon himself, which -he managed with such force of reasoning as often to put -the patriarch to a stand. From verbal disputes, which terminated -in nothing, Bermudes was resolved to appeal to arguments -in writing; and, with the help of those that were -with him of the same faith, a fair state of the differences in -question was made in a small book, and presented to the -king, who read it with so much pleasure that he kept -it constantly by him. This gave very great offence to the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">197</span> -Abyssinian clergy; and the Abuna being now arrived, the -king desired of him liberty to read that book, which he refusing, -put the young king into so violent a passion that he -called the Abuna Mahometan and Infidel to his face.</p> - -<p>Things growing worse and worse between the Portuguese -and Abyssinians, by the incendiary spirit of the brutish -Bermudes, from reproaches they came to blows; and -this proceeded so far, that the Portuguese one night assaulted -the king’s tent, where they slew some, and grievously -wounded others. Upon this, the king, desirous to estrange -him a little from the Portuguese, sent Bermudes to the country -of the Gafats, where he gave him large appointments, -in hopes that the natural turbulence of his temper would -involve him in some difficulties. And there he staid seven -months, oppressing the poor ignorant people, and frightening -them with the noise of his fire-arms. During this period, -the king went on an expedition against the Galla; Bermudes -then returned to court, where he found that Arius Dias -was dead, and a great many of the Portuguese very well attached -to the king. But he began his old work of dissention, -insomuch that the king determined to banish him to -a mountain for life.</p> - -<p>Gaspar de Suza now commanded the Portuguese instead -of Arius Dias, a man equally beloved by his own nation and -the king. By his persuasions, and that of Kasmati Robel, -the banishment to the mountain was laid aside; but Bermudes -was privately persuaded to embark for India while it -was yet time; and accordingly he repaired to Dobarwa, -where he remained two years, as it should seem, perfectly -quiet, neglected, and forlorn; saying daily mass to ten Portuguese -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">198</span> -who had settled in that town after the defeat of -Don Christopher. He then went to Masuah, and the monsoon -being favourable, he embarked on board a Portuguese -vessel, carrying with him the ten Portuguese that were settled -at Dobarwa, who all arrived safely at Goa.</p> - -<p>St Ignatius, founder of the Order of Jesuits, was then at -Rome in the dawn of his holiness. The conversion of Abyssinia -seemed of such consequence to him, that he resolved -himself to go and be the apostle of the kingdom. -But the pope, who had conceived other hopes of him and -his Order more important and nearer at hand, absolutely -refused this offer. One of his society, Nugnez Baretto, was, -however, fixed upon for patriarch, without any notice being -taken of Don John Bermudes. By him Ignatius sent a letter -addressed to Claudius, which is to be found in the collections<a id="FNanchor_37" href="#Footnote_37" class="fnanchor">37</a>. -It does not, I think, give us any idea of the ingenuity -or invention of that great saint. It seems mostly -to beg the question, and to contain little else than texts of -scripture for his future missionaries to preach and write on, -relative to the difference of tenets of the two churches.</p> - -<p>With this letter, and a number of priests, Baretto came -to Goa. But news being arrived there of king Claudius’s steady -aversion to the Catholic church, it was then thought better, -rather than risk the patriarchal dignity, to send Andrew -Oviedo bishop of Hierapolis, and Melchior Carneyro bishop -of Nice, with several other priests, as ambassadors from the -governor of India to Claudius, with proper credentials. They -arrived safely at Masuah in 1558, five days before the Turkish -basha came with his fleet and army, and took possession -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">199</span> -of Masuah and Arkeeko, though these places had been occupied -by the Turks two years before.</p> - -<p>When the arrival of these Portuguese was intimated to -Claudius, he was exceedingly glad, as he considered them as -an accession of strength. But when, on opening the letter, -he saw they were priests, he was very much troubled, and -said, that he wondered the king of Portugal should meddle -so much with his affairs; that he and his predecessors knew -no obedience due but to the chair of St Mark, or acknowledged -any other patriarch but that of Alexandria; nevertheless, -continued he with his usual goodness and moderation, -since they are come so far out of an honest concern -for me, I shall not fail to send proper persons to receive and -conduct them. This he did, and the two bishops and their -companions were immediately brought to court. It was at -this time that the dispute about the two natures began, in -which the king took so considerable a part. He was strenuous, -eloquent, and vehement in the discussion; when that -was ended, he still preserved his usual moderation and kindness -for the Portuguese priests.</p> - -<p>Nugnez died in India, and Oviedo succeeded him as patriarch -to Abyssinia, it having been so appointed by the pope -from the beginning of their mission.</p> - -<p>Claudius had no children; a treaty was therefore set on -foot, at the instance of the empress Sabel Wenghel, for ransoming -the prince Menas who had been taken prisoner in -his father David’s time, and ever since kept in confinement -among the Moors, upon a high mountain in Adel. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">200</span> -The same had happened to a son of Gragnè likewise, made -prisoner at the battle of Wainadega, when his father was -slain by Claudius. The Moors settled in Abyssinia, as well -as all the Abyssinian rebels who had forsaken their allegiance -or religion during the war, were to a man violently against -setting Menas at liberty, for he was the only brother Claudius -had, and a disputed succession was otherwise probable, -which was what the Moors longed for. Besides this, Menas -was exceedingly brave, of a severe and cruel temper, a mortal -enemy to the Mahometans, and at this time in the flower -of his age, and perfectly fit to govern. It was not, then, by -any means, an eligible measure for those who were naturally -the objects of his hatred, to provide such an assistant and -successor to Claudius.</p> - -<p>Del Wumbarea thought, that, having lost her husband, -to be deprived of her son likewise, was more than fell to -her share in the common cause. She, too, had therefore -applied to the basha of Masuah, who looked no farther than -to a ransom, and cared very little what prince reigned in -Abyssinia. He, therefore, undertook the management of -the matter, and declared that he would send Menas to the -Grand Signior, as soon as an answer should come from Constantinople, -while Claudius protested, that he would give up -Gragnè’s son to the Portuguese, if the ransom for his brother -was not immediately agreed on. This resolution, on -both sides, quickly removed all objections. Four thousand -ounces of gold were paid to the Moors and the basha; Menas -was released and sent home to Claudius, who thereupon, -in his turn, set Ali Gerad, son of Gragnè by Del Wumbarea, -at liberty, and with him Waraba Guta brother of the king -of Adel, and this finished the transaction. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">201</span></p> - -<p>I must here observe, that what Bermudes<a id="FNanchor_38" href="#Footnote_38" class="fnanchor">38</a> says, that -Del Wumbarea was taken prisoner and given in marriage to -Arius Dias, was but a fable, as appears both from the beginning -and sequel of the narrative. Del Wumbarea having -thus obtained her son, took a very early opportunity of shewing -she had not yet forgot the father. Nur, governor of -Zeyla, son of Mudgid, who had slain the princes imprisoned -upon the mountain of Geshen, was deeply in love with this -lady, and had deserved well of her, for he had assisted her -in making her escape into Atbara that day her husband -was slain. But this heroine had constantly refused to listen -to any proposals; nay, had vowed she never would give -her hand in marriage to any man till he should first bring -her the head of Claudius who had slain her husband. Nur -willingly accepted the condition, which gave him few rivals, -but rather seemed to be reserved for him, and out of -the power of every one else.</p> - -<p>Claudius, before this, had marched towards Adel, when -he received a message from Nur, that, though Gragnè was -dead, there still remained a governor of Zeyla, whose family -was chosen as a particular instrument for shedding the blood -of the Abyssinian princes; and desired him, therefore, to be -prepared, for he was speedily to set out to come to him. -Claudius had been employed in various journies through -different parts of his kingdom, repairing the churches -which Gragnè and the other Moors had burnt; and he was -then rebuilding that of Debra Werk<a id="FNanchor_39" href="#Footnote_39" class="fnanchor">39</a> when this message of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">202</span> -Nur was brought to him. This prince was of a temper never -to avoid a challenge; and if he did not march against -Nur immediately, he staid no longer than to complete his -army as far as possible. He then began his march for Adel, -very much, as it is said, against the advice of his friends.</p> - -<p>That such advice should be given, at this particular time, -appears strange; for till now he had been constantly victorious, -and his kingdom was perfectly obedient, which was not -the case when any one of the former battles had been fought. -But many prophecies were current in the camp, that the -king was to be unfortunate this campaign, and was to lose -his life in it. These unfortunate rumours tended much to -discourage the army, at the same time that they seemed to -have a contrary effect on the king, and to confirm him in -his resolution to fight. The truth is, the clergy, who had -seen the country delivered by him from the Mahometans -in a manner almost miraculous, and the constancy with -which he withstood the Romish patriarch, and frustrated the -designs of his father against the Alexandrian church, and -who had experienced his extreme liberality in rebuilding -the churches, had wrought his young mind to such a degree -of enthusiasm that he was often heard to say, he preferred -a death in the middle of an army of Infidels to the -longest and most prosperous life that ever fell to the lot of -man. It needed not a prophet to have foretold the likely -issue of a battle in these circumstances, where the king, -careless of life, rather sought death than victory; where -the number of Portuguese was so small as to be incapable, -of themselves, to effect any thing; where, even of that number, -those that were attached to the king were looked upon -as traitors by those of the party of the patriarch; and where -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_203">203</span> -the Abyssinians, from their repeated quarrels and disputes, -heartily hated them all.</p> - -<p>The armies were drawn up and ready to engage, when -the chief priest of Debra Libanos came to the king to tell -him a dream, or vision, which warned him not to fight; -but the Moors were then advancing, and the king on horseback -made no reply, but marched briskly forward to the -enemy. The cowardly Abyssinians, upon the first fire, fled, -leaving the king engaged in the middle of the Moorish army -with twenty horse and eighteen Portuguese musqueteers, -who were all slain around his person; and he himself -fell, after fighting manfully, and receiving twenty -wounds. His head was cut off, and by Nur delivered to -Del Wumbarea, who directed it to be tied by the hair to -the branch of a tree before her door, that she might keep -it constantly in sight. Here it remained three years, till -it was purchased from her by an Armenian merchant, -her first grief, having, it is probable, subsided upon the acquisition -of a new husband. The merchant carried the -head to Antioch, and buried it there in the sepulchre of a -saint of the same name.</p> - -<p>Thus died king Claudius in the 19th year of his reign, -who, by his virtues and capacity, might hold a first place -among any series of kings we have known, victorious in -every action he fought, except in that one only in which he -died. A great slaughter was made after this among the -routed, and many of the first nobility were slain in endeavouring -to escape; among the rest, the dreamer from Debra -Libanos, his vision, by which he knew the king’s -death, not having extended so far as to reveal his own. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">204</span> -The Abyssinians immediately transferred the name of this -prince into their catalogue of Saints, and he is called St -Claudius in that country to this day. Though endowed -with every other virtue that entitled him to his place in the -kalendar, he seems to have wanted one—that of dying in -charity with his enemies.</p> - -<p>This battle was fought on the 22d March 1559; and the -victory gained by Nur was a complete one. The king and -most of his principal officers were slain; great part of the -army taken prisoners, the rest dispersed, and the camp plundered; -so that no Moorish general had ever returned home -with the glory that he did. But afterwards, in his behaviour, -he exhibited a spectacle more memorable, and that -did him more honour than the victory itself; for, when he -drew near to Adel, he clothed himself in poor attire like a -common soldier, and bare-headed, mounted on an ordinary -mule, with an old saddle and tattered accoutrements, -he forbade the songs and praise with which it is usual to -meet conquerors in that country when returning with victory -from the field. He declined also all share in the success -of that day, declaring that the whole of it was due to God -alone, to whose mercy and immediate interposition he -owed the destruction of the Christian army.</p> - -<p>The unworthy and unfortunate John Bermudes having -arrived in Portugal from India, continued there till his -death; and, in the inscription over his tomb, is called only -<i>Patriarch of Alexandria</i>. Yet it is clear, from the history of these -times, that he was first ordained by the old patriarch Marcus; -and that the pope, Paul III. only confirmed the ordination -of this heretical schismatical prelate, though we have -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">205</span> -stated that he was ordained by the pope, according to his -own assertion, to be patriarch of Alexandria, Abyssinia, and -the Sea. Bermudes lived many years after this, and never -resigned any of his charges.</p> - -<p>However, on his arrival in Europe, several supposed well-meaning -persons at Rome began to discourse among themselves, -as if the conversion of Abyssinia had not had a fair -trial when trusted in the hands of such a man as Bermudes. -Scandalous stories as to his moral character were propagated -at Rome to strengthen this. He was said to have stolen -a golden cup in Abyssinia<a id="FNanchor_40" href="#Footnote_40" class="fnanchor">40</a>; but this does not appear to me -in any shape probable, or like the manners of the man. He -was a simple, ill-bred zealot, exceedingly vain, but in no-wise -coveting riches or gain of any sort. Sebastian king -of Portugal, hearing the bad posture of the Catholic religion -in Abyssinia, and the small hopes of the conversion of that -country, besought the pope to send all the missionaries that -were in that kingdom to preach the gospel in Japan: but -Oviedo stated such strong reasons in his letter to Rome, that -he was confirmed in the mission of Ethiopia.</p> - -<p class="table"> -<img src="images/i_rule-3.png" alt="" /> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_206">206</span></p> - -<h2 id="MENAS_or_ADAMAS_SEGUED"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -MENAS, or ADAMAS SEGUED.<br /> - -<small>From 1559 to 1563.</small></h2> - -<blockquote> - -<p class="hang"><i>Baharnagash rebels, proclaims Tascar King—Defeated by the King—Cedes -Dobarwa to the Turks, and makes a League with the Basha of -Masuah.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Menas</span> succeeded his brother Claudius, and found his -kingdom in almost as great confusion as it had been -left by his father David. His first campaign was against -Radaet the Jew. The king attacked him at his strongest -post in Samen, where he fought him with various success; -and the enterprise did not seem much advanced, when a -hermit, residing in these mountains, probably tired with the -neighbourhood of such troublesome people, came and told -the king, it had been revealed to him that the conquest of -the Jews was not allotted to him, nor was their time yet -come.</p> - -<p>While the king seemed disposed to avail himself of the -hermit’s warning, as a decent excuse to get rid of an affair -that did not succeed to his mind, an accident happened -which determined him to quit his present undertaking. -Two men, shepherds of Ebenaat in Belessen, from what injury -is not known, engaged two of the king’s servants, who -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_207">207</span> -were their relations, to introduce them into Menas’s tent -while sleeping, with a design to murder him in his bed. -While they were preparing to execute their intention, one -of them stumbled over the lamp that was burning, and threw -it down. The king awakening, and challenging him with -a loud voice, the assassin struck at him with his knife, but so -feebly, from the fright, that he dropt the weapon upon -the king’s cloak without hurting him. They sled immediately -out of the tent, but were taken at Ebenaat the next -day, and brought back to the king, who gave orders to the judges -to try them: they were both condemned, the one to be -thrust through with lances, the other to be stoned to death; -after which, both their bodies were thrown to the dogs and -to the beasts of the field, as is practised constantly in all cases -of high-treason.</p> - -<p>The second year of the reign of Menas was ushered in -by a conspiracy among the principal men of his court, at -the head of which was Isaac Baharnagash, an old and -tried servant of his brother Claudius. This officer had -been treated ill by Menas in the beginning of his reign; -and, knowing the prince’s violent and cruel disposition, he -could not persuade himself that he was yet in safety.</p> - -<p>Menas, to suppress this rebellion in its infancy, sent Zara -Johannes, an old officer, before him, with what forces he -could collect in the instant; but Isaac, informed of the bad -state of that army, and consequently of his own superiority, -left him no time to strengthen himself, but fell furiously -upon him, and, with little resistance, dispersed his army. -This loss did not discourage the king; he had assembled -a very considerable force, and, desirous still to encrease -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">208</span> -it, he was advancing slowly that he might collect the scattered -remains of the army that had been defeated. The -Baharnagash, though victorious, saw with some concern -that he could not avoid the king, whose courage and capacity, -both as a soldier and a general, left him every thing -to fear for his success.</p> - -<p>Ever since the massacre of the princes upon mount Geshen -by vizir Mudgid, in the reign of David III. none of the -remains of the royal family had been confined as heretofore. -Tascar, Menas’s nephew, was then at liberty, and, to -strengthen his cause, was proclaimed king by the Baharnagash, -soon after the defeat of Menas’s army under Zara -Johannes. He was a prince very mild and affable in his -manners, in all respects very unlike his uncle then reigning.</p> - -<p>It was on the 1st of July 1561, that the king attacked the -Baharnagash in the plain of Woggora; and, having entirely -routed his army, Tascar was taken prisoner, and ordered by -the king his uncle to be carried to the brink of the high -rock of Lamalmon, and, having been thrown over the steep -precipice, he was dashed to pieces. Isaac himself escaped -very narrowly, flying to the frontier of his government in -the neighbourhood of Masuah. The Baharnagash comprehended -distinctly to what a dangerous situation he was now -reduced. No hopes of safety remained but in a peace with -the basha. This at first appeared not easily obtained; for, -while Isaac remained in his duty in the reign of Claudius, -he had fought with the basha, and lost his brother in the engagement. -But present necessity overcame the memory of -past injuries. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_209">209</span></p> - -<p>Samur Basha was a man of capacity and temper; he had -been in possession of Masuah ever since the year 1558. He -saw his own evident interest in the measure, and appeared -full as forward as the Baharnagash to complete it. Isaac ceded -Dobarwa to the basha, and put him into immediate possession -of it, and all the low country between that and Masuah. -By this acquisition, the Turks, before masters of the sea-coast, -became possessed of the whole of the flat country corresponding -thereto, as far as the mountains. Dobarwa is a large -trading town, situated in a country abounding with provisions -of all kinds which Masuah wanted, and it was the key -of the province of Tigré and the high land of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>Menas, at his accession, had received kindly the compliments -of congratulation made by the Portuguese patriarch, -Oviedo. But hearing that he still continued to preach, and -that the effect of this was frequent divisions and animosities -among the people, he called him into his presence, -and strictly commanded him to desist, which the patriarch -positively refusing, the king lost all patience, and fell violently -upon him, beating him without mercy, tearing his -clothes and beard, and taking his chalice from him, that he -might prevent him from saying mass. He then banished -him to a desert mountain, together with Francis Lopez, -where for seven months he endured all manner of hardships.</p> - -<p>The king, in the mean time, published many rigorous -proclamations against the Portuguese. He would not permit -them to marry with Abyssinians. Those that were -already married he forbade to go to the Catholic churches -with their husbands; and, having again called the patriarch -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">210</span> -into his presence, he ordered him forthwith to leave his -kingdom upon pain of death. But Oviedo, who seems to -have had an ambition to be the proto-martyr, refused absolutely -to obey these commands. He declared that the orders -of God were those he obeyed, not the sinful ordinances of -man; and, letting slip his cloak from his shoulders, he offered -his bare neck to the king to strike. This answer and gesture -so incensed Menas, that, drawing his sword, he would -have very soon put the patriarch in possession of the martyrdom -he coveted, had it not been for the interposition of -the queen and officers that stood round him.</p> - -<p>Oviedo, after having been again soundly beaten, was -banished a second time to the mountain; and in this sentence -were included all the rest of the Portuguese priests, -as well as others. But the bishop would not submit to this -punishment, but with the Portuguese, his countrymen, joined -the Baharnagash, who had already completed his treaty -with Samur Basha.</p> - -<p>Isaac, before the Portuguese priests, had shewn a desire of -becoming Catholic, and of protecting, or even embracing, -their religion; and they, on their part, had assured him of a -powerful and speedy succour from India, which was just -what he wanted; and with this view he had placed himself -to the greatest advantage, avoiding a battle, and awaiting -those auxiliaries, of the arrival of which the king was -very apprehensive. But the season of ships coming from -India had passed without any appearance of Portuguese, and -the king was resolved to try his fortune without expecting -what another season might produce. On the other hand, -Isaac, strengthened by his league with the basha, thought -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_211">211</span> -himself in a condition to take the field, rather than to lessen -his reputation by constantly declining battle.</p> - -<p>In these dispositions both armies met, and the confederates -were again beaten by the king, with very little loss or -resistance. This battle was fought on the 20th of April 1562. -Immediately after this victory the king marched to Shoa, -and sent several detachments of his army before him to surprise -the robbers called Dobas, and drive off their cattle. -What he intended by retiring so far from his enemies, the -Baharnagash and Basha, is what we do not know. Both of -them were yet alive, but probably so weakened by their last -defeat as to leave no apprehensions of being able to molest -the country by any incursions.</p> - -<p>The king, being advanced into the province of Ogge, was -taken ill of the Kolla, or low-country fever, and, after a few -days illness, he died there on the 13th of January 1563, leaving -three sons, Sertza Denghel, who succeeded him, Tascar, and -Lesana Christos.</p> - -<p>Some European historians<a id="FNanchor_41" href="#Footnote_41" class="fnanchor">41</a> have advanced that Menas -was defeated and slain in this last engagement just now -mentioned. This, however, is expressly contradicted in the -annals of these times, which mention the death of the king -in the terms I have here related; nor were either of the chiefs -of the rebels, the Basha or Baharnagash, slain that day. The -rebellion still continued, Isaac having proclaimed a prince of -the name of John to be king in place of Tascar, his deceased -brother. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">212</span></p> - -<p>Menas was a prince of a very morose and violent disposition, -but very well adapted to the time in which he lived; -brave in his person, active and attentive to the affairs of -government. He was sober, and an enemy to all sorts of -pleasure; frugal, and, in his dress or stile of living, little -different from any soldier in his army.</p> - -<p>These qualities made him feared by the great, without -being beloved by the common soldiers accustomed to the -liberality and magnificence of Claudius; and this want of -popularity gave the Romish priests an opportunity to blacken -his character beyond what in truth he deserved. Thus, they -say, that he had changed his religion during his imprisonment, -and turned Mahometan, and that it was from the -Moors he learned that ferocity of manners. But to this the -answer is easy, That the manners of his own countrymen, that -is of mountaineers without any profession but war and blood, -in which they had been exercised for centuries, were, probably -of themselves, much more fierce and barbarous than -any he could learn among the people of Adel, occupied -from time immemorial in commerce and the pursuit of -riches, and necessarily engaged in an honest intercourse, and -practice of hospitality, with all the various nations that traded -with them. Besides, were this otherwise, he never had -any society with these Moors. Banishment to the top of a -mountain<a id="FNanchor_42" href="#Footnote_42" class="fnanchor">42</a> would have been his fate in Abyssinia, had he -lived a few years earlier or later than he did. Yet the -mountain upon which the royal family was confined had -not yet produced one of such savage manners; and it is not -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_213">213</span> -probable that he was more strictly guarded in Adel than he -would have been in his own country.</p> - -<p>As to his religion, we can only say that he abhorred the -Romish faith, from the behaviour of those that professed it; -and, that he had abundant reason so to do, we need only -appeal to their conduct in the preceding reign, according to -the accounts given by the Catholics themselves. Let any -man consider a king such as Claudius was; seated on his -throne in the midst of his courtiers and captains; cursed and -excommunicated; called heretic and liar to his face by an -ignorant peasant and stranger, such as John Bermudes; attacked -in the night, and forced to fly for his life by a -body of strangers who depended upon him for their daily -bread: Next consider Menas, at his first accession, desiring -their patriarch to desist from preaching a religion that was -fatal to the quiet of his kingdom by sowing dissentions among -it as it had done in the two preceding reigns; -and then figure a fanatic priest, declaring that he would neither -depart nor obey these orders; then say what would have -been done to strangers in France, Spain, or Portugal, that -had behaved in this manner to the sovereign or ministers -of these countries. Add to this, that all the Portuguese to -a man appeared in the army of a rebel subject in the last -battle, supporting the cause of a pretender to his crown. If, -upon a fair review of all this, it is any matter of surprise -that he should be averse to such people and behaviour, I am -no judge of the fair feelings of man, and the duty a prince -owes to himself or posterity, his country or dignity.</p> - -<p>As to his inclination to the Mahometan religion, the fact -is, that he opposed it even with his sword during his whole -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">214</span> -reign, and never swerved from his attachment to the -church of Alexandria, or his friendship and respect to the -Abuna Yousef, to the end of his life, as far as we can learn -from history. And least, of all people in the world, does it -become the Roman Catholics to accuse him of being Mahometan, -because a letter is still extant to Menas from pope -Paul III<a id="FNanchor_43" href="#Footnote_43" class="fnanchor">43</a>, wherein the pope stiles him beloved <i>son in Christ</i>, -and the <i>most holy of priests</i>.</p> - -<h2 id="SERTZA_DENGHEL_or_MELEC_SEGUED"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">SERTZA DENGHEL, or MELEC SEGUED.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1563 to 1595.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>King crowned at Axum—Abyssinia invaded by the Galla—Account of -that People—The king defeats the Army of Adel—Beats the Falasha, -and kills their King—Battle of the Mareb—Basha slain, and Turks -expelled from Dobarwa—King is poisoned—Names Za Denghel his -Successor.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Menas</span> was succeeded by his son, Sertza Denghel, who -took the name of Melec Segued. He was only twelve -years old when he came to the throne, and was crowned at -Axum with all the ancient ceremonies. The beginning of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_215">215</span> -his reign was marked by a mutiny of his soldiers, who, -joining themselves to some Mahometans, plundered the -town, and then disbanded. A misunderstanding also happened -with Ayto Hamelmal, son to Romana Werk, daughter -of Hatzé Naod, which threatened many misfortunes in its -consequences.</p> - -<p>Tecla Asfadin, governor of Tigré, was ordered by the -king to march against him; and the armies fought with -equal advantage. But Hamelmal dying soon after, his party -dispersed without further trouble. Fasil, too, his cousin, who -had been appointed governor of Damot, rebelled soon after, -and was defeated by the king, who this year (the fourth -of his reign) commanded his army for the first time in person, -and greatly contributed to the victory, though he was -but then sixteen years of age.</p> - -<p>The sixth year of his reign he marched against a clan of -Galla, called Azé, whom he often beat, staying in the country -two whole years. Upon his return, he found the Baharnagash, -Isaac and Harla, and other malcontents, when -a sort of a pacification followed; and having received from -the rebels considerable presents, he sat down at Dobit, a -small town in Dembea, where he passed the winter.</p> - -<p>All this time Oviedo and the Portuguese did not appear -at court. The king, however, did not molest the priests in -their baptisms, preachings, or any of their functions. He -often spake favourably of their moral characters, their sobriety, -patience, and decency of their lives; but he condemned -decisively the whole of their religious tenets, which he -pronounced to be full of danger and contradiction, and destructive -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_216">216</span> -of civil order and monarchical government. At -this period the Galla again made an irruption into Gojam.</p> - -<p>It is now time we should speak of this nation, which has -contributed more to weakening and reducing the Abyssinian -empire, than all their civil wars, and all the foreign -enemies put together. When I spoke of the languages of -the several nations in Abyssinia, I took occasion merely to -mention the origin of these Galla, and their progress northward, -till their first hostile appearance in Abyssinia. I shall -now proceed to lay before the reader what further I have -collected concerning them. Many of them were in the -king’s service while I was in Abyssinia; and, from a multitude -of conversations I had with all kinds of them, I flatter -myself I have gathered the best accounts regarding these -tribes.</p> - -<p>The Galla are a very numerous nation of Shepherds, who -probably lived under or beyond the Line. What the cause -of their emigration was we do not pretend to say with certainty, -but they have, for many years, been in an uniform -progress northward. They were at first all infantry, and said -the country they came from would not permit horses to -breed in it, as is the case in 13° north of the Line round -Sennaar. Upon coming northward, and conquering the -Abyssinian provinces, and the small Mahometan districts -bordering on them, they have acquired a breed of horses, -which they have multiplied so industriously that they are -become a nation of cavalry, and now hold their infantry in -very little esteem. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">217</span></p> - -<p>As under the Line, to the south of Abyssinia, the land -is exceedingly high, and the sun seldom makes its appearance -on account of the continual rains, the Galla are -consequently of a brown complexion, with long black hair. -Some, indeed, who live in the valleys of the low country, are -perfectly black. Although the principal food of this people -at first was milk and butter, yet, when they advanced into -drier climates, they learned of the Abyssinians to plow and -sow the fields, and to make bread. They seem to affect -the number seven, and have divided their immense multitude -threefold by that number. They all agree, that, -when the nation advanced to the Abyssinian frontiers, they -were then in the centre of the continent. The ground beginning -to rise before them, seven of their tribes or nations -filed off to the east towards the Indian Ocean; and, after -making settlements there, and multiplying exceedingly, -they marched forward due south into Bali and Dawaro, -which they first wasted by constant incursions, then conquered -and settled there in the reign of David III. in 1537.</p> - -<p>Another division of seven tribes went off to the west about -the same time, and spread themselves in another semicircle -round the south side of the Nile, and all along its banks -round Gojam, and to the east behind the country of the -Agows, (which are on the east side of the Nile) to that of -the Gongas and Gafats. The high woody banks of this river -have hitherto been their barrier to the southward; not -but that they have often fought for, and often conquered, -and still oftener plundered, the countries on the Abyssinian -side of that river; and, from this reign downwards, the scene -of action with the Abyssinians has constantly been on the east -side of the river. All I mean is, they have never made a settlement -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">218</span> -on the Abyssinian side of the Nile, except such tribes -of them as, from wars among themselves, have gone over -to the king of Abyssinia and obtained lands on the banks of -that river, opposite to the nation they have revolted from, against -which they have ever after been the securest bulwark.</p> - -<p>A third division of seven tribes remained in the center, -due south of the low country of Shoa; and these are the -least known, as having made, the fewest incursions. They -have, indeed, possessed Walaka, a small province between -Amhara and Shoa; but this has been permitted politically -by the governor of Shoa, as a barrier between him and Abyssinia, -on whose sovereign he scarcely acknowledges any -dependence but for form’s sake, his province being at present -an hereditary government descending from father to son.</p> - -<p>All these tribes of Galla gird Abyssinia round at all -points from east to west, making inroads, and burning and -murdering all that fall into their hands. The privities of -the men they cut off, dry, and hang them up in their houses. -They are so merciless as to spare not even women with -child, whom they rip up in hopes of destroying a male. -The western part of these Galla, which surrounds the peninsula -of Gojam and Damot, are called the Boren Galla; -and those that are to the east are named Bertuma Galla, -though this last word is seldom used in history, where the -Galla to the westward are called Boren; and the others -Galla merely, without any other addition. All these tribes, -though the most cruel that ever appeared in any country, -are yet governed by the strictest discipline at home, where -the smallest broil or quarrel among individuals is taken -cognizance of, and receives immediate punishment. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">219</span></p> - -<p>Each of the three divisions of Galla elect a king, that is, -there is a king for every seven tribes. There is also a kind -of nobility among them, from whose families alone the sovereign -can be chosen. But there are certain degrees of -merit (all warlike) that raise, from time to time, their plebeian -families to nobility, and the right of suffrage. No one -of these nobles can be elected till past forty years of age, -unless he has slain with his own hand a number of men -which, added to his years, makes up forty.</p> - -<p>The council of each of the seven tribes first meets separately -in its own district: Here it determines how many are -necessary to be left behind for the governing, guarding, and -cultivating the territory, while those fixed upon by most -votes go as delegates to meet the representatives of the -other nations at the domicil, or head-quarters of the king, -among the tribe from which the sovereign of the last seven -years was taken. Here they sit down under a tree which seems -to be sacred, and the god of all the nations. It is called -Wanzey<a id="FNanchor_44" href="#Footnote_44" class="fnanchor">44</a>; has a white flower, and great quantity of foliage, -and is very common in Abyssinia. After a variety of votes, -the number of candidates is reduced to four, and the suffrage -of six of these nations go then no farther; but the -seventh, whose turn it is to have a king out of their tribe, -choose, from among the four, one, whom they crown with -a garland of Wanzey, and put a sceptre, or bludgeon, of that -wood in his hands, which they call Buco. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_220">220</span></p> - -<p>The king of the western Galla is stiled Lubo, the other -Mooty. At this assembly, the king allots to each their scene -of murder and rapine; but limits them always to speedy -returns in case the body of the nation should have occasion -for them. The Galla are reputed very good soldiers for surprise, -and in the first attack, but have not constancy or perseverance. -They accomplish incredible marches; swim -rivers holding by the horses tail, (an exercise to which both -they and their horses are perfectly trained;) do the utmost -mischief possible in the shortest time; and rarely return by -the same way they came. They are excellent light horse -for a regular army in an enemy’s country.</p> - -<p>Iron is very scarce among them, so that their principal -arms are poles sharpened at the end, and hardened in the -fire, which they use like lances. Their shields are made of -bulls hides of a single fold, so that they are very subject to -warp in heat, or become too pliable and soft in wet weather. -Notwithstanding these disadvantages, the report of their -cruelty made such an impression upon the Abyssinians, that, -on their first engagements they rarely stood firmly the Galla’s -first onset. Besides this, the shrill and very barbarous -noise they are always used to make at the moment they -charge, used to terrify the horses and riders, so that a -flight generally followed the attack made by Galla horse.</p> - -<p>These melancholy and frantic howls I had occasion to -hear often in those engagements that happened while I was -in Abyssinia. The Edjow, a body of Galla who had been -in the late king Joas’s service, and were relations to him by -his mother, who was of that clan of southern Galla, were -constantly in the rebel army, and always in the most disaffected -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_221">221</span> -part, who, with the troops of Begemder and Lasta, -attacked the king’s household, where he was in person; and, -though they behaved with a bravery even to rashness, most -of them lost their lives, upon the long pikes of the king’s -black horse, without ever doing any notable execution, as -these horses were too-well trained to be at all moved with -their shrieks, when they charged, though their bravery and -fidelity merited a better fate.</p> - -<p>The women are said to be very fruitful. They do not -confine themselves even a day after labour, but wash and -return to their work immediately. They plow, sow, and -reap. The cattle tread out the corn, but the men are the -herdsmen, and take charge of the cattle in the fields.</p> - -<p>Both sexes are something less than the middle size, exceedingly -light and agile. Both, but especially the men, -plait their hair with the bowels and guts of oxen, which -they wear likewise, like belts, twisted round their middle; -and these, as they putrify, occasion a terrible stench. Both -copiously anoint their heads and bodies with butter, or melted -grease, which is continually raining from them, and -which indicates that they came from a country hotter than -that which they now possess. They greatly resemble the -Hottentots in this filthy taste of dress. The rest of their -body is naked; a piece of skin only covers them before; and -they wear a goat’s skin on their shoulders, in shape of a woman’s -handkerchief, or tippet.</p> - -<p>It has been said<a id="FNanchor_45" href="#Footnote_45" class="fnanchor">45</a>, that no religion was ever discovered -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_222">222</span> -among them. I imagine that the facts upon which this opinion -is founded have never been sufficiently investigated. -The Wanzey-tree, under which their kings are crowned, is -avowedly worshipped for a god in every tribe. They have -certain stones also, for an object of their devotion, which I -never could sufficiently understand to give further description -of them. But they certainly pay adoration to the moon, -especially the new moon, for of this I have frequently -been a witness. They likewise worship certain stars in particular -positions, and at different times of the year, and are, -in my opinion, still in the ancient religion of Sabaism. All -of them believe that, after death, they are to live again; -that they are to rise with their body, as they were on -earth, to enter into another life they know not where, but -they are to be in a state of body infinitely more perfect -than the present, and are to die no more, nor suffer grief, -sickness, or trouble of any kind. They have very obscure, or -no ideas at all of future punishment; but their reward is to -be a moderate state of enjoyment with the same family and -persons with which they lived on earth. And this is very -nearly the same belief with the other Pagan nations in Africa -with which I have conversed intimately; and this is -what writers generally call a belief of the immortality of -the soul. Nor did I ever know one savage that had a more -distinct idea of it, or ever separated it from the immortality -of the body.</p> - -<p>The Galla to the south are mostly Mahometans; on the -east and west chiefly Pagans. They intermarry with each -other, but suffer no strangers to live among them. The -Moors, however, by courage, patience, and attention, have -found out the means of trading with them in a tolerable -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_223">223</span> -degree of safety. The goods they carry are coarse Surat -blue cloaths, called <i>marowty</i>; also myrrh and salt. This last is -the principal and most valuable article.</p> - -<p>The Galla sometimes marry the Abyssinian women, but -the issue of those marriages are incapable of all employment. -Their form of marriage is the following: The bridegroom, -standing before the parents of the bride, holds grass -in his right hand and the dung of a cow in his left. He -then says, “May this never enter, nor this ever come out, -if he does not do what he promises;” that is, may the -grass never enter the cow’s mouth to feed it, or may she die -before it is discharged. Matrimonial vows, moreover, are -very simple; he swears to his bride that he shall give her -meat and drink while living, and bury her when dead.</p> - -<p>Polygamy is allowed among them, but the men are -commonly content with one wife. Such, indeed, is their -moderation in this respect, that it is the women that solicit -the men to increase the number of their wives. The love -of their children seems to get a speedy ascendency over passion -and pleasure, and is a noble part of the character of -these savages that ought not to be forgot. A young woman, -having a child or two by her husband, intreats and -solicits him that he would take another wife, when she -names to him all the beautiful girls of her acquaintance, -especially those that she thinks likeliest to have large families. -After the husband has made his choice, she goes to -the tent of the young woman, and sits behind it in a supplicant -posture, till she has excited the attention of the family -within. She then, with an audible voice, declares who -she is; that she is daughter of such a one; that her husband -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_224">224</span> -has all the qualifications for making a woman happy; that -she has only two children by him; and, as her family is so -small, she comes to solicit their daughter for her husband’s -wife, that their families may be joined together, and be -strong; and that her children, from their being few in -number, may not fall a prey to their enemies in the day of -battle; for the Galla always fight in families, whether against -one another, or against other enemies.</p> - -<p>When she has thus obtained a wife for her husband, she -carries her home, puts her to bed with her husband, where, -having left her, she feasts with the bride’s relations. There -the children of the first marriage are produced, and the -men of the bride’s family put each their hands upon these -children’s heads, and afterwards take the oath in the usual -manner, to live and die with them as their own offspring. -The children, then, after this species of adoption, go to their -relations, and visit them for the space of seven days. All -that time the husband remains at home in possession of his -new bride; at the end of which he gives a feast, when the -first wife is seated by her husband, and the young one serves -the whole company. The first wife from this day keeps -her precedence; and the second is treated by the first wife -like a grown up-daughter. I believe it would be very long -before the love of their families would introduce this custom -among the young women of Britain.</p> - -<p>When a father dies and leaves many children, the eldest -succeeds to the whole inheritance without division; nor is -he obliged, at any time, or by any circumstance, to give his -brothers a part afterwards. If the father is alive when the -son first begins to shave his head, which is a declaration of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">225</span> -manhood, he gives two or three milk-cows, or more, according -to his rank and fortune. These, and all their produce, -remain the property of the child to whom they were -given by his father; and these the brother is obliged to -pay to him upon his father’s death, in the same number and -kinds. The eldest brother, is moreover, obliged to give the -sister, whenever she is marriageable, whatever other provision -the father may have made in his lifetime for her, with -all its increase from the day of the donation.</p> - -<p>When the father becomes old and unfit for war, he is -obliged to surrender his whole effects to his eldest son, who -is bound to give him aliment, and nothing else; and, when -the eldest brother dies, leaving younger brothers behind -him, and a widow young enough to bear children, the -youngest brother of all is obliged to marry her; but the -children of the marriage are always accounted as if they -were the eldest brother’s; nor does this marriage of the -youngest brother to the widow entitle him to any part of -the deceased’s fortune.</p> - -<p>The southern Galla are called Elma Kilelloo, Elma Gooderoo, -Elma Robali, Elma Doolo, Elma Bodena, Elma Horreta, -and Elma Michaeli; these are the seven southern nations -which the Mahometan traders pass through in their -way to Narea, the southernmost country the Abyssinians ever -conquered.</p> - -<p>The western Galla for their principal clans have the -Djawi, Edjow or Ayzo, and Toluma, and these were the clans -we principally fought with when I was in Abyssinia. They -are chiefly Pagans. Some of their children, who were left -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">226</span> -young in court, when their fathers fled, after the murder -of the late king their master, were better Christians and -better soldiers than any Abyssinians we had.</p> - -<p>It is not a matter of small curiosity to know what is their -food, that is so easy of carriage as to enable them to traverse -immense deserts, that they may, without warning, fall upon -the towns and villages in the cultivated country of Abyssinia. -This is nothing but coffee roasted, till it can be pulverised, -and then mixed with butter to a consistency that -will suffer it to be rolled up in balls, and put in a leather -bag. A ball of this composition, between the circumference -of a shilling and half-a-crown, about the size of a -billiard-ball, keeps them, they say, in strength and spirits -during a whole day’s fatigue, better than a loaf of bread, or -a meal of meat. Its name in Arabia and Abyssinia is Bun, -but I apprehend its true name is Caffé, from Caffa the south -province of Narea, whence it is first said to have come; it is -white in the bean. The coffee-tree is the wood of the -country, produced spontaneously everywhere in great abundance, -from Caffa to the banks of the Nile.</p> - -<p>Thus much for this remarkable nation, whose language -is perfectly different from any in Abyssinia, and is the same -throughout all the tribes, with very little variation of dialect. -This is a nation that has conquered some of the finest -provinces of Abyssinia, and of whose inroads we shall hereafter -have occasion to speak continually; and it is very difficult -to say how far they might not have accomplished the -conquest of the whole, had not providence interposed in a -manner little expected, but more efficacious than a thousand -armies, and all the inventions of man. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_227">227</span></p> - -<p>The Galla, before their inroads into Abyssinia, had never -in their own country seen or heard of the small-pox. This -disease met them in the Abyssinian villages. It raged among -them with such violence, that whole provinces conquered -by them became half-desert; and, in many places, they -were forced to become tributary to those whom before they -kept in continual fear. But this did not happen till the -reign of Yasous the Great, at the beginning of the present -century, where we shall take fresh notice of it, and now -proceed with what remains of the reign of Sertza Denghel, -whom we left with his army in the 9th year of his reign, -residing at Dobit, a small town in Dembea, watching the -motion of the rebels, Isaac Baharnagash, and others, his confederates.</p> - -<p>The tenth year of his reign, as soon as the weather permitted -him, the king went into Gojam to oppose the inroads -of the Djawi, a clan of the western or Boren Galla, -who then were in possession of the Buco, or royal dignity, among -the seven nations. But they had repassed the Nile -upon the first news of the king’s march, without having -time to waste the country. The king then went to winter -in Bizamo, which is south of the Nile, the native country of -these Galla, the Djawi.</p> - -<p>If this nation, the Galla, has deserved ill of the Abyssinians -by the frequent inroads made into their country, they -must, however, confess one obligation, that in the end they -entirely ruined their ancient enemy, the Mahometan king -of Adel, and reduced him to a state of perfect insignificance. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">228</span></p> - -<p>Sertza Denghel then returned with his army into Dembea, -where, finding the militia of that province much disaffected -by communication with the Moorish soldiers settled among -them from Gragnè’s time to this day, and that most of them -had in their hearts forsaken the Christian religion, and were -all ready to fail in their allegiance, he assembled the greatest -part of them without their arms, and, surrounding them -with his soldiers, cut them to pieces, to the number of -3000 men.</p> - -<p>In the 13th year of his reign, Mahomet king of Adel -marched out of his own country with the view of joining -the Basha and Baharnagash. But the king, ever watchful -over the motions of his enemies, surprised the Baharnagash -before his junction either with Mahomet or the basha, -and defeated or dispersed his army, obliging him to -fly in disguise, with the utmost danger of being taken prisoner, -to hide himself with the basha at Dobarwa. He -then appointed Darguta, governor of Tigré, an old and experienced -officer, giving him the charge of the province, -and to watch the basha; and, leaving with him his wounded, -(and in their place taking some fresh soldiers from Darguta) -he, by forced marches, endeavoured to meet Mahomet, -who had not heard of his victory over Isaac; and being -informed that the king of Adel was encamped on the -hither side of the river Wali, having passed it to join Isaac, -the king, by a sudden movement, crossed the river, and -came opposite to Mahomet’s quarters, who was then striking -his tents, having just heard of the fate of the Baharnagash. -Mahomet and his whole army were struck with a panic at -this unexpected appearance of the king on the opposite side -of the river, which had cut off his retreat to Adel. Fearing, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">229</span> -however, there might still be an enemy behind him, and -that he should be hemmed in between both, he resolved to -pass, but did it in so tumultuous a manner that the king’s -army had no trouble but to slaughter those who arrived at -the opposite bank. Great part of the cavalry, seeing the -fate of their companions at the ford, attempted to pass above -and below by swimming: but, though the river was -deep and smooth, the banks were high, and many were -drowned, not being able to scramble up on the other side. -Many were also destroyed by stones, and the lances of Sertza -Denghel’s men, from the banks above; some passed, however, -joining Mahomet, and leaving the rest of the army to -attempt a passage at the ford, crossed with the utmost speed -lower down the river without being pursued, and carried -the news of their own defeat to Adel.</p> - -<p>The whole Moorish army perished this day except the -horse, either by the sword or in the river; nor had the Moors -received so severe a blow since the defeat of Gragnè by Claudius. -The king then decamped, and took post at Zarroder, -on the frontiers of Adel, with a design to winter there and -lay waste the country, into which he intended to march as -soon as the fair weather returned. But it was the misfortune -of this great prince, that his enemies were situated at -the two most distant extremities of the kingdom. For the -Galla attacked Gojam on the west, at the very time he prepared -to enter Adel on the east. Without loss of time, however, -he traversed the whole kingdom of Abyssinia, and came -up with the Boren Galla upon the river Madge, but no action -of consequence followed. The Galla, attempting the -king’s camp in the night, and finding themselves too weak -to carry it, retreated immediately into their own country. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_230">230</span> -While returning to Dembea, he met a party of the Falasha, -called Abati, at Wainadega, and entirely destroyed them, so -that not one escaped.</p> - -<p>The king was now so formidable that no army of the enemy -dared to face him, and he obliged the Falasha to give -up their king Radaet, whom he banished to Wadge; and -the four following years he spent in ravaging the country -of his enemies the Galla, in Shat and Bed, and that of the -Falasha in Samen and Serkè, where he beat Caliph king of -the Falasha, who had succeeded Radaet.</p> - -<p>The Galla, in advancing towards Gojam and Damot, had -over-run the whole low country between the mountains of -Narea and the Nile. The king, desirous to open a communication -with a country where there was a great trade, especially -for gold, crossed the Nile in his way to that province, -the Galla flying everywhere before him. He was received -with very great joy by the prince of that country, who looked -upon him as his deliverer from those cruel enemies. -Here he received many rich presents; more particularly a -large quantity of gold, and he wintered at Cutheny in that -province, where Abba Hedar his brother died, having been -blown up with gun-powder, with his wife and children. -The Nareans desired, this year, to be admitted to the Christian -faith; and they were converted and baptised by a mission -of priests sent by the king for that purpose.</p> - -<p>At the time he was rescuing the kingdom of Narea, Cadward -Basha, a young officer of merit and reputation, lately -come from Constantinople to Dawaro as basha of Masuah, -had begun his command with making inroads into Tigré, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_231">231</span> -and driving off a number of the inhabitants into slavery. -The king, necessarily engaged at a distance, suffered these -injuries with a degree of impatience; and, after having provided -for the security of the several countries immediately -near him, he marched with his army directly for Woggora, -committing every degree of excess in his march, in order to -provoke the Falasha to descend from their heights and offer -him battle.</p> - -<p>A frugal œconomical people, such as the Jews are, could -not bear to see their cattle and crops destroyed in so wanton -a manner before their very faces. They came, therefore, -down in immense numbers to attack the king, one of -the most excellent generals Abyssinia ever had, at the head -of a small, but veteran army. Geshen, brother of the famous -Gideon, was then king of the Jews, and commanded -the army of his countrymen. The battle was fought on -the plain of Woggora on the 19th of January 1594, with the -success that was to be expected. Four thousand of the Jewish -army were slain upon the spot; and, among them, Geshen, -their unfortunate king and leader.</p> - -<p>After this victory, Sertza Denghel marched his army into -Kuara, through the country where the Jews had many -strong-holds, and received everywhere their submission. -Then turning to the left, he came through the country of -the Shangalla, called Woombarea, and so to that of the Agows. -There he heard that new troubles were meditating -in Damot; but the inhabitants of that province were not yet -ripe enough to break out into open rebellion. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_232">232</span></p> - -<p>That he might not, therefore, have two enemies at such -a distance from each other upon his hands at once, this -year, as soon as the rains were over, he determined to march -and attack the basha. The basha was very soon informed of -his designs, and as soon prepared to meet them; so that -the king found him already in the field, encamped on his -own side of the Mareb, but without having committed, -till then, any act of hostility. He marched out of his -camp, and formed, upon seeing the royal army approach; -leaving a sufficient field for the king to draw up in, if he -should incline to cross the river, and attack him.</p> - -<p>This confident, rather than prudent conduct of the basha, -did not intimidate the king, who being used to improve -every advantage coolly, and without bravado, embraced this -very opportunity his enemy chose to give him. He formed, -therefore, on his own side of the Mareb, and passed it in as -good order as possible, considering it is a swift stream, and -very deep at that season of the year. He halted several times -while his men were in the water, to put them again in order, -as if he had expected to be attacked the moment he -landed on the other side. The basha, a man of knowledge -in his profession, who saw this cautious conduct of the king, -is said to have cried out, “How unlike he is to what I have -heard of his father!” alluding to the general rash behaviour -of the late king Menas whilst at the head of his -army.</p> - -<p>Sertza Denghel having left all his baggage on the other -side, and passed the river, drew up his army in the same -deliberate manner in which he had crossed the Mareb, and -formed opposite to the basha; as if he had been acting under -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_233">233</span> -him, and by his orders, availing himself with great -attention of all the advantages the ground could afford him. -The basha, confident in the superior valour of his troops, -thought, now he had got the king between him and the river, -that he would easily that day finish Sertza Denghel’s -life and reign.</p> - -<p>The battle began with the most determined resolution -and vigour on both sides. The Abyssinian foot drove back -the Turkish infantry; and the king, dismounting from his -horse, with his lance and shield in his hand, and charging -at their head, animated them to preserve that advantage. -On the other hand, the basha, who had soon put to flight -part of the Abyssinian horse with whom he had engaged, -fell furiously upon the foot commanded by the king, the -Turks making a great carnage among them with their -sabres, and the affair became but doubtful, when Robel, -gentleman of the bed-chamber to the king, who commanded -the pike-men on horseback, part of the king’s household troops, -seeing his master’s danger, charged the Turkish horse where -he saw the basha in person, and, clearing his way, broke his -pike upon an officer of the basha who carried the standard -immediately before him, and threw him dead at his feet. -Being without other arms, he then drew the short crooked -knife which the Abyssinians always carry in their girdle, -and, pushing up his horse close before the basha could recover -from his surprise, he plunged it in his throat, so that -he expired instantly. So unlooked-for a spectacle struck a -panic into the troops. The Turkish horse first turned their -backs, and a general rout followed. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_234">234</span></p> - -<p>The basha’s body was carried upon a mule out of the -field, and struck a terror into all the Mahometans wherever -it passed. It no sooner entered Dobarwa than it was obliged -to be carried out at the other end of the town. Sertza -Denghel was not one that slumbered upon a victory. He -entered Dobarwa sword in hand, putting all the Pagans and -Mahometans that fell in his way to death, and, in this manner, -pursued them to the frontiers of Masuah, leaving many -to die for want of water in that desert.</p> - -<p>The king, in honour of this brave action performed by -Robel, ordered what follows to be writ in letters of gold, -and inserted in the records of the kingdom: “Robel, servant -to Sertza Denghel, and son to Menetcheli, slew a Turkish -basha on horseback with a common knife.”</p> - -<p>Sertza Denghel, having thus delivered himself from the -most formidable of his enemies, marched through Gojam -again into Narea, extirpating, all the way he went, the Galla -that obstructed his way to that state. He left an additional -number of priests and monks to instruct them in the Christian -religion; though there are some historians of this -reign who pretend that it was not till this second visit that -Narea was converted.</p> - -<p>However this may be, victory had everywhere attended -his steps, and he was now preparing to chastise the malcontents -at Damot, when he was accosted by a priest, famous -for his holiness and talent for divination, who warned -him not to undertake that war. But the king, expressing -his contempt of both the message and messenger, declared -his fixed resolution to invade Damot without delay. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_235">235</span> -The priest is said to have limited his advice still further, and -to have only begged him to remember not to eat the fish of -a certain river in the territory of Giba in the province of -Shat. The king, however, flushed with his victory over the -Boren Galla, forgot the name of the river and the injunction; -and, having ate fish out of this river, was immediately after -taken dangerously ill, and died on his return.</p> - -<p>The writer of his life says, that the fatal effects of this -river were afterwards experienced in the reign of Yasous the -Great, at the time in which he wrote, when the king’s whole -army, encamped along the sides of this river, were taken -with violent sickness after eating the fish caught in it, and -that many of the soldiers died. Whether this be really fact -or not, I will not take upon me to decide. Whether fish, or -any other animal, living in water impregnated with poisonous -minerals, can preserve its own life, and yet imbibe a -quantity of poison sufficient to destroy the men that should -eat it, seems to me very doubtful. Something like this is -said to happen in oysters, which are found on copperas beds, -or have preparations of copperas thrown upon them to tinge -a part of them with green. I do not, however, think it -likely, that the creature would live after this metallic dose, -or preserve a taste that would make it food for man till he -accumulated a quantity sufficient to destroy him.</p> - -<p>Sertza Denghel was of a very humane affable disposition, -very different from his father Menas. He was stedfast -in his adherence to the church of Alexandria, and seemed -perfectly indifferent as to the Romish church and clergy. -In conversation, he frequently condemned their tenets, but -always commended the sobriety and sanctity of their lives. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_236">236</span> -He left no legitimate sons, but many daughters by his wife -Mariam Sena; and two natural sons, Za Mariam and Jacob. -He had also a nephew called <i>Za Denghel</i>, son of his brother -Lesana Christos.</p> - -<p>It is absolutely contrary to truth, what is said by Tellez -and others, that the illegitimate sons have no right to succeed -to the crown. There is, indeed, no sort of difference, -as may be seen by many examples in the course of this -history.</p> - -<p>Sertza Denghel at first seemed to have intended his nephew, -Za Denghel, to succeed him, a prince who had every -good quality; was arrived at an age fit for governing, and -had attended him and distinguished himself in great part -of his wars. But, being upon his death-bed, he changed -his mind, probably at the instigation of the queen and the -ambitious nobles, who desired to have the government in -their own hands during a long minority. His son Jacob, -a boy of seven years old, was now brought into court, and -treated as heir-apparent, which everybody thought was but -natural and pardonable from the affection of a father.</p> - -<p>At last when he found that he was sick to death, the interest -and love of his country seemed to overcome even the -ties of blood; so that, calling his council together around -his bed, he designed his successor in this last speech: ‘As -I am sensible I am at the point of death, next to the care of -my soul, I am anxious for the welfare of my kingdom. My -first idea was to appoint Jacob my son to be successor; and -I had done so unless for his youth, and it is probable neither -you nor I could have cause to repent it. Considering, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_237">237</span> -however, the state of my kingdom, I prefer its interest to -the private affection I bear my son; and do, therefore, hereby -appoint Za Denghel my nephew to succeed me, and be -your king; and recommend him to you as fit for war, ripe -in years, exemplary in the practice of every virtue, and -as deserving of the crown by his good qualities, as he is by -his near relation to the royal family.’ And with these words -the king expired in the end of August 1595, and was buried -in the island Roma.</p> - -<p>As soon as Sertza Denghel died, the nobility resumed -their former resolutions. The very reasons the dying king -had given them, why Za Denghel was fitted to reign, were -those for the which they were determined to reject him; as -they, after so long a reign as the last, were perfectly weary -at being kept in their duty, and desired nothing more than -an infant king and a long minority: this they found in -Jacob.</p> - -<p class="table"> -<img src="images/i_rule-3.png" alt="" /> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_238">238</span></p> - -<h2 id="ZA_DENGHEL"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -ZA DENGHEL.<br /> - -<small>From 1595 to 1604.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Za Denghel dethroned—Jacob a Minor succeeds—Za Denghel is restored—Banishes -Jacob to Narea—Converted to the Romish Religion—Battle -of Bartcho, and Death of the King.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Sertza Denghel</span> had several daughters, one of whom -was married to Kefla Wahad, governor of the province -of Tigré, and another to Athanasius, governor of Amhara. -These two were the most powerful men then in the kingdom. -The empress and her two sons-in-law saw plainly, that the -succession of Za Denghel, a man of ripe years, possessed of -every requisite for reigning, was to exclude them from any -share in government but a subaltern one, for which they -were to stand candidates upon their own merits, in common -with the rest of the nobility.</p> - -<p>Accordingly, no sooner was Sertza Denghel dead, perhaps -some time before, but a conspiracy was formed to change -the order of succession, and this was immediately executed -by order of this triumvirate, who sent a body of soldiers -and seized Za Denghel, and carried him close prisoner to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_239">239</span> -Dek, a large island in the lake Tzana, belonging to the -queen, where he was kept for some time, till he escaped and -hid himself in the wild inaccessible mountains of Gojam, -which there form the banks of the Nile. They carried their -precautions still further; and subsequent events after shewed, -that these were well-grounded. They sent a party of men at -the same time to surprise Socinios, but he, sufficiently upon his -guard, no sooner saw the fate of his cousin, Za Denghel, than -he withdrew himself, but in such a manner that shewed plainly -he knew the value of his own pretensions, and was not to -be an unconcerned spectator if a revolution was to happen.</p> - -<p>In order to understand perfectly the claims of those -princes, who were by turns placed on the throne in the -bloody war that followed, it will be necessary to know that -the emperor David III. had three sons: The eldest was -Claudius, who succeeded him in the empire; the history of -whose reign we have already given: The second was Jacob, -who died a minor before his brother, but left two sons, -Tascar and Facilidas: The third son was Menas, called Adamas -Segued, who succeeded Claudius his brother in the -empire; whose reign we have likewise given in its proper -place.</p> - -<p>Menas had four sons; Sertza Denghel, called Melec Segued, -who succeeded his father in the empire, and whose -history we have just now finished; the second Aquieter; -the third Abatè; and the fourth, Lesana Christos; whose -son was that Za Denghel of whom we were last speaking, -appointed to succeed to the throne by his uncle Sertza -Denghel, when on his death-bed. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_240">240</span></p> - -<p>Tascar, the son of Jacob, died a minor; he rebelled against -his uncle Menas, in confederacy with the Baharnagash, -as we have already seen; and his army being beat by -his uncle and sovereign, he was, by his order, thrown over -the steep precipice of Lamalmon, and dashed to pieces. Facilidas, -the second remaining son of the same minor Jacob, -lived many years, possessed great estates in Gojam, and died -afterwards in battle, fighting against the Galla, in defence -of these possessions.</p> - -<p>This Facilidas had a natural son named Socinios, who -inherited his father’s possessions; was nephew to Sertza Denghel, -and cousin-german to Za Denghel appointed to succeed -to the throne; so that Za Denghel being once removed, -as Jacob had been postponed, there could be no doubt -of Socinios’s claim as the nearest heir-male to David III. -commonly called Wanag Segued.</p> - -<p>Socinios, from his infancy, had been trained to arms, -and had undergone a number of hardships in his uncle’s -wars. Part of his estate had been seized, after his father’s -death, by men in power, favourites of Sertza Denghel; and -he hoped for a complete restitution of them from Za Denghel -his cousin, when he should succeed, for these two were -as much connected with each other by friendship and affection, -as they were by blood. Nor would any step, says the -historian, have ever been taken by Socinios towards mounting -the throne, had Za Denghel his cousin succeeded, as by -right he ought. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_241">241</span></p> - -<p>In the mean time, he was at the head of a considerable -band of soldiers; had assisted Fasa Christos, governor of Gojam, -in defeating the Galla, who had over-run that province; -and, by his courage and conduct that day, had left a strong -impression upon the minds of the troops that he would soon -become the most capable and active soldier of his time.</p> - -<p>The queen and her two sons-in-law being disappointed -in their attempt upon Socinios, were obliged to take the only -step that remained in their choice, which was to appoint -the infant Jacob<a id="FNanchor_46" href="#Footnote_46" class="fnanchor">46</a> king, a child of seven years old, and put -him under the tutelage of Ras Athanasius.</p> - -<p>The empress Mariam Sena, and her two sons-in-law, had -gained to their party Za Selassé, a person of low birth, native -of an obscure nation of Pagans, called Guraguè, a man -esteemed for bravery and conduct, and beloved by the soldiers; -but turbulent and seditious, without honour, gratitude, -or regard, either to his word, to his sovereign, or the -interests of his country.</p> - -<p>Jacob had suffered patiently the direction of those that -governed him, so long as the excuse of his minority was a -good one. But being now arrived at the age of 17, he began -to put in, by degrees, for his share in the direction of affairs; -and observing some steps that tended to prolong the government -of his tutors, by his own power he banished Za Selassé, -the author of them, into the distant kingdom of Narea. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_242">242</span></p> - -<p>This vigorous proceeding alarmed the empress and her -party. They saw that the measure taken by Jacob would -presently lead all good men and lovers of their country to -support him, and to annihilate their power. They resolved -not to wait till this took place, but instantly to restore Za -Denghel, whom, with great difficulty, they found hid in the -mountains between Gojam and Damot. And, to remove every -suspicion in Za Denghel’s breast, Ras Athanasius repaired -to the palace, giving Jacob publicly, even on the -throne, the most abusive and scurrilous language, calling him -an obstinate, stubborn, foolish boy; declaring him degraded -from being king, and announcing to his face the coming -of Za Denghel to supplant him. Jacob’s behaviour on so -unexpected an occasion was not such as Athanasius’s rash -speech led to expect. He gave a cool and mild reply to these -invectives; but, finding himself entirely in his enemy’s power, -without losing a moment, he left his palace in the night, -taking the road to Samen, not doubting of safety and protection -if he could reach his mother’s relations among those -high, rocky mountains.</p> - -<p>Fortune at first seemed to favour his endeavours. He -arrived at a small village immediately in the neighbourhood -of the country to which he was going; but there he -was discovered and made prisoner; carried back and delivered -to Za Denghel his rival, whom he found placed on -his throne.</p> - -<p>In all these cases, it is the invariable, though barbarous -practice of Abyssinia, to mutilate any such pretender to the -throne, by cutting off his nose, ear, hand, or foot, as they -shall be inclined the patient should die or live after the operation, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_243">243</span> -it being an established law, that no person can succeed -to the throne, as to the priesthood, without being perfect -in all his limbs. Za Denghel, as he could not adopt so -inhuman a procedure even with a rival, contented himself -with only banishing Jacob to Narea.</p> - -<p>Ever since that period of Menas’s reign, when Samur, -basha of Masuah, had been put in possession of Dobarwa -in virtue of a treaty with Isaac Baharnagash, then in -rebellion, the Catholic religion was left destitute of all support, -the fathers that had remained in Abyssinia being dead, -and the entry into that kingdom shut up by the violent animosity -of the Turks, and the cruelties they exercised upon all -missionaries that fell into their hands. The few Catholics -that remained were absolutely deprived of all assistance, -when Melchior Sylvanus, an Indian vicar of the church of -St Anne at Goa, was pitched upon as a proper person to be -sent to their relief. His language, colour, eastern air and -manners, seemed to promise that he would succeed, and -baffle the vigilance of the Turks.</p> - -<p>He arrived at Masuah in 1597, and entered Abyssinia unsuspected; -but the power of the Turk being much lessened -by the great defeat given them by Sertza Denghel, who slew -Cadward Basha, and retook Dobarwa and all its dependencies, -as has been already mentioned, a very considerable part of -their former dangers, the missionaries might now hope to -escape. But there still remained others obstructing the communication -with India, which, however, were surmountable, -and gave way, as most of the kind do, to prudence, -courage, and perseverance. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_244">244</span></p> - -<p>Accordingly, in the year 1600, Peter Paez, the most capable, -as well as most successful missionary that ever entered -Ethiopia, arrived at Masuah, after having suffered a long -imprisonment, and many other hardships, on his way to that -island; and, taking upon him the charge of the Portuguese, -relieved Melchior Sylvanus, who returned to India.</p> - -<p>Paez, however, did not press on to court as his predecessors, -and even his successors constantly did, but, confining -himself to the convent of Fremona in Tigré, he first set himself -by an invincible application to attain the knowledge of -the Geez written language, in which he arrived to a degree -of knowledge superior to that of the natives themselves. He -then applied to the instruction of youth, keeping a school, -where he taught equally the children of the Portuguese, and -those of the Abyssinians. The great progress made by the -scholars speedily spread abroad the reputation of the master. -First of all, John Gabriel, one of the most distinguished -officers of the Portuguese, spoke of him in the warmest -terms of commendation to Jacob, then upon the throne, -who sent to Paez, and ordered his attendance as soon as the -rainy season should be over.</p> - -<p>In the month of April 1604, Peter, attended only by two -of his young disciples, presented himself to the king, who -then held his court at Dancaz, where he was received with -the same honours as are bestowed upon men of the first -rank, to the great discontent of the Abyssinian monks, who -easily foresaw that their humiliation would certainly follow -this exaltation of Petros; nor were they mistaken. In a dispute -held before the king next day, Peter produced the two -boys, as more than sufficient to silence all the theologians -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_245">245</span> -in Abyssinia. Nor can it ever be doubted, by any who know -the ignorance of these brutish priests, but that the victory, in -these scholastic disputes, would be fairly, easily, and completely -on the side of the children.</p> - -<p>Mass was then said according to the usage of the church of -Rome, which was followed by a sermon (among the first ever -preached in Abyssinia,) but so far surpassing, in elegance and -purity of diction, any thing yet extant in the learned language, -Geez, that all the hearers began to look upon this as -the first miracle on the part of the preacher.</p> - -<p>Za Denghel was so taken with it, that, from that instant, -he not only resolved to embrace the Catholic religion, but -declared this his resolution to several friends, and soon after -to Paez himself, under an oath of secrecy that he should -conceal it for a time. This oath, prudently exacted from -Peter, was as imprudently rendered useless by the zeal of -the king himself, who being of too sanguine a disposition -to temporize after he was convinced, published a proclamation, -forbidding the religious observation of Saturday, -or the Jewish sabbath, for ever after. He likewise ordered -letters to be wrote to the pope Clement VIII. and to Philip -III. king of Spain and Portugal, wherein he offered them his -friendship, whilst he requested mechanics to assist, and Jesuits -to instruct his people.</p> - -<p>These sudden and violent measures were presently -known; and every wretch that had, from other causes, the -seeds of rebellion sown in his heart, began now to pretend -they were only nourished there by a love and attachment -to the true religion. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_246">246</span></p> - -<p>Many of the courtiers followed the king’s example; some -as courtiers for the sake of the king’s favour, and meaning -to adhere to the religion of Rome no longer than it was a -fashion at court, promoted their interest, and exposed them -to no danger; others, from their firm attachment to the -king, the resolution to support him as their rightful sovereign, -and a confidence in his superior judgment, and that -he best knew what was most for the kingdom’s advantage -in its present distracted state, and for the confirmation of his -own power, so intimately connected with the welfare of -his people. Few, very few it is believed, adopted the Catholic -faith, from that one discourse only, however pure the -language, however eloquent the preacher. A hundred years -and more had passed without convincing the Abyssinians -in general, or without any material proof that they were -prepared to be so.</p> - -<p>However, the Jesuits have quoted an instance of this -instantaneous conversion by the sermon, which, for their -credit, I will not omit, though no notice is taken of it in the -annals of those times, where it is not indeed to be expected, -nor do I mean that it is less credible on this account.</p> - -<p>An Abyssinian monk, of very advanced years, came forward -to Peter Paez, and said in a loud voice before the king, -“Although I have lived to a very great age, without a -doubt of the Alexandrian faith, I bless God that he has spared -me to this day, and thereby given me an opportunity of -choosing a better. The things we knew before, you have -so well explained, that they become still more intelligible; -and we are thereby confirmed in our belief. Those things -that were difficult, and which we could hardly understand, you -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_247">247</span> -have made so clear, that we now wonder at our own blindness -in not having seen them plainly before. For these benefits -which I now confess to have received, I here make my declaration, -that it is my stedfast purpose, with the assistance -of Almighty God, to live and die in the faith you profess, -and have now preached.”</p> - -<p>Among those of the court most attached to the king was -Laeca Mariam, the inseparable companion of his good and -bad fortune, who had followed his master from principles -of duty and affection, without designing to throw away a -consideration upon what were likely to be the consequences -to himself. He was reputed, in his character and abilities -as a soldier, to be equal to Za Selassé, but a very different -man, compared to him in his qualities of civil life; for he -was sober in his general behaviour, sparing in discourse, -and much more ready to do a good office than to promise -one; very affable and courteous in his manner, and of so -humble and unassuming a deportment, that it was thought -impossible to be real in a man, who had so often proved his -superiority over others upon trial.</p> - -<p>This man, a true royalist, was one of those that embraced -the Catholic religion that day, probably following the -example of the king; and this, in the hands of wicked men -their enemies, became very soon a pretence for the murder -of both; for Za Selassé, impatient of a rival in any thing, -more especially in military knowledge, began to hold seditious -assemblies, and especially with the monks, whom he -taught to believe what the king’s conduct daily confirmed, -that the Alexandrian faith was totally reprobated, and no -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_248">248</span> -religion would be tolerated but that of the church of -Rome.</p> - -<p>Gojam, a province always inveterate against any thing -that bore the smallest inclination to the church of Rome, -declared against the king; and, before he went to join his -associates, the traitor, Za Selassé, in a conference he had with -the Abuna Petros, proposed to him to absolve Za Denghel’s -subjects and soldiers from their oaths of allegiance to their -sovereign. The Abuna, a man of very corrupt and bad life, -very hearty in the cause, and an enemy to the king, was -staggered at this proposal; not that he was averse to it, because -it might do mischief, but because he doubted whether -any such effect would follow it as Za Selassé expected; and -he, therefore, asked what good he expected from such a -novelty? when this traitor assured him, that it would be -most efficacious for that very reason, because it was then -first introduced: the Abuna forthwith absolved the soldiers -and subjects of Za Denghel from their allegiance, declaring -the king excommunicated and accursed, together with all -those that should support him, or favour his cause.</p> - -<p>I must here observe, that, though we are now writing -the history of the 17th century, this was the first example of -any priest excommunicating his sovereign in Abyssinia, except -that of Honorius, who excommunicated Amda Sion for -the repeated commission of incest. And the doubt the zealot -Abuna Petros had of its effect as being a novelty, which -fact the Jesuits themselves attest, shews it was a practice that -had not its origin in the church of Alexandria. Neither had -these curses of the Abuna any visible effect, till Za Selassé -had put himself at the head of an army raised in Gojam. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_249">249</span> -The king was prepared to meet him, and ready to march -from Dancaz.</p> - -<p>Za Denghel immediately marched out into the plain of -Bartcho, and in the way was deserted, first by Ras Athanasius, -then by many of his troops; and, by this great desertion -in his army, found the first effects of the Abuna’s curses, -insomuch, that John Gabriel, a Portuguese officer of the first -distinction, advised the king to retire in time, and avoid a -battle, by flying to strong-holds for a season, till the present -delusion among his subjects should cease. But the king, -thinking himself dishonoured by avoiding the defiance of -a rebel, resolved upon giving Za Selassé battle, who, being -an able general, knew well the danger he would incur by -delay.</p> - -<p>It was October 13th 1704 that the king, after drawing -up his army in order of battle, placing 200 Portuguese, with -a number of Abyssinian troops, on the right, took to himself -the charge of the left, and called for Peter Paez to give -him absolution; but that Jesuit was occupied at a convenient -distance in Tigré, by his exorcisms destroying ants, -butterflies, mice, locusts, and various other enemies, of much -more importance, in his opinion, than the life of a king -who had been blindly, but directly conducted to slaughter -by his fanatical preachings.</p> - -<p>The battle began with great appearance of success. On -the right, the Portuguese, led by old and veteran officers, -destroyed and overturned every thing before them with -their fire-arms: but on the left, where the king commanded, -things went otherwise, for the whole of this division -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_250">250</span> -fled, excepting a body of nobility, his own officers and companions, -who remained with him, and fought manfully -in his defence. Above all, the king himself, trained to a -degree of excellence in the use of arms, strong and agile in -body, in the flower of his age, and an excellent horseman, -performed feats of valour that seemed above the power of -man: but he and his attendants being surrounded by the -whole army of Za Selassé, and decreasing in number, were -unable to support any longer such disadvantage.</p> - -<p>Laeca Mariam, solicitous only for the king’s safety, -charging furiously every one that approached, was thrust -through with a lance by a common soldier who had approached -him unobserved. The king, desirous only to avenge -his death, threw himself like lightning into the opposite -squadron, and received a stroke with a lance in his -breast, which threw him from his horse on the ground. -Grievous as the wound was, he instantly recovered himself, -and, drawing his sword, continued to fight with as much -vigour as ever. He was now hemmed in by a ring of soldiers, -part of whom, afraid of encountering him, remained -at a distance, throwing missile weapons without good direction -or strength, as if they had been hunting some fierce -wild beast. Others, wishing to take him prisoner, abstained -from striking him, out of regard to his character and -dignity; but the traitor, Za Selassé, coming up at that instant, -and seeing the king almost fainting with fatigue, and -covered with wounds, pointed his lance, and, spurring his -horse, furiously struck him in the middle of the forehead, -which blow threw the king senseless to the ground, where -he was afterwards slain with many wounds. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_251">251</span></p> - -<p>The battle ended with the death of Za Denghel; many -saw him fall, and more his body after the defeat; but no -one chose to be the first that should in any way dispose of -it, or care to own that they knew it. It lay in this abject -state for three days, till it was buried by three peasants in a -corner of the plain, in a little building like a chapel (which -I have seen) not above six feet high, under the shade of a -very fine tree, in Abyssinia called <i>sassa</i>: there it lay till ten -years after, when Socinios removed it from that humble -mausoleum, and buried it in a monastery called Daga, in -the lake Dembea, with great pomp and magnificence.</p> - -<p>The grief which the death of Za Denghel occasioned was -so universal, and the odium it brought upon the authors of -it so great, that neither Za Selassé nor Ras Athanasius dared -for a time take one step towards naming a successor, which -the fear of Za Denghel, and the uncertainty of victory, had -prevented them from doing by common consent before the -battle. There was no doubt but that the election would fall -upon Jacob, but he was far off, confined in the mountainous -country of Caffa in Narea. The distance was great; the -particular place uncertain; the way to it lay through deserts, -always dangerous on account of the Galla, and often impassable. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_252">252</span></p> - -<h2 id="JACOB"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -JACOB.<br /> - -<small>From 1604 to 1605.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Makes Proposals to Socinios, which are rejected—Takes the Field—Bad -Conduct and Defeat of Za Selassé—Battle of Debra Zeit—Jacob defeated -and slain.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">During</span> the interim, Socinios appeared in Amhara, not -as one offering himself as a candidate to be supported -by the strength and interest of others, but like a conqueror -at the head of a small but well-disciplined army of veteran -troops, ready to compel by force those who should refuse to -swear allegiance to him from conviction of his right.</p> - -<p>The first step he took was to send Bela Christos, a nobleman -of known worth, to Ras Athanasius then in Gojam, -stating to him his pretensions to succeed Za Denghel in -the kingdom, desiring his assistance with his army, and -declaring that he would acknowledge the service done him -as soon as it was in his power. Without waiting for an answer, -at the head of his little army he passed the Nile, and -entered Gojam. He then sent a second message to Ras Athanasius, -acquainting him that he was at hand, and ordering -him to prepare to receive him as his sovereign. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_253">253</span></p> - -<p>This abrupt and confident conduct of Socinios very much -disconcerted Ras Athanasius. He had as yet concerted nothing -with his friend Za Selassé, and it was now late to do it. -There was no person then within the bounds of the empire -that solicited the crown but Socinios, and he was now at -hand, and very much favoured by the soldiers. For these -reasons, he thought it best to put a good face upon the matter -in his present situation. He, therefore, met Socinios as -required, and joined his army, as if it had been his free -choice, and saluted him king in the midst of repeated chearful -congratulations of both armies now united.</p> - -<p>Having succeeded in this to his wish, Socinios lost no -time to try the same experiment with Za Selassé, who was -then in Dembea, the province of which he was governor. -To him he sent this message, “That God by his grace having -called him to the throne of his ancestors, he was now -on his march to Dembea, where he requested him to prepare -his troops to receive him, and dispose them to deserve -the favours that he was ready to confer upon all of them.” -Za Selassé remained for a while as if thunder-struck by -so peremptory an intimation. Of all masters he most wished -for Jacob, because, from experience, he thought he -could govern him. Of all masters he most feared Socinios, -because he knew he possessed capacity and qualities that -would naturally determine him to govern alone. After having -concerted with his friends, he sent Socinios answer, -“That not having till now known any thing of his claims -or intentions, he had sent an invitation to Jacob into Narea, -whose answer he expected; but that, in case Jacob did -not appear, he then would receive Socinios with every mark -of duty and affection, and hoped he would grant him the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_254">254</span> -short delay to which he had inadvertently, though innocently, -engaged himself.”</p> - -<p>This answer did in no shape please Socinios, who dispatched -the messenger immediately with this declaration, -“That he was already king, and would never cede his right -to Jacob, who was deposed and judged unworthy to reign; -no nor even to his father Melec Segued, though he should -rise again from the grave, and claim the throne he had so -long sat upon.”</p> - -<p>Za Selasse, easily penetrating that there was no peace in -Socinios’s intentions, first imprisoned the messenger, and, instead -of another answer, marched instantly with his whole -army to surprise him before he had time to take his measures. -And in this he succeeded. For Socinios being at -that instant overtaken by sickness, and not knowing what -trust to put in Athanasius’s army, retired in haste to the -mountains of Amhara; while Athanasius also withdrew his -troops till he should know upon what terms he stood both -with Za Selassé and the king.</p> - -<p>Still no return came from Jacob. The winter was nearly -past, and not only the soldiers, but people of all ranks -began to be weary of this interregnum, and heartily wished -for their ancient form of government. They said, That -since Jacob did not appear, there could be no reason for excluding -Socinios, whose title was undoubted, and who had -all the qualities necessary to make a good king.</p> - -<p>Za Selasse, seeing this opinion gained ground among his -troops, and fearing they might mutiny and leave him alone, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_255">255</span> -made a virtue of necessity: he dispatched an ambassador to -acknowledge Socinios as his sovereign, and declare that he -was ready to swear allegiance to him. Socinios received -this embassy with great apparent complacency. He sent in -return a monk, in whom he confided, a person of great -worth and dignity, to be his representative, and receive the -homage of Za Selassé and his army. On the news of this -monk’s approach, Za Selassé sent on his part ten men, the -most respectable in his camp, to meet this representative of -the king, and conduct him into the camp, where Za Selassé, -and all his troops, did homage, and swore allegiance to Socinios. -Feasts and presents were now given in the camp, -as is usual at the accession of a new king to the throne, and -all the army abandoned themselves to joy.</p> - -<p>These good tidings were immediately communicated -both to Socinios and Ras Athanasius. But, in the midst of -this rejoicing, a messenger came from Jacob, informing Za -Selassé that he was then in Dembea; that he had conferred -upon him the title of Ras and Betwudet, that is, had made -him the king’s lieutenant-general throughout the whole -empire. Za Selassé, in possession of the height of his wishes, -and making an ample distribution among his troops, determined -immediately to march and join Jacob in Dembea; but -first he wrote privately to the ten men that had accompanied -the monk to Socinios, that they should withdraw themselves -as suddenly and privately as possible before the coming -of Jacob was known. Eight of these were lucky enough -to do so; two of them were overtaken in the flight -and brought back to Socinios, who ordered them to immediate -execution. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_256">256</span></p> - -<p>Ras Athanasius, seeing the prosperous turn that Jacob’s -affairs had taken, renounced his oath to Socinios, and repaired -to Jacob at Coga, while Socinios retired into Amhara -at the head of a very respectable army, waiting an opportunity -to repay Jacob for his ambition, and Athanasius and Za -Selassé for their treason and perjury towards him.</p> - -<p>Although Jacob was now again seated on the throne, -surrounded by the army and great officers of the empire, his -mind was always disturbed with the apprehension of Socinios. -In order to free himself from this anxiety, he employed -Socinios’s mother in an application to her son, with an -offer of peace and friendship; promising, besides, that he -would give him in property the kingdoms of Amhara, Walaka, -and Shoa, and all the lands which his father had ever -possessed in any other part of Abyssinia. Socinios shortly -answered, “That what God had given him, no man -could take from him; that the whole kingdom belonged -to him, nor would he ever relinquish any part of it but with -his life. He advised Jacob to consider this, and peaceably -resign a crown which did not belong to him; and the attempting -to keep which, would involve him and his country -in a speedy destruction.”</p> - -<p>Upon this defiance, seeing Socinios implacable, Jacob took -the field, and was followed by Za Selassé. But this proud -and insolent traitor, who never could confine himself within -the line of his duty, even under a king of his own choosing, -would not join his forces with Jacob, but vain-gloriously -led a separate army, subject to his orders alone. In this -manner, having separate camps, choosing different ground, -and sometimes at a considerable distance from each other, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_257">257</span> -they came up with Socinios in Begemder. Jacob advanced -so near him that his tent could be distinctly seen from that -of Socinios, and, on the morrow, Jacob and Za Selassé, drawing -up their armies, offered Socinios battle.</p> - -<p>That wise prince saw too well that he was overmatched; -and, though he desired a battle as much as Jacob, it was not -upon such terms as the present. He declined it, and kept -hovering about them as near as possible on the heights and -uneven ground, where he could not be forced to fight till -it perfectly suited his own interest.</p> - -<p>This refusal on the part of Socinios did but increase Za -Selassé’s pride. He despised Jacob as a general, and thought -that Socinios declining battle was owing only to the apprehension -he had of his presence, courage, and abilities. -He continued parading with the separate army, perfectly -intoxicated with confidence and an imaginary superiority, -neglecting all the wholesome rules of war rigidly adhered -to by great generals for the sake of discipline, however distant -they may be from their enemy.</p> - -<p>It was not long before this was told Socinios, who soon -saw his advantage in it, and thereupon resolved to fight Za -Selassé singly, and watch attentively till he should find him -as far as possible from Jacob. Nor did he long wait for the -occasion; for Za Selassé, attempting to lead his army through -very uneven and stony ground, called <i>the Pass of Mount Defer</i>, -and at a considerable distance from Jacob, Socinios attacked -him while in the pass so rudely, that his army, entangled -in broken and unknown ground, was surrounded -and almost cut to pieces. Za Selassé, with a few followers, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_258">258</span> -saved themselves by the goodness of their horses, and joined -the king, being the first messengers of their own defeat.</p> - -<p>Jacob received the news of this misfortune without -any apparent concern. On the contrary, he took Za Selassé -roundly to task for having lost such an army by his -misconduct; and from that time put on a coolness of carriage -towards him that could not be bruiked by such a character. -He made direct proposals to Socinios to join him, if -he could be assured that his services would be well received. -Socinios, though he reposed no confidence in one that had -changed sides so often, was yet, for his own sake, desirous to -deprive his rival of an officer of such credit and reputation -with the soldiers. He therefore promised him a favourable -reception; and, a treaty being concluded, Socinios marched -into Gojam, followed by Jacob, and there was joined by Za -Selassé whom Jacob had made governor of that province.</p> - -<p>Jacob, not knowing how far this desertion might extend, and -to shew Socinios the little value he set upon his new acquisition, -immediately advanced towards him, and offered him battle. -This was what Socinios very earnestly wished for; but, as his -army was much inferior to Jacob’s, he seemed to decline it -from motives of fear, till he had found ground proper for -his army to engage in with advantage.</p> - -<p>Jacob, sensible of the great superiority he had, (historians -say it was nearly thirty to one) grew every day more impatient -to bring Socinios to an engagement, fearing he might -retreat, and thereby prolong the war, which he had no -doubt would be finished by the first action. Therefore he -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_259">259</span> -was anxious to keep him always in sight, without regarding -the ground through which his eagerness led him. Several -days the two armies marched side by side in sight of each -other, till they came to Debra Tzait, or the Mountain of -Olives. There Jacob halted; he then advanced a little further, -and seeing Socinios encamped, he did the same in a low -and very disadvantageous post on the banks of the river -Lebart.</p> - -<p>Socinios having now obtained his desire, early in the -morning of the 10th of March 1607 fell suddenly upon Jacob -cooped up in a low and narrow place, which gave him -no opportunity of availing himself of his numbers. Jacob -soon found that he was over-reached by the superior generalship -of his enemy. Socinios’s troops were so strongly -posted, that Jacob’s soldiers found themselves in a number -of ambushes they had not foreseen, so that, fighting or flying -being equally dangerous to them, his whole army was -nearly destroyed in the field, or in the flight, which was -most ardently and vigorously followed till night, with little -loss on the part of Socinios.</p> - -<p>This battle, decisive enough by the route and dispersion -of the enemy, became still more so from two circumstances -attending it: The first was the death of his competitor, -who fell unknown among a herd of common soldiers in the -beginning of the action, without having performed, in his -own person, any thing worthy of the character he had to -sustain, or that could enable any spectator to give an account -in what place he fell; the consequence of which was, -that he was thought to be alive many years afterwards. -The second was the death of the Abuna Petros. This priest -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_260">260</span> -had distinguished himself in Za Denghel’s reign, by absolving -the king’s subjects and soldiers from their oaths of allegiance, -which was followed by the unfortunate death of -Za Denghel in the plain of Bartcho. Vain of the importance -he had acquired by the success of his treason, he had -pursued the same conduct with regard to Socinios, and followed -Jacob to battle, where, trusting to his character and -habit for the safety of his person, he neglected the danger -that he ran amidst a flying army. While occupied in uttering -vain curses and excommunications against the conquerors, -he was known, by the crucifix he held in his hand, by a -Moorish soldier of Socinios, who thrust him through with -a lance, then cut his head off, and carried it to the king.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinian annals state, that, immediately after seeing -the head of Abuna Peter, Socinios ordered a retreat to -be sounded, and that no more of his enemies should be -slain. On the contrary, the Jesuits have said, that the pursuit -was continued even after night; for that a body of -horse, among whom were many Portuguese belonging to -the army of Jacob, flying from Socinios’s troops, fell over -a very high precipice, it being so dark that they did not -discover it; and that one soldier, called Manuel Gonsalez, -finding his horse leave him, as it were flying, lighted luckily -on a tree, where, in the utmost trepidation, he sat all -night, not knowing where he was. This fear was greatly -encreased in the morning, when he beheld the horses, and -the men who were his companions, lying dead and dashed -to pieces in the plain below.</p> - -<p>Ras Athanasius, who had followed the party of Jacob, -narrowly escaped by the swiftness of his horse, and hid -himself in the monastery of Dima, at no great distance from -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_261">261</span> -the field of battle; and Peter Paez, from remembrance of -his former good offices, having recommended him to Sela -Christos, Socinios’s brother-in-law, he was pardoned; but -losing favour every day, his effects and lands having been -taken from him on different occasions, he is said at last to -have died for want, justly despised by all men for unsteadiness -in allegiance to his sovereigns, by which he had been the occasion -of the death of two excellent princes, had frequently endangered -the life and state of the third, and had been the means -of the slaughter of many thousands of their subjects, worthier -men than himself, as they fell in the discharge of their -duty. But before his death he had still this further mortification, -that his wife, daughter of Sertza Denghel, called -Melec Segued, voluntarily forsook his bed and retired to a -single life.</p> - -<p class="table"> -<img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_262">262</span></p> - -<h2 id="SOCINIOS_or_MELEC_SEGUED"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">SOCINIOS, or MELEC SEGUED.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1605 to 1632.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Socinios embraces the Romish Religion—War with Sennaar—With -the Shepherds—Violent Conduct of the Romish Patriarch—Lasta rebels—Defeated -at Wainadega—Socinios restores the Alexandrian Religion—Resigns -his Crown to his eldest Son.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Socinios</span>, now universally acknowledged as king, began -his reign with a degree of moderation which there -was no reason to expect of him. Often as he had been betrayed, -many and inveterate as his enemies were, now he -had them in his power, he sought no vengeance for injuries -which he had suffered, but freely pardoned every one, receiving -all men graciously without reproach or reflections, -or even depriving them of their employments.</p> - -<p>Being informed, however, that one Mahardin, a Moor, -had been the first to break through that respect due to a -king, by wounding Za Denghel at the battle of Bartcho, he -ordered him to be brought at noon-day before the gate of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_263">263</span> -his palace, and his head to be there struck off with an ax, -as a just atonement for violated majesty.</p> - -<p>The king, now retired to Coga, gave his whole attention -to regulate those abuses, and repair those losses, which this -long and bloody war had occasioned. He had two brothers -by the mother’s side, men of great merit, Sela Christos, and -Emana Christos, destined to share the principal part in the -king’s confidence and councils.</p> - -<p>Bela Christos, a man of great family, who had been attached -to him since he formed his first pretensions to the -crown, was called to court to take his share in the glory -and dangers of this reign, which it was easy to see would -be a very active one; for every province around was full -of rebels and independents, who had shaken off the yoke of -government, paid no taxes, nor shewed other respect to the -king than just what at the moment consisted with their own -interest or inclination.</p> - -<p>The Portuguese soldiers, remnants of the army which -came into Abyssinia under Christopher de Gama, had multiplied -exceedingly, and their children had been trained by their -parents in the use of fire-arms. They were at this time incorporated -in one body under John Gabriel a veteran officer, -who seems to have constantly remained with the king, while -his soldiers (at least great part of them) had followed the fortune -they thought most likely to prevail ever since the -time of Claudius.</p> - -<p>Menas did not esteem them enough to keep them in his -army at the expence of enduring the seditious conversations -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_264">264</span> -of their priests reviling and undervaluing his religion and -government. He therefore banished them the kingdom; -but, instead of obeying, they joined the Baharnagash, then -confederated with the Turks and in rebellion against his -sovereign, as we have already mentioned. Sertza Denghel -seems to have scarcely set any value upon them after this, -and made very little use of them during his long reign. -Upon the infant Jacob’s being put upon the throne they -all adhered to him; and, after Jacob’s banishment, part of -them had attached themselves to Za Denghel, and behaved -with great spirit in the battle of Bartcho.</p> - -<p>Upon Jacob’s restoration they had joined him, and with -him were defeated at the decisive battle of Lebart, being all -united against Socinios; so that, on whatever side they declared -themselves, they were constantly beaten by the cowardice -of the Abyssinians with whom they were joined. Yet, -tho’ they had been so often on the side that was unfortunate, -their particular loss had been always inconsiderable; because, -whatever was the fate of the rest of the army, none of the -country troops would ever stand before them, and they made -their retreat from amidst a routed army in nearly the same -safety as if they had been conquerors; because it was not, -for several reasons, the interest of the conquerors to attack -them, nor was the experiment ever likely to be an eligible -one to the assailants.</p> - -<p>Socinios followed a conduct opposite to that of Menas. -He determined to attach the Portuguese wholly to himself, -and to make them depend upon him entirely. For this reason -he made great advances to their priests, and sent for Peter -Paez to court, where, after the usual disputes upon the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_265">265</span> -pope’s supremacy, and the two natures in Christ, mass was -said, and a sermon preached, much with the same success -as it had been in the time of Za Denghel, and with full as -great offence to the Abyssinian clergy.</p> - -<p>The province of Dembea, lying round the lake Tzana, -is the most fertile and the most cultivated country in Abyssinia. -It is entirely flat, and seems to have been produced -by the decrease of water in the lake, which, from very -visible marks, appears to have formerly been of four -times the extent of what it is at present. Dembea, however -fruitful, has one inconvenience to which all level -countries in this climate are subject: A mortal fever rages -in the whole extent of it, from March to Heder Michael, -the eighth day of November, when there are always gentle -showers. This dangerous fever stops immediately upon the -falling of these rains, as suddenly as the plague does upon -the first falling of the nucta, or dew, in Egypt.</p> - -<p>On the south side of this lake the country rises into a -rocky promontory, which forms a peninsula and runs far -into the lake. Nothing can be more beautiful than this -small territory, elevated, but not to an inconvenient height, -above the water which surrounds it on all sides, except the -south. The climate is delightful, and no fevers or other -diseases rage here. The prospect of the lake and distant -mountains is magnificent beyond European conception, and -Nature seems to have pointed this place out for pleasure, -health, and retirement. Paez had asked and obtained this -territory from the king, who, he says, gave him a grant of -it in perpetuity. The manner of this he describes: “A civil -officer is sent on the part of the king, who calls together -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_266">266</span> -all the proprietors of the neighbouring lands, and visits the -bounds with them; they kill a goat at particular distances, -and bury the heads under ground upon the boundary line -of this regality; which heads, Paez says, it is felony to dig -up or remove; and this is a mark or gift of land in perpetuity.”</p> - -<p>Without contradicting the form of burying the goats -heads, I shall only say, I never saw or heard of it, nor is there -such a thing as a gift of land in <i>perpetuum</i> known in Abyssinia. -All the land is the king’s; he gives it to whom he -pleases during pleasure, and resumes it when it is his will. -As soon as he dies the whole land in the kingdom (that of -the Abuna excepted) is in the disposal of the crown; and -not only so, but, by the death of every present owner, his -possessions, however long enjoyed, revert to the king, and -do not fall to the eldest son. It is by proclamation the possession -and property is reconveyed to the heir, who thereby -becomes absolute master of the land for his own life or -pleasure of the king, under obligation of military and other -services; and that exception, on the part of the Abuna, is -not in respect to the sanctity of his person, or charge, but -because it is founded upon treaty<a id="FNanchor_47" href="#Footnote_47" class="fnanchor">47</a>, and is become part of the -constitution.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinians saw, with the utmost astonishment, the -erection of a convent strongly built with stone and lime, of -which before they had no knowledge, and their wonder -was still increased, when, at desire of the king, Paez undertook, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_267">267</span> -of the same materials, to build a palace for him at the -southmost end of this peninsula, which is called Gorgora. -It was with amazement mixed with terror that they saw a -house rise upon house, for so they call the different storeys.</p> - -<p>Paez here displayed his whole ingenuity, and the extent -of his abilities. He alone was architect, mason, smith, and -carpenter, and with equal dexterity managed all the instruments -used by each profession in the several stages of the -work. The palace was what we shall call wainscoted with -cedar, divided into state-rooms, and private apartments -likewise for the queen and nobility of both sexes that formed -the court, with accommodations and lodgings for guards -and servants.</p> - -<p>As the king had at that time a view to attack the rebels, -the Agows and Damots, and to check the inroads of the -Galla into Gojam, he saw with pleasure a work going on -that provided the most commodious residence where his occupation -in all probability was chiefly to lie. His principal -aim was to bring into his kingdom a number of Portuguese -troops, which, joined to those already there, and the converts -he proposed to make after embracing the Catholic -religion, might enable him to extirpate that rebellious spirit -which seemed now universally to have taken possession -of the hearts of his subjects, and especially of the clergy, of -late taught, he did not seem to know how, that most dangerous -privilege of cursing and excommunicating kings. -He had not seen in Peter Paez and his fellow-priests any -thing but submission, and a love of monarchy; their lives -and manners were truly apostolical; and he never thought, -till he came afterwards to be convinced upon proof, that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_268">268</span> -the patriarch from Rome, and the Abuna from Cairo, -tho’ they differed in their opinion as to the two natures in -Christ, did both heartily agree in the desire of erecting ecclesiastical -dominion and tyranny upon the ruins of monarchy -and civil power, and of effecting a total subordination of -the civil government, either to the chairs of St Mark or St -Peter.</p> - -<p>In the winter, during the cessation from work, Socinios -called Paez from Gorgora to Coga, where he enlarged the -territory the Jesuits then had at Fremona. After which -he declared to him his resolution to embrace the Catholic -religion; and, as Paez says, presented him with two letters, -one to the king of Portugal, the other to the pope: the -first dated the 10th of December 1607, the latter the 14th of -October of the same year. These letters say not a word of -his intended conversion, nor of submission to the see of -Rome; but complain only of the disorderly state of his -kingdom, and the constant inroads of the Galla, earnestly -requesting a number of Portuguese soldiers to free them -from their yoke, as formerly, under the conduct of Christopher -de Gama, they had delivered Abyssinia from that of -the Moors.</p> - -<p>While these things passed at Coga, two pieces of intelligence -were brought to the king, both very material in -themselves, but which affected him very differently. The -first was, that the traitor Za Selassé, while making one of -his incursions into Gojam, had fallen into an ambush laid -for him by the Toluma Galla, guardians of that province -on the banks of the Nile, and that these Pagans had slain -him and cut off his head, which they then presented to the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_269">269</span> -king, who ordered it to be exposed on the lance whereon -it was fixed, in the most conspicuous place in the front of -his palace.</p> - -<p>This was the end of Ras Za Selassé, a name held in detestation -to this day throughout all Abyssinia. Though his -death was just such as it ought to have been, yet, as it was -in an advanced time of life, he still became a hurtful example, -by shewing that it was possible for a man to live to -old age in the continual practice of murder and treason.</p> - -<p>He was of low birth, as I have already observed, of a Pagan -nation of Troglodytes, of the lowest esteem in Abyssinia, -employed always in the meanest and most servile occupations, -in which capacity he served first in a private family. -Being observed to have an active, quick turn of mind, -he was preferred to the service of Melec Segued, upon -whose death he was so much esteemed by his son Jacob, -for the expertness and capacity he shewed in business, that -he gave him large possessions, and appointed him afterwards -to several ranks in the army; having regularly advanced -through the subordinate degrees of military command, -always with great success, he was made at last general; -and being now of importance sufficient to be able to -ruin his benefactor, he joined Ras Athanasius, who had rebelled -against Jacob, by whom he was taken prisoner, and, -being mercifully dealt with, only banished to Narea. From -this disgraceful situation he was freed by Za Denghel, who -conferred upon him the most lucrative important employment -in the state. In return, he rebelled against Za Denghel; -and at Bartcho deprived him of his kingdom and life. -Upon Jacob’s accession he was appointed Betwudet, the first -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_270">270</span> -place in Ethiopia, after the king, and governor of Gojam, -one of the largest and richest provinces in Abyssinia. -But he soon after again forsook Jacob, swore allegiance to -Socinios, and joined him.</p> - -<p>Not content with all this, he began to form some new -designs while with the court at Coga; and, having said to -some of the king’s servants, over wine, that it was prophesied -to him he should kill three kings, which he had verified -in two, and was waiting for the third, this speech was -repeated to Socinios, who ordered Za Selassé to be apprehended; -and, though he most justly deserved death, the king -mercifully commuted his punishment to banishment to the -top of Oureé Amba, which signifies the Great Mountain upon -the high ridge, called <i>Gusman</i>, near the banks of the Nile; -and, though close confined in the caves on the top of that -mountain, after a year’s imprisonment he escaped to Walaka, -and there declared himself captain of a band of robbers, -with which he infested the province of Gojam, when -he was slain by a peasant, and his head cut off and sent to -Socinios, who very much rejoiced in the present, and disposed -of it as we have mentioned.</p> - -<p>The second piece of intelligence the emperor received -was that in the mountains of Habab, contiguous to Masuah, -where is the famous monastery of the monks of St Eustathius, -called <i>Bisan</i>; a person appeared calling himself Jacob, son -of Sertza Denghel, and pretending to have escaped from the -battle of Lebart; thus, taking advantage of the circumstance -of Jacob’s body not having been found in the field among -the dead after that engagement, he pretended he had been -so grievously wounded in the teeth and face that it was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_271">271</span> -not possible to suffer the deformity to appear; for which reason, -as he said, but, as it appeared afterwards, to conceal the -little resemblance he bore to Jacob, he wrapped about his -head the corner of his upper cloth, and so concealed one -side of his face entirely.</p> - -<p>All Tigré hastened to join this impostor as their true -sovereign; who, finding himself now at the head of an army, -came down from the mountains of Bisan, and encamped -in the neighbourhood of Dobarwa upon the Mareb, -where he had a new accession of strength.</p> - -<p>The shape of the crown in Abyssinia is that of the hood, -or capa, which the priests wear when saying mass. It is -composed of silver, sometimes of gold, sometimes of both -metals, mixed and lined with blue silk. It is made to cover -part of the forehead, both cheeks, and the hind-part of the -neck likewise to the joining of the shoulders. A crown of -this shape could not but be of great service in hiding the -terrible scars with which the impostor’s face was supposed -to be deformed. He had accordingly got one made at Masuah, -beat very thin out of a few ounces of gold which he -had taken from a caravan that he had robbed. He wore it -constantly upon his head as a token that he was not a candidate -for the crown, but real sovereign, who had worn that -mark of power from his infancy.</p> - -<p>The news of this impostor, with the usual exaggeration -of followers, soon came to Sela Christos, governor of Tigré, -who, seeing that the affair became more serious every day, -resolved to attempt to check it. He conceived, however, he -had little trust to put in the troops of his province, who all -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_272">272</span> -of them were wavering whether they should not join the -rebel. His sole dependence, then, was upon the troops of -his own household, veteran soldiers, well paid and cloathed, -and firmly attached to his person, and likewise upon the -Portuguese. Above all, being himself a man of consummate -courage and prudence, he was far from judging of the -power of his enemy by the multitude of rabble which composed -it.</p> - -<p>As soon as the armies came in presence of each other, -Jacob offered the governor battle. But no sooner did the -impostor’s troops see the eagerness with which the small but -chosen band rushed upon them, than they fled and dispersed; -and though Sela Christos had taken every precaution to -cut off the pretended Jacob from his usual sculking places, -it was not possible to overtake or apprehend him; for he -arrived in safety in one of the highest and most inaccessible -mountains of the district, whence he looked down on Sela -Christos and his army without apprehension, having behind -him a retreat to the more distant and less known mountains -of Hamazen, should his enemies press him further.</p> - -<p>As long as Sela Christos remained with his little army in -that country, the impostor Jacob continued on the highest -part of the mountains, accompanied only by two or three -of his most intimate friends, who being people whose families -dwelt in the plain below, brought him constant intelligence -of what passed there.</p> - -<p>Sela Christos, wishing by all means to engage the enemy, -marched into a considerable plain called <i>Mai-aquel</i>; but, -seeing on every side the top of each mountain guarded by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_273">273</span> -troops of soldiers, he was afraid he had advanced too far; -and, apprehensive lest he should be inclosed in the midst -of a multitude so posted, he began to think how he could -best make his retreat before he was surrounded by so numerous -enemies. But they no sooner saw his intention by -the movement of his army, than, leaving their leader as a -spectator above, they fell on all sides upon Sela Christos’s -troops, who, having no longer any safety but in their arms, -began to attack the hill that was next them, which they -stormed as they would do a castle. Finding the small resistance -that each of these posts made, the governor divided -his small army into so many separate bodies, leaving his -cavalry in the plain below, who, without fighting, were -only employed in slaughtering those his troops had dislodged -from their separate posts.</p> - -<p>The day after, the impostor assembling his scattered troops, -retreated towards the sea into the territory of Hamazen, between -the country of the Baharnagash and the mountains -of the Habab.</p> - -<p>Sela Christos, finding that, while he pursued his victory -in these distant parts, the spirit of rebellion increased nearer -home, resolved to inform the king his brother of the unpromising -state of his affairs in Tigré, and the great necessity -there was of his presence there. Nor did Socinios lose -a moment after receiving this intelligence from Sela Christos, -although it had found him, in one respect, very ill prepared -for such an undertaking; for he had sent all his -horse from Coga upon an expedition against the Shangalla -and Gongas, nations on the north-west border of this kingdom; -so that, when he marched from Wainadega, his cavalry -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_274">274</span> -amounted to 530 men only, besides a small reinforcement -brought by Emana Christos, governor of Amhara.</p> - -<p>It was at Aibo the king turned off the road to Tigré towards -Begemder, and that day encamped at Wainadega. -From Wainadega he advanced to Davada; and, crossing the -Reb, he turned off by the way of Zang, and encamped at -Kattamè. He then proceeded to Tzamè, and arrived at Hader. -At this place some spies informed him that an advanced -party of the Galla Marawa were strongly lodged in a -hill not far off. Upon receiving this notice, Socinios ordered -his army to refresh themselves, to extinguish all lights, -and march with as little noise as possible.</p> - -<p>While it was scarce dawn of day, a strong detachment of -the king’s army surrounded the hill where the Galla were, -and found there a small number of these savages placed -like piquets to give the alarm and prevent surprise. Eleven -Galla were slain, and their heads cut off and carried to -the king, the first fruits of his expedition.</p> - -<p>Resolving to profit by this early advantage, Socinios followed -with all diligence, and came in sight of the army of -the enemy, without their having taken the smallest alarm. -They were lying closely and securely in their huts that they -had made. A large ravine full of trees and stumps divided -the two armies, and in part concealed them from each other. -The king ordered Emana Christos, and Abeton Welleta -Christos, to pass the ravine with the horse, and fall upon -the Galla suddenly, throwing the heads of those of the -advanced guard they had cut off on the ground towards -them. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_275">275</span></p> - -<p>Before the king’s horse had passed the ravine, the Galla -were alarmed, and mounted on horseback. As they never -fight in order, it required no time to form; but they received -the king’s cavalry so rudely, that, though Emana -Christos and the young prince behaved with the utmost -courage, they were beat back, and obliged to fly with considerable -loss, being entangled in the bushes. No sooner did -the king observe that his horse were engaged, than he ordered -his troops to pass the ravine to support them, and -was desirous to bring on a general engagement. But a panic -had seized his troops. They would not stir, but seemed -benumbed and overcome by the cold of the morning, spectators -of the ruin of the cavalry.</p> - -<p>Emana Christos, and those of the cavalry that had escaped -the massacre, had repassed the ravine, and dispersed -themselves in the front of the foot; while the victorious -Marawa, like ignorant savages, pushed their victory to the -very front of the king’s line. Socinios, ordering all the -drums of the army to beat and trumpets to sound, to excite -some spirit in his troops, advanced himself before any of -his soldiers, and slew the first Galla within his reach with -his own hands. The example and danger the king exposed -himself to, raised the indignation of the troops. They -poured in crowds, without regarding order, upon the Marawa, -great part of whom had already passed the ravine, and -all that had passed it were cut to pieces.</p> - -<p>The Galla, unable to stand this loss, fled from the field, -and immediately after left Begemder. The want of horse -on the king’s part saved their whole army from the destruction -which would infallibly have been the consequence of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_276">276</span> -a vigorous pursuit, through a country where every inhabitant -was an enemy. The king after this returned to his -palace at Coga to finish the business he had in hand.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, a report was spread through all Tigré, -that the king had been defeated by the Galla, and that -Ras Sela Christos had repaired to Gondar in consequence of -that disaster. The impostor Jacob lost no time in taking advantage -of this report. He descended from his natural fortress, -and, in conjunction with the governor of Axum, slew -several people, and committed many ravages in Siré. The -Ras no sooner learned that he was encamped on plain -ground, than he presented himself with the little army he -had before; and, though the odds against him were excessive, -yet by his presence and conduct, the rebels, though -they fought this time with more than ordinary obstinacy, -were defeated with great loss, and their leader, the supposed -Jacob, forced again to his inaccessible mountains.</p> - -<p>Socinios having now finished the affairs which detained -him at Coga, and being informed that the southern Galla, -resenting the defeat of the Marawa, had entered into a -league to invade Abyssinia with united forces, and a complete -army to burn and lay waste the whole country between -the Tacazzé and Tzana, and to attack the emperor -in his capital of Coga, which they were determined to destroy, -sent orders to Kasmati Julius, his son-in-law, to -join him immediately with what forces he had, as also to -Kesla Christos; and, being joined by both these officers and -their troops, he marched and took post at Ebenaat in the district -of Belessen, in the way by which the Galla intended to -pass to the capital, and he resolved to await them there. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_277">277</span></p> - -<p>The Galla advanced in their usual manner, burning and -destroying churches and villages, and murdering without -mercy all that were so unfortunate as to fall into their -hands. The king bore these excesses of his enemy with the -patience of a good general, who saw they contributed to his -advantage. He therefore did not offer to check any of their -disorders, but by not resisting rather hoped to encourage -them. He had an army in number superior, and this was -seldom the case; but in quality there was no comparison, -five of the king’s troops being equal to twenty of the enemy, -and this was the general proportion in which they -fought. He, therefore, contented himself with choosing -proper ground to engage, and improving it by ambushes -such as the nature of the field permitted or suggested.</p> - -<p>It was the 7th of January 1608, early in the morning, that -the Galla presented themselves to Socinios in battle, in a -plain below Ebenaat, surrounded with small hills covered -with wood. The Galla filled the whole plain, as if voluntarily -devoting themselves to destruction, and from the hills and -bushes were destroyed by fire-arms from enemies they did -not see, who with a strong body took possession of the place -through which they entered, and by which they were to return -no more.</p> - -<p>Socinios that day, for what particular reason does not -appear, distinguished himself among the midst of the Galla, -by fighting like a common soldier. It is thought by the -historians of those times, that he had received advice while -at Coga, that his son-in-law Julius intended to rebel, and -therefore he meant to discourage him by comparison of their -personal abilities. This, however, is not probable; the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_278">278</span> -king’s character was established, and nothing more could -be added to it. However that may be, all turned to the disadvantage -of the Galla. No general or other officer thought -himself entitled to spare his person more than the king; all -fought like common soldiers; and, being the men best armed -and mounted, and most experienced in the field, they contributed -in proportion to the slaughter of the day. About -12,000 men on the part of the Galla were killed upon the -spot; the very few that remained were destroyed by the -peasants, whilst 400 men only fell on the part of the king, -so it was a massacre rather than a battle.</p> - -<p>Socinios now resolved to try his fortune against the impostor -Jacob, and with that resolution he crossed Lamalmon, -descending to the Tacazzé in his way to Siré. Here, -as on the frontiers of his province, he was met by Sela Christos, -who brought Peter Paez along with them. Both were -kindly received by the king, who encamped in the large -plain before Axum, in consequence of a resolution he had -long taken of being crowned with all the ancient ceremonies -used on this occasion by former kings, while the royal -residence was in the province of Tigré.</p> - -<p>It was on the 18th of March, according to their account, -the day of our Saviour’s first coming to Jerusalem, that this -festival began. His army consisted of about 30,000 men. -All the great officers, all the officers of state, and the court -then present, were every man dressed in the richest and gayest -manner. Nor was the other sex behind-hand in the -splendour of their appearance. The king, dressed in crimson -damask, with a great chain of gold round his neck, his head -bare, mounted upon a horse richly caparisoned, advanced -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_279">279</span> -at the head of his nobility, passed the outer court, and came -to the paved way before the church. Here he was met by a -number of young girls, daughters of the umbares, or supreme -judges, together with many noble virgins standing -on the right and left of the court.</p> - -<p>Two of the noblest of these held in their hands a crimson -cord of silk, somewhat thicker than common whip-cord, but -of a looser texture, stretched across from one company to -another, as if to shut up the road by which the king was -approaching the church. When this cord was prepared and -drawn tight about breast-high by the girls, the king entered, -advancing at a moderate pace, curvetting and shewing -the management of his horse. He was stopped by the tension -of this string, while the damsels on each side asking -who he was, were answered, “I am your king, the king of -Ethiopia.” To which they replied with one voice, “You -shall not pass; you are not our king.”</p> - -<p>The king then retires some paces, and then presents himself -as to pass, and the cord is again drawn across his way -by the young women so as to prevent him, and the question -repeated, “Who are you?” The king answered, “I am your -king, the king of Israel.” But the damsels resolved, even -on this second attack, not to surrender but upon their own -terms; they again answer, “You shall not pass; you are not -our king.”</p> - -<p>The third time, after retiring, the king advances with -a pace and air more determined; and the cruel virgins, again -presenting the cord and asking who he is, he answers, -“I am your king, the king of Sion;” and, drawing -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_280">280</span> -his sword, cuts the silk cord asunder. Immediately upon -this the young women cry, “It is a truth, you are our king; -truly you are the king of Sion.” Upon which they begin -to sing Hallelujah, and in this they are joined by the court -and army upon the plain; fire-arms are discharged, drums -and trumpets sound; and the king, amidst these acclamations -and rejoicings, advances to the foot of the stair of the -church, where he dismounts, and there sits down upon a -stone, which, by its remains, apparently was an altar of Anubis, -or the dog-star: At his feet there is a large slab of free-stone, -on which is the inscription mentioned by Poncet, and -which shall be quoted hereafter, when I come to speak of -the ruins of Axum.</p> - -<p>After the king comes the nebrit, or keeper of the book -of the law in Axum, supposed to represent Azarias the son -of Zadock; then the twelve umbares, or supreme judges, -who with Azarias accompanied Menilek, the son of Solomon, -when he brought the book of the law from Jerusalem, -and these are supposed to represent the twelve tribes. After -these follow the Abuna at the head of the priests, and the -Itchegué at the head of the monks; then the court, who -all pass through the aperture made by the division of the -silk cord, which remains still upon the ground.</p> - -<p>The king is first anointed, then crowned, and is accompanied -half up the steps by the singing priests, called Depteras, -chanting psalms and hymns. Here he stops at a hole -made for the purpose in one of the steps, and is there fumigated -with incense and myrrh, aloes and cassia. Divine -service is then celebrated; and, after receiving the sacrament, -he returns to the camp, where fourteen days should regularly -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_281">281</span> -be spent in feasting, and all manner of rejoicing and -military exercise.</p> - -<p>The king is, by the old custom, obliged to give a -number of presents, the particulars of which are stated -in the deftar, or treasury-book, the value, the person to -whom they are due, and the time of giving; but a great -part of these are gone into desuetude since the removal of -the court from Tigré, as also many of the offices are now -suppressed, and with them the presents due to them.</p> - -<p>The nobles and the court were likewise obliged to give -presents to the king upon that occasion. The present from -the governor of Axum is two lions and a fillet of silk, upon -which is wrote, “<i>Mo Anbasa am Nizilet Solomon am Negadé -Jude</i>—The lion of the tribe of Judah and race of Solomon -hath overcome;” this serves as a form of investiture of -lands that the king grants, a ribband bearing this inscription -being tied round the head of the person to whom the -lands are given.</p> - -<p>This governor was then in rebellion, so did not assist at -the ceremony. Notwithstanding the difference of expence -which I have mentioned, by suppressing places, presents, and -dues, the king Tecla Haimanout told me at Gondar, that -when he was in Tigré, driven there by the late rebellion, -Ras Michael had some thoughts of having him crowned -there in contempt of his enemies; but, by the most moderate -calculation that could be made, not to turn the ceremony -into ridicule by parsimony, it would have cost -20,000 ounces of gold, or L. 50,000 Sterling; upon which -he laid aside the thoughts of it, saying to the king, “Sir, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_282">282</span> -trust to me, 20,000 ounces of Tigré iron shall crown you -better; if more is wanted, I will bestow it upon your enemies -with pleasure till they are satisfied;” meaning the -iron balls with which his soldiers loaded their musquets.</p> - -<p>After the coronation was over, the king passed the Mareb, -desiring to finish his campaign by the death of his competitor -Jacob; but that impostor knew too well the superiority -of his rival, and hid himself in the inmost recesses, without -other attendants than a few goats, who furnished him -with their milk, as well as their society.</p> - -<p>Socinios left the affair of the rebel Jacob to be ended by -Amsala Christos, an officer of great prudence, whom he made -governor of Tigré; and, taking his brother Ras Sela Christos -along with him, returned to Coga<a id="FNanchor_48" href="#Footnote_48" class="fnanchor">48</a>. Amsala Christos being -seized with a grievous sickness, saw how vain it was for him -to pursue the suppression of a rebellion conducted by such -a head as this impostor Jacob, and therefore secretly applied -to two young men, Zara Johannes and Amha Georgis, brothers, -and sons of the Shum Welled Georgis, who had committed -murder, and were outlawed by Socinios, and, keeping -hid in the mountains, had joined in fellowship with the -impostor Jacob.</p> - -<p>These, gained by the promise of pardon given them by -Amsala Christos, chose an opportunity which their intimacy -gave them, and, falling upon Jacob unawares in his retirement, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_283">283</span> -they slew him, cut his head off, and sent it to the king -at Coga, who received it very thankfully, and returned it to -Tigré to Amsala Christos, to be exposed publicly in all the -province to undeceive the people; for it now appeared, that -he had neither scars in his face, broken jaw, nor loss of teeth, -but that the covering was intended only to conceal the little -resemblance he bore to king Jacob, slain, as we have seen, -at the battle of Lebart; and he was now found to have -been a herdsman, in those very mountains of Bisan to which -he had so often fled for refuge while his rebellion lasted.</p> - -<p>The king, in his return from Tigré, passing by Fremona, -sent to the Jesuits there thirty ounces of gold, about L. 75 -Sterling, for their immediate exigency; testifying, in the -most gracious manner, his regret, “That the many affairs -in which he was engaged had prevented him from hearing -mass in their convent, as he very sincerely wished to -do; but he left with them the Abuna Simon, to whom he -had recommended to study their religion, and be a friend -to it.”</p> - -<p>In this he shewed his want of penetration and experience; -for though he had seen wars between soldier and -soldier, who, after having been in the most violent state of -enmity, had died in defence of each other as friends, he was -not aware of that degree of enmity which reigns upon difference -of opinion, not to say religion, between priest and -priest. It was not long, however, before he saw it, and the -example was in the person of his present friend the Abuna -Simon. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_284">284</span></p> - -<p>While Socinios was yet in Tigré, news were brought to -Coga from Woggora to Sanuda Tzef Leham<a id="FNanchor_49" href="#Footnote_49" class="fnanchor">49</a> of Dembea, -who could not accompany the king to Tigré on account of -sickness, but was left with the charge of the capital and palace -during the king’s absence, that Melchizedec, one of -the meanest and lowest servants of the late king Melec Segued, -had rebelled, and was collecting troops, consisting of -soldiers, servants, and dependents of that prince, and had -slain some of Socinios’s servants. Sanuda was a brave and -active officer; but, being without troops, (the king having -carried the whole army to Tigré) immediately set out from -Maitsha to the town of Tchelga, one of the frontiers of Abyssinia, -possessed by Wed Ageeb prince of the Arabs.</p> - -<p>It is here to be observed, that though the territorial -right of Tchelga did then, and does still appertain to the -kingdom of Abyssinia, yet the possession of it is ceded by -agreement to Wed Ageeb, under whose protection the caravans -from Egypt and Sennaar, and those from Abyssinia to -Sennaar and Egypt, were understood to be ever since they -were cut off in the last century by the basha of Suakem, -for this purpose, that a customhouse might be erected, and -the duties divided between the two kingdoms equally. The -same is the case with Serké, a town belonging to Sennaar, -ceded for the same purpose to the king of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>It happened that Abdelcader<a id="FNanchor_50" href="#Footnote_50" class="fnanchor">50</a>, son of Ounsa, late king of -Sennaar, or of Funge, as he is called in the Abyssinian annals, -had been deposed by his subjects in the 4th year of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_285">285</span> -his reign, and remained at Tchelga under the mutual protection -of Wed Ageeb and the emperor of Abyssinia, a kind -of prisoner to them both; and had brought with him a -number of soldiers and dependents, the partakers of his former -good fortune, who, finding safety and good usage at -Tchelga, were naturally well-affected to the king. These, -ready mounted and armed, joined Sanuda immediately upon -his declaring the exigency; and with these he marched -straight to Coga, to the defence of the palace with which -he had been intrusted.</p> - -<p>Melchizedec, whose design was against Coga, no sooner -heard Sanuda was arrived there than he marched to surprise -him, and a very bloody and obstinate engagement followed. -The Funge, piqued in honour to render this service to their -protector, fought so obstinately that they were all slain, -and Sanuda, mounted that day upon a fleet horse belonging -to Socinios, escaped with difficulty, much wounded.</p> - -<p>As soon as Socinios heard of this misfortune, he sent Ras -Emana Christos, who marched straight to Woggora, creating -Zenobius, son of Imael, governor of that district; and -there he found Sanuda Zenobius and Ligaba Za Denghel -together, in a place called Deberasso.</p> - -<p>As soon as the rebel Melchizedec heard Emana Christos -was come, and with him the fore-mentioned noblemen, he -set himself to exert the utmost of his power to draw together -forces of all kinds from every part he could get -them, and his army was soon increased to such a degree as, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_286">286</span> -notwithstanding the presence of Emana Christos, to strike -terror into all the territory and towns of Dembea. Nothing -was wanted but a king of the royal race for whom to fight. -Without a chief of this kind, it was evident that the army, -however often successful, would at last disperse. They, -therefore, brought one Arzo, a prince of the royal blood, -from his hiding-place in Begemder. Arzo, in return for a -throne, conferred the place of Ras upon Melchizedec. Za -Christos, son of Hatzir Abib, was appointed to the command -of the army under him; and, having finished this and many -such necessary preparatives, they marched straight to meet -Emana Christos, with a better countenance than rebel armies -generally bear.</p> - -<p>It was the 9th of March 1611, at 9 in the morning, when -the two armies were first in sight of each other, nor did -they long delay coming to an engagement. The battle was -very obstinate and bloody; Melchizedec re-established his character -for worth, at least as a soldier; the same did Za Christos. -Of the competitor Arzo, history makes no mention; his -blood, probably, was too precious to risk the spilling of it, -being so far-fetched as from king Solomon. After a most -obstinate resistance, part of Za Christos’s army was broken -and put to flight; but it rallied so often, and sold the ground -it yielded so dear, that it gave time to Emana Christos to -come up to his army’s assistance.</p> - -<p>The Ras, who was as brave a soldier as he was a wise -and prudent general, saw it was a time when all should -be risked, and threw himself into the midst of his enemies; -and he was now arrived near the place where Melchizedec -fought, when that rebel, seeing him advancing so fast among -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_287">287</span> -his slaughtered followers, guessing his intention, declined -the combat, turned his horse and fled, while affairs -even yet appeared in his favour. This panic of the general -had the effect it ordinarily has in barbarous armies. Nobody -considered how the prospect of the general issue stood; they -fled with Melchizedec, and lost more men than would have -secured them victory had they stood in their ranks.</p> - -<p>A body of troops, joined by some peasants of Begemder, -pursued Melchizedec so closely that they came up with him -and took him prisoner, together with Tensa Christos, a very active -partizan, and enemy to Emana Christos. Having brought -them to the camp, before the Ras returned to Coga, they -were tried and condemned to die for rebellion, as traitors, -and the sentence immediately executed, after which their -heads were sent to the king. Very soon after this, Arzo, -and his general Za Christos, were taken and sent to the -king, who ordered them to be tried by the judges in common -form, and they underwent the same fate.</p> - -<p>The king was employed in the winter season while he resided -at Coga, in building a new church, called St Gabriel. -But the season of taking the field being come, he marched -out with his army and halted at Gogora, sending Emana -Christos and Sela Christos against the rebels; these were not -in a particular clan, or province, for all the country was -in rebellion, from the head of the Nile round, eastward, to -the frontiers of Tigré. Part of them indeed were not in -arms, but refused to pay their quota of the revenue; part of -them were in arms, and would neither pay, nor admit a governor -from the king among them; others willingly submitted -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_288">288</span> -to Socinios, and were armed, only thereby to exempt -themselves from payment.</p> - -<p>Sela Christos fell upon the inhabitants of the mountainous -district of Gusman, on the Nile, whose principal -strong-hold, Oureé Amba, he forced, killing many, and carrying -away their children as slaves, which, upon the intercession -of Peter Paez, were given to the Jesuits to be educated -as Catholics.</p> - -<p>The next attempt was upon the Gongas, a black Pagan -nation, with which he had the same success; the rest were -the Agows, a very numerous people, all confederates and -in arms, and not willing to hear of any composition. The -king ordered one of these tribes, the Zalabassa, to be extirpated -as far as possible, and their country laid waste. But -notwithstanding this example, which met with great interruption -in the execution, the Agows continued in rebellion -for several years afterwards, but much impoverished and -lessened in number by variety of victories obtained over -them.</p> - -<p>The two next years were spent in unimportant skirmishes -with the Agows of Damot, and with the Galla, invaders -of Gojam. In 1615, the year after, Tecla Georgis made governor -of Samen, and Welled Hawaryar, shum of Tsalemat<a id="FNanchor_51" href="#Footnote_51" class="fnanchor">51</a>, -were both sent against a rebel who declared himself competitor -for the crown. His name was Amdo. He pretended -to be the late king Jacob, son of Melec Segued; and this -character he gave himself, without the smallest communication -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_289">289</span> -with the relations or connections of that prince. As -soon as Assera Christos and Tecla Garima, servants of Welled -Hawaryat, heard of this adventurer, they surprised him -in Tsalemat, and, putting him in irons, confined him in the -house of Assera Christos.</p> - -<p>Gideon, king of the Jews, whose residence was on the -high mountain of Samen, upon hearing that Amdo was -prisoner, sent a body of armed men who surprised Assera -Christos in his own house in the night, and killed him, -bringing with them his prisoner Amdo to Samen, and delivered -him to Gideon there; who not only took him into -protection, but assisted him in raising an army by every -means in his power. There were not wanting there idle -vagabonds and lawless people enough, who fled to the standard -of a prince whose sole view seemed to be murder, robbery, -and all sort of licentiousness. It was not long till -Amdo, by the assistance of Gideon, found himself at the -head of an army, strong enough to leave the mountain, and -try his fortune in the plain below, where he laid waste Shawada, -Tsalemat, and all the countries about Samen which -persevered in their duty to the king.</p> - -<p>Socinios, upon this, appointed Julius his son-in-law governor -of Woggora, Samen, Waag, and Abbergalé, that is, -of all the low countries from the borders of the Tacazzé to -Dembea. Abram, an old officer of the king, desirous to stop -the progress of the rebel, marched towards him, and offered -him battle; but that brave officer had not the success his -intention deserved, for he was defeated and slain; which -had such an effect upon Julius, that, without hazarding -his fortune farther, he sent to beseech the king to march -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_290">290</span> -against Amdo with all possible expedition, as his affairs -were become desperate in that part of his dominions.</p> - -<p>The king hereupon marched straight to Woggora, and joined -Julius at Shimbra-Zuggan; thence he descended from -Samen, and encamped upon Tocur-Ohha, (the black river) -thence he proceeded to Debil, and then to Sobra; and from -this last station he sent a detachment of his army to attack -a strong mountain called Messiraba, one of the natural fortresses -of Gideon, which was forced by the king’s troops after -some resistance, and the whole inhabitants, without distinction -of age or sex, put to the sword, for such were the -orders of the king.</p> - -<p>This first success very much disheartened the rebels, for -Messiraba was, by nature, one of the strongest mountains, -and it, besides, had been fortified by art, furnished with plenty -of provisions, and a number of good troops. The next -mountain Socinios attacked was Hotchi, and the third Amba -Za Hancassé, where he had the like success, and treated -the inhabitants in the same manner; thence he removed his -army to Seganat, where he met with a very stout resistance; -but this mountain, too, was at last taken, Gideon himself -escaping narrowly by the bravery of his principal general, -who, fighting desperately, was slain by a musqueteer.</p> - -<p>The constant success of the king, and the bloody manner -in which he pursued his victory, began to alarm Gideon, -lest the end should be the extirpation of his whole nation. -He, therefore, made an overture to the king, that, if he would -pardon him and grant him peace, he would deliver the rebel -Amdo bound into his hands. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_291">291</span></p> - -<p>The king assented to this, and Amdo was accordingly delivered -up; and, being convicted of rebellion and murder, -he was sentenced to be nailed to a cross, and to remain there -till he died. But the terrible cries and groans which he -made while they were fixing him to the cross, so much -shocked the ears of the king, that he ordered him to be -taken down, and his head struck off with an ax, which -was executed in the midst of the camp.</p> - -<p>Socinios after this retired to Dancaz, and ordered Kefla -governor of Gojam, and Jonael his master of the household, -to march suddenly and surprise Belaya, a country belonging -to the Gongas and Guba, Pagan nations, on whom, every -year, he made war for the sake of taking slaves for the use -of the palace. These two officers, with a large body, mostly -horse, fell unawares upon the savages at Belaya, slaying -part, and bringing away their children. But not content -with doing this, they likewise attacked the two districts of -Agows, Dengui and Sankara, then in peace with the king, -and drove away an immense number of cattle, which the -king no sooner heard, than he ordered a strict search to be -made, and the whole cattle belonging to the Agows to be -gathered together, and restored to their respective owners; -a piece of justice which softened the hearts of this people -more than all the severities that had been hitherto used; -and the good effects of which were soon after seen upon -the Agows, though it produced something very different -in the conduct of Jonael.</p> - -<p>The king this year, 1616, left his capital at the usual time, in -the month of November, and ordered his whole household -to attend him. His intention was against the Galla on the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_292">292</span> -west of Gojam, especially the tribe called Libo. But this -campaign was rendered fruitless by the death of the king’s -eldest son, Kennaffer Christos, a young prince of great hopes, -esteemed both by the king and the people. He had an excellent -understanding, and the most affable manners possible, -to those even whom he did not like; was very fond of -the soldiers; merciful, generous, and liberal; and was -thought to be the favourite of the king his father, who -buried him with great pomp in the church of Debra Roma, -built by king Isaac, in the lake Tzana.</p> - -<p>In the midst of this mourning, there came a very bloody -order<a id="FNanchor_52" href="#Footnote_52" class="fnanchor">52</a> from the king. History barely tells us the fact, but -does not assign any other reason than the wanton manner in -which Gideon king of the Jews had endeavoured to disturb -his reign and kingdom, which was thought a sufficient excuse -for it. However this may be, the king gave orders to -Kasmati Julius, Kasmati Welled Hawaryat, Billetana Gueta -Jonael, and Fit-Auraris Hosannah, to extirpate all the Falasha -that were in Foggora, Janfakara, and Bagenarwè, to the -borders of Samen; also all that were in Bagla, and in all the -districts under their command, wherever they could find -them; and very few of them escaped, excepting some who -fled with Phineas.</p> - -<p>In this massacre, which was a very general one, and executed -very suddenly, fell Gideon king of that people; a man of -great reputation, not only among his subjects, but throughout -all Abyssinia, reputed also immensely rich. His treasures, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_293">293</span> -supposed to be concealed in the mountains, are the -objects of the search of the Abyssinians to this day.</p> - -<p>The children of those that were slain were sold for slaves -by the king; and all the Falasha in Dembea, in the low -countries immediately in the king’s power, were ordered -upon pain of death to renounce their religion, and be baptised. -To this they consented, seeing there was no remedy; -and the king unwisely imagined, that he had extinguished, -by one blow, the religion which was that of his -country long before Christianity, by the unwarrantable butchery -of a number of people whom he had surprised living in -security under the assurance of peace. Many of them were -baptised accordingly, and they were all ordered to plow -and harrow upon the sabbath-day.</p> - -<p>The king next sent orders to Sela Christos, and Kefla -governor of Gojam, that, assembling their troops, they -should transfer the war into Bizamo, a province on the -south side of the Nile, called also in the books a kingdom. -Through this lies the road of the merchants leading to Narea. -It is inhabited by several clans of Pagans, which together -make the great division of these nations into Boren, -and Bertuma Galla<a id="FNanchor_53" href="#Footnote_53" class="fnanchor">53</a>.</p> - -<p>The army passed the Nile, laying waste the whole country, -driving off the cattle, collecting the women and children -as slaves, and putting all the men to the sword; without -these people, though they make constant inroads into -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_294">294</span> -Gojam, appearing anywhere in force to stop the desolation of -their country. The whole tract between Narea and the Nile -was now cleared of enemies, and a number of priests at -that time sent to revive drooping Christianity in those parts.</p> - -<p>In the year 1617, a league was again made among the -Boren Galla, that part of them should invade Gojam, while -the others (namely the Marawa) should enter Begemder. -Upon hearing this, the king in haste marched to Begemder, -that he might be ready in case of need to assist Tigré. He -then fixed his head-quarters at Shima, but from this he -speedily removed; and, passing Emfras, came to Dobit, a -favourite residence of the emperor Jacob, where he held -a council to determine which of the two provinces he should -first assist.</p> - -<p>It was the general opinion of his officers, that to march -at that time of the year into Tigré by Begemder, was to destroy -the army, and distress both provinces; that an army, -well provided with horse, was necessary for acting with success -against the Galla, and that, in effect, though the royal -army at present was so appointed, yet there was no grass at -that time of the year in all that march for the subsistence -of the cavalry, and very little water for the use of man or -beast, an inconvenience the Galla themselves must experience -if they attempted an invasion that way. It was, moreover, -urged, that, if the king should march through Woggora -and Lamalmon, they might get more food for their -beasts, and water too; but then they would throw themselves -far from the place where the Galla had entered, and -would be obliged to fall into the former road, with the inconveniencies -already stated. The consequence of this deliberation -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_295">295</span> -was, that it was with very great regret the good -of the common-weal obliged them to leave Tigré to the protection -of Providence alone for a time, and hasten to meet -the enemy that were then laying Gojam waste.</p> - -<p>With this view the king left Dobit, and came to the river -Gomara in Foggora. He then passed the Nile near Dara, -and came to Selalo, where he heard that the Djawi had -passed the Nile from Bizamo, and entered Gojam at the opposite -side to where he then was. He there left his baggage, -and, by a forced march, advancing three days journey -in one, he came to Bed, upon the river Sadi; but, instead of -finding the enemy there, he received intelligence from Sela -Christos, that he had met the Galla immediately after their -passing the Nile; had fought them, and cut their army to -pieces, without allowing them time to ravage the country.</p> - -<p>Upon this good news the king turned off on the road to -Tchegal and Wainadassa, and ordered Bela Christos to assemble -as great an army as he could, and fall upon the -Djawi and Galla in Walaka and Shoa, as also Ras Sela Christos, -to pass the Nile and join him there.</p> - -<p>That general lost no time, but marched straight to Amca -Ohha, or the river Amca, where he found the Edjow, -who fled upon his coming, without giving him any opportunity -of bringing them to an engagement, abandoning -their wives, children, and substance, to the mercy of the -enemy. Sela Christos, having finished this expedition as he -intended, returned to join the king, whom he found encamped -upon the river Suqua, near Debra Werk, guarding -those provinces in the absence of Sela Christos. From this -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_296">296</span> -the king, retreating towards Dembea, passed the Nile near -Dara, and encamped at Zinzenam, whence he marched -round the lake into Dembea to his palace at Gorgora.</p> - -<p>This village, whose name signifies <i>rain upon rain</i>, affords -us a proof of what I have said in speaking of the cause of -the overflowing of the Nile, in contradiction to the Adulitic -inscription, that no snow falls in Abyssinia, or rather, that -though snow may have fallen in the course of centuries, it -is a phænomenon so rare as not to have a name or word to -express it in the whole language, and is entirely unknown to -the people in general, at least to the west of the Tacazzé.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinian historian, from whom these memoirs are -composed, says, “That this village, called Zinzenam, has -its name from an extraordinary circumstance that once happened -in these parts, for a shower of rain fell, which was -not properly of the nature of rain, as it did not run upon -the ground, but remained very light, having scarce the -weight of feathers, of a beautiful white colour like flour; it -fell in showers, and occasioned a darkness in the air more -than rain, and liker to mist. It covered the face of the -whole country for several days, retaining its whiteness the -whole time, then went away like dew, without leaving -any smell or unwholesome effect behind it.”</p> - -<p>This was certainly the accidental phænomenon of a day; -for, notwithstanding the height of the mountains Taranta -and Lamalmon, snow never was seen there, at least for ages -past; and Lasta, in whose mountains armies have perished by -cold, as far as a very particular inquiry could go, never yet -had snow upon them; and Zinzenam is not in these mountains, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_297">297</span> -or in any elevated situation. On the contrary, it is -adjoining to the plain country of Foggora, near where it -borders upon Begemder, not above 20 miles from the second -cataract, or 40 miles from Gondar; so that this must -have been a short and accidental change of the atmosphere, -of which there are examples of many different kinds, in the -histories of all countries.</p> - -<p>As soon as the weather permitted, the king left his palace -at Gorgora in the way to Tocussa, where he staid several -days; removed thence to Tenkel, where he continued -also four days, and proceeded to Gunkè, where he halted. -From his head-quarters at Gunkè, the king, meditating -an expedition against Atbara, sent a messenger to Nile Wed -Ageeb, prince of the Arabs, desiring a meeting with him before -he attacked the Funge, for so they call the subjects of -the new monarchy, lately established at Sennaar by the conquest -of the Arabs, under Wed Ageeb, a very considerable -part of whose territory they had taken by force, and now -enjoyed as their own possessions.</p> - -<p>Abdelcader, son of Ounsa, was the ninth prince of the -race of Funge then reigning; a weak, and ill-inclined man, -but with whom Socinios had hitherto lived in friendship, -and, in a late treaty, had sent him as a present, a nagareet, or -kettle-drum, richly ornamented with gold, with a gold chain -to hang it by. Abdelcader, on his part, returned to Socinios -a trained falcon, of an excellent kind, very much esteemed -among the Arabs.</p> - -<p>Soon after this, Abdelcader was deposed by his brother -Adelan, son of Ounsa, and fled to Tchelga, under protection -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_298">298</span> -of the king of Abyssinia, who allowed him an honourable -maintenance; a custom always observed in such cases in the -East, by princes towards their unfortunate neighbours.</p> - -<p>Baady, son of Abdelcader, an active and violent young -prince, although he deposed his uncle Adelan, took this protection -of his father in bad part. It was likewise suggested -to him, that the present sent by Socinios, a nagareet, or kettle-drum, -imported, that Socinios considered him as his vassal, -the drum being the sign of investiture sent by the king -to any one of his subjects whom he appoints to govern a -province, and that the return of the falcon was likely to be -considered as the acknowledgement of a vassal to his superior. -Baady, upon his accession to the throne, was resolved -to rectify this too great respect shewn on the part of his father, -by an affront he resolved to offer. With this view, -he sent to Socinios two old, blind, and lame horses.</p> - -<p>Socinios took this amiss, as it was intended he should, -and the slight was immediately followed by the troops of -Atbara, under Nile Wed Ageeb, sent by Baady to make an -inroad into Abyssinia, to lay waste the country, and drive -off the people, with orders to sell them as slaves.</p> - -<p>Among the most active in this expedition, were those of -the town of Serké. When Baady complained that his father -and rival was protected in his own town of Tchelga, it had -been answered, That true it was, Tchelga had been ceded and -did belong to Sennaar, for every purpose of revenue, but -that the sovereignty of the place had never been alienated -or surrendered to the king of Sennaar, but remained now, as -ever, vested in the king of Abyssinia. Serkè stood precisely -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_299">299</span> -in the same situation with respect to Abyssinia, as Tchelga -did to Sennaar, when Socinios demanded satisfaction for the -violence committed against him by his own town of Serkè. -The same answer was given him, That for all fiscal purposes -Serkè was his, but owed him no allegiance; for, being part -of the kingdom of Sennaar, it was bound to assist its sovereign -in all wars against his enemies.</p> - -<p>Socinios, deeply engaged in the troubles that attended -the beginning of his reign, passed over for a time both the -affront and injury, but sent into Atbara to Nile Wed Ageeb, -proposing a treaty with him independent of the king of -Sennaar.</p> - -<p>There were, at this time, three sorts of people that inhabited -the whole country from lat. 13° (the mountains of Abyssinia) -to the tropic of Cancer (the frontiers of Egypt.) The -first was the Funge, or negroes, established in Atbara since -the year 1504, by conquest. The second, the old inhabitants -of that country, known in very early ages by the name of -<i>Shepherds</i>, which continues with them to this day; and these -lived under a female government. The third, the Arabs, -who came hither after the conquest of Egypt, in an army -under Caled Ibn el Waalid, or Saif Ullah, <i>the Sword of God</i>, -during the Khalifat of Omar, destined to subdue Nubia, and, -still later, in the time of Salidan and his brother.</p> - -<p>These Arabs had associated with the first inhabitants, the -Shepherds, from a similarity of life and manners, and, by -treaty, the Funge had established a tribute to be paid them -from both; after which, these were to enjoy their former -habitations without further molestation. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_300">300</span></p> - -<p>This prince of the Arabs, Nile Wed Ageeb, embraced the -offer of the king of Abyssinia very readily; and a treaty was -accordingly made between Socinios and him, and a territory -in Abyssinia granted him on the frontiers, to which he could -retire in safety, as often as his affairs were embroiled with -the state of Sennaar.</p> - -<p>It happened soon after this, that Alico, a Mahometan, -governor of the Mazaga for Socinios, that is, of Nara and Ras -el Feel, a low country, as the name imports, of black earth, -revolted from his master, and fled to Sennaar, carrying with -him a number of the king’s horses. Socinios made his -complaint to the king of Sennaar, who took no notice of it, -neither returned any answer, which exasperated Socinios so -much that it produced the present expedition, and was a -cause of much bloodshed, and of a war which, at least in -intention, lasts to this day between the two kingdoms.</p> - -<p>Wed Ageeb, upon Socinios’s first summons, came to -Gunkè, his head-quarters, attended by a number of troops, -and some of the best horse in Atbara. Upon his entering -the king’s tent, he prostrated himself, (as is the Abyssinian -custom) acknowledged himself the king’s vassal, and brought -presents with him to a very considerable value. Socinios -received him with great marks of distinction and kindness. -He decorated him with a chain and bracelets of gold, and -gave him a dagger of exquisite workmanship, mounted with -the same metal; clothed him in silk and damask after the -Abyssinian fashion, and confirmed the ancient treaty with -him. The fruit of all this was presently seen; the king and -his new ally fell suddenly upon Serké, put all the male inhabitants -to the sword, sold the women and children as -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_301">301</span> -slaves, and burned the town to the ground. The same they -did to every inhabited place on that side of the frontier, west -to Fazuclo. After which, the king, having sent a sarcastic -compliment to Baady, returned to Dancaz, taking Wed Ageeb -with him.</p> - -<p>Socinios had only ravaged the frontier of the kingdom -of Sennaar to the westward, from Serkè towards Fazuclo. -This was but a part of the large scheme of vengeance he -had resolved to execute progressively from Serkè, in reparation -of the affront he had received from the king of the -Funge. But he delegated what remained to the two princes -his sons, and to the governor of Tigré.</p> - -<p>Welled Hawaryat, at the head of the Koccob horse, -and another body of cavalry reckoned equal in valour, -called <i>Maia</i>, and the greatest part of the king’s household -troops, were ordered to fall upon that part of the frontier -of Sennaar which the king had left from Serké eastward. -Melca Christos, with the horse of Siré and Samen, was appointed -to attack the frontier still farther east, opposite to the -province of Siré. Tecla Georgis, governor of Tigré, was -directed to lay waste that part of the kingdom of Sennaar -bordering upon the frontiers of his province.</p> - -<p>The whole of this expedition succeeded to a wish; only -Melea Christos, in passing through the country of Shangalla, -was met by a large army of that people, who, thinking -the expedition intended against them, had attacked him -in his passage, with some appearance of advantage; but -by his own exertions, and those of his troops alarmed at -their prince’s danger, he not only extricated himself from -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_302">302</span> -the bad situation he was in, but gave the Shangalla so entire -an overthrow, that one of their tribes was nearly exterminated -by that day’s slaughter, and crowds of women and -children sent slaves to the king at Dancaz.</p> - -<p>The delay that this occasioned had no bad effect upon the -expedition. The victorious troops poured immediately into -Atbara under Melca Christos, and completed the destruction -made by Welled Hawaryat, and the governor of Tigré. -All Sennaar was filled with people flying from the conquerors, -and an immense number of cattle was driven away by -the three armies. Baady seems to have been an idle spectator -of this havock made in his kingdom; and the armies -returned without loss to Dancaz, loaded with plunder.</p> - -<p>Still the vengeance of Socinios was not satisfied. The -Baharnagash, Guebra Mariam, was commanded to march -against Fatima queen of the Shepherds, called at that time -Negusta Errum, queen of the Greeks. This was a princess -who governed the remnant of that ancient race of people, -once the sovereigns of the whole country, who, for several -dynasties, were masters of Egypt, and who still, among -their ancient customs, preserved that known one, of always -placing a woman upon the throne. Her residence was at -Mendera<a id="FNanchor_54" href="#Footnote_54" class="fnanchor">54</a>, on the N. E. of Atbara, one of the largest and most -populous towns in it; a town, indeed, built like the rest, -of clay, straw, and reeds, but not less populous or flourishing -on that account. It was in the way of the caravans from -Suakem, both to Abyssinia and Sennaar, as also of those large -caravans to and from Sudan, the Negro country upon the -Niger, which then came, and still use that road in their -way to Mecca. Its female sovereign was considered as -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_303">303</span> -guardian of that communication, and the caravans passing -it.</p> - -<p>The Baharnagash had in orders from Socinios to pursue -this queen till he had taken her prisoner, and to bring her in -that condition into his presence. The enterprise was by no -means an easy one. Great part of the road was without -water; but Guebra Mariam, the Baharnagash, was an active -and prudent officer, and perfectly acquainted with the several -parts of the country. With a small, but veteran army, -he marched down the Mareb, between that river and the -mountains, destroying all the places through which he passed, -putting the inhabitants unmercifully to the sword, that -no one might approach him, nor any report be made of -his numbers, which were everywhere magnified by those -that escaped, and who computed them from the greatness -of the desolation they had occasioned.</p> - -<p>On the 13th day he came before Mendera, and sent a -summons to the queen Fatima to surrender. Being told -that she had fled on his approach, he answered, That he cared -not where she was; but that, unless she surrendered herself -prisoner before he entered Mendera, he would first set -the town on fire, and then quench the flames by the blood -of its inhabitants.</p> - -<p>Fatima, though old and infirm, was too great a lover of -her people to risk the fulfilling this threat from any consideration -of what might happen to her. She surrendered -herself to Guebra Mariam, with two attendants; and he, -without loss of time, marched back to his own country, abstaining -from every sort of violence or excess in his way, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_304">304</span> -from respect to his female prisoner, whom he brought in -triumph before Socinios to Dancaz, and was the first messenger -of his own victory.</p> - -<p>Socinios received this queen of the Greeks on his throne; -but, in consideration of her infirmities, dispensed with the -ceremony of prostration, constantly observed in Abyssinia on -being introduced to the presence of the king: seeing that -she was unable to stand during the time of her interrogation, -he ordered a low stool to be set for her on the ground; a -piece of consideration very rarely shewn to any stranger in -Abyssinia, however great their dignity and quality.</p> - -<p>Socinios sternly demanded of his prisoner, “Why she -and her predecessors, being vassals to the crown of Abyssinia, -had not only omitted the payment of their tribute, but -had not even sent the customary presents to him upon his -accession to the throne?”</p> - -<p>To this the queen answered with great frankness and -candour, “That it was true, such tributes and presents were -due, and were also punctually paid from old times by her -ancestors to his, as long as protection was afforded them -and their people, and this was the principal cause of paying -that tribute; but the Abyssinians having first suffered the -country to be in great part conquered by the Arabs, and -then again by the Funge, without ever interfering, she -had concluded a peace with the Funge of Sennaar, and paid -the tribute to them, in consequence of which they defended -her from the Arabs: That she had had no soldiers but such -as were employed in keeping a strict watch over the road -through the desert to Suakem, which was anciently trusted -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_305">305</span> -to her; that the other part of her subjects was occupied -in keeping and rearing great herds of cattle for the markets -of Sennaar and other towns, as well as camels for the -caravans of Mecca, Cairo, and Sudan, both employments -being of public benefit; and, therefore, as she did harm to -none, she had a greater reason to wonder what could be his -motive of sending so far from home to seek her, and her -harmless subjects, in the desert, with such effusion of innocent -blood.”</p> - -<p>The king hearing this sagacious answer, which was followed -by many others of the kind, was extremely pleased; -but assured her, “That he intended to maintain his ancient -right both over her subjects, and the Arabs under Wed Ageeb, -who was now his vassal, in all the country from Fazuclo to -Suakem; that he considered the Funge as usurpers, and -would certainly treat them as such.” After this Socinios dismissed -the queen, and gave her assurances of protection, -having first cloathed her as his vassal in silk and damask, after -the fashion of women in her own country.</p> - -<p>But it was not long before this train of success met with -a considerable check. Very soon afterwards, the king being -in Gojam, a message was brought to him from the principal -people of Narea, informing him plainly, “That Benero, having -become cruel and avaricious, put many people to death -wantonly, and many more for the sake of their money; having -taken from them their wives and daughters, either for -his own pleasure, or to sell them as slaves to the Galla—they -had at last murdered him, and chosen a man in his room -distinguished for his virtue and goodness.” -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_306">306</span></p> - -<p>The king was very much exasperated at this message. -He told them, however bad Benero might have been, he -considered his murder as an insult done to himself, and had, -therefore, dispatched Mustapha Basha with some troops, and -given command to all the Mahometans in Narea to assist him, -and to inquire into the death of Benero, and the merit of his -successor.</p> - -<p>At the same time, the Galla made an inroad into Begemder; -and Welled Hawaryat, assembling what troops he could, -in haste, to stop the desolation of that province, and having -come in sight of the enemy, he was forsaken by his army, -and slain, together with the Cantiba of Dembea, Amdo, -and Nile Wed Ageeb prince of the Arabs, after fighting -manfully for the king. Socinios, upon the arrival of this -news, gave himself up to immoderate sorrow; not so much -for the loss of his army which had misbehaved, as for the -death of Welled Hawaryat his favourite son, and Amdo and -Nile, the two best officers in his army.</p> - -<p>It will now be necessary that we look back a little to the -state of religious affairs in Abyssinia, which began from -this time to have influence in every measure, and greatly -to promote the troubles of that empire; though they were -by no means their only cause, as some have said, with a -view to throw greater odium upon the Jesuits, who surely -have enough to answer for, without inflaming the account -by any exaggeration.</p> - -<p>Paez, in the course of building the palace at Gorgora, -had deservedly astonished the whole kingdom by a display -of his universal genius and capacity. If he was assiduous -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_307">307</span> -and diligent in raising this fabric, he had not neglected the -advancing of another, the conversion of Abyssinia to the -obedience of the see of Rome.</p> - -<p>Ras Sela Christos (if we believe these missionaries) had -converted himself, by reading with attention the Abyssinian -books only. Being about to depart from Gojam to fight against -the Galla, he wanted very much to have made his -renunciation and confession in the presence of Peter Paez. -But, as he was busied at Gorgora building a convent and -palace there, he contented himself with another Jesuit, Francisco -Antonio d’Angelis; and, being victorious in his expedition, -he gave the fathers ground and a sum of money to -build a monastery at Collela, which was now the third in -Abyssinia belonging to the Jesuits.</p> - -<p>As for the king, though probably already determined -in his own mind, he had not taken any step so decisive as -could induce the compliance of others. Disputes were constantly -maintained, for the most part in his presence, between -the missionaries and the Abyssinian monks, chiefly -concerning the long-agitated question, the two natures in -Christ, in which, although the victory declared always in -favour of the Jesuits, if we may credit their representations, -no conviction followed on the part of the adversaries. At -last Abuna Simon complained to the king, that unusual and -irregular things had been permitted without his knowledge; -that disputes upon articles of faith had been held without -calling him, or his being permitted to give his clergy the -advantage of his support in these controversies. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_308">308</span></p> - -<p>The king, who did not believe that the Abuna’s eloquence -or learning would make any great alteration, ordered -the disputations to be held a-new in the Abuna’s presence. -That priest’s ignorance made the matter worse; and -the king, holding this point as now settled, made his first -public declaration, that there were two natures in Christ, -perfect God and perfect man, really distinct between themselves, -but united in one divine person, which is the Christ.</p> - -<p>At this time, letters came by way of India, both from -the king of Spain, Philip II. dated in Madrid the 15th of -March 1609, and from the pope Paul V. of the 4th of January -1611. These letters contain nothing but general declamatory -exhortations to Socinios to persevere in the Christian -faith, assuring him of the assistance of the Holy Spirit, instead -of those Portuguese regiments which he had solicited. However, -the affair of the conversion being altogether settled between -the king and Paez, it was thought proper to make the -renunciation first, and then depend upon the king of Spain -and the pope for sending the soldiers, if their prayers were -not effectual.</p> - -<p>It was necessary that Socinios should write to the pope, -notifying his submission to the see of Rome. But letters on -such a subject were thought of too great consequence to -be sent, as former dispatches to Europe had been, without -being accompanied by proper persons, who, upon occasion, -might assume the character of ambassadors, and give any assurance -or explanation needful.</p> - -<p>It was at the same time considered, that the way by Masuah -was so liable to accidents, the intermediate province of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_309">309</span> -Tigré being still as it were in a state of rebellion, that it -would be easy for the enemies of the Catholic faith to intercept -these messengers and letters by the way, so that their -contents might be published amongst the king’s enemies in -Abyssinia, without ever being made known in Europe. Some -proposed the longer, but, as they apprehended, the more secure -way, by passing Narea and the provinces south of the -frontiers of that kingdom, partly inhabited by Gentiles, -partly by Mahometans, to Melinda, on the Indian Ocean, -where they might embark for Goa.</p> - -<p>Lots were cast among the missionaries who of their -number should undertake this long and dangerous journey. -The lot fell upon Antonio Fernandes, a man of great -prudence, much esteemed by the king, and by the general -voice allowed to be the properest of all the society for -this undertaking. He, on his part, named Fecur Egzie (<i>beloved -of the Lord</i>) as his companion, to be ambassador to the -king of Spain and the pope. This man had been one of the -first of the Abyssinians converted to the Catholic faith by the -Jesuits, and he continued in it steadily to his death. He was -a person of tried courage and prudence, and of a pleasant -and agreeable conversation.</p> - -<p>It was the beginning of March 1613 Antonio Fernandes<a id="FNanchor_55" href="#Footnote_55" class="fnanchor">55</a> -set out for Gojam, where was Ras Sela Christos. Fecur Egzie -had set out before, that he might adjust his family affairs, -and took with him ten Portuguese, six of whom were to go -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_310">310</span> -no farther than Narea, and return, the other four to embark -with him for India.</p> - -<p>The governor detained the small company till he procured -guides from among the Shats and Gallas, barbarous nations -near Narea, and eastward of it, from whom he took -hostages for properly protecting this caravan in their way, -paying them well, as an encouragement for behaving honestly -and faithfully.</p> - -<p>On the 15th of April they had set out from Umbarma, -then the head-quarters of Sela Christos, who gave them for -guards forty men armed with shields and javelins. Nor -was it long before their difficulties began. Travelling about -two days to the west, they came to Senaffé, the principal village -or habitation of the Pagan Gongas, very recently in -rebellion, and nearly destroyed, rather than subdued. To -the first demand of safe conduct, they answered in a manner -which shewed that, far from defending the travellers -from others, they were resolved themselves to fall upon -them, and rob or murder them in the way. One Portuguese -offered himself to return with Fernandes to complain of -these savages to Sela Christos; who, upon their arrival, dispatched -three officers with troops to chastise these Pagans, -and convey the ambassador and his attendants out of their -territory and reach.</p> - -<p>The Gongas, being informed that a complaint was sent -to Sela Christos, which would infallibly be followed by a -detachment of troops, gave the ambassador the safeguard -he demanded, which carried him in three days to Minè<a id="FNanchor_56" href="#Footnote_56" class="fnanchor">56</a>. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_311">311</span> -This is the name of some miserable villages, often rebuilt, -and as often destroyed, upon a ford of the Nile, over which -is the ordinary passage for the Mahometan merchants into -Bizamo, the way to the mountainous country of Narea and -Caffa. As the rains had begun to fall here with violence, -when Fernandes and his companions arrived, they were -obliged to pass the river on skins blown full of wind.</p> - -<p>The distance from Minè to Narea is 50 leagues due south, -with little inclination to west. The road to it, and the places -through which you pass, are very distinctly set down in my -map, and, I believe, without any material error; it is the -only place where the reader can find this route, which, till -now, has never been published.</p> - -<p>The next day our travellers entered the kingdom of Bizamo, -inhabited by Pagan Galla. These people came in -crowds with arms in their hands, insisting upon being paid -for liberty of passing through their country; but, seeing the -company of the ambassador take to their arms likewise, -they compounded for a few bricks of salt and coarse cotton -cloaths, and thereupon suffered them to pass. The same -day, the guide, sent from Narea to conduct them by crooked -and unfrequented paths out of the way of the Pagan -Galla, made them to enter into a large thicket through -which they could scarcely force themselves; after which -they came to a river called <i>Maleg</i>, when it was nearly night. -Next day they could find no ford where they could pass. -They now entertained a suspicion, that the guard from Narea -had betrayed them, and intended to leave them in these -woods to meet their death from the Galla. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_312">312</span></p> - -<p>The day after, they found the ford, and passed it without -difficulty; and, being on the other side, they began to be a -little more composed, as being far from the Pagans, and -now near entering the territory of Narea. After ascending -a high mountain, they came to Gonea, where they found -a garrison under one of the principal officers of that kingdom, -who received them with great marks of honour and -joy, on account of the warm recommendation Sela Christos -had given them, and perhaps as much for a considerable -present they had brought along with them.</p> - -<p>Narea, the southmost province of the Abyssinian empire, -is still governed by its native princes, who are called <i>the -Beneros</i>; its territory reached formerly to Bizamo.</p> - -<p>The Galla have quite surrounded them, especially on the -south-east and north. What is to the west is a part of Africa, -the most unknown. The people of Narea have a small trade -with Melinda on the Indian Ocean, and with Angola on the -western, by means of intermediate nations. Narea is abundantly -supplied with gold from the Negro country that is -nearest them. Some have, indeed, said there is gold in Narea; -but, after a very diligent investigation, I find it comes -chiefly from towards the Atlantic.</p> - -<p>The kingdom of Narea stands like a fortified place in the -middle of a plain. Many rivers, rising in the fourth and -fifth degrees of latitude, spread themselves, for want of level, -over this flat country, and stagnate in very extensive marshes -from south by east, to the point of north, or north-west. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_313">313</span></p> - -<p>The foot of the mountains, or edge of these marshes -nearest Narea, is thick overgrown with coffee-trees, which, -if not the <i>only</i>, is the <i>largest</i> tree known there. Then comes -the mountainous country of Narea Proper, which is interspersed -with small, unwholesome, but very fertile valleys. -Immediately adjoining is the more mountainous country -of Caffa, without any level ground whatever. It is said to -be governed by a separate prince: they were converted to -Christianity in the time of Melec Segued, some time after -the conversion of Narea. The Galla, having settled themselves -in all the flat ground to the very edge of the marshes, -have, in great measure, cut off the communication with -Abyssinia for many years together; so that their continuance -in the Christian faith seems very precarious and uncertain, -for want of books and priests to instruct them.</p> - -<p>The Nareans of the high country are the lightest in colour -of any people in Abyssinia; but those that live by the -borders of the marshes below are perfect blacks, and have -the features and wool of negroes: whereas all those in the -high country of Narea, and still more so in the stupendous -mountains of Caffa, are not so dark as Neopolitans or Sicilians. -Indeed it is said that snow has been seen to lie on -the mountains of Caffa, as also in that high ridge called -Dyre and Tegla; but this I do not believe. Hail has probably -been seen to lie there; but I doubt much whether -this can be said of a substance of so loose a texture as snow.</p> - -<p>There is great abundance both of cattle, grain, and all -sorts of provisions in Narea, as well in the high as in the -low country. Gold, which they sell by weight, is the medium -of commerce within the country itself; but coarse -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_314">314</span> -cotton cloths, stibium, beads, and incense, are the articles -with which their foreign trade to Angola, and the kingdoms -on the Atlantic, is carried on.</p> - -<p>The Nareans are exceedingly brave. Though they have -been conquered, and driven out of the low country, it has -been by multitudes—nation after nation pouring in upon -them with a number of horse to which they are perfect -strangers: But now, confined to the mountains, and surrounded -by their marshes and woods, they despise all further -attempts of the Galla, and drive them from their frontiers -whenever they approach too near.</p> - -<p>In these skirmishes, or in small robbing parties, those Nareans -are taken, whom the Mahometan merchants sell at -Gondar. At Constantinople, India, or Cairo, the women are -more esteemed as slaves than those of any other part of the -world, and the men are reckoned faithful, active, and intelligent. -Both sexes are remarkable for a chearful, kind disposition, -and, if properly treated, soon attach themselves inviolably -to their masters. The language of Narea and Caffa is -peculiar to that country, and is not a dialect of any neighbouring -nation.</p> - -<p>Antonio Fernandes in this journey, seeking to go to -India by Melinda in company with Fecur Egzie ambassador, -passed through this country; but none of the Jesuits ever -went to Narea with a view of converting the people, at -which I have been often surprised. There was enough of -gold and ignorance to have allured them. That softness and -simplicity of manners for which the Nareans are remarkable, -their affection for their masters and superiors, and firm attachment -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_315">315</span> -to them, would have been great advantages in the -hands of the fathers. Every Abyssinian would have encouraged -them at the beginning of this mission; and, if once -they had firmly established themselves in a country of so -difficult access, they might have bid defiance to prince Facilidas, -and the persecution that destroyed the progress of the -Catholic faith in that reign.</p> - -<p>From Gonea, in six days they came to the residence of -Benero, the sovereign of the country; since the conquest -and conversion under Melec Segued, he is called Shum. -The ambassador and Fernandes were received by the Benero -with an air of constraint and coolness, though with civility. -They found afterwards the cause of this was the insinuation -of a schismatic Abyssinian monk, then at the court -of that prince, who had told him that the errand of the ambassador -and missionary to India was to bring Portuguese -troops that way into Abyssinia, which would end in the destruction -of Narea, if it did not begin with it.</p> - -<p>Terrified at a danger so near, the Benero called a council, -in which it was resolved that the ambassador should be -turned from the direct road into the kingdom of Bali, to a -much more inconvenient, longer, and dangerous one; and, -the ambassador hesitating a little when this was proposed, -the Benero told him plainly, that he would not suffer him -to pass further by any other way than that of Bali.</p> - -<p>Bali was once a province belonging to Abyssinia, and -was the first taken from them by the Galla. It is to the -north-east of Narea, to the west of the kingdom of Adel, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_316">316</span> -which separates it from the sea; of which ample mention -has been already made in the beginning of this history.</p> - -<p>This was to turn them to Cape Gardefan, the longest -journey they could possibly make by land, and in the middle -of their enemies; whereas the direction of the coast of -the Indian Ocean running greatly to the westward, and towards -Melinda, was the shortest journey they could make -by land. Melinda, too, had many rich merchants, who, -though Moors, did yet traffic in the Portuguese settlements -on the coast of Malabar, and had little intelligence or concern -with the religious disputes which raged in Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>However, I very much doubt whether this nearest route -could be accomplished, at least by travellers, such as Fecur -Egzie, Fernandes, and their companions, all ignorant of -the language, and, therefore, constantly at the discretion of -interpreters, and the malice or private views of different -people through whose hands they must have passed.</p> - -<p>The Benero, having thus provided against the dangers -with which his state was threatened, if our travellers went -by Melinda, made them a present of fifty crusades of gold -for the necessaries of their journey; and, as their way lay -through the small state of Gingiro, and an ambassador from -the sovereign of that state was then at Narea, he dispatched -that minister in great haste, recommending the Portuguese -to his protection so long as they should be in his territory.</p> - -<p>Fecur Egzie and his company set out with the ambassador -of Gingiro in a direction due east; and the first day they -arrived at a post of Narea, where was the officer who was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_317">317</span> -to give them a guard to the frontiers; and who, after some -delay, in order to see what he could extort from them, at -last gave them a party of eighty soldiers to conduct them -to the frontiers.</p> - -<p>After four long days journey through countries totally -laid waste by the Galla, keeping scouts constantly before -them to give advice of the first appearance of any enemy, -that they might hide themselves in thickets and bushes; at -mid-day they began to descend a very steep craggy ridge -of mountains, when the ambassador of Gingiro, now their -conductor, warned them, that, before they got to the foot -of the mountain, they should enter into a very thick wood -to hide themselves till night, that they might not be discovered -by the Galla shepherds feeding their flocks in the -plain below; for only at night, when they had retired, could -those plains be passed in safety.</p> - -<p>At four o’clock in the afternoon they began to enter the -wood, and were lucky in getting a violent shower of rain, -which dislodged the Galla sooner than ordinary, and sent -them, and their cattle home to their huts. But it was, at -the same time, very disagreeable to our travellers on account -of its excessive coldness. Next day, in the evening, descending -another very rugged chain of mountains, they came to -the banks of the large river Zebeé, as the Portuguese call it; -but its true name is Kibbeé, a name given it by the Mahometan -merchants, (the only travellers in this country) from -its whiteness, approaching to the colour of melted butter, -which that word signifies. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_318">318</span></p> - -<p>The river Zebeé, or Kibbeé, surrounds a great part of the -kingdom of Gingiro. It has been mistaken for the river -El Aice, which runs into Egypt in a course parallel to the -Nile, but to the west of it.</p> - -<p>Narea seems to be the highest land in the peninsula of -Africa, so that here the rivers begin to run alternately towards -the Cape of Good Hope and Mediterranean; but the -descent at first is very small on either side. In the adjoining -latitudes, that is 4° on each side of the Line, it rains perpetually, -so that these rivers, though not rapid, are yet kept -continually full.</p> - -<p>This of Zebeé, is universally allowed by the merchants -of this country to be the head of the river Quilimancy, -which, passing through such a tract of land from Narea to -near Melinda, must have opened a very considerable communication -with the inland country.</p> - -<p>This territory, called Zindero, or Gingiro, is a very small -one. The father and Fecur Egzie rested the sixth day -from their setting out from Narea. The river Zebeé, by -the description of Fernandes, seems to incline from its -source in a greater angle than any river on the north of that -partition. He says it carries more water with it than the -Nile, and is infinitely more rapid, so that it would be absolutely -impassable in the season of rains, were it not for large -rocks which abound in its channel.</p> - -<p>The passage was truly tremendous; trees were laid from -the shore to the next immediate rock; from that rock to -the next another tree was laid; then another that reached -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_319">319</span> -to the shore. These trees were so elastic as to bend with -the weight of a single person. At a great distance below -ran the foaming current of the river, so deep an abyss that -it turned the heads of those who were passing on the moveable -elastic support or bridge above.</p> - -<p>Yet upon this seeming inconvenience the existence of -that country depended. The Galla that surrounded it would -have over-run it in a month, but for this river, always rapid -and always full, whose ordinary communication by a -bridge could be destroyed in a moment; and which, though -it had one ford, yet this was useless, unless passengers had assistance -from both sides of the river, and consequently could -never be of service to an enemy.</p> - -<p>The terrible appearance of this tottering bridge for a -time stopped the ambassador and missionary. They looked -upon the passing upon these trembling beams as certainly incurring -inevitable destruction. But the reflection of dangers -that pressed them behind overcame these fears, and -they preferred the resolution to run the risk of being drowned -in the river Zebeé, rather than, by staying on the other -side all night, to stand the chance of being murdered by the -Galla. But, after all the men only could pass the bridge, -they were obliged to leave the mules on the other side till -the next morning, with instructions to their people, that, -upon the first appearance of the Galla, they should leave -them, and make their best way over the bridge, throwing -down one of the trees after them. The next morning, two -peasants, subjects of Gingiro, shewed them the ford, where -their beasts passed over with great difficulty and danger, but -without loss. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_320">320</span></p> - -<p>It was necessary now to acquaint the king of Gingiro -of their arrival in his kingdom, and to beg to be honoured -with an audience. But he happened at that time to be -employed in the more important business of conjuration and -witchcraft, without which this sovereign does nothing.</p> - -<p>This kingdom of Gingiro may be fixed upon as the first -on this side of Africa where we meet with the strange practice -of divining from the apparition of spirits, and from a -direct communication with the devil: A superstition this -which likewise reaches down all along the western side of -this continent on the Atlantic Ocean, in the countries of -Congo, Angola, and Benin. In spite of the firmest foundation -in true philosophy, a traveller, who decides from the -information and investigation of facts, will find it very difficult -to treat these appearances as absolute fiction, or as -owing to a superiority of cunning of one man in over-reaching -another. For my own part, I confess I am equally at a -loss to assign reasons for disbelieving the fiction on which -their pretensions to some preternatural information are -founded, as to account for them by the operation of ordinary -causes. The king of Gingiro found eight days necessary -before he could admit the ambassador and Fernandes into -his presence. On the ninth, they received a permission to -go to court, and they arrived there the same day.</p> - -<p>When they came into the presence of the king he was -seated in a large gallery, open before, like what we call a -balcony, which had steps from below on the outside, by -which he ascended and descended at pleasure. When the -letter which the ambassador carried was intimated to him, -he came down from the gallery to receive it, a piece of respect -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_321">321</span> -which he shewed to the king of Abyssinia, though he -was neither his subject nor vassal. He inquired much after -the king’s health, and stood a little by the ambassador and -Fernandes, speaking by an interpreter. Afterwards he again -returned to his balcony, sat down there, read his -letter, and then corresponded with the ambassador by messages -sent from above to them below.</p> - -<p>It is impossible to conceive from this, or any thing that -Fernandes says, whether the language of Gingiro is peculiar -to that country or not. The king of Gingiro read Socinios’s -letter, which was either in the Tigré or Arabic language. -Fernandes understood the Arabic, and Fecur Egzie -the Tigré and Amharic. It is not possible, then, to know -what was the language of the king of Gingiro, who read -and understood Socinios’s letter, but spoke to Fecur Egzie by -an interpreter.</p> - -<p>At last the king of Gingiro told them, that all contained -in the king of Abyssinia’s letter was, that he should use them -well, give them good guard and protection while they were -in his country, and further them on their journey; which -he said he would execute with the greatest pleasure and -punctuality.</p> - -<p>The next day, as is usual, the ambassador and missionary -carried the king’s present, chints, calicoe, and other manufactures -of India, things that the king esteemed most. In return -to Fernandes he sent a young girl, whom the father -returned, it not being customary, as he said, for a Christian -priest to have girls in his company. In exchange for the -girl, the good-natured king of Gingiro sent him a slave of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_322">322</span> -the other sex, and a beautiful mule. With all respect to the -scruples of the father, I think it would have been fair to -have kept the beautiful mule, and given the young female -Gingerite to his companion in the journey, Fecur Egzie, -who could have had no scruples.</p> - -<p>Fernandes says he received the boy from the only view -of saving his soul by baptism. I wonder, since Providence -had thrown the girl first in his way, by what rule of charity -it was he consigned her soul to perdition by returning her, -as he was not certain at the time that he might not have -got a mule or camel in exchange for the girl; and then, -upon his own principles, he certainly was author of the perdition -of that soul which Providence seemed to have conducted -by an extraordinary way to the enjoyment of all the -advantages of Christianity; surely the care of Neophytes of -the female sex was not a new charge to the Jesuits in -Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>It seems to be ridiculous for Fernandes to imagine that -the sovereign of this little state called himself Gingiro, -knowing that this word signified a monkey. His enemies -might give him that name; but it is not likely he would -adopt it himself. And the reason of that name is still more -ridiculous; for he says it is because the gallery is like a -monkey’s cage. If that was the case, all the princes in Congo -and Angola give their audiences in such places. Indeed, -it seems to me that it is here the customs, used in these last-mentioned -parts of Africa, begin, although Gingiro is nearer -the coast of the Indian Ocean than that of the Atlantic. -The colour of the people at Gingiro is nearly black, still it -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_323">323</span> -is not the black of a negro; the features are small and -straight as in Europe or Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>All matters in this state are conduced by magic; and -we may see to what point the human understanding is debased -in the distance of a few leagues. Let no man say that -ignorance is the cause, or heat of climate, which is the unintelligible -observation generally made on these occasions. -For why should heat of climate addict a people to magic -more than cold? or, why should ignorance enlarge a man’s -powers, so that, overleaping the bounds of common intelligence, -it should extend his faculty of conversing with a new -set of beings in another world? The Ethiopians, who nearly -surround Abyssinia, are blacker than those of Gingiro, -their country hotter, and are, like them, an indigenous -people that have been, from the beginning, in the same part -where they now inhabit. Yet the former neither adore the -devil, nor pretend to have a communication with him: they -have no human sacrifices, nor are there any traces of such -enormities having prevailed among them. A communication -with the sea has been always open, and the slave-trade -prevalent from the earliest times; while the king of Gingiro, -shut up in the heart of the continent, sacrifices those -slaves to the devil which he has no opportunity to sell to -man. For at Gingiro begins that accursed custom of making -the shedding of human blood a necessary part in all -solemnities. How far to the southward this reaches I do -not know; but I look upon this to be the geographical -bounds of the reign of the devil on the north side of the -equator in the peninsula of Africa. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_324">324</span></p> - -<p>This kingdom is hereditary in one family, but does not -descend in course to the eldest son, the election of the particular -prince being in the nobles; and thus far, indeed, it -seems to resemble that of their neighbours in Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>When the king of Gingiro dies, the body of the deceased -is wrapped in a fine cloth, and a cow is killed. They then -put the body so wrapped up into the cow’s skin. As soon as -this is over, all the princes of the royal family fly and hide -themselves in the bushes; while others, intrusted with the election, -enter into the thickets, beating everywhere about as if -looking for game. At last a bird of prey, called in their country -Liber, appears, and hovers over the person destined to be -king, crying and making a great noise without quitting his -station. By this means the person destined to be elected is -found, surrounded, as is reported, by tigers, lions, panthers, -and suchlike wild beasts. This is imagined to be done by -magic, or the devil, else there are everywhere enough of -these beasts lying in the cover to furnish materials for such -a tale, without having recourse to the power of magic to -assemble them.</p> - -<p>As they find their king, then, like a wild beast, so his behaviour -continues the same after he is found. He flies upon -them with great rage, resisting to the last, wounding and -killing all he can reach without any consideration, till, -overcome by force, he is dragged to a throne, which he fills -in a manner perfectly corresponding to the rationality of -the ceremonies of his instalment.</p> - -<p>Although there are many that have a right to seek after -this king, yet, when he is discovered, it does not follow, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_325">325</span> -that the same person who finds him should carry him to -his coronation; for there is a family who have a right to -dispute this honour with the first possessor; and, therefore, -in his way from the wood, they set upon the people in -whose hands he is, and a battle ensues, where several are -killed or wounded; and if these last, by force, can take him -out of the hands of the first finder, they enjoy all the honours -due to him that made him king.</p> - -<p>Before he enters his palace two men are to be slain; -one at the foot of the tree by which his house is chiefly -supported; the other at the threshold of his door, which is -besmeared with the blood of the victim. And, it is said, (I -have heard this often in Abyssinia from people coming -from that country) that the particular family, whose priviledge -it is to be slaughtered, so far from avoiding it, glory -in the occasion, and offer themselves willingly to meet it.—To -return to our travellers—</p> - -<p>The father and the ambassador, leaving the kingdom of -Gingiro, proceeded in a direction due east, and entered the -kingdom of Cambat, depending still on the empire of Abyssinia, -and there halted at Sangara, which seems to be the -principal place of the province, governed at that time by a -Moor called <i>Amelmal</i>.</p> - -<p>On the left of Cambat are the Guragués, who live in -some beggarly villages, but mostly in caves and holes in -the mountains. The father was detained two days at Sangara, -at the persuasion of the inhabitants there, who told -him there was a fair in the neighbourhood, and people -would pass in numbers to accompany him, so that there -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_326">326</span> -would be no danger. But, after staying that time at Sangara, -he found that the intention of this delay was only to -give time to some horsemen of the Guragués to assemble, -in order to attack the caravan on the road, which they did -soon after; and, though they were repulsed, yet it was -with loss of one of the company, a young man related to -Socinios, who, being wounded with a poisoned arrow, died -some days after.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, an Abyssinian, called <i>Manquer</i>, overtook -their caravan. As he was a schismatic, his intention was -very well known to be that of disappointing their journey; -and he prevailed with Amelmal so far as to make him -suspect that the recommendations which the ambassador -brought were false. He, therefore, insisted on the ambassador’s -staying there till he should get news from court. Amelmal, -Manquer, and the ambassador, each dispatched a messenger, -who tarried three months on the road, and at last -brought orders from the king to dispatch them immediately.</p> - -<p>As Amelmal now saw the bad inclination of Manquer, -he detained him at Cambat that he might occasion no more -difficulties in their way. He gave the ambassador likewise -seven horses, which were said to be the best presents to the -princes or governors that were in his road, and dispatched -the travellers with another companion, Baharo, who had -brought the letters from the king.</p> - -<p>From Cambat they entered the small territory of Alaba, -independent of the king of Abyssinia, whose governor was -called <i>Aliko</i>, a Moor. This man, already prejudiced against -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_327">327</span> -the missionary and the ambassador, was still hesitating whether -to allow them to proceed, when Manquer, who fled -from Amelmal, arrived. Aliko, hearing from this incendiary, -that the father’s errand was to bring Portuguese -that way from India to destroy the Mahometan faith, -as in former times, burst into such violent rage as to -threaten the father, and all with him, with death, which -nothing but the reality of the king’s letters, of which he had -got assurance from Baharo, and some regard to the law of -nations, on account of the ambassador Fecur Egzie, could -have prevented. In the mean time, he put them all in close -prison, where several of the Portuguese died. At last, after -a council held, in which Manquer gave his voice for putting -them to death, a man of superior character in that -country advised the sending them back to Amelmal, the -way that they came; and this measure was accordingly adopted.</p> - -<p>They returned, therefore, from Cambat, and thence to -Gorgora, without any sort of advantage to themselves or to -us, only what arises from that opportunity of rectifying the -geography of the country through which they passed; and -even for this they have furnished but very scanty materials, -in comparison of what we might reasonably have expected, -without having occasioned any additional fatigue to themselves.</p> - -<p>We have already said, that though Socinios had not -openly declared his resolution of embracing the Catholic -faith, yet he had gone so far as to declare, upon the dispute -held between the Catholic and schismatic clergy, in -his own presence and that of the Abuna, that the Abyssinian -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_328">328</span> -disputants were vanquished, and ought to have been convinced -from the authority of their own books, especially -that of Haimanout Abou, the faith of the ancient fathers -and doctors of their church received by them from the beginning -as the undoubted rule of faith: That the doctrine -of the Catholic church being only what was taught in the -Haimanout Abou concerning the two natures in Christ, this -point was to all intents and purposes settled; and, therefore, -he signified it as his will, that, for the future, no one should -deny that there are two natures in Christ, distinct in themselves, -but divinely united in one person, which was Christ; -declaring at the same time, that in case any person should -hereafter deny, or call this in doubt, he would chastise him -for seven years.</p> - -<p>The Abuna, on the contrary, supported by the half-brother -of the king, Emana Christos, (brother to Ras Sela Christos) -published a sentence of excommunication, by affixing -it to the door of one of the churches belonging to the palace, -in which he declared all persons accursed who should -maintain two natures in Christ, or embrace or vindicate -any of the errors of the church of Rome.</p> - -<p>The king had received various complaints of the Agows, -who had abused his officers, and refused payment of tribute. -He had set out upon an expedition against them, intending -to winter in that country; but, hearing of the rash -conduct of the Abuna, and the leagues that were in consequence -everywhere forming against him, he returned to -Gorgora, and sent to the Abuna, that unless, without delay, -he recalled the excommunication he had published, he should -be forthwith punished with loss of his head. This language -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_329">329</span> -was too clear and explicit to admit a doubt of its meaning; -and the Abuna, giving way for the time, recalled his excommunication.</p> - -<p>A conspiracy was next formed by Emana Christos, the -eunuch Kefla Wahad master of the household to the king, -and Julius governor of Tigré, to murder Socinios in his palace; -for which purpose they desired an audience upon -weighty affairs, which being granted by the king, the three -conspirators were admitted into his presence.</p> - -<p>It was concerted that Julius should present a petition of -such a nature as probably to produce a refusal; and, in the -time of the altercation that would ensue, when the king -might be off his guard, the other two were to stab him.</p> - -<p>Just before the conversation began, he was advised of his -danger by a page, and Julius presenting his petition, the -king granted it immediately, before Emana Christos could -come up to assist in the dispute which they expected; and -this conspirator appearing in the instant, the king, who had -got up to walk, invited them all three up to the terrace. -This was the most favourable opportunity they could have -wished. They, therefore, deferred assaulting him till they -should have got up to the terrace: The king entered the -door of the private stair, and drew it hastily after him. It -had a spring-lock made by Peter Paez, which was fixed in -the inside, and could not be opened from without, so that the -king was left secure upon the terrace. Upon this the conspirators, -fearing themselves discovered, retired, and from -that time resolved to keep out of the king’s power. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_330">330</span></p> - -<p>At that period, Socinios had determined upon an expedition -against the Funge, that is, against the blacks of Sennaar, -who had entered his country in a violent manner, destroying -his people, and carrying them off as slaves. It was, -therefore, concerted, that while the king was busied far off -with the Funge, Emana Christos, Julius, and the eunuch -Kefla, at once should attack Sela Christos, at whom, next to -the king, the conspirators chiefly aimed; and the cause was, -that the king had taken the posts of Ras and the government -of Gojam from Emana Christos, who was a schismatic, -and had given them to his younger brother, Sela Christos, -a violent Catholic.</p> - -<p>Julius began by a proclamation in Woggora, in which he -commanded, that those who believed two natures in Christ -should immediately leave the province, and that all those -who were friends to the Alexandrian faith should forthwith -repair to him, and fight in defence of it. He then ordered -the goods of all the Catholics in Tigré to be confiscated, and -straightway marched to surprise Sela Christos then in Gojam. -But the king received intelligence of his designs, and -returned into Dembea before it was well known that he had -left it. This, at first, very much disconcerted Julius; and -the rather, that Emana Christos and Kefla Wahad kept aloof, -nor had they declared themselves openly yet, nor did they -seem inclined to do it till Julius had first tried his fortune -with the king.</p> - -<p>This rebel, now full of presumption, advanced with his -army to where the Nile issues out of the great lake Tzana; -and there he found the Abuna Simon, who had staid for -some weeks in one of the islands upon pretence of devotion. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_331">331</span> -Simon, after having confirmed Julius in his resolution of -murdering the king, his father-in-law, or of dying in defence -of the Alexandrian faith, if necessary, persuaded him -to lay aside his design of marching against Sela Christos, -but rather immediately to return back and surprise the -king before these two joined.</p> - -<p>Julius readily adopted this advice of the Abuna; while -that priest, to shew he was sincere, offered to accompany -him in person, and share his fortune. This was accepted -with pleasure by Julius, who next morning received the -Abuna’s benediction at the head of his army, and assisted at -a solemn excommunication pronounced against the king, -Sela Christos, the fathers, and all the Catholics at court.</p> - -<p>The king’s first thought, upon hearing these proceedings, -was to send some troops to the assistance of Sela Christos, -warning him of his danger; but, upon hearing measures -were changed, and that the first design was against himself, -he marched to meet Julius, and sent a message to Sela Christos -to join him with all possible speed; and, as he was an -excellent general, he took his post so judiciously that he -could not be forced to fight against his will till succour was -brought him, without great disadvantage to the enemy.</p> - -<p>Julius, fearing the junction of Sela Christos, endeavoured -to fight the two armies separately. For which purpose he advanced -and pitched his camp close within sight of that of -Socinios, resolving to force him to an engagement. This was -thought a very dangerous measure, and was contrary to the -advice of all his friends, who saw how judiciously Socinios -had chosen his ground; and it was known to the meanest -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_332">332</span> -soldier on both sides, how consummate the king was in the -art of war.</p> - -<p>But the Abuna having persuaded him, that, as soon as -the soldiers should see him, they would abandon the king -and join his colours, early in the morning he put on his -coat of mail, and, mounted on a strong and fiery horse, was -proceeding to the king’s camp, when Malacotawit, his wife, -(daughter to Socinios) persuaded him at least to take some -food to enable him to bear the fatigues of the day. But -disdaining such advice, he only answered furiously, “That he -had sworn not to taste meat till he had brought her her father’s -head;” and, without longer waiting for the rest of -his troops, he leaped over the enemy’s lines in a quarter -where the Abuna had promised he should be well received.</p> - -<p>Indeed, on his first appearance, no one there opposed his -passage, but seemed rather inclined to favour him as the -Abuna had promised: And he had now advanced near to a -body of Tigré soldiers that were the guard of the king’s -tent, loudly crying, “Where is your emperor?” when one -of these with a stone struck him so rudely upon the forehead -that it felled him to the ground; and, being now -known, another soldier (called Amda) thrust him through -with a sword, and thereafter killed him with many wounds. -His head was cut off and carried to Socinios.</p> - -<p>The few that attended him perished likewise among the -soldiers. Nor did any of Julius’s army think of a battle, -but all sought their safety by a flight. The king’s troops -being all fresh, pursued the scattered rebels with great vigour, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_333">333</span> -and many were slain, without any loss on the part of -the royalists.</p> - -<p>The Abuna Simon had, for a considerable time, stood as -an ecclesiastic, unhurt and unheeded, among the flying -troops. Being at last distinguished by his violent vociferation, -and repeated imprecations upon the king and the conquerors, -he was slain by a common soldier, who cut his -head off and carried it to Socinios, who ordered it, with the -body, to be taken from the field of battle and buried in a -church-yard.</p> - -<p>Socinios gave the spoil of the camp to his soldiers. It -was said, that no time, since the Turks were defeated under -Mahomet Gragnè, was there ever so much treasure found -in a camp. The pride of Julius induced him to carry all -his riches with him. They were the fruits of avarice and -oppression in all the principal posts of the empire, and which -in their turn he had enjoyed. They were likewise the spoils -of the Catholics, newly acquired by the confiscations made -since his rebellion. A great number of cattle was likewise -taken, which the king distributed among the priests of the -several churches, the judges, and other lay-officers. Very -great rejoicings were made everywhere, in the midst of -which arrived Ras Sela Christos with his army from Gojam, -and was struck with astonishment on seeing the small -number of troops with which the king had been exposed to -fight Julius, and how complete a victory he had gained -with them.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, Emana Christos had retired to a high -mountain in Gojam, called <i>Melca Amba</i>, where he continued -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_334">334</span> -to excite the people of that province to rebel and join Julius, -whose arrival he daily expected, that, together, they might -fight Sela Christos. But the rashness of Julius, and the -march of Sela Christos to the king’s assistance, had very -much disconcerted their whole scheme.</p> - -<p>Af Christos, who commanded in Gojam after the departure -of Ras Sela Christos, sent to Melca Amba, “reproaching -Emana Christos with seditious practices; upbraiding him -with the unnatural part he acted, being a brother-german -to Sela Christos, and brother to Socinios by the same mother, -while Julius was married to his daughter, and had -constantly enjoyed the great places of the empire. He -asked him, What they could be more? Kings they could -not be, neither he nor Julius. Ras, the next place in the -empire, they both had enjoyed; and, if the king had taken -that office lately from Emana Christos, he had not given it -to a stranger, but to his brother Sela Christos, who, it was -but fair, should have his turn; and that the importance of -his family was not the less increased by it. Lastly, he represented -the danger he ran, if Julius made his peace, of -falling a sacrifice as the adviser of the rebellion.”</p> - -<p>Emana Christos answered, “That though he rebelled -with Julius, and at the same time, yet it was not as a follower -of Julius, nor against the king; but that he took up -arms in defence of the ancient faith of his country, which -was now, without reason, trodden under foot in favour of a -religion, which was a false one if they understood it, and an -useless one if they did not. He said he was satisfied of his -own danger; but neither his connection with the king, nor -his being related to Sela Christos, could weigh with him -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_335">335</span> -against his duty to God and his country. The king and his -brother might be right in embracing the Romish religion, -because they were convinced of the truth of it: he had -used, however, the same means, and the same application, -had heard the arguments of the same fathers, which, unluckily -for him, had convinced him their religion was not -a true, but a false one. For the same reasons he continued -to be an Alexandrian, which his brother alledged had made -him a Roman. He, therefore, begged Af Christos to consider, -by a review of things since David III.‘s time, how -much blood the change would cost to the kingdom by the -attempt, whether it succeeded or not; and whether, after -that consideration, it was worth trying the experiment.”</p> - -<p>This artful and sensible message, sent by a man of the -capacity and experience of Emana Christos, easily convinced -Af Christos that it was not by argument Emana Christos -was to be brought to his duty; but, like a good officer, he -kept up correspondence with him, that he might be master -of the intelligence to what place he retired.</p> - -<p>Soon after Sela Christos had left Gojam to join the -king, by forced marches he surrounded Melca Amba, -where Emana Christos was, and had assembled a number -of troops to descend into the plain and create a diversion in -favour of Julius. The mountain had neither water in it -nor food for such a number of men, nor had Emana Christos -forces enough to risk a battle with an officer of the -known experience of Af Christos, who had chosen the -ground at his full leisure, and with complete knowledge -of it. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_336">336</span></p> - -<p>Three days the army within the mountain held out -without complaining; but, in the evening of the third day, -some monks and hermits (<i>holy men</i>, the abettors of this rebellion) -came to Af Christos to remonstrate, that there were -several convents and villages in the mountain, also small -springs, and barley enough to answer the necessities of the -ordinary inhabitants, but were not enough for such an additional -number which had taken forcible possession of the -wells, and drank up all the water, to the immediate danger -of the whole inhabitants perishing with thirst.</p> - -<p>To this Af Christos answered, That the reducing the -mountain, and the taking Emana Christos, was what was -given him in commission by the king, to attain which end -he would carefully improve all the means in his power. He -was sorry, indeed, for the distress of the convents in the -mountain, but could not help it; nor would he suffer one -of them to remove or come down into the plain, nor would -he discontinue blockading the mountain while Emana -Christos was there and alive. No other alternative, therefore, -remained but the delivering up Emana Christos. His -army would have fought for him against a common enemy, -but against thirst their shields and swords were useless.</p> - -<p>Af Christos, with his prisoner, forthwith proceeded to -join the king, and passed the Nile into Begemder. At crossing -the river Bashilo, they were informed of the defeat and -death of Julius and the Abuna. The messenger had also -letters for Emana Christos, whom the king did not know to -be yet prisoner: among these was one from Sela Christos, -in which he upbraided his brother with his unnatural treason, -and assured him speedily of a fate like that of Julius. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_337">337</span> -Emana Christos received this intelligence almost dead with -fear, for never was a prophecy made which seemed to have -needed less time to accomplish than this of his brother’s.</p> - -<p>Af Christos surrendered his prisoner to the king at Dancaz, -who immediately assembled a full convocation of judges -of all degrees; and the prisoner being ordered to answer to -his charge concerning the rebellion of Julius and his conspiracy -against the king’s life, he took the part he had been -advised, and palliated the whole of his actions, without positively -denying any one of them, and submitted to the king’s -mercy. The judges, considering the defence, unanimously -found him guilty of death; but the king, whose last vote, -when sitting in judgment, supersedes and overturns all the -rest, reprieved, and sent him prisoner to Amhara.</p> - -<p>Hitherto the king had contented himself with fixing -two points in favour of the Roman church, in contradiction -to that of Alexandria. The first denounced punishment to -every one who did not believe that there are two natures in -Christ, and that he is perfect God and perfect man, without -confusion of persons. The second was rather a point of discipline -than of faith; yet it was urged as such, by declaring -it to be unlawful to observe Saturday, the ancient Jewish -sabbath. The first of these, if it was not the cause, had been -assumed as the pretext for the rebellion of Julius. The second -produced that of Jonael governor of Begemder, of -which we are now to speak. But thus far only the king -had gone. He had not openly joined the church of Rome, -nor as yet renounced that of Alexandria, nor forced any one -else to do so. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_338">338</span></p> - -<p>The first prelude to Jonael’s rebellion was an anonymous -letter written to the king, in which all the stale and lame -arguments of the Alexandrians were raked together, and -stated with a degree of presumption worthy of the ignorance -and obstinacy of those from whom they came. This, -though ridiculous, and below notice in point of argument, -offended greatly both the king and the Jesuits, by the asperity -of its terms, and the personal applications contained in -it. The king was treated as another Dioclesian, thirsting after -Christian blood, and for this devoted to hell; as were also -the Jesuits, whom they called relations of Pilate, in allusion -to their origin from Rome.</p> - -<p>The king, grievously offended, added this injunction to -the former proclamation, “That all out-door work, such as -plowing and sowing, should be publicly followed by the -husbandman on the Saturday, under penalty of paying a -web of cotton cloth, for the first omission, which cloth -was to be of five shillings value; and the second offence, -was to be punished by a confiscation of moveables, and -the crime not to be pardoned for seven years;”—the greatest -punishment for misdemeanors in Abyssinia. To this Socinios -added, <i>vivâ-voce</i>, from his throne, that he never <i>abolished</i>, but -<i>explained</i> and established their religion, which always taught, -as their own books could testify, that Christ was perfect God -and perfect man, two distinct natures united in one hypostasis -of the eternal word; neither was it in compliance with -the Jesuits that he abrogated the observation of the Jewish -sabbath, but in obedience to the council of Chalcedon, -which was founded in the holy scriptures, for which he was -ready at all times to lose his life, though he should endeavour -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_339">339</span> -first to inflict that punishment on such as were its enemies.</p> - -<p>In order to shew that he did not mean to trifle, he ordered -the tongue of a monk (called Abba Af Christos) to be -cut out, for denying the two natures in Christ; and Buco, -one of the principal generals of his court (who afterwards -died a zealous Catholic) he ordered to be beaten with rods, -and degraded from his employment, for observing the Jewish -sabbath.</p> - -<p>The king, having given these public, unequivocal testimonies -of his resolution, put himself at the head of his -army, and marched against Jonael; but that rebel, not daring -to meet his offended sovereign, retired into the mountains; -whereupon the king laid waste the country of the -Galla, who had protected him. This occasioned a division -among the Galla themselves. One party declaring for the -king, apprehended Jonael with intention to deliver him up; -but he was soon rescued out of their hands by the contrary -party, enemies to Socinios. His protectors being once known, -the manner of working his destruction was soon known -likewise. The king’s presents made their way to that -faithless people, the only barbarians with whom the right -of hospitality is not established. Upon receiving the king’s -bribe, they murdered Jonael, cut his head off, and sent it to -the king.</p> - -<p>The rebellion in Damot was not so easily quelled. Sela -Christos, a zealous Catholic, was sent against the rebels to -inforce the proclamation with regard to the sabbath. But -as his connections were very considerable among them, he -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_340">340</span> -chose first to endeavour, by fair means, to induce the ignorant -savages to return to reason and obedience. With this -view, he sent to expostulate with them; and to beg that, in -articles of faith, they would suffer themselves to be examined -and instructed by men of learning and good life; not -by those monks, ignorant like themselves, from whom -they only could learn vice, blasphemy, and rebellion. To -this the Damots answered, as one man, That, if his friendship -for them and good intentions were real, he should give -them, for proof, the immediate burning of all the Latin -books which had been translated into the Ethiopian language, -and that, then, he should hang those Jesuits who -were with him upon a high tree.</p> - -<p>We are not, however, to consider this was really from a -conviction or persuasion of the Damots, who inhabit a province -bordering upon the Agows and Gongas, and their -Christianity much upon a par with that of either of these -nations. But the fact was, that the fanatics and zealots for -the Alexandrian faith had retired in great numbers to Damot, -as to a province the worst affected to the king, from -the recent violence of Julius, who, in an expedition against -the Shangalla, by order of the king had driven off the cattle -of the peaceable Damots, who had been then guilty of -no offence. And as these were ready to rebel for a quarrel -merely their own, it was very easy for the schismatical -monks to add this religious grievance to the sum of the -preceding.</p> - -<p>Sela Christos had with him about 7000 men, most of -them Catholics and veteran soldiers; and among these 40 -Portuguese, partly on foot, armed with musquets, the others -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_341">341</span> -on horseback, clad in coats of mail. Very different was the -army of Damots. They were superior in number for they -exceeded 12000 men, and among these were 400 monks, well -armed with swords, lances, and shields, earnestly bent upon -the obtaining a crown of martyrdom in defence of their religion, -from the innovation proposed by Socinios. At the -head of these was a fanatical monk (one Batacu) who promised -them armies of angels, with flaming swords, who -should slay their enemies, but render them invulnerable, -as he declared himself to be, either by sword or lance.</p> - -<p>The battle was fought at the foot of the mountains of -Amid Amid, on the 6th of October 1620. Sela Christos, -sure of victory, and unwilling to slaughter a people he had -been used to protect, began first to shew his superiority in -slight skirmishes. After which, desiring a parley, he sent -messengers to them, begging them to consider their own -danger, and offering them a general amnesty upon their -submission. These messengers were not allowed to approach, -for showers of arrows that were poured upon them; so the -battle began with great animosity on both sides. The Damots -were soon broken and put to flight by the superiority -of Sela Christos’s soldiers. But the 400 monks, already mentioned, -fought most desperately in defiance of numbers, nor -did they seek their safety by a flight. One hundred and -eighty of them were killed on the place they occupied, valiantly -fighting to the very last. A rare example, and seldom -found in history, that fanatics like these, always ready to -rebel, should persist and sacrifice their lives to the follies of -their own preaching. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_342">342</span></p> - -<p>As for their celestial auxiliaries, whose assistance they were -promised as far as could be discovered, they neither did -harm nor good. We may suppose they stood neuter. But -Batacu the hermit, ringleader of this sedition, whose body -was so miraculously armed, that neither sword nor spear -could make any impression upon it, was unfortunately thrust -through with a lance in the very beginning of the engagement, -which greatly served to discredit these supernatural -aids.</p> - -<p>It was in this year 1620, that Socinios marched into Begemder -against Jonael. At which time Peter Paez was employed -at Gorgora in building the church there. The king -returned immediately to Dancaz after the defeat of Jonael, -and passed his winter at that place.</p> - -<p>It was on the 16th of January 1621, that the dedication -of the church of Gorgora was made by Peter Paez; and at -that time the king was in Begemder. Upon his return to -Dancaz he met Paez at Gorgora for the first time. He remained -at Gorgora till the 3d of October of that year, when -the news of the defeat of the Damots by Sela Christos arrived, -which he received in presence of that priest at Gorgora. -In this, both the Jesuits and Abyssinian annals agree. It is -not then possible that Peter Paez could have been with the -king at Sacala, or Geesh, in the country of the Agows on -the 21st of March 1621<a id="FNanchor_57" href="#Footnote_57" class="fnanchor">57</a>; for both Peter Paez and Socinios -were at that time in Gorgora. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_343">343</span></p> - -<p>At this time the Ethiopic memoirs of Socinios’s reign -interrupted their continual topics of rebellion and bloodshed, -to record a very trifling anecdote; which, however, I insert, -as it serves to give some idea of the simplicity and ignorance -of those times.</p> - -<p>The historian says, that this year there was brought into -Abyssinia, a bird called <i>Para</i>, which was about the bigness -of a hen, and spoke all languages; Indian, Portuguese, and -Arabic. It named the king’s name: although its voice was -that of a man, it could likewise neigh like a horse, and mew -like a cat, but did not sing like a bird. It was produced before -the assembly of judges, of the priests, and the azages -of court, and there it spoke with great gravity. The assembly, -after considering circumstances well, were unanimously -of opinion, that the evil spirit had no part in endowing it -with these talents. But to be certain of this, it was thought -most prudent to take the advice of Ras Sela Christos, then -in Gojam, who might, if he thought fit, consult the superior -of Mahebar Selassé; to them it was sent, but it died on -the road. The historian closes his narrative by this wise -reflection on the parrot’s death; “Such is the lot of all -flesh.”</p> - -<p>The king, immediately after his victory over Jonael, had -resolved to throw off the mask, and openly to profess the -Catholic religion. The success of Sela Christos against the -Damots had confirmed him. He had passed the rainy season, -as I have before observed, between Gorgora and Dancaz; -and, in the usual time, in the month of November, -marched to Foggora, a narrow stripe of plain country, reaching -from Emfras to Dara, bounded on one side by the lake -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_344">344</span> -Dembea, and on the other by the mountains of Begemder.</p> - -<p>For this purpose he sent to Peter Paez, his ordinary confessor, -to come to him; and, having told him his resolution, -he declared, that, in proof of the sincerity of his conversion, -he had put away all his wives (of whom he had several of -the first quality, and many children by them) and retained -only his first, by whom he had the eldest of his sons, destined -to succeed him in the empire.</p> - -<p>Paez, having received his confession, and public renunciation -of the Alexandrian faith, returned to Gorgora singing -his <i>nunc dimittis</i>, as if the great end of his mission was now -completed; nor was he deceived in his prognostication. For, -having too much heated himself with zeal in travelling, he -was, upon his arrival, taken with a violent fever; and, tho’ -every sort of remedy was administered to him by Antonio -Fernandes, yet he died on the third of May 1623, with great -demonstrations of piety and resignation, and firm conviction, -that he had done his duty in an active, innocent, and well-spent -life.</p> - -<p>He had been seven years a captive in Arabia in the hands -of the Moors, and nineteen years missionary in Abyssinia, -in the worst of times, and had always extricated himself -from the most perilous situations, with honour to himself -and advantage to his religion. In person, he was very tall -and strong; but lean from continual labour and abstinence. -He was red faced; which, Tellez says, proceeded from the -religious <i>warmth</i> of his heart. He had a very good understanding, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_345">345</span> -which he had cultivated, every hour of his life, by -study or practice.</p> - -<p>Besides possessing universal knowledge in scholastic divinity, -and the books belonging to his profession, he understood -Greek, Latin, and Arabic well, was a good mathematician, an -excellent mechanic, wrought always with his own hands, -and in building was at once a careful, active labourer, and an -architect of refined taste and judgment. He was, by his -own study and industry, painter, mason, carver, carpenter, -smith, farrier, quarrier, and was able to build convents and -palaces, and furnish them without calling one workman to -his assistance; and in this manner he is said to have furnished -the convent at Collela, as also the palace and convent at -Gorgora.</p> - -<p>With all these accomplishments, he was so affable, compassionate, -and humble in his nature, that he never had opportunity -of conversing, even with heretics, without leaving -them his friends. He was remarkably chearful in his temper; -and the most forward always in promoting innocent -mirth, of that puerile species which we in England call <i>fun</i>, -in great request among the young men in Abyssinia, who -spend much of their time in this sort of conversation, whether -in the city or the camp. Above all, he was a patient, -diligent instructor of youth; and the greatest part of his disciples -died in the persecution that soon followed, resolutely -maintaining the truths of that religion their preceptor first -had taught them. In a word, he was the hinge upon which -the Catholic religion turned. He had found the seeds of it -sown in the country for a hundred years before his time, -which had borne little fruit, and was then apparently on -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_346">346</span> -the decline. Nineteen years of this most active missionary, -and the death of three kings, had advanced it only so far -as to be embraced publicly by one of them; after Paez’s -death, in six years it fell, though supported most strenuously -by a king prodigal of the blood of his subjects in this cause, -by a patriarch sent from Rome, and by above 20 very zealous -and active missionaries; and, as far as my foresight can -carry me, it is so entirely fallen, that, unless by a special miracle -of Providence wrought for that purpose, it never will -rise again.</p> - -<p>The king’s renunciation of the Alexandrian faith was -followed by a very strong, or rather violent manifesto, and -we need not be at a loss to guess whom he employed to -draw it up. It begins by asserting the supremacy of the -church of Rome, as the see of St Peter; it mentions the -three first general councils, which condemned Arius, Macedonius, -and Nestorius; next quotes the council of Chalcedon, -as the fourth general council, as having justly condemned -Dioscurus; but says not a word of the council of -Ephesus, which the Abyssinians receive instead of that of -Chalcedon; insists largely upon the two natures in Christ; -then, leaving the patriarchs of Alexandria, it attacks not the -doctrine, but the morals of the Abunas, sent from Alexandria -into Abyssinia, accuses the ecclesiastics in general of simony and -paying money to the Abuna for their ordination, (a well-founded -part of the charge) which I fear continues to this day.</p> - -<p>The Abuna Marcus was, it is there said, convicted by Socinios, -or Melec Segued, of a crime of such turpitude that -the name of it should never stain paper. He was degraded -and banished to the island of Dek. His successor Christodulus -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_347">347</span> -had many concubines. Abuna Petros, who succeeded, took -the wife of a poor Egyptian, and lived with her; he then -excommunicated his sovereign Jacob, after he had reigned -seven years, and died in battle in the actual commission of -treason, fighting against the prince.</p> - -<p>Simon, the last Abuna, besides living in adultery with the -wife of an Egyptian called Matti, kept several young women -with him as concubines; and being detected in having -a daughter by one of them, with a view to conceal it, he -caused the child to be exposed to be devoured by the hyæna. -After living in constant disobedience to God’s law, he joined -the crime of rebellion to the repeated breach of every command -in the decalogue; and appearing in battle, and excommunicating -his sovereign, God (says the manifesto) delivered -him into our victorious hands, and he was slain by -a common soldier in the very commission of his crime.</p> - -<p>It must be owned, we cannot have a worse picture of any -Christian church than that here given of the bishop’s church -of Alexandria. Charity should induce us to hope some exaggeration -had crept into it. Yet when we consider that the -facts mentioned were all within the space of forty years, -and consequently must have been within the knowledge, not -only of Socinios, but of many people then alive and at court, -we cannot, with the impartiality of an historian, deny our -apprehensions, that these charges were but too-well founded.</p> - -<p>However this may be, neither the king’s example, nor his -manifesto, had the effect he desired. A rebel, whom the -annals call the son of Gabriel, declared himself against the -king in Amhara, just at the time that Socinios, misled by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_348">348</span> -the enemies of Sela Christos, had begun to entertain suspicion -of his loyalty, and had deprived him of the government -of Gojam and the Agows. Finding, after an examination, -there was no person that was qualified to bring this -affair to a happy issue but Sela Christos, he replaced him in -his government of Gojam, giving him, at the same time, -orders to march against the son of Gabriel, into Amhara.</p> - -<p>This command of the king, Ras Sela Christos soon complied -with, and, upon his first appearance in that province, -the rebel retired to a high mountain which he made his place -of arms, the top producing both provisions and water sufficient -to maintain a large garrison.</p> - -<p>The Ras, seeing that force availed nothing, had recourse -to the usual trap these rebels fall into. Weary of confinement -on the mountain, sensible that he was by himself too -weak to leave it, while such an enemy expected him below, -he accepted the friendship of the neighbouring Galla, who -offered to join him in such numbers as to enable him to -descend from the mountain, and try his fortune in a battle. -The treaty was concluded, and the junction no sooner effected, -than the faithless Galla, before gained by the Ras, -fell upon the son of Gabriel with their clubs, and killed him -on the spot, having so mangled his body that scarce a piece -was reserved to send to his enemy.</p> - -<p>The joy this victory occasioned at court met with a great -addition by the arrival of the Romish patriarch. It has been -before observed, that the king had himself wrote letters to -the pope and king of Spain, declaring his intentions to turn -Catholic. Peter Paez, Antonio Fernandes, and the other -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_349">349</span> -priests, had given a much more favourable prospect of religious -affairs than had as yet been conveyed to Rome; the -wiser part of the conclave, however, had doubted. But now, -the king had voluntarily made his recantation, it was no -longer thought time for delay, and accordingly Alphonso -Mendez, a Jesuit doctor of divinity, a man of great learning, -by birth a Portuguese, was ordained at Lisbon the 25th -of May 1624.</p> - -<p>From thence he proceeded to India by the way of Goa, -attended by several fresh missionaries; and finding there -letters from Socinios, and a passport from the king of Dancali, -a Mahometan prince in alliance with the Abyssinians, -he arrived at Bilur, an open bay in the small and barren -state of Dancali, on the second of May 1625, and was received, -by the brother of the reigning prince, with every token -of friendship that so poor a state and sovereign could afford; -the king of Dancali himself was at the distance of six -days journey, in a place where there was greater plenty of -water and provisions. The following day the king sent four -mules for the fathers to join him, and received them in a -room of a round figure, surrounded and covered with bundles -of straw, but so low they scarce could raise themselves -after having made their bows.</p> - -<p>In this miserable kingdom, which I shall not describe, as, -since that period, it has been conquered by the Galla, the patriarch -and fathers staid almost in want of necessaries for -sixteen days. At last they set out, having, with much difficulty, -mustered sufficient beasts of burden to carry their -baggage. The road lay through part of the country wherein -are the mines of fossile-salt, hot, barren, and absolutely -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_350">350</span> -without water, and exposed greatly to the incursions of the -Galla. After two days journey, they arrived in the morning -of the third, at the foot of Senaffé, where there was -water. It is the frontier (as the name imports) of the province -of Enderta, now united to the government of Tigré. -It is part of that ridge of mountains which separates the -seasons, occasioning summer on the one side, while rain and -cold prevail on the other.</p> - -<p>On the night before they came to the mountain, while -dubious of their way, a star of more than ordinary magnitude, -and of surprising brightness, appeared over the patriarch, -giving so strong a light that it illuminated the heavens -down to the horizon. It was not, in its place or manner -of appearing, like a common star, but stood stationary, -in the way leading to Senaffé, for above six minutes, and -disappeared<a id="FNanchor_58" href="#Footnote_58" class="fnanchor">58</a>. This star, the patriarch and his followers -modestly say, was probably the same that conducted the -Magi to the cradle of Christ, and was now sent to shew -them the way into Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>While they were at the foot of this mountain, the Muleteers, -all Mahometans, thought the occasion a proper one -to plunder them, by obliging them to pay an additional -hire for their beasts, which they pretended were not able -to ascend so steep a mountain. The camels certainly could -not pass; but mules and asses have a more practicable road, -for the sake of carrying the salt. They insisted to leave the -company till they should bring them fresh mules. The -caravan consisted of the patriarch and six ecclesiastics, priests, -and friars, and thirteen laymen, three of whom were musicians. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_351">351</span> -It was very probably their intention to have sent to -them people who would very soon have put a fatal period -to the mission, had not Emanuel Baradas, with a number -of Abyssinians, and officers, and plenty of all things necessary, -joined the patriarch on the 16th of June 1625; while -their late conductors, conscious of misbehaviour, fled without -seeking their hire.</p> - -<p>In five days they came to Fremona, where they staid till -November; and, in December, arrived at Gorgora, where -they were introduced to the king in his palace. Socinios -ordered the patriarch to be placed on a seat equal in height to -his own, on his right hand; and at that very audience, which -was on the 11th of February 1626, it was settled that the king -should take an oath of submission to the see of Rome.</p> - -<p>This useless, vain, ridiculous ceremony, was accordingly -celebrated on the 11th of February, with all the pageantry -of a heathen festival or triumph. The palace was adorned -with all the pomp and vanity that the church of Rome, -and especially that part of it, the Order of the Jesuits, had -solemnly abjured. The patriarch, as a mark of his superiority -over the Abunas, preached a sermon in the Portuguese -language upon the primacy of the chair of St Peter, -full of Latin quotations, which is said to have had a wonderful -effect upon the king and Sela Christos, neither of -whom understood one word either of Latin or Portuguese.</p> - -<p>That part of the patriarch’s discourse, which was applicable -to Socinios’s conversion, was answered by Melca Christos, -governor of Samen, (himself a schismatic) in the language -of Amhara, which neither the patriarch nor his retinue -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_352">352</span> -understood, and concluded with these words, “That -as the king thought himself obliged to fulfil those promises -of submitting himself to the see of Rome which his predecessors -had made, the time was now come in which he -should do that, if such was his pleasure. These last words -of the orator seem not to have satisfied the zeal of Socinios. -He interrupted Melca Christos by saying, that it was not -now, but a long time since, that he had submitted to the -church of Rome, as true successor of St Peter; and the present -occasion was only a confirmation of what he had formerly -professed.”</p> - -<p>The patriarch answered by a few words, prudently and -sensibly, I suppose to save time, seeing that, short or long, -his discourse would not be understood. But proceeding to -facts, he opened a new testament, while Socinios, upon his -knees, took the following oath: “We, sultan Segued, emperor -of Ethiopia, do believe and confess that St Peter, prince -of the apostles, was constituted, by Christ our Lord, head of -the whole Christian church, and that he gave him the principality -and dominion over the whole world, by saying to -him, <i>You are Peter, and upon this rock will I build my church; and I -will give you the keys of the kingdom of heaven</i>. And again when -he said, <i>Keep my sheep</i>. Also we believe and confess, that -the pope of Rome, lawfully elected, is the true successor -of St Peter the apostle, in government; that he holdeth -the same power, dignity, and primacy, in the whole Christian -church: and to the holy father Urban VIII. of that name, -by the mercy of God, pope, and our lord, and to his successor -in the government of the church, we do promise, offer, -and swear true obedience, and subject, with humility at his -feet, our person and empire: so help us God and these holy -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_353">353</span> -gospels before us.”—After this, each man swore personal obedience, -officers, priests, and monks, according to their several -orders or conditions.</p> - -<p>The prince royal Facilidas, purely and simply in the -form prescribed, took this oath, without any addition or alteration. -But Ras Sela Christos, heated with zeal, after repeating -the formula, drawing his sword in violent passion, -uttered these words, “What has passed let it be past; but, -from this day forward, he that falls from his duty this shall -be his judge<a id="FNanchor_59" href="#Footnote_59" class="fnanchor">59</a>.”</p> - -<p>This hasty speech, not well understood, was thought by -some to reflect on those he had discovered to be in the confederacy -with the rebel son of Gabriel. As the court was -full of parties and discontent, every one applied the threat -to himself, and all joined in a league to undo Sela Christos, -who had so wantonly declared himself the leader and champion -of persecution.</p> - -<p>To this oath of obedience to the pope, he likewise added -one to the king, and to the prince his successor, Facilidas, -with a strange clause, or qualification, which made what he -said formerly still worse:—“I likewise swear to the prince, -as heir of his father in this empire, as long as he shall hold -favour, and defend the holy Catholic faith; and if he shall -fail in this, I hereby swear to be his greatest enemy.” This -extravagant addition he insisted should be imposed upon all -the officers of state, and of the army then at court, and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_354">354</span> -therefore did most deservedly seal his own condemnation -and punishment, which overtook him in the end, though -it did not follow till long afterwards.</p> - -<p>To these violent proceedings were added others still more -violent. A solemn excommunication was pronounced against -all such as did not keep that oath, and a proclamation -was forthwith made, “That all people, in the line of -being ordained priests, should first embrace the Catholic religion -upon pain of death; that all should observe the form -of the church of Rome in the celebration of Easter and Lent, -under the same penalty; and with that the ceremonies of -the day ended.”</p> - -<div class="poetry"><div class="poem"><div class="stanza"> -<span class="i0"><i>Tempus erit cum magno optaverit emptum,</i><br /></span> -<span class="i0"><i>Intactum Pallanta.</i><br /></span> -</div></div></div> - -<p>It was a day ever to be marked with black, not only in the -annals of Ethiopia, but in those of Rome.</p> - -<p>Although the arrival of the patriarch at Bilur had been -happily effected, both as to himself and those that attended -him, it was not so with some of his brethren sent to assist -him in that mission. Two Jesuits, Francisco Machado and -Bernard Pereira, had received the king’s letters in India for -their safe conduct to Bilur in Dancali. Whether by malice, -or inadvertency, the king’s secretary, instead of Bilur, had -mentioned Zeyla in the letter.</p> - -<p>Zeyla, an island belonging to the king of Adel, was of -all other places that where the people were most inveterate -against the Catholic religion. No sooner did the Shekh know -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_355">355</span> -the quality and errand of these missionaries, than he confined -them to close prison, where, after great suffering, they -were both put to death; and, to aggravate this, a letter was -written to Socinios stigmatizing him with the name of -apostate from the religion of his forefathers, and applying -to him many opprobrious names.</p> - -<p>This letter, at another time, would not have failed to -have been followed by the chastisement it deserved. But -Adel, formerly a flourishing and commercial kingdom, was -now fallen, and reduced to a multitude of banditti. Trade -had left it. A garrison of nominal janizaries, since the reign -of Sultan Selim, had kept the little island of Zeyla for the -pretended purpose of a customhouse; but, in fact, it was a -post of robbers, who only maintained themselves there for -the sake of plundering merchants who came by sea; while -the Galla poured in numbers upon the prince from the continent, -and of the ancient kingdom of Adel, had left him -nothing but Aussa the capital, a town situated upon a rock, -on the banks of the river Hawash, Azab, and Raheeta, and -a few other miserable villages upon the sea; and even part -of these were daily falling into the hands of that enemy, -destined very soon to over-run them all. This abject state -to which they had been reduced, we may suppose, was the -only reason that protected them from the vengeance of a -high-spirited prince, such as Socinios certainly was.</p> - -<p>This violent conduct of Socinios in his abjuration was -followed by that of the patriarch Alphonso Mendes, perfectly -in the same spirit. The clergy were re-ordained, their -churches consecrated anew, grown men as well as children -again baptised, the moveable feasts and festivals reduced to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_356">356</span> -the forms and times of the church of Rome; circumcision, polygamy, -and divorce were abrogated for ever; and the many -questions that thereupon arose, and which were understood -to belong to the civil judge, the patriarch called to his own -tribunal exclusively.</p> - -<p>All the tenets of the church of Alexandria, whether of -faith or discipline, were rejected; and it was not known -how far the patriarch intended to subject the civil jurisdiction -of the judges to the ecclesiastical power. Two steps -that he took, the one immediately after the other, seemed -to give great reason of fear upon this head.</p> - -<p>In order to understand the first of these cases, it will be -necessary to know, that it is a fundamental constitution of -the monarchy of Ethiopia, that all lands belong to the king; -and that there is no such thing as church-lands in this -country. Those that the king has given for the maintenance -of churches or monasteries are resumed every day, at the -instance of, and for the convenience of individuals, and new -ones granted in their stead sometimes of a greater value, -sometimes of a less. Nor have the priests or monks any -property in these lands. A lay-officer, appointed by the -king, divides to each monk or priest, his quota of the revenue, -applying any overplus to other uses, which is, we -may suppose, often putting it into his own pocket.</p> - -<p>There was a nobleman of great distinction for his family -and rank at court, for his age, and the merit of his service; -he had occupied some of the lands belonging to a monk -who happened to be a Catholic. This man, had he been an -Alexandrian, could have had no recourse to the Abuna his -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_357">357</span> -patriarch, and the cause must have been tried before the -civil judge. But Mendes was of another opinion. He ordered -the nobleman to make his defence before the ecclesiastical -tribunal; and, upon his refusing this as a novelty to -which he was not bound, he condemned him immediately -to restore the lands to the monk. This, too, was refused on -the part of the present possessor, who being one day attending -the king at church, the patriarch, without preamble, -pronounced against him a formal sentence of excommunication, -by which he gave him over, soul and body, to the -devil.</p> - -<p>Such procedure was, till then, unknown in Abyssinia. -The nobleman, though otherwise brave, was so much affected -with the terms of his sentence as to faint, imagining -himself already in the clutches of Satan, and it was with difficulty -he was recovered, the king making intercession -with the patriarch to take off this censure, or rather this -curse.</p> - -<p>Sudden as it was, however, in the inflicting, and easy in -the removal, it made very lasting and serious impressions on -the minds of men of all ranks, greatly to the disadvantage -of the patriarch and the professors of his new religion, in -the exercise of which they did not discover that degree of -charity, meekness, mercy, and long-suffering, that they had -been taught were the very essentials of it.</p> - -<p>The next instance was this: There had been an Itchegué, -that is, the superior of the monks of Debra Libanos, an Order -instituted by Abba Tecla Haimanout, the last Abyssinian -Abuna, not more celebrated by the church than the state, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_358">358</span> -as being the restorer of the line of Solomon, for many years -banished to Shoa; and this superior, besides the dignity of his -office, was remarkable for an innocent, pious, and holy life. -It happened that a Catholic monk officiated in a church -where this Itchegué had been buried under the altar; the patriarch -declared the church defiled by the burial of that heretic -and schismatic, and suspended the celebration of divine -service till the body was raised and thrown out of the -church in a most indecent manner. Universal discontent -seized the minds of all men; and, from that time, it seemed -the friends of the old religion began again to recover -strength, and the Catholics to be looked upon, if not with -hatred, yet with terror. And every trifle now contributed -towards the one or the other.</p> - -<p>The Jesuits, following practices or customs of their own, -had thought fit to exhibit a kind of religious plays or farces. -The devil in these pieces is always the buffoon; he plays harlequin -and slight-of-hand tricks, fires squibs and gun-powder, -very little consistent with the decency of the other persons -who compose the drama. This continued to be practised -in several Catholic countries in Europe, while that -learned company existed<a id="FNanchor_60" href="#Footnote_60" class="fnanchor">60</a>. It happened to be necessary to -introduce figures of this kind blacked all over, and in masks, -with cloven feet, &c. The first exhibition of these figures -so surprised and terrified the Abyssinian audience, that they -fled immediately upon their appearance, crying out, Alas! -alas! these Franks have brought devils into our country -with them! -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_359">359</span></p> - -<p>This great extension of civil jurisdiction, and the large -strides it took to annihilate the civil power, the encroachments -it made upon the prerogative of the king, till now supreme -in all causes ecclesiastical and civil, the more than -regal, the more, if possible, than papal pride of the patriarch, -began to be felt universally, and it was seen to be intended -to lessen every order of government, from the king -to the lowest officer in the province. From this time, therefore, -we date the decline of the Catholic interest in Abyssinia. -The first blow was given it by the king himself, not -with a view to destroy it, for he was a sincere Catholic upon -principle, but to controul and keep it within some bounds, -as he found there was no order could otherwise be maintained.</p> - -<p>He desired the patriarch to permit the use of the ancient -liturgies of Ethiopia, altered by himself in every thing -where they did not agree with that of the church of Rome. -With this the patriarch was obliged to comply, because -there was in it an appearance of reason that men should -pray to God in a language that they understood, and which -was their own, rather than a foreign tongue of which they -did not understand one word. This was thought so obvious -in Ethiopia as not to admit any doubt. But the order -and practice of the church of Rome was just the contrary; -and this wound was a mortal one; for no sooner was the -permission given to use their own liturgies, than all the Abyssinians -embraced them to a man, and went on in their -old prayers and services without any of the patriarch’s alterations. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_360">360</span></p> - -<p>To these events, not important in themselves, but only -from the effect they had upon the minds of mankind, succeeded -tragedies of a more serious nature. I have already -observed, in speaking of the Galla, that they were divided -into three principal divisions, those on the east of Abyssinia -were called Bertuma Galla, those on the south called Toluma, -and those on the west Boren Galla; each of these were -divided into seven, and these again subdivided into a number -of tribes. Each of these seven nations choose a king -once in seven years called Lubo; and it is usually the first -act of the new king’s reign to over-run the neighbouring -provinces of Abyssinia, laying every thing waste with fire -and sword for this year, even if they had no provocation, -but had been at peace for several years before.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinians remained long in ignorance of this cause -of these invasions, and, while that was the case, they could -take no measures to be prepared against, and resist them. -But after, when the customs of the Galla were better known, -their periodical invasions were watched and provided against, -so that though they were still continued, they were -generally repelled with the slaughter and defeat of the invaders.</p> - -<p>It happened that the present year, 1627, was the season -of electing the king, and of the invasion. Though the -time of the expedition was known, no intelligence had -been given of the manner in which it was to be executed. -In past times, the nations, or tribes of Galla, assaulted each -the opposite province in whose frontiers they were settled; -but this year it was agreed among them to choose one province, -Gojam, which, by uniting their whole force, they -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_361">361</span> -were to devote to destruction, or, if possible, keep possession -of it.</p> - -<p>Buco was governor of Gojam; the king had sent Sela -Christos to his assistance, and was intending to follow with -another army himself. In the mean time, the passes through -which the Galla used to enter were all lined with men, and -every preparation made to receive them.</p> - -<p>These barbarians advanced to the Nile in multitudes never -seen before; and, finding the province perfectly on its -guard, they feigned a panic, or disagreement among themselves, -retired in seeming confusion, and dispersed, some, -as it was said, to their own homes, and some to an expedition -against Narea. This in reality had often happened; -but now it was only a stratagem; for they all assembled -in their own country Bizamo, of which the Abyssinians -had no intelligence. Buco, thinking he was free of -them for that year, disbanded his troops, or detached them -to other services; Sela Christos did the same; neither did -Socinios advance with his army.</p> - -<p>In that interval of weakness, news were sent to Buco -that the Galla had passed the Nile. Upon which he advanced -with 1000 foot and 200 horse, believing that it was -some small part of that army which he thought had some -time before been dispersed. After hearing mass with -great devotion, and receiving the sacrament, in passing -through a thick wood he was assaulted by the Galla. Being -a man, brave in his own person, and exceedingly well-trained -to arms, he fought so successfully, and so encouraged -his men by his example, that he cut that body of Galla entirely -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_362">362</span> -to pieces; and, as he thought the whole matter then -at an end, he ordered his drums to beat, and his trumpets -to sound, in token of victory.</p> - -<p>The rest of the Galla, who were now dispersed through -the province, but at no great distance, burning and destroying, -as their custom is, and who left this body behind them -only to secure their retreat across the river, returned all to -their colours, upon hearing the drums and trumpets of Kasmati -Buco, whom they did not know to be so near; and, as -soon as he came in sight, despising his small number, they -surrounded them on every side. Buco immediately saw that -he was a lost man; but, considering the multitude of the enemy, -and the unprepared state of the province, he thought -his own life and those of his followers could not be better -employed than by obstinately fighting to disable the enemy, -so as to put it out of their power to pursue the ruin of the -country further; throwing himself furiously into the thickest -of the Galla, he, at first onset, killed four of the most forward -of their leaders, and made himself a lane through the troops -opposing him; and he was now got without their circle, -when some of his officers seeing him, cried to him to make -the best of his way, as affairs were desperate, and not to add -by his death to the misfortunes of that day.</p> - -<p>Upon this he paused, as recollecting himself for a moment; -but, disdaining to survive the loss of his army, he -threw himself again among the Galla, where his men were -still fighting, carrying victory wherever he went. His horse -was at last wounded, and, being otherwise young and untrained, -became ungovernable. It was necessary to quit him, -when, drawing his sword, and leaping upon the ground, he -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_363">363</span> -continued the fight with the same degree of courage, till -the Galla, who did not dare to approach him near, killed -him by a number of javelins thrown at a distance.</p> - -<p>The news of the defeat and death of Buco reached Sela -Christos, then in march to join him; nor did the misfortune -that had already happened, nor the bad prospect of his own -situation, alter his resolution of attacking the enemy: But -he first wrote to the king his brother, telling him his situation, -and the probable consequences of doing his duty -as he had determined, laying all the blame upon the malice -of his enemies, who, to gratify their own private malice, -had left him without assistance, and occasioned misfortunes -so detrimental to the common-weal.</p> - -<p>Sela Christos passed this night upon a rising ground, -and in the morning early descended into the plain, with a -view of attacking the Galla, when, to his great surprise, that -barbarous people, content with the slaughter of Kasmati -Buco and his army, and not willing to risk a large quantity -of plunder with which their whole army was loaded, had -repassed the Nile, and returned home.</p> - -<p>Tecla Georgis was son-in-law to Socinios, and then governor -of Tigré, but at variance with his father-in-law upon -some quarrel with his wife. Determined on this account -to rebel, he associated with some noblemen of the first -rank and power in Tigré, particularly Guebra Mariam and -John Akayo, declaring to them, that he would no longer -suffer the Roman religion, but defend the ancient church -of Alexandria to the utmost of his power. And, to convince -all the Abyssinians of his sincerity, he tore off the figures of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_364">364</span> -crucifixes, and all church-ornaments and images of saints -that were in relief, and burned them publicly, to make -his reconciliation with the king impossible. He then called -before him Abba Jacob his Catholic chaplain, and, having -stripped him of his pontificals, killed him with his own -hand. There was no method he could devise of bringing -his quarrel sooner to an issue than this which he had adopted. -But he did not seem to have taken equal pains to provide -for his defence, as he had done to give provocation.</p> - -<p>Socinios, upon the first intelligence of this murder and -treason, ordered Keba Christos to march against him with the -troops that he had at hand. This general, equally a good -soldier, subject, and Catholic, being convinced of the necessity -of punishing speedily so monstrous a crime, passed by -forced marches through Siré to Axum, thence to Fremona; -and, having appointed Gaspar Paez to meet him there, he -confessed himself, and received the sacrament from that Jesuit’s -hands. From Fremona he continued with the same -speed, making three ordinary days marches in one, being -desirous of preventing the possibility of Tecla Georgis’s collecting -troops, and taking refuge on a mountain called -<i>Masba</i>, which he heard to be his design.</p> - -<p>It was the 12th of December 1628 that news were -brought him of the situation of the enemy; upon which -he ordered his baggage to be left behind, and every soldier -to carry two loaves, and to march without resting till he -came up with Tecla Georgis.</p> - -<p>In the morning of the day following, two horsemen, on -the scout before him, discovered five of the rebel soldiers -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_365">365</span> -upon the look-out likewise. These, upon seeing Keba Christos’s -horsemen, returned immediately to their master, -and told him that they had seen armed men, and conceived -them to be the soldiers of Keba Christos. To this intelligence -Tecla Georgis answered, That Keba Christos was -in the king’s palace at Dancaz the 15th of November, and -that it was impossible he then could be so near with an army, -if he had even wings to fly; but that the men they had -seen were probably reinforcements that he expected.</p> - -<p>Keba Christos, on the contrary, hearing that the enemy -was at hand, drew up his army in three divisions. The first -consisted of his own household, the second of a body of horse -of the king’s household, called <i>the Koccob Horse</i>, or <i>Star Cavalry</i>, -from a silver star which each of them wears on the front of -his helmet; and the third, of the people of Tigré who had -joined him. In this order he came in sight of his enemy -posted upon a small height, divided only from him by a -narrow plain. Tecla Georgis, convinced now that it was -Keba Christos, formed his army into two divisions; the one -composed of a body called <i>Tcheraguas</i>, the other of a body -called <i>Sultan ba Christos</i>; with these was a large corps of Galla -which had lately joined them.</p> - -<p>Keba Christos, now turning to his troops, briefly said, -“My children, I will not waste my time nor yours in discourse, -or in telling you what you are to do. You have all -arms in your hands; you are good Christians; and I can positively -assure you there is not before you one of your enemies -that is not also an enemy to Christ.” Then, placing -himself before the Koccob horse, he pulled off his helmet -and gave it to his servant, saying, “By my naked face you -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_366">366</span> -shall know me to-day, that I am not going in the midst of -you as general or commander, but foot for foot along with -you like a common soldier.”</p> - -<p>Upon having uncovered his head, he was quickly known -by Tecla Georgis, from whose troops a number of muskets -was fired at him. But this had so little effect upon this -gallant officer, that, changing his place, (which then was at -the head of the second division) he placed himself still nearer -the enemy in the front of his own household troops, -which were the first; and the Galla charging them in that -instant, he slew their leader with his own hand. Upon the -death of their commander, these barbarians immediately -fled, as is their custom, while Keba Christos endeavoured to -make his way to where Tecla Georgis was employed keeping -his troops from following so bad an example. But so -soon as that rebel saw his enemy approach him, he and his -whole army joined the Galla in their flight; tho’ he narrowly -escaped, by the swiftness of his horse, a light javelin, thrown -by Keba Christos, which struck him behind, but so feebly, -by reason of the distance, that it did not pierce his armour.</p> - -<p>The king’s troops pursued vigorously, and soon brought -to their general the mule, the sword, and helmet of Tecla -Georgis, with the heads of 300 slain in the battle, most of -them Gallas, and with them 12 heads of the most turbulent -rebellious monks of Tigré. With these they also brought -Adera, sister to Tecla Georgis, wounded in the throat, who -had instigated him very strongly to commit the violences -against the professors of the Catholic religion. Tafa, too, -his master of the household, was taken prisoner; and it -being made known to Keba Christos that this man had assisted -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_367">367</span> -at the murder of Abba Jacob, he ordered him directly -to be put to death.</p> - -<p>Tecla Georgis, aided by the strength of his horse and -knowledge of the country, escaped and concealed himself from -his pursuers for four days; but, on the Saturday that followed -the victory, he was found in a cavern with his great confidents, -Woldo Mariam, and a schismatic monk whose name -was Sebo Amlac. Tecla Georgis was carried alive to Keba -Christos, who sent him to the king, his two companions -being slain as soon as found, and their heads accompanied -their living master, which, on their arrival at Dancaz, the -king ordered to be hung upon a tree.</p> - -<p>Tecla Georgis being convicted of sacrilege as well as -murder, having burnt the crucifixes and images of the -saints, was condemned to be burnt alive, and a lime-kiln -was immediately prepared in which he was to suffer. Upon -hearing this, he desired a Catholic confessor, as wishing -to be reconciled to the church of Rome, and for this purpose -he sent a request to the patriarch, who was at three -leagues distance, and who dispatched Antonio Fernandes with -full powers to absolve from all manner of sins, and at the -same time gave him orders to intercede strongly with the -king to pardon the criminal. Tecla Georgis confessed publicly -at the door of the church, and abjured the errors of -the church of Alexandria.</p> - -<p>After this, the father Fernandes applied to the king, -pleading strongly for his pardon. To which the king answered, -“Many reasons there are why I should desire to -pardon Tecla Georgis. To say no more, he has been married -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_368">368</span> -to two of my daughters, and he has by them two sons, -both good soldiers and horsemen, who actually ride before -me, and accompany me in battle. I have therefore pardoned -him all the affronts and injuries he has done to me. -But, were I to take upon myself to pardon the affronts and -insults he has offered the Divine Majesty, I should turn the -punishment of his sins upon myself, my family, and kingdom; -and, therefore, I refuse your petition, and order you -to return forthwith to Gorgora.”</p> - -<p>After the departure of the father, in consideration that -Tecla Georgis had again embraced the Catholic religion, -the king altered his sentence of being burnt, into that of -being hanged privately in the house where he was then in -prison; and, for that purpose, the executioner had brought -with him the cord with which Tecla had ordered the feet of -Abba Jacob to be tied. No sooner did he perceive that there -were no hopes of pardon, by their beginning to tie his -hands, than he again, with a loud voice, renounced his -confession, declaring that he died an Alexandrian, and that -there was but one nature in Christ. The executioner endeavoured -to stop his further blasphemies, by drawing him -up on the beam in the room; but he resisted so strongly, -that there was time to inform Socinios of his abjuration: -upon which the king ordered that he should be hanged publicly -upon a pine-tree; and he was accordingly taken -down, half-strangled, from the beam in the house, and hung -upon the tree before the palace.</p> - -<p>Adera, his sister, was next examined; and it being clearly -proved that she had been a very active agent in the murder -of Abba Jacob, she likewise was condemned to be hanged -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_369">369</span> -upon the same tree with her brother, fifteen days afterwards.</p> - -<p>All that interval, the queen and ladies at court employed -their utmost interest with the king to pardon Adera, for -they looked upon it as a disgraceful thing, both to their sex -and quality, that a woman of her family should be thus -publicly executed. All the ladies of the court having joined, -therefore, in a public petition to the king while on his -throne, he is said to have answered them by the following -short parable:—</p> - -<p>“There was once an old woman, who being told of the -death of an infant, said, with great indifference, Children -are but tender; it is no wonder that they die, for any -thing will kill a child. Being told of a youth dying, she -observed, Young people are forward and rash; they are always -in the way of some disaster; no wonder they die; it is -impossible it should be otherwise. But being told an old -woman was dead, she began to tear her hair, and lament, -crying, Now the world is at an end if old women begin -to die, fearing that her turn might be the next. In this manner -all of you have seen Tecla Georgis die, and also several -of his companions, and you have not said a word. But -now it is come to the hanging of one woman, you are all -alarmed, and the world is at an end. Do not then deceive -yourselves, but be assured that the same cord which tied -the feet of Abba Jacob, still remains sufficient to hang that -sow Adera, and all those that shall be so wicked as to behave -like her, to the disgrace of your sex, and their own -rank and quality.” -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_370">370</span></p> - -<p>The effects of these ostentatious acts of reformation soon -produced consequences which troubled their joy. The Agows -of Lasta, called Tcheratz Agow, who live at the head -of the Tacazzé, rebelled. The country they occupy is not -extensive, but exceedingly populous, and was supposed at -that time to be able to bring into the field above 50,000 -fighting men, besides leaving behind a sufficient number to -defend the passes and strong-holds of their country, which -are by much the most difficult and inaccessible of any in -Abyssinia. They are divided into five clans, Waag, Tettera, -Dehaanah, Gouliou, and Louta, each having an independent -chief. They are exceedingly warlike; and, though the country -be so rude and rocky, they have a considerable number -of good horses; and are in general reckoned among the -bravest and most barbarous soldiers in Abyssinia. Their -province abounds with all sorts of provisions, and they rarely -can be forced to pay any thing to government in the -name of tax, or tribute.</p> - -<p>Tecla Georgis was now dead, but the cause of the rebellion -still subsisted. While governor of Begemder, he had -connived at many abuses of his officers who occupied the -posts nearest to Lasta. These being young men, from wantonness -only, without provocation, had made many different -inroads, driving away cattle, and committing many other excesses. -The Agows carried their complaints to the governor, -who, far from hearing or redressing their wrongs, justified -the conduct of his officers, by making inroads himself immediately -after; but coming to an action in person with that -people, he was shamefully beat, and a great part of his -army left dead upon the field. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_371">371</span></p> - -<p>This misfortune very much affected Socinios. Nor did -the Agows themselves doubt, but that a speedy chastisement -was to follow this victory over Tecla Georgis.</p> - -<p>There was a youth descended of the royal family, who, -to preserve the freedom of his person, lived among the Galla, -in expectation of better times. His name was Melca -Christos. To him the Agows applied, that, with this prince -of the house of Solomon at their head, they might wipe off -the odium of being reputed rebels, and appear as fighting -under a lawful sovereign for reformation of abuses. The -renunciation of the Alexandrian faith, forcibly obtruded upon -them by Socinios, served as cause of complaint. The -Roman Catholic writers in the history of this mission, say -this was but a pretext, in which I conceive they are right. -I have lived among the Agows of Lasta, and in intimacy -with many of them, who are not, to this day, so anxious -about Christianity as to ascend one of their hills for the difference -between that and Paganism; and I am satisfied, for -these 300 years last past there has been scarcely a common -layman in Lasta that has known the distinction between the -Alexandrian and the Roman church.</p> - -<p>In the beginning of February 1629 the king marched from -Dancaz towards Gojam, where he collected an army of -30,000 men, which, with the baggage, servants, and attendants, -at that time very great and numerous, amounted to -above 80,000 men.</p> - -<p>Socinios detached a number of small parties to enter -Lasta at different places. On the other hand, Melca Christos -assembled his troops on the most inaccessible rocks; whence, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_372">372</span> -when he spied occasion, he came suddenly down and surprised -the enemy below. Among all the rude, high, and -tremendous mountains of which this country consists, -there is one especially, called by the name of <i>Lasta</i>. It is in -the territory of Waag, strongly surrounded with inaccessible -precipices, having a large plain on the top, abounding with -every thing necessary, and watered by a fine stream that -never fails.</p> - -<p>The manner in which the Agows remained secure in -this strong post was misconstrued into fear by the king’s army, -which, in two divisions, advanced to the attack of the -mountain. That on the right had with some difficulty -scrambled up without opposition; but, being now arrived to -the steep part of the rock, such a number of large stones -was rolled down upon them from above, that this division -of the army was entirely destroyed. The number of stones -on the brink of the precipices was inexhaustible; and, once -put in motion, pursued the scattered troops with unavoidable -speed, even down to the plains below. Among the slain was -Guebra Christos, the king’s son-in-law, dashed to pieces by -the fragment of a rock. The left division was upon the -point of suffering the same misfortune, had not Keba Christos -come to their relief and drawn them off, just before the -enemy had begun to discharge this irresistible artillery against -them.</p> - -<p>The king, thus shamefully beaten, retired to Dancaz, leaving -the entrances from Lasta strongly defended, lest these -mountaineers should, by way of retaliation, fall upon the -province of Begemder. But the late ill-fortune had dispirited -the troops, and caused an indifference about duty, a -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_373">373</span> -want of obedience, and a relaxation in discipline in the -whole army. Each of the detachments, therefore, one after -the other, left their post from different excuses, and returned -home. The bad consequence of this was now experienced. -The Agows entered Begemder spreading desolation everywhere. -Melca Christos, no longer sculking among the rocks -of Lasta, planted his standard upon the plain, within five -days march of the capital where the king was residing.</p> - -<p>The jealousies that had arisen between Socinios and his -brother-in-law Sela Christos, had been so much aggravated -since the oath administered by the patriarch, that the king -had again deprived him of Gojam, suffering him to live in -obscurity in Damot, and among the Agows, occupied, as -the Jesuits say, in the conversion of that Pagan people, by -destroying their idols, which they represent to be a species -of cane or bamboo<a id="FNanchor_61" href="#Footnote_61" class="fnanchor">61</a>, and in forbidding the ceremonies of -adoration and devotion, which at stated times they paid to -the river.</p> - -<p>No remedy could be proposed, but the presence of Sela -Christos, who, upon the first warning, joined the king, and -coming suddenly upon the army of Lasta occupied in laying -waste the low country of Begemder, gave them such an -overthrow that sufficiently compensated the first loss of the -king, and forced them again to take refuge among their -strong-holds in Lasta. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_374">374</span></p> - -<p>A misfortune of another kind followed this victory: -Laeca Mariam, a near relation to the king, was appointed -governor of Begemder; but no sooner did he see himself -vested with that government, than he meditated shaking off -his allegiance to Socinios.</p> - -<p>The king, after his last battle with the Agows, had named -his son Facilidas commander in chief of his forces; and, -to secure him a powerful and able assistant, he had first -restored Sela Christos to his government of Gojam, then -sent him with an army to join Facilidas, and command under -him.</p> - -<p>The success was answerable to the prudence of the measure; -for, immediately upon their arrival, they obliged Laeca -Mariam to seek for refuge in the mountains of Amhara, -and, without giving him time to recollect himself there, -forced their way to the mountain to which he had retired, -and from which he and his followers had no way to escape, -but by venturing down a steep precipice; in attempting -this, Laeca Mariam fell, and was dashed to pieces, as were -many others of his followers; the rest were slain by the -army that pursued them.</p> - -<p>At this time, Facilidas began to attract the eyes of the -nation in general. Besides personal bravery, he had shewn -great military talents in the former campaign of Lasta. -Though young, he was in capacity and resolution equal to -his father, but less warm, more reserved in his temper and -discourse. He was thought to be an enemy to the Catholic -religion, because he did not promote it, and neither exceeded -nor fell short of what his father commanded him. Yet, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_375">375</span> -he lived with the Jesuits on such an even footing, that they -confess they did not know whether he was their friend or -enemy: he kept one of their number, called Father Angelis, -constantly in his household, where he was much favoured, -and constantly in his presence. He was thought -to be an enemy to Sela Christos, though he never had -shewn it.</p> - -<p>Facilidas received a flattering message from Urban VIII. -but did not answer it; nor does it appear his father ever -desired him; for, through the whole course of the life of Socinios, -as his enemies are forced to confess, he paid to his -father’s will, the most passive obedience in every thing. -The tyranny, however, of church-government began to appear -unmasked; and it is probable that the king, though -resolved to die a Roman Catholic from principles of conscience, -was indifferent about forging for his son the chains -he had himself worn with pain.</p> - -<p>However this may be, the last step of placing Facilidas -at the head of the army was construed as another stroke of -humiliation to the Catholics, especially as it was followed -with the removal of Keba Christos (the support of that religion) -from court, where he had been appointed Billetana -Gueta. It is true he was removed by what, in other times, -would have been called preferment; but things had now -changed their qualities, and places were not estimated, as -formerly, by the consequence they gave in the empire, but -by the opportunities they afforded of constant access to the -king, and occasion of joining in councils with him, and defeating -those of their enemies. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_376">376</span></p> - -<p>Keba Christos being sent governor to Tigré, was to enter -Lasta from that quarter on the N. E. He is said to have -received his appointment with a great degree of concern, and -to have told his friends, that he foresaw he never was to return -from that expedition, which he did not regret, because -he was convinced, by living much longer, it would be made -his duty to assist at the fall of the Catholic religion.</p> - -<p>After having performed his devotions at Fremona, this -general advanced through Gouliou, a territory mostly inhabited -by Galla, and destitute of any sort of provisions; after -which he took possession of the mountains of Lasta, with -a view to cover the march of the young prince Facilidas, -whom he every day expected. But that prince not appearing -in time, and provisions becoming scarce, no measure remained -but making his retreat to Tigré; and, although he -formed the best disposition for that purpose, the people of -Lasta observing his intention in time, on his first movement -attacked his rear-guard while he was descending the mountain, -and put it to flight; being thereby masters of the -higher ground, they had the command of the cowardly -soldiers below them, who could not insure their destruction -more certainly than by the indecent manner in which -they were flying.</p> - -<p>Keba Christos, deserted by all except a few servants, -continued courageously fighting; and, although it was very -possible for him to have escaped, he disdained to survive -the loss of his army. Receiving at that time a wound from -a javelin, which passed through his belly, and judging the -stroke to be mortal, he gave up all further resistance, fell -upon his knees to prayer, and was again wounded by a -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_377">377</span> -stone, which struck him to the ground. Two of the mountaineers -immediately came up to him, one of whom -did not know him, and contented himself with stripping -the body; but the other remembering his face, cut his -head off, and carried it to the rebel Melca Christos.</p> - -<p>The misfortune was followed by another in Gojam, great -to the nation in general, and greater still to the Catholic -cause in particular. At the time that Sela Christos was in -Begemder with prince Facilidas, the Galla from Bizamo, -supposing the province of Damot without defence, passed the -Nile, laying the whole province waste before them. Fecur -Egzie, lieutenant-general under Sela Christos, although he -had with him only a small number of troops, did not hesitate -to march against those savages, to endeavour, if possible, -to stop their ravages. The Galla, surprised at this, thought -it was Sela Christos, and fled before him. He had now pursued -them almost alone, and lighted in a low meadow to -give grass to his horse, when he was surrounded and slain -by a number of the enemy that lay hid among the bushes, -and discovered how ill he was attended.</p> - -<p>He was reputed a man of the best understanding, and the -most liberal sentiments of any in Ethiopia; a great orator, excelling -both in the gracefulness of manner and copiousness -and purity of his language. He was among the first that -embraced the Catholic religion, even before the king or Sela -Christos, and was the principal promoter of the translations -of the Portuguese books into Ethiopic, assisted by the Jesuit -Antonio de Angelis. We have seen, in the year 1613, the -great efforts he made in the embassy to India by the coast of -Melinda. He was an excellent horseman, but more violent -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_378">378</span> -and rash in battle than could have been expelled from a -man of such mild manners.</p> - -<p>There happened at this time another novelty. The king -brought the patriarch from Gorgora to Dancaz this year, at -Easter, to hear that feast celebrated, with the Ethiopic service -amended, of which we have already spoken abundantly. -This countenance, so unnecessarily given to an innovation -that produced every day such very bad effects to the Catholic -interest, joined to many other circumstances, seemed clearly -to indicate a change in that prince’s mind.</p> - -<p>The patriarch having made but a short stay at Dancaz, -it was currently reported a disagreement had happened, -and that the king had sent him prisoner to Gorgora; and -this false report affected greatly the weight the Catholics were -supposed before to have had at court. But the transaction -that followed was of a nature to promise much more consequences.</p> - -<p>Socinios had a daughter called <i>Ozoro Wengelawit</i>, which -means the Evangelical, a name she certainly deserved not -from her manners. This lady was first married to Bela Christos, -a man of rank at court, from whom she had been divorced. -She was next married to another, and then (her two -former husbands being still alive) to Tecla Georgis, who had -before married her sister, another of the king’s daughters. -During this marriage she had openly lived in adultery with -Za Christos, who had been married to her sister, a third daughter -of the king. Za Christos had been happy enough in -preserving this lady’s esteem longer than any other of her -husbands, and nothing would content her now but a marriage -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_379">379</span> -with her lover solemnly and publicly. For which -purpose she applied to the patriarch to dispense with the -affinity between her and Za Christos, arising from his having -been married before to her sister.</p> - -<p>It is not to be supposed that the patriarch would have -resisted, if nothing had stood in the way except the affinity: -but weighty impediments presented themselves besides; for -either the first marriage was valid, or it was not. If it was -valid, then Wengelawit could not marry Za Christos or any -one else, because her husband was alive; nor could she marry -her second, nor Tecla Georgis, her third. If the first marriage -was not valid, then the second was, which husband -was still alive; and, in this case, a licence to marry was giving -her liberty of having three husbands at one time. The -patriarch, for these reasons, refused his authority to this -manifold adultery and incest; nor could he, notwithstanding -the intercession of the whole court, ever be brought to -comply. His firmness (however commendable) greatly increased -the hatred to his person, and aversion to the church -of Rome.</p> - -<p>One day when the king was sitting in his apartment, -a monk entered the room, crying with a loud voice, “Hear -the ambassador of God and of the Virgin Mary!” The king, -upon first sight of the man, expecting some improper liberty -might be taken, ordered his attendants to turn him out at -the door, and, being removed from his presence, to bring -word what he had to say, which was to this effect: “It is -three days since I rose from the dead. One day when I was -standing in paradise, God called me, and sent me with this -message to you:—O emperor! says God, it is now many years -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_380">380</span> -that I hoped you would amend of the great sin, the having -forsaken the faith of your ancestors. All this time the -Virgin Mary was kneeling before her blessed Son, beseeching -him to pardon you; and, upon the whole, it was agreed, -that, unless you repent in a fortnight’s time, you should be -punished in such a manner that you will not forget it presently.”</p> - -<p>Socinios desired them to ask the man, “How it was possible -that, having so lately left the grave, his body should -have so little of the emaciated appearance of one long buried, -and be now in such good case, fat and fair?” To this -he answered, “That, in paradise, he thanked God there was -abundance of every thing; and people were very well used -there, for he had lived upon good bread, and plenty of good -wine, biskets, and sweetmeats.” To which Socinios answered, -“Tell him, after the pains he had taken, it would be -wrong in me to keep him long from so good a place as this -his paradise. Let him go and acquaint the person who sent -him, I shall live and die in the Roman Catholic faith; and, -in order that he may deliver the message quickly in the -other world, speed him instantly out of this, by hanging -him upon the tree before the palace-gate.”</p> - -<p>The love of the wine, sweetmeats, and other celestial food, -seemed to have forsaken the ambassador. Upon hearing this -message he recanted, and was pardoned at the joint petition -of those of the court that were present, who concurred with -the monk in thinking, that the message of the emperor was -an indecent one, and ought not to be delivered; that having -been in paradise once, was as much as fell to the lot -of any one man, and that he should therefore remain upon -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_381">381</span> -earth. The intended catastrophe, then, of this singular ambassador -was remitted; but the truth of his mission was believed -by the populace, and raised great scruples in every -weak mind.</p> - -<p>The many misfortunes that had lately befallen the troops -of the king were accounted as so much increase of power -to the rebel Melca Christos, who, encouraged by the correspondence -he held with the chiefs of the Alexandrian religion, -began now to take upon him the state and office of a -king. His first essay was to send, as governor to the province -of Tigré, a son of that great rebel Za Selassé, whose manifold -treasons, we have already seen, occasioned the death of two -kings, Za Denghel and Jacob.</p> - -<p>Asca Georgis was then governor of Tigré for Socinios, -a man of merit and valour, but poor, and though related to -the king himself, had very few soldiers to be depended on, -excepting his own servants, and two bodies of troops which -the king had sent him to maintain his authority, and to keep -his province in order.</p> - -<p>The new governor, sent by the rebel Melca Christos, had -with him a considerable army; and, knowing the weakness -of Asca Georgis, he paraded through the province in the -utmost security.</p> - -<p>One Saturday which, in defiance of the king’s edict, he -was to solemnize as a festival equal to Sunday, he had resolved -on a party of pleasure in a valley, where, much at -his ease, he was preparing an entertainment for his troops -and friends, and such of the province as came to offer their -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_382">382</span> -obedience. Intelligence of this party came to three Shum’s, -commanders of small districts, two of them sons-in-law of -the king, the third a very loyal subject. These three sent to -Asca Georgis, to propose that, at a stated time, they should, -each with his own men, fall separately upon the son of Za -Selassé, and interrupt his entertainment.</p> - -<p>This was executed with great order and punctuality. In -the height of the festival, the rebels were surrounded by an -unexpected enemy. To think of fighting was too late, nor -was there time for flight. The greatest part of the army -was cut to pieces with little resistance. The new governor -saved himself among the rest by the goodness of his horse, -leaving Billetana Gueta, or chief master of the household -of the rebel Melca Christos, dead upon the spot, with about -4000 of his men. Among the plunder were taken 32 kettle-drums, -which alone were evidence sufficient of the -greatness of the slaughter.</p> - -<p>Although the happy turn Socinios’s affairs had taken -had given him leisure to pass this winter at home, and in -greater quiet than he had done in former ones, yet the calm -which it had produced was of very short duration. The people -of Lasta, perceiving some of the prince’s army busy in destroying -their harvest when almost ripe, came down suddenly -upon them from the mountain, and put them to flight -with very great slaughter. The blame of this was laid upon -Sela Christos, who might have prevented the calamity; -and this accusation, with many others, were brought against -him to the king by Lesana Christos. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_383">383</span></p> - -<p>This man had been condemned to die for an offence, -some time before, by Ras Sela Christos; but having fled to -the king, who heard his cause, the sentence was reversed. -Some time after this he fell into the hands of the Ras, -who put him to death upon his former sentence, without -regarding the late pardon of the king. This violent act -became the foundation upon which his enemies built many -accusations, mostly void of truth.</p> - -<p>The king upon this took from him the government of -Gojam, and gave it to a young nobleman whose name was -Serca Christos, supposed to be a friend and dependent upon -the prince Facilidas. Serca Christos was no sooner arrived -in his government than he resolved to rebel, and privately -solicited the young prince Facilidas to take up -arms and make a common cause against the king his father, -in favour of the Alexandrian church. At the time -that the young man departed to his government, Socinios -had earnestly recommended to him, and he had most solemnly -promised, to protect the Catholic religion in his province, -and seemingly for this purpose he had taken with -him a Jesuit named Francisco de Carvalho.</p> - -<p>Another affair which the king particularly charged him -with was, the care of a caravan which once a-year came -from Narea. This, besides many other valuable articles for -the merchant, brought 1000 wakeas of gold as tribute to -the king, equal to about 10,000 dollars, or crowns of our money: -its whole way was through barbarous and lawless nations -of Galla till they arrived at the Nile; then through -Gafats and Gongas, immediately after having passed it. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_384">384</span></p> - -<p>Serca Christos, in his march, was come to a settlement -of those last-mentioned savages, where Gafats, Agows, and -Damots, all in peace, pastured immense flocks of cattle together. -There are no where, I believe, in the world, cattle -so beautiful as those of the Gafats, nor in such numbers. -Large plains, for many days journey, are filled so full of -these that they appear as one market.</p> - -<p>Serca Christos halted here to give grass to his horses; -and, while this was doing, it entered into his young head, -that making prize of the cattle was of much greater consequence -than protecting the caravan of Narea. Assembling -then his cavalry, he fell upon the poor Gafats and Damots, -who feared no harm; and, having soon put them all -to flight, he drove off their cattle in such numbers, that, at -Dancaz, it was said, above 100,000 had reached that market.</p> - -<p>The king, much shocked at this violent robbery, ordered -Serca Christos to give up the cattle, and surrender himself -as prisoner. This message of the king he answered in -terms of duty and obedience; but, in the mean time, went -to the prince, and proposed to him to declare himself king -and champion of the church of Alexandria. Facilidas received -him with sharp reproofs, and he returned home much -discontented. However, as he had now declared himself, -he resolved to put the best face upon the matter; and, in -order to make it generally believed that the prince and he -understood each other, he sent him publicly word, “I have -done what your highness ordered me; come and take possession -of your kingdom.” Upon which the prince ordered -his messenger to be put in irons, and sent to Dancaz to the -king his father. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_385">385</span></p> - -<p>After this, Serca Christos ordered proclamation to be -made that prince Facilidas was king, at the palace of the -governor of Gojam, which Sela Christos had built near -the convent of Collela. As one article of it was the abolishing -the Roman faith, the fathers ran precipitately into -the convent, and shut the doors upon themselves, fearing -they should be insulted by the army of schismatics: but a -number of the Portuguese, who lived in the neighbourhood, -being brought into the church with them, and there having -been loop-holes made in the walls, and abundance of -fire-arms left there in deposit by Sela Christos, the rebel governor -did not choose to attempt any thing against them at -that time. On the contrary, he sent them word that he -was in his heart a Roman Catholic, and only, for the present, -obliged to dissemble; but he would protect them to -the utmost, desiring them to send him the fire-arms left -there by Sela Christos, which they absolutely refused to do.</p> - -<p>Serca Christos, apprehending that his army (if not acting -under some chief of the royal family) would forsake -him on the first appearance of the prince, had recourse to a -child of the blood-royal, then living in obscurity among his -female relations, and this infant he made king, in hopes, -if he succeeded, to govern during his minority. There were -many who expected the prince would reconcile him to the -king, especially as he had yet preserved a shadow of respect -for the Jesuits, and this he imagined was one cause why -the schismatics had not joined him in the numbers necessary. -In order to shew them that he designed no reconciliation -with the king, and to make such agreement impossible, -he adopted the same sacrilegious example that had so -ill succeeded with Tecla Georgis. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_386">386</span></p> - -<p>Za Selasse, a priest of Selalo, had been heard to say, -when Serca Christos was appointed to the government of -Gojam, “There is an end of the Catholic faith in this province.” -Being now called before the governor, he was forbid -to say mass according to the forms of the church of -Rome. This the priest submitted to; but, being ordered to -deny the two natures in Christ, he declared this was a point -of faith which he would never give up, but always confess -Christ was perfect God and perfect man. Upon this Serca -Christos ordered him to be slain; and he was accordingly -thrust through with many lances, repeating these words, -God and man! God and man! till his last breath.</p> - -<p>Serca Christos had now drawn the sword, and thrown -away the scabbard. Upon receiving the news, the king -ordered the prince, who waited but his command, to march -against him. The murder of Za Selassé had procured an -accession of fanatics and monks, but very few soldiers; so -that as soon as he heard with what diligence the prince was -advancing, he left his whole baggage, and fled into those -high and craggy mountains that form the banks of the Nile -in Damot.</p> - -<p>The prince pressed closely upon him, notwithstanding -the difficulty of the ground; so that no safety remained for -him but to pass the Nile into the country of the Galla, where -he thought himself in safety. In this, however, he was -mistaken. He had to do with a general of the most active -kind, in the person of Facilidas, who crossed the Nile after -him, and, the third day, forced him to a battle on such -ground as the prince had chosen, who was likewise much -his superior in number of troops. But there was no longer -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_387">387</span> -any remedy; Serca Christos made the best that he could of -this necessity, and fought with great obstinacy, till his men -being for the most part slain, he was forced, with the few -that remained, to take refuge on a high hill, whence the -prince obliged him to deliver himself up to his mercy without -condition.</p> - -<p>Facilidas immediately dispatched news of his victory to -court, and fifteen days after, he followed himself, bringing -Serca Christos, with six of his principal officers and counsellors, -loaded with heavy chains. Being interrogated by the -judges, What he had to answer for his treasons? the prisoner -denied that he had any occasion to answer, because he had -already received pardon from the prince. This excuse was -not admitted, the prince having disowned it absolutely. Upon -which he was sentenced to death; and, though he appealed -to the king, his sentence was confirmed.</p> - -<p>It was too late to execute the sentence that night, -but next morning the seven prisoners were put to death. -One of the principal servants of Serca Christos being asked -to confess and turn Catholic, abandoned himself to great -rage, uttering many curses and blasphemies against the -king, who, therefore, ordered him to be fastened upon a -hook of iron, where he continued his curses till at last he -was slain by lances.</p> - -<p>Serca Christos, cousin to Socinios, was treated with more -respect. He, with seeming candour, declared, that he would -die a Catholic; and the king, very desirous of this, gave orders -to Diego de Mattos, a priest, to attend him constantly -in prison. After which, one night he sent five of his confidential -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_388">388</span> -servants, who killed him privately, to prevent his recantation.</p> - -<p>Socinios had again taken Gojam from Sela Christos; -which last disgrace so affected him, that he desired to retire -and live as a private man in that province.</p> - -<p>The king, having now no other enemy, all his attention -was employed in preparing for a campaign against Melca -Christos of Lasta. But, as he found his army full of disaffection, -it was proposed to him, before he took the field, to content -them so far as to indulge the Alexandrians in some -rites of the old church; and a proclamation was accordingly -made by the king, “That those who chose to observe -the Wednesday as a fast, instead of Saturday, might do it;” -and some other such indulgences as these were granted, -which were understood to affect the faith.</p> - -<p>As soon as this came to the ears of the patriarch, he -wrote a very sharp letter to the king, reproving him for the -proclamation that he had made; adding, that it was an encroachment -upon the office of the priesthood, that he, a -layman, should take upon him to direct in matters merely -ecclesiastical. He warned the king, moreover, that God -would call him to the very strictest account for this presumption, -and reminded him of the words of Azarias the chief -priest to king Uzziah, and of the punishment of leprosy that -followed the king’s encroachment on the ecclesiastical function; -and insisted upon Socinios contradicting his proclamation -by another. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_389">389</span></p> - -<p>Socinios so far complied, that the alteration made by the -last proclamation was confined to three articles. First, that -no liturgy, unless amended by the patriarch, was to be used -in divine service. Secondly, that all feasts, excepting Easter -and those that depended upon it, should be kept according -to the ancient computation of time. And, thirdly, that, -whoever chose, might fast on Wednesday, rather than on the -Saturday.</p> - -<p>At the same time, the king expressed himself as greatly -offended at the freedom of the application of the story of -Azarias and Uzziah to him. He told the patriarch plainly, -that it was not by his sermons, nor those of the fathers, nor -by the miracles they wrought, nor by the desire of the people, -but by his edicts alone, that the Roman religion was introduced -into Ethiopia; and, therefore, that the patriarch -had not the least reason to complain of any thing being altered -by the authority that first established it. But, from -this time, it plainly appears, that Socinios began to entertain -ideas, at least of the church discipline and government, very -opposite to those he had when he first embraced the Romish -religion.</p> - -<p>The king now set out in his campaign for Lasta with a -large army, which he commanded himself, and under him -his son, the prince Facilidas. Upon entering the mountain, -he divided his army into three divisions. The first commanded -by the prince, and under him Za Mariam Adebo -his master of the household, was ordered to attack, scale, and -lodge themselves on the highest part of the mountain. The -second he gave to Guebra Christos, governor of Begemder; -and in this he placed the regiment, or body of troops, called -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_390">390</span> -Inaches, veteran soldiers of Sela Christos, and a small, but -brave body of troops containing the sons of Portuguese: -These he directed to occupy the valleys and low ground. In -the center the king commanded in person.</p> - -<p>The rebel chief and his mountaineers remained in a -state of security; for they neither thought to be so speedily -attacked, nor that Socinios could have raised so large -an army. They abandoned, therefore, the lower ground, -and all took posts upon the heights. The prince advanced -to the first entrance, and ordered Damo, his Billetana -Gueta, to force it with four companies of good soldiers, -who ascended the mountain with great perseverance; and, -notwithstanding the obstinate defence of the rebels, made -themselves master of that post, having killed two of the -bravest officers Melca Christos had, the one named Billene, -the other Tecla Mariam, sirnamed <i>defender of the faith</i>, -because he was the first that brought Galla to the assistance -of Melca Christos.</p> - -<p>There were likewise slain, at the same time, four priests -and five monks, after a desperate resistance; one of whom, -calling the king’s troops Moors, forbade them to approach -for fear of defiling him, and then, with a book in his -hand, threw himself over the rock, and was dashed to pieces -in the plain below. Here the prince met with an enemy -he did not expect: The cold was so excessive, that above -fifty persons were frozen to death.</p> - -<p>The top of the mountain, which was the second entry into -Lasta, was occupied by a still larger body of rebels, and, -therefore, necessary to be immediately stormed, else those -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_391">391</span> -below were in imminent danger of being dashed to pieces -by the large stones rolled down upon them. The prince -divided his army into two parties, exhorting them, without -loss of time, to attack that post; but the rebels, seeing the -good countenance with which they ascended, forsook their -station and fled; so that this second mountain was gained -with much less loss and difficulty than the first.</p> - -<p>Behind this, and higher than all the rest, appeared the -third, which struck the assailants at first with terror and -despair. This was carried with still less loss on the part of -the prince, because he was assisted by the Inaches and Portuguese, -who cut off the communication below, and hindered -one mountain from succouring the other. Here they -found great store of arms, offensive and defensive; coats of -mail, mules, and kettle drums; and they penetrated to the -head-quarters of Melca Christos, which was a small mountain, -but very strong in situation, where a Portuguese captain -seized the seat which served as a throne to the rebel; and, -had not they lost time by falling to plunder, they would have -taken Melca Christos himself, who with difficulty escaped, -accompanied by ten horse.</p> - -<p>To this last mountain Socinios repaired with the prince, -and they were joined by the governors of Amhara and -Tigré, who had forced their way in from the opposite -side.</p> - -<p>Hitherto all had gone well with the king; but when he -had detached Guebra Christos, governor of Begemder, with -the Inaches and Portuguese, who were at some distance, to destroy -the crop, the mountaineers, again assembled on a high -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_392">392</span> -hill above them, saw their opportunity, and fell suddenly -upon the spoilers, and cut all the soldiers of Begemder to -pieces. A considerable part of the Inaches fell also; but -the rest, joining themselves with the Portuguese in one -body, made good their retreat to the head-quarters.</p> - -<p>The destruction of the corn everywhere around them, -and the impossibility of bringing provisions there, as they -were situated in the midst of their enemies, obliged the -king to think of returning before the rebels should collect -themselves, and cut off his retreat. And it was with great -difficulty, and still greater loss, he accomplished this, and -retired to Dancaz, abandoning Lasta as soon as he had subdued -it, but leaving Begemder almost a prey to the rebels -whom he had conquered in Lasta.</p> - -<p>Socinios being now determined upon another campaign -against Lasta, and for the relief of Begemder, ordered his -troops to hold themselves in readiness to march as soon as -the weather should permit. But an universal discontent had -seized the whole army. They saw no end to this war, nor -any repose from its victories obtained with great bloodshed, -without spoil, riches, or reward; no territory acquired to -the king, nor nation subdued; but the time, when they were -not actually in the field, filled up with executions and the -constant effusion of civil blood, that seemed to be more horrid -than war itself. They, therefore, positively refused to -march against Lasta; and the prince was deputed by them -to inform the king, that they did not say the Roman faith -was a bad one, as they did not understand it, nor desire to -be instructed; that this was an affair which entirely regarded -themselves, and no one would pretend to say there was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_393">393</span> -any merit in professing a religion they did not understand -or believe: that they were ready, however, to march and lay -down their lives for the king and common-weal, provided -he restored them their ancient religion, without which they -would have no concern in the quarrel, nor even wish to be -conquerors. Whether the king was really in the secret or -not, I shall not say; but it is expressly mentioned in the annals -of his reign, that Socinios did promise by his son to -the army, that he would restore the Alexandrian faith if he -should return victorious over Lasta; and the sudden manner -in which he executed this must convince every other -person that it was so.</p> - -<p>The army now marched from Dancaz, upon intelligence -arriving that the rebels had left their strong-holds in Lasta, -and were in their way to the capital to give the king battle -there. It was the 26th of July 1631 the king discovered, by -his scouts, that the rebel Melca Christos was at hand, having -with him an army of about 25,000 men. Upon this intelligence -he ordered his troops to halt, and hear mass from -Diego de Mattos; and, having chosen his ground, he halted -again at mid-day, and confessed, according to the rite of the -church of Rome, and then formed his troops in order of -battle.</p> - -<p>It was not long till the enemy came in sight, but without -shewing that alacrity and desire of engaging they used to do -when in their native mountains. The king, at the head of -the cavalry, fell so suddenly and so violently upon them, -that he broke through the van-guard commanded by Melca -Christos, and put them to flight before his foot could come -up. The rest of the army followed the example of the leader, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_394">394</span> -and the enemy were everywhere trodden down and destroyed -by the victorious horse, till night put an end to the -pursuit.</p> - -<p>Melca Christos, in the beginning of the engagement, -saved himself by the swiftness of his horse; but 8000 of the -mountaineers were slain upon the spot, among whom was -Bicané, general to Melca Christos, an excellent officer both -for council and the field, and several other considerable -persons, as well inhabitants of Lasta as others, who had taken -that side from dislike to the king and his measures.</p> - -<p>Next morning the king went out with his son to see the -field of battle, where the prince Facilidas is said to have -spoke to this effect in name of the army: “These men, -whom you see slaughtered on the ground, were neither Pagans -nor Mahometans at whose death we should rejoice—they -were Christians, lately your subjects and your countrymen, -some of them your relations. This is not victory -which is gained over ourselves. In killing these you drive -the sword into your own entrails. How many men have -you slaughtered? How many more have you to kill? We are -become a proverb even among the Pagans and Moors for -carrying on this war, and for apostatizing, as they say, from -the faith of our ancestors.”—The king heard this speech -without reply, and returned manifestly disconsolate to Dancaz; -though many times before he had feasted and triumphed -for the gaining of a lesser victory.</p> - -<p>After his arrival at Dancaz, he had a conference with -the patriarch Alphonso Mendes, who, in a long speech, upbraided -him with having deserted the Catholic faith at the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_395">395</span> -time when the victory obtained by their prayers gave him -an opportunity of establishing it. The king answered, with -seeming indifference, that he had done every thing for the -Catholic faith in his power; that he had shed the blood of -thousands, and as much more was to be shed; and still he -was uncertain if it would produce any effect; but that he -should think of it, and send him his resolutions to-morrow.</p> - -<p>The next day Socinios made a declaration by Za Mariam -to the patriarch, to this purport: “When we embraced the -faith of Rome, we laboured for it with great diligence, but -the people shewed no affection for it. Julius rebelled out -of hatred against Sela Christos, under pretence of being defender -of the ancient faith, and was slain, together with -many of his followers. Gabriel did the same. Tecla Georgis, -likewise, made a league to die for the Alexandrian faith, -which he did, and many people with him. The same did -Serca Christos the preceding year; and those peasants of -Lasta fight for the same cause at this day. The faith of -Rome is not a bad one; but the men of this country do not -understand it. Let those that like it remain in that faith, in -the same way as the Portuguese did in the time of Atzenaf -Segued; let them eat and drink together, and let them marry -the daughters of Abyssinians. As for those that are not -inclined to the Roman faith, let them follow their ancient -one as received from the church of Alexandria.”</p> - -<p>Upon this declaration, delivered by Za Mariam, the patriarch -inquired if it came from the king. Being answered -that it did; after a little pause, he returned this answer by -Emanuel Almeyda, “That the patriarch understood that -both religions should be permitted in the kingdom, and that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_396">396</span> -the Alexandrians were to have every indulgence that could -be wished by them, without violating the purity of the Catholic -faith; that, therefore, he had no difficulty of allowing -the people of Lasta to live in the faith of their ancestors -without alteration, as they had never embraced any other; -but as for those that had sworn to persist in the Catholic -faith, and had received the communion in that church, by -no means, without a grievous sin, could it be granted to -them to renounce that faith in which they had deliberately -sworn to live and die.”</p> - -<p>The king, upon this answer, which he understood well, -and expected, only replied, “What is to be done? I have no -longer the power of government in my own kingdom;”—and -immediately ordered a herald to make the following -proclamation:—</p> - -<p>“Hear us! hear us! hear us! First of all we gave you -the Roman Catholic faith, as thinking it a good one; but -many people have died fighting against it, as Julius, Gabriel, -Tecla Georgis, Serca Christos, and, lastly, these rude -peasants of Lasta. Now, therefore, we restore to you the -faith of your ancestors; let your own priests say their mass -in their own churches; let the people have their own altars -for the sacrament, and their own liturgy, and be happy. -As for myself, I am now old and worn out with war and infirmities, -and no longer capable of governing; I name my -son Facilidas to reign in my place.”</p> - -<p>Thus, in one day, fell the whole fabric of the Roman Catholic -faith, and hierarchy of the church of Rome, in Abyssinia; -first regularly established, as I must always think, by Peter -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_397">397</span> -Paez, in moderation, charity, perseverance, long-suffering, -and peace; extended and maintained afterwards -by blood and violence beyond what could be expected from -heathens, and thrown down by an exertion of the civil power -in its own defence, against the encroachments of priesthood -and ecclesiastical tyranny, which plainly had no other -view than, by annihilating the constitution under its native -prince, to reduce Abyssinia to a Portuguese government, as -had been the case with so many independent states in India -already.</p> - -<p>This proclamation was made on the 14th of June 1632. -After this Socinios took no care of public affairs. He had -been for a long time afflicted with various complaints, especially -since the last campaign in Lasta; and affairs were -now managed by prince Facilidas in his father’s place, -though he did not take upon him the title of King. Emana -Christos, brother of Sela Christos, a steady Alexandrian, -and Guebra Christos, were then made governors of -Lasta and Begemder; but no steps were taken in this interval -against the Jesuits.</p> - -<p>On the 7th of September the king died, and was buried -with great pomp, by his son Facilidas, in the church of Ganeta -Jesus, which he himself had built, professing himself -a Roman Catholic to the last. The Portuguese historians -deny both his resignation of the crown, and his perseverance -in the Roman Catholic faith to his death, but this apparently -for their own purposes.</p> - -<p>He was a prince remarkable for his strength of body; of -great courage and elevation of mind; had early learned the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_398">398</span> -exercise of arms, patience, perseverance, and every military virtue -that could be acquired; and had passed the first of his life -as a private person, in the midst of hardships and dangers.</p> - -<p>He is celebrated to this day in Abyssinia for a talent, -which seems to be the gift of nature, that of choosing upon -the first view the proper ground for the camp or battle, and -embracing, in his own mind in a moment, all the advantages -and disadvantages that could result from any particular part -of it. This talent is particularly recorded in several short -proverbs, or military adages, such as the following: “Blind -him first, or you shall never beat him.” This most material -qualification seemed to have been in part transmitted to Ras -Michael, the great general in my time, descended from Socinios -by his mother; and, by this superiority alone over the -other commanders opposed to him, he is said to have been -victorious in forty-three pitched battles.</p> - -<p>Socinios embraced the Catholic religion from conviction, -and studied it with great application, as far as his narrow -means of instruction would allow him; and there can be no -doubt that, under the moderate conduct of Peter Paez, who -converted him, he would have died a martyr for that religion; -and there seems as little reason to doubt, conscientious -as he was, if he had been a young man he would -have quitted it for the good of his country, and from his -inability to suffer the tyranny of the patriarch Alphonso -Mendes, and his continual encroachment upon civil government. -Being, in the last years of his life, left without -one soldier to draw his sword for the Catholic cause, he kept -his religion, and abandoned his crown; and having been, it -should seem, for some time convinced that the government -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_399">399</span> -of the church of Rome, in such hands as he left it, was incompatible -with monarchy, he took no pains to change -Facilidas’s known sentiments, or to render him favourable -to the Roman faith, or to name another of his sons to succeed -him whom he found to be more so.</p> - -<p>The Jesuits, considering only the catastrophe, and unmindful -of the strenuous efforts made to establish their religion -during his whole reign, have traduced his character -as that of an apostate, for giving way to the universal demand -of his people to have their ancient form of worship -restored when his army had deserted him, and he himself -was dying of old age. But every impartial man will admit, -that the step he took, of abdicating his sovereignty over -a people who had abjured the religion he had introduced -among them, was, in his circumstances, the noblest action -of his life, and just the reverse of apostacy.</p> - -<p>This resignation of the crown, and his tenacious persevering -in the Catholic faith, together with the moderation -of his son, the prince Facilidas, in appointing a regency to -govern, rather than to mount the throne himself during his -father’s life, are three facts which we know to be true from -the Abyssinian annals, and which the Jesuits have endeavoured -to suppress, that they might the more easily blacken -the character both of the father and the son.</p> - -<p>They have pretended that it was the queen, and other ladies -at court, who by their influence seduced the king from the -Catholic religion. But Socinios was then past seventy, and -the queen near sixty, and he had no other wives or mistresses. -To judge, moreover, by his behaviour in the affair -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_400">400</span> -of Adera, sister to Tecla Georgis, the voice of the women at -court seems to have had no extraordinary weight with him. -In a word, he never varied in his religion after he embraced -that of Rome, but stedfastly adhered to it, when the pride and -bad conduct of the Jesuits, its professors, had scarcely left another -friend to it in the whole kingdom; and, therefore, the -charge of apostacy is certainly an unmerited falsehood.</p> - -<p>As it is plain the Portuguese, from the beginning, believed -their religion could only be established by force, and -were persuaded such means were lawful, the blame of so -much bloodshed for so many years, and the total miscarriage -of the whole scheme at last, lay at the door of their -sovereign, the king of Spain and Portugal; who, having -succeeded to his wish in his conquest of India, seems not to -have had the same anxiety the patriarch had for the conversion -of Abyssinia, nor even to have thought further of -sending a body of troops with his priests to the succour of -Socinios, whom he left to the prayers of Urban VIII. the -merit of Ignatius Loyola, and the labours of his furious and -fanatic disciples. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_401">401</span></p> - -<p class="ph1"> -TRAVELS<br /> - -<small>TO DISCOVER</small><br /> - -<span class="x-large">THE SOURCE OF THE NILE.</span><br /> - -<span class="large" id="BOOK_IV">BOOK IV.</span><br /> - -<span class="table"><span class="large">ANNALS OF ABYSSINIA,</span><br /> -<span class="medium">TRANSLATED FROM THE ORIGINAL.</span></span><br /> - -<span class="medium table">CONTINUATION OF THE ANNALS, FROM THE DEATH OF SOCINIOS<br /> -TILL MY ARRIVAL IN ABYSSINIA.</span> -</p> - -<p class="ph2" id="FACILIDAS_or_SULTAN_SEGUED"><img src="images/i_rule-4.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">FACILIDAS, or SULTAN SEGUED.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1632 to 1665.</small></p> - -<p class="hang"><i>The Patriarch and Missionaries are banished—Seek the Protection of a -Rebel—Delivered up to the King, and sent to Masuah—Prince Claudius -rebels—Sent to Wechné—Death and Character of the King.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">As</span> soon as the prince Facilidas had paid the last honours -to his father, he set about composing those disorders -which had so long distracted the kingdom by reason of the -difference of religion. Accordingly he wrote to the patriarch, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_402">402</span> -that, the Alexandrian faith being now restored, his leaving -the kingdom had become indispensible: that he had -lately understood, that an Abuna, sent for by his predecessor -and by himself, was now actually on the way, and only deferred -his arrival from a resolution not to enter the kingdom -till the Romish patriarch and his priests should have -left it; and, therefore, he commanded the patriarch and fathers, -assembled from their several convents in Gojam and -Dembea, to retire immediately to Fremona, there to wait -his further pleasure.</p> - -<p>The patriarch endeavoured to parry this, with offering -new concessions and indulgencies; but the king informed -him that he was too late; and that he wished him to be -advised, and fly, while it was time, from greater harm that -would otherwise fall upon him.</p> - -<p>It was not long before the patriarch had revenge of Facilidas -for this intimation of the expectation of a successor -in the person of the Abuna. For on that very Easter there -did arrive one, whose name was Sela Christos, calling himself -Abuna, who performed all the functions of his office, -dedicated churches, administered the sacrament, and ordained -priests. After continuing in office some months, he was -detected by a former companion of his, and found to be a -man of very bad character, from Nara, the frontier of Abyssinia, -and that by profession he had been a dealer in horses.</p> - -<p>Facilidas then ordered his uncle, Sela Christos, to be -brought before him, received him kindly, and offered him -again his riches and employments. That brave man, Christian -in every thing but in his hatred and jealousy against -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_403">403</span> -his sovereign and nephew, refused absolutely to barter his -faith to obtain the greatest good, or avoid the greatest punishment, -it was in the power of the king to inflict. After -repeated trials, all to no purpose, the king, overcome -by the instigation of his enemies, banished him to Anabra -in Shawada, a low, unwholesome district amidst the mountains -of Samen. But hearing that he still kept correspondence -with the Jesuits, and that their common resolution -was to solicit Portuguese troops from India, and remembering -his former oath, he sent orders to his place of exile to -put him to death, and he was in consequence hanged upon -a cedar-tree.</p> - -<p>Tellez, the Portuguese historian, in his collection of -martyrs that died for the faith in Abyssinia, has deservedly -inserted the name of Sela Christos; but professes that he is -ignorant of the time of his death, and under what species -of torment he suffered. The only information that I can -give is what I have just now written. It was in the beginning -of the year 1634 he was carried to Shawada in chains, -and confined upon the mountain Anabra; but no mention -is made of any other hardship being put upon him than his -being in irons, nor is more usual in that kind of banishment. -It was at the end of that year, however, that he was -executed in the manner above mentioned, being suspected -of having corresponded with the patriarch and Jesuits, and -afterwards of inciting his nephew Claudius to rebel, as, it -appears, he had meditated long before, and actually did very -soon after.</p> - -<p>The 9th of March 1633, the king ordered the patriarch to -leave Dancaz, and, with the rest of the fathers, to proceed immediately -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_404">404</span> -to Fremona, under the conduct of four people of the -first consideration, Tecla Georgis, brother of Keba Christos, -Tecla Saluce, one of the principal persons in Tigré, and two -Azages, men of great dignity at court. These were joined -by a party of soldiers belonging to Claudius, brother of the -king, supposed to have been in the conspiracy with Sela -Christos his uncle, to supplant his brother Facilidas by the -help of the Jesuits and Portuguese troops from India. But as -soon as the patriarch had fallen into disgrace, and Sela Christos -lost his life, that prince returned to the church of Alexandria, -as did all the other sons of Socinios; after which, -Claudius seized to his own use all the lands and effects that -he found in Gojam, and was now by the king made governor -of Begemder. Under this escort the patriarch and his -company arrived at Fremona in the end of April 1633, after -having been often robbed and ill-treated by the way, the -guards that were given to defend them conniving with the -banditti that came to rob them.</p> - -<p>However strictly the fathers observed the precepts of -scripture on other occasions, in this they did not follow the -line of conduct prescribed by our Saviour—“And whosoever -shall not receive you, nor hear your words, when you -depart out of that house or city, shake off the dust of your -feet.” They were not sheep that went patiently and dumb -to the slaughter; and, if their hearts, as they say, were full -of love and charity to Abyssinia, it was strangely accompanied -with the resolution they had taken to send Jerome Lobo, -the most famous, because the most bigotted Jesuit of the -whole band, first to the viceroy of India, and then to Spain, -to solicit an army and fleet which were to lay all this kingdom -in blood. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_405">405</span></p> - -<p>The king was perfectly advised of all that passed. As he -saw that the patriarch endeavoured to gain time, and knew -the reason of it; and, as the fathers among them had a considerable -quantity of fire-arms, he sent an officer to the patriarch -at Fremona, commanding him to deliver up the whole -of these, with gun-powder and other ammunition, and to -prepare, at the same time, to set out for Masuah. This at -first the patriarch refused to do. Nor did Facilidas punish -this disobedience by any harsher method than convincing -him mildly of the imprudence and inutility of such refusal, -and the bad consequences to themselves. Upon which -the patriarch at last surrendered the articles required to the -officer sent by the king, but he resolved very differently as to -the other injunction of carrying all his brethren to Masuah. -On the contrary, he determined by every means to scatter -them about the kingdom of Abyssinia, and leave them -behind if he was forced to embark at Masuah, which he, -however, resolved to avoid and resist to the utmost of his -power.</p> - -<p>In order to do this, it was resolved that he should solicit -the Baharnagash (John Akay, then in rebellion) to take them -under his protection, and for that purpose to send a number -of armed men, on a night appointed, to meet them near -Fremona, and carry them in safety from any pursuit of the -governor of Tigré. This project, extraordinary as it was, succeeded. -Akay promised them his protection. The patriarch -and priests, deceiving the guard the king had set upon them, -escaped in the night, and joined the soldiers of John Akay, -commanded by Tecla Emanuel, who was ready to receive -them: They took refuge at Addicota, the soldiers of the guard, -though alarmed, not daring to pursue them in the night, as -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_406">406</span> -not knowing the number and power of their protectors, and -fearing they might fall into some ambush.</p> - -<p>It may not be amiss here to take notice, that this John -Akay was the very man with whom Tecla Georgis had associated -for the murder of Abba Jacob. He was a shrewd -man, and had great power by living in the neighbourhood -of Sennaar, to which country he could retreat when occasion -required. He received the patriarch with great kindness.</p> - -<p>Addicota is an inaccessible rock, perpendicular on all -sides, excepting where there is a narrow path by which was -the entrance. Here the patriarch thought he could continue -in Abyssinia, in defiance of Facilidas, till he should procure -succours from India.</p> - -<p>It was not, however, long before he found how little -dependence there was upon this new protector; for, in the -midst of all his schemes, he received orders to remove from -Addicota, under pretence that they were not there enough in -safety; and Akay transferred them vexatiously from place -to place, into hot and unwholesome situations, always under -the same pretence, till he had destroyed their healths, and -exhausted their strength and patience.</p> - -<p>There is but one way of disposing such people to grant -a favour, and it was surprising the patriarch did not find this -out sooner. Jerome Lobo was sent with a small present in -gold, desiring they might have leave to continue in their old -habitation, Addicota. Lobo found John Akay very much -taken up in a pursuit that some ignorant monks had put -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_407">407</span> -into his head. They had made him believe that there was -a treasure hid under a certain mountain which they had -shewn him, but that the devil who guarded it had constantly -hindered his predecessors from acquiring it. At present -they had found out, that this devil had gone a journey far -off, was become blind and lame, and was, besides, in very -great affliction for the death of a son, the only hopes of his -devilship’s family, having now only a daughter remaining, -very ugly, lame, squinting, and sickly, and that all these reasons -would hinder him from being very anxious about his -treasure. But, even supposing he did come, they had an old -monk that would exorcise him, a man as eminent for wisdom -as for sanctity.</p> - -<p>In short, they produced a monk, one of their brethren, above -a hundred years old, whom they mounted upon a -horse, then tied him to the animal, wrapping him round -with black wool, which, it seems, was the conjuring habit. -He was followed by a black cow and some monks, who -carried beer, hydromel, and roasted wheat, which was necessary, -it seemed, to refresh the devil after his long journey -and great affliction, and put him in good humour, if he -should appear.</p> - -<p>The old monk sung without ceasing, the workmen -wrought vigorously, and much earth and stones were removed; -at last they discovered some rat, mice, or mole-holes, -at the sight of which a cry of joy was heard from all -the parties present.</p> - -<p>The old monk sings again; the cow is brought in great -hurry, and sacrificed, and pieces of it thrown to the rats and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_408">408</span> -mice: again they fall to work with double keenness, the -mole-holes vanish, and a hard rock appears. This being -the last obstacle, they fall keenly upon the rock, and the -old monk chants till he is hoarse with singing; the heat -of the sun is excessive; no gold appears; John Akay loses -his patience, and asks when it may be seen? The monks -lay the whole blame upon him, because, they say, he had -not enough of faith. They give over work; with one consent -fall to eating the cow, and then disperse.</p> - -<p>Father Jerome, takes the opportunity of this disappointment -to abuse the monks. He presents the Baharnagash -with two ounces of gold, and some other trifles, instead of -the treasure which he was to get in the mountain: he obtains -the request he came to solicit, and the patriarch and -fathers return to Addicota.</p> - -<p>Facilidas, informed of the asylum afforded to the Jesuits -who had fled from Fremona, applied to John Akay, promising -him forgivenness of what was past if he would deliver -the priests under his protection. This John Akay declined -to do from motives of delicacy. It was breaking his -word to deliver his guests into the hands of the king; but, -by a very strange refinement, he agreed to sell them to the -Turks. Accordingly they were delivered for a sum to the -basha of Masuah, who received them with much greater -kindness than they had experienced in the Christian country -from which they fled.</p> - -<p>Two Jesuits were purposely left behind, with the consent -of John Akay, unknown to Facilidas, in fervent hopes that -some occasion would soon offer of suffering martyrdom for -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_409">409</span> -the true faith; and in this expectation they were not long -disappointed, all those who were left in Abyssinia having -lost their lives by violent deaths, most of them on a gibbet, -by order of Facilidas, the last of whom was Bernard Nogeyra.</p> - -<p>Facilidas, weary of the obstinacy of these missionaries, -uneasy also at the suspicions they created, that a number of -Portuguese troops would be poured in upon his country by -the viceroy of India, concluded a treaty with the bashas of -Masuah and Suakem, for preventing any Portuguese passing -into Abyssinia, by shutting these ports against them. Not -above eight years before, that is, in the year 1624, Socinios -had sent a zebra, and several other curious articles, as -presents to the basha of Suakem, with a request to him -not to obstruct, as the Turks had used to do, the entrance of -any Portuguese into his dominions. But those times were -now so changed, that both nations, Turks and Abyssinians, -had resolved, with one consent, to exclude them all, for -their mutual safety, peace, and advantage.</p> - -<p>This treaty with the Turks, made by Facilidas, probably -gave rise to that calumny of the Jesuits, that, for fear of a -return of the Portuguese, that prince had embraced the Mahometan -religion, and sent for preceptors from Mocha to -instruct him in their tenets. This, I say, if not founded upon -the treaty I mention, was destitute of the least shadow of -truth; but, like other calumnies then propagated in great -number, arose solely from the rage, malice, and heated imaginations -of desperate fanatics. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_410">410</span></p> - -<p>Amidst the general regret this revolution in the church -of Ethiopia occasioned at Rome, there were some who thought -the pride, obstinacy, and violence of the Jesuits, the hardness -and cruelty of their hearts in instigating Socinios to that -perpetual effusion of blood, and their independence, their encroachments -upon, and resistance of the civil power, were -faults resulting from the institutions of that particular society, -and that these occasioned the miscarriage; that a well-grounded -aversion to the teachers had created a repugnance -to the doctrines preached, and was the reason of the expulsion -of the fathers, and the relapse of Abyssinia to the Alexandrian -faith. From this persuasion, six capuchins, all of -them Frenchmen of the reformed Order of St Francis, were -sent from Rome after the death of Nogeyra, by the congregation -<i>De Propagandâ Fide</i>, and these had protections from -the grand signior.</p> - -<p>Two attempted the entering Abyssinia by way of the -Indian Ocean, that is, from Magadoxa, and were slain by the -Galla, after advancing a very short way into the country. -Two of them penetrated into Abyssinia, and were stoned to -death. The remaining two, hearing the fate of their -companions at Masuah, and not being so violently bent upon -a crown of martyrdom as were the Portuguese missionaries, -prudently returned home, carrying with them the account -of this bad success.</p> - -<p>Three other capuchins were sent after this. It is impossible -to judge from their conduct what idea they had formed; -for they themselves gave the first information of their -intended coming to Facilidas, who thereupon recommended -it to the basha to receive them according to their merits; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_411">411</span> -and thereupon, on their arrival at Suakem, their heads were -cut off by his order; the skins of their heads and faces stripped -off and sent to the king of Abyssinia, that, by their colour, -he might know them to be franks, and by their tonsure -to be priests. Nor was it possible afterwards to introduce -any Catholic missionaries, either during this or the -following reign.</p> - -<p>Facilidas having thus provided against being further -disturbed by missionaries, and having reduced all his subjects -to the obedience of the Alexandrian church, sent again -messengers to bring an Abuna from Cairo, while he took -the field against Melca Christos his rival, who continued in -arms at the head of the peasants of Lasta, though there was -now no longer any pretence that the Alexandrian faith -was in danger. Both armies met in Libo, a country of -the Galla, where a panic seized the king’s troops, his horse -flying at the first onset. The royal army being entirely dispersed, -Melca Christos pursued his good fortune, and entered -the king’s palace, took possession of the throne, and was -crowned; he appointed to all the great places in government, -and distributed a largess, or bounty, to his soldiers.</p> - -<p>The Portuguese historians say, that this happened at -Dancaz, not at Libo. But they should have remembered -what they before have said, that an epidemic fever raged -in all Dembea, so that the king was not at Dancaz that year. -He passed the winter of the preceding one at Dobit, near -Begemder.</p> - -<p>The memoirs of these missionaries, even when they were -in the country, are to be read with great caution, being -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_412">412</span> -full of misrepresentations of the manners and characters of -men, magnifying some actions, slighting others, and attributing -to their favourites services that were really performed -by their adversaries; and, from the coming of Alphonso -Mendes, till they were banished to Masuah, great -part of their account is untrue, and the rest very suspicious. -After their retiring to India, which is the time we are now -speaking of, the whole that they have published is one continued -tissue of falsehood and calumny, either hear-say -stories communicated to them, as they say, by the remnants -of zealots still alive in Abyssinia, or fabrications of their own, -invented for particular purposes. In continuing this history, -I shall take notice of some of these, though for facts I rely -entirely upon the annals of the country, treating, however, -the Abyssinian account of the Jesuits’ doctrines and behaviour -with the same degree of caution.</p> - -<p>This forwardness of his rival Melca Christos did not discourage -Facilidas. Without losing a moment, he sent expresses -to Kasmati Dimmo, governor of Samen, to Ras Sela -Christos, of Damot, and to his brother Claudius, governor of -Begemder, ordering them to march and attack Melca Christos, -then acting as sovereign in the king’s palace at Libo.</p> - -<p>These three generals were not slack in obeying the commands -of Facilidas. They surrounded Melca Christos before -he expected them, and forced him to a battle, in which -he was defeated and lost his whole army. He himself, fighting -manfully at the head of his troops, was slain hand to -hand by Cosmas, a soldier of Kasmati Claudius, the king’s -brother. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_413">413</span></p> - -<p>Jerome Lobo mentions Facilidas’s bad success against the -Gallas and Agows as an instance of divine vengeance which -pursued him. But if the approbation or disapprobation of -heaven is to be appealed to in this reign as a proof of the -justness of the measures taken, we must be obliged to say -the cause of the Jesuits was not the cause of heaven. If we -except the temporary advantage gained over Facilidas, and -the accident that happened to his army at Lasta, perpetual -victory had attended the wars in which this prince was engaged; -for so far was he from being unfortunate this campaign -against the Agows, that, on the 9th of February 1636, -he marched from Libo into Gojam, and totally defeated the -two great tribes Azena and Zeegam. After which he sent -his army with Kasmati Melca Bahar, who coming up with -the Galla, a great body of whom had made an incursion into -Gojam, he totally overthrew them, and passing the Nile -into their country, laid it waste, and returned with a great -number of cattle, and multitudes of women and children to -be sold as slaves.</p> - -<p>The king then returned to Begemder, and took up his -head-quarters at Gonsala; but, soon hearing that the Abuna -Marcus was arrived, he quitted that place, and came to meet -him in Gondar.</p> - -<p>The next year, which was the fifth of his reign, and the -first of the coming of Abuna Marcus, he again fought with -the Agows, and beat the Denguis, Hancasha, and the Zeegam, -and passed that winter in Gafat; nor was he ever unfortunate -with the Agows or Galla. But a misfortune happened -this year (the 6th of his reign) which very much affected -the whole kingdom. The people of Lasta seemed to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_414">414</span> -grow more inveterate after the defeat they had received -under Melca Christos. In the stead of that prince slain -in battle, they appointed his son, a young man of good -hopes.</p> - -<p>Facilidas, trusting to his former reputation acquired -in these mountains in his father’s time, on the 3d of March -1638 advanced with a large army into Lasta, with a design to -bring these peasants to a battle. But the rebels, growing wise -by their losses, no longer chose to trust themselves on the -plain, but, retiring to the strongest posts, fortified them -so judiciously, that, without risking any loss themselves, -they cut off all supplies or provisions coming to the king’s -army.</p> - -<p>It happened at that time the cold was so excessive that -almost the whole army perished amidst the mountains; great -part from famine, but a greater still from cold, a very remarkable -circumstance in these latitudes. Lasta is barely -12° from the Line, and it was now the equinox in March, so -that the sun was but 12° from being in the zenith of Lasta, -and there was in the day twelve hours of sun. Yet here is -an example of an army, not of foreigners, but natives, perishing -with cold in their own country, when the sun is no -farther than 12° from being vertical, or from being directly -over their heads; a strong proof this, as I have often remarked, -that there is no way of judging by the degrees of heat -in the thermometer, what effect that degree of heat or -cold is to have upon the human body.</p> - -<p>The eighth year of the reign of Facilidas, Claudius, governor -of Begemder, his brother, revolted and joined the rebels -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_415">415</span> -of Lasta. It seems, that this prince had been long encouraged -by the Jesuits, and his uncle Sela Christos, in expectation -of succeeding his father Socinios, and supplanting -Facilidas, his brother, in the kingdom. But, after the banishment -of the Jesuits, and the death of Sela Christos, Facilidas -thinking, these bad counsellors being removed, he would -continue firm in his duty, and willing to disbelieve the whole -that had been reported of his designs, made him governor of -Begemder.</p> - -<p>It happened, however, that this very year two Abunas -arrived from Egypt, one by way of Sennaar, the other by -Dancali. Upon inquiry it was found, that Abba Michael, -the latter of these Abunas, had been sent for by Kasmati -Claudius, in expectation that he was to be on the throne by -the time of his Abuna’s arrival. This implied clearly that -the king’s death was agreed on. Claudius, without attempting -a vindication, or awaiting the discussion of this step, fled -to Lasta, and joined Laeca, son of Melca Christos, a youth -then at the head of the rebels.</p> - -<p>Facilidas banished Abba Michael to Serké, a Mahometan -town in the way to Sennaar, and admitted Abba Johannes, -whom he himself had sent for from Cairo, into the -office of Abuna.</p> - -<p>Soon after this, Claudius was surprised and taken prisoner, -and brought to the king, and, though stained in a high -degree with ingratitude, treason, and intended fratricide, he -could not be brought to order his execution, but, like a -wise and merciful prince, reflecting on the ancient usages -of the empire, and how much royal blood might be daily -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_416">416</span> -saved by sequestering the descendents of the imperial family -upon the mountain, he chose that of Wechné in Belessen, -which served ever after for this purpose.</p> - -<p>This is the third mountain within the reach of written -history, first chosen, and then reprobated, as a state-prison -for all the males of the royal family, excepting the one seated -upon the throne.</p> - -<p>This interruption of the imprisonment of the princes for -a time, and the resuming it again for another period, -have led the Portuguese writers, very little acquainted with -the history or constitution of this country, into various disputes -and difficulties, which I shall fully explain and reconcile -in their proper place. It is sufficient for the present to -observe, that Claudius was sent into exile to the mountain of -Wechné, and that he was the first prince banished thither, -where he lived for many years.</p> - -<p>The king, finding that nothing material pressed at home, -marched into Gojam to Enzagedem, whence he sent Ras -Bela Christos against the Shangalla, N. W. of the country of -the Agows. These people being put upon their guard by -their neighbours, all disaffected to the king, contrived to -place themselves in ambush so judiciously, that Bela Christos, -marching in security into their country, was surrounded -by the Shangalla, whom he thought yet at a distance. -Great part of his troops was slain by the arrows of the enemy, -who, from their caves and holes in the mountain, poured -their missile weapons, stones, and arrows on the troops, -at so small a distance that every one took place, though above -the reach of swords, and lances, or such common weapons; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_417">417</span> -others were overpowered by large bodies of men sallying -from the thickets, and fighting them firmly foot to -foot. Many officers were that day slain, among the rest Alzaguè -and Petros, two persons of great distinction in the -palace. But the king, however afflicted for the loss of his -men, well knew that this defeat would have no other consequences; -so returned to his capital, with resolution to -make another vigorous effort against Lasta.</p> - -<p>The manner in which this expedition was prevented cannot -but give us a high idea of Facilidas: Laeca, at the head -of an army of veteran troops, whose affection he never had -occasion to doubt, thought it safer to trust to the generosity -of a king, who had slain his father in battle, than to the -acquiring a crown that was not his, by persevering any -longer in rebellion. Accordingly he surrendered himself, -without condition, to Facilidas, who immediately committed -him to prison, which seeming severity, however, meant nothing -further, than to shew him the lenity which followed -was entirely his own, and not suggested to him by the officiousness -of courtiers; for no sooner was he arrived at -Gondar, than he sent for Laeca from prison, received him -not only kindly, but with great marks of distinction; and, -instead of banishing him to Wechné, as he did his own brother -Claudius, and which, as being of the blood-royal, -should have been his destination likewise, the king entered -into a kind of treaty with Laeca, by which he gave -him large possessions in Begemder near Lasta, and married -him to his daughter Theoclea, by whom, however, he had no -children, but lived long in constant friendship and confidence -with Facilidas. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_418">418</span></p> - -<p>Except the events which I have already recorded, there -is nothing farther in this long reign worthy of being insisted -upon; the early inroads of the Galla, in plundering parties, -and the seditions and revolts of the Agows from the -oppression and extortion of their governors, were such as we -find in every reign; and in all these Facilidas was victorious, -whilst the Hancasha and Zeegam were greatly weakened -in these campaigns.</p> - -<p>Facilidas was taken ill at Gondar, in the end of October, -of a disease which, from its first appearance, he thought -would prove mortal. He, therefore, sent to his eldest son -Hannes, whom he had constantly kept with him, and who -was now of age to govern, and recommended to him his -kingdom, and the persevering in the ancient religion. He -died the 30th of September 1665, in great peace and composure -of mind, and they buried him at Azazo.</p> - -<p>If we are obliged to give his father the preference, from -the greater variety of trials which he underwent, we must -in justice allow, that, after his father, Facilidas was the -greatest king that ever sat upon the Abyssinian throne. He -had every good quality necessary to constitute a great prince, -without any alloy or mixture, that, upon so much provocation -as he had, might have misled him to be a bad one. He -was calm, dispassionate, and courteous in his behaviour. -In the very difficult part he had to act between his father -and the nation, the necessities of the times had taught him -a degree of reserve, which, if it was not natural, was not -therefore the less useful to him. He was in his own person -the bravest soldier of his time, and always exposed himself -in proportion as the occasion was important. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_419">419</span></p> - -<p>To this were added all the qualities of a good general, -in which character he seems to have equalled his father Socinios, -who else was universally allowed to be the first of his -time. Fierce and violent in battle, he was backward in shedding -blood after it. Though an enemy to the Catholic religion, -yet, from duty to his father, he lived with the patriarch -and Jesuits upon so familiar a footing, that they confess -themselves it was not from any part of his behaviour to -them they ever could judge him an enemy. He was most -remarkable for an implicit submission to his father’s commands; -and, upon this principle, fought in favour of the -Catholic religion against his own friends and persuasion, because -such were the orders of his sovereign. He was -of a very mild and pleasant temper, as appeared by his behaviour -to Melca Christos, to his brother Claudius, to his -uncle Sela Christos, and to the patriarch and Jesuits.</p> - -<p>It is true, that, of these last, Sela Christos, and many of -the Jesuits, were put to death in his reign; but this was not -till they had experienced repeated acts of mercy and forgivenness; -still, persisting in constant rebellion against government, -they were justly cut off as traitors and rebels by the -civil power, in the very act of their conspiracy against the -life of the king and constitution of the country.</p> - -<p>There is published by Tellez a letter of Alphonso Mendes, -written, as is falsely said, from Masuah, where it is -dated, but truly from Goa. If, as the patriarch pretends, -he wrote it from Masuah, it is another proof of this prince’s -clemency, that he ever suffered the author of such an indecent -libel to return to India in peace. It is well known, -that, on the first requisition of Facilidas, the Turks would -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_420">420</span> -have delivered the patriarch into his hands; and, every one -that reads it must allow, such language from a low-born -priest to a king, deserved every exemplary punishment offended -royalty could inflict: It would not have been mild, -had such liberty been taken by a stranger in his native country, -Portugal.</p> - -<p>The patriarch accuses Facilidas with the crime committed -by Absalom, which is, I suppose, debauching his father’s -wives and concubines. But, unluckily for the truth of this -story, we have the Jesuit’s own testimony, that Socinios had -put away his wives and concubines before he embraced the -Catholic religion, so at his father’s death this was impossible, -unless he could commit incest with his own mother, -who was at that time a woman near sixty. But we shall -suppose that they existed, were never married, and, at the -time of their being put away, they were 18 years of age at -an average. The king put them away in the year 1621; -and, therefore, in the year 1634, they would be 30 years of -age; and any body that has seen the effects that number of -years has upon Abyssinian beauty, must confess they could -be no great temptation to a prince.</p> - -<p>The next calumny mentioned in this libel is, the murder -of his brother Claudius, nay, of all his brothers. Now we have -seen, in the history of his reign, that Claudius had fairly forfeited -his life by a meditated fratricide, and by an overt act of -rebellion in which he was taken prisoner. Yet so mild and -placable was Facilidas, that he refused to put him to death, -but sent him prisoner to the mountain of Wechné, and mercifully -revived the ancient usage of banishing the princes -of the blood-royal to the mountain, instead of executing -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_421">421</span> -them, which had been the practice to his time, and had occasioned -the death of above sixty of these unfortunate princes -within the last hundred years.</p> - -<p>To mount Wechné he also sent his own son David, and -with him all his brothers; and, so far from being murdered, -we shall find them mostly alive attending an extraordinary -festival made for their sakes by Facilidas’s grandson; -an accident so rare, that it seems Providence had permitted -it in favour and vindication of truth and innocence, and to -stamp the lie upon the patriarch’s scandalous aspersions.</p> - -<p>The third falsehood is, that Facilidas turned Mahometan, -and got doctors from Mocha to instruct him in the Koran. -We have already seen what gave rise to this, if it indeed -had any foundation at all; but it is a well-known fact, that, -though he governed the church, during a whole reign, -mildly and judiciously, without any mark of bigotry, never -were two princes better affected to the Alexandrian church -than Facilidas and his son; and never were two that had -better reason, having both seen the disorders that other religions -had occasioned.</p> - -<p>We see throughout all this piece of the patriarchs, a self-sufficient -mind, gratifying itself by disgorging its passion -and malice. If Alphonso Mendes had no regard, as it seems -indeed he had not; if he had no reverence to higher powers, -such as scripture had taught him to have; if he was too -enlightened, or too infatuated, to take our Saviour’s precepts -for his rule, and, shaking the dust of Abyssinia from his feet, -remit them to a Judge who will, at his own time, separate -good from evil, still he should have had, at least, a brotherly -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_422">422</span> -love and charity for those unfortunate people who were to -fall into Facilidas’s hands; and we cannot reasonably suppose -but that the constant butcheries committed by the -Turks afterwards upon the Catholic priests, wild enough -to enter at Masuah and Suakem, were the fruits of the calumnious, -intemperate libel of the patriarch.</p> - -<p>After the death of the last missionary, Bernard Nogeyra, -no intelligence arrived of what was doing in Abyssinia, excepting -from the Dutch settlements of Batavia, where Abyssinian -factors, or merchants, had arrived; and where the industrious -Mr Ludolf, very much engaged in the history of -this country, and who spared no pains, maintained a correspondence, -and thence he was informed that Facilidas had -died after a long and prosperous reign, and had left his -kingdom in peace to his son.</p> - -<p>This intelligence alarmed the zeal of two great champions -of the Jesuits; the one M. le Grande, late secretary -to the French embassy to Portugal; and the other M. Piques, -a member of the Sorbonne, a very confused, dull disputant -upon the difference of religion.</p> - -<p>These two worthies, without any proof or intelligence -but their own warm and weak imaginations, fell violently -upon poor Ludolf, accusing him of falsehood, partiality, and -prevarication; and, right or wrong, they would have Facilidas -plunged up to the neck in troubles, wading through -labyrinths of misfortunes, conspiracies, and defeats, certainly -dead, or about to die some terrible death by the vengeance -of heaven; and this ridiculous report is unjustly spread -abroad by all the zealots of those times. <i>Fata obstant</i>;—truth -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_423">423</span> -will out. The annals of the country, written without a regard -to either party, state, that, in the long reign of Facilidas, -notwithstanding the calamitous state in which his -father left him the empire, very few misfortunes only -are reported to have happened either to himself or lieutenants.</p> - -<h2 id="HANNES_I_or_OELAFE_SEGUED"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">HANNES I. or ŒLAFE SEGUED.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1665 to 1680.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Bigotry of the King—Disgusts his Son Yasous, who flies from Gondar.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">If</span> this prince succeeded to his kingdom in peace, he had -the address still to keep it so. He was not in his nature -averse to war, though, besides two feeble attempts he made -upon Lasta, and one against the Shangalla, all without material -consequences, no military expedition was undertaken -in his time; and no rebellion or competitor (so frequent in -other reigns) at all disturbed his.</p> - -<p>Hannes seems to have had the seeds of bigotry in his -temper; from the beginning of his reign he commanded -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_424">424</span> -the Mahometans to eat no other flesh but what had been -killed by Christians; and gathered together the Catholic -books, which the Jesuits had translated into the Ethiopic -language, and burned them in a heap. Much of his attention -was given to church matters, and, in regulating these, -he seems to have employed most of his time. He deposed -the Abuna Christadulus, appointed by his father, and in his -place put the Abuna Sanuda.</p> - -<p>This last measure seems to have displeased his eldest son -Yasous, who fled from the palace one night, and passed the -Nile; and, though he was followed by Kasmati Aserata -Christos, he was not overtaken, but staid some time in his -sister’s house, and then returned to Gondar at the request -of his father.</p> - -<p>A convocation of the clergy, the second in this reign, -was now held, and great heats and divisions followed among -two orders of monks, those of Eustathius and those -of Debra Libanos. The king seems to have assisted at all -these debates, and to have contented himself with holding -the balance in his hands without declaring for either party. -But these altercations and disputes could not satisfy the active -spirit of the prince his son, who again fled from his -father and from Gondar, but was overtaken at the river -Bashilo, and brought back to the palace, where he found -his father ill.</p> - -<p>Hannes died the 19th of July, and was buried at Tedda, -after having reigned 15 years. He seems, from the scanty -memorials of his long reign, to have been a weak prince; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_425">425</span> -but, perhaps, if the circumstances of the times were fully -known, he may have been a wise one.</p> - -<h2 id="YASOUS_I"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -YASOUS I.<br /> - -<small>From 1680 to 1704.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Brilliant Expedition of the King to Wechné—Various Campaigns against -the Agows and Galla—Comet appears—Expedition against Zeegam -and the Eastern Shangalla—Poncet’s Journey—Murat’s Embassy—Du -Roule’s Embassy—Du Roule assassinated at Sennaar—The King is -assassinated.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Yasous</span> succeeded his father Hannes with the approbation -of the whole kingdom. He had, as we have seen, -twice in Hannes’s life-time absconded from the palace; -and this was interpreted as implying an impatience to reign. -But I rather think the cause was a difference of manners, -his father being extremely bigotted, sordid, and covetous; -for he never, in those elopements, pretended to make a party -contrary to his father’s interest, nor shewed the least inclination -to give either the army or the people a favourable -impression of himself, to the disadvantage of the king. -There was, besides, a difference in religious principles. Yasous -had a great predilection for the monks of Debra Libanos, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_426">426</span> -or the high church; while Hannes, his father, had -done every thing in his power to instil into his son a prepossession -in favour of those of Abba Eustathius.</p> - -<p>To these opinions, therefore, so widely different, as well -in religion as the things of the world, I attribute the young -prince’s disinclination to live with his father. This seems -confirmed by the first step he took upon his mounting -the throne, which was to make an alteration in the -church government from what his father had left it at his -death.</p> - -<p>It was on the 7th of July 1680 he was proclaimed king; -the next day he deposed the Acab Saat Constantius, and -gave his place to Asera Christos. He then called a council -of the clergy on the 27th of September, when he deposed -Itchegué Tzaga Christos, and in his room named Cyriacus.</p> - -<p>It was now the time that, according to custom, he was -to make his profession in regard to the difference I have -formerly mentioned that subsisted between the two parties -about the incarnation of Christ. But this he refused to do -in the present state of the church, as there was then no -certain Abuna in Abyssinia. For Hannes, before he died, -had written to the patriarch of Alexandria to depose both -Abuna Christodulus and Marcus, who, in case of death, -was to have succeeded him, and this under pretence that -he had varied in his faith between the two contending -parties. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_427">427</span></p> - -<p>Hannes, therefore, desired the patriarch to appoint Abuna -Sanuda, a man known to be devoted to the monks of St -Eustathius and their tenets; whereas the other two priests -were supposed to be inclined to the monks of Debra Libanos. -Yasous told his clergy that he would not suffer Sanuda -to be elected; and the assembly, with little opposition, conformed -to the sentiments of the king, who sent immediately -thereupon to Cairo, demanding peremptorily that Marcus -might be appointed Abuna, and declaring his resolution -to admit no other. He then ordered the church of Tecla -Haimanout to be consecrated with great solemnity; he -repaired and adorned it with much magnificence, and endowed -it with lands, which increased its revenue very considerably.</p> - -<p>These two circumstances (especially the last) shewed distinctly -to the whole kingdom his affection for the high -church, as explicitly as any proclamation could have done. -And in this he continued steady during his whole life, notwithstanding -the many provocations he met with from that -restless body of men.</p> - -<p>Having thus settled the affairs of the church, he proceeded -to those of the state, and appointed Anastasius (then -governor of Amhara) to be Ras, or lieutenant-general, in his -whole kingdom, allowing him also to keep his province of -Amhara. In this he shewed a wisdom and penetration that -gained him the good opinion of every one; for Anastasius -was a man advanced in years, of great capacity and experience, -and of a most unblemished character among his -neighbours, who, in all their own affairs, had recourse to, -and were determined by, his counsels. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_428">428</span></p> - -<p>The king then took a journey of a very extraordinary -nature, and such as Abyssinia had never before seen. Attended -only by his nobility, of whom a great number had -flocked to him, he sat down at the foot of the mountain of -Wechné, and ordered all the princes of the royal family -who were banished, and confined there, to be brought to -him.</p> - -<p>During the last reign, the mountain of Wechné, and -those forlorn princes that lived upon it, had been, as it -were, totally forgotten. Hannes having sons of an age fit -to govern, and his eldest son Yasous living below with his -father, no room seemed to remain for attempting a revolution, -by the young candidates escaping from the mountain. -This oblivion to which they were consigned, melancholy as -it was, proved the best state these unhappy prisoners could -have wished; for to be much known for either good or -bad qualities, did always at some period become fatal to -the individuals. Punishment always followed inquiries -after a particular prince; and all messages, questions, or -visits, at the instance of the king, were constantly fore-runners -of the loss of life, or amputation of limbs, to -these unhappy exiles. To be forgotten, then, was to be -safe; but this safety carried very heavy distress along with -it. Their revenues were embezzled by their officers or keepers, -and ill paid by the king; and the sordid temper of Hannes -had often reduced them all to the danger of perishing -with hunger and cold.</p> - -<p>Yasous, as he was well acquainted with all these circumstances, -so he was, in his nature and disposition, as perfectly -willing to repair the injuries that were past, and prevent -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_429">429</span> -the like in future. Nothing tended so much to conciliate -the minds of the people to their sovereign as this behaviour -of Yasous.</p> - -<p>In the midst of his relations there now appeared (as risen -from the dead) Claudius, son of Socinios, the first exile who -was sent to the mountain of Wechné by his brother Facilidas, -grandfather of Yasous. This was the prince who, as -we have already stated, was fixed upon by the Jesuits to -succeed his father, and govern that country when converted -to the Romish religion by their intrigues, and conquered -by the arms of the Portuguese: This was the prince -who, to make their enemies appear more odious, these -Jesuits have asserted was slain by his brother Facilidas, one -instance by which we may judge of the justice of the other -charges laid against that humane, wise, and virtuous prince, -whose only crime was an inviolable attachment to the religion -and constitution of his country, and the just abhorrence -he most reasonably had, as an independent prince, to -submit the prerogatives of his crown, and the rights of his -people to the blind controul of a foreign prelate.</p> - -<p>There came from the mountain also the sons of Facilidas, -with their families; and likewise his own brothers, -Ayto Theophilus, and Ayto Claudius, sons of his father -Hatzè Hannes. The sight of so many noble relations, some -advanced in years, some in the flower of their youth, and -some yet children; all, however, in tatters, and almost naked, -made such an impression on the young king that he burst -into tears. Nor was his behaviour to the respective degrees -of them less proper or engaging. To the old he paid that -reverence and respect due to parents; to those about his -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_430">430</span> -own age, a kind and liberal familiarity; while he bestowed -upon the young ones caresses and commendations, sweetened -with the hopes that they might see better times.</p> - -<p>His first care was to provide them all plentifully with -apparel and every necessary. His brothers he dressed like -himself, and his uncles still more richly. He then divided -a large sum of money among them all.</p> - -<p>In the month of December, which is the pleasantest -season of the whole year, the sun being moderately hot, -the sky constantly clear and without a cloud, all the court -was encamped under the mountain, and the inferior -sort strewed along the grass. All were treated at the expence -of the king, passing the day and night in continual -festivals. It is but right, said the king, that I should pay -for a pleasure so great that none of my predecessors ever -dared to taste it; and of all that noble assembly none seemed -to enjoy it more sincerely than the king. All pardons solicited -for criminals at this time were granted. In this manner -having spent a whole month, before his departure the -king called for the deftar, (<i>i. e.</i> the treasury book) in which -the account of the sum allowed for the maintenance of these -prisoners is stated; and having inquired strictly into the -expenditure, and cancelled all grants that had been made of -any part of that sum to others, and provided in future for -the full, as well as yearly payment of it, he, for his last act, -gave to the governor of the mountain a large accession of -territory, to make him ample amends for the loss of the -dues he was understood to be intitled to from that revenue. -After this, he embraced them all, assuring them of his constant -protection; and, mounting his horse, he took the keeper -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_431">431</span> -along with him, leaving all the royal family at their liberty -at the foot of the mountain.</p> - -<p>This last mark of confidence, more than all the rest, -touched the minds of that noble troop, who hurried every -man with his utmost speed to restore themselves voluntarily -to their melancholy prison, imputing every moment -of delay as a step towards treason and ingratitude to -their munificent, compassionate, and magnanimous benefactor. -All their way was moistened with tears flowing -from sensible and thankful hearts; and all the mountain -resounded with prayers for the long life and prosperity o£ -the king, and that the crown might never leave the lineal -descendents of his family. It was very remarkable, that, -during this long reign, though he was constantly involved -in war, no competitor from the mountain ever appeared in -breach of those vows they had so voluntarily undertaken.</p> - -<p>There was another great advantage the king reaped by -this generous conduct. All the most powerful and considerable -people in the kingdom had an opportunity, at one -view, to see each individual of the royal family that was -capable of wearing the crown, and all with one voice agreed, -upon the comparison made, that, if they had been then assembled -to elect a king, the choice would not have fallen -upon any but the present.</p> - -<p>Though the country of the Agows of Damot is generally -plain and laid out in pasture, each tribe has some mountain -to which, upon the alarm of an enemy, they retire with -their flocks. The Galla, being their neighbours on the -other side of the Nile to the south, and the Shangalla in the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_432">432</span> -low country immediately to the west, these natural fortresses -are frequently of the greatest use during the incursions -of both.</p> - -<p>They alone, of all the nations of Abyssinia, have found -it their interest so far to cultivate their neighbours the Shangalla, -that there are places set apart in which both nations -can trade with each other in safety; where the Agows sell -copper, iron, beads, skins, or hides, and receive an immense -profit in gold; for, below these to the south and west, is the -gold country nearest Abyssinia, none of that metal being -anywhere found in Abyssinia itself.</p> - -<p>Yasous, from this country of the Agows, descended into -that of the Shangalla; where, conforming to the ancient -custom of Abyssinia, he hunted the elephant and rhinoceros, -the ordinary first expedition in the kings his predecessors -reigns, but the second in his; the first having been (as before -stated) spent in charity and mercy, much more nobly, -at the foot of the mountain of Wechné.</p> - -<p>Yasous is reported to have been the most graceful and -dexterous horseman of his time. He distinguished himself -in this hunting as much for his address and courage against -the beasts, as he had, for a short while before, done by his -affability, generosity, and benevolence, amidst his own -family. All was praise, all was enthusiasm, wherever the -young king presented himself; the ill-boding monks and -hermits had not yet dared to foretel evil, but every common -mouth predicted this was to be an active, vigorous, -and glorious reign, without being thought by this to have -laid any pretension to the gift of prophecy. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_433">433</span></p> - -<p>It was now the second year of his reign when the king -took the field with a small, but very well chosen army. The -Edjow and Woolo, two of the most powerful tribes of southern -Galla, taking advantage of the absence of Ras Anastasius, -had entered Amhara by a pass, on the side of which is situated -Melec Shimfa, one of the principal towns of the province.</p> - -<p>The king, leaving old Anastasius to the government of -Gondar, took upon himself the relief of Amhara; and, being -joined by all the troops in his way, he arrived at Melec Shimfa -before the Galla had any intelligence of him. The Galla -always chose for their residence a very level country, because -they are now become all horsemen. The country of -Amhara, on the contrary, is full of high mountains, and -only accessible by certain narrow passes. The king, therefore, -instead of marching directly to the enemy, passed above -them, and left them still advancing, burning the villages -and churches in the country below. He then took possession -of the pass (through which he knew they must retreat) -with a strong body of troops; and filled the entrance -of the defile, which was very rugged ground, with fusileers, -and his best foot armed with lances: after this, he separated -his horse into two divisions, and, reserving one half to -himself, gave the other to Kasmati Demetrius. He then -placed the troops conducted by himself in a wood, about half -a mile from the entrance of the pass, and ordered Demetrius -to fall upon the Galla briskly on the plain, but to retreat -as if terrified by their numbers, and to make the best of his -way then to the pass in the mountains. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_434">434</span></p> - -<p>Demetrius, finding the enemy’s parties scattered wide wasting -the country, fell upon them, and slew many, till he had -arrived near the middle of their body, when the Galla, used -to such expeditions, poured in from all sides, and presently -united. Demetrius, surrounded on every side, was slain, -fighting to the last in the most desperate manner, and his -party, much diminished in number, fled in a manner that -could not be mistaken for stratagem. They were closely -pursued, and followed into the pass by the Galla, who -thought they had thus entirely cut them off from Amhara. -But they were soon received by a close fire from the foot among -the bushes, and by the lances that mingled with -them from every side of the mountain.</p> - -<p>The king, upon the first noise of the musquetry, advanced -quickly with his horse, and met the Galla, in the height -of their confusion, flying back again into the plain. Here -they fell an easy sacrifice to the fresh troops led by Yasous, -and to the peasants, exasperated by the havoc they before -had made in the country. Of the enemy, about 6000 men -fell this day on the field; a few were brought to Gondar, -and, in contempt, sold for slaves. Few on the king’s side -were slain, excepting those that fell with Demetrius, the account -of whose death the king heard without any signs of -regret:—“I told the man (says the king) that he should shew -himself and retire; if I wanted a victory I would have led -the army in person; I march against the Galla, not as a -king, but as an executioner, because my aim is to -extirpate them.”</p> - -<p>Although Yasous was stedfast in his own opinion as to -his religion, or, as it may be more properly called, the disputes -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_435">435</span> -and quibbles with the monks concerning it, yet he -suffered each sect to enjoy its own, and, probably, in his -heart he perfectly despised both.</p> - -<p>The monks, however, were far from possessing any such -spirit of toleration. They considered the deposing of Acab -Saat, Constantius, and the Itchegué Tzaga Christos, as a declaration -of dislike the king entertained towards their party. -They bore with great impatience and indignation, that Abuna -Sanuda, who was once their zealous partizan in the -time of Hannes, should now suddenly change his sentiments, -and declare implicitly for those of the king, and thereby increase -both the number and the consequence of their adversaries. -They declared that they would suffer every thing -rather than live under a king who shewed himself so openly -a favourer of Debra Libanos, though it was now but their -turn, having in the last reign had a king more partial, and -more attached to St Eustathius, than ever Yasous was to any -set of monks whatever.</p> - -<p>The ringleaders in all these seditious declarations were -Abba Tebedin, superior of the monastery of Gondga, and -Kasmati Wali of Damot, by origin a Galla. These two turbulent -men, having first drawn over to their party the Agows -and province of Damot, passed over the Nile to Goodero and -Basso, whom they joined, and then proclaimed king one -Isaac, grandson of Socinios a prince, who was never sent to -the mountain, but whose predecessors, being at liberty when -Facilidas first banished his brothers and children to Wechné, -had fled to the Galla, and there remained in obscurity, waiting -the juncture which now happened to declare his royal -descent, and offer himself for king. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_436">436</span></p> - -<p>The Galla, who sought but a pretence for invading -Abyssinia, readily embraced this opportunity, and swarmed -to him on all sides. His army, in a very short time, was -exceedingly numerous, and the Agows and all Damot were -ready to join him when he should repass the Nile. This -revolt was indeed likely to have proved general, but for the -activity and diligence of the king, who, on the first intelligence, -put himself so suddenly in motion that he was -on the banks of the Nile before the Galla on the one side -were ready for their junction with the confederates on the -other.</p> - -<p>The king’s presence imposed upon the Agows and the -rebels of Damot, so that they let him pass quietly over the -Nile into the country of the Galla, hoping that, as their -designs were not discovered, he might again return through -their country in peace if victorious over the Galla; but, if -he was beaten, they then were ready to intercept him.</p> - -<p>But the Galla, who expected that they would have had -to fight with an army already fatigued and half-ruined by -an action with the Agows on the other side of the river, no -sooner saw it pass the Nile unmolested in full force, than -they began to think how far it was from their interest to make -their country a seat of war, when so little profit was to be -expected. On the approach, therefore, of the king’s army, -many of them deserted to it, and made their peace with -him. The few that remained faithful to Isaac were dispersed -after very little resistance; and he himself being taken -prisoner, and brought before the king, was given up -to the soldiers, who put him to death in his presence. On -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_437">437</span> -the king’s side, no person of consideration was slain but -Kasmati Maziré, and very few on the part of the enemy.</p> - -<p>This year 1685, the 5th of Yasous’s reign, there was no -military expedition. He had pardoned Abba Tebedin, and -Kasmati Wali, and the monks again desired an assembly of -the clergy, which was granted. But the king seeing, at its -first meeting, that it was to produce nothing but wrangling -and invectives; with great calmness and resolution -told the assembly, “That their disputes were of a nature -so confused and unedifying, that he questioned much -their being really founded in scripture; and the rather -so, because the patriarch of Alexandria seemed neither to -know, nor concern himself about them, nor was the Abuna, -at his first coming, ever instructed on any one of these -points. If they were, however, founded in scripture, one -of them was confessedly in the wrong; and, if so, he doubted -it might be the case with both; that he had, therefore, -come to a resolution to name several of the best-qualified -persons of both parties, who, in the presence of the Itchegué -and Abuna, might inspect the books, and from them -settle some premises that might be hereafter accepted and -admitted as <i>data</i> by both.”</p> - -<p>This being assented to, the very next year he ordered two -of the priests of Debra Libanos then at Gondar, together -with Abba Tebedin, Cosmas of Aruana, the Abuna Sanuda, -and the Itchegué, forthwith to repair to Debra Mariam, an -island in the lake Tzana, where, sequestered from the -world, they might discuss their several opinions, and settle -some points admissible by both sides. After which, without -giving any opportunity for reply, he dissolved the assembly, -and took the field with his army. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_438">438</span></p> - -<p>The king, though perfectly informed of the part that -the whole province of Damot had taken in the rebellion of -Isaac, as also great part of the Agows, but most of all that -tribe called Zeegam, yet had so well dissembled, that most -of them believed he was ignorant of their fault, and all of -them, that he had no thoughts of punishing them, for he -had returned through Damot, after the defeat of Isaac, -without shewing any mark of anger, or suffering his troops -to commit the smallest hostility. He now passed in the -same peaceable manner through the country of Zeegam, -intending to attack the Shangalla of Geesa and Wumbarea.</p> - -<p>These two tribes are little known. Like the other Shangalla -they are Pagans, but worship the Nile and a certain -tree, and have a language peculiar to themselves. They -are woolly-headed, and of the deepest black; very tall and -strong, straighter and better-made about the legs and joints -than the other blacks; their foreheads narrow, their cheekbones -high, their noses flat, with wide mouths, and very -small eyes. With all this they have an air of chearfulness -and gaiety which renders them more agreeable than other -blacks. Their women are very amorous, and sell at a much -greater price than other blacks of the sex.</p> - -<p>This country is bounded on the south by Metchakel; on -the west by the Nile; the east by Serako, part of Guesgué -and Kuara; and, on the north, by Belay, Guba, and the Hamidge<a id="FNanchor_62" href="#Footnote_62" class="fnanchor">62</a> -of Sennaar. They make very frequent inroads, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_439">439</span> -and surprise the Agows, whose children they sell at Guba -to the Mahometans, who traffic there for gold and slaves, -and get iron and coarse cotton-cloths in return. Their -country is full of woods, and their manner of life the same -as has been already described in speaking of the other -tribes.</p> - -<p>The Geesa live close upon the Nile, to which river they -give their own name. It is also called Geesa by the Agows, -in the small district of Geesh, where it rises from its source. -They never have yet made peace with Abyssinia, are governed -by the heads of families, and live separately for the sake -of hunting, and, for this reason, are easily conquered. The -men are naked, having a cotton rag only about their middle. -The nights are very cold, and they lie round great -fires; but the fly is not so dangerous here as to the eastward, -so that goats, in a small number, live here. Their -arms are bows, lances, and arrows; large wooden clubs, with -knobs, nearly as big as a man’s head, at the end of them; -their shields are oval. They worship the Nile, but no other -river, as I have said before; it is called Geesa, which, in -their language, signifies the first Maker, or Creator. They -imagine its water is a cure for most diseases.</p> - -<p>East of the Geesa is Wumbarea, which reaches to Belay. -The king fell first on the Geesa, part of whom he took, and -the rest he dispersed. He then turned to the right through -Wumbarea, and met with some resistance in the narrow -passes in the mountains, in one of which Kasmati Kosté, (one -of his principal officers) a man of low birth, but raised by -his merit to his present rank, was slain by an arrow. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_440">440</span></p> - -<p>The king then repassed the Agows of Zeegam, in the -same peaceable manner in which he came, and then marched -on without giving any cause of suspicion, taking up his -quarters at Ibaba. It was here he had appointed an assembly -of the clergy to meet, before whom the several delegates, -chosen to consider the controverted points, and find -some ground for a reconciliation, were to make their report. -The Abuna, Itchegué, and all those who, for this -purpose, were shut up in Debra Mariam, appeared before -the king. But, however amicably things had been carried -on while they were shut up in the island, the usual -warmth and violence prevailed before the assembly. Ayto -Christos, Abba Welled Christos of Debra Libanos, on one -side, and Tebedin and Cosmas on the other, fell roundly, -and without preface, upon a dispute about the incarnation, -so that the affair from argument was likely to turn to sedition.</p> - -<p>The turbulent Tebedin, leaving the matter of religion -wholly apart, inveighed vehemently against the retirement -to Debra Mariam, which he loudly complained of as -banishment. Ras Anastasius and Abuna Sanuda reproved -him sharply for the freedom with which he taxed this -measure of the king, and in this they were followed by -many of the wiser sort on both sides. Immediately after -the assembly, the king ordered Tebedin to be put in irons, -and sent to a mountainous prison. He then returned to -Gondar.</p> - -<p>This year, the 9th of Yasous reign, there appeared a comet, -remarkable for its size and fiery brightness of its body, -and for the prodigious length and distinctness of its tail. It -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_441">441</span> -was first taken notice of at Gondar, two days before the -feast of St Michael, on which day the army takes the field. A -sight so uncommon alarmed all sorts of people; and the -prophets, who had kept themselves within very moderate -bounds during this whole reign, now thought that it was -incumbent upon them to distinguish themselves, and be silent -no longer. Accordingly they foretold, from this phenomenon, -and published everywhere as a truth infallibly and -immutably pre-ordained, that the present campaign was to -exhibit a scene of carnage and bloodshed, more terrible and -more extensive than any thing that ever had appeared in -the annals of Ethiopia. That these torrents of blood, which -were everywhere to follow the footsteps of the king, were -to be stopped by his death, which was to happen before he -ever returned again to Gondar; and, as the object of the -king’s expedition was still a secret, these alarming presages -gained a great deal of credit.</p> - -<p>But it was not so with Yasous, who, notwithstanding he -was importuned, by learned men of all sorts, to put off his -departure for some days, absolutely refused, answering always -such requests by irony and derision: “Pho! Pho! -says he, you are not in the right; we must give the comet -fair play; use him well, or he will never appear again, -and then idle people and old women will have nothing -to amuse themselves with.”</p> - -<p>He accordingly left Gondar at the time he had appointed; -and he was already arrived at Amdaber, a few day’s distance -from the capital, when an express brought him word of his -mother’s death, on which he immediately marched back to -Gondar, and buried her in the island of Mitraha with all -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_442">442</span> -possible magnificence, and with every mark of sincere -grief.</p> - -<p>Though the prophets had not just succeeded in what -they foretold, they kept nevertheless a good countenance. -It is true that no blood was shed, nor did the king die before -he returned to Gondar; but his mother died when he -was away, and that was much the same thing, for they -contended that it was not a great mistake, from the bare -authority of a comet, to err only in the sex of the person -that was to die; a queen for a king was very near calculation. -As for the bloody story, and the king’s death, they -said they had mistaken the year in computing, but that -it still was to happen (when it pleased God) <i>some other -time</i>.</p> - -<p>Every body agreed that these explanations were the best -possible, excepting the king, who perceived a degree of malice -in the foretelling his death and certain loss of his army -just at the instant he was taking the field. But he disguised -his resentment under strong irony, with which he attacked -these diviners incessantly. He had inquired accurately -the day of his mother’s death: “How is it, says he to -his chaplain, (or kees hatzé) that this comet should come -to <i>foretel</i> my mother’s death, when she was dead four days -before it appeared?” Another day, to the same person he -said, “I fear you do my mother too much honour at the -expence of religion. Is it decent to suppose that such a -star, the most remarkable appearance at the birth of Christ, -should now be employed on no greater errand than to -foretel the death of the daughter of Guebra Mascal?” These, -and many more such railleries, accounted by these visionaries, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_443">443</span> -as little short of impiety, so mortified Kostè (the kees -hatzé,) a great believer in, and protector of the dreamers, -that he resigned all his employments, and retired among -the hermits into the desert of Werk-leva towards Sennaar, -to study the aspects of the stars more accurately, and more -at leisure.</p> - -<p>Though we neither pay this comet the superstitious reverence -the idle fanatics of Abyssinia shewed it, nor yet -treat it with that contempt which this great king’s good -sense prompted him to do, we shall make some use of it, acknowledging -our gratitude to the historian who has recorded -it. We shall hereby endeavour to establish our -chronology in opposition to that of the catholic writers, relating -to the date of some transactions with which they -were not cotemporaries, and only relate from hearsay, as -happening before the arrival of the missionaries in this -country.</p> - -<p>Yasous the Great, of whom we are now writing, came -to the throne upon the death of his father Hannes in 1680; -the 9th year of this reign then was 1689.</p> - -<p>Hedar is the 3d month of the Abyssinians, and answers to -part of our November; and the 12th of that month, Hedar, -is the feast of St Michael the archangel, or 8th day of our -month November, N. S.</p> - -<p>Gondar is in lat. 12° 34´ 30´´ N. and in long. 37° 33´ 0´´ E. -from the meridian of Greenwich. By the fiery appearance -of the nucleus, or body of the comet, it certainly then was -very near the sun, and either was going down upon it to its -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_444">444</span> -perihelion, or had already passed it, and was receding to -its aphelion; but by its increasing tail, already at a great -length, we may conjecture it was only then going down to -its conjunction, and was then near approaching to the sun.</p> - -<p>From this we should conclude that this comet must have -been seen, however rapidly it did move, some time before -the 6th of November, or two days before the feast of St -Michael. But this depends on the circumstances of the -climate; for though the tropical rains cease the first of September, -the cloudy weather continues all the month of October; -at the end of these fall the latter rains in gentle -showers, which allay the fevers in Dembea, and make the -country wholesome for the march of the army, and these -rains fall mostly in the night. From this it is probable -that the comet, having at first little light and no tail, as yet -at a distance from the sun, was not very apparent to the -naked eye, till by its increased motion and heat it had acquired -both tail and brightness, as it approached its perihelion.</p> - -<p>Now we find by our European accounts<a id="FNanchor_63" href="#Footnote_63" class="fnanchor">63</a>, that, in the year -1689, there did appear a comet, the orbit of which was calculated -by M. Pingrè. And this comet arrived at its perihelion -on the 1st day of December 1689, so was going down -much inflamed, and with a violent motion to the sun, the -6th of November, when it was observed at Gondar, being but -25 days then from its perihelion.</p> - -<p>As these circumstances are more than sufficient to constitute -the identity of the comet, a phænomenon too rare to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_445">445</span> -risk being confounded with another, we may hardly conclude -the 9th year of Yasous the First to be the year 1689 of -Christ, such as our chronology, drawn from the Abyssinian -annals, states it to be; or, at least, if there is any error, it must -be so small as to be of no sort of consequence to any sort -of readers, or influence upon the narrative of any transactions.</p> - -<p>The 10th year began with a sudden and violent alarm, -which spread itself in an instant all over the kingdom -without any certain authority. The Galla with an innumerable -army were said to have entered Gojam, at several -places, and laid waste the whole province, and this was the -more extraordinary, as the Nile was now in the height of -its inundation. On his march, the king learned that this -story arose merely from a panic; and this formidable army -turned out no more than a small band of robbers of that -nation, who had passed the river in their usual way, part -on horseback, while the foot were dragged over, hanging at -the horses tails, or riding on goats skins blown up with -wind. This small party had surprised some weak villages, -killed the inhabitants, and immediately returned across the -river. But the alarm continued, and there were people at -Gondar who were ready to swear they saw the villages and -churches on fire, and a large army of Galla in their march -to Ibaba, at the same time that there was not one Galla on -the Gojam side of the river.</p> - -<p>The king, however, either considering this small body of -Galla coming at this unseasonable time, and the panic that -was so artificially spread, as a feint to throw him off his -guard when a real invasion might be intended, or with a -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_446">446</span> -view to cover his own designs, summoned all the men of -the province of Gojam to meet him in arms at Ibaba the -7th day of January, being the proper season for preparing -an expedition into the country of the Galla. He himself in -the mean time retired to Dek, an island in the lake Tzana, -there to stay till his army should be collected.</p> - -<p>While the king was in the island, a number of the malcontents -among the monks, who had, in the several assemblies, -been banished for sedition with Tebedin, came to -him there, desiring to be heard before an assembly; and -they brought with them Arca Denghel, of Debra Samayat, to -support their petition. The king answered, that he was -ready to call an assembly, provided the Abuna desired, or -would promise to be present; but that the Abuna was -then at Debra Mariam, where they might go and know his -mind.</p> - -<p>The Abuna, who foresaw little good could be expected -from such meetings, and knew how disagreeable they were -to the king, absolutely refused to attend. On this they returned -again to the king, desiring that, of his own mere -prerogative, he would call their assembly without consulting -further the Abuna. To this the king answered boldly, -That he knew it was his right to call his subjects together, -without any other reason for so doing but his will; yet, -when the avowed cause of the meeting was to canvass matters -of faith, he had made it a rule to himself, that the -Abuna should always be present, or at least consent to the -meeting. And with this answer he ordered them all to -depart immediately. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_447">447</span></p> - -<p>Many of the principal people about the king advised -him to put these turbulent people in irons, for daring to -come into his presence without leave. But Yasous was contented -to remand each to the place of his banishment from -whence he came. He then removed from Dek to Ibaba, on -the 10th of January, the journey being no more than two -easy days; but, whether it was that the Galla did not intend -another invasion, or whether they were overawed by -the king’s preparations and presence, and did not think -themselves safe even in their own country, none of them -this year passed the Nile, or gave any uneasiness either to -Gojam or Damot.</p> - -<p>Though the whole nation believed that the king’s attention -was entirely engaged in the various expeditions against -the Galla and Shangalla, which he executed with so much -diligence and success, yet there was still a principal object -superior to all these, which remained a secret in his own -breast, after the parties concerned had absolutely forgot it. -All his campaigns against the Shangalla were only designed -to lull asleep those he considered as his principal enemies, -that he might make the blow he aimed at them more certain -and effectual.</p> - -<p>Six years had now passed since the Agows, and particularly -the most powerful tribe of them, the Zeegam, had, with -those of Damot and the Galla, conspired to put the crown -upon the head of the rebel prince Isaac, who had lost his -life in the engagement which followed on the other side of -the Nile. It will be remembered also, that the country of -the Agows is in general open, full of rich plains, abundantly -watered by variety of fine streams; in other parts, gentle -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_448">448</span> -risings and descents, but without mountains, saving that, -almost in every tribe, Nature had placed one rugged mountain -to which these people retired upon the approach of -their neighbouring enemies the Galla and Shangalla. This -description does, in a more extensive manner, belong to the -country of the Zeegam, the most powerful, rich, and trading -tribe of the whole nation.</p> - -<p>Not one single mountain, but a considerable ridge, divides -the country nearly in the middle, the bottom of which, -and nearly one-third up, is covered with brush-wood, full of -stiff bamboos and canes, bearing prickly fruit, with aloes, -acacia very thorny, and of several dwarf shrubby kinds, interspersed -with the kantuffa<a id="FNanchor_64" href="#Footnote_64" class="fnanchor">64</a>, a beautiful thorn, which alone -is considered, where it grows thick and in abundance, -as a sufficient impediment for the march of a royal army. -Through these are paths known only to the inhabitants -themselves, which lead you to the middle of the mountain, -where are large caves, probably begun by Nature, and afterwards -enlarged by the industry of man. The mouths of -these are covered with bushes, canes, and wild oats, that grow -so as to conceal both man and horse, while the tops of these -mountains are flat and well-watered, and there they sow -their grain out of the reach of the enemy. Upon the first -alarm they drive the cattle to the top, lodge their wives -and children in the caves, and, when the enemy approaches -near, they hide the cattle in the caves likewise, some of -which cavities are so large as to hold 500 oxen, and all the -people to which they belong. The men then go down to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_449">449</span> -the lowest part of the mountain, from whose thickets they -sally, upon every opportunity that presents itself, to attack -the enemy whom they find marauding in the plains.</p> - -<p>The king had often assembled his army at Ibaba, only -four days march from Zeegam. He had done more; he -had passed below the country, and returned by the other -side of it, in his attack upon Geesa and Wumbarea; but -he had never committed any act of hostility, nor shewn -himself discontented with them. To deceive them still -farther, he ordered now his army to meet him at Esté in -Begemder; and sent to Kasmati Claudius, governor of Tigré, -to join him with all his forces as soon as he should -hear he was arrived at Lama, a large plain before we descend -the steep mountain of Lamalmon, which stands not -far from the banks of the river Tacazzé. He privately gave -orders also to Kasmati Claudius, Kasmati Dimmo Christos -of Tigré, and to Adera and Quaquera Za Menfus Kedus, to -inform themselves where the water lay below, and whether -there was enough for his army in Betcoom, for so they call -the territory of the eastern branch of Shangalla adjoining -to Siré and Tigré. By this manœuvre the enemy was deceived, -as the most intelligent thought he was to attack -Lasta, and the others, that knew the secret of the water, were -sure his march was against the Shangalla.</p> - -<p>The king began his march from Ibaba, and crossed the -Nile at the second cataract below Dara, where there is a -bridge; and, entering Begemder, he joined his army at Esté, -which was going in a route directly from Agow and Damot -towards Lasta. But no sooner was he arrived at Esté, -than, that very night, he suddenly turned back the way he -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_450">450</span> -came, and, marching through Maitsha, he crossed the Nile, -for the second time, at Goutto, above the first cataract.</p> - -<p>The morning of the 3d of May, the sixth day of forced -marches, without having encamped the whole way, he entered -Zeegam at the head of his army. He found the -country in perfect security, both people and cattle below on -the plains and in the villages; and having put all to the -sword who first offered themselves, and the principal of the -conspirators being taken prisoners, he sold their wives and -children at a public auction for slaves to the highest bidder. -He then took the principal men among them along with -him for security for paying six years tribute which they -were in arrears, fined them 6000 oxen, which he ordered to -be delivered upon the spot; and then collecting his army, -he sent to the chiefs of Damot to meet him before he entered -their territory, and to bring security with them for the -fine he intended to lay upon them, otherwise he would -destroy their country with fire and sword; and he advanced -the same day to Assoa, south of the sources of the Nile, divided -only from Damot by the ridge of mountains of Amid -Amid.</p> - -<p>The people of Damot, inhabiting an open level country -without defence, had no choice but to throw themselves on -the king’s mercy, who fined them 500 ounces of gold and -100 oxen, and took the principal people with him in irons -as hostages.</p> - -<p>He then returned, leaving the sources of the Nile on his -right, through Dengui, Fagitta, and Aroosi; crossed the river -Kelti, having the Agow and Atchesser on his left, and returned -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_451">451</span> -to Gondar by Dingleber. He then gave 2000 cattle -to the churches of Tecla Haimanout and Yasous, being neared -the king’s palace, to the Itchegué Hannes, the judges -and principal servants of his household, to all a share, without -reserving one to himself. And the rains being now very -constant, (for it was the 25th of June) he resolved to continue -the rest of the winter in Gondar to regulate the affairs -of the church.</p> - -<p>This year the king resumed his expedition against the -Shangalla, towards which he had taken several preparatory -steps, while he was projecting the surprise of the Zeegam. -These are the Troglodytes on the eastern part of Abyssinia, -towards the Red Sea, south of Walkayt, Siré, Tigré, and Baharnagash, -till they are there cut off by the mountains of -the Habab. These, the most powerful of all their tribes, are -comprehended under the general name of <i>Dobenah</i>; the tribe -Baasa, which we have already spoken of as occupying the -banks of the Tacazzé, are the only partners they have in -the peninsula formed by that river and the Mareb. Their -country and manner of life have been already abundantly -described. It is all called Kolla, in opposition to Daga, which -is the general name of the mountainous parts of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>The king, being informed by Kasmati Claudius that -there was water in great plenty at Betcoom, marched from -Gondar the 29th of October to Deba, thence to Kossoguè, after -to Tamama. He then turned to the left to a village -called Sidrè, nearer to the Shangalla. From this station he -forbade the lighting fires in the camp, and took the road -leading to the Mareb; then turning to the left, the 1st of -December he surprised a village called Kunya. The king -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_452">452</span> -was the first who began the attack, and was in great danger, -as Mazmur, captain of his guard, was killed by a lance -at his side. But the soldiers rushing in upon sight of the -king’s situation, who had already slain two with his own -hand, the village was carried, and the inhabitants put to -the sword, refusing all to fly, and fighting obstinately to the -last gasp.</p> - -<p>From Kunya the king proceeded rapidly to Tzaada Amba<a id="FNanchor_65" href="#Footnote_65" class="fnanchor">65</a>, -the largest and most powerful settlement of these savages. -They have no water but what they get from the river -Mareb, which, as I have elsewhere observed, rises above -Dobarwa, and, after making the circle of that town, loses -itself soon after in the sand for a space, then appears again, -and, after a short course, hides itself a second time to the -N. E. near the Taka, whose wells it supplies with fresh water. -But in the rainy months it runs with a full-stream, in -a wide and deep bed, and unites itself to the Tacazzé, with -it making the northmost point of the ancient island of Meroë.</p> - -<p>The king met the same success at Tzaada Amba that he -had before experienced at Kunya, at which last village he -passed the feast of the epiphany and benediction of the waters; -a ceremony annually observed both by the Greek and -Abyssinian church, the intent of which has been strangely -mistaken by foreigners. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_453">453</span></p> - -<p>From Kunya, his head-quarters, Yasous attacked the several -nations of which this is, as it were, the capital, Zacoba, -Fadè, Qualquou, and Sahalé, and he returned again to -Tzaada Amba, resolving to complete their destruction. The -remains of these miserable people, finding resistance vain, -had hid themselves in inaccessible caves in the mountains, -and the thickest parts of the woods, where they lay perfectly -concealed in the day-time, and only stole out when -thirst obliged them at night. The king, who knew this, -and that they had no other water but what they brought -from the Mareb, formed a strong line of troops along the -banks of that river, till the greatest part of the Shangalla of -Tzaada Amba died with thirst, or were taken or slain by -the army.</p> - -<p>His next enterprize was to attempt Betcoom, a large habitation -of Shangalla east of the Mareb, whose number, -strength, and reputation for courage, had hitherto prevented -the Abyssinians from molesting them, never having -touched, unless the farthest skirts of their country. The -names of their tribes inhabiting Betcoom are, Baigada, -Dadé, Ketfè, Kicklada, Moleraga, Megaerbé, Gana, Selé, Hamta, -Shalada, Elmsi, and Lentè. The small river of Lidda -falling from a high precipice, when swelled with the winter -rains, hollows out deep and large reservoirs below, which -it leaves full of water when the rains cease, so that these -people are here as well supplied with water as those that -dwell on the large rivers the Mareb and Tacazzé. This -was a circumstance unknown, till this sagacious and provident -king ordered the place to be reconnoitred by Kasmati -Claudius, then marched and encamped on the river -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_454">454</span> -Lidda, which, after a short but violent course, falls into the -Mareb.</p> - -<p>The Shangalla of Betcoom did nothing worthy of their -reputation or numbers. They had already procured intelligence -of the fate of great part of their nation, and had -dispersed themselves in unknown and desolate places. The -king, however, made a considerable number of slaves of -the younger sort, and killed as many of the rest as fell into -his hands.</p> - -<p>Leaving Betcoom, the army proceeded still eastward; -passed through the mountains of the Habab, into the low -level country which runs parallel to the Red Sea, at the base -of these mountains, where he spent several days hunting -the elephant, some of which he slew with his own hand, -and turned then to the left to Amba Tchou<a id="FNanchor_66" href="#Footnote_66" class="fnanchor">66</a> and Taka.</p> - -<p>The Taka are a nation of Shepherds living near the extremity -of the rains. They are not Arabs, but live in villages, -and were part formerly of the Bagla, or Habab; they -speak the language of Tigré, and are now reputed part of -the kingdom of Sennaar.</p> - -<p>While the king was at Taka, he received the disagreeable -news, that, after he had left the Shangalla on the Mareb, -Mustapha Gibberti, a Mahometan soldier in the service -of Kasmati Fasa Christos of Dedgin, had, with a small number -of men, ventured down, thinking that he should surprise -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_455">455</span> -the Shangalla of Tzaada Amba, before they recovered -from their late misfortune. This Mustapha had slain two -or three Shangalla with fire-arms; and at first they stood -aloof as fearing the king. But finding soon that it was no -part of his army, and only a small body of adventurers, the -Shangalla ‘now collected in numbers, surrounded Mustapha -and his party, whom they cut off to a man; and, pursuing -their advantage, they entered and took Dedgin, wounded -Kasmati Fasa Christos, and put the inhabitants of the town -to the sword’.</p> - -<p>News of this misfortune were carried speedily to Kasmati -Claudius, governor of Tigré: Cassem, a Mahometan, led the -Gibbertis, the people of that religion in the province; and, -as he was an advanced party, came speedily to blows with -the Shangalla, and was closely engaged, with great appearance -of success, when Claudius came up with an army that -would soon have put an end to the contest. But no sooner -was his army engaged with the Shangalla, than a panic -seized him, and he sounded a retreat; which, in an instant, -became a most shameful flight. Cassem and his gibbertis -fell, fighting to the last man in the middle of their enemies. -The Shangalla followed their advantage, and great part of -the Abyssinian army perished in the flight; Claudius, tho’ -he escaped, left his standard, kettle-drums, and his whole -province in possession of the enemy.</p> - -<p>The king, upon hearing this, returned hastily into Siré; -and his presence established order and tranquillity in that -province, already half abandoned for fear of the Shangalla. -From Siré the king proceeded to Axum, where he celebrated -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_456">456</span> -his victories over the Shangalla, by several days of feasting -and thanksgiving.</p> - -<p>In the midst of this rejoicing, news were brought that -Murat, a servant of the king, whom he had dispatched to -India with merchandise, to bring such commissions as he -stood in need of, was arrived at Masuah, where Musa the -Naybe, or Turkish governor of the island, had detained him, -and seized his goods, under some vexatious pretences. -There is not indeed a more merciless, thievish set of miscreants, -than in that government of Masuah. But the king -knew too well the few resources that island had, to be long -in applying a remedy, without moving from Axum; after -being fully informed of the affair, in all its circumstances, -by Murat, he sent to Abba Saluce, Guebra Christos, and Zarabrook -of Hamazen, the governors of the districts, that as -it were surround Masuah, prohibiting all, upon pain of -death, to suffer any provisions to be carried by any person -whatever into the island of Masuah.</p> - -<p>A severe famine instantly followed, which was to terminate -in certain death, before any relief could come to them, -unless from Abyssinia. The Naybe Musa, therefore, found -into what a terrible scrape he had got; but hunger did not -leave him a moment to deliberate. No third way remained, -but either he must see the king, or die; and without -hesitation he chose the former. He, therefore, set out for -Axum, bringing with him Murat and all the merchandises -he had seized, as also several very considerable presents for -Yasous himself, who accepted them, received his submission, -and ordered the communication with Abyssinia to be open -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_457">457</span> -as before. This done, he dismissed the Naybe, who returned -to Masuah in peace.</p> - -<p>The next affair that came before the king was that of -Kasmati Claudius, (governor of Tigré) who was accused and -found guilty of having fled while the battle with the Shangalla -was yet undecided, leaving his standard and kettle-drums -in the power of the enemy. Besides his present -misbehaviour, strong prejudice existed against him, drawn -from his former character; for it was averred, from very -credible authority, that on one occasion, upon a very slender -appearance of sedition, he ordered his troops to fire upon -several priests of Axum, some of whom were killed on the -spot. Besides which, in the reign of Hatzè Hannes, he was -found guilty of capital crimes committed at Emfras, condemned -to die, and was already hanging upon the tree, -when a very seasonable reprieve arrived from the king, and -he was thereupon cut down whilst yet alive. Yasous contented -himself with depriving him of his employment, and -afterwards sending him to perpetual banishment.</p> - -<p>The next brought to their trial were Za Woldo, and Adera -and his sons. These last were very near relations to -the king, for they were sons of Ozoro Keduset Christos, -daughter of Facilidas. They were accused of having deserted -their country and left it waste to be over-run by wild -beasts, and a rendezvous for the Shangalla, who thence extended -their incursions as far as Waldubba. Of this there -was ample proof against them, and they were therefore sentenced -to die, but the king commuted their punishment into -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_458">458</span> -that of being imprisoned for life in a cave in the island -of Dek.</p> - -<p>As for the province of Siré itself, he declared all the -inhabitants and nobility, degraded from their rank, and -all lands, whether feus from the king, or held by any -other tenure, were confiscated, resumed by, and re-united to -the crown. He then reduced the whole province from a -royal government to a private one, and annexed it to the -province of Tigré, whose governor was to place over it a -shum, or petty officer, without any ensigns of power. And, -last of all, he gave the government of Tigré to the Ras Feres, -or master of the horse, in room of Kasmati Claudius degraded -and banished.</p> - -<p>The many striking examples which the king had lately -given, one close upon the other, of his own personal bravery, -his impartial justice, his secrecy in his expeditions, and the -certain vengeance that followed where it was deserved, his -punishment of the Zeegam, his expedition against the Shangalla, -his affair with the Naybe Musa, and his behaviour to -the cowardly Claudius and dastardly nobility of Siré, fully -convinced his subjects of all degrees, that neither family, -nor being related to the crown, nor the strength of their -country, nor length of time since they offended, nor indeed -any thing but a return to and continuance in their duty, -could give them security under such a prince. Thus ended -the campaign of the Dobenah, spoke of to this day in Abyssinia -as the greatest warlike atchievement of any of their -kings. Twenty-six thousand men are said to have perished -by thirst when the king took possession of the water at -Tzaada Amba. And yet, notwithstanding the small-pox -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_459">459</span> -which, in some places, exterminated whole tribes, the Dobenah -have not lost an inch of territory, but seem rather to -be gaining upon Siré.</p> - -<p>Yasous arrived at Dancaz on the 8th of March 1692, -having dismissed his army as he passed Gondar. From -Dancaz he went to Lasta, and after a short stay there, came -to Arringo in Begemder. At this place the king received -accounts that far exceeded his expectations, and gratified -his warmest wishes. He had long endeavoured to gain a -party among the Galla to divide them; and, though no -marks of success had yet followed, he still had continued to -use his endeavours.</p> - -<p>On his arrival at Arringo, he was met by a chief of the -southern Galla, called Kal-kend, who brought him advice -that, while he was busy with the Shangalla, an irruption -had been made into Amhara by the Galla tribes of Liban -and Toluma; that they, the king’s friends, had come up -with them at Halka, fought with them, and beat them, and -freed Amhara entirely from all apprehension. The king, -exceedingly rejoiced to see his most inveterate enemies become -the defenders of his country, ordered the governor of -Amhara to pay the Kal-kend 500 webs of cotton-cloth, 500 -loads of corn, and escort both the men and the present till -they were safely delivered in their own country.</p> - -<p>The 30th of June the king arrived at Gondar from Arringo, -and immediately summoned an assembly of the clergy -to meet and receive a letter from the patriarch of Alexandria, -brought by Abba Masmur of Agde, and Abba Dioscuros -of Maguena, who were formerly sent to Egypt to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_460">460</span> -ask the patriarch why he displaced Abuna Christodulus, and -appointed Abba Sanuda in his room, and desiring that Abba -Marcus should be made Abuna, and Sanuda deposed. -The clergy met very punctually, and the patriarch’s letter -was produced in the assembly, the seal examined, and declared -to be the patriarch’s, and unbroken. The letter being -opened by the king’s order, it contained the patriarch’s mandate -to depose Abba Sanuda, and to put Marcus Abuna in his -place, which was immediately done by command of the king.</p> - -<p>While Yasous was thus busied in directing the affairs -of his kingdom with great wisdom and success, both in -church and state, a matter was in agitation, unknown to -him, at a distance from his dominions, which had a tendency -to throw them again into confusion.</p> - -<p>Towards the end of the last century, there was settled at -Cairo a number of Italian missionaries of the reformed -Order of St Francis, who, though they lived in the same -convent, and were maintained at the expence of the fathers -of the Holy Land, yet did they still pretend to be -independent of the guardian of Jerusalem, the superior of -these latter.</p> - -<p>The expence of their maintenance, joined with their pretensions -to independence, gave great offence to those religious -of the Holy Land, who thereupon carried their complaints -to Rome, offering to be at the whole charge of the -mission of Egypt, and to furnish from their own society -subjects capable of attending to, and extending the Christian -faith. This offer met with the desired success at -Rome. The mission of Egypt, to the exclusion of every -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_461">461</span> -other Order, was given to the fathers of Jerusalem, or the -Holy Land, whom we shall henceforth call Capuchin friars. -These capuchins lost no time, but immediately dismissed -the reformed Franciscans, whom we shall hereafter -distinguish by the name of Franciscans, suffering only two -of that Order to remain at Cairo.</p> - -<p>The Franciscans, thus banished, returned all to Rome, -and there, for several years together, openly defended their -own cause, insisting upon the justice of their being replaced -in the exercise of their ancient functions. This, however, -they found absolutely impossible. They were a poor -Order, and the interest of the capuchins had stopped every -avenue of the sacred college against them. Finding, therefore, -that fair and direct means could not accomplish their -ends, they had recourse to others not so commendable, and -by these they succeeded, and obtained their purpose. They -pretended that, when the Jesuits were chased out of Abyssinia, -a great number of Catholics, avoiding the persecution, -had fled into the neighbouring countries of Sennaar and -Nubia; that they still remained, most meritoriously preserving -their faith amidst the very great hardships inflicted -upon them by the infidels; but that, under these hardships, -they must soon turn Mahometans, unless spiritual assistance -was speedily sent them.</p> - -<p>This representation, as totally void of truth as ever fable -was, was confirmed by the two Franciscans, who still remained -at Cairo by permission of the capuchins, or fathers -of the Holy Land; and, when afterwards published at Rome, -it excited the zeal of every bigot in Italy. All interested -themselves in behalf of these imaginary Christians of Nubia; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_462">462</span> -and pope Innocent XII. was so convinced of the truth -of the story, as to establish a considerable fund to support -the expence of this, now called the Ethiopic mission, the sole -conduct of which remains still with the reformed Franciscans.</p> - -<p>To take care of these fugitive Christians of Nubia, though -it was the principal, yet it was not the only charge committed -to the fathers of his mission. They were to penetrate -into Abyssinia, and keep the seeds of the Romish faith alive -there until a proper time should present itself for converting -the whole kingdom.</p> - -<p>In order to this, a large convent was bought for them at -Achmim, the ancient Panopolis in Upper Egypt, that here -they might be able to afford a refreshment to such of their -brethren as should return weary and exhausted by their -preaching among the Nubian confessors; and, for further -assistance, they had permission to settle two of their Order -at Cairo, independent of the fathers of the Holy Land, notwithstanding -the former exclusion.</p> - -<p>Such is the state of this mission at the present time. No -Nubian Christians ever existed at the time of their establishment, -nor is there one in being at this day. But if their -proselytes have not increased, their convents have. Achmim, -Furshout, Badjoura, and Negadè are all religious -houses belonging to this mission, although I never yet was -able to learn, that either Heretic, or Pagan, or Mahometan, -was so converted as to die in the Christian faith at any -one of these places; nor have they been much troubled -with relieving their brethren, worn out with the toils of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_463">463</span> -Abyssinian journies, none of them, as far as I know, having -ever made one step towards that country; nor is this indeed -to be regretted by the republic of letters, because, besides -a poor stock of scholastic divinity, not one of them -that I saw had either learning or abilities to be of the -smallest use either in religion or discovery.</p> - -<p>It was now the most brilliant period of the reign of -Louis XIV. almost an Augustan age, and generally allowed -so, both in France and among foreigners. Men of merit, -of all countries and professions, felt the effects of the liberality -of this great encourager of learning; public works were -undertaken, and executed superior to the boasted ones of -Greece or Rome, and a great number and variety of noble events -constituted a magnificent history of his reign, in a series -of medals. Religion alone had yet afforded no hint for these. -His conduct in this matter, instead of that of a hero, shewed -him to be a blind, bloody, merciless tyrant, madly throwing -down in a moment, with one hand, what he had, with the assistance -of great ministers, been an age in building with the -other. The Jesuits, zealous for the honour of the king, their -great protector, thought this a time to step in and wipe away -the stain. With this view they set upon forwarding a scheme, -which might have furnished a medal superior to all the -rest, had its inscription been, “The Kings of Arabia and Saba -shall bring gifts.”</p> - -<p>Father Fleuriau, a friend of father de la Chaise, the -king’s confessor, was employed to direct the consul of Cairo, -that he should, in co-operation with the Jesuits privately, -send a fit person into Abyssinia, who might inspire the king -of that country with a desire of sending an embassy into -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_464">464</span> -France, and, upon the management of this political affair, -they founded their hopes of getting themselves replaced in -the mission they formerly enjoyed, and of again superseding -their rivals the Franciscans, in directing all the measures to be -taken for that country’s conversion. But this required the -utmost delicacy, for it was well known, that the court of -Rome was very much indisposed towards them, imputing -to their haughtiness, implacability, and imprudence, the loss -of Abyssinia. Their conduct in China, where they tolerated -idolatrous rites to be blended with Christian worship, began -also now to be known, and to give the greatest scandal to -the whole church. It was, therefore, necessary to make the -king declare first in their favour before they began to attempt -to conciliate the pope.</p> - -<p>Louis took upon him the protection of this mission with -all the readiness the Jesuits desired; and the Jesuit Verseau -was sent immediately to Rome, with strong letters to cardinal -Jansen, protector of France, who introduced him to the -pope.</p> - -<p>Verseau knew well the consequence of the protection -with which he was honoured. At his first audience he declared, -in a very firm voice and manner, to the pope, that -the king had resolved to take upon himself the conduct of -the Ethiopic mission, and that he had cast his eyes upon -them (the Jesuits) as the fittest persons to be entrusted with -the care of it, for <i>reasons best known to himself</i>. The pope -dissembled; he extolled, in the most magnificent terms, -the king’s great zeal for the advancement of religion, approved -of the choice he had made of the Jesuits, and praised -their resolution as highly acceptable to him, immediately -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_465">465</span> -consenting that Verseau, and five other Jesuits, should -without delay pass into Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>But it very soon appeared, that, however this might be -the language of the pope, nothing could be more remote -from his intentions; for, without the knowledge of the Jesuits, -or any way consulting them, he appointed the superior -of the Franciscans to be his legate a latere to the king -of Abyssinia, and provided him with presents to that prince, -and the chief noblemen of his court.</p> - -<p>Some time afterwards, when, to prevent strife or concurrence, -the Jesuits applied to the pope to receive his directions -which of the two should first attempt to enter Abyssinia, the -Franciscans, or their own Order, the pope answered shortly, -That it should be those who were most expert. Whether this -apparent indisposition of his Holiness intimidated Verseau is -not known; but, instead of going to Cairo, he went to Constantinople, -thence to Syria, to a convent of his Order of which -he was superior, and there he staid. So that the Ethiopic -mission at Cairo remained in the hands of two persons of -different Orders, the one Paschal, an Italian Franciscan friar, -the other a Jesuit and Frenchman, whose name was Brevedent.</p> - -<p>Brevedent was a person of the most distinguished piety -and probity, zealous in promoting his religion, but neither -imprudent nor rash in his demonstrations of it; affable -in his carriage, chearful in his disposition, of the most -profound humility and exemplary patience. Besides this, -he was reputed a man of good taste and knowledge in profane -learning, and, what crowned all, an excellent mathematician. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_466">466</span> -He seems indeed to me to have been a copy of -the famous Peter Paez, who first gave an appearance of stability -to the Portuguese conversion of Abyssinia; like him -he was a Jesuit, but of a better nation, and born in a better -age.</p> - -<p>I must here likewise take notice of what I have already -hinted, that in Abyssinia the character of ambassador is not -known. They have no treaties of peace or commerce with -any nation in the world: But, for purposes already mentioned, -factors are employed; and, Abyssinia being everywhere -surrounded by Mahometans, these of course have the -preference; and, as they carry letters from their masters, the -custom of the East obliges them to accompany these with -presents to the sovereigns of the respective kingdoms -through which they pass, and this circumstance dignifies -them with the title of ambassador in the several courts at -which they have business. Such was Musa, a factor of the -king, whom we have seen detained, and afterwards delivered -by the Naybe of Masuah, not many years before, in this -king’s reign; and such also was Hagi Ali, then upon his -master’s business at Cairo, when M. de Maillet was consul -there, and had received his instructions from father Fleuriau -at Paris, to bring about this embassy from Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>Besides his other business, Hagi Ali had orders to bring -with him a physician, if possible, from Cairo; for Yasous -and his eldest son were both of a scorbutic habit, which -threatened to turn into a leprosy. Hagi Ali, in former -voyages, had been acquainted with a capuchin friar Paschal; -and, having received medicines from him before, he now -applied to Paschal to return with him into Abyssinia, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_467">467</span> -and undertake the cure of the king. Paschal very readily -complied with this, upon condition that he should be allowed -to take for his companion a monk of his own Order, -friar Anthony; to which Hagi Ali readily consented, happy -in being enabled to carry two physicians to his master -instead of one.</p> - -<p>The French consul was soon informed of this treaty with -the friar Paschal; and, having very easy means to bring Hagi -Ali to his house, he informed him, that neither Paschal -nor Anthony were physicians, but that he himself had a -man of his own nation, whose merit he extolled beyond any -thing that had hitherto been said of Hippocrates or Galen. -Hagi Ali very willingly accepted of the condition, and it was -agreed that, as Verseau had not appeared, Brevedent above -mentioned should attend the physician as his servant.</p> - -<p>This physician was Charles Poncet, a Frenchman, settled -in Cairo, who was (as Mr Maillet says) bred a chymist and -apothecary, and, if so, was necessarily better skilled in the -effects and nature of medicine than those are who call -themselves physicians, and practise in the east. Nothing -against his private character was intimated by the consul -at this time; and, with all deference to better judgment, I -must still think, that if Poncet did deserve the epithets of -drunkard, liar, babbler, and thief, which Maillet abundantly -bestows upon him towards the end of this adventure, -the consul could not have chosen a more improper person -as the representative of his master, nor a more probable -one to make the design he had in hand miscarry; nor -could he, in this case, ever vindicate the preventing Paschal’s -journey, who must have been much fitter for all the employments -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_468">468</span> -intended than such a man as Poncet was, if -one half is true of that which the consul said of him afterwards.</p> - -<p>Maillet, having so far succeeded, prevailed upon one -Ibrahim Hanna, a Syrian, to write five letters, according to -his own ideas, in the Arabic language, one of which was to -the king, the four others to the principal officers at the court -of Abyssinia: doubting, however, whether Ibrahim’s expressions -were equal to the sublimity of his sentiments, he directed -him to submit the letters to the consideration of one -Francis, a monk, capuchin, or friar of the Holy Land. Ibrahim -knew not this capuchin; but he was intimate with -another Francis of the reformed Franciscan Order, and to -him by mistake he carried the letters.</p> - -<p>These Franciscans were the very men from whom Mr de -Maillet would have wished to conceal the sending Poncet with -the Jesuit Brevedent; but the secret being now revealed, Ibrahim -Hanna was discharged the French service for this mistake; -and Hagi Ali departing immediately after with Poncet and -Brevedent, no time remained for the Franciscans to take the -steps they afterwards did to bring about the tragedy in the -person of Poncet, which they completely effected in that of -Mr Noir du Roule.</p> - -<p>Mr Poncet, furnished with a chest of medicines at the -expence of the factory, accompanied by father Brevedent, -who, in quality of his servant, now took the name of Joseph, -joined Hagi Ali, and the caravan destined in the first place, -to Sennaar the capital of Nubia. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_469">469</span></p> - -<p>Poncet set out from Cairo on the 10th of June of the -year 1698, and, fifteen days after, they came to Monfalout, -a considerable town upon the banks of the Nile, the rendezvous -of the caravan being at Ibnah, half a league above -Monfalout. Here they tarried for above three months, waiting -the coming of the merchants from the neighbouring -towns.</p> - -<p>In the afternoon of the 24th of September, they advanced -above a league and a half distance, and took up their -lodging at Elcantara, or the bridge, on the eastern bank of -the Nile. A large calish, or cut, from the Nile stretches here -to the east, and, at that season, was full of water, the inundation -being at its height.</p> - -<p>Poncet believes he was on the eastern banks of the Nile; -but this is a mistake. Siout and Monfalout, the cities he -speaks of, are both on the western banks of that river; nor -had the caravan any thing to do with the eastern banks, -when their course was for many days to the west, and to -the southward of west. Nor was the bridge he passed a -bridge over the Nile. There are no bridges upon that river -from the Mediterranean till we arrive at the second cataract -near the lake Tzana in Abyssinia. The amphitheatre -and ruins he speaks of are the remains of the ancient city -Isiu; and what he took for the Nile was a calish from the -river to supply that city with water.</p> - -<p>The 2d of October the caravan set out in earnest, and -passed, as he says, into a frightful desert of sand, having -first gone through a narrow passage, which he does not mention, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_470">470</span> -amidst those barren, bare, and stony mountains which -border the valley of Egypt on the west.</p> - -<p>The 6th of October they came to El-Vah, a large village, -or town, thick-planted with palm-trees, the Oasis Parva of -the ancients, the last inhabited place to the west that is under -the jurisdiction of Egypt. By softening the original -name, Poncet calls this Helaoue, which, as he says, signifies -<i>sweetness</i>. But surely this was never given it from the productions -he mentions to abound there, <i>viz.</i> senna and coloquintida. -The Arabs call El-Vah a shrub or tree, not unlike -our hawthorn either in form or flower. It was of this -wood, they say, Moses’s rod was made when he sweetened -the waters of Marah. With a rod of this wood, too, Khalid -Ibn el Waalid, the great destroyer of Christians, sweetened -these waters at El-Vah, once very bitter, and gave it the -name from this miracle. A number of very fine springs -burst from the earth at El-Vah, which renders this small -spot verdant and beautiful, though surrounded with dreary -deserts on every quarter; it is situated like an island in the -midst of the ocean.</p> - -<p>The caravan rested four days at El-Vah to procure water -and provisions for the continuation of the journey thro’ -the desert. Poncet’s description of the unpleasantness of -this, is perfectly exact, and without exaggeration. In two -days they came to Cheb, where there is water, but strongly -impregnated with alum, as the name itself signifies; and, -three days after, they reached Selima, where they found the -water good, rising from an excellent spring, which gives its -name to a large desert extending westward forty-five days -journey to Dar Fowr, Dar Selè, and Bagirma, three small -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_471">471</span> -principalities of Negroes that live within the reach of the -tropical rains.</p> - -<p>At Selima they provided water for five days; and, on -the 26th of October, having turned their course a little to -the eastward, came to Moscho, or Machou, a large village -on the western banks of the Nile, which Poncet still mistakes -for the eastern, and which is the only inhabited place -since the leaving El-Vah, and the frontiers of the kingdom -of Dongola, dependent upon that of Sennaar. The Nile -here takes the farthest turn to the westward, and is rightly -delineated in the French maps.</p> - -<p>Poncet very rightly says, this is the beginning of the -country of the Barabra, or Berberians, (I suppose it is a mistake -of the printer when called in the narrative Barauras). -The true signification of the term is <i>the land of the Shepherds</i>, -a name more common and better known in the first dynasties -of Egypt than in more modern histories. The Erbab -(or governor) of this province received him hospitably, and -kindly invited him to Argos, his place of residence, on the -eastern or opposite side of the Nile, and entertained him there, -upon hearing from Poncet that he was sent for by the king -of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>After refreshing themselves eight days at Moscho, they -left it on the 4th of November 1698, and arrived at Dongola -on the 13th of the same month. The country which he -passed along the Nile is very pleasant, and is described by -him very properly. It does not owe its fertility to the -overflowing of the Nile, the banks of that river being -considerably too high. It is watered, however, by the industry -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_472">472</span> -of the inhabitants, who, by different machines, raise -water from the stream.</p> - -<p>We are not to attribute to Poncet, but to those who published, -the story here put into father Brevedent’s mouth about -the fugitive Christians in Nubia, which fable gave rise to -the first institution of the Ethiopic mission. “It drew tears, -says he, from the eyes of father Brevedent, my dear companion, -when he reflected that it was not long since this -was a Christian country; and that it had not lost the faith -but only for want of some person who had zeal enough -to consecrate himself to the instruction of this abandoned -nation.” He adds, that upon their way they found a -great number of hermitages and churches half ruined; a -fiction derived from the same source.</p> - -<p>Dongola was taken, and apostatized early, and the stones -of hermitages and churches had long before this been carried -off, and applied to the building of mosques. Father -Brevedent, therefore, if he wept for any society of Christians -at Dongola, must have wept for those that had perished -there 500 years before.</p> - -<p>Poncet was much caressed at Dongola for the cures -he made there. The Mek, or king, of that city wished him -much to stay and settle there; but desisted out of respect, -when he heard he was going to the emperor of Ethiopia. -Dongola, Poncet has placed rightly on the eastern bank of -the Nile, about lat. 20° 22´.</p> - -<p>The caravan departed from Dongola on the 6th of January -1699; four days after which they entered into the kingdom -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_473">473</span> -of Sennaar, where they met Erbab Ibrahim, brother of the -prime minister, and were received civilly by him. He defrayed -their expences also as far as Korti, where they arrived -the 13th of January.</p> - -<p>Our travellers from Korti were obliged to enter the great -desert of Bahiouda, and cross it in a S. E. direction till they -came to Derreira, where they rested two days, which, Poncet -says, was done to avoid the Arabs upon the Nile. These -Arabs are called Chaigie; they inhabit the banks of that -river to the N. E. of Korti, and never pay the king his revenue -without being compelled and very ill-treated.</p> - -<p>The country about Derreira is called Belled Ullah, from -the cause of its plenty rather than the plenty itself. This -small district is upon the very edge of the tropical rains, -which it enjoys in part; and, by that, is more fruitful than -those countries which are watered only by the industry of -man. The Arabs of these deserts figuratively call rain Rahamet -Ullah, ‘the mercy of God’, and Belled Ullah, ‘the country -which enjoys that mercy.’</p> - -<p>Some days after the caravan came to Gerri. Poncet says, -the use of this station was to examine caravans coming -from the northward, whether they had the small-pox or -not. This usage is now discontinued by the decay of trade. -It must always have served little purpose, as the infection -oftener comes in merchandise than by passengers. At Gerri -great respect was shewn to Poncet, as going to Ethiopia.</p> - -<p>I cannot conceive why Poncet says, that, to avoid the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_474">474</span> -great windings of the Nile, he should have been obliged to -travel to the north-east. This would have plainly carried -him back to the desert of Bahiouda, and the Arabs: his -course must have been S. W. to avoid the windings of the -Nile, because he came to Herbagi, which he describes very -properly as a delicious situation. The next day they came -to Sennaar.</p> - -<p>The reader, I hope, will easily perceive that my intention -is not to criticise Mr Poncet’s journey. That has been done -already so illiberally and unjustly that it has nearly -brought it into disrepute and oblivion. My intention is to -illustrate it; to examine the facts, the places, and distances -it contains; to correct the mistakes where it has any, -and restore it to the place it ought to hold in geography -and discovery. It was the first intelligible itinerary made -through these deserts; and I conceive it will be long before -we have another; at any rate, to restore and establish the old -one will, in all sensible minds, be the next thing to having -made a second experiment.</p> - -<p>He surely is in some degree of mistake about the situation -of Sennaar when he says it is upon an eminence. It is on a -plain close on the western banks of the Nile. A small error, -too, has been made about its latitude. By an observation said -to have been made by father Brevedent, the 21st of March -1699, he found the latitude of Sennaar to be 13° 4´ north. -The French maps, the most correct we have in all that regards -the east, place this capital of Nubia in lat. 15° and a -few minutes. But the public may rest assured, that the -correct latitude of Sennaar, by a mean of very small differences -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_475">475</span> -of near fifty observations, made with a three-feet brass -quadrant, in the course of several months I staid in that -town, is lat 13° 34´ 36´´ north.</p> - -<p>What I have to say further concerning Sennaar will -come more naturally in my own travels; and I shall only -so far consider the rest of Poncet’s route, as to explain and -clear it from mistakes, Sennaar being the only point in -which our two tracts unite.</p> - -<p>I shall beg the reader to remark, that, from the time of -Poncet’s setting out of Egypt till his arrival at Sennaar, so -far was he from being ill-looked upon, or any bad construction -being put upon his errand, that he was, on the contrary, -respected everywhere, as going to the king of Abyssinia. -It never was then imagined he was to dry up the -Nile, nor that he was a conjurer to change its course, nor -that he was to teach the Abyssinians to cast cannon and -make war, nor that he was loaded with immense sums of -money. These were all <i>piæ fraudes</i>, lies invented by the -priests and friars to incite these ignorant barbarians to -a crime which, though it passed unrevenged, will justly -make these brethren in iniquity the detestation of men of -every religion in all ages.</p> - -<p>Poncet left Sennaar the 12th of May 1699, and crossed -the Nile at Basboch, about four miles above the town, where -he stopped for three days. This he calls a fair village; but -it is a very miserable one, consisting of scarce 100 huts, built -of mud and reeds. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_476">476</span></p> - -<p>He departed the 15th in the evening, and travelled all -the night as far as Bacras, and arrived the day after at Abec; -then at Baha, a long day’s journey of about ten hours. -He is mistaken, however, when he says Baha is situated upon -the banks of the Nile, for it is upon a small river that -runs into it. But, at the season he passed it, most of those -rivers were dried up.</p> - -<p>On the 19th he came to Dodar, a place as inconsiderable -as Baha; then to Abra, a large village; then to Debarke and -Enbulbul. On the 25th they came to Giesim. Giesim is a -large village situated upon the banks of the Nile, in the -middle of a forest of trees of a prodigious height and size, -all of which are loaded with fruit or flowers, and crowded -with paroquets, and variety of other birds, of a thousand different -colours. They made a long stay at this place, not -less than nineteen days.</p> - -<p>In this interval, father Brevedent is said to have made -an observation of the latitude of the place, which, if admitted, -would throw all the geography of this journey into -confusion. Poncet says, that Giesim is half-way between -Sennaar and the frontiers of Ethiopia, and that a small -brook, a little beyond Serké, is the boundary between those -states. Now, from Sennaar to Giesim are nine stages, and -one of them we may call a double one, but between Giesim -and Serkè, only four; Giesim then cannot be half way between -Sennaar and Serkè.—Again, the latitude of Sennaar -is 13° 4´ north, according to Brevedent, or rather 13° 34´. -Now, if the latitude of Giesim be 10°, then the distance between -Sennaar and it must be about 250 miles which they -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_477">477</span> -had travelled in eight days, or more than thirty miles a-day, -which, in that country, is absolutely impossible.</p> - -<p>But what must make this evident is, that we know certainly -that Gondar, the metropolis to which they were then -going, is in lat. 12° 34´ north. Giesim then would be south -of Gondar, and the caravan must have passed it when the -observation was made. But they were not yet arrived at -the confines of Sennaar, much less to the capital of Abyssinia, -to which they were indeed advancing, but were still -far to the northward of it. There is a mistake then in this -observation which is very pardonable, Brevedent being then -ill of a mortal dysentery, which terminated in death soon -after. We shall, therefore, correct this error, making the -latitude of Giesim 14° 12´ north, about 110 English miles from -Sennaar, and 203 from Gondar.</p> - -<p>The 11th of June they set out from Giesim for Deleb, -then to Chow, and next to Abotkna. They rested all night, -the 14th, in the delightful valley of Sonnone, and, two days -after, they came to Serkè, a large town of trade, where there -are many cotton weavers. Here ends the kingdom of Sennaar, -the brook without this town being the boundary of -the two states.</p> - -<p>Arrived now in Abyssinia, they halted at Tambisso, a -village which belongs to the Abuna; next at Abiad, a village -upon the mountain. On the 23d they stopped in a valley -full of canes and ebony-trees, where a lion carried away -one of their camels. On the 24th they passed the Gandova, -a large, violent, and dangerous river. The country -being prodigiously woody, one of their beasts of carriage, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_478">478</span> -straggling from the caravan, was bit on the hip by a bear, -as Mr Poncet apprehends. But we are now in the country -corresponding to that inhabited by the Shangalla, that is -one of the hottest in the world, where the thermometer rises -to 100° in the shade. Bears are not found in climates like -this; and most assuredly there are none even in the higher -and colder mountains above. Poncet does not say he saw -the bear, but judged only by the bite, which might have -been that of a lion, leopard, or many other animals, but -more probably that of the hyæna.</p> - -<p>The 27th they arrived at Girana, a village on the top of -a mountain. Here they left their camels, and began to ascend -from the Kolla into the more temperate climate in -the mountains of Abyssinia. From Girana they came to -Barangoa, and the next day to Tchelga, where anciently -was the customhouse of Sennaar while peace and commerce -subsisted between the two kingdoms. The 3d of -July they arrived at Barcos, or Bartcho, about half a day’s -journey from Gondar; and on the 9th of August father -Brevedent died. Poncet was himself detained by indisposition -at this village of Barcos till the 21st of July, on which -day he set out for Gondar and arrived in the evening, where -he succeeded to his wishes, performing a complete cure upon -his royal patient in a very short time; and so fulfilled -this part of his mission as perfectly as the ablest physician -could have done.</p> - -<p>As for the other part with which he was charged, I doubt -very much if it was in his power to perform it in another -manner than he did. It required a mind full of ignorance -and presumption, such as was that of Mr de Maillet and all -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_479">479</span> -the missionaries at the head of whom he was, to believe -that it was possible for a private man, such as Poncet, without -language, without funds, without presents, or without -power or possibility of giving them any sort of protection -in the way, to prevail upon 26 or 28 persons, on the word -of an adventurer only, to attempt the traversing countries -where they ran a very great risk of falling into slavery—to -do what? why, to go to France, a nation of Franks whose -very name they abhorred, that they might be instructed in -a religion they equally abhorred, to meet with certain death -if ever they returned to their own country; and, unless -they did return, they were of no sort of utility whatever.</p> - -<p>M. de Maillet should have informed himself well in the -beginning, if it was possible that the nobility in Abyssinia -could be so contemptible as to suffer twelve of their children -to go to countries unknown, upon the word of a stranger, -at least of such a doubtful character as Poncet. I say -doubtful, because, if he was such a man as M. de Maillet represents -him, a drunkard, a liar, a thief, a man without religion, -a perpetual talker, and a superficial practitioner of -what he called his own trade, surely the Abyssinians must -have been very fond of emigration, to have left their homes -under the care of such a patron as this. When did M. de -Maillet ever hear of an Abyssinian who was willing to leave -his own country and travel to Cairo, unless the very few -priests who go for duty’s sake, for penances or vows, to Jerusalem? -When did he ever hear of an Abyssinian layman, -noble, or plebeian, attending even the Abuna though the first -dignitary of the church? We shall see presently a poor slave, -a Christian Abyssinian boy, immediately under the protection -of M. de Maillet, and going directly from him into the presence -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_480">480</span> -of his king, taken forcibly from the chancellor of -the nation<a id="FNanchor_67" href="#Footnote_67" class="fnanchor">67</a>, and made a Mahometan before their eyes.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinian embassy then demanded from France, -and recommended to M. de Maillet, was a presumptuous, -vain, impracticable chimera, which must have ended in disappointment, -and which never could have closed more innocently -than it did.</p> - -<p>I shall pass over all that happened during Poncet’s stay -at Gondar, as he did not understand the language, and must -therefore have been very liable to mistake. But as for -what he says of armies of 300,000 men; of the king’s dress -at his audience; of his mourning in purple; of the quantity -of jewels he had, and wore; of his having but one wife; and -of large stone-crosses being erected on the corners of the -palace at Gondar; these, and several other things, seem to -me to have been superadded afterwards. Nor do I think -what is said of the churches and Christians remaining in -the kingdom of Dongola, nor the monstrous lie about the -golden rod suspended in the air in the convent of Bisan<a id="FNanchor_68" href="#Footnote_68" class="fnanchor">68</a>, -is at all the narrative of Poncet, but of some fanatic, lying -friar, into whose possession Poncet’s manuscript might have -fallen. The journey itself, such as I have restored it, is certainly -genuine; and, as I believe it describes the best and safest -way into Abyssinia, I have rectified some of the few errors -it had, and now recommend it to all future travellers, -and to the public. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_481">481</span></p> - -<p>This is to be understood of his travels to Abyssinia, his -journey in returning being much more inaccurate and incomplete, -the reason of which we have in his own words: -“I have not, says he, exactly noted down the places through -which we passed, the great weakness I then lay under not -permitting me to write as I could have wished.” I shall, -therefore, say little upon his return, as the deficiency will -be carefully supplied by the history of my own journey -from Masuah, the road by which he left the country being -very nearly the same as that by which I entered.</p> - -<p>It was on the 2d of May of the year 1700 that Poncet -left Gondar and took his journey to the town of Emfras. -Here there is a mistake in the very beginning. Emfras<a id="FNanchor_69" href="#Footnote_69" class="fnanchor">69</a>, -at which place I staid for several weeks, is in lat. 12° -12´ 38´´, and long. 37° 38´ 30´´, consequently about 22 miles -from Gondar, almost under the same meridian, or south from -it; so that, as he was going to the east, and northward of -east, this must have been so many miles out of his way; -for, going towards Masuah, his first station must have been -upon the river Angrab.</p> - -<p>The same may be said of his next to Coga. It was a -royal residence indeed, but very much out of his way. He -has forgot likewise, when he says, that, in the way from -Gondar to Emfras, you must go over a very high mountain. -The way from Gondar to Emfras is the beaten way to Begemder, -Foggora, and Dara, and so on to the second cataract -of the Nile. It is on that plain the armies were encamped -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_482">482</span> -before the battle of Serbraxos<a id="FNanchor_70" href="#Footnote_70" class="fnanchor">70</a>, whence the road passes by -Correva, which is indeed upon a rising ground, sloping -gently to the lake Tzana, but is not either mountain or -hill.</p> - -<p>Seven or eight days are a space of time just enough for -the passing through Woggora, where he justly remarks -the heats are not so excessive as in the places he came from. -He takes no notice of the passage of Lamalmon, which ought -to have been very sensible to a man in a decayed state of -health, the less so as he was only descending it. Every thing -which relates to the passage of the Tacazzé is just and proper, -only he calls the river itself the Tekesel, instead of the -true name, the <i>Tacazzé</i>. It was the Siris of the ancients; and -it is doing justice to both countries, when he compares the -province of Siré with the most delicious parts of his own -country of France. This province is that also where he -might very probably receive the young elephant, which he -says awaited him there as a present to the king of France, -and which died a few days after.</p> - -<p>He passed afterwards to Adowa. It is the capital of Tigré, -is still the seat of its governor, and was that of Ras -Michael in my time. All that he says of the intermediate -country and its productions, shew plainly that his work is -genuine, and his remarks to be those of an eye-witness.</p> - -<p>From this province of Tigré he enters the country of the -Baharnagash, and arrives at Dobarwa, which he erroneously -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_483">483</span> -calls Duvarna, and says it is the capital of the province -of Tigré, whereas it is that of the Baharnagash. Isaac Baharnagash, -when in rebellion against his sovereign, surrendered -this town to the Turks in the year 1558, as may be -seen at large in my history of the transactions of those -times.</p> - -<p>As the authenticity of this journey, and the reality of -Poncet’s having been in Abyssinia, has been questioned by -a set of vain, ignorant, fanatic people, and that from malice -only, not from spirit of investigation, of which they -were incapable, I have examined every part of it, and compared -it with what I myself saw, and shall now give one -other instance to prove it genuine, from an observation Poncet -has made, and which has escaped all the missionaries, -though it was entire and visible in my time.</p> - -<p>Among the ruins of Axum<a id="FNanchor_71" href="#Footnote_71" class="fnanchor">71</a> there is a very high obelisk, -flat on both sides, and fronting the south. It has upon it no -hieroglyphic, but several decorations, or ornaments, the -fancy of the architect. Upon a large block of granite, into -which the bottom of it is fixed, and which stands before it -like a table, is the figure of a Greek patera, and on one side -of the obelisk, fronting the south, is the representation of a -wooden door, lock, and a latch to it, which first seems designed -to draw back and then lift up, exactly in the manner those -kind of locks are fashioned in Egypt at this very day. Poncet -observed very justly, there are no such locks made use of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_484">484</span> -in Abyssinia, and wonders how they should have represented -a thing they had never seen, and, having done so, remained -still incapable to make or use it. Poncet was no -man of reading out of his own profession; he nowhere -pretends it; he recorded this fact because he saw it, as a -traveller should do, and left others to give the reason -which he could not. Poncet calls this place Heleni, from -a small village of that name in the neighbourhood. Had he -been a scholar he would have known that the ruins he was -observing were those of the city of Axum, the ancient metropolis -of this part of Ethiopia.</p> - -<p>Ptolemy Evergetes, the third Grecian king of Egypt, -conquered this city and the neighbouring kingdom; resided -some time there; and, being absolutely ignorant of -hieroglyphics, then long disused, he left the obelisk he had -erected for ascertaining his latitudes ornamented with figures -of his own choosing, and the inventions of his subjects -the Egyptians, and particularly the door for a convenience -of private life, to be imitated by his new-acquired -subjects the Ethiopians, to whom it had hitherto been unknown.</p> - -<p>From Dobarwa he arrived at Arcouva, which, he says, -geographers miscall Arequies. M. Poncet might have spared -this criticism upon geographers till he himself had been -better informed, for both are equally miscalled, whether Arcouva -or Arequies. The true and only name of the place, -known either to Mahometans or Christians, is Arkeeko, as -the island to which he passed, crossing an arm of the sea, is -called Masuah, not Messoua, as he everywhere spells it. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_485">485</span></p> - -<p>From Masuah, Poncet crossed the Red Sea to Jidda, passing -the island Dahalac and Kotumbal, a high rock, the name of -which is not known to many navigators.</p> - -<p>Had old Murat, Musa, and Hagi Ali, happened at that -time to have been upon some mercantile errand to Cairo, -there is no doubt but they would have been preferred and become -ambassadors to France. They would have gone there, -perplexed the minister and the consul with a thousand lies -and contrivances, which the French never would have been -able to unravel; they would have promised every thing; obtained -from the king some considerable sum of money, on -which they would have undertaken to send the embassy in -any form that was prescribed, and, after their return home, -never been heard of more. But those worthies were, probably, -all employed at this time; therefore the only thing -Poncet could do was to bring Murat, since he was to procure -at all events an ambassador.</p> - -<p>He had been a cook to a French merchant at Aleppo; -was a maker of brandy at Masuah; and probably his uncle -old Murat’s servant at the time. But he was not the worse -ambassador for this. Old Murat, Hagi Ali, and Musa, had -perhaps been also cooks and servants in their time. Prudence, -sobriety, and good conduct, skill in languages, and -acquaintance, with countries recommended them afterwards -to higher trusts. Old Murat probably meant that his nephew -should begin his apprenticeship with that embassy to -France; and M. Poncet, to increase his consequence, and fulfil -the commission the consul gave him, allowed him to invent -all the rest. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_486">486</span></p> - -<p>Poncet, from Jidda, went to Tor, and thence to Mount -Sinai, where, after some stay, being overtaken by Murat, -they both made their entry into Cairo.</p> - -<p>M. de Maillet, the consul, was an old Norman gentleman, -exceedingly fond of nobility, consequently very haughty -and overbearing to those he reckoned his inferiors, among -which he accounted those of his own nation established at -Cairo, though a very amiable and valuable set of men. He -was exceedingly testy, choleric, obstinate, and covetous, -though sagacious enough in every thing concerning his -own interest. He lived for the most part in his closet, seldom -went out of his house, and, as far as I could learn, never -out of the city. There, however, he wrote a description of -all Egypt, which since has had a considerable degree of -reputation<a id="FNanchor_72" href="#Footnote_72" class="fnanchor">72</a>.</p> - -<p>Maillet had received advice of the miserable state of -this embassy from Jidda, that the Sherriffe of Mecca had taken -from Poncet, by force, two female Abyssinian slaves, -and that the elephant was dead; which particulars being -written to France, he was advised in a letter from father -Fleuriau by no means to promote any embassy to the court -of Versailles; that a proper place for it was Rome; but that -in France they looked upon it in the same light as they -did upon an embassy from Algiers or Tunis, which did no -honour to those who sent it, and as little to those that received -it; this, however, was a new light. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_487">487</span></p> - -<p>M. de Maillet, by this letter, becoming master of the -ambassador’s destiny, began first to quarrel with him upon -etiquette, or who should pay the first visit; and, after a variety -of ill-usage, insisted upon seeing his dispatches. This -Murat refused to permit, upon which the consul sent privately -to the basha, desiring him to take the dispatches or -letters from Murat, sending him at the same time a considerable -present.</p> - -<p>The basha on this did not fail to extort a letter from -Murat by threats of death. He then opened it. It was in -Arabic, in very general and indifferent terms, probably the -performance of some Moor at Masuah, written at Murat’s -instance. And well was it for all concerned that it was so; -for had the letter been a genuine Abyssinian letter, like -those of the empress Helena and king David III. proposing -the destruction of Mecca, Medina, and the Turkish ships on -the Red Sea, the whole French nation at Cairo would have -been massacred, and the consul and ambassador probably -impaled.</p> - -<p>The Jesuits, ignorant of this manœvure of M. de Maillet, -but alarmed and scandalized at this breach of the law of -nations, for such the basha’s having opened a letter, addressed -to the king of France, was justly considered, complained -to M. Feriol the French ambassador at Constantinople, -who thereupon sent a capigi from the port, to inquire -of the basha what he meant by thus violating the law of -nations, and affronting a friendly power of such consequence -as France. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_488">488</span></p> - -<p>These capigis are very unwelcome guests to people in -office to whom they are sent. They are always paid by -those they are sent to. Besides this, the report they carry -back very often costs that person his life. The basha, accused -by the capigi at the instance of the French ambassador -at Constantinople, answered like an innocent man, That -he had done it by desire of the French consul, from a wish -to serve him and the nation, otherwise he should never have -meddled in the matter. The consequence was, M. de Maillet -was obliged to pay the basha the expence of the capigi; and, -having some time afterwards brought it in account with -the merchants, the French nation at Cairo, by deliberation -of the 6th of July of the year 1702, refused to pay 1515 livres, -the demand of the basha, and 518 livres for those of -his officers.</p> - -<p>The consul, however, had gained a complete victory over -Murat, and thereupon determined to send Monhenaut, chancellor -of France at Cairo, with letters, which, though written -and invented by himself, he pretended to be translations -from the Ethiopian original.</p> - -<p>But father Verseau, the Jesuit, now returned to Cairo, who -had entered into a great distrust of the consul since the discovery -of his intrigue with the basha about Murat’s letter, -resolved to be of the party. Poncet, who was likewise on -bad terms with the consul, neither inclined to lose the merits -of his travels into Abyssinia, nor trust the recital of it -to Monhenaut, or to the manner in which it might be represented -in the consul’s letters. These three, Monhenaut, -Poncet, and Verseau, set out therefore for Paris with very -different views and designs. They embarked at Bulac, the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_489">489</span> -shipping-place of Cairo upon the Nile, taking with them -the ears of the dead elephant.</p> - -<p>The remaining part of the present brought for the king -of France by this illustrious embassy, was an Abyssinian boy, -a slave bought by Murat, and who had been hid from the -search of the Sherriffe, when he forcibly took from him the -two Abyssinian girls, part of the intended present also. This -boy no sooner embarked on board the vessel at Bulac than -a great tumult arose. The janizaries took the boy out of -the vessel by force, and delivered him to Mustapha Cazdagli, -their kaya; nor could all the interest of M. de Maillet and -the French nation, or all the manœuvres of the Jesuits, ever -recover him.</p> - -<p>As for Monhenaut, Poncet, and Verseau, his protectors, -they were obliged to hide themselves from the violence of -the mob, nor dared they again to appear till the vessel sailed. -And happy was it for them that this fell out at Cairo, for, -had they offered to embark him at Alexandria, in all probability -it would have cost all of them their lives.</p> - -<p>I must beg leave here to suggest to the reader, how dangerous, -as well as how absurd, was the plan of this embassy. -It was to consist of twenty-eight Abyssinians, twelve of -whom were to be sons of noble families, all to be embarked -to France. What a pleasant day would the embarkation -have been to M. de Maillet! What an honourable appearance -for his king, in the eyes of other Christian princes, to -have seen twenty-eight Christians under his immediate protection, -twelve of whom we might say were princes, (as all -the nobility in Abyssinia are directly of the family of the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_490">490</span> -king), from motives of vanity only, by the pride of the Jesuits, -and the ignorance of the consul, hurried in one day -into apostacy and slavery! Whatever Maillet thought of Poncet’s -conduct, his bringing Murat, and him only, cook as -he was, was the very luckiest accident of his life.</p> - -<p>I know French flatterers will say this would not have -happened, or, if it had, a vengeance would have followed, -worthy the occasion and the resentment of so great a king, -and would have prevented all such violations of the law of -nations for the future. To this I answer, The mischief -would have been irreparable, and the revenge taken, however -complete, would not have restored them their religion, -and, without their religion, they themselves would not have -returned into their own country, but would have remained -necessary sacrifices, which the pride and rashness of the Jesuits -had made to the faith of Mahomet.</p> - -<p>Besides, where is the threatened revenge for the assassination -of M. du Roule, then actual ambassador from the king -of France, of which I am now to speak? Was not the law of -nations violated in the strongest manner possible by his -murder, and without the smallest provocation? What vengeance -was taken for this?—Just the same as would have -been for the other injury; for the Jesuits and consul -would have concealed the one, as tenderness for the Franciscan -Friars had made them cover the other, left their abominable -wickedness should be exposed. If the court of -France did not, their consul in Cairo should have known -what the consequence would be of decoying twenty-eight -Abyssinians from their own country, to be perverted from -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_491">491</span> -their own religion, and remain slaves and Mahometans at -Cairo, a nuisance to all European nations established there.</p> - -<p>Upon the arrival of the triumvirate at Paris, Monhenaut -immediately repaired to the minister; Verseau was introduced -to the king, and Poncet, soon after, had the same honour. -He was then led as a kind of show, through all Paris, -cloathed in the Abyssinian dress, and decorated with his gold -chain. But while he was vainly amusing himself with this -silly pageantry, the consul’s letters, and the comments made -upon them by Monhenaut, went directly to destroy the -credit of his ever having been in Abyssinia, and of the reality -of Murat’s embassy.</p> - -<p>The Franciscan friars, authors of the murder of M. du -Roule, enemies to the mission, as being the work of the Jesuits; -M. Piques, member of the Sorbonne, a body never -much distinguished for promoting discoveries, or encouraging -liberal and free inquiry; Abbé Renaudot, M. le Grande, -and some ancient linguists, who, with great difficulty, by -the industry of M. Ludolf, had attained to a very superficial -knowledge of the Abyssinian tongue, all fell furiously upon -Poncet’s narrative of his journey. One found fault with the -account he gave of the religion of the country, because it -was not so conformable to the rites of the church of Rome, -as they had from their own imagination and prejudice, and -for their own ends conceived it to be. Others attacked the -truth of the travels, from improbabilities found, or supposed -to be found, in the description of the countries through -which he had passed; while others discovered the forgery -of his letters, by faults found in the orthography of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_492">492</span> -that language, not one book of which, at that day, they had -ever seen.</p> - -<p>All these empty criticisms have been kept alive by the -merit of the book, by this alone they have any further -chance of reaching posterity; while, by all candid readers, -this itinerary, short and incomplete as it is, will not fail to -be received as a valuable acquisition to the geography of -these unknown countries of which it treats.</p> - -<p>I think it but a piece of duty to the memory of a fellow-traveller, -to the lovers of truth and the public in general, to -state the principal objections upon which this outcry against -Poncet was raised; that, by the answers they admit of, the world -may judge whether they are or are not founded in candour, -and that before they are utterly swallowed up in oblivion.</p> - -<p>The first is, that of the learned Renaudot, who says he -does not conceive how an Ethiopian could be called by the -name of Murat. To this I answer, Poncet, de Maillet, and -the Turkish Basha, say Murat was an Armenian, a hundred -times over; but M. Renaudot, upon his own authority, -makes him an Ethiopian, and then lays the blame upon -others, who are not so ignorant as himself.</p> - -<p>Secondly, Poncet asserts Gondar was the capital of Ethiopia; -whereas the Jesuits have made no mention of it, and -this is supposed a strong proof of Poncet’s forgery. I answer, -The Jesuits were banished in the end of Socinios’s -reign, and the beginning of that of his son Facilidas, that is -about the year 1632; they were finally extirpated in the end -of this last prince’s reign, that is before the year 1666, by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_493">493</span> -his ordering the last Jesuit Bernard Nogueyra, to be publicly -hanged. Now Gondar was not built till the end of the -reign of Hannes I. who was grandson to Socinios, that is -about the year 1680. Unless, then, these holy Jesuits, who, -if we believe the missionaries, had all of them a sight into -futurity before their martyrdom, had, from these their <i>last -visions</i>, described Gondar as capital of Abyssinia, it does not -occur to me how they should be historians of a fact that -had not existence till 50 years after they were dead.</p> - -<p>Thirdly, Poncet speaks of towns and villages in Ethiopia; -whereas it is known there are no towns, villages, or cities, -but Axum.—I believe that if the Abyssinians, who built -the large and magnificent city of Axum, never had other -cities, towns, and villages, they were in this the most singular -people upon earth; or, if places where 6000 inhabitants -live together in contiguous houses, separated with -broad streets where there are churches and markets, be not -towns and villages, I do not know the meaning of the term; -but if these are towns, Poncet hath said truth; and many -more such towns, which he never did see nor describe, are -in Abyssinia at this day.</p> - -<p>Fourthly, The Abyssinians live, and always have lived, -in tents, not in houses.—It would have been a very extraordinary -idea in people living in tents to have built such a city -as Axum, whose ruins are as large as those of Alexandria; -and it would be still more extraordinary, that people, in such -a climate as Abyssinia, in the whole of which there is scorching -weather for six months, deluges of rain, storms of wind, thunder, -lightning, and hurricanes, such as are unknown in -Europe, for the other six, should choose to live in tents, after -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_494">494</span> -knowing how to build such cities as Axum. I wonder a -man’s understanding does not revolt against such absurdities -in the moment he is stating them.</p> - -<p>The Abyssinians, while at war, use tents and encampments, -to secure the liberty of movements and changing of -ground, and defend themselves, when stationary, from the -inclemency of the weather. But no tent has, I believe, yet -been invented that could stand in the fields in that country -from June to September; and they have not yet formed -an idea of Abyssinia who can suppose this.</p> - -<p>I conceive it is <i>ignorance</i> of the language which has led -these <i>learned</i> men into this mistake. The Abyssinians call -a house, standing by itself, allotted to any particular purpose, -Bet. So Bet Negus is a palace, or the house of a king; -Bet Christian is a church, or a house for Christian worship; -whilst Bet Mocha is a prison, or house under ground. But -houses in towns or villages are called Taintes, from the -Abyssinian word Tain, to sleep, lie down, rest, or repose. I -suppose the similitude of this word to tents has drawn these -<i>learned</i> critics to believe, that, instead of towns, these were -only collections of tents. But still I think, no one acquainted -with the Abyssinian language, or without being so, would -be so void of understanding as to believe, a people that had -built Axum of stone, should endure, for ages after, a tropical -winter in bare tents.</p> - -<p>The fifth thing that fixes falsehood upon Poncet is, that -he describes delicious valleys beyond European ideas; beautiful -plains, covered with odoriferous trees and shrubs, to -be everywhere in his way on the entrance of Abyssinia; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_495">495</span> -whereas, when Salidan’s brother conquered this country, -the Arabian books say they found it destitute of all this -fruitfulness. But, with all submission to the Arabian books, -to Abbé Renaudot and his immense reading, I will maintain, -that neither Salidan, nor his brother, nor any of his tribe, -ever conquered the country Poncet describes, nor were in -it, or ever saw it at a distance.</p> - -<p>The province where Poncet found these beautiful scenes -lies between lat. 12 and 13°. The soil is rich, black mould, -which six months tropical rain are needed to water sufficiently, -where the sun is vertical to it twice a-year, and stationary, -with respect to it, for several days, at the distance of -10°, and at a lesser distance still for several months; where -the sun, though so near, is never seen, but a thick screen of -watery clouds is constantly interposed, and yet the heat is -such, that Fahrenheit’s thermometer rises to 100° in the -shade. Can any one be so ignorant in natural history, as to -doubt that, under these circumstances, a luxuriant, florid, -odoriferous vegetation must be the consequence? Is not this -the case in every continent or island within these limits all -round the globe?</p> - -<p>But Poncet contradicts the Arabian books, and all travellers, -modern and ancient; for they unanimously agree -that this country is a dreary miserable desert, producing nothing -but Dora, which is millet, and such like things of -little or no value. I wish sincerely that M. Renaudot, when -he was attacking a man’s reputation, had been so good as -to name the author whose authority he relied on. I shall -take upon me to deny there ever was an Arabian book -which treated of this country. And with regard to the ancient -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_496">496</span> -and modern travellers, his quotations from them are, -if possible, still more visionary and ridiculous. The only -ancient travellers, who, as I believe, ever visited that country, -were Cambyses’s ambassadors; who, probably, passed -this part of Poncet’s track when they went to the Macrobii, -and the most modern authors (if they can be called modern) -that came nearest to it, were the men sent by Nero<a id="FNanchor_73" href="#Footnote_73" class="fnanchor">73</a> to discover -the country, whose journey is very doubtful; and they, when -they approached the parts described by Poncet, say “the -country began to be green and beautiful.” Now I wish M. -Renaudot had named any traveller more modern than these -messengers of Nero, or more ancient than those ambassadors -of Cambyses, who have travelled through and described -the country of the Shangalla.</p> - -<p>I, that have lived months in that province, and am the -only traveller that ever did so, must corroborate every word -Poncet has said upon this occasion. To dwell on landscapes -and picturesque views, is a matter more proper for a poet -than a historian. Those countries which are described by -Poncet, merit a pen much more able to do them justice, -than either his or mine.</p> - -<p>It will be remembered when I say this, it is of the country -of the Shangalla, between lat. 12° and 13° north, that -this is the people who inhabit a hot woody stripe called -Kolla, about 40 or 50 miles broad, that is from north to -south, bounded by the mountainous country of Abyssinia, -till they join the Nile at Fazuclo, on the West. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_497">497</span></p> - -<p>I have also said, that, for the sake of commerce, these -Shangalla have been extirpated in two places, which are -like two gaps, or chasms, in which are built towns and villages, -and through which caravans pass between Sennaar -and Abyssinia. All the rest of this country is impervious -and inaccessible, unless by an armed force. Many armies -have perished here. It is a tract totally unknown, unless -from the small detail that I have entered into concerning it -in my travels.</p> - -<p>And here I must set the critic right also, as to what he -says of the produce of these parts. There is no grain called -Dara, at least that I know of. If he meant millet, he -should have called it Dora. It is not a mark of barrenness in -the ground where this grows: part of the finest land in -Egypt is sown with it. The banks of the Nile which produce -Dora would also produce wheat; but the inhabitants -of the desert like this better; it goes farther, and does not -subject them to the violent labour of the plough, to which -all inhabitants of extreme hot countries are averse.</p> - -<p>The same I say of what he remarks with regard to cotton. -The finest valleys in Syria, watered by the cool refreshing -springs that fall from Mount Libanus, are planted with -this shrub; and, in the same grounds alternately, the tree -which produces its sister in manufactures, silk, whose value -is greatly inhanced by the addition. Cotton clothes all Ethiopia; -cotton is the basis of its commerce with India, -and of the commerce between England, France, and the -Levant; and, were it not for some such ignorant, superficial -reasoners as Abbé Renaudot, cotton, after wool, should be -the favourite manufacture of Britain. It will in time take -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_498">498</span> -place of that ungrateful culture, flax; will employ more -hands, and be a more ample field for distinguishing the ingenuity -of our manufacturers.</p> - -<p>We see, then, how the least consideration possible destroys -these ill-founded objections, upon which these very -ignorant enemies of Poncet attempted to destroy his credit, -and rob him of the merit of his journey. At last they ventured -to throw off the mask entirely, by producing a letter -supposed to be written from Nubia by an Italian friar, who -asserts roundly, that he hears Poncet was never at the capital -of Ethiopia, nor ever had audience of Yasous; but stole -the clothes and money of father Brevedent, then married, -and soon after forsook his wife and Ethiopia together.</p> - -<p>Maillet could have easily contradicted this, had he acted -honestly; for Hagi Ali had brought him the king of Abyssinia’s -letter, who thanked him for his having sent Poncet, and -signified to him his recovery. But without appealing to M. -Maillet upon the subject, I conceive nobody will doubt, that -Hagi Ali had a commission to bring a physician from Cairo -to cure his master, and that Poncet was proposed as that -physician, with consent of the consul. Now, after having -carried Poncet the length of Bartcho, where it is agreed he -was when Brevedent died, (for he was supposed there to -have robbed that father of his money) what could be Hagi -Ali’s reason for not permitting him to proceed half a day’s -journey farther to the capital, and presenting him to the -king, who had been at the pains and expence of sending -for him from Egypt? What excuse could Hagi Ali make -for not producing him, when he must have delivered the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_499">499</span> -consul’s letters, telling him that Poncet was come with the -caravan for the purpose of curing him?</p> - -<p>Besides this, M. de Maillet saw Hagi Ali afterwards at -Cairo, where he reproached him with his cruel behaviour, -both to Poncet and to friar Justin, another monk that had -come along with him from Ethiopia. Maillet then must -have been fully instructed of Poncet’s whole life and conversation -in Ethiopia, and needed not the Italian’s supposed -communication to know whether or not he had been in Ethiopia. -Besides, Maillet makes use of him as the forerunner -of the other embassy he was then preparing to Gondar, -and to that same king Yasous, which would have been a -very strange step had he doubted of his having been there -before.</p> - -<p>Supposing all this not enough, still we know he returned -by Jidda, and the consul corresponded with him there. -Now, how did he get from Bartcho to the Red Sea without -passing the capital, and without the king’s orders or knowledge? -Who franked him at those number of dangerous -barriers at Woggora, Lamalmon, the Tacazzé, Kella, and -Adowa, where, though I had the authority of the king, I -could not sometimes pass without calling force to my assistance? -Who freed him from the avarice of the Baharnagash, -and the much more formidable rapacity of that murderer -the Naybe, who, we have seen in the history of this -reign, attempted to plunder the king’s own factor Musa, -though his master was within three days journey at the -head of an army that in a few hours could have effaced every -vestige of where Masuah had stood? All this, then, is a -ridiculous fabrication of lies; the work, as I have before -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_500">500</span> -said, of those who were concerned in the affair of the unhappy -Du Roule.</p> - -<p>Poncet, having lost all credit, retired from Paris in disgrace, -without any further gratification than that which he -at first received. He carried to Cairo with him, however, a -gold watch and a mirror, which he was to deliver to the -consul as a present to his companion Murat, whose subsistence -was immediately stopped, and liberty given him to return -to Ethiopia.</p> - -<p>Nor did Maillet’s folly stop here. After giving poor Murat -all the ill-usage a man could possibly suffer, he entrusted -him with a Jesuit<a id="FNanchor_74" href="#Footnote_74" class="fnanchor">74</a> whom he was to introduce into Ethiopia, -where he would certainly have lost his life had not -the bad-treatment he received by the way made him return -before he arrived at Masuah.</p> - -<p>This first miscarriage seemed only to have confirmed the -Jesuits more in their resolution of producing an embassy. -But it now took another form. Politicians and statesmen -became the actors in it, without a thought having been bestowed -to diminish the enemies of the scheme, or render -their endeavours useless, by a superior knowledge of the -manners and customs of the country through which this -embassy was to pass.</p> - -<p>No adventurer, or vagrant physician, (like Poncet) was -to be employed in this second embassy. A minister versed -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_501">501</span> -in languages, negociations, and treaties, accompanied with -proper drugomans and officers, was to be sent to Abyssinia -to cement a perpetual friendship and commerce between -two nations that had not a national article to exchange with -each other, nor way to communicate by sea or land. The -minister, who must have known this, very wisely, at giving -his fiat, pitched upon the consul M. de Maillet to be the -ambassador, as a man who was acquainted with the causes -of Poncet’s failure, and, by following an opposite course, -could bring this embassy to a happy conclusion for both -nations.</p> - -<p>Maillet considered himself as a general whose business -was to direct and not to execute. A tedious and troublesome -journey through dangerous deserts was out of the -sphere of his closet, beyond the limits of which he did not -choose to go. Beyond the limits of this, all was desert to -him. He excused himself from the embassy, but gave in a -memorial to serve as a rule for the conduct of his successor -in the nomination in a country he had never seen; but this, -being afterwards adopted as a well-considered regulation, -proved one of the principal causes of the miscarriage and -tragedy that followed.</p> - -<p>M. Noir du Roule, vice-consul at Damiata, was pitched -upon as the ambassador to go to Abyssinia. He was a young -man of some merit, had a considerable degree of ambition, -and a moderate skill in the common languages spoken in -the east, but was absolutely ignorant of that of the country -to which he was going, and, what was worse, of the customs -and prejudices of the nations through which he was to pass. -Like most of his countrymen, he had a violent predilection -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_502">502</span> -for the dress, carriage, and manners of France, and a hearty -contempt for those of all other nations; this he had not address -enough to disguise, and this endangered his life. The -whole French nation at Cairo were very ill-disposed towards -him, in consequence of some personal slight, or imprudences, -he had been guilty of; as also towards any repetition of -projects which brought them, their commerce, and even -their lives into danger, as the last had done.</p> - -<p>The merchants, therefore, were averse to this embassy; -but the Jesuits and Maillet were the avowed supporters of -it, and they had with them the authority of the king. But -each aimed to be principal, and had very little confidence -or communication with his associate.</p> - -<p>As for the capuchins and Franciscans, they were mortally -offended with M. de Maillet for having, by the introduction -of the Jesuits, and the power of the king of France, -forcibly wrested the Ethiopic mission from them which the -pope had granted, and which the sacred congregation of -cardinals had confirmed. These, by their continual communication -with the Cophts, the Christians of Egypt, had -so far brought them to adopt their designs as, one and all, -to regard the miscarriage of du Roule and his embassy, as -what they were bound to procure from honour and mutual -interest.</p> - -<p>Things being in these circumstances, M. du Roule arrived -at Cairo, and took upon him the charge of this embassy, -and from that moment the intrigues began. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_503">503</span></p> - -<p>The consul had persuaded du Roule, that the proper presents -he should take with him to Sennaar were prints of -the king and queen of France, with crowns upon their heads; -mirrors, magnifying and multiplying objects, and deforming -them; when brocade, sattin, and trinkets of gold or silver, -iron or steel, would have been infinitely more acceptable.</p> - -<p>Elias, an Armenian, a confidential servant of the French -nation, was first sent by way of the Red Sea into Abyssinia, -by Masuah, to proceed to Gondar, and prepare Yasous for -the reception of that ambassador, to whom he, Elias, was to -be the interpreter. So far it was well concerted; but, in preparing -for the end, the middle was neglected. A number -of friars were already at Sennaar, and had poisoned the -minds of that people, naturally barbarous, brutal, and jealous. -Money, in presents, had gained the great; while lies, -calculated to terrify and enrage the lower class of people, had -been told so openly and avowedly, and gained such root, -that the ambassador, when he arrived at Sennaar, found it, -in the first place, necessary to make a <i>procez verbal</i>, or what -we call a precognition, in which the names of the authors, -and substance of these reports, were mentioned, and of this -he gave advice to M. de Maillet, but the names and these -papers perished with him.</p> - -<p>It was on the 9th of July 1704 that M. du Roule set out -from Cairo, attended by a number of people who, with -tears in their eyes, foresaw the pit into which he was falling. -He embarked on the Nile; and, in his passage to Siout, -he found at every halting-place some new and dangerous -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_504">504</span> -lie propagated, which could have no other end but -his destruction.</p> - -<p>Belac, a Moor, and factor for the king of Sennaar, was -chief of the caravan which he then joined. Du Roule had -employed, while at Cairo, all the usual means to gain -this man to his interest, and had every reason to suppose he -had succeeded. But, on his meeting him at Siout, he had -the mortification to find that he was so far changed that it -cost him 250 dollars to prevent his declaring himself an -abettor of his enemies. And this, perhaps, would not have -sufficed, had it not been for the arrival of Fornetti, drugoman -to the French nation at Cairo, at Siout, and with him -a capigi and chiaoux from Ismael Bey, the port of janizaries, -and from the basha of Cairo, expressly commanding the -governor of Siout, and Belac chief of the caravan, to look -to the safety of du Roule, and protect him at the hazard of -their lives, and as they should answer to them.</p> - -<p>All the parties concerned were then called together; -and the fedtah, or prayer of peace, used in long and dangerous -journies, was solemnly recited and assented to by -them all; in consequence of which, every individual became -bound to stand by his companion even to death, and -not separate himself from him, nor see him wronged, though -it was for his own gain or safety. This test brought all the -secret to light; for Ali Chelebi, governor of Siout, informed -the ambassador, that the Christian merchants and Franciscan -friars were in a conspiracy, and had sworn to defeat -and disappoint his embassy even by the loss of his life, and -that, by presents, they had gained him to be a partner in -that conspiracy. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_505">505</span></p> - -<p>Belac, moreover, told him, that the patriarch of the -Cophts had assured the principal people of which that caravan -consisted, that the Franks then travelling with him were -not merchants, but sorcerers, who were going to Ethiopia, -to obstruct, or cut off the course of the Nile, that it might -no longer flow into Egypt, and that the general resolution -was to drive the Franks from the caravan at some place in -the desert which suited their designs, which were to reduce -them to perish by hunger or thirst, or else to be otherwise -slain, and no more heard of.</p> - -<p>The caravan left Siout the 12th of September. In twelve -days they passed the lesser desert, and came to Khargué, -where they were detained six days by a young man, governor -of that place, who obliged M. du Roule to pay him 120 -dollars, before he would suffer him to pass further; and at -the same time forced him to sign a certificate, that he had -been permitted to pass without paying any thing. This was -the first sample of the usage he was to expect in the further -prosecution of his journey.</p> - -<p>On the 3d of October they entered the great desert of Selima, -and on the 18th of same month they arrived at Machou, -or Moscho, on the Nile, where their caravan staid a -considerable time, till the merchants had transacted their -business. It was at this place the ambassador learned, that -several Franciscan friars had passed the caravan while it remained -at Siout, and advanced to Sennaar, where they had -staid some time, but had lately left that capital upon news -of the caravan’s approaching, and had retired, nobody knew -whether. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_506">506</span></p> - -<p>A report was soon after spread abroad at Cairo, but no -one could ever learn whence it came, that the ambassador, -arriving at Dongola, had been assassinated there. This, indeed, -proved false, but was, in the mean time, a mournful -presage of the melancholy catastrophe that happened soon -afterwards.</p> - -<p>M. du Roule arrived at Sennaar towards the end of May, -and wrote at that time; but a packet of letters was after -brought to the consul at Cairo, bearing date the 18th of June. -The ambassador there mentions, that he had been well received -by the king of Sennaar, who was a young man, fond -of strangers; that particular attention had been shewn him -by Sid Achmet-el-coom; or, as he should have called him, -Achmet Sid-el-coom, i.e. Achmet master of the household. This -officer, sent by the king to visit the baggage of the ambassador, -could not help testifying his surprise to find it so inconsiderable, -both in bulk and value.</p> - -<p>He said the king had received letters from Cairo, informing -him that he had twenty chests of silver along with him. -Achmet likewise told him, that he himself had received information, -by a letter under the hand and seal of the most -respectable people of Cairo, warning him not to let M. du -Roule pass; for the intention of his journey into Abyssinia -was to prevail on Yasous to attack Masuah and Suakem, -and take them from the Turks. Achmet would not suffer -the bales intended for the king of Abyssinia to be opened -or visited, but left them in the hands of the ambassador.</p> - -<p>M. du Roule, however, in writing this account to the -consul, intimated to him that he thought himself in danger, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_507">507</span> -and declares that he did not believe there was on -earth so barbarous, brutal, and treacherous a people, as -were the Nubians.</p> - -<p>It happened that the king’s troops had gained some advantage -over the rebellious Arabs, on which account there -was a festival at court, and M. du Roule thought himself -obliged to exert himself in every thing which could add to -the magnificence of the occasion. With this intention he -shaved his beard, and drest himself like a European, and in -this manner he received the visit of the minister Achmet. -M. Macé, in a letter to the consul of the above date, complains -of this novelty. He says it shocked every body; and -that the<a id="FNanchor_75" href="#Footnote_75" class="fnanchor">75</a>mirrors which multiplied and deformed the objects, -made the lower sorts of the people look upon the ambassador -and his company as sorcerers.</p> - -<p>Upon great festivals, in most Mahometan kingdoms, the -king’s wives have a privilege to go out of their apartments, -and visit any thing new that is to be seen. These of the -king of Sennaar are very ignorant, brutish, fantastic, and -easily offended. Had M. du Roule known the manners of -the country, he would have treated these black majesties -with strong spirits, sweetmeats, or scented waters; and he -might then have shewed them with impunity any thing -that he pleased.</p> - -<p>But being terrified with the glasses, and disgusted by his -inattention, they joined in the common cry, that the ambassador -was a magician, and contributed all in their power to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_508">508</span> -ruin him with the king; which, after all, they did not accomplish, -without the utmost repugnance and difficulty. -The farthest length at first they could get this prince to go -was, to demand 3000 dollars of the ambassador. This was -expressly refused, and private disgust followed.</p> - -<p>M. du Roule being now alarmed for his own safety, insisted -upon liberty to set out forthwith for Abyssinia. Leave -was accordingly granted him, and after his baggage was -loaded, and every thing prepared, he was countermanded -by the king, and ordered to return to his own house. A few -days after this he again procured leave to depart; which a -short time after was again countermanded. At last, on the -10th of November, a messenger from the king brought him -final leave to depart, which, having every thing ready for -that purpose, he immediately did.</p> - -<p>The ambassador walked on foot, with two country Christians -on one hand, and Gentil his French servant on the -other. He refused to mount on horseback, but gave his -horse to a Nubian servant to lead. M. Lipi, and M. Macé, -the two drugomans, were both on horseback. The whole -company being now arrived in the middle of the large -square before the king’s house, the common place of execution -for criminals, four blacks attacked the ambassador, -and murdered him with four strokes of sabres. Gentil fell -next by the same hands, at his master’s side. After him -M. Lipi and the two Christians; the two latter protesting -that they did not belong to the ambassador’s family.</p> - -<p>M. du Roule died with the greatest magnanimity, fortitude, -and resignation. Knowing his person was sacred by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_509">509</span> -the law of nations, he disdained to defend it by any other -means, remitting his revenge to the guardians of that law, -and he exhorted all his attendants to do the same. But M. -Macé the Drugoman, young and brave, and a good horseman, -was not of the sheep kind, to go quietly to the -slaughter. With his pistols he shot two of the assassins that -attacked him, one after the other, dead upon the spot; and -was continuing to defend himself with his sword, when a -horseman, coming behind him, thrust him through the -back with a lance, and threw him dead upon the ground.</p> - -<p>Thus ended the second attempt of converting Abyssinia -by an embassy. A scheme, if we believe M. de Maillet, which -had cost government a considerable expence, for in a memorial, -of the 1st of October 1706, concerning the death of M. -du Roule, he makes the money and effects which he had -along with him, when murdered, to amount to 200 purses, -or L.25,000 Sterling. This, however, is not probable; because, -in another place he speaks of M. du Roule’s having -demanded of him a small supply of money while at Sennaar, -which friar Joseph, a capuchin, refused to carry for -him. Such a supply would not have been necessary if the -ambassador had with him such a sum as that already mentioned; -therefore I imagine it was exaggerated, with a -view to make the Turkish basha of Suakem quarrel with -the king of Sennaar about the recovering it.</p> - -<p>The friars, who were in numbers at Sennaar, left it immediately -before the coming of M. du Roule. This they -might have done without any bad intention towards him; -they returned, however, immediately after his murder. -This, I think, very clearly constitutes them the authors of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_510">510</span> -it. For had they not been privy and promoters of the assassination, -they would have fled with fear and abhorrence from -a place where six of their brethren had been lately so treacherously -slain, and were not yet buried, but their carcases abandoned -to the fowls of the air, and the beasts of the field, -and where they themselves, therefore, could have no assurance -of safety.</p> - -<p>They however pretended, first to lay the blame upon the -king of Abyssinia, then upon the king of Sennaar, and -then they divided it between them both. But Elias, arrived -at Gondar, vindicated that prince, as we shall presently -see, and the list of names taken at Sennaar; and a long series -of correspondence, which afterwards came out, and a -chain of evidence which was made public, incontestibly -prove that the king of Sennaar was but an agent, and indeed -an unwilling one, who two several times repented of -his bloody design, and made M. du Roule return to his own -house, to evade the execution of it.</p> - -<p>The blood then of this gallant and unfortunate gentleman -undoubtedly lies upon the heads of the reformed Franciscan -friars, and their brethren, the friars of the Holy Land. -The interest of these two bodies, and a bigotted prince, such -as Louis XIV then was, was more than sufficient to stop all -inquiry, and hinder any vengeance to be taken on those -holy assassins. But he who, unperceived, follows deliberate -murther through all its concealments and darkness of its -ways, in a few years required satisfaction for the blood of -du Roule, at a time and place unforeseen, and unexpected. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_511">511</span></p> - -<p>We shall now return to Gondar to king Yasous, who being -recovered of his disease, and having dismissed his physician, -was preparing to set out on a campaign against the -Galla.</p> - -<p>Yasous, for his first wife, had married Ozoro Malacotawit, -a lady of great family and connections in the province -of Gojam. By her he had a son, Tecla Haimanout, who was -grown to manhood, and had hitherto lived in the most dutiful -affection and submission to his father, who, on his -part, seemed to place unlimited confidence in his son. He -now gave a proof of this, not very common in the annals -of Abyssinia, by leaving Tecla Haimanout behind him, at -an age when he was fit to reign, appointing him Betwudet, -with absolute power to govern in his absence. Yasous had -a mistress whom he tenderly loved, a woman of great quality -likewise, whose name was Ozoro Kedustè. She was sister -to his Fit-Auraris, Agné, a very distinguished and capable -officer, and by her he had three children, David, Hannes, -and Jonathan.</p> - -<p>It happened, while he was watching the motions of the -Galla, news were brought that Ozoro Kedustè had been taken -ill of a fever; and though, upon this intelligence, he -disposed his affairs so as to return with all possible expedition, -yet when he came to Bercanté, the lady’s house, he -found that she was not only dead, but had been for some -time buried. All his presence of mind now left him; he -fell into the most violent transport of wild despair, and, ordering -her tomb to be opened, he went down into it, taking -his three sons along with him, and became so frantic -at the sight of the corpse, that it was with the utmost difficulty -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_512">512</span> -he could be forced again to leave the sepulchre. He -returned first to Gondar, then he retired to an island in the -lake Tzana, there to mourn his lost mistress.</p> - -<p>But before this, Elias, ignorant of what had passed at -Sennaar, presented M. de Maillet’s letter to him, beseeching -his leave for M. du Roule to enter Abyssinia, and come into -his presence. This he easily procured: Yasous was fond of -strangers; and not only granted the request, but sent a man -of his own to Sennaar with letters to the king to protect -and defray the expences of the ambassador to Gondar. This -man, who had affairs of his own, loitered away a great -deal of time in the journey, so that Elias, upon first hearing -of the arrival of the ambassador, set out himself to meet -him at Sennaar. The king, in the mean time, having finished -his mourning, dispatched Badjerund Oustas to his -son the Betwudet, at Gondar, ordering him forthwith to -send him a body of his household troops to rendezvous on -the banks of the lake, opposite to the island Tchekla Wunze, -where he then had his residence.</p> - -<p>It has been said, contrary to all truth, by those who have -wrote travels into this country, that sons born in marriage -had the same preference in succession as they have in other -countries. But this, as I have said, is entirely without -foundation: For, in the first place, there is no such thing -as a regular marriage in Abyssinia; all consists in mere consent -of parties. But, allowing this to be regular, not only -natural children, that is, those born in concubinage where -no marriage was in contemplation; and adulterous bastards, -that is, the sons of unmarried women by married men; and -all manner of sons whatever, succeed equally as well to the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_513">513</span> -crown as to private inheritance; and there cannot be a -more clear example of this than in the present king, who, -although he had a son, Tecla Haimanout, born of the -queen Malacotawit in wedlock, was yet succeeded by three -bastard brothers, all sons of Yasous, born in adultery, that -is, in the life of the queen. David and Hannes were sons -of the king by his favourite Ozoro Kedustè; Bacuffa, by -another lady of quality.</p> - -<p>Although the queen, Malacotawit, had passed over with -seeming indifference the preference the king had given his -mistress, Ozoro Kedustè, during her lifetime, yet, from a -very unaccountable kind of jealousy, she could not forgive -those violent tokens of affection the king had shewn after -her death, by going down with his sons and remaining -with the body in the grave. Full of resentment for this, -she had persuaded her son, Tecla Haimanout, that Yasous -had determined to deprive him of his succession, to send -him and her, his mother, both to Wechné, and place his -bastard brother, David, son of Ozoro Kedustè, upon the -throne.</p> - -<p>The queen had been very diligent in attaching to her -the principal people about the court. By her own friends, -and the assistance of the discontented and banished monks, -she had raised a great army in Gojam under her brothers, -Dermin and Paulus. Tecla Haimanout had shewn great -signs of wisdom and talents for governing, and very much -attached to himself some of his father’s oldest and ablest -servants. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_514">514</span></p> - -<p>It was, therefore, agreed, in return to Yasous’s message -by Oustas, to answer, That, after so long a reign, and so -much bloodshed, the king would do well to retire to some -convent for the rest of his life, and atone for the many great -sins he had committed; and that he should leave the kingdom -in the hands of his son Tecla Haimanout, as the ancient -king Caleb had resigned his crown into the hands of -St Pantaleon in favour of his son Guebra Mascal. As it was -not very safe to deliver such a message to a king such as -Yasous, it was therefore sent to him, by a common foot-soldier, -who could not be an object of resentment.</p> - -<p>The king received it at Tchekla Wunze, the island in -the lake Tzana, where he was then residing. He answered -with great sharpness, by the same messenger, “That he -had been long informed who these were that had seduced -his son, Tecla Haimanout, at once from his duty to him as -his father, and his allegiance as his sovereign; that though -he did not hold them to be equal in sanctity to St Pantaleon, -yet, such as they were, he proposed immediately to meet -them at Gondar, and settle there his son’s coronation.”</p> - -<p>This ironical message was perfectly understood. Those -of the court that were with Tecla Haimanout, and the inhabitants -of the capital, met together, and bound themselves -by a solemn oath to live and die with their king Tecla Haimanout. -The severity of Yasous was well known; his provocation -now was a just one; and the measure of vengeance -that awaited them, every one concerned knew to be such -that there was no alternative but death or victory. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_515">515</span></p> - -<p>Neither party were slack in preparations. Kasmati Honorius, -governor of Damot, a veteran officer and old servant -of Yasous, collected a large body of troops and marched -them down the west side of the lake. Yasous having -there joined them, and putting himself at the head of his -army, began his march, rounding the lake on its south side -towards Dingleber.</p> - -<p>Neither did Tecla Haimanout delay a moment after -hearing his father was in motion, but marched with his -army from Gondar, attended with all the ensigns of royalty. -He encamped at Bartcho, in that very field where Za Denghel -was defeated and slain by his rebellious subjects. Thinking -this a post ominous to kings, he resolved to wait for his -father there, and give him battle.</p> - -<p>The king, in his march through the low country of Dembea, -was attacked by a putrid fever, very common in those -parts, which so increased upon him that he was obliged to -be carried back to Tchekla Wunze. This accident discouraged -his whole party. His army, with Honorius, took -the road to Gojam, but did not disperse, awaiting the recovery -of the king.</p> - -<p>But the queen, Malacotawit, no sooner heard that Yasous -her husband was sick at Tchekla Wunze, than she sent to -her son Tecla Haimanout to leave his unwholesome station, -and march back immediately to Gondar; and, as soon as he -was returned, she dispatched her two brothers, Dermin and -Paulus, with a body of soldiers and two Mahometan musqueteers, -who, entering the island Tchekla Wunze by surprise, -shot and disabled the king while sitting on a couch; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_516">516</span> -immediately after which, Dermin thrust him through with -a sword. They attempted afterwards to burn the body, in -order to avoid the ill-will the sight of it must occasion: In -this, however, they were prevented by the priests of the -island and the neighbouring nobility, who took possession -of the body, washed it, and performed all the rites of sepulture, -then carried it in a kind of triumph, with every mark -of magnificence due to the burial of a king, interring it in -the small island of Mitraha, where lay the body of all his -ancestors, and where I have seen the body of this king still -entire.</p> - -<p>Nor did the prince his son, Tecla Haimanout, now king, -discourage the people in the respect they voluntarily paid -to his father. On the contrary, that parricide himself shewed -every outward mark of duty, to the which inwardly his -heart had been long a stranger.</p> - -<p>Poncet, who saw this king, gives this character of him: -He says he was a man very fond of war, but averse to the -shedding of blood. However this may appear a contradiction, -or said for the sake of the antithesis, it really was the -true character of this prince, who, fond of war, and in the -perpetual career of victory, did, by pushing his conquests as -far as they could go, inevitably occasion the spilling of much -blood. Yet, when his army was not in the field, though he -detected a multitude of conspiracies among priests and other -people at home, whose lives in consequence were forfeited -to the law, he very rarely, either from his own motives, or -the persuasion of others, could be induced to inflict capital -punishments though often strongly provoked to it. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_517">517</span></p> - -<p>Upon his death the people unanimously gave to him the -name of Tallac, which signifies <i>the Great</i>, a name he has ever -since enjoyed unimpeached in the Abyssinian annals, or history -of his country, from the which this his reign is taken.</p> - -<h2 id="TECLA_HAIMANOUT_I"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -TECLA HAIMANOUT I.<br /> - -<small>From 1704 to 1706.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Writes in Favour of Du Roule—Defeats the Rebels—Is assassinated while -hunting.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Elias</span> the Armenian, of whom we have already spoken, -and who was charged with letters of protection from -Yasous to meet M. du Roule at Sennaar, had reached within -three days journey of that capital when he heard that king -Yasous was assassinated. Terrified at the news, he returned -in the utmost haste to Gondar, and presented the letters, -which had been written by Yasous, to be renewed by his -son, king Tecla Haimanout. Tecla Haimanout read his father’s -letters, and approved of their contents, ordering them -to be copied in his own name; and Elias without delay set -out with them. I have inserted a translation of these letters, -which were originally written in Arabic, and seem to -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_518">518</span> -me to be of the few that are authentic among those many -which have been published as coming from Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>“The king Tecla Haimanout, son of the king of the -church of Ethiopia, king of a thousand churches.</p> - -<div class="figcenter"> -<img src="images/i_0528.jpg" alt="" /> -<p class="caption"><span class="smcap">Jesus</span> -son of <span class="smcap">Mary</span><br /> -Race of Solomon Son of David, Israel, Edom, Isaac.<a id="FNanchor_76" href="#Footnote_76" class="fnanchor">76</a></p></div> - -<p>“On the part of the powerful august king, arbiter of -nations, shadow of God upon earth, the guide of kings -who profess the religion of the Messiah, the most powerful -of Christian kings, he that maintains order between -Mahometans and Christians, protector of the boundaries -of Alexandria, observer of the commandments of the gospel, -descended of the line of the prophets David and Solomon,—may -the blessing of Israel be upon our prophet and -upon them.—To the king Baady, son of the king Ounsa, -may his reign be full of happiness, being a prince endowed -with these rare qualities that deserve the highest -praises as governing his kingdom with distinguished wisdom, -and by an order full of equity.—The king of France, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_519">519</span> -who is a Christian, wrote a letter seven or eight years ago, -by which he signified to me, that he wished to open a -trade for the advantage of his subjects and of mine, which -request we have granted. We come at present to understand, -that he has sent us presents by a man whose name -is du Roule, who has likewise several others along with -him, and that these people have been arrested at your -town of Sennaar. We require of you, therefore, to set -them immediately at liberty, and to suffer them to come -to us with all the marks of honour, and that you should -pay regard to the ancient friendship which has always -subsisted between our predecessors, since the time of the -<i>king of Sedgid</i> and the <i>king of Kim</i>, to the present day. We -also demand of you to suffer all the subjects of the king of -France to pass, and all those that come with letters of his -consul who is at Cairo, as all such Frenchmen come for -trade only, being of the same religion with us. We likewise -recommend to you, that you permit to pass freely, all -French Christians, Cophts, and Syrians who follow our -rites, observing our religion, and who intend coming into -our country; and that you do not suffer any of those -who are contrary to our religion to pass, such as the monk -Joseph, and his companions, whom you may keep at Sennaar, -it being in no shape our intention to suffer them to -come into our dominions, where they would occasion -troubles, as being enemies to our faith. God grant you -your desires.”—Wrote the 10th of Zulkadé, Anno 1118, <i>i. e.</i> -the 21st of January 1706.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>☞ The direction is—“To king Baady, son of king -Ounsa, may God favour him with his grace.”</p></blockquote> -<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_520">520</span></p> - -<p>The first thing I remark upon this letter is, the mention -of the ancient peace and friendship which subsisted between -the predecessors of these two princes now corresponding. -It was a friendship, he says, that had endured from the time -of the king of <i>Sedgid</i>, and the king of <i>Kim</i>, to the present -day.</p> - -<p>The kingdom of Sennaar, as we shall see, was but a modern -one, and recently established by conquest over the Arabs. -Therefore the kingdoms of <i>Sedgid</i> and of <i>Kim</i> were -before that conquest, places whence this black nation came -that had established their sovereignty at Sennaar by conquest: -from which, therefore, I again infer, there never -was any war, conquest, or tribute between Abyssinia and -that state.</p> - -<p>The Arabs, who fed their flocks near the frontiers of the -two countries, were often plundered by the kings of Abyssinia -making descents into Atbara; but this was never -reckoned a violation of peace between the two sovereigns. -On the contrary, as the motive of the Arabs, for coming -south into the frontiers of Abyssinia, was to keep themselves -independent, and out of the reach of Sennaar, when the king -of Abyssinia fell upon them there, he was understood to do -that monarch service, by driving them down farther within -his reach. The Baharnagash has been always at war with -them; they are tributary to him for eating his grass and -drinking his water, and nothing that he ever does to them -gives any trouble or inquietude to Sennaar. It is interpreted -as maintaining his ancient dominion over the Shepherds, -those of Sennaar being a new power, and accounted as usurpers. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_521">521</span></p> - -<p>M. de Maillet, nor M. le Grande his historian, have not -thought fit to explain who the monk Joseph was mentioned -in this letter. Now it is certain, that, when Murat and -Poncet were returned from Abyssinia, there was a missionary -of the minor friars, who arrived in Ethiopia, had an audience -of the king, and wrote a letter in his name to the -pope, wherein he has foisted many improbabilities and falsehoods; -and concludes with declaring on the part of Yasous, -that he submits to the see of Rome in the same manner the -kings his predecessors had submitted. He makes Yasous -speak Latin, too; and it is perfectly plain from the<a id="FNanchor_77" href="#Footnote_77" class="fnanchor">77</a>whole -letter, that, though he writes it himself, he cannot conceal -that the king Yasous wanted him very much away, and -was very uneasy at his stay at Gondar. Who this was we -know not, but suppose it was one of those assassins of M. -du Roule, carrying on a private intrigue without participation -of the consul, some of whom were afterwards detected -in Walkayt in the reign of David IV.</p> - -<p>As for Elias, the forerunner of the French embassy, now -become the only remains of it, he continued in Abyssinia -(to judge by his letter) in great poverty, till the year 1718, -immediately after which he went over to Arabia Felix, and -first wrote from Mocha to M. de Maillet consul at Cairo, as -it will appear in the reign of David IV. where I have inserted -his letter; that written to M. du Roule in the name of -Yafous, that of Tecla Haimanout to the Basha and Divan of -Cairo, I have now here inserted, because I have advanced facts -founded upon them. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_522">522</span></p> - -<h3><span class="smcap">Translation</span> <i>of an</i> <span class="smcap">Arabic Letter</span> <i>from the</i> <span class="smcap">King</span> <i>of</i> <span class="smcap">Abyssinia</span> -<i>to</i> <span class="smcap">M. du Roule</span>.</h3> - -<p>“The king Tecla Haimanout, king of the established -church, son of the king of a thousand churches.</p> - -<p>“This letter cometh forth from the venerable, august -king, who is the shadow of God, guide of Christian princes -that are in the world, the most powerful of the Nazarean -kings, observer of the commandments of the gospel, -protector of the confines of Alexandria, he that maintaineth -order between Mahometans and Christians, descended -from the family of the prophets David and Solomon, upon -whom being the blessings of Israel, may God make his -happiness eternal, and his power perpetual, and protect his -arms—So be it.—To his excellence the most virtuous and -most prudent man du Roule, a Frenchman sent to us, -may God preserve him, and make him arrive at a degree -of eminence—So be it.—Elias, your interpreter whom you -sent before you, being arrived here, has been well received. -We have understood that you are sent to us on the -part of the king of France our brother, and are surprised -that you have been detained at Sennaar. We send to you -at present a letter for king Baady, in order that he may -set you at liberty, and not do you any injury, nor to those -that are with you, but may behave in a manner that is -proper both for you and to us, according to the religion -of Elias that you sent, who is a Syrian; and all those that -may come after you from the king of France our brother, -or his consul at Cairo, shall be well received, whether they -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_523">523</span> -be ambassadors or private merchants, because we love -those that are of our religion. We receive with pleasure -those who do not oppose our laws, and we send away those -that do oppose them. For this reason we did not receive -immediately Joseph<a id="FNanchor_78" href="#Footnote_78" class="fnanchor">78</a> with all his companions, not choosing -that such sort of people should appear in our presence, -nor intending that they should pass Sennaar, in order to -avoid troubles which may occasion the death of many; -but with respect to you, have nothing to fear, you may -come in all safety, and you shall be received with honour.”—Written -the 10th of the month Zulkadé, Anno -1118, <i>i. e.</i> the 21st of January of the year 1706.</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>☞ The address is—“Let the present be delivered to M. -du Roule at the town of Sennaar.”</p></blockquote> - -<p>I shall only observe upon this letter, that all the priests, -who had flocked to Sennaar before M. du Roule arrived -there, disappeared upon his near approach to that city, after -having prepared the mischief which directly followed. And, -no sooner was the murder, which they before concerted, committed, -than they all flocked back again as if invited to a -festival. M. de Maillet speaks of several of them in his letters, -where he complains of the murder of du Roule, and -says that they were then on their way to enter Abyssinia. -Of these probably was this Joseph, whom Tecla Haimanout -strictly prohibits to come farther than Sennaar, having seen -what his father had written concerning him in the first letters -Elias was charged with. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_524">524</span></p> - -<p>Others are mentioned in Elias’s letter to the consul as -having been in Abyssinia. He calls them those of the league -of Michael and Samuel, of whom we shall speak afterwards. -But, even though the French consul had ordered his nation -to drive all the subjects of Sennaar from their houses and -service, none of these missionaries were afraid to return and -abide at Sennaar, because they knew the murder of the -ambassador was the work of their own hands, and, without -their instigation, would never have been committed.</p> - -<p>The unlucky messenger, Elias, was again about to enter -Sennaar, when he received information that du Roule was -assassinated. If he had fled hastily from this inauspicious -place upon the murder of Yasous, his haste was now ten-fold, -as he considered himself engaged in the same circumstances -that had involved M. du Roule’s attendants in his -misfortunes.</p> - -<p>The king, upon hearing the account given by Elias of -the melancholy fate of the ambassador at Sennaar, was so -exasperated, that he gave immediate orders for recalling -such of his troops as he had permitted to go to any considerable -distance; and, in a council held for that purpose, he -declared, that he considered the death of M. du Roule as an -affront that immediately affected his crown and dignity. -He was, therefore, determined not to pass it over, but to -make the king of Sennaar sensible that he, as well as all -the other kings upon earth, knew the necessity of observing -the law of nations, and the bad consequence of perpetual -retaliations that must follow the violation of it. In the -mean time, thinking that the basha of Cairo was the cause -of this, he wrote the following letter to him. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_525">525</span></p> - -<h3><span class="smcap">Translation</span> <i>of an</i> <span class="smcap">Arabic Letter</span> <i>from the</i> <span class="smcap">King</span> <i>of</i> <span class="smcap">Abyssinia</span> -<i>to the</i> <span class="smcap">Basha</span> <i>and</i> <span class="smcap">Divan</span> <i>of</i> <span class="smcap">Cairo</span>.</h3> - -<p>“To the Pacha, and Lords of the Militia of Cairo.</p> - -<p>“On the part of the king of Abyssinia, the king Tecla -Haimanout, son of the king of the church of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>“On the part of the august king, the powerful arbiter of -nations, shadow of God upon earth, the guide of kings -who profess the religion of the Messiah, the most powerful -of all Christian kings, he who maintains order between -Mahometans and Christians, protector of the confines of -Alexandria, observer of the commandments of the gospel, -heir from father to son of a most powerful kingdom, descended -of the family of David and Solomon,—may the -blessing of Israel be upon our prophet, and upon them -may his happiness be durable, and his greatness lasting, -and may his powerful, army be always feared.—To the -most powerful lord, elevated by his dignity, venerable by -his merits, distinguished by his strength and riches among -all Mahometans, the refuge of all those that reverence -him, who by his prudence governs and directs the armies -of the noble empire, and commands his confines; victorious -viceroy of Egypt, the four corners of which shall be -always respected and defended:—so be it.—And to all the -distinguished princes, judges, men of learning, and other -officers whose business it is to maintain order and good -government and to all commanders in general, may God -preserve them all in their dignities, in the nobleness of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_526">526</span> -their health. You are to know that our ancestors never -bore any envy to other kings, nor did they ever occasion -them any trouble, or shew them any mark of hatred. On the -contrary, they have, upon all occasions, given them proofs of -their friendships, assisting them generously, relieving them -in their necessities, as well in what concerns the caravan -and pilgrims of Mecca in Arabia Felix, as in the Indies, in -<i>Persia</i>, and other distant and out-of-the-way places, also by -protecting distinguished persons in every urgent necessity.</p> - -<p>“Nevertheless, the king of France our brother, who -professes our religion and our law, having been induced -thereto, by some advances of friendship on our part such -as are proper, sent an ambassador to us; I understand -that you caused arrest him at Sennaar, and also another -by name Murat, the Syrian, whom you did put in -prison also, though he was sent to that ambassador on -our part, and by thus doing, you have violated the law of -nations, as ambassadors of kings ought to be at liberty to -go wherever they will; and it is a general obligation to -treat them with honour, and not to molest or detain them, -nor should they be subject to pay customs, or any sort of -presents. We could very soon repay you in kind, if we -were inclined to revenge the insult you have offered to -the man Murat sent on our part; the Nile would be sufficient -to punish you, since God hath put into our power -his fountain, his outlet, and his increase, and that we can -dispose of the same to do you harm; for the present we -demand of, and exhort you to desist from any future vexations -towards our envoys, and not disturb us by detaining -those who shall be sent towards you, but you shall -let them pass and continue their route without delay, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_527">527</span> -coming and going wherever they will freely for their -own advantage, whether they are our subjects or Frenchmen, -and whatever you shall do to or for them, we shall -regard as done to or for ourselves.”</p> - -<blockquote> - -<p>☞ The address is—“To the basha, princes, and lords -governing the town of great Cairo, may God favour -them with his goodness.”</p></blockquote> - -<p>There are several things very remarkable in this letter. -The king of Abyssinia values himself, and his predecessors, -upon never having molested or troubled any of his neighbours -who were kings, nor borne any envy towards them. -We are not then to believe what we see often in history, -that there was frequent war between Sennaar and Abyssinia, -or that Sennaar was tributary to Abyssinia. That stripe of -country, inhabited by the Shangalla, would, in this case, -have been first conquered. But it is more probable, that -the great difference of climate which immediately takes -place between the two kingdoms, the great want of water -on the frontiers, barriers placed there by the hand of Nature, -have been the means of keeping these kingdoms from -having any mutual concerns; and so, indeed, we may guess -by the utter silence of the books, which never mention any -war at Sennaar till the beginning of the reign of Socinios.</p> - -<p>I apprehend, that protecting distinguished persons upon -great occasions, alludes to the children of the king of Sennaar, -who frequently fly after the death of their father to -Abyssinia<a id="FNanchor_79" href="#Footnote_79" class="fnanchor">79</a> for protection, it being the custom of that state -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_528">528</span> -to murder all the brothers of the prince that succeeds, instead -of sending them to a mountain, as they do in Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>The next thing remarkable is his protection of the pilgrims -who go to Mecca, and the merchants that go to India. -Several caravans of both set out yearly from his kingdom, -all Mahometans, some of whom go to Mecca for religion, -the others to India, by Mocha, to trade. But it is not -possible to understand how he is to protect the trade in Persia, -with which country he certainly has had no sort of concern -these 800 years, nor has it been in that time possible -for him either to molest or protect a Persian. What, therefore, -I would suppose, is, that the king has made use of the -common phrase which universally obtains here both in writing -and conversation, calling Ber el Ajam the West, and Ber -el Arab the East coast of the Red Sea.—Ber el Ajam, in the -language of the country, is the coast where there is water -or rain, in opposition to the Tehama, or opposite shore -of Arabia, where there is no water. The Greeks and Latins -translated this word into their own language, but did not -understand it; only from the sound they called it Azamia, -from Ajam. Now Ajam, or Ber el Ajam, is the name of -Persia also; and the French interpreter says, the king of Abyssinia -protects the caravans of Persia; when he should say, -the caravans, going through Ber el Ajam, the Azamia of -the ancients, to embark at the two ports Suakem and Masuah, -both in the country of that name.</p> - -<p>The next thing to remark here is, that the king acknowledges -Murat to be his ambassador; and it is the arresting -him, which we have seen was done at the instance of M. de -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_529">529</span> -Maillet collusively, that the king says was a violation of the -law of nations; and it was this insult, done to Murat his -ambassador, that he all along complains of, not that offered -to du Roule, which he leaves to the king of France; for he -says expressly, if he was to starve, or destroy them all, by -stopping the Nile from coming into Egypt, it would be on -account of the insult offered to Murat, the envoy, or man, -sent on his part to France. It is plain, therefore, that M. de -Maillet persecuted the poor Syrian very wrongfully, and -that in no one instance, from first to last, was he ever in the -right concerning that embassy.</p> - -<p>This step, which justice dictated, was not without its reward; -for Tecla Haimanout, who had assembled his army -on this account sooner than he otherwise intended, found -immediately after, that a rival and rebel prince, Amda Sion, -was set up against him by the friends of his father Yasous, -and that he had been privately collecting troops, intending -to take him by surprise, when he was, however, at the head -of his army ready to give him battle.</p> - -<p>The first thing the king did was to dispatch a large body -of troops to reinforce Dermin, governor of Gojam, and to -him he sent positive orders to force Amda Sion to fight -wherever he should find him, while he, with the royal army, -came forward with all expedition to keep the people in -awe, and prevent them from joining his rival.</p> - -<p>Amda Sion, on the other hand, lost no time. From Ibaba, -through Maitsha, he marched straight to Gondar. Being arrived -at the king’s house at Dingleber, he sat down on the -throne with the ensigns of royalty about him, and there -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_530">530</span> -appointed several officers that were most needed, in the -army, the provinces, and about his person. During his stay -here, news were brought that Dermin had followed him -step by step in the very track he had marched, and laid the -whole country waste that had shewn him any countenance -or favour. Amda Sion’s heart seemed to fail him upon this; -for he left Dingleber, crossed the ford at Delakus, and endeavoured -to pass Dermin, by keeping on the west side of -the Nile, and on the low road by which he returned to -Ibaba.</p> - -<p>Dermin, well-informed as to his motions, and perfectly -instructed in the situation of the country, instead of passing -him, turned short upon his front, crossing the Nile at Fagitta, -and forced him to an engagement in the plain country -of Maitsha. The battle, though it was obstinately fought -by the rebels, ended in a complete victory in favour of the -king. Those among the rebels who most distinguished -themselves were the banished monks, the greatest part of -whom were slain fighting desperately. Among these, were -Abba Welleta Christos, Tobias and his brother Abba Nicolaus, -who had been ringleaders in the late religious disputes in -the time of Yasous, and were now chiefs of the rebellion against -his son.</p> - -<p>The greatest part of the loss fell upon the common men -of Gojam, of the clans Elmana and Densa. No man of -note among them was lost; only Amda Sion, who fell at -their head in the beginning of the engagement, fighting -with all the bravery that could be expected from a man in -his circumstances. The rebel army was entirely dispersed. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_531">531</span> -On the king’s side no man of consideration was slain, but -Anastè, son of Ozoro Sabel Wenghel.</p> - -<p>After having reinforced Dermin, the first thing the king -did was to send three of his brothers, David, Hannes, and -Jonathan, to be imprisoned on the mountain of Wechné. -He then marched with his army from Gondar; and, being -ignorant of what had happened, he dispatched his master -of the horse, by way of Dingleber, to join Kasmati Dermin, -in case he had not still been strong enough to fight the rebels. -With his main army he took the road to Tedda, intending -to proceed to Gojam; but, by the way, was informed -that Dermin had defeated and slain his rival Amda Sion: -and he had scarce crossed the Nile at Dara, when another -messenger arrived with news that Dermin had also come up -with Kasmati Honorius and his army on the banks of the -Nile, at Goutto, had entirely defeated and slain him, together -with his principal officers, and dispersed the whole army. -Upon this the king marched towards Ibaba, and was -there joined by Dermin, when great rejoicing and feasting -ensued for several days.</p> - -<p>On this occasion the king crowned his mother Malacotawit, -conferring upon her the dignity and title of Iteghè; -the consequence of which station I have often described. -Having now no longer enemies to fear, he was persuaded, -by some of his favourites, first to dismiss Dermin and his -army, then all the troops that had joined him, and go with -a few of his attendants, or court, to hunt the buffalo in the -neighbouring country, Idi; which council the young prince -too rashly adopted, suspecting no treason. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_532">532</span></p> - -<p>While the hunting-match lasted, a conspiracy was formed -by Gueber Mo, his two brothers, Palambaras, Hannes, -and several others, old officers belonging to the late king -Yasous, who saw that he intended, one by one, to weed -them out of the way as soon as safely he could, and that -the whole power and favour was at last to fall into the -hands of the Iteghé, and her brothers Dermin and Paulus. -Accordingly one morning, the conspirators having surrounded -him while riding, one of them thrust him through -the body with a sword, and threw him from his mule upon -the earth. They then laid his body upon a horse, and, -with all possible expedition, carried him to the house of Azena -Michael, where he arrived yet alive, but died immediately -upon being taken from the horse. Badjerund Oustas, -and some others of his father’s old officers, who had -attached themselves to him after his father’s death, took -the body of the king and buried it in Quebran.</p> - -<p>As soon as this assassination was known, the master of -the horse, with the few troops that he could gather together, -came to the palace, and took a young son of Tecla Haimanout, -aged only four years, whom he proclaimed king, and -the Iteghé, Malacotawit, regent of the kingdom. But Badjerund -Oustas, and those who had not been concerned in the -murder of either king, went straight to the mountain of -Wechné, and brought thence Tisilis, that is Theophilus, son -to Hannes, and brother to the late king Yasous, whom they -crowned at Emfras, and called him, by his inauguration -name, Atserar Segued. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_533">533</span></p> - -<h2 id="TIFILIS"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -TIFILIS.<br /> - -<small>From 1706 to 1709.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Dissembles with his Brother’s Assassins—Execution of the Regicides—Rebellion -and Death of Tigi.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Theophilus</span>, a few days after his coronation, having -called the whole court and clergy together, declared -to them, that his faith upon the disputable point concerning -our Saviour’s incarnation was different from that of -his brother Yasous, or that of his nephew Tecla Haimanout, -but in every respect conformable to that of the monks of Gojam, -followers of Abba Eustathius, and that of the Iteghè, -Malacotawit, Dermin, and Paulus. A violent clamour was instantly -raised against the king by the priests of Debra Libanos, -as having forsaken the religious principles of his predecessors. -But the king was inflexible; and this ingratiated -him more with the inhabitants of Gojam. Not many days -after, the king arrested the master of the horse, Johannes Palambaras, -the Betwudet Tigi, and several others, all supposed -to be concerned in the murder of the late king, and -confined them in several places and prisons. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_534">534</span></p> - -<p>This last action of the king entirely relieved the minds -of all the friends of Tecla Haimanout from any further -fear of being called to account for the murder of Yasous; -and, in consequence of this, the queen Malocotawit, with her -brothers Dermin and Paulus, and all the murderers of the -late king Yasous, came to Gondar that same winter to do -homage to Theophilus, whom they now thought their -greatest protector.</p> - -<p>But the wise and sagacious king had kept his secret in -his own bosom. All his behaviour hitherto had been only -dissimulation, to induce his brother’s murderers to come -within his power. And no sooner did he see that he had -succeeded in this, than the very first day, while they were -yet at audience, he ordered an officer, in his own presence, -to arrest first the queen, and then her two brothers Dermin -and Paulus. He gave the same directions concerning the -rest of the conspirators, who were all scattered about Gondar, -eating, drinking, and fearing nothing, but rejoicing at -the happy days they had promised themselves, and were -now to see: he ordered the whole of them, amounting to -37 persons, many of these of the first rank, to be all executed -that same forenoon.</p> - -<p>He began with the queen, who was taken immediately -from his presence and hanged by the common hangman -on the tree before the palace gate; the first of her rank, -it is believed, that ever died so vile a death, either in Abyssinia -or any other country, the history of which has come -down to our hands. Dermin and Paulus were first carried -to the tree to see their sister’s execution; after which, one -after the other, they were thrust through with swords, the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_535">535</span> -weapon with which they had wounded the late king Yasous. -But the two Mahometans were shot with muskets, it -having been in that manner they had ended the late king’s -life, after Dermin had wounded him with a sword. As they -had committed high treason, none of the bodies of these -traitors were allowed to be buried; they were hewn in small -pieces with knives, and strewed about the streets, to be eat -by the hyænas and dogs; a most barbarous and offensive -custom, to which they strictly adhere to this very day.</p> - -<p>After having thus taken ample vengeance for the murder -of his brother Yasous, Theophilus did not stop here. -Tecla Haimanout was, it is true, a parricide, but he was -likewise a king, and his nephew; nor did it seem just to -Theophilus that it should be left in the will of private subjects, -after having acknowledged Tecla Haimanout as their -sovereign, to choose a time afterwards, in which they were -to cut him off for a crime which, however great, had not -hindered them from swearing allegiance to him at his accession, -and entering into his service at the time when it -was recently committed. He, therefore, ordered all the regicides -in custody to be put to death; and sent circular letters -to the several governors, that they should observe the -same rule as to all those directly concerned in the murder -of his nephew Tecla Haimanout, who should be found in -places under their command.</p> - -<p>Tigi, formerly Betwudet, had been imprisoned in Hamazen, -a small district near the Red Sea, under the government -of Abba Saluce. This man, by birth a Galla, had escaped -from Hamazen, and collected a considerable army of the different -tribes of his nation, Liban, Kalkend, and Basso; and, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_536">536</span> -having found one that pretended to be of the royal blood, -he proclaimed him king, and put his army in motion.</p> - -<p>Upon the first news of this revolt, the king, though attended -with few troops, immediately left Gondar, ordering -all those whose duty it was to join him at Ibaba. Having -there collected a little army, he marched immediately for -the country of the Basso, destroying every thing with fire -and sword. Tigi, in the mean time, by forced marches -came to Ibaba, where he committed all sorts of cruelties -without distinction of age or sex. The cries of the sufferers -reached the king, who turned immediately back to the relief -of Ibaba; and, not discouraged by his enemy’s great superiority -of number, offered battle to them as soon as he -arrived. Nor did Tigi and his Galla refuse it; but, on the -28th day of March 1709, a very obstinate engagement ensued; -where, though the king was inferior in forces, yet being himself -warlike and active, he was so well seconded by his troops -that Basso and Liban were almost entirely cut off.</p> - -<p>In the field of battle there was a church, built by the -late king Yasous after a victory gained there over the Pagans, -whence it had the name it then bore, Debra Mawea, -or the <i>Mountain of Victory</i>. A large body of these Galla, seeing -that all went against them in the field, fled to the church -for a sanctuary, trusting to be protected from the fury of -the soldiers by the holiness of the place, and they so far -judged well; for the king’s troops, though they surrounded -the church on every side, did not offer to break into it, or -molest the enemy that had sheltered themselves within. -Theophilus, informed of this scruple of his soldiers, immediately -rode up to them, crying out, “That the church was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_537">537</span> -defiled by the entrance of so many Pagans, and no longer -fit for Christian worship, that they should therefore immediately -put fire to it, and he would build a nobler one -in its place.” The soldiers obeyed without further hesitation; -and, with cotton wads wrapt about the balls of their -guns, they set fire to the thatch, with which every church -in Abyssinia is covered. The whole was instantly consumed, -and every creature within it perished. Many principal officers -and men of the best families on the king’s side, Billetana -Gueta, Sana Denghel, and Billetana Gueta Kirubel, -Ayto Stephenous, son of Ozoro Salla of Nara, all men of -great consideration, were slain that day. What came of the -rebel prince was never known. Tigi, with his two sons, fled -from the field; but they were met by a peasant, who took -them prisoners first; and, after discovering who they were, -put them all three to death, and brought their heads to the -king.</p> - -<p>After so severe a rebuke, the Galla, on both sides of the -Nile, seemed disposed to be quiet, and the king thereupon -returned to Gondar amidst the acclamations of his soldiers -and subjects; but scarce had he arrived in the capital when -he was taken ill of a fever, and died on the 2d of September, -and was buried at Tedda, after a reign of three years and -three months. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_538">538</span></p> - -<h2 id="OUSTAS"><img src="images/i_rule-1.png" alt="" /><br /> - -OUSTAS.<br /> - -<small>From 1709 to 1714.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Usurps the Crown—Addicted to hunting—Account of the Shangalla—Active -and bloody Reign—Entertains Catholic Priests privately—Falls -sick and dies; but how, uncertain.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">It</span> has been already observed in the course of this history, -that the Abyssinians, from a very ancient tradition, attribute -the foundation of their monarchy to Menilek son of -Solomon, by the queen of Saba, or Azab, rendered in the Vulgate, -the Queen of the south. The annals of this country -mention but two interruptions to have happened, in the lineal -succession of the heirs-male of Solomon. The first about -the year 960, in the reign of Del Naad, by Judith queen -of the Falasha, of which revolution we have already spoken -sufficiently. The second interruption happened at the period -to which we have now arrived in this history, and owed -its origin, not to any misfortune that befel the royal family -as in the massacre of Judith, but seemed to be brought about -by the peculiar circumstances of the times, from a -well-founded attention to self-preservation. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_539">539</span></p> - -<p>Yasous the Great, after a long and glorious reign, had -been murdered by his son Tecla Haimanout. Two years -after, this parricide fell in the same manner. The assassination -of two princes, so nearly related, and in so short a time, -had involved, from different motives, the greatest part of -the noble families of the kingdom, either in the crime itself, -or in the suspicion of aiding and abetting it.</p> - -<p>Upon the death of Tecla Haimanout, Tifilis, or Theophilus, -brother of Yasous, had been brought from the mountain, -and placed on the throne as successor to his nephew; -this prince was scarcely crowned when he made some very -severe examples of the murderers of his brother, and he -seemed privately taking informations that would have -reached the whole of them, had not death put an end to -his inquiries and to his justice.</p> - -<p>The family of king Yasous was very numerous on the -mountain. It was the favourite store whence both the soldiery -and the citizens chose to bring their princes. There -were, at the very instant, many of his sons princes of -great hopes and of proper ages. Nothing then was more -probable than that the prince, now to succeed, would be of -that family, and, as such, interested in pursuing the same -measures of vengeance on the murderers of his father and -of his brother as the late king Theophilus had done; and -how far, or to whom this might extend, was neither certain -nor safe to trust to.</p> - -<p>The time was now past when the nobles vied with each -other who should be the first to steal away privately, or go -with open force, to take the new king from the mountain, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_540">540</span> -and bring him to Gondar, his capital: A backwardness -was visible in the behaviour of each of them, because in -each one’s breast the fear was the same.</p> - -<p>In so uncommon a conjuncture and disposition of men’s -minds, a subject had the ambition and boldness to offer -himself for king, and he was accordingly elected. This -was Oustas<a id="FNanchor_80" href="#Footnote_80" class="fnanchor">80</a>, son of Delba Yasous, by a daughter of the late -king of that name; and Abyssinia now saw, for the second -time, a stranger seated on the throne of Solomon. Oustas -was a man of undisputed merit, and had filled the greatest -offices in the state. He had been Badjerund, or master of -the household, to the late king Yasous. Tecla Haimanout, -who succeeded, had made him governor of Samen; and -though, in the next reign, he had fallen into disgrace with -Theophilus, this served but to aggrandize him more, as he -was very soon after restored to favour, and by this very -prince raised to the dignity of Ras, the first place under the -king, and invested at once with the government of two -provinces, Samen and Tigré. He was, at the death of Theophilus, -the greatest subject in Abyssinia; one step higher -set him on the throne, and the circumstances of the time -invited him to take it. He had every quality of body and -mind requisite for a king; but the constitution of his -country had made it unlawful for him to reign. He took, -upon his inauguration, the name of Tzai Segued.</p> - -<p>Oustas, though a new king, followed the customs of the -ancient monarchs of Abyssinia; for that very reason was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_541">541</span> -unwilling to add novelty to novelty, and it has been a constant -practice with these to make a public hunting-match -the first expedition of their reign. On these occasions the -king, attended by all the great officers of state, whose merit -and capacity are already acknowledged, reviews his young -nobility, who all appear to the best advantage as to arms, -horses, and equipage, with the greatest number of servants -and attendants. The scene of this hunting is always in the -Kolla, crowded with an immense number of the largest -and fiercest wild beasts, elephants, rhinoceros, lions, leopards, -panthers, and buffaloes fiercer than them all, wild boars, -wild asses, and many varieties of the deer kind.</p> - -<p>As soon as the game is roused, and forced out of the -wood by the footmen and dogs, they all singly, or several together, -according to the size of the beast, or as strength and -ability in managing their horses admit, attack the animal -upon the plain with long pikes or spears, or two javelins -in their hands. The king, unless very young, sits on horseback -on a rising ground, surrounded by the graver sort, -who point out to him the names of those of the nobility -that are happy enough to distinguish themselves in his -sight. The merit of others is known by report.</p> - -<p>Each young man brings before the king’s tent, as a trophy, -a part of the beast he has slain; the head and skin of -a lion or leopard; the scalp or horns of a deer; the private -parts of an elephant; the tail of a buffalo, or the horn of a -rhinoceros. The great trouble, force, and time necessary -to take out the teeth of the elephant, seldom make them -ready to be presented with the rest of the spoils; fire, too, is -necessary for loosing them from the jaw. The head of a -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_542">542</span> -boar is brought stuck upon a lance; but is not touched, as -being unclean.</p> - -<p>The elephant’s teeth are the king’s perquisites. Of these -round ivory rings are turned for bracelets, and a quantity -of them always brought by him to be distributed among -the most deserving in the field, and kept ever after as certificates -of gallant behaviour. Nor is this mark attended with -honour alone. Any man who shall from the king, queen-regent, -or governor of a province, receive so many of these -rings as shall cover his arm down to his wrist, appears before -the twelve judges on a certain day, and there, laying -down his arm with these rings upon it, the king’s cook -breaks every one in its turn with a kind of kitchen-cleaver, -whereupon the judges give him a certificate, which proves -that he is entitled to a territory, whose revenue must exceed -20 ounces of gold, and this is never either refused or -delayed. All the different species of game, however, are -not equally rated. He that slays a Galla, or Shangalla, man -to man, is entitled to two rings; he that slays an elephant -to two; a rhinoceros, two; a giraffa, on account of its speed, -and to encourage horsemanship, two; a buffalo, two; a lion, -two; a leopard, one; two boars, whose tusks are grown, -one; and one for every four of the deer kind.</p> - -<p>Great disputes constantly arise about the killing of -these beasts; to determine which, and prevent feuds and -quarrels, a council sits every evening, in which is an -officer called <i>Dimshasha</i>, or <i>Red Cap</i>, from a piece of red silk he -wears upon his forehead, leaving the top of his head bare, -for no person is allowed to cover his head entirely except -the king, the twelve judges, and dignified priests. This officer -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_543">543</span> -regulates the precedence of one nobleman over another, -and is possessed of the history of all pedigrees, the -noblest of which are always accounted those nearest to the -king reigning.</p> - -<p>Every man pleads his own cause before the council, and -receives immediate sentence. It is a settled rule, that those -who strike the animal first, if the lance remain upright, or -in the same direction in which it enters the beast, are understood -to be the slayers of the beast, whatever number -combat with him afterwards. There is one exception, however, -that if the beast, after receiving the first wound, tho’ -the lance is in him, should lay hold of a horse or man, so -that it is evident he would prevail against them; a buffalo, -for example, that should toss a man with his horns, or an -elephant that should take a horse with his trunk, the man -who shall then slay the beast, and prevent or revenge the -death of the man or horse attacked, shall be accounted the -slayer of the beast, and entitled to the premium.</p> - -<p>This was the ancient employment of these councils. In -my time they kept up this custom in point of form; the -council sat late upon most serious affairs of the nation; and -the death, banishment, and degradation of the first men in -the kingdom were agitated and determined here under the -pretence of sitting to judge the prizes of pastimes. This -hunting is seldom prolonged beyond a fortnight.</p> - -<p>The king, from ocular inspection, is presumed to be able -to choose among the young nobility those that are ready -for taking the necessary charges in the army; and it is -from his judgment in this that the priests foretel whether -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_544">544</span> -his reign is to be a successful one, or to end in misfortune -and disappointment.</p> - -<p>Oustas, having taken a view of his nobility, and attached -such to him as were most necessary for his support, set -out for this hunting with great preparations. The high -country of Abyssinia is destitute of wood; the whole lower -part of the mountains is sown with different sorts of grain; -the upper part perfectly covered with grass and all sorts of -verdure. There are no plains, or very small ones. Such a -country, therefore, is unfit for hunting, as it is incapable of -either sheltering or nourishing any number of wild beasts.</p> - -<p>The lower country, however, called Kolla, is full of -wood, consequently thinly inhabited. The mountains, not -joined in chains or ridges, run in one upon the other, but, -standing each upon its particular base, are accessible all -round, and interspersed with plains. Great rivers falling from -the high country with prodigious violence, during the tropical -rains, have in the plains washed away the soil down -to the solid rock, and formed large basons of great capacity, -where, though the water becomes stagnant in pools -when the currents fail above, yet, from their great depth and -quantity, they resist being consumed by evaporation, being -also thick covered with large shady trees whose leaves never -fall. These large trees, which, in their growth, and vegetation -of their branches, exceed any thing that our imagination -can figure, are as necessary for food, as the pools of -water are for cisterns to contain drink for those monstrous -beasts, such as the elephant and rhinoceros, who there -make their constant residence, and who would die with -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_545">545</span> -hunger and with thirst unless they were thus copiously supplied -both with food and water.</p> - -<p>This country, flat as the deserts on which it borders, -has fat black earth for its soil. It is generally about 40 -miles broad, though in many places broader and narrower. -It reaches from the mountains of the Habab, or Bagla, -which run in a ridge, as I have already said, from the south -of Abyssinia<a id="FNanchor_81" href="#Footnote_81" class="fnanchor">81</a> north down into Egypt, parallel to the Red Sea, -dividing the rainy seasons, and it stretches like a belt from -east to west to the banks of the Nile, encircling all the -mountainous, or high land part of Abyssinia; which latter -country is, at all times, temperate, and often cold, while the -other is unwholesome, hazy, close, and intolerably hot.</p> - -<p>Many nations of perfect blacks inhabit this low country, -all Pagans, and mortal enemies to the Abyssinian government. -Hunting these miserable wretches is the next expedition -undertaken by a new king. The season of this is -just before the rains, while the poor savage is yet lodged -under the trees preparing his food for the approaching -winter, before he retires into his caves in the mountain, -where he passes that inclement season in constant confinement, -but as constant security; for these nations are all -Troglodytes, and by the Abyssinians are called Shangalla.</p> - -<p>However Oustas succeeded in attaching to him those of -the nobility that partook of his sports, his good fortune in -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_546">546</span> -the capital was not equal to it. A dangerous conspiracy -was already forming at Gondar by those very people who -had persuaded him to mount the throne, and whom he -had left at home, from a persuasion that they only were to -be trusted with the support of his interest and the government -in his absence.</p> - -<p>Upon the first intelligence, the king, with a chosen body -of troops, entered Gondar in the night, and surprised the -conspirators while actually sitting in council. Ras Hezekias, -his prime minister, and Heraclides, master of his household, -and five others of the principal confederates, lost their ears -and noses, and were thrown into prison in such circumstances -that they could not live. Benaia Basilé, one of the -principal traitors, and the most obnoxious to the king, escaped -for a time, having had already intelligence of Oustas’s -coming.</p> - -<p>The king having quieted every thing at Gondar, being -at peace with all his neighbours, and having no other way -to amuse his troops and keep them employed, set out to -join the remainder of his young nobility whom he had left -in the Kolla to attack the Shangalla.</p> - -<p>The Shangalla were formerly a very numerous people, -divided into distinct tribes, or, as it is called, different nations, -living each separately in distinct territories, each under -the government of the chief of its own name, and each -family of that name under the jurisdiction of its own chief, -or head. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_547">547</span></p> - -<p>These Shangalla, during the fair half of the year, live under -the shade of trees, the lowest branches of which they -cut near the stem on the upper part, and then bend, or -break them down, planting the ends of the branches in the -earth. These branches they cover with the skins of wild -beasts. After this they cut away all the small or superfluous -branches in the inside, and so form a spacious pavilion, -which at a distance appears like a tent, the tree serving for -the pole in the middle of it, and the large top overshadowing -it so as to make a very picturesque appearance.</p> - -<p>Every tree then is a house, under which live a multitude -of black inhabitants until the tropical rains begin. It is -then they hunt the elephant, which they kill by many various -devices, as they do the rhinoceros and the other large -creatures. Those who reside where water abounds, with -the same industry kill the hippopotami, or river-horses, -which are exceedingly numerous in the pools of the stagnant -rivers. Where this flat belt, or country, is broadest, the -trees thickest, and the water in the largest pools, there the -most powerful nations live, who have often defeated the -royal army of Abyssinia, and constantly laid waste, and sometimes -nearly conquered, the provinces of Tigré and Siré, the -most warlike and most populous part in Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>The most considerable settlement of this nation is at Amba -Tzaada, between the Mareb and Tacazzé, but nearer by -one-third to the Mareb, and almost N. W. from Dobarwa. -These people, who have a variety of venison, kill it in the -fair months, and hang it up, cut into thongs as thick as a -man’s thumb, like so many ropes, on the trees around them. -The sun dries and hardens it to a consistence almost like -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_548">548</span> -leather, or the hardest fish sent from Newfoundland. This -is their provision for the winter months: They first beat it -with a wooden mallet, then boil it, after which they roast -it upon the embers; and it is hard enough after it has undergone -all those operations.</p> - -<p>The Dobenah, the most powerful of all the Shangalla, -who have a species of supremacy or command over all the -rest of the nations, live altogether upon the elephant or rhinoceros. -In other countries, where there is less water, fewer -trees, and more grass, the Shangalla feed chiefly upon more -promiscuous kinds of food, as buffaloes, deer, boars, lions, -and serpents. These are the nations nearer the Tacazzé, -Ras el Feel, and the plains of Siré in Abyssinia, the chief of -which nations is called Baasa. And still farther west of the -Tacazzé, and the valley of Waldubba, is a tribe of these, -who live chiefly upon the crocodile, hippopotamus, and -other fish; and, in the summer, upon locusts, which they -boil first, and afterwards keep dry in baskets, most curiously -made with split branches of trees, so closely woven together -as to contain water almost as well as a wooden vessel.</p> - -<p>This nation borders nearly upon the Abyssinian hunting-ground; -but, not venturing to extend themselves in the chace -of wild beasts, they are confined to the neighbourhood of -the Tacazzé, and rivers falling into it, where they fish in -safety: the banks of that river are deep, interrupted by steep -precipices inaccessible to cavalry, and, from the thickness of -the woods, full of thorny trees of innumerable species, almost -as impervious to foot. These streams, possessed only by -themselves, afford the Baasa the most excellent kinds of fish -in the most prodigious plenty. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_549">549</span></p> - -<p>In that part of the Shangalla country more to the eastward, -about N. N. E. of Amba Tzaada, in the northern extremities -of the woody part, where the river Mareb, leaving -Dobarwa, flows through thick bushes till it loses itself in -the sands, there is a nation of these blacks, who being near -the country of the Baharnagash, an officer whose province -produces a number of horse, dare not, for that reason, venture -to make an extensive use of the variety of wild beasts -which throng in the woods to the southward, for fear of -being intercepted by their enemy, constantly upon the watch -for them, part of his tribute being paid in black slaves. -These, therefore, confine themselves to the southern part of -their territory, near the Barabra.</p> - -<p>The extraordinary course of this river under the sand, -allures to it multitudes of ostriches, which, too, are the -food of the Shangalla, as is a beautiful lizard, never, that I -know, yet described. These are the food of the eastern Shangalla; -and I must here observe, that this country and people -were much better known to the ancients than to us. -The Egyptians traded with them, and caravans of these -people were constantly in Alexandria in the reigns of the -first Ptolemies. Most of the productions of these parts, and -the people themselves, are mentioned in the remarkable -procession made by Ptolemy Philadelphus on his accession -to the throne of Egypt, as already observed, though a confusion -often arises therein by this country being called by -the name of India.</p> - -<p>Ptolemy, the geographer, classes these people exactly -enough, and distinguishes them very accurately by their -particular food, or dietetique regimen, though he errs, indeed, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_550">550</span> -a little in the particular situation he gives to the different -nations. His Rhizophagi, Elephantophagi, Acridophagi, -Struthiophagi, and Agriophagi, are all the clans I -have just described, existing under the same habits to this -day.</p> - -<p>This soil, called by the Abyssinians <i>Mazaga</i>, when wet by -the tropical rains, and dissolving into mire, forces these savages -to seek for winter-quarters. Their tents under the -trees being no longer tenable, they retire with their respective -foods, all dried in the sun, into caves dug into the heart -of the mountains, which are not in this country basaltes, -marble, or alabaster, as is all that ridge which runs down -into Egypt along the side of the Red Sea, but are of a soft, -gritty, sandy stone, easily excavated and formed into different -apartments. Into these, made generally in the steepest -part of the mountain, do these savages retire to shun the -rains, living upon the flesh they have already prepared in -the fair weather.</p> - -<p>I cannot give over the account of the Shangalla without -delivering them again out of their caves, because this -return includes the history of an operation never heard of -perhaps in Europe, and by which considerable light is -thrown upon ancient history. No sooner does the sun pass -the zenith, going southward, than the rains instantly cease; -and the thick canopy of clouds, which had obscured the -sky during their continuance, being removed, the sun appears -in a beautiful sky of pale blue, dappled with small -thin clouds, which soon after disappear, and leave the -heavens of a most beautiful azure. A very few days of the -intense heat then dries the ground so perfectly, that it gapes -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_551">551</span> -in chasms; the grass, struck at the roots by the rays, supports -itself no more, but droops and becomes parched. To clear -this away, the Shangalla set fire to it, which runs with incredible -violence the whole breadth of Africa, passing under -the trees, and following the dry grass among the branches -with such velocity as not to hurt the trees, but to occasion -every leaf to fall.</p> - -<p>A proper distance is preserved between each habitation, -and round the principal watering-places; and here the -Shangalla again fix their tents in the manner before described. -Nothing can be more beautiful than these shady -habitations; but they have this fatal effect, that they are discernible -from the high grounds, and guide their enemies to -the places inhabited.</p> - -<p>The country now cleared, the hunting begins, and, with -the hunting, the danger of the Shangalla. All the governors -bordering upon the country, from the Baharnagash to -the Nile on the west, are obliged to pay a certain number of -slaves. Ras el Feel (my government) was alone excepted, for -a reason which, had I staid much longer in the country, -would probably have been found more advantageous to Abyssinia -than all the slaves they procure by the barbarous -and prodigal effusion of the blood of these unhappy savages; -for, when a settlement of these is surprised, the men are all -slaughtered; the women, also, are many of them slain, many -throw themselves down precipices, run mad, hang themselves, -or starve, obstinately refusing food.</p> - -<p>The boys and girls under 17 and 18 years of age, (the -younger the better) are taken and educated by the king, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_552">552</span> -and are servants in all the great houses of Abyssinia. They -are instructed early in the Christian religion, and the tallest, -handsomest, and best inclined, are the only servants that attend -the royal person in his palace. The number of the men -was 300 that had horses in my time. They were once 280, -and, before my time, less than 200. These are all cloathed -in coats of mail, and mounted on black horses; always -commanded by foreigners devoted entirely to the king’s -will. By strict attention to their morals, removing all bad -examples from among them, giving premiums to those -that read most and best, (for they had all time enough upon -their hands, especially in winter) and, above all, by the -great delight and pleasure the king used to take in conversing -with them while alone, countenancing and rewarding -them in the line he knew I followed, this body became, as -to firmness and coolness in action, equal perhaps to any of -the same number in the world; and the greatest difficulty -was keeping them together, for all the great men used to -wish one of them for the charge of his door, which is a very -great trust among the Abyssinians. The king’s easiness was -constantly prevailed upon to promise such, and great inconvenience -always followed this, till Ras Michael discharged -this practice by proclamation, and set the example, by returning -four that he himself had kept for the purpose before -mentioned.</p> - -<p>While what I have said is still in memory, I must apply -a part of it to explain a passage in Hanno’s Periplus. We -saw, says that bold navigator, when rowing close along the -coast of Africa, rivers of fire, which ran down from the highest -mountains, and poured themselves into the sea; this -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_553">553</span> -alarmed him so much, that he ordered his gallies to keep a -considerable offing.</p> - -<p>After the fire has consumed all the dry grass on the -plain, and, from it, done the same up to the top of the highest -mountain, the large ravines, or gullies, made by the torrents -falling from the higher ground, being shaded by their -depth, and their being in possession of the last water that -runs, are the latest to take fire, though full of every sort of -herbage. The large bamboos, hollow canes, and such like -plants, growing as thick as they can stand, retain their greenness, -and are not dried enough for burning till the fire has -cleared the grass from all the rest of the country. At last, -when no other fuel remains, the herdsmen on the top of the -mountains set fire to these, and the fire runs down in the -very path in which, some months before, the water ran, filling -the whole gully with flame, which does not end till it -is checked by the ocean below where the torrent of water -entered, and where the fuel of course ceases. This I have -often seen myself, and been often nearly inclosed in it, and -can bear witness, that, at a distance, and by a stranger ignorant -of the cause, it would very hardly be distinguished -from a river of fire.</p> - -<p>The Shangalla go all naked; they have several wives, and -these very prolific. They bring forth children with the -utmost ease, and never rest or confine themselves after delivery, -but washing themselves and the child with cold water, -they wrap it up in a soft cloth made of the bark of trees, -and hang it upon a branch, that the large ants, with which -they are infested, and the serpents, may not devour it. After -a few days, when it has gathered strength, the mother carries -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_554">554</span> -it in the same cloth upon her back, and gives it suck with -the breast, which she throws over her shoulder, this part being -of such a length as, in some, to reach almost to their -knees.</p> - -<p>The Shangalla have but one language, and of a very -guttural pronunciation. They worship various trees, serpents, -the moon, planets, and stars in certain positions, -which I never could so perfectly understand as to give any -account of them. A star passing near the horns of the moon -denotes the coming of an enemy. They have priests, or rather -diviners; but it should seem that these were looked -upon as servants of the evil-being, rather than of the good. -They prophecy bad events, and think they can afflict their -enemies with sickness, even at a distance. They generally -wear copper bracelets upon their wrists and arms.</p> - -<p>I have said the Shangalla have each several wives. This, -however, is not owing to any inordinate propensity of the -men to this gratification, but to a much nobler cause, which -should make European writers, who object this to them, ashamed -at the injustice they do the savage, who all his life, -quite the reverse of what is supposed, shews an example of -continence and chastity, which the purest and most refined -European, with all the advantages of education, cannot -pretend to imitate.</p> - -<p>It is not the men that seek to avail themselves of the -liberty they have by their usages of marrying as often and -as many wives as they please. Hemmed in on every side -by active and powerful enemies, who consider them as a -species of wild beasts, and hunt them precisely as they do -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_555">555</span> -the elephant and rhinoceros, placed in a small territory, -where they never are removed above 20 miles from these -powerful invaders furnished with horses and fire-arms, -to both of which they are strangers, they live for part -of the fair season in continual apprehension. The other part -of the season, when the Abyssinian armies are all collected -and abroad with the king, these unhappy savages are constantly -employed in a most laborious hunting of large animals, -such as the rhinoceros, the elephant, and giraffa; and -afterwards, in the no less laborious preparation of the flesh -of these quadrupeds, which is to serve them for food during -the six months rains, when each family retires to its separate -cave in the mountain, and has no intercourse with any -of its neighbours, but leaves the country below immersed -in a continual deluge of rain. In none of these circumstances, -one should imagine, the savage, full of apprehension and -care, could have much desire to multiply a race of such -wretched beings as he feels himself to be. It is the wife, -not the man, that is the cause of this polygamy; and this is -surely a strong presumption against what is commonly said -of the violence of their inclinations.</p> - -<p>Although the Shangalla live in separate tribes, or nations, -yet these nations are again subdivided into families, -who are governed by their own head, or chief, and of a -number of these the nation is composed, who concur in all -that regards the measures of defence and offence against -their common enemy the Abyssinian and Arab. Whenever -an expedition is undertaken by a nation of Shangalla, either -against their enemies, the Arabs on the north, or those who -are equally their enemies, the Abyssinians on the south, suppose -the nation or tribe to be the Baasa, each family attacks -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_556">556</span> -and defends by itself, and theirs is the spoil or plunder who -take it.</p> - -<p>The mothers, sensible of the disadvantage of a small family, -therefore seek to multiply and increase it by the only -means in their power; and it is by their importunity that -the husband suffers himself to be overcome. A second wife -is courted for him by the first, in nearly the same manner -as among the Galla.</p> - -<p>I will not fear to aver, as far as concerns these Shangalla, -or negroes, of Abyssinia, (and, I believe, most others of the -same complexion, though of different nations), that the various -accounts we have of them are very unfairly stated. -To describe them justly, we should see them in their native -purity of manners, among their native woods, living on the -produce of their own daily labours, without other liquor -than that of their own pools and springs, the drinking of -which is followed by no intoxication or other pleasure than -that of assuaging thirst. After having been torn from their -own country and connections, reduced to the condition of -brutes, to labour for a being they never before knew; after -lying, stealing, and all the long list of European crimes, -have been made, as it were, necessary to them, and the delusion -occasioned by drinking spirits is found, however -short, to be the only remedy that relieves them from reflecting -on their present wretched situation, to which, for -that reason, they most naturally attach themselves; then, -after we have made them monsters, we describe them as -such, forgetful that they are now not as their Maker created -them, but such as, by teaching them our vices, we have -transformed them into, for ends which, I fear, one day will -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_557">557</span> -not be found a sufficient excuse for the enormities they have -occasioned.</p> - -<p>I would not, by any means, have my readers so far mistake -what I have now said as to think it contains either -censure upon, or disapprobation of, the slave-trade. I would -be understood to mean just the contrary; that the abuses and -neglect of manners, so frequent in our plantations, is what -the legislature should direct their coercion against, not against -the trade in general, which last measure, executed so suddenly, -cannot but contain a degree of injustice towards individuals. -It is a shame for any government to say, that -enormous cruelties towards any set of men are so evident, -and have arrived to such excess, without once having been -under consideration of the legislature to correct them. It is a -greater shame still for that government to say, that these -crimes and abuses are now grown to such a height that -wholesome severity cannot eradicate them; and it cannot -be any thing but an indication of effeminacy and weakness -at once to fall to the destruction of an object of that importance, -without having first tried a reformation of those abuses -which alone, in the minds of sober men, can make -the trade exceptionable.</p> - -<p>The incontinence of these people has been a favourite -topic with which blacks have been branded; but, throughout -the whole of this history, I have set down only what I -have observed, without consulting or troubling myself with -the systems or authorities of others, only so far, as having -these relations in my recollection, I have compared them -with the fact, and found them erroneous. As late as two -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_558">558</span> -centuries ago, Christian priests were the only historians of -heathen manners.</p> - -<p>In the number of these Shangalla, or negroes, of which -every department of Gondar was full, I never saw any proof -of unbridled desires in either sex, but very much the contrary; -and I must remark, that every reason in physics -strongly militates against the presumption.</p> - -<p>The Shangalla of both sexes, while single, go entirely -naked: the married men, indeed, have a very slender covering -about their waist, and married women the same. Young -men and young women, till long past the age of puberty, are -totally uncovered, and in constant conversation and habits -with each other, in woods and solitudes, free from constraint, -and without any punishment annexed to the transgression. -Yet criminal commerce is much less frequent among them -than in the same number chosen among Christian nations, -where the powerful prejudices of education give great advantage -to one sex in subduing their passions, and where -the consequences of gratification, which always involve -some kind of punishment, keep within bounds the desires -of the other.</p> - -<p>No one can doubt, but that the constant habit of seeing people -of all ages naked at all times, in the ordinary transactions -and necessities of life, must greatly check unchaste propensities. -But there are still further reasons why, in the nature of -things an extraordinary vehemence of passion should not -fall to be a distinguishing characteristic among the Shangalla. -Fahrenheit’s thermometer rises there beyond 100°. A -violent relaxation from profuse perspiration must greatly -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_559">559</span> -debilitate the savage. In Arabia and Turkey, where the -whole business of man’s life is the devoting himself to domestic -pleasure, men remain constantly in a sedentary life, -eat heartily, avoiding every manner of exercise, or expence -of animal spirits by sweats. Their countries, too, are colder -than that of the Shangalla, who, living sparingly under -a burning sun, and obliged to procure food by laborious -hunting, of consequence deprive themselves of that quantity -of animal spirits necessary to lead them to any extreme of -voluptuousness. And that this is the case is seen in the -constitution of the Shangalla women, even though they -are without fatigue.</p> - -<p>A woman, upon bearing a child or two, at 10 or 11 years -old, sees her breast fall immediately down to near her -knees<a id="FNanchor_82" href="#Footnote_82" class="fnanchor">82</a>. Her common manner of suckling her children is -by carrying them upon her back, as our beggars do, and -giving the infant the breast over her shoulders. They rarely -are mothers after 22, or begin child-bearing before -they are 10; so that the time of child-bearing is but -12 years. In Europe, very many examples there are of women -bearing children at 14, the civil law fixes puberty at 12, -but by an inuendo<a id="FNanchor_83" href="#Footnote_83" class="fnanchor">83</a> seems to allow it may be something -earlier. Women sometimes in Europe bear children at 50. -The scale of years of child-bearing between the savage and -the European is, therefore, as 12 is to 38. There can be -little doubt but their desires are equal to their strength and -constitution; but a Shangalla at 22 is more wrinkled and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_560">560</span> -deformed, apparently by old age, than is a European woman -of 60.</p> - -<p>To come still nearer; it is a fact known to naturalists, and -which the application of the thermometer sufficiently indicates, -that there is a great and sensible difference in the -degree of animal heat in both sexes of different nations at -the same ages or time of life. The voluptuous Turk estranges -himself from the fairest and finest of his Circassian and -Georgian women in his seraglio, and, during the warm -months in summer, addicts himself only to negro slaves -brought from the very latitudes we are now speaking of; -the sensible difference of the coolness of their skins leading -him to give them the preference at that season. On the -other hand, one brown Abyssinian girl, a companion for -the winter months, is sold at ten times the price of the -fairest Georgian or Circassian beauty, for opposite reasons.</p> - -<p>The very great regard I shall constantly pay my fair -readers has made me, as they may perceive, enter as tenderly -as possible into these discussions, which, as a philosopher -and a historian, I could not, however, wholly omit: the -most useful study of mankind is man; and not the least interesting -view of him is when, stripped of his vain-glory and -the pageantry of palaces, he wanders naked and uncorrupted -among his native woods and rivers.</p> - -<p>I must mention, greatly to the credit of two of the first -geniuses of this age, M. de Buffon and Lord Kaimes, that they -were both so convinced by the arguments above mentioned, -stated in greater detail and with more freedom, that they -immediately ordered their bookseller to strike out from the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_561">561</span> -subsequent editions of their work all that had been advanced -against the negroes on this head, which they had -before drawn from the herd of prejudiced and ignorant -compilers, strangers to the manners and language of the -people they were dishonouring by their descriptions, after -having before abused them by their tyranny.</p> - -<p>The Shangalla have no bread: No grain or pulse will -grow in the country. Some of the Arabs, settled at Ras -el Feel, have attempted to make bread of the feed of the -Guinea grass; but it is very tasteless and bad, of the colour -of cow-dung, and quickly producing worms.</p> - -<p>They are all archers from their infancy. Their bows are -all made of wild fennel, thicker than the common proportion, -and about seven feet long, and very elastic. The children -use the same bow in their infancy that they do when -grown up; and are, by reason of its length, for the first -years, obliged to hold it parallel, instead of perpendicular -to the horizon. Their arrows are full a yard and a half -long, with large heads of very bad iron rudely shaped. -They are, indeed, the only savages I ever knew that take -no pains in the make or ornament of this weapon. A branch -of a palm, stript from the tree and made straight, becomes -an arrow; and none of them have wings to them. They -have this remarkable custom, which is a religious one, that -they fix upon their bows a ring, or thong, of the skin of -every beast slain by it, while it is yet raw, from the lizard -and serpent up to the elephant. This gradually stiffens the -bow, till, being all covered over, it can be no longer bent -even by its master. That bow is then hung upon a tree, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_562">562</span> -and a new one is made in its place, till the same circumstance -again happens; and one of these bows, that which its -master liked best, is buried with him in the hopes of its rising -again materially with his body, when he shall be endowed -with a greater degree of strength, without fear of -death, or being subjected to pain, with a capacity to enjoy -in excess every human pleasure. There is nothing, however, -spiritual in this resurrection, nor what concerns the -soul, but it is wholly corporeal and material; although -some writers have plumed themselves upon their fancied -discovery of what they call the savages belief of the immortality -of the soul.</p> - -<p>Before I take leave of this subject, I must again explain, -from what I have already said, a difficult passage in classical -history. Herodotus<a id="FNanchor_84" href="#Footnote_84" class="fnanchor">84</a> says, that, in the country we have been -just now describing, there was a nation called Macrobii, which -was certainly not the real name of the Shangalla, but one -the Greeks had given them, from a supposed circumstance -of their being remarkable long livers, as that name imports. -These were the western Shangalla, situated below Guba and -Nuba, the gold country, on both sides of the Nile north of -Fazuclo.</p> - -<p>The Guba and the Nuba, and various black nations that -inhabits the foot of that large chain of mountains called -Dyre and Tegla<a id="FNanchor_85" href="#Footnote_85" class="fnanchor">85</a>, are those in whose countries the finest gold -is found, which is washed from the mountains in the time of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_563">563</span> -violent rains, and lodged in holes, and roots of trees and -grass, by the torrents, and there picked up by the natives; it -is called Tibbar, or, corruptly, gold-dust. The greatest part -finds its way to Sennaar by the different merchants, Pagan -and Mahometan, from Fazuclo and Sudan. The Agows and -Gibbertis also bring a small quantity of it to Gondar, mostly -debased by alloy; but there is no gold in Abyssinia, nor -even in Nubia, west of Tchelga, among the Shangalla themselves.</p> - -<p>Cambyses marched from Egypt expressly with a view of -conquering the gold country, and sent messengers before -him to the king, or chief of it, requiring his immediate -submission. I omit romantic and fabulous circumstances; -but the answer of the king of Macrobii to Cambyses was, -Take this bow, and till you can bring me a man that can -bend it, you are not to talk to us of submission. The bow -was accordingly carried back with the defiance, but none of -the Persian army could bend it. Yet it was their own weapon -with which they practised from their infancy; and we -are not to think, had it been possible to bend this bow, but -that some of their numerous archers would have done it, -for there is no such disproportion in the strength of men. -But it was a bow which had lost its elastic force from the -circumstance above mentioned, and had been long given up -as impossible to be bent by the Macrobii themselves, and was -now taken down from the tree where it had probably some -time hung, and grown so much the less flexible, and intended -to be buried, as these bows are, in the grave with -their master, who is to use it, after his resurrection, in another -world, where he is to be endowed with strength infinitely -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_564">564</span> -more than human: it is probable this bow would -have broke, rather than have bent.</p> - -<p>If the situation of these Macrobii in Ptolemy did not -put it past dispute that they were Shangalla, we should hesitate -much at the characteristic of the nation; that they -were long livers; none of these nations are so; I scarcely remember -an example fairly vouched of a man past sixty. But -there is one circumstance that I think might have fairly -led Herodotus into this mistake; some of the Shangalla kill -their sick, weak, and aged people; there are others that honour -old age, and protect it. The Macrobii, I suppose, were -of this last kind, who certainly, therefore, had many old -men, more than the others.</p> - -<p>I shall now just mention one other observation tending -to illustrate a passage of ancient history.</p> - -<p>Hanno, in his Periplus, remarks, that, while sailing along -the coast of Africa, close by the shore, and probably near -the low country called Kolla, inhabited by the kind of -people we have been just describing, he found an universal -silence to prevail the whole day, without any appearance of -man or beast: on the contrary, at night, he saw a number -of fires, and heard the sound of music and dancing. This -has been laughed at as a fairy tale by people who affect to -treat Hanno’s fragment as spurious; for my own part, I -will not enter into the controversy.</p> - -<p>A very great genius, (in some matters, perhaps, the greatest -that ever wrote, and in every thing that he writes highly -respectable) M. de Montesqieu, is perfectly satisfied that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_565">565</span> -this Periplus<a id="FNanchor_86" href="#Footnote_86" class="fnanchor">86</a> of Hanno is genuine; and it is a great pleasure -again to endeavour to obviate any doubt concerning -the authenticity of the work in this second passage, as I -have before done in another.</p> - -<p>In countries, such as those that we have been now describing, -and such as Hanno was then sailing by, when he -made the remark, there is no twilight. The stars, in their -full brightness, are in possession of the whole heavens, -when in an instant the sun appears without a harbinger, -and they all disappear together. We shall say, at sun-rising -the thermometer is from 48° to 60°; at 3 o’clock in the afternoon -it is from 100° to 115°; an universal relaxation, a kind -of irresistible languor and aversion to all action takes possession -both man and beast; the appetite fails, and sleep -and quiet are the only things the mind is capable of desiring, -or the body of enduring: cattle, birds, and beasts all flock -to the shade, and to the neighbourhood of running streams, -or deep stagnant pools, and there, avoiding the effects of -the scorching sun, pant in quiet and inaction. From the -same motive, the wild beast stirs not from his cave; and for -this, too, he has an additional reason, because the cattle he -depends upon for his prey do not stroll abroad to feed; they -are asleep and in safety, for with them are their dogs and -their shepherds.</p> - -<p>But no sooner does the sun set, than a cold night instantly -succeeds a burning day; the appetite immediately -returns; the cattle spread themselves abroad to feed, and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_566">566</span> -pass quickly out of the shepherds sight into the reach of a -multitude of beasts seeking for their prey. Fires, the only -remedy, are everywhere lighted by the shepherds to keep -these at a respectful distance; and dancing, singing, and -music at once exhilarate the mind, and contribute, by alarming -the beasts of prey, to keep their flocks in safety, and prevent -the bad effects of severe cold<a id="FNanchor_87" href="#Footnote_87" class="fnanchor">87</a>. This was the cause of -the observation Hanno made in sailing along the coast, and -it was true when he made it: just the same may be observed -still, and will be, so long as the climate and inhabitants -are the same.</p> - -<p>I have been more particular in the history of this extraordinary -nation, because I had, by mere accident, an opportunity -of informing myself fully and with certainty concerning -it; and, as it is very improbable that such an opportunity -will occur again to any European, I hope it will -not be ungratefully received.</p> - -<p>I shall only add an answer to a very obvious question -which may occur. Why is it that, in this country, nothing -that would make bread will grow? Is it from the ignorance -of the inhabitants in not choosing the proper seasons, or is -it the imperfection of the soil? To this I answer, Certainly -the latter. For the inhabitants of Ras el Feel were used to -plow and sow, and did constantly eat bread; but the -grain was produced ten or fifteen miles off upon the sides -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_567">567</span> -of the mountains of Abyssinia, where every certain number -of soldiers had small farms allowed them for that purpose -by government; but still they could never bring up a crop -in the Mazaga; and the progress of the miscarriage was -this: Before the month of May all that black earth was rent -into great chasms, trode into dust, and ventilated with hot -winds, so as to be a perfect <i>caput mortuum</i>, incapable of any -vegetation. Upon the first sprinkling of rain the chasms -are filled up, and the whole country resembles dry garden-mould -newly dug up. As the sun advances the rains increase; -there is no time to be lost now; this is the season -for sowing; let us suppose wheat. In one night’s time, while -the wheat is swelling in the ground, up grows an immense -quantity of indigenous natural grass, that, having sowed -itself last year, has lain ever since in a natural matrix, ready -to start at the most convenient season. Before the wheat, or -any grain soever can appear, this grass has shot up so high -and so thick as absolutely to choke it. Suppose it was possible -to hoe or weed it, the grass will again overtop the grain -before it is an inch from the ground. Say it could be again -hoed or cleared, by this time the rains are so continual, the -black earth becomes a perfect mire. The rain increases, -and the grain rots without producing any crop.</p> - -<p>The same happens to millet, or Indian corn; the rain rots -the plant which is thrown down by the wind. It is equally -destroyed if sown at the end of the rains; the grass grows -up, wherever the ground is cleared, in a greater proportion, -if possible, than in the beginning of the year; and the rain -ceasing abruptly, and the sun beginning to be intensely hot -the very day it passes the zenith, the earth is reduced to an -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_568">568</span> -impalpable powder, whilst the grain and plant die without -ever shewing a tendency to germinate.</p> - -<p>We left the king, Oustas, after detecting a conspiracy, -ready to fall upon some settlement of Shangalla. This he -executed with great success, and surrounded a large part of -the nation called Baasa, encamped under the trees suspecting -no danger. He put the grown people to the sword, and -took a prodigious number of children of both sexes captive. -He was intending also to push his conquest farther among -these savages, when he was called to Gondar by the death -of his prime minister and confident, Ras Fasa Christos.</p> - -<p>Besides his attention to hunting and government, the -king had a very great taste for architecture, which, in Abyssinia, -is a very popular one, though scarcely any thing is -built but churches. In the season that did not permit him -to be in the field, he bestowed a great deal of leisure and -money this way; and he was, at this time, busy erecting a -magnificent church to the Nativity, about a mile below -Gondar, on the small river Kahha.</p> - -<p>But the season of hunting returning before he had finished -it, he left it to repair to Bet Malo, a place in the Kolla, -where he had built a hunting-seat, not far distant from the -Shangalla, called Baasa. Here he had a most successful -hunting-match of the buffalo, rhinoceros, and elephant, in -which he often put himself in great danger, and distinguished -himself in dexterity and horsemanship greatly above -any of his court. He returned upon news, that persons, -whom he had secretly employed, had apprehended -Betwudet Basilé, and his son Claudius, who had escaped -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_569">569</span> -when the last conspirators were seized. Both these he sentenced -immediately to lose their eyes.</p> - -<p>These hunting-matches, so punctually observed, and so -eagerly followed by a man already past the flower of his -youth, had, in their first appearance, nothing but sound policy. -The king’s title was avowedly a faulty one; and the -many conspiracies that had been formed had shewn him the -nobility were not all of them disposed to bear his yoke; -nothing then was more political than to keep a considerable -number of them employed in field-exercises, to be informed -of their inclinations, and to attach them to his person -by favours. At the head of this little, but very active -army, he was ready in a moment to fall upon the disaffected, -before they could collect strength sufficient for resistance. -Time, however, shewed this was not entirely the reason -of these continual intervals of absence for so long a time -in the Kolla.</p> - -<p>Notwithstanding the misfortune that had befallen the -French ambassador, M. du Roule, at Sennaar, in the reign of -Yasous I. and Tecla Haimanout his son, under Baady el -Ahmer, there had still remained below, in Atbara, some of -those missionaries who had courage and address enough to -attempt the journey into Abyssinia, and they succeeded in -it. Oustas had probably been privy to their arrival in Yasous’s -time, and had, equally with him, a favourable opinion -of the Romish religion.</p> - -<p>These missionaries, though Yasous was now dead, were -perfectly well received by Oustas; he had given them in -charge to Ain Egzie, an old and loyal servant of Yasous, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_570">570</span> -and governor of Walkayt. He had placed also with them -an Abyssinian priest, who had been in Jerusalem, and was -well-affected to the Romish faith, to be their interpreter, -stay with them always, and manage their interests, while he -himself, stealing frequently from the hunting-matches, -heard mass, and received the communion, returning back -to his camp, as he flattered himself, unperceived. These -meetings with the priests were not, however, so well concealed -but that they came to the knowledge of many people -about court, both seculars and clergy. But the king’s character, -for severity and vigilance, made everybody confine -their thoughts, whatever they were, within their own breasts.</p> - -<p>The employment of this year was a short journey to Ibaba, -a large market-town, where there is a royal residence, -below Maitsha, on the west, or Gojam side of the Nile, from -which it is about three days distance. From this he returned -again, and went to Tcherkin, a small village in Kolla, beyond -Ras el Feel, in the way to Sennaar, the principal abode -of the elephant. But, in the first day’s hunting, Yared, -master of his household, and a considerable favourite, being -torn to pieces by one of these quadrupeds, he gave over the -sport, and returned very sorrowful to bury him at Gondar, -leaving three of his servants to execute a design he -had formed against the Baasa in that neighbourhood.</p> - -<p>From the constant interruptions Oustas had met with in -all these hunting-matches, and his success, notwithstanding, -whenever he had himself attended, the divining monks had -prophesied his reign was to be short, and attended with -much bloodshed; nor were they for once distant from the -truth; for, in the month of January 1714, while he was over-looking -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_571">571</span> -the workmen building the church of Abba Antonius -at Gondar, he was taken suddenly ill, and, suspecting -some unwholesomeness or <i>witchcraft</i> in his palace, he ordered -his tent to be pitched without the town till the apartments -should be smoaked with gunpowder. But this was -done so carelessly by his servants, that his house was -burnt to the ground, which was looked upon as a very bad -omen, and made a great impression upon the minds of the -people.</p> - -<p>The 27th of January it was generally understood that the -king was dangerously ill, and that his complaint was every day -increasing. Upon this the principal officers went, according to -the usual custom, to condole with and comfort him. This -was at least what they pretended. Their true errand, however, -was pretty well known to be an endeavour to ascertain -whether the sickness was of the kind likely to continue, -till measures could be adopted with a degree of certainty to -take the reins of government out of his hand.</p> - -<p>The king easily divined the reason of their coming. Having -had a good night, he used the strength that he had -thereby acquired to rouse himself for a moment, to put on -the appearance of health, and shew himself, as usual, engaged -in his ordinary dispatch of business. The seeming good -countenance of the king made their condolence premature. -Some excuse, however, for so formal a visit, was necessary; -but every apology was not safe. They adopted this, which -they thought unexceptionable, that hearing he was sick, -which they happily found he was not, they came to propose -to him a thing equally proper whether he was sick or well; -that he would, in time, settle the succession upon his son -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_572">572</span> -Fasil, then in the mountain of Wechné, as a means of quieting -the minds of his friends, preventing bloodshed, and securing -the crown to his family.</p> - -<p>Oustas did the utmost to command himself upon this occasion, -and to give them an answer such as suited a man in -health who hoped to live many years. But it was now too -late to play such a part; and, in spite of his utmost dissimulation, -evident signs of decay appeared upon him, which -his visitors conjectured would soon be past dissembling, -and they agreed to stay with the king till the evening.</p> - -<p>But the soldiers on guard, who heard the proposal of -sending for Oustas’s son, and who really believed that these -men spoke from their heart, and were in earnest, were violently -discontented and angry at this proposal. They began -to be weary of novelty, and longed for a king of the ancient -royal family. As soon, therefore, as it was dark they -entered Gondar, and called together the several regiments, -or bodies of soldiers, which composed the king’s household. -Having came to a resolution how they were to act, -they returned to their quarters where they were upon -guard, and meeting the great officers coming out of Oustas’s -tent, where they, too, had probably agreed upon the -same measure, though it was not known, the soldiers drew -their swords, and slew them all, being seven in number. Among -these were Betwudet Tamerté, and the Acab Saat; -the one the principal lay-officer, the other the chief ecclesiastic -in the king’s house.</p> - -<p>This massacre seemed to be the signal for a general insurrection, -in the course of which, part of the town was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_573">573</span> -set on fire. But the soldiers, at their first meeting in the -palace<a id="FNanchor_88" href="#Footnote_88" class="fnanchor">88</a>, had shut up the coronation-chamber, and the other -royal apartments, and possessed themselves of the kettle-drum -by which all proclamations were made at the gate, -driving away, and rudely treating the multitude on every -side. At last they brought out the drum, though it was yet -night, and made this proclamation:—“David, son of our -late king Yasous, is our king.” The tumult and disorder, -nevertheless, still continued; during all which, it was very -remarkable no one ever thought of offering an injury to -Oustas.</p> - -<p>While these things were passing at Gondar, a violent -alarm had seized all the princes upon the mountain of -Wechné. They had been treated with severity during Oustas’s -whole reign. Their revenues had been with-held, or at least -not regularly paid, and they had been reduced nearly to -perish for want of the necessaries of life. When, therefore, -the accounts of Oustas’s illness arrived, and that the principal -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_574">574</span> -people had proposed to name Fasil his son, then their -fellow-prisoner, to succeed him, their fears no longer reminded -them of the hardships of his father’s reign, as they -expected utter extirpation as the only measure by which -he could provide for his own security. Full of these fears, -they agreed, with one consent, to let down from the mountain -fifty princes of the greatest hopes, all in the prime of -life, and therefore most capable of defending their own -right, and securing the lives of those that remained upon -the mountain, from the cruel treatment they must obviously -expect if they fell into the hand of an usurper or -stranger.</p> - -<p>The brother of Betwudet Tamerté, who, with the six -others, had been murdered before Oustas’s tent, was, at this -time, guardian of the mountain of Wechné. His brother’s -death, however, and the unsettled state of government, had -so much weakened both his authority and attention, that -he either did not choose, or was not able, to prevent the -escape of these princes, all flying for their lives, and for the -sake of preserving the ancient constitution of their country. -And that this, and no other was their object, appeared the instant -the danger was removed; for, as soon as the news that -David was proclaimed at Gondar arrived at the mountain, -all the princes returned of their own accord, excepting Bacuffa, -younger brother to the king, who fled to the Galla, -and lay concealed among them for a time.</p> - -<p>On David’s arrival at Gondar, all the old misfortunes -seemed to be forgotten. The joy of having the ancient -royal line restored, got the better of those fears which first -occasioned the interruption. The prisons were thrown open, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_575">575</span> -and David was crowned the 30th of January 1714, amidst -the acclamations of all ranks of people, and every demonstration -of festivity and joy.</p> - -<p>David was son of Yasous the Great, and consequently -brother to the parricide Tecla Haimanout, but by another -mother. At his coronation he was just twenty-one years of -age, and took for his inauguration name Adebar Segued.</p> - -<p>In all this time, however, Oustas was alive. Oustas was, -indeed, sick, but still he was king; and yet it is surprising -that David had been now nine days at Gondar, and no injury -had been offered to Oustas, nor any escape attempted -for him by his friends.</p> - -<p>It was the 6th of February, the day before Lent, when, -the king sent the Abuna Marcus, Itchegué Za Michael, with -some of the great officers of state, to interrogate Oustas judicially, -for form’s sake, as to his title to the crown. The -questions proposed are very short and simple—“Who are -you? What brought you here?” To these plain interrogatories, -Oustas, then struggling with death, answered, -however, as plainly, and without equivocation, “Tell my -king David, that true it is I have made myself king, -as much as one can be that is not of the royal family; -for I am but a private man, son of a subject, Kasmati -Delba Yasous: all I beg of the king is to give me a little -time, and let me die with sickness, as I shortly shall, without -putting me to torment or pain.”</p> - -<p>On the 10th day of February, that is four days after the -interrogation, Oustas died, but whether of a violent or natural -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_576">576</span> -death is not known. The historian of his reign, a -cotemporary writer, says, some reported that he died of an -amputation of his leg by order of the king; others, that he -was strangled; but that most people were of opinion that -he died of sickness; and this I think the most probable, for -had the king been earnestly set upon his death, he would -not have allowed so much time to pass, after his coronation, -before his rival was interrogated; nor was there any reason -to allow him four days after his confession. David’s moderation -after the death, moreover, seems to render this still -more credible; for he ordered his body to be buried in the -church of the Nativity, which he had himself built, with all -the honours and public ceremonies due to his rank as a nobleman -and subject, who had been guilty of no crime, instead -of ordering his body to be hewn in pieces, and scattered -along the ground without burial, to be eat by the dogs; -the invariable punishment, unless in this one instance, of -high-treason in this country.</p> - -<p>Posterity, regarding his merit more than his title, have, -however, kept his name still among the list of kings; and -tradition, doing him more justice still than history, has -ranked him among the best that ever reigned in Abyssinia. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_577">577</span></p> - -<h2 id="DAVID_IV"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -DAVID IV.<br /> - -<small>From 1714 to 1719.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Convocation of the Clergy—Catholic Priests executed—A second Convocation—Clergy -insult the King—His severe Punishment—King dies -of Poison.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">The</span> moderation of the king, both before and after the -death of Oustas, and perhaps some other favourable -appearances now unknown to us, set the monks, the constant -pryers into futurity, upon prophecying that the reign -of this prince was to be equal in length to that of his father -Yasous the Great, and that it was to be peaceable, full of -justice and moderation, without execution, or effusion of civil -blood.</p> - -<p>David, immediately upon his accession, appointed Fit-Auraris -Agnè, Ozoro Keduste’s brother<a id="FNanchor_89" href="#Footnote_89" class="fnanchor">89</a>, his Betwudet, and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_578">578</span> -Abra Hezekias his matter of the household; and was proceeding -to fill up the inferior posts of government, when -he was interrupted by the clamours of a multitude of -monks demanding a convocation of the clergy.</p> - -<p>These assemblies, however often solicited, are never called -in the reign of vigorous princes, but by the special -order of the sovereign, who grants or refuses them purely -from his own free-will. They are, however, particularly -expected at the accession of a new prince, upon any apprehension -of heresy, or any novelty or abuse in church-government.</p> - -<p>The arrival of a new-Abuna from Egypt is also a very -principal reason for the convocation. These assemblies are -very numerous. Many of the most discreet members of -the church absent themselves purposely. On the other -hand, the monks, who, by vows, have bound themselves to -the most painful austerities and sufferings; those that devote -themselves to pass their lives in the deep and unwholesome -valleys of the country; hermits that starve on the -points of cold rocks; others that live in deserts surrounded -with, and perpetually exposed to wild beasts; in a word, the -whole tribe of fanatics, false prophets, diviners, and dreamers, -people who affect to see and foreknow what is in future -to happen, by living in perfect ignorance of what is passing -at the present; people in constant habits of dirt and nastiness, -naked, or covered with hair; in short, a collection of -monsters, scarcely to be described or conceived, compose an -ecclesiastical assembly in Abyssinia, and are the leaders of an -ignorant and furious populace, who adore them as saints, -and are always ready to support them in some violation of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_579">579</span> -the laws of the country, or of humanity, to which, by their -customs and manner of life, their very first appearance shews -they have been long strangers.</p> - -<p>David, however averse to these assemblies, could not decently -refuse them, now a new prince was set on the throne, -a new Abuna was come from Egypt, and a complaint was -ready to be brought that the church was in danger. The -assembly met in the usual place before the palace. The Itchegué, -or head of the monks of Debra Libanos, was ready -with a complaint, which he preferred to the king. He stated -it was notorious, but offered to prove it if denied, that -three Romish priests, with an Abyssinian for their interpreter, -were then established in Walkayt, and, for several years, -had been there maintained, protected, and consulted by the -late king Oustas, who had often assisted at the celebration -of mass as solemnized by the church of Rome.</p> - -<p>David was a rigid adherent to the church of Alexandria, -and educated by his mother in the tenets of the monks of -Saint Eustathius, that is, the most declared enemies of every -thing approaching to the tenets of the church of Rome. -He was consequently, not by inclination, neither was he by -duty, obliged to undertake the defence of measures adopted -by Oustas, of which he was besides ignorant, having been -confined in the mountain of Wechné. He ordered, therefore, -the missionaries, and their interpreter, whose name -was Abba Gregorius, to be apprehended.</p> - -<p>These unfortunate people were accordingly produced before -the most prejudiced and partial of all tribunals. Abba -Masmarè and Adug Tesfo were adduced to interrogate and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_580">580</span> -to interpret to them, as they understood the Arabic, having -been at Cairo and Jerusalem. The trial neither was, nor -was intended to be long. The first question put was a very -direct one; Do you, or do you not, receive the council of -Chalcedon as a rule of faith? and, Do you believe that Leo -the pope lawfully and regularly presided at it, and conducted -it? To this the prisoners plainly answered, That they looked -upon the council of Chalcedon as the fourth general council, -and received it as such, and as a rule of faith: that -they did believe pope Leo lawfully and regularly presided -at it, as being head of the Catholic church, successor -to St Peter, and Christ’s vicar upon earth. Upon this a -general shout was heard from the whole assembly; and the -fatal cry, “Stone them.”—“Whoever throws not three -stones, he is accursed, and an enemy to Mary,” immediately -followed.</p> - -<p>One priest only, distinguished for piety and learning among -his countrymen, and one of the chief men in the assembly, -with great vehemence declared, they were tried -partially and unfairly, and condemned unjustly. But his -voice was not heard amidst the clamours of such a multitude; -and the monks were accordingly by the judges condemned -to die. Ropes were instantly thrown about their -necks, and they were dragged to a place behind the church -of Abbo, in the way to Tedda, where they were, according -to their sentence, stoned to death, suffering with a patience -and resignation equal to the first martyrs.</p> - -<p>The justice, however, which we owe to the memory of -the deceased M. du Roule, must always leave a fear in every -Christian mind, that, spotted as these missionaries were with -the horrid crime of the premeditated, unprovoked murder -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_581">581</span> -of that ambassador, the indifference they testified at the approach, -and in the immediate suffering of death, had its -origin rather in hardness of heart than in the quietness of -their consciences. Many fanatics have been known to die, -glorying in having perpetrated the most horrid crimes to -which the sentence of eternal damnation is certainly annexed -in the book before them.</p> - -<p>I have often, both on purpose and by accident, passed by -this place, where three large, and one small pile of stones, -cover the bodies of these unfortunate sufferers; and, with -many heavy reflections, upon my own danger, I have often -wondered how these three priests, of whatever nation they -were, passed unnoticed among the number of their fraternity, -whose memory is honoured with long panegyrics by -the Romish writers of those times, as destined one day to -appear in the kalendar. Though those that compose the -long list of Tellez died with piety and resignation, they -were surely guilty in the way they almost all were engaged, -contrary to the laws and constitution of the country, in actions -and designs that can be fairly qualified by no other -name than that of treason, while no such political meddling -out of their profession ever was reproached to these three, -even by their enemies.</p> - -<p>Tellez says not a word of them; Le Grande, a zealous -Catholic writer of these times, but little; though he publishes -an Arabic letter to consul Maillet, which mentions -their names, their sufferings, and other circumstances attending -them. I shall, therefore, take the liberty of offering -my conjecture, as I think this silence, or the suppression -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_582">582</span> -of a fact, gives me a title to do; but shall first produce the -letter of Elias Enoch, upon which I found my judgment.</p> - -<h3><span class="smcap">Translation</span> <i>of an</i> <span class="smcap">Arabic Letter</span> <i>wrote to</i> <span class="smcap">M. de Maillet</span>.</h3> - -<p>“After having assured M. de Maillet, the consul, of my -respects, and of the continuation of my prayers for his -health, as being a gentleman venerable for his merits, -distinguished by his knowledge and great penetration, -of a noble birth, always beneficent, and addicted to pious -actions, (may God preserve his life to that degree of honour -due to so respectable a person), I now write you from -the town of Mocha. I left Abyssinia in the year 1718, and -came to this town of Mocha in extreme poverty, or rather -absolutely destitute. God has assisted me: I give -praise to him for his bounty, and always remain much obliged -to you. What follows is all that I can inform you -as touching the news of Abyssinia. King Yasous is long -since dead: his son, Tecla Haimanout, having seized upon -the kingdom by force, caused his father to be assassinated. -This king Yasous, having given me leave to go to Sennaar, -furnished me with a letter addressed to the king there, in -which he desired him to put no obstacles in the way of -du Roule the French ambassador’s journey, but to suffer -him to enter Ethiopia. He also gave me another letter -addressed to the basha and officers of Grand Cairo; and -another letter to the ambassador himself, by which he signified -to him that he might enter into Ethiopia without -fear. Accordingly I had departed with these letters for Sennaar; -but king Tecla Haimanout, son of king Yasous, having -taken possession of the kingdom while I was yet in -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_583">583</span> -Abyssinia, I returned and delivered to him the letters -which had been given me by his father. It was now -three months since Tecla Haimanout had been upon the -throne; he approved of the letters, and caused them to -be transcribed in his own name; and ordered me to go -and join du Roule the ambassador, and accompany him -back again to Gondar. King Yasous had already sent an -officer to meet the ambassador at Sennaar; and he had -been gone six months without my knowledge; but that -officer, having trifled away his time in trading, did not -enter Sennaar till that king had caused the ambassador -to be murdered, together with those that were with him. -As for me, not knowing what had happened, I was advancing -with the orders of Tecla Haimanout, when, being -now within three days journey of Sennaar, I heard of the -ambassador’s death, and that of his companions; and -being terrified at this, I returned into Abyssinia to let -Tecla Haimanout know what the king of Sennaar had -done. Immediately upon hearing of this, Tecla Haimanout -formed a resolution to declare war against the king -of Sennaar, but was soon after slain in a mutiny of the -soldiers. He reigned two years. Tifilis, brother of Yasous, -succeeded him, and reigned three years and three -months. Oustas, nephew of king Yasous, succeeded Tifilis, -and usurped the kingdom, of which he was actually -prime minister, being son of a sister of Yasous. Oustas -was dethroned, and died soon after. David, son of Yasous, -succeeded him, and reigned five years and five -months. The <i>friars</i>, who arrived in Ethiopia in the reign -of Oustas, were stoned to death, upon the succession of -David to the throne, by those that were of the party of -David. A son of <i>Michael</i>, whom he had by a slave, aged -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_584">584</span> -only six years, was stoned with him. It was the <i>fourth</i> son -he had. I made Yasous believe that the religion of the -French was the same with that of Ethiopia,” &c. &c.</p> - -<p>From this letter, we see a boy of six years old, son of one -of these priests or friars, was stoned to death with them; and -his heap of stones appears with those of the others. It was, -indeed, a common test of the people suspected to be priests, -who stole into Abyssinia, to offer them women, their vows -being known, and that they could not marry. I apprehend, -to avoid detection, one at least of them had broken his vow -of celibacy and chastity, and that this child was the consequence, -but not the only one, as Enoch says, in his letter, -he had three others; and this probably was the reason why -the Catholics of those times had consigned their merit to -oblivion, rather than record it with their failings.</p> - -<p>For although we know that there were friars who had -been in Ethiopia since the time of Oustas, we should not have -been informed who they were, had it not been for a small -sheet, published at Rome in the year 1774, by a capuchin -priest called Theodosius Volpi, sent to me by my learned -and worthy friend the honourable Daines Barrington. From -this we find, that these three were, Liberato de Wies, apostolical -prefect in Austria; Michael Pius of Zerbe, in the -province of Padua; and Samuel de Beumo, of the Milanese. -The account of their death is the same as already given, -though the publisher suppresses the stoning of the child, -and the existence of the three other, fruits of the seraphic -mission, through the endeavours of father Michael Pius of -Zerbe, of the province of Milan. The child, too, stoned to -death with his father, was six years old, and was, as Elias -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_585">585</span> -says, fourth son of Michael; and it was in 1714 this catastrophe -happened, so that this will bring these fathers entrance -into Nubia about the time of the murder of M. du -Roule: so consistent with every crime is fanaticism and false -religion.</p> - -<p>The barbarous monks, gratified in the first instance, -would not be contented without extending their vengeance -to Abba Gregorius, the Abyssinian priest, the interpreter. -But David, who found upon trial that, in going to attend -the priests in Walkayt, he had only obeyed the express command -of Oustas, then his sovereign, absolutely refused to -suffer him to be either tried or punished, but dismissed him, -without further censure or question, to his native country.</p> - -<p>While David was thus employed at Gondar, news were -brought to him that his brother Bacuffa had left the Galla, -and was then in a small town in Begemder, called Wetan. -It was this prince who, together with fifty others of the -royal family, were let down from the mountain of Wechné, -upon Oustas’s son being proposed, and he alone refused -to return upon his brother’s accession to the throne. David -sent Azaleffi, Guebra Mehedin, and Badjerund Welled de -l’Oul, to Wetan, where they apprehended Bacuffa by surprise, -and lodged him in the mountain of Wechné, after having -cut off a very small part of the tip of his nose, which was -scarcely discernible when he came to the throne.</p> - -<p>Kasmati Georgis, had been banished to the mountain in -the reign of the late king, where he had contracted an intimate -friendship with David. He had also married a sister -of Ozoro Mamet, by whom Yasous had several children, particularly -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_586">586</span> -one Welleta Georgis, a prince then of years to govern, -and confined to the mountain. David, on his coming -to the throne, did not forget his old friendship on the mountain; -and, passing by Emfras, he sent to Wechné to bring -down Kasmati Georgis to Arringo, one of the king’s palaces in -Begemder, where he intended to pass the summer. On his -return he gave him the government of Gojam; and his -favourite Agné, his uncle, dying at this time, very much -regretted, Georgis was also created Betwudet in his place.</p> - -<p>This year Abuna Marcus died; and his successor, Abuna -Christodulus, arriving the third day of November, this made -the calling of another assembly of the clergy absolutely -necessary, although, from the humour the last was in, the -whole time of their meeting, the king was very little inclined -to it.</p> - -<p>The monks in Abyssinia, as I have often said, are divided -into two bodies, those of Debra Libanos and those of -Abba Eustathius. Some have imagined that the difference -between these two bodies arises from a dispute about two -natures in Christ. But this is from misinformation; for, -were a dispute to arise about the two natures in Christ, each -party would declare the other a heretic; but at present a -few equivocal words, used to define the mode and moment -of our Saviour’s incarnation, though neither opinion is -thought heretical<a id="FNanchor_90" href="#Footnote_90" class="fnanchor">90</a>, have the effect to make these two sects -enemies all their lives. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_587">587</span></p> - -<p>The Abuna is the head of the Abyssinian church; yet, -as he is known to be a slave of the Mahometans, upon his -first arrival, and permission obtained from the king, the assembly -meets in a large outer court, or square, before the -palace, where he is interrogated, and where he declares -which of the two opinions he adopts. If he has been properly -advised, he declares for the ruling and strongest party; -though sometimes he is determined, by the address of those -about him, to side with the weakest; and very often, if he -has had no instruction on his arrival, he does not know what -this reference means; for no trace of such dispute exists among -his brethren in Cairo, from whence he came. He is, -moreover, a stranger to the language, and the words containing -either opinion, which, for shortness sake, are made -to mean a great deal more than they at first seem to import; -and, whether freely or literally translated, are equally unintelligible -to a foreigner. After the Abuna has declared his -choice, this is announced by beat of drum to the people, -and is called <i>Nagar Haimanout</i>, or, the Proclamation of the -Faith. The only ordinary effect this declaration has, is to -make the person who is at the head of one party an adversary -to him who is the head of the other, all his life -after.</p> - -<p>The king at his accession makes his declaration also. -The clergy maintain, that he should do this in an assembly -called for that purpose, though the king denies that there -is any necessity for the clergy to be present; but he considers -it as his privilege to choose his own time and place, -and announces it to the people, by proclamation, at what -time, and in what manner, he thinks most convenient. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_588">588</span></p> - -<p>Although David had given his permission to assemble -the clergy to hear the Abuna’s declaration, he did not think -himself bound to assist at it, and, therefore, he sent to the -monks of Debra Libanos, and those of Abba Eustathius, to -go to the Abuna with Betwudet Georgis, who should interrogate -the Abuna, and report the answer to the king, who -thereupon would order it to be proclaimed to the people. -The monks of Debra Libanos refused this, as they did not -consider Georgis as indifferent, being known to be a staunch -Eustathian. They declared, therefore, they would neither -hear nor regard what the Abuna said, unless it was in the -king’s presence; and this was just what David was resolved -not to humour them in.</p> - -<p>Betwudet Georgis, the great officers of state, and most -of the people of consideration about Gondar, waited upon -the Abuna as the king had commanded; and the Betwudet -having desired him to make his profession, he would only -give this evasive answer, That his faith was in all respects the -same as that of Abba Marcos and Abba Sanuda, the ancient -and orthodox Abunas.</p> - -<p>This answer left every party at liberty to imagine that -the Abuna was their own. But this evasion did not content -the king, who therefore ordered the Betwudet, without taking -further notice of the Abuna, to make proclamation in -terms of the profession of the monks of Abba Eustathius. -This occasioned great heats among the monks of Debra -Libanos. They ran all with one accord to the Itchegué’s -house, for he is their general, or chief of their convent, -and here they came to the most violent resolutions, declaring -that they would die either together, or man by man, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_589">589</span> -in support of their privileges and the freedom of their assemblies. -From the Itchegué’s house they ran to the Abuna’s, -without soliciting or receiving any permission from -the king; and, upon interrogation, they succeeded with the -Abuna to the height of their wishes; for he answered in -the precise words of their profession—“One God, of the -Father alone, united to a body perfectly human, consubstantial -with ours, and by that union becoming the Messiah;” -in direct opposition to what was proclaimed by the king’s -order at the gate of the palace the day before—Perfect God -and perfect man, by the union one Christ, whose body is -composed of a precious substance, called <i>Bahery</i>, not consubstantial -with ours, or derived from his mother.</p> - -<p>Had they stopt here it had been well; but the victory -was too great, too unexpected, and complete, to admit of -their sitting quietly down without a triumph. They returned, -therefore, from the Abuna’s, frantic with joy, shouting, -and singing, and more peculiarly one kind of song, or hallelujah, -used always upon victories obtained over infidels. -As they passed the door of the king’s palace, some of the -officers of the household, Azage Zakery, Azage Tecla Haimanout, -and Badjerund Welleta David, moderate men, lovers -of peace, and inclined to no party, endeavoured to persuade -them to content themselves with what they had done, to -disperse, and each go to his home, before some mischief -overtook them. But they were too high-minded. They -redoubled their songs; and, in this manner, again assembled -in the Itchegué’s house to deliberate on what further -they were to attempt; when one of the monks, a prophet, -or dreamer, declared, “That God had opened his eyes, and -that he then saw a cherub with a flaming sword guarding -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_590">590</span> -the Itchegué’s gate:” with such a centinel they concluded -that they were perfectly safe from any attempts of man.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, however, the king was violently affected -at the seditious behaviour of the monks; nor did he hesitate -a moment in what manner he was to punish it. As they had -employed the song which was sung only for victories obtained -over infidels, by which they meant to allude particularly -to the king, he detached a body of Pagan Galla to punish -them; having surrounded the Itchegué’s house, where the -monks were assembled, they forced open the gate, (and the -cherub with the flaming sword not interfering) they fell, -sword in hand, upon the unarmed priests, and in an instant -laid above a hundred of the principal of them dead upon the -floor. They then sallied out with their bloody weapons into -the street, and hewed to pieces those that attended the -procession, and who were still diverting themselves with -their song. Gondar now appeared like a town taken by -storm; every street was covered with the dead, and dying; -and this massacre continued till next day at noon, when, by -proclamation, the king ordered it to cease.</p> - -<p>David, now satisfied as to the priests, thought he owed to -the Abuna a mortification for his double-dealing. He sent, -therefore, the soldiers to take him out of his house, and -bring him to the gate of the palace, where the poor wretch, -half dead with fear, expected every moment to fall by the -bloody hands of the Djawi. Having enjoyed his panic some -time, the king ordered him to be placed close beside the kettle-drum, -and a profession of faith was made in the royal -presence, and announced by beat of drum to the people, -agreeing in every respect to that published the first day by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_591">591</span> -Betwudet Georgis, and directly contradicting what he had -said with his own mouth to the monks of Debra Libanos, -which was the occasion of the riot.</p> - -<p>This bloody, indiscriminate massacre had comprehended -too many men of worth and distinction not to occasion -great discontent among the principal people both within -and without the palace. Conspiracies against the king -were now everywhere openly talked of, the fruits of which -soon appeared. David fell sick, and those about him endeavoured -to persuade him that it was the remains of an injury -which he had lately received from a fall off his horse. But, -upon the meeting of a council on the 9th of March 1719, it -was discovered and proved, that Kasmati Laté and Ras Georgis -had employed Kutcho, keeper of the palace, to give a strong -poison to the king, which he had taken that morning from -the hands of a Mahometan. Ras Georgis was then brought -before the council, and scarcely denied the fact; upon -which his only son was ordered to be hewn to pieces before -his face, and immediately after the father’s eyes were pulled -out. Kutcho, keeper of the palace, and the Mahometan -who gave the poison, were hewn to pieces with swords -before the gate of the palace, and their mangled bodies -thrown to the dogs. The king died that evening in great -agony.</p> - -<p>The king’s favourite, Betwudet Georgis, found himself -now in a most dangerous situation. David his protector -was dead, and he was left now alone to answer for those -bloody measures of which he was universally believed to -be the adviser. It was absolutely necessary, therefore, if -possible, to secure a successor of David’s own family, who -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_592">592</span> -might stop the prosecutions against him for steps the king -had adopted as his own, and as such had carried into execution.</p> - -<p>We have already observed, that, when banished to the -mountain of Wechné by Oustas, he had contracted there, -first a friendship with David, and, at the same time, with -another prince, Ayto Welled Georgis, who was son to Yasous -by Ozoro Mamet, whose sister Georgis had married, and -consequently was uncle to Ayto Welleta Georgis, as having -married his aunt, sister to Ozoro Mamet. When this prince -now arrived at manhood, he knew himself perfectly secure; -and, therefore, a number of the men in power being then -assembled at his house, he lost no time, but surrounded it -with a body of soldiers. He proposed to them Welled Georgis -as immediate successor to David. The people present, -seeing themselves in the soldiers hands, and convinced from -the recent examples, that Georgis was not very tender in -the use of them, in appearance chearfully, and without hesitation, -approved of the Betwudet’s choice; and Lika Jonathan, -one of the chief civil judges, performed the office of -crier, proclaiming with an audible voice, “Ayto Welled -Georgis, brother to our late king David, son of our great -king Yasous, he is now our king. Mourn for the king that -is dead, but rejoice with the king that is alive.” This is the -ordinary stile of the proclamation. Mutual congratulations -and promises passed among the members of the meeting, -but with very different resolutions.</p> - -<p>All the company, escorted by a body of archers, and -another of fuzileers, with Betwudet Georgis at their head, -repaired to the great place before the palace to make the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_593">593</span> -same proclamation by beat of drum that they had done in -the Betwudet’s house. They found the drum ready, and -the whole body of the king’s household troops under arms, -and drawn up before it. Upon the sight of their companions, -the soldiers left the Betwudet, and fell into a proper -place reserved vacant for them by their brethren. Without -loss of time the drum was beat, and a proclamation made, -“Bacuffa, son of Yasous, is our king! Mourn for the dead, -and rejoice with the living.” Loud acclamations from the -people were echoed back again by the soldiers, and Bacuffa’s -name was received with universal acclamations. Some -of the principal people then went to the council-chamber, -and sent proper officers, with a good body of troops, to escort -the king from Wechné.</p> - -<p>Upon their arrival they found the sentiments of the -princes upon the election were widely different from those -testified by the people. They all to a man declared their -dissent from that election. They upbraided Bacuffa for his -brutal manners; for his violent, unsociable, unrelenting -temper, from the which, they said, they had the cruelest consequences -to apprehend; and, indeed, it was not without -great reason that they made these remonstrances; for Bacuffa, -when he escaped from the mountain, fled for refuge -among the Galla, and received there a very strong tincture -of the savage manners of that nation, which neither those -of Gondar nor the army could have an opportunity to judge -of. Resolute, active, and politic, he was very well formed -to hold the reins of government in unsettled times; but his -temper of itself exceedingly suspicious, and the little regard -he had for the life of man, made his whole reign (as -it was feared) one continued tragedy. So that, notwithstanding -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_594">594</span> -the goodness of his understanding, and many acts -of wisdom and justice, he is considered as a bloody, merciless -tyrant, and his memory regarded with the greatest -detestation.</p> - -<p>On the first news of the insurrection of the princes on -Wechné, Kasmati Amha Yasous, governor of Begemder, -marched with his whole force and encamped under the -mountain. He then received Bacuffa, as king, having rescued -him from the hands of his relations; and, in order to -obviate, as much as possible, any future trouble, he obliged -the different branches of the royal family to a reconciliation -with each other, making Bacuffa, on the one side, swear that -he was not to remember nor revenge any injury or affront -received upon the mountain; and them on the mountain -swear also, that they would forget all old disagreements, -consider Bacuffa as their king, and not create him any -trouble in his reign by escapes, or other rebellious practices.</p> - -<p>As it was then night, Bacuffa staid in the house of -Azage Assarat, and the next morning came to Serbraxos, -whence he sent to the monks of Tedda to meet him there. -From Tedda he proceeded to Gondar, where he was met -by the Abuna and Itchegué amidst the acclamations of a -prodigious number of people. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_595">595</span></p> - -<h2 id="BACUFFA"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -BACUFFA.<br /> - -<small>From 1719 to 1729.</small></h2> - -<p class="table"><i>Bloody Reign—Exterminates the Conspirators—Counterfeits Death—Becomes -very popular.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Honest</span> men, who loved their country, saw the dangerous -situation it was then in. Every day had produced -instances of a growing indifference to that form of government -which, from the earliest times, they had looked -upon as sacred; and upon every slight and unreasonable disgust -a person of consequence thought he had met with, a -party was immediately formed, and nothing less was agreed -on than directly imbruing their hands in the blood of their -sovereign.</p> - -<p>A prince was necessary who had qualities of mind proper -to enable him to put a stop to these enormities before -they involved the state in one scene of anarchy and ruin. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_596">596</span> -Bacuffa was thought to answer these expectations; and, in -the end, he was found to exceed them. Silent, secret, and -unfathomable in his designs, surrounded by soldiers who -were his own slaves, and by new men of his own creation, -he removed those tyrants who opposed their sovereigns upon -the smallest provocation. Conspiracy followed conspiracy, -and rebellion; but all were defeated, as soon -as they had birth, by the superior activity and address of -the king.</p> - -<p>I have said he was called Bacuffa by the Galla; but, in -compliance with the custom of Abyssinia, already mentioned, -he had assumed still two other names, which were, Atzham -Georgis, his name of baptism, and Adebar Segued, which -means “reverenced by the towns or inhabited places of the -country,” given him at his inauguration. As for that of -Bacuffa, which meant the <i>inexorable</i>, it was the less dishonourable -from having been given him by impartial strangers -from their own observation while he was yet in private -life; his whole conduct afterwards shewed how justly.</p> - -<p>The king has near his person an officer who is meant to -be his historiographer. He is also keeper of his seal, and is -obliged to make a journal of the king’s actions, good or bad, -without comment of his own upon them. This, when the -king dies, or at least soon after, is delivered to the council, -who read it over, and erase every thing false in it; whilst -they supply any material fact that may have been omitted, -whether purposely or not. This would have been a very -dangerous book to have been kept in Bacuffa’s time; and, -accordingly, no person chose ever to run that risk; and the -king’s particular behaviour afterwards had still the further -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_597">597</span> -effect, that nobody would supply this deficiency after -his death, a general belief prevailing in Abyssinia that he -is alive to this day, and will appear again in all his terrors. -It is owing to this circumstance that we have nothing complete -of this king’s reign; only a few anecdotes are preserved, -some of them very odd ones. I shall only, for the present, -choose such of those as lead me to the subject I have in -hand.</p> - -<p>Bacuffa was exceedingly fond of divinations, dreams, -and prophecies, so are all the Abyssinians; but he imbibed -an additional propensity to these, among the Pagans to whom -he had fled. One day, when walking alone, he perceived a -priest exceedingly attentive in observing the forms that little -pieces of straw, cut to certain lengths, made upon a pool of -water into which ran a small stream. From the combination -of these in letters, or figures, as they chanced to fall, -an answer is procured to the doubt proposed, which, if you -believe these idlers, is perfectly infallible.</p> - -<p>Bacuffa in disguise, dressed like a poor man, is said to -have asked the priest after what he was inquiring. The -priest answered, He was trying whether the king would have -a son, and who should govern the kingdom after him. The -king abode the investigation patiently; and the answer was, -That he should have a son; but that a Welleta Georgis should -govern the kingdom after him for thirty years, though that -Welleta Georgis should be neither his son nor any descendant -of his. Full of thought at this untoward prediction, -he harboured it in his breast without communicating it to -any one, and resolved to blast the hopes of every Welleta -Georgis that should be so unfortunate as to stand within the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_598">598</span> -possibility of reigning after him. Many innocent people of -different parts disappeared from this unknown crime; -and eleven princes on the mountain of Wechné, some say -more, lost their lives for a name that is very common in -Abyssinia, without one overt act of treason, or even a suspicion -of what they were accused. A panic now struck all -ranks of people, without terminating in any scheme of resistance; -which sufficiently shewed that the king had succeeded -in dissolving all confederacies among his subjects, -and destroying radically that rebellious spirit which had operated -so fatally in the last reigns.</p> - -<p>It is a custom among the kings of Abyssinia, especially in -intervals of peace, to disappear for a time, without any warning. -Sometimes, indeed, one or two confidential servants, -pretending to be busied in other affairs, attend at a distance, -and keep their eye upon him, while, disguised in different -manners, he goes like a stranger to those parts he intends to -visit. In one of these private journeys, passing into Kuara, a province -on the N. E. of Abyssinia, near the confines of Sennaar, -Bacuffa happened, or counterfeited, to be seized by a fever, -a common disease of that unwholesome country. He was -then in a poor village belonging to servants of a man of distinction, -whose house was on the top of the hill immediately -above, in temperate and wholesome air. The hospitable -landlord, upon the first hearing of the distress of a stranger, -immediately removed him up to his house, where every attention -that could be suggested by a charitable mind was -bestowed upon his diseased guest, who presently recovered -his former state of health, but not till the kind assistance -and unwearied diligence of the beautiful daughter of the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_599">599</span> -house had made the deepest impression upon him, and laid -him under the greatest obligations.</p> - -<p>The family consisted of five young men in the flower of -their youth, and one daughter, whose name was Berhan -Magass, <i>the Glory of Grace</i>, exceedingly beautiful, gentle, mild, -and affable; of great understanding and prudence beyond -her age; the darling, not only of her own family, but -of all the neighbourhood.</p> - -<p>Bacuffa recovering his health, returned speedily to the -palace, which he entered privately at night, and appeared -early next morning sitting in judgment, and hearing causes, -which, with these princes, is the first public occupation of -the day.</p> - -<p>A messenger, with guards and attendants, was immediately -sent to Kuara, and Berhan Magass hurried from her -father’s house, she knew not why, but her surprise was -carried to the utmost, by being presented and married to -the king, no reply, condition, or stipulation being suffered. -She gained, however, and preserved his confidence as long -as he lived: not that Bacuffa valued himself upon constancy -to one wife, more than the rest of his predecessors had -done. He had, indeed, many mistresses, but with these he -observed a very singular rule; he never took to his bed any -one woman whatever, the fair Berhan Magass excepted, -without her having been first so far intoxicated with wine -or spirits as not to remember any thing that passed in conversation. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_600">600</span></p> - -<p>While Bacuffa was on his concealed journey to Kuara, a -very dangerous conspiracy was forming at Gondar, under -the immediate conduct of Ozoro Welleta Raphael, the king’s -sister, a very ambitious woman, and of an unquiet, enterprising -temper. Disgusted by her brother’s refusal of a gift -of some crown lands which were then vacant, and without -any owners, she thought no vengeance adequate to the affront, -but dethroning Bacuffa. With this view she engaged -several men of power in her interest, and particularly -the black servants of the palace who attend immediately -upon the king’s person, and were to seize upon, or destroy -him, the moment he returned. This plot, in all its particulars, -was conveyed to the king.</p> - -<p>There was an old, abandoned house of king Yasous, at -Bartcho, about a day’s journey south of Gondar; it stands -on a very extensive plain. The king intending, as he said, -to repair, or rather clean and prepare this house for his immediate -reception, ordered all the black slaves from Gondar -thither for that purpose, together with some of their ringleaders. -Kasmati Waragna, in the mean time, was ordered to -bring a thousand horsemen of his Galla Djawi. He arrived -at Bartcho nearly at the same time with the black servants, -who being unarmed, as suspecting nothing, and on foot, after -a sharp reproof from the king, were all surrounded and cut -to pieces by the hands of Waragna, and orders were immediately -sent to Gondar to extirpate the remainder there; and -this execution laid a foundation for a feud that endures -to this day between the Galla troops and the black horse, -who were then abolished, as the Galla have been since, -though both were part of the king’s household formerly, -before David’s or Bacuffa’s time. As for Welleta Raphael, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_601">601</span> -she was seized that same night, and was conveyed to Walkayt, -to be confined there, with private instructions, however, -to put her to death speedily, which were executed accordingly.</p> - -<p>The queen had a son within the year, whom the council -named Yasous, after his grandfather, whose memory will -ever be dear in Abyssinia; and this again revived the old apprehensions -that Welleta Georgis was to govern the country -(as the prophet said) for thirty years. Tormented with -this idea, rather than the havoc it had occasioned, he devised -with himself a scheme which he thought would certainly -detect this future usurper of his crown and dethroner -of his child. But first he directed that the queen should -be crowned, a ceremony that carries great consequences along -with it when solemnized properly, as at that time -she is made regent, or Iteghè, in all minorities that may -happen afterwards.</p> - -<p>After he had created his wife Iteghè, Bacuffa pretended -to be sick: several days passed without hopes of recovery; -but at last the news of the king’s death were published in -Gondar. The joy was so great, and so universal, that nobody -attempted to conceal it. Every one found himself -eased of a load of fear which had become insupportable. -Several princes escaped from the mountain of Wechné to -put themselves in the way of being chosen; some were sent -to by those great men who thought themselves capable of -effecting the nomination, and a speedy day was appointed -for the burial of the king’s corpse, when Bacuffa appeared, -in the ordinary seat of justice, early in the morning of that -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_602">602</span> -day, with the Iteghè, and the infant Yasous, his son, sitting -in a chair below him.</p> - -<p>There was no occasion to accuse the guilty. The whole -court, and all strangers attending there upon business, fled, -and spread an universal terror through the whole streets of -Gondar. All ranks of people were driven to despair, for -all had rejoiced; and much less crimes had been before -punished with death. What this sedition would have ended -in, it is hard to know, had it not been for the immediate -resolution of the king, who ordered a general pardon -and amnesty to be proclaimed at the door of the palace.</p> - -<p>There are two kettle-drums of a large size placed one -on each side of the outer gate of the king’s house. They -are called the <i>lion</i> and the <i>lamb</i>. The lion is beat at the proclamations -which regard war, attainders for conspiracies -and rebellions, promotions to supreme commands, and suchlike -high matters. The lamb<a id="FNanchor_91" href="#Footnote_91" class="fnanchor">91</a> is heard only on beneficent, -pacific occasions, of gifts from the crown, of general amnesties, -of private pardons, and reversals of penal ordinances. -The whole town was in expectation of some sanguinary decree, -when, to their utter surprise, they heard the voice of -the lamb, a certain sign of peace and forgivenness; and speedily -followed by a proclamation, forbidding people of all degrees -to leave their houses, that the king’s word was pledged -for every one’s security; and that all the principal men -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_603">603</span> -should immediately attend him within the palace, in a public -place which is called the Ashoa, and that upon pain of -rebellion.</p> - -<p>The king appeared cloathed all in white, being the habit -of peace; his head was bare, dressed, anointed, and perfumed, -and his face uncovered. He thus advanced to the rail of -the gallery, about 10 feet above the heads of the audience, -and, in a very graceful, composed, but resolute manner, began -a short oration to the people. “He put them in mind -of their wantonness in having made Oustas, a man not of -the royal line of Solomon, king of Abyssinia; of their having -incited his brother, Tecla Haimanout, to assassinate -their father Yasous; that they had afterwards murdered -Tecla Haimanout himself, one brother, and lately his -other brother David, his own immediate predecessor: That -he had taken due vengeance upon all the ringleaders of -those crimes, as was the duty of his place, and, if much -blood had been shed, it was because many enormities had -been committed; but that knowing now that order was -established, and conspiracies extinguished among them, he -had counterfeited death, to signify an end was put to Bacuffa -and his bloody measures; that he now was risen -again, and appeared to them by the name of Atzham -Georgis, son of Yasous the Great; and ordered every man -home to his house to rejoice at the accession of a new -king, under whom they should have justice, and live -without fear, as long as they respected the king that God -had anointed over them.”</p> - -<p>This speech was followed by the loudest acclamations, -“Long live Bacuffa! Long live Atzham Georgis!” It was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_604">604</span> -well known that this king never failed in his word, or any -way prevaricated in his promises. Every one, therefore, -went home in as perfect peace as if war had never been among -them; and Bacuffa’s delicacy in this respect was seen -a few days after; for Hannes his brother having been -brought clandestinely from Wechné by Kasmati Georgis, a -nobleman of great consequence, they were both taken by -the governor of Wechné and sent in chains to the king. -The ordinary process would have been to put them instantly -to death, as being apprehended in the very highest act of -treason; nor would this have alarmed any person whatever, -or been thought an infraction of the king’s late promise. -Bacuffa, however, was of another mind. He sent the criminal -judges, who ordinarily sit upon capital crimes, to meet -the two prisoners in their way to Gondar, and carried them -back to the foot of the mountain of Wechné to have their -crimes proved, and to be tried there out of his presence and -influence, where they were both condemned, Hannes to -have an arm cut off, Georgis to be sent to prison to the governor -of Walkayt, with private orders to put him to death; -both which sentences were executed, though Hannes so far -recovered that he was king of Abyssinia in my time, notwithstanding -this mutilation; but it was a direct violation -of the laws of the land.</p> - -<p>It is said that a discovery, which happened in the king’s -feigned illness, promoted this sudden revolution of manners. -In one of his secret tours through Begemder, (after Tigré, -the most powerful province in Abyssinia, and by much the -most plentiful) being disguised like a poor man, dirty and -fatigued with the length of the way and heat of the weather, -he came to the house of a private person, not very rich, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_605">605</span> -indeed, but of noble manners and carriage, and who, by -the justice and mildness of his behaviour and customs, had -acquired a great degree of influence among his neighbours. -The father was old and feeble, but the son in the vigour of -his age, who was then standing in a large pool of water, at -his father’s door, washing his own cotton cloak, or wrapper, -which is their upper garment; an occupation below no -young man in Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>Bacuffa, as overcome with heat, threw himself down -under the shade of a tree, and, in a faint voice and foreign -dialect, intreated the young man to wash his cloak likewise, -after having finished his own. The young man consented -most willingly; and, throwing by his own garment, fell to -washing the stranger’s with great diligence and attention. -In the mean time, Bacuffa began questioning him about the -king, and what his opinion was of him. The young man -answered, he had never formed any. Bacuffa, however, still -plied him with questions, while he continued washing the -cloak, without giving him any answer at all; at last, being able -to hold out no longer, he gathered Bacuffa’s cloak in his -arms, wet as it was, and threw it to him: “I thought, says he, -when you prayed me to take your cloak, that I was doing a -charitable action to some poor Galla fainting with fatigue, -and perhaps with hunger; but, since I have had it in my -hands, I have found you an instructor of kings and nobles, -a leader of armies and maker of laws. Take your cloak, -therefore, and wash it yourself, which is what Providence -has ordained to be your business; it is a safer trade, and -you will have less time to censure your superiors, which -can never be a proper or useful occupation to a fellow like -you.” -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_606">606</span></p> - -<p>The king took his wet cloak, and the rebuke along with -it, and, on his return, he sent for the man to Gondar, and -raised him in a short time to the first offices in the state. He -possessed his entire confidence; and he deserved it. He was -the only man to whom the king had confided his fears of -the usurper Welleta Georgis. While Bacuffa was supposed -to be ill, the queen and this officer only present, he mentioned, -for the first time, some surprise that no such person as -Welleta Georgis had appeared during so long and so many -inquiries, and could not help dropping some words as if he -doubted the truth of this prophecy.</p> - -<p>Badjerund Waragna, for that was the name of the -king’s friend, maintained modestly that it might be a temptation -of the devil to mislead him to his destruction. He -told the king, that, by his own account of it, this Welleta -Georgis was to have no power over <i>him</i>, as he was only to -appear in his son’s time. He begged him, therefore, to lay -aside all further thoughts of his prophecy, whilst he trusted -his son’s succession to God’s mercy, and to the prayers, the -charity, and prudence of the queen. The Iteghé all this -time was lost in silence. She desired the king to repeat to -her the whole circumstances of the prophecy, which he distinctly -did. “I wish,” says she laughing, “this Welleta Georgis -may not be now nearer us than we imagine; perhaps -in the palace.” “In the palace!” says the king, with great -emotion. “I doubt so,” says the queen; “suppose it should -be me your own wife; for Welleta Georgis was the name -given to me in baptism; and your late coronation of me, -should a minority happen in the person of your son, or -even a grandson, undoubtedly leaves me regent of the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_607">607</span> -kingdom by your own intentions when you made me -Iteghè.”</p> - -<p>Whether the king was convinced or not, is not known; -but he, from this time, desisted from his persecution of Welleta -Georgis; and this the queen often told me among -several anecdotes of that singular reign. She was my great -patroness while at Gondar, and from her I received constant -protection in the most disastrous times. To the credit of -the prophet, she continued regent full thirty years; till the -folly and ambition of her own family gave her a master -that put an end to all her influence, except what she enjoyed -from exemplary piety, and the most extensive works of -charity and mercy.</p> - -<p>The king died after a vigorous reign, and after having -cut off the greatest part of the ancient nobility near Gondar, -who were of age to have been concerned in the transactions -of the last reigns. This has rendered his memory odious, -though it is universally confessed he saved his country from -an aristocratical or democratical usurpation; both equally unconstitutional, -as they equally struck at the root of monarchy.</p> - -<p>The queen, with very great prudence, concealed the day -of the king’s death; nor did any one, after the last experiment, -affect rashly to believe that his death was real. Thus -all were upon their guard against another resurrection. In -that interval, she called her brothers from Kuara, and -strengthened her son’s and her own government, by putting -the principal offices of state into the hands of persons attached -to her family, so that, though her son Yasous was an infant, -no attempt was at that time made towards any resolution. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_608">608</span> -Even after the king’s death was known to be real, -for many years afterwards there were people of credit at -different times found, who said they had met him at sundry -places alive; whether by instigation, for any particular -purpose, or not, is difficult to say.</p> - -<h2 id="YASOUS_II_or_ADIAM_SEGUED"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -<span class="smcap">YASOUS II. or, ADIAM SEGUED.</span><br /> - -<small>From 1729 to 1753.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Rebellion in the beginning of this Reign—King addicted to hunting—To -building, and the Arts of Peace—Attacks Sennaar—Loses his Army—Takes -Samayat—Receives Baady King of Sennaar under his Protection.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Besides</span> the queen, mother of Yasous, Bacuffa had several -other wives and divers children by them; none of them, -however, had any degree of interest, or many followers, owing -to the very singular practice of Bacuffa, already mentioned, -in not admitting to his bed, from the time of his coming -to the crown, any women except the queen, mother of Yasous, -without having first so far intoxicated them with liquor -as to produce an oblivion of all that passed at the interview. -Some say this arose from his own jealous ideas; but the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_609">609</span> -most general opinion was, that it was a kind of covenant -with the queen, by which she pardoned him this temporary -alienation of his person, for this security, that he was to -give her no rival in his confidence. Indeed, his own temper -led him naturally to estrange himself from every intimate -connection, that could pretend to any lawful share -with him in government. And this had gone so far, that -he sent his wife, favourite as she was, and his son Yasous, to -the low, hot, and unwholesome province of Walkayt, the -ordinary place to which state criminals were banished, in -order that they might be under the eye of Ain Egzie, a confidential -servant of his, and governor of that province. It -is true this was done without any mark of disgust; and the -queen returned immediately by his own command; but -Yasous staid at Walkayt with Ain Egzie, till he was four -years old, without the king his father having shewn any -anxiety for his return.</p> - -<p>The queen’s first care was to call her brothers to court. -The eldest, Welled de l’Oul, had been a favourite of the late -king, and occupied under him a very considerable post in -the palace. Geta, her second brother, was a man of slow -parts, but esteemed a good soldier; being covetous, he was -not a favourite of the people, and less so of the king. The -third was Eshtè, (pronounced in that country Shitti); he was -amiable, liberal, affable, and brave, but rather given to indolence -and pleasure, which alone hindered him from -being a good statesman and general. He was a kind friend -to strangers, a good master, and placable enemy; stedfast to -his promise, and on all occasions a lover of truth; a quality -so very rare in Abyssinia, that it was said there had not -been one in this respect like him since the time of Yasous -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_610">610</span> -the Great. Notwithstanding this, Bacuffa liked him not, -as being too great a favourite of the people, and, for that -reason, never gave him any employment.</p> - -<p>The next brother was Eusebius, a very brave and skilful -soldier, but rash, avaricious, passionate, and treacherous, -and as great an enemy to truth as his brother Eshtè was a -friend to it. Bacuffa, upon some slight complaint, had resolved -to put him to death; and, though he was dissuaded -from this, he could never be so far reconciled to him as -ever to release him from prison. The fifth brother was -Netcho, whom the desire of living at home, or, perhaps, a -want of money to defray his expences at court, kept low -and in obscurity all his life-time. Yet he was a tried, gallant, -and skilful soldier; and in later years, when I was at -Gondar, was often praised as such by Ras Michael, the best -judge, because the greatest general of his time, though, by -reason of Netcho’s private life, and absence from court, he -never charged him with any important commission. Another -brother was dead, and had left a son called Mammo, a -good horseman, the only quality, as far as I know, that he -possessed to which could justly be annexed the epithet of -Good.</p> - -<p>Of these brothers, Geta and Netcho were alive in my -time. Eshtè was dead, but had left two sons, Ayto Engedan -and Ayto Aylo, who were among the most intimate of my -friends, from my entering Ethiopia till my leaving it; both -were brave and good, and endowed with excellent qualities. -Engedan, without any allowance for his country, and want -of education, was, I think, by very much, the most amiable -and complete man that I have ever yet seen. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_611">611</span></p> - -<p>Sanuda, son of Welled de l’Oul, played a very considerable -part in the revolution that happened in my time; was -of a figure more than ordinary graceful; was brave, and did -not want good dispositions; but these were obscured by debauchery -in wine and women, to which there were no -bounds. Eusebius left two sons, both more worthless and -profligate than himself, and both came to untimely ends: -Guebra Mehedin, the eldest, was slain in a private quarrel -at Lebec by a near relation, Kasmati Ayabdar, after having -robbed my servants and plundered my baggage, in Foggora, -near the village Dara; and the second, Ayto Confu, was -killed in rebellion at the battle of Serbraxos, among the -Begemder horse, fighting against his sovereign.</p> - -<p>Mammo we shall find acting insignificant parts at times, -never trusted, nor of consequence to any one. As for -the queen herself, she was reputed the handsomest woman -of her time. She was descended from Victor, eldest brother -to Menas, and son of David, who died without coming to the -crown. This daughter was married to Robel, governor of Tigré, -whose mother was a Portuguese, and the queen inherited -the colour of her European ancestors; indeed was whiter -than most Portuguese. She was very vain of this her -descent; had a warm attachment to the Catholic religion -in her heart, as far as she could ever learn it; nor did she -value herself less upon her beauty, as we may judge by the -several names she took at different times. The first was -Iteghè Mantuab, or <i>the beautiful queen</i>; the second was -Berhan Magwass, or <i>the glory of grace</i>; though her christened -name was Welleta Georgis, as we have already observed. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_612">612</span></p> - -<p>After the death of her husband, Bacuffa, she is said to -have descended to a variety of attachments of short duration. -She married a man of quality, Kasmati Netcho of Kuara, by -whom she had three daughters. The first was Ozoro Esther, -of whom I shall often speak, being, next to her mother, the -greatest friend I had in Abyssinia, and one who had the most -frequent opportunities of being so. She was married, in very -early life, to Kasmati Netcho of Tcherkin, a man of great -personal qualities, and who had a very large territory, reaching -down to the Pagan blacks, or Troglodytes, called Shangalla.</p> - -<p>This marriage was of very short duration. Netcho left -one son, Ayto Confu, my very great and firm, though young -friend, who likewise inherited his father’s fortune and virtues. -She was afterwards married to Ayo Mariam Barea, -(excepting Ras Michael) reputed the best general in Abyssinia, -but who died before I came into the country. By him -she had one son and a daughter, infants. Lastly, she was -married to Ras Michael, by whom she had two sons, the -favourites of Michael’s old age. Rustic and cruel as that -old tyrant was, bred up in blood, and delighting in it, she governed -him despotically, from the day of her marriage, yet -so prudently, as to excite the envy of no one, excepting the -murderers of her husband Mariam Barea, who, luckily, were -also the constitutional enemies of her country.</p> - -<p>The second daughter of the Iteghé was Ozoro Welleta Israel, -the most beautiful woman in Abyssinia, with whom I -had very little acquaintance, she being at constant war with -Ras Michael. She had married a nobleman of the first consideration, -to whom half of the large and rich province of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_613">613</span> -Gojam belonged, by whom she had Aylo, one of the largest -men that I ever saw, the only particular remarkable in -him.</p> - -<p>The third was Ozoro Altash, married to Welled Hawaryat, -Ras Michael’s son, by whom she had three children, two sons -and one daughter. One of them died of the small-pox soon -after my arrival at Gondar, as did his father also; the other -son and daughter happily recovered.</p> - -<p>Bacuffa had provided sufficiently for the security of his -provinces, by placing tried and veteran officers in his governments. -Elias, indeed, was Ras and Betwudet at Gondar, and -he was suspected of wishes contrary to his allegiance; but -far before any, in the confidence of the late king, was Waragna -Shalaka, that is, colonel of a regiment of Djawi Galla, -with which he defended the provinces of Damot and Agow -against his countrymen on the other side of the Nile; for -he was a Galla of that nation himself, and his name was -Usho, which signifies <i>a dog</i>. But it was more by his interest, -which he preserved with those people, than by his arms, -that he kept those barbarians from wasting that country.</p> - -<p>The reader will easily remember the first occasion of his -coming to Gondar was when Bacuffa saw him washing his -clothes in a pool of water; and from the reproof, and his -behaviour to the king on that occasion, as well as the duty -and implicit obedience he paid to his commands afterwards, -he was called Waragna, by way of contradiction, that word -signifying a sturdy rebel, or one that stands up in defiance of -the king. That name became much more famous afterwards -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_614">614</span> -in the person of his son, Waragna Fasil, to the very -great detriment of the country in general.</p> - -<p>The first thing the queen did was to send Shalaka Waragna, -and Billetana Gueta David, with a large body of Mahometan -fusileers, Djawi and Toluma Galla, to guard the -mountain of Wechné, where the males of the royal family -were imprisoned, that no competitor might be released from -thence. The next step was to marry Ozoro Welleta Tecla -Haimanout to Ras Elias, to confirm him, if possible, in his -much suspected allegiance. After which, the Ras, judges, -and soldiers of the king’s household, made this proclamation—“Bacuffa, -king of kings, is dead! Yasous, king of -kings, liveth! Mourn for those that are dead, and rejoice -with those that are alive!” Orders were then given for burying -Bacuffa with all magnificence possible.</p> - -<p>The first thing that seemed the beginning of trouble in -the new regency, and likely to destroy the calm that had -hitherto subsisted, was an information given by Azage Georgis -against Tecla Saluce, a great officer at court. Georgis -accused him before the king and council, that he had been -heard to say that king Yasous was dangerously ill. Tecla -Saluce absolutely denied this charge, and said it was an invention -of his enemy Georgis, and challenged him to prove -it. Evidence being called, he was convicted in the most -direct and satisfactory manner; was therefore condemned to -death, and hewn to pieces at the king’s gate that same day -by the common soldiers.</p> - -<p>Here is a species of treason without any overt act. The -imagining the king’s death, which seems much to resemble -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_615">615</span> -the law of England, may be defended from the importance -of the case, but scarcely from any principle of justice -or reason.</p> - -<p>It soon appeared that a conspiracy had been on foot; -several great men fled from court, among these Johannes, -who had the charge of the king’s horses. But Shalaka Waragna -and Billetana Gueta David, being sent immediately -after him, this conspiracy was soon stifled, and the ringleaders -dispersed, mostly into Amhara, where they were taken -prisoners by Woodage governor of the province, and sent to -the king. Johannes, finding it impossible to escape, took to -one of those papyrus boats used in navigating the lake Tzana; -and, being driven by the wind, landed in an island<a id="FNanchor_92" href="#Footnote_92" class="fnanchor">92</a> belonging -to the queen, where he was taken prisoner, with -his wife and family, and delivered up, on condition that he -should not be put to death.</p> - -<p>Kasmati Cambi, returning from Damot, fell accidentally -upon Palambaras Masmari and several others, and -brought them prisoners to Gondar. A council was -thereupon held, and the conspirators put upon their trial. -Palambaras Masmari, and Abou Barea who was one of the -judges, were condemned to be hanged on the tree before -the palace-gate. Johannes and the rest were committed to -close prison, in the hands of the Betwudet.</p> - -<p>It was thought a proper expedient to check these disorders, -to hasten the coronation of the king, though very young. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_616">616</span> -The judges and all the officers being assembled in the presence-chamber, -where the king sits on his throne, (for in the -council-chamber he sits in a kind of cage, or close balcony) -where no part of him is discovered, Sarach Masseri Mammo, -whose office it was, stood up with the Kees Hatzé, or king’s -almoner; when this last had anointed him with oil, -Mammo placed the crown upon his head; upon which the -whole assembly, his mother only excepted, fell down and -paid him homage; and at his inauguration he took the name -of Adiam Segued.</p> - -<p>On a separate throne, on his right hand, sat the queen-mother. -She, too, was crowned, though not anointed; but -the same homage was performed to her that had been done to -the king, who sat on the throne with his head covered; nor -did the Abuna interfere, nor was his attendance judged any -part of the ceremony.</p> - -<p>The first seeds of discontent had been sown in Damot, -where a party of rebels had attacked Kasmati Cambi in the -night, cut most of his army to pieces, and obliged Shalaka -Job to fly into Gojam, and then return in haste to Gondar.</p> - -<p>The king found no better remedy against this rebellion -than to appoint Kasmati Waragna governor of Damot, and -Sanuda guardian of Wechné, with orders to take with him -a son of the late Oustas the usurper, and confine him with -the king’s sons upon that mountain. At the same time he -appointed Ayo governor of Begemder; both these preferments -being much to the satisfaction of the whole nation. -Waragna, knowing the necessities of his province, marched -from Gondar with what forces he could collect, and took -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_617">617</span> -up his head-quarters at Samseen, where, on the very night -after his arrival, he was set upon by Tensa Mammo at the -head of the Agows. However unexpected this was, Waragna, -a good soldier, was not to be taken by surprise. He knew -the country, and had not a great opinion either of the force -or courage of the enemy, or capacity of their general. Presenting, -therefore, only one half of his troops, which could -not be easily discovered in the dark, he sent Fit-Auraris Tamba -to make a small compass, and fall upon their rear with -the other half. Mammo’s troops, thinking this to be a fresh -and separate army, immediately took to flight, and were -many of them slain, after leaving behind them their tents, -baggage, and the greatest part of their fire-arms, which had -been of very little service to them in the dark.</p> - -<p>Waragna, who knew the consequence of his province -was the riches of it, and the dependence the capital had -upon it for constant supplies of provisions, was loath to pursue -his victory farther, if any means could be fallen upon -to bring about a pacification. To effect this, he dispatched -messengers to his friends, the Galla, on the other side of the -Nile, ordering them to be ready to pass the river on the day -he should appoint, and to lay waste the country of the Agow -with fire and sword. He then decamped with his -army from Samseen, and marched to Sacala, and took up his -head-quarters in St Michael’s church, where he found the -Agows in the utmost terror from apprehension of being -over-run with barbarians. But he soon eased them of their -fears by a proclamation, in which he told them plainly, -that it was owing to the goodness of the country, and not -any merit in the people, that the king’s palace and capital -was so plentifully supplied with provisions from thence; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_618">618</span> -that all his pursuit was peace, but that he was resolved to -effect that end by every possible means; therefore the time -was now come that they were to make a resolution, and -abide by it, to submit and behave peaceably as good citizens -ought; or, when his army of Galla joined him, he would -extirpate them to the last man. In the mean time, he published -an amnesty of all that had passed.</p> - -<p>The Agows knew well that they were in the hands of -one who was no trifler, nor in his heart much their friend. -They ran to him, ready to make that composition which -he should raise from them for their past transgressions and -his future protection. The tribute laid upon them, for -both was moderate beyond all expectation, 2000 oxen for -the king and queen, and 500 for himself; upon which he -left Sacala, and entered Goutto, a very fertile country, between -Maitsha and the Agows, where he used the same moderation, -and by these means quieted and reconciled his -whole province.</p> - -<p>Nothing could have been more advantageous to the king’s -affairs than the prudent conduct of this wise officer, -which left him at liberty to afford him his assistance; for -in the mean time a conspiracy was formed at Gondar, -which had taken deep root, and had a powerful faction, -Elias, late Ras and Betwudet, Tensa Mammo, Guebra l’Oul, -Matteos and Agnè, all principal men in Gondar, and possessed -of great riches and dependencies throughout the whole -kingdom.</p> - -<p>On the 8th of December 1734, being joined by their followers -from without, they all rendezvoused upon the river -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_619">619</span> -Kahha, below the town. After holding council in the -king’s house which is there, they resolved to proclaim -one of the princes upon the mountain Wechné, named Hezekias, -king. For this purpose, furnished with a kettle-drum, -they marched in three divisions, by three different -ways, to the palace, avowedly with an intention to force -the gates and murder the king and queen. But Fit-Auraris -Ephraim, having intelligence of this tumult, first shut up -and obstructed all the entrances to the king’s house, then -gave advice to Billetana Gueta, Welled de l’Oul, of the rebellion -of Tensa Mammo, their design to murder the king, -and their having proclaimed Hezekias.</p> - -<p>These immediately repaired to the king’s house to take -council together what was to be done, and to defend the -place if it was necessary. The rebels were now drawn up, -and were beating their kettle-drum to make their proclamation, -“Hezekias was king!” while Shalaka Tchinsho, a young -nobleman of great hopes, who commanded the troops in -the court where was the outer gate, impatient to hear an usurper -proclaimed in the very face of his sovereign, directed -the outer-court gate to be opened, and, with two bodies of -Galla, Djawi and Toluma, and several corps of lances, which -compose the king’s household, however inferior in number, -he rushed upon the rebels so suddenly, that they were -soon obliged to think of other occupation.</p> - -<p>The first that fell was Asalessi Lensa, who stood by the -drum, and was slain by Shalaka Tchinsho with his own -hand; his drum taken and sent to the king as the first -fruits of the day. The soldiers, encouraged by the example -of their leader, fell fiercely upon the rebels, dispersed and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_620">620</span> -broke through them wherever they saw the greatest number -together; a great slaughter was made, and Tensa Mammo, -with difficulty, escaped. The victory indeed would have -been complete, had not an accidental shot from a distance -wounded Shalaka Tchinsho mortally. His own people carried -him within the gate of the palace, where he gloriously -expired at the feet of his sovereign.</p> - -<p>The rebels, notwithstanding this check, increased every -day in number and resolution, when the news arrived that -Waragna had composed all the differences in Damot, Agow, -and Goutto, and, at the head of a numerous army, was -waiting the king’s orders. This intelligence first had the -effect to disconcert the rebels, who suddenly left the capital -in their way to Wechné.</p> - -<p>The king, now master of Gondar, ordered a proclamation -to be made for all persons whatever holding fiefs of -the crown, as also all others, to assemble before him on a -short day, where the Itchegué and Abuna, holding the picture -of our Saviour, with the crown of thorns<a id="FNanchor_93" href="#Footnote_93" class="fnanchor">93</a>, up before -the people, did administer to them a solemn oath, to live -and die with the king and Iteghé; a feeble experiment, -often tried by a weak government. The only consequence -of this was present expence to the crown in a distribution -of beef, honey, butter, wheat, and all kinds of provisions; -after which each man returned to his house, ready to -repeat the perjury ten times a day for the same emolument, -and same sincerity. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_621">621</span></p> - -<p>Messengers were next dispatched to Kasmati Waragna, -ordering him to come to Gondar with the greatest force he -could raise. The same day Azage Kyrillos, whom the king -had made governor of Wechné, and Azage Newaia Selassé, -went to the mountain, pretending that king Yasous was -dead, and that the choice of the principal members of government -had fallen upon Hezekias, who thereupon was -delivered to him, and saluted king; and, without losing time, -they marched to Kahha, and encamped on that river below -Gondar.</p> - -<p>In the mean while, the great men and officers of the -court, and in particular those who had estates and houses in -Gondar, began to consider the danger of the town at the so -near approach of the rebels. Several districts, or streets, situated -on eminences, by shutting up access to them, were made -tenable posts, and, having filled them with good soldiers, they -set about the defence of the town and annoying the enemy. -Hezekias had removed to the house of Basha Arkillidas; -and it was agreed to send their whole forces to see if -they could succeed in forcing the king’s house. But before -this another stratagem was tried to alienate the minds of -the people of Gondar from their sovereign. It was said that -certain Roman Catholic priests had arrived at Gondar; that -they were shut up privately in the palace with the king and -queen; and, upon the Abuna and Itchegué coming to Hezekias -to ask him how he happened to be proclaimed king, -without making to them some confession of his faith, (a -question they put to all young or weak princes), Hezekias -answered, It was because he had heard the Itchegué, and -the rest of the clergy, seemed to be careless about the true -faith, by suffering Catholic priests to live with the king in -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_622">622</span> -the palace. A great ferment immediately followed; all the -monks, priests, and madmen that could be assembled, (and -on these occasions they gather quickly), with the Itchegué -and Abuna at their heads, went to Dippabye, the open place -before the palace, and pronounced the Iteghè, Yasous, and -all their abettors, accursed and given up to burn with Dathan -and Abiram.</p> - -<p>For several days and nights attempts were made to set -fire to, and break open the gate. But the loyalists charged them -so vigorously upon all these occasions, especially Billetana -Gueta Welled de l’Oul, and the walls of the palace were so -exceedingly thick and strong, that little progress was -made in proportion to the men these attempts cost daily. -However, on that side of the palace called Adenaga, the -rebels had lodged themselves so near as to set part of it on -fire.</p> - -<p>The king’s house in Gondar stands in the middle of a -square court, which may be full an English mile in circumference. -In the midst of it is a square tower, in which there -are many noble apartments. A strong double wall surrounds -it, and this is joined by a platform roof; loop-holes, and -conveniences for discharging missile weapons, are disposed -all around it. The whole tower and wall is built of stone -and lime; but part of the tower being demolished and laid -in ruins, and part of it let fall for want of repair, small apartments, -or houses of one storey, have been built in different -parts of the area, or square, according to the fancy of the -prince then reigning, and these go now by the names of the -ancient apartments in the palace, which are fallen down. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_623">623</span></p> - -<p>These houses are composed of the frail materials of the -country, wood and clay, thatched with straw, though, in the -inside, they are all magnificently lined, or furnished. They -have likewise magnificent names, which we have mentioned -already. These people, barbarous as they are, have always -had a great taste for magnificence and expence. All -around them was silver, gold, and brocade, before the -Adelan war, in which they lost the commerce of that country, -by losing their connexion with India.</p> - -<p>The next night the soldiers of Elias made their lodgments -so near the walls, that, with fiery arrows, they set one -of these houses, called “Werk Sacala,” within the square, -in flames; but Welled de l’Oul, with the Toluma Galla, -sallying at that instant, surprised Elias’s soldiers, not expecting -such interruption, and put the greatest part of them to -the sword, setting on fire the houses that were near the palace, -till part was entirely burnt to the ground. The next -night, an attempt was made upon the gate to blow it up -with gunpowder; but, before it was completed, the two -rebels employed in the work were shot dead from the wall, -and their train miscarried.</p> - -<p>On the 25th of December they burned a new house in -the town built by the king, called Riggobee Bet. These frequent -fires had turned the minds of people in general very -much against Hezekias the rebel. The night after, there -was another great fire in the king’s house; Zeffan Bet, and -another large building, were destroyed by the rebels, as was -the church of St Raphael. Gondar looked like a town that -had been taken by an enemy, and battles were every day -fought in the streets, with no decisive advantage to either -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_624">624</span> -party. Some part of the town was on fire every night; nobody -knew for what reason, nor what was the quarter that -was next to be burnt.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, Azage Georgis arrived in the country -of the Agows at Basil Bet, where Waragna was, and delivered -him the king’s order, that he should make all possible -haste to his assistance at Gondar, with as large an army as -he could suddenly bring; and these dispatches conferred -upon him at the same time, as a mark of favour, the post -of Ibaba Azage, or governor of Ibaba, together with Elmana -and Densa, two districts inhabited by Galla, subjects to -the king, which posts were then held by Tensa Mammo, and -forfeited by his rebellion.</p> - -<p>The next morning Waragna left his head-quarters at -Basil Bet; thence he marched to Gumbali, and thence to -Sima. At Sima he heard, that, the day before, it had been -proclaimed at Ibaba, by orders of Tensa Mammo, that Yasous -was dead, and Hezekias was now king; upon this -intelligence he marched from Sima, and, while it was yet -early in the day, he came to Ibaba.</p> - -<p>The first inquiry was concerning the Shum (or chief of -the town) left there by Tensa Mammo; and this man, coming -readily to him to receive his commands, and offer -him any service in his power, was asked by whose orders -the proclamation of Hezekias was made? Being answered, -by Tensa Mammo’s, he directed the Shum and his two sons -to be hanged on three separate trees in the middle of the -town; the Shum with the nagareet round his neck which -had served in the proclamation of Hezekias; he then declared -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_625">625</span> -Tensa Mammo a rebel and outlaw, and confiscated -his estate to the king’s use.</p> - -<p>At Ibaba he met Fit-Auraris Tamba, with a large body -of Damots and Djawi; then he decamped from Ibaba, and, -at the bridge over the Nile, was met by Azage Georgis, -with all Maitsha, Elmana, and Densa following, and thence -proceeded to Waira, where he set Arkillidas at liberty. This -officer, after distinguishing himself before all others in the -king’s defence, had been taken prisoner by Tensa Mammo, -and sent thither. Advancing into Foggora, with a large army, -he halted at Gilda, and sent some soldiers on the road to -Gondar, to see if he could apprehend any travellers, especially -those going or coming to or from market. But, after three -days waiting on the road, the soldiers returned without -any person or intelligence, by which he judged the town -was already in great straits. In two days after, he advanced -to Wainarab, and thence he sent his Fit-Auraris forward -to set a house at Tedda on fire, to shew to the king at Gondar -that he was thus far advanced to his assistance. This barbarous -custom of burning a house wherever an army encamps, -though but for an hour, is invariably practised, as a -signal by armies, throughout all Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>At this time there was a treaty begun between the king -and Tensa Mammo. The rebels, weary of the little advantage -they had gained, and hearing Waragna was about to -march against them, offered the queen her own terms, -provided she published a general amnesty, and that each man -should be allowed to keep the posts he had before the rebellion. -The queen, weary and terrified with war, readily -agreed to this proposal; and this facility, instead of accelerating -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_626">626</span> -the treaty, gave the rebels an opportunity of asking -further terms, and a settlement was spoken of for the -king Hezekias, in some of the low provinces near Walkayt.</p> - -<p>Welled de l’Oul, the queen’s brother, a man in whom -the rebels had trust, seconded his sister’s desire, and carried -on the treaty, but from different motives; it was his opinion, -that, to make peace with the rebels, leaving their party -unbroken, was to spread the infection of rebellion all over -the kingdom; and to let them keep their posts, was leaving -a sword in their hands to enable them to defend themselves -on any future occasion. He therefore thought, that, as the -king had Waragna now at his command, they should make -use of him to pluck up this rebellion by the roots, cut off all -the ringleaders, and disperse the faction; but, in the mean -time, in order to be able to effect this, they should keep up -the appearance of being anxious for agreeing, in order to -lull the enemy asleep, till Waragna made his instructions -and designs known to the king.</p> - -<p>From Wainarab, Waragna sent a messenger to let the -king and queen know of his arrival; and with him came -Arkillidas, that no doubt might remain of the truth of the -message. This officer told the king, that Waragna should advance -to Tedda, and offer the rebels battle there; but if -they retired (as he heard they intended) to Abra, he would -follow them thither. He desired the king also to issue his -orders to the several Shums to guard the roads, that as -few of the ringleaders of the rebels might escape as possible. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_627">627</span></p> - -<p>Hezekias, with his army, decamped, taking the road to -Woggora; and Waragna, following him, came up with him -at Fenter, on January 20th 1735. The rebels, inferior in -number, though they did not wish an engagement at that -time, were too high-minded to avoid it when offered. Both -armies fought a long time with equal fortune; and though -Waragna at the first onset had slain two men with his own -hands, and taken two prisoners, the battle was supported -with great firmness till the evening, when Waragna ordered -all his Galla, the men of Maitsha, Elmana, and Densa, to -leave their horses, and charge the enemy on foot. This -confident step, unknown and unpractised by Galla before, -had the desired effect. The Galla now fought desperately -for life, not for victory, being deprived of their only means -of saving themselves by flight.</p> - -<p>Most of the principal officers among the rebels being -killed or wounded, their army at last was broken, and took -to flight. Hezekias was surrounded and taken, fighting -bravely; being first hurt in the leg, and then beat off his -horse with a stone. The pursuit was presently stayed. -Tensa Mammo escaped safely through Woggora, a disaffected -province; and had now passed the Tacazzé, when he -was taken by the men of Siré, and brought to the king for -the reward that had been offered for his head by Waragna.</p> - -<p>Hezekias was brought to his trial before the king, nor -did he presume to deny his guilt. He was therefore sentenced -to die, and committed to close prison. Tensa Mammo -was arraigned, and, although he confessed the treason, -he pleaded the peace he had made with the king before -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_628">628</span> -the arrival of Waragna at Gondar. This plea was unanimously -over-ruled by the judges, because the treaty had not -been completed. He was, therefore, sentenced to die, and -immediately carried out to the daroo-tree before the palace, -and hanged between two of his most confidential counsellors.</p> - -<p>The Abuna and Itchegué were next ordered to appear, -and answer for the crime of high treason in excommunicating -the king; they declared they proceeded on no other -grounds than an information, that the king and queen were -turned Franks, and had two Catholic priests with them in -the palace. The men complained of were produced, and -proved to be two Greeks; Petros, a native of Rhodes, and -Demetrius. This explanation being given, the Abuna and -Itchegué thereupon asked pardon of the king and queen, -and were ordered to make their recantation at Dippabye, -which they immediately did, declaring they were wrong, -and had proceeded on false information.</p> - -<p>It was on the 28th of January that Sanuda and Adero -were ordered to carry king Hezekias to Wechné, which -they did, and left him there without disfiguring him in any -part of his body, as is the cruel, but usual custom in such -cases. But both the Iteghè and her son were of the most -merciful disposition; and the general reputation they had -for this was often the cause of tumults and rebellions that -would not have had birth in severer reigns.</p> - -<p>It was not long after this when there appeared a pretender -to the crown, very little expected. He said he was the -old king Bacuffa; that he had given it out that he was -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_629">629</span> -dead, for political reasons, and was come again to claim his -crown and kingdom. Never was resurrection so little wished -for as this; a violent fear fell upon part of the multitude -for some time; but his name making no party, whether -true or false, he was seized upon without bloodshed, tried, -and condemned to die. This punishment was changed into -one of a <i>supposed</i> gentler kind, the cutting off his leg, and -sending him to Wechné. The operation, always performed -in the grossest manner by an ax, high up the leg, and near -the knee, is generally fatal; for there is no one, having -either skill or care, to take up the ends of the veins and arteries -separated by the amputation; they only apply useless -stiptics and bandages, of no effect, till the patient bleeds to -death. This is the common case, so that the pretended Bacuffa -died, in consequence of the operation, before he came -to Wechné, though he was by his sentence reprieved from -death.</p> - -<p>The king, now arrived at the seventh year of his reign, -proclaimed a general hunt, which is a declaration of his -near approach to manhood; but he pursued it no length, -and again returned to Gondar.</p> - -<p>At that time, a great party of the queen’s relations was -made against Ayo governor of Begemder, It began by a -competition between Kasmati Geta the queen’s brother, and -Ayo, who should have that province. The common voice -was for Ayo, not only as a man of the greatest interest in -the province, but in all respects unexceptionable throughout -the kingdom. Welled de l’Oul, (brother to Geta) however, -being now Ras and Betwudet, Geta governor of Samen, -Eusebius, and all the rest of them in high places at -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_630">630</span> -court, Geta was preferred to the government of Begemder. -Ayo, though avowedly a good subject of the king, was determined -not to be made a sacrifice to a party. He therefore -refused to resign his government, and prepared to defend -himself.</p> - -<p>Upon this, Adero, governor of Gojam, with the whole -forces of that province, passed the Nile, and entered Begemder; -Geta on the side of Samen, and last of all Welled de -l’Oul marched with a royal army to join the forces that had -already begun to lay waste the country, where unusual -excesses were committed. Ayo’s house was burned to the -ground, so were all those of his party, and their lands destroyed, -greatly to the general damage of the province and -capital. Ayo was now obliged to save himself by flight. It -was said, that the king (though his army was ready) refused -to march against Ayo; but with a party of his own set -out for Aden, on the frontiers of Sennaar, to hunt there; -nor did he return till the executions were over in Begemder.</p> - -<p>Adero fell back to Gojam, and Welled de l’Oul to Gondar -soon after. The king himself appeared very much contented -with his own expedition, in which he had shown -great dexterity and bravery, having killed two young elephants, -and a gomari, or hippopotamus, with his own hands. -Nor did he stay any time at Gondar, or make any preferments, -the usual consequences of victories, but prepared -again for another hunting-expedition, or an attack upon -the Shangalla. The queen and Welled de l’Oul opposed -strongly his resolution. But Yasous seemed to be weary of -being governed. He was fast advancing to manhood, and -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_631">631</span> -of a disposition rather forward for his age. His expedition -against the Shangalla was attended with no accident; and -he returned to Gondar on the 3d of June, with a number of -slaves, much better pleased that he had neglected, rather -than taken, his mother’s advice.</p> - -<p>It was on the 23d day of December that Yasous again -set out on another hunting-party, and killed two elephants -and a rhinoceros. He then proceeded to Tchelga, and from -Tchelga to Waldubba; thence he went to the rivers Gandova -and Shimfa. These are two rivers we shall have occasion -frequently to speak of in our return through Sennaar, -in which kingdom the one is called Dender, the other Rahad. -Here he exercised himself at a very violent species of -hunting, that of forcing the gieratacachin, which means -long-tail; it is otherwise called giraffa in Arabic. It is the -tallest of beasts; I never saw it dead, nor, I think, more than -twice alive, and then at a distance. It is, however, often -killed by the elephant-hunters. Its skin is beautifully variegated -when young, but turns brown when arrived at any -age. It is, I apprehend, the camelopardalis, and is the only -animal, they say, that, in swiftness, will beat a horse in the -fair field.</p> - -<p>It was not with a view to hunt only, that Yasous made -these frequent excursions towards the frontiers of Sennaar. -His resolution was formed (as it appeared soon after) in imitation -of his forefather Socinios, to revive his right over -the country of the <i>Shepherds</i>, his ancient vassals, who, since -the accession of strength by uniting with the Arabs, had -forgot their ancient tribute and subjection, as we have already -observed. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_632">632</span></p> - -<p>The king in five days marching from Gidara came to a -station of the Daveina, which is a tribe of shepherds, by -much the strongest of any in Atbara. He fell into their encampments -a little before the dawn of day. The first shew -they made was that of resistance, till they had got their -horses and camels saddled; they then all fled, after the king -had killed three of them with his own hand. Ras Woodage -signalized himself likewise by having slain the same -number with the king. The cattle, women, and provisions -fell all into the king’s hand, and were driven off to Gondar. -Their arrival gave the town an entertainment to which -they had a long time been strangers. Many thousand camels -were assembled in the plain, where stands the palace -of Kahha, (upon a river of that name) large flocks of horned -cattle, of extraordinary beauty, were also brought from -Atbara, which the king ordered to be distributed among -his soldiers, and the priests of Gondar, and such of the officers -of state as had been necessarily detained on account of -the police, and had not followed the army.</p> - -<p>This year, 1736, there happened a total eclipse of the sun -which very much affected the minds of the weaker sort of -people. The dreamers and the prophets were everywhere -let loose, full of the lying spirit which possessed them, to -foretel that the death of the king, and the downfal of his government -were at hand, and deluges of civil blood were then -speedily to be spilt both in the capital and provinces. There -was not, indeed, at the time any circumstance that warranted -such a prediction, or any thing likely to be more fatal to -the state, than the expenditure of the large sums of money -that the turn the king had taken subjected him to. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_633">633</span></p> - -<p>He had built a large and very costly church at Koscam, -and he was still engaged in a more expensive work in the -building of a palace at Gondar. He was also rebuilding his -house at Riggobee-ber, (the north end of the town) which -had been demolished by the rebels; and had begun a very -large and expensive villa at Azazo, with extensive groves, or -gardens, planted thick with orange and lemon trees, upon -the banks of a beautiful and clear river which divides the -palace from the church of Tecla Haimanout, a large edifice -which, some time before, he had also built and endowed. -Besides all these occupations, he was deeply engaged in -ornamenting his palace at Gondar. A rebellion, massacre, -or some such misfortune, had happened among the Christians -of Smyrna; who, coming to Cairo, and finding that -city in a still less peaceable state than the one which they -had left, they repaired to Jidda in their way to India; but -missing the monsoon, and being destitute of money and necessaries, -they crossed over the Red Sea for Masuah, and -came to Gondar. There were twelve of them silver-smiths, -very excellent in that fine work called filligrane, who were -all received very readily by the king, liberally furnished -both with necessaries and luxuries, and employed in his -palace as their own taste directed them.</p> - -<p>By the hands of these, and several Abyssinians whom -they had taught, sons of Greek artists whose fathers were -dead, he finished his presence-chamber in a manner truly -admirable. The skirting, which in our country is generally -of wood, was finished with ivory four feet from the ground. -Over this were three rows of mirrors from Venice, all joined -together, and fixed in frames of copper, or cornices gilt -with gold. The roof, in gaiety and taste, corresponded perfectly -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_634">634</span> -with the magnificent finishing of the room; it was -the work of the Falasha, and consisted of painted cane, -split and disposed in Mosaic figures, which produces a -gayer effect than it is possible to conceive. This chamber, -indeed, was never perfectly finished, from a want of mirrors. -The king died; taste decayed; the artists were neglected, -or employed themselves in ornamenting saddles, bridles, -swords, and other military ornaments, for which they were -very ill paid; part of the mirrors fell down; part remained -till my time; and I was present when the last of them were -destroyed, on a particular occasion, after the battle of Serbraxos, -as will be hereafter mentioned.</p> - -<p>The king had begun another chamber of equal expence, -consisting of plates of ivory, with stars of all colours stained -in each plate at proper distances. This, too, was going to -ruin; little had been done in it but the alcove in which he -sat, and little of it was seen, as the throne and person of the -king concealed it.</p> - -<p>Yasous was charmed with this multiplicity of works and -workmen. He gave up himself to it entirely; he even -wrought with his own hand, and rejoiced at seeing the facility -with which, by the use of a compass and a few straight -lines, he could produce the figure of a star equally exact -with any of his Greeks. Bounty followed bounty. The best -villages, and those near the town, were given in property to -the Greeks that they might recreate themselves, but at a -distance, always liable to his call, and with as little loss of -time as possible. He now renounced his favourite hunting-matches -and incursions upon the Shangalla and Shepherds -of Atbara. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_635">635</span></p> - -<p>The extraordinary manner in which the king employed -his time soon made him the object of public censure. -Pasquinades began to be circulated throughout the capital; -one in particular, a large roll of parchment, intituled, -“The expeditions of <i>Yasous the Little</i>.” The king in reality -was a man of short stature. The Ethiopic word Tannush, -joined to the king’s name Yasous el Tannush, applied both -to his stature and actions. So Tallac, the name given to -another Yasous, his predecessor, signified great in capacity -and atchievement, as well as that he was of a large and -masculine person.</p> - -<p>These expeditions, though enumerated in a large sheet -of parchment, were confined to a very few miles; from -Gondar to Kahha, from Kahha to Koscam, from Koscam -to Azazo, from Azazo to Gondar, from Gondar to Koscam, -from Koscam to Azazo, and so on. It was a similar piece -of ridicule upon his father Philip, as we are informed, that, -in the last century, cost Don Carlos, prince of Spain, his life.</p> - -<p>This satire nettled Yasous exceedingly; and, to wipe off -the imputation of inactivity and want of ambition, he prepared -for an expedition against Sennaar. It was not, however, -one of those inroads into Atbara upon the Arabs and Shepherds, -whom the Funge had conquered and made tributary -to them; but was a regular campaign with a royal army, -aimed directly at the very vitals of the monarchy of Sennaar, -the capital of the Funge, and at the conquest or extirpation -of those strangers entirely from Atbara.</p> - -<p>We have seen, in the course of our history, that these two -kingdoms, Abyssinia and Funge, had been on very bad -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_636">636</span> -terms during several of the last reigns; and that personal -affronts and slights had passed between the cotemporary -princes themselves. Baady, son of L’Oul, who succeeded his -father in the year 1733, had been distinguished by no exploits -worthy of a king, but every day had been stained with -acts of treachery and cruelty unworthy of a man. No intercourse -had passed between Yasous and Baady during -their respective reigns; there was no war declared, nor -peace established, nor any sort of treaty subsisting between -them.</p> - -<p>Yasous, without any previous declaration, and without -any provocation, at least as far as is known, raised a very -numerous and formidable army, and gave the command of -it to Ras Welled de l’Oul; and Kasmati Waragna was appointed -his Fit-Auraris. The king commanded a chosen -body of troops, separate from the rest of the army, which -was to act as a reserve, or as occasion should require, in the -pitched battle. This he ardently wished for, and had figured -to himself that he was to fight against Baady in person. -Yasous, from the moment he entered the territory of -Sennaar, gave his soldiers the accustomed licence he always -had indulged them with, when marching through an enemy’s -country. He knew not, in these circumstances, what -was meant by mercy; all that had the breath of life was -sacrificed by the sword, and the fire consumed the rest.</p> - -<p>An universal terror spread around him down to the heart -of Atbara. The Shepherds and Arabs, as many as could -fly, dispersed themselves in the woods, which, all the way -from the frontiers of Abyssinia to the river Dender, are very -thick, and in some places almost impenetrable. Some of the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_637">637</span> -Arabs, either from affection or fear, joined Yasous in his -march; among these was Nile Wed Ageeb, prince of the Arabs; -others taking courage, gathered, and made a stand at -the Dender, to try their fortune, and give their cattle time -to pass the Nile, and then, if defeated, they were to follow -them. Kasmati Waragna, (as Fit-Auraris) joined by the king, -no sooner came up with these Arabs on the banks of the -Dender, than he fell furiously upon them, broke and dispersed -them with a considerable slaughter; then leaving -Ras Welled de l’Oul with the king, and the main body to -encamp, taking advantage of the confusion the defeat of the -Arabs had occasioned, he advanced by a forced march to -the Nile, to take a view of the town of Sennaar.</p> - -<p>Baady had assembled a very large army on the other side -of the river, and was preparing to march out of Sennaar; -but, terrified at the king’s approach, the defeat of the Arabs, -and the velocity with which the Abyssinians advanced, he -was about to change his resolution, abandon Sennaar, and -retire north into Atbara.</p> - -<p>There is a small kingdom, or principality, called Dar -Fowr, all inhabited by negroes, far in the desert west of -Sennaar, joining with two other petty negro states like itself, -still farther westward, called Selé and Bagirma, while to the -eastward it joins with Kordofan, formerly a province of -Dar Fowr, but conquered from it by the Funge.</p> - -<p>Hamis, prince of Dar Fowr, had been banished from his -country in a late revolution occasioned by an unsuccessful -war against Selé and Bagirma, and had fled to Sennaar, -where he had been received kindly by Baady, and it was by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_638">638</span> -his assistance the Funge had subdued Kordofan. This -prince, a gallant soldier, could not bruik to see the green -standard of his prophet Mahomet flying before an army of -Christians; and, being informed of the king’s march and separation -from the main body nearly as soon as it happened, -he proposed to Baady, that, as an allurement to Yasous to -pass the river with only the troops he had with him, he -should do from prudence what he resolved to do from fear, -and fall back behind Sennaar, leaving it to Yasous to enter; -but, in the mean time, that, he should dispatch him -with 4000 of his best horse, armed with coats of mail, to -pass the Nile at a known place below, on the right of Welled -de l’Oul, on whom he should fall by surprise, and, if -lucky enough to defeat him, as was probable, he would -then close upon Yasous’s rear, which would of necessity -either oblige him to surrender, or lose his life and army in -attempting to repass the river between the two Nubian armies. -This counsel, for many reasons was perfectly agreeable -to Baady, who instantly fell back from covering Sennaar, -and then detached Hamis to make a circuit out of -sight, and cross the Nile as proposed.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, Yasous advanced to Basboch, where -he found the current too rapid, and the river too deep for -his infantry. He dispatched, therefore, a messenger to Welled -de l’Oul for a reinforcement of horse, and gave his infantry -orders to retire to the main body upon the arrival -of the reinforcement of cavalry. This resolution he had -taken upon advancing higher up the river from Basboch, -till opposite to the town of Sennaar, and when divided only -from it by the Nile. He there saw the confusion that reigned -in that large town. No preparation for resistance being -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_639">639</span> -visible, the cries of women at the sight of an enemy so -near them, and the hurry of the men deserting their habitation -loaded with the most valuable of their effects, all increased -the king’s impatience to put himself in possession -of this capital of his enemy.</p> - -<p>It happened that an Arab, belonging to Nile Wed Ageeb, -had seen the manœuvre of Hamis and his cavalry. This man, -crossing the Nile at the nearest ford, came and told his master, -Wed Ageeb, what he had seen, who informed the king -of his danger. Upon interrogating the Arab, it was found -that the affair of Welled de l’Oul would certainly be over -before the king could possibly join him; and in that case -he must fall in the midst of a victorious army, and his -destruction must then be inevitable, if he attempted it. -It was, therefore, agreed, as the only means possible to save -the king and that part of the army he had with him, to -retreat in the route Shekh Nile should indicate to them, -marching up with the river Nile close on their right hand, -and leaving the desert between that and the Dender, which -is absolutely without water, to cover their left. This was -executed as soon as resolved.</p> - -<p>In the mean time, Hamis had crossed the Nile, and continued -his march with the utmost diligence, and, in the -close of the evening, had fallen upon Welled de l’Oul as -unexpectedly as he could have wished. The Abyssinians -were everywhere slaughtered and trodden down before -they could prepare themselves for the least resistance. All -that could fly sheltered themselves in the woods: but this -refuge was as certain death as the sword of the Funge; for, -after leaving the river Dender, all the country behind them -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_640">640</span> -was perfectly destitute of water. Ras Welled de l’Oul, and -some other principal officers, under the direction of some -faithful Arabs, escaped, and, with much difficulty, two days -after, joined the king.</p> - -<p>Besides these, the army, consisting of 18,000 men, either -perished by the sword, by thirst, or were taken prisoners; -all the sacred reliques, which the Abyssinians carry about -with their armies to ensure victory, and avert misfortune; -the picture of the crown of thorns, called <i>sele quarat rasou</i>; -pieces of the true cross; a crucifix that had on many occasions -spoke, (which should ever after be dumb since it spoke -not that day); all these treasures of priestcraft were taken by -the Funge, and carried in triumph to Sennaar. Great part -of those Arabs, who had joined the king in his march northward, -had now quitted him and attached themselves to the -pursuit of the fugitive remains of Welled de l’Oul’s army. -As these Arabs were those that lived nearest the Abyssinian -frontier, and to whom the king had done no harm, because -they had mostly joined him, no sooner was he informed of -their treachery, but just arrived in their country, and scarcely -out of danger from the pursuit of the Funge, Yasous -turned short to the left, destroying with fire and sword all -the families of those that had forsaken him, and so continued -to do till arrived on the banks of the Tacazzé.</p> - -<p>The Arabs and Shepherds there, many of whom had just -returned from the destruction of Welled de l’Oul’s army at -Sennaar, and were now rejoicing their families with the -news of so complete a victory, and that all danger from the -Christian army was over, were astonished to see Yasous at -the head of a fresh and vigorous army, burning and destroying -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_641">641</span> -their country, and committing all sort of devastation, -when they thought him long ago dead, or fugitive, -and skulking half-famished on the banks of the Dender.</p> - -<p>The king returned in this manner to Gondar, carrying -more the appearance of a conqueror than one who had suffered -the loss of a whole army, his soldiers being loaded with -the spoils of the Arabs, and multitudes of cattle driven before -them. It was but too visible, however, by the countenances -of many, how wide a difference there was between -the loss and the acquisition.</p> - -<p>It was, indeed, not from the presence or behaviour of -the king, nor yet from his discourse, that it could be learned -any such misfortune had befallen him. On the contrary, -he affected greater gaiety than usual, when talking of the -expedition; and said publicly, and laughing, one day, as he -arose from council, “Let all those who were not pleased -with the song of Koscam sing that of Sennaar.” From this -many were of opinion, that he enjoyed a kind of malevolent -pleasure from the misfortune which had befallen his -army, who, not content with seeing him cultivate and enjoy -the arts of peace, had urged him to undertake a war of -which there was no need, and for which there was no provocation -given, though in it there was every sort of danger -to be expected.</p> - -<p>Although Yasous gave no consolation to his people, the -priests and fanatics soon endeavoured to prepare them one. -Tensa Mammo arrived from Sennaar with the crown of -thorns, the true cross, and all the rest of that precious merchandise, -safe and entire, only a little profaned by the bloody -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_642">642</span> -hands of the Moors. Ras Welled de l’OuL’s army, consisting -of 18,000 of their fellow-citizens, was lying dead upon the -Dender. It was no matter; they had got the speaking crucifix, -but had paid 8000 ounces of gold for it. Still it was -no matter; they had got the crown of thorns. The priests -made processions from church to church, singing hallelujahs -and songs of thanksgiving, when they should have -been in sackcloth and ashes, upon their knees deprecating -any further chastisement upon their pride, cruelty, and profaneness. -All Gondar was drunk with joy; and Yasous -himself was astonished to see them singing the song of Sennaar -much more willingly than that of Koscam.</p> - -<p>At this time died Abuna Christodulus; and it was customary -for the king to advance the money to defray the expence -of bringing a successor. But Yasous’s money was all gone -to Venice for mirrors; and, to defray the expence of bringing -a new Abuna, as well as of redeeming of the sacred -reliques, he laid a small tax upon the churches, saying -merrily, “that the Abuna and the crosses were to be maintained, -and repaired by the public; but it was incumbent -upon the church to purchase new ones when they were -worn out.”</p> - -<p>Theodorus, priest of Debra Selalo, Likianos of Azazo, and -Georgis called Kipti, were consigned to the care of three -Mahometan merchants and brokers at court, whose names -were Hamet Ali, Abdulla, and Abdelcader, to go to Cairo and -fetch a successor for Christodulus. They arrived at Hamazen -on April 29th 1743, where the Mahometan guides chose -rather to pass the winter-season than at Masuah, as at that -place they were apprehensive they would suffer extortions -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_643">643</span> -and ill-usage of every sort. We know not what came of -Georgis Kipti; but, as soon as the rainy season was over, -Theodorus and Likianos came straight to Masuah.</p> - -<p>As soon as the Naybe got the whole convoy of priests and -Mahometans into his hands, he demanded of them half of -the money the king had given them to defray the expences -of fetching the Abuna. He pretended also, that both Mahometans -and Christians should have passed the rainy season -at Masuah. He declared that this was his perquisite, and -that he had prepared great and exquisite provisions for them, -which, being spoiled and become useless, it was but reasonable -they should pay as if they had consumed them: till -this was settled, he declared that none of them should embark -or stir one step from Masuah.</p> - -<p>The news of this detention soon arrived at Gondar; and -Yasous gave orders that Michael Suhul, governor of Tigré, -(afterwards Ras) and the Baharnagash, should with an army -blockade Masuah, so as to starve the Naybe into a more reasonable -behaviour. But, before this could be executed, the Naybe -had called the priests before him, and declared, if they did -not surrender the money that instant, he would put them to -death; and, in place of giving them time to resolve, he gave -them a very plain hint to obey, by ordering the executioner -to strike off the heads of two criminals condemned for other -crimes, after having brought them into their presence. -The poor wretches, Theodorus and Likianos, did not resemble -Portuguese, who would have braved these threats in the -pursuit of martyrdom. The sight of blood was the most -convincing of all arguments the Naybe could use. They -gave up the money, leaving the division of it to his own discretion. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_644">644</span> -He then hurried them on board a vessel, giving -Michael and the Baharnagash notice that they were gone in -safety, and that he had obeyed the king’s orders in all respects. -Michael was at that time in the strictest friendship -with the Naybe, who was his principal instrument in collecting -fire-arms in Arabia to strengthen him in the quarrel -he was then meditating against his sovereign.</p> - -<p>On the 8th of February 1744 the priests and their guides -sailed from Masuah; and they did not arrive at Jidda till -the 14th of April. There they found that the ships for Cairo -were gone, and that they had lost the monsoon; and, as no -misfortune comes single, the Sherriffe of Mecca made a demand -upon them for as much money as they had paid the -Naybe; and, upon refusal, he put Abdelcader in prison, -nor was he released for a twelvemonth after, when the -money was sent from Abyssinia; and it was then agreed, -that 75 ounces of gold<a id="FNanchor_94" href="#Footnote_94" class="fnanchor">94</a> should in all future times be -paid for leave of passage to those who went to Cairo to fetch -the Abuna; and 90 ounces a piece to the Sherriffe, and to -the Naybe, for allowing him to pass when chosen, and -furnishing him with necessaries during his stay in their respective -government; and this is the agreement that subsists, -to this day.</p> - -<p>In this interim, Likianos of Azazo, one of the priests, -weary of the journey and of his religion, and having quarrelled -with Abdulla, renounced the Christian faith, and embraced -that of Mahomet; and Theodorus, Abdulla, and Hamet -Ali, being the only three remaining, hired a vessel at -Jidda to carry them to the port of Suez, the bottom of the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_645">645</span> -Arabic Gulf. Before they had been a month at sea, Abdulla -died, as did Hamet Ali seven days after they arrived at -Suez. They had been on sea three months and six days from -Jidda to that port, because they sailed against the monsoon.</p> - -<p>It was the 25th of June that Theodorus arrived at Cairo, -delivered the king’s present, the account of the Abuna’s -death, and the king’s desire of having speedily a successor. -The patriarch, having called together all his bishops, -priests, and deacons, conferred the dignity on a monk of -the Order of St Anthony, the only Order of monks the Coptic -church acknowledges. These pass a very austere life in -two convents in a dreary desert, never tasting flesh, but living -on olives, salt sardines<a id="FNanchor_95" href="#Footnote_95" class="fnanchor">95</a>, wild herbs, and the worst of -vegetables. Yet so attached are they to this solitude, that, -when they are called to be ordained to this prelature of Abyssinia, -a warrant from the basha, and a party of Turks, -is necessary to bring this elect one to Cairo in chains, where -he is kept in prison till he is ordained; guarded afterwards, -and then forced on board a vessel which carries him to Abyssinia, -whence he is certain never to return.</p> - -<p>The Abuna departed from Suez the 20th of September; -the beginning of November he arrived at Jidda; in February -1745 he sailed from Jidda, taking with him Abdelcader, -now freed from prison; he arrived at Masuah the 7th of -March, and immediately sent an express to notify his arrival -to the king and queen, and to Ras Welled de l’Oul. Congratulations -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_646">646</span> -upon the event were returned from each of -them; they requested he would immediately come to court; -but this the Naybe refused to permit, till he had first received -his dues; and Yasous seemed inclined to pay no more for -him than what he had cost already.</p> - -<p>The priests, and devout people in Tigré, were very desirous -to free the Abuna from his confinement in Masuah. -They saw that the king was not inclined to advance money, -and all of them knew perfectly, that, whatever face he put -upon the matter, the Ras would not give an ounce of gold -to prevent the Abuna from staying there all his life. In -this exigency they applied to Janni, a Greek, living at Adowa, -(of whom I shall hereafter speak), a confidential servant -and favourite of Michael, and also well acquainted at Masuah, -to see if he could get him released by stratagem. Janni -concerted the affair with the monks of the monastery of -Bizan, two of whom conducted the Abuna by night out of -the island of Masuah, and landed him safely in their monastery -in the wilderness, with the <i>myron</i>, or consecrated oil, in -one hand, and his missal, or liturgy, in the other. So far the -escape was complete; but unluckily no orders had been given -for Theodorus, who accordingly remained behind at -Masuah.</p> - -<p>The Naybe, exasperated at the Abuna’s flight, wrecked -his vengeance on poor Theodorus; he put him in irons, -and threw him into close prison, where he remained for -two months. There was no remedy but paying 80 ounces -of gold to the Naybe for his release; he might else have -remained there for ever. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_647">647</span></p> - -<p>The king, not a little surprised at these frequent insolences -on the part of the Naybe, began to inquire what -could be the reason; for he perfectly knew, not only Suhul -Michael, the governor of Tigré, but even the Baharnagash -could reduce Masuah to nothing with their little finger; and -he was informed, that a strong friendship subsisted between -the Naybe and Suhul Michael, and that it was by relying on -his friendship that the Naybe adventured to treat the -king’s servants, at different times, in the manner he had -done.</p> - -<p>Yasous, desirous to verify this himself, and to dissolve the -bands of so unnatural a friendship, marched into Tigré with -a considerable army. Passing by Adowa, the residence of -Suhul Michael, he was pleased with the warlike appearance -of this his feat of government, and the perfect order and -subordination that reigned there. Certain disorders and tumults -were said to prevail in the neighbouring province of -Enderta where Kasmati Woldo commanded. The savage -people, called Azabo, living at Azab, the low country below -Enderta and the Dobas, (a nation of <i>Shepherds</i> near them, still -more savage, if possible, than them) had laid waste the districts -that were next to their frontier, burning the churches, -and slaying the priests in the daily inroads which they -made into Abyssinia. All these things, bad enough indeed, -were at this time aggravated, as was thought, for two reasons; -the first was to cast an odium upon Kasmati Woldo, Michael’s -great enemy, as incapable of governing his province; -the second, to prevent the king in his progress to Masuah, as -he openly professed his fixed intention was to punish the -Naybe with the utmost severity. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_648">648</span></p> - -<p>The protection of his subjects, therefore, from the savages, -was represented to the king as the most pressing service; -and, marching with his usual diligence straight to Enderta, -he was met there by Kasmati Woldo, an old experienced officer, -who aiming at no preferment, paying his tribute -punctually, and having been constantly occupied in repelling -the incursions of the Pagans on the frontier, had not been -at court since the reign of Theophilus.</p> - -<p>After receiving the necessary information about the -country he intended to enter, and taking Kasmati Woldo’s -two sons with him, the king descended into the low country -of Dancali, once a petty Mahometan kingdom, and -friendly to Abyssinia, now a mixture of Galla and the natives -called Taltal. Without delay he pushed on to Azab, -spreading desolation through that little province, always -desert enough from its nature, though formerly, from its -trade, one of the richest spots in the world.</p> - -<p>The king then turned to the right upon the Dobas, who, -not expecting an army of that strength, fled and left their -whole cattle a prey to Yasous and his soldiers; a greater number -was scarce ever seen in Abyssinia. The king now returned -to Enderta, where he confirmed Kasmati Woldo in his government -with distinguished marks of favour; and he this year -again came back victorious to Gondar, leaving his campaign -against the Naybe for another season.</p> - -<p>In passing by Adowa, a fray happened among the king’s -troops and those of Michael; several were killed on both -sides; and, as the dispute was between Tigré and Amhara, -the two great divisions of the country, it threatened to create -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_649">649</span> -a party-quarrel between the soldiers of one division and -those of the other. No notice was taken of this when Yasous -marched eastward; but, on his return, Michael begged -the king to interfere, and make peace between the two parties. -To this Yasous answered, That he did not think it worth -his while, for they would make peace themselves when -they were tired of quarrelling.</p> - -<p>Whether this was the motive of sending for Michael to -Gondar, or whether it was the story of the Naybe, or what -else was the king’s motive, we do not know; but, so soon as -he was arrived in the capital, he sent Kasmati Ephraim, and -Shalaka Kefla, into Tigré, commanding Michael’s attendance -at Gondar. This Michael absolutely refused; he pretended -Kasmati Woldo had estranged the king’s affection from him, -and that Yasous had called him to Gondar now to put him -to death, upon a pretence of his soldiers quarrel with the -king’s troops. This refusal was repeated to Yasous, without -any palliation whatever; and he instantly marched from -Gondar, and encamped upon the river Waar, where he was -reinforced a few days afterwards by Ras Welled de l’Oul, -whose intention was to persuade Michael to submission; for -he had been advised not to trust the king’s oath of forgivenness -unless he had likewise that of Welled de l’Oul.</p> - -<p>The king’s readiness disconcerted Suhul Michael. Tho’ -well armed and appointed himself, as also an excellent general, -he did not risk the presenting himself against the king -on a plain; for Yasous was much beloved by the soldiers, -and always very kind and liberal to them. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_650">650</span></p> - -<p>The mountain Samayat, though not the most inaccessible -in Tigré, was a place of great consequence and strength, -when possessed by an army and officer such as Michael. To -this natural fortress he carried all his valuable effects, occupied -and obstructed all the avenues to it, and resolved -there to abide his fortune. The king, with his army, sat -down at the foot of the mountain; and, encircling it with -troops, he ordered it to be assaulted on four sides at once; -on one, by Kasmati Ayo, governor of Begemder; on the second, -by Kasmati Waragna; the third, by Kasmati Woldo; -and the fourth, by Ras Welled de l’Oul. The king himself -went round about to every place, giving his orders, encouraging -his men, and fighting himself in the foremost ranks -like a common soldier. The mountain was at length carried, -with much bloodshed on both sides, and Michael was -beat from every part of it but one, which, though not strong -enough to hold out against the king’s army, if well defended -could not be carried without great loss of men.</p> - -<p>Here Michael desired to capitulate. But, before he left -the mountain and surrendered to the king, he desired that -an officer of trust might be sent to him, because he had -then upon the mountain a large collection of treasure, -which he desired to keep for the king’s use, otherwise it -would be dissipated and lost in the hands of the common -soldiers. The Ras sent two confidential officers, who took -from the hands of Michael a prodigious sum of gold, the -precise amount of which is not named. He then descended -the mountain, carrying, as is the custom of the country -for vanquished rebels, a stone upon his head, as confessing -himself guilty of a capital crime. A violent storm of rain -and wind prevented, for that day, his coming into the presence -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_651">651</span> -of the king; and the devil, as the Abyssinians believe, -began in that storm a correspondence with him which continued -many years; I myself have often heard him vaunt -of his having maintained, ever since that time, an intercourse -with St Michael the archangel.</p> - -<p>On the morning of the 27th of December, Ras Welled de -l’Oul ordered Michael to attend him in the habit of a penitent; -and, followed by his companions in misfortune, (that -part of his troops which was taken on the mountain) and -surrounded by a number of soldiers, with drums beating -and colours flying, he was carried into the king’s presence.</p> - -<p>Ras Welled de l’Oul had, with difficulty, engaged the -king’s promise that he was not to put him to death. The good -genius of Yasous and his family was labouring by one last -effort to save him. On seeing Michael upon the ground, Yasous -fell into a violent transport of rage, spurned him with his -foot, declaring he retracted his promise, and ordered him to -be carried out, and put to death before the door of his tent. -Ras Welled de l’Oul, Kasmati Waragna, Kasmati Woldo, and -all the officers of consideration, either of the court or army, -now fell with their faces upon the ground, crying to the king -for mercy and forgivenness. Yasous, if in his heart he did -not relent, still was obliged to pardon on such universal solicitation; -and this he did, after making the following observation, -which soon after was looked on as a prophecy: -“I have pardoned that traitor at your instance, because I -at all times reward merit more willingly than I punish -crimes; but I call you all to witness, that I wash my hands -before God to-day of all that innocent blood Michael shall -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_652">652</span> -shed before he brings about the destruction of his country, -which I know in his heart he has been long meditating.”</p> - -<p>I cannot help mentioning it as an extraordinary circumstance, -that at the time I was at Gondar, in the very height -of Suhul Michael’s tyranny, a man quarrelled with another -who was a scribe, and accused him before Michael of having -recorded this speech of the king, as I have now stated -it, in a history that he had written of Yasous’s reign. The -book was produced, the passage was found and read; and -I certainly expected to have seen it torn to pieces, or hung -upon a tree about the author’s neck. On the contrary, all -the Ras said was, “If what he writes is true, wherein is the -man to blame?” And turning with a grin to Tecla Haimanout, -one of the judges, he said, “Do you remember? I do -believe Yasous did say so.” The book was restored to -the author, and no more said of the matter, not even an order -was given to erase the passage. He had no objection to -Yasous and to his whole race being prophets; he had only -taken a resolution that they should not be kings.</p> - -<p>A general silence followed this speech of Yasous, instead -of the acclamations of joy usual in such cases. The king -then ordered Ras Welled de l’Oul to lead the army on to -Gondar, which he did with great pomp and military parade, -while the king, who could not forget his forebodings, retired -to an island, there to fast some days in consequence of a -vow that he had made. This being finished, Yasous returned -to Gondar; and, as he was now in perfect peace throughout -his kingdom, he began again to decorate the apartments -of his palace. A large number of mirrors had arrived at -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_653">653</span> -this time, a present from the Naybe of Masuah, who, after -what had happened to his friend Michael, began to feel a -little uneasy about the fate of his island.</p> - -<p>While Yasous was thus employed, news were sent him -from Kasmati Ayo, governor of Begemder, that he had beat -the people of Lasta in a pitched battle in their own country, -had forced their strong-holds, dispersed their troops, and received -the general submission of the province, which had -been in rebellion since the time of Hatzè Socinios, that is, -above 100 years. Immediately after these news, came Ayo -himself to parade and throw his <i>unclean</i> trophies of victory -before the king, and brought with him many of the principal -people of Lasta to take the oaths of allegiance to the -king.</p> - -<p>Yasous received the accounts of the success with great -pleasure, and still more so the oaths and submissions made -to him. He then added Lasta to the province of Begemder, -and cloathed Ayo magnificently, as well as all those noblemen -that came with him from Lasta. The end of this year -was not marked with good fortune like the beginning. A -plague of locusts fell upon the country, and consumed every -green thing, so that a famine seemed to be inevitable, because, -contrary to their custom, they had attached themselves -chiefly to the grain. This plague is not so frequent -in Abyssinia as the Jesuits have reported it to be. These -good fathers indeed bring the locusts upon the country, that, -by their pretended miracles, they may chace them away.</p> - -<p>Michael had continued some time in prison, in the custody -of Ras Welled de l’Oul. But he was afterwards set at -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_654">654</span> -full liberty; and it was now the 17th year of Yasous’s reign, -when, on the 17th of September 1746, at a great promotion -of officers of state, Michael, by the nomination of the king -himself, was restored to his government of Tigré; and, a -few days after, he returned to that province. All his ancient -friends and troops flocked to him as soon as he appeared, -to welcome him upon an event looked upon by all -as nearly miraculous. Nor did Michael discourage that -idea himself, but gave it to be understood, among his most -intimate friends, that a vision had allured him that he was -thenceforward under the immediate protection of St Michael -the archangel, with whom he was to consult on every -emergency.</p> - -<p>As soon as he had got a sufficient army together, the first -thing he did was to attack Kasmati Woldo, without any provocation -whatever; and, after beating him in two battles, -he drove him from his province, and forced him to take refuge -among the Galla, where, soon after, by employing -small presents, he procured him to be murdered; the ordinary -fate of those who seek protection among those faithless -barbarians.</p> - -<p>It will seem extraordinary that the king, who had such -recent experience of both, the one distinguished for his duty, -the other for his obstinate rebellion, should yet tamely suffer -his old and faithful servant to fall before a man whom -in his heart he so much mistrusted. But the truth is, all -Michael’s danger was past the moment he got free access -to the king and queen, though he was deservedly esteemed -to be the ablest soldier in Abyssinia of his time, he was infinitely -more capable in intrigues, and private negociations -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_655">655</span> -at court, than he was in the field, being a pleasant and agreeable -speaker in common conversation; a powerful and -copious orator at council; his language, whether Amharic -or Tigré, (but above all the latter) correct and elegant above -any man’s at court; steady to the measures he adopted, but -often appearing to give them up easily, and without passion, -when he saw, by the circumstances of the times, he could -not prevail: though violent in the pursuit of riches, when -in his own province, where he spared no means nor man -to procure them, no sooner had he come to Gondar than -he was lavish of his money to extreme; and indeed he set -no value upon it farther than as it served to corrupt men -to his ends.</p> - -<p>When he surrendered his treasure at the mountain Samayat, -he is said to have divided it into several parcels with -his own hand. The greatest share fell to the king, who -thought he had got the whole; but the officers who received -it, and saw different quantities destined for the Iteghé and -Ras Welled de l’Oul, took care to convey them their share, -for fear of making powerful enemies. Kasmati Waragna -had his part; and even Kasmati Woldo, though Michael -soon after plundered and slew him. All Gondar were his -friends, because all that capital was bribed on this occasion. -It was gold he only lent them, to resume it, (as he afterwards -did) with great interest, at a proper time.</p> - -<p>It still remained in the king’s breast to wipe off his defeat -at Sennaar, as he had, upon every other occasion, been -victorious; and even in this, he still flattered himself he had -not been beat in person. He set out again upon another -expedition to Atbara; instead of coasting along the Dender, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_656">656</span> -he descended along the Tacazzé into Atbara, where, finding -no resistance among the Shepherds, he attached himself in -particular to the tribe called Daveina, which, in the former -expedition, had joined Welled de l’Oul’s army. Upon the -first news of his approach they had submitted; but, notwithstanding -all promises and pretences of peace, he fell upon -them unawares, and almost extirpated the tribe.</p> - -<p>Suhul Michael, while the king was thus occupied in -the frontier of his province, did every thing that a faithful, -active subject could do. He furnished him constantly with -the best intelligence, supplied him with the provisions he -wanted, and made, from time to time, strong detachments -of troops to reinforce him, and to secure such posts as were -most commodious and important in case of a retreat becoming -necessary.</p> - -<p>Yasous, who had succeeded to his wish, was fully sensible -of the value of such services, and sent, therefore, for -Michael, commanding his attendance at Gondar. There was -no fear, no hesitation now, as before in the affair of Samayat. -He decamped upon the first notice, even before the -rainy season was over, and arrived at Gondar on August 30th -1747, bringing with him plenty of gold; few soldiers, indeed, -but those picked men, and in better order, than the -king had ever yet seen troops.</p> - -<p>It was plain now to everybody, that nothing could stop -Michael’s growing fortune. He alone seemed not sensible -of this. He was humbler and less assuming than before. -Those whom he had first bribed he continued still to bribe, -and added as many new friends to that list as he thought -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_657">657</span> -could serve him. He pretended to no precedency or pre-eminence -at court, not even such as was due to the rank of -his place, but behaved as a stranger that had no fixed abode -among them.</p> - -<p>One day, dining with Kasmati Geta, the queen’s brother, -who was governor of Samen, and drinking out of a common-glass -decanter called Brulhé, when it is the privilege -and custom of the governor of Tigré to use a gold cup, being -asked, Why he did not claim his privilege? he said, All -the gold he had was in heaven, alluding to the name of the -mountain Samayat, where his gold was surrendered, which -word signifies Heaven. The king, who liked this kind of -jests, of which Michael was full, on hearing this, sent him -a gold cup, with a note written and placed within it, “Happy -are they who place their riches in heaven;” which Michael -directed immediately to be engraved by one of the -Greeks upon the cup itself. What became of it I know -not; I often wished to have found it out, and purchased it. -I saw it the first day he dined, after coming from council, at -his return from Tigré, after the execution of Abba Salama; -but I never observed it at Serbraxos, nor since. I heard, indeed, -a Greek say he had sent it by Ozoro Esther, as a present -to a church of St Michael in Tigré.</p> - -<p>Enderta was now given him in addition to the province -of Tigré, and, soon after, Siré and all the provinces between -the Tacazzé and the Red Sea; so he was now master of near -half of Abyssinia.</p> - -<p>The rest of this king’s reign was spent at home in his -usual amusements and occupations. Several small expeditions -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_658">658</span> -were made by his command, under Palambaras Selassé, -and other officers, to harrass the Shepherds, whom he -conquered almost down to Suakem. His ravages, however, -had been confined to the peninsula of Atbara, and had not -ever passed to the eastward of the Tacazzé, but he had impoverished -all that country. After this, by his orders, the -Baharnagash, and other officers, entered that division called -Derkin, between the Mareb and the Atbara, and, still further, -between the Mareb and the mountains, in a part of it -called Ajam. In this country Hassine Wed Ageeb was defeated -by the Baharnagash with great slaughter; and the -Shekh of Jibbel Musa, one of the most powerful of the Shepherds, -was taken prisoner by Palambaras Selassé, without -resistance, and carried, with his wife, his family, and cattle, -in triumph to Gondar, where, having sworn allegiance to -the king, he was kindly treated, and sent home with presents, -and every thing that had been taken from him.</p> - -<p>This year, being the 24th of Yasous’s reign, he was taken -ill, and died on the 21st day of June 1753, after a very -short illness. As he was but a young man, and of a strong -constitution, there was some suspicion he died by poison given -him by the queen’s relations, who were desirous to secure -another minority rather than serve under a king, -who, by every action, shewed he was no longer to be led or -governed by any, but least of all by them.</p> - -<p>Yasous was married very young to a lady of noble family -in Amhara, by whom he had two sons, Adigo and Aylo. -But their mother pretending to a share of her husband’s government, -and to introduce her friends at court, so hurt -Welleta Georgis the Iteghé, or queen-regent, that she prevailed -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_659">659</span> -on the king to banish both the mother and sons to -the mountain of Wechné.</p> - -<p>In order to prevent such interference for the future, the -Iteghé took a step, the like of which had never before been -attempted in Abyssinia. It was to bring a wife to Yasous -from a race of Galla. Her name was Wobit, daughter of -Amitzo, to whom Bacuffa had once fled when he escaped -from the mountain before he was king, and had been -kindly entertained there. Her family was of the tribe of -Edjow, and the division of Toluma, that is, of the southern -Galla upon the frontiers of Amhara. They were esteemed -the politest, that is, the least barbarous of the name. But -it was no matter, they were Galla, and that was enough. -Between them and Abyssinia, oceans of blood had been -shed, and strong prejudices imbibed against them, never to -be effaced by marriages. She was, however, brought to -Gondar, christened by the name of Bessabéc, and married -to Yasous: By her he had a son, named Joas, who succeeded -his father. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_660">660</span></p> - -<h2 id="JOAS"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -JOAS.<br /> - -<small>From 1753 to 1768.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>This Prince a Favourer of the Galla his Relations—Great Dissentions on -bringing them to Court—War of Begemder—Ras Michael brought to -Gondar—Defeats Ayo—Mariam Barea refuses to be accessary to his -Death—King favours Waragna Fasil—Battle of Azazo—King Assassinated -in his Palace.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Upon</span> the first news of the death of king Yasous, the old -officers and servants of the crown, remembering the -tumults and confusion that happened in Gondar at his accession, -repaired to the palace from their different governments, -each with a small well-regulated body of troops, -sufficient to keep order, and strengthen the hands of Ras -Welled de l’Oul, whom they all looked upon as the father of -his country. The first who arrived was Kasmati Waragna -of Damot; then Ayo of Begemder, and very soon after, -though at much the greatest distance, Suhul Michael, governor -of Tigré. These three entered the palace, with Welled -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_661">661</span> -de l’Oul at their head, and received the young king Joas -from the hands of the Iteghé his grandmother, and proclaimed -him king, with the usual formalities, without any -opposition or tumult whatever.</p> - -<p>A number of promotions immediately followed; but it -was observed with great discontent by many, that the Iteghé’s -family and relations were grown now so numerous, that -they were sufficient to occupy all the great offices of state -without the participation of any of the old families, which -were the strength of the crown in former reigns; and that -now no preferment was to be expected unless through some -relation to the queen-mother.</p> - -<p>Welled Hawarayat, son to Michael governor of Tigré, -had married Ozoro Altash, the queen’s third daughter, almost -a child; and long before that, Netcho of Tcherkin had -married Ozoro Esther, likewise very young; and Ras Michael, -old as he was, had made known his pretensions to Ozoro -Welleta Israel, the queen’s second daughter, immediately -younger than Ozoro Esther. These proposals, from an old -man, had been received with great contempt and derision -by Welleta Israel, and she persevered so long in the derision -of Michael’s courtship, that it left strong impressions on the -hard heart of that old warrior, which shewed themselves -after in very disagreeable consequences to that lady all the -time Michael was in power.</p> - -<p>The first that broke the peace of this new reign was -Nanna Georgis, chief of one of the clans of Agows of -Damot. Engaged in old feuds with the Galla on the other -side of the Nile, the natural enemies of his country, he could -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_662">662</span> -not see, but with great displeasure, a Galla such as Kasmati -Waragna, however worthy, governor of Damot, and capable, -therefore, of over-running the whole province in a -moment, by calling his Pagan countrymen from the other -side.</p> - -<p>Waragna, though this was in his power, knew the -measure was unpopular. Kasmati Eshté was the queen’s -brother, and governor of Ibaba, a royal residence, which -has a large territory and salary annexed to it. When, -therefore, at council, he had complained of the injury done -to him by Nanna Georgis, he refused the taking upon him -the redressing these injuries, and punishing the Agows, -unless Kasmati Eshté was joined in the commission with -him.</p> - -<p>The reason of this was, as I have often before observed, -that, as the Agows are those that pay the greatest tribute in -gold to the king, and furnish the capital with all sorts of -provisions, any calamity happening in their country is severely -felt by the inhabitants of Gondar; and the knowledge -of this occasions a degree of presumption and confidence in -the Agows, of which they have been very often the dupes. -This, indeed, happened at this very instant. For Waragna -and Eshtè marched from Gondar, and with them a number -of veteran troops of the king’s household of Maitsha, depending -on Ibaba; and this army, without bringing one -Galla from the other side of the Nile, gave Nanna Georgis -and his Agows such an overthrow that his clan was nearly -extirpated, and many of the principal of that nation -slain. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_663">663</span></p> - -<p>Nanna Georgis, who chiefly was aimed at as the author -of this revolt, escaped, with great difficulty, wounded, -from the field; and the feud which had long subsisted between -Waragna’s family and the race of the Agows, received -great addition that day, and came down to their posterity, -as we shall soon see by what happened in Waragna’s -son’s time at the bloody and fatal battle of Banja.</p> - -<p>The next affair that called the attention of government, -was a complaint brought by the monks of Magwena, a -ridge of rocks of but small extent not far from Tcherkin, -the estate of Kasmati Netcho. These mountains, for a great -part of the year, almost calcined under a burning sun, have, -in several months, violent and copious showers of rain, -which, received in vast caves and hollows of the mountain, -and out of the reach of evaporation, are means of creating -and maintaining all sorts of verdure and all scenes of pleasure, -in the hot season of the year, when the rains do not fall -elsewhere; and as the rocks have a considerable elevation -above the level of the plain, they are at no season infected -with those feverish disorders that lay the low country waste.</p> - -<p>Netcho was a man of pleasure, and he thought, since -the monks, by retiring to rocks and deserts, meant thereby -to subject themselves to hardship and mortification, that -these delightful and flowery scenes, the groves of Magwena, -were much more suited to the enjoyment of happiness with -the young and beautiful Ozoro Esther, than for any set of -men, who by their austerities were at constant war with -the flesh. Upon these principles, which it would be very -difficult for the monks themselves to refute, he took possession -of the mountain Magwena, and of those bowers -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_664">664</span> -that, though in possession of saints, did not seem to have -been made for the solitary pleasures of one sex only. This -piece of violence was, by the whole body of monks, called -Sacrilege. Violent excommunications, and denunciations -of divine vengeance, were thundered out against Kasmati -Netcho. An army was sent against him; he was defeated -and taken prisoner, and confined upon a mountain in Walkayt, -where soon after he died, but not before the Iteghè -had shewn her particular mark of displeasure, by taking her -daughter Ozoro Esther, his wife, from him, that she, too, -and her only son Confu, might not be involved in the -monk’s excommunications, and the imputed crime of sacrilege.</p> - -<p>At this time died Kasmati Waragna, full of years and -glory, having, though a stranger, preserved his allegiance to -the last, and more than once saved the state by his wisdom, -bravery, and activity. He is almost a single example in -their history, of a great officer, governor of a province, that -never was in rebellion, and a remarkable instance of Bacuffa’s -penetration, who, from a single conversation with -him, while engaged in the vilest employment, chose him as -capable of the greatest offices, in which he usefully served -both his son and grandson.</p> - -<p>Soon after, Ayo governor of Begemder, an older officer -still than Waragna, arrived in Gondar, and resigned his government -into the queen’s hands. This resignation was received, -because it was understood that it was directly to be -conferred upon his son Mariam Barea, by far the most hopeful -young Abyssinian nobleman of his time. Another mark -of favour, soon followed, perhaps was the occasion of this. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_665">665</span> -Ozoro Esther, the very young widow of Netcho, was married, -very much against her own consent, to the young governor -of Begemder, and this marriage was crowned with -the universal applause of court, town, and country; for -Mariam Barea possessed every virtue that could make a -great man popular; and it was impossible to see Ozoro Esther, -and hear her speak, without being attached to her for -ever after.</p> - -<p>Still the complaint remained, that there was no promotion, -no distinction of merit, but through some relation to -the queen-mother; and the truth of this was soon so apparent, -and the discontent it occasioned so universal, that nothing -but the great authority Ras Welled de l’Oul, the Iteghé’s -brother, possessed, could hinder this concealed fire -from breaking out into a flame.</p> - -<p>The queen, mother to Joas, was Ozoro Wobit, a Galla. -Upon Joas’s accession to the throne, therefore, a large body -of Galla, said to be 1200 horse, were sent as a present to the -young king as the portion of his mother. A number of -private persons had accompanied these; part from curiosity, -part from desire of preferment, and part from attachment -to those that were already gone before them. These -last were formed into a body of infantry of 600 men, and -the command given to a Galla, whose name was Woosheka; -so that the regency, in the person of the queen, seemed -to have gained fresh force from the minority of the young -king Joas, as yet perfectly subject to his mother.</p> - -<p>There were four bodies of household troops absolutely -devoted to the king’s will. One of these, the Koccob horse, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_666">666</span> -was commanded by a young Armenian not 30 years of age. -He had been left in Abyssinia by his father in Yasous’s time, -and care had been taken of him by the Greeks. Yasous -had distinguished him by several places while a mere youth, -and employed him in errands to Masuah and Arabia, by -which he became known to Ras Michael. Upon the death -of Yasous, the Iteghè put him about her grandson Joas, as -Baalomal, which is, <i>gentleman of the bed-chamber</i>, or, <i>companion to -the king</i>. He then became Asaleffa el Camisha, which means -<i>groom of the stole</i>, but at last was promoted to the great place -of Billetana Gueta Dakakin, <i>chamberlain</i>, or <i>master of the -household</i>, the third post in government, by which he took -place of all the governors of provinces while in Gondar.</p> - -<p>There is no doubt Joas would have made him Ras, if he -had reigned as long as his father. Besides his own language, -he understood Turkish, Arabic, and Malabar, and was -perfect master of the Tigré. But his great excellence was -his knowledge of Amharic, which he was thought to speak -as chastely and elegantly as Ras Michael himself. He is reported -likewise to have possessed a species of jurisprudence, -whence derived I never knew, which so pleased the Abyssinians, -that the judges often requested his attendance on -the king; at which time he sat at the head of the table, -where it is supposed the king would place himself did he -appear personally in judgment, (which, as it may be learned -from divers places in this history, he never does); certain -mornings in the week, therefore, he sat publicly in the -market-place, and gave judgment soon after the break of -day. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_667">667</span></p> - -<p>I saw this young man with his father at Loheia. He -understood no European language; was just then returned -from India, and had a considerable quantity of diamonds, -and other precious stones, to sell. He spoke with tears in -his eyes of Abyssinia, from which he was banished, and -urged that I should take him there with me. But I had too -much at stake to charge myself with the consequences of -anybody’s behaviour but my own, and therefore refused -it.</p> - -<p>The great favour the Galla were in at court encouraged -many of their countrymen to follow them; and, by the -king’s desire, two of his uncles were sent for, and they not -only came, but brought with them a thousand horse. These -were two young men, brothers of the queen Wobit, just now -dead. The eldest was named Brulhé, the younger Lubo. In -an instant, nothing was heard in the palace but Galla. The -king himself affected to speak nothing else. He had entirely -intrusted the care of his person to his two uncles; -and, both being men of intrigue, they thought themselves -sufficiently capable to make a party, support it, and place -the king at the head of it; and this they effected as soon as -it was conceived, whilst the Abyssinians saw, with the utmost -detestation and abhorrence, a Gallan and inimical government -erected in the very heart or metropolis of their country.</p> - -<p>Woodage had been long governor of Amhara. He had -succeeded Palambaras Duré in Bacuffa’s time, when he had -been promoted to the dignity of Ras. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_668">668</span></p> - -<p>These two were heads of the only great families in Amhara, -who took that government as it were by rotation. -Woodage, in one of the excursions into Atbara, had made -an Arab’s, or a Shepherd’s daughter, prisoner, baptized her, -and lived with her as his mistress. The passion Woodage -bore to this fair slave was not, however, reciprocal. She had -fixed her affections upon his eldest son, and their frequent -familiarities at last brought about the discovery. This very -much shocked Woodage; but, instead of having recourse to -public justice, he called his brothers, and some other heads -of his family before him, and examined into the fact with -them, desiring his son to defend himself. The crime was -clearly proved in all its circumstances. Upon which Woodage, -by his own authority, condemned his son to death; -and not only so, but caused his sentence to be put in execution, -by hanging the young man over a beam in his own -house. As for the slave, he released her, as not being bound -to any return of affection to him, from whom she had only -received evil, and been deprived of her natural liberty.</p> - -<p>It seems this claim of <i>patria potestas</i> was new in Abyssinia; -and Bacuffa took it so ill, that he deprived Woodage -of his office, and banished him to Amhara, then governed -by Palambaras Duré. To this loss of influence another circumstance -contributed. He was a relation of Yasous’s first -wife, who, by the Iteghé’s intrigues, had been sent with her -two sons to the mountain of Wechné, and Joas, a young son -of Yasous, preferred in their places.</p> - -<p>It happened that Palambaras Duré died; and as the succession -fell regularly upon the unpopular Woodage, the -king’s uncle, Lubo obtained a promise of the government -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_669">669</span> -of Amhara for himself. All Gondar was shocked at this -strange choice: Amitzo and his Edjow were already upon -the southern frontiers of that province, domiciled there; -and there was no doubt but this nomination would put -Amhara into his possession for ever. All the inhabitants of -Gondar were ready to run to their arms to oppose this appointment -of the king; and it was thought that, underhand, -the Iteghè fomented this dissatisfaction. The king, -however, terrified by the violent resentment of the populace, -at the instance of Ras Welled de l’Oul, recalled his nomination.</p> - -<p>At this time Michael, who saw the consequence of these -disputes, but abstained from taking any share, because he -knew that both parties were promoting his interest by -their mutual animosity, came to Gondar in great pomp, upon -an honourable errand.</p> - -<p>Baady, son of l’Oul, king of Funge, or, as they are called -in the Abyssinian annals, Noba<a id="FNanchor_96" href="#Footnote_96" class="fnanchor">96</a>, who had defeated Yasous -at Sennaar, after a tyrannical and bloody reign of thirty-three -years, was deposed in 1764 by Nasser his son, -whom his minister Shekh Adelan, with his brother Abou -Kalec, governor of Kordofan, had put in his place; and -Baady had fled to Suhul Michael, whose fame was extended -all over Atbara. Michael received him kindly, promised -him his best services with Joas, and that he would march -in person to Sennaar, and reinstate him with an army, if the -king should so command. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_670">670</span></p> - -<p>Michael conducted him into the presence of the king, -where, in a manner unbecoming a sovereign, and which -Joas’s successor would not have permitted, he kissed the -ground, and declared himself a vassal of Abyssinia. The -king assigned him a large revenue, and put him in possession -of the government of Ras el Feel upon the frontier -of Sennaar, where Ras Welled de l’Oul advised him to wait -patiently till the dissensions that then prevailed at court -were quieted, when Michael should have orders to reinstate -him in his kingdom. This was a wise counsel, but -he to whom it was given was not wise, and therefore did -not follow it. After some short stay at Ras el Feel he was -decoyed from this place of refuge by the intrigues of Adelan, -and brought to trust himself in Atbara, where he was -betrayed and taken prisoner by Welled Hassen, Shekh of -Teawa, and murdered by him in Teawa privately, as we -shall hereafter see, two years after his flight from Gondar.</p> - -<p>At this time, Ras Welled de l’Oul’s death was a signal for -all parties to engage. Nothing had withheld them but his -prudence and authority; and from that time began a -scene of civil blood, which has continued ever since, was in -its full vigour at the time when I was in Abyssinia, and -without any prospect that it would ever have an end.</p> - -<p>The great degree of power to which the brothers and -their Galla arrived; the great affection the king shewed -to them, owing to their having early infected him with -their bloody and faithless principles, gave great alarm to -the queen and her relations, whose influence they were -every day diminishing. The last stroke, the death of Welled -de l’Oul, seemed to be a fatal one, and to threaten the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_671">671</span> -entire dissolution of her power. In order to counterbalance -this, they associated to their party and council Mariam Barea, -who had lately married Ozoro Esther, and was in possession -of the second province in the state for riches and -for power, and greatly increased in its importance by the -officer that commanded it. Upon the death of Welled de -l’Oul, the principal fear the party of the Galla had was, -that Mariam Barea should be brought to Gondar as Ras. -The union between him and Kasmati Eshtè, formerly as -strong by inclination as now it was by blood, put them in -terror for their very existence, and a stroke was to be -struck at all hazards that was to separate these interests -for ever.</p> - -<p>Eshte, upon taking possession of the province of Damot, -found the Djawi, established upon the frontiers of the province, -very much inclined to revolt. Notwithstanding peace -had been established among the Agows ever since Nanna -Georgis had been defeated at the last battle, the Galla had -still continued to rob and distress them, contrary to the public -faith that had been pledged to them.</p> - -<p>Eshte was too honest a man to suffer this; but the -truth was, the Djawi had felt the advantage of having a man -like the late Waragna governor of Damot; and they wanted, -by all means, to reduce the ministers to the necessity of making -that command hereditary in his family, by Fasil his son -being preferred to succeed him.</p> - -<p>This Fasil, whom I shall hereafter call Waragna Fasil, a -name which was given to distinguish him from many other -Fasils in the army, was a man then about twenty-two, whom -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_672">672</span> -Eshté had kept about him in a private station, and had lately -given him a subaltern command among his own countrymen, -the Djawi of Damot. From the services that he had then -rendered, it was expected a greater preferment was to follow.</p> - -<p>The insolence of the Djawi had come to such a pitch -that they had offered Eshté battle; but they had fled with -very little resistance, and been driven over the Nile to their -countrymen whence they came. Eshté, roused from his indolence, -now shewed himself the gallant soldier that he -really was. He crossed the Nile at a place never attempted -before; and though he lost a considerable number of men -in the passage, yet that disadvantage was more than compensated -by the advantage it gave him of falling upon the -Galla unexpectedly. He therefore destroyed, or dispersed -several tribes of them, possessed himself of their crops, -drove off their cattle, wives, and children, and obliged -them to sue for peace on his own terms; and then repassed -the Nile, re-establishing the Djawi, after submission, in their -ancient possessions.</p> - -<p>Upon news of Welled de l’Oul’s death, and the known intention -of the queen that Eshté should succeed him in the -office of Ras, he was mustering his soldiers to march to Gondar: -Damot, the Agows, Goutto, and Maitsha, all readily -joined him from every quarter; and Waragna Fasil had -been sent to bring in the Djawi with the rest. Eshtè had -marched by slow journies from Buré, slenderly attended, -to arrive at Goutto the place of rendezvous; and, being come -to Fagitta, in his way thither, he encamped upon a plain -there, near to the church of St George. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_673">673</span></p> - -<p>It was in the evening, when news were brought him -that the whole Djawi had come out, to a man, from goodwill, -to attend him to Gondar. This mark of kindness had -very much pleased him; and he looked upon it as a grateful -return for his mild treatment of them after they were -vanquished. A stool was set in the shade, without a small -house where he then was lodged, that he might see the -troops pass; when Hubna Fasil, a Galla, who commanded -them, availing himself of the privilege of approaching -near, always customary upon these occasions, run him -through the body with a lance, and threw him dead upon -the ground. The rest of the Galla fell immediately upon -all his attendants, put them to flight, and proclaimed Waragna -Fasil governor of Damot and the Agows.</p> - -<p>This intelligence was immediately sent to their countrymen, -Brulhé and Lubo, at Gondar, who prevailed upon the -king to confirm Waragna Fasil in his command, though -purchased with the murder of the worthiest man in his dominions, -who was his own uncle, brother to the Iteghè; -and this was thought to more than counterbalance the -accession of strength the queen’s party had received from -the marriage of Ozoro Esther with Mariam Barea.</p> - -<p>In critical times like these, the greatest events are produced -from the smallest accidents. Ayo, father to Mariam -Barea, had always been upon bad terms with Michael. It -was at first emulation between two great men; but, after -Ayo had assisted the king in taking Michael prisoner at the -mountain Samayat, this emulation had degenerated into -perfect hatred on the part of Michael. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_674">674</span></p> - -<p>Just before Kasmati Ayo had resigned Begemder to his -son, and retired to private life, two servants of Michael had -fled with two swords, which they used to carry before him, -claiming the protection of Kasmati Ayo. Michael had claimed -them before the king, who, loath to determine between -the two, not being at that time instigated by Galla, had accepted -the proposal of Michael to have the matter of right -tried before the judges; but, upon his resignation of the -province, and retiring, the thing had blown over and been -forgotten.</p> - -<p>Soon after this accession of Mariam Barea, Michael intimated -to him the order the king had given that the judges -should try the matter of difference between them. Mariam -Barea refused this, and upbraided Michael with meanness -and prostitution of the dignity he bore, to consent to submit -himself to the venal judgment of weak old men, whose consciences -were hackneyed in prejudice or partiality, and always -known to be under the influence of party. He put -Suhul Michael in mind also, that, being both of them the -king’s lieutenant-generals, representatives of his person in -the provinces they governed, noble by birth, and soldiers -by profession, they had no superior but God and their sovereign, -therefore it was below them to acknowledge or receive -any judgment between them unless from God, by an -appeal to the sword, or from the king, by a sentence intimated -to them by a proper officer; that Suhul Michael might -choose either of these manners of deciding the difference -as should seem best unto him; and if he chose the latter, of -abiding by the sentence of the king, he would then restore -him the swords upon the king’s first command, but he despised -the judges, and disowned their jurisdiction. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_675">675</span></p> - -<p>This spirited answer was magnified into the crime of -disobedience and rebellion. Michael pursued it no further. -He knew it was in good hands, which, when once the matter -was set agoing, would never let it drop. Accordingly, to -every one’s surprise but Michael’s, a proclamation was made, -that the king had deprived Mariam Barea of his government -for disobedience, and had given it to Kasmati Brulhé -his uncle, now governor of Begemder.</p> - -<p>All Abyssinia was in a ferment at this promotion. The -number, power, and vicinity of that race of Galla being -considered, this was but another way of giving the richest -and strongest barrier of Abyssinia into the hands of his hereditary -and bloody enemy. There could be no doubt, indeed, -but that, as soon as Brulhé should have taken possession -of his government, it would be instantly over-run by -the united force of that savage and Pagan nation; and there -was nothing afterwards to avert danger from the metropolis, -for the boundaries of Begemder reach within a very -short day’s journey of Gondar.</p> - -<p>Mariam Barea, one of the noblest in point of birth in -the country where he lived, setting every private consideration -aside, was too good a citizen to suffer a measure so pernicious -to take place quietly in his time, while the province -was under his command. But, besides this, he considered -himself as degraded and materially hurt both in honour -and in interest, and very sensibly felt the affront of being, -himself and his kindred, subjected to a race of Pagans whom -he had so often overthrown in the field. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_676">676</span></p> - -<p>The king’s army marched, under the command of his -uncle Brulhé, to take possession of his government; it was -with much difficulty, indeed, that Joas could be kept from -appearing in person, but he was left under the inspection -and tuition of his uncle Lubo, at Gondar. Brulhé made -very slow advances; his army several times assembled, as -often disbanded of itself; and near a year was spent before -he could move from his camp on the lake Tzana, with a -force capable of shewing or maintaining itself in Begemder, -from the frontiers of which he was not half a day’s journey.</p> - -<p>Mariam Barea remained all this time inactive in Begemder, -attending to the ordinary duties of his office, with -a perfect contempt of Brulhé and his proceedings. But, in -the interim, he left no means untried to pacify the king, -and dissuade him from a measure he saw would be ruinous -to the state in general.</p> - -<p>Mariam Barea, though young, had the prudence and -behaviour of a man of advanced years. He was esteemed, -without comparison, the bravest soldier and best general in -the kingdom, except old Suhul Michael, his hereditary rival -and enemy. But his manners were altogether different -from those of Michael. He was open, chearful, and unreserved; -liberal, even to excess, but not from any particular -view of gaining reputation by it; as moderate in the use of -victory as indefatigable to obtain it; temperate in all his -pleasures; easily brought to forgive, and that forgivenness -always sincere; a steady observer of his word, even in trifles; -and distinguished for two things very uncommon in Abyssinia, -regularity in his devotions, and constancy to one wife, -which never was impeached. In his last remonstrance, after -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_677">677</span> -many professions of his duty and obedience, he put -the king in mind, that, at his investiture, “The laws of -the country imposed upon him an oath which he took -in presence of his majesty, and, after receiving the holy -sacrament, that he was not to suffer any Galla in Begemder, -but rather, if needful, die with sword in hand -to prevent it; that he considered the contravening that -oath as a deliberate breach of the allegiance which he -owed to God and to his sovereign, and of the trust reposed -in him by his country; that the safety of the princes -of the royal family, sequestered upon the mountain of -Wechné, depended upon the observance of this oath; that -otherwise they would be in constant danger of being -extirpated by Pagans, as they had already nearly been -in former ages, at two different times, upon the rocks -Damo and Geshen; he begged the king, if, unfortunately, -he could not be reconciled to him, to give his command -to Kasmati Geta, Kasmati Eusebius, or any Abyssinian -nobleman, in which case he would immediately -resign, and retire to private life with his old father.”</p> - -<p>He concluded by saying, that, “As he had formed a resolution, -he thought it his duty to submit it to the king; -that, if his majesty was resolved to march and lead the army -himself, he would retire till he was stopt by the frontiers of -the Galla, and the farthest limits of Begemder; and, so far -from molesting the army in their route, the king might -be assured, that, though his own men should be straitened, -abundance of every kind of provision and refreshment -should be left in his majesty’s route. But if, contrary to -his wish, troops of Galla, commanded by a Galla, should -come to take possession of his province, he would fight -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_678">678</span> -them at the well of Fernay<a id="FNanchor_97" href="#Footnote_97" class="fnanchor">97</a>, before one Galla should -drink there, or advance a pike-length into Begemder.”</p> - -<p>This declaration was, by orders of Ras Michael, entered -into the Deftar, and written in letters of gold, after Mariam -Barea’s death, no doubt at the instigation of Ozoro Esther, -jealous for the reputation of her dead husband. It is intitled, -<i>the dutiful declaration of the governor of Begemder</i>; and is -signed by two Umbares, or judges. Whether the original -was so or not, I cannot say.</p> - -<p>The return made to this by the king was of the harshest -kind, full of taunts and scoffs, and presumptuous confidence; -announcing the speedy arrival of <i>Brulhé</i>, as to a -certain victory; and, to shew what further assistance he -trusted in, he ordered Ras Michael to be proclaimed governor -of Samen, the province on the Gondar side of the Tacazzé, -that no obstacle might be left in the way of that general -from Tigré, if it should be resolved upon to call him.</p> - -<p>In Abyssinia there is a kind of glass bottle, very light, -and of the size, shape, and strength of a Florence wine-flask; -only the neck is wider, like that of our glass decanters, -twisted for ornament sake, and the lips of it folded -back, such as we call cannon-mouthed. These are made -at Trieste on the Adriatic; and thousands of packages of -these are brought from Arabia to Gondar, where they -are in use for all liquors, which are clear enough to -bear the glass, such as wine and spirits. They are very -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_679">679</span> -thin and fragil, and are called <i>brulhé</i>. Mariam Barea, -provoked at being so undervalued as he was in the king’s -message, returned only for answer, “Still the king had better -take my advice, and not send his <i>brulhé’s</i> here; they -are but weak, and the rocks about Begemder hard; at -any rate, they do right to move slowly, otherwise they -might break by the way.”</p> - -<p>As soon as this defiance was reported to the king and his -counsellors all was in a flame, and orders given to march immediately. -The whole of the king’s household, consisting of -8000 veteran troops, were ordered to join the army of Brulhé. -This, tho’ it added to the display of the army, contributed nothing -to the real strength of it; for all, excepting the Galla, -were resolved neither to shed their own blood nor that -of their brethren, under the banners of so detested a leader.</p> - -<p>This was not unknown to Mariam Barea; but neither -the advantage of the ground, the knowledge of Brulhé’s -weakness, nor any other consideration, could induce him -to take one step, or harrass his enemy, out of his own province; -nor did he suffer a musket to be fired, or a horse to -charge, till Brulhé’s van was drawn up on the brink of the -well Fernay. After he had placed the horse of the province -of Lasta opposite to the Edjow Galla, against whom his design -was, the armies joined, and the king’s troops immediately -gave way. The Edjow, however, engaged fiercely and in -great earnest with the horse of Lasta, an enemy fully as -cruel and savage as themselves, but much better horsemen, -better armed, and better soldiers. The moment the -king’s troops turned their backs, the trumpets from Mariam -Barea’s army forbade the pursuit; while the rest of the -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_680">680</span> -Begemder horse, who knew the intention of their general, -surrounded the Edjow, and cut them to pieces, though -valiantly fighting to the last man.</p> - -<p>Brulhé fell, among the herd of his countrymen, not distinguished -by any action of valour. Mariam Barea had -given the most express orders to take him alive; or, if that -could not be, to let him escape; but by no means to kill -him. But a menial servant of his, more willing to revenge -his master’s wrongs than adopt his moderation, forced his -way through the crowd of Galla, where he saw Brulhé -fighting; and, giving him two wounds through his body -with a lance, left him dead upon the field, bringing away his -horse along with him to his master as a token of his victory. -Mariam Barea, upon hearing that Brulhé was dead, -foresaw in a moment what would infallibly be the consequence, -and exclaimed in great agitation, “Michael and -all the army of Tigré will march against me before autumn.”</p> - -<p>He was not in this a false prophet; for no sooner was -Brulhé’s defeat and death known, than the king, from resentment, -fear the fatal ruler of weak minds, the constant -instigation of Lubo, and the remnant of Brulhé’s party, declared -there was no safety but in Ras Michael. An express -was therefore immediately sent to him, commanding his -attendance, and conferring upon him the office of Ras, by -which he became invested with supreme power, both civil -and military. This was an event Michael had long wished -for. He had nearly as long foreseen that it must happen, -and would involve both king and queen, and their respective -parties, equally in destruction; but he had not spent his -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_681">681</span> -time merely in reflection, he had made every preparation -possible, and was ready. So soon then as he received the -king’s orders, he prepared to march from Adowa with -26,000 men, all the best soldiers in Abyssinia, about 10,000 of -whom were armed with firelocks.</p> - -<p>It happened that two Azages, and several other great -officers, were sent to him into Tigré with these orders, and -to invest him with the government of Samen. Upon their -mentioning the present situation of affairs, Michael sharply -reflected upon the king’s conduct, and that of those who -had counselled him, which must end in the ruin of his family -and the state in general. He highly extolled Mariam -Barea as the only man in Abyssinia that knew his duty, and -had courage to persevere in it. As for himself, being the -king’s servant, he would obey his commands, whatever they -were, faithfully, and to the letter; but, as holding now the -first place in council, he must plainly tell him the ruin of -Mariam Barea would be speedily and infallibly followed by -that of his country.</p> - -<p>After this declaration, Michael decamped with his army -encumbered by no baggage, not even provisions, women, -or tents, nor useless beasts of burden. His soldiers, attentive -only to the care of their arms, lived freely and licentiously -upon the miserable countries through which -they passed, and which they laid wholly waste as if belonging -to an enemy.</p> - -<p>He advanced, by equal, steady, and convenient marches, -in diligence, but not in haste. Not content with the subsistence -of his troops, he laid a composition of money upon -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_682">682</span> -all those districts within a day’s march of the place through -which he passed; and, upon this not being readily complied -with, he burnt the houses to the ground, and slaughtered -the inhabitants. Woggora, the granary of Gondar, full of -rich large towns and villages, was all on fire before him; -and that capital was filled with the miserable inhabitants, -stript of every thing, flying before Ras Michael as before an -army of Pagans. The king’s understanding was now restored -to him for an instant; he saw clearly the mischief his -warmth had occasioned, and was truly sensible of the rash -step he had taken by introducing Michael. But the dye was -cast; repentance was no longer in season; his all was at stake, -and he was tied to abide the issue.</p> - -<p>Michael, with his army in order of battle, approached -Gondar with a very warlike appearance. He descended -from the high lands of Woggora into the valleys which surround -the capital, and took possession of the rivers Kahha -and Angrab, which run through these valleys, and which -alone supply Gondar with water. He took post at every -entrance into the town, and every place commanding those -entrances, as if he intended to besiege it. This conduct -struck all degrees of people with terror, from the king and -queen down to the lowest inhabitant. All Gondar passed -an anxious night, fearing a general massacre in the morning; -or that the town would be plundered, or laid under -some exorbitant ransom, capitation, or tribute.</p> - -<p>But this was not the real design of Michael; he intended -to terrify, but to do no more. He entered Gondar early in the -morning, and did homage to the king in the most respectful -manner. He was invested with the charge of Ras by -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_683">683</span> -Joas himself; and from the palace, attended by two hundred -soldiers, and all the people of note in the town, he -went straight to take possession of the house which is particularly -appropriated to his office, and sat down in judgment -with the doors open.</p> - -<p>Marauding parties of soldiers had entered at several parts -of the town, and begun to use that licence they had been accustomed -to on their march, pilfering and plundering houses, -or persons that seemed without protection. Upon the first -complaints, as he rode through the town, he caused twelve -of the delinquents to be apprehended, and hanged upon -trees in the streets, sitting upon his mule till he saw the -execution performed. After he had arrived at his house, -and was seated, these executions were followed by above -fifty others in different quarters of Gondar. That same -day he established four excellent officers in four quarters -of the town. The first was Kefla Yasous, a man of the -greatest worth, whom I shall frequently mention as a friend -in the course of my history; the second, Billetana Gueta -Welleta Michael, that is, first master of the household to the -king. He had given that old officer that office, upon superseding -Lubo the king’s uncle, without any consent asked -or given. He was a man of a very morose turn, with whom -I was never connected. The third was Billetana Gueta Tecla, -his sister’s son, a man of very great worth and merit, -who had the soft and gentle manners of Amhara joined to -the determined courage of the Tigran.</p> - -<p>Michael took upon himself the charge of the fourth district. -He did not pretend by this to erect a military government -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_684">684</span> -in Gondar; on the contrary, these officers were -only appointed to give force to the sentences and proceedings -of the civil judges, and had not deliberation in any -cause out of the camp. But two Umbares, or judges, of the -twelve were obliged to attend each of the three districts; -two were left in the king’s house, and four had their -chamber of judicature in his.</p> - -<p>The citizens, upon this fair aspect of government, where -justice and power united to protect them, dismissed all their -fears, became calm and reconciled to Michael the second -day after his arrival, and only regretted that they had been -in anarchy, and strangers to his government so long.</p> - -<p>The third day after his arrival he held a full council in -presence of the king. He sharply rebuked both parties in -a speech of considerable length, in which he expressed much -surprise, that both king and queen, after the experience of -so many years, had not discovered that they were equally -unfit to govern a kingdom, and that it was impossible to -keep distant provinces in order, when they paid such inattention -to the police of the metropolis. Great part of this -speech applied to the king, who, with the Iteghè and Galla, -were in a balcony as usual, in the same room, though at -some distance, and above the table where the council sat, -but within convenient hearing.</p> - -<p>The troubled state, the destruction of Woggora, and the -insecurity of the roads from Damot, had made a famine in -Gondar. The army possessed both the rivers, and suffered -no supply of water to be brought into the town, but allowed -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_685">685</span> -two jars for each family twice a-day, and broke them -when they returned for more<a id="FNanchor_98" href="#Footnote_98" class="fnanchor">98</a>.</p> - -<p>Ras Michael, at his rising from council, ordered a loaf -of bread, a brulhé of water, and an ounce of gold, all articles -portable enough to be exposed in the market-place, -upon the head of a drum, without any apparent watching. -But tho’ the Abyssinians are thieves of the first rate, tho’ -meat and drink were very scarce in the town, and gold still -scarcer, though a number of strangers came into it with the -army, and the nights were almost constantly twelve hours -long, nobody ventured to attempt the removing any of the -three articles that, from the Monday to the Friday, had -been exposed night and day in the market-place unguarded.</p> - -<p>All the citizens, now surrounded with an army, found -the security and peace they before had been strangers to, -and every one deprecated the time when the government -should pass out of such powerful hands. All violent oppressors, -all those that valued themselves as leaders of parties, -saw, with an indignation which they durst not suffer -to appear, that they were now at last dwindled into absolute -insignificance.</p> - -<p>Having settled things upon this basis, Ras Michael next -prepared to march out for the war of Begemder; and he -summoned, under the severest penalties, all the great officers -to attend him with all the forces they could raise. He -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_686">686</span> -insisted likewise that the king himself should march, and -refused to let a single soldier stay behind him in Gondar; -not that he wanted the assistance of those troops, or trusted -to them, but he saw the destruction of Mariam Barea was -resolved on, and he wished to throw the odium of it on the -king. He affected to say of himself, that he was but the -instrument of the king and his party, and had no end of -his own to attain. He expatiated, upon all occasions, upon -the civil and military virtues of Mariam Barea; said, that -he himself was old, and that the king should walk coolly -and cautiously, and consider the value that officer would be -of to his posterity and to the nation when he should be no -more.</p> - -<p>Upon the first news of the king’s marching, Mariam Barea, -who was encamped upon the frontiers near where he -defeated Brulhé, fell back to Garraggara the middle of Begemder. -The king followed with apparent intention of -coming to a battle without loss of time; and Mariam Barea, -by his behaviour, shewed in what different lights he -viewed an army, at the head of which was his sovereign, -and one commanded by a Galla.</p> - -<p>No such moderation was shewn on the king’s part. His -army burnt and destroyed the whole country through which -they passed. It was plain that it was Joas’s intention to revenge -the death of Brulhé upon the province itself, as well -as upon Mariam Barea. As for Ras Michael, the behaviour -of the king’s army had nothing in it new, or that could -either surprise or displease him. Friend as he was to peace -and good order at home, his invariable rule was to indulge -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_687">687</span> -his soldiers in every licence that the most profligate mind -could wish to commit when marching against an enemy.</p> - -<p>It was known the armies were to engage at Nefas Musa, -because Mariam Barea had said he would fight Brulhé, to -prevent him entering the province, but retreat before the -king till he could no longer avoid going out of it. The -king then marched upon the tract of Mariam Barea, burning -and destroying on each side of him, as wide as possible, -by detachments and scouring parties. Allo Fasil, an officer -of the king’s household, a man of low birth, of very moderate -parts, and one who used to divert the king as a kind of -buffoon, otherwise a good soldier, had, as a favour, obtained -a small party of horse, with which he ravaged the low country -of Begemder.</p> - -<p>The reader will remember, in the beginning of this history, -that a singular revolution happened, in as singular a -manner, the usurper of the house of Zaguè having voluntarily -resigned the throne to the kings of the line of Solomon, -who for several hundred years had been banished to Shoa. -Tecla Haimanout, founder of the monastery of Debra Libanos, -a saint, and the last Abyssinian that enjoyed the dignity -of Abuna, had the address and influence to bring about this -revolution, or resignation, and to restore the ancient line of -kings. A treaty was made under guarantee of the Abuna, -that large portions of Lasta should be given to this prince -of the house of Zaguè, free from all tribute, tax, or service -whatever, and that he should be regarded as an independent -prince. The treaty being concluded, the prince of Zaguè -was put in possession of his lands, and was called Y’Lasta -Hatzè, which signifies, not the king of Lasta, but <i>the king</i> -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_688">688</span> -at or in Lasta<a id="FNanchor_99" href="#Footnote_99" class="fnanchor">99</a>. He resigned the throne, and Icon Amlac of -the line of Solomon, by the queen of Saba, continued the succession -of princes of that house.</p> - -<p>That treaty, greatly to the honour of the contracting -parties, made towards the end of the 13th century, had remained -inviolate till the middle of the 18th; no affront or -injustice had been offered to the prince of Zaguè, and in the -number of rebellions which had happened, by princes setting -up their claims to the crown, none had ever proceeded, -or in any shape been abetted, by the house of Zaguè, even -though Lasta had been so frequently in rebellion.</p> - -<p>As Joas was a young prince, now for the first time in the -province of Begemder and passing not far from his domains, -the prince of Zaguè thought it a proper civility and duty to -salute the king in his passage, and congratulate him upon -his accession to the throne of his father. He accordingly -presented himself to Joas in the habit of peace, while, according -to treaty, his kettle-drums, or nagareets, were silver, -and the points of his guard’s spears of that metal also. The -king received him with great cordiality and kindness; treated -him with the utmost respect and magnificence; refused -to allow him to prostrate himself on the ground, and forced -him to sit in his presence. Michael went still farther; upon -his entering his tent he uncovered himself to his waist, in -the same manner as he would have done in presence of -Joas. He received him standing, obliged him to sit in his -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_689">689</span> -own chair, and excused himself for using the same liberty -of sitting, only on account of his own lameness.</p> - -<p>The king halted one entire day to feast this royal guest. -He was an old man of few words, but those very inoffensive, -lively, and pleasant; in short, Ras Michael, not often accustomed -to fix on favourites at first sight, was very much taken -with this Lasta sovereign. Magnificent presents were made -on all sides; the prince of Zaguè took his leave and returned; -and the whole army was very much pleased and entertained -at this specimen of the good faith and integrity of -their kings.</p> - -<p>He had now considerably advanced through his own -country, Lasta, which was in the rear, when he was met by -Allo Fasil returning from his plundering the low country, -who, without provocation, from motives of pride or avarice, -fell unawares upon the innocent, old man, whose attendants, -secure, as they thought, under public faith, and accoutred -for parade and not for defence, became an easy sacrifice, -the prince being the first killed by Allo Fasil’s own -hand.</p> - -<p>Fasil continued his march to join the king, beating his -silver kettle-drums as in triumph. The day after, Ras Michael, -uninformed of what had passed, inquired who that -was marching with a nagareet in his rear? as it is not allowed -to any other person but governors of provinces to -use that instrument; and they had already reached the -camp. The truth was presently told; at which the -Ras shewed the deepest compunction. The tents were already -pitched when Fasil arrived, who, riding into Michael’s -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_690">690</span> -tent, as is usual with officers returning from an expedition, -began to brag of his own deeds, and upbraided Michael, -in a strain of mockery, that he was old, lame, and impotent.</p> - -<p>This raillery, though very common on such occasions, -was not then in season; and the last part of the charge against -him was the most offensive, for there was no man -more fond of the sex than Michael was. The Ras, therefore, -ordered his attendants to pull Fasil off his horse, who, seeing -that he was fallen into a scrape, fled to the king’s tent for -refuge, with violent complaints against Michael. The king -undertook to reconcile him to the Ras, and sent the young -Armenian, commander of the black horse, to desire Michael -to forgive Allo Fasil. This he absolutely refused to do, -alledging, that the passing over Fasil’s insolence to himself -would be of no use, as his life was forfeited for the death -of the prince of Zaguè.</p> - -<p>The king renewed his request by another messenger; for -the Armenian excused himself from going, by saying boldly -to the king, That, by the law of all nations, the murderer -should die. To the second request the king added, that he -required only his forgivenness of his insolence to him, not -of the death of the prince of Zaguè, as he would direct -what should be done when the nearest of kin claimed the -satisfaction of retaliation. To this Ras Michael shortly replied, -“I am here to do justice to every one, and will -do it without any consideration or respect of persons.” And -it was now, for the first time, Abyssinia ever saw a king solicit -the life of a subject of his own from one of his servants, -and be refused. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_691">691</span></p> - -<p>The king, upon this, ordered Allo Fasil to defend himself; -and things were upon this footing, the affair likely to -end in oblivion, though not by forgivenness. But, a very -short time after, the prince of Zaguè’s eldest son came privately -to Michael’s tent in the night; and, the next morning, -when the judges were in his tent, Michael sent his -door-keeper (Hagos) reckoned the bravest and most fortunate -in combat of any private man in the army, and to -whom he trusted the keeping of his tent-door, to order Allo -Fasil to answer at the instance of the prince of Zaguè, then -waiting him in court, Why he had murdered the prince his -father? Fasil was astonished, and refused to come: being again -cited in a regular manner by Hagos, he seemed desirous -to avail himself of the king’s permission to defend -himself, and call together his friends. Hagos, without giving -him time, thrust him through with a lance; then cut -off his head, and carried it to Michael’s tent, repeating what -passed, and the reason of his killing him.</p> - -<p>As a refusal in all such instances is rebellion, this had -passed according to rule: a party of Tigrans was ordered -to plunder his tent; and all the ill-got spoils which he had -gained from the poor inhabitants of Begemder were abandoned -to the soldiers. Fasil’s head was given to the prince -of Zaguè, as a reparation for the treaty being violated; the -silver nagareet and spears were returned; and, highly as this -affair had been carried by Ras Michael, the king never after -mentioned a word of it. But this was universally allowed -to be the first cause of their disagreement.</p> - -<p>Mariam Barea, seeing no other way to save his province -from ruin but by bringing the affair to a short issue, resolved -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_692">692</span> -likewise to keep his promise. He retired to Nefas -Musa, and encamped in the farthest limits of his province: -behind this are the Woollo Galla, relations of Amitzo the -king’s parents. Joas and Ras Michael followed him without -delay, and, having called in all the out-posts, both sides -prepared for an engagement.</p> - -<p>About nine in the morning, Mariam Barea presented his -army in order of battle. Michael had given orders to Kefla -Yasous and Welleta Michael how to form his. He then -mounted his mule, and with some of his officers rode out -to view Mariam Barea’s disposition. The king, anxious about -the fortune of the day, and terrified at some reports -that had been made him, by timid, or unskilful people, of -the warlike countenance of Mariam Barea’s army, sent to -the Ras, whom he saw reconnoitring, to know his opinion -of what was likely to happen. “Tell the king,” says the -veteran, “that a young man like him, fighting with a subject -so infinitely below him, with an army double his number, -should give him fair play for his life and reputation. -He should send to Mariam Barea to encrease the strength of -his center by placing the troops of Lasta there, or we shall -beat him in half an hour, without either honour to him or to -ourselves.” The king, however, did not understand that sort -of gallantry; he thought half an hour in suspence was long -enough, and he ordered immediately a large body of musquetry -to reinforce Fasil, who commanded the center, and -thereby he weakened his own right wing.</p> - -<p>Michael, who commanded the right of the royal army, -had placed himself and his fire-arms in very rough ground, -where cavalry could not approach him, and where he fired -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_693">693</span> -as from a citadel, and soon obliged the left wing of the -rebels to retreat. But the king, Kefla Yasous, and Lubo -on the right, were roughly handled by the horse of Lasta, -and would have been totally defeated, the king and Lubo -having already left the field, had not Kefla Yasous brought -up a reinforcement of the men of Siré and Temben, and retrieved -the day, at least brought things upon an equal -footing.</p> - -<p>Fasil, with the horse of Foggora and Damot, and a -prodigious body of the Djawi and Pagan Galla, desirous to -shew his consequence, and confirm himself in his ill-got -government by his personal behaviour, attacked the Begemder -horse in the center so irresistibly, that he not only -broke through them in several places, but threw the whole -body into a shameful flight. Mariam Barea himself was -wounded in endeavouring to stop them, and hurried away, -in spite of his inclination, crying out in great agony, “Is -there not one in my army that will stay and see me die -like the son of Kasmati Ayo?” It was all in vain; Powussen, -and a number of his own officers, surrounding him, dragged -him as it were by force out of the field. The country behind -Nefas Musa is wild, and cut with deep gullies, and the -woods almost impenetrable; they were therefore quickly -out of the enemy’s pursuit, and safe, as they thought, under -the protection of the Woollo Galla. The whole army of -Begemder was dispersed, and Michael early forbade further -pursuit.</p> - -<p>The account of this battle, and what preceded it, from the -murder of the prince of Zaguè, is not in the annals or history -of Abyssinia, which I have hitherto followed; at least it -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_694">694</span> -has not appeared yet, probably out of delicacy to Ozoro -Esther, fear of Ras Michael, and respect to the character of -Mariam Barea, whose memory is still dear to his country. -But the whole was often, at my desire, repeated to me -by Kefla Yasous, and his officers who were there, whom -he used to question about any circumstance he did not -himself remember, or was absent from; for he was a scrupulous -lover of truth; and nothing pleased him so much as -the thought that I was writing his history to be read in my -country, although he had not the smallest idea of England -or its situation.</p> - -<p>As for the conversation before the battle, it was often -told me by Ayto Aylo and Ayto Engedan, sons of Kasmati -Eshté, who were with the Ras when he delivered the message -to the king, and were kept by him from engaging -that day in respect to Mariam Barea, who was married to -their aunt Ozoro Esther.</p> - -<p>The king and Lubo sent Woosheka to their friends among -the Woollo, who delivered up the unfortunate Mariam -Barea, with twelve of his officers who had taken refuge -with him. Mariam Barea was brought before the king in -his tent, covered with blood that had flowed from his -wound; his hands tied behind his back, and thus thrown -violently with his face to the ground. A general murmur -which followed shewed the sentiments of the spectators at -so woful a sight; and the horror of it seemed to have seized -the king so entirely as to deprive him of all other sentiments. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_695">695</span></p> - -<p>I have often said, the Mosaical law, or law of retaliation, -is constantly observed over all Abyssinia as the criminal law -of the country, so that, when any person is slain wrongfully -by another, it does not belong to the king to punish that -offence, but the judges deliver the offender to the nearest -relation of the party murdered, who has the full power of -putting him to death, selling him to slavery, or pardoning -him without any satisfaction.</p> - -<p>Lubo saw the king relenting, and that the greatest crime, -that of rebellion, was already forgiven. He stood up, therefore, -and, in violent rage, laid claim to Mariam Barea as the -murderer of his brother: the king still saying nothing, he -and his other Galla hurried Mariam Barea to his tent, where -he was killed, according to report, with sundry circumstances -of private cruelty, afterwards looked upon as great aggravations. -Lubo, with his own hand, is said to have cut -his throat in the manner they kill sheep. His body was afterwards -disfigured with many wounds, and his head severed -and carried to Michael, who forbade uncovering it in -his tent. It was then sent to Brulhé’s family in their own -country, as a proof of the satisfaction his friends had obtained; -and this gave more universal umbrage than did -even the cruelty of the execution.</p> - -<p>Several officers of the king’s army, seeing the bloody -intentions of the Galla, advised Powussen, and the eleven -other officers that were taken prisoners, to make the best -use of the present opportunity, and fly to the tent of Michael -and implore his protection. This they most willingly -did, with this connivance of Woosheka, who had -been intrusted with the care of them, and Lubo having -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_696">696</span> -finished Mariam Barea, came to the king’s tent to seek the -unhappy prisoners, whom he intended as victims to the -memory of Brulhé likewise. Hearing, however, that they -were fled to Michael’s tent, he sent Woosheka to demand -them; but that officer had scarce opened his errand, in the -gentlest manner possible, when Michael, in a fury, cried out, -Cut him in pieces before the tent-door. Woosheka was indeed -lucky enough to escape; but we shall find this was -not forgot, for his punishment was more than doubled -soon afterwards.</p> - -<p>At seeing Mariam Barea’s head in the hands of a Galla, -after forbidding him to expose it in his tent, Michael is said -to have made the following observation: “Weak and -cowardly people are always in proportion cruel and unmerciful. -If Brulhé’s wife had done this, I could have forgiven -her; but for Joas, a young man and a king, whose -heart should be opened and elated with a first victory, to be -partaker with the Galla, the enemies of his country, in the -murder of a nobleman such as Mariam Barea, it is a prodigy, -and can be followed by no good to himself or the -state; and I am much deceived if the day is not at hand -when he shall curse the moment that ever Galla crossed the -Nile, and look for a man such as Mariam Barea, but he shall -not find him.” And, indeed, Michael was very well entitled -to make this prophecy, for he knew his own heart, and -the designs he had now ready to put in execution.</p> - -<p>It is no wonder that these free communications gave -the king reason to distrust Michael. And it was observed -that Waragna Fasil had insinuated himself far into his favour: -his late behaviour at the battle of Nefas Musa had -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_697">697</span> -greatly increased his importance with the king; and the -number of troops he had now with him made Joas think -himself independent of the Ras. Fasil had brought with -him near 30,000 men, about 20,000 of whom were horsemen, -wild Pagan Galla, from Bizamo and other nations -south of the Nile. The terror the savages occasioned in the -countries through which they passed, and the great disorders -they committed, gave Ras Michael a pretence to insist -that all those wild Galla should be sent back to their own -country. I say this was a pretence, because Michael’s soldiers -were really more cruel and licentious, because more -confident and better countenanced than these strangers were. -But the war was over, the armies to be disbanded, these -Pagans were consequently to return home; and they were -all sent back accordingly, excepting 12,000 Djawi, men of -Fasil’s own tribe, and some of the best horse of Maitsha, Agow, -and Damot.</p> - -<p>This was the first appearance of quarrel between Fasil -and Ras Michael. But other accidents followed fast that -blew up the flame betwixt them; of which the following -was by much the most remarkable, and the most unexpected.</p> - -<p>At Nefas Musa, near to the field of battle, was a house of -Mariam Barea, which he used to remove to when he was -busy in wars with the neighbouring Galla. It was surrounded -with meadows perfectly well-watered, and full of -luxuriant grass. Fasil, for the sake of his cavalry, had encamped -in these meadows; or, if he had other views, they -are not known; and though all the doors and entrances -of the house were shut, yet within was the unfortunate -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_698">698</span> -Ozoro Esther, by this time informed of her husband’s death, -and with her was Ayto Aylo, a nobleman of great credit, -riches, and influence. He had been at the campaign of -Sennaar, and was so terrified at the defeat, that, on his return, -he had renounced the world, and turned monk. He -was a man of no party, and refused all posts or employments; -but was so eminent for wisdom, that all sides consulted -him, and were in some measure governed by him.</p> - -<p>This person, a relation of the Iteghé’s, had, at her desire, -attended Ozoro Esther to Nefas Musa, but, adhering to his -vow, went not to battle with her husband. Hearing, however, -of the bad disposition of the king, the cruelty of the -Galla, and the power and ambition of Fasil, whose soldiers -were encamped round the house, he told her that there was -only one resolution which she could take to avoid sudden -ruin, and being made a sacrifice to one of the murderers -of her husband.</p> - -<p>This princess, under the fairest form, had the courage and -decision of a Roman matron, worthy the wife of Mariam -Barea, to whom she had born two sons. Instructed by Aylo, -early in the morning, all covered from head to foot, accompanied -by himself, and many attendants and friends, -their heads bare, and without appearance of disguise, they -presented themselves at the door of Michael’s tent, and -were immediately admitted. Aylo announced the princess -to the Ras, and she immediately threw herself at his feet on -the ground.</p> - -<p>As Michael was lame, tho’ in all other respects healthy and -vigorous, and unprepared for so extraordinary an interview, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_699">699</span> -it was some time before he could get upon his feet and uncover -himself before his superior. This being at last accomplished, -and Ozoro Esther refusing to rise, Aylo, in a -few words, told the Ras her resolution was to give him instantly -her hand, and throw herself under his protection, as -that of the only man not guilty of Mariam Barea’s death, who -could save her and her children from the bloody cruelty -and insolence of the Galla that surrounded her. Michael, -sanguine as he was in his expectations of the fruit he was -to reap from his victory, did not expect so soon so fair a -sample of what was to follow.</p> - -<p>To decide well, instantly upon the first view of things, was -a talent Michael possessed superior to any man in the kingdom. -Tho’ Ozoro Esther had never been part of his schemes, -he immediately saw the great advantage which would accrue -to him by making her so, and he seized it; and he was -certain also that the king, in his present disposition, would -soon interfere. He lifted Ozoro Esther, and placed her upon -his seat; sent for Kefla Yasous and his other officers, and -ordered them, with the utmost expedition, to draw up his army -in order of battle, as if for a review to ascertain his loss. -At the same time he sent for a priest, and ordered separate -tents to be pitched for Ozoro Esther and her household. -All this was performed quickly; then meeting her with -the priest, he was married to her at the door of his own tent -in midst of the acclamations of his whole army. The occasion -of these loud shouts was soon carried to the king, -and was the first account he had of this marriage. He received -the information with violent displeasure, which he could -not stifle, or refrain from expressing it in the severest -terms, all of which were carried to Ras Michael by officious -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_700">700</span> -persons, almost as soon as they were uttered, nothing softened.</p> - -<p>The consequences of the marriage of Ozoro Esther were -very soon seen in the inveterate and determined hatred against -the Galla. Esther, who could not save Mariam Barea, sacrificed -herself that she might avenge his death, and live to -see the loss of her husband expiated by numberless hecatombs -of his enemies and murderers. Mild, gentle, and -compassionate as, from my own knowledge, she certainly -was, her nature was totally changed when she cast back -her eyes upon the sufferings of her husband; nor could -she be ever satiated with vengeance for those sufferings, -but constantly stimulated Ras Michael, of himself much inclined -to bloodshed, to extirpate, by every possible means, -that odious nation of Galla, by whom she had fallen from -all her hopes of happiness.</p> - -<p>Fasil, as being a Galla, the first man that broke thro’ the -horse of Begemder, and wounded and put to flight her husband -Mariam Barea, was in consequence among the black -list of her enemies. Fasil, too, had murdered Kasmati Eshté, -who was her favourite uncle, fast friend to Mariam Barea, -and the man that had promoted her marriage with him.</p> - -<p>The great credit of Fasil with the king had now given -Ras Michael violent jealousy. These causes of hatred accumulated -every day, so that Michael had already formed a -resolution to destroy Fasil, even though the king should -perish with him. In these sentiments, too, was Gusho of -Amhara, a man of great personal merit, of whose father, Ras -Woodage, we have already spoken, who had filled successively -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_701">701</span> -all the great offices in the last reign. He was immensely -rich; had married a daughter of Ras Michael, and afterwards -six or seven other women, being much addicted to the -fair sex, and was lately married to Ozoro Welleta Israel, the -Iteghé’s daughter. Nor was he in any shape an enemy to -wine; but very engaging, and plausible in discourse and behaviour; -in many respects a good officer, careful of his -men, but said to be little solicitous about his word or promise -to men of any other profession but that of a soldier.</p> - -<p>An accident of the most trifling kind brought about an -open breach between the king and the Ras, which never after -was healed. The weather was very hot while the army -was marching. One day, a little before their arrival at Gondar, -in passing over the vast plain between the mountains -and the lake Tzana, (afterwards the scene of much bloodshed) -Ras Michael, being a little indisposed with the heat, -and the sun at the same time affecting his eyes, which were -weak, without other design than that of shading them, had -thrown a white cloth or handkerchief over his head. This -was told the king, then with Fasil in the center, who immediately -sent to the Ras to inquire what was the meaning -of that novelty, and upon what account he presumed to -cover his head in his presence? The white handkerchief -was immediately taken off, but the affront was thought so -heinous as never after to admit of atonement.</p> - -<p>It must be here observed, that, when the army is in the -field, it is a distinction the king uses, to bind a broad fillet -of fine muslin round his head, which is tied in a double -knot, and hangs in two long ends behind. This, too, is worn -by the governor of a province when he is first introduced -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_702">702</span> -into it; and, in absence of the king, is the mark of supreme -power, either direct or delegated, in the person that wears -it.</p> - -<p>Unless on such occasions, no one covers his head in presence -of the king, nor in sight of the house or palace where -the king resides: But it was not thought, that, being at -such a distance in the rear, he was in the king’s presence, -nor that what was caused by infirmity was to be construed -into presumption, or weighed by the nice scale of jealous -prerogative.</p> - -<p>The armies returned to the valleys below Gondar, and -encamped separately there, Fasil upon the river Kahha, and -Ras Michael on the Angrab. Gusho was on the right of -Michael and left of Fasil, a little higher up the Kahha, near -Koscam, the Iteghè’s palace; but he was on the opposite side -of the river from Fasil, where he had a house of his own, -and several large meadows adjoining. Gusho’s servants -and soldiers now began cutting their master’s grass, and -were soon joined by a number of Fasil’s people, who fell, -without ceremony, to the same employment. An interruption -was immediately attempted, a fray ensued, and several -were killed or wounded on both sides, but at last Fasil’s -people were beat back to their quarters.</p> - -<p>Gusho complained to Ras Michael of this violation of -his property; and he being now in Gondar, and holding -the office of Ras, was, without doubt, the superior and regular -judge of both, as they were both out of their provinces, -and immediately in Michael’s. Upon citation, Fasil -declared that he would submit to no such jurisdiction; -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_703">703</span> -and, the case being referred to the judges next day, it was -found unanimously in council, that Ras Michael was in the -right, and that Fasil was guilty of rebellion. A proclamation -in consequence was made at the palace-gate, superseding -Fasil in his government of Damot, and in every other -office which he held under the king, and appointing Boro -de Gago in his place, a man of great interest in Damot and -Gojam, and with the Galla on both sides of the Nile, and -married to a sister of Kasmati Eshté’s, by another mother, -otherwise a man of small capacity.</p> - -<p>Fasil, after a long and private audience of the king in -the night, decamped early in the morning with his army, -and sat down at Azazo, the high road between Damot and -Gondar, and there he intercepted all the provisions coming -from the southward to the capital.</p> - -<p>It happened that the house in Gondar, where Ras Michael -lived, was but a small distance from the palace, a -window of which opened so directly into it, that Michael, -when sitting in judgment, could be distinctly seen from -thence. One day, when most of his servants had left him, a -shot was fired into the room from this window of the palace, -which, though it missed Michael, wounded a dwarf, -who was standing before him fanning the flies from off his -face, so grievously, that the page fell and expired at the foot -of his master. This was considered as the beginning of the -hostilities. Nobody knew from whose hand the shot came; -but the window from which it was aimed sufficiently shewed, -that if it was not by direction, it must at least have been -fired with the knowledge of the king. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_704">704</span></p> - -<p>Joas lost no time, but removed and encamped at Tedda, -and sent Woosheka to Michael with orders to return to Tigré, -and not to see his face; and, at the same time, declared -Lubo governor of Begemder and Amhara. The Ras scarcely -could be brought to see Woosheka; but did not deign -to give any further answer than this, “That the king -should know, that the proper persons to correspond with -him as Ras, upon the affairs of the kingdom, were the -judges of the town, or of the palace; not a slave like -Woosheka, whose life, as well as that of all the Gallas in -the king’s presence, was forfeited by the laws of the -land. He cautioned him from appearing again in his -presence, for if he did, that he should surely die.”</p> - -<p>The next day a message came from the king, by four -judges, forbidding the Ras again to drink of either the Angrab -or the Kahha, but to strike his tents and return to Tigré -upon pain of incurring his highest displeasure.—To -this Michael answered, “That, true it was, his province was -Tigré, but that he was now governor of the whole realm; -that he was an extraordinary officer, called to prevent the -ruin of the country, because, confessedly, the king could -not do it; that the reason of his coming existed to that -day; and he was very willing to submit it to the judges -for their solemn opinion, whether the kingdom, at present -in the hands of the Galla, was not in more danger -from the power of those Galla than it was from the constitutional -influence of Mariam Barea. He added, that he -expected the king should be ready to march against Fasil, -for which purpose he was to decamp on the morrow.” The -king returned an absolute refusal to march: The Ras thereupon -made proclamation for all the Galla, of every denomination -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_705">705</span> -to leave the capital, the next day, upon pain of -death, declaring them outlawed, and liable to be slain by -the first that met them, if, after twenty-four hours, they were -found in Gondar or its neighbourhood, or, after ten days, -in any part of the kingdom. After this, accompanied by -Gusho, he decamped to dislodge Fasil from the strong post -which he held at Azazo.</p> - -<p>By the king’s refusal to march with Ras Michael in person, -it was supposed that his household troops would not -join, but remain with him to garrison his palace. Joas, -however, was too far decided in favour of Fasil to remain -neuter. Michael had encamped the 21st of April in the -evening, on the side of the hill above Azazo, in very rough -and rocky ground, as unfavourable for Fasil’s horse as the -slope it had was favourable for Michael’s musquetry.</p> - -<p>The battle was fought on the 22d in the morning, and -there was much blood shed for the time that it lasted. A -nephew of Michael, and his old Fit-Auraris, Netcho, were -both slain, and Fasil was totally defeated. The Galla, who -had come from the other side of the Nile, were very much -terrified at Michael’s fire-arms, which contained what they -called the zibib, or grape, meaning thereby the ball. Fasil -retired quickly to Damot, to increase and collect another -army again, and to try his fortune after the rains.</p> - -<p>It happened, unfortunately, that among the prisoners -taken at Azazo were some of the king’s black horse. These -being his slaves, and subject only to his commands, sufficiently -shewed by whose authority they came there. They -were, therefore, all called before Michael; two of them were -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_706">706</span> -first interrogated, whether the king had sent them or not? -and, upon their denying or refusing to give an answer, their -throats were cut before their companions. The next questioned -was a page of the king, who seeing, from the fate -of his friends, what was to follow his denial, frankly told -the Ras, that it was by the king’s special orders they, and -a considerable body of the household troops, had joined Fasil -the night before; and further, that it was the Armenian, -who, by the king’s order, had fired at him, and killed the -dwarf who was fanning the flies from him.</p> - -<p>Upon this information all the prisoners were dismissed. -The army returned the same night to Gondar, and, though -they had been fasting all day, a council was held, which -sat till very late, at the rising of which a messenger was -dispatched to Wechné for Hatzé Hannes, who was brought -to the foot of the mountain the next day. In the same -night Shalaka Becro, Nebrit Tecla and his two sons, Lika -Netcho and his two sons, and a monk of Tigré, called Welleta -Christos, were sent to the palace to murder the king, -which they easily accomplished, having found him alone. -They buried him in the church of St Raphael, as we shall -find from the regicide’s own confession, when he was apprehended, -when we shall relate the particulars.</p> - -<p>At the same time Michael exhibited a strange contrast -in his behaviour to the Armenian, who had fled to the -house of the Abuna for refuge. He sent and took him -thence, and banished him from Abyssinia, but so considerately, -that he dispatched a servant with him to Masuah to -furnish him with necessaries, to see him embark, and save -him from the cruelty and extortions of the Naybe. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_707">707</span></p> - -<h2 id="HANNES_II"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -HANNES II.<br /> - -<small>1769.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Hannes, Brother to Bacuffa, chosen King—Is brought from Wechné—Crowned -at Gondar—Refuses to march against Fasil—Is poisoned -by Order of Ras Michael.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Hannes</span>, a man past seventy years of age, made his entry -into Gondar the 3d of May 1769. He was brother -to Bacuffa, and having in his time escaped from the -mountain, and being afterwards taken, his hand was cut -off by order of the king his brother, and he was sent back -to the place of his confinement.</p> - -<p>It is a law of Abyssinia, as we have already observed, -derived from that of Moses, that no man can be capable either -of the throne or priesthood, unless he be perfect in all -his limbs; the want of a hand, therefore, certainly disqualified -Hannes, and it was with that intent it had been cut off. -When this was objected to him in council, Michael laughed -violently, and turned it into ridicule; “What is it that a -king has to do with his hands? Are you afraid he shall -not be able to saddle his own mule, or load his own baggage? -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_708">708</span> -Never fear that; when he is under any such difficulty, -he has only to call upon me<a id="FNanchor_100" href="#Footnote_100" class="fnanchor">100</a>, and I will help -him.”</p> - -<p>Hannes, besides his age, was very feeble in body; and -having had no conversation but with monks and priests, -this had debilitated his mind as much as age had done his -body. He could not be persuaded to take any share in government. -The whole day was spent in psalms and prayers; -but Ras Michael had brought from the mountain with him -two sons, Tecla Haimanout the eldest, a prince of fifteen -years of age, and the younger, called George, about thirteen.</p> - -<p>Guebra Denghel, a nobleman of the first family in -Tigré had married a daughter of Michael by one of his -wives in that province. By her he had one daughter, Welleta -Selassé, whom Michael in the beginning, while Joas -and he were yet friends, had destined to be queen, and to -be married to him. Hannes was of the age only to need a -Shunnamite; and Welleta Selassé, young and beautiful, and -who merited to be something more, was destined as this -sacrifice to the ambition of her grandfather. A kind of -marriage, I believe, was therefore made, but never consummated. -She lived with Hannes some months in the palace, -but never took any state upon her. She was a wife and a -queen merely in name and idea. Love had in that frozen -composition as little share as ambition, and those two great -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_709">709</span> -temptations, a crown and a beautiful mistress, could not animate -Hatzé Hannes to take the field to defend them. -Every possible method was taken by Michael to overcome -his reluctance, and do away his fears. All was vain; he -wept, hid himself, turned monk, demanded to be sent again -to Wechné, but absolutely refused marching with the -army.</p> - -<p>Michael, who had already seen the danger of leaving a -king behind him while he was in the field, and finding -Hannes inexorable, had recourse to poison, which was -given him in his breakfast; and the Ras, by this means, in -less than six months became the deliberate murderer of two -kings.</p> - -<h2 id="TECLA_HAIMANOUT_II"><img src="images/i_rule-2.png" alt="" /><br /> - -TECLA HAIMANOUT II.<br /> - -<small>1769.</small></h2> - -<p class="hang"><i>Succeeds his Father Hannes—His Character and prudent Behaviour—Cultivates -Michael’s Friendship—Marches willingly against Fasil—Defeats -him at Fagitta—Description of that Battle.</i></p> - -<p class="drop"><span class="uppercase">Tecla Haimanout</span> succeeded his father. He was a -prince of a most graceful figure, tall for his age, rather -thin, and of the whitest shade of Abyssinian colour, such are -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_710">710</span> -all those princes that are born in the mountain. He was not -so dark in complexion as a Neapolitan or Portugueze, had a -remarkably fine forehead, large black eyes, but which had -something very stern in them, a straight nose, rather of the -largest, thin lips, and small mouth, very white teeth and long -hair. His features, even in Europe, would have been thought -fine. He was particularly careful of his hair, which he dressed -in a hundred different ways. Though he had been absent but -a very few months from his native mountain, his manners -and carriage were those of a prince, that from his infancy -had sat upon an hereditary throne. He had an excellent -understanding, and prudence beyond his years. He was -said to be naturally of a very warm temper, but this he had -so perfectly subdued as scarcely ever to have given an instance -of it in public. He entered into Ras Michael’s views -entirely, and was as forward to march out against Fasil, as -his father had been averse to it.</p> - -<p>From the time of Hannes’s accession to the throne, Tecla -Haimanout called Michael by the name of Father, and during -the few slight sicknesses the Ras had, he laid by all his -state, and attended him with an anxiety well becoming a -son. At this time I entered Abyssinia, and arrived in Masuah, -where there was a rumour only of Hatzé Hannes’s illness.</p> - -<p>The army marched out of Gondar on the 10th of November -1769, taking the route of Azazo and Dingleber. Fasil was at -Buré, and had assembled a large army from Damot, Agow, -and Maitsha. But Welleta Yasous, his principal officer, had -brought together a still larger one, from the wild nations of -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_711">711</span> -Galla beyond the Nile, and this not without some difficulty. -The zibib, or bullet, which had destroyed so many -of them at Azazo, had made an impression on their minds, -and been reported to their countrymen as a circumstance -very unpleasing. These wild Pagans, therefore, had, for the -first time, found a reluctance to invade their ancient enemies -the Abyssinians.</p> - -<p>Fasil, to overcome this fear of the zibib, had loaded some -guns with powder, and fired them very near at some of his -friends, which of course had hurt nobody. Again he had -put ball in his gun, and fired at cattle afar off; and these being -for the most part slightly wounded, he inferred from -thence that the zibib was fatal only at a distance, but that -if they galloped resolutely to the mouth of the gun, the grape -could do no more than the first gun he fired with powder -had done to those he had aimed at.</p> - -<p>As soon as Fasil heard that Michael was on his march, he -left Buré and advanced to meet him, his wish being to fight -him if possible, before he should enter into those rich provinces -of the Agows, from whence he drew the maintenance of -his army, and expected tribute. Michael’s conduct warranted -this precaution. For no sooner had he entered Fasil’s government, -than he laid waste all Maitsha, destroying every -thing with fire and sword. The old general indeed being -perfectly acquainted with the country, and with the -enemy he was to engage, had already fixed upon his field -of battle, and measured the stations that would conduct -him thither. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_712">712</span></p> - -<p>Instead of taking up the time with spreading the desolation -he had begun, after the first two days, by forced -marches he came to Fagitta, considerably earlier than Fasil -expected. This field that Michael had chosen, was rocky, -uneven, and full of ravines in one part, and of plain smooth -turf on the other, which divisions were separated by a brook -full of large stones.</p> - -<p>The Nile was on Ras Michael’s left, and in this rugged -ground he stationed his lances and musquetry; for he never -made great account of his horse. Two large churches, -St Michael and St George, planted thick with cedars, and about -half a mile distant from each other, were on his right -and left flanks, or rather advanced farther before his front. -A deep valley communicated with the most level of these -plains, descending gently all the way from the celebrated -sources of the Nile, which were not more than half a day’s -journey distant. Michael drew up his army behind the two -churches, which were advanced on his right and left flanks, -and among the cedars of these he planted 500 musqueteers -before each church, whom the trees perfectly concealed; he -formed his horse in front, knowing them to be an object -the Galla did not fear, and likely to lead them on to charge -rashly. These he gave the command of to a very active and -capable officer, Powussen of Begemder, one of those eleven -servants of Mariam Barea, whose lives Michael saved, by -protecting them in his tent after the battle of Nefas Musa. -He had directed this officer, with a few horse, to scour the -small plain, as soon as he saw the Galla advancing into it -from the valley. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_713">713</span></p> - -<p>As soon as the sun became hot, Fasil’s wild Galla poured -into the plain, and they had now occupied the greatest part -of it, which was not large enough to contain his whole -army, when their skirmishing began by their driving -Powussen before them, who fled apparently in great confusion, -crossed the brook, and joined the horse, and formed -nearly between the churches. The Galla, desirous to pursue, -were impeded by the great stones, so that they were in a -crowd at the passage of the brook.</p> - -<p>Ayto Welleta Gabriel, factor to Ozoro Esther, was intoxicated -with liquor, but he was a brave man, very active -and strong, and of a good understanding, though, according -to a custom among them, he, at times, to divert -the Ras, played the part of a buffoon. In this character, -with his musquet only in his hand, he, though on foot, -skirmished in the middle of a party of Powussen’s horse. -When they turned to fly, Welleta Gabriel found it convenient -to do so likewise, and he crossed the brook without -looking behind him. Upon turning round, he saw -the Galla halt, as if in council, in the bed of the rivulet, and -taking up his gun as a bravado, he levelled at the crowd, -and had the fortune to hit the principal man among them, -who fell dead among the feet of the horses.</p> - -<p>A small pause ensued; the cry of the Zibib! the Zibib! -immediately began, and a downright confusion and flight -followed. The Galla, already upon the plain, turned upon -those coming out of the valley, and these again upon their -companions behind them. The cry of Zibib Ali<a id="FNanchor_101" href="#Footnote_101" class="fnanchor">101</a>! Zibib -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_714">714</span> -Ali! was repeated through the whole, spreading terror and -dismay wherever it was heard. Nobody knew what was -the misfortune that had befallen them. Welleta Yasous, -who commanded the van, was carried away by the multitude -flying: Fasil, who was at the head of the Damot and -Agows, had not entered the valley, nor could any one tell -him what was the accident in the plain.</p> - -<p>Even Michael himself, (as I have heard him say) when, -sitting upon his mule on a small eminence, he saw this extraordinary -confusion and retreat, was not able to assign -any cause for it. Though no man on these occasions had -more presence of mind, he remained for a time motionless, -without giving any orders. The troops, however, that lay -hid in the groves of cedars before the churches, who had -been silent and attentive, and Powussen, who commanded -the horse which had been skirmishing, saw distinctly the -operation of Welleta Gabriel, and the confusion that had -followed it; without loss of time they attacked the Galla -in the valley, and were soon joined by Gusho and the rest -of the army.</p> - -<p>Fasil, in despair at a defeat of which he knew not the -cause, came down among the Galla, fighting very bravely, -often facing about upon those that pressed them, and endeavouring -at least to retreat in some sort of order; but the -musqueteers from the church, commanded by Hezekias, -instead of entering the valley, had advanced and ascended -the hills, so that from the sides of them, in the utmost security, -they poured down shot upon the fliers beneath them. -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_715">715</span></p> - -<p>Fasil here lost a great part of his army; but seeing a -place in one of the hills accessible, he left the valley, and -ascended the side of the mountain, leading a large body -of his own troops; and, having gained the smooth ground -behind the musqueteers, he came up with them, whilst intent -only upon annoying the Galla, and cut 300 to pieces. -Content with this advantage, and finding his army entirely -dispersed, he passed the sources of the Nile at Geesh, -descended into the plain of Assoa, and encamped near -Gooderoo, a small lake there, intending to pass the night, -and collect his scattered forces.</p> - -<p>Michael’s army had given over pursuit, but Powussen, -with some chosen horse of Lasta and Begemder, followed -Fasil upon his track, and came up with him a little before -the dusk of the evening, on the side of the lake. Here a -great slaughter of wounded and weary men ensued: Fasil -fled, and no resistance was attempted, and the soldiers, satiated -with blood, at last returned, and pursued the enemy -no further.</p> - -<p>It was the next day in the evening before Powussen joined -the camp, having put to the sword, without mercy, all -the stragglers that fell in the way upon his return. The -appearance of this man and his behaviour made Michael’s -joy complete, who already had begun to entertain fears -that some untoward accident had befallen him.</p> - -<p>This was the battle of Fagitta, fought on the 9th of December -1769, on the very ground in which Fasil, just five -years before, had murdered Kasmati Eshté. Those philosophers, -who disclaim the direction of a divine Providence, -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_716">716</span> -will calculate how many chances there were, that, in a kingdom -as big as Great Britain, the commission of a crime -and its punishment should both happen in one place, on -one day, in the short space of five years, and in the life of -one man.</p> - -<p>The extraordinary severity exercised upon the army of the -Galla, after the battle, was still as apparent as it had been in -the flight. Woosheka, of whom we have had already occasion -to speak, fell in among the horse of Powussen and Gusho, and -being known, his life was spared. He was cousin-german to -Lubo, but a better man and soldier than his relation, and, in -all the intrigues of the Galla at Gondar, was considered as an -undesigning man, of harmless and inoffensive manners. He -had been companion of Gusho, and many of the principal -commanders in the army, and, after the defeat at Nefas Musa, -had the guard of Powussen and the eleven officers, whom -he suffered to escape into Michael’s tent, as I have already -said, while Lubo was murdering Mariam Barea. He had been, -for a time, well known and well esteemed by Ras Michael, -nor was he ever supposed personally to have offended him, -or given umbrage to any one. As he was a man of some -fortune and substance, it was thought the forfeiture of all -that he had might more than atone for any fault that he -had ever committed.</p> - -<p>It was therefore agreed on the morning after Powussen’s -return from the pursuit, that Gusho and he, when they surrendered -this prisoner, should ask his life and pardon from -the Ras, and this they did, prostrating themselves in the -humblest manner with their foreheads on the earth. Ras -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_717">717</span> -Michael, at once forgetting his own interest, and the quality -and consequence of the officers before him, fell into a violent -and outrageous passion against the supplicants, and, -after a very short reproof, ordered each of them to their -tents in a kind of disgrace.</p> - -<p>He then sternly interrogated Woosheka, whether he did -not remember that, at Tedda, he had ordered him out of -the country in ten days? then, in his own language of Tigré, -he asked, if there was any one among the soldiers that -could make a leather bottle? and being answered in the affirmative, -he ordered one to be made of Woosheka’s skin, -but first to carry him to the king. The soldiers understood -the command, though the miserable victim did not, -and he was brought to the king, who would not suffer him -to speak, but waved with his hand to remove him; and -they accordingly carried him to the river side, where they -flayed him alive, and brought his skin stuffed with straw to -Ras Michael.</p> - -<p>It was not doubted that Ozoro Esther, then in the camp, -had sealed the fate of this wretched victim. She appeared -that night in the king’s tent dressed in the habit of a bride, -which she had never before done since the death of Mariam -Barea. Two days after, having obtained her end, she returned -triumphant to Gondar, where Providence visited her -with distress in her own family, for the hardness of her -heart to the sufferings of others.</p> - -<p>During this time I was at Masuah, where, by reason of -the great distance and interruption in the roads, these transactions -<span class="pagenum" id="Page_718">718</span> -were not yet known. Hatzé Hannes was still supposed -alive, and my errand from Metical Aga that of being -his Physician. I shall now begin an account of what passed at -Masuah, and thence continue my journey to Gondar till -my meeting with the king there.</p> - -<h3><i>END OF THE SECOND VOLUME.</i></h3> - -<div class="footnotes"> - -<h2 id="FOOTNOTES">FOOTNOTES:</h2> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_1" href="#FNanchor_1" class="label">1</a> - The city of Wolves, or Hyænas.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_2" href="#FNanchor_2" class="label">2</a> - She had several names, as I have before said, <i>Judith</i> in Tigré, and in Amhara <i>Esther</i>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_3" href="#FNanchor_3" class="label">3</a> - Conquetes de Portugais par Lafitan, vol. <small>I</small>. liv. ii. p. 90. Id. ibid. p. 144.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_4" href="#FNanchor_4" class="label">4</a> - It has been imagined that this number should be increased to seventy, but I have, followed -the text; there would be little difference in the rashness of the action.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_5" href="#FNanchor_5" class="label">5</a> - A tribe of the Shepherds; all the rest, but the two first, unknown in Abyssinia at this day.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_6" href="#FNanchor_6" class="label">6</a> - Mountain of the Testimony.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_7" href="#FNanchor_7" class="label">7</a> - The Moors in general are much squarer, stouter-made men, than the Abyssinians.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_8" href="#FNanchor_8" class="label">8</a> - Probably Magwas, or Berhan Magwass, the Glory of Grace; a name often used by -queens; for Mogessa has no signification, that I know, in any of the languages of Ethiopia.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_9" href="#FNanchor_9" class="label">9</a> - That is, while the family of Zaguè reigned, in Tigré, and that of Solomon in Shoa, -before the restoration.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_10" href="#FNanchor_10" class="label">10</a> - Vid. Ludolf, lib. 3. No. 29. I have this letter at length prefixed to the large volume -of Canons and Councils, a copy of which was sent by Zara Jacob to the monks in Jerusalem.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_11" href="#FNanchor_11" class="label">11</a> - St. Stefano in Rotondis.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_12" href="#FNanchor_12" class="label">12</a> - Francisco de Branca Leon.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_13" href="#FNanchor_13" class="label">13</a> - One of the steep mountains used for prisons.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_14" href="#FNanchor_14" class="label">14</a> - Another church on a hill, one of the quarters of Gondar. It signifies the Hill of Glory, -or Brightness.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_15" href="#FNanchor_15" class="label">15</a> - Bilur, in the language of Samhar, signifies <i>fossile salt</i>; if it is coloured with any mineral, -so as to be either red or green, it is, in this latter case, applied often to emeralds, and green-rock -crystal.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_16" href="#FNanchor_16" class="label">16</a> - A race of very barbarous people, all shepherds, having great substance, and much resembling -the nations of Galla. They are Pagans.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_17" href="#FNanchor_17" class="label">17</a> - The pomegranate of gold.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_18" href="#FNanchor_18" class="label">18</a> - The station of David.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_19" href="#FNanchor_19" class="label">19</a> - Betwudet is an officer that has nearly the same power as Ras; there were two of these, -and both being slain at one battle, as we shall see in the sequel, the office grew into disuse as -unfortunate.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_20" href="#FNanchor_20" class="label">20</a> - The literal translation of this is, <i>doubly sharp</i>, or <i>sharp to a fault</i>; a character he had -gained in Portugal.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_21" href="#FNanchor_21" class="label">21</a> - See Marco Paulo’s Travels into Tartary.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_22" href="#FNanchor_22" class="label">22</a> - On the west side of the peninsula on the Atlantic.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_23" href="#FNanchor_23" class="label">23</a> - Vide Marmol, vol. i. cap. 37.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_24" href="#FNanchor_24" class="label">24</a> - Is a subject paying Capitation.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_25" href="#FNanchor_25" class="label">25</a> - Vid. David’s letter to Emanuel, king of Portugal 1524.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_26" href="#FNanchor_26" class="label">26</a> - Vide Map of Shoa.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_27" href="#FNanchor_27" class="label">27</a> - Or Governor.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_28" href="#FNanchor_28" class="label">28</a> - Vide Poncet’s travels, in his return through Tigré, p. 116. London edit. 12mo. 1709.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_29" href="#FNanchor_29" class="label">29</a> - In Barbary called <i>Mishta</i>, in Abyssinia, <i>Kagga</i>.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_30" href="#FNanchor_30" class="label">30</a> - This is a name of humility. He is a great officer, and has no care or charge of asses.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_31" href="#FNanchor_31" class="label">31</a> - Alvarez Histoire d’Ethiopic, p. 157.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_32" href="#FNanchor_32" class="label">32</a> - Canso el Gauri, and Tomum Bey.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_33" href="#FNanchor_33" class="label">33</a> - Selim I. emperor of the Ottomans.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_34" href="#FNanchor_34" class="label">34</a> - It was he who, as we have seen, slew the Moor Maffudi in single combat in the beginning -of this reign.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_35" href="#FNanchor_35" class="label">35</a> - Constant in the faith.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_36" href="#FNanchor_36" class="label">36</a> - Tellez, lib. 2. cap. 27.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_37" href="#FNanchor_37" class="label">37</a> - Dated at Rome 16th Feb. 1555. See Tellez, lib. 2. cap. 22.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_38" href="#FNanchor_38" class="label">38</a> - See Bermudes’s account of these times, printed at Lisbon by Francis Correa, A. D. 1565.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_39" href="#FNanchor_39" class="label">39</a> - The Mountain of Gold.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_40" href="#FNanchor_40" class="label">40</a> - Purch. vol. 2.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_41" href="#FNanchor_41" class="label">41</a> - Ludolf, lib. 2. cap. 6.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_42" href="#FNanchor_42" class="label">42</a> - To Geshen or Wechné.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_43" href="#FNanchor_43" class="label">43</a> - See Le Grande’s History of Abyssinia.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_44" href="#FNanchor_44" class="label">44</a> - See the article Wanzey in the Appendix.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_45" href="#FNanchor_45" class="label">45</a> - Jerome Lobo Hist. of Abyssinia ap. Le Grande.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_46" href="#FNanchor_46" class="label">46</a> - The name of infant-king seems to have been given as a nick-name in Abyssinia, and is preserved -to this day.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_47" href="#FNanchor_47" class="label">47</a> - We have mentioned this treaty in the reign of Icon Amlac.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_48" href="#FNanchor_48" class="label">48</a> - Then the metropolis upon the Lake Tzana.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_49" href="#FNanchor_49" class="label">49</a> - Register of the cattle; so the governor of Dembea is called.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_50" href="#FNanchor_50" class="label">50</a> - See the History of the rise of this monarchy in my return through Sennaar.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_51" href="#FNanchor_51" class="label">51</a> - A low territory at the foot of Lamalmon.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_52" href="#FNanchor_52" class="label">52</a> - It was probably part of the fruits of the new religion, and the work of his new religious -advisers.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_53" href="#FNanchor_53" class="label">53</a> - The words, Boren, and Bertuma Galla, have no meaning in the Ethiopic.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_54" href="#FNanchor_54" class="label">54</a> - See the Map.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_55" href="#FNanchor_55" class="label">55</a> - See the provincial letters of the Jesuits in Tellez, lib. iv. cap. 5.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_56" href="#FNanchor_56" class="label">56</a> - Which signifies the Passage.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_57" href="#FNanchor_57" class="label">57</a> - This will be more enlarged upon hereafter.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_58" href="#FNanchor_58" class="label">58</a> - Tellez, lib. iv. cap. 38.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_59" href="#FNanchor_59" class="label">59</a> - It is apparently a speech in a passion, for this Sela Christos was one of the most learned of -the Abyssinians; yet the words themselves, if literally translated, are scarcely intelligible.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_60" href="#FNanchor_60" class="label">60</a> - I have seen them often at Madrid.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_61" href="#FNanchor_61" class="label">61</a> - Called by the Agows, Krihaha.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_62" href="#FNanchor_62" class="label">62</a> - A name of the black Pagans bordering on Sennaar to the south-west.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_63" href="#FNanchor_63" class="label">63</a> - Astronom. de M. de La Lande, liv. 19. p. 366.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_64" href="#FNanchor_64" class="label">64</a> - See the article <i>kantuffa</i> in the Appendix.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_65" href="#FNanchor_65" class="label">65</a> - The white mountain.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_66" href="#FNanchor_66" class="label">66</a> - The mountain of salt.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_67" href="#FNanchor_67" class="label">67</a> - By Chancellor of the Nation is meant the officer immediately next the consul, who keeps -the records, and has a department absolutely independent of the Consul.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_68" href="#FNanchor_68" class="label">68</a> - Vid. Poncet.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_69" href="#FNanchor_69" class="label">69</a> - It is plain Poncet had no instruments for observation with him, nor was he probably acquainted -with the use of them.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_70" href="#FNanchor_70" class="label">70</a> - To be described hereafter.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_71" href="#FNanchor_71" class="label">71</a> - See an elevation of this in my account of Axum.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_72" href="#FNanchor_72" class="label">72</a> - And there he wrote his Teliamede which supposes men were first created fishes, for which -he was excommunicated. It was an opinion perfectly worthy of alarming the Sorbonne.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_73" href="#FNanchor_73" class="label">73</a> - Plin. vol. 1. lib. 6. cap. 30. p. 376.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_74" href="#FNanchor_74" class="label">74</a> - Father Bernat, a Frenchman.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_75" href="#FNanchor_75" class="label">75</a> - We have seen these were recommended by M. Maillet, the consul.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_76" href="#FNanchor_76" class="label">76</a> - This is not the king’s seal. It is the invention of some Mahometan employed to write the -letters.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_77" href="#FNanchor_77" class="label">77</a> - See the letter itself, it is the last in Le Grande’s book, and in Latin, if I remember rightly.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_78" href="#FNanchor_78" class="label">78</a> - Vid. the letter as quoted above.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_79" href="#FNanchor_79" class="label">79</a> - Abdelcader, son of Ounsa, retired here.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_80" href="#FNanchor_80" class="label">80</a> - It signifies Justus.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_81" href="#FNanchor_81" class="label">81</a> - Vid general map.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_82" href="#FNanchor_82" class="label">82</a> - Juvenal, sat. 13. l. 163.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_83" href="#FNanchor_83" class="label">83</a> - Nisi malitia suppleat ætatem.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_84" href="#FNanchor_84" class="label">84</a> - Herod. lib. 3, par. 17, & seq.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_85" href="#FNanchor_85" class="label">85</a> - Supposed to be the Garamantica Vallis of Ptolemy.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_86" href="#FNanchor_86" class="label">86</a> - Dodswell’s dissertation of Hanno’s Periplus—Montesquieu, tom. I. lib. 21. cap. 11.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_87" href="#FNanchor_87" class="label">87</a> - This sensation of the savage in the heart of Africa seems to be unknown to the enemies of -the slave-trade; they talk much of heat, without knowing the material suffering of the negro -is from cold.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_88" href="#FNanchor_88" class="label">88</a> - There seems here some contradiction which needs explanation. It is said that the palace -was burnt before Oustas went to his tent. How then could the soldiers assemble in it -afterwards? The palace consists of a number of separate houses at no great distance, but detached -from one another with one room in each. That where the coronation is performed -is called Anbasa Bet; another, where the king sits in festivals, is called Zeffan Bet; another -is called Werk Sacala, the gold-house; another Gimja Bet, or the brocade-house, where the wardrobe -and the gold stuffs used for presents, or received as such, are laid. Now, we suppose Oustas -in any one of these apartments, say Zeffan Bet, which he left to go to his tent, and it was then -burnt; still there remained the coronation-house where the regalia was kept, which the soldiers -locked up that it might not be used to crown Fasil, Oustas’s son, whom they thought -the seven great men they had murdered conspired to place upon the throne after his father.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_89" href="#FNanchor_89" class="label">89</a> - Mistress to Yasous, and mother to David.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_90" href="#FNanchor_90" class="label">90</a> - But there can be no doubt both opinions are absolute heresy, in the most liberal sense of -that word, as expressly denying our Saviour’s consubstantiality.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_91" href="#FNanchor_91" class="label">91</a> - This drum is of beaten silver; the Abyssinians say, that this metal alone is capable of -conveying the sweet sound contained in a proclamation of peace. It was carried off by the -rebels after the retreat of Serbraxos.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_92" href="#FNanchor_92" class="label">92</a> - Dek.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_93" href="#FNanchor_93" class="label">93</a> - A relict of the most precious kind, believed to have come from Jerusalem, and been painted -by St Luke.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_94" href="#FNanchor_94" class="label">94</a> - About one hundred and eighty-six pounds, an ounce of gold at a medium being 10 crowns.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_95" href="#FNanchor_95" class="label">95</a> - This is a fish common in the Mediterranean, of the kind of anchovies, the common food -of the galley-slaves, and lower sort of people.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_96" href="#FNanchor_96" class="label">96</a> - Noba, in the language of Sennaar, signifies Soldier; it is probably from this the ancient -name of Nubia first came.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_97" href="#FNanchor_97" class="label">97</a> - A well near Karoota, immediately on the frontiers of Begemder.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_98" href="#FNanchor_98" class="label">98</a> - This is commonly done in times of trouble, to keep the townsmen in awe, as if fire was -intended, which would not be in their power to quench.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_99" href="#FNanchor_99" class="label">99</a> - Nearly the same distinction as the silly one made in Britain between the French king and -king of France.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_100" href="#FNanchor_100" class="label">100</a> - What made the ridicule here was, Michael was older than the king, and could not -stand alone.</p></div> - -<div class="footnote"> - -<p><a id="Footnote_101" href="#FNanchor_101" class="label">101</a> - They have the grape along with them.</p></div></div> - -<div class="transnote"> - -<h3>Transcriber's Note:</h3> - -<p>Inconsistent double quotes and capitalization are as in the original.</p> - -<p>Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation are as in the original.</p> - -</div> - - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Travels to Discover the Source of the -Nile, Volume II, by James Bruce - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TRAVELS VOL. 2 OF 2 *** - -***** This file should be named 54181-h.htm or 54181-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/5/4/1/8/54181/ - -Produced by Chris Curnow, Wayne Hammond and the Online -Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This -file was produced from images generously made available -by The Internet Archive) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - -</pre> - -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/54181-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/54181-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1e9deff..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h/images/i_0528.jpg b/old/54181-h/images/i_0528.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 811ca17..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/images/i_0528.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-1.png b/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-1.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 03276ca..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-1.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-2.png b/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-2.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d20aeeb..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-2.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-3.png b/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-3.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9e562ac..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-3.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-4.png b/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-4.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9c3480c..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/images/i_rule-4.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/54181-h/images/titlepage.jpg b/old/54181-h/images/titlepage.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 468e931..0000000 --- a/old/54181-h/images/titlepage.jpg +++ /dev/null |
